LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 790 WlSm 1886 NOTICE: Return or renew all Library Materials! The Minimum Fee for each Lost Book is $50.00. The person charging this material is responsible for its return to the library from which it was withdrawn on or before the Latest Date stamped below. Theft mutilation, and underlining of books are reasons for discipli- nary action and may result in dismissal from the University. To renew call Telephone Center, 333-8400 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN JAN 2 3 002 I'M .dUL 18 2003 I L161— O-1096 THE ST. PANCRA8 IRON-WORK COMPANY ENGINEERS AND IRONFOUNDERS. MANUFACTURERS OF PATENT STABLE AND HARNESS ROOM FITTNGS. MANUFACTURERS OF COW HOUSE Ij AND PIGGERY FITTINGS TRADE MARK, IRON STAIRCASES (Straight and Spiral). IRON GATES AND RAILINGS. VERANDAHS, COVERED WAYS, PORCHES AND CONSERVATORIES, IRON ROOFS, SASHES, &c. &c. ARTISTIC HAND-FORGED WROUGHT IRON WORK, Illustraltd Catalogues sent post free on application. LARGE SHOW-ROOMS AT THE ST. PANCRAS IRON-WORKS, ST. PANCRAS ROAD, LONDON, N.W. ' ' Close to the St. Pancras, King's Cross., and Euston Railway Stations. DEAN'S "IMPROVED FIELD BOOT." J'atented in all parts of f/te World, FOR HUNTING, RIDING, SHOOTING, FISHING. Shooting and Fishing Boot. Price 90s. and 84s. for Cash only. " Improved Field Boot. Directions for Self-measurement. With outline of foot standing. " WiLDFOWLER," in an interesting letter to The Fitld Newspaper, Sept. 20, says : " A man should be provided with such boots as will ensure dry feet and yet not clog the wearer with unnecessary weight. Now these desiderata the ' Field Boots ' fulfil admirably, and I can speak most highly of them. They are second to none.'' The Field says : " We have a very high opinion of Mr. Dean's powers as a bootmaker.'' Field Boot, 84s. A Choice Stock of Mr, Dean's own make of Gentlemen's Boots always kept ready for immediate use. Descriptive Pamphlets post free. J. R. DEAN, 423 and 424, Strand, London, W.C. ( ^ ) 4 STONEHENGE'S RURAL SPORTS. 0 BRITISH RURAL SPORTS; COMPKISIXG SHOOTIXG, HUNTDsG, COUESING, FISHING, HAWKING, KACING, BOATING, AND PEDESTEIANISM, By STONEHENGfE, . Editor of "The Field," Author of " The Greyhound,'" <&c. WITH MANY ORIGINAL I L L U S T R A T I O NjS, AND A COMPLETE INDEX. RE-EDITED, WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS BY "THE FIELD" STAFF. FREDERICK WARNE AND 1886. CO. Ric«ARD Clay and Sons, BREAD STREET HILL, LONDON, E.C and Bwigay, Suffolk. i50 PKEFACE TO THE SIXTEENTH EDITION. Ihe chief departments of British Sports and Pastimes in which important fl anges have taken place since the last edition of this book was published 1881 are Coursing and Cycling. In the former the introduction of - losed grounds, consequent on the passing of Sir W. Harcourt's Hare d Rabbit Bill, has so completely altered the conditions under which . -yhounds are now bred and trained that my previous directions have ^ been rendered insufficient, and I have therefore entirely re-written Book III., on CouESiNG. Formerly the amount of betting, at all the meetings '^but that in which the Waterloo Cup is run for, was so small as to be un v^orthy the attention of the gentlemen who congregate at the various ^ race meetings during the summer season, and who then had a short recess after the fall of the leaf. But now Kempton and High Gosforth Parks, Pl'impton and Four Oaks, occupy their "metallics," and the game goes o-^i without intermission. " 10 to 1 bar one " may be heard at those and ler inclosed meetings as frequently, as loudly, and as hoarsely as Epsom or Newmarket, and probably the amount of money lost and n on the greyhound is as great as that speculated with on the horse, w race meetings have more than six or seven events per day on which bet can be made, but modern coursing often affords ten times that number, bringing up the aggregate business done to an enormous amount, r Tn spite of the new Act, however, I rejoice to say that open coursing is t completely abolished, and in some districts, indeed, it flourishes more 1/ an ever. At Southminster, under the management of Mr. J. H. Salter, •Vixa tenants preserve so strictly that forty or fifty courses are run off I the day ; and with the stout Essex hares the sport afforded is equal 3 the best seen in the olden times at Amesbury or Ashdown. Still, the nain prizes in the shape of stakes, with the exception of the Waterloo 'Jup, are run for at the inclosed meetings ; and the public courser, therefore, naturally breeds with a view to gaining them if he can. The blood of King Cob, whose progeny, as a rule, combine speed with 9962 I 9 vi PREFACE TO THE SIXTEENTH EDITION. working power in the highest degree, is largely drawn on, and, indeed, to such an extent as to show in one case (that of Lady Burleigh) thirty- eight lines, and even in the celebrated Skittles twenty-seven. Cycling, which in 1881, as I then remarked, was tending to the supremacy of the Tricycle, has now arrived at that position, and the old despised three-wheeler is patronised to a much greater extent than its more dangerous rival. Great attention has therefore been paid to these machines in compiling the present edition, and all the main varieties are described and illustrated. The chapters on the Gun and Rifle are also entirely re- written, and several novelties in each have been introduced. In the list of Dogs, eight additional breeds have been inserted and illustrated,"completing the descriptions of these animals, so interesting to the British public. The book treating of the Racehorse has required little alteration, but the pedigree tables and the list of stallions have been brought down to the year 1886. The much-vexed question of in-breeding has also been further investigated. Throughout the present edition the necessary corrections have been made, and in the Athletic Records the most recent performances have been inserted. Lacrosse has again raised its head in England, and a descrip- tion of the game is therefore reintroduced. The hold on the youth of both sexes maintained by Lawn Tennis is fully recognised, and the modern tactics of the celebrated brothers Renshaw are described. It will thus, I think, be seen that no pains have been spared to bring this result of my labours, commenced in 1856, up to the level of 1886. Putney, December, 1885. J. H. WALSH. INTEODUCTOEY REMAEKS. The term Rural Sports usually comprehends all those out-door amusements in which man either pursues wild animals for sport, or competes with an antagonist in racing, by means of the horse, the boat, or his o\vti unaided powers, or indulges in manly games of skill, or in artificial modes of locomotion — Hke swimming, skating, riding, or driving. The love of sport appears to be inherent in the bieast of man, for from the earliest ages we have records of the chase ; and whether in the forests of America, or the squalid streets of our manufacturing towns, the same taste is displayed, though, necessarily, shown in very different ways. Thus, while the Red Indian employs nearly his whole life in the pursuit of the deer, the buffalo, or the bear, the cotton-spinner of Manchester can only spare time for an occasional rabbit-course at the Pomona Gardens, or perhaps a boat-race, or pedestrian match ; nevertheless, the desire is equally implanted in each, and is peculiarly strong among the natives of the British Islands. Differing in all other respects, as do the English, Scotch, and Irish, they yet seem all to unite on this common ground, and all to enjoy with equal zest the sports of the field. This is the more remarkable in comparing the Irish and Scotch, since their characters are, in most respects, so widely different ; for though the Irishman is more like a Frenchman than a Scotchman in most points, yet there is one bond of union between him and his northern -neighbour which nothing seems able to break, viz., their mutual love of field sports. No one can doubt for an instant the utility and importance of out-door amuse- ments in promoting health, and this alone ought to be sufficient to cause their encouragement. In an age like the present, when in a struggle for precedence in the senate, the bar, or the haunts of commerce, time is considered as of equal value with money, it can scarcely be wondered at, that many of the competitors in the race lose health, both of body and mind. Nothing enfeebles and lowers the bodily and mental tone more than an entire giving up of all the energies to one single pursuit ; the overworked lawyer or merchant, however, has only to bestow an occasional day upon any one of the various sports within his reach and he speedily recovers himself, and instead of losing way in the course which he is pursuing, he is enabled to do more than make up the lost time which his absence has occasioned, by the increased vigour that his change of scene and occupation has given him. This is so well understood in London, that many of our first merchants make a regular practice of devoting one or two days a- week to some kind of out-door amusement. Some tako to hunting, others to shooting ; others, again, to coursing, or to farming on the small scale ; and all of these act upon the principle of unbending the bow to enable it to regain its spring, and all are attended with the same happy result in various degrees. But the health of viv INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. the individual is not the only advantage aimed at and obtained by the promotion of field sports ; and this was exemplified in a very remarkable manner to Alma, Inkcrmann. Balaklava, and Sebastopol. Where would our officers and men have been in those dreadful fields of carnage out for the habits of danng ana endurance which the manly sports of Britain have mstilled mto their mmds troni time immemorial ? To those who have seen the perils of the steeple-chase the huntino-.field, or I may say the modern cricket-field— ardently sought for and en- (.ounte?ed by the youth of this countiy without flinching-it can be no wonder that they have excited the admiration of their foes as well as their friends in the Orimea It may appear absurd to compare together such apparently widely different degrees of danger, but when the stimulus to each is taken into the account the difference is not so great. We have all seen many bo d but bad riders undertake to pilot a horse in a steeple-chase with the ^^^^^f .^^i^^T, being ridden over during its course: and, again, when m cricket fast bowling was becoming the fashion, and before the various guards were introduced how Si wa the chance of es'caping serious injury in a long mnmgs ; for it bones vere not broken, important organs were often seriously brmsed and injured ; and vet there was no flinching, until the repeated occurrence of permanent mjuries Tece S ated tl^ use of leg and body-pads. Thus it wiU be manifest that these T—Li.^oiorAyi4ro-eil^^\^^^\^ of the people "'^^-^^J ^^^^ tivGly they enable them, by giving vigour, courage, and power of endurance-or in other words " pluck,"-to withstand, as a nation, the encroachments of their neighbours. In fact, they make good healthy subjects for peace or war. But it has often been said that field sports injure the moral and religious habits of the people, and this is even more important to consider than the question Regarding their effect upon the body. There is no doubt m nay mmd timt ever they may benefit the bodily and mental powers, yet if they can clearly be Town to be opposed to rehgion and morafity,. they are "^^^^^l^y ^^^^ , ^"Jf % everv ridit-thinking man. Now, in considering this important subject, it is S^^l t^o inquire-fi?st, whether they are opposed to the laws of ^^od, or sup- ported by then. ; secondly, whether they are likewise opposed to or B^ppor ed by L laws of nature; and' thirdly, wliether, as far as we can 3"dge ^uman reason they do really aid or oppose the cause of law and order. With regard to the law of God, therl can be no doubt, from many examples m the Old Testamen^ at the chase was permitted ; and though we have no reason to cone ude tnat it was for the purpose of sport, yet we are distinctly told that all beasts are given ^'p to the use of man. It is clear, therefore, that if it can be e^tabhshed tliat field sports are not only pleasurable but useful to the people indulging m them then the puiposeof theAlniigM^^ of the animal Pursued has not beei wantonly sacrificed. But in this view of the case it is all-important ti^t the end and object should be a good one ; there is ^^^.^f "cock-shying" (in which a poor cock is tied to a stake for the purpose ot allowing a lot of lubberly boys to try their skill in throwing at him) and fox- Sn/hi Mdnch two or three bundled men and horses and twenty-five couple oT hound are^^^^^^ fully engaged in foiling the artful dodges of that wily animal ; and tWs only under certain recognised conditions, winch give the" fox a c ear cl ance of escape. Still, all j^irsuit of game merely for sport has an element ol c ueTty attending it ; and it Jhould always be remembered that this stain must be Sued and, it i^oldXA,. washed out by the many counterbakncing advantages At all events,' eveli though it may be granted that f ^^^^^^ is n()t distinctly enjoined, or even mentioned, in Holy Wiit, it maj ^ aJso do ndi ted tha there is no command against it. In the early ages of mankind as m t case of Esau, venison was sought for as food and m ^fY^\'^''%'lJZ (^dered to be used ; but in this country no game could or would be reared solely fir lood except in very small quanrities perhaps for the higher and luxurious chsses of Lc ety. Few pheasants cost less than 30s. a-brace ; and it is said, ?ho gh scarc% think with truth, that three hares eat as much as a sheep. I abbits we know, destroy three ames much as they eat; and the only harm- 1 s kir d ol- ganie in point oi cost, is the partridge unpreserved ; ^or its coi„ he grouse, it cos Iv enouoh, from requiring extensive moors ior its breedm^, and INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. II rearing, which must be protected by a costly staff of keepers, whereas pMrlridgefe are on many farms solely under the supervision of the labourers. In the next place, let us examine into the question by the laws of nature, where the case is more clear, since all analogy tells us that we are right in preying upon our inferiors. The tiger and all the cat kind not only catch and eat their prey, but they play witli it and torment it ; I do not say that this justifies us in doing the hke", but that nature has evidently implanted in them a love of sport, and of a most cruel order apparently. Again, many animals will only devour their prey while yet warm, and refuse to eat it when cold, or even when tal^en by another of their own kind. Nothing is more astonishing to the lover of nature, and the admirer of her laws, than the series of destructions and restorations which are constantly going on. The grass preys upon the ingredients of the soil, raising its materials' from the inorganic condition of the mineral world to that much more complicated one of the vegetable kingdom. Next, the grass is seized by the graminivorous animal, and is digested in his compHcated stomach, becoming converted into flesh ; and this flesh again is torn and mangled by the carnivorous quadruped or bird, after hunting it down; oris devoured, if killed by other means, by some one of the many natural scavengers of creation in the shape of the vulture, the hyena, or the eel. But in either case the results of the digestion arc again returned to the earth, to form the first step in the eternal round of assimi- lation, by again supplying food for some of the grasses. Thus all nature teeins with examples of one class or species preying upon a lower one ; and even in many cases, as in that of parasites, an inferior class preying upon another much higher in the scale of creation. The third inquiry, namely, v/hether, as far as we can judge by human reason, field sports do really aid or oppose the cause of law and order, is a much more complicated one, and for its correct elucidation the science of statistics must be carefully studied. On the one hand, by the indulgence of sport, we have the benefits afforded to the health of the people which we have seen that they give ; we have also general contentment and happiness increased by a knowledge that the feehngs and wishes of the masses are consulted by their lawgivers ; and we have, in addition, the full persuasion that by preventing the indulgence in field sports resort would be had, in most cases, to the pubhc-house, for the purpose of reheving that care-worn feehng which incessant work inevitably causes. The old adage, " All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy," is strictl}' true ; and there- fore it becomes a question wliat kind of play is best fitted to produce the good effect which is required. One thing is certain, that the field sports of Great Britain have been, and are still, the means of, and the cloak for, untold abuses ; but, it may be answered, that this may be said of everything under the sun, how- ever useful or beneficial it may really be ; and therefore, to avoid this imputation^ let us all take especial care to purge away the foul abuses, and, as far as in us lies, to retain only what is true to nature, and to nature's God. If this purpose is rigidly adhered to, and the vicious grafts upon sport are carefully pruned away, then we may hope to obtain the full benefit of the scheme propounded to us by nature, unalloyed by the base additions made by the vice of man. There can be no reason why hunting or shooting should not be carried on without any drawback except the one to which I have already alluded, viz., the inherent cruelty attending upon them. Coursing, also, need have no alley ; and even racing, which, as now conducted, is perhaps more injurious to the morals than useful to the warlike purposes of the nation, may be purged of all its bad and vicious tendencies. Then, if this is possible, why should it not be done ? Let our legislators look well to this, for much of our future well-being, as a people, depends upon this question. Man will have amusement of some kind, and for his bodily and mental health, in the present state of society, that amusement must be out of doors. Much l)aB been done to destroy the evil agencies at work among us ; "the Betting- houses' Act," the alteration of game laws, &c., have been useful in their several ways, but much yet remains to be done. Let it be remembered, that sport_ should oe used and not abused, and lot not the abuse of it be urged against its use. Then may we hope to see the full amount of good developed, of v-hich this element in our social life is capable ; and then may the eportsmaiij who is also g INTBODUCTOEY REMARKS. '^t tte following Manual of Rural "^l^l^J^^^^^T^fco.^^ Pursuit of Wild Animals for ^V^^lt^l^f^:TLo^T^ Racing iS -Falconry-and Fishing Part the gteepleo^ t(. all its Branches," ^^■^^^^^-'^'''^fr-^'f„^:'Z\A-^^^^ Pedestrian Hounds-Trotting-niatehes-Yachting-Boat-rac Oan ^ p^i^i^^t_F„otbali is,n ; while the third extends over following on _l.s^^^^^ -FiVes-Bowling-Tenms-Lawn ToMis-Omlmg v. lastly, the fourth ming-Skating-Horsemanship-Bicycl.ng--andU^^^^^^ andlifth parts are devoted to ^^<^^\^f^^'^Z, i^Xo^^^<^^^ P^«^«"" t''^" Diseases of the Dog ^^^J^flZrSiZvXy^^^^^ from it. In this enu- bealth, or to reheve °* JJ^^™""^^ jtXBadger-baiting, are omitted, as being meration. Pugilism, Cock-fighting, Bull ana c g » judgment, notbmg is CONTENTS. PART I.— THE PUESUIT OF WILD ANIMALS FOR SPORT. BOOK L— SHOOTIIsG. CHAP. I. PRESERVATION OF GAME. PAGE .. 1 CHAP. V. PARTRIEUE-SHOOl] Varieties of the Partrifliie . S'G. 1. Selection of Preserve 2. Duti( s and Powers of Gamekeeper ... 3 3. Rearing of Game Naturally 3 4. Artificial Rearing of Game 4 5. Preservation from Poachers 5 0. Pre servation from Vermin 9 7. English Game Laws 1^ 8. Scotch Game Laws 22 9. Irish Game Laws 23 CHAP. IL THE GVS AND THE BEST MODE OF USING IT. 1. The Modern Fowling-Piece 25 2. Selection of a Gun 41 3. Cartridge Cases and "Waddings 43 4. Powder and Shot 44 5. Loading 47 6. Trial of the Gun 48 7. Range of our Shot Guns 62 S. Cleaning the Gun 63 9. Management of the Gun 64 10. Learning to Shoot 64 CHAP. III. DOG BREAKING FOR OPEN SHOOTING. 1. Different Modes of Finding Game 68 2. Characteristics of Ground Birds 69 3. The Dogs used in Open Shooting 69 4. Breaking of Pointers and Setters 70 5. Preparatory Breaking 70 6. Intermediate Education 71 7. Mechanical Remedies for Faults 78 8. Retrieving 78 CHAP. IV. QROUSE-SnOOTING. 1. Varieties and Habits of Grouse 80 2. Dress and General Accoutrements 83 3. Varieties, Selection, and Management of the Dog 84 4. Breaking to the Gun 87 5. Management of the Beat 88 6. Grouse-Driving and Stalking 90 7. The Retriever 91 8. Shooting-Pony 95 9. Expenses of Moors 95 SECT. PAGE 5. Management of the Beat 98 6. Expenses of Partridge-Shooting 101 7. Quail and Landrail-Shooting 101 8. Shooting Hares and Rabbits in the Open.. 103 CHAP. VI. MARSH AND FEN-SHOOTING. 1. The Birds met with 104 2. The Dogs used in Snipe-Shooting 105 3. Fen-Shooting 106 4. Dress 106 5. The Gun, and Accessories 106 6. Expenses 10 CHAP. VIL COVERT-SHOOTING. Habits of the Pheasant Best Dogs for Pheasant-Shooting ... Breaking and Using the Spaniel ... Various kinds of Pheasant-Shooting Dress and Gun The Woodcock Dogs used for Cock-Shooting Cock-Shooting The Dress and Gun Hare and Rabbit Shooting Expenses of Covert-Shooting CHAP. VIII. RIVER AND POND SHOOTING. Birds found on Rivers and Ponds ... Best Dog for River Shooting Duck-Guns and Accessories Wild-Duck Shooting in Rivers, &c. Decoy-Duck Shooting in the Hut .,, 2. Best kind of Dogs for Partriflgc-Shooting.. 3. Number of Dogs Required 4. Retrieving, Dress, &c. 107 108 109 110 113 113 114 114 116 116 117 118 121 121 122 123 CHAP. IX. SALT-WATER WILDFOWL-SHOOTING. 1. Marine Wildfowl 2. Shore Shooting 3. Shoulder-Gun Punt or Dinghy Shooting 4. Stanchion-Gun Punt-Shooting 6. The Shooting- Yacht and Sailing-Boat CHAP. X. DEER-STALKING. 1. The Red Deer and Roebuck 2. The Deer Forests 3. The Telescope 4. The Gillies or Hillmen 5. The Deerstalking Riile 6. The Deerhound 7. Qualities Necessary in the Deer-Stalker 8. The Tlu-ee Modes of Stalking CHAP. XI. Rook, Rabbit, and Seal Shooting with THE Rifle 125 126 127 129 133 134 136 136 136 137 139 140 141 UT CONTENTS. BOOK IL-HUNTmG. CHAP. I. MATERIEL NECESSARY FOB HUNTING IN GENERAL. SECT. 1 The Game to be Hunted ... 2 Hounds, and their Management 3. ' Construction of Kennels 4. The Master and his Men 5. Kennel Management CHAP. II. STAG-HUNTING. 1 Hunting the Carted Deer ... 2. Hunting the Wild Red Deer CHAP. III. FOX-HUNTING. PAGE 148 150 154 156 159 161 164 1. General Remarks 2. Laws of Fox-IIunting 3. Fox Hunting Countries 4 The Preservation of Foxes ... b. The Number of Packs kept ... 6*. Expeases of Fox-Hunting 7. Ditferent Styles of Fox-Huntmg CHAP IV. FOX-HUNTING {continued). 1. Pack to be Obtained at once by Purchase . 2. Breeding 3. Rearing the Whelps 4 Entering Young Hounds 5. Regular Cab-Hunting ... CHAP. V. FOX-HUNTING {continued). 1. Preparations for Hunting 2. Going to Covert 3. Drawing 4. The Run 5. The Kill ^ 6. Running to Ground 7. On Scent ••• ^ ••• 8. On Drafting Hounds for Faults ... 9 The Duties of the Men ... lo' Points of Difference from Stag-Hunting . ll! Points of Difference from Hare-Huntmg. 12. Bag-Foxes 13. Consequences of a Severe Run 14. Necessity for Blood 164 165 168 170 170 171 172 175 176 177 182 183 185 185 186 187 ISO 1S9 189 191 191 194 194 196 , 196 . 196 BOOK III. -COURSING. CHAP. I. PRIVATE COUBSINa. SECT. 1. The Hare 2. The Greyhound 3. The Ground ■ 4. The Beaters 5. The Slipper 6. The Judge 7. The Course 8. Rules for Private Coursing CHAP. II. PUBLIC COURSING. 1. Histoiy of Public Coursing 2 The Ground Coin-sed Over 3. Difference from Private Coursing ... 4. The Public Greyhound ... ... 5. Best Mode of Procuring Greyhounds 6. Kennels, and Kennel Management... CHAP. III. Vabieties of the Modern Greyhound CHAP. IV. BREEDING THE GREYHOUND. 1. Selection of Brood-Bitch 2. Choice of the Stallion _ 3. Cross Breeding and Breeding m-and-m 4. The Best Age for Breeding ... ... 5 Best Time of the Year for Breeding 6. Duration of Pregnancy ... ... 7. Management of the Brood-Bitch ... 8. Management of the Whelps in the Nest 9. Weaning the Whelps 10. Choosing the Wlielps 11. Rearing the Whelps CHAP. VI. HARE-HUNTING. 1. Harc-nounds— and how to procure them. I' I'u' !ili:iriii( s properto 'the Men A' Preparations for Hunting 5. ' Hare-l'inding 6. The Run 7. The Kill ; 8 The Expeuses of Harriers 9, Hunting witli Foot-Beagles 10. Expenses of I'oot-lieagles . CHAP. VII. OTTER-HUNTING. 1 The Otter, and its Haunts 2*. Otter-J runting Implements 3. Otter-IIounds 4. The Men 5. ThcHnnt 6. Dress for Otter-Huntuig 7. Expenses 197 199 199 200 201 202 204 204 204 205 205 205 206 206 206 200 209 PAGE .. 210 ,.. 21] ... 2U ... 214 ... 214 ... 215 ... 215 ... 215 215 217 219 220 229 231 233 236 240 241 242 242 242 246 247 248 249 CHAP. V. Breaking, Kennelling, and Entering. 1. Breaking to Lead, Kennels, &c 254 2. Entering •• if 3. Removal of Ticks, Fleas, and Worms ... 259 CHAP. VI. TRAINING, AND GENERAL MANAGEMENT IN RUNNING. 1. General Remarks on Training ... ... 260 2. Management of the Bitch " in Season ... 3. Private Trials 4. Treatment after the Trial CHAP. VII. FINAL PREPARATION FOR RUNNING. 1. Short Rules for Training 2. Travelling 3. Management at the Meeting 4 Treatment of Injuries, &c 5 Expenses of Rearing and Training 268 271 272 CHAP. VIII. MANAGEMENT OF COURSING MEETINGS. 1. Origin of Meetings ... ... ... ... 272 2 The National Coursing Club. Constitution and Bye-Laws ... ... ••• 274 3 Code of Rules of the National Coursing 275 4. Pedigrees of Greyhounds from the Institu tion of Public Coursing 2S1 Index to Greyhound Pedigrees 297 CHAP. IX. DEER AND BABBIT COURSING. 1. Deer Coursing 298 2. Rabbit Coursing - ^98 3. Bye-Laws of the Diilwieh Fox -Terrier Coursing Club 299 CONTENTS. BOOK IV.— FALCONRY. CHAP. I. SECT. 1. The Quarry Flown-at 300 2. Hawks used in Falconry 301 3. Hawking Apparatus, and Technical Terms 30o 4. Modes of Obtaining Hawks 5. Management of Hawks 6. Training Eyesses 7. Training Passage-Falcons 8. Training Sliort-Winged Hawks ... 9. Preparation for Flying 10. Flying Long-Winged Hawks 11. Flying Short- Winged Hawks 306 307 12. Expenses of Hawking BOOK y.— ANGLING. CHAP. I. Varieties of Lake and River Fish CHAP. II. APPARATUS USED IN FISHING. 1. The Line, Reel, and Hook 2! The Rod 3. Natural and Ground Baits 4. Artificial Bidts and Flies 5. Floats, Landing-Net, Gaff, Basket, &c. ... CHAP. III. EOTTOM-riSHING AND TROLLING. 1. The Fish Angled for 2 Fishing for Mionows, and similar Small Fish 3. Bleak-Fishing 4. Fishing for Dace and Roach 5. Chub-Fishing 6. Gudgeon-Fishing 310 310 310 311 312 321 3-24 3-29 340 341 342 342 342 343 344 SECT. PAGE 7. Fishing for Barbel 344 8. Tench and Carp Fishing, also Crucian and Bream •• 345 Perch-Fishing, including the Ruff or Pope 34() 347 352 353 358 359 10. Pike-Fishin^ . 11. Eel-Fishing _ ••• ^ -• 12. Bottom-Fishing for Common-Trout, Lake Trout, and Sea-Trout 13 Salmon-Fishing with the Worm or Fish Bait 14. Grayling Bottom-Fishing CHAP. IV. NATURAL AND ARTIFIOIAL FLY-FISHING. 1. The Fish which will take the Fly 360 2. Varieties of Fly-Fishing •• 361 3. The Apparatus Required in Dipping and Whipping 361 4. Bleak-Fishing, and General Directions for Throwing the Fly 5. RoachandDace 6. Mode of taking Chub with the Artificial and Natural Fly 7. Grayling-Fishing 8. Trout-Fishing... 9. Salmon-Fishing 363 364 364 365 365 367 CHAP. V. THE CHIEF RIVERS OF GREAT BRITAIN, AND THE FISH FOUND IN THEM. 1. Salmon Rivers 371 2. Common-Trout and Grayling Rivers ... 3i 2 3. Bottom-Fishing Rivers 372 4 Angling Guides ^"^ CHAP. VI. EXPENSES OF FISHING, AND LAWS RELATING TO INLAND FISHERIES. Expenses of Fishing Laws Relating to Inland Fisheries 373 373 PART IL— RACINa IN ALL ITS BRANCHES. BOOK I. -HORSE-RACING. CHAP. I. General Remarks on Horse-Racing 370 CHAP. II. the THOROUGHBRED RACEHORSE. 1. Definition of the Thorough-bred Horse ...382 2'. Origin of the Thorough-bred Horse ... 382 3 The'' Horses and Mares from which our present Breeds are chiefly Derived ... 384 4. Series of Tables of Pedigrees 386 Index to Pedigree Tables 428d CHAP. III. THE POWERS AND USES OF THE MODERN RACEHORSE. Present Speed of the Racehorse 433 Early Maturity Incompatible with Dura- bility 435 The Thorough-bred Horse as Intended for Racing only 438 CHAP. IV. ESSENTIAL POINTS IN THE THOROUGII-ERED HORSE FOR RACING PURPOSES. 1. Purity of B'.ood 438 2. External Form 439 3. The Colour, Skin, Hair, &c 442 4. Varieties in Form 443 CHAP. V. THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A RACING-STUD. 1. Breeding versus Purchase 2. Requisites for a Small Stud CHAP. VI. 444 445 TRAINING. The Ground Necessary Stiibling Saddlery - „.o The Necessary Examination of each Horse 448 First Preparation 4£)0 Second Preparation The Unal Preparation The Trial The Last Week's Work Feeding Review of Training ... 446 ... 447 ... 448 454 456 459 459 460 CHAP. VII. BREEDING. 1. The Ftud Farm 2. Management of the Mare ... 3. Management of the Foal CHAP. VIII. BREAKING. 1. The Stables necessary for Yoims Stock 2. Shoeing 3. Leading Tackle 4. Tying-up in the Stable Racin.£ 461 465 473 xiv CONTENTS. CHAP. IX. TRAINING OF THE TWO-YEAR-OLD COLT. SECT. PAGE 1. Preliminary Remarks 474 2. Clothing, dressing, and Stable Manage- ment 474 3. Galloping and Srt-eating 4*5 4. Shoeing 4u 5. Training the Early or Matured Two-year- old Colt 477 6. Trials of the Two-year-olds 481 7. Conclusion of Preparation 482 8. Directions in Eunning 482 9. Management after Running 482 CHAP. X. TRAINING THE THREE-YEAR-OLD. 1. General Remarks 2. Straw-Rides and Tan-Gallops 3. First Preparation 4. Second Preparation 5. Trials ... 483 ... 483 ... 484 ... 485 ... 486 CHAP. XI. THE EXERCISE BOYS, HEAD-GROOMS, AND JOCKEYS. 487 489 490 1. The Boys 2. The Head-Groom Jockeys CHAP. XII. EXPENSES. 1. Expenses of Breeding 2. Expenses of Training., CHAP. XIII. RULES OF RACING, Tart AS PASSED CLUB. ... 491 ... 492 BY THE JOCKEY 496 497 499 501 I. Interpretation and Application of these Rules 492 II. Management of Meetings and Powers of Stewards 493 III. General Conditions and Restrictions ... IV. Entry and Subscription for Races V. Stakes and Forfeits VI. The Race VII. Objections and Complaints VIII. Special Conditions (Claiming and Sell- ing Races, Produce Races, Post Races, Handicaps, Sale with Engage- ments) 502 IX. Miscellaneous 504 Rules and Orders of the Jockey Club ... 506 Tattersall's Subscription Room 512 CHAP. XIV. 6ECT. RACE-MEETINGS. 1. The Committee and Officials 513 2. Lengths of Courses 514 3. The Jockey Club 519 4. The Weights for Age 520 5. The Riding of Races 520 BOOK II.— STEEPLECHASING AND HURDLE-RACING. CHAP. I. STEEPLECHASING. 1. Objects of Steeplcchasing ... 2. The Steejilechaser SECT. PAG& Part III.— General Conditions and Re- strictions — Age of Horses. „ 537 „ IV.— Entry and Subscription for Races 538 „ v.— Stakes and Forfeits 540 „ VI.— The Race 541 VII. — Objections and Complaints ... 543 ,,VIII. — Special Conditions (Claiming and Selling Races; Handi- caps ; Sale with Engage- ments) —Horses Entered to be Sold 544 ,, IX.— Miscellaneous 546' Grand National Steeplechase Committee 549 CHAP. II. HURDLE-RACING. 1. Objects of the Sport 550 2. Horses Used 550 3. Training, &c 550 4. The Weights, Jockeys, and Courses ... 550 BOOK III.— RIDING TO HOUNDS. CHAP. I. THE ESSENTIALS. 1. General Remarks 2. The Hunter 3. Saddlery 4. Dress and Aids 5. The Covert-Hack 8. Mode of Procuring Steeplechasers 4. ' Teaching the Steeplechaser 5. Training tlie Steeplechaser 6. Stceplenhasc Riders 7 Grand National Steeplechase Rules Part I.--]nterpretation and Application of tliese Rules jI._Manageniont of Meetings and '* * Powers of Stewards 523 526 527 528 530 534 531 531 535 552 ; 552 i 557 1 560 ' 561 6. The Pad Groom, Stud Groom, and other Servants 562 7. The Hunting Stable 563 CHAP. II. PURCHASE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE HUNTER. 1. Purchasing the Hunter 565 2. Summering 5C7 3. Breaking and Teaching 569 4. Conditioning 570 5. Getting Across-Country 571 BOOK lY.— MATCH-TROTTING. CHAP. I. 1. Description of Trotting-Matchcs 579 2. The Match-Trotter .■ 581 3. The Rider ' — 581 4. The Course 582 5. Laws <■ 582 6. Performances 582 7. Training 583 8. Match-Carts and Harness 583 BOOK y.— THE BREPARATION OF THE RIDER 584 BOOK VL— THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF BREEDING FOR RACING PURPOSES. ' CFIAP. I. THEORY OF GENERATION, AND GENERAL , PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. 1. Theory of Generation 687 2. In-and-In Breeding "* 3. Out-Crossing •• ••• 594, 4. Comparison of In-Bred aud Crossed , Stallions 596 CONTENTS. XV CHAP. II. THE BEST MODE OF BREEDING THE HORSE FOR ALL RACIKG PURPOSES. SECT PAGE . 596 ,. 59S . 599 601 602 ,. 603 s 603 606 1 Choice of Blood to Breed from 2. The most Profitable Kind of Breeding ... 3*. Selection of Brood Mare 4. Choice of Stallion 5. Best Age to Breed from e. Best time for Breeding • ••• 7. Peculiarities of the various Modem Breeds 8 List of Modern Stallions 9 StaUions suitable for Getting Eacehorses.. ouy 10. ' StalUons suited for Getting Hunters and Steeplechasers 611 11. Sires of Trotters ... ... 612 12 Concluding Remarks on Breeding bi^ 13 Asserted Decline in Horse-breeding ... 613 BOOK TIL— PEDESTRIANISM, AND THE GENERAL TRAINING OF MAN. CHAP. I. PEDESTRIANISM AND ATHLETIC SPORTS. 1. Walking, Running, and Leaping ... 2. Other Sports at Athletic Meetings... 3. Articles of Agreement Rules for Competitions 5. Timing Men 615 617 618 618 620 CHAP. II. BEST PEDESTRIAN AND ATHLETIC PERFORMANCES ON RECORD. 1. Amateur Walking 2. Professional Walking ... 3. Amateur Running 4. Professional Running... 5. Amateur Jumping 6. Professional Jumping 621 624 628 631 636 637 7. Amateur Hammer-Throwing and Putting the Weight 637 8. Amateur Hurdle-Racing and Foot-Steeple- chasing 638 CHAP. III. TRAINING FOR PEDESTRIAN AND OTHER PURPOSES- SECT. ^-^-^^ 1, Preparatory Treatment ••• 638 2. ActualTraining— General Management and Diet 644 CHAP. IV. Treatment of Accidents occurring in Training 649 BOOK VIII.— AQUATICS, OR RACING IN YACHTS AND BOATS. CHAP. I. YACHTS AND TACIIT-SAILING. 1. General Remarks 2. The Form of the Yacht's Hull - Sails and Rigging ... ... •■• ••• The General Management of a Yacht, Cost, &c Sailing a Yacht • Management of a Small Sailing Boat Regattas ... — — - Nomenclature of the Parts of a Vessel ... A Dictionary of Nautical Terras CHAP. II. ROWING, OR BOAT-RACING. Varieties of Boats used The Sliding Seat Rowing and Sculling Steering CHAP. III. BOAT-RACING (continued). . Training a Boat's Crew , Regattas . General Rules of Boat-Racing . The Race . Length of Racing Courses . Purchase of Boats CHAP. IV. CANOE RACING AND CANOE CRUISING. .' General Remarks I. Dimensions of Canoes i. Hints on Paddling and Sailing 655 655 660 663 674 675 687 691 694 701 702 708 709 710 710 711 712 713 713 PART IIL-RURAL GAMES AND OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. BOOK I. -GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. CHAP. L CRICKET. 1. General Remarks 2. Cricketing Materials 3. The Laws of Cricket 4. The Game 5. Dress 6. The Expenses ... CHAP. II. FOOTBALL. 1. General Remarks 2. The Football Association ... 3. The Rugby Union 4. Method of Playing the Game 5. Dress CHAP. III. General Remarks Definitions The Laws 714 714 715 718 724 724 725 725 727 731 732 CHAP. IV. ROUNDERS AND BASE BALL. 1. Rounders 2. Base Ball CHAP. V. FIVES, RACQUETS, TENNIS, LAWN TENNIS, BADMINTON. 1. Fives 2. Racquets 8. Tennis 4, LawnTf-nnis 5. Badminton CHAP. VI. LACROSSE. General Remarks Principles of the Game Implements The Laws Definition of Terms 736 737 738 738 739 740 746 746 747 748 748 751 xvi CONTENTS. CHAP. VII. GOLF. SECT. 1. General Remarks 2. The Links 8. The Clubs and Bulls 4. The Game CHAP. VIII. CROQUET, 1. General Remarks 2. The Laws of Cr qiiet 3. Management of Prize Meetings 4. Private Play PAGE .. 762 754 BOOK II.— ]\tISCELLANEOUS GAMES. CHAP. I. ARCHERY. 1. Implements of the Craft 763 2. The Use of the Bow 766 3. Target-Shooting 768 4. Rules for an Archery Club 769 6. Dress 6. Expenses 1. Quoits 2. Skittles CHAP. IL QUOITS AND SKITTLES. CHAP. III. .. 769 .. 769 ... 770 ... 771 CURLING. 1. General Remarks 2. Rules of Curling 3. Technical Terms 772 773 774 BOOK III.— ARTIFICIAL MODES OF LOCOiMOTION. CHAP. L SWIMMING. 1. General Remarks 775 2. Modes of Swimming 776 3. Diving, Swimming under Water, &c. ... 778 4. Modes of Supporting the Body without Progression 779 5. Tricks in the Water 780 6. Great Swimming Feats 780 7. Bathing 781 8. Cramp, Rescue from Drowning, &c. ... 781 9. Restoration of the apparently Drowned ... 783 CHAP. II. SKATING. SECT. 1. The Skate 2. The Dress 3. Hints to Beginners ... 4. Figure Skating 5. Records 6. Precautions on the Ice 7. Roller Skating CHAP. III. BICYCLING. 1. Retrospective 2. Modern Improvements 3. The Status of Bicycling 4. Varieties of Bicycles ... 5. Safety Bicycles 6. Road Riding and Touring , 7. Racing PAGE .. 784 .. 785 .. 785 786 .. 788 788 .. 788 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 CHAP. IV. TRICYCLING. 1. A Comparison of the Merits of Bicycles and Tricycles 799 2. Principles of Construction 799 3; Double Driving Gears 800 4. Front and Rear Steerers 801 5. Rotary and Lever Actions and Hill-Gear 801 6. Varieties— The Front Steerer 802 7. Varieties— The Humber Type 805 8. Varieties— Double Tricycles 806 9. Road Riding and Touring 807 10. Racing 807 CHAP. V. RIDING. 1. The Riding Horse and its Accoutrements 809 2. Accoutrements and Aids 812 3. Mounting and Dismounting 812 4. Management of the Seat and Reins ... 814 5. The Ordinary Paces 816 6. Vices and Manege Movements 819 7. The Ride 822 8. Female Horsemanship 823 9. Ladies' Dress 825 CHAP VI. DRIVING. 1. Varieties of Carriages 2. Harness 3. Harness Horses 4. Harnessing and Putting-to ... 5. Breaking to Harness 6. Driving 7. Cost of Carriages and Harness 832 834 834 835 PART IV.— NATURAL HISTORY OF THE PRINCIPAL ANIMALS USED BY MAN IN RURAL SPORTS. BOOK I.— COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF MAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DOG. 1. Their Position in the Scale of Creation ... 839 2. The Nervous System 839 3. The i^kcleton 840 4. The Muscular System 846 5. The Organs of Circulation 847 6. The Organs of RcHi)i ration 849 7. The Organs of Nutrition and Depuration... 852 8. The Ogans of Reproduction 855 9. The Organs of Seiise !^55 lO. The Sk'n, and General Cellular Membrane 856 BOOK II.— GENERAL HABITS AND VARIETIES OF THE DOG. CHAP. I. General Habits of the Dog 857 CHAP. II. Varieties of the Dog 857 Division A. dogs that find game for man, leaving him to kill it. 1. The Pointer 858 2. Setters 859 CONTENTS. xvii SECT. PAGE 3. Field Spaniels 861 4. Water Spaniels 863 Division B. DOGS "WHICH KILL GAME WHEN FOUKD FOR THEM, 5. Tlie English Grejliound 664 Division C. DOGS WHICH FIND AND ALSO KILL THEIR GAME. 6. The Blooclhonnd 864 7. The Foxhound 865 S. The Harrier 866 9. The Beade 666 10. The Otterhound 667 11. The French Basset 867 12. The Dachshund 868 13. The Fox Terrier, Smooth and Rough ... 869 14. The Truffle Dog 870 Division D. DOGS WHICH RETRIEVE GAME THAT HAS BEEN WOUNDED BY MAN. 15. The Retriever 872 16. The Deerhound 872 Division E. ■USEFUL COMPANIONS OF MAN. 17. The Mastiff 873 18. The Newfoundland 874 19. The St. Bernard Dog. Rough and Smooth" 875 20. The Great Dane or German Boarhound ... 877 21. The Bulldog 877 22. The Bull Terrier „ "] S78 23. Terriers 879 24. Sheep Dogs " [[[ 885 25. Pomeranian, or Spitz 886 26. The Dalmatian Dog 866 Division F. ladies' TOY DOGS. 27. King Charles Spaniel ... 28. The Blenlieim Spa' iel 29. The Italian Greyhound 30. The Pug Dog ... 31. The Maltes" Dog 32. Toy Terriers, &c. CHAP. III. PAGE DoG Shows, and Judging by Points ... Syi BOOK IIL— GENERAL HABITS AND VARIETIES OF THE HORSE. CHAP. I. General Habits of the Horse 893 CHAP. II. Varieties of the Horse 893 BOOK IV.— GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF THE DOG AND HORSE. CHAP. I. sect. management of the dog. 1. General Remarks 897 2. The Breeding Bitch 897 3. Dressing 898 4. Kennels 898 5. Management of Pet Dogs 898 CHAP. II. general management of the horse. 1. stabling and Stable Appendages 900 2. Coaclunen and Grooms 904 3. Grooming 905 4. P'eeding in the Stable and out 906 5. Water 910 6. Bedding 910 7. Clothing and Bandaging 911 8. Clipping, Singeing, and Trimming 911 9. Stable Vices 912 10. The Degree of Warmth necessary for the Stabled Horse 914 11. Management of the Feet 915 PART v.— DISEASES OF BOOK L— GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF PATHOLOGY. 1. Definition of Terms ... ... 916 2. Principal Diseased Conditions 916 3. V;irieties of F ever 916 4. Inflammation 917 5. Diseases arising from Want of Tone, or from Over-Feeding 917 BOOK II.— ORDINARY DRUGS USED FOR THE DOG AND HORSE, AND THEIR MODE OF ADMINISTRA- TION. CHAP. I. the action op medicines, and the forms in which they are generally prescribed. 1. Alteratives 918 2. Anodynes 918 3. Antispasmodics 9:9 4. Ap< rients 920 5. Astringents 921 6. Blisters > 874 THE SMOOTH ST. BERNARD AND THE GREAT DANE 876 THE BULL-DOG AND BULL-TERRIER 878 SMOOTH AND ROUGH TERRIERS AND THE SKYE TERRIER .... „ 880 DANDIE DINMONT TERRIER AND THE TRUE SCOTCH TERRIER ... 881 THE AIREDALE TERRIER AND THE BEDLINGTON TERRIER .... „ 883 THE BLUE-FAWN OR HALIFAX TERRIER AND IRISH TERRIER ... „ 884 COLLEY DOG AND THE DALMATIAN DOG J» 885 KING CHARLES AND BLENHEIM SPANIELS, AND TOY TERRIER AND oqp ITALIAN GREYHOUND " 890 POMERANIAN AND PUG AND MALTESE DOG »J MANUAL OF EURAL SPORTS PAET I. THE PURSUIT OF WILD ANIMALS FOU SPORT. BOOK I— S CHAPTER I. PRESERVATION OF GAME. Sect. 1. — Selection of Preserve. In all the varieties of the chase, whether hunting, shooting, coursing, or fishing, the first requisite is, that there i shall be something to pursue. Mrs. I Glasse's very sensible precept for 1 roasting a hare is, " first catch your I hare ; " and so all sportsmen should remember, that before they can have , sport, they nmst have game in exist- ' ence, though not in their larder. Nothing is so galling, even to the pro- verbially patient angler, as to be witl)- out a " nibble and to the fox-hunter the blank day is the summum malum. The former is comparatively well satis- fied if he liooks a fish or two, although lie may fail to land one ; and the latter would much prefer to sit on his horse, and even hear the hounds find their fox and go away without him on the other { side of a large wood, rather than go \ home with the sad words, blank ! blank ! ! blank ! ! ! constantly in his ears. I If the fish or fox is lost, it may be 1 from accident, or a bad scenting day, ! or some other mischance ; but if not found, there is less hope for better fortune on the next occasion. It is to ' the shooter that these observations more especially apply, since he is more particularly dependent upon the preservation of game for the quality of his sport. To walk all day and see • nothing is still more disheartening than to whip the waters without a rise. A brace of hares or a single fox will serve for the amusement of a largo field of fox-hunters or thistle-whippers ; but the pheasant, grouse or partridge- shooter is more voracious, and the quality of his sport is too often mea- sured by the weight of the game-bag. I confess, that in my humble opinion, this thirst for blood, or, as the phreno- logist would say, destructiveness, is destructive often of true sport. The bag is considered too much ; and to get game (in a spurt snianlike manner if possible, but at all events to get it) is too often the desire of the gentlemen in shooting costume ; still, such is now the prevailing taste, and if you wish to gratify your friends with a day's shooting, your only certain plan of affording them that gratification is to show them plenty of game. When choice of a moor or manor is to be made, it is highly desirable that every pains should be taken to see that it is suited for the purpose for which it is to be rented. If the intending tenant is a young sportsman, he should be very careful not to be taken in, and he had better consult some more experienced friend, upon whose judg- ment he can rely. The frauds which are yearly committed upon the young sportsman on the moors, as well as in the stubbles and coverts of England, are enough to make him cautious before engaging a beat. There are only two seasons of the year in which it is pos- sible to ascertain the amount of game which a preserve contains — first, during SHOOTING. llie shooting season, by actual expen- cnce ; and secondly, during the pairing season, when dogs may be allowed to hunt the ground with impunity. Dur- ing the former of these times many would think that the sportsman could scarcely be taken in, as he sees what is left after his sport, and can ]udge tor himself ; but this is a great mistake, as many have found to their cost, io guard against it, he should bargain, it he agrees to take the ground that it should be at once given up to bm, tor I have known a wonderful ditlerence between the head of game, on an exten- sive beat, in the tirst week of September, and that in the last week of the year Keepers, we all know, can poach it they like, and if they are not to be retained by their new masters, it is to be expected that many of them will take advantage of the knowledge ac- quired during their previous term of office.' Wherever, therefore, you have decided upon taking a manor, make up your mind either to retain the keeper, if you think him trustworthy, or to displace him at once, if otherwise, al- though you are certain even then of losing a considerable quantity of game. It is evident that a strange man cannot compete with one w^ho knows all the haunts of the game; and, therefore, the old hand has the opportunity of robbing you if he likes,-or if he does not do so directly, he can indirectly, through some of those half-poachers, half-keepers, with whom so many are in league. But the best time to make choice of a moor or a partiidge manor, or more particularlv, of an extensive co'vert, is in the month of February or I^Iarch. At this time you may, by a little pcrs ^'crance, have ocular demon- stration of nearly every head of winged vith him for liif B 2 4 SHOOTING. dog's peccadilloes. The affection of these men for their dogs is not aston- ishing, since they are their sole com- panions ; and, consequently, any abuse bestowed upon their bosom friends ^is resented by all the means in their power. The poachers, also, are con- stantly on the look-out for eggs ; and at the time of laying they require nearly as much watchitig as in the commence- ment of the shooting season. It is a great pity that these men should be tempted as they are, for were there no market for eggs, they would have no object in taking them. Most of our great preservers, for the purposes of the battue, have recourse to purchasing eggs for artificial rearing, and often pay for those robbed from their own land. It should be made illegal, under a heavy penalty, to buy or sell game eggs, since there can be no necessity for this traffic, and it leads to number- less crimes, and temptations to crime. The penalty of five shillings for ille- gally taking eggs is practically useless, as, unless the offender is caught in the very act of stealing, it is almost im- possible to convict him. The keeper should also take care that his pheasants are well fed at all times, but especially at the pairing season, as they are very restless at that time, and are constantly quarrelling among tliem- selves. The^ld hen of each hive or nide, if alive, is always anxious to retain her old nest and to drive the young hens away from her neighbour- hood. If, therefore, the keeper is not on his guard at this time, the hens stray far off his beat, and make their nests in some spot where they easily fall a prey to the poacher at the end of siunmer. It is impossible to avoid this entirely ; but if the keeper has his ears and eyes open, he can easily detect the nest of nearly every pheasant on his beat, and if they are likely to be taken, lie may then, and then only, as soon as the hen has laid her full number, re- move them and place them under a couple of bantam hens, llen-pheasants will spread themselves abroad, and no art will keep them closer together than they like, but the above plan may be adopted to save a great many eggs. There are many other situations in whici) the nest should either bo dis- turbed if found early enough, or the eggs taken if found too late— as, for instance, in situations likely to be flooded, as ditches or hollow water- ways, or in clover fields or vetches, which will inevitably be mowed o^'er before the time of hatching. On the other hand, there is no situation for the nest so good as the wheat or barley-field, especially the former. Sect. 4. — Artificial Rearing of Game. The artificial rearing of game is only to be had recourse to under the drcum- stances above mentioned ; but in every large preserve, the keeper, if he knows his business,will always have to rear a very considerable number of pheasants as well as partridges by hand. The latter are the more difficult to bring up, and, luckily, do not require so often the care of the keeper, as they hatch nearly a month before the pheasant, and, consequently, are generally off before the mowing of the clover or the late vetches. In the early grass crop, how- ever, many are mown over ; and this is unavoidable^ as the partridge's nest is much more difficult to find than that of the pheasant. It is commonly sup- posed that to rear these birds by hand great experience and care are necessary, but I believe that by attending to the following directions, three-fourths of those hatched may be reared in good feather. The great difficulty is to hatch them, for eggs are so easily spoiled by being shaken, that even in the keeper's pocket they are liable, by an unexpected spring or fall, to be injured. This is especially the case in the early days of sitting — the embryo chick is then so delicate that a very slight blow or shock destroys its life, and the egg becomes addled. If a hen can be reckoned on, it is far better to wait till within about five or six days of the time of hatching, as the eggs will bear removal very well at that time, if kept warm in a basket full of dry wool. In this way I have removed eggs more than twenty miles, and afterwards hatched nearly all under a common hen of moderate size. The larger the hen the better hatcher she is ; but if very large, her legs are so strong, and her body so heavy, that she is sure to kick and trample most of her young charge to death. Hence, though no better as a sitter, yet, as a rearer, the bantam is by far the best. After hatching, let the hen alone for at least twelve hours, then remove her carefully, and place PRESERVATION FROM POACHERS. 5 lier in a properly constructed coop, which should be made as follows :— Let a box be made three feet long, two feet wide, and two feet high in front^ sloping off to one foot at the back, and ha^^llg a boarded floor. This box should have a lath front, with intervals to allow the young birds to pass out. This is the coop for the hen, but the young birds ought to have a further space of about two yards square to run in, fenced off by some means. I have succeeded best in rearing young phea- sants and partridges in a walled garden, as they are then more safe from the attacks of the weasel, stoat, or rat. If this cannot be procured, then be careful in selecting a good aspect, sheltered from the east and north, and open to the morning sun. It should not be exposed to the incursions of common poultry, especially the turkey-cock, who is a very troublesome gentleman among your game. For food, the best thing is the ant's egg, if it can be procured in sufii- cient quantities ; or if not, then mag- gots may always be supplied by a few days' notice, but they should be scoured, by placing them in bran for twenty-four hours. As a food for newly-hatched pheasants, custard has been found very beneficial, and is coming into increasing use accordingly. Mr. Tegetmeier, in his work on ""Pheasants for Coverts and A\'iaries," says that " The best substi- tute for ants' eggs is custard, made by beating an egg with a tablespoonful of milk, and 'setting' the whole by a gentle heat, either in the oven or by the side of the fire. The ' clear ' eggs that have been sat on for a week answer perfectly well. From my own long experience in rearing many varieties of gallinaceous birds, I am confident that a very much larger proportion can be reared if custard forms a considerable proportion of their food for the first few weeks than any other dietary what- ' ever." After they are a fortnight or three weeks old, soaked bread, or ' coarsely bruised and soaked barley, may be given ; and soon after this, whole barley, in its natural state, may i form the principal food ; but scoured j maggots or ants' eggs must still be I given, and indeed they are necessary I till the birds can be turned into the woods or standing corn, which the}^ may be at about two months of age ; after which they require watching, lest they should fall a prey to the poacher or to the fox. At first the young birds must be fed three times a day, but after the first fortnight, feeding twice a day only is required. In cold and wet weather the outer run of the coop should be covered over by a cloth, and at all times by a net, if exposed to the hawk or other bird of prey. Young Partridges and Pheasants are very subject to the pip, or gapes, in which the bird seems to be gasping for breath, a parasitic worm occupying the area of the windpipe. It is said that a daily pill, containing one grain of black pepper and half a grain of mustard, will relieve this disease, but I cannot speak from actual experience. Dry gravel mixed wiili ashes should be placed within reach, and in masses, so that the young birds may " bather " in it. The coops ought to be i;iOved daily, as the stain of the birds is inju- rious to them. No water is to be given for the first three weeks ; and after- wards, if diarrhoea comes on, give rice water instead, and boil some rice in alum water and give as food, mixed with the maggots or ants' eggs. In this way it may fairly be calculated that about one-half of the eggs brought home will be reared — one-quarter being- addled, and one-third or quarter of those hatched generally dying of acci- dent or disease. Sect. 5. — Preservation from Poachers Notwithstanding every precaution in rearing game, it is useless to expect a good head at the shooting season unless equal or greater care is taken to preserve it from the poacher and the attacks of vermin. With regard to the poacher, everything depends upon the labourei's on the farms. If they like to counte- nance the poacher, or if they unfortu- nately are poachers themselves, all the efforts of a keeper will be of little avail. The best plan is to make all the labourers feel an interest in the pre- servation of the game. Let every man receive at Christmas a certain sum pro- portionate to the head of game killed during the season, and the outlay will be found to be well bestowed, since it will go much farther than the same sum laid out in extra watchers. I liave known 650 acres of land preserved entirely, in the neighbourhood of a large town, without any regular keeper, and with &n outlay in the shape of 6 SHOOTING. presents to labourers certainly not ex- ceeding ^OZ. a year. On this farm, hares were as plentiful as sheep, and there were partridges sufficient to allow thirty brace to be killed in three or four hours. All parties were in earnest in keeping poachers away ; and the result was as [ have stated. This shows what labourers can do if they hke, and what they will do if it is made their mterest to do so. They are either a great evil or a great boon to the game preserver, and he must make up his mmd to have tliem as warm friends or bitter enemies. The regular and systematic poacher is a formidable fellow, opposed to all law, and making a living m the best way he can. After a time, nothing comes amiss to him ; and although at first he has taken to his trade from a love of sport, it has ended m his ad- liering to it from necessity, since he cannot get work when his character is known, nor can any man, after poach- iiio- all night, be fit for work in the day also The existence of the poacher is the great drawback to the sportsman ; and his career almost justifies the strong desire which so many hold to do away entirely with all game, in order to get rid also of the tendency to poach, i his is a question, however, which I shall not enter upon, as it concerns the legis- lator more than the sportsman. At present, the law permits the preserva- tion of game ; and it is believed that the evils attending upon it are more than counterbalanced by its many advantages. As good subjects, there- fore, we^have only to avoid encourag- ing the poacher; and the plan I have pmposed, of making it the labourers interest to discourage the system, is the mo^t humane, ae well as the most successful. Of regular poachers, there are four chief varieties, ^viz.-lst, the systematic London poacher ; 2nd, the poaching gent. ; 3rd, the regular rural poacher ; 4th, the poaching labourer. The London Poacher is almost al- ways one of a gang, and they conduct their operations in a variety of ways. Sometimes they scour the country in a dog-cart, drawn by a fast horse by which they are enabled to shoot along the sides of a road, either in covert, or by catching the pheasants on their iced, or by beating the stubbles or turinps adjacent to the road, or even invadmg the moors ; as soon as a keeper or other person approaches, they take to their heels, and on reaching the dog-cart are soon out of sight. It is against these men that the regular labourer may be made the most useful. Few farms m the shooting season ar-^ without a labourer within a field or two of every point likely to be invaded ; let every one of these be provided with a railway whistle, and let him blow it loudly as soon as he sees a suspicious person m his vicinity. This may be heard for a mile or more, and the keeper may very soon be made aware of what is going on. Besides, the whistle itself alarms the poacher, as it proves the existence of a good system of watching, and he prefers moving off to quieter quarters. These men generally travel m parties of five, of whom one remains with the horse, and the other four either togethei surround a small covert, and command every side, so that a dog put m is sure to drive out everything to one or other of them, or else they take each side of the road, in the stubbles or turnips, &c. , Tn this way a heavy load of game is often bagged by these rascals, by selecting a line of road studded with preserves, and suited to their purpose. By keeping within the number of five they avoid the penalties under the 32nd section of 1 & 2 Will. IV. c 32, and only come under the 30th and 31st sections, if they should be overtaken by the keeper, and can only be fined 21 each. They seldom indulge in mght poacli- in.o-, but are always ready to deal with the local poachers for the game which they may take in that way. The Poaching Gent, is generally a man who is ardently fond of shooting, and yet has not the opportunity of in- dulging his appetite for sport for want of Tand to shoot over. He, therefore, is constantly trespassing upon the lands of his neighbours, and of course sub jects himself to the pendty of A. on conviction for each ofeence, and to the loss of his licence. He is almost always, however, so good a shot, that the produce of his gun enables him to pay this sum, because he is so wary as to choose his opportunity, and often to escape detection for a con sidcrable time. He knows where he is least likely to be caught, and the times which will suit him best, and acts ac- cordingly. There is seldom much ditti- cultv in dealing with these men, and the harm they do in well -preserved districts is very trifling. It is only m PRESERVATION FROM POACHERS. 7 half-preserved farms that they are to be dreaded, and there they often get the hon's share of the spoil. On the grouse moors, an inferior grade of this class is very destructive to game— he is the sporting miner or blacksmith, or perhaps the denizen of some neigh- bouring small town, in which he ought to be standing behind the counter of a whiskv sliop, or very often he is a shoemaker or tailor. These men are not regular night poachers ; but they are infected with a love of sport, to gratify which they brave all dangers, and encounter even the risk of the county jail. They wait for days, till the keepers are engaged in some par- ticular direction, and then, by keeping on the sides of certain hills, or by other means suitable to the country, they are enabled to shoot an enormous quantity of grouse. The regular Rural Poacher is the chief bane to the sport; for, though the London hand is very successful occasionally, he does not often pay more than one or two visits to the same preserve ; whilst the rural one is always on the look-out. It requires nearly as many keepers or watchers as there are poachers to be quite safe against their incursions ; and even then, if a watch is put upon every known man in the neighbourhood, they will outwit you, by giving intelligence to some distant friends in the sam^e trade. They pursue their operations partly by day and partly by night. If by day, their plan is to select a small covert which has just been visited by the keeper for whose round the poacher has been long waiting in concealment, and then, as soon as he is out of sight, the poacher sets his wires and nets in a very few minutes, and enters and disturbs the coppice, either with or without a dog taught to ran mute. In five minutes more every hare is caught, and quickly disposed of in some secret spot, often a labourer's cottage, till nightfall. In this way, also, a few pheasants are taken, but not so easily as the hares, as they do not run so realily as the latter, and if sufficiently roused to do this, some one or more are sure to give notice to the keeper in the distance by flying ofE to another covert, which of itself is sufficient to arouse suspicion. At night the tricks of the regular poacher are most ingenious, and are constantl}'' varying in proportion to the discoveries of the keepers. In moonlight and wet windy nights the poacher's harvest is made. He can then see his game, without being heard so distinctly as he would be on a quiet evening. He shoots the pheasants on their perches, either with the air-gun or fowling-piece, which is made to take to pieces easily, for the convenience of putting in tlie pocket. Grouse and partridges are chiefly netted ; but the former may be more easily shot with the air-gun at night, since the net is much interfered with, in consequence of the heatlier preventing its acting ; the poacher, liowever, has no difficalty with either, if he can only guess pretty nearly v/here they are, and this he takes care to do by watching them with a glass at the close of evening. After taking his bearings at that time, he is enabled to drop his net over the place without the trouble of using the stalking-horse or the wide drag-net. The only certain prevention against netting is to watch the birds at night, and disperse them ; but this makes them so wild as to spoil the subsequent shooting. Bushing the stubbles interferes with the drag-net, but not with the bag-net. It is a very good plan to go round every evening, just before the calling of the birds, and put a small bush, or even with a spade throw a lot of fresh earth, on the last night's place of rest, which is known by the droppings ; this prevents their settling near the same spot, which they otherwise would do, especially grouse, and of which fact the poacher takes advantage by marking their droppings by day, in order to find their settling place at night. Hares are taken by gate-nets in the fields, or by wires and bag-nets in the coverts. It is a very remarkable fact, that these cautious animals rarely use a hedge-meuse by night, preferring the gateways, appar- ently from a fear of being surprised by the stoat or fox — whilst by day the reverse is the case ; the poacher, there fore, cannot take them on the feed with the wire, except in going in or out of the covert, but has recourse to the gate - net, which he fixes to the gate between the feeding field (usually a piece of swedes or clover) and the covert ; then sending a mute-running dog into the field, he waits the coming of the hares into the net, and takes them out as fast as they run into it. There is no certain way of avoiding this mode of poaching, SHOOTING. excepting by careful watching; the chief guide is the scream of the hare when caught, which may be heard on quiet nights, but it is a practice very easily pursued by the poacher, with little fear of detection, if he is a clever and experienced hand. A practice has lately been introduced of setting wires in the runs made in the middle of feed- ing fields ; it requires the wire to be very carefully set at a certain height, by means of a twig, and is very destruc- tive. It is also very difficult to detect ; but as the poachers cannot find them except in very clear moonlight nights, the keeper knows when to have his eyes open. Lastly comes the Poaching Labourer, a perfect pest to the parish m which he resides. He is constantly commit- ting a breach of trust, and does it at_ so little risk, as often to escape detection for a long time. These men have o-enerally a little terrier, which is capable of being taught to do every- thing but speak, and assists m a wonderful degree in the capture of o-ame. They have also an old gun which takes apart, and may easily be concealed under the smock frock. It a covey of birds is seen to collect near the cottage, a slight noise is made, and up go their heads, at which moment the gun goes ofP, and they are all dead at one swoop. The cottage is generally near a road, and some hedge-popping boy is made to bear the blame. Again, these men have generally small gar- dens, in which are parsley, pmks, &c. ; these are favourite food of the hare. She therefore is almost sure to vi;;it them, and in her passage through the garden-fence of course makes a meuse, or at all events she leaves her mark or prick in the soil ; if she goes through a gate this leads to her destruction the next night by wire, gin, or net ; and no one can possibly prevent it, even with the eyes of an Argus. Pheasants also, are sure to come withm their reach occasionally, and if they do, they are wired easily enough. A man tor m- Btance, is put to hedging or draining, and is on the ground by six o clock m the morning, a time when pheasants havenotleittheirfeed ; hchasonly there- j'oro to lay a few horsehair loops along the ditches, and by gently driving the phcnsants into them, apparently in the course of his work, he captures, every now and then, the value of a days work in a few minutes. Of course, he conceals the booty till night. Such are the most common tricks of the poachers, but the most successful are those who invent plans of their own ; the keeper has enough to do to outwit them, and his grand object should be to find out their plans, and circumvent them — it is diamond cut diamond. Eeformed poachers, if really reformed, make the best keepers, but, unfortunately for this purpose, their exposure to night air and to wet and cold, and their habits of intemperance, have almost always destroyed their constitutions before they think of re- forming. It is only when worn out as poachers that they think of turning round and becoming keepers. When the head-keeper is really up to his busi- ness, the poachers stand a very poor chance, especially if the master is ready to support his servant with his influence and protection. In every case, whether on the open moors or in inclosed districts, the first thing to be done is to make out a list of all the poachers likely to visit your manor ; then dis- cover their habits and haunts, and the kind of game which they excel in taking. Next, get some steady, hardy, and useful watchers, if possible strangers to the locality, and therefore not likely to be influenced by the ties of affinity or friendship. Let these men. speedily make themselves con- versant with the appearance of all the poachers on your manor, or your head- keeper can initiate them by degrees. They should all have glasses, and be made acquainted with their use; for even in a comparatively small beat, it often happens that a poacher cannot be approached within many hundred yards, and yet it is quite impossible to speak with certainty to a man's identity at the distance of a quari:er of a mile. When these men know their duties pretty well, each should have_ one or more poachers allotted to him, and should always be able to give an account of his or their whereabouts. He does this partly by his own powers of watching, but chiefly from intornia- tion gained from other parties. By such a mode of proceeding, almost any gang of poachers may be outwitted; and' they seldom show fight when they find themselves no match in bram, though in personal prowess they inav be superior. Intellect and pluck will PRESERVATION FROM VERMIN. 9 always be served, even when mere brute force has totally failed. Sect. 6. — Pbeseevation from Vermin. But, in addition to the attacks of the poachers, the keeper has also to ward ofE those of the great variety of vermin which prey on game. Here, however, a good man is always rewarded ; for, though he may be outwitted by the arts ct£ a first-rate poacher, which are con- stantly varjdng, he has only himself to blame if he allows anj-thing beneath his own level to circumvent him. Ver- min are endowed with the same instincts now as they were thousands of years ago ; and as these instincts are well known, he has only to take advantage of that knowledge, and destroy them. The following is a complete list of the various kinds infesting Great Britain ; their habits should be vvell studied, and the different modes of taking them un- derstood by every man who sets up for a regular keeper. I shall therefore take each variety separately, and de- scribe its appearance, its habits, its prey, and the best mode of capture. The Cat (Felis domestica). — It was formerly supposed that this was merely the wild cat tamed, but more recent investigations have led naturalists to conclude that they are two distinct species. The chief difference consists in the tail, which is long and taper in the house cat (Jig. 1), but blunt and shorter in the wild cat {Jig. 2). The wild cat is now seldom or never found in this country, and its ravages tlierefore among game are no longer to be feared. Its place, however, in this respect, has been taken by its substitute, the domestic cat, v/hich, in her proper sphere, is of the greatest importance to mankind. Like most other blessings, she is liable to become a curse ; and that is most assuredly the case when she takes it into her head to invade the game preserve. Here she is as differ- ent from her household character as it is possible to conceive. Instead of being ready to be noticed and fondled, she is wild and wayward, retreating to some secure place on the approach cf man, and only venturing out at night. Her ravages are so extensive, tliat it is fortunate that she is easily taken by trap, which should be the ordinary steel trap, of middle size, between the fox- trap and that for the rat. The trap should be rubbed with the herb valerian, if easily procured ; but it is seldom positively necessary, as the cat is almost always readily caught. The trap may be baited in the usual way with a small bird or young rabbit. If there is the slightest difficulty in taking the cat, it is only necessary to use three of these traps sunk in the earth, and surrounding a live bird tied to a stake, elevated about a foot from the ground, and she is sure to be caught. A more minute description will be given of this trap in the ensuing paragra]i>h on the Fox. The gun may be used if neces- sary, but a cat will carry off an enormous quantity of shot ; and even a bullet, if put into her anywhere but in the brain, is by no means sure of destroying her. The Fox (Vulpes vulgaris). — This is, in some districts, one of the worst kinds of vermin, and is carefully trapped — whilst in others it is as carefully preserved. In our present list it must appear as an enemy, although numerous and warm controversies have taken place as to its game-destroying powers. No doubt, the fox may be preserved in the same coverts with the pheasant ; and, I believe, if supplied with rabbits, he will not often fall upon game proper, and certainly not upon the hare, to which the rabbit is always preferred. The scent of the fox is so strong, that most animals are aware of his proximity, and therefore they are able to keep clear of him, except on rare occasions, of which he does not hesitate to take advantage. The pheasant, for instance, seldom ventures within his reach ; if disturbed, this bird has recourse to his wings, and does not often run into danger fast enough to be off his guard against the scent, though he will fi-eely run down an open ride, or in the fields, where he is secure from this insidious enemy. If, however, a pheasant is wounded, he is sure to fall a prey to vulpine attacks, and so is the wounded woodcock or snipe ; but this is of very little consequence, and such a poor maimed creature as a wounded bird is better out of its misery. Keepers are 10 SHOOTING. great enemies to the fox, and aggravate his faults, for two reasons ; first, because he interferes with their chief perqui- sites, the rabbits ; and secondly, be- cause he is the only legitimate scape- goat for their shortcomings. If the complaint is made that there is no game, the answer is always ready, "Why, sir, if you will preserve the foxes, you must not expect so much game." There is no other game- destroyer that a keeper can charge with the loss, without damaging his own character, since, in proportion to the scarcity or abundance of all other vermin is his own character raised or depressed. The great misfortune is, that the keeper is induced to play all sorts of tricks, in order to comply with the directions of his master to preserve foxes as well as game, which he fancies are conflicting in themselves, since they, no doubt, are opposed to his own wishes and interests ; but being com- pelled to do so, he proceeds on a plan which enables him to find foxes, though bad ones— thus keeping the order to the letter, but breaking it in spirit. Half of the foxes found in game preserves are only just turned down when the hounds are thrown into covert, or, when at large, have been fed daily with rab- bits close to their earths, by which they are rendered so fat and lazy that they cannot stand five minutes before a good pack of hounds. In districts where no hounds are kept, but where game abounds, as in the Highlands of Scotland and in some parts of Wales, there can be no reason for the preser- vation of foxes, and there they should he killed down as closely as possible. They are not very difficult to trap with the gin of full size, four, five, or six of which should be set round a dead lamb or rabbit, with the inside exposed as a means of spreading the scent, and partly buried in the ground as if for a dog. Of course, the traps should be carefully fastened down with a short cliain. The best way to set them is to dig a piece of ground well over, about five or six feet square, then take out four, five, or six spadefuls of earth, each leaving a hole sufficient to contain a trap ; lay the trap therein, and fix it by driving in the peg, concealing the •chain and every part but the spring and the jaws and plates. The tra]) sliould then be set, propping up the plate with a bit of stick, to which a string is attached in order to withdraw it ; then cover all up with finely-chopped grass or moss, and withdraw the stick by the string. If the fox is very wary, it is better to leave the traps unset for a night or two, and throw down, every night, a rabbit or pigeon on the ground at some little distance, but clear of the traps. When these have been taken freely for a couple of nights, a similar bait should be placed in the middle of the traps, without handling it, or tread- ing on the newly-levelled earth or the covering grass, which would at once raise the suspicions of the fox. If these precautions are taken, the most wary will generally fall. . Chaff answers re- markably well to cover these traps with, but it has the serious evil of attracting the pheasants, who come and search for grain, and in that way sometimes are caught instead of the fox or cat for which they were set ; the grass or moss ought to be very short and fight, or it may catch in the trap, and prevent its acting. If the keeper has only one trap, it should not, as is often done, be set in a run, for fear of its catching the game, but an open space a short distance off the run should be thrown into it, by making a gap, if there is not already one, and in that gap the trap should be laid ; the bait should be raised, in this case, on a stub or short stick driven into the earth, which should be about as tall as the animal to be taken can just reach with his nose, so that he will walk on his toes, and not crouch on his belly, in reaching it. In this way the leg is well seized, and not the toe only, or what is still worse, alto- gether lost by the body being first grasped, and then slipping out of the trap ; thus, for a fox the bait should be twelve inches, for a cat eight inches, and for a w^easel or polecat four inches above the level of the plate of the trap. The keeper should spring these traps every morning, and oil them or repair them with the file and hammer, when necessary to their perfect acting. The Marten (Maries ahietum et ff)ina).— ^\\Q marten, the polecat, the stoat, and the weasel all belong to the sub-family Mustelina. There are two kinds of martens, the pine and the beech marten, the former being more connnon in the north, and the latter in the southern parts of the island. ^ The martens inhabit large woods, living in the hollow of trees, or in an ol-enerally sold at the oil -shops ot London and the large provincial towns, is also a pretty sure poison, but cunning old rats are not always to be taken in by it. The Hedgehog (ErinaceiisEuropceus). —The hedgehog is destructive both to the eggs of game and to the newly- hatched birds." It is not nearly so in jurious as any of those which I hav« already described, but should be kept under. It is easily found by the terrier, and may then be killed by tlw keeper VARIETIES OF VERMIN. 13 The Otter (Lutra vulgaris). — This creature is a kind of water polecat, and is as destructive to fish as that fierce little animal is to game. It also somewhat resembles it in general form, but its head is more blunt, its fur shorter and thicker, and its feet are webbed. It is amphibious in its habits, but if kept under water more than a few minutes at a time is soon drowned. It measures usually, from the nose to the tail, nearly two feet, and the tail itself is often sixteen inches in length. The eyes both look upwards, and it is thus enabled to watch the fish while Ijring below them on the bed of the river, and therefore unseen by them. The footmark or seal of the otter is easily recognised by a round depres- sion corresponding with the ball of its foot. Its burrow is always entered under water, and it admits air only by a small hole worked from the inside, and not readily found. In some dis- tricts the otter is hunted, and affords good sport, and when that is the case, it should not be interfered with ; when, however, no otter hounds are within reach, the otter may be trapped in the same way as I have recommended for the rat in the water, excepting that it is useless to bait the trap, as the otter will not touch a dead fish. The traps should be set near where the holt is, or close to any of the ordinary landing-places of the animal, which may be known by the "seal" or " spraints." Of course the whole ap- paratus must be larger, and the traps should be of the full size for a fox ; they should be sunk three inches. It is a more certain trap for the otter than even for the rat, as the former is not so sagacious an animal. In the various parts of Great Britain we find a long list of birds of prey, all of which are more or less injurious to game, from the eagle to the merlin. But there are few districts in which all are found ; the larger kinds are chiefly to be met with in the inaccessible parts of Scotland and the Hebrides, as well as in some parts of Ireland, whilst the smaller varieties are very trouble- some in the woodlands of the south. At the head of the list stands The Golden Eagle (Aquila chry- naetus). — This beautiful bird is now seldom found in Great Britain, and is very rare except in the most remote districts of the north. It can only be confounded with the osprey in this country, since there is no other bird of prey at all near these birds in size, which is about that of an ordinary turkey. The golden eagle is of a rich golden brown colour, with powerful hooked beak and strong talons, and de- stroys large game to a fearful extent, as well as young lambs. The flight of the eagle is very beautiful, and it generally hunts in pairs. The hen lays two eggs of a creamy-white ground, with brownish spots ; the nest is very rudely constructed in some very inac cessible crag or rock, and is merely a heap of sticks and grass. The Osprey (Pandion haliceetus) is only found on the sea-coast, or very near it. It is of the same size as the golden eagle, but differs in colour and in food, which is composed entirely of fish. In the salmon fisheries it some- times is a sad depredator, especially at the salmon leaps, when they happen to be near the sea. Here it will seize the fish as they are struggling up the fall, and if once it takes to this dainty, it is sure to return to it. It is less wary than the golden eagle, and may gene- rally be approached with care while fishing. Both these eagles must be shot, as they are very difficult to trap, and their nests are generally fixed in such an inaccessible crag as to be almost beyond the reach of man. The Kite {Milvus regalis). — The kite, or gled, was formerly common in the wild districts of England, but has now become very rare. It is a game-de- stroyer, though not to any great ex- tent. It may always be recognised by its long, forked tail. Its length is more than two feet. The legs are yellow. The Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris) is considerably less than the golden eagle, being about twenty-two inches from tip to tail, and is very different in general aspect and habits. When seeking for food, it sits at the top of some high tree, and generally on a dead branch, keenly watching for the appear- ance of some young rabbit or hare, or for a brood of grouse or pheasants. As soon as these come in sight, it darts down and picks up its prey, without alighting, and is sure to seek the same branch with the purpose of devouring it. The buzzard builds in trees ; its eggs are generally four, of a whitish colour, with pale brown spots. 14 SHOOTING. The Peregrine Falcon 'yFalcopere- (jrinus).— The blue or peregrine falcon is very destructive to all game, but it has been almost exterminated in this country. It is one of the birds best suit- ed to falconry, which has been one rea- son of its scarcity. It builds in the most inaccessible parts of the mountains, and can rarely be trapped. The hen is very beautiful. Back of head, dark slate colour ; outside of wings and back lighter slate ; under part of neck and throat, white ; breast of a bufe ground, with dark brown streaks. Length, from point to point of wings, forty inches ; from tip to tail, seventeen inches. The Hobby (Hijpotriorchis sub- huteo) is a bird of passage, and only a summer visitor; it can therefore scarcely be considered a dangerous game-destroyer, nor can it easily be taken at that season. The Merlin {Hypotriorclm oisaion). —This spirited little hawk is, among the falcons, very much like the weasel among the Mustelina, being as bold as a game-cock, as voracious as a shark, and as nimble as an eel. It is said to attack the grouse, and sometimes to succeed in capturing them by the force of the blow. It is a very fast bird for its size. The male and female are nearer of a size than in the others of its family. It is of a bluish brown on the upper parts, with a deep buffi ground for the breast, studded with dark streaks. Its entire length is only thir- teen inches. It seldom weighs quite eight ounces. These three species of the falcons are all used in falconry, and are all difficult to trap. The Hen-Harrier (Circus mjaneus). —The plumage of the male and female varies so much, that for a long time they were regarded as two different species. The former is of a light blue, while the latter is brown. Both have white rings on the tail, and a black mark on the ends of the wing feathers. They are about forty inches across the wings, when extended. In length they are about seventeen inches. They are dreadful destroyfns of the grouse, and beat their ground in the most regular way, crossing it like the pointer or set- ter flying close to the surface, and swooping on the unhappy grouse or partridge the moment their eyes catch si " lit. They build their nests on the ground, in heather or thick bushes. Thcjie Bhould be diligently sought lor, as the young birds, once found, are a sure mode of trapping the old ones. The Sparrow-Hawk (Accijnter msus) is considerably smaller than the last, never being more than fifteen inches in length, and the male seldom more than nine. It is chiefly injurious to the game preserve from taking off the very young partridges and pheasants, upon which it delights to pounce. It builds upon high trees, laying four or five eggs, of a white ground with variable reddish marblings. The Kestrel or Windhover {Iin- nun cuius alaudarius).— It is commonly supposed that this bird is a very bold destroyer of game, but I am quite satis- fied this is a great mistake— it will al- ways prefer the mouse to any bird, and I believe rarely attacks any other prey than the mouse or the frog. It will not attack the young of the game birds, and its only fault is, that it wfll some- times take the very young leveret. As, however, these Uttle things are seldom visible, and as the kestrel hunts solely by sight, it is very seldom that this ac- cident happens. This bird may fairly be allowed to benefit the farmer, with- out injury to the game preserver. It is very ornamental in its flight and generaf appearance, and when young is more like the owl than any of the hawks. Mode of Trapping Winged Vermin. —Nearly all these birds may be taken with the steel trap, which should be variously set, according to the habits of the particular bird. The buzzard is not very difficult to trap, though it does not alight to take its prey, and it may also be shot while perched on its bough. A circular trap has been invented, and is sold by all the gunmakers, which requires no bait, and is simply to be placed on those boughs which are frequented by these birds. It requires, however, far more watching to detect their haunts than to get near them with the gun. If the attempt is made to shoot them, it generally requires tiie rifle for their destruction, as they are usually seated out of the distance suited to an ordinary fowling-piece, ilie harrier is somewhat diflicult to trap, but it may be taken, and so may the buzzard, by means of a dead grouse or partridge set up on a little mound of earth, and studded with large fish-hooks. Both of these birds make a swoop at their prey, and in that way they may I often be caught with the hooks, which VARIETIES OF VERMIN. 15 should have their points directed to- wards the tail of the bait, and should project about half an inch above the feathers. One should be firmly on the back, one on the head, and one on the shoulder of each wing. The hook on the head is the most likely one to catch, and it should have a firm attachment by means of a line a few inches in length. The hooks will not hold the hawk long ; but by placing four concealed rat-traps around the bait, the hawk, in its struggles to free itself, is sure to strike one. and is then securely held ; but the taking the young of these birds is by far the most easy way of destroying them. It is very much less trouble to watch the bird to her nest than to trap her, or to shoot her even. When the nest is discovered, and while the hen is sitting, a ball may often be sent through the old bird, and the eggs will not then require to be reached, as they will of course be addled. As soon as the young- birds are laid hold of, it may fairly be concluded that the old ones are in your power ; for by fastening them down alive in the middle of three or four con- cealed traps, the old birds are soon tempted into their jaws. Each young bird should be fixed in the centre of a circle of traps at such a distance apart that both old birds may be caught. It is often said by keepers that they can dispense with the gun in destroying these birds of prey ; and many masters strongly object to the use of it, from the fear of its being abused ; but in districts where the hen-hariier, or the buzzard, or the peregrine falcon abounds, the gun must be used^ or a sad loss of game will be the result. The nest cannot always be found or reached ; and some- times it is on another property alto- gether, in which case it cannot of course be taken watliout the consent of the adjoining keeper, who is as jealous of his rights and distinctions as a Turk. The Barn Owl (Strix flammea?) is generally considered very destructive ' to game, but I believe erroneously so. Like the kestrel, it lives almost entirely on mice and rats ; it will, however, when it has its young to provide for, attack the leveret or the rabbit, and perhaps the young pheasant ; but on inspecting the casts of these birds I ^ have never seen any quantity of feathers I or fur, which would inevitably occur if I they fed to any extent upon game. The nest may be easily taken, or the owl trapped or shot. A grand parade is generally made of the owl by keepers, as it is a bird which makes a fine show among the list of killed, and yet is not very diflficult to destroy. The Raven {^Corvus corax) is not common in this country, and is prin- cipally met with in wild districts, like the New Forest, or Dartmoor. The raven is a voracious bird, and nothing comes amiss to it, from carrion to eggs or fish. It breeds in the holes of high rocks, or on very high trees, and the nest is more difficult to take on that account. The eggs are four, of a dusky greeu. It is a very destructive bird to game, and should not be sufiiered to live, as it has no good qualities like the owl and kestrel. It is extremely wary, and difficult to shoot or trap. The Crow (Corvus corone) is a smaller edition of the raven, which it resembles in every respect but size. It is too well known to need description. The Jackdaw (Corvus monedula) is also very much of the same habits as regards game, but it is only obnoxious to the eggs. Its nest is seldom within the keeper's reach, being almost in- variably in some old tower or church steeple. The Magpie {Pica caudata). — This pretty, lively bird is one of the most persevering destroyers of the eggs of game birds, and ought to receive no mercy. It is a very shy and cunning bird, but its nest may almost always be found, and the young taken and used as decoys, as I have already de- scribed. It builds in the tops of trees, high and low. The nest is domed, and built of a mass of sticks curiously interlaid. The Jay (Garrulus glandarius). — This beautiful bird resembles the mag- pie in its thirst for eggs, but is not quite so voracious. The Heron (Ardea cinerea). — The heron is only injurious among fish, which form its sole food. It is often preserved with great care, on account of its association with baronial sports. It is now, however, seldom used for hawking purposes, and, wherever the fishenes are preserved with care, herons are diligently destroyed. It may be shot, or hooked, or trapped under water by the floating trap, as used for the rat, placing the bait in the same way, but fixing it in the shallows. SHOOTING. The Poisoning of Winged Verm in.—- I have already alluded to the difeerent modes of trapping- the win-ed varieties of vermin. It remains for me only to speak of the modes of poisoning them which were formerly adopted but are now illegal in this country. For the eagles, 'hawks, buzzards, and kites, arsenic is the best ; but there is great danger in using it, lest some dog should feed on the poisoned bait ; the liver is the best part in which to insert the arsenic, as it is generally the choice morsel first selected by them all, or the brain, as is the case more particularly with the falcon and the sparrow-hawk For the raven, crow, magpie, and lay, strychnine may be legally used m an egg, and acts well, as they will ^take it ^th great facihty. These poisons should never be trusted to anyone but a person of good character tor care and integrity, as they are equally de- structive to man. They may be used in the egg by making a sma 1 hole then inserting five grains of either, and clos- ing the hole again with a piece ot paper and a httle collodioii. In this way there is less chance of any dog or child getting to it, as the egg may be placed in the fork of a tree, out o± sight from below. Sect. 7.— English Game Laws. Having provided for the procuring and preserving game necessary to the sport we are considering, it is next de- sirable that this should be conducted ao-reeably to law. The following Ab- stracts of the various Acts are there- fore given; but it will be requisite, before proceeding to any legal prose- cution, to obtain the Act itself or the assistance of a professor of the law. The Abstracts, however, will be sutti- cient for the sportsman's gmde m ordinary cases. The principal laws which now regu- late the preservation and sale ot game in the three divisions of the United Kin^-dom are as follows, independently of the common law of trespass :— England and Wales. I & 2 Will. IV., c. 32— (Trespass, &c known as the Game Law). II & 12 Vict, c. 2 t- * Sec. 4.— Provisions of 11 & 12 Vict., c. 43, extended to this Act. Sec. 5.— Convictioiis not to be quashed for want of form, or removed by certiorari. Sec. 6.— Power of appeal. By three decisions of the superior courts (Brown v. Turner, Evans v. Botterill, and Fuller v. Newland), it has been laid down that the justices may infer from the circumstances of the case, as proved, whether the accused had been unlawfully on land in pursuit of game, and that it is not necessary that he should have been actually seen on it or coming from it. Abstract of th-e Poisoned Grain Prohibition Act. 26 & 27 Vict., c. 113, sec. 1.— Pecites expediency of preventing sale and use of 'poisoned grain. Sec. 2.— Penalty not exceeding WL for selling poisoned grain. gee. 3.— Penalty for sowing, setting, &c., poisoned grain, not exceeding 10^. Sec. 4.— Solutions or infusions, used for agricultural purposes, permitted, gee. 5.— Recovery of penalties. Abstract of the Poisoned Flesh Act. The 27 & 28 Vict, c. 115, prohibits the placing of poisoned flesh m plan- tations, &c. Penalty for placing flesh in planta tions, inclosed fields, &c., not exceeding lOl. , . . , Not to apply to placing poison torf the destruction of vermin in houses, ricks, &c. Abstract of the Gun Licence Act. 33 & 34 Vict, c. 57, sec. 1.— Short title. „ . , J Sec. 2.— The term gun includes any firearm, air-gun, or other kind of gun from which any shot, bullet, or other missile can be discharged. Sec. 3.— Duty on licence to use a gun, lOs. , gee. 4.— Duty and licence to be under* the management of the Commis- sioners of Inland Revenue. Sec. 5.— Licence to be dated on day of issue, and to expire on March 31st next following. gee. 6.— Register of Licences to be ^'^gec. 7.— Penalty of lOZ. for using or carrying a gun without a licence ; but there are certain exemptions, viz., per- sons in the army, r.avy, and voluii ABSTRACT OF teers, when on duty ; holders of game licenoes, and persons employed to carry guns for their use ; the occupier of any lands carrying a gun for the purpose only of scaring birds or killing vermin on such lands, and also persons em- ployed for the same purpose by holders of game licences ; gunmakers and their servants ; also carriers, when carrying guns in the ordinary course of business. Sec. 8. — Where two or more persons carry a gun in parts in company, all are liable. Sec. 9. — Licence to be produced on demand, or name and address declared, under a penalty of 101. Sec. 10. — Officers of Inland Revenue and constables may enter upon lands to demand production of licence. Sec. 1 1. — Licence to be void if the holder be convicted of game trespass. Sec. 12. — Not to interfere with any other Act requiring authority to keep firearms. The Geound CUme Act. 43 c& 44 Vict, c. AH.— Sept. 7, 1880. Sec. 1. — Every occupier of land shall have, as incident to and inseparable from his occupation of the land, the right to kill and take ground game thereon, concurrently with any other person who may be entitled to kill and take ground game on the same land : Provided that the right conferred on the occupier by this section shall be subject to the following limitations : (1) The occupier shall kill and take ground game only by himself or by persons duly authorised by him in writing : (a) The occupier himself and one other person authorised in writing by such occupier shall be the only persons entitled under this act to kill ground game with firearms ; (6) No person shall be authorised by the occupier to kill or take ground game, except members of his household resident on the land in his occupation, persons in his ordinary service on such land, and any one other person bond fide em- ployed by him for reward in the taking and destruction of ground game ; (c) Every person so authorised by the occupier, on demand by any person having a con- GAME LAWS. 21 current right to take and kill the ground game on the land, or any person authorised by him in writing to make such demand, shall produce to the person so demanding the docu- ment by which he is authorised, and in default he shall not be deemed to be an authorised person. (2) A person shall not be deemed to be an occupier of land for the purposes of this Act by reason of his having a right of com- mon over such lands ; or by reason of an occupation for the purpose of grazing or pastur- age of sheep, cattle, or horses for not more than nine months. (3) In the case of moorlands, and uninclosed lands (not l3eing arable lands), the occupier and the persons authorised by him shall exercise the rights conferred by this section only from the 11th day of Decem- ber in one year until the 31st day of March in the next year, both inclusive ; but this provision shall not apply to de- tached portions of moorlands or uninclosed lands adjoining arable lands, where such de- tached portions of moorlands or uninclosed lands are less than 25 acres in extent. Sec. 2. — Where the occupier of land is entitled otherwise than in pursuance of this Act to kill and take ground game thereon, if he shall give to any other person a title to kill and take such ground game, he shall nevertheless retain and have, as incident to and in- separable from such occupation, the same right to kill and take ground game as is declared by Sect. 1 of this Act. Save as aforesaid, but subject as in Sect. 6 hereafter mentioned, the occu- pier may exercise any other or more ex- tensive right which he may possess in respect of ground game, or other game, in the same manner and to the same extent as if this Act had not passed. Sec. 3.— Every agreement, condition, or arrangement which purports to di- vest or alienate the right of the occu- pier as declared, given, and reserved to him by this Act, or which gives to such occupier any advantage in considera- tion of his forbearing to exercise such right, or imposes upon him anj' dis- 21a SHOOTING. advantage in consequence of his exer- cising such right, shall be void. gee 4.— The occupier and the per- sons duiy authorised by him as afore- said shall not be required to obtain a licence to kill game for the purpose ot killing and taking ground game on land in the occupation of such occupier, and the occupier shall have the same power of sehing any ground game so killed by him, or the persons authorised by him, as if he had a licence to kill game : Provided that nothing in this Act con- tained shall exempt any person from the provisions of the Gun Licence Act, 1870. ^ gee 5._Where at the date of the passing of this Act the right to kill and take ground game on any land is vested by lease, contract of tenancy, or other contract bond fide made tor valuable consideration in some person other than the occupier, the occupier shall not be entitled under this Act, until the determination of that contract, to kill and take ground game on such land And in Scotland when the right to kill and take ground game is vested bv operation of law or otherwise m some person other than the occupier the occupier shall not be entitled by v rtue of this Act to kill or take ground game during the currency of an); lease contract of tenancy ^^der which he holds at the passmg of this Act, or dm-ing the currency of any contract yn:de%ond fide for valuable considera- tion before the passmg of this Act whereby any other person is entitled to take and kill ground game on tne land For the purposes of this Act, a ten ancy from year to year, or a tenancy at will, shall be deemed to determine at the time when such tenancy would by law become determinable if notice or warn- ing to determine the same were given at the date of the passmg of this Act Nothing in this Act sha 1 affect any special right of killing or taking ground 'Ce to which any person other than the landlord, lessor, or occupier may Lave become entitled before the passing of this Act by virtue of any franchise, charter, or Act of Par lament Sec 6 —No person having a right ot kilUng ground game under tins Act or o l erwise shall use any firearms for the purposeofkillinggroundgameb^^^^^^^^ [he expiration ot the hrst l^our after sunset and the commencement of the Ct hour before sunrise; and no^c^^^ person shall, for the purpose of kiUm^ ground game, employ spring traps ex- cept in rabbit holes, nor employ poison ; and any person acting m contravention of this section shall, on summary con- viction, be liable to a penalty not ex- ceeding two pounds. gee 7 —Where a person who is not in occupation of land has the solejight nf killino- same thereon (with the ex- feptlon Sf 'such right of killing and taking ground game as is by this Act confe?r?d on the occupier as mcident to and inseparable from his occupation) such person shall, for the purpose of any Act authorising the institution ot legal proceedings by the owner of an ex- clSsive right to game, have the same au- thority to institute such proceedings as if he were such exclusive owner, with- out prejudice nevertheless to the right of the occupier conferred by this Act gee. 8.— For the purposes of this ^ct-the words " Ground game" mean hares and rabbits. . gee 9.— A person actingm accordance with this Act shall not thereby be sub- iect to any proceedings or penalties m pursuance of any law or statute Sec 10.— Nothing in this Act shall authorise the killing or taking of ground game on any days or seasons, or by !ny methods, prohibited by any Act of Parliament in force at the time of the ^Xc. u'!-This Act may be cited for all purposes as the Ground Game Act, 1880. Abstract of the Wild Birds Protection Act. 43 (fc 44 Vict, c. 2>5.—Sept. 7, 1880. Sec. 1.— Act to be cited as the Wild Birds Protection Act, 1880. . Sec 2.-The words "Wild Birds'- in this Act to mean all wild birds gee 3.— Wild birds are not to be shot or caught between the 1st ot March and the 1st of August ; nor (it recently killed or caught) to be kept in possession or offered tor sale after the 15th of March. Penalty not ex- ceeding 11. for every wild bird included in the Schedule ; and m the case of any other wild bird, the person convicted shall for a first offence, be reprimanded and discharged on payment of costs, and for a subsequent offence he shall be lined not more than 5s. tor each bud, in addition to costs. Exception, how- ever, is made where it can be proved that the bird had been obtained during the legal season, or from a person re- ABSTRACT OF GAME LAWS. 2ib sidiug Out of the United Kingdom. Excepiion is also made in the case of the owner or occupier of any land, and of persons authorised by them, killing or taking on such land any wild bird which is not included in the Schedide. Sec. 4.— Penalty of 10s. for refusing to give name and place of abode, or giving false name, &c. Sec. 5. — How offences may be pro- secuted. Sec. 6. — As to trial of offences com- mitted within the Admiralty jurisdiction, or on county boundaries. Sec. 7. — Act to come into operation on the 1st of January, 1880, and repeal at the same time the Sea Birds Act of 18G9, the Wild Birds Act of 1872, and the Wild Fowl Act of 1876. Sec. 8. — The close-time may be ex- tended or varied by a Secretary of State in Great Britain, or Lord Lieu- tenant in Ireland, on application of courts of quarter sessions. Sec. 9. — Act not to extend to island of St. Kilda ; and other localities may be exempted on application as in Sec. 8. SCHEDULE. American quail. Kingfisher. Scout. Auk. Kittiwake. Sealark. Avocet. Lapwing. Seamew. Bee-eater. Loon. Sea parrot. Bittern. MaUard. Sea swallow. Bonxie. Marrot. Shearwater. Colin. Merganser. SheUdrake. Cornish chough. Murre. Shoveller. Coultemeb. Night-hawk. Skua. Cuckoo. • Night-jar. Smew. Curlew. Nightingale. Snipe. Diver. Oriole. Solan goose. Dotterel. Owl. Spoonbill. Dunbird. Oxbird. Stint. Dunlin. 0 y ster-catcherStone-curle w. Eider duck. Peewit. Stonehatch. Fernowl. PetreL Summer snipe Fulmar. Phalarope. Tarrock. Gannet. Plover. Teal. Goatsucker. Ploverspage. Tern. Godwit. Pochard. Thickknee. Goldfinch. Puffin. Tystey. Grebe. Purre. Whaup. Greenshank. Razorbill . Whimbrel. Guillemot. Red.shank. Widgeon. Gull (except Reeve or Ruff. Wild duck. Black - backed RoUer. Willock. gull). Hoopoe. Sanderling. Woodcock. Sandpiper. Woodpecker. It will be observed that in some in- stances the same bird is included in the Schedule several times under different names (as fern-owl, goatsucker, night- hawk, and night-jar). This may at iirst sight seem absurd ; but it is done intentionally, in order to prevent mis- takes in districts where birds are generally known by one of the names but not by the others. Trespass punishable by Action at Common Law. Any person who has a freehold estate in land may himself order off and remove all trespassers with, just sufficient force. His tenant has also the same right, and may even exercise it against his landlord, unless the latter has a special agreement to the contrary. Every such trespass involves a certain amount of damage, which may be nominal, or to any greater extent, as the case may be ; and an action may be brought to recover the same. Damages have accordingly been re- covered — 1st, for trespass while shooting; 2nd, for trespass while hunting — (the exemption while in fresh pursuit afforded by 1 & 2 Will. IV., c. 32, s. 35, does not apply here ; but the law allows beasts of prey — e,g., a fox — to be pursued) ; 3rd, for shooting into and striking the soil without per- sonally being on it ; 4th, for shooting over land with intent to frighten game ; 5th, for inciting a dog to enter land ; 6th, for digging out a fox or badger ; 7th, for entering any building with the intention of killing a hunted fox, hare, or deer. Dogs trespassing cannot be shot ; except they are in the act of damaging some property — e.g., killing game or poultry. Under a recent Act, when chasing sheep their owners may be made liable. Traps, or Dog-spears, may be set by owners or occupiers of land, but not man-traps or spring-guns. Actions may be brought in the superior courts, or, if the damages are said at less than 50/., in the Co'inty Courts. If personal notice is given, or a printed caution wherein the lands are specially described, a trespass afterwards committed will be considered wilful, which will affect the costs. The following are the forms to be used, as recommended by Mr. Oke in his " Handy Book of the Game Laws " — 1st, as a printed Notice or board : Caution. — Take notice, that all tres- passers on any land on either side of the adjoining highways, for ^ in length and in depth, on each side of and opposite to this notice, will be prosecuted as wilful smOTING. 22 trespassers under the Game Act, and otherwise, according to law. ^ ^ As AN Advertisement : ^ Notice.— Notice is hereby given, that all persons found trespassing m searcii or pursuit of game on the estates ot 1 and , in the parish of — , the Notice to a particular Person : To Mr. A. B. . ^ + I hereby give you notice not to enter or trespass upon any of the lands or hereditaments (if given hy a tenant, say m my occupation,) belonging to me (and, if soAn my occupation or m the occupa- tion of E. F. and F. G.), situate at, &c., and called , for the purpose of pursuing, taking, killmg, or de- stroying game (or for the purpose of hunting, coursing, shooting, hshmg, or fowling), or for any other purpose or under any other pretence or pretext what- soever. And that in case you shall do so after the service of this iiotice (or in case, after service of this notice, you shall enter or trespass upon the said lands and hereditaments, or any part thereof, for any or either ot the purposes aforesaid), you will be deemed a wilful trespasser, and dealt with (or proceeded against) accordingly. Dated at — , this - day ot — ^IH^ Wildfowl may be shot anywhere without a game certificate, but the shooter must have a gun hcence, and will always be Uable to an action tor trespass if found upon land which is private property. Rabbits in Warrens, and Wildfowl IN Decoys, are private property, and a person sporting ^ith them is liable to an action for damages, without notice. Tame Pigeons.— For shooting these without leave, penalty 20s., if they be- long to an cstabhshed dovecot, unless they are shot while injuring corn, Avhen they must not be removed trom where they are killed. Sect. 8.— Scotch Game Laws. The haws relating to game in Scotland are not nearly so Bin^pl^^.^f England, the Act 1 & 2 Will. IV. c. 32 wliicb settled the general principles ot the English law, not extending to Scotland, where the property m game still depends upon the common law, and instead of being in the tenant, as in the southern half of Great Britam is in the landlord, where no_ special agreement to the contrary exists, in b?th countries a licence necessary under the same Act (23 & 24 Vict., c 90). In Scotland also "game is not so clearly defined as in England, but the difference is very trifling, and is mainly of importance in dealing with each separate Act. A landed qualifica- tion to kill game instill necessary in Scotland, under the Act of 1621, c 31 which provides, that no man shall hunt or shoot game who does not possess a "nloudi gate" of land (variously es& at from 56 to 104 Scotch acres), under a penalty of 100/, But a person possessing this qualification may lease game to unqualified persons, as is now commonly done. The law of trespass is defined by the following Act, which bears some relation to the 1 & 2 Win. IV., c. 32, having been passed in the following year. Abstract of the Act Eegulating Trespass in Pursuit of Game. 2 & 3 Will. IV., c. 68, sec. Penalty on persons trespassing m the day-time, not exceeding 21 Or if with face blackened, or to the number ot five, not exceeding bl Sec. 2.— Such trespassers may be ordered to quit the ground, and to give their names and addresses ; or m case ot refusal may be arrested and conveyed before a justice, and on conviction fined not exceeding 61. , , - , gee. 3.— No person to be detained more than twelve hours without being taken before a justice. Sec. 4.— Not to extend to hunting or coursing, when in fresh pursuit of game. , ^ Sec. 5.— Permits the person having right to game, or his servants, to take p-ame from trespassers. ^ Sec. 6.— Penalty for assault by tres- passers not exceeding 5^. The subsequent sections lay down the forms of procedure before justices, or by action for trespass. The Act Regulating the Killing of Hares. The Act 11 & 12 Vict., c. 30, apply- ing to Scotland, is the same in fftect as the English Act (^ce page 18), but ABSTRACT OF GAME LAWS. 23 slightly varied in form to meet the difference in the previously existing laws of the two countries. The Night Poaching Acts. These have been given at page 19, as extending also to England. Licence to Kill Game. The Act regulating the licence to kill game, extending to both countries, will be found at page 19. Poaching Prevention Act. An abstract of this also is to be found at page 20. Close Times of Game and Muirburn. The seasons during which the various kinds of game may be killed are defined by the Acts 1707, c. 13, and 13 Geo. IIL, c. 54, and to some extent by the Licence Act (23 & 24 Vict., c. 90.) ^ By the first of these Acts the close times are made to be as follows : — Muirf owls not ") to be caken > March 1 to June 20. from J Partridges ditto, March 1 to Aug. 20. Penalty 20/., Scots. By the second they are — Muirf owl and ) -r. rv i. * in Ptarmigan | ^"S- 12- Heathfowl 1 Dec. 10 to Aug. 20. (black game) j ^ Partridges . . Feb. 1 to Sept 1. Pheasants . . Feb. 1 to Oct. 1. 51. penalty for every bird so taken, or in default two months for each 51. Muirburn. By the Act 13 Geo. IIL, c. 54, s. 4, every person who shall set fire to any lieath, from the 11th April to the 1st November, shall forfeit 21. for the first offence, 51. for the second, and lOZ. for the third, or in default of payment six weeks, two months, or three months' imprisonment respectively. Poisoned Grain Prohibition Act. This Act, extending to Scotland, has been described at page 20. Poisoned Flesh Act. Same as in England, &c., See page 20. Gun Licence Act. Same as in England. See page 20. Wild Birds Protection Act. Same as in England. See page 21o. Trespass at Common Law. As in the case of the English game trespass statute, so in the 2 & 3 Will. IV., c. 68, the owner or occupier of land trespassed upon has his right of action at common law reserved, but he is not allowed to proceed in both ways. By the common law of Scotland the owner-in-fee has the exclusive right to the surface of his land, and can order o£E all trespassers ; and, on their refusal to go, can use just sufficient force to remove them. A dog in pursuit of game cannot be destroyed. Fox- hunting is not a justifiable trespass as in Eneland. Sect. 9. —Irish Game Laws. The Irish laws relating to game are still more complicated than those of Scotland, and the list of Acts in force there extends to a round dozen. The ownership of game is in the tenant, as in England, and the word '*game" includes deer, hares, pheasants, part- ridges, grouse, landrails, quails, moor- game, heath-game, and wild turkeys or bustards. Close Times. The following are the close times for killing game, according to 10 Will. IIL, c. 8; 37 Geo. IIL, c. 21 ; 28 & 29 Vict., 0. 54; 37 Vict., c. 11 ; and 42 & 43 Vict., c. 23. Deer (red male) ^ shall not be > Jan. 1 to June 10. killed from J Ditto (f allow ) Sept. 29 to June 10. male) ditto ) ^ Moor game and i j^^^^ ^ , 2. grouse ' •) Landrail quail, | j^^^ 20. partridges . J ^ Pheasants . . Feb. 1 to Oct. 1. Hares . . . Apr. 20 to Aug. 12. There is no close time for female deer. 24 SHOOTING. Irish Qualification. By the 13th Eich. 11, c. 13, none are allowed to take deer, hares, conies, nor other gentlemen's game by hunting, but such as have lands or tenements to the value of 40s. a year, nor a priest wjio has not 101. a year ; and by 10 Will. III., c. 8, no one shall have any hound, beagle, greyhound, or land spaniel (ex- cept whelps at walk) without 100^. a year freehold, or l.OOOZ. personal estate, except breakers and trainers expressly licensed. gee. 20.— Permits tenants to keep such dogs within manor with lord's consent. There is, however, no penalty attached, and an indictment under the common law is the sole remedy. Night Poaching. This offence is under the same laws as in England and Scotland, as already described at page 19. Licence to take Game. The Act 23 and 24 Vict., c. 90, an abstract of which is given at page 19, ' is extended to Ireland by section 18 ; but the special Act in force there is 6 & 6 Vict, c. 81, of which the follow- ing are the sections : — Sec. 1.— Kecites 56 Geo. III., c. 56, but transfers the management and col- lection of the certificate duty (which was 3/. 3s.) to the Excise. These duties are, however, repealed by the Act 23 & 24 Vict., c. 90, and made to assimilate in amount throughout the United Kingdom. gee. 2.— Persons keeping dogs tor killing game must take out a certificate, not being gamekeepers. gee, 3.— Gamekeepers must take cer- tificates and register deputation. Sec. 4.— Certificates granted by super- visor of Excise. gee. 5.— Penalty of 201. for keeping game dogs without certificate, gee, 6.— Lists to be published. Sec. 7.— Gamekeepers' certificates may be renewed on change of servants without fresh payment. Sec. 8.~Compels production of certi- ficate under penalty of 50/. On refusal tlic offender may be apprehended and taken before a justice. By the 23 & 24 Vict., c. 113, s. 43, a licence for killing rabbits is dispensed witli. Poaching Prevention Act. This Act is given at page 20. Trespass in Pursuit of Game. The Act 27 Geo. III., c. 35, com- prises the following sections :— _ Sees. 1, 2, 3.— Preamble and recital of 10 Will. III., c. 8. Sec. 4.— Penalties for killing game on Sunday, or out of season. Sec. 5.— Penalty of 101. for taking game by night. gee. 6.— tligglers who have posses- sion "of game not the property of qualified persons, to forfeit 5Z. (This section is in the main repealed by the English Game Licence Act.) gee. 7.— Applies to the selling of game, and is now repealed by English Licence Act. ggc. 8.— Qualification for keeping ^°gec. 9.— Repealed by English Licence Act gee. 10.— Persons not authorised trespassing in pursuit of game, fined a sum not exceeding lOZ. Sec. 11.— Makes it necessary to the act of " looking for game," that the person shall have a " dog or dogs, gun or guns, net or nets, or some other implement for taking or destroying game." . gee. 12.— Qualified persons may tol- low game into another manor. Sec. 13.— Recovery of damages. Sec. 14.— Rewards for killing otters, martens, weasels, &c. Sec. 16.— Dogs of persons not quali- fied may be destroyed by virtue of jusiice's warrant. Sec. 17.— Redress for damage. Sec. 18.— Saves rights of lords of manors. Sec. 19.— How offences are to be determined. Sec. 20.— Date of prosecution. Sec. 21.— Application of fines, &c. Sec. 22.— No person to be whipped. Sec. 23.— Appeals. Muirburn. The Act 10 Will. IIL, c. 8, limits the time for burning heath, &c., to the interval between June 14 and Feb- ruary 2. The Poisoned Grain Prohibition Act. This, as described at page 20, ex- tends to Ireland. THE Poisoned Flesh Act. Same as in England, except that poison may be laid after notice to con- stabulary (see page 20). Gun Licence Act. Same as in England. See page £0. Wild Birds' Protection Act. Same as in England. See page 21. Killing Hares and Babbits. There is now a close time for hares in Ireland, under an Act passed in 1879. The owner or occupier of land may kill hares without a game licence, GUN. 25 and so also may persons hunting or coursing. Hares and rabbits in warrens or special breeding-grounds may not be taken, under the Larceny Consolida- tion Act, during the night, without committing a misdemeanour. If in the day-time, the penalty to be a sum not exceeding bl. Eabbits are not game, but under the Poaching Prevention Act they are so considered. The Common Law as to Game. This is in the main the same as in England. CHAPTER II. THE GUN AND THE BEST MODE OF USING IT. Sect. 1. — The Modern Fowling-piece. History of the Fowling-piece. — Until the early part of the present century all guns were fired by the contact of flint and steel, and the igni- tion was so slow that the sportsman was obliged to aim several feet in front even of a slowly-moving object. Then came the invention of ignition by the detonation of a fulminate, which was first introduced in the shape of a small copper tube, soon to be replaced by the copper cap. This method, in some form or other, has lasted to the present day, the only difference being that instead of being exploded on an iron nipple pierced by a fine tube leading to the powder chamber, a smaller cap is fixed in a little cavity formed in the base of the cartridge-case, and placed on a little brass stud, or, as at first, on a pin, which serves to form the anvil neces- sary for the purpose of ignition. Until about twenty-five years ago the gun was always loaded in this country from the muzzle, but at that time a French plan, invented by M. Lcfaucheux, was introduced by Mr. Lang of Cockspur Street, by the aid of which muzzle- loading was done away with, and the charge to be fired was inserted in a paper cartridge-case containing its own ignition as above described, and in- serted in the breech of the gun. From that time, partly from its safety, but chiefly from its convenience, sporting guns have been primarily divided into muzzle-loaders and breech-loaders, the former being now very rarely used except for punt guns, and even in them the breech-loading system is now becoming general among those who can afford the extra expense. From the above remarks it may be gathered that, except from motives of curiosity, it is unnecessary to describe in this book anything but the breech- loader, but there are certain points common to all guns which may first be alluded to. Component Parts of all Shot Guns. — Ail guns fired from the shoulder con- sist of the following parts : — 1st, the barrel or barrels ; 2nd, the lock for igniting the charge by detonation ; and 3rd, the stock for connecting these parts, and for carrying the whole to the shoulder for the purpose of aim in firing. To these must be added, in the case of the muzzle-loader — 4th, the nipple; 5th, the ramrod or loading- rod ; or in that of the breech-loader — 4a, the cartridge-case ; and ba, the extractor for its removal. Single and Double Barrels. — All shot guns are, as a rule, made with either one or two barrels, but Mr. C. 26 SHOOTING. Lancaster, of New Bond Street, has lately introduced a four-barrelled gun ; this is, however, an exceptional pro- duct of his establishment, and is no. likely to be generally adopted m this country. The Single-barrelled Gun is very seldom used in Great iintam by the adult sportsman, but many are made and sold for the use of boys, at the price of bl to 6Z or even less partly on account of the reduction m weidit, but mainly because it requires considerable practice to use a pair ot barrels with advantage to sport and without danger to the sportsman or bis attendants. Professional pigeon shots also sometimes use a heavy single bore, but amateurs are restricted as to weight, and are also allowed the use of the second barrel. For duck shooting a heavy single IS also adopter — a4 bore weighmg 14 lb. to 161b. but single 8 and 10 bores are also emp.oyed in this sport. The Barrel or BARRELS.-Whether for one or other form of gun the bane is made on the same principles and with the same choice of metal, iliese principles vary according to the metal which is either a mixture of toug-h soft iron and steel, or of a pure but mild steel throughout. In the former case a bundle of rods, called a /'faggot,, composed of the two metals m varying proportions, is welded together, and, after being twisted on itself, is then hammered out into a long, flat rod. This is then raised to a weidmg heat, and is then twisted spirally round a mandril, on which its cods are welded together, and while in that state ad- ditional coils are again welded or "jumped" on till the desired length is obtained. By the aid of the forge and the hammer the first rough tube is thus made when "twisted" barrels are desired, and one main advantage of this plan is, that the excellence of the barrel-maker's work is demonstrated to the eye by " pickling" the surface with a mixture which gives a different colour to each of the two metals, resulting m what is called " figure." On the other hand, steel may or may not be twisted different makers adopting a different treatment of this metal. Ongmally, as first introduced a little more than twenty years ago, a lump of steel was drilled in the middle, and then drawn by hy- draulic machinery, without heat, into a tube This answered well, but tUe plan did not become general, being only used by Messrs. Holland, of New Bond Street. Mr. Whitworth next introduced his homogeneous steel, cast under great pressure, in which, at first, two tubes were bored in the solid ; but he now makes single barrels, to be afterwards put together in the usual way. Mr. Siemens also makes a large proportion of the steel barrels now in common use, which are of a drawn mild steel very tough and strong, but, like all steel, liable to be made brittle by a high heat. In all cases therefore the gunmaker requires a barrel or a pair of Ixarrels, as the case may be, made in one or other of the above ways, and called in the trade " tubes." For his selection, omit- ting a great number which are very seldom used, he has chiefly the follow- ing kinds, viz.— 1st, Damascus, com- Dosed of soft iron and steel, twisted as above described, but varying shghtly in the nature of its iron (stub or scrap), in the fineness of the rods, and in the number of the rods (two-twist, four- twist, &c.) ; 2nd, laminated steel, m which the rods are less twisted and the proportions are not exactly the same, but in which the difference is so slight that gunniakers are not agreed as to which is the superior metal ; 3rd, Whit- worth steel, greatly prized by sports- men on account chiefly of the great reputation of its maker and its origi- nally high price ; 4th, Siemens' steel. In choosing from these tubes I should have no hesitation in preferring the Whitworth or Siemens' make, if only it could be always ascertained that in the work subsequent to the forging no heat has been used which would render the steel brittle. This is said to be guaranteed by the use of a gas furnace, in which the temnerature is kept down by a self-acting thermometer ; but such an apparatus is only employed by cer- tain large firms, and in buving from the retail gunmaker the sportsman has only the character of the vendor to rely on. In' point of safety, therefore, the material which tells tales if it has been abused is, as a rule, to be selected ; but personally I should prefer the steel barrel with a sufficient guarantee of its proper and safe manipulation. English and Foreign Barrels.— Until lately, for some years our Birmingham makers, who have now ngain the home trade to themselves, have been so careless in forging their THE GUN. 27 tubes that many slight flaws (called grays") appeared in the process of browning. On the other hand the Belgian makers, though not so reliable in other respects, kept clear of theee defects, and, as a consequence, a great many English gunmakers in London and elsewhere used Belgian tubes, which may be known by the compara- tive fineness of the twist. When, however, the plan called "choking" was introduced by Mr. W. W. Grreener and others, six or seven years ago, it was found that the Belgian metal was so soft that the contraction was soon worn away. At the same time the Birmingham makers set to work to cor- rect their defects, and the trade is now in great measure restored to our English artisans. The Belgian twist is wound on a " chemise " of soft iron, instead of on the naked mandril as at Birming- ham, and though the " chemise " is after- wards cut away some small remnants are left which interfere with the shoot- ing of the gun. Boring, Choking, &c. — The first pro- cess after the tube leaves the forger is to rough-bore it, by which a spindle is made to revolve rapidly in a horizontal frame, with a square tool attached to it called a bit.'^ It is then straightened, which is done by the hammer under the guidance of tiie eye used in the method called "shading," which detects the slightest unevenness in the inside. When "trued'' inside the ends are turned down to correspond on a lathe, and the outside is ground to a level with these ends on a rapidly revolving grind- stone. Lastly, a tool called a "float'' is worked longitudinally so as to get rid of the circular ribs left by the grind- stone. It may be remarked here that the outside is neither parallel with the inside, nor are its sides straight from breech to nuizzle, but more or less hollow according to the ideas of the maker on the strength required in the various parts. If the barrel is to be choked it is left extra stout at the muzzle to allow of this operation, to be presently described. It is done during the process of fine-boring, which is effected in the same way as rough- boring, except that only one of the four edges of the bit is sharp, and that is made to act by means of strips of wood or paper called "spills," and "liners" inserted between the side of the square opposite the cutting edge and the barrel. During this stage the barrel is again "shaded," and, if necessary, bent by the hammer into a straight form. If desired the fine-bore bit is altered in shape so as to cut the barrel into one or other of the various forms known as "choking,'' the principle of which lies in the ren- dering of the muzzle smaller than any other part of the tube. By some makers this choking is mainly done on the mandril during the forging. Finally, the barrel is got ready for first proof by screwing a plug into the breech, leaving a hole for ignition by a train of powder. After this first proof the piug is no longer wanted, and the marks left by the screw tap are cut away to form the chamber for the cartridge case. In length barrels are now made from 24 to 30 inches up to 12 bores, and longer for larger sizes. Putting Together. — For a single barrelled gun the tube is now ready for actioning, but for a double the two barrels must be put together. To effect this in England the breech ends are filed slightly away to a flat surface, and they are then, together with a piece of steel called the lump^ united by a brass solder for about two inches, the remainder being joined up by soft solder. Now brass will run at a tem- perature which does not seriously injure soft steel, but by a careless workman the barrels are sometimes raised almost or quite to a white heat, by which some slight injury is done to Damascus or laminated barrels, but a dangerous brittleness is given to pure steel. Some English gunmakers have tried soft soldering for this purpose, but it is not to be relied on, and brazing is now universally employed in this country, though silver solder has lately been suggested as much safer. In Belgium an attempt has been made to turn down the breech ends and insert them in a piece of solid steel bored for the pur- pose to receive them, and having a lump cut for the actioning. This would be an excellent method if it could be done neatly, but to the English sports- man's eye there is an unsightly projec- tion at the junction which is not ap- proved of. The two barrels and the lump which has a triangular projection filling up the space between them are therefore brazed together invisibly in this country in such a manner that the axes of the two converge slightly to- wards the muzzle, the upper surface SHOOTING. 28 being connected by a_ strip of iron called the rib. If on trial both bari-els do not shoot centrally on one spot the muzzles are unsoldered and a proper adiustment is made till they do. ^ AcTioNiNG.— Whether the gun is to be single or double barrelled it is neces- sary that the tube or tubes should be closed at the breech end, in such a way as readily to admit of their being opened to receive the cartridge, ihis is effected by hingeing an L-shaped piece of iron to them on the lower side, and bolting it when closed some- times below only, but more properly above also, the latter bemg what i. called the top-connection. This piece of iron consists of two parts, the per- pendicular applied to the open breech ends and called "the break off, and the horizontal limb called "the body. When there is only a body-bolt, it is inserted longitudinally in a slit _ cut m that part, and travels into a projection downwards brazed to the barrel, which I have already described as the lump. In one form this bolt travels m a cir- cular direction, moved by a lever fixed below the trigger-guard, and then called the single or double " grip ; but this cannot be made to run home com- pletely on closing the gun, by which some slight time is lost m o^drng. lo meet this objection a bolt travel mg straight forwards like that of a door-lock was invented, and brought out by Mr. Purdey about twenty years ago, which snaps home, and guns on this principle are now in general use under the name of "snap-actions." In some cases a bolt at the top of the break-off is the sole means of holding the two together, as in the gun invented about t^yenty- five years ago by Mr. Westley-Richards ; but generally the two bolts are com- bined, as in Mr. Greener's and other treble o-rips. Where there is a top bolt a piece of steel is brazed between the barrels for about two inches, pro.iecting towards the break-off, into which it is fitted and bolted. Percussioning.— By this term is un- derstood the fitting of a hammer in such a way as to explode the cap on the base of the cartridge. Ihis is at- tached to a lock having a mainspring, by which the blow is given 1 he lock is either let into the wood partly or entirely, as in the hammered gun, and in some without hammers, or entirely into the body of the action, as in several hammerless guns, notably that well known as the Anson and Ueely. FiKAL PROVING.-Before the barrels arestocked,theyarefinallyproved,either at Birmingham by the Guardians , or m London by the Gunmakers^ Company, formed for that purpose. This is done by exploding in them certam charges ot powder and lead, according to the bore, &c ; and on two occasions, known as the first, already mentioned, and the definitive proof, after passing tarough each of which a special P^oof mark is stamped on the barrel. The first may be, and generally is, made as soon as th^ barrel is fully bored and fimshed outside, but the definitive proof must not be made until the barrels are ac- tioned. If so desired the second proot may be omitted, but then the first proot must be applied after the actions are fitted and filed up. Supposing the powder used for proof to be of the strength laid down by the Act-that is, equal to the Government service 'wder-the charge for bores not less than fourteen or even sixteen is quite sufficient; but for smaller bores, such as twenty and twenty-eight bores it is absurdly small, the lead m t^ie latter beinff only about the weight ot the char|e sometimes used by sportsmen As & as I have been able to test the proof powder, I have found it miser- ably weak, but I have never been able to obtain any sample for testmg direct from either Company. Nor with one exception,haveIeverbeenabletoobtam any through a g^^^^^^^er and then only with a promise to withhold the information thus obtained untd per- mitted to divulge it, which permission I have at last obtained. At the time of writing these remarks the matter is under investigation by the Assoaation for the Protection and Defence of bport, and I therefore refrain from further remarks, except that my conclusions are suDDorted bv the evidence of several gZnakers, who state that the fouhng feft after proof indicates thatjery bad charcoal and sulphur have been used in its manufacture. The_ number of small bores recently burst in the hands of sportsmen shows clearly that the proof is insufficient, and I have no doubt that a new schedule will veiy shortly be prepared by the two Com- panies, and that to ensure the proper strength of the powder employed. LIBRARY OF THE JMIVERSITY OF lUJUQlS BA.CK-ACTION ;.OCK. ^__.-7 INCHES — - .._,4-t inches; MF.ASUREMKNTS 01' STOCK. THE GUN. 29 Proof Marks. — All gnns sold in England (the Act does not include Scotland or Ireland) must have the proof marks of one of the above- mentioned companies stamped on the barrel or barrels, the penalty for selling without such marks being 20L The following are the proof marks, the upper being of the hrst proof, and the lower of the second The Lock, wdiether for hammered or hammerless guns, consists of a main- spring, which, when compressed, acts on a striker, and, through it, on a cap containing the fulminate. The spring- may be hat or spiral, the former being greatly to be preferred for several reasons. If flat it acts on a double lever, but when spiral it surrounds a plunger or striker, and acts directly on it. In most cases the compression of the spring is permanent, but in a lock introduced three years ago by Mr. Purdey for his hammerless gun the compression is only temporary, being- taken off when the gun is open, and restored by the action of closing the barrels. In all cases the lock consists of the mainspring (a), the hammer (&), on which it acts either directly or through the intervention of the tum- bler ; tne scear (c), which catches in a nick or *'bent" cut in the striker or tumbler; the scear spring {d), which keeps the scear to its work ; the trig- ger (e), which, on the pressure of the finger, lifts the scear out of the bent, and allows the mainspring to drive the hammer or striker on to the cap ; and the lock plate (/), by which these several parts are combined, with the aid of the bridle screwed to its internal surface, when the lock is let into the stock from the outside. Locks may be arranged in two great divisions — ham- mered locks, and th(,se for hammerless guns. The former are now almost always made so that when at rest the hammer or striker is about i-inch clear of the cap, and consequently, when the gun is closed with a snap, there is no danger of exploding the cap, which there would be, and was, before the above invention was brought out by Mr. Stanton, For even if the scear is jarred out of the bent there is no fall of the hammer, and no danger of an explosion. On the other hand, in ham- merless guns the gun is closed at full cock, and if such an accident then occurs the hammer falls on the cap, ' unless some method of safety is pro- vided, which I shall presently explain under the head of safety bolts. Locks for hammered guns are made in two principal forms. In one, called the " bar lock," the mahispring is let into the body of the action, together with the front half of the lock-plate. In the other the whole lock is let into the hand of the stock, by which the action is maintained in its full strength. This is called a " back-actioned " lock, but as it requires the "hand" of the gun to be slightly increased in size, objec- tion is sometimes taken to it on that score. Such are the main features of the locks used with all guns of the present day, but the details are very variously carried out in the multifarious ham- merless actions which are now in the market. It is, however, useless to de- scribe these, except in coimection with the guns to which they are attached. The Stock is made of wood (gener- ally walnut), and is intended to com- bine together the various parts, so as to enable the sportsman to bring the gun to his shoulder and aim easily at the object shot at. As those using guns vary greatly in length of neck and arm, it is necessary that a different bend shall be given to the stock — for it is obvious that a long-necked man will require a more crooked stock than a short-necked one ; so also a long arm requires a longer stock, while a wide chest demands that a stock shall be more bent sideways, or as it is called "cast off." The best plan in getting fitted is to take up several guns in suc- cession in the maker's shop, and rapidly bringing them to the shoulder, aim them at the eye of the attendant, who will at once see when the aim is correct, and will stock the new gun like that he has selected as fit for the purpose. The following are the average measure- 30 SHOOTING. ments of the various parts in English gun stocks : — Average Measurements of the English Gun Stocks. From front trigger to middle of heel 14j inches. toe 14| ,, From the comb to level of barrels . . li » heel „ „ • • " Cast off at toe % " „ heel ^ " Length from barrel to comb .... 7 „ A macliine is employed for taking these several measures, which is merely a straight-edge laid along the rib of the barrels with a rectangular projection at the end. By its aid all the above dimensions are easily taken. Of course the " cast off" is to the right for those using the right shoulder, and vice versa for left-handed ones. The Trigger Guard and Trigger PL^TEg __The trigger plate is a long slip of iron in which the triggers of all guns are inserted and on which the locks themselves are also built in some hammeriess guns. To it is attached a loop for protecting the triggers from external force, and called the trigger- guard. The Fore End.— For convenience in holding the gun a piece of wood is attached below the barrels and m front of the lock which is called the fore-end. This is easily removed in taking the - barrels apart from the stock, by the linger applied to its point. The Final Boring of the Barrels.— In order to get the best possible shoot- ing out of the gun the interior is bored in one of certain forms now well known to the trade. Formeriy this was always mainly a plain cylinder more or less coned at each end, the enlargement at the breech being called " opening," and that at the muzzle being known as <'reheving." Curiously enough, the more the " relief" within certain hmits the closer was the pattern ; but then the force of the shot was diminished in like proporrion, so that the gunmaker could not combine the two so as to get the full force possible with we will say No 6 shot with a closer pattern than about 120 in a 30-inch circle. About twelve years ago, however, some American gunmakers discovered that l)y contracting the muzzle (which was at first done with a swedgc) the pattern might be made very much closer, and at the same time the force or penetra- tion would not only be not reduced but actually increased. English gunmakers, among whom Mr. W. W. Greener was the rnost prominent, soon took up the plan, and in a public trial under my supervision held in 1875 the great superiority of the plan now known as choke boring" was completely de- monstrated. In the exact form of the boring there are great differences, but all agree in contracting the muzzle to a smaller diameter than the breech. This is now generally doae by cutting away the metal purposely left thick, rather than by swedging. Instead of 120 to 140 pellets of No. 6 in a 30-inch circle, it is now possible to get an average of 250, while the penetration is increased fully ten per cent. But as tliere are only 300 pellets in the usual charge (1-^- oz.) of No. 6, such a concentration is too great for a bad shot, who has a better chance if his charge is distributed over a larger circle ; for it is clear that if 250 out of the 300 pellets are within the 30-inch circle, outside that area the shot must be very thinly distri- buted, especially when it is known that thirty or forty pellets in every charge do not go so far. Hence it comes to be understood that, whereas the killing circle" of the full choke is barely 30 inches, that of the ordinary cylin- der is from 36 to 40 inches. For this reason choke boring is not well suited either for bad shots or for any kind of game wdiicli is usually shot at distances under twenty-five yards, such as rabbits. In fact, before deciding on the pattern to be ordered (for any desired pattern may now be obtamed), the sportsman must take his own skill and the nature of his game into con- sideration. A very common plan is to choke one bore and leave the other a cylinder, so that the latter may be used for the first and the former for the second shot. Regulating.— By this term is under- stood such alteration of the boring as shall finally bring the gun up to the required standard. Under the old regime this was often a very tedious process, but by the modern improve- ments two or three trials are generally sufiicicnt to enable the " regulator " to do what is wanted, unless the barrels are put together very badly, which is seldom the case. SAFETY Bolts.— With hammered n-uns provided with Stanton locks no danger occurs in closing the breech after loading, but in hammeriess actions the THE GUN. 31 striker is brought to fall cock, and tlien in the act of closing or in firing the lirst barrel the jar sometimes lets down the striker if the bent is worn or full of dirt. The second of these accidents, though disagreeable, is not attended with^much danger; but the first is likely to lead to serious accidents, especially in the hattue, when ^ the loader is often hurried in his operations. At first it was contended that no such provision was required, except to bolt the trigger to prevent its being pulled by a twig in g^etting through a hedge, &c. But hearing of many cases in which narrow escapes had occurred during loading, I insisted strongly on the necessity of not merely bolting the triggers, but of preventing the striker from falling on the cap if the scear was jarred or pulled out of bent, and of doing this automatically in the act of loading. Gunmakers, however, op- posed themselves to my opinion, andjt was only by producing a gun in 3879 in which such a plan was practically demonstrated that I carried my point. The gun, however, was too expensive in its manufacture for general use, and after holding its own for three years, in point of work, it was withdrawn from the market. In the meantime, however, several gunmakers had devised excellent safety bolts, notably Messrs. Scott, of Birmingham, in whose plan a solid block of iron intercepts the blow until it is withdrawn by the name pull of the finger which causes Up to that time a great many attempts had been made to construct a gun loaded at the breech, but in all of them there was such an escape of gas as to forbid their use. Lefaucheux, however, not only invented an ex- the trigger to act. Nearly all the gun- makers of the present day now adopt some such plan, even Messrs. Anson and Deely, who strongly opposed it at first, following out my views. Mr. Purdey and Mr. Grant, of London and Mr. Gibbs, of Bristol (patentee of the Gibbs and Pitt action) are now, I be- lieve, the only gunmakers of note who adhere to the trigger bolt only, all three contending that the excellence of their work prevents the possibility of a "jar off." The choice now lies between an intercepting block such as that of Messrs. Scott, and that of Messrs. Silver, in which the block is withdrawn by the pressure of the hand on a stud projecting from the stock, or of a number of other plans in which cither a block or a second and stronger scear is made automatically to project into the circle described by the tumbler or striker so as to catch it if jarred off. This bolt, however, does not, like those of Messrs. Scott and Silver, always remain in force till the trigger is pulled, but it must be withdrawn together with the trigger bolt when game is likely to appear. These various bolts, however, are better described in con- nection with, or subsequently to, the several actions with which they are used. Action of the Hammered Gun, — In principle this gun remains as it was when first invented by Lefaucheux about the year 1852, when it presented the annexed appearance. j4 cellent and simple plan of opening and closing the breech, but he added to it a strong cartridge case made of paper and brass by which all escape was pre- vented, while a sure and rapid ignition was effected by lodging a small percusv 32 SnOOTING. sion cap in the brass base provided with a pin on which the blow of the hammer was received. This case is now called the ''pin cartridge" case, to distinguish it from the more modern one now in use and called the " central lire " case, though that the ignition is iio more central than in the pin case is shown in the annexed engraving ; and TIN CARTRIDGE CASE. in this invention rather than in that of the action itself lies the real value ot the modern breech-loader, for with it many other plans of closing the breech are available, but without it no breech- loader is of any use. In this case the cap is placed sideways in a little chamber constructed in the base as shown in the engraving, there being no external opening, except through a great thickness of paper perforated by the pin. Still there was a slight escape JIDE VIEW OF CENTRAL ITRE CASE. SECTION OF THE SAME. by the side of the pin, which is one objection to its use, whereas in the central fire, though the cap is introduced from behind, if properly made there is little or often no escape. I shall, liowever, hereafter more fully describe cartridge cases as now made. On examining the above engraving of the Lefauchcux gun, it will be seen that it is hinged to the body of the action about two inches from the breech, and that its barrels are held in their place by a bolt (single grip) turned sideways in a circular direction by the lever lying under the action. Tliis was soon found to wear, and a second tooth Vvas added, making wliat ia called the '-double grip"— a bolt which is still the strongest known, and is used for heavy rifles with that view. As, however, it will not snap quite home when the breech is closed, it is not quick enough, according to modern taste, for battues, &c. Con- sequently, a bolt which would have this desired effect was soon brought out by Mr. Purdey, and is still in general use, called the Purdey bolt. Mr. C. Lancaster devised a plan by which the barrels were not only held down by the grip, but also a projection was drawn back under a slot cut in the break-off ; but this plan being confined to himself, did not get into general use. The Purdey bolt was originally worked by an under-lever let into the , trigger-guard, and depressed by the thumb ; but in 1865 a top-lever was patented by Messrs. Scott, of Birming- ham, by which this bolt was actuated, and also, if desired, one working in a top extension. By mutual arrange- ment Mr. Purdey and Messrs. Scott were enabled to combine the two, and this plan is now in very general use. In the meantime Mr. Westley-Pichards, of Birmingham and London, introduced his top connection-bolt, which he relied on without the assistance of a bottom bolt, and which ia still in vogue for both hammered and hammerless guns. * The only other plan of any great | importance is the cross-bolt used by • Mr. Greener, and, driven horizontally \ more or less through a steel projec- j lion, continued from the rib in the same way as in the Westley-Richards gun. This is strong enough to dis- pense, like the Westley-Richards, with any other bolt, but it cannot be made to snap, if sufficiently long to cross the tang into the opposite side, without I which it is not strong enough. Pe- I course is therefore had to a snap-bolt below, like that of Mr. Purdey, which is connected with the cross-bolt and compels the latter to follow its course. Mr. Powell's and Mr. Tolley's cross- bolts are on similar lines, but not quite so strong as that of Mr. Greener, in- Hsmuch as they work through slots instead of holes. For this reason I select Mr. Greener's triple-wedge fast gun for illustration, though I confess I do not see where the wedge is, as all three bolts snap readily enough, and are driven home by a spring of the ordinary strength. Such' arc the chief variations in the THE GUN, 33 actions of rnodern hammered .£^uns, but since the introduction of the hammer- less form several attempts have been made to bring them up to the require- ments of those who use the latter. Thus the same principle which will operate on the tumbler is brought to play through it on the hammers, whicli are thereby raised to full cock in the same way as in the hammerless gun — i.e., either by the fall of the barrels or the force of the lever; and with these alterations, of course, safety-boUs arc also required. Again a modification of WESTLEY-RICHARDS' GUN. (HaLF SIZE.) the two has lately been invented in which a gun made like one of the hammerless forms has an outside ham- mer wilh a projection working in a slot cut in the lock-plate, by which it is enabled to reach the striker. Tiiis gun, called semi-hammerless, has the advantage of excluding gas from the lock, and will no doubt be accepted as a compromise between the two kinds by many sportsmen ; but as cartridge cases are now so well made as to re- tain the gas, the above advantage is anticipated and negatived, so that I greener's treble-wedge fast gun. (half size.) fail to see in what respect it can be considered to be an improvement. Time alone will, however, settle this question, and I shall not venture to anticipate the verdict of the British public. Hammered guns, with double- grip actions, are sold wholesale at Birmingham and Liege at from 40s. to 50s. each, and retail at Al. To the eye of the inexperienced they look well, but I should not advise my readers to trust their lives to them, as the barrels are not dependable, nor are the locks so accurately made as to act with 34 SHOOTING. pnfety. At GZ. a soimd gun mny be obtained w'xih double grip, and a 10/. one willi top lever and extension-bolt ; but below tliese ju-ices I cannot re- commend a pure-baser to go. Hammerless Guns .— Tbese are now made in such variety tbat almost every gunmaker bas bis special action. The principle is more than a quarter of a century old, but the first really useful MURCOTi'S BRKLCilLOADER. plan was tbat of Mr. IMurcott, patented I lever; second, those in which the fall in 1871. They inav be arranged in three of the barrels effects this object ; aiui leading divisions-^lirst, those in which i tliirdly, those in which tlie cocking is the gun is cocked by the power of the | divided between the opening and the GIBBS AND riTT'S IMRST ACTION. closing of the breech, but in both cases through the ngency of the barrels. _ Lkvkr - Cockers.— Tbe first action p'ltenlcd on this principle was that of .Mr. Murcott, above mentioned. Here a lever (a a), lying undei the guard, bas a projection or claw, which acts on t)ie two tumbler-strikers, one of which is shown at D. These tumbler-strikers arc furnished with cross pieces (o), THE GUN, o5 whicli project from each tumbler side- wise, so that they react on each other. Thus the cocking is first done by the cla^v, which, as ic is taken forward in closing the lever, leaves the tumbler free to drive the striker on to the cap. The claw also brings back the bolt (b) which keeps down the barrel and closes the breech. This gim was highly ap- proved of in the infancy of hammerless guns, but is not now made. Thrco years afterwards Messrs. Gibbs and Pitt, of Bristol, brought out their action, still much used, in which a double-grip lever drives back a bolt (c) on to the face of the tumbler (a), which acts on a separate striker. When first brought out this action had an outside lever {h) by which tlie gun could be let down to half-cock, and cocked again, so that no isafety bolt was absolutely necessary; hnt in a short time the outside hammer ^vas voted an incumbrance, and then a ;rigger safety bolt was introduced. In 1877, Messrs. Lang, of Cockspur Street, invented an action combining the two principles, and about the same time Messrs. Woodward, of St, James's Street, London, introduced another modification, with the substitution of a spiral spring for the flnt one pre- viously used. Lastly, in 1872, Mr. TOP '/ONNECTION OF THE SAME. I^igby, of St. James's Street, and Mr. Bissell, of Bermondsey, together pa- tented a lever cocker which makes an excellent gun. An ordinary Purdey bolt locks the action below, while a perpendicular bolt is simultaneously driven up by the same action of the lever. This second bolt works in a prcjectiou from the. barrels, but it is supported and greatly strengthened by a solid piece of the break-off lying in front of it, and so cut that the tang- drops down over it when the bolt is depressed, but is securely locked as soon as the latter is raised. Objections are made to all these lever guns — First, that as they have to over- couie the mainspring, this must be D 2 36 SHOOTING. reduced in strength too much for per- fect ignition ; and secondly, that if the lever is not carried quite home the tum- bler infallibly has to effect this before the striker can reach the cap, and hence it is said that they are more apt to miss fire than the barrel-cocker. Theo- retically there is no doubt some truth in these objections, but practically they are not found to exist in any serious degree. Barrel-Cockers. — In this plan a projection either from the barrels or the fore-end (which is practically a part of them) acts on a lever or levers or a rod, as the case may be. Whichever is emp'oyed, it bears on some part of each tumbles and raises it to fulV cock. The first of these brought before the pub- lic was the well-known action of Anson and Deely, which combined the West- ley-Richards top-connection and bolt, already described,with the new methods of cocking the tumbler-striker. In this gun, the side lock usually capable of being removed, is replaced by a very simple lock contained within the body of the action, and consisting of four FIG. 1.— THE A.NSON-DEELY GUN. pieces only, besides the necessary scear spring and the pins used for working the parts. This lock consists of the mainspring (a), having a turn down on its shorter limb, which acts directly on the tumbler, without a hook and swivel. ■■I FIG. 2.-LIMB3 OF ANSON-DEELY LOCK. The tumbler-striker (&) is in one piece, as originally made ; but sometimes an ordinary striker is let into the break- off and is acted on by a tumbler with- out the point shown in the engraving. The scear (c) is usually wide and strong, which is alleged to be a great advantage in point of safety, vyhile;jer contra its detractors say that this makes the pull-off unnecessarily coarse ;ind unpleasant. Projecting about half an inch from the body is the round point of the cocking-lever {d)y the end of which lifts the pn)jecting front of the tumbler as shown in Fig. 1. This projection is received into a hole cut in the segmen- tal face of the break-off, so that when this part is lowered in opening the gun it raises the front of the tumbler and of course throws back the striking part to full cock. When first brought out, this action was provided with a safety bolt, blocking the striker and also bolt- ing the triggers ; but it did not act well and was soon withdrawn, the gun benig sold with trigger bolts only. At length, under the pressure put upon the makers i:»y myself in the columns of the Field, the Westley-Kichards Company, who have made this action in very largo THE GUN. S7 numbers, gave in to my opinions, and an .nitomatic safety bolt is combined with it, as will be presently shown. Mr. Greener has somewhat altered tliis plan by lengthening the forward limb of the tumbler and acting on it by a hook attached to the barrel lump, and having no connection with the fore-end. Various opinions are held on the com- parative merits of these two actions, which I shall not attempt to decide ; bat I may state that, though legally Mr. Greener is allowed to make this improved action M'ithoiit paying a greener's action. royalty, the difference between the two is a matter of detail only. Messrs Scott, of Birmingham, while using the principle, have made a more considerable alteration from the Anson and Deely. In the first place they replace the lever by a rod, drawn for- ward by a hook on the lump of the barrels, and itself hooking on to the bottom of the tumbler. To this gun a side lock furnished with an admirable safety bolt, to be hereafter described, is attached. The lock is in principle exactly like that of an ordinary back- action lock. This action and safety are combined in the well-known " Climax SCOTT S ACTION. ■safety'* gun of Messrs. Holland and tlolland, of New Bond Street. ^ Lastly, Mr. Henry Holland, of New 'ond Street, has patented another nodification of the barrel-cocker, in vhich the centres of the lever are so veil arranged that the cocking is ttected by the mere fall of the barrels v'lthout any jerk. In this action a ever (6) is pivotted in the recess of a •ar lock about its middle, and is lifted by the fall of the barrels, throngh the agency of a hook (a). At the other end it is forged in a crane-neck form, the front of which bears on a projection (c) at the back of the tumbler, thereby raising it to full -cock. Those Guns in which the cocking is divided between the opening and the closing of the breech are few in number, the chief being Mr. Purdey's, which for the last three years has been 38 SHOOTING. expensively sold, and Mr. C. Lancaster's only recently brought out. Of the foi-mer I shall ^'ive no description, as it is ao-ainst Mr.^Purdeys wish, except that the barrels open extremely easily owing to pressure being exerted on them'by the mainspring in this direc- tion On the other hand the closure is H. Holland's action. more difficult in proportion, because in the act of so doing the spring is again compressed. Mr. C. Lancaster s new gun externally resembles the Purdey liammerless gun except in the shape of the lock-plate, which is not quite so neat. In me- chiinism it attempts to attain the object of Mr. Purdey— viz. to divide the work between the opening and closing— and certainly, as it appears to me. it does this with greater advantage. Its con- struction will be better understood on examining the annexed plan which shows the essential and novel features , shaded, the rest being in outline. In c. Lancaster's aciion. tlie ordinary lock the mainspring is used for one purpose only— mainly to drive the hammer down on the striker or cap; but here its tension is altered by the absence or presence ot the pres- sure made by the arm h, which, in its turn, is acted on by the barrels, i ho maiiisMring is pinned in its slot, and has its ends shaped in a novel manner. Tno one in front is a solid tongue when the gun is put together in the fore-end as is the cocking lever in the Anson and Deely, so that in fact the spring is lirmly fixed in the fore-end, wlme its other end is formed into a slight bulb, and works in a segmental notch cut in THE GUN, 89 tlie tumbler. This slot is so placed tliat if the pressure on it is upwards it will cock the gun, and if downwards discharge it. Now, unlike the ordinary lock, the fulcrum of this spring is shifted from the body or the lock-plate of the gun to the fore-end, so that according to the position of that part in reference to the tumbler will be the bearing of the spring. Thus when the barrels are opened the tendency of the spring is to cock the tumbler, but not with any great force, while when the barrels are home and the cam drives the spring still further downwards, its pressure ic in the opposite direction, that is to drive forward the tumbler and explode the cap. The idea is a very ingenious one, and it carries out Mr. Purdey's principle in a much sim- pler way than his ; but whether these springs will bear the variation tension better than his time alone will show. The safety-bolts of this gun are also good, but 1hese shall be described in common with its rivals. Ejector Guns. — The ordinary plavi of loading not being fast enough for some sportsmen, the ejector principle adopted for military rifles has been applied to shot guns first by Mr. Need- ham, of Birmingham, and subsequently by Mr. Greener and Mr. C. Lancaster. It is alleged by some sportsmen that with this gun a second together with its loader may be dispensed with at battues, but it does not prevent the heating of the barrels, which will take p^ace even with ordinary loading, and on that account I do not see any great advantage in it to compensate for the extra complication of the working parts and the incieased risk of admit- ting water to the locks. If desired the choice lies between the ejector gun of Mr. Greener and that of Mr. C. Lan- caster, Needham's being withdrawn from sa'e. Four-Barrklled Guns. — Mr. C. Lnn- caster has lately introduced a four- barrelled gun fired by one lock, but it is not generally approved of in this country. It is made either as a com- bined rifle and shot gun, or with four eniooth barrels or four rifled barrels as may be desired. The lock is made to revolve on much the same plan as the chamber turns in the revolver. Such are the varieties of the shot gun in common use. I must now con- sider how they can best be made safe. Safety - Bolts. — Hammered guns with rcboundmg locks are safe during loading because no jar can cause an explosion, the mainspring being at rest. All hammerless guns, however, art; raised to full cock before reloading, ana in closing the gun with the usual snap the scear is liable to be jarred out of bent. Both kinds of gun are intended, of course, to explode when the trigger is pulled (supposing no safety-bolt in action) and also liable to be jarred olf when both barrels are fired at full cock, as we have known happen even in the Anson and Deely several times in one day, although the scear of tl;at gun is of double breadth and strength as com- pared with others. Hence it is necessary to provide agninst all these contin- gencies as far as possible. I shall, there- fore, consider these accidents in a r.-^- verse order— First, as to both barrels firing when one trigger only is pulled. This may occur in hammered as well as hammerless guns, and is not often attended with daim-er.' \Vh?n the puil- oft: is very light (in some casCo I have 40 SHOOTING. known it to be purposely only 1 lb) this accident is very common ; but as the gun is always at th^ time it is fired pointed at the object aimed at or nearly so, it is chiefly as an annoyance to the shooter that it is to be regarded. Jarring off cannot occur in loadmg in the hammered gun when both barrels are empty, because it is seldom or never loaded at full cock; but when one barrel only is to be loaded, and the other is, as often happens, at full cock, the danger is considerable and is not often provided for. Herein is one point in which the hammerless gun with proper safety-bolts is superior to the Jiammered. In the battue it is very common for the shooter after discharg- ing one barrel (both, of course, at full cock) to hand his gun back to his loader in that condition and, if a lot of birds are forward, he is in too great a hurry to let the hammer down to half cock, and thus runs the risk above mentioned. Hence I think, as safety bolts are now easily adapted to all guns, both kinds should be provided with them, so that if a cocked gun_ is re- loaded provision is made for us jarrmg off in closing. Pull of the Trigger.— The trigger is of course Hable to be pulled by vari- ous causes, such as a twig in a fence or a cover, as the gun is carried at full cock and unbolted. In the latter case nothing can guard against this acci- dent, but in going through a fence the trigger should always be bolted, which is another source of safety over the hammerless gun as compared with its rival. In one kind of safety-bolt (that of Mr. Silver) a proiection from the "hand" of the gun other than the trip-ger provides against both these acadents, but I am inclined to think that it leads to others of more import- ance, as we shall presently see. My own conclusion is that all guns ought to be provided with safety-bolts block- ing the tumbler so as to guard against a '"jar off" in loading, and also the triggers, to prevent their being pulled wliim passing through a fence. These two safety-bolts can be applied sepa- rately, but not with advantage, because neither by itself provides against all jiccidents ; they should therefore m all cases be combined together, and they should in all cases be automatic— that is to say, the act of loading should put both safety-bolts into play, and the gun when loaded should be at " safe" until it is desired to use it. The Trigger- bolt is simple enough, and is now almost alwa^^s made to act by dropping from above or pushing back a limb of iron, which prevents the top of the trigger from being lifted, and in fact makes it inert. This is always effected by the lever which draws away the action bolt from its proper slot. In all cases but Silver's this bolt is removed before the gun is put to the shoulder, or in the act of doing so ; but in his bolt it remains in action until a stud or slide is pressed by the fingers in grasping the "hand" piior to pulling the trigger. But un- fortunately this part is grasped in handing the gun from one to the other, and then the safety-bolt is removed at the very time when it is niost wanted. For this reason I think, all things being considered, a safety-bolt removable from its work before the gun is fuDy put to the shoulder is to be preferred. The first really satisfactory safety-bolt, according to my judgment, was that of Messis. Scott, and applied to the action described at page 571. In this bolt there are two scears moved by the bcott's safety-bolt. trigger— one like that of an ordinary lock D, the other, B c, working outside it in a slot cut in the lock-plate, which is hung on a different centre, with a short leg behind and a very long one in front. The consequence of this is that the short leg acts more quickly than the long one of the scear proper, and so when the tri<:ger is pulled the Ion" leg in front, acting more quickly than the short leg behind, drops its end, which is a small block A, away from the projecting face of the tumbler before the scear nose at the end of its short leg is dropped out of the bent^ Thus until the trigger is actually pulled in each lock the striker cannot hit the cap, because the little block intercepts the blow, and as a consequence the o-un is safe from accidental explosion THE GUN. 41 until— 1st, the trigger bolt is purposely pushed from " safe " by the thumb, and 2nd, the trigger is pulled, lowering the blocking bolt, and even then the other trigger must be pulled before a second explosion can take place. Several safety l)olts have been made on this principle, as T shall presently show, with varia- tions which may or may not render their makers liable to the patent laws, but none has yet appeared superior, or indeed equal, to the one I have just described. Its only possible drawback is that it may be gummed into its slot by bad oil, or its spring may cease to act, in which case the shooter would be relying on its protection without any real foundation. Several modifications of this principle have been brought out by different makers, viz., the Westley- Richards Company, Mr. Greener, Messrs. Webley, and Mr. C. Lancaster in his recently patented gun ; but in the three first plans, instead of an intercepting block,there is a second, very strong scear, which in case of a *'jar off" catches the tumbler on its nose, but is kept from doing so by the pressure of the trigger when this is pulled, just as in Scott's safety. In Mr, C. Lancaster's the vari- ation is that the mainspring is blocked instead of the tumbler, which last plan is, I think, safer than a second scear. The "Silver" safety bolt is in action until it is removed by external pressure on a stud, which may be placed at the top of the hand or below, behind the trigger guard, or in a third form it is made to act by the sliding motion of a stud in the latter place ; but in all cases this is supposed to be put in action at the moment of firing. Of course the " hand '' must always be grasped, and most people press the gun to the shoulder in liring, but I hardly think that, with- out practice, the slide would be brought into operation by many shooters. If it could be made to do so it would be a great advantage, as the lever studs are always in danger of being acted on at the very time when they are most yvanted — that is to say, either on hand- ing a gun through a hedge or in passing it from one person to another in load- ing. For these reasons I prefer the Scott principle to that of Mr. Silver. In some one of its various forms it is applicable to all actions. There is a third form of safety-bolt in which a cross-bar half cut away is turned by the trigger-bolt rod either to intercept and block the tumbler, or to permit it to reach the striker. It v/as first carried out on this plan by Messrs. Rigby and Bissell in their gun described at page 35, and has since been used in Messrs. Jones and Penn's plan, which is closely allied to the former. This is an excellent safety blocking bolt. Sect. 2.— Selection of a Gun. The INTENDING ruRCiiASER of a gun has the following points to consider in making his choice — 1st, whether ham- mered or hammerless ; 2nd, the par- ticular action for either ; 3rd, whethei it be bored or cylinder ; 4th, the particular kind of safety-bolt, if any ; 5tli, the bore and weight; 6th, the cartridge to be used (paper or brass) ; and 7th, the price. 1, — The question arising out of the first of these considerations is one very much of fancy. At all events the public have not yet decided, though no cioubt fashion sets somewhat strongly in favour of the hammerless gun. The advocates of the old form allege, 1st, that it is less liable to get out of order, and that, if it does go wrong, it is more easily repaired ; 2nd, that the sight of the hammers serves to give a means of keeping the two barrels in the true horizontal plane, which is necessary for good shooting ; 3rd, that the hammers are sightly to the eye ; and 4th, that it is cheaper in proportion to its finish. Per contra it is asserted, 1st, that the hammerlessgun is less dangerous because the safety-bolt can be more readily used than the uncocking of the hammers ; 2nd, that the loading cocks the gun while rendering it safe, and that the safety-bolt can be removed while the gun is being put to the shoulder much more readily than a gun can be cocked ; and 3rd, that the absence of hammers enables tlie eye to get a better view of the game. I shall not pretend to settle these vexed questions, except on one point, namely, safety, in which I certainly think the new gun has the advantage, 2. — As to the particular action to be selected, something must of course depend on the above decision, because there are many hammerless actions which are not suited to the hammered gun, as, for instance, the Anson and Deely, tlie Scott, the Gibbs and Pitt, the Purdey, Lancaster, Holland, Kigby, &c. 42 SHOOTING. On one point, however, I must lay great stress, viz., that if a bar lock is used in either kind of gun a top connection with a holt in it shall be insisted on. Without this aid to the lock, and especially in cheap guns, the body of the action is too much cut away for safety, as experience shows that it often breaks across the angle, either in proof or in subsequent use. Either the sliding-bolt of Westley-Richards, or the cross-bolt of Greener, or the per- pendicular one of Rigby and Bissell, or that of Messrs. Scott, is well adapted for this purpose ; but one or other of them should always be employed, unless a back-actioncd lock is intro- duced, for then the body of the action is left strong enough to bear the strain. This top-connection is objected to by some gunmakers on the score that it increases the difficulty of "refacing" when the breech joint becomes loose, but on the other hand it prevents this form of ^'wear and tear" being- developed to a much greater degree. With a back-actioned lock, a double grip is, by itself, strong enough even for heavy rifles, and of course for any shot gun in which the strain is less. 3. — The question of boring must be taken into consideration, together with a knowledge of the shooting poweis of the sportsman intending to use the gun. If he is a very good shot he will pro- bably prefer a fall choke in one or both barrels, because this will give the smallest chance of his game escaping without the two or three pellets which would ensure its death. On the other hand, if he is a bad shot he will prefer to take the chance of this rather than that of his charge passing on one side, and then he will prefer a cylinder. The reason for this is that, assuming the charge to be 1^ oz. No. 6, there will be about 305 pellets, 30 or 40' of which will either fall short or pass too wide to be taken into the account, leaving we will assume 270 to be accounted for. Now, a full choke will put nearly the whole of them into a 30-inch circle at 40 yards, whereas a cylinder will distribute them over a 40-inch circle, and thus give a greater chance of in- cluding the object shot at within it. Thus the chances of the "killing circle" (as it is called) of the two borings are as four to three in favour of the cylinder, but then the choke gives an almost absolute certainty that if the gun is held straight and with the proper allowance for wind, flight, &c., the object aimed at will be hit, though even here the above word " almost " is required, because, as 1 have more than once demonstrated with the choke bore at 40 yards, there are spaces left in the killing circle for a partridge to escape. On the whole, however, it is now generally admitted that only a good shot should use a full choke. Moderately good ones should content themselves with a cylinder for one barrel and a choke for the other, which will, of course, be reserved for the second barrel. Some recommend a modified choke, which gives a pattern of about 170, but it is seldom to be relied on for any length of time. 4. — The particular kind of safety- bolt to be selected is beyond my powers to lay down, but most makers now use one which is fairly serviceable. For open shooting the Silver bolt is very suitable, taking care in handing it through a hedge not to press on its stud, but I hardly think it safe for a battue when the handing from loader to shooter is done in a great hurry. 5. — The Bore and Weight, like the boring, depend on the shooter, but here his muscular powers are to be re- garded as well as his skill. If he is a good shot but not very muscular he may perform better with a light 20 or 28 bore than with a comparatively heavy 12, but cceteris paribus the 12 bore is far the best for general shoot- ing. It can take a larger charge and has consequently a better killing circle, but the small bore can now by choke boring be make to do nearly as well if held straight by an experienced hand. The arm tired with a heavy gun can- not, however, hold any gun straight, and with a weak arm at the end of a long day, or even towards the middle, a 20 or 28 bore will do better than a 12. As some guide in making his choice I give the following weights as the lowest consistent with safety : — Bore. Wn. 0/3. 10 7 8 12 0 5 14 0 IG 5 12 20 5 28 5 It should, however, be known before deciding on a small bore that the THE GUN. 43 proof charges of 20 and 28 bores are far too small to ensure safety, and hence we hear of many more accidents with the latter than with 12 bores, although the proportion in use is very much the other way. 6. Within the last two or three years cases entirely of brass have been a good deal used instead of paper and brass. If the gun is properly cham- bered for brass my experience leads me to believe that there is a consider- able advantage, the reason apparently being that the metal is thinner than the paper and that consequently there is less to be bridged over between the cartridge-case and the true barrel, which is the point at which some escape of gas passes the wads, more or less according to circumstances, but always a serious evil. In the brass case sold by Kynoch and Co., of Birm- ingham, the metal is only five to six- thousandths of an inch thick, requiring that amount of increase in the diameter of the chamber with the addition of two or three thousandths-. Consequently the cone connecting the chamber with tiie barrel is very slight indeed. On the other hand the paper is about four times as thick, requiring a proportionate amount of cone. For this reason when brass cases are used in guns chambered for paper the bore of the case is much too large, those of 12- bore guns requiring a brass case suit- able for 10 bores specially bored to lake them. My advice to- sportsmen, therefore, is to decide on which they shall use and to' order accordingly, on the supposition that, if brass, they will have their new guns bored to suit them. 7. — The price of guns varies from 500 to 600 per cent., leaving out of the calculation guns notoriously made up for sale. Thus there are two' or three fashionable London gunmakers who charge 60Z. for a double gun, whereas really serviceable and good- looking ones may be bought for 10 guineas. The difference between the two can only be measured by an ex- pert, but there is no doubt that the above makers really pay about 30/. for materials and workmanship, leaving 100 per cent, for long credit and bad debts. The next class, some of whom are fully to be relied on, charge 40/. for a similar article, and pay nearly or r[uite as much for it, contenting them- selves with a snudler profit. Both of these classes in fact supply what in the bookselling trade woidd be called edition de luxe, and if the sportsman can afford the outlay he is perfectly justified in making it. Strong, useful guns, known as "keepers'," or "far- mers'," are sold by several firms at G guineas ; but below that price no reli- ance can be placed either on the metal of the barrels or the workmanship of the locks. The above prices refer to hammered guns, the hammerless being higher in price by a few pounds. Miiz- zleloaders are quite out of date, and may be obtained for very small sums. Sect. 3.- -Cartridge Casks and Waddings. The modern gnn is useless without appropriate and well-fitted cartridge- cases, and to ensure good shooting the wadding should also be adapted for it. Until lately the only cases used in this country were made of paper cylinders, with brass bases firmly at- tached, each containing a cavity dif- ferently formed for the pin or central fire ignition. The former plan was that first fixed on by the inventor, be- cause the pin was the means by which the empty case, was extracted. In pro- cess of time Mr. C. Lancaster in this country and two foreigners, Pottet and Schneider, constructed the extractor as now used, by which the aid of the pin was dispensed with, and as the central fire plan drives the flash of ignition straight into' the powder, whereas the flash is sideways in the pin (see accom- panying section) the i gn iti on of t h e p o w de r is more rapid and eln- cient. In the latter case the cap is in the same place but its open mouth is differ- ently directed, so that the modern plan may without impropriety be called cen- /ra/fire, though it would be more correct perhaps to call it direct fire. Very few pinfire cases are now used, and Mr. Lancaster's, in which a metal plate was substituted 'for a cap, is also out of the market. We may therefore con- fine our attention to the central fire, CARTRIDGE CASE, TORN ZD OVER. 44 SHOOTING. made of paper or brass, the bases in each instance being of metal. Pater Cases, until very recently, have been the only ones in geneial use in this country, but for a long time brass has been employed in America, where recapping is the rule rather than the exception, as it is with English sportsmen. The best .cases made by Ely and Joyce can be reloaded two or three times, but few people care to have the trouble of carrying them home. The exploded cap is thea pushed back by a plunger armed with a central pin, and then a new cap containing a brass anvil is dropped into the little socket and gently pushed home. A Mr. Bailey has lately brought out a case in which the cap is fixed in its place and then a thin brass disc is turned over the whole base, entirely preventing any escape, which is no doubt an advantage with haramerless gnns, bat the plan has not been sufficiently tested in practice to warrant a reliable opinion on its merits. It is objected to it that the plate of brass over the cap leads to a misfire, and I am inclined to believe in the truth of the objection. This case is made by Joyce, of Thames Street, Lon- don. Paper cases are made from 2^ inches long to 3 inches, the price vai-y- ing from 36s. to 42s. per lOOO. Brass Cases are made of two strengths by Messrs, Ely, one as light as the paper and very good, but 8s. to 10s. a thousand higher in price. Messrs. Kynoch, of Birmingham, make a light brass case, called the " Perfect,'^Gf the same weight and price as the paper, and they are no doubt capable of doing excellent work. The anvil is made to project through the ignition hole, and by pushing down a loader without a projecting pin the cnp may be driven out without any difficulty. These " Perfect " cases are about one quarter the thickness of the paper, so that the chamber of a 12-bore cut out for paper just takes a No. 10 case, the 14 bore taking a 12, and so on throughout. Wadding. — In order to ensnre good shooting with any powder, but notably with Shultze or E., a very tight-fitting wad is necessary over the powder, nearly or quite half a size larger than the bore. It should be grease proof, and of fine felt, about ^ inch thick. On this is placed a felt wad, f to i inch thick, but not so tight, as it is desirable that the grease it is saturated with should be pushed out at its side when the force of the explosion is exerted. On this for perfect shooting a thin card wad is placed to prevent the shot ball- ing, and on the shot another of the same kind. These wads are now gene- rally known as ^' Field Wadding," having been first recommended by me in the Field in 1878, after a long series of experiments, made with a view to ascertain the best means of getting regularity of shooting with Schultze's powder, in which I fully succeeded. The wad over the powder is usually made with one face black (grease proof) and the other pink. All these wads should be firmly seated, but no more pressure used than is needed for that purpose. To ensure the transverse position of the wads, a tube with four internal side springs is made which effects that purpose well. Sect. 4. — Powder and Shot. The, powder used with shot-guns was, until within the last fifteen years, always composed of nitre, sulphur and charcoal, now known as black powder. Since that time several compounds of nitric acid and vegetable matter have been introduced, known as nitro-com- pounds, notably Schultze and E. C. powders. At first gun-cotton and felt were tried, but they were soon dis- carded for several reasons. Then saw'dust came into vogue, treated with nitric acid in the same way as gun-cotton, but it is now carefully granulated by machinery to avoid the fine dust inseparable from ordinary saw-dust; and lastl}^, gun-cotton is mixed with other matters, and granu- lated in the form known as E. C. pow- der. No great improvement has been made in the manufacture of black powder for many years, the propor- tions in this country being— nitre, 75 ; charcoal, 15 ; and sulphur, 10. The re- sult when ground wet is a black paste, which is dried and granulated, being then sifted into various-sized grains, known by numbers, those usually em- ployed by shot-guns being Nos. 4 and 6. This powder explodes at a temperature of about G00° Fahrenheit, and leaves considerable residue in the form of a black fouling, giving also a dense smoke. • The nitro-compounds, Schultze and E. C, on the other hand THE GUN. give oflF so much less smoke as to be called smokeless. They also leave less fouling, and the recoil from an equal charge is considerably less. As might be expected, at first the manufacture was uncertain, and from this cause several accidents occurred. At pre- sent, however, this difficulty is re- moved, and there is little or no differ- ence in the samples to be met with in the shops. Per conti d, they explode at about 370° Fahrenheit ; but this is not af much consequence to the sportsman, as he never ought to leave any powder in any place at that temperature. The first thing done was to ascertain the merits of these powders as compared with black, and this I accomplished to a certain extent in 1878, by means of a juiblic trial at the target, in which Schultze powder (E. C. not being then made) showed more force, but was de- ficient in regularity of pattern.. B}^ means, however, qf a long series of experiments, carried out by me in 1878-9, I demonstrated that this was the fault of the loading, and not of the powder itself ; and this fact is now generally admitted, and the method of loading recommended by me adopted, as presently to be described. Large quantities of both powder are now used by sportsmen, both in the field and at the pigeon trap. Curiously enough, while the initial velocity is greater as taken by the chronograph, and the force exerted at the target is clearly more, the strain on the barrel appears to be less than that of black powder. This fact I publicly demon- strated in the spring of 1884, in the presence of representatives of the chief powder makers (black as well as white) and also before Colonel Majendie, Her Majesty's Inspector of Explosions, who were all satisfied with the method of proof The plan adopted was to attach a r2-bore leaden cylinder to a gun barrel of the ordinary length, and ex- plode a corresponding charge of each powder in them. The lead, of course, expands, and remains in that condi- tion, not being elastic, the extent of the dilatation marking the amount of force exerted. Thus the internal diameter of the cylinder being origmally '80 inch, an ordinary charge of black powder dilates it to 1-25 inch, while Schultze and E. C. only dilate it to about -92 or •95 inch. Even when these latter powders, as now made, are dried so as entirely to deprive them of their usual amount of water, they only dilate the lead to about 1'38 inch, being little more than that produced by black powder. In these experiments tlie charge used was 82 grains of black powder against 42 grains each of the nitro-conipounds, the charge of shot being the same, viz. 1|- oz. No. 6 chilled. These experiments also show the exact point at which the greatest force is ex- erted, the centre of which is about 1^ inches from the breech, and extends only about 1 inch to 1| inches in each direction, beyond which there is no dila- tation of the lead, indicating that the force exerted is not sufficient to dilnte lead of the thickness used, though still, it may be, very considerable. This ex- plains the usual practice of gunmakers in laying down the proper thickness of metal in gun barrels, for while they have the breech about | inch thi(;k, the metal is reduced to about ^ inch, or even less within 4 or 5 inches of that part, and yet a burst in the middle of a barrel is almost unknown. B}^ means of these leads I also demonstrated that both the new powders were liable to become more or less dangerous if dried, as was formerly done by sportsmen in the most reckless manner. This was notably manifested by Schultze powder, which, when dried, dilated the lead about twice as much as black powder in the same charge, and most probably the nume- rous accidents which occurred last year were traceable in many cases to this cause. E. C. is not nearly so liable to this increase of force by drying, for even when deprived of its vvater it will , only dilate the lead about as much as/ black powder in its ordinary condition. I am glad to be able to announce that the Schultze Company now issue a powder which, while it performs well at the target, is not more influenced by drying than E. C, the two powders when dry exerting as nearly as may be the same force. It has been ob- served in " big guns " that when the powder chamber is reduced in diameter so as to lengthen it, a charge will exert greater force than in a larger and shorter one, and the same rule applies in sporting guns, being more manifest with the nitro-compounds than with black powder. Now, many sportsmen fire a 3-inch case in 20 bores, and even in 28 bores, and the charge of powder then will be as great as in a 12-bore, 46 SHOOTING. viz., 3 drs. by measure. Even with 1| shot tliis only dihites the lead '45 in the 12-bore, but in the 20-bore it dilates it with only 1 oz. lead -51 inches. It will therefore be seen that the metal of a 20-bore, if intended for large charges, should be stronger than that of a 12-bore, instead of the reverse. Whether or no these powders ever explode in a way so as to make them exceptionally dangerous I do not pre- tend to say," but I think that when it is admitted that while E. C. powder produced only one accident last season while Schultze caused morethat twenty,, and when it is coupled with this fact that the drying of Schultze as then soM washighly dangerous, while that of E. C. was far less so, the conclusion may fairly be arrived at that to this practice the accidents may be attributed. We know how fond sportsmen have always been of "keeping their powder dry," and how far the practice of drying it used to be carried, for the simple reason that it only increases the force of black powder one or two per cent. Hence it is needless to look beyond the above cause for danger, though I do not pre- tend to say that it is entirely disproved. As far as my experience goes, it tends to the disbelief in such tendency, for I have fired many thousands of charges (undried) of Schultze powder in_ a powder gauge recording its explosive force without finding any variation at all likely to lead to risk. Time and time alone can fully settle this point however, and, no doubt, for some years black powder can claim an advantage on this score, especially with those prudent men who value safety in sport as an element of the highest importance. In all other respects there can be no doubt that both the new Schultze (1885) and the E. C. powder have the advantage of their older rival. Shot is either made of pure lead (soft) or it is hardened by an alloy of antimony which by the Newcastle Com- pany is still further increased by chill- ing with a blast of cold air as the shot drops. Hence this shot is called "chilled ; " but my own opinion is that there is no foundation for this belief, and tliatthe " chilling " is all bunkum. The London makers also sell this hard shot, though the Newcastle is still pre- ferred by a great many sportsmen. In this country the following sizes are made— the three principal makers being Walker, Parker & Co., and Lane and Neasham, of London, and the New- castle Shot Company in the north : — AVaLKER, PAr.KER, AND Co. Mould SJiot. L a. contains in the oz. M.G. S.G. S.S.G. 5, >} S.S S G. ,, 55 A.A. A. 11 B. B. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Patent Drop Shot. contains in the oz. 9 10 medium game ,, contains in the oz. Dust shot variable. Lane and Neasham. Mould Shot. contains in the oz. Pellets. 51 81 11 15 17 40 50 58 75 82 112 135 177 218 270 240 341 600 984 1726 S.G. S.S.G. S.S, S.G. L.G. M.G. Paient Prop Shot. kk.k.k. contains in the OZ 30 A.A.A. A.A. J5 " J> " 5 ' 5 5 35 to 40 40 45 50 A. B.BB. 5 5 " >> 55 B.i3. 55 " 55 58 B. 5 5 75 80 1 2 55 " 5 J 112 to 120 3 135 4 5) " J ' 175 to 180 5 6 7 5> " ) ) 218 to 225 5 > 278 to 290 >) " 340 8 0 10 Dust !) >' 5 1 > ' ; 5 ) > 462 568 5) " ) ) 985 J > " >> " >> 1762 TUE GUN. 47 Newcastle Chilled Suot. Mould Shot. Pellets. S.G. contains in the oz. 8 S.S.G. „ „ „ 11 S.S.S.G. „ „ „ M Patent Drop Shot. A. A. A. contains in the OZ. 40 A. A. J 5 J J 48 A J > 56 BB.B.B. >> 56 B.B.B. -, 64 B.B. 7 J 76 B. " 5 J 88 1 •) 104 2 5 J 122 3 J J ! J 140 4 > J 172 5) 218 ) ) 270 6* Northern size in the 300 7 contains 8 07. > > 340 450 ) J 580 10 )> 850 11 5) 57 1040 12 5> 1250 Small dust ,, 1700 Large dust > J 2800 For general purposes, No. 6 is that Visually preferred, and as an average shot it will suit well throughout the season ; but let it always be remem- bered that, cceteris paribus, small bores do better with smaller shot than larger ones. Later in the season, No. 5 may be introduced into use. Some shoot with No. 4, and others again consider No. 7 or 8 not too small; but every sportsman has his own fancy, and much depends upon the distance at which he generally shoots. Some men prefer dropping their birds as soon as they are on the wing, and for them a scat- tering gun and small shot will answer the purpose better than a close-shooting gun with larger shot. Others, on the contrary, wait to cock their gims in the most deliberate way, and always allow their birds to get forty yards oif before they fire ; for these a larger shot must be used, or their game would almost always escape. Many men use mixed shot; but I believe this plan is essen- tially bad, producing an irregularity in tlie delivery wdiich constantly leads to disappointment. Sometimes also it is oiled, but this, also appears to be perfectly useless — though no doubt it is hanr.Jess, which cannot always be affirmed of useless inventions. It should never be forgotten that penetra- tion increases with the size of the shot, while in exact proportion the pattern is more open. Hard shot is considered to suit choke bores better than soft, and is more used. Sect. 5. — Loading. Loading. — For target trials each charge should be weighed, but for general sporting purposes a measure is considered sufficient, and will give the desired weight within a grain or two. The two nitro-compound powders when measured in the same measure are about half the weight of black powder, so that when an ordinary charge, say 3 drs. (82 grains) of the latter is to be replaced by a nitro-compound, 41 grains will be used, although it will still measure the same. This has led to a great deal of confusion and some danger, and it is always safer to define the charge of a nitro-compound in grains rather than drachms, because though the sportsman generally associ- ates cubical measure with the drachm, yet it may also be interpreted as meaning 27^ grains, making the charge of nitro-compound 82 grains instead of 41 or 42, which it ought to be. The ustiai, plan of introducing the powder into the case is b}^ the hand pouring it in through the funnelled tube, but various machines have been devised for hastening the process. In the Ers- kine machine, two boards about a foot square and an inch thick are bored with a number of holes, each of which is calculated to hold a charge of powder and shot, wdiich Avil! vary with the thick- ness of the board. The board is placed in a box containing the cartridge cases, guarded by a thick sheet, wdien the powder is poured over it till all tlje holes are filled and the surface is struck. Another board is then placed over with corresponding holes, in which the wads are placed, and probably a third for the shot. The thin guard over the powder is then withdrawn and the powder drops in, but the wads must be pushed home by plungers which correspond with the holes. In this way great rapidity of loading is effected, suited to a gun- maker, but the machine is not mucli used by sportsmen. Mr. C. Lancaster has a much more simple machine, with which cases can be loaded at the rate 48 SIIOOTI.\G. of more than 100 an hour, but any | nimble-fingered man with a little prac- tice can do ver}' nearly as much as this with only an ordinary tube and loading- rod. I have myself loaded in this way 120 within the hour, but it requires some practice to do as much. Turning over and Crimping. — Paper cases, in order to keep the shot from falling out, are turned over by a ma- chine, which is now generally made on the plan devised by Hawksley, of Shef- field. It consists of a cylinder (a), to which is hinged a lever, having a knob (c) which, by means of the left hand, is pressed into its open mouth. At the opposite end of this cylinder is a rotat- ing cup, so cut on its inner face as to turn down the cartridge-case when pressed against it by the knob (c), already mentioned. The plunger {b) pushes out the case when turned down, HAWKSLEY'S machine, SHEFFIELD. and the thumb-screw (d) attaches it to the table. Brass cases cannot be turned down, and recourse is had to a plan by which the edges are crimped inwards, by the pressure of a lever driving the case as far as the shot wad will allow into crimped grooves. The explosion straightens these again, so that the cases can be re-loaded, and require re- crimping as before. Care must be taken that in each operation the turning down or crimping is not overdone, wliile, at the same time, a sufiicient impediment to keep in the shot while in the pocket, and also to insure perfect combustion ol the powder, is necessary. Sect. 6.— Trial of the Gun. Before purchase, the experienced sportsman likes to see or know what it will do at the target, both as to pattern and penetration. Until the in- troduction of choke boring, while it was possible to increase the closeness of the pattern, the penetration fell otf in proportion, and hence the gunmaker made a compromise between the two. On the one hand, it was useless to have a pattern at 40 yards so open as to allow a pheasant entering to escape, while, on the other, it was not only useless but; cruel to reduce the penetration to so low a pitch that the shot would not pierce tlie feathers. Now it is found that a very close pattern can be produced, not only without diminishing the penetration, but absolutely accompanied by an in- crease of that important item. In the present day the sportsman can select his awn pattern up to 240 Or 250 in the 30-incli circle at 40 yards, the choice depending on his skill as a marksman. Over and above its powers at' the target, he will, of course, select a gun of the weight and stocking suited to him, for a good-killing gun in one man's hands is useless to another who cannot hold it straight on his game. Until within the last five or six years the gunmaker tested liis guns, if he could afford the outlay, with brown paper of a certain quality, forty thicknesses being made up into a pad, ;md the number of sheets pierced n^iarking the penetration. As this had been generally done by Messrs. Pettitr, wholesale stationers, of Frith Street, Soho, the pads were known by their name. The test, however, was not a very reliable one, the paper varying from time to time, and much depend- ing on its dryness and on the compact- ness of the pad, which could easily be rendered more penetrable by opening- it in taking it up to the target. To obviate this difficulty I constructed a machine in 1879 which records^ the force exerted by each pellet striking a 10-inch steel plate, and this is now generally accepted as a measure of the penetration or force exerted by the shot-gun. Unlike the paper, it can always be set to a standard pressure by means of a falling hannner, as shown in the annexed engraving. The plate (aa) is made of steel, turned up at the edges, and is firmly fixed in front of a horizontal platform (6), sus- pended on four parallel rods (cc), so that when struck by the central pellets of a charge it will djive back the ]")lat- form on the short arm of a lever {//), moving the long arm along the scale THE GUN, 49 {U) in proportion to the force exerted. The end of the long arm is provided with a point impinging on a smooth metal plate^ which, before each shot, is brushed over with lamp-black and oil^ and thus the exact travel of the lever is registered. The whole force regis- tered is divided "by the number of pellets striking the plate, which gives the force per pellet. Thus, supposing the refirister is 102 and the number of pellets 50, then 2*04 is the force exerted. A table constructed for the purpose, giving every possible variation, is sold with the machine, which is sold by Mr. Jones, of 75, Bath Street, Birmingham. Before using it, on each occasion the 8-oz. falling hammer {p) should be ad- justed as is shown in the engraving, and the blow given by it on the plate should register 64. If more or less, the spring should be compressed or the re- FIELD FORCE-GAUGE. verse till the register is correct. With this machine the force of a gun may at any time be ascertained, and it is by its means now ascertained that it is [)0ssible to make a gun give an average pattern of nearly or quite 250 with the highest possible force yet given, viz., ibout2-35, using No. 6 chilled shot 270 pellets to the ounce. This would give the gun developing these figures what is called the figure of merit of '485, aeing compounded of the two added :ogether, and is consequently higher :han that of the winning gun in my :ast Field gun trial in 1879, Avhich, on this calculation, gave a figure of merit 231 -20 + 204-20 = 435 40 ; but it must be remembered that the conditions of the trial made regularity of pattern so important that much was sacrificed to it. At all events, I am quite satisfied, from ocular inspection, that a '480 to '490 figure is now attainable. The Recent Improvements in the performance of English shot guns are so considerable that I think it will be of interest to record them, as shown by the various public trials held under my management, beginning with that of 18C6. Here, in order to make pene- SHOOTING. 50 tration of equal importance with the pattern in compiling, the figure ot merit, the number of sheets pierced by one pellet, was multiplied by_ b, the highest figure of merit bemg 279*5. Before proceeding to compare the results of the various gan trials insti- tuted by me, it should be taken into consideration that each was intended to settle some particular disputed point. Thus, the conditions of the trial ol 18bb were framed with a view to ascertain the following points, viz.: first, the difference, if any, between pm and central fire pins, and, secondly, that between the various kinds ol metal then in use. Again, in 1875, the choke- bore came forward with a claim of su- periority both in pattern and penetra- tion, which it completely established, while that of 1878 was to settle if pos- sible the merits of Schultze powder as compared with the black powder made by the three principal Lnglisii makers. As to the truil of 1866 it settled nothing, except the standard ot the guns of that day, which might be laid down as giving a figure of merit made up of penetration and pattern combined as equal to 279-5-whereas now on the same lines it is raised to 435-40, or perhaps more. Hence it should not be forgotten that no accurate comparison can be made from the result. ''FIELD" TRIAL OF 18G6. 280 pellets to the ounce. r Maker and Description of Gun, with kind of Shot and Powder. 40 YARDS. i Papk, W. R., Newcastle -12-gaiige ; i>in ; 1\ ib. ; 30 in. laminated steel ; 3 dr. 0. & II. No. 6 powder Averages 2. Papk, W. R., Newcastle.-12-gauge ; pin 7 lb 1 ; 30 in. lannnated steel , 3 dr C, & H. No. 6 A-verages 3. Gr 5ENER, W. W., Birnnngham.-12-gauge ;\ ill - lilU. ; 30 in. laminated steel; Jdr.j I. & H. No. 5 Averages 71b. 2 oz. ; 30 in. drawn steel ; 6\ dr. C. &- H. No. 5 Averages ^ Pape W R., Newcastle.— 12-gauge; pin;) nix loz. , 30in. laminated steel; 3 dr. J C. & H. No. 5 ' Avei-ages 0 Hknry, a., Edinburgh.-12 gauge : pin or C F • 6 lb. 120Z.; 30 in. Damascus ; 3^ dr. Q. bL H. No. 6 Averages The next trial was in 1875, when the battle was between the then new choke- bore and the old cylinder, the latter ! Pattern. \ ! Penetration 1 of one Pellet 1 multiplied by G. | Figure of IMerit. ! L. B. K- B- L.B. R.B. 123-2 131 115 2 159 ^71^ 279 5 117 134 144 144 ^44-^ 269 -3 119 124-2 157-2 146-4 "Isi^ 27S-2 116-5 116 146-4 162-6 1 j 270-8 1355 101-1 139 2 139-8 1 1 "l39'T 1 2c6-8 1-27 108 2 138 139 2 j 'lisT' 1 256 winning so easily as to demonstrate its great superiority, and to introduce it at once into general use. THE GUN. 51 "FIELD" TRIAL OF 1875. Class 2, for Choke-bores of 12-gauge.— First round with a central group of 30 inches at 40 yards, from which six were selected to compete in Second Round, at 40 and 60 yards, with a selected group of 30 inches. Penetration of three pellets niuUiplied by 6. Shot, soft or hard at discretion, 1|- oz, by weight. Powder, Curtis and Harvey's, or Pigou's ; weight at discretion. First round omitted. Second Round. Maker and Deseiiption of Gun, with kind of Shot and Powder. Greener, W. "W., Birmingham. — 12-gauge; 7 lb. 4oz. ; 30 in. lamii.ated steel; chilled shot ; 3^ dr. Pigou No. 4 powder. 40 yards... Ditto, CO yards Averages Averages j Davisojt, R., Morpeth.— 12-gauge; 71b. 3oz ; : 30 in. laminated steel; chilled shot; 3 dr. C. & H. No. (5 powder. 40 yards Averages Ditto, 60 yanls Averages Papk, W. R., Newcastle-ou-Tyue. — 12-gange • 71b. 4 oz. ; chilled shot ; 3^ dr. C. & H. No (5 powder. 40 yards I I I Ditto, 60 yards Averages Averages Baker. 1. T., London.— 12-gauge ; 7 lb. loz. • 30 m. Damascus; chilled shot; 34 dr. C. &H No. 4 powder. 40 yards Ditto, 60 yards Averages Averages E 2 UNtVERSmrOF imiMOtS LIBRAfn AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGH 52 SHOOTING. Class 2, Second Koimd (continued.) •WICVUU -^v. Maker and Description of Gun, with land of Shot and Powder. I Pattern. Penetration multiplied by 6. Figiire of I Merit. ^inal Figure- of Merit. IUker ¥ T., London.— 12-gauge ; 71b 4 oz : 30?^' Damascus; chilled sliot ; 3 Hr. 0. & H. No. 4 powder. 40 yards Averages L.B. B.B. 214 174 174 159 199 166 170 115 194 210 164 188 ^77-2 L.B. B.B. 198 222 180 198 198 180 174 185 192 ISO 168 204 190^ 367-2 ^ Ditto, 60 yards Averages 90 85 71 64 94 51 62 83 104 84 27 104 76-5 114 84 96 84 108 54 66 102 90 120 — 102 ' 85 161-5 i 204-3 Davison, R., Morpeth.— 12-gauge ; 71b. 2 oz. ; 29 in. iaminated steel; chilled shot, 3di. C. 29-56 Difference between highest and lowest recoils 4 00) Figure of Merit 8168 Total 236-52 SHOOTING. CLASS IL-FOR 16-BOIlES. 6ilb. 0 2-16-BoRE Gun (No. 1591), made by C. H. Maleham ; weigU length of barrel, 30 m.; make of barrel, English lammated stee ; ^,ot wi?h 2idrs. of Curtis and Harvey's No. 6 powder, 1 oz. shot; declared pattern, 190. Penetration. On Per Gauge. Pellet 90 2-09 102 2-04 97 2-07 28 3-50 90 2-20 9i 2-09 150 2-24 48 2-00 99 2-11 96 2-09 110 2-08 137 2-28 105 2-19 LEFT BARREL. Pattern, lOin. 43 50 47 10 41 45 67 24 47 46 53 60 48 Tot. 202 218 201 89 164 190 218 110 191 194 219 214 196 Recoil. On DitT. Gauge 12 102 79 28 101 78 11 100 115 101 103 131 26 100 106 0 106 93 28 99 145 80 104 84 1 99 117 4 101 93 29 101 140 24 99 113 6 108 Total of both barrels Average of 25 shots... RIGHT BARR Penetration. Per Pellet 2-19 2-23 2-35 2-38 2-36 2-45 2-59 2-33 2-34 2-16 2-59 2-35 56-60 2-2640 Pattern Recoil. lOin. Tot. Diff. 36 172 18 106 35 144 41 99 49 201 11 100 55 208 18 96 45 187 3 99 97 38 192 2 56 211 21 100 36 180 10 96 50 214 24 99 43 216 26 100 54 199 9 100 48 219 29 97 4749 567 2512 189 96 22-68 100-48 Average force per pellet • ^ATrS'o?1ie"dev\S^^^^^^ of patterns from declared pattern. Average recoil above SO lb •• Difference bet-ween highest and lowest recoils 20-48 12-00 Figure of Merit 226- 55-16 171-24 IG-BOEE G.m (No. 1591), made by C. H. Maleham, 20, Regent-street, -Waterloo- IG bOEE WM^^ ^^^J,^ i^>,,thB.r, Sheffield ; charge as before. LEFT BARREL. Penetration. Pattern. RIGHT BARREL. Pattern. On Gauge 13 9 13 10 28 7 11 10 14 12 18 14 2i Per Pellet. 0-87 0-82 003 0- 77 1- 17 0-70 0-85 0.91 0- 93 1- 00 1-00 1-00 1-27 lOin. 15 11 14 13 24 10 13 11 15 12 18 14 Tot. 87 87 91 73 97 86 79 81 87 06 88 98 121 Diff. 5 5 1 19 5 6 13 11 5 4 4 6 29 Recoil. 98 96 96 96 96 96 93 93 93 94 93 04 95 Total of both barrels On Gauge. 17 14 23 17 23 20 14 28 IS 14 27 18 Average force per pellet ^iS;^oFtl^S^ViS£;;l of patterns from average pattern Average recoil above 80 lb • DiU'erence between highest and lowest recoils ■ Per Recoil. Pellet. lOin. Tot. Diff. 98 1 00 17 89 3 1-17 12 79 13 01 1-00 23 96 4 93 0-89 19 105 13 03 I "21 19 103 11 01 1-11 18 88 4 04 108 13 103 11 04 1-12 25 92 91 1-06 17 94 2 08 0.87 16 85 7 06 1-23 22 105 13 04 0-95 19 90 2 04 24-91 2307 203 2375 0-0964 02-28 8-12 95-00 99 64 8-12) 15-00} 5 00) ri-52 Pigure of Merit *Total 242-76 * This gun was allowed to compete under protest, in consequence of Mr. Maleham not appeariiig'^with it nt the proper tune. THE GUN. 59 CLASS IIL— FOR 20-BORES. Xo. 1.— 20-BoRE Gtjn, made by E. C. Green; weight 51b. 13 oz. ; length of barrel, 30 in. ; make of barrel, foreign Damascus ; shot with 2 drs. of Curtis and Harvey's coarse-grain basket powder, | oz. shot ; declared pattern, 165. LETT BARREL. Penetration. Pattern. On Per Recoil. On Per Gauge. Pellet. lOin. Tot. Diff. Gauge. Pellet. lOin. Tot. 84 2-21 3S 153 12 96 57 2-19 26 133 73 2-28 32 154 11 95 fi6 2-20 30 143 59 2-46 24 139 26 95 70 2-26 31 158 70 2-26 31 157 8 96 44 2-20 20 144 62 2-07 30 142 23 95 71 2-09 34 143 2-26 34 150 15 98 95 2-32 41 172 63 2-52 25 160 5 95 90 2-25 40 157 84 2-15 39 141 24 95 58 215 27 135 73 2-43 30 157 8 95 67 2.03 33 155 72 2-25 32 150 15 93 73 2-09 35 161 79 2-32 34 155 10 90 63 2-25 28 148 2-33 33 142 23 98 75 2-14 35 154 65 2-41 27 165 0 98 RIGHT BARREL. Penetration. Pattern. Recoil. 94 94 95 93 96 94 96 95 96 96 95 100 Total of both barrels 3768 371 2383 Average of 25 shots 2-2448 150-72 14-84 95-32 Average force per pellet 224*48 (Average pattern, 150 72.) Average of the deviations of patterns from declared pattern 14-84^ Average recoil above 80 lb 15-32V 37-16 Difference between highest and lowest recoils 7-00) Figure of Merit. 187-32 20-BoRE Gun, made by E. C. Green, 87, High Street Cheltenham ; charge as. before. LEFT BARREL. Penetration. Pattern. On Per Recoil Gauge. Pellet. lOin. Tot. Diff 13 1-00 13 62 5 98 2 0 50 12 64 3 95 25 1-39 18 80 13 90 4 0-36 11 62 5 94 4 0-44 9 66 1 95 17 1-06 16 84 17 93 3 0-33 9 49 18 92 12 1-00 12 69 2 95 22 1-22 18 85 18 95 4 0-57 59 8 94 4 0-50 8 73 6 93 7 0-70 10 77 10 95 17 1-06 16 80 13 95 RIGHT BARREL. Penetration. Pattern. Total of both barrels Average of 25 shots On faug( 4 8 10 3 15 11 Per Pellet 0-50 0-80 0-83 0- 38 1- 00 1-00 0- 89 1- 33 1-23 0-45 0- 50 1- 00 20-04 0-8016 Recoil Tot. Diff. 59 8 95 68 1 96 59 8 95 48 19 93 71 4 93 66 1 93 76 9 95 32 35 94 72 5 95 65 2 95 87 20 94 69 2 94 1682 233 2356 -28 Average force per pellet 8016 (Average pattern, 67-28") Average of the deviations of patterns from average pattern 9-321 Average recoil above 80 lb 14-24 > 31 -£6 Difference between highest and lowest recoils 8 00) Figure of Merit 4860 Total 235-92 GO EEOOTING. No. 2.— 20 CLASS III.-FOR 20-BORES. Scukrid Harvey's No" 6 powder, J 03. shot; declared pattern. 170. Penetration. On Per Gauge. Pellet 87 1-85 64 2-06 85 1-89 73 1-97 112 200 66 2-06 91 207 96 1-92 98 2-00 85 1-89 81 2-02 85 1-98 79 1-88 LEFT BARBEL. Pattern. lOin. 47 31 45 37 56 32 44 50 49 45 40 43 42 190 162 171 190 208 143 190 '168 182 184 176 193 176 Recoil. On Diff. Gauge 20 8 85 117 89 85 1 86 112 20 88 89 38 88 97 27 90 80 20 93 100 2 88 133 12 92 58 14 92 80 6 90 55 23 91 111 Total of both barrels. Average of 25 shots... BIGHT BARREL. Penetration. Per Pellet. 2-29 1- 98 2- 12 2-17 2-16 205 1 96 2-25 2-07 216 2-29 2-14 51-23 2-0492 Pattern. Recoil. lOin. Tot. Diff. 51 210 40 86 43 197 27 84 53 197 27 88 41 192 22 88 45 202 32 91 39 195 25 86 61 206 36 88 59 205 35 r9 2o 114 56 91 37 192 22 90 24 170 90 52 182 12 90 4595 531 2222 Average force per pellet ^rrS%St\"?ev\Sons^ of patterns from declared pattern Average recoil above 801b • • :_• ■ Difference between highest and lowest recoi.s 183-80 21-24 88-: 204-92 21-241 8- 88 9- 00) Figure of Merit 39-12 165-80 G™, made by C H. Ma.eham 20 Re^ent-Street, Waterloo-place, London, and 5, Westbar, Sheffield : charge as before. Penetration. On Per Gauge. Pellet. 7 0-64 19 1-12 22 1-22 3 1-00 8 0-80 18 1-20 13 1-00 12 0-92 24 1-20 6 0-67 13 0-87 15 1-15 18 1-00 LEFT BARREL. Pattern. RIGHT BARREL. ,. Pattern. lOin. 11 17 18 3 10 15 13 13 20 9 15 13 18 Tot. 73 82 82 57 72 92 81 84 93 53 76 74 89 Diff. 12 3 3 28 13 7 4 1 8 32 9 11 4 Recoil. On Gauge. 91 12 26 90 90 18 91 4 90 4 90 18 90 26 90 8 91 8 93 11 91 28 92 1 ^ 92 Per Pellet. 0 92 1-13 1-06 9-44 0-57 0- 90 1- 24 0-67 0-80 0- 79 1- 21 0-69 lOm. 13 23 17 9 7 20 21 12 10 14 23 13 Tot. 91 103 107 97 101 90 Diff. 6 18 13 26 22 12 16 5 4 13 13 -V Recoil. 92 90 90 90 92 89 92 92 91 91 90 Total of both Average of 25 shots 0-9284 2117 290 2270 84-68 11-60 90-iO Average force per pellet (Average pattern, S4-68.) Average recoil abo\ . Difference between highest and lowest recoils oY the deviations of patterns from average Pattern ......... H 60) Average recoil above 80 lb 4-Ooi Figure of Merit . *Total in class 2 ; 92-84 66-44 232-24 but the second prize was . This gun was allowo,! to_compete^mulc^ pv^ T^^^ ^ maUng the second best afterwards given up to Mr. Green score. THE GUN, 61 In all the above trials black powder \vas used. I shall now append a few records of competitive trials made for me by Mr. Jones, of Birmingham, between it and Schultze (1885), and also by Mr. Leeson, of Ashford, with E.C. powder. The fornier both in paper cases and in those of brass, made by Messrs. Kynoch, and known as "Perfect," with which I shall commence; — EEPORT A. Trial of gun with "Field" Force-gange, carried out by W. P. Jones; Feb. 20, 1885 ; No. of gun. 12,512 ; bore 12 ; length 30 in., weight6 lb. 13 oz.; charge— powder. 42grs. Schultze (1885), weighed; shot. lioz. No. 6 chilled, by weight; cartridge case, 14-gauge "Perfect"; wads— 1st, grease- proof. 12-gauge ; 2nd, fin. best felt, 12-gau2;e ; 3rd, thin white card. 12-gauge ; 4th, thick white card over shot. Very little pressure was used over the powder : ju.st enough to place the wad home on it (not crushed). Eight Barreu Pattern. Pellkt Foroe. Pellets in Pellets on Force Force 30 in. 10 in. ounces on ounces circle. plate. gauge. per pellet. 246 .... ,, 2-43 234 ... 1-98 244 ... ,. 2-30 240 ... 2-21 227 ... 47 .... 89 1-89 224 ... 222 ... 46 .... 237 ... 54 .... .... 127 2 35 251 ... 70 .... .... 170 2-43 Total 2367 .. Aver, 237 .. + ... 2-25 — Figure of Merit '. 472 REPORT B. Trial of gun with "Field" Force-gauge, carried out by W. P. Jones ; Feb. 20, 1885 ; No. of gun, 12,512 ; same charge of shot, cartridge case, and wads as in Report A., but 3 drs. No. 4 black powder, by weight. Right Barrel. Pattern. Pellet Force. Pellets in Pellets on Force 30 in. circle. 210 . 226 . 193 , 224 , 217 . 177 . 157 , 22S 198 196 10 in. ounces on plate. gaugt 100 113 96 111 122 60 45 160 01 04 Force ounces per pellet. Total 2026 Aver. 202 1-92 . 2-14 , 2-00 . 1-93 . 2-07 . 1-94 , 1-80 . 2-35 . 1-98 . 2-04 20-22 202 REPORT C. Trial of gun with "Field" Force-gauge, carried out by W. P. Jones ; Feb. -25. 1885 ; No. of gun, 12,512 ; same gun, with " Perfect " cases, shot, and wads as in Report A., but 3 drs. C. aiid II. No. 6 powder. Right Barrel. Pellet Force. Pattern. Pellets in Pellets on P'orce 30 in. circle. 239 . 211 . 246 . 286 . 250 . 226 . 220 . 244 . 238 . 240 . 10 in. plate. .. 59 . ... 49 . „. 70 . ,.. 66 . ... 63 . ... 55 , ounces on gausie. 115 .... 105 .... 190 .... 165 .... 143 .... 125 .... 105 .... Ill .... 100 .... 130 .... Force ounces per pellet. 1- 2-14 2-71 2-50 2-27 2-27 2-14 2-22 2-08 2-20 Total 2350 22 -48 Aver. 235 + 2-23 = Figure of Merit 400 In testing the pow^ders in paper cases another gun was of course neces- sary, in spite of the protestation of Mr. Kynoch and his followers that the " Perfect case will act equally well, whether it is used in a gun specially bored for it, or in one bored for paper cases. The following is the result, giving exactly the same figure of merit as in the gun bored for brass cases with Schultze powder, but a lower one with its black rival : — REPORT D. Trial of gun with "Field" Force-gauge, carried out by W. P. Jones ; Feb. 23, 1885 ; No. of gun, 11,071; 12-bore. 30 in. long and 71b. 3 oz. in weight ; powder, 42 trrs. new Schultze ; shot, IJoz., No. 6 chilled. 270 per oz. ; paper cartridge case. 12-gauge, with "Field" wadding — 1st, black and pink wad of ll|-gauge ; 2nd, f in. felt, ll|-2:auge; 3rd, thin card, 12-gauge; 4th, thin card, 12-gauge, over shot. Figiire of Merit 401 Left Barrel. Pellet Force. Pattern. Pellets in Pellets on Force 30 in. circle. 250 .. 216 .. 255 ., 226 .. 255 ., 242 ., 230 ., 222 . 220 .. 253 . 10 in. ounces on plate. .. 72 . .. 56 . ... 72 . .. 61 . ,.. 80 . ,.. 55 . ... 64 . gauge. .. 162 . .. 113 . ,.. ISO . .. 138 . .. 192 . .. 145 . .. 140 . ... 94 . ... 109 . ... 145 . Force OUDC 'S per pellet. 2-25 2-02 2-50 2 27 2-40 2-64 2-19 2 04 206 2-10 Total 2.369 22 47 Aver. 2.37 -i- 2-25 — Figure of Merit 472 62 SHOOTING. REPORT E. Trial of gun with "Field" Force-gau-e, carried out by W. P. Jones ; Feb. 23, 1885 ; No. of gun. 11,071: same gun, with paper cases, wads and shot as in Report D., but 3 drs. C. and H. No. 6 powder, by weight. Left Barrel. Pattern. Pellet Force. PcllGts in 30 in. circle. 241 ... Pcllfits on 10 in. plate. 68 .... Force ounces on gauge. Force ounces per pellet. 2-35 216 ... 58 .... 1-72 20S . 2 05 205 142 2-22 235 ... 82 ... 210 2-56 204 ... 2 01 228 ... 58 ... 2-2S 66 ... 158 2-39 120 2-31 Total 2234 . Aver. 2-23 . 21-97 .... 2-20 = Figure of Merit 442 I have also recently received the following report of a trial of the E.G. powder, made by Mr. Leeson, of Ash- ford, using the "Field" wadding, which gives a still higher force to it than that recorded by Mr. Jones of the new Schuhze, and also with greater re- gularity of pattern : — • Trial of E. C. powder (42grs.) and 1^ No. 6 chilled shot, made by Mr. Leeson, of Ashford, inal2-bore gun, with "Field" wadding. Pattern, Pellet Force. Pellets in Pellets on Force Force 30 in. 10 ia. ounces on ounces circle. plate. gauge. per pellet. 229 ... , 2-45 232 ... 54 .... 128 2 37 231 ... 68 ... 175 , 2-59 232 ... 49 ... 114 ,,. 2 33 232 ... 73 ... , 2 53 Total 1156 . 12 27 Aver. 231 . .... 245 = Figure of Merit. 476 With Schultze powder have made so many shooters cautious that at the London pigeon clubs E.G. now takes the lead. Whether with the new issue of Schultze it will regain its lost ground time alone can decide. Both it and E.G. powder beat the black, the figure of merit being almost exactly the same in the paper and brass cases, and the shooting wonder- fully regular, especially in pattern. With regard to E.G. powder, it has only within the last year been manufactured on a scale which can make it reliable, but I have reason to believe that it now may be considered fully equal in all respects to the best Schultze in point of work, while its safety may be gathered from the fact that while it has been in very general use even with the above disadvantage, no accident of any im- portance has been reported during that time. the knowledge that a high pattern up to 250 may now be ob- tained, and as this is as high as any sportsman can possibly require, pene- tration or force, which are synonymous terms, is, however, the chief factor to be considered, regularity of pattern coming next. Both from Mr. Jones's and Mr. Leeson's experiments and from my own experience I am satislied that the nitro-conipounds miiy now be re- lied on in the latter respect, and conse- quently there only remains the point of danger. As I have before remarked, this is now reduced to a minimum in reference to E.G. powder, but the numerous accidents last year with Sect. 7.— Range of our Shot Guns. Under the old system of boring 40 yards was considered to be the range beyond which no gun could be relied on to kill with anything like certainty, in consequence of the large gaps left in the pattern made by it at any greater range. In the 1878 trial at 40 yards every pad was furnished with a 4-in. paper square, fixed in its middle, on which the number of pellet marks was registered and entered in our books. It would bo useless to print these to the extent of the whole series of 1800 shots, but I give the numbers made by the five hio-hest in each class at 40 yards, and also the number of pellet marks made by these guns afterwards tested by us at 50 and 60 yards. Thus, commencing with Mr. Greener's gun, which, with a figure of merit 88 36, gave the high average pattern 220*08 with G. and H. powder, the pellet marks on the 4-mch square are as follows, viz. : With the left barrel-6, 12, 12, 10, 1^, 9 10, 10, 9, 11, 6, 7, 9 ; right ditto-10, 12, 7, 7, 10,11,8, 12, 10, 6, 10, 16. With P. and W. powder, the "figure being 63-34, and the pattern 210*84, the lett barrel pellet marks were— 9, 9, 10, 12, 13, 9, 9, 11, 7, 8, 10, 13, 16 ; right ditto--9,21, 8, 10,7, 7,11,7, 5,7,12, 7. With II. powder this gun, with a fi'gure 60-44, gave an average pattern 188-04, and the pellet marks were: Left barrel— 8, 8, 11, 9, 7, 14, 6, 9, 4, 8, 9, 8, 13 ; right ditto— 5, 4, 5, 8, 4, THE GUN. C3 14, 11, 6, 8, 7, 3, 8. Next we have Mr. Greener's second Schultze gun, which made the high figure of 65*40 with the H. powder, with an average pattern of 208-20. Here the 4-inch patterns were : Left — 14, 7, 6, 8, 9, 8, 1(3, 12, 7, 8, 8, 14, 4 ; right ditto— 10, 4. 9, 8, 5, 11, 8, 8, 6, 8, 8, 5. Lastly we take Mr. Maleham's Hall gun, which, with P. and W- powder, made the figure of merit of 62-14, and an average pattern of 214-28.^ Here the 4-inch patterns were respectively : Left barrel-13, 6, 8, 7, 6, 13, 9, 7, 7, 8, 13, 7. 6 ; right ditto— 4, 6, 11, 7, 16, 7, 5 ; 12, 4, 9, 10, 8. Probably many people may consider these pellet marks too numerous, and such is certainly my opinion for average shooting at ordi- nary distances ; but when we come to examine in the same way the pellet marks made within a 4-in. square by the cyhnder, we shall perhaps come to the conclusion that the other extreme is reached, since in many cases the squares were only struck by one pellet, and in some by none. Thus Mr. Baker's excellent Hall gun, which with its proper powder gave the capital figure of merit 70 52 and the high average pattern (for a cylinder) of 139-40, produced the following series of 4-in. scores, viz. : Left barrel — 5, 11, 6, 3, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 3, 7, 1, 8 ; right ditto, -6, 6, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1, 6, 5, 2, 4. Its next performance with the Schultze powder (42 grains) was the absolute highest with that kind of explosive, giving a pattern 124*88, and a " differ- ence " of only 43-88. Here we have the 4-inch pads struck as follows, viz. : Left barrel— 4, 1, 2, 4, 8, 1, 5, 6, 6, 3, 9, 4 ; right barrel— 2, 3, 3, 2, 4, 4, 1, 2, 4, 2, 9, 5. Another good performance of this gun with the same charge of the Schultze powder made a figure of 54 90, and an average pattern l'J2'40 ; this produced the following series of 4-inch pattern?, viz. : Left barrel — 2, 2, 5, 7, 8, 6, 6, 5, 2, 3, 4, 7 ; right ditto— 1, 10, 2, 0, 1, 2, 1, 3, 5, 3, 6, 5. Fourth on the list comes again Mr. Baker, with a gun supplied at a day's notice to the Schultze company, making a "figure" 54-42, and an average pat- tern 125 08. With this gun the 4-inch patterns were respectively : Left barrel -3,2, 0, 0, 4, 3, 1, 2, 7, 2, 2,5,2; right ditto— 2, 4, 3, 2, 6, 11, 5, 5, 4, 3, 4, 1. Lastly we come to Messrs. Powell's Schultze gun, producing an average pattern of 116*44. Here the 4-inch series was : Left barrel — 3, 6, 5, 4, 0, 5, 3, 7, 2, 9, 0, 6, 6 ; right ditto —3, 0, 1, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, 3, 0, 2, 5. By a careful examination of hundreds of pattern sheets I am satisfied that at 40 yards no gun can always be relied on to kill a grouse placed in a 30-inch circle, however straight it may be held, and consequently I do not believe the modern system is at all too close for that distance, and is well suited for all but rabbits and woodcocks. Here the range is not only within 40 yards, but the aim is necessarily so quick that a wider scattering of the shot is required, and for this purpose the cartridge-case must be difi'erently loaded, as I have already mentioned. Sect. 8. — Cleaning the Gun. The Cleaning of Muzzle-loading Guns should be conducted as fol- lows : — Get a bucket half full of cold water, place the barrels upright in the water, and insert the cleaning-rod armed with a piece of sponge, or cloth, or tow, and work this well up and down. Then transfer the barrels to a jug or other vessel of clean hot water, and remove by the scratch-brush any lead attached to the barrels. Next take them out of the water, and wipe all clean inside and out ; then pass an oiled rag (not tow) down the inside, and rub over the outside with the same. All the iron-work should be slightly rubbed over with fine neat's-foot oil. Breechloaders do not require any washing, inasmuch as, having no pow- der-chamber to cake up, water is not needed to dissolve the residuum. If they are left for twelve hours the slight residuum in the barrels becomes moist by attraction of water from the atmo- sphere ; and by using a damp sponge or piece of tow, the whole internal surface may be cleaned out, finishing with a clean, oiled mop of wool. This leaves the inner surface as bright as when new, which state ought to be maintained for an indefinite time. If either gun has its barrels leaded the scratch-brush must be used till the lead is removed ; or by shaking some quicksilver up and down in the barrels, an amalgam will be formed with the lead, and it may in that state SHOOTING. 64 be readily removed without the use of the scratch-brush, which by many people is objected to. The great pomt is to keep the muzzles clean and free from rust, for it is upon this part oi the barrels that good shootmg main y depends. They should be carefully oiled after putting the cleaning rod through; and if this is done and the chambers with their shoulders are kept clean and oiled, the cylmders ot the barrels will take care of themselves now that greased wadding is invariably used. gy^CT. 9.— Management of the Gun. Before attempting to use the loaded gun, the shooter, whether young or old, should always make himself thoroughly master of it. Many of the accidents which so constantly occur arise solely from a neglect of this precaution ; but if the sportsman is early drilled with the notion that he has a dangerous yet useful weapon in his hand, he will seldom forget the importance ot the precept. One or two points should be diligently imuressed, the most import- ant one being— never to point the gun at any time, hy design or otherwise, at any thing hut the mark intended to be shot at. it is astonishing how often this is neglected. Guns are often pointed in play at females with a desire to frighten them, or at dogs, cows, or other objects, in mere wantonness ; or again, whilst carrying the gun, its niuzzle is held so as to point to eveiy part of the visible horizon. All this is unsportsmanlike, unsafe, and worse than useless. There can be but three directions at which the gun should ever be pointed : first, while held with the trie-ger-gnard on the fore-arm, the point should be directed to the earth; secondly, on the shoulder, the point should be directed to the heavens ; and thirdly, to the mark, wherever that may be With this proviso kept steadily m view, even the gun at full-cock is per- fectly safe, except from bursting. Sect. 10.— Learning to Shoot. Cocking and Uncocking the Gun should be diligently practised with the gun unloaded, as it is of vast import- ance as regards safety to obtam full command over the lock. the^^^m- merless gun is used, pushing the slide from safe " should be practised while putting the gun to the shoulder When a full mastery has been thus obtained, the pupil may proceed to Shooting Sitting.— To effect this, put in a moderate charge of shot, say one ounce, and 2i drachms of powder, and try your aim at any object, such as the stump of a tree, or a particular stone or brick in a wall, or any such mark, which will readily tell tales if you niiss. Do not at first care much about hitting, but fire away until your nerves become quite steady ; then try to hit a card or a sheet of paper, avoid- ins: doors, which only lead to accidents, as the pupil is sure to pull the trigger after aiming at a door, even if it has been opened, and a man, woman, or child has made his or her appearance at it. When the card can be readily hit proceed to take aim at any small birds, &c., which may be seen or come within shot ; and when all these still objects can be mastered, the first part ot your education may be said to have been satisfactorily accomplished In takmg aim, it is better to keep both eyes open though many first-rate shots always close the left eye. „ Shooting Flying.-TIus is the grand object of the shooter's ambition, and I one which he will soon learn to accom- plish with greater certainty if his ^j:::,^^::^^ ^ehas^^iyord. nary quickness and tact, improved by practice. The best way of learmng to shoot flying is to begin by having a potato oi turnip thrown ^^^ross or away from you, and then ^^^o^^mg at it in the air Nothing is more easy than to hit this while at its highest P^t, since it is then almost stationary ; but_the aim should be to hit the o^^3ect win e at its greatest pace. Then begin by shooting at any small birds xyhich may cross your path on the wing. They w 1 1 1 afford good practice, and show the ' necessity for shooting well in front of every bird when flying ^jcross the .run According to the speed of fl gUt must be the advance of your aim ; but, on an average, one foot is not oo much formo.t birds of rapid flight, and is scarcely enough for the snipe, when m» dart rstill, if that all^^^^^^^^ made as a rule, it will soon be vaiied a Uttle by the experienced shot, according PIGEON-TRAP SHOOTING. 65 vOthe speed of the bird. Next get some -parrows, or otlier small birds, and, going to an open lield, let them fly one it a time, shooting at them, when at I ibont 20 yards off, with dust-shot. If I these birds are so scarce as not to be i ?nsi]y obtained in any number, the better plan is to begin by putting a -ollar of paper around the necks of the Qrst, so that their flight maybe impeded. As these birds always go straight Tom you, the gun should be aimed well it them, a little over their backs, and lot as in cross shots. After this, the next lesson may be at any small birds 1 .vhich happen to come in your way, i 5uch as blackbirds, or thrushes, orspar- I ows, chaffinches, &c. These afford I .'ery good marks, and will do everything I Mit get rid of the nervousness which I he sudden rise of partridges or grouse 1 dways occasions at first, ' Several mechanical substitutes for ive birds have been at various times \ )rought out, such as glass balls and I ,^yro pigeons ; but the American *' clay ■. >igeon " is in my opinion far the best. ; t consists of a saucer of baked clay to vhich a stout handle is fixed, by means ' .f which it is made to fly flat and with ' .onsiderable speed — when propelled I Tom a machine sold for the purpose. ! f hit sufficiently hard the saucer breaks ; ip, and as this can only be done within hirty or thirty-five yards of the shooter )r thereabouts, considerable quickness )f eye and hand is required as in live )igeon shooting from the trap. In Vmerica this plan has been largely adopted, but it is not very much re- ported to in this country as yet. Hedge-Popping is very good practice, md should be diligently followed by he young shooter, especially if black- )ird8 can be found. Its successful pro- ecution gives great confidence, and it nsures quickness, and a knowledge of he range or distance at which your ^ame must be killed. There is a sport which is now in- lulged in extensively by crack shots, v^hich, however, only requires knack nd quickness — I allude to Pigeon-Trap Shooting.— This sport, vhich had been confined to a few ountry public-houses since the closure f the Red House at Battersea, sud- enly sprang again into fashion in the ear 1868, at Hornsey-Wood House, •here it maintained its position under le patronage of Mr. Heathcote until the ground was taken to make Finsbury Park. Clubs were then formed at Hurliiigham Park and Shepherd's Bush, for the express purpose of encouraging pigeon-trap shooting, and are exten- sively patronised by London fashion- ables. Instead of the old H. and T. (heads and tails) traps, five are now used, arranged in a crescent before the shooter, at five yards from one another, and at such a distance from each sub- scriber to the stake as shall be considered to put all on an equality, ranging from eighteen yards to thirty-two. The bird to be released is fixed on by the falling of a ball on the principle of a roulette ball, so that no one can possibly tell which trap will open. At Manchester an electric trap, to insure impartiality has been introduced w ith success, but it is very costly. The following are the Piules of the Hurlingham Club : — 1. The referee's decision shall be final. 2. The gun must not be held to the shoulder until the shooter has called " Pull." The butt must be clear below the arm-pit, otherwise the referee shall declare " ISo bird." 3. A miss-fire is no shot, provided the shooter has a cap or tube on the gun, and it be cocked and loaded, or, in case of a breechloader, if the cartridge does not explode. 4. If the shooter's gun miss fire with the first barrel and he use the second and miss, the bird is to be scored lost. 5. If the miss-fire occurs with the second barrel, the shooter, having failed to kill with his first, ma}^ claim another bird ; but he must fire oif the first bar- rel with a cap on and a full charge of powder, or, in case of a breech-loader, with a blank cartridge, before firing the second. And he must not pull both triggers at the same time. 6. The shooter in a match or sweep- stakes shall be at his shooting mark at the expiration of two minutes from the last shot, unless in the case of an accident, when the referee shall decide what time he shall be allowed to remedy the accident. 7. The shooter's feet shall be behind the shooting mark, until after his gun is discharged. If, in the opinion of the referee, the shooter is balked by any antagonist or looker-on, or by the trapper whether by accident or F G6 SHOOTING, (,thei-wise, lie may be allowed another ^'^8 ' The shooter, when he is at his marie ready to shoot, shall give the caution "Are you ready ? ' to the pu ler, and then call " Pull." Should the trap bo pulled without the word bemg given, the shooter may take the bird or no. ; bat if he fires, the bird must be deemea to be taken. n j fi.o 9 If, on the trap being pulled, the bird does not rise, it is at the option of the shooter to take it or not ; if not lie must declare it by saying ' No bird ; but should he fire after declaring, it is not to be scored for or against him. 10 Each bird must be recovered within the boundary, if required by any party interested, or it must be scored ^^^ti If a bird that has been shot at perches or settles on the top of the fence, or on any part of the buildings higher than the fence, it is to be scored a lost bird. ^ , 12 If a bird once out of the ground shouid return and fall dead withm the boundary, it must be scored a lost bird. 13 If the shooter advances to the mark and orders the trap to be pulled, and does not shoot at the bird, or his Lnm is not properly loaded, or does not go off, owing to his own neghgence, that bird is to be scored lost. 14 Should a bird that has been shot at be flying away, and a bystander fires and brings the bird down w^thm the boundary, the referee may. if satisfied the bird would not have fallen by the gun of the shooter, or^ler it to be Icored a lost bird ; or if satisfied that the bird would have fallen, may order it to be scored a dead bird ; or it m doubt on the subject, he may order the shooter to shoot at another bird. 15 A bird shot on the ground with the fi'rst barrel is " no bird " but it may be shot on the ground with the second barrel if it has been fired at with the lirst barrel while on the wmg ; but if he shooter misses with th- first discharges his second barrel, it is to be accounred a lost bird m case of not I'allin": within bounds. 16 Only one person is to be a lowed to pick up the bird, or a dog (if the . 1 . „ ;n oilr^ur \tY No instrument But if he shoots, he must abide by the consequences. 18. In shooting from H and T traps, the trap must be pulled according to the toss, but no more than one string must be pulled. Traps to be filled and tossed for every shot. 19 The shooter must not leave the shooting mark under any pretence to follow up any bird that will not rise nor may he return to his mark after he has once quitted it to fire his second 20 In matches or in sweepstakes, when shot is limUed, any shooter founa ^r,jr; allow ii). ^ou.u^.nt is to be used for this purpose. 17 In single shooting, if more than one bird is liberated, the shooter may call " No bird," and claim another shot. to have in his gun more shot than is i allowed, is to be at once disqualified. i^ 21 Any shooter is compeded to unload his gun on being challenged; but if the charge is found not to exceed the allowance, the challenger shall pay forthwith 1^. to the shooter. 22 A shooter may, at any time, object to the use of a spring trap, either in a match or sweepstakes. 23 None but members can shoot ex- cept on the occasion of private matches. 24 No wire cartridges or concen- trators allowed, or other substance to be mixed with the shot. 25. In all handicaps, sweepstakes, or matches, the standard bore of the gun is No 12. Eleven-bore guns to stand back half-a-yard from the handicap distance, and no guns over U-bore ^e'^The winner of a sweepstakes of the value of ten sovereigns, mcludmg Ss own stake, goes back two yar^^^^^ under that sum, one yard, pro ided there be over five shooters. Mem^is saving or dividing m an adveitised event will be handicapped according^j. 27 Should any member shoot at a distance nearer than that at whidi he rs handicapped, it shall be scored no ^"28. One-and-a-quarter oz. of shot, chilled or soft, and three-and^-l-U drams of black powder, shall be the txJmum charg^ for all occasiCKis excepting private matches. No saw dust powder allowed 29 AH nuizzle- loaders shall oe loaded with shot from the Club bowls 30 If any bird escapes through any onen np- in the paling, it shall be a bird '' if in the referee's opinion it cou d not have flown over the palings, but in no instance shall it be scored a dead bird. PIGEON-TRAP SHOOTING. 67 31. The weight of guns must not exceed 7 lb. 8 oz. Rules for Double Rises. 1. In Double Shooting, when more than two traps are pulled, the shooter may call "No birds," and claim two more : but if he shoots, he must abide by the consequences. 2. If, on the traps being pulled, the birds do not rise, it is at the option of the shooter to take them or not. If not, he must declare by saying ''No birds." 3. If, on the traps being pulled, one jird does not rise, he cannot demand mother double rise ; but he must wait md take the bird when it flies. 4. A bird shot on the ground, if the 3lher bird is missed, is a lost bird ; but f the other bird is killed, the shooter nay demand another two birds. 5. If the shooter's gun misses fire A'ith the first barrel, he may demand mother two birds ; but if he fires his second barrel he must abide by the consequences. If the miss-fire occurs vith the second barrel, the shooter laving killed with the first, he may lemand another bird, b'ut may only use me barrel ; if he missed with his first jarrel, Rule 5 in Single Shooting will A bird falhng dead on the scoring :»ox is to be counted for the shooter. Swallow Shooting is another practice vhich many indulge in, with a view to inprove their hands for future shooting It game. It differs, however, so much rom most other kinds, that it is of little ise. The swallow-shooter generally elects the moment when the bird is )alancing herself, in her hawking for lies, when she is in fact almost station- ary.^ Instead of doing so he should '.void this kind of self-deception, and hen the poor swallow may perhaps be made useful. PtOOK Shooting is of very little use .8 an introduction to other kinds of hooting, because it is generally prac- ised with a small rifle, or with an air- , un. No one dreams of shooting these birds sitting, with shot, because they present such easy marks as to make it butchery rather than sport. The rook- rifle is only a small rifle, carrying a very small bullet, and therefore adapted for the size of these birds, and the dis- tance at which they are generally killed. It is always now made on some one of the various breech-loading plans, which will be hereafter described when con- sidering the rook and rabbit rifle, which has a very small bore, '200 to -295, and in this country is specially made for use either at rabbits or rooks. Lark Shooting may generally be ob- tained, as there are few localities where there are not many unpreserved farms, ov^er which the young shooter may roam in pursuit of these birds. It is a capital introduction to larger game, and is deserving of the attention even of more advanced sportsmen than those for whose benefit I am now advising its prosecution. The shooter will find these birds in great numbers on vetches or seed-clover, or lucern, or, in fact, any green-crop which has afforded a cover for their nests. Here the young have been reared, and towards August they remain there in great numbers. By walking over these fields, enough shooting may be obtained to gratify any young sportsman, and by the end of August he may have attained great proficiency in the art. The only draw- back to improvement for the purpose of partridge-shooting is, that the larks seldom cross the shooter as partridges and grouse do, but go straight away from him, or rise into the air. In the latter case, they are always out of shot before they begin to hover and sing, or they would tempt their fate sadly, as they would then afford an extremely easy mark. The shooter must aim well over the backs of the larks, as they always rise more or less. With these instructions, the shooter may proceed to the indulgence of his passion, either by grouse or partridge shooting, or wild-fowl or covert shoot- ing — a description of each of which varieties of sport will be found under the proper heading. SHOOTING. G8 CHAPTER III. DOCx BREAKING FOR OPEN SHOOTING. ggcT. 1.— Different Modes of FINDING Game. In shooting, as carried on in tl|is country, the game is found by the :;o~ in three different mo^^es,- first on the open moors, stubbles, and marshes, by means of the powers of the pointer or setter ; secondly, m coverts, by the aid of spamels and belters; and thirdly in stalkmg deer on the Us, or wild-fowl m the loc^s by the eye of man, aided by the tele slope. The present sub ect comprises ?he mode of teaching the dog to tmd gam^ on the open moors, stubbles, ana fn the marshes. It is one which nterests the lover of nature and of sport in as high a degree as which is foUowed in this land of sports, it Ts true that shooting over clogs ib unat- tended with danger, except from the bursting of the gun or from unpardon- able carelessness, and it cannot compete ^n this respect with the tiger or elephant hunts of India or Africa ; but it dis- plays the instincts of the dog, and man's power over him, m a way to which no other sport can approach Who that has seen a brace of dogs doing their work in gallant style, and setting and backing with tliat beautiful and excited attitude, which even a Landseer would fail in fully conveying o the canvas, can refuse his meed of praise and admiration to the efeorts of Iheir breaker ? Here is no un^^ce^sarj cTuelty • the poor animal sought for is Tt pnr uedtill utterly unab e to raise a grUlop, but, unaware of its impending fate it s killed dead (or it ought to :3);and at once put out of its misery For myself, fond though I am of coursing and hunting, yet,, in my oi^n ontneitiier can compare m beauty w th grouse or partridge shooting, ^Bpecially the former. The season is so exhilarating, the country so w W the air so fresh and healthful, and the constant excitement kept up by the working of the dogs is so pleasing,as to combine in making the sport to me the most captivatmg m the world Hunting is, no doubt, hke the line burst of a fuU orchestra, though often with a long prefatory conteniplation of a dreary green curtain, which some- les rem Jins down even for the whole day. Coursing may be_ compared to a seiies of pretty httie airs, interrupted by constant dull and heavy intervals during which there is no amusernent whatever. But shooting is one long and deUghtfiil song, only interrupted by the mid-day lunch. The drawback to this sport is its enormous expense. No one can enjoy (7oorfgrouse-shootmgunder20q/.or250^ per gun per annum ; and this sum is Lne?ally far within the expense of ti.e best moors. Partridge-shootmg is not so costly ; but even this sport will ented an expenditure to each gun of from 60^. to 150/. per annum— that is, it pre- serving is earned on to any extent, Wild partridge-shooting may, perhaps, be occLionally had at the cost only ot a littie gratitude, but seldom sufficiently good to^emunerate the shooter f or lus trouble, excepting in the first week or ten days of September. Snipe-shoot- ng, It is true, may often be met -th htt le outiay ; but it has not the same chirms for 'me which partndge or grouse-shooting presents,-the dogs ?annot range in the same bold and dashing manner, for the body of the bird is too smaU to give out scent enough to be felt at any distance by the pointer ; hence, it requires^ an old, steady, and somewhat pottenng dog fir^quisites for ^hootii^ - tiie birds tiiemselves, and thoy would DOG BREAKING. 69 laturally first occupy our attention ; jut as the two principal varieties of •pen shooting are only very slightly lifTerent from one another, I shall first leseribe the general principles in which he two agree, and then proceed to leseribe the pecuHar characteristics of ;ach. Open shooting, then, is the Dursuit of grouse, partridges, or snipe, 3y means of the pointer or setter, aided 3y the gun and by markers, to enable he shooter to follow up his birds. I •egret, however, to state that the pre- vailing fashion is to have the birds iriven into turnips or other high covert, and then to walk them up. Sect. 2. — Characteristics of G-roqnd Birds. The gun has been already descril)ed ; md the markers are only specimens of he genus homo. In this chapter, herefore, I shall give a general de- scription of the game pursued in open ihooting, and of the dogs by which ^ hey are found. A great variety of )irds are confined to the ground, and I ire found only, or chiefly, in the open, I IS, for instance, larks, quail, landrail, plover, &c.; and in some of their more 1 )rominent features they resemble one 'mother. Both grouse and partridge f ire ground birds — that is, they do not \)erch on trees, but habitually frequent ; he ground, and, until driven there, do \ lot enter woods or covert. They both l ie, or squat, when alarmed by the : ipproach of the sportsman or his dog ; I ind, unless very wild, they allow the Miooter to get within range before they ^ ise, and they both often run before the log, especially the grouse. Both give )uttwo kinds of scent — the body-scent, vhich is wafted by the wind to some •onsiderable distance, and the foot or ,Tound-scent, which they leave behind hem attached to the surface of the soil, ioth keep together in broods until the -»airing-time — the single brood of I )artridge8 or grouse being called a ;ovey, and two or more broods found ogether a pack. Both are short- vinged birds, and yet fly with as- onishing velocity for a short distance, ■ iffording a fair mark for the sports- nan, and trying his skill. Each, as 'Vell as the snipe, \vill be more minutely lescribed under the chapter devoted o an account of their separate pursuits, i— (See Grouse, Partridge, and Snipe I shooting.) Sect. 3. — The Dogs used in Open- Shooting. In order to enable the sportsman to find his birds in the open, it is neces- sary that he shall avail himself of the powers of the dog, in some shape or other. Without its assistance, in tlie early part of the season, he would walk over many miles of ground before he would put up a covey, because they then lie so close as to elude his observa- tion ; and towards the end of the season he would be unable to circumvent them, because he would not know, by his own unaided powers, to what point to direct his attention and cunning till too late to profit by them. At first, the spaniel was taught to hunt the birds within a given dis- tance of its master ; and it showed its proximity to its game by work ing its tail and giving tongue. The last sign being found inconvenient, in consequence of its alarming the birds, mute spaniels were employed, and also a large smooth dog, the pointer, re- sembling the spaniel in delicacy of nose and mode of working. These dogs were taught to work with great caution, and were at last broken so carefully, that when they caught the body-scent, instead of rushing in and putting up the birds, they were so excited, yet so afraid of incurring their master's displeasure, that they became stifi'ened from fear, yet still anxiously desiring to rush upon their prey. Tliis has been cultivated and improved, till at last we possess in the pointer and setter the three essentials which combine to make the most ex- traordinary specimen of subserviency to man's purposes which any domestic animal afi'ords. There is still the huntmg power of the spaniel, its delicacy of nose, its power of standing work, and its lashing of the tail ; but the tongue is nmte, and the stop from fear has been developed and naturahsed into a dead halt, wliicii is really a true cataleptic condition, and which is often shown without the slightest fear of man, in the young puppy pointing in the fowl-yard. The two varieties used are the pointer, which is smooth, and the setter, a rough dog, more nearly resembhng the spaniel. The pointer, again, is either the old Spanish or the modern Enghsh pointer ; and the setter is eithor the Irish, Scotch (Gordon), SHOOTING. Enssian, or Englis}i. All these several varieties are given and fully described in the chapter treating of the natural history of the dog, in which they form the most prominent feature of the first division, comprehending "those dogs which find his game for man, leaving him to kill it." They all have the same family characteristics; ail beat their ground in a regular and systematic way, then well broken ; alloughtto stand and back : and their education ought to be the same, whatever may be the variety of their breed or of the game to fine, which they may be devoted. Sect. 4.— Breaking of Pointers and Setters. In the present chapter, then I shall take up the consideration of the feet- ting-dog," as appHed to the finding of gle in the open, and shall examine into the best mode of fitting him tor the task which he has to perform— this task is the finding of ground-game m the open without springing it, and the show- ino- that find by the dead stop or point. Now, it will be manifest that to perform this task weU there are required, 1st, extraordinary acuteness of scent tor without this a dog cannot find his birds in the dry hot days of August and bep- tember; 2ndly, great powers of endu- rance, in order to enable the dog to beat over a sufficient extent of ground ; 3rdly, steadiness of point, so that the sports- man may have time to come up and get within range before the birds are sprung ; and 4thly, imphcit obedience- active as weU as passive— so that the don: shall not only abstain from doing wrong, but shall also do whatever his master orders him. The best means of teaching the dog all those points which depend upon education (supposing, of course, that he has, by natural good breeding those which are inherent in the animal himselt —viz., the two good qualities first enu- merated) is the subject I now proceed to consider. Many sportsmen may think it great drudgery to break their own dogs ; and to some people no doubt it is so, and, in fact, by many It is an art wholly unattainable. It requires great pawnee, coupled with firmness and consistency, and also an amount of tact and love for the ammal which everyone does not possess. But those who have these quaUties, 1 should strongly recommend to exert themselves in breaking their own dogs ; for there can be no "doubt that dogs will never work for others as they do for those who have educated them. Either, therefore, your own keeper ^^^ould break and work your dogs, or if you hunt ?hem yourself, you should also breaK them. To me, it is the most mterestmg part connected with shooting ; but as ^11 men do not think alike, I offer this advice to those who preter entrust- ing the breaking department to their ^^UEAKINQ mVIDED INTO ThREE EPOCHS.-Every dog's education should consist of three distinct parts : first, the preparatory ; secondly, the mtermediate ; and thirdly, the complete. The first should be confined to the house, the road, and the field, without game ; the second should not go beyond the find- ing of game, without kiUing it ; whilst the third should extend to finding, kiU- in-, and retrieving it, even though the two last are not effected by him. c^ECT. 5.— Preparatory Breaking. With regard to this first department, many sportsmen think it time thrown away, and that their dogs may be sufl=ered to run wild till the commence- ment of breaking to game. Now I am ready to admit that there is some degree of truth in this, for I have seen more dogs spoiled by too early than by too late breaking. In this, however much depends upon the breed and temper of the particular dog. If he is very high-couraged, and well-bred, he can hardly be too soon attacked, but it shy, and not well-bred, it is better to leave his education alone for a while, it is much easier to take the courage out ol the very boldest animal than to put it into a timid one ; but I am quite sure that the first part of the education ot the pointer can hardly be too soon pom- menced, whatever difeerenceof opmion may exist as to the second. Young dogs must be taken out to exercise, and must be taught to follow ; they must be prevented from killing poultry and cats and from steaHng whatever is presented to their noses or their appetites. While at exercise, they should be taught to come back in«tant^y when called, either by the word 'Heel, or "Come to heel," and should be com peUed to remain there tiU aUowed to run DOG BBEAKINCt. 71 on, when, by the word being given, " Hold up," they may again range for- ward, and should be made to do so. Every order should be firmly carried out, and care should be taken that its full execution can be compelled, if it is resisted. Next, give lessons in lying down when ordered, and do not suffer the dog to leave his position till " Hie on" is uttered. With the right hand, and whip if necessary, force the dog to the ground, crying " Down !" in a sonorous voice all the time, and at the same moment hold up the left hand, to en- force obedience by sign. As soon as the dog is perfect in dropping at the ■word " Down," or at the hand being held up, begin to try the plan at a yard or two's distance, and if he does not at once drop, walk up to him and make him ; then leave him by degrees, and make him He exactly where you left him, for any indefinite time, rewarding him by a piece of meat for obedience, and punishing him by a blow, or a pull of the ear, if not complying with your orders. Next, take him into his feeding- place, and put down his usual food; then, when he approaches it, cry " Toho! toho !" in a stern voice, and keep him from touching his food, either by a , sharp tug of a check-collar, which you may use on him, or, if his courage is not too high, by the voice alone. If the puppy is under good command in all other respects, he will generally be I easily stopped in going to his food, and , will eye it eagerly and wistfully, without attempting to take it. Whenever the dog is taken into the fields (which should only be allowed where there is no game) he should be called back at every fence or stile if he attempts to pass or " break" it. If he does, he should be immediately called back, with the rate " Ware-fence!" and made to under- stand that he is never to leave the field in which his master is. This is easily , done by checking him the moment he passes the fence ; not by waiting till five minutes afterwards, as is often done, and then scolding him for a fault the nature of which he does not under- stand. If he chases any thing, rate him with " Ware-chase !" and even chastise him, if this rate is not enough. During the walk, the sportsman should take out a pocket-pistol, and, without noticing the dog, occasionally let it off; but bewaie of letting it off designedly lo attract his notice; this is a very bad plan, and often occasions the very mis- chief it is intended to obviate. If, however, the discharge is made withoi'.t reference to the dog, he soon disregards it, and afterwards will not be affected by a similar noise in the field. Beyond what I have here described, I would never attempt to educate tlie young pointer or setter till he is at least ten months old, if a dog, or if a bitch, till^ nine months of age; but all the above points should be repeated, day afer day, and ground into the young dog, till he is as obedient as a machine. Two or three lessons will often appear to do all that is required ; but it will be found that they are soon forgotten, if not kept up, and that, after a month, all will have to be done over again. From the commencement of the first part, therefore, till the time of beginning the second, the dog should be taken out nearly every day ; and at least three times a week he should be drilled regularly in these simple first- principles, which are nseful, as incul- cating habits of implicit obedience, and also as the foundation of his future more complicated drilling. Sect. 6. — Intermediate Education. This should always commence at a time when birds will lie well, which is only at the pairing season, or at the end of August or beginning of Sep- tember. We have, in the preparatory drill, arrived at a stage in which the dog is taught to come back when called, to go on when ordered, to he down, to stop from gratifying his appetite at the word "Toho," to avoid breaking fence, and chasing cats, pigeons, &c. — the several words of command being " Heel," " Hold up," or " Hie on," " Down," " Toho," " Ware-fence," and " Ware-chase." All this may be taught to any dog, whether greyhound, pointer, spaniel, or house-dog ; and there can be no excuse for neglecting this part of the education ; but in the following divisions good or bad breed makes all the difference in the amount of trouble required, and in the degree of success which may be obtained. Some dogs may be broken in one day to a greater extent than others can in a month ; but, generally speaking, in proportion to the courage will be the difficulty of high breaking. A high- couraged dog will often begin to point SHOOTING. as soon as lie goes mto tbe AeM but the difficulty is to complete his drilling, so as to break him from ch^.^^.^g f^/' or from running to his bird when dropped to the gun. Time to begin Breaking.— The most Important point in the intermediate edication is to teach the yonng dog to range and beat his ground i-egularlj ands/stematically.. The time tor this is without doubt, m my opm on, the Souths of February and March w^^^^^ any amount of time may ^^ f^^^ ^ and with most dogs it is no httle which till suffice. General H-tchmson how- ever, who is certainly by tar the be t authority extant, contends that the po Iter should never be thus broken Lt that his education in ranging ar^ pointing should be deferred till his Ss ctn be kiUed to him On this point I must beg to differ from In though I do so most re uctantly, as the greatest part of his mstructions aie calculated to teach the correct mode of cioino- that which he wishes to mculcate , but here, I am confident he is wrong, and for the following weighty rea- sons -—It must be remembered, that he General is writing for the sports- an's use, and not for the gamekeeper Now if it is considered that the best nart of the season for grouse-shootmg and partridge-shooting lasts respec- tivel/ very little more than a month, it wiU be seen that a great part of that ,uonth^s shooting will be spoil d m breaking your dogs If the whole sport consists in breaking dogs then 1 can understand the propriety of de^ >t- iug and sacrificing your best shootmg- days to the operation ; but as mo.t nen break in order ^ not shoot in order to break, it ;vil be readily conceded that, if possible, that thne should be avoided. Besides this it will at once be admitted, that the age of four months is too young and six- teen months too old, to begin to break ; and yet that will, in nine cases out oi en, be his age in the September of tL' first arid second years Ot a pointer s oKistence No one would dispute the reasoning if 1^^^ P-^^ were good-that is to say, if t coul e shown that a dog mrmof be wd broken atpan-ing-tin.e ;butvvl>e w « notorious, and when 1 know, own experi;e: second, to point; third to btX, fourth, to down charge ; and the whole of the lessons inculcated m the first stage may be .still f-f ^r dii^ed into the dog, especially as to bi caking fence and chasing. In tact, 1 jduca tion may be thoroughly completed anc e may be taught everything which wiH be required in September, unless it is wished that he should retrieve,, which I believe to be in aU cases very mjurio s to the pointer and setter ; but of tlm, hereafter. Let it, however, bered, that no matter how steady you may L^et a dog hi the pairing season, 1 without the gun, yet in August or Sep tember, when he sees the birds tumbln g ' .bout his ears, and, moreover whc^ii instead of single birds ^efore^iim be scents and sees perhaps ^liteen or a score, he wiU at first be maddened by excitement, and will reqmre a htuc correction. Th s is, ^ ' different to entire breakmg, a d ^ seldom take many 1^0^^^^'/^%^^;^,,,^ - is only to be corrected, and not taught I have already remarked upon the difference between Pitting courage into ado*-- and taking it out; and the same nu^y^e said of 1m difference W^^^^^^ Duttino- sense into his head and taking t u .^Wh once you have made nm i understand what he ought to do, half DOG-BREAKINQ. 73 tlie battle is over, and you nuiy correct liira to any extent, without fear of injury ; but beware of punishment without his knowing why. I have had more than one dog which would, from excessive high courage, occasionally chase hares, or even birds, and would . refuse to hunt till he had come to me to receive a flogging ; immediately after w^liich he would jump off, and work and point better than ever. These dogs did wrong knowingly, and I tiad no scruple in using the whip, and indeed without it they were never worth a farthing. Again, I have had others which would never do wrong knowingly, but would, in their extreme anxiety to tind.be constantly making false points. Here, the whip would be worse than useless, and the only remedy is the grave — that is to say, if it is a confirmed failing. Well, then, having settled this knotty point, at least to my own satisfaction, I shall proceed to point out how the young pointer may be broken at pairing-time, intending the word pointer to apply to setters also. The Range should be carefully taught, and in teaching it the pointing- instinct is sure to be developed. Take out your young pointer at first with a wide-ranging dog, not too old. but perfectly under command. " Hold up " both, and take no notice at first of the young dog till he clearly understands what the sport is ; this will not always be apparent to him till the other dog lias found a bird or two ; but when the young one sees the other stand, he is sure to be attracted to him, and he goes up in a wondering and curious manner, and begins, as it were, saying to him — ^What in the woi-ld do you look so stiff for V The puppy then sniffs about, and finally puts up the birds, upon which he expresses great dehght, and chases them a few yards, or, if of high courage, as far as he can. I always like to see this ; if well-bred and healthy, there is no fear as to his pointing steadily, and the desire to chase is an indication of courage. After this, the young dog begins to range on his own account, and as soon as he will do so freely, I should dispense with the services of the old dog, for various reasons, not the least of which I is, that he will derive no benefit himself j from seeing the bad performances of liia young and raw companion Then, taking the young dog out by liimselF, begin at once to make him range to hand ; make him work to the right by waving the hand in that direction, and to the left by doing the same to the left. Work him towards you by waving the hand to you ; and from you, by casting the hand under, as in bowling. In doing this, if the dog does not readily comply with your orders, proceed to him, and, by your own exa.mple, induce him to follow your instructions, leaving no stone unturned to render him perfect in this all-important lesson. High-couraged dogs will readily take to their work, and will gallop at a very great pace for many hours together ; by all means encourage this, and do not begin to rate them till they clearly understand what you want ; never mind their flushing a few birds ; this they are almost sure to do ; but their instinct teUs them that they have a more sure way of getting game than by chasing it, and after a few hours' work they begin to point. During this lesson, the breaker should give the dog every advantage of wind, and should endeavour to hunt him exactly as he wifl hereafter do when using the gun, going steadily up wind, and working always in that direction, whether in the fields of inclosed countries, or on the open moors. If in the stubbles or young wheats, this cannot always be effected ; then keep the young dog at heel tiU you have reached the leeward side, when he may be "hied on" and turned to the right or left. By no means should he be suffered to make his own selection ; and if he goes off without orders, bring him back, and start him off in the contrary direction. When he has proceeded about from 60 to 100 yards, right or left (which, in an inclosed country, generally brings him to the hedge), whistle to him, and when you have caught his attention, wave him forward ; then after he has gained 30 or 40 yards in the forward direction, wave him towards you. He will, in following your last order, cross im- mediately in front of you, because yon have been walking forward gently during his progress, and as he will gallop about four times as fast as you walk, while you are walking 40 yards forward he will have reached the hedge, run up 30 yards, and reached your 74 SHOOTING. front affain; that is, 65 yards + 30 ards + 65 yards = 160 yards, or four times 40 yards. Repeat this opera- tion in the opposite direction, waving him on as he passes in front of you, tiU he reaches the same distance to the ridit or left, then take him forward, and wave him to you again In this way he will learn to beat the whole OTonnd. by taking a breadth at a time, and will perceive the scent of any birds which may he within thirty or forty yards of his line of beat This lesson is a very difficult one to teach, and requires great perseverance and tact to carry out with strictness and fuU success. Many days must be spent, and the dog will be steady enough to his " point" before he will have learnt it It should always be taught single- handed, since the young dog is very apt to acquire the habit of following an older one and hunting with him— a trick which it is very difficult to break him of, and one which is unsightly and worse than useless, from exciting iealousy in the leader. Besides most old partridge-dogs get a trick of run- ning up the side of the hedge, and pottering there for game, generally rabbits, which they are very fond ot making out. Now, this is a habit especially to be avoided, and yet it is the one which young dogs soonest acquire from others. They are some time learning it themselves : but the presence of hedges seems attractive to all dogs, and from the first they should be carefully watched when near them The moment they dwell there, without birds are before them, caU them off with the whistle, and send them forward, or else to the right or the left. Do not suppose that the gun is re- quired to develop the desire to range ; if a dop- is well-bred, and ot high courage,"as soon as he gets the first puff of the body-scent, he is sufticiently excited by it to induce liim to hunt tor many weeks together without hearing a shot fired. If a dog ^lU not work with this stimulus in the spring Rnfficiently to learn his trade, depend upon it, when the hot days of August arrive and the ground is like iron, he will soon leave his master in the lurch, and refuse to work for him. 1 woul( not own a dog of this character, an(l I care not how ho may be broken ; but with a good and well-bred dog, the plan I have advocated is, I am sure, tlie correct one. . , , j i • When the range, single-handed, is completely taught, it will not yet do to commence working double; but i shall omit all reference to this, as nothing is so easy as to put two good single dogs to work together, as far as range . is concerned, if they work to hand, which a compliance with the above lesson will always enforce. Besides the usual quartering of the ground, there is another kind of range which must be taught— viz., that m which the pointer is hfted to the end of your beat, and made to work to you, as m a field for partridges, or with grouse, at the edge of a beat, when the wind is from that edge. In such a case, the sportsman should remain on the edge, and send his dog to beat to him; but it is very difficult to teach. It can only be done by degrees ; but by patience, most dogs may be taught The dog must be sent on by the hand, then stopped by the whistle, and made to turn to the right or left; then, when he has beat a sufficient distance, whistle, and catch his eye, beckon him to you, and after he has come forward, wave him to the opposite side, and repeat the instruction till he is quite under command. It is very useful towards the end of the season, as partridges and grouse will often he with the dog beyond them, when they would run or get up wild if he pointed on your side. Its full perfection shows a very highly broken dog. Pointing, Setting, or Standing.— These three appellations are given to the stiff cataleptic condition which the pointer or setter assumes when near his game. I have already remarked that "it comes on without teaching in the well-bred young dog, though there can be no doubt that originally it was an acquired habit, and that in the pre- sent day it may be taught even to the greyhound or the lady's lapdog. It only requires a good nose, which even the greyhound possesses in a greater degree than he usually gets credit for, and which I have succeeded in develop- ing in him, for curiosity's sake, to the fiili extent of pointing. By working the young dogin teaching him to range, in all probnbiUty several birds will be sprung ; at first the dog stands aston- ished, then he runs cautiously forward, working his stern, and inhaling the foot- DOG-BREAKING.— POINTING Oil SETTING. 75 peei.t left on the ground ; while doing this, the breaker should walk up to him quietly, crying, " Toho ! toho ! toho ! " in a prolonged and bass voice, but not in a scolding tone. It is now that the breaker, if a bad one, produces a fault which can only be acquired from bad breaking — this is " Winking." It proceeds from a want of discernment in the breaker, who chastises the young dog for not pointing, whereas he should never do so until the point has become confirmed. When once this takes place, and the dog leaves his point to run up birds, the whip may be used, but very cautiously, unless the courage is very great. " Blinking " arises from a dog being disgusted with his business ; and, as the presence of birds is asso- ciated with the whip, he naturally leaves them, from a dislike to that unpleasant alternative. The whip will never produce the true point, though it will steady it when once produced ; and there is then less fear of disgusting the dog, already too much excited to care about punishment. When the breaker gets to the dog, he should pat and encourage him, still crying " Toho ! " and letting him lie on the foot-scent for a few seconds while thus patted ; then, not letting him dwell any longer, cry " Hold up ! " and pro- ceed with the range. The next time the pointer comes near birds, the chances are that he scents them, and makes a slight stop, as if astonished ; he then draws quickly forward, and puts up his game, which this time he generally chases. If the breaker is near enough, he should " Toho " the dog as soon as he feels his game, which will tend to make him dwell longer on the point, but not often to make him get stiff and steady. Each successive find makes him. more and more stiff, and by repeating the " Toho," and increasing the encourage- ment in proportion to the increased length of stand, the dog becomes hourly improved, especially if he beats a considerable quantity of ground, and thereby tires himself. _ If the dog, after the first five or six finds, continues to chase the birds, he should be brought back with the already taught rate, " Ware-chase ; " but I have always found that, at first, it is better to avoid all rates if possible. Reward is the first essential to success ; and when the system of encouragement has produced the zest, and it begins to lead to an overflow of spirits, the repressing hand of man may be ex- ercised, but always with due caution. Whenever it is necessary to use the whip, let each stroke be followed by a caution in reference to the particular offence. Thiis, if for chasing, " Ware- chase " must be repeated again and again, followed each time by a stroke of the whip, which "bites in" the words used. There is one most important particular to be invariably observed in using any correction — never let the dog leave you till he has made friends with you ; do not hit, and let him escape without forgiveness, but keep hold of his collar (which every pointer and setter should wear) until you have done the scolding part ; then gradually alter your tone, and appear to forgive him, by changing your manner; finally, pat him, cry, " Good dog, then ! " and let him start afresh. Some breeds will scarcely bear the whip at all, whilst others are of no use without it ; and this latter condition is especially seen in the setter and the pointer crossed with the foxhound. This cross is very valuable, when well kept in hand, but by. nature he is a most unruly dog ; he can hardly be over-punished, and never owns a mas- ter till he has exercised his authority by using the whip. When the point is once steadily made, so as to allow the breaker to walk up to his dog before the birds are sprung, he should pat and encou- rage the dog for some minutes, if pos- sible, using the " Toho " in a lov/, cautious, yet pleased tone. This at once gratifies the dog, yet teaches him to exercise his caution ; and the breaker should take care to crouch all the time, as if anxious to avoid springing the birds. All these little points are soon caught by the dog, who is a very highly imitative animal. Now, still patting the animal, walk crouchingly forwards, leaving him standing, and put up the birds ; upon which he will attempt to come up, and perhaps chase, but he must now be made to drop, by crying " Down ! " raising the hand at the same time, to enforce obedience. Keep him down for a few minutes, then pat him and encourage him, and " Hold up ! " as before. This lesson must be re- peated till the dog is perfectly steady 7G SHOOTING. at liis point, refuses to cliase, and is "Down" the moment the birds are ''^iTtiie point is a false one— that is, if the birds are gone— cry out to the dog " Gone away, gone away ; and make him understand that it is so, hy kicking the grass or stubble, which shows him that they are really gone. Some dogs are very difQcult to con- vince, especially if bred in-and-m, by which their cataleptic tendency is developed, and their reasoning powers are made subservient to it. It is unnecessary to enter upon the mode of teaching dogs . other than true-bred pointers or setters, to pom>.. It is a tiresome task, and requires some degree of cruelty, by means of tlie check-collar and whip. As I said before, any dog may be taught but few will be serviceable m the held ; and, as the true breeds are so easily obtained, it is quite unsportsmanlike to attempt the use of any other. Backing.— The young dog has now been brought to perfection, as tar as he can be, for single-handed work, without the gun. The next lesson must be devoted to the instruction necessary for teaching him to back, and to beat his ground, in conjunction with his fellow It must be remembered, that all this time the breaker has been cultivating the dog^s love of approba- tion, which in this breed is peculiarly strong : he must now take care that it is not carried so far as to produce iealousy ; this feeling is tlie bane of the shooter, and should be put down when manifest, vi et armis. Most young dogs will try to get nearer to the birds than the one which first found them, and in doing so, will generally put them up. For this, they Bhould be brought back to a place a full yard behind the first finder, and then made to stand, and be well rated in a scolding voice by " Toho ! " and, after a repetition of the oifence by even a smart blow or two, according to the courage of the dog and the nature and degree of the offence. When put to hunt together, dogs ahnost always watch one another, and the moment one finds and stands, tlie otlier catches sight of him, and at first is Buie to run in and put up the game ; or, if steady single-handed, and he has an equally good nose, he .'-^Iho P"l"^« either a Httle lefore or behind the first finder. Some very liighl> -bred dogs, the first time they see another point, are rendered stiff:, as if by sympathy, and " back " at once ; but generally it re- quires the following process to be gone through :— As soon as the auxiliary (which should be a very steady dog) has pointed, and the young dog has caught sight, the breaker shouid call out his name, and add to it the word " Toho," repeating it in a scolding and cautioning tone, thus, " Bacchus! toho! toho ! toho ! " This use of the dog s name should not be carried into the shooting-field, but in breaking is very hnportant. Dogs are very sly, and ready to make any excuse to them- selves for not obeying orders ; but it their names are actually used, they dare not disobey— at all events, they feel sure of the consequences if they do. On hearing this order, and knowing that it means them to stop, they do so : but knowing also that game is afoot, by the attitude of the other dog, they become, to a certain extent, stiffened into a semi-cataleptic condition, which is called " backing. Any dog may be made to "back, whether he has a nose or not ; but none can be rendered semi-cataleptic except the true breed. It is the same in " point ing ; " here, as I before remarked, any dog with a good nose maybe taught to point his game— if stopping, and abstaining from flushing it, can be so called ; but the only " point" and "back which can be depended upon is the one in which this cataleptic, or semi- cataleptic, condition of the nervous system is developed. It is exactly similar to the effect produced in the human being by the mesmerist. He can raise the arm of his subject, and, by a few passes, render it as stiff and rigid as the pointer's tail ; and this is only th^e result of the counteracting powers of excitement and repression exerted at the same time. Just so the pointer is excited and repressed at the saine moment, until, being of a higjilv servous temperament, he is reduced to the rigid condition which is desired. Wherever the second dog may be, however far fjom the pointing dog, lie should at once stop and "back," and the breaker's whole care should be bestowed upon him. The other, as 1 before remarked, being steady, wih demand no attention ; but the young dog should be anxiously watched, and DOG-BREA KING.— B A CKING. 77 slopped the moment he catches sight of the " point." When he has stopped, and is steadily backing," walk up to him, and praise him, saying, "Good tlog— toho ! Good dog— toho ! " Then, if the birds rise, make him drop, by " Do^^^l ! good dog," in an encouraging yet firm voice. Walk a little way to- wards the other dog, still keeping both down ; and if the young dog offers to stir, rate him severely ; after a minute or two, " Hie on " both. Be very particular that your auxiliary dog does not run jealous, and that he " backs " steadily, in case the young dog finds. This is very important, for many old dogs refuse to " back "_ a voung one till they have once or twice satisfied themselves that their " point" is correct. But such jealous and crafty dogs are not fit to help to break others to back, " since their declining to back " the young dog encourages him to return the compliment, and they mutually increase each other's jealousy. If the birds lie very steadily to the old dog's " point," first encourage the young dog, then leave him, and walk up to the old one, and put up the birds, making each dog drop on his own ground. This lesson is rather difficult, as the "backing" dog naturally runs up to his master ; and if he will not stop and drop to the hand, and " down," a cord and stake must be fastened tx> a spike- collar, which he must wear, and the stake must be driven into the ground before leaving him, or an assistant must go up and put up the birds ; but I prefer doing everything without any looker-on, as in that case the dog has his attention wholly directed to your own movements. Some very high-couraged dogs are very difl&cult to make " back ; " and, indeed, I have known many highly- bred ones in which the cataleptic con- dition was never fully developed. They were made to stop, but not to " back ; " that is to say, they were not influenced by any condition but fear. I once, had a very extraordinary young pointer, the fastest and best- nobed single-handed dog I ever saw, which took many months to teach this accomplishment. He was " steady before," when I bought him, at twelve months of age, at the end of the pair- ing-season. I had him with me all the summer, and got him under beautiful command on tlie road. He was a very small and delicate-looking dog, but the most untiring animal I ever had ; no day was too hot or too long for him, and, with anything like a scent, he would beat any dog I ever saw- always except that wonderful animal Mr. Garth's " Drake." When I began, about the 18th of August, he was steady enough singly, but the moment I put him down with another dog he would neither "point" nor " back," his whole attention being devoted to taking the other dog's point. I thought T would tire him down, and 1 worked him for one whole week by myself or servant, for at least six or eight hours a day, going as fast as a foxhouifd iii view, or nearly so. But at the end of that time he was as fresh as ever ; and though he had settled down to a steady point himself, he would never abstain from running up and taking his fel- low's. Very fortunately, he staked himself in chasing a hare, by which he lost a good deal of blood and lamed himself, and in this state I began the season ; and on three legs, weakened from loss of blood, he was glad to obey my voice, and stopped, though he never " backed " in good style. By the end of the partridge-season he was steady enough in all points but " Down charge," as he would go to his bird if he saw it drop, and no punish- ment stopped him. This fault lasted even to his eighth year, though con- stantly shot over by a very good man after I sold him. This dog, however, next pairing-time, was as bad as ever behind another dog, and never could be depended on, in this respect, till his third season. Even then his "back" was an apology for the real thing ; and while his "point" was perfection in beauty and rigidity, the "back" was totally the reverse. He was crossed with the greyhound ; which cross, I believe, is far superior to the foxliound, for the purpose of giving courage and speed; and though^ in- creasing the pointer's tendency to chase hares, is not here worse than the fox- hound. I have known one very per- fect specimen in the first cross, which was almost as fast as the greyhound which got her, and yet " pointed " and " backed " as steadily as 1 ever saw ; but this bitch, when put to a thorough- bred old-fashioned pointer, threw a lot of puppies which never could bu thoroughly broken, and resembled the 78 SIIOOTINO. p-reyhound much more than the mother did. Such is the uncertainty of cross- breeding. Sect. 7.— Mechanical Remedies for Faults. These are, first, the puzzle-peg ; and secondly, the check-collar. The former is unduly neglected, in my opmion, by General Hutchinson, as it reaUy is a very useful means of correcting a very troublesome fault. I confess that, on this point, I think the General is wrong, as I do not beheve that his mode of teaching the pointer to raise his head wiH answer in the field. Still, I am open to the conviction of experience ; but I never found that anything taught in the closet, as it were, is use- ful in the field, except when it is con- nected with the fear of punishment. However you may have inculcated the raising of the head at the word of command which he uses — viz., " Up ! " —yet, when there is the temptation afforded by the foot-scent, the dog, if naturally inclined to hunt foot, will lower his nose and dwell on the scent. It is the breed which is in fault, and nothing but compulsion will remedy it ; besides, when a dog is a hundred yards off, how can the word " up " be heard ? A whistle here is hardly to be conveyed to him ; and yet it is under a hedge at this distance that the dog generally foots his bird, and dwells on it to the extent usually called " pottering." ri'zzLE-PEa. The puz/LK-PEG is a piece of wood about a foot in length, pointed at on end, and liattuncd towards the other an ordinary leather collar is nailed to the flat end, and about four inches from this a leather strap or piece of cord is nailed to the two sides, leaving just sufficient space for the dog's lower jaw to be inserted, with the strap lying be- tween the canine teeth and molars. By the constant use of this puzzle- peg — which does not interfere with the dog's ranging, and only prevents his lapping water in shallow ponds or rivers which will not allow him to bury the " puzzle peg " in them — the dog loses, by habit, the tendency to stoop, and I have known a natural "potterer" become converted into a fine, handsome, and bold ranger. The chances, however, are much against this fortunate result, and I would never speculate upon it ; it is the worst defect, next to refusing to range altogether, which is a fault that is absolutely incurable. The check-cord is intended to be apphed to those dogs which range too wide, or refuse to " back," or to " point " even when very troublesome to break. It is merely a line of various degrees of size and length, according to the streng-th and courage of the dog ; it may be generally of the length of twenty yards, and of good stout cord, well twisted, yet not too heavy. The object is not always to tire the dog, but to gain absolute command over his motions, in bringing him back to you, or in stopping him from chasing. Of course, the longer and heavier the cord, the more it tires the dog : but some animals are so dehcate, that they refuse to range with it, and yet are difficult to stop ; altogether, however, it is an ex- ceedingly useful mode of bringing dogs under command ; but it is not so necessary for the pointer as for the spaniel, or even the setter, which is a bolder, hardier, and more headstrong dog than the pointer. Sect. 8. — Retrieving. I have not said one word of this part of the education of the pointer, because I am strongly of opinion that the true sportsman should always have a separate dog for this purpose. Whether in par- tridge or grouse shooting, the same kind of nose and style of hunting will , rarely serve the purpose of findnig five e and dead or wounded birds. For par- ; tridge and grouse shooting, I am quite VOG-BREAKING.— RETRIEVING. 79 sure that far more game will be bagged, if the pointers are never suffered to touch a feather, than if used as retrievers as well as in their ordinary capacities. The best dog for this purpose is, I think, a httle rough terrier, expressly broken to retrieve, and kept for this alone. He has a wonderful nose, is per- fectly under command (much more so than the spaniel or retriever proper) and \\'ill retrieve any \\Tinged game, from the snipe to the pheasant, though he is too small to carry a hare. Such dogs I liave seen do wonders, and follow the shooters all day, " backing " the pointers in the most steady manner, and making no fuss when called upon to retrieve, so that they wil] often fetch a wounded bird, if permitted, from the middle of u scattered covey, without flushing one ; whereas the pointer must either be taken from his point, or the other birds must be put up and shot at, before the wounded bird is retrieved. Moreover, they are pleasant general companions in and out of the house, and the cost of their keep is next to nothing. They should be taught to be completely un- der command, and the pointers should be made to be perfectly free from jeal- ousy, which they soon become when the retriever is srnoM, but refuse with an ordinary-sized one. I shaU give the mode of education of these useful httle dogs here, since it will complete the lessons necessary ' for open shooting. Of course, the same instruction will apply to the pointer, when he is required to retrieve ; b'lt I am quite confident that the extra keep of this little re- triever will be well bestowed, and he ■will be also useful in covert-shooting. All retrievers should be taught early. At two or three months old, begin by teaching them to lay hold of any soft substance, and take it from you ; this vlevelops the instinct which they have, of appropriating to their master's use whatever he wishes : the stick, the glove, or the ball, has no allurement for the puppy naturaUy ; but you must give him the zest for it, by playing with him, taking care not to let him worry the glove or ball, which would produce a hard mouth. All young dogs have an irritable mouth while teething, and at this time they like to have any soft substance drawn from their teeth. By taking advantage of tliis period, they may be made to tippropriate to themselves the glove or the stick held to them; then, when they become fond of it, throw it a yard or two, and, if likely to become retrievers, they soon run to it, lay hold of it, and bring it to you, for the pur- pose of having a second and third edition of the same kind of play. After giving them only a few_ of these lessons daily, and not sufficient to nauseate them, they are, as they grow older, accustomed to fetch any- thing which is thrown, and often may be made to pick up whatever they are told to hf t, by the words, " Fetch it," pointing to the particular article. In throwing the glove for them to fetch, occasionally throw it into high grass, or, in the garden, into carrots or pota- toes ; then cry, " Seek, seek,'' and encourage the dog to look for it, by appearing to look for it yourself. After six months of age, the puppy may be taught to find and bring young rabbits, purposely concealed in grass, &c.; but should never be allowed to hunt rats, since they, by their bite, raise the dog's ire, and cause him to retaliate, and consequently to become hard- mouthed with his game. When the retriever has learnt to find and bring young rabbits without injury, and is under very good command, he may safely be taken out with pointers, but at first should be led by a servant, and only suffered to go loose when a bird is killed. He will then at once proceed to find it, and bring it to you ; during all which time the pointers must be still " down," let the search be ever so long and distant. After a short time, when the retriever has been thoroughly accustomed to the work he has to do, he may be allowed to go at large, keeping him always at the heel of the shooter, and only suffering him to retrieve at the words, " Seek, seek," if the birds are wounded, or, " Fetch it," if dead. The retriever should always be made to bring the game to the actual foot, or even the hand, of the shooter ; and not lay it down at a distance, as he may choose sometimes to leave it on the wrong side of a fence or river. In teach- ing ' these dogs to take water, it is only necessary to begin in the summer, and to avoid throwing them in. They will always, at that season, readily enter the water, and fetch out of it anything that may be floating. Nothing is so easy as to teach a 80 SHOOTING. retnever to do his work, but it reqrnres a loTio- time and much patience. i he chief difficulty is to keep him at heel till ordered off ; but by firmness, and a little system of rewards and punish- ments, this may always be effected 1 shall go more at length into the system of teaching retrieyers under the heads of Grouse, Partridge, and Wild-fowl Shooting, where the actual working of the pointer, setter, and retriever will be more fully goiu) ^" Hitherto, I have described the pre- paration only of the gun and tl.e dog for this sport ; in the next chapter 1 shall treat of the sport itself. Kennels and Kennel Management will be found described m Part 1\ .. Book III., Chapter I. CHAPTEl-l IV. GPOUSE-SHOOTING. Sect. 1 -Varieties and Habits of Grouse. Varieties of Grouse.— In the consi- deration of this fascinating sport, I shall first treat of the varieties and habits of o-rouse ; next, of the dress and general accoutrements of the shooter ; then of the varieties, selection, and management of the dog for finding them ; and lastly, of the address which is required m the portsman. „ i The sub-family usually called Grouse, ,)r in the language of the naturalist, Tetrao nidm, is composed, as far as the British Isles are concerned, of tour species :-lst, the Tetrao Urogallus, Caperoaillie, or Cock of the Woods ; 2nd, Teirao Tetrix, Black Game; 3rd, Laqopus scotkus, or Red Grouse ; and 4th, Lagopus mutus, the PtarmiCxAN. ^ All these are now to be found m Great Britain, and even the Caper- caillie, which had become so rare as only to be seen where it could scarcely he called wild, is not very uncommon, having been reintroduced on the estate of the late Marquis of Breadalbane. It was f ormeriy quite common m Ireland and Scotland, and is now often imported into LeadenhaU market, from Sweden, in the dead state, and during the cold weather. The male is nearly as large as the turkey, but the female is much less than the hen of thatbird. The ' play of the caperoaillie is very remarkab e ; it is confined to the males, who indulge VARIETIES AND HABITS OF GROUSE. 81 in it in order to astonish and excite the hens, just as the turkey-cock does in our fann-yards, but mo7'e resembling that bird when liis ire is aroused by a scarlet cloak. The nest is made on the ground, and the number of eggs is about eight to twelve. The Black Cock and Grey Hen are met with in England and Scotland, being, however, confined to wild and secluded forests, but the attempts to introduce them into Ireland have hither- to failed. In England, this species is found occasionally in the New Forest, and on the Quantock HiUs in Somer- setshire, as well as in some parts of Dartmoor and Exmoor. Besides these localities, it is thinly scattered on the northern moors of Yorkshire, Cumberland, and Northumberland. The male bird is very handsome, and weighs often nearly four pounds. The whole body is black, with a beautiful glossy blue over the neck and back ; the wing-coverts tire brownish, with the greater coverts white, forming a white spot on the shoulder when the wing is closed ; the tail is black, and much forked ; the legs and thighs are covered with mottled feathers, and the toe'i toothed ; the eye has a red spot above and a white one below it. The grey hen is only half the weight of the cock ; she is barred wnth dusky red and black nbove, and dusky red and white below ; the tail is slightly forked. The nest is made on the ground, with an average of eight eggs, which are of a yellowish white ground, marked with blotches of reddish specks. The young birds keep together till the spring, when a battle takes place ainong the cocks for that supremacy in war which leads to the same degree of success in love ; this arises from their polygamous habit, by which the hens are seized upon by one cock, the boldest in the hatch, whilst the remainder, being defeated in the battle, remain in a state of compul- f^ory cehbacy. At the beginning of the season black game are very tame, and easily shot : they may then generally be found in rushy places, where they feed upon the nish seeds, and lie very close in this cover ; on the moors, they feed also on cranberries and whortle- berries, as well as on other seeds ; in de- laultof these, and when driven by hunger to tlie inclosures, picking up wheat, oats, or barley. As the season advances they an; comiyellod to have recourse to this farmer's food ; but they then become very wild, and difficult to get near ; it is only by " stalking " them, or lying in wait for them when they come to feed, that many shots can be obtained. In Scotland, as the harvest is often late, they attack the corn in the sheaves, and by hiding in one of the '* stooks," or bundles of sheaves, a shot may gene- rally be depended upon ; but this is tiresome work, and not worthy to be called grouse-shooting. In winter, they feed upon the tops of the juniper, birch, and alder, and may generally be found in the woods which are composed of these trees ; they then afford much less sport than in the autumn, and your success will depend much upon the nature of the ground where they are found. If near high mountains, they are sure to leave the woods or moors the moment you approach, and it is then impossible to get at them, except by very careful " stalking." If, how- ever, they are found in a tolerably level country, with a series of small coverts, there is a reasonable chance of getting a good day's sport. In the early part of the season, when on the open moors, they will be found either in the rushy places above alluded to, or in the brush- wood, near the oat-fields, and they lie so close that with a steady dog you may put up each bird singly. Great care and quiet must be observed in hunting your dogs, and your gun must be a good hard-shooting one, as the black- cock takes off a very heavy charge. No. 5 is the best size for this bird, ex cept in the early part of the season, when No. 6 may suffice. The Red Grouse, or Grouse, as it is generally called par excellence, is the shooter's delight, and affords more sport than all the other birds of the British Isles put together. It is ex- clusively a British bird, never being found elsewhere. In weight, it is not often much over l^^lb., though some times coming up to 2 lb. Its peculiar mottled brown colour is so well known as to require no description. Red- grouse pair like the partridge, and lay about ten or twelve eggs on the ground, hatching early in May. Both of the old birds contribute to the cares of their young family, but after the young are able to shift for themselves, the cock does not keep so much with them as the hen. Grouse are found only on the moors, never being met G SHOOTING. 82 with far from the heather, which com- poses the principal part of their daily food They also form a strong attach- meni to the particular spot .m -^^^^^^ they were hatched, especiallv if shghtlj undulating, as it generally is On the level plains, at the foot ot th^ ^il^^^^^^ will seldom long '^'^'^^''^^''^1^'^^^ hatched there, but ma^^ce for the upper grounds as soon as disturbed ; but it found on the side of a hdl, they wiU often drop just over the brow or fly afmmd its^ise, ahghting out of view of the shooter. In the middle of the day, grouse he very close under the He of a large rock, or some other secluded spott but in the winter season, he hours' Which divide their wo feeding times are very few. lu sultry weather they lie very close and not having stirred perhaps for hours the dogs will pass over them, or witlnn a yafd or two, without wmdmg them In long rains they collect under the side of a rfvine, or beneath a rock or strong heather, and at this time good spor can scarcely be expected. It is then utterly useless to attempt to get near them, as they rise on the wmg far o^it of shot. In boisterous wmds, also they are always wild, even m the fiist part of the season. It is at these times Sail the artifices of the sportsman are required, and he should take advantage of every inequality of the ground, walking up the beds of nvule s St the bottom of ravines, &c and he should avoid bright colours in his dress^ Grouse vary very much m colour and size in different localities. In Argyle- fre they are larger and brighter m colour than elsewhere, except m the .Astern part of the Highlands, where they are still redder and larger. In Perthshire, on the contrary, they are verysmall and dark. This arises from the fact, that on the west coast there ? so much wet as to addle he eggs and reduce the numbers, and, conse- nuentiy, to allow those that remain to ^row to a good size. This will gene- fallybe the result of a bad hatching season, because, wherever food is scarce ?:omoVer-stocking,theammalsfeed^^ on it will diminish in size ; and the re verse takes place in diminished num- bers • but this is not the cause of he altenltion of colour, which is mther to be attrib ited to the change which occurs in the covert or I'cath fre- quented by them. It is a wonderiul provision of nature, that all ground^ , birds, as weU as other ammals, soon 1 assimilate in colour to the soil which they frequent. The ptarmigan and erniine, in winter, become white as the snow itself, as do the Alpme or b ue hare, and numerous other animals^ The grouse, consequently, when bred in heath of a bright colour, partake ot the same rich bright red; whereas when they are found on bare moors or stubbles, as in Yorkshire and the Low - lands of Scotland, they are of a m> 1^ Ughter brown, scarcely ndier than the skylark in colour. Towards the e^id ol winter, grouse feed more freely m the evening than in the morning, since the interval which they will have to pass without food is much longer, in coii^ sequence of the increased length ot night At this time, the afternoon shooting is by far the best, as grouse unlike partridges, are best approached when on the feed. (^-f^^^^tXer ^ entirely on the tops of the heather, rarely taking any other food, except a few grass-seeds. They do not lie so close together at night as the partridge but coHect within a short distance ot one another-not in one solid mass 1 ke that bird. These peculiarities should be known and appreciated by the grouse-shooter, as upon his knowledge of them depends his success m findmg and bringing them to bag. , Ptarmigan are chiefly found in the most inaccessible mountains, such as Ben Lomond, and the other Bens They afford no sport, being tame and dull of wing; they are, thereioLO, sel- dom sough? after by the spc>rtsrnan unless he fafls in procuring good sport with wilder and more wary birds^ Like the red-grouse in their habits of breeding and pairmg, and ^ packi g also they differ m being dull and s upid Their legs and feet are feathered down to the cUiws, and in size tney oome very nearly up to the red variety, ir summer, the^olour of these birds is of a mottled grey, not nearly so ml as the red-grouse, but barred and marked in the same way ; m winter tliib becomes of a pure white, with an occasional spot of pcy remaining ; but the more northerly the Aat^to^ tl e whiter the plumage. Ihe nest is exactly like that of the red-grouse ; and in general air and manner when undisturbed, this bird resembles i s more prized congener. There is one DRESS AND ACCOUTREMENTS. 83 remarkable point of difference between these birds, which again contrasts in a singular way with their varied habits — this is, that, though the ptarmigan is a heavy and duil bird, as compared vnth the red-grouse, yet it can never be tamed, while the red-grouse is easily domesticated, and under favourable circumstances will breed in confine- ment. The ptarmigan feeds on rock- plants and berries. Its plumage changes in October, and the feathers not only become white, but thicker than before ; b}'- which provision of nature it is rendered capable of resisting the .most severe cold. Indeed, Scotland does not seem sufficiently north for this bird, which prefers the inhospitable shores of Sweden and Norway. There it abounds, and is trapped or shot for the natives, as well as for the London market. The flavoiu of a good fleshy bird is very agreeable, though strongly impregnated with that of the plants upon which it feeds. Sect. 2. — Dress and General Accoutrements. i Dress. — For the purpose of grouse- | sliooting, with any prospect of a sue- i cessful issue, the dress of the shooter 1 is of great importance. None of the I game birds in this country are so wary j and so difficult to approach as tlie { grouse ; and an old cock-bird will often defy the efforts of half a dozen sports- men for man}^ successive weeks, finally escaping to be the father of a future generation of clever ones. The colour of the clothes must therefore be attended to : but the most essential point is their suitabihty for preserving the health of the sportsman. In almost all cases, grouse frequent bleak and exposed moors, which are always cool, even in August, during windy and wet weather ; mists and storms are constantly to be guarded against ; and for these various reasons the material of the shooter's dress, throughout, should be woollen. The more hardy may perhaps venture to^ put on a linen jacket in the very bnght and sunshiny days which often usher in the shooting season ; but those wlio are subject to rheumatism or colds —m fact, all those who are not very hardy and healthful— should carefully adopt the precaution of adhering to wool. It may be woven into thin tabncs ; but, however light, it is still a very different material, in its capacity of resisting wet and cold, from linen or cotton. Knickerbockers are found by experience to suit the walking over heather better than trousers by far, and are almost universal. Flannel should be worn next the skin, as a precaution against the chill so often felt, when, on reaching the mountain-top, the skin, reeking with the perspiration poured out in its ascent, is suddenly submitted to the searching powers of the wind prevailing there. I should therefore strongly advise flan- nel waistcoats and drawers however fine they may be, and, above all, worsted stockings. These last are not only necessary for the purpose of avoiding a chill to the feet, but they also are by far the best for walking purposes ; cotton and thread, and even silk, are too hai-d for the skin, and will blister most feet in a very disagreeable manner. If the skin is very irritable, so as to render the woollen unpleasant to the sensations, a pair of silk socks may be worn under them ; but the soft pad of the woollen material is necessary, to enable the shooter to wear the strong heavy shoe which is required, without suffering from it. For the feet there is nothing like the laced boot for those who are accus- tomed to have their ankles confined ; the sole should be studded with nails ; the heel, also, ought to beilow, and resemble the ordinary walking sl)oe. All shoot- ing-boots should be waterproof, as the dews or rains often compel the sports- man to submit his feet to a worse ordeal than a pail of water. In ordering shooting-boots, it is never desirable to pocure them from a maker accustomed to consult appear- ances chiefly ; on the contrary, a re- spectable cobbler is often the best man ; but the leather is of more importance than any other point, and slio'dd be strong coi<;-calf, porpoise skin, or Russian leather. It is a remarkable fact, that the skin of the female calf is much more soft and yielding, and yet more durable and waterproof, than tliat of the male. The coM;-calf-skin can only be recognised, when entire, by the remnant of the teat, which is always left in skinning, and which a good maker will select with care for his sporting cus- tomers. Durability is not here a mere matter of £ s. d., for no money can supply the place of a pair of shoes to G 2 84 SHOOTING. which the feet are accustomed. Every one knows the misery of walkmg m a new pair of boots, even when the dis- tance is not great ; but when many hours a day must be devoted ^ to a pursuit like grouse-shootmg, it is all- important to provide against the discomfort attending upon a sore heel or a blistered toe ; let the shooter therefore, some months before the season, provide himself with what will fit him, and let him wear them a little every day till they have taken the form of the feet ; then let him put them carefully away, after having them dressed with a composition made of_boiled linseed oil, one pint ; bees'- wax and resin, of each, four ounces, melted together, and stirred till cold. All shooting boots should have large- headed nails in the sole and heel, as, both in greasy fallows and on bare rocks, the foot, without them, slips about in a disagreeable and even dan- gerous manner. It will insure their future fit, if the boots are wetted by walking into water before they are dressed with the composition; and in hot summer weather they may be , suffered to dry on the feet, taking care I to keep moving during that time, and to dry them thoroughly before dress- ing them. If the feet are very tender, and hable to excoriate, the best way is to soak them at night in hot alum and water, and in the morning to rub a little neats'-foot oil over them, before putting on the stocking. I have already said that the dress should be woollen; and any of the plain Scotch tweeds will answer the purpose, using the same material for trousers, waistcoat, and shooting-coat. The heather pattern is strongly recom- mended, from its resemblance to the creneral covert of the birds; but 1 believe that any plain and sombre colour will do, if neither too dark nor too light. Black and white alike strike the eye, by their contrast with the surrounding objects; but black and white check is as good a colour as any The coat should have a strong patcii of leather on each shoulder, for the gun to rest upon, and should be provided with pockets for cartridges ; or it a belt is used for these, it is well to provide a flap to cover it, unless it is worn inside the coat. You will not require any game-pocket, because, at the grouse- season, no game will bear the heat ot the body without becoming speedily tainted. „ , i i The Gun should be of the breech- loading kind already described as suit- able to every variety of open-shooting, but should be a hard-hitter, and the shot used No. 6, early in the season, followed by No. 5 later on. It is far better than the muzzle-loader, especially early in the season, as will be evident to those who have experienced ^ the annoyance of waiting to load, while a scattered covey are rising one after another too fast to allow of more than two or three shots at them, and yet all within range. The other accessories are, for your own person— merely the loaded cart- ridge-cases, with belt, dog-whistle, knife, and dog-whip ; and for your " gilHe," as he is called in the North, a game-bag, dog-couples, some spare cart- ridges, gun-cover, and a Mackintosh coat. Sect. 3.— Varieties, Selection, and Management of the Dog. Pointer v. Setter.— Having now de- scribed the habits of the game to be found, and having already prepared the dogs for the task which they have to perform ; having also prescribed the best gun and the most appropriate dress,*" I shall proceed to the investi- gation of the best mode of combining dl these several elements, until they assume the form in which the cook or the Flemish school of painters especi- ally dehght— viz.. Dead Game. I have already given instructions m the general management of the gun ; and it is to be supposed that its possessor, before he ventures upon the moors for the iirst time in his life, has made liimseLt as perfect as he can, by assassinating all the cock-sparrows and larks whicli he can come near. If the moor has been iudiciously chosen and well pre- served, it is fair to conclude that there are plenty of grouse upon it ; and the only thing necessary is to find them, by means of the nose, sagacity, and steadiness of your dogs. But now comes the question which has been so often discussed— Are pointers or setters best for this purpose ? The arguments on both sides would fill up many a pa"-e, if carried on in the loose rambling way which sportsmen so often indulge in • but it wiU be much simplified by SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE DOG. 85 ascertaining what it is we are going to compare. A man goes to the moors, and takes a lot of heavy lumbering pointers, yet with good noses, and he complains that they find him no game, and knock up in a couple ot liours — and it is perfectly true that they do. The old Spanish pointer, or any dug with much of that blood in his veins, has not courage sufficient to cany him over the wide ex- tent of ground which must be beaten in order to find these birds in any numbers. In partridge-shooting, the experienced eye will always, at each period of the day, inform the sports- man where he ought to look for his birds, and therefore, although his beat may include two thousand acres, yet at no one time does he wish to go over more than two or three hundred. The reason of this is, that at certain hours partridges are on their feed ; at others, they are in the turnips, or the grass, or under the hedges ; in dry days they are on the fallows, and in wet they are not in turnips, and so on. But the grouse-shooter cannot thus make his selection ; he must go steadily on, as his whole lot of grouse are spread, perhaps, pretty regularly over the full extent of his moor, as far as he knows, at all events. A good-ranging dog, then, is a sine qua non ; and a steady old pointer is, by himself, a useless animal. The consequence of all this is tliat, since pointers include many heavy brutes in their ranks, the whole tribe must bear the blame. Again, another man proceeds to nis allotted gi-ound with a team of setters, rivalling the whole world in beauty and apparent power of doing what is re- quired; but they are as wild as hawks, and though occasionally setting and backing, they flush ten times more game than they find. These also, being setters, contribute to damage the repu- ! tation of their breed, and their owner gets rid of them, in the belief that, " the pointer, after all, is the dog for tlie moors." But yet there can be no doubt that the pointer may be obtained capable of sustaining as much work, and of ranging as widely and as fast, as the setter, if only his feet will stand the heather. On the other hand, there can, also, be no doubt that the setter can De met with fast, and yet steady, and with a nose equal to any emer- f^eucy. Now let us consider what is tlie essential to good sport, without which no great amount of game can be bagged. The answer will be, steadiness and nose. Which breed is the most generally steady, and which has the best nose ? I should unhesitatingly reply, the pointer. I have known some steady setters, and some with most ex- cellent noses ; but for one steady setter I have known twenty steady pointers. Then, if this, which is the essential point, is more readily gained in the pointer than the setter, I should certain- ly select him, if it is possible to meet with him of sufficient range and courage. Here, I think, is the real solution— is this possible ? My answei is — Certainly, it is possible, but not very easy. I have known a vast number of pointers, but I never saw half a dozen which could compare, in these points, with scores of setters Mdiich I liave seen ; but, at the same time, there ought to be no reason why they should not, unless the moor they are to be used on is very thickly clothed with heather, which works in between the toes of the pointer, a part better protected by the hair of the setter's foot. This hair, however, is no protection to the pad ; and the coat of the pointer is as rough as that of the foxhound, which has to encounter, and which is quite regardless of, the briars and thorns of the strong coverts in which he has to find his game. Depend upon it, with the above exception, the pointer's foot ought to stand his work as well as the setter's, and will do so, if properly managed. But there is one cogent reason why the foot does not stand hard work, and why the pointer is so often knocked up. Every one knows that setters are more difficult to break, and more uncer- tain, than pointers, and consequently, before the 12th of August, the keeper or servant is instructed to give them plenty of work to make them steady. But in doing this he hardens the foot, and improves the wind, and, by a natural consequence, he enables them to go through their work in a handsome manner, without betraying fatigue. The poor pointer, on the contrary, suffers from his well-known stanch- ness, and is allowed to remain in his kennel till he is placed in the train for the purpose of being conveyed to the scene of his future labours ; and truly laborious they are to the fat, unextir SHOOTING. cised, and thick- winded annual ; and this not only affects the individual, but his descendants. Wherever hores are coursed they run well, because those bred there must be the sons and daugh- ters of hares stout and fast enough to have saved their lives in _ former seasons ; so it is with all amnials— 1± bred from bad-winded or soft sn-es and dams, they will exhibit the same pecu- liarities. But get a good, healthy pointer bitch, keep her m health and condition by constant exercise, put her to a similarly treated dog, and treat the offspring in the same way, and you will have no reason to complain ot their want of range or stoutness, un- less the breed itself be radically bad. In the present day (1875) the pointer is bred almost too tine and delicate for the hard work of the north, while he has little left for him to do in the south, where retrievers are the fashion, and walking turnips has superseded hunting- stubbles and seeds. Mr. Whitehouse s strain, for instance, is unmatched tor any ground not clothed with short hea- ther, and for any climate likely to be met with in England ; for Scoitish moors his dogs are too fine, in my opinion, and I should select in prefer- ence a coarser pointer, or a setter. Thus far I have written on the pointer, and on his suitability to go through the work on the moors ; but having asked if it is possible to obtain the requisites for grouse-shootmg m the pointer, I must now make the same inquiry as to the setter. My answer would be, that you may breed some few setters better than any pointers tor the moors, but that to obtain two good ones you must breed at least twenty; and you cannot tell, until twelve months old, 'whether they are likely to be good or not. In the pointer, if you have a good form in the puppy, with good back and legs, and a power ot holding himself together in the gallop, you may generally prognosticate that he will be steady, and of good nose ; but not so with the setter— he is never to be tul y fathomed till well and thoroughly broken, and is seldom to be depended upon till his second season. Many setters have I seen apparency well broken and steady " before and behind, vet a week's or month's rest has ren- dered them so wild, that it will be some liours, and take some whip-cord, to re- Ktorc them to a whokwome degree oi discipline. They have the advantage of bearing that discipline better than the pointer ; and if a shooter is in the habit of venting his ill-humour upon his dog when he fails in his shot, setters are tlie breed which he should select. _ ihey are hardy and good-humoured m the highest degree, and will work after pun- ishment even more readily than before. Since the introduction of dog shows, the breeding of setters has been vastly encouraged in the south, and this dog, which was when in perfection chiehy confined to the kennels of some few noble- men and gentlemen in the north, has now become common enough. The Gordon setter in particular has been extensively introduced into England, and his beau- tiful colour and coat have made him a I general favourite. According to my experience, this breed is remarkable toi ' o-ood nose and for steadiness, but the dogs are generally somewhat heavy and do not stand their work so well as smaller and lighter breeds, or as the bitches of their own breed. Varieties of Pointers and Setters. —The selection of dogs, then, is to be made from the following : first, the old Spanish pointer ; second, the niodern pointer ; third, the setter ; fourth, the Russian setter. I have said that tiie old Spanish is too slow, lumbering, and pottering for grouse, and that the modern dog may be procured of fair lasting and ranging powers, yet with P Ood nose. The setter, I have also re- Siarked, may be obtained sometimes with all the desirable points m perfec- tion, but I have said nothing ot the Russian setter. This variety is much more woolly in his coat than the Enghsli or Irish, and the quaUty of the hair is very hke that of the Skye terrier. He has generally, a very good nose, is very hardy, but bears heat badly, and con- stantly wants water. I have, however, known some exceedingly good dogs ot this breed. They are very apt to get disease of the skin ; and if they do, they are very difficult to cure, on ac- count of the matting of their hair. Altogether, therefore, I prefer a well- bred pointer for any moor not very full of heather; but I should select oncj strong and bony in frame, with good loins, and with feet round and hard. TWm last point is very essentia : no matter what the shape, if the horny matter on the pad is thin, they will soon wear aore The toes, also, should not BREAKING DOGS TO THE GUN. 87 spread apart, or the skin between will become sore, whether hairy or not. The head should be broad, with well developed nose, and the secretions of that part should make the end moist and soft. But, it may be said, if the pointer and setter each possesses what the other wants, why not combine the two in one perfect cross ? This theory has, however, been carried out with a want of success which too often attends upon that tempting bait — theoretical reason- ing. Man's theory is, indeed, so often upset by actual results, that it seems as if his pride must require humbling ; and possibly this may be the cause of its frequency. At all events, it is strange that the result of this cross should be exactly the reverse of what was expected. No dog is, generally, so bad as the cross between these two, and they do not even improve one another in any respect, but fall off in all. Why this should be so I know not, but so it is ; and I would strongly caution every sportsman against trying this experiment, which has invariably failed, except in some few instances in the first cross, when they take after sire or dam, and do not resemble both. As I said before, if there is a great deal of heather on the moor, the setter must be selected in preference to the pointer; and among the setters I prefer the Irish, if a great amount of work is required from him, but he cannot be depended on without it. The Number of Dogs required for the moors, for each party of shooters, is not less than three brace. If one, two, or three guns work together, they will of course not require more than for one gun. Few dogs will work more than six hours, but a good one should be able to do that ; the average, however, will not come up to that mark ; and therefore, hunting twelve hours a day, you will require the assistance of a third brace. No good will be done with more than a brace, or, on a wild moor, a brace and a half, at a time, if good rangers ; but if you have a pottering dog which will not go far from you, he may as well be at large, and allowed to do what little he can ; in my eye, however, he spoils the beauty of the work, as I cannot bear to see one dog much faster than another. The perfection of grouse-shooting, to mc, lies in the quartering and exact working of the dogs ; yet if you have a steady old dog in the middle, and working between your two fast and wide rangers, they will not cross one another, but will and ought to refuse to encroach upon his beat, and turn upon their own ground when they come up to his. Most extensive grouse- shooters calculate upon a kennel of at least six brace of dogs, which is about the average team. This number will not be too many if they are of the usual run of pointers ; but if more carefully selected or bred, or if of a good breed of setters, the number I have named will be more likely to answer your purpose ; still it is better to have too many than too few : a cut foot, or any attack of disease, may deprive you of the services of one or two, and you may be left with perhaps one good one, or not even that. If, therefore, you have the means, and cannot fully depend from experience upon all your team, take at least an extra brace, or even two. It must not be forgotten, that some dogs which have appeared very good indeed when tried without the gun, and worked by their breaker, will not turn out quite as well as you expected from their performances and the characters given by their sellers. Some are not steady enough, others are too steady, &c. An amusing instance is told by Mr. Colquhoun, in his valuable contributions to our know- ledge of Highland sports : " A gentle- man, walking out with a high-broke pointer, suddenly missed him, when he presently espied him soberly and sub- missively following the heels of an old guinea-fowl, whose reiterated cry of ' Come back ! come back ! ' he had thought it his duty to obey." If I had seen a dog following a guinea-fowl, I certainly should rather have suspected him of being fowl-mouthed than of being too highly broke ; but, as a story, it tells remarkably well. It must be remembered, however, that tlie scent of the guinea-fowl resembles that of a pheasant, and that if the dog had pointed he might have been forgiven. Sect. 4. — Breaking to the Gun. It will be borne in mind that the education of the pointer, or setter, has only been carried up to the point at 88 SnOOTING. which it was compelled to stop, for want of the gun ; and that there are some few essentials in regard to which it requires finish. The " Down-charge " is dependent upon the rising of the birds, and can better be taught at pairing-time than now; but, however well inculcated, it is too apt to be forgotten, and to be lost sight of, in the anxiety to bag the game. It will be remembered that I have strongly recommended that the pointer or setter should nut be used as a retriever, but that another dog should be specially set apart for that purpose. If this is not the case, the chances are ten to one that the young dog is allowed to go to his bird, if a runner, without waiting for his master's order ; and if this is done once or twice, the habit soon in- creases, till at length both dogs rush in, and tear their bird, in their anxiety to retrieve it. I should always advise that the " gillie " has charge of the dogs at this critical moment, and that he, as quietly as possible, but somehow or other, keeps them steadily down ; this is all he has to do at that moment, though he may well do that and mark at the same time. He may also lead the retriever till he is steady enough to walk at your heel ; but his grand use is to keep . the dogs down when the birds rise, and this he should do under all circumstances. Dogs do not require to mouth their game as an encouragement ; they are quite satisfied if they see it fall, and will continue the work as long as their strength will allow, with- out touching a feather. By adhering strictly to this plan, all danger of their acquiring this inexcusable fault is done away with. The ranging and quartering, of corrse, have been acquired in the mode I have advised ; and the dogs have been accustomed to the sound of a gun. If any one of them is wanting in self-confidence, be particularly care- ful in following him up ; pay great attention to his point, and take great care to shoot his bird, if possible, or at all events, to shoot at it. In this way, he finds that you estimate him higher than he thought, and learns to depend upon his own powers, instead of follow- ing another dog and always lookiui': out for " points." In grouse-shooting, there is not the annoyance of the constant hedges which are so detrimental to tne pointer in the pursuit of the partridge ; but there is a much greater chance of a dog pottering over a foot-scent, because the grouse runs so much more than the partridge, and, being feathered down the leg, his foot-scent is much more strong. It is here that a good setter shows his superiority, as he generally makes out a foot-scent better than a pointer; though I am bound to say that I have seen pointers that would make out anything. The very highly- bred pointer often has no notion of this ; he points as stiff as a Chinese idol the moment he comes upon scent of any kind, and nothing will move him as long as that scent continues. Such dogs are useless on the moors, when you not only want to know that there is game, but also where it is. The essential feature of a good dog is, that he shall stop the moment he feels the scent, and satisfy himself that game is before him. As soon us he is quite sure of this, he should wait till you are within distance ; on being assured of which he should draw . upon his birds, if they are running, taking care to stand quite steady if he hear the faintest "Toho" from his master. This is sometimes necessary, if the grouse are strong runners, as the shooter must often head them before they will rise, though, for my own part, I should much prefer walking rapidly up to them, and putting them up, as they will seldom, till they are become very wild, get far enough before you to rise out of shot. ^ Some dogs learn to leave their first point, and go round and circumvent their game ; but this is only a rare acconiplishinent, and is scarcely to be desired ; it is much better to send your man well on before them, ordering him to drop to the ground the moment they rise. Thus much for the management of the dogs. We will consider how the intellect of the man may assist the instinct and superior olfactory power of the lower animal. Sect. 5.— Management of the Beat. In this particular, the address of man is conspicuous. It is often said that a good dog knows where to find his game without looking for it ; but I have invariably found that, though occasionally successful, such dogs are the worst animals for a whole day, MANAGEMENT OF THE BEAT. 80 and leave more game behind than they find ; the same may be said of many sportsmen Avho pick their ground in grouse-shooting. In partridge-shoot- ing, as well as in coursing, much game is left behind by the man who is con- stantly sapng, " Oh, we shall do no good here." The best plan, in the long run, is to get good ranging dogs, with good noses, and beat all before you, taking care to have the wind in your face, unless it is very high and you are on the edge of your ground, as then your birds be sure to fly down wind in spite of your teeth, and you will lose them, as they seldom return the same day. If there is a high south wind, begin at the south-east or south-west corner, and work up the south side, by wliich means your dogs will have a side-wind and your birds will fly into the centre of your beat. If, on the contrary, the wind is from the north, begin in hke manner at the north-east or north-west corner, and work up the north side. Under all circumstances, when you come upon game, you sho'old folloio up that covey., till you have either Jcilled all, or lost them. In pursuing this course, I do not mean that you should take your dogs up while going to the oovey first shot at ; but, in doing what I advise, hunt the intervening ground, and if you meet with fresh game, you may bag it if you can, as a matter of course. If the second covey should be marked nearer than the first, follow that up in preference ; but, as a rule, if both are equally comeatable, stick to your first love. The object of this is twofold — in the first place, you scatter your game, by perseveringly following them up, and thereby have a much better chance of getting single shots ; and in the second, you make your whole lot of birds less wild, because you kill ofE those which are shot at, and leave the undisturbed ones for a future day. It is not the report of the gun alone which frightens birds, but the finding them, and putting them up, and then firing at them, which has that effect. By shooting once a day at every covey, you would get, perhaps, on the average, one and a half birds out of each ; say thirty brace a day for three or four days, and twenty brace, or even less, afterwards. This plan would require you to disturb and alarm forty coveys, to enable you to bag one and a half out of each ; but thirty brace may be obtained from five or six coveys, if they are followed up and ex- terminated, leaving thirty-four coveys for the second day, twenty-eight for the third, and twenty-two for the fourth ; and all of those that are left would be as readily come at on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days, as on the first. This is very important, in a sport which is generally pursued unin- termittingly for a week or ten days at least, with the intervention of Sunday ; for most Englishmen, when they hire a moor, are limited in their time, and have nothing else to do to fill up the intermediate days. I need not here observe, that, after a time, the flight of I the grouse is often at so great a dis- j tance as to forbid the sportsman from following them ; but I am, of course, supposing the thing practicable, as it generally is in the early part of the season. Many men advise that the shooter should begin by driving all the birds to- wards the centre of the moor, because, by this plan, they are kept away from the adjoining moors, where the}^ may fall a prey to other guns belonging to it. But this is difliciiltof accomplishment , grouse will not be driven like sheep, and will make their point, let it be where it may. In making such an attempt, therefore, you ai-e as hkely, or nearly so, to drive them off your beat as farther on, and, by so doing, spoil your sport instead of improving it ; if, however, you leave thirty-two coveys out of fortj^ quiet, they are safe from your neighbours, even though they beat to within a hundred yards of the place where your undisturbed grouse are. The shooter should always begin on the edge of his moor, select- ing the lee side, and then work his way towards tiie centre, following up his birds in such a way, if possible, as to keep them on his own ground. This plan, however, will not answer if the wind is very high, as already men- tioned — in M^iich case he must begin on the windward side ; he will thus do less harm, in point of making them wild, and will get more shots than in any other way. If the birds approach the boundary, they must either be left alone, or the shooter must drive them back, trusting to his dogs to get the wind in their work ; this they will do readily, because, as they cross the wind, SHOOTING. it is of very little consequence to them in the greater part of their range. In beating the side of a circular mound, such as you constantly see on the moors in Yorkshire, you may almost always reckon upon the covey you shoot at keeping to the sides of that hill • they will fly round and round, dropping always on the other side to you, and, by following them up, you may bieak them, and frequently bag every one. When on the feed, grouse seldom rise all together, but generally leave one, two, or more behind ; these should be diligently sought for, and brought to bag. There are many parts of even the best moors which are not "lucky for grouse," as the shepherds say ; that is, the heather is not ]ust of the kind they like as to growth, i heir most certain finds are those parts which are patchy, with the heather eavingthe turf peeping though here and there, it is not in the very thick unbroken heather that they delight, but in those spots where they can sun themselves, or use their legs in running m the grass ; but the best plan is to make yourself acquainted with their haunts, or to take some man with you who has that knowledge ; though, after all, it is a lottery, the ground which they most frequent one year being deserted by them the next. If the shepherds are made friendly by a proper douceur (without which it is useless to expect their co-operation), they will always enlighten you as to the best spots for arouse. Let not the grouse-shooter hope to do without these gentry ; they liave everything in their power, and can make or mar his sport as they please. On every account, therefore, keep the blind side of them ; and even it they quarrel with your keepers, take care they do not quarrel with you. I resh- burnt heather it is useless to beat ; though this is the only rule which can be laid down, as in every other situa- tion ffrouse are occasionally found, ii the season is very dry, the near proximity to water is sure to aftord k good chance of finding game ; and, on the contrary, if wet, the hill side or even the top, is the most likely place. In grouse-shooting, more is to be done by early work than in partndge- Khooting ; but even here, since nature l.as her limits, it is better to wait till eight o'clock. At this time of the year the evenings are quite light till eight o'clock, and twelve hours a day are surely enough for the greatest glutton that ever shot. By "throwing ofe,'' therefore, at eight, and getting a gooQ breakfast before starting, there will only be luncheon to provide on the moor: consequently, eleven hours at the least may be devoted to the sport, and the strength is reserved for the best part of the day, viz., the evening, when the birds are coming ofi: the feed, gorged and lazy. The young and inexperienced hand should be on his guard against the " dodges " of the old birds, especially the cock ; he will often endeavour to lead both dog and master away from the rest of the covey • but both, after a time, become initiated into his artful manoeuvres, and leave him alone, unless the chance occurs of bagging him, which should be seized with avidity. Towards the end of September the young birds have learnt to run as well as the old ones, and will often be seen to run out of shot, and then get up perhaps three hundred yards ahead. If they are seen running, the "gilhe" may general y o-et beyond them, and stop them. At this time, a long and heavy single ^un is the only one likely to do execution, and No. 3 or 4 shot may be used with . advantage; indeed, after the first week, the second barrel of your ordi- , nary gun should either be choke bored 1 or it should be loaded with one of Lan- caster's Concentrators (page 54). Sect. 6.— G rouse-Driving and Stalking. When grouse become very wild two modes are sometimes adopted of get- ting shots, namely, driving and stalking. Driving Grouse consists in forcing, by means of the gillies, the grouse over or within shot of certain spots where the shooters are concealed. In those moors where walls are met with, one ot these places of concealment is selected, and the sportsmen crouch down behind, at intervals of sixty yards from one another, and in such likely situations as it is supposed the grouse will fly over v^'hcn disturbed on the opposite hill. The gillies then take some good ranging dogs, and having found the grouse, they get beyond them, and drive them up 'in such a manner as to insure, as much as possible, their taking the di- rection of the concealed sportsmen. Where walls are not available, huts are THE RETRIEVER. 91 constructed and clothed with heather, leav-ing an opening for the gun ; and these aie better than walls. Within the last few years this method of shoot- ing grouse has been extensively patron- ised, and it appears that by adopting it a larger head of game is maintained, as the old birds are more generally killed than in open beating, where the young ones are far more likely to fall to the ground. Stalking is practised by the shooter himself, by means of the telescope, and is a very laborious pursuit, if the result be compared with the outlay of time and labour, especially if these are increased by the weight of the game- bag. It is conducted on exactly the same principles as deer-stalking, though on a smaller scale ; and the reader may consult the chapter on that kind of sport for the details of the various plans and manoeuvres which are then called into operation, and which will be equally successful in stalking grouse. Sect. 7.— The Retriever. Upon the point of using a separate retriever, or allowing one of your poin- ters or setters to retrieve, there is a great difference of opinion among sportsmen. I have already given my own opinion, that the use of a separate one is the better plan by far ; and have given my reasons for this opinion, and also for selecting a small dog in preference to a large one. In this opinion I am supported by that good sportsman, Mr. Colquhoun, though he is not restrictive as to size or breed. On the other hand. General Hutchinson says, "We all have our prejudices — every Englishman has aright to many one of mine is, to think a regular retriever positively not worth his keep for general shooting if one of your setting dogs will retrieve well. However, if you shoot much in cover, I admit that a regular retriever, which can be worked in perfect silence,, never refusing to come in when he is merely signalled to, or if out of sight softly whistled to, is very useful, particularly where you employ beaters ; but even then he should not be the idle rascal one generally sees ; he should be broken In to hunt close to you, and give you the same service as u mute spaniel. I grant this is somewhat difficult to accomphsli, but it can be effected , I have seen it, and, being practicable, it is at least worth trying ; for if you succeed, you make one dog perform the work of two, and if he accompany you in your every- day shooting, you will thus obtain, in the course of a season, many a shot which your other dogs, especially in hot weather, would pass over. If, too, the retriever hunts quite close to you, he can in no way annoy his companions, or interfere with them ; for I take it for granted he will be so obedient as to come in to heel the instant he gets your signaL" This opinion, on the face of the passage, certainly would appear to be prejudiced ; for I can scarcely un- derstand how a dog which he admits is very useful can be " not worth his keep." I am fully aware that pointers and setters may be made to be steady to " Down charge," and yet retrieve ; but I know from experience, that in nine cases out of ten those which are un- acompanied by a retriever are so un- steady that few men are fit to exercise the necessary controlling power. If only once or twice in a day a bird is winged, and the setter is enjoined or even per- mitted to retrieve before the gun is loaded, there is an end to all " Down charge," and every time a bird is shot it is retrieved almost before it touches the ground. If, however, the shooter and his friends can command themselves when " the bag " is endangered, one of the setters or pointers may be entrusted with the task. If, on the other hand, it is decided to follow the present fashion, and keep a regulation " re- triever proper," of the recognised pat- tern — that is to say, a cross between the Newfoundland and the Irish spaniel — the following directions of my fiiend " Idstone " may be implicitly fol- lowed : — "The retriever of the present day must be black. He must have no white toes, no white tip to his tail, and as little on the chest as possible. His coat should be shaggy and shining, straight or slightly waved. He should have a long pair of jaws, a long body, a long neck, short legs, small ears close to his head, a deep but not wide chest, a bushy tail gaily carried, large sensible eyes, deep ribs, and large but com- pact feet. His toes must not turn out, his hocks must not turn in ; and he must be neither shy nor nervous, I even at six weeks old. There are ; various breeds, but this is the dog 1 SHOOTING. 92 prefer, after some experience of all Varieties. Curly dogs require great care, or their coats become dead and Lk They have also a rancid smell and cannot readily crash through bnars and underwood. Lj^er-coloured dogs like the Irish spaniel, are not sufficiently conspicuous amongst fern m autumn o? the leaves of beech-trees ; and the sha-gy Russian gets felted into knots and Imgles, which defy all attempts to n ke him presentable even at a covert side, and prevent his working ''^The retriever is a comparatively modern invention. Our forefathers made their old Spanish pointer or setter retrieve, and for water-fowl they adopted the spaniel, which old en- gravings show doing more harm than Sood. Doubtless a dog kept for re- trieving, and occasionally beating a hedgerow (and a retriever ought to be trusted so far), will recover far more game than any pointer or setter which is allowed to f eteh ; nor can the setting dog be permitted to get up from the down charge and road a winged bird, without risking his future steadmessto gun or wing. It is much better to see the pointers 'down close' whilst the retriever works out the puzzle, comes back and takes his place behind his master, and the pointers get up to signal and range again. " How crippled game was recovered fifty years ago I can't say ; but thirty years ago 1 have been out with nrst- rate sportsmen who used none, ana at most had a bit of a spamel m a . string to lead them up to, or fumble the -ame when killed or wounded. I am inclined to think that the keeper's ' general dog' gave us the hrst hint that a black ' Newfound ander Sht be made useful, and by degrees he was broken in to Ins present piteh of excellence. It is extraordinary what a quantity of game a keeper will bring to bag with an intelligent com- panion of this description, and how handv he will make him. If he has tau-hthisdog to hunt on the opposite Seo/^A./47^, to keep within r^^^^^ and to down charge or stay behind a the wave of the hand, he is master ot X e situation, and nothing can escape him. The dog beats him in nose, and udshimindl else except knockmg down the bird. But then ^t no every keeper wiio can bring out tlK.hO 4 faculties, though every under-keeper ought to be able to break a dog to this pitch of excellence. "A good deal depends upon the pupil. Some young dogs loUl be good, in spite of all errors in breaking ; some require very careful handhng; and many are not worth keeping. A breaker will do best with a whelp which he has obtained young, say six weeks or two mcncns old ; he can form some notion of the dog's intelligence from its eye, and of its courage by the way in which it treats any sudden noise as he looks over the htter m the ^'^IT^'this age it cannot be deter- mined whether the puppy has a sott mouth or not; that must remam a mystery until he is large enoug^r to bring a young rabbit or a bird If xie bites it, a bit of chain fastened in his mouth behind the grinders ma./ cure him of the habit : but m a dog of six months old such a propensity is incur- able, and very few dogs are worth v/orking with the retriever bit which will be described in its proper place. Don't choose a 'lynx-eyed one, a nervous one, or a dog ^^^th a smul head ; but, on the contrary, select that which has a head disproportionately large : and avoid those which curl the taiF upwards until it turns^ over the back-they are apt to be 'ring-tailed which detracts from their value Be- sides the large head, he must have legs like arrows, and a good lorn. " Children should not be permitted to play with him-above all things, not to send for things, either softer hard. He should be used by one master and .neither corrected nor f ond led by anyone else. He wi 1 be all the bet- ter for being secluded and accustomed to the whistle when ted. Commg to whistle is one of the very first les- sons he has to learn ; and at a ver} early age a bit of bread or meat ma) be thrown for him in the grass, Avhere he can find it by nose, and not oy sight. It won't do to p<.rsevere in this after he is about two months old. I l^e" he may be taught to bring a soft bjdl or rabbit-skin tied up tightlj, and trailed in the grass for him to find on a o-ood scenting evening. Short lesson^ often repeated, give him a zest lor retrieving, and the task should be associated in his mind with liberty. " Ml this time he should be acii'J& THE RETRIEVEE. 93 tomed to the report of the giin, not tired close to him, but at some distance, whilst he is observed by some one close at hand. Better still if some other person fires the gun, and his breaker is at hand to reassure him if he is alarmed. Many dogs, especially retrievers, show no fear of loud noises, and all trouble is spared those who break them in that respect ; but now and then the whelp is some weeks before he becomes recon- ciled to gunpowder, and occasionally this dread renders him unsuitable for his calhng. " A decided disinclination to carry or fetch is often a hard thing to overcome, and beyond a certain point it is useless to persevere. Throwing an object a short distance, running from him when he stoops to it, and whistling him back — these are the only means of inducing him to bring. " Never whistle to him except in a low key ; never shout to him, or speak to him except in a subdued voice ; and accustom him to the same words and signals — never alter them under any circumstances. If he won't come to the whistle, let some one ' put him to you,' gently but firmly. On all occasions except this, work him and use him undisturbed by the presence of other dogs or men. If at a critical part of his education you see some curious farmer or shepherd strolling towards you with his sheep-dog or rat-terrier, take your dog up and discontinue until you are alone again. " Give every lesson quietly and deliber- ately, but never yield a point unless you see the dog is wearied or disgusted. When this is the case you have a hint that you should have left off before. Always remonstrate with a dog, even if you don't punish, and impress your words upon him carefully. A flip of the finger is a good signal for a dog to hunt on, and a wave of the hand to turn right or left. The hand raised will signal Inm to down charge, and check him if he is tempted to break away. He will be often subject to this temptation — say, if a hare jumps up as he roads a winged bird — and then the benefit of the down charge is manifest. " The only words a retriever needs to learn are ' Down I ' or ' Lie down ! ' ' Hi, lost !' ' Come behind !' ' Get over there !' and ' Steady !' " At three or four months old he may follow his master for short journeys over the manor, but will require careful watching as he passes or meets vehicles of any description — the drivers of agri- cultural wains seeming to delight in trundling their wheels or rollers over any inexperienced dog. " You can at once teach him the down charge, and also to wait wherever you leave him. To down charge a puppy you have but to take a short line and peg. The line may be about 10 ft. long, but where it joins the collar there should be 2 ft. of light strong chain. Fix the peg securely in the ground, and fasten the line to it. Put the dog down, saying in a firm voice, ' Down, Pilot ! ' supposing that to be his name. He is sure to get up to follow you. Drag him back without temper or violence, yet resolutely, if necessary, fifty times. Persevere in the same spot for about twenty minutes, retiring from him with your eyes upon him and your hand up- raised. "By and by you can perhaps get from him 100 or 200 yards ; at any rate, continue the lesson until you can do it, or until you can even run fi-om him or run to him. Reward him with a bit of meat or biscuit if he does well ; and, if his temper permits a slight stripe — a very slight one — you may give it him if he rebels ; but recollect that if you ever overdo the punishment you will repent it. Fifty light floggings are more beneficial than one severe one. " Keep repeating this lesson from time to time, especially if you flush a pheasant or spring a hare. In these cases let your voice and manner be most impressive. On the dog's implicit obedience under such provocation much of your pleasure in using him. and your progress in making him, de- pend. " During the whole preliminary course he should carry about four yards of line. Young dogs are fond of play- ing with their game, and are not easily recovered without a string. They, in fact, want to play with you. Peg him constantly now with this length, and loose a ferreted rabbit close to him several times a week. Down charge him ever}'- time, and he will learn to drop when he finds one in a hedge. A dog that has never been allowed to chase is very easily broken ; one that has acquired a zest for it will always long to start, however well he may be controlled. 94 SHOOTING. " Waiting is taught also with the pea- ; hut the dog should be fastened where he cannot get entangled, or he may hang himself. Waiting is, m fact, an extended down charge, and it is important that the rope should be secured by 2 ft. of chain to the collar, otherwise, when left to himself, he will bite through it. Should he get loose and follow you, it will be some time before he forgets it, and he will perhaps try the same expedient tor weeks and months. i, i -p+ " As he gets accustomed to be leit, use a smaller and still smaller line until you can leave him pretty safely without one. Repeatedly try if he will let you run from him, and, if so, re- ward, but keep him down with his nose between his feet. Then run at him as before, rewarding him fordoing well, and using no further punishment than the dragging back if he contradicts you. On this depends all the dog's future as to steadiness ; and after a few such lessons you may let a young rabbit go from his nose and see if he will chase. If so, pull him back again until he is steady. . " In a week you may let a rabbit go from your hands and shoot it. If breaks away to fetch it, you have him at your mercy, as he is pegged, and you can go over the same course, with a slight cut added to your remonstrances. Always run /row him when he reaches his game ; and if he does not return at once, send a boy round him to cau- tiously turn him to you. Get him to carry it alongside of you as far as he will without effort or weariness, and take a convenient opportunity of getting hold of hhn. Then open his mouth— don't drag game from him— and after caressing him reward him as before. _ " I have used for finishing lessons in waiting a catgut line (the first string of a fiddle), with a thin wire to fasten it to the collar ; and when I find the dog quiet and still on my return, I trust him for a short time with no fastening, but it must be from some post of obser- vation where I can watch his move- ments unobserved. It is always well to leave him in charge of some triHe, as it gives him consequence ; but it will be some time before he can be per- mitted to guard game or eatables. ^ " During all this preliminary training, gain his confidence and afllection ; and if flogging is required (it generally does more harm than good), you ex- postulate, and let the blows fall fron» another hand. " I have named some of the aids to breaking ; as he gets older he may re- quire others. These are the weighted collar, the spike collar, or check collar, or even the retriever bit. All of these are preventives to evil, not punish- ments. If a young dog is kept from doing wrong from the first, he will require to feel very little of the thong. Much of his ' breaking,' as it is called, has been accomplished when the master has gained the confidence of the piipil—above all, when he has won his heart. During all his pupilage keep a dog shut up, or even chained, except when he goes out for his daily task, and let the master, and no one else, give him his hberty. A dog aas more love for the man that unchains him than the hand that feeds him. Confinement also keeps him brisk during the months he is growing and feels the lassitude of youth. If he runs loose all day, he will not care to leave home, and will be more solicitous for scraps at the door than game abroad. " Retriever-breaking may be com- menced at any time of the year ; but the young dog's work should be of such a nature that he is always under your eye. He must be kept out of covert until you have considerable ex- perience of his character, or he may spoil the sport of a whole party, and, frantic with excitement, regard neither signal nor whistle. " Many gamekeepers expect too much of ■ a dog. They forget that he has to learn by the constant repetition of lessons, and that one blunder of the breaker's, such as may be caused by anxiety to secure a cripple anyhow, will confuse a dog's mind for months. Short lessons and often— that is one secret; constant companionship— that is another ; and you may add to this ' dog language,' and what an old keeper called ' affabiLty, with a dog. • He don't,' said the old keeper, pointing to his under -man, who had a grand young retriever with him, ' he don't treat him with affability. It s " come here," and " go there," as if he was a-speaking to a dog instead of a Christian ! ' " It must not only be short lessons and often, hut slight punishments repeat- ed. Once overdo a punishment, ana the dog either hates you for ever or EXPENSES OF MOOES. 05 throws up his ^ ork. It tJien becomes a matter of coaxing and inducement, and the dog is sure to have the best of it. Directly a dog refuses to work, take him home, and keep him on the chain till liberty and work are a treat to him. When this time has arrived he will let you know it, by his speaking eye and that dog pantomime which is akin to eloquence." If a retriever has, naturally or by bad usage, a hard mouth, he should be rejected ; for it is a fault very difficult to eradicate, and shows a degree of im- petuosity and bloody-mindedness unfit- ting him for his vocation. It is almost needless to say that retrievers should be strictly kept from vermin-killing ; the mildest dog will turn upon a rat, if caught by the lip ; and the bite of the polecat or stoat is still more severe. Nothing is more clear than the propriety of keep- ing each kind of dog to his proper sphere of action. Each requires dif- ferent temper and faculties; and the brain and nose which are adapted for the retriever would be thoroughly out of place in the greyhound ; but by making use of these several powers in their proper places, man is enabled to obtain, in the highest degree, a help- mate in all his sporting propensities— though not the same animal for all pur- poses. Division of labour is known to favour high excellence in man ; and the same rule applies to his assistant — the dog. Sect. 8. — Shooting-Pony. For grouse-shooting, the pony is only required (except for the lazy and infirm) to take the shooter to the moor ; once there he can scarcely avail himself of its assistance without sacrificing his sport. During the time in which a man is dis- mounting, the grouse are getting on the run, and the interval, short as it is, will very often enable them to rise out of shot. Few active men try the ex- periment, but I fancy if they did, they would find they could kill more birds with than without a pony on moors where there are not many bogs. With his aid you may get up to the birds much more quickly ; and I do not think the noise made by the canter of the pony occasions any disturbance to them. No doubt the increased height is a disadvantage, but, to balance this, is the increased speed of getting to your dog's point. How often do we see the pointer stand at 150 or 200 yards off, and what a time it takes to get up to him, especially if against the steep side of a hill ; on the other hand, many parts of the moors are not rideable. In making the comparison, it is generally the case that the shooter on foot is an active young man, and the pony-man an old and infirm one, who takes five minutes to get off, and perhaps rides up as slowly as the other walks. Still, I should never advise any good walker to adopt the use of the pony ; but, at the same time, on many moors, I fully believe an active, wary man may, if he Hkes, use one with advantage, and especially when birds are running much. The pony only requires to be broken to stand the gun ; to leap in hand, or follow over a ditch or fence ; and to be handy, and used to stand without holding. This is so easily taught, that it is unnecessary to allude to it here. Sect, 9. — Expenses of Moors. The following estimate of the ex- penses attending upon the sport is, I believe, about the average. In some cases, shootings are let at so much per gun, varying from 10^. to 50^. per month. It is seldom, however, that good shooting can be procured in this way ; for, as the letters have all the expense of preserving, &c., they seldom perform their part of the contract fully. It is better, therefore, for one person to undertake the moor, and to divide the whole expenses of it with one or more companions. cost of a month's grouse-shooting. £ s. d. Rent of moor, per year . 300 0 0 Two keepers, one 24.S'., one 12s 93 12 0 Douceurs to shepherds ..800 Keep of 7 dogs, at 12s. per week 31 4 0 (These are also available for partridge.) Fare to moor and back of two guns and one man, with dogs, taking the centre of England as a starting- place, and the centre of the moors to go to — about . .15 0 0 £447 li; 0 Living at moors not charged. SHOOTING. 96 I have calculated this for two guns ; but more frequently the moor is divided among three or four. Such a one as would let for 300Z. will scarcely supply game enough for more than two_ guns, if pretty good shots and ardent m pur- suit of sjort. Some few shillings a week may be saved in the wages o± the keeper, but I am persuaded that economy here is badly invested. A really good keeper is worth the sum 1 have named, in the Scotch or Yorkshire market : and he is so difficult to get that I would rather give less for tlie moor and more for the man than adopt the other alternative. Between a good man and a middling one there is a difference of at least 50 per cent, lo the quantity of game ; and, m mere money-value, this will make up five times the difference between a pound a week and 24s. My advice, therefore, is to get a first-rate gamekeeper at any price ; as good a moor as can be procured at your own price ; and as good dogs as you can breed or pur- chase, breaking them carefully yourself _so shall you enjoy all the p easures 1 and delights which this exhilarating I sport is capable of affording. CHAPTER V. PAETRIDGE-SHOOTING. gi^CT. 1.— Varieties of the Partridge. This sport, though it closely resem- bles grouse-shooting in its general features, especially in wild and un- prcserved districts, yet differs m many particulars, which will be presently described. ^-r, 7- The common partridge (Perdix cin- erea) is the prevalent species, though the red-lcgged kind (Perdix rubra) frequently met with in England ; tlie latter is, however, so destructive to aU sport, from its tendency to run before the dogs, and also so dry and insipid in flavour, that it is exterminated wherever this can be effected. Par- tridges lay from twelve to _ twenty ec^gs, commence sitting early m June, sit twenty-one days, and hatch, on the average, about the 25th. The Common Partridge is too well known by appearance to need descrip- tion. It is found nearly all over England, and in Scotland and Ireland, wherever there is inclosed land. In VARIETIES OF THE PARTRIDGE. 97 Bome counties, as, for instance, in Norfolk and Suffolk, it is so generally preserved as to be quite the pride of the locality, a good day's shooting be- ing there considered the heau ideal of country pleasure. Nevertheless. I never could see this beauty in Norfolk shooting : the birds are so tame and so plentiful, that nothing is reqidrod but the very moderate use of the legs and a good command over the gun ; dogs are altogether at a discount, and are scarcely thought necessary to the sport, except for retrieving and driving the stubbles. In my opinion, the expec- tation of true sport in partridge- shooting is now for ever defeated, in consequence of the improved system of agriculture almost everywhere adopted. Formerly, in every farm, dur- ing the month of September, nearly one quarter was left with good {foul) stubbles, at least eight or ten inches high. Here there was as good cover as in turnips, or nearly so, and with the ad- vantage that dcgs were capable of find- ing their game without risk of running them up. Another very considerable proportion was left in rough fallow, undisturbed by the scuffle ; and still another useful cover was met with in the shape of rough grass. But nous \avons change tout cela : the stubbles are now all "bagged," or mown, or machine-reaped, as bare as the back of your hand ; the old stale fallow is no more ; and the farm is so well stocked that in September no old feg con- taining grass seeds is to be met with. Thus, however desirous we may be of finding our birds on the stubbles or fallows, we cannot succeed, for w-ant of cover in the one and from the non-existence of the other. Besides, the science of farming is now carried to such a pitch, that no sooner is the corn oif the ground than the plough is set to work ; and, therefore, we often find our best stubbles, at the time of partridge- ' shooting, disturbed by three or four teams of horses with their attendant men, or, what is still worse, by the steam plough. No wonder, therefore, that the sportsman leaves the South, and betakes himself to a country equally full of game of even a superior quality to the partridge, and allowing the full beauties of the pointer and setter to be developed. There is, how- ' ever, no more difficulty in preserving a good head of partridges now than there used to be ; the increase of turnips and other green tops has more than counterbalanced the loss of the stubbles, if the mere facility of rearing and killing game only is con- sidered ; but to kill any number of partridges in the old style, with a brace of dogs finding them, is now out of the question. We often hear of more than 100 brace falling to one gun in one day ; but how is this done ? By using a ict of men to drive all the stubbles, and thus collecting the birds on a given number of acres of turnips, mangolds, or seed-clover, or some other green crop affording good lying for them. This is similar to the battue in principle, and, I think, more worthy of the butcher than the true sportsman . It is, in fact, the same spirit which leads to the use of the bagged fox or the trapped hare, though not, perhaps, quite so bad as those unmitigated Cockney tricks. It appears, to my limited capacity, that pigeon-trap shooting is quite as good a sport as this turnip-butchery, and it may be had much more easily, and at less expense ; but, as GeiKiral Hutchin- son says, "every Englishman must have his prejudices and whether this of mine is founded in truth or not is scarcely for me to say. The Red-legged Partridge, which is a species quite distinct from that just alluded to, and is even placed by som.e naturalists in a separate genus, is larger than the common bird ; the bill, iris, and legs are of a bright vermilion ; the back and top of the head are of a reddish-brown, approaching to a slate colour on the forehead and sides of the body ; and of a pale ash colour on the breast and belly ; the chin and throat are white, mottled with black; and there is a band of white over the eye. Various bars occur on the quill-feathers, of brown and grey, giving the bird a very party- coloured appearance. It is not so thick and phunp as the common part- ridge, and differs in its habits. It is abundant on the Continent of Europe, and has been found as far off as Japan. It is more inclined to run than fly, and for that reason is a pest to the shooter, giving rise to unsteadiness in the dogs, and rarely leading to a good day's sport. It also often, by asso- ciating with the common partridge, teaches that bird its own bad manners. Unlike the common partridge, it perches on hedges and trees, but not u S8 SHOOTING. so commonly as the pheasant, and always roosts on the ground. It was largely introduced into Suffolk in the last century on account of its hardihood and tendency to increase; but it- runs too much even for the modern " walk- ing-up " system, and is only now en- couraged by those who confine their sport to " driving," for which purpose the "red-leg" is better adapted than the grey partridge. Sect. 2.— Best kind of Dogs for Partridge-shooting. In grouse-shooting I have remarked that a wide ranger is essential to success, but it is generally supposed that the opposite to this is the case in partridge-shooting. There can be no doubt that, where partridges are very plentiful, you only want a steady old pointer — indeed, a mute spaniel, which will not range more than twenty yards from the gun, is often preferred, because, from the delicacy of his nose, he will leave nothing behind ; but in wdld, open districts, where you have to beat 100 acres before you see a feather, these pottering pointers will no more avail than on the moors. Here a grouse-dog is serviceable, but he must not draio on Ins birds till ordered, as partridges will seldom lie if the dog is not a perfect automa- ton ; at the same time, a dog ought to draw on his birds when ordered to " Hold up," or " Hie on," or you may often be misled as to their exact locality. I know nothing more pro- voking than to walk up to a point, and, in spite of all encouragement to the dog, to be unable to make out where your game is. I have often seen this with very highly-bred dogs ; they seem to be unable to move a muscle, but stand as if carved in marble ; and just when you have taken a circle, in the hope of finding the object of your search, the covey gets up fifty yards to the left or right of you. It is in this that the setter displays a marked superiority, as that dog almost always stands with his head to his game, and "draws" with great certainty, cither by "foot" or "body" scent. This point, with mc, covers a multitude of sins ; and I would always reject a dog wliich slof)d in the idiotic way above mentioned. But, as many pointers are capable of drawing, I would by no means charge the whole breed with this sin ; and, for partridge-shooting, on tlie whole, I much prefer them to their more handsome rivals, especially in the hot days of September. Sect, 3. — Number of Dogs Required In this respect, partridge-shooting contrasts very favourably with grouse- shooting, in which I have shown that three brace of dogs at least must be provided ; here, ' however, half the number will suffice, and, indeed, one good dog will serve very well for the use of many people. Let it be remem- bered, that this sport is seldom fol- lowed for days together, as is the case on the moors. Those who indulge in it are generally near at home, and carry the gun perhaps only once or twice a week, which is quite as often as the birds will allow without be- coming wild ; the man, therefore, who has a "large kennel, can scarcely keep them steady, and is not nearly so well off as he is who contents himself with a brace of stanch pointers or setters. This is especially true of the latter dog, which must be kept constantly at work, to be serviceable ; but for the man who hunts one dog only, or even a biace, if he uses them three or four times a week, the setter is very useful, as he is so much more hardy than the pointer, and a better feeder also ; the great mistake is the want of work hetove and after the season begins— the former, to get the dogs steady, yet fit to work : the latter, to keep them so. In great heat setters require nmch water, and on that account are beaten by pointers, besides which, even with it, they suffer greatly from the length of their coats. SiiO'j^. 4.— Retrieving, Dress, &c. Retrieving partridges is to be con- ducted exactly the same as for gror.se. Dress. — This also should be the same as for grouse-shooting. Sect. 5.— Management of the Beat. Colonel Hawker was, I think, the first writer who drew attention to the great disadvantage of beginning to scai-cli for partridges before the dew is off the ground ; it is, however, so important a 2dANAGEMENT OF THE BEAT. SO caution, that I aim much surprised that it was not before his time generally acted upon, and also, that even now many experienced shots dispute the opinion ; these, however, are the excep- tions, as the Colonel's su^-gestion is now generally followed. His rules are so concise, and, at the same time, so sound, that I shall make an extract from them, being the summary of the requisites for successful partridge- shooting, viz. : — ^'Firsf, to have good niarkers, judiciously placed, and then to disperse the birds : the best way to do which is to head the birds, by making an extensive circle. The second is, to make no more noise than what cannot absolutely be avoided, by doing as much hij signal and whistling, and as little by hallooing, as possible. Thirdly, go on the hills to find, and drive down from them, the birds ; and then in vales to kill them. Fourthly, when distressed for partridges, in a scarce country at the end of the season, take a horse, and gallop from one tuniip-field to another, instead of regu- larly slaving after inaccessible coveys." —p. 165, 1th edition. He also adds, in a note, the following advice as to marking: "Always be sure to tell a young marker that he must carry his eye well forward when a covey of birds begin to skim in their flight ; and con- sider that, as they may continue doing so for a field or two, he cannot safely say that he has marked them doion till he has seen them stop and flap their wings, which all game must do before they can alight on the ground." Preserved Turnip-Land.— I shall now proceed to describe the usual mode of conducting the sport in the highly-preserved turnip-districts. At nine o'clock in the morning— for if hegun earher the birds will return to their feed— the whole of the stubbles are beaten by men and spaniels, in ^•uch a direction as to drive all the !>irds into certain large fields of turnips, clover, mangold-wurzel, or potatoes ; all of which aff^^ord good cover. Two ^)_r three ponies are very serviceable, "iince they may be rapidly ridden over '■•he ground, and thus may serve to pre- ^\ent the t)irds from taking a wrong hrection ; besides, as the whole ground nust be beaten between nine and half- ^ 'ast ten or eleven o'clock, it requires Mie speed of the horse, or else a great lumber of beaters, to go over it. Bv the time last mentioned, we will sup- pose all the birds driven into the laigest fields affording the above cover for them ; then the party of shooters form a line at one side of the field, and having a man at the end of every ten yards, and the guns at intervals of forty, they proceed to "walk the turnips." Being accompanied by the keepers and a retriever or two, any wounded bird is expected to be re- trieved ; but many escape, since the scent of the turnips is so very pre- judicial to the perfect use of the dog's nose. ^ In walking straight across the field, it is divided by imaginary lines, which commence midway between each two guns, and run forward at right angles to the line of shooters, each of whom is allowed to shoot only at those birds which are actually within the lines on each side of himself ; and all birds killed in that space are said to fall to his gun, even if really killed by an adjoining one. This rule is laid down to prevent two or more shooting at the same bird, and also to set at rest the conflicting claims which any one or more may set up to a superiority in shooting. It is a very useful rule, and should in all cases be rigidly ad- hered to, not only with parti'idges, but also in grouse-shooting. It is only when both barrels have i3een discharged unsuccessfully that a man's next neigh- bour has the privilege of " wiping his eye," if he can. From the imm'ense numbers of birds which are often driven into tur.nips, the shooting is "fast and furious," and requires the breech-loader of necessity, as without it the whole line have to wait while the gun is reloaded in the old-fashioned way. It is no uncommon occurrence to find fi "om 70 to 100 brace in one large field ; and, early in the season, three- fourths of" these may be shot at, since they lie like stones, and get up singly, or two or three at a time only, winch, among a party of four or five^ are soon disposed of. At every shot, the whole line wait either till the shooter has reloaded or changed his gun — whiclj his servant, in the latter case, loads for him, ready for the next shot. In this way,_tlie whole of the turnips, clover, &c., is closely beaten, and sometimes a second time over with as good suc- cess as the first, for, as dogs are nf)t used, and the birds lie close, it is usually the case that one quarter of them are h2 100 SHOOTING. not put up the first time. Those which escape the formidable line are carefully rjarked down, and followed up after- war ds, when the numbers are reduced elsewhere. In this kind of shootmg, however, it is scarcely desirable to follow up broken coveys, since they all lie very well in the good cover which green crops afford ; and the birds are so numerous as to keep the guns con- stantly going for four or five hours, which is the usual term of this sport, for the birds leave the shelter of the turnips in the afternoon, and go on the feed again, when they are not to be slaughtered without more trouble than the Norfolk sportsman thinks they deserve. Such is the fashionable and modern style of partridge-shooting. It has many variations, of course, which depend upon the quantity of birds and the size of tlie fields of turnips, &c. ; and it is chiefly to be met with in perfection in those districts where turnip-husbandry is fully carried out ; and these, being generally of a lieht sandy soil, are peculiarly suited to the habits of tlie partridge. The Wheat-Lands.— Until very lately, exceedingly good partridge- shooting was often met with in the wheat districts, even on the strong clays ; but the wheat is now so very generally " bagged," mown, or machine- reaped, that the lying for them is gone, and consequently, by the second or third week in September the birds are off the moment the shooter enters each field. It is here that judgment is required, and that good dogs are_ so serviceable ; for it is a singular fact that birds will often lie after they are found by a steady dog, although with- out him they would get up 200 yards distant from the gun. In the early part of the season, in these bare stub- bles, the birds may be found, when in any numbers, by one steady dog, which should beat only about forty yards to the right and left of the gun. After the second week, however, it is generally necessary to permit a wider range, because by that time the game has become more scarce and wild, and to find any number the sportsman's legs would be too severely taxed for the iK)wer of most people. If a very steady brace of tolerably fast and wide-ranging dogs are now used, the sport may be enjoyed to great perfec- tion ; but the dogs must be very well broken, must never be i.iclined to " foot " or " road " the birds till ordered, and must be very steady behind. The plan is to send them off into the far end of the field, ordering each off up the hedge side, and then letting them beat back towards you ; or otherwise sending them round outside the hedge, with a marker, and letting him loose them at the other end. This is the better plan of the two, as the passag-e of the dogs under the hedge alarins the birds often so as to prevent their lying. In well broken dogs, accus- tomed to beat towards the gun as well as from it, the whole field is then sytematically hunted, the sportsman , remaining where he first entered, and having his back to the wind. When either dog finds, the other, of course, backs, and they both remain firm on their " point" and " back." The shooter readily detects the "pointing dog," and walks straight up to him, or, rather, to his birds— and it will be found that in many cases very wdld birds will allow him to come up and get " a right and left." This arises from their being inclined to he close, with their heads down, as soon as the dog approaches on their scent. If the dog holds his head high, and stops steadily the moment he catches the body-scent, it is highly probable that they will neither riin nor rise, but, watching the _ dog intently, will allow the sportsman ^ himself to come up in the opposite ■ direction. MiXEO Farms. — Hitherto we have been considering the two extremes of , partridge-shooting — viz., the turnip- shooting without wheat stubbles, and the wlicat stubbles without turnips; but there is also a mixed country, con- sisting of the great majority of fann- ing districts, and composed of stubbles and green crops intermixed, but without the large fields of turnips found in the light soils of Norfolk, Suffolk, &c. liere we have, perhaps, four or five hundred acres in wheat and barley stubbles, with a few acres here and there of turnips or potatoes, and now and then a iield of good feggy grass. &c. If in such a district as this, the birds arc pretty well preserved, and are not continually being persecuted, good shooting may still be obtainef his master, because he not only, in chasing them, runs the risk of putting birds up, but he also very often chases the hare so far as to be lost to sight for a considerable time. The whistle is used till the cheeks ache ; and it only requires the presence of a French- man, and his constant "Sacre nom,'' &c., to complete the picture of impo- tent fury. It is no use tlirashing the dog, the only result being that he will refuse to come back next time, and will hang about at the distance of a field, completely upsetting all the plans of his master, who is set at defiance by his slave. For these rascals the only remedy is the spiked collar, which may be had at the gunmaker's of varying degrees of severity ; the pointer's thin skin requiring a less sharp one than the setter's hairy coat. By working the dog with a cord of about twelve or fourteen feet in length, he is capable of being stopped Vv'itli great severity, if he chases when the hare starts from his point ; or, if the hare goes off her form without his finding her, the cord generally brings him up at some hedge, or in cover. It is a cruel remedy, but the only one for a badly-broken and unruly dog, and is certainly preferable to a charge of shot, which is the alterna- tive. Colonel Hawker has given a drawing in his book of a collar, consist- ing of two side-pieces of iron, con- nected by a screw-piece at the top, and united at the bottom by a triangle running through open eyes at their ex- tremities. This, he says, by attaching the cord to the triangle, is' made very severe, the tAvo side-pieces being pressed very strongly against the dog'^s neck. But as there can be no doubt of the efficiency of the spiked-collar, and as both depend upon the pain they give for their utility, I can see no object in substituting a cumi)rous and expensive machine for a light and cheap one. Neither will stop a dog, except by the pain it gives him, and therefore tlio}^ are both o1)jectionable if they can be avoided ; and if one of them must be used, which I believe it must in troublesome cases, I should certainly give the preference to the old and long-tried mode, over the plan proposed by Colonel Hawker, high as his autliority stands as a sportsman. 104 CHAPTER VI. MARSH AND FEN-SEOOTING. Sect. 1.— The Birds met with. Snipe-shooting is the most important and interesting of the various lands ot shooting included under the ahove head ; but many other birds which are exceedingly good for the table are met with in the fens of Can-.bridge- shire, Norfolk, Lincoln, and Essex, on the. eastern coast; and on those ot Lancashire, Cheshire, &c., on the west- ern side of England. In Ireland, espe- cially, this kind of shooting is very o-ood ; and in some of the bogs forty or fifty couple of snipes may be easily bao-cred in the day. The following biiTs may all be included under this head ; though some, as the plovers, for instance, are generally more abundant upon high and dry land. All, how- ever, are found in the same manner as the grouse and partridge— by the aid of the pointer or setter— and therefore they can scarcely be included under Wildfowl Shooting. At the head of the hst stand the snipes, as affording the best sport of any. ,n i \ The Great or Solitary Snipe {G-al- | Unago major) is not very common in this country, but it is occasionally met with in the fens of Essex and Norfolk, which it visits only m the autmnn. In length, it is about twelve inches, and it weighs from seven to nine ounces ; female larger than the male— which latter is lighter in colour than the female. The bill is of a pale yel- low-brown, becoming darker towards the tip ; iris, dark-brown— a dark line extends from the eye to the base of bill - top of head, rich dark-brown, with a longitudinal stripe of paler feathers. The whole of the breast, and the scapulars and interscapulars, of a rich dark-brown. Tail-feathers, sixteen, of which the eight outside ones are nearlv all white— middle eight tipped with white, next to which is a h'M- of black, then a chestnut bar, and the bodies of the feathers composed oL^ a brownish-black. Chin, pale yel- low-brown ; breast and sides covered witli semicircular patches of dark- brown on pale ground ; belly and vent dirty-white ; legs and toes, greenish- brown. Common Snipe, Snite, or Heath er- BLEATER (GaUlnago media), is an indigenous British bird ; though many also arrive from beyond the seas in the autumn and leave in spring. It breeds in considerable numbers in the heaths and moors of the northern counties ; and often disappoints the grouse- shooter, by rising before his dog's point when he anticipates a more desirable shot. When descending from its flight, it makes a peculiar noise with its wings, which is compared to the bleating of a goat ; and, as it chiefly makes this noise when descending to its mate, after its rising to a great height in the air, it is supposed to be a manifestation of pleasure or excite- ment. Its food, like that of all its tribe, consists of worms and insects, small snails, and seeds ; the last, probably, are only accidentafly swal- lowed with the worms and other live food. The whole length of the com- I mon snipe is from ten to eleven inches ; beak, two and three-quarters ; female larger than male. The plumage is much the same as the solitary snipe, with the exception of the tail, which has only fourteen feathers, of which the anterior two-thirds are of a dull black, edged with brown ; beyond this they have a patch of chestnut, then a dusky-brown band, and, finally, tipped with chestnut. It lays five or six eggs, of a pale-olive colour, irregularly blotched with dusky- brown. The Jack Snipe, Judcock, or G-id (Gallinago gallinula vel minima), visits Great Britain in the winter only. It is more solitary than the common snipe, and is a very sluggish bird, being often difficult to put up— so much so as sometimes to allow the dog to catch it on the ground. Unlike the common snipe, it utters no scream on rising, and is re- markable for confining itself to peculiar locaHties, which it almost invariably visits at the same period of the year. It is not known to breed here ; and the eggs, which have sometimes been shown as those of thejacksnipc are pronounced DOGS USLD IN S. l]^IPE SHOOTING. 105 by Mr. Yarrell to be those of tlie purre. In length, it does not exceed eight and a half inches ; beak, one tind a half. The plumage, in winter, is more of an ash-grey than the reddish-brown which it bears in autumn and spring. The old birds may be known by the brilliant iride- scence of their feathers. The plumage differs from the two above described in the following particulars, viz. : — It has no light longitudinal mark on the top of the head ; tail-feathers twelve, all greyish-black ; breast, belly, and vent all white. Besides these three species, there are also found, occasionally, though very rarely, the BRO^ra Snipe, and Sabine's Snipe, the description of which it is unnecessary to give. In addition to the Snipes, on most of our fens other birds peculiar to these localities are occasionally met with and shot, if approached with quiet and caution. The sport they afford is certainly not equal to those khids I have previously described ; but as it does not require a game licence to shoot any of these birds, with the exception of the snipe, and as in many of the fens pei-mission to shoot is easily obtained, it is well calculated for the young beginner. In the fens of Cambridgeshire, near the University, there is seldom much of this kind of sport, because the Cantabs are con- tinually driving the birds away by their persecutions ; still it is of service to them in affording exercise, and the hope of sport if not the reality. At some distance, and towards the coast, plenty of birds may be found, and a great variety also. The following are the principal kinds in hard winters : — The Bittern (Botaurus stellaris). — It is a very sliy bird, and difficult to approach within shot. The Heron (Ardea cinerea). The Kuff, female Reeve (Philo- machus pvr/nax). The Godwits, Bar-tailed and Black-tailed (Limosa melanura et cegocephala). Among the plovers the males are larger tlian the females ; but the reverse is the case with the snipes and godwits. Tlie great plover, golden plover, grey plover, and dotterel are 1 found also among the fens and marshes, I but they are more frequently found on high and dry ground ; and I have there- fore included them in the cha})ter treating of that kind of shooting. All these birds are migratory, and some are only occasional visitors to Great Britain. To the sportsman, the most interesting are the snipes, the bulk of which arrive in the autumn on the east coast, where they only stay a short time, and then pass on to the interior and to Ireland. They return in the spring, taking the reverse course, and are again found on the eastern coast in February and March. The whole of the low coast on the eastern side of this island is the resort of these birds in the autumn and spring, but during the severe winter months they prefer the warmer bogs of Ireland and the west coast of England and Scotland. Snipes almost invariably fly up-wind, and when the gun is pointed at them they dart and twist in a wonderfully rapid manner, at which time they are very difficult to hit ; but by catching them either the moment they rise, or when they have done twisting, they may be readily bagged with No. 8 shot. They are not capable of carrying off much shot ; and, if a larger size is used, the intervals between the pellets with an ordinary gun will be greater than the size of the snipe's body, and, consequently, frequent misses will occur. Sect. 2. — The Dogs used in Snipe- Shooting. Snipe-shooters prefer the setter, because he is more capable of sus- taining with impunity the wet and cold of the marshes, in which this bird is found, than the smooth-skinned pointer ; he should, however, be a very steady dog, and accustomed to work to hand, and to keep to heel when ordered. A pointer will do the work well for a time, but is almost sure to suffer from rheu- matism or the yellows before he has done a week's work. Every snipe- shooter, when he means business, should provide himself with one or two good setters and a retriever — though the latter is not so necessary as in partridge-shooting ; for, as the setter is generally used for snipe single-handed, and as he must learn to foot the snipe and to potter a good deal, he will scarcely get much harm from retrieving, if made steady to " down charge." 106 SHOOTING. Sect. 3.— Fen-Shooting. When starting in search of snipe, choose, if possible, a mild day, after rain, but with the surface just becoming dry ; for if very wet, the snipe refuse to lie, as do most birds, in fact. Walk up-wind to the end of your beat, with your dog or dogs at your heels, and you will pick up a few shots, but not many ; when arrived at the end, cast off your dog, and let him steadily beat every inch of ground, taking it in a zigzag direction, but always keeping your face more or less down-wmd. This will give your dcg the chance ol using his nose, and yet enable you to get between the snipe and the wind, which they always try to face, and, in doing so, are very apt to make a circle round you, thereby offering a very favourable shot. When your dog stands, keep well to windward ot him, always going up to him on that side; be very careful not to hurry yourself or your dog, and do not shoot till the snipe has done its twistings, unless he first rises at more than twenty yards from you, then have him down at once. If your dog finds a snipe to windward of him, and you are behind, your only chance, unless you are a crack shot, is to head your dog well, and prevent the snipe going off in the wind's eye away from you, in which case his vagaries are so eccentric as to baffle most eyes and hands ; but as snipe generally he well, you need not make so great a circle as for partridge or grouse under similar circumstances. Setters generally take to snipe soon ; and only require a few to be killed to them, to make them as fond of the sport as of grouse or par- tridge shooting. Calls.— In shooting plovers and the other fen birds above mentioned, in consequence of their excessive wild- ness, calls intended to mutate their various notes are used. These may be obtained at the bird-shops and at some few saddlers, notably at Davis's, West Strand. If the calls are well made and properly used, plovers may oltcn be tempted within range of the shooter, who is more or less skilfully concealed ; but this plan, like most others, reqmres a good deal of practice. Sect. 4.— Drerr. Itecollect, that in snipe-shooting lliere is a constant risk oi: getting into water up to the hips, or nearly so. If wet legs are objected to on the score of health, long waterproof boots should be worn, with plenty of warm hose, draw- ers, and flannel-waistcoats. Most snipe-shooters prefer lenther boots (well dressed) to those made of indiarubber, which, although they keep out the wet most perfectly, yet have the objection that they also completely keep in the perspiration. It is seldom, in spite of these precautions, that the snipe-shooter passes the day without getting wet, as he is almost sure to get into tlie water while shooting. Nothing is so treacherous as boggy and marsuy land, and therefore he ought to walk cautiously the whole day ; if, however, the sportsman takes care to keep his boots^ waterproof, by the following composition, he will only require to keep his upper works dry by avoiding severe rain and absolute duckings. Receipt for Wateuproof Boots. Boiled linseed oil . • . • H 1^^- Yellow wax 3 oz. Canada balsam . . . • 1 oz. Mix over a slow fire. This is to j e rubbed in once or twice a week with neat's-f oot oil, according to the amount of exposure to wet. But the snipe-shooter may persevere with impunity, through any amount of wet, if he takes care to keep moving, not to drink any quantity of ardent spirits, and to change his clothes the moment he ceases his exercise. He should also, as soon as he can after a wetting, soak his feet and legs in strong hot salt and water, and then ciothc warmly. The two great promoters ot disease are spirits and sitting in wet clothes ; and both may easily be avoided, without loss of sport. The coat, waist- coat, and trousers should be of woollen, but varying in thickness, according to the weather. Velveteen is very cold when wet ; and all the Mackintosh in- ventions retain the perspiration too much to be sate for those who indulge in active pedestrian exercise. Sect. 5.— The Gun, and Accessories. These may be the same as for par- tridge-shooting, but the shot should uever be larger than No. 7 ; some use No. i), but it is not heavy enough to bring the birds down with certainty ; aiul Tt is more humane to allow them to HABITS OF THE PHEASANT. 107 escope the shot, than to send them off with two or three wounds in their bodies, each containing a pellet of No. 9, which may cause them to die a lingering death. Sect. 6. — Expenses. The expenses of snipe-shooting are so variable as to make it quite impos- sible to form an estimate which could be at all serviceable. Many English and Irish marshes may be shot over without difficulty, not being preserved at all, or with very little strictness. The French marshes are also celebrated for this sport, especially the neighbour- hood of Abbeville, and in some parts of Brittany good snipe-shooting is also obtainable ; but as this book is restrict- ed to British sports, I shall not venture into a consideration of them. CHAPTER VII. COVERT-SHOOTING. Sect. 1. — Habits of the Pheasant. Pheasants, woodcocks, hares, and rab- bits arc all found and shot in the woods of Great Britain ; but the Pheasant (Phasianus coldiicus) is the grand foun- dation, the piece de resistance of the covert-shooting in this country. Cock- shooting is said by Colonel Hawker to be comparable to fox-hunting ; but is only attainable at certain periods, soon passing away, and is contined, even tlien, to favoured localities. Pheasants, however, may be reared in any part of England, Ireland, or Scotland, where th*;re is dry, heahhy covert for them. They are esteemed as the greatest delicacy, being of a flavour commen- surate with their size, and form a most important item in a basket of game sent as a present. For this reason they are carefully preserved, and most probably will continue to be so, by those who have purses long enough to be able to pay for such an expensive luxury ; for, though they may be bought at about 7s. per brace, they generally cost more nearly IZ. 10s. than tliat lower sum. But, while they are so easily poached, and sold by the poacher, this will always happen, be- c use the game-preserver rears three times as many as he bags : and there- fore he must always calculate each SHOOTING. 108 bird to cost liiin tliiice as much as it would do if no poaching were earned on. It is quite unnecessary to describe the form of this bird, which is familiar to all. It is not indigenous to this country, but was introduced from Georgia originahy ; it has now, how- ever, become naturalized, though its liigh' price in the market would soon render it as scarce as the bustard, it not strictly preserved. It can be tamed to a certain extent, but even it brought up with poultry it retains a certain degree of wildness, so that the least alarm occasions it to retreat m terror to some protection afforded hy an ad- iacent shrubbery or plantation. ihe pheasant roosts in trees, and p very fond of the fir and other horizontal- limbed evergreens, which afford good shelter from the rain and also a sub- t^tantial perch. Spruce-firs they are very partial to ; and in these trees they are not readily nicked off their roosts iw the midnight poacher. Pheasants have a strong propensity to use their le<'S in preference to their wmgs, when disturbed ; and this must be considered well by the sportsman in pursuit as well as the keeper in defence of hi£. game. The latter I have already di- rected how to manage his department, in the chapter devoted to the preser- vation of game ; the former I will endeavour to assist in the present one. The hen pheasant lays about ten to fourteen eggs, and begins to sit early in May. She sits twenty-lour days, and hatches towards the end of May or beginning of June. About twenty years ago the Chinese pheasant was extensively introduced, and turned out to cross with the common pheasant, on account of its more rapid fiight, and thus affording greater sport. Since then crosses have been tried with the Phadanus versicolor in the wild state, and in confinement the large and boa.^- tiful lleeves's pheasant has been tried. We may, therefore, expect to see a strange mixture of breeds, and tew pure birds of the ong;ina breed_ will be left The cross with the versicolor is large and handsome, its tlesh being excellent-that with the Chinese is not improved for table purposes. Sect. 2. TlIEASANT- -Bkkt Dogs for ynooTiNG. For the purpose of hunting the pheasant so as to compel hun to rise before the shooter in covert, the spaniel or cocker is no doubt the best kind of dog. Pointers or setters whicli are broken to run in when ordered may do in open spring-falls, and there they afford excellent sport, but they are too large for thick covert, and recourse must be had to a team of small spaniels, either regular springers or cockers. Among the springers the Clumber is the most fashionable, but the Sussex is still preferred by some people, while the old Norfolk spaniel maintams his place, and there are various other breeds of local note. The cockers are chiefly either Devonshire or Welsh. These generally give tongue, varying in note with the kind of game before them; but they are sometimes nnite ; the Clumbers being always so. Terriers also are occasionally used, but they have seldom sufficiently good nosi-s for the purpose, and they are difiicult to break from vermin. The springer is a larger dog than the cocker, has a smaller eye, and greater strength and hardihood. The cocker has a _ most delicate nose and a keen perception of the shades of scent, giving a slight whimper on first touching upon it, and changing to a merry note only when quite hot upon his pecuhargame. These last are exceedingly pretty workers, and if they only had equal powers of endurance with the springer, would be ten times as valuable ; they are, however, delicate, and their eyes are so liable to be bruised and torn that a very few hours' work will knock them up. Many sportsmen prefer the setter or pointer for covert-shooting ; and if there is much spring-fall, so that the setter can be seen, he is, I think, quite as good as the very best spaniel, and much better than a bad team ; in thick coverts, however, he is of no use, ns his size prevents his get- ting through the luns, and he would leave great quantities of game unfound. If used, he ought to break his point at command, and is often even better than any spaniel at a body-scent, pro- vided he has ns good a nose; still it seldom happens that he can hunt a Coot-scent like tliese dogs, or that he can distinguish between a true and a " heel " scent, which spaniels soon learn to do. It is very wonderful to see pointers and setters go into covert, and break their points continually, and then come out and stand for an hour m tho BREAKING AND VSING THE SPANIEL. 109 open ; yet such is constantly seen m old. steady doc^s ; but such animals are seldom of much use out of covert, as they are constantly pokine^ along the hedge- rows, and leaving the regular line of beat untouched. My preference, there- fore, for pheasant-shooting, would be given to a good useful team of the Sussex spaniels, which have plenty of courage and hardihood, but require also lots of work to bring them down to steady hunting. Once broken, they are exceedingly good dogs, and their noses are as tender as that of the best cocker that ever hunted. The Clumber spaniel is, however, the fashionable dog of the day, and being easily kept in command, he perhaps deserves his reputation ; but one hard day knocks him up for a week. Number of Dogs required. — Of the large springers, two couples and a half or three couples are enough for any covert, and one couple will suffice for most purposes. Of the smaller sorts, double the number will be none too many. Sect. 3. — Breaking and Using the Spaniel. The Breaking of the Spaniel should be commenced very early, especially with the larger and stronger sorts. They are naturally very impetuous, and yet must be restrained in their range to thirty yards from the gun at the most. They should be taken out first of all in small coverts and hedgerows, and imbued with the desire to hunt, which they acquire readily enough ; and at six or eight months old are generally quite ready for any sport they may be entered to. Previously to .this they should be accustomed to come to heel, and keep there as long as they are or- dered; and they should be used to hunt to the wave of the hand, and not to break fence till permission is given tfiem. Great care should be taken that they are not allowed to amuse them- selves by " self-hunting," which they are very apt to indulge in when first entered to game. When spaniels are intended exclusively for pheasant or (tock-sliooting, or both, they should be kept carefully to those birds, and should be stopped, and rated soundly, whenever they " speak to fur ;" but the great point is to get them to keep closri to the gun, and not to press their game until they are sure that the sportsman is near enough to take advantage of their eiTorts. Few spaniels are really worth having till they are nearly worn out, for their struggles in wet covert, with briars and thorns, soon spoil their looks, and their constitutions too. When too riotous, there are three methods of steadying them — first, to put one fore-leg into the collar, com- pelling the dog to hunt on three legs ; second, to hang a shot-collar round the neck ; and third, to confine one hind-leg by a strap, buckled tightly round the leg, above the hock. The strap must be changed repeatedly from leg to leg, as it soon cramps the muscles so much as to render them useless. If the fore- leg is put in the collar, this leg also should be occasionally changed. There is very little choice in these modes ; either will answer the purpose of sub- duing the courage and pace of the dog ; the shot-collar is, perhaps, the least discouraging, but it scarcely acts sufficiently with most dogs ; and, if a heavy fall is sustained, the neck may be broken by the shock. If the puppy is not inclined to hunt, let him be put on the scent of pheasants when just off the feed, and let him rout them about well for a few minutes ; this is not often to be done without injury to the preserve, but it may be occasionally ventured on after the young birds are able to fly, as the dog soon causes them to get into the trees, leaving a strong scent behind. Spaniels should be made to drop to the gun and to the hand very strictly, and this may be taught by the pistol ; but it must be enforced on all occasions when game is before them. A retriever is very useful, as it is very difficult to prevent the whole team of spaniels from bringing game, if any one of them is allowed to do so ; but they soon learn to " down charge " strictly, and then the retriever goes to the dead bird and retrieves it for his master. In first entering young spaniels to hunt in the hedgerows, if the breaker is out alone, they should not be allowed to go through to the other side, but should be kept carefully on the same side as the shooter ; afterwards, however, when they are accustomed to the range, and keep watchfully eyeing the sportsman to see that he is within reach, they may be sent to the other side, and put to hunt everything out on the same side as the gun, which 110 SHOOTING. is always the most effectual mode with a single shooter. When the young spaniel is first put into a large wood, and is beyond the supervision of his master, he often ranges the entire covert, and does immense mischief to the sport, driving everything out of shot. He should be well loaded with shot, or have one of his legs taken up, and be put to hunt with two couple of steady old dogs, even if he is so con- fined as to do nothing. He wi 1 soon learn to imitate his fellows when he sees them pay all attention to the gun, and when he finds that game falls to their hunting, whereas he has never yet succeeded in obtaining such a result. Altera time, his leg may be set at liberty, and he may probably take to his work kindly enough, and refuse to leave the other dogs far. He will not probably do much good, as tins work requires great experience, but he will do little harm. It cannot be ex- pected that the spaniel will learn his business in one season, and he is seldom perfect in two ; but he will help to do the looking-on part, and will animate the old, stale, but steady and clever dogs, to increased exertions. Many sportsmen are constantly animating their spaniels, by cries of " Have at 'em ' " " Cock ! cock ! cock ! &c. &c. ; but 'this is perfectly useless, the slightest whistle being sufficient to indicate the whereabouts of the gun, and more than this, interfering with the sport, because it shows the game what they have to avoid, and when to avoid it. If the spaniel is fond of his master, and accustomed to work for him, he is as much occupied m watch- ing his motions as in seeking for game. These dogs have a very strong love of approbation ; and very fortunately tins is so, because they are so much more beyond the master's control than the po'inter or setter. Mode of using Spaniels in large Coverts.— Unlike grouse and partridge- shoothig, the early morning is as good a time as any for phcasant-sliootmg ; atid most ardent sportsmen of the old school select that time, especially il they mean to beat the hedgerows, which they can do as the birds are returning from their feed, after winch they should follow them into covert, ;uid, with a wave of the hand, order in the spaniels, with "Have at"— pro- nounced " Haave aat whicli should only be used just at first by v/ay of encouragement. After this— keeping them carefully near him— the shooter should watch for a whimper, and press rapidly forward to that dog ; as soon as he gets to him, the little creature is sure to push on, and will, if of a good nose, soon either undeceive him by silence, or drive up a pheasant or cock. The great point is to rush well forward, as far as possible in front of the dog throwing his tongue, wherever he may be, and 'being regardless of thorns or brambles. Nothing can be effected whhout this rush, as pheasants will run for many yards before dogs, if not rapidly pushed, and will generally g^et up far out of shot, or so protected by the trees as to be defended by them from your gun. Little light men have consequently a worse chance at this sport than strong and tall ones, who are able to raise their arms and guns above the underwood, and cany all before them. It is seldom that a pheasant can be marked into another part^ of the same covert ; and, indeed, if it is so, the bird seldom remains near where he ahghted, but runs a long distance, and then lies quietly in the thickest and most impenetrable part. If this sport is to be followed with much success, the spaniels must be broken from " fur," both in the form of hares and rabbits, as they will otherwise neglect the pheasants, and take to the four- footed game. This can only be done with spaniels whose breed is very pure, and free from the strain of the beagle, which so many of our old spaniels are crossed with. The Clumber breed, Avheii pure, is said to disregard hares and rabbits, until thoroughly entered to them, and always to prefer feather to " fur." This, however, I never saw ; nor did I ever witness the hunting of a thoroughly-broken team of any spaniels, I have seen a few good ones in my life, but never a perfect team at work For this reason, perhaps, I never saw so much to admire in covert-shootiuj as in partritlge or grouse-shooting Sect. 4. — Various kinds of Pheasant Shooting. In hedgerows and spinneys, a pheasants "have a strong scent, botl body and ground, they may readily b found by the setter or pointer; bu they arc so carefully driven by th TEE B Jceeper every night and morning into llic coverts after feeding, that it is generally out of the (Question attempt- ing to shoot them anywhere but in these secure retreats. In former days, good sport was often afforded by spaniels in hedgerows, or by a steady old pointer ; and even now, in certain situations near preserves, where the keepers have not the right of driving them, and where this right is carefully watched by those who have it, a good hour's sport may often be obtained. The shooter should begin near their covert as soon as the pheasants are running back to it, which they gene- rally do up the dry ditches, or under the hedges if the former are wet or absent, immediately after feeding. By thus intercepting them they are obliged to rise, if the dogs are worked down the hedgerows away from covert and there is a gun on each side the hedge. It often happens that there is a brook or river intervening between the corn- fields and the covert ; here the phea- sants must rise to return ; and if they are in the habit of crossing it to their feed, the shooter siiould station himself near the brook, and send the spaniels to begin at the other end of the fence and drive towards him. The pheasants are sure to run till they know they must rise, which they do about thirty or forty yards from the edge of the brook, in order to get well over it ; and at this point they may be met and knocked over, taking care to have a good water-ietricver, in case they fall into the brook. In many situations, also, there is a chain of small plan- tations, where the pheasants breed in preference to large woods, and which the keepers soon drive them from, if permitted to do so. Here they may be shot readily in the early part of October, by sending in the spaniels, and posting two guns on each side of the end to- wards w4iich they are to be driven, and tAvo others walking on each side the plantation parallel with the dogs. A man or two, however, should accom- pany the dogs, and beat steadily through the whole length of the plantation to prevent the pheasants running back. This kind of sport is generally met with on farms where the game belongs to the tenant, and where the pheasants are preserved with some little care from the end of hatching to the middle of October, by which tims 'ATTUE. Ill they are all either shot, or driven to the neighbouring strictly-preserved large woods, from whence the old hens originally came. It must be remembered, that pheasants are poly- gamous birds, and the hen only is concerned in the care of the young. She is ready enough to remain with the rest of her sex in the harem of her lord and master till she is obliged to prepare her nest, at which time she is looking out for solitude, and prefers a quiet little spinney or plantation all to herself, even though in the midst of cidtivated land, to sharing the secluded wood with her rivals, of whose jealousy she is afraid for her brood, though not for herself. Wild Pheasant-Shooting. — Again, in large woodlands, which are either wholly unpreserved or not carefully preserved, an occasional pheasant may be met with in the course of a day's cock-shooting ; but these are exceptions nowadays, and cannot often be calcu- lated upon with sufficient certainty to warrant a man in going out for phea- sants alone. The Battue. — It is for the purpose of the hattue that pheasants are now reserved and preserved with all the formidable retinue of head-keepers, under-keepers, day-watchers, and night- watchers. None but men of large means, and in possession of extensive coverts, can indulge in this amusement, except by the invitation of those who have at their command these pleasant auxiliaries to sport ; but in this instance power has been abused, and instead oi promoting spoit, it has totally de- stroyed it. No one can deny the fit- ness of the pheasant for affording gratification to the good sportsman, if the bird is fairly foimd, put up, and shot ; but as well might "mobbing" u fox be called fox-hunting, as a battue be considered genuine pheasant-shoot- ing ; and this I will endeavour to show in the following description of this amusement : — In the battue, nothing short of hundreds, or if possible thousands, of killed, to say nothing of wounded, will constitute a success- ful day. The pseudo-sportsman who should be tempted from his fireside and his 'Times after breakfast by any- thing short of five brace an hour to his gun, would be strongly inclined to complain, and would think, if he did not say, that his presence had been 112 SHOOTING. obtained under false pretences. The mode usually adopted is as follows :— First, get together eight or ten crack shots, who may, many of them, be_ m wheeled-chairs or on shootmg-ponies, but should be capable of kilbng, with- out spoiling, this beautiful bird ; then having breakfasted the party, proceed to post them at certain stations where the game must cross a piece of open eround commanded by the shooters luns. Thus, in wide coverts, the guns are arranged along the edges of the open springs, at about 40 or 50 yards apart, so as to command every head o± jrame Avhich passes, whether pheasant or hare, or sometimes rabbits, &c., each shooter having two or three gmis, and a man to load them; for even now, when breech-loaders are indispensable, one gun would become too hot for use. As soon as these are posted, the beaters are sent to the other end of the portion of wood which is to be driven, and they proceed to drive the game through it, often with the aid of a steady dog_ or two,butas often without any such assist- ance For some time nothing is lieard but the men calling to each other to keep the line, or their taps on the trees, &c , which may be distinguished at a long distance ; presently a hare canters quietly out of the edge of the covert, and, putting up her head to observe wliat is going on, is knocked over— as easy a shot as a farm-yard cock tied to a tree. Next, perhaps, a rabbit shares the same fate; she however, seldom waits to look about her, but goes at a flying pace, and is a fair mark for a good shot. By and by, another and another shot is heard, with the squeal of a hare or two following them ; then the beaters may be distinguished ap- proaching, and their blows and cries are very loud and audible. The shooters are now collected to the spot to which 1)11 the beaters congregate, termed the hovquet. Here expectation is on tiptoe, every moment being the one at which the slaughter is supposed to be about to begin. Suddenly a loud " whir -r-r is heard, followed by the peculiar" cock- cock-cock-cockle " of the cock-phea- eant, of which some one, two, or three rise from the edge of the high wood, to be as certainly brought down; as fast as one falls another shares his fate, and in five minutes or less the ground is covered with the slain. In many in- stances, low nets are fixed along tlie edo-e of the wood, which compel the pheasants to get ofe their legs and nse, as they are so very tame, and so much inclined to run, as to escape in that way but for the nets. In this manner, the whole of the pheasants in a portion ot wood, or a great part of them -that is all those which have neither doubled back nor escaped the guns— are brought to bag, and the keepers re- trievers are set to work to recover those which are not artistically disposed ot. As soon as this part of the work is ac- comphshed, another portion of wood is driven in a similar way ; and this is repeated, till the whole of the pre- serves are exhausted, or the sporting (!) propensities of the guests fully gratified. Now it will be observed that m this description nothing whatever has been said of finding the game, or of the use of the instinct of the dog, or ot the ^ratification of the desire for exercise, or even of the benefits derived from it ; on the contrary, the admirers of this sport are generally wholly ignorant ot the art of finding game, or of the hunt- in"- of the dogs, or unwilling or incap- abte of using their legs ; they only long for blood— which may really be said to form the positive, comparative, and su- perlative degrees of their ideas on the subject. There may be some excuse for the boy feeling gratification and pride in obtaining the mastery over a fine pheasant by this kind of butchery ; but I never could see the grounds for these feelings in a full-grown man, with all his faculties about him. For a gouty valetudinarian also, who still clings to his old associations, I can find some excuse ; but these form only a small proportion of those who habitually delight in the battue. However, we have no right to complain of the taste of others, especially when the gratifica- tion of that taste is not within our re;ich on every occasion. The appetite for money no doubt increases by its grati- fication, and I suppose the same must take place in the votaries of the battue^ as nothing else will account for the ex- traordinary lengths to which it is carried. When the covert is of such a nature as to prevent the posting of the shooters in the spring-falls, portions of it are divided ofe by long nets, and the game is driven towards the open fields, in the same way as I have before described ; but here every bird that escapes is liable to be lost, as it flies clear away, and it THE WOODCOCK. 113 it has no secure retreat within the same preserve, is almost certain to fall a \nc- tim to some expectant gun ; good shots are therefore at a premium "in such a kind of wood, and few bad ones find themselves included in the invitations. It sometimes happens that the nets are evaded, by the birds hopping over them ; but these are exceptions, and the great majority never attempt to pass them, after finding themselves stopped from running by them. A net a yard high is quite sufficient ; but even if they have run the gauntlet of half a dozen nets, they get caught at last in the final corner, where they are surrounded on all sides by the beaters, and compelled to face the redoubtable phalanx awaiting them. I have been repeatedly tempted to partake of this amusement, but I never felt otherwise than ashamed of myself during its con- tinuance ; and I would desire nothing more than to stir up the same fooling in the breasts of others, before they have been tempted to try its effect upon themselves. Excuse for the Battue. — The excuse made for this abuse of sport is, that where pheasants are thick, no one gun, or even two or three, can pursue them in the old sportsmanlike way with- out losing a. great many, which are driven off into an enemy's country. Now, this I admit fully. It is impossible to enter a covert abounding with phea- sants, and hunt them with spaniels, without nine-tenths of the birds run- ning off out of shot, and escaping to a distance ; and if pheasants are wanted for the table, and must be killed for it, and, by consequence, must also be reared and preserved for it, then kill them in this way ; but let paid hands do the butchery, and do not gloat over your victims, and dignify their slaughter with the name of sport. Domestic poultry must be reared and killed; but who would admit the pleasure of wringing their necks or cuttmg their throats ? Yet where lies the difference ? The pheasant is not even a difficult shot. On first rising from covert, his flight is slow and liurried, though when in full swing it is often fast enough, and the man who can be sure of a fast " rocketer " must have a good eye and hand ; but the shots pre- sented m a battue are almost always easy ones, and the practice afforded is 30 great that those who indulge in it are almost sure of their maik. The only excuse I could ever make for myself or others who have partaken of the hattiie, is, that as it is a rare and expensive amusement, people are apt to value it by the general estimate- namely, its cost. Everyone knows that pheasant-preser^^ng causes a most extravagant outlay, and he also knows that he cannot indulge in the sport many times a year, this may perhaps account for the high rate at which it is estimated, but is only a lame apoloffv at the best Sect. 5.— Deess and Gun. The sportsman who indulges in wild pheasant-shooting should be well pro- tected with velveteen or fustian jacket and trousers ; and he should have a strong cap, with a good projectint; peak or poke to it, which will save his eyes from the thorns and brambleg His gun, also, should be a short breech- loader, not exceeding twenty-eight, inches in length of barrel ; and, in fact, two inches less, if a good one of that length can be procured. For first-rate battues a pair of breech-loaders, with a man to load, are indispensable, and any shooting-dress will suffice. Sect. 6.— The Woodcock. The Woodcock {Scolopax rusticola) is a native of the north of Europe and Asia. A few usually remain to breed in Great Britain, but the great majority visit this country only in the winter, arriving in the beginning of October, and leaving in March or April. After the first arrival of this bird, it always confines itself to the thickest and most impenetrable covers by day ; but at niglit and very early in the morning it visits the swamps and meadows, in search of the worms upon which it feeds. When it breeds here, its nest consists of a loose mass of leaves and grass placed in some sheltered bank far from the prying eyes of children. It lays three or four eggs of a yellowish - brown blotched with brown of a darker colour, and mixed with grey. In length, it is about fourteen inches, and twenty- five from tip to tip. Its usual weight is about twelve to thirteen ounces, but six- teen ounces is not unfrequently reached, and Yarrell mentions some much heavier, even up to twenty-seven ounces. The 114 SHOOTING. head is of an obtusely- triangular shape, and the eyes are placed very near the to^ of the ears. The upper mandible mea- sures about three inches inlength, and is furrowed nearly the whole length ; its tip projects beyond the under one, which it overiaps, forming a kind of knob, and this is endowed with an extreme degree of sensitiveness, by which the bird is enabled to dL^cover the insects it is in search of m the mud. The woodcock is essentially a nocturnal bird, and its eyes, like al of that class, are large, full, and dark. While other birds are alive and doing, these are asleep under some bush, con- cealed by thorns or evergreens ; and it is only when aroused by the dogs that they fly up and endeavour to reach a more secure place of concealment. Several varieties of this bird visit our shores, and this most probably arises from their migrating to us from such an extensive range of country. Dr. Latham makes out three distinct varieties ; but as one of his has a white head, it is most probable that it was only an accidental pied colour, and not a distinct and continued variety. It may, however, be asserted pretty generally, that the first comers are fuller, fatter, and duller than the November cocks, which are nimble and active, easily rising high above the underwood, and being, conse- quently, difficult to kill. The sex o± the woodcock cannot be ascertained from its outward appearance, either as regards form or feather. It has fre- quently been stated that differences o± marking in the outer flight-feather and pin-feather of the wings distinguish the male from the female ; but dissec- tion of numerous examples has proved that these variations are the result of difference in age and not of difference in tlie sex of the bird. Every epicure is familiar with the flavour of the woodcock, and with its mode of dressing without being drawn. Principal Localities of the Wood- cock.— These birds are never, or very rarely, seen to arrive on the coast ; which is not so much to be wondered at, since they are, in other respects, nocturnal. They generally come over with a light easteriy or south-easterly brce/e, but are often caught m their passage by an adverse current, and arc tlien much exhausted, bo as to ^ be almost unable to rise for some tmie after landing. At this time they may be found in the ditches near the shore, and will submit almost to be killed with a stick or a stone. They soon pass inland, and even cross over to Ireland in great numbers, though a great many also reach tiiat country direct from France and Spam. Large quantities of woodcocks are taken by traps and nets, chiefly on the coasts of Devonshire, Dorsetshire, Hampshire, and Sussex, from which counties they are sent up in vast numbers to the London markets, and to the Jarge pro- vincial towns. In Wales and Scotland — particulariy its western coast— they are also taken in the same wjy, to a great extent, and these supply the Bath and Bristol and the Edinburgh and Glasgow markets. Indeed, it is seldom that a shot woodcock is sold m the shops, for the bird is so easily torn and disfigured by the gun, that the netted one ^is vastly preferred, and therefore the poacher commands the market. Sect. 7.— Dogs used for Cock-Shooting. These are the same as those recom- mended for finding the pheasant ; but the setter is here wholly useless, as the haunts of the cock are inaccessible to so large a dog. The Sussex spaniel is the best I have ever seen, being hardy, and capable of bearing wet with impunity. His nose is also wonderfully good, which its full de- velopment, in point of size would lead one to expect. Bemg bred so much for hunting cocks, these dogs own the scent very easily, and seem to delight and revel in it, giving generally a very ioyous note on touching upon their trail. The true Sussex may easily be kept strictiy to feather, and though they will readily hunt fur when nothing else is to be had, they do not prefer it, as most other dogs do. , . The Number of Dogs used m this sport should be at least two and a halt or three couples, as the coverts are gene'^- rally large and very thick; but I should always prefer hunting two couples at a time, and giving the other couple an hour's rest-thus, always having one couple fresh and one tired at work together. Sect. 8.— Cock-Shooting. The Mode of using the Dogs in Cock-shooting is very similar to that DOGS USED FOB COCK-SHOOTING. adopted in mild pheasant-shooting, except that different localities are '.isited by the two kinds of birds— the pheasants keeping as much as possible to the dry and sound parts, and to those which are tolerably open, while the_ cocks select the neighbourhood of moist low ground, though they do not choose the actual swamp for roosting. For this purpose they prefer the shelter of thick bushes, and low ever- greens when they can find them ; for, though they frequent wet and marshy ground for feeding, they are particularly addicted to protected roosting-places, such as holly and juniper bushes, or even laurel or laurestinus, when planted in the midst of water, as in ornamental islands, &c. During long frosts the mland springs are frozen, and the cocks are compelled to leave them and seek the salt marshes, where the springs are seldom quite hard ; but in very severe winters even here their food is some- times frost-bound, and great numbers of woodcocks are starved to death, as in the winter of 1838-9, and in that of 1854-5. Woodcocks generally take the same line of flight in going to feed, as is the case with nearly all migra- tory birds ; and in flying, even from one covert to another, they may always be seen to take the same ride or break in the trees. In beating large eoverts this is very conspicuous, as there are always certain spots where cocks are shot, if any are to be met with. Knowmg old hands take advantage of this, and station tliemselves there to await their crossing. Beaters are very useful to assist the dog in this kind of shooting, but the grand requisite is a set of good markers, because the cocks can seldom be shot the first time they are put up, and do not run like the pheasant after they alight. Many skilful sportsmen place two or three good markers in the highest trees, on the opposite side of a large covert to that which is to be first entered ; then going in themselves, they get what shots they can, by pushing up rapidly to the dogs, as in pheasant-shooting • and as soon as they reach the other side, they are guided to the points where all the disturbed cocks have dropped, which a good marker can point out by the trees which he has marked and knows. Here they will always be found by careful hunting, and may then generally be flushed and 115 shot at, if not bagged. In high bare- stemmed larch or fir coverts these birds are more easily shot as they rise above the low underwood, and before they reach the branches of the trees ; but in lower oak or beech woods they must be watched for in the openings, and snapped at in a moment, or all chance is lost. Woodcocks, when dis- turbed by the dogs, often settle just outside the coverts, which the markers can readily see; and here they can easily be got at and shot with facility. Ihey generally go straight away fi •om the gun till they near the bushes, when they shoot and twist in a manner which makes them very difficult to kill at that moment. Each successive time they are disturbed they lie closer than before ; but when put up, their flight IS more rapid and snipe-like in propor- tion to the frequency of their dis- turbances. If therefore the middling shot misses a good opening the firsl or second time, he seldom replenishes his bag in the subsequent ones at the same bird ; and in this way I have known six or seven shots fired at one Gock on the same day without ultimate success, though afterv/ards another bird has immediately fallen to the same gun. This variety and uncertainty give great interest to the sport ; and it cer- tainly deserves all the encomiums which have been passed upon it. The irregular flight of the bird ; his mode of flapping his wings, peculiar to him- self ; the way in which he shoots right or left, after a slow and smooth flight —changing from that of a tame owl to the velocity of the hawk—all con- duce to give interest to his pursuit, bometimes you may hear him and see iim with facility ; at others you hear him, but cannot catch even a glimpse of the bird ; whilst again you liear and see him for a moment, then lose sight, and finally obtain such a vie\^' as to be able to account for him to your own satisfaction, if not his. But It is chiefly in wild, rocky districts that this bird can be pursued with the best effect ; in fact, in those only where open spaces alternate with thick clumps of low bushes. Here he may generally be hunted with spaniels to great advantage, and, indeed, their presence is essential to the sport, as no man can penetrate the thick clumps of holly and juniper which abound in 116 SHOOTING. some parts of Wales and Scotland N^bird is so often missed because every one who can get a shot is sure ?o snap at him with the hope of a stray shot telling ; whereas m the pnSuitof partridge, grouse or phea- Lnt, the shooter does not put his gun up without a fair chance, knowing that, •t^edoes not get a shot at tliem to- day, he will, or may, next week. _ ^o one likes to maul a woodcock to pieces by firing at a few yards distance, which n^ght often be done when he first gets up ; the shooter therefore, f ^ft anxiety to obtain the prize, wa ts till he is at a fair distance, and then is suddenly surprised to ^ to dart round some shrubs, ^hich he fancied too low to interfere. His much-coveted prize is this time secure ; but e follows him up, and after much trouble, gets a good shot, and perhaps drops upon another or two m finding tlfis one Such are the glorious uncer- tainties of woodcock-shooting. No bird hes closer than a cock and in some situations when these birds are not much disturbed, the spamels wiU actually rout them out with the- noses and e/en chop them o^casiona ly but this is not often the case, as the bird s very nimble in evading the jaws of his enemy. In order to hunt them well in thick coverts, the spaniels ought to have their master with them, as they require every encouragement to make them penetrate the tangled masses of underwood frequented by the cocks ; if, therefore, the keeper is accustomed to them, by all means let him hunt them: but if not, the master must undertake that duty, even if he loses a few shots by so doing. I have said that, in all cases, if a spamel is on th. trail of a cock, the shooter should get to him as quickly as possible ; but it he is hunting with the wind, and there is enough of it to be plainly felt m covert, tiie bird is almost sure to come up wind into the shooter's face ; aiid he had therefore better remain qmet m as open a spot as he can pick and catch his bird as he comes Wood cocks killed dead occasionally fall at some distance, and are ^ery hani to find, as few retrievers can Int ott tne bodV-scent of a dead cock which has not run at all. In this kind of retriev- inir, the sagacity of the Newloundland comes into advantageous play, as he seems to mark witii great accuracy the spot where the bird fell, and to Bnd it by eye rather than by nose. ggc-f 9.— The Deess and Gun. The shooting habiliments should be the same as -Phea-nt-shooting, ex- cept that, as the ground ge^eraUy more or less ^^'-^^P/.^ /^l'"!' uh boots should be carefully dressed with the water-proof composition Snipe boots would soon be destroyed by ^e thorns and briars, and are therefore ont of the question, besides being too cunv brous for this active exercise. The gun IS exactiy the same^f or the pheasant. Sect. IO.-Hare and Babbit Shooting. The Hare (Lepus timidus) is umaWy shot in covert, except when pi^served for coursing ; but it is poor sport, as she never goes faster tiian a canter while in coTertf and may be killed with certamty , bv any tyro. It can only be for the ^ pot for the purpose of mcreasing ?he fist of the slain that this game is shot. Besides, when using spamels the killing of hares spoils them fo pheasant or cock-shooting, as the^ always own the scent of game which is altogether from shooting hares, and aSs, in my opinion, the very best sport of all, in covert, excepting only wild pheasant and woodcock shooting^ This of course has reference to the hunting them with dogs, and the shoot- nrwhile going at tiieir best pace, which is undoubtedly a racing one. SbbitsbreedinwaiTensmhedg^^^^^^^^^ and in covert, and ^^l^^iply jeiy fas indeed. There are said to be several distinct varieties ; but I heheve t.ere is no truth in the assertion, tiie kind ot food only causing a temporary differ- ence and not permanently causing a ence anc F ^Varren rabbits re- "o^ "ov^^^^ and there allowed to breed soon attain ti.e same characte as the prior denizens of the same locality. The sport of shooting rab- bTts s never carried on in the warrens, because the warrener does not wish his p^opSy wasted, and P-ters t^^^^^^^^^^^ them for obvious reasons— one being, lhat the wounded rabbits often escape into the holes and die out ot reach. In hedgerows, they may be limited with spaniels or terriers and shot as they come out; but tiiey generally have EXPENSES OF COVERT-SHOOTING. 117 holes in the banks, and they soon reach them in safety. When driven to their fastnesses, the ferret is the only resource ; and these animals, after being muzzled, soon drive them either to the gun or into bag-nets placed over the holes. But it is to the covert- shooting of rabbits that I ^\^sh to draw attention, that being the only kind of rabbit-shooting which is to be consi- dered worthy the attention of the true sportsman, and which, I have already remarked, is really worth it. Rabbits are now much encouraged in large pheasant preserves, partly for the sake of the keepers, whose perquisite they are, but chiefly because they afford food for the foxes preserved for fox- hunting, which would otherwise prey upon the pheasants. The keeper feeds his foxes when young regularly upon rabbits wounded and left near their earths ; and, consequently, these rabbit- fed animals keep to the same fare, and are thus prevented from interfering with the pleasures of the battue. The keeper continues to shoot a few out- lying rabbits round the covert, and those which are thus wounded suffice to keep up the supply for the foxes, in addition to those which the keeper may purposely leave for him, or the fox may himself succeed in laying hold of. When the pheasant-season is over, and the foxes also have been thinned, it will be found that the rabbits must be kept down on account of the young crops, which they begin to bite off most cruelly. In February and March, therefore, good sport is usually afford- ed by this thinning of the rabbits, several hundred couples being often killed in a single preserve. At this time a great number of rabbits lie above ground, preparing for their young, or driven to seek the pleasures of love, or from other causes of which we, in our ignorance of their language, have not yet fathomed the motive. However, there they are ; and in the spnng-falls of a large wood they may be found lying in tussocks of grass or in hUie bushes. For these the vermin temers of the keepers are the best dogs, as they hunt them very quietly yet strongly, and your regular springers or coc;kers would be utteriy spoilt for phea- sant or cock if allowed to hunt rabbit. Hy sendmg the keeper and his terriers into the wood, the rabbits are driven across the drive, where the guns should be posted at sixty yards' distance from one another ; or, if the spring-falls are quite open, they may walk then in line. As the rabbits are put up, they cut in and out of the rides or runs, and require great quickness of eye to catch them before they are lost to sight. The guns must be carried on the shoulder, full- cocked ; and great care must be taken not to shoot the terriers, as they are hunting close upon the scut of the rabbit. I once shot a very valuable dog m this way, with the rabbit actu- . ally m his mouth. This was as the rabbit was coming out of a bush, and the dog so close upon her, that, as she sprang through, the terrier did the same, and received my charge in her breast, killing both dog and rabbit. It IS needful to aim well in front of rab- bits, as they run so quickly by you, that if you do not take this precaution you are sure to shoot behind them. The knack is easily acquired by a quick eye and hand, but a slow man had better not attempt what he will be certain to fail in. In shooting rabbits. Colonel Hawker advises the sportsman to get into a tree, but this can scarcely be called sport, though something of a piece with some kinds of wild-fowl shooting. I should only advise pot- hunters or boys to resort to such an unfair advantage. If, however, they are to be destroyed as injurious to the farmer, the plan is no doubt a good one ; but for this purpose the use of the ferret is by far the best resource. Sect. 11. —Expenses of Covert- Shooting. The cost of rearing and preserving pheasants is enormous, usually reaching from half a guinea to a guinea a head for each bird bagged. Woodcocks, being birds of passage, are not capable of being preserved, except during their short stay, when they require intruders to be prevented shooting or trapping them. Hares also require strong watch- ing, and are even more liable to the attacks of poachers than pheasants: but as they are generally preserved with those birds, and are considered subsidiary to them, their extra cost is seldom brought into the calculation. CHAPTER VUL RIVER AND POND SHOOTING Sect. 1.— Birds found on Rivers and Ponds. Here we have little opportunity for the skill of the sportsman to display itselt ; and the pretensions of this kind ot sport are not such as to meet with the approbation of such a glutton at the Inn as Colonel Hawker. Still, many sportsmen prefer it to the punt-shootmg so much lauded by that ardent admirer of its peculiar advantages. I shall first enumerate the birds which are met with, and then detail the best modes ot shooting them on the rivers, ponds, and small lakes of this country. Some o± them, as the ducks, teal, and widgeon, are also shot from the punt ; but as they are to be met with in large_ quan- tities in rivers and ponds, I shall include them under both kinds of sport. At the head of this list stands The Mallard or Wild-Duck (Anas hoschas).-Th\s is said to be the parent of our domestic duck, one variety o± which it resembles in colour,_ though somewhat less in size, and having dark legs and toes. Some few ducks breed ii, this country, but the vast flocks which frequent our coasts and internal waters are migratory birds, and are only here in the winter season. When breeding in Britain, they make their nest in some quiet hedgerow or hiffh bank near a river or brook, and lay fifteen to eighteen eggs of a green- ish colour. The young wild-ducks are diligently sought for just when they are becoming fledged, and are scarcely able to make use of their wings, m which stage they are called " flappers. Widgeon (Mareca penelope) are next in size to the wild-duck. They seldom are found far inland, therefore they afford better sport to the puntsman than to the river-shooter ; they are, hoM^ever verv good eating, and wfll reward the I^ortLan for his trouble if they are shot on the internal waters. In the adult male the length is about eighteen inches; bill, brown-black ; iris, brown ; top of head, white ; cheeks and back of head, chestnut-red ; back, greyish- white, with irregular lines of black, tail pointed, and nearly black ; wmg- coverts, white tipped with black a green speculum, edged with black, on the outer webs of the secondary wmg- feathers ; chin and front of neck black ; lower part of neck, pale reddish-brown ; breast, belly, and vent, white ; legs and feet, dark-brown. The old male birde to a great extent assume the feathers of the female in July, and continue eo b:est bogs fob iiivee shooting. 119 till The autumnal moult. In the female, the length is about 16^ inches, and the following points of cfifference occur : head and' neck, reddish-brown, speckled ^\-ith darker broAvn ; back, two shades of brown in each feather. The young male birds resemble the female. The Pintailed Duck {Dafila acuta) is alsooccasionallyfound on our internal waters, and is one of the first taken in the decoys in October. Its flight is very rapid. No duck is better for the table, the flavour being excellent. In July the male assumes the same plumage as the female, but recovers his masculine colour in the autumnal moult. The length of tail will always serve to distinguish this duck from the widgeon, whose plumage it resembles in other respects. The Pochard or Dunbird {Nyroca ferina) receives its second name from the pecuHar colour of the eye. It is a u-inter visitor to this country, appearing in October, and leaving in the spring. It resorts to inland waters as well as the sea-shore, and is a very shy and wary bird. It is of a very good flavour, and highly esteemed for the table, resembling the famous canvas- backed duck of the United States, though but a humble imitation, in my opinion. The length of this duck is 19^ inches. The male has a pale-blue bill, with a black point and base ; iris, red ; head and upper part of neck, rich chestnut; lower part of neck and upper part of breast, deep black ; back, of a freckled-grey ; rump and upper tail- coverts, black ; tail, greyish-brown ; lower breast and belly, grey ; legs and toes, bluish-grey. The female has the bfll all black ; iris, brown ; head and neck, dusky-brown ; lower part of neck and breast, dark-brown. The Teal (Querquedula crecca) is the smallest of our ducks, and one of the richest in flavour ; it is therefore mucli sought after by the sportsman who regards his stomach or those of his friends. It frequently breeds in Great Bntam, especially among the lakes of Westmoreland. Its flight is very rapid, afeords an excellent mark to the skilful shot. From this circumstance It IS stfll better suited to single shots than to the large punt-gun. Like aU tho duck tnbc, it feeds by night. The iemab jays only seven or eight eggs of a whitish colour. In the adult male, Uie length is 14^ inches; the bill is black ; eyes, hazel : forehead, and band extending backwards, chestnut-bro^vn ; a narrow line of butf from the nape to the occiput, over the eye, and also from under the eye to the lower part of ear- coverts — between these two lines a spot of rich green; cheeks, and re- mainder of the side of the neck, chest- nut ; back of neck and back trans- versely lined with black and white ; wings, brown, in various shades— a speculum on the secondaries, of velvety- black, green, and purple, ripped with white ; tail, pointed, dark-brown ; chin, black ; front of neck, chestnut above, with spot of black on a white ground below ; legs and toes, brownish-grey. Like the widgeon, the male birds lose their distinguishing feathers in July. The female has the whole of the head speckled with dark-brown ; back, dark- brown, mixed on each feather with lighter brown ; wing, like tiie male ; chin, pale-brown ; lower part of neck has crescentic brown mark, instead of spots of black ; sides and belly, dull white, spotted with dark-brown. The Bald Coot {Fulica atra) is a bird well known throughout England, being a permanent resident in the ponds of the ornamental grounds of our aristocracy. It weighs about 28 ounces. In colour it is a deep black excepting the outer edges of the wings' and a spot under each eye, which are white ; under parts of a dirty lead- colour. The nest is a huge m ass of rushes, &c., quite on the water's edge ; and it lays eight or nine greenish-white eggs'. The Greater Coot is only a larger variety of the preceding, which it re- sembles in all other respects. The coots are often shot on our ponds, and by some are preserved expressly for that pui-pose. Colonel Hawker main- tains that they are not to be con- sidered as worth powder and shot in fresh water, because they cannot then be slaughtered in sufficient numbers ; but I confess I cannot see the force of his reasoning, though he has obtained such an undisputed empire over this species of sport that it requires some courage to throw doubt on liis dictum. Still it appears to me, thattiiere is quite as much sport in killing one bird with an ounce of shot, as in killing 20 with 20 ounces. Nothing surprises me more than the inconsistencies of sport. In one kind (as for instance, partridge and grouse shooting), it is considered as the 120 SROOTING highest degree of pot-hunting to shoot into the middle of a covey or pack ; whilst in another (the shooting of wildfowl), the sportsman is told that one bird is not worth his no ice and that he must wait quietly till he can catch a whole lot of them with n the deadly circle of his fire. How is the voung sportsman to reconcile these m- ^ong?uities ? The only answer is like thafso often given by Enghsh gram- jj^arians— " there is no invariable rule, but each kind is governed by its own laws." What IS right at Poole or Southampton, is entirely wrong on the stubbles of Norfolk or the moors of Scotland. The coot is a ^ery difficult bird to flush, as it keeps among the reeds and rushes, diving at the approach of the dog. By following these birds up with a" good dog, they may some^ times be made to rise and then afford an easy shot. The Moorhen or Gallinule {GalLi- nula chloropus) is very commonly met with in our rivers and ponds Here it swims gracefully, searchmg for aquatic insects, and nodding its head at every instant. It dives remarkably well an quickly, and remains m the reeds with only its beak above the water. On account of its diving so rapidly, it is rarely bagged without the aid of a dog, as it does not rise to the surface, if death takes place after the dive. On land it runs rapidly, cocking up tlie feathers of its tail, which are white beneath, and seeking the secure retreats afforded by the water as rapidly as possible. Its nest is bmlt amonj the sedge, and it lays seven or eight eggs of a yellow colour, with brown spots. The young birds appear only like a brownish-black mass ot tur or down, and swim about in the most lively manner. In the male, the beak is yellowish-green, with a red base ; on the forehead is a naked patch of red ; iris, hazel ; back, whigs, rump, and tail, dark-olive brown ; head, neck, breast, and sides, dark-slate; belly and _ vent preyish-white ; above tarsus, a ring ot ?ed ; legs and toes, green ; length, 14 The Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus) resembles the moorhen in general figure, though differing in colour which is more like the land-rail. The back is BDotted or speckled-brown; cheeks, chin, sides and front of neck and breast, lead-grey; vent, buff-colour; legs and toes, brownish-red ; length \\\ inches. p The Grebes (Podiceps cristatus, r. auritus, and P. minor) are hke the moorhens in diving_ powers, and re- semble them much m habits. All the grebes feed upon fish and water insects. The lesser grebe is also called the DabcUch. It is a very timid bird and disappears by diving on the slightest alarm. It is easily domesticated on our ornamental waters, and dives and comes up again, over and over again, as ii for the amusement of the spectators. Three species of the sandpiper fre- quent our rivers, of which the summer snipe or common sandpiper is the most familiar. They are— The Green Sandpiper {Totanus och- ropus), of whose habits very little 3s Imown. They are very common in spring and autumn, and frequent the banks of brooks and inland rivers Thev feed on worms and insects ; and they have a shrill note, of a whistling character. Beak, greenish-black ; ms, hazel— as in the snipos, a hne from it to the eye ; white mark over the eye ; back parts of head, neck and body, dusky-green ; primaries, dusky-black ; tail-coverts and feathers, white, ihe outside tail-feather has one dark spot on the outer web ; the next, two spots ; and the third and fourth, two black bands; the others also have several bars. Under-parts of the body, white ; throat, streaked with dusky lines ; legs and toes, greenish-black. Length ^"^The Wood Sandpiper (Totanus gla- reola) resembles the preceding m habits and general appearance, but differs m being somewhat smaller, the length beini only 9 inches. Iris, dusky- brown ; tail-feathers with six or more narrow transverse white bars, on a ground of greenish-black ; legs and toes, olive-green. The Summer Snipe or Common Sand- piper (Tringoides hypoleuca) is found very generally on all our rivers, lakes, and canals, where it breeds^ on the banks. It is mostly seen running along the 2TaveUy edges in search of its tood, which is composed of insects and worms. It utters a pecuharly sharp note when disturbed. Beak, dark- brown, with a yellowish base ; ins, dark-brown ; dark streak from beak to the eye ; upper part of body greenish- brown ; four middle tail-featJiers DUCK-GUNS AND ACCESSORIES. 121 greenish-brown, wdtli a blackish stripe across the centre, and all barred with black — four outer ones tipped with white ; primaries almost black, with a grejash patch on all but the first ; all the under parts of a pure white ; legs and toes, dark-green ; length 7^ inches. Such is a hst of the birds chiefly frequenting our ponds and rivers. Occasionally others are met with, but those I have enumerated form the bulk of the number. Sect. 2. — Best Dog for River Shooting. The best Dog for hunting these birds in the brooks is the old English or Irish water-spaniel ; but a good rough fox-terrier will answer very nearly as well. The former wiU be found under the general description of the dog ; but his specific education had better be here introduced. Breaking the Water-Spaniel or Retriever. — As these dogs are required for punt-shooting as wxll as river- hunting, and as their education is better commenced on the rivei'-side than in the punt, it will be well to enter in detail into their education here. Nothing answers better for this purpose than the shooting of " flappers," which now is not legal until the 1st of August. The water being then warm, and the young birds awkward and not very good divers, great encouragement to persevere is afforded to the dog, and he may be easily induced to swim more or less for hours, and to hunt the side of a brook in the most ardent manner. There is very little difficulty in entering these dogs to wildfowl, as they seem to have a natural bias that way ; but they should be carefully broken from rats, which abound on the banks of rivers and ponds. The only art consists in confining their range, by making them beat to hand, and in persuading them to retrieve wounded or dead birds. The range is much more easily taught the water-spaniel than the land variety, because he is almost always in sight of the shooter, and always within the sound of his voice. If, therefore, the puppy has been taught to come in at the word " Back ! " and to turn to the right and left on land, in obedience to the hand, as in ordinary spaniel- breaking, he will be sure to obey in the water, where he seems to ask for the directions of his master. The eye of the s^^^mming dog is only able to command a small circle, being very little raised above the level of the water, and therefore he cannot see far fi-om his nose; but by watching the hand of his master — for the voice should not be used more than necessary —he is often directed to the right spot, and afterwards is glad to claim the assistance which is found to be so use- ful. The water-retriever is most easily taught on land, hke the land-retriever {see the directions of " Idstone," at page 83), and when tolerably efficient then he may be taken out by the river side as above mentioned. The deside- rata in a water dog are — a hver colour, without white, black and white being ahke conspicuous; an extraordinary nose, to make out waterfowl, whose scent is not remarkably strong ; and a woolly and oily coat, to resist the water. Here there is a very great diflierence, some dogs being able to remain in that element for hours, while others are rapidly c-xhausted, and this arises mainly from the cause above alluded to. He should bear cold as well as wet ; and be thoroughly amenable to command, so that he will lie for an indefinite time without the sHghtest movement, waiting his master's order to hunt or retrieve. He should also be mute, as his tongue is never required, and would often disturb distant water- fowl. All these quahties are scarce, and should be highly prized when they are united in one, which they seldom are. The fault of the old liver-coloured water-spaniel, whether Irish or Enghsh, is, that he is too often headstrong and impetuous ; while the Newfoundland is too bulky, and tires rather sooner than is desirable ; his colour, also, is not so good as the spaniel's. Sect. 3. — Duck-Guns and Accessories. The Duck-Gun is a totally different tool from the ordinary fowHng-piece, though for flappers, and some of the common sorts, the latter may suffice ; but for the wilder varieties a more deadly weapon is required — and such is the long tube called a duck-gun. Colonel Hawker has estabhshed a con trol over the opinions of sportsmen on the subject of wildfowl-shooting, as far as the principles on which the sport is conducted are concerned ; but in hifi SHOOTING. 122 plans he was more theoretical than prac- tical. Since his time also the breech- loader has been invented, and this has done away with one of the chief difficul- ties connected with punt-shootmg, viz., that of getting at the muzzle for the purpose of loading. The enormous increase in numbers of intendmg ■ shooters has, on the other hand, so added to the difficulty of getting at the birds, that small yachts under steam as well as sails have been pressed into service, and thus the birds have been rendered more and more wild, until punting has become almost impracticable in ordinary weather. What I am now considering is, how- ever, shooting at wildfowl on rivers into which yachts cannot enter ; but still birds are even there wilder than of old, and indeed do not now come inland, as they used to do, m sufficient numbers to give good sport, except when driven there by long con- tinued frosts. When they do come they are seldom met with singly, and hence a quick-loading breech-loader, which will carry a heavy charge is preferred. The invention of the choke-bore is a great boon to the wild-fowler, as he has Sot much walking, and can carry a heavy gun with facility. A No. « • gauge of from 121b. to li) lb. is best Suited to a muscular man, but iii any case he may have a 12-gauge of 9 b. or 101b. weight, which will stand a large charge My experience 10-gauge guns is that they are not much better {han 12, and I should advise either the latter or an 8-gauge for this sport. _ Press —A strong ivooUen shooting coat should be worn,'"asthe cotton fabrics do not resist cold and wet sufficiently for this sport. Caps should always replace hats, making a considerable difeerence in the height of the in- dividual ; they should also not be too dark, but of a neutral colour The trousers, or knickerbockers, should be some strong woollen fabric ; and woollen stockings, drawers, and waist- coat should be invariably worn. In situations where there is much wading, the long water-boot should be put on over two pairs of woollen stock- ings. Cording, of the Strand, and Woolgar, Ludgate Hill, London, have each a reputation for india-rubber boots which are perfectly waterproof, [f made of leather according to the old plan, they should be well dressed with the linseed oil composition, or if time can he given them to dry, with neai's-foot oil. Nothing keeps water out so well as this last but it must be thoroughly soaked m the leather, and takes many months to dry so as to be safe m point of health. I have put on boots thus treated, which felt exactly^ as if thoroughly wet, and would give cold as easily as if they were really so. Sect. 4.— Wild-Duck Shooting in Rivers, &c. Wild-Ducks.— When the shooter seeks the wild-duck in the shape of flappers, he should go to the brook or pond where they are supposed to be, and send his dog in among the rushes, woods, &c., along the banks ; m pro- cess of time he will spring the old duck, and this will encourage him m the search for her brood. By and by a young bird is seen to rush about among the reeds, and makes perhaps an attempt at flight, in which she most probably falls a victim to your shooting propen- sities. The 'whole brood should be dih«-ently followed when found, as those which are left will not remain to stand another hunt. By the middle of August the young birds are able to^ tly to the corn-fields ; and towards evening, and very early in the morning, they may be caught sight of and shot m their flight backward and forward to the water, or, after they are m that element, they may be hunted for m the banks and shot. This is very pretty summer shooting, and affords very o-ood practice for both dog and gunner. In many large ponds or ornamental waters these birds are found m great numbers, but will seldom suffer the approach of the shooter, except m their morning and evening flighty at this season to the corn-fields. But when small brooks fall into these waters a few stray young ducks may generally be met with and shot. Shooting Teal.— Of all the varieties of river-shooting, that of teal affords the best sport, as they do not fly far when found, but ahght again on the same brook or pond. They are less cunning than the common wild-duck, and arc consequently more easfly ap- proached ; and, being of such a good flavour for the table, they are eagerly sought after. They fly very fast and DECOY-DUCK SHOOTING IN THE HUT. 123 atrong, but not far ; and vdW some- times take half a dozen shots before they are killed, if the shooter is a yoimg hand at the business. In mark- ing a teal on a brook, be very careful to cast the eye well for^'ards, as he is very apt to appear to settle long before he really does, and in this way deceives the sportsman ; or he vdW drop, and then swim away most diligently, yviih.- out any attempt at concealment in the banks or rushes. The plan, therefore, is to send a man down below him, to head him, and prevent his adopting these tricks. In shooting Coots and Waterhens the object is to get them on the wing, as they dive at the flash so rapidly that they can rarely be killed while in the } water, or, if killed, they die below the i surface, and are thus lost. The best plan is to conceal yourself on the wind- ward side of the pond, where you will not be heard or smelt by these birds, and get an assistant to go and put them up ^\-ith stones on the other side, catch- ing them, if possible, away from the bank ; or you may fire at them a long shot, and thus make them rise ; but, after all, tliey are an unmanageable race of bird vs^th the gun. Sect. 5.— Decoy-Duck SeooTiNa in THE Hut. Description of the Decoy-Duck. — This sport was originally practised in France, but has been to a certain extent introduced into this country, but not with as much success as in France. It requires,^ in the first place, the aid of or eight tame and pinioned wild- ducks, and these should be of the French variety or breed, which, like their masters, are vivacious and talk- ative in the highest degree. Besides these, the shooter provides himself with one or two good duck-guns, and then proceeds to make his hut. In France, the shooters are generally of the peasant order, and follow the shooting of ducks as a trade, which is com- mendable enough, and the exercise of ingenuity in thus providing for the market, and for the wants of their wives and families, is worthy of ad- miration and respect. In this country, however, this species of sport, as far as I know, has only been followed by gentlemen-sportsmen, who build huts, and use decoy-ducks, for their own amusement. Now, I have nothing to say against this, for the sport is fully equal, in my opinion, to any othei shooting in ambush ; and perhaps, since it displays a little more ingenuity than usual, it may stand at the head of that class of sports. It can only be carried on with advantage in the neighbour- hood of those spots which are fre- quented by the ducks in large numbers, because it is entirely dependent upon the power of " calling'' down the Avild- ducks which the decoy-birds possess. It is well known that all gregarious birds arc induced to drop where "a good "call -bird" is placed; and this is the case, without exception, through the whole cribe. The Frenchman, there- fore, takes advantage of this know- ledge, and fastens several decoy-ducks on the water in such situations as shall be within call of the ducks as they fly to and from their evening meal. Then, as they drop to the in\ntation of the decoy-ducks, they are shot by the am- bushed shooter, and retrieved by his dog. Sometimes these huts are fixed at a very short distance from the sea, and at others at some miles from it, but always under the regular line of flight which these birds take. The shooter having taken measures to pro- cure his tame ducks (which he does by taking either the eggs, or the nestling birds while quite young, and rearing them with other and older birds), pro ceeds to build his hut in the summer season in the following manner : — Building the Hut.— He first selects a sound piece of ground, either a small island surrounded by shallow water, or a promontory of the same kind partly surrounded by such a shallow. Deep water does not suit his purpose so well, because it compels him to employ his dog in retrieving the wounded or dead birds; and also necessitates the use of a boat in going to and from his retreat. ^ The hut is thus made : a trench is first dug all round the in- tended site, in order to drain off the water, and leave the bottom dry for the feet of the shooter ; next, a space is cut, deep and large enough for the feet and legs of two men, so that they sit down comfortably on the turf itself forming ^ the surface of the island. After this the top covering is put on, which is made of a semicircular form, of willows bent from side to side, and covered at the top with growing turf. 124 SHOOTING. A hole is left sufficient for the entrance of the shooters, and this likewise is closed with a door covered with tmt or ffrass The sides are made up witii Ireen twigs, sods, &c., so as to imitate the surrounding objects, and holes are left to admit the passing out ot the barrels of the gun or g«ns in variou^^ directions, commanding the p aces where the ducks are expected to ahght. The Ambush*— When complete, the hut is left till the winter. As soon as that season arrives, the Bhooter pro- ceeds to his hut just before the fligh s of ducks are expected, and fixes his decoy-ducks quietly on the water tying their legs to stakes ^nven into the ground, if the water is shallow, or to Fopes stretched across, if it is too deep for this. Three, five, or seven ducks are thus fastened, with the sexes alter- nating ; but always having a prepon- derance of ducks over mallards, ihe decoy-ducks keep up an incessant quacking and chattering ; and if they become quiet are started off again by one or other of the following expe- dients. The first is to rouse them by pulling the cord attached to them ; the other, to pinch, or otherwise annoy a spare duck kept in the hut for the pur- pose. As the flights pass over these £all-birds, they drop some of their members, which are shot by the am- bushed-shooter, who has retired to his hut as soon as he has fastened his decoys. He generally waits as long as he thinks it prudent before he fires his ffun, in the hope of coUectmg a great number of birds on one spot, so as to sweep as many as he can ; but some- times, by waiting too long, he loses all ; and the great art is to take advantage of the last moment, without waiting too long. When a shot is made, he has only to pick up the dead, and retire to rest as well as he can, or return to his house till a little before day-break, for no more business will be done till then. At that time the ducks are re- turning to the sea, and may then be caught napping, as before. Wild-ducks and teal are thus shot in large numbers ; widgeon, dunbirds, &c., refuse to be charmed by the voice of their pre- tended friends, and cannot be taken in this way. The old English plan ot sinking an oil-cask in the ground, and covering it over, would, I think, be an improvement upon the mere earth ex- cavation, as it would enable the root to be kept much lower, and would also keep the feet and legs more dry. i hese huts are warm enough, in consequence of their small size, but they are neces- sarily damp ; and, to those who pass the night in them, they often give serious colds, followed by rheumatism or fever ; and it is a task rather than a sport, in my humble opinion. Flight-Shooting has long been prac- tised in England without the aid oi decoy-ducks, and by many sportsmen is highly appreciated, as it requires a very quick eye and steady hand to brino- down ducks when in full flight. It il' not usual to build a hut for this purpose, because any new feature m the line of hght is at once detected and avoided by the birds ; but some embankment, hedge, or wall, is selected as giving a certain amount ot conceal- ment, the best which is at hand being of course chosen. Wild-fowl generally follow the main current of some large river tiU they approach their feedmg- ground, when they suddenly diverge, and rise higher into the air. The ducks are generally in smafl troops as they fly to their grounds, and m larger flights when they return. The darker the night is, so long as there is sutiicient light to take aim, the better for this kind of sport. . Stalking wildfowl is sometimes practised with the aid of a trained horse, but this plan is now almost en- tirely obsolete, except in one or two districts, where its employment is con- fined to professional wfldf owlers Dress.— The only thing which need be noticed under this head is that long waterproof boots of India-rubber are required to wade to the hut to fix the ducks, and retrieve the wounded and dead wfldfowl. 125 CHAPTER IX. SALT-WATER WILDFOWL-SHOOTING. Sect. I. — Marine Wildfowl. There are three distinct methods of parsuing wildfowl in salt-water dis- tricts ; iirstly, shore shooting ; secondly, punting with heavy shoulder guns or with stanchion guns ; thirdly, yacht or open-boat gunning with heavy stanchion guns. But before entering into a de- scription of the sport I will first describe the birds which are mostly sought by the gunners. At the head of the list stands : — The Wild Swan.— There are three species known to visit our shores, viz. : the common wild-swan or hooper {Gyg- nusferus), Bewick's swan {C. Beivickii), and the Polish swan (C. immutahilis). Two varieties of the Bewick's swan have also been occasionally secured. In the hooper and Bewick's swans half the bill, from the tip upwards, is black, and the rest yellow. In the Polish swan, the tip only of the bill is black, and from the base of the bill to the eye there exists a strip of black feathers which distinguishes it readily from the two previous species. On the whole, then, the Polish swan, barring that its head is elongated, and that it has no tubercule or "knob," hke the tame swan, greatly resembles it. But the latter's "apple" head and knob will readily show the sportsman whether he has made a " mistake," which, by the way, frequently happens, when, in very hard winters, the mute, or tame, swans, take it into their heads to have a fly to sea for some food, which the hard frost prevents them from obtaining in their habitual quarters. Adult swans are pure white, but young birds are ticked brown-grey. Wild swans fre- quent our shores pretty regularly, and when they first arrive are not extra- ordinarily shy; nevertheless it takes a very good shoulder-gun to bring them down, but when the weather is very hard, they can be punted to pretty easdy, and of course the stanchion gun makes short work of those in its line of fire. When wounded, they fight with_ extraordinary energy, and great caution 18 necessary on the part of the sportsman who approaches such a bird. My plan, which I would impress upon young fowlers, is— to give him another barrel as a quietus. This saves a deal of trouble. The Bean Goose, so called from its partiality to bean, pea, and wheat fields, is a very wary bird, only to be reached by chance, or from an ambush, but not to be stalked, its sense of hearing and smell being so acute that it readily detects the sportsman. When on the wing these birds are very noisy, fly in a line, or in V-shaped fashion, the leaders changing places, now and then, as they get tired. The bean goose {Anser segetum) is often at a distance mis- taken for the Gre^-lag Goose {Anser ferus), or common goose, which it somewhat resembles, but the latter is bigger, and its legs, which are of a yellow-greyish colour, will readily dis- tinguish it from the bean goose, whose "understandings" are orange-yeflow. Moreover, the bean goose's bill (which, by the way, varies in length in the two known species) is orange-yellow, and black at the base, in the centre between the nostrils and base of the maxilla, whereas the grey-lag's (or grey-legged) bill is flesh-coloured, and the nails on the mandibles are pale. The Pink-footed Goose (Anser hra- chyrhynchus) was only classified in 1833. It has a short, deep pink bill, and feet and legs of the same colour, but a little paler in tint. The White- fronted Goose (Anser erythropus) has a pale bill. The Bernicle Goose (A user leucopsis) has a very small black bill, and its legs and feet are also black. The Brent-Goose (Anser hrenda) has the same characteristics as regards the colour of the bill, feet and legs, and is often confused with tlie Bernicle goose, but its bill is bigger. They are at times very abundant, but can only be got at by stratagem ; an ambush in a creek, or punting skilfully to them, being the most successful plans. There are. be- sides the above, several other var- ious species of wild geese, of which an enumeration will be sufficient, as they are only occasionally met with, 126 SHOOTING. or favour si»ecial localities. The Red- breasted Goose (Anser ruJicoUis) ; the Canadian Goose (Anser Canadensis) ; the Egyptian Goofi^(Chenalopex J£gyp- tiaca), are in that catagory. Geese, as a class, are very difficult birds to reacli, and very tough to kiU when reached. Head shots with a shoulder-gun are a waste of ammuni- tion ; tlie sportsman should let them fly over his head and fire well under their wings. If crippled, a shot across the shoulders readily settles them. The wild-duck, widgeon, teal, pochard, pintailed duck, have been already al- luded to at page 110. _ Widgeon and duck form pnncipaUy the staple of the punt-shooter's sport, but all other birds, if sufficiently nume- rous, or rare, to warrant a shot, are fired at with the punt-gun. Besides the five ducks already no- ticed, the following are met with on the coast, and afford sport to shore- shooters, puntsmen, and yacht-fowl- er's : — ^ The Sheldrake, or Burrough-Duck (Tadorna vulpanser)^ and the Euddy Sheldrake {Gasarha rutila). The Black Scoter (Oidemia nigra), and the Velvet Scoter (O.fusca) The Shoveller {Spatula chjpe- ata). ^ , „. The Eider Duck {Somatena mollis- sima). Long-tailed Duck {Harelda gla- cialis). Gadwall (Chauliodus strepera). Golden Eye (Glangula glaucion). _ Harlequin Duck (Glangula histri- onica). Scaup Duck (Fuligula mania). Tufted Pochard (Fuligula cns- tata). ^ 7 Garganey or Summer Teal (Boschas circia). ^ The Divers (Golymhus glacialis, C. arcticus, G. septentrionalis). The Grebes (Podiceps cnstaius, x . ruhncollis, P. cornutus, P. auritus, P. minor). To these must be added— Guillemots, Puffins, Cormorants, Solan Geese, Gan- nets, Gulls, Herons, Spoonbills, God- wits, Redshanks, Greenshanks, Rufiis, Purres or Dunlins, Knots, the many varieties of Sandpipers, Stilts, Avocets, Turnslones, Phalaropes,Curlews,Whim- brels, Lapwings, Grey Plovers, Dot- terels, Sandcrlings, Thick-Knees, Oys- ter-Catchers, Coots, &c. Wildfowl Nomenclature A " herd " of swans. A " gaggle " of geese (when on the water). A " skein " of geese (when on the wing). A "paddling" of ducks (when on the water). A " team " of ducks (when m the air). A " sord " or " suit " of mallards. A " company " of widgeon. A " flight" or " rush " of dunbirds. A " spring " of teal. A " dopping " of sheldrakes. A " covert" of coots. A " herd " of curlews. A " sedge " of herons. A "wing" or "congregation" of plovers. A " desert" of lapwings. A " walk " of snipes. A " fling " of oxbirds. A " hilf" of ruffs. A " trip" is a smafl .number of wild- fowl, as ducks and geese, in number thirty or forty. A "bunch" is a similar number ot widgeon, dunbirds, or teal. A " knob " is a stifl smaller number of the above birds. Sect. 2.— Shore Shooting. The shore shooter should wear light boots, and light-coloured bnt warm clothing. If possible he should never go alone, but have (if no brother sportsman accompanies him), a bag and game-bearer, who should carry his extra ammunition, a waterproof long- coat, two pairs of mud pattens (which will be described hereafter), and a reli- able pocket-compass. The shooter him- self should always have a powerful field- and sea-glass, with which to scan the shores and creeks and mark his birds. The smafler shore birds, when on the flats, cannot be seen readily with the naked eye at any distance, even when they move. On the wmg, how- ever, as they always " call," they can pretty soon be detected, even when a long way off. The shore-shooter's gun need not be heavier than 12-bore If full-choked in at least one barrel, all the better, as very long shots have to be taken now and then, in which case large shot from the full-choked barrel will be found to answer admirably. The shooter should bear in mind that in such open spots as salt-water marshes, SHORE-SHOOTING. 127 or tlie sea-shore proper, the shot has to encounter the full force of wliatever breeze may be blowing-. He should, therefore, always make a good allow- ance for the wind, or he will find his missiles wofully blown down wind. Moreover, the speed of shore birds is incomparably swifter than that of land birds, and the gun should therefore be pitched well forward before firing. Shore shooting may be divided into two branches, viz., tramping either on the shore or in the saltings, and wait- ing in ambush on the birds' passage, in rocks, or in creeks, or behind a screen at some point. In some parts of the country, barrels are sunk into suitable spots, and the shooters hide therein. A perfectly broken retrieving dog, either water spaniel or retriever proper, is absolutely necessary for this sort of sport. If, however, the shooter wishes to insure all possible chances of success, he should only use a liver- coloured dog. Birds of the duck tribe have a wonderful fancy for such dogs, which no doubt they take for foxes — their natural enemies ; and out of spite they often come near them. In fact, this is the secret of decoying ducks into the " pipes " of decoys. Wherever the saltings are so rotten that they can- not bear the weight of the shooter with only his boots on his feet, he should put on his mud-shoes, and be careful how he proceeds. Should he fall in the " soft," he must throw himself on his back and wait for his man's assist- ance. If no one is near him, he must divest himself of his coat, spread it on the mud, and get on it, when he will soon be able to get on his legs again. The most dangerous "softs" in the saltings are generally light green in colour, and a practised hand, in daytime, readily detects them. (No man in his senses goes tramping on salt- ings at night.) When birds are on the wing, the shooter should at once stand still, or hide in a creek, if one is handy. Some men " call " the birds, and suc- ceed well ; others trust simply to luck. The sport is very fascinating in hard weather on account of the many kinds of birds one gets, and, in suitable wea- ther, thousands of sportsmen visit the coasts for the sake of shore-shooting. The tide being the chief danger to the shore-shooter, he must take care not to forget how quickly time passes away whilst he is enjoying himself, and he must also bear in mind the distance he covers in his perambulations. If the salt marsh is very flat, he must make tracks for the sea-wall as soon as the ; tide turns and begins flowing, other- wise he might find Ids retreat cut oil by the creeks filling quickly. For the same reason, if a thick fog should occur, recourse must at once be had to the compass, and a retreat be beaten. Many men have lost their lives for neglecting such precautions. The only practical time for shore-shooting over saltings is between high and low tide, because, firstly, the birds come to feed as the tide recedes, and secondly, there is then no danger for the shooter's safety. An early ebb-tide always affords sport, because the birds are hungry and will flock to their feed as soon as the sea will permit the saltings to reappear. When, in severe weather, large birds abound, the shore-shooter gets in am- bush with a large-bore gun as near the line of flight, or favourite feeding grounds, as possible, and does great execution. A double 8-bore, or a single 4-bore, breech-loading, is the best gun for the purpose, and as it is desirable to avoid showing one's whereabouts as much as possible, it w^ill be found that the use of the Schultze powder will give but little smoke, make less noise, and kill quite as well as, if not better than, the black powder, and that there- fore it is, par excellence, the powder for sea sport. Sect. 3. — Shoulder-Gun Punt or Dinghy Shooting. Wherever creeks abound, they cut the saltings about, so much, that the shooter finds it impossible to reach the birds by tramping to them. He then has recourse to a punt, with which he can go up every creek, as long as he can find two or three inches of water left in by the tide, and if he manages well, he can pop on the birds almost unawares, as they are feeding on the saltings and cannot mark his progress, since he is totally hidden by the banks of the creeks. Of course, he has either to stand up or to sit up in the punt to fire, hence swivel punt-guns are then out of the question ; but as the birds are generally at a goodish range, and moreover, when in their winter plumage, are very tough, the shooter must employ powerful guns of large 128 SHOOTING. bores i£ be wishes to do anything like execution. I have found a single central fire 4-bore gun, full-choked, everything that could be desired, and witli the fohowing loads, viz., 140 grs. of Schultze powder and 3 oz. of shot, the gun will sweep everything m its way up to 12'0 yards. Some guns, however, are still heavier and carry up to 6 oz. of shot. The stocks should be in all cases, fitted with a recoil pad —especially for boat work, since a violent recoil, when standing up in a slippery punt, might pitch the shooter overboard. It will be indispensable also for the shooter to have a " cripple gun at hand, as some of his wounded birds would lead him a long and fruit- less chase, if he did not settle them as soon as he can get near enough to them No dog is required for that sort of sport, but the shooter must have his mud-pattens on whenever he lands, and he should also have a small anchor and a long " painter " rigged on to his punt, and never leave his punt without taking up the anchor and firmly embedding one of its flukes m the highest available bit of ground. Some men have lost their lives through neglecting that precaution. They lumped ashore in a hurry and went m chase of, may be, a long- winded cripple. Meanwhile the tide rose, floated the punt and drifted it away, leaving the men to a slow, but sure death. Punting, with a shoulder-gun, is only resorted 'to in ordinary weather by amateur sportsmen and ornithologists, in search of diversion and speciinens. But, in very hard weather, at ebb tides, very good sport may be had at curlews, whimbrels, oyster-catchers, sandpipers, oxbirds and shanks, on the saltings, besides now and then divers, ducks, and teal, and widgeon, in the estuaries. Punts.— The old open punts are en- tirely discarded now, and half-decked ones have been substituted in their stead, but in pretty fair weather small sailing dinghies are often resorted_ to, and are built so as to draw but little water and sail and row tolerably easy. Most punts have also now a small mast and sail, but these can only be used when the wind is right astern ; other- wise the leeway is a "caution," the punts having no keels. For building these punts, I must refer the reader to Coh)nel Hawker's and Folkard's works, wherein full details are given, and a regular builder had better be commissioned with the work. The main points are to have the punt so light that one man can, when necessary, drag it over the mud. It should be painted white, and the shooter wifl do well to have a white smock-frock fitted with a hood, ready to put over his garments and head, whenever he under- takes to punt. He should have a tm box lined with flannel wherein to keep his ammunition, food, compass, and field-glass, as, otherwise, in a punt, everything gets spoilt astonishingly Quickly. Some single-handed punts are built so light that no difficulty is experienced by the shooters in hauling them over a branch of the flats from creek to creek, if an opportunity for a good shot or bad weather should require it. For this purpose, these punts have a square stern and two hand-holes. They must be built to order— since a light man wifl only require a very light punt, whereas a heavy-weight Avifl need a somewhat more substantial craft. For double - handed punts, (i.e. to carry a rower and a shooter) the di- mensions are usually 15 feet by 4 feet. They are, however, but very rarely used now by pro- fessionals. Amateurs in search of specimens, have, however, to adopt that means of locomo- tion, since they must have a man to row or paddle them about, and act as a guide. Punting Accessories. — Silence being para- mount in punting, the oars must not creak and the paddles must not splash. The oars are therefore muffled with leather, and when the shooter is drawing near his quarry he takes them in, and resorts to his paddles, which must be worked totally in the water and feathered per- pendicularly for recover- incr. They are tied to the gun' ale wfth a short cord, so that they may be dropped without the necessity of ship- ping them. In shallows, the settmg SHOULDEE-GUN PUNTING. pole is resorted to. It is also handy for pinning down the cripples when chasing them on the flats. In addition to tliese, a pair of mud-pattens are absolutely necessary, and I add the subjoined illustration of the pattens devised by " Wildf owler," and used by him with perfect success for several seasons. The dimensions are, for a 15 stone man :— Middle piece 5 inches wide, 20 inches long ; cross pieces 2 inches wide, length of shortest 10 PLAN OF MUD-PATTEN. inches, longest 18 inches ; side pieces 2 mches wide and 20 inches long. Thickness of material, throughout | of an inch. Lancewood is the best material. SIDE VIEW UF MUD-PATTEN FIXED ON FOOT. A and c are two round pieces of iron to keep the heels and toes in position. Through the iron loops, b, the pattens' straps are slipped and then buckled over the foot as shown in the cut Management op the Punt and Gun. — With these accessories, the shooter proceeds (by night, if a pro- fessional ; by day if an amateur), and rows or sails until he nears the haunts »)f the fowl, when he must ship his 129 oars or mast and sail, lie down on his stomach, and paddle or pole to the birds until he is within range. Then, taking the gun and aiming above the birds he calls out, or whistles, and, simultaneously with their rising, he fires. This sort of thing, in daytime, from a deep creek, is very easy of execution, but at night it requires con- siderable experience to know where and when to fire. A good retriever will be found very handy, at all times, as most of the cripples are so lively that they will escape before the shooter can put on his pattens and go to them with a cripple gun. Moreover, in the nio-ht the shooter loses sight of them. When the " flats " are very soft, however, no dog can work on them, since ^ he sinks up to his belly, at once, in the ooze, and flounders there helplessly. In such places, the pattens are very useful to the sliooter, but he must be careful how he steps, and will do well to use his pole or his gun as a leaning stick whenever he goes down a small declivity. The Dress, &c., necessary for punt- shooting will be described under the next section. Sect. 4. — Stanchion Gun Punt- Shooting. The great difficulty with the old muzzle-loading punt-guns was loading them, as one had to row ashore in order to do so with safety; and, moreover, owing to the great length of the barrels. It was almost impossible to get the powder and shot rammed "true." Now, with the breech-loading punt- guns of the period all this worry and danger are obviated. In a few seconds the guns can be loaded or unloaded. The principle on which stanchion guns are rigged is very simple :— a heavy gun carrying 1 lb. or more of shot could not be fired from the shoul- der ; the gun, therefore, is fixed upon a rest, on a spring board, and is stayed from recoiling more than an inch or so by a rope-breeching running from the bows, through a ring or a hook on the gun, and back to the bows. The longer the rope-breeching the better the recoil is worked off. A short rope might break, and the same accident would certainly happen, in many cases, if the breeching were slack. The best form of Breech-loading 130 SHOOTING, Punt-Gun is that brought out two or three years ago by Messrs. Holland and Holland, of New Bond Street, who are now at the head of the gunmakers who devote a good deal of time to punt guns. It is called the " London," and O OJ o to i lit lO «o *^ H CJ 52 « C bo 0 C ide, according as the birds present themselves. Cutter-rigged ten or twelve ton yachts are generally used along the British coast, but regular toreign-gomg shuoting-yachts intended for the coast of Holland, &c., are much larger. The gun (with recoil apparatus) works on a pivot fitted directly in the centre of the fore-deck between the 133 bows. The yacht should draw but little water and be as stoutly built as a pilot-boat, so as to stand any weather almost; and it should be copper-bottomed, as it will have to meet ice-floes in the course of its career and It might be damaged by such, if nothing protected its planking. In such yachts, wildfowl-shooting fs truly a treat, for the shooters have every convenience on board, and if a good look-out be kept by the men, the sports- T"."^?!''''^^ "P ^^'i^en birds are about. The fittings of such yachts vary so much that there is no average price to be relied upon, but 300Z. ought to secure a first-rate ten-tonner fit for British service. Shooting-yachts usually carry one or two punts stowed away on deck against the bulwarks. Open Sailing Boats or Half-Deckfrs are frequently employed to carry stan- chion-guns, but they are cold and com- fortless boats. They usually tow a punt or dinghy astern for cripple service. The SrANCHiON-GuNs for sailin- yachts are usually of the heaviest calibres, carrying 1 lb. or li lb., or even 1^ lb. or more, of shot. For open saihng-boats, they rarely fire above DEER-STALKING-A QUIET SHOT. CHAPTER X. DEER-STALKING. Sect. 1.— The Red Deer and Roebuck. The Stag, or Red Deer (Cervm elaphus), is the largest of the British deer, of which three species are known —viz., the red deer, the faUow deer, and the roehuck. The first is con- siderably the largest ; and the f oUowmg dimensions -given by Mr. Scrope m his interesting work on deer-stalking— will aiford some idea of his great size when full grown : — . ^ ft. in. Height at shoulder ? ^7^ Girth at shoulder . • • • • ' Height from top of head to fore- foot ^ ^ Length of antler . . . • • From top of antler to ground . i lU Gross weight, 308 lbs. In colour, the stag is usually of a reddish-brown, with blackish muzzle, and mane mingled with grey ; the inside of the thighs and flank being lighter, and approaching to a fawn colour. Nomenclature, according to the Devonshire Hunt. — Deer under one year are called Calves; till three, the male a Brocket, and the female a Hearst ; at three, the male a Spire, and the female a Hind ; at four, a Stag- gart; at five, a Stag; at six, a 'Warrantable Stag ; and after tins, a Hart. The female does not breed till three years old, and has only one calf. Horns. — The male is known from the female by having a pair of horns, which are shed yearly, and_ change in forin nth every succeeding year. Each VVILll v^»vy*J " O u - fully-developed horn has a brow, bay^ and tray antler, and two points also on the top. The first three are termed the rights ; the two points, the crockets ; the horn itself, the heam ; the width, the span ; and the rough part at the iunction with the skull, the pearls. Age known by the Horns. — The Brocket has only small projections, called knobbers, with small brow antlers ; the Spire a brow antler, und half- developed beam, called uprights; a Staggart, brow, tray, and uprights ; a Stag, brow, bay, and tray, with one horn crocketed and the other single ; a Warrantable Stag has brow, bay, and tray antlers, with crockets on both horns. After this no rule can be given, as the horns constantly vary in all DEER-STALKING. 135 points ; but if they have tliree points, the harts are called royal. Age known by the Slot. — This is the proper name, according to the laws of venerie, for the tread of the deer, ' which, in tlie hind, is much narrower and longer than that of the stag, especially at the toe. In the war- rantable stag, the heel measures fully two inches ; if more than this, and deeply indented into the ground, he is a large hea\'y old hart ; and such usually bring up their hind-feet to the impression made by their fore-feet. Other Terms esed in Venerie. — The deer's haunt is called his lair ; where he hes, his harbour / where he rolls, his soiling-pool ; where he breaks through a fence, his rack ; if he goes to water, he takes soil ; if headed back, he is blanched / if he Hes down in water, he is said to be sinking himself; an unwounded deer is called a cold hart. Habits of the Ked Deer.— He is rather a dehcate animal, and bites close like a sheep ; requiring an enormous range of pasturage to afford him such a choice and change as shall keep him in health. The stags rut about the end of September, or beginning of October ; and this period is exceedingly- short as compared with the sheep and goat, only lasting a single week. The stags show the change by a pecuHar swelling of the neck, where they throw out a ruff of long hair ; and at this time their flanks are tucked up, from their refusing food and their tendency to fret. During the rutting season they are very restless, and roll constantly in peat mosses, becoming often perfectly- black with tlie soil that adheres to them. They are now wholly unfit for human food, and are never sought after by the sportsman, who selects, in preference, tlie more backward stags and the hinds, which are then just coming into season, but seldom yet fat and of good flavour. The rutting stags are exceedingly pug- nacious, and terrible battles are con- stantly taking place for the possession of the females, a whole harem of which are the spoil of the conqueror. These battles are often fatal to one or both combatants ; and many cases have even been known of two stags being 80 firmly locked together by their horns as to be worried to death ; an instance of which is commemorated by Land- seftr's celebrated pictures, " Night " and " Morning," in the first of which the harts are fighting fiercely, and in the second they are seen l}nng dead, with their horns locked together, so as to be perfectly inseparable. The period of gestation in the hind is eight months, the fawn being dropped in May or June ; the fawn is left during the day concealed in the heather, and is only suckled at night. The suclding-hind is poor and tasteless, and should be allowed to escape from the rifle-ball. Hinds which do not breed are called yeld-hinds. The Age op the Red Deer is said to be three times that of man ; and there is strong evidence for beHeving that this popular belief has some foun- dation in fact, as many very old men have known particular deer all their lifetime, and have had the same know- ledge handed down to them from their fathers, and even their grandfathers. No rule can be drawn with perfect accurac}' from the period of gestation, whicli was considered by the old naturalists to indicate the exact duration of life in all animals, because we know so many exceptions as to falsify it altogether. Thus the horse and the ass go with young the same time, and even breed together, yet the ass is nearly twice as long-hved as the horse. Again, the camel fives twice as long as the horse, and yet goes with young one month less. There is, therefore, no reason why the deer may not five to the age usually allotted to him by the foresters, though nothing is more diffi- cult til an to get at reliable facts bearing upon this subject. The Direction of the Deer's Flight is almost always up-wind, in order to be forewarned, by their acute sense of smell, of any approach- ing danger. There is great difficulty in changing this instinctive course, but it may be done under certain circum- stances. The hinds are always the most vigilant, and are set to give notice to the harts. The hinds are also always put first in the run, except in cases of great danger, when the master-hart comes forward and boldly faces it. The Timidity of the Red Deer is very remarkable, and he can scarcely, except by compulsion, be induced to remain near the liaunts of man. Every movement alarms him, fi-om the cry of the plover to the flight of the hill-fox. SHOOTING. 136 He is more especially timid when he | cannot make out the exact nature ot i the danger which threatens him; while, if he sees his great enemy, man, even comparatively close to him he is much more composed, though stiU wary, and never confused or flur.ned. When pressed, however, the stag stands at bay, and in this position is a very dangerous antagonist tor botti dog and man, as he wiU defend himseLf with horns and hoof tiU the last ex- tremitv By choice, he selects water, t purlied by dogs, 'as his instinct tells him that in ^this element his superior size and length of leg will give him a great advantage. Here few dogs can pull him down, and when they attempt to reach him by swimming, they soon f aU victims to the sharp points ot his formidable horns. In Driving Deer, they always follow in single file, like the Red Indians of America, and only break this rule when hard pressed. When fat, they are soon blown, and cannot go any pace up-hill whilst in that unwieldy state, which only lasts till the approach of the rutting season. They seldom attack man, unless they are surrounded and hard pressed ; but in the ruttmg- season, instances have occurred where savage and disappointed stags have attacked intruders upon their domain The Haunts of the wild Ked ueer in Great Britain are confined to the most retired and inaccessible parts ot the Highlands of Scotland to the Quantock Hills of Somersetshire, and to some of the adjacent ranges ot Devonshire ; but in addition to these may be mentioned the deer confined m certain parks, as Windsor and Richmond Parks, &c. ; yet these can only be con- sidered as deer in confinement, in bcot- land only are they stalked, being reserved tor hunting in the west of England. ^ The Roebuck (Capreolus caprcea) m also an inhabitant of some of the Scotch deer forests, but it is chietiy confined to the wooded parts, not choosing the mountainous and open situations hke tht red deer. In size, it is not to be compared to its larger con- gener, being only 24 inches in height. As, however, it is rarely stalked, for its own sake, and as it is more calcu ated for showing sport before a pack ot dwarl' harriers, I shall include it among the objects of hunting rather than ot Bhootiiig. Fallow Deer are never stalked, be- ing shot either on horseback or from an ambush in a tree or hut. Se&t. 2.— The Deer Forests. The Deer Forests are confined to Scotland ; and are only to be obtained bv those whose purses are long enough to pay large sums for them. Indeed, it is seldom that any are in the market, as the fashion of the day has made this sport more eagerly sought after than any other. The chief deer forests are in Sutherlandshire, Ross-shire, luver- ness-shire, Aberdeenshire, Argyleshire, and Perthshire. Sect. 3.— The Telescope. Every deer-stalker, whether a prin- cipal or an assistant, should be provided with a good telescope ; and I beheve, by general consent, Ross of London is considered the best maker. He is, however, rather expensive, and good classes by other makers, such as Solo- mons or Steward, may be obtained for half the price. But it is really astonish- ins: to see what a difference there is be- tween a first-rate glass and an inferior one. With the former the eye takes m everything as distinctly as if close at hand, whilst with the latter there is often a haze, which leaves it m doubt whether certain objects are red deer or rocks, or perhaps only heather m oddly- shaped masses. If therefore money is no object. Boss would be the maker i, should advise, and I am quite sure that in every other respect he will give per- fect satisfaction. The telescope should be worn in a case slung round the nght shoulder, and should be carefully kept from scratches by drawing the shde well over the glass after using it. Sect. 4.— The Gillies or Hillmen.^ Nothing leads more to success in deer-stalking than the having two or three thoroughly good and experienced hiUmen to aid and assist m the work. In most cases the whole management is confided to them, because they, from long experience, are better able to know the exact currents of air m the confined valleys, and also can foretell the precise effect of all their stratagems. Each man should be born a forester, and should have imbibed his knowledge of his trade with his mothers milk. Ue should be patient, sober, and hardy— DEERSTALKING. 137 civil and obliging, anxious to show- sport, and at the same time should be jealous of his master's prowess and interests. Such men are scarce, and should be valued accordingly. Sect. 5. — The Deer-stalking Kifle. Until very recently there has been a strong controversy among deer-stalkers as to the rifle best suited to the sport. Match shooting had demonstrated that where the range is known to a yard, sufficient accuracy to cause a fatal wound may be ensured at even 300 yards or possibly 400 ; but a miscalcu- lation to the extent of ten or fifteen yards completely upsets the aim, and as it is almost impossible to avoid this mistake, it is now settled by general consent that in the British Isles deer should as a rule not be shot at beyond 150 yards. Within this distance even, with a long range rifle, such a mistake is likely to lead to a miss, and conse- quently it is now entirely abandoned in favour of one with which up to that distance the trajectory is too low to make an error in judging distance of any importance. In fact, with a modern deer-stalking rifle, one sight only is required, taking it fine or full according to the judgment of the stalker. Such a ritie is known by the term " Express," which simply means that it has a very high velocity or in otlier words a low trajectory. In addi- tion to this quality, the ball of the Express rifle being hollow expands into a mushroom form after it has entered the body of the deer, and does not snnply drill a small hole like a rapier, which is not immediately fatal. In foreign countries, notably in South Africa, a wound not immediately fatal is not considered so objectionable, because deer flesh is not so valuable ; and hence, n rifle with a longer range is there Hometimes preferred, the Boers demand- ing one carefully sighted up to 600 or 700 yards. For such a purpose the Express rifle is unfitted, because the turn of its rifling being only 1 in 6 to 8 feet, it does not maintain ics spin for more than 150 to 200 yards with sufii- cient velocity to ensure accuracy. With a view to the settlement of various disputed points connected with the Express rifle, I. two years ago instituted a public trial of rifles which indisputably proved the following facts : — 1. The trajectory, as calculated from Bashforth's tables, was demonstrated by shooting through paper screens to be practically reliable. 2. The Express rifle gives for 150 yards a trajectory varying from about 4-45 inches in the •400-bore to 4'85 in the •577-bore, the -450 and the -500 coming between. 3. That to obtain this low trajectory a turn of 1 in 6 to 8 feet, and very slight rifling, are required, together with a heavy charge of powder — producing a muzzle velocity of about 1600 feet per second. 4. That together with these low trajectories an accuracy producing an average string of about 1-inch for each 50 yards up to 150 is attainable. Thus Messrs Holland's winning rifles made the following extraordinary targets : — String at Bore. 60 yards. 100 j'ards. 150 ynrds. •400 1-139 2-139 3-232 •450 1-132 1-318 1-449 •500 1-093 1-164 2-900 •577 M28 2^098 2^418 In making these strings, each bullet mark is measured from the centre of the group, and the average distance is the "string." The conditions imposed in the ^400 and •450-bore-s and bitches are hunted together. line, fancying he is followmg a "double of the hare. One other point, also, is ot vast importance : harriers must ' pack closely;" for as the hare so often doubles back, if the hounds are all over the field the chance of foiling the "double" by their own scent is in- creased when they spread widely. In size beagles measure from 10 inches, or even less, to 15. In shape they resem- ble the old southern hound in miniature, but with more neatness and beauty ; and they also resemble that hound m style of hunting. No scent is too cold tor them, and they can work out, m all its windings and foils, that of the most cun- ning old hare, if allowed time to do it. Nothing is more beautiful than to watch the working of these diminutive hounds ; and I trace my first fondness tor hunting and the sports of the field to the occasional sight of a pack of them belonging to the father of a_ school- fellow of mine, Mr. Harding, livmg near Dorchester. The extraordinary style ot these little beagles I have never seen surpassed ; but I fancy there was more in the mode of hunting tlian m the hounds themselves. They were never Hfted, and rarely cast, but left to work out their scent in their own way ; con- sequently their brains were thrown upon their own resources, and very rich those stores certainly were. Often have 1 TEE HARRIER. 153 seen them apparently consult, and then, %vithout the slightest external cause, hit off the scent us if by mutual inspiration, and carry it on without a check for a mile or two. Slow they were, at least so slow that we could keep up on foot by cutting corners, &c. ; but at times, with a blazing scent, they would race away from us. I would that I could now catch a view of their graceful forms. The head and ears of the beagle are pro- portionally much broader, and the ears longer, than the foxhound — very nearly approaching to the bloodhound in de- velopment ; the legs shorter, and the body bigger and stouter. He is a very hardy little dog, and will stand an immense deal of work. At the two extremes of the beagle subdivision stand the dwarf beagle — a little smooth lapdog, with very long ears, and almost pug-nose ; and the fox- beagle, resembling the foxhound in all but size and dash. The essence of the beagle is the freedom from this quality, and it should never, on any account, be permitted to be displayed. Patience, co-operation, freedom from jealousy, goodness of nose, and Lilliputian dimensions, are, in fact, the essential qualities of the beagle. There is an air about him which the sportsman re- cognises, but which is very difficult to describe ; nevertheless, there it is, and a comparison will soon show it. Be- sides these, there is the rough beagle, a variety of the rough Welsh harrier, and possessing the old mellow tone of the southern hound. We may, there- fore, sum up the varieties of this little hound as— first, the medium beagle, which may be either heavy and southern-like, or light and northern- like ; second, the dwarf or lapdog beagle ; third, the fox-beagle ; and fourth, the rough or terrier-beagle. The Harrier is now a crossed animal, bred in all sorts of ways. Some- times he is a foxhound simply, standing 23 inches ; sometimes a dwarf fox- hound an inch less in height ; some- times a cross between foxhound and harrier, varying from 21 inches down to 15 or 16. He looks more like the foxhound than the beagle, but has some i remnants of his old breed in the longer ears, wider head, and stouter body which he possesses. He should, how- ever, have a most delicate nose, even more so than the beagle; for as his increased size carries him faster over the ground, so he is more likely to over- run the scent, and foil it so that he cannot recover it. Some of thesehounds, however, have a wonderful power of carrying a scent at full speed, and will race into a hare in such a time as to finish her up almost as soon as found ; this, however, spoils sport in great measure, as, by their speed, they prevent all those artifices on the part of the hare which give zest to this otherwise slow amusement. For this reason it is that harriers appear to have as good noses as beagles, though they really have not ; for by depriving the hare of scope to double back, by pressing so closely upon her scut, they give themselves jnuch less to do, and have only to work out a -straight- forward scent. Many huntsmen of harriers now cast forward as if hunt- ing a fox, and with reason too ; for as the hare cannot double back, she tries all her wiles in a forward or side direction — hence the alteration in the principles culled for by the alteration in the speed and style of hunting of hounds. It is, however, in my opinion, an alteration for the worse ; and I hope that in future, beagles, rather than harriers, will be the hounds selected. From an hour to an hour and a quarter is the proper average time to kill a hare in ; she then has a quarter of a mile law all through, and stops and pricks up her ears, and considers, and then doubles and doubles again, and resorts to all sorts of expedients, which try the powers of the little animals behind. The pack, which is shown in the cut hereafter with the chapter on Hare Hunting, was a cross of the beagle and fox- hound ; they were from 16 to 17 inches in height, could go quite fast enough to keep horses galloping, and give a good account of nineteen hares out of twenty, having indeed killed fifty-one in the season of 1854-5. They were of the late Lord Sefton's blood, and such hounds I should like to see throughout England, kept at little expense, and afliording amuse- ment to hinadreds on horseback and on foot. Otter Hounds are nothing more than the old southern hound, kept for generations to the hunting of the otter, but in some establishments foxhounds are used. 154 HUNTING. Sect. 3.— Construction of Kennels. The Kennels form a most important item in the management of a pack ot hounds; and much controversy has arisen on the subject. The chief pomts of difference in opinion consist—tirst, in the soil upon which they are bui t; secondly, on their aspect; andthndly, on their formation and ventdation The Soil for Kennels should cer- tainly not be a porous one. Sand is the very worst possible stratum lor the purpose, since it absorbs and retains all the excrernentitious particles which the dogs must pass whenever they leave their kennels, either in their yards or grass courts. A cold clay is perhaps too much in the other ex- treme, since it is always accompanied by a raw and damp atmosphere, and is on that account prejudicial to health. Of the two extremes, how- ever, it is, I think, the better ; and 1 should build' on clay in preference to graveh Marlis the best stratum tor the purpose, or chalk, which does not absorb to the same degree as gravel Either of the last two is well suited to the purpose, and one or the other may be procured in most districts. The Aspect is all-important ; sun is necessary to the health of all anmials, and is doubly so to the dog ; yet an afternoon sun is too hot, and causes the sleeping-room to be uncomfortably warm in the height of summer. A PLAN OF FOXHOUND KENNEL. south-eastern aspect therefore should be chosen, well sheltered from the east and north by plantations or hills but not so much so towards the former direction as to shut out the nmrnmg sun. The gently slopmg side of a hill therefore which looks to the south-east may be selected, and the kennel bu It facing in that direction, by which means the drainage will all be earned off out of the way of the yards and HOUND KENNELS. 155 sleeping rooms; and the yards them- selves may easily be levelled and drained laterally, so as not to interfere with the kennel. This will be better understood by the annexed diagram, in which the dotted line a h indicates the old level, and c d that of the yards and kennel, with a good trapped drain at e e, into which both yards and lodging- rooms are washed and drained. By this arrangement the internal parts are kept high and dry, and are cut off from all damp by the drain between them and the open yards. The morning sun has full power, and gives health sufficient for all purposes, whilst in the heat of the afternoon the doors may be thrown open, and the interior is all in shade as well as great part of the yard. In the Construction of the Kennel one grand point is to select materials which will not absorb either the mois- ture or noxious effluvium emanating from the hound. They should be therefore either hard stone or flints, or well-burnt and hard bricks. Sandy and porous bricks make the very worst walls for kennels possible, and should care- fully be avoided. Next, as to size and shape : — the former must depend upon the^ number of hounds ; but, as it is easier to build a large kennel originally than to increase it when once built, it is as well to calculate upon one which will hold forty couple of hounds, the number which will suffice for stag- or fox-hunting three or four days a week. For such a pack, the dimensions given in the foregoing plan are sufficient. The essentials as to accommodation are very simple, and consist of— first,the lodging- rooms ; secondly, the feeding-room ; thirdly, the boiling-house; fourthly, the men's rooms ; fifthly, the men's stables ; and sixthly, the courts. The lodging- rooms should consist of five apartments, three large and two small— A 1, a 2, A 3, A 4, A 5. A 1 is for the regular pack ; A 2 for the pack drafted for hunting next day; a 3 for invalid dogs; A 4 for bitches in season ; and A 5 for those whose room is drying after being washed down. Where a dog and bitch pack are kept separately, one other room, at least, must be set apart for the bitches. These houses should all have benches, raised about 20 inches from the floor, and about 30 inches wide. These should surround three sides of the room, and should have open lattice-work bottoms, with a front edge to them about 4 inches deep, of stout timber, well rounded off. They should also be lined with board, to- wards the walls, at least 8 inches from the top of the bench. This, was the old plan ; but the latest idea is to have the benches in the middle of the apartment — table fashion — and not touching the walls at all ; the alleged reason for the alteration being that the benches are less damp than under the old arrange- ment. The dimensions of the rooms are indicated in the plan. All should be paved with glazed tiles, sloping to the centre, which should have a trapped drain ; and they should be on a foun- dation of concrete, composed of large cinders or broken bricks, with lime and gravel. When expense is of little importance, all kennels should be built on brick arches, which, after all, are not very expensive, a single brick arch being quite sufficient. These rooms should be from twelve to four- teen feet high, and ventilated by means of three or four trap windows, similar in principle to those in church windows. The traps should, however, be capable of being entirely removed in the heat of summer. One large feeding- room is all that is necessary, but I have not given it in the plan, as I should much prefer an open verandah, running the whole length of the kennel, for this purpose. Here the troughs may be placed, and in the summer time the food cools more rapidly, while, after feeding, and indeed at all other times, the verandah allows the hound to enjoy the shade from the sun, or protection from the rain.. The troughs, //, are made with perforated covers, and when these are shut down they form a seat for the men, or a bench ior dogs to lie upon, high and dry. The boiling-house may be placed at the end of the building, or at some greater distance, if desirable ; but it should be tolerably near, on account of the increased labour of carrying the pudding, broth, &c., from a distance. It should be a room open to the roof to admit of the escape of the steam ; and containing two large cast-iron boilers, set in pro- per brickwork. These boilers should hold from 50 to 60 gallons, and should be kept, one for meal, the other for flesh. In the boiling-house also there should be two or three coolers, 8 feet by 5 feet, and 1 foot deep, in which the pudding or broth may be allowed 156 HUNTING. to cool. This room should also be floored with tiles or bricks ; no concrete is necessary, but a drain must be added, to allow of the blood, &c., from the flesh being washed away. The hunt servants' quarters should be sufficiently near at hand to enable them to get to the kennel quickly to check fightmg, &c. Over the room A 2 is a meal-room. At the end of the passage, at H,_is a foot-bath for the hounds after huntmg ; it should be made of Roman cement on brickwork, about four or five inches deep, and filled with warm broth ; a plug easily allows of the escape of the broth after use. As the hounds pass backwards and forwards to the feeding- trough they bathe their feet m the Avarm broth, which they afterwards lick off, the tongue finishing the good work begun by the warm broth A bucket of hot broth mixed with an equal quantity of cold water is sufficient for this purpose. Three courts are m the plan, as follows, viz. :— l,lor the hunting-hounds; 2, for the general pack; and 3, for any others, or for feeding. The posts of the verandah stand in these courts ; and there should be a trap at the foot of each leading to the drain, for a purpose which every person conversant with the dog will readily understand. There should also be a grass court or paddock adjacent. Kennels of these dimensions and construction ought to be put up with- out much ornamental work, but m a thoroughly substantial manner, lor from 200/. to 250Z., according to locality and expense of materials. Sect. 4.— The Master and his Men. The Master of a pack of foxhounds, staghounds, or even of harriers, ought to possess the qualities which would fit him for the command of an army in the field, together with that partic- ular knowledge which is essential to hunting. He should be able to keep in good order— first, a pack of high couraged hounds ; secondly, the hunt servants, whom success or flattery, or both, may have a tendency to spoil ; and thirdly, a field of jealous ridmg SDortsmen. If, fortunately for him, he is master of his own pack, without the aid of subscriptions, his task is com- paratively light ; but even then he is often considered to be the property of those who hunt with him; and, if things go wrong, he is pulled to pieces as much as if he were the servant of his followers, instead ot their being immeasurably obliged to him for enduring the trouble and undertaking the expense of bis esta- blishment. There can be no doubt that a man who undertakes to hunt a country, even at his own expense, is bound to carry out his engagements, because one part of the arrangement is the giving up of the country to him ; and, while he is in possession, no other master has a right to it. Sometimes nearly the whole of a fox-huntmg country belongs to the master— that is to say, the whole of the large fox- coverts ; but this is seldom the case, and generally he is dependent upon the permission to draw them, granted as a part of his district. This permission is given on the implied understanding that sport shall be shown, for no man wishes fox-hunting to be conducted in a slow or unsportsmanlike manner; and hence those owners of coverts who have granted leave to draw, have clearly a right of interference; but they are seldom the grumblers, the actual malcontents being general y the strangers who indulge the held with their presence. If tins grumbling happens with the master who keeps his own hounds, how much more likely is it with the master of a subscription pack. He has, unfortunately, a hundred subscribers, or sometimes more, each of whom fancies himself justified ^ m caUing him to account, or m refusing to obey orders, if he has been trans- gressing the limits which are com- patible with the enjoyment of the sport. Yet a field ?7^MS^ be kept in order ; the how is the problem to be solved, and its solution has puzzled the brains and exhausted the energies of many a high- spirited and well-intentioned sportsman. The master should possess the iron nerves of the "Iron Duke," and yet with these should be joined the polished courtesy of the Earl of Chesterfield. Oaths and imprecations mmj succeed with the self-supporting master, and even then they are better left at home ; but these tactics are misapp led witlj the subscription pack. Nothing but firmness, united with gentlemanly lan- P-nage, ha.s a chance in these days; and^ their union, when combined with a knowledge of the noble science and THE 2IASTER AND HIS MEN. 157 good riding, will be sure to succeed anywhere and everywhere. The com- bination, however, is rare ; and there are few men who possess it in full force who will not soon give up their oflBce in the full knowledge that the same talents applied in a different way will lead to success in the Legislature, or in some collateral pursuit. Every master, however, should have a good knowledge of the theory and practice of hunting ; and though he may be inferior, in some respects, to his hunts- man, who has made it the business of his whole life to study hounds and hunting, yet he ought to know enough to be able to judge whether he is doiug right or wrong. If this is not the case, the man will too often exult over the ignorance of the master, if he attempts to interfere ; and if he does not in any way take the management, he is the slave of a despot rather than the master of a good servant. However, in all cases the master must undertake to keep the field from overriding the hounds, also from surrounding a covert, and thereby heading a fox back and causing him to be " chopped," from an incapacity to break in face of a lot of coffee-housing people ; or a band of men whose one thought is how to get a good start. These gentlemen must be ranged in their places, or the efforts of the best pack of hounds and the most clever and persevering huntsman will be rendered abortive whenever there is a poor scent. With a blazing scent, after once hounds are away, no care is required ; but in nine days out of ten, unless the master uses his " Hold hard 1 gentlemen, ' ' pretty unceremoniously, the sport is spoilt, or, at all events, greatly interfered with. Such are the duties of the master in the field which every man, noble or gentle, who undertakes to hunt a pack of foxhounds, takes upon his shoulders. With his kennel duties, if self-supporting, no one what- ever has a right to interfere ; but if supported by subscriptions, his sub- scribers have a right to expect that he shall see that their money is properly expended in the use of the meal, &c., for the hounds, and in all other ways. There is a very great difference in dif- ferent packs in the money spent, amounting to at least 50 per cent. ; and this can only be accounted for by the management being good or bad on the part of the master. The Huntsman next comes before us, and he, like the master, should be a general out of place ; but his duties are not so multifarious, and he has nothing to do with the field, while the master should have the knowledge of a hunts- man and also be able to keep his unruly friends in order. In all cases, whether the master hunts his hounds himself or not, he should have a steady man to act as kennel-huntsman during the exer- cise, and in cub-hunting, &c. ; also in his absence from business or ill-health. But the regular servant must possess the following qualities : temperance, judg- ment, hound knowledge, knowledge of hunting, including the ways of all foxes ; knowledge of country generallj^ and of the particular country hunted ; good horsemanship — by which is meant anything but random riding ; neverthe- less, a huntsman ought, in nine cases out of ten, to be able to get to his hounds. A good voice is also essential, and the more peculiar the better, as the less hounds answer to strange voices, the more successfully the sport will pro- ceed ; and, in particular, he should have the faculty of making hounds fond of him. With these requisites, added to a quiet, civil deportment, and a natural hking for the science, a man will always command sport ; and in proportion to his success there will be the respect paid him by the field. For a pack of harriers or beagles the huntsman re- quires much less dash and hard riding, should be quieter, more steady, and less interfering. An older man is therefore more suited to this place, as he is more required in the kennel than in the field ; for if he gets command of his hounds in the former, he will easily manage them in the latter. Indeed, a word from a huntsman is enough with har- riers ; they turn like lightning, and are, or ought to be, as handy as kittens. Unlike the Huntsman, in every RESPECT, SHOULD BE THE WhIPPERS-IN, both first and second. They should both be good horsemen, and may be perhaps a little more dashing at times in their riding than their superior ofiicer — that is to say, that it may be permitted to them to risk a drowning or a broken neck, when certain things are to be effected. If a hard-run fox is heading for certain earths which are open, woe to the whip who does not risk the breaking of his own neck and his horse's heart in getting to them in time. If 158 BUNTING. hounds are changing their fox, and the hunted one is close before a single hound, or a couple or so, then at all hazards, the other hounds must be stopped, and the whip's riding must be during enough to effect his object. He should not, however, think exactly for himselt, but should work in a subordinate capacity to the huntsman. There may otten be two courses to be pursued, and it is not for him to consider which is the best, but that Avhich the huntsman will con- sider the best, and that is the one tor him to work to. He should always be on the look-out for " riot," and careful to check it in the bud, using a rate, it that will act, and if not, then getting to the rebellious hound directly and " serving him out." No plan is so bad as that of constantly flicking and cutting at hounds ; if they do wrong m spite of a rate, then punish them severely ; but in all cases try the gentler means iirst, and if they fail, use the whip with power, but at the same time with care and caution, as the dog's eye isverij easily cut out. The first whip's duty is chiefly to restrain any wildness in the leading hounds, to stop them, or to check not, and to turn them to the huntsman when he makes a cast; while that of the second whip is to bring up the tail hounds, to drive on those hanging m coverts, and generally to keep the slow hounds up with the pack. The duties of the second whip are very subordi- nate, and require nothing but a strict attention to plain orders. The Feeder is a Jack-of-all-trades, m a small subscription pack especially. He has first to look out for and kill the dog-horses, and should be able to know what to accept and what reject. Some over-drugged and diseased horses are absolutely injurious to the kennel, and the hounds had much better live on their pudding alone than be poisoned with unwholesome food. Besides this duty, he has to wash out all the lodging- rooms, and mop them dry ; to boil the flesh, and make the pudding and broth, and to get the food ready lor them, either when returning from exercise or from hunting. The feeder ought to be a thoroughly trustworthy man, civil and obliging, and also fond of hounds. A good deal must be trusted to him ; lame and sick hounds must be left m his charge ; and if he does not carry out his instructions, many hounds will die or be ruined. If, also, he is not careful in drying the sleepmg-rooms before the hounds are returned to them, or if he leaves doors or windows open in bitterly cold days, from thoughtless- ness or carelessness, kennel-lameness or some other form of rheumatism is sure to show itself. Lastly comes the Earth-stopper, a very important functionary to a pack of foxhounds, but now generally super- seded by the keepers, who engage to stop on notice being given theni. His office is to proceed at night when the foxes are all out feeding, and stop the earths in the coverts to be drawn, and in those within a reasonable distance round. If he is a man who knows his business, it is only needful to tell him what coverts will be drawn ; but al- though this is all that is necessary tor him to know, yet he should in all cases tell the first whip what earths are stopped, in order that, if the run is by chance different to what was expected, he may know whether it will be need- ful for him to get forward and head the fox before entering the open earths After hunting, the earth-stopper should also carefully unstop the earths, and leave as little trace as possible ot his midnight work. If the keepers are to be trusted to do this, they of course easily can : but it is so important to hunting to see well to this part of the arrangements, and disappointment so frequently follows the reliance upon men whose hearts are more often set upon the gun than the hound, that it is much better for the earth-stopper himself to see to this part of the duty. I have certainly seen many runs spoilt from a dependence upon the aid of the keeper. When keepers are employed to do the ear th-stopping, they are either paid a fixed salary, or else the bettor plan is adopted of paying them a fixed sum, L-enerally from 10s. to 15.9., for every fox found, in the coverts under their care When this payment-by-results system is followed, the master is gener- ally unwilling to draw a covert that is not stopped should the hounds have run in an unexpected direction, because, it a fox be found, the fee becomes payable, even though the fox run to gyou^d feet from where he was roused. W hen a very friendly feeling exists between two or more hunts that join each other each will stop for the others when they meet anywhere near the border line. The Horses of the Men should bo KENNEL MANAGEMENT. 169 good useful hunters, especially those for the huntsman, who ought to be the best- mounted man in the field. It is all very well to say they may be blemished, but so may any hunter. Who cares for blemishes in the hunting-field ? Many of our best and highest-priced hunters have had badh^-broken knees, and with these drawbacks, or with scored hocks, have fetched 400/. or 500Z. If a man is not well mounted he cannot get to his hounds, and should not be blamed for failing in effecting an impossibihty. The second whip may be put on a half- made horse, because, in case of accident, his place may be more readily supplied ; but the better horses the men have, the better they can perform their duties. At the present time nearly every huntsman has two horses out a day, and the same provision is usually made for the first whip, whose horses do even more work than the huntsman's. As a general rule, a kennel horse seldom comes out more than once a week if only one be ridden a day ; when two are used, they can come out three days a fortnight. For a three day-a-week pack the huntsman and first whip would have five or six horses apiece, if they ride two a day, and the second whip three ; but there are always two or three spare horses kept in case of accident. Sect. 5.— Kennel Management. The Feeding and Kennel Manage- ment of all hounds is nearly the same, making due allowance for size. Cleanli- ness is the great virtue to be prac- tised, and without it no hound can be preserved in health and in perfection of nose. It will be remembered that, tor the purposes of the general pack, their lodging-rooms are devoted ac- cording to the plan of kennel at page 154. One of these (a 5) has been empty all night, and should have been washed out and have had time to dry by mornmg. Into this the general pack should be turned the first thing in the morning after giving them an airing in the grass - yard if dry, or under the verandah if in wet weather, lae teeder should then sweep out their lodging-room (a 1), and after doing 80 he should mop it out well, leaving It qmte sweet and clean, taking care *^^^^':^«.to dry it as much as pos- 8ible. This will be ready for the hounds again by eleven o'clock, when in the usual way they may be returned to it, after feeding and exercise, a 5 may next be roughly swept, but not washed ; and then, after just walking them into the yard, the hunting pack may be turned into it while their lodging-room (a 2) is being swept and washed out. They will remain there an hour or two, and then should be taken out for half an hour or an hour, according to the work they are doing, when they may be brought home, fed, and returned to their regular lodging-room (a 2). This again leaves A 5 empty, and it may be thoroughly cleansed at any time when the feeder has leisure. Thus the hounds are never turned into wet kennels, and consequently are not subjected to the chances of rheu- matism. With regard to the hour of feeding, it should, as an ordinary rule, be about eleven o'clock for the general pack, and from one to two for the hunting pack, according to the time of meeting and the distance they have to travel. By giving two hours between the feeding-times of the two packs the duties of the feeder are lightened, and he has time to exercise and feed the former on hunting-days without help. In many kennels it is the prac- tice to give a little broth or thin gruel to hounds at night; but even in the case of delicate hounds I do not think it of much use. Some certainly are so delicate that they can scarcely be fed too often; but these are exceptions, and they should be treated as such. Water should always be within reach, and ' raised above the height of the belly of the dogs, or it will be soiled by their urine. It is best in iron troughs, one of which should be in each sleeping-room and court-yard. In sum- mer the doors and windows of all the rooms may be left open, and access to the yards allowed night and day ; but in severe weather the doors must be shut, and ventilation only carried on by the tops of the windows and by the air-flue communicating with the chimney of the feeder's room. The food should be chiefly flesh and meal, with an occasional mixture of vegetables. The flesh is always that of the horse, to save expense, and should be boiled for hours in one of the iron boilers till it is ready to leave the bone. A great saving of expense is made in 160 HUNTING. the long run by having digesters instead of open boilers; they cost about three to four pounds apiece untinned, and will save the difference in prime cost in a single season, inis difference is not only in the extra P-oodness of the broth obtained from ?he meat and bones (which is, ^o^': ever, at least 15 or 20 per cent.), but also in the fire, which need not be above half what is required for the open boiler. If the digester is used, it should be set like a boiler ; and it is a, very good plan to screw a pipe m it near the top, which can be led into the drain adjoining, by v^hich means all the disagreeable smell given oft from the stale flesh in boiling is carried into the bowels of the earth ihis benefits all parties-hounds, horses master, and men ; for all are nauseated by the hot, greasy, and sickemng smell of boiling stale meat. The flesh having been well boiled may be withdrawn by a fork, and set to ^ cool under the shed of the flesh-house, or in the boiling-house if the weather is not too warm ; then taking out one- third, or thereabouts, of the broth, pour it into the other boiler, and fill up with water till nearly half full. m which condition the other is lef . Both may then be thickened with meal, which should be oatmeal chiefly, but mixed with coarse wheaten-tiour, or Indian-meal or barley-meal, accoi'd- ing to the fancy of the master. The first I believe to be the best and strongest for giving the power of standing work ; the second very nearly, or quite as good ; and the third onl> fit to fill hounds' bellies, without bene- fiting them in any other way. Indian meal and barley-meal are usually about the same price; but the former is ten times as good, and has the valuable property of bearing a much greater amount of boiling than the oatmeal which is not the case either with wheaten flour or barley-meal. Wheaten- flour requires about half an hour to boil; barley-flour, one quarter; Indian-meal, two hours ; and oat- meal, about one hour, or nearly so. Hounds will generally thrive best, if hard-worked, upon equal quantities ot oatmeal and wheaten or Indian meal ; one pound of the mixture bemg sul i- cient for each hound. Enough only for two days should be boiled at once ; and one-half being made with better broth, the other will serve for the more delicate light-fleshed bounds Each boiler holding, when half full, about 80 quarts of broth, there will be required the same number of pounds of meal, which will serve 40 couple of hounds two days ; if more or less, the quantities must be regulated accord- ingly In many kennels as soon as the thickened broth, or stirabout, has boiled sufficiently, the fire is drawn, and the pudding is allowed to cool m the boilers ; but by far the best plan is to draw the fire, and then ladle out the stirabout into the coolers, which have been already described in the boilmg- house department. Here the meal sets much more rapidly, and has not time to get sour, as it soon does in the summer. I am quite satisfied that, cooled in this way, it forms a much more wholesome, and even a more palatable food, than when suffered to ^row cool in the boilers. After cooling it forms what is called " the puddmgs and is thick enough to be cut out with a spade. It may always be reduced with thin or thick broth to any quality desired for bitches, invalids &c. ; but for working hounds it should be pretty solid. When they are to be fed, this should be broken up with the spade, and carried into the feeding-troug-lis, and the meat, after being thoroughly cut up small, should be incorporated with it. By some it is said that the meat is more easily picked out of thick than thin « puddings," but this is a mistake. If thick enough, it is ten times more difficult for the dainty hound to pick out the bits, and he is obliged to eat all as it comes, or none. In feeding, every hound should be called by his name, commencing with the light feeders, and giving them the best "puddings" in a separate troucvh. The huntsman— except the o-eneral pack on hunting days— should Slways feed, as he is the best i^dge of the wants and powers of eacn hound. Throwing open the door of the room or court where they are, he keeps all in expectation, but not daring to cross the threshold; then, with a de- cided yet encouraging tone, he calls out the name of each hound intended to share the first trough thus : " Wanton I Racer ! Wasteful 1 " &c. &c., generally drawing, at first, six or seven couple. When these have filled them- selves, he calls two or three couple STAG-HUNTING. IGl more by name, and allows them also to get their till with the first lot ; thus often encouraging the first to take a little extra food through jealousy of the second. When these hare also fed they are a!l sent back, and the third lot, consisting of all the remainder of the hunting hounds, except a few gross feeders, are admitted. These are allowed to fill themselves as far as the huntsman thinkn proper, ordering each oif as he has had what his feeder thinks right. Then, lastly, the same kind of process is repeated with the general pack of lame and non-hunting hounds and the gross feeders, which are admitted either in lots of eight or ten couple, or all together, according to the fancy of the huntsman ; but all called by name, and ordered off in the same ^ way. This last feature is of great importance, as it uses hounds to attend when their names are called in the field, and the slightest word then serves to call their attention to their master's rate. Once a week in the win- ter, usually on Sundays, some greens, potatoes, or turnips, are boiled and mixed up with the food, and serve to keep the hounds cool and in good general health. In the hunting sea- son, from a quarter to half a pound of flesh per hound per day is sufficient ; this is the average, but some take more, some less. The oatmeal should be at least one year old ; and the Scotch meal is much better and goes farther than the English. Wheaten and Indian meal need not be so old. In the summer months feeding may be conducted on a very different plan from this, and the hounds are better 6rate Freedom Mayday Rainbow Swallow Virtue DestiTiy Fretful I. Melody Rakish Sweetbriar Virulent D e w (1 1'op Fi'iendly Icicle Mendicant Rally Sweetheart Vitiate Id leness Mermaid Ram pish Sybil Vivid D 1 ana Frolic lnjp"dence Merrim ent Ransom Symphony Di ffiilencG Frolicsome 1 iidustry Merry lass Rantipole Syn(*-0pe Voc^ T^i 1 ifTPTi h Fugitive Mindful Syren Volatile Funnylass Minion Rapine Voluble Document Furious J. Miriam Rapture T. Vulture Dorothy Fuiy Javeliu Mischief Rarity Tattle ' Vural Doubtful Jealousy Modish Rashness Teacher Doubtless Jessamin© Monody Rattle TeUtale W. Downier G. Jessica Music Tenipest Waggery Dreadful Gadtly Jewel Redbreast Tempter Wa'^ffish Ducliess Jocular N. Relic Termagan t Wagtail XJ LilOC u Gaily^ Jollity Narratfive Remedy Terrible Wanton Neatness Reptile Testy Warfare E. Galaxy Joyous Necklace Resolute Thankful TVarlike TT. fl (TP T Tl P c; Q Gambol Junket Nectar Restless Thoughtful Wary Gamesome Needful Revelry Tidings Waspish Echo Games tress K. Negative Rhapsody Timbrel Wasteful Ecstasy Q-pl oriil Keepsake Nettle Riddance Toilet Watchful Egret Garnet Kestrel Nicety Riot Toilsome Welcome Ele^'^ant Garnish Kitten Nimble Rival Topsy Welfare Elfin Ganymede Knavery Niobe Roguish Tractable W elldone Els]>eth Noisy Rosalie Tragedy Whimsy Embl em Gay lass L. Norma Rosebud Transport Whirli"i'' Emerald nPT+Tiirlrt Rosemary Treachery Whirlwind Empress Ghastly Ladylike Notable Ruby Treasure Widgeon Endless Giddy Lapwing Notice Ruin Trespass Wildfire Energy Lavender Notion Rummage Trial WilliMgmaid Enmity Gladness Laudable Novelty Rumour Tricksy Wilv Ecjuity Gladsome Novice Ruthless Trinket Winsome vjioiy Lawless N utmeg Trifle Wishful Eulogy Legacy S. Trivial Witchery Exquisite Governess Lenity p. Safeguard Trollop Witching Graceful Sanguine Troublesome Wonderful F. Graceless Liberty Panpipe Sappho Truelass Woodbine Fairmaid Gracious Liglitfoot Parasol Saucebox Truemaid Worry Fair play Grateful Lightning Parody Science Trusty Wratlifnl Fairy Gravity Lightsome Passion Scrupulous Tuneful Wroakful It is the custom to name all the \\'hclps of a litter after the initials of sire or dam ; but it should always be the endeavour of the person who chooses the names to select those as niuch unlike one another as possible, ill order that the puppies may distin- guish them with more ease. _ The Walks for the Young Hounds s'riould be chosen in such ;^iiuations as tliat they shall be accustomed to all sorts of company, from children to horses, and shall not consequently be shy and retiring. Boldness in the fox- hound is an essential point, and a shy one is utterly useless ; he will not pass through a town, nor even face a cow feeding, but is constantly incurring the wrath of the second whip, from his lagging propensities. If a walk at a farmhouse can be procured so nmch the better, or at a butcher'b or village BREAKING FROM RIOT. 181 innkeeper's. Wherever they are reared they should be well fed and lodged, and not starved into the rickety frames which one often sees. Here they re- main till after the hunting season is over, when they are brought back to the kennel, and at once are submitted to its disciphne. When first returned to Kennel the young hound is generally sulky at losing his liberty, and often refuses his food for some days ; this does no harm, and no notice need be taken of him, when, in all probability, in the course of a few days he will recover his appe- tite and spirits. For some little time a low diet, with an occasional dose of castor-oil, should be adhered to, because the change is considerable from the free roving life of " the walk " to the close confinement of the kennel. Little or no flesh is required at this time, and the free use of vegetables should be encouraged. For some httle time these young hounds will often refuse to notice their new master, but by his using kind words and feeding them himself, they soon attach themselves to him, and may then be treated like any other member of this great family. Breaking from Riot should be com- menced from the very first day that the young hounds are taken out to exercise. This should be regularly carried on every day during the suui- mer months, both with young and old , and all the young and unsteady hounds should be in couples, always putting together a young and an old hound, and dogs with bitches. In this way they may at first be taken out along the adjacent roads, choosing the more pnvate ones in preference, till the young hounds know their names and attend to a rate pretty quickly.. At first, until they are accustomed to their new huntsman, only eight or ten couple should be aired at a time ; and for a day or two they should only be walked out m the paddock in couples, and caressed and fed by the huntsman. As soon as they seem to be pretty ready to own his voice, and to follow Inm at heel, he may take them into the roads, and after a time, varying ac- cordmg to circumstances, he may gradually mcrease his numbers, till he -an venture to take out all the pack, imless a very large one. When quite ^actable on the road, they should be sv-alked through sheep and deer, be- ginning again wdth small numbers at first, and gradually, as before, increas- ing them. With sheep and deer, at fiist all should be in couples, and, alter a while, a few at a time should' be released ; and when found to take no notice, they may be coupled again, and others set at liberty, till all have had the chance of showing their pro- pensities without restraint. In this way, during the summer, the hunts- man, by his kennel-management, al- ready described, and by exercise as here detailed, teaches his pack obe- dience, and breaks them from riot of the above description — viz., from sheep and deer, which may almost always be met with in some park adjacent. Deer must specially be guarded against, because the scent is so tempting to all hounds, and seldom a week passes in the hunting season without the run leading through a deer park. Very often, too, they may be broken from hare and rabbit-riot, during the summer, to a certain extent ; but too much must not here be attempted, as the young hounds are easily made shy of hunting altogether if they are continually being rated, and never encouraged. Until, therefore, hounds are entered to their particular game, they must not be too much rated and broken from " riot ; " but sheep and deer being of great value must at once be protected ; and on no ac- count should cub-hunting be commenced till all the hounds are quite steady from them. A neglect of this precaution has led to great expense and annoyance ; for while exercise only is the motive, couples may be kept on, but when hunting itself is going on they cannot be so confined, and the hounds having no mechanical restraint are much less manageable. If now they begin to run a flock of sheep or a herd of deer, they generally end by pulling- down one or more victims. When once this blood has been tasted, there is no saying when and where the passion may return, and the hound, apparently cured bv the whip, is never safe from a repetition of his frolic. Stop the tendency there- fore thoroughly, early in the summer, and never mind the fear of making the young entry shy. If they ai-e well-bred, they will soon find out that something is meant wnen they are thrown into covert, and they will readily Join in with their fellowp when -their game is afoot, thoui^h 182 HUNTING. perhaps at first shy from fear of the lash. The Amount of Datly Exercise during the summer months should be very considerable, since the hounds are only walked out, and seldom trotted. The huntsman sliould take them out early in the morning on the road for a couple of hours, and may also do the same in the evening in the paddocks, or on any grass hill of which he can command the use. Nothing but the time of the men ought to limit this essentially healthy part of the manage- ment of the pack ; and as foxhounds are a Mery high-couraged set of animals, unless their energies are suffered to expend themselves in this way, they will, in the first place, be always fight- ing in kennel ; i'n the second place, they will be under very little com- mand ; and in the third, they will be out of health. In the morning road- work the men should be on their horses, but in the evening on foot. In all cases when out with hounds they siiould have their hunting-coats on. Sect. 4.— Entering Young Hounds. In grass-countries by the month of August, in arable-countries as soon as the corn is cut, and in the large wood- lands even before, the. young hounds should be entered to fox. If the pack is altogether new, it will be prudent to take the old hounds out first, without any of the young entry, since many of them are sure to be altogether useless —some from an incurable tendency to "riot," others from "babbling" pro- pensities, and others again from hang- ing in covert, skirting, or slack hunting. There will, therefore, be quite enough to do for some days, to get the old hounds handy, and to decide upon which are so incurably bad as to be wholly useless, and even injurious to the young hounds. Some of these vices certainly do not show themselves ])lainly in the early cub-hunting ; but the experienced huntsman may make a very good guess even on the first day a lox is found. He must not expect too much, but must be contented if ho can get from fifteen to twenty couple of hounds tolerably steady from not, and with hunting enough in them to drive a fox pretty hard in the wood- lands. He need not yet care about the hounds " packing " well, nor can he yet ]udge of their powers in this respect ; all that he has to do is to get them to hunt their own game steadily and per. severingly, to avoid " skirting," and to turn to" his horn quickly and readily. The hunting tendency is partly depen- dent upon breeding, but much must be owing to early education. It is generally too late with draft-hounds to instil hunting into them ; but if they are slack for want of blood only, per- severance, even with a bad pack of draft-hounds, early in the season, may ensure a few cubs being run into and broken up somehow or other. This will often, with a persevering and en- couraging man, totally alter the dis- position of a hound ; for nothing is so infectious as the manner of the men. If they are slow and careless in cub- hunting, so will the hounds be, while if they are bustling and energetic, these quahties are rapidly imbibed, and the whole aspect of the pack is changed. I have seen this effected in a very short time when a slack pack has I changed hands, partly from higher feeding, but chiefly from the deter- mined energy of the men ; they have become lively and full of dash, instead of looking dull, and hunting like slow harriers. The old hounds must at once be well flogged, if not free from riot, and the incurably bad ones must be drafted at once before the young hounds are entered. Whenever the old Hounds are TOLERABLY STEADY AND HANDY, but not till then, begin to think of entering your young ones ; taking out five or six couple of them along with the steadiest and best hunters of your old pack, and remembering that your chance of good sport through this season and the next depends more upon your young entry than upon the old draft-hounds. No huntsman makes the mistake of parting with old hounds, unless they are either infirm from age, or are bad hunters in some form ; but many men draft young hounds from their looks not pleasing the eye, or from their being too high or too low, or not being " suity," as it is called, and yet in doing so perhaps give you the best blood of their ken- nels, and a hound which will do you as good service as if picked out of ten thousand. Cherish, therefore, this young entry, and sacrifice time, cubs, and old hounds to make them perfect On the first appearance of the young hound?, it is very desirabe to find R CUB-HUNTING. 183 cub as quickly as possible, for as they are sure to run something or othe^, if they have any sport in them, they will be iikely to run riot " if nothing else turns up ; and the whip is a poor intro- duction to their tirst day's sport. Some even go so far as to wait till the old hounds have found before* they give the young ones liberty, keeping them in couples outside the covert till the cub is on foot. Th^s I believe to be a very good plan, but as it is a trouble- some one, it may not suit the notions of all. When once the old hounds are running a cub hard, and the scent is strong, the young ones rapidly chime in, and there is very little more trouble in urging them on. Hallooing, however, should be indulged in to any extent ; encouragement is the order of the day, and too much devil can now hardly be infused. The sound of the huntsman's voice, if with his pack, also keeps them together, and prevents the young ones from losing themselves, which they might otherwise easily do. It should be understood that this cub-hunting begins at three or four o'clock in the morning, when, even in the summer, the air is cool and refreshing, and scent lies pretty well — though, the ground being generally dry, it is not so good as in the autumn. After the cub is killed let the huntsman lay hold of him, and take him into the hrst open space he can find ; then, before the blood of either fox or hounds has had time to cool, let him excite the hounds by a few cheers — not too long continued, however — and having cut off his head, brush, and pads, throw him to them. After this first-blooding it is better, if the morning is not far advanced, to draw for a fresh fox ; choosing, if pos- sible, an unsoiled part of the woodland, and proceeding to this chiefly in order to have an opportunity of rating the young ones for speaking to *'riot" while under the fresh recollection of the encouragement which they have received in their entry to their own particular game. Much punishment should be avoided ; a severe rate or I two generally suffices ; and if possible I the whip should not be used so soon as this. If, however, a young hound chops a hare or rabbit, and will not drop it, let him have a taste of the whip,- and ; be compelled to leave his dainty meal undevoured. If another cub is soon found, let him be killed also, if possible, or else marked to ground, and the hounds well encouraged after doing so ; but do not by any means tiro out the energies of the young entry, rather letting them leave off while still feeling a zest for their new sport. This is a very important consideration, as all- means should be taken to inculcate a desire for the peculiar kind of game to which they have just been intro- duced. Sect. 5. — Regular Cub-Hunting. This should now be entered upon in. earnest, and should, in September and October, be followed two or three times a week, or, with a very large entry, still oftener. Upon it depends the sport, to be obtained during the coming season, not only as regards the hounds,, but also in reference to the foxes. It should be known that cub-hunting and regular fox-hunting have two entirely different objects ; the former being to prepare for future sport, the latter to afford present amusement to the field of sportsmen attending the meet. Cub- hunting, therefore, is merely a kind of breaking-in of the hounds and men to their respective places ; yet some sports- men are particularly fond of this busi-. ness — for sport it is not intended to be until October is well advanced, and, 10 or even 11 o'clock meets are the order of the day, when the proceedings vary but little from those of regular hunting. The Dispersion of the Foxes is one of the most important features in cub-hunting, and one which is, perhaps, too often neglected. Foxes naturally prefer large woods, and especially those which so often are connected with others of a similar character. There are many districts where the soil is so unfit for grass, or to bear cereal crops, and is yet so well calculated for timber trees, that it is and has long been devoted to that purpose. These exten- sive woodlands being often far removed from any populous neighbourhood are chosen by the foxes ; and they are often to be found in great numbers in these secure fastnesses, at a time when they are scarce enough in the smaller coverts. Now, if these large woods HUNTING. are never tli{ rouglily routed during cub-hunting, there is seldom much chance of doing this afterwards, because the foxes, not" having been taught to go at once, early in the season, cHng to the woodlands, and the morning is generally spent in a fruitless running up and down the wood. The huntsman, too, often likes an early good run from a good covert, in preference to a tiresome and hard morning's work in the thick underwood ; and if his heart be not in his work, or if he be not compelled to do so by his master, he will avoid trouble, and instead of doing good for the future, and driving out the foxes intothe small coverts, he actually drives them back again into the large woods. This I have often known done, and especially by young masters them- selves, who often like to go out cub- hunting, and have a quiet little spin to amuse themselves with; but such masters will seldom show good after- sport, and only eat bad pudding in September instead of getting it good in November or December ; for no run early in the season can be compared to a winter one, when the ground is cool, the scent good, the turf soft and elastic, and the fences may be taken by the hunter without fear of injury. Let, therefore, all masters, as well as men, bottle up their impatience till the proper season, and take care to avoid cub-hunting for pleasure. All coverts should be regularly drawn ; but the most frequent resorts, during cub- hunting should be those woodlands where foxes are sure to breed, and where they may be killed in great numbers without injury to future sport ; whence, also, they should be systemati- cally driven. These large woodlands are often on the boundaries between two countries, and sometimes are hunted by two packs. In such a case every master will endeavour to drive out the foxes into his own country, and for this purpose will draw towards it, not entering them on his own side, but commencing to draw them as far as possible from it, and driving all out towards his own dominions. ^ Much, perhaps, cannot be effected in this way ; but it should be tried, nevertheless, for without a trial nothing can ever be done. The Nkckssity for Blooding thf; HouNDb is the second and most imme- diate object of cub-hunting. Without blood even the pack in regular work soon becomes slack, and the hounds hang back, instead of getting forward witii the true foxhound dash. Beckford relates a case in point, in a modest note, to the following effect:—" A pack of hounds which had been a month with- out registering a kill, at last ran a fox to ground, which the men dug out and threw to them. After this their spirits were so renovated that they killed seven days in succession." Now this might have been a run of luck, but most probably the marked change in their success was due to the cause to which he assigns it. However, all practical men are agreed that blood must be had even during the season ; then, how nm'ch more necessary must it be before hounds are made to know their business, to give them blood. As SOON AS THE YOTJNG HoUNDS ARE DULY Entered, and have had a fair share of blood, the pack may be hunted exactly as in the season, due reference being had to the remarks already made on the early hour necessary, on the propriety of draw- ing the large woodlands, and on the imperative want of blood almost daily, which must be had, somehow or other, either by marking to ground and dig- ging out, or by choppiug, or some other means. At this time, even bag- foxes are justifiable, for it is not until hounds are rendered fastidious by suc- cess that they turn up their noses at bagmen with disdain. These animals cause disgust, because their scent, in- stead of possessing the due amount of fox-flavour suited to the hound's nose, has became rank by confinement and fear, coupled with constant irritation. The fox, in common with the pole- cat, and all others of his kind, has a reservoir of offensive scent under the root of the tail, where it is secreted by certain glands for the purpose. When these animals are annoyed, as they are in confinement, this scent is found in large quantities of a rank natuie, and the consequence is th;it they smell, or rather, in plain English, they stink most abo:ninably. But when young hounds are firsst hunted they can hunt this strong scent better even than that of a' wild fox, and they do so because they have not yet learnt to know better. If, therefore, wild cubs cannot be found, TAKING HOUNDS TO THE MEET. 185 a bagman or two must be obtained and turned down before the hounds, and they will afterwards work with re- doubled zest. The bagged fox should be turned into some small covert free from wild foxes, as the hounds will be thereby encouraged to draw, which is one of their most disagreeable duties. The management of the hounds in drawing, &c., will come under con- sideration in the following chapter, devoted to regular hunting. CHAPTER V. raX-HUNTINa (Continued). Sect. 1. — ?eeparations for Hunting. Several Duties devolve upon the Master preparatory to a hunting-day : — First, he should have previously given the usual notice of the meet; and it is advisable that this meet should be so fixed as to Suit two or more coverts if possible, so that e very- attendant shall be obliged to appear at the place appointed, foot-people in- cluded. Very often the mention of some particular fixture means that a' certain covert will be first drawn; In' the interest of sport it is expedient to have no rules of the kind ; but to go sometimes to one covert,- sometimes to another. If this is not done, a great number will assemble at the covert to be drawn, rather than at the meet, and often they surround it so that no fox can break; or the noise may cause a fox to steal away, especially if the covert be a small one ; but by this pre- caution, on taking the hounds on to draw the covert, the foot-people cannot anticipate them, and a fox has time to make his point before he is headed. Secondly, the hunting pack must be drafted on the previous day, fed, early or late, according to the distance they have to travel, and separately shut up for the night. When drafting the hoimds for the morrow's hunting, a list should be entered in the huntsman's book ; and he should take a copy of this with him in hunting— so should the master if he at all interferes in these matters. In making this draft it is usual for the huntsman to select the hounds which are the best suited to the particular country which is to be drawn, if he has sufficient numbers for that purpose; and also to proportion his pack to the strength and extent of the covertn._ From eighteen to twenty couple is the number most generally taken out. Thirdly, the earth-stopper and keepers should have orders as to whateatths to stop, and whether to stop at night or in the morning, according to the season ; for if in the spring, they must not be stopped too long, or the cubs may be starved if there are any. All these preliminary duties should be carefully attended to, since a failure in any will atfect the chance of sport on the morrow,' Sect. 2.— Going to Covert. According to the distance from the meet must the start be made from the kennel. About five or six miles an hour is the pace at which hounds gene- rally travel on the road. The hounds seem to know the hunting days, and are as impatient as the most ardent tyro. They are all life and animation on first bursting out of kennel, and are the better for a turn in the paddock to empty themselves before getting on the roa:d. The men should then mount and proceed oh their way, the first whip leading, with the huntsman in the middle of bis hounds, and the second whip bringing up the rear. This order is maintained until their arrival at the meet. It is always advisable to avoid the crowded streets of towns as far as possible, for fear of accidents, as it is not always that the hounds can be safe from the careless driving of carts or carriages, whose charioteers will not always pull up for them to pass. When arrived at the meet the men may tighten their girths, &c,, but the hounds should be kept moving on the grass, and not allowed to lie about, except it be in the ver^' warm and dry weather which is sometimes ex- perienced at the beginning or end of the season. Hounds in going to covert are very apt to pick up bones, and will sometimes in their greediness for these 186- HUNTING. unwonted dainties, swallow large ones. This should be prevented by the second whip, as their possession only leads to delay and quarrelling ; and if of large size, and they are swallowed, they do not improve the wind. Sect. 3. — Drawing. No part of a huntsman's duties is so often performed in a slovenly manner, and yet none is of more consequence, than the drawing of coverts. It is so unpleasant to all, that it is no wonder it is shirked ;; but, nevertheless, it is like business with regard to pleasure, it should come first in importance as in precedence. One of the most beauti- ful sights in fox-hunting is the perfect drawing of a pack of hounds, I have rarely seen it to perfection, because it is seldom that the eye can .command the covert so as to get a bird's-eye view. But in the Heythrop country some of the best coverts are merely willow beds under the sides of the hills ; and there T have seen the hounds, when under Lord Redesdale's niastership, drawing in a style which elicited my admiration, as well as tha,t of all the field. Every square yard of covert seemed to have its allotted hound, and they drew from one to the other,^ and back again, so as to leave no single patch of ground untried. No hound could be seen following another, but each appeared to cautiously avoid this common defect. It happened on one occasion that this was conspicuous, through a long series of blank-draws, on the same day, and still, even to the last, these persevering hounds spread out and drew their ground as closely as ever. It was, I recollect, a great disappointment to me to meet with a blank-day, after travelling more than forty miles to the meet, especially as, from the rare occurrence of such an event, I did not expect it; but the gratification afforded by the perfection of the drawing quite made up for the loss of the expected run. The first thing the huntsman does is to send the pack into covert with a wave of the hand, which is all the signal that ought to be required ; then, entering himself, he takes the line which he wishes his hounds to follow, keeping a little behind the body of his hounds, but well with them. This plan is much to be preferred to that of the huntsman riding round the outside of the covert as some, especially amateurs, do. Much will depend on the size of the covert as to the proceedings from this time. If large the draw is made up-wind, apd the first whip is sent on to the ponit where the fox is most likely to break, in order to view him away, and save time by hallooing, which signal is of course at once acted on by the hunts- man. If the whip, or the person who views the fox can see the huntsman, or any of the field, it is better for him to hold up his cap or hat, instead of hallooing, as noise is likely to make the fox turn back. If a halloo is given, the whip should wait till the fox is well clear of the covert, and across the first field. If the woods are very large, it is of no use for the first whip to go to any one point outside — he must rather select some ride or break which the fox must cross at some distance ahead of the body of the hounds, and, as they approach, quietly slip off to a second and more distant one. He will thus have a good chance of viewing the fox as he crosses, and at last may post himself at tlje outside, at the point where foxes usually break from that particular covert. I need not say that, while engaged in this occupation, strict silence should be kept, and no one should approach the whip for any pur- pose, much less enter into conversation with him. Some masters, when drawing large coverts, station five or six men in different parts, and give them a sepa- rate signal. This is of great use, and is certainly carrying out Beckford's rule to the fullest extent. In this case, also, much noise is to be avoided, as it is not desirable to drive the fox out of his kennel far before the hounds ; the se- cond whip should be a little in the rear of the huntsman, and should urge for- ward the lagging hounds. It is most important that the huntsman should himself penetrate the thickest parts of the covert ; it is here that the fox will most probably be lying, and many a one has been drawn over unfound, from the dislike of the huntsman to set the ■ example to his hounds. They will go anywhere with encouragement; but a slack huntsman is soon imitated, and if he leaves untried the thick part of the underwood, so will his pack. The field seldom can judge of these things, be- L cause they seldom are where they should THE RUN. 187 be, in covert, but are talking, laughing-, and cigar-smoking, often where the fox is most wanted or most likely to break. If they would all enter and assist the huntsman inside, they would be as use- ful as they now too often are the reverse, Wiien the covert to be drawn is small, the field is usually marshalled on one side, so as to leave a free exit for the fox. As soon as the first challenge is given, the first whip should be all attention to his duty, and carefully watch, by eye and ear, for his charge's appearance. If he sees him, no notice should be taken till he has reached the first fence from the covert; but as soon as this has been gained, he should screech a halloo in such a w^ay as to bring every hound, with the huntsman, to the spot in less than no time. Thus is a fox well found — which is the first item towards kilHng him. If, however, the covert is small, it is not necessary to take all these precautions ; but, the huntsman enter- ing with his hounds, the whips may each take the skirts outside the fence, so as to see the fox break before them, driving every hound which appears outside the covert; and thus, with as much noise as they like, the spinney or goise may be threaded. Here the fox seldom gets away far enough before the hounds to require caution; and the moment the scent is owned, they settle to it, and are away. In very small coverts the cracking of a whip is often sufficient to rouse the fox, and cause him to break. But it often happens that foxes in large coverts when first found, instead of breaking at once, run ring after ring inside, and at last break down wind, at the point where the hounds entered. These are generally foxes which have been unkenneled just before the hounds, and perhaps headed by the whip, or by some other person who is trying to be over-clever. Sometimes these rings are repeated so often, that the whole covert is foiled by the hounds so constantly running over the same ground, and the consequence is that they cannot hunt a yard. ^ This is a most annoying affair, and tries the temper of all parties more even than a blank-draw. Whenever it happens, and the hounds begin to throw up, and really cannot hunt, it is better to take them away to some other covert than toperscverein this hopelesspursuit. Sect. 4.— The Run; " Gone Away ' Gone Away J ! " re- sounds^ through the covert, and every nerve is strained by the master, men, hounds, and field to fill their respective stations with due credit. The first whip now is a gentleman at large in comparison with his previous duties, and need only ride so as to be at hand in a moment in case of difficulty. He should now carefully husband the powers of his horse. The second whip should bring up the tail hounds and see that none hang in covert, using his whip and tongue pretty freely to com- pel all to get "forrard," which is con- stantly now to be in his mouth. Thus they stream over hill and dale. After leaving the covert the huntsman gives a few notes on his horn and a cheer or two j then places himself by the side of his hounds, carefully watching them, and taking advantage of every bend in the leading hounds to cut corners and thus be with them. He thus sees when and where the scent fails in case of a check, and is able to notice any facts which may assist him in his cast ; as, for instance, the presence of sheep, or I deer, or a plough at work, or a sheep- dog, or the scent ceasing at a road or river, or fifty other such occurrences. Upon these facts, trifling as they appear to unlearned eyes, the skilful huntsman founds his calculations, and acts accord- ing to them. At this time the master should be in the rear of his huntsman, and ready, if necessar}^, to restrain the field from pressing upon the hounds. Presently a check occurs, and "Hold hard, gentlemen I " should be the order from the master before mischief is done. The hounds now, if used to cast them- selves, will do so without a moment's loss of time, and spread right and left, or wheel in a body, in order to recover the scent. It is extraordinary how clever some hounds are in this self-casting ; and how, if left to themselves, they try every stratagem hkely to occur to a dog's imagination. But there are many facts which they do not grasp, and of these the huntsman takes advantage; nevertheless, I believe that, if left to themselves, hounds would in the long run kill more foxes than if interfered with too much. The truth of this is seen in Devonshire, in which county, and notably in Lord Portsmouth's hunt' the huntsman is often unable to be any- 188 \ HUNTING. where near liis hounds. Here, as in every pursuit, inoderation is the great virtue, and the huntsman who interferes at the right time, and then only, is the man who is to be applauded. But though hounds when left to themselves will kill their foxes, yet they do not kill them secundum artem, because the hunting of the fox is now considered to be a compound operation, partly canine, but partly human ; and therefore if the biped is ignored by the quadruped, and the latter can do without him, the only party who can use his tongue in intelligible language is Sure to throw it pretty freely. The First Check is the trial of both hounds and huntsman.- Time is now precious, for the fox is travelling , but " most haste is often worst speed ; " if, therefore, nothing very evident presents itself to the huntsman as the cause of the check, by all means let the canine instinct have fair play— for a very short time at all events — and then cast them in favour of some reasonable proceeding which the huntsman's brain may have devised, as that which the fox has employed iii his defence. Now the scent is either hit off, or fails alto- gether ; and, in the latter case, what is to be done? Either wait for a " halloo," or at once lift the hounds to the point which the fox is most likely to make, and this is generally the nearest covert. Halloos are ticklish affairs, and the man who attends to them indiscriminately, when he does not know by whom they are given, is sure to mislead himself and his follow- ers in nine cases out of ten. Especially is this the case when a fox has been found in a large covert. Others may have gone away at the same time, yet when a man sees a fox, he is nearly always of opinion that it is the hunted fox. As long as the scent is owned it is better to woik it out, unless a halloo which is to be depended on is heard, and then it should certainly be attended to ; but if hounds are lifted from the scent and disappointed, they soon be- come slack, and lose that confidence in their huntsman which is the strong link between him and them. Bat a common accident occurs per- haps in the run — the hunted fox is CHANGED for a frcsh one. It happens, unfortunately for foxhounds, that the fox, unlike the deer, loses scent as he goes on ; the deer, as he warms, sweats and emits a very strong scent with it, which falls on the ground, and increases mile by mile; on the other hand, the fox, like the dog, its congener, never sweats, and what scent it emits is gradually lost during the progress of the chase, becoming fainter and fainter, though generally lasting for the length of a run. Hence, while the deerhound sticks to the hunted deer, by preference for its scent, the foxhound is tempted by the line fresh scent of a newly- roused fox to take after him in pre- ference to the sinking animal before him. Hence the diihculty in which the huntsman is placed, for the natural powers of the dog would here mis- lead him, and it is in this predicament that foxhounds most want his aid. For this also he must always be on the look-out, especially in covert, when running his fox through. During this time it is very important that he should be with them, and that his first whip should be on the other side of it, in order to view any fox which breaks, and decide whether he is the hunted one or not, whilst at the same time he may be able to halloo forward the hunts- man and hounds, if all is right. But there are some signs which may in- dicate the hunted fox, as, for instance, the following : — Supposing the hounds divide, then the huntsman should be able to know in which lot are the leading hounds at the time of the division ; to these he should stick, regardless of those who were skirting at the time ; and the whipper-in should stop the others, if possible, and bring them to him. During a division the second whip should wait anxiously for orders, and be ready to act in a moment when he sees to which side the huntsman is leading. Now all goes on again, and the hounds are running breast-high ; soon they press still more eagerly forward, and the huntsman can perceive the fox hard pressed only a field before him : at this time he fancies that his prize is won, and halloos and screams to encourage his hounds, which then certainly do not want it. Alas ! his hopes are damped, for, after carry- ing on to the middle of the next field of turnips, they throw up their heads, and cannot own the scent. What can have happened. The fox must have lain down in the hedgerow, or run down the ditch ; but the horse- ON SCENT. 189 men are so forward that all idea of himtiag back for him is out of the question, and the hounds must be lifted to the hedge. Here, after a careful cast, he is hit off, and at last ran into only a hundred yards or so from the line, being fairly blown, and lying in the ditch. Sect. 5. — The Kill. It is usual, when hounds have killed their fox, for the huntsman to dismount and get in among them, for the pur- pose of laying hold of the fox and cutting off his head, brush, and pads. This done — in order that the hounds may recover their wind, and that the tail-hounds shall be encouraged as well as the leaders — the fox is held aloft, and the huntsman, holding the fox towards the hounds, presently throws the carcase to the baying pack, encour- aging them by cheers and blasts on his horn, which in addition constitute a chorus most gratifying to the sports- man's ear. Such is the finale of this exciting sport, in which the energies of so many have been long engaged. Sect. 6.— Running to Ground. This happens sometimes as a finale to a run, instead of a kill or losing a fox, and is certainly a better finish than this last conclusion, the most unsatis- factory of all to the good sportsman. When hounds have marked their fox well, and there is no doubt about his having gone to ground, they may, after some few minutes, be taken off to some fresh " draw,' ' or home, if the day is too far gone. Sometimes, however, it is desirable to dig out or bolt the fox, when hounds have been short of blood, or the country one in which farmers like to see foxes killed. In some places farmers and others will not preserve if foxes run to ground are let off. Then, a terrier having been procured, he is put in, and soon pins the fox in some corner where he is heard baying him. Over this point the spades should be used, and soon come down upon him in the ordinary way. Occasionally, how- ever, though rarely, the fox is bolted by the terrier, and may even run the gauntlet of the hounds, and escape, as has happened on some occasions. The use of the terrier is to mark the exact situation of the fox, and to pre- vent his digging on further, which he will often do in sandy soils. Some- times in shallow spouts or drains a terrier may be made to lay hold of the fox, and, by withdrawing him, the fox will be brought out. If he can be reached, a whip-thong should be first introduced, in the hope of taking off the fox's attention from the dog, who has then a better chance of escaping his teeth. Sect. 7.— On Scent. No single subject connected with hunting has received so much atten- tion as this, and for this simple reason, that none is so difficult to settle, from an ignorance of the laws which govern it. ^ But not only do we know nothing of its laws, but we also are at sea with regard to facts, for of these we have none upon which certain dependence can be placed. One party asserts that different foxes have different scents; and consequently that scent varies with the individual fox ; but, says another, "scent varies in a few minutes with the same fox — then how is the indivi- dual the cause of the variation?" There can be no doubt that this often happens. We have all often seen on the advent of a hail-cloud scent melt away as if by magic ; although over the same country it was previously a good one. Bat what is there that we have not seen ? that is the question in reference to scent. One thing may be said, viz., that we have seen no one fact with regard to scent which could be considered so constant as to form the basis of a rule. Is even " the southerly wind and the cloudy sky " a certain prelude to scent ? I trow not ; and I should be sorry to depend upon it. Living for many years in a bad scenting country, I have been saluted on all occasions with prophecies as to scent; but never did I find the man whose foretellings were worth a farthing. Scent must be either good or bad or indifferent on any given day ; and therefore it is an even chance that any opinion given beforehand Avill be right, because the indifferent scent will do for either, and will be claimed by both parties. Yet I never knew any 190 \ HUNTING, man receive general credit for knowing anything on the subject, practically. i believe, however, that scent really does depend, to some extent, upon the individual fox, and moreover, that this scent is constantly varying with his hopes and fears. My impression is that it is only partially dependent upon his skin, and that when that only emits the scent hounds have a difficult task. . Did any of my readers ever catch a cat in a trap set in a room ? If so, they wi'l surely remember the rank scent which pervaded that room ; _ and which was not produced by the skin of the cat, but by its anal glands. So with the fox. When first disturbed he emits a considerable quantity of this scent, and if hard pressed at first, it is produced in great quantities, and to such an extent as to enable hounds to hunt breast-high ; hence the advantage of pressing him early, for the more lie is pressed the better scent he gives ; but if this scent is gradually and slowly emitted, as it is when he is suffered to go his own pace without fear, the result is that ihe hounds are less and less able to own it, and he has a fair chance of escaping. Old writers on hunting always insist that there is a better scent if the fox has been well pressed in cover before he breaks than if he slip away unnoticed, pro- bably for the reason given above. Again, supposing a change of atmo- sphere from a cloud, or whatever other cause may produce it, these glands suddenly cease to emit their scent, and the change is as rapidly transmitted to the hunting of the hounds. The soil and air have much to do with the "bad scent," and with the skin scent, but with this glandular scent his fears and anxieties are the chief agents ; or, in the state of repose, his hopes and desires. This theory will, I think, explain some of the anomalies of scent, but that it will do away with all diffi- culties is beyond my fondest fancy. When we know all the intricate laws connected with and governing the electrical condition of the air— that called ozone and the laws of storms— we may hope to improve our know- ledge of scent ; but perhnps then it may elude our grasp. If, however, attention be paid to nature, it will, I think, be found that, however useless in practice, the above is the true theory of scent as regards the fox. At all events it explains some of the facts which before were at variance with each other ; but it will only explain the strong variations in scent, and will not affect the ordinary rules which Beckford gives, and which every one re-echoes, though not exactly believing in them. Such however, as they are, they should be known, and are givsn by him as follows; — "It depends chiefly on two things- the condition the ground is in, and the temperature of the air, both of which should be moist without being wet. When both are in this condition the scent is then perfect, and vice versa, when the ground is hard and the air dry there seldom will be any scent. It scarcely ever lies with a north or an east wind ; a southerly wind without rain, and a westerly wind that is not rough, are the most favourable. Storms in tlie air are great enemies to scent, and seldom fail to take it entirely away. A fine sunshiny day is not often a good hunting-day ; but what the French call jour des dames, warm without sun, is generally a perfect one — there are not many such in a whole season. In some fogs I have known the scent lie high, in others not at all, depending, I believe, on the quarter the wind is then in. I have known it lie very high in a mist, when not too wet ; but if the wet should hang upon the bushes it will fall on the scent and deaden it. When the dogs roll, the scent, I have frequently observed, seldom lies — for what reason I know not ; but, with permission, if they smell strong when they first come out of kennel, the proverb is in their favour, and that smell is a prognostic of good luck. When cobwebs hang on the bushes there is seldom much scent; during a white frost the scent lies high, as it also does when the frost is quite gone. At the time of its going ofi' scent never Hes ; it is a critical minute for hounds, in which their game is frequently lost. In a great dew the scent is the same ; in heathy countries, where the game brushes as it goes along, scent seldom fails ; when the ground carries scent is bad, for a very evident reason which hare-hunters, who pursue their game over greasy fallows and through dirty roads, have great reason to complain of. A wet night frequently produces good chases, as then the game neither like to use the covert nor the roads. It has DRAFTING been often remarked that scent lies best in the richest soils, and countries which are favourable to horses are seldom so to hounds. I have also observed that in some particular p]aces, let the temperature of the air be as it may, scent never lies." Beyond this nothing, as far as I know, has been added to our knowledge of the laws of scent. Sect. 8. — Ox Draftixg Houxds for Faults. Tlie characteristic of the foxhound is " dash." As the harrier can scarcely be too cautious so the foxhound can hardly be too fast, ?/ only his nose is good. The combination, therefore, of these two points sljould be encouraged, and all old and slow hounds, however good they once were, must be drafted. Few hounds retain their dash after five or six seasons ; and though they can hunt a cold scent then perhaps "better than ever, they will dwell too long upon a good one, and will thereby only do harm to the younger hounds. Let not any feeling of favouritism keep these oversteady old hounds in the hunting-pack, but discard them at once whenever their places can be supplied by younger and more vigorous hunters. Inveterate skirters, also, and conceited babblers, by all means hang— they are not worth keeping a day, and deserve no mercy. Hounds should carry a good head, and not follow one another like a flock of geese ; and each should seem to struggle for an opening. It is remarkable how various are the powers of diflferent hounds: some seem to hunt best in covert ; some can pick out a cold "pad scent;" whilst others again, though not otherwise faster, can rattle away with a breast- high scent, and beat their rivals at that particular point, though, with the fox m view, they might again be over- matclied. But the various classes of hounds seem themselves aware of these variations, and depend upon one another for assistance— Ptattler, Rain- bow, and Admiral giving way to Jowler, Concord, and Beauty at certain con- junctures, and again appearing to resume their positions by sufferance whenever that conjuncture has passed by. It 18 also curious to notice that some packs, though very good at line FOR FAULTS, 191 hunting, are, as a body, poor drawers —the reverse is not often found to be the case. This probably depends to a great extent, upon the huntsman. Nothing does so much harm to hounds as leaving them in covert to hunt ''riot"" unchecked. The second whip ought, therefore, to be careful in getting all away ; and he had better be out of the run altogether than leave four or five couple behind him ; they learn all sorts of bad tricks, and if some are left every day, almost any pack is speedily ruined. Nothing is more wonderful than the power wliich hounds have of threading their way th o-ugh horsemen, and reaching the body of the pack. With a Leicester- shire field this is truly marvellous ; and when the pace is considered, it will be admitted that it is difficult to account for the way in which tail hounds get forward ; but if they do not, they are useless, and they also should be drafted. Sect. 9. — The Duties of the Men. The Huntsman.— The general duties of the men have been already alluded to in the preliminary chapter; but I shall now say a few words on those which are pecuhar to the hunting of foxhounds. In the first place it is all in his favour if the huntsman be a man in the prime of life, as he must be a good and bold horseman, and able to be with his hounds wherever a horse can live. Beckford was of opinion that the huntsman's office is not so important as that of the first whip ; and in his day, when hounds were a good deal less interfered with than now, perhaps such was the case. But nowadays a hunts- man must be a very superior man ; for he must interfere a good deal, or lose his character for "fastness : " and yet, when he interferes, he must really do something or another in a way superior to that which the hounds themselves would have followed. His casts, con- sequently, must not be general casts, which the hounds themselves would have managed as well as he ; but they must be with some particular object in view, and that object ought to be really founded on observation and experience. Beckford says, I am very well satis- fied if my huntsman be acquainted with his country and his hounds ; if he ride well up to them ; and if he have some knowledge of the nature of the animal 192 HUNTING. whiclv he is in pursuit of ; but so far am I from wishing him to be famous, that I hope he will still continue to think his hounds know best how to hunt a fox." In the present day, how- ever, if a huntsman is not "famous, his hounds will have a poor character, and the sport will not be considered as e-ood as it should be. A huntsman s temper should be good, both for the sake of his hounds and for that ot the field • and he should revel with delight in his business, not following it solely for a livelihood, but enjoymg it with as much zest as the youngest of his followers. His language to his hounds should be good, and his manner of an animated character, whether encourag- ing them or repressing their ardour. The dog-language chiefly used by the huntsman is— ''Hark! hark I to Governor 1 " when Governor speaks, and is deserving attention ; or, when encou- raging all to draw, he cries, " Yooicks I yooicksl there, have athim ! Rout him outl Push him upl At him again boys 1 These are his chief words ot encouragement; but in a practical, though scarce book, called the Dianj of a Huntsman, by T. Smith (not Assheton), the reader will find a long glossary of hound language._ ihe horn brings hounds to his heel in cast- ing or lifting, or in leaving covert, and is always a signal for the second whip to bring on tail-hounds, and to the first whip to turn the body of the pack to the huntsman. The great misfortune is, that the huntsman of a pack of fox- hounds requires an old head on young shoulders, which is seldom met with ; in fact, Hector and Ulysses in one would not be a more improbable combination than that desirable in the model hunts- man. 1 can conceive no situation more try- ing than that of a huntsman when things will go wrong ; a bad scent a short-running fox, an impatient held, and an easy-tempered master, are enough to try a Job in pigskin. Some excuse, therefore, should be made for such trying circumstances ; but when ill success lasts all through a season, or perhaps two, no man should be asto- nished at grumblings on the part of the attendant "field." Success will generally in the long run be commanded if it is deserved ; and if a man has a good head, a good seat, a good eye, and, above all, a fox-hunter's heart, ho will generally both deserve and com- mand success. " Scrutator," in his interesting letters upon hunting and hounds, appears to lean to the system of non-interference, and thinks, with many others, that the modern system of lifting over fallows, and all kinds of halloos, is a bad one. This opinion, coming from a gentleman- huntsman, is a very valuable one, because these are generally the men who delight most in exercising then- own talents in preference to those of their hounds. But, after all, it is a question of taste, and it is not to be decided by the number of foxes killed in each way, which is not a decisive test, but rather by the general opinion as to which way is most consonant with the preconceived idea of sport. If the number of kills is to be received as decisive in all cases, shooting birds sitting, or shooting into *' the ruck " of a covey, ought to be praised ; but the reverse being the case, is an example of the rule not applying in all cases. It may, however, be here mentioned that a gradual return to the silent system is taking place in some countries, andthey say that sport improves under it. While, therefore, the present fashion lasts, the huntsman must interfere whenever he thinks {and is right in thinlcing) that he can do so with a pros- pect of advantage— not waiting till the hounds cannot hunt, but always liftino- or casting when he is satisfied that his doing so will gain time in pursuing his fox. Such I believe to be the modern rule, and if so, it requires, as I before remarked, a better head than does the otiice of first whip, although his duties are by no means light and easy. In remarking on the duties of the huntsman of a pack of foxhounds, I have passed over his kennel-duties, and those which refer to entering his youn; hounds, because they are pretty much the same with all hounds and huntsmen, and have already been sufficiently insisted upon in the preliminary chapter on Hunting. The following twelve rules may bo useful to the young huntsman :— l^ule 1 — Avoid extremes in interfer- ing with hounds ; for though too much assistance will destroy their hunting powers and make them slack, too little will often make them tie on the scent, and hunt heel. Rule 2.— Always cast on the most THE FIRST WIIIPPER-IN. 193 likely ground first — taking a hedge, for instance, in preference to the open field, and casting rapidly or slowly in proportion to the goodness of the scent. Rule 3. — Be careful not to mislead hounds ; let them always know what is the precise nature of the work to be done. Rule 4. — Always make good the cast in each direction l^efore trying another, and do not have to go over the same ground twice. In returning from a bad cast over soiled ground, trot as quickly as possible, as the hounds then are not to suppose themselves doing anything. Rule 0.— When it is probable that the fox is headed back, if a forward cast is first decided on, let it be a very short and quick one, and do not lose more time than necesc^ary in that direc- tion. Rule 6. — When hounds are running in covert, if the fox is seen in a ride', and not over it, no attempt shouM be made to interfere with the hounds, as they must hunt very carefully to avoid over-running the scent. Rule 7. — Although the horsemen are better in the covert than out, yet they should not be riding all over the wood, or they will foil the scent. Rule 8. — When a fox is hunted up to a farm-yard or vilhige, great care sho-ild be taken not to leave him behind. The hounds are very apt to overrun the scent for half a mile or more, when tliere is the hallooing of the farmer and his men, or of tl'ie villagers, and the fox may escape by takingVefuge in any outhouse. Rule 9. — The heel-scent is sometimes stronger than the right scent, in conse- quence of the wind favouring it. _ Rule 10.— When a fox runs his foil m covert, the tail-hounds may be lifted and thrown in at head (Beckford). Rule 11. — When hounds are seen to he perfectly unable or unwilling to cast themselves, and are apparently be- wildered, the chances are that the fox s headed back. 1 Rule 12. — If many foxes are afoot, ; t 18 sometimes thought better to let ;he hounds divide and hunt all of theiri It once, as by these means all are '.qually distressed, and one is sure to )reak, when the remaining hounds muy joon begot up to the hunted fox by 'he efforts of the whips. The First Whipper-in is truly a Jack-of-all-trades ; he is expected to rate hounds, and stop them from riot on all occasions, as well as the second whip ; yet, in case of the huntsman's absence from the field, from any cause, he must be able to hunt them. Now,' every one knows that half of the power of the huntsman over his hounds is vested in their personal attachment to him, and that, cccteris paribus, the iriaii who best succeeds in making his hounds fond of him, in the summer and in kennel, will do most with them in the hunting field. Yet the first whip, who IS always to be rating and using his whip, is at once to step into the huntsman's shoes, and show sport as well as if every hound was accustomed to fly to him, instead of from him. -Next, the first whip must be able to . foretell the exact point of the fox in breaking covert, and ought to be there to see him ; or, if in a larger covert, ho ought to be wherever he is wanted, which is rather a large space to cover. Then, if the fox unexpectedly takes a line which leads to open earths, the first whip must get there before him, let the pace be what it may, or the maledictions on his head will be many and loud. Such are his greatest difii- culties, often so great as to be insuper- able but the regular duties he may fulfil in a satisfactory manner, and they are chiefly the following, and even in these he may easily exhibit extraordin- ary talent. He must, of course, be a good horse- man, and should be a tolerably light weight ; the more under eleven stone the better, and never over that weight In stopping hounds, never let the Avhip begin to rate them before heading- them, but gallop well before them, and then beg-in to smack his whip and r;ite them. This is particularly necessarv when in the open, but it 'should also be attended to in covert. While the hounds are running man v slight offences may be [)assed over ; which, however, should be treasured up, and considered in aggravation of punishment on the next similar offence. When not run- ning no offence should be passed over, and if the rate and whip are not attended to, the hound should be taken up and well flogged. When hounds are_ very riotous, it has been the custom to introduce the subject of their riot to the kennel, and flog them well in its o 104 HUNTING. presence, rating them the while ; but this is certainly a bad plan, and quite unnecessary, if due care is taken in the summer to accustom hounds to riot, two or three couple at a time ; in fact, with properly broken hounds, the whip need seldom be used in kennel or in the held. When these means have been taken in the summer, and the whip sufficiently used then, the rate ''Ware- hare," or "Have a care," or "Ware- sheep," will generally nip such offences in the bud ; and that is the time when they are the most easily prevented. Besides these rates, the first whip should chiefly use the halloo on view- ing the fox, and should be able to give it artistically : thus, — " Taally ho ! taaally ho ! 1 taaally ho ! ! ! Go-n-e away I go-n-e away ! ! go - o - n - e aw-ay ! ! ! " followed by the peculiar scream in a falsetto, which no words will convey. If, however, the fox is headed back, he alters his note to "Tally ho ! back ! Tally ho ! back ! ! " and, with a smack of his whip, sends the hounds into covert again as fast as they appear. In assisting the hunts- man to get hounds out, not by the whip, he uses the words, "Elup! eluppe ! ! elnppe ! ! 1" One thing a first whip should espe- cially guard against, and that is, giving the huntsman any cause for jealousy. This feeling is always sufficiently near the surface, and if encouraged, adieu to all hopes of co-operation on the part of two men whose duties are as much connected as is the right hand with the left. If, however, the huntsman fancies that the whipper-in is trying to show off at his expense, or to supplant him in the estimation of the Hunt, he is sure to endeavour to lower him, and in so doing lie interferes with sport ; and the same is the case with the whip. They can do as much harm by opposing one another, as good by co-operation. Many persons think that a good whipper-in must make a good hunts- man, but the two offices are so very distinct that a success in the one by no means implies a fitness for the other ; though, at the same time, every huntsman, except amateurs, has been a whip. The one has a limited field of operations, and has confined himself for many years to that field in Avhich he has been activity itself, and has rivalled "the varm"nt " himse'f in skill and daring. The other has a much larger field, and requires to know not oniy the habits of the fox, but those of the hound as well ; also, the natural history of everything upon which his eye falls in the hunting-field— the habits of the crow, whose flight often indicates the line of the fox ; the habits of sheep, who often in the distance may be seen to indicate the fox's presence among them ; the peculiar style of hunting of each hound, who each often tell him something of what is going on ; and lastly, the general features of the part of the country which he is hunting, upon which much depends in his casts and lifts. The Second Whip has a much more easy place, as far as head-work_ is con- cerned, but his hands will find full occupation, even if he had a dozen pair. He must look out for riot in covert, and stop it quickly and decidedly ; he must be ready to "bring up the tail-hounds, and on all occasions work to the hunts- man whenever he is getting his hounds forward, and lifting them, either in covert or out. " Forrard, forrard," is his everlastins: cry, and the acting up to it his chief duty. If he does this well, : and takes care to leave no hound behind him, and does not holloa every fox he sees in covert, he will fulfil his duties to everybody's satisfaction. Sect. 10.— Points of Difference FROM Stag-Hunting. Stag -Hunting being a sport in which the game is to be saved, hounds must necessarily be easily stopped; Ihey must therefore be very tractable, which to a certain extent is desirable with fox- hounds, but still not so much so as with staghounds. Nothing perhaps would be more difficult than to save a fox close before a pack of foxhounds, and many a vixen in the spring pays the penalty of this excessive desire for blood. Without it the dash of the foxhound would be lost, and the chief beauty of the sport marred ; it would indeed sink into tameness, and the high price at which it is purchased would, be totally thrown aNvay. Spjct. 11.— Points of Difference FROM Hare-Hunting. Hare-Hunting, as we shall presently see, is a sport totally different from fox-hunting, and requires different men. DIFFERENCE FROM HABERE UN TING. 196 different hounds, and a very different field. Harriers should certainly never be interfered with, and should be able to carr}^ on their hunting under every difficulty. It must be remembered that the hare is always above ground, and that the hounds ought to be able to pick out her scent through every disadvantage ; accordingly, time is of no consequence, and the end must always come if only the hounds can continue to hunt. Patience, therefore, may have full play; and the huntsman has httle to do but to watch his beauties and admire their wonderful efforts to' out-manoeuvre the turns and doubles of the hare. As Beckford observes, fox- hunting without its spirit would be no longer fox-hunting; it would be as stale small-beer to champagne. The harrier or beagle is always at work but is content to do that work "slowly and surely;" he should never be hurried; while the foxhound's dash leads him to try forward and get on as rapidly as his nose will allow him to do. With a strong bold fox this quality is very necessary, and no true harriers or beagles would reach him ; but with a short-running and bad one' the case is different; and then the latter hound would perhaps succeed better than the high-bred foxhound. But when foxes take a straight line, hounds must race as well as hunt; and It IS their great peculiarity that they are capable of doing this. Beckford distin guishes hunting the fox from fux-hunt- ing, and, to illustrate his position, shows that a hackney, though he runs a race, IS not therefore a race-horse. The fox- hound therefore ought to be kept to his own game, and not to be used for the hare, whose style of running he is not smted for. If hares are to be raced into, greyhounds are the appointed dogs ; and it is a poor kind of coursing when the hounds occasionally stoop to the scent, and at other times run their hare in view. Fox-hunting, in its very essence, implies courage, impetuosity, pace and dash, in all en^raged ; whilst Hare-huntmg is inseparably connected with cool, cautious, old-gentlemanl v discretion and wile. Towards the end ^""ri ^•ffe'"ence is very remark- able. The foxhound vires acnuirit sum/0, IS more and more full of dash ami, as he runs from scent to view, is 1 terally frantic wth excitement ; but throughout the hare-hunt the same steady and beautiful but calm kind of hunting goes on ; and even at the kill the hounds seem scarcely to enjoy their bloodless victory. Beagles cannot pos- sibly be too tender-nosed, provided they are all ahke and pack well; but the foxhound may easily be so, if he is thereby tempted to tie on a scent and potter, whereby time is lost and the lox escapes to his earth. Fox-hunting is tpie sport of youth AND EARLY MANHOOD, and is rarely en- joyed to the fullest extent beyond that period of life. Few men after foity- fave can get up the ste.na sufficiently to enter into it with all the zest which it IS capable of inspiring ; and though many who have passed their grand climacteric join in its pleasures! it is generally without also partaking of its perils. A perfect hunter and a little riding to points will generally suffice lor the prevention of accidents, but the sport is not then enjoyed as it was at thiity; iior is it really partaken of in al Its glories and perfections. How seldom do we see any men above the age I have specified at all near the hounds I Certainly there are some brilliant exceptions, and especially with some of our most prominent huntsmen, whose grey hairs seem no impediment to daring horsemanship, and proper anrt efficient assistance to hounds I have heard that there are 'some men who prefer a tough beef-steak to one cut from a tender London rump because the former lasted longer than the latter; and with them perhaps a four or fave hours' fox-chase is the per- fection of the sport ; but though I like to see hounds left to themselves a good deal, I confess it is only that they may get on the faster, not dwell the lon-er on a scent. All hounds go fast enoirgh with a good scent, but no hound can 5o the pace which a foxhound can with a 7^^.^"^; and in this is another point ot difference between the two hounds. It must be remembered that during every minute lost the fox is nearino- his point of safety by some hundreds of yards : whilst in the case of the here she IS only crouching close to you in all probability. For all these reasons toxhounds should always be above their work in order to retain that dash whichis sohighly prized ; while harriers can scarcely be too much worked, as thereby they are rendered sufficiently steady and ready to dtoop." o 2 HUNTING. Sect. 12— Bag-Foxes. Wiienever bac'-foxes are to be used they should belmnted solely for the purpose of giving blood ; and if it is intended to depend upon them entirely, a pack of harriers will serve the pur- pose much better than foxhounds. Thev run much more like hares than wild foxes, and, not knowing where to look for earth they do not try to make a l>oint ; and consequently are soon run into by foxhounds which will conde- scend to hunt them. Old hounds winch have tasted good, sweet, and healthy wild foxes, will scorn such carrion ; and the fact of a bag-fox being shaken out before hounds by the keeper is often clearly indicated by the best hounds refusing to take their usual leading places at the head of the pack. Har- riers, however, will hunt bagmen witli great alaciity ; and the sport is very similar to a run with a hare ; and as displaying all tlie excehences of the T)eaVe, is not to be despised. I should much prefer such a sport with a good pack of full-sized beagles, to the slow sport which is afforded by bad fox- hounds in a bad country, where foxes are perpetually lost, or changed,_ or chopped, and where a good run is a rare exception. Many years ;.go— about forty or fifty-Mr. Temp.er, of Srover, in Devon, finding his coun- try short of foxes when he tirst took it, kept foxes in a b:irn, and used to turn them out before his hounds. But this differed from the ordinary h.unting of bag-foxes, inasmuch as the fox was always saved when possible. Sect. 13--Consequences of a Severe Run. When hounds have had a very severe run they require some time to recruit ; and the same pack should not be a<.-ain taken out for at least three clear days, if it is possible to avoid it. In all cases, the hardest working hounds sufier the most, and they must have rest, while those which have husbanded their powers must make up the paclv %vith the hounds which were leit at home on the occasion of the hard day. AVlien hounds have been very severely tested, they often take a week to come round, and sl.ould have it at all costs, us these are the treasures of tlje pack, and if they are overworked will sadly iniure its brilliancy. Ilardworked hounds should have a little extra flesh ; but this will not entirely do away with the necessity for rest, and, if carried to extremes, will only make them mana-y and full of humours. Lanie hounds, likewise, ought to have full time to recove from their injuries, and should never leave the kennel til quite recovered; it is a stupid and cruel plan to take out lame hounds m order to make up the numbeis. They must lag behind, and only occupy the time of the second whip, m getting them taken care of at some keeper s house or labourer's cottnge. It is far better to start with short numbers ot useful hounds, than to cheat the eyes of the uninitiated, by taking out a lot ot cripples to the meet- -a practice which every sportsman soon condemns m the hearing of the whole field. Sect 14. — Necessity for Blood. It is commonly, and indeed almost invariably, said that foxhounds must have blood; and since the time ot Beckford the saying is constantly paraded. But though some blood is necessary, yet it by no means follows that it is well for the hounds to kill every fox they find. Even were it possible, it would not, I think, increase their dash, or add to their hunting ; tor an occasional disappointment is more likely to give zest to success than it the constant termination by a kdl was the o-oal to which all hounds look lor- ward witl-.out a doubt or fear. Observe how differently an old greyhound runs when he thinks there is a chance of losing his hare ; he then puts on the steam, and is a different animal from what he was when he thought ultimate success as certain as tate. And so with the foxhound : if he finds blood always reward his exertions, he will not try nearly so hard as he wouki do if he were doubtful of success. Hence how often we see, after a week s bad scent, a good pack go off with a fair scent, and run as they never ran before. Such dash! sudi a head I as never was seen. They have been dis- appointed day after day, and arc savage for want of hlood But this must not be carried too far ; it they are hopeless of success, they will become slack; and in time this is always the result of bad management. Hounds soon learn to know if they are welt hunted ; and like race-horses they do not half answer to bad handling. UARE-HOmDS. 197 CHAPTER Vr. 11 A R E - PI U N T I N G. Sect. 1.— Hare-Hounds— and How TO Procure Them. The varieties of hounds for hunting the hare have been already mentioned at page 15:?, under the heads of Harriers, Medium-P.'eagles, Dwarf-Beagles, Fox- BeaglevS, and Terner-Beagles. I shall therefore now proceed to dej^cribe, as in fox-hunting, the best mode of ob- taming a pack. It will be evident that here time is no object, for a man may spend half a dozen years in procuring a pack if he likes ; and I am inclined tothmkhe would succeed the best by 80 doing. A pack of hounds to the exact taste of the intended sportsman 18 seldom in the market, and the first thing a purchaser does is to set to work to get rid of certain peculiarities in- herent in his bargain. Thus, they are too hjgh or too low, or too fast or too 8low, or too flashy or too low hunters ; or some other fault will be found whicti destroys his pleasure in hunting them. There is such a vast difference be- tween the tAvo extremes, and so many shades to be met with, that few men can easily please themselves with any but bantlings of their own breeding-. Besides, a man can easily breed six or eiglit couple of hounds in one season, and these with a few old and steady hounds will serve very well for him to begin with. He will also, if he hunts them himself, be better able to manage a small pack, and may teach himself and them at the same time. I should therefore advise intended masters of harehounds, unless they meet with a pack exucfhj to their minds, to set to work and breed, rather than to buy an indifferent pack. Three or four bitches should be selected of the exact size, blood, and symmetry which are desired and any price given for them. Let no moderate sum be considered too hi<.h ^Y^IuT -vV' the futifre Ipnli i "P^° them all lepends, smce, whatever they are, such d v.v«'/T «^bject ways to the change produced by the ;ros8 with the intended sire. Kow it will be seen at page 152, that I have recommended the beagJe blood to be selected in preference to the foxhound for hare-hunting, because in them are developed to the highest extent the hunting powers of the old tender-nosed hound, with sufficient pace only to allow the hare to exhibit all those wiles which serve to display the hunting of the hound. Unlike the fox, the hare cannot save herself by her doubles; and the beagle has full time to follow her m all her mazes and wanderings. The hare-hunting foxhound, on the con- trary, presses her too much, prevents her running in her natural style, and races into her in a most bastard ani unnatural manner, comprehending the bad features of both kinds of hunting without their good ones. By all means^, therefore, I should steer dear of th^t cross, except in a very remote degree, or in very small hounds which bear the foxhound cross without injiuy, because, with all their dash, they cannot press the hare sufficiently to prevent her dis- play of doublings. If the purpose, however, is to get together a pack of average-sized har- riers, say of about eighteen to twenty inches, the less foxhound blood they have the better. Of course it may be easy to err in the opposite extreme, and to get hounds which will sit down on their seats of honour (if they have any) and throw their tongues in the most melodious manner without stirring their legs. Such animals are absurdly slow and will please no one, I should ima- gine ; nor, indeed, would they be easy to procure in the present fast age. But plenty of tender-nosed harriers can be procured, with more or less foxhound blood in them ; and the brood-bitches should be selected according to taste from these hounds. These bitches will also serve to enter the young pack, for as the dash and speed of the foxhound' are not wanted in hare-hunting, their age and caution will be exceed in.^-dy useful in picking out the scent when the young hounds are in difficulties. The full-sized and naturally fast 198 HUNTING. modern harrier is particularly adapted for running trapped hares, when a gallop of twenty minutes is all that is desired, or that can he expected. These hares run as straiglit as a fox, and in very much the same style, often_ topping the low fences like a dog, if hard pressed. They do not try the hunting powers of the hound, because, in the lirst place, their scent is strong ; and, in the second, the ignorance of the country they are in seems to prevent all attempt at safety by artifice, and they run straight till picked up by their followers. Small and comparatively slow hounds are here out of place, dis- playing neither the pace which may be obtained with the trapped hare, nor the beautiful hunting met with in the wild one. The small drafted foxhound is very little different from those modern harriers, but, not having been so long confined to hunting the hare, is not so well suited to the hare- hunter's purpose ; and I should prefer breeding from sires and dams which are true foxhounds in blood, though long used to hunt hares. These modern harehounds are very fast, and burst their hares generally within PACK OF FOX-BEAGLES. half an hour ; they have also excellent noses ; but they are too fast, in my humble opinion, for the sport of hare- hunting. Occasionally a quick hare or one of the down hares may stand be- fore them for miles, and show as straight running as a fox often dis- plays ; but if such is desired, why not hunt the fox at once, in which you will get such runs constantly, and not as exceptional cases ? If harriers are to be used as a means of giving a gallop, trapped hares turned up on downs are the best, and for them these dwart foxhounds arc fully adapted ; but if for showing true and close hunting, with- out reference to pace, we must go fur- ther back towards the old southern hound to procure a hound suited for the purpose. Nevertheless, as all may not think alike, it is well that every one should know liow to procure that which will produce exactly what he wants. This I have endeavoured to show, and also to point out how the pack may be bred exactly to suit the taste of the master ; but if that plan is considered too slow and long ot accomplishment, two or three packs are generally sold overy season, at a price varying from GO or 80 guineas to -WU guineas ; the latter being a very high BREEDING HOUNDS. m price for harriers, though 700/. is said lo have been once given for a cele- brated pack. From these one may be selected, and if it does not answer the purpose, it is no fault of mine. Sect. 2.— Breeding. "When the choice is made of a par- ticular kind of hound, it is necessary in the pack of harriers, far more than in foxhounds, that all should be bred to that standard. This is not only desir- able on account of looks, but also on the score of efficiency ; for, if hounds are not of the same size and form, they are much less Hkely to pack well than if all are cast in the same mould. Let the bitches, therefore, be all as much as possible alike and of the same blood ; though, for after-convenience of breed- ing, not too nearly related. Then put them all to the same dog, or to similar ones, for if they are put to dogs of various sizes and blood, the progeny will vary also in externals as well as in style of hunting. It is well known that breeding in-and-in will not do if carried too far, but with harriers it may be carried to a great extent, and thrice in to once out will keep up in a pack a sufficient amount of strength of con stitution. Supposing, therefore, two couple of bitches have been bred from, they will, in all probability, throw from twelve to fifteen couple of whelps ; and with a little aid from other bitches (for which purpose many may generally be obtained at the right time) that number may be reared. These must be sent out to walk at two or three months old, and, with good luck, ten couple of young hounds will come in towards the beginning of January, and may be at once subjected to kennel-discipline, and in a month's time may be entered to hare : which, liowever, they should never run for more than an hour or so in the day dur- ing their puppyhood. These hounds, liowever, may be entered nmch earlier than foxhounds, but the larger dog- j puppies should be kept until the autumn. I The management in kennel is the same as described under the first chapter on Hunting, and the breaking from : not also ; remembering that for them j hare is not riot, but the contrary. Much I time is gained, and great advantage in I every way results, from entering har- riers to their game at this early a.ge ; and I am sure that the development of the taste for the sport is in a ratio with its early instilment ; besides, as these hounds have not the courage of the foxhound, so they are less calcu- lated to bear any loss of this quality ; and yet, during the next summer, they must be constantly exercised, with the whip and rate perpetually going, though the less these are used the better. But if they have been entered, their natural propensityto hunt has been encouraged, and they will afterwards bear some degree of rating pending the summer. During this first entering, and the following season, it will not be possible to be very strict in drafting hounds, be- cause there is little choice, and the master must make up his mind to rub through this time with what he has, looking forward with pleasure to the future as the time of perfection. By again breeding the same number of whelps, at the end of the first season he may begin to draft, as he finds there is a probability of supplying their places with more efficient and elegant substi- tutes ; and by the beginning of the second season he may take the field with a good-looking pack of perhaps eighteen or twenty couple of hounds, which, if not quite up to all the dodges of the hare, are at all events soon Hkely to be — that is, if properly man- aged, and not too much interfered with. This plan will produce a pack in two or three years, at only a few pounds' ex- pense, for walking and keep of hounds, over and above the original price of the brood-bitches. It will also aff'ord the master the pleasure of feeling that he has bred his pack to his own model of perfection ; and if he has not fully suc- ceeded, he will be sure to console him- self by the belief that he has approached it as nearly as possible. We are all prone to hug ourselves in this way, and a great happiness it is to most that human nature is so constituted. Every man's goose is a swan in his own eyes, however manifest its anserine properties are to all the rest of the world. Sect. 3. — Peculiarities proper to THE Men. The Huntsman— who is also with harehounds generally the master- should be a very different person from 200; HUNTING. the huntsman of a pack of foxlioimds. Sotnetimes a young man succeeds in this task; but more frequently he fails, from want of temper and patience ; and the age which is best suited for the sport is that at which man usually has arrived at some degree of control over his natural inipnlses. Still tliere are some exceptions to this rule, and I have seen harriers exceedingly well hunted by very young men. But, whatever the age of the liimtsman, he should be quiet, persevering, cautious, and free from meddling, and should trust to the noses of his hounds in preference to his own head. Beckford recom- mends that the huntsman of a pack of harriers should be bred from a female of the family of the "quiet gentle- man " in the Spectator, crossed with a knowing huntsman, and probably this cross would suit ; but, as with the poet so with the huntsman, nascitur non fit. He must be taken as he is framed by the Almighty ; and few are so framed as to lit them for the manage- ment of harriers till they have sown a crop of wild oats in other and more exciting amusements. The chief art of the huntsman here is in breeding his hounds, and in drafting them, so tliat they shall be " suity," and pack well; for when once they are m the field, little or no interference is necessary. They should be as handy as kittens, and should scarcely require a whipper-in ; and indeed, some of the best packs 1 have ever seen have been without that official. By constantly taking out hounds in summer, and breaking them from riot, and by feeding them after drawing each by name, and otherwise getting control over ^ the hounds in the summer season, it is seldom that any occasion occurs for the office of the whip. If the hunts- man rides well to them, he is always near enough to them to interfere when this is wanted ; and the hounds are not cowed by the needless display of power, which, if placed in the hands of a whip, is sure to be exercised. But the critical eye of the master is always employed, though he may otherwise be idle, in watching the actions of each liound, and noting his hunting and his pace, also in detecting skirting and babbling, and in deciding upon all the various qualities which will lead him to draft certain hounds, or to breed i'rom others. This is interest sullicient for any man ; and to a real lover of hunting it is a most delightful amuse- ment. A comparison may here be drawn between getting a perfect pack of beagles together, and putting four horses in harness so as to exhibit a perfect team. In both cases any one can manage them when broken ; but the artist IS shown in getting them all to pull together, and to be exact repeti- tions the "one of the other. In a four- in-hand team, one horse ought not only to be like the others in size, colour, and shape, but his action should be the same, his carriage the same, and he should do exactly his own share of work and no more. This is the perfection of four- in-hand driving, and a very difficult task to accomplish satisfactorily ; and so it is with h=irriers or beagles — they may easily be handled when well matched, but it is in the matching that the huntsman's power. is shown. He therefore requires a great know- ledge of individual character in the hounds, so as to select for breeding purposes those only which exhibit what he wants in great perfection, and to cross with those which will de- velop still further those good qualities or suppress the bad ones. The Whippek-in may be a mere groom, solely intended as a second pair of hands to those of the master ; and he should never be allowed to use them without orders. With a gentle- man hunting his own pack, such an assistant is very desirable for holding gates open, turning hounds, keeping them from tying on the scent, and from riot, &c,, all which are tiresome tasks, but may be easily performed by one pair of hands, if the owner of them does not mind the trouble, espe- cially if the let-them-alone system is adopted, and the hounds are fond of the huntsman. Sect. 4.— Prepakations for Hunting. The pack intended to hunt on the following day should be drafted and fed at about twelve or one o'clock, and then shut up. In some kennels it is the custom to feed earlier ; and in some later. From twelve to fifteen couple are quite sufficient for hare-hunting; and the hounds ought to be all equally free from lameness, and very level in condition. Beyond this nothing is re- quisite, as there is no earth-stopping to HATIE FINDING, 231 be attended to. Sometimes liarriers are publicly aonounced to meet two or three times a week, but the injury done to the crops and fences by the field, if numerous, is so great, that there are sometimes great objections to this. Hares almost always take a ring, and often the same fields are run over several times ; and consequently much greater damage is done than with foxhounds, which, however ringing may be tJie fox, generally move over more ground. It is only, therefore, ^yhere hounds have a great reputation that farmers will allow their land to be thus sacrificed ; but in some neighbour- hoods the sporting tendency is so strong as to overpower the love of gold, and with them the result is that a well- behaved field of horsemen is always welcome. There is never any excuse for wantonly riding over turnips, or young wheat, or seeds, with harriers, because the pace and direction are seldom such as to compel the main- tenance of a straight hne, and a slight detour to avoid such crops will never much interfere with the enjoyment of sport. Some excuse may be made for the field of fox-hunters riding over any crop, let it be what it may, in the ardour of pursuit ; but even then some little care should be taken to avoid doing injury to one's neighbours ; but in the pursuit of the hare, the man who does such a thing deserves to be well rated by the master, as well as by the sufferer, for his thoughtlessness. Sect. 5. — Hare-Finding. The .Form of the Hare, or, as it is sometimes called, her seat, is very easily seen by some men, and with as much difficulty by others. This does not seem to depend upon quickness of sight only, for I have known many who could see long distances, and were very quick-sighted, who never could find a hare in her form. Others, again, of com- paratively weak sight and slow habits, were sure to find her if she was within view; so that it may be considered as a knack or gift, a good deal dependent upon the powers of observation. Much depends upon the observance of colour, for it apjiears to me that this is the chief guide. I have generally observed tliat quick hare-finders have corrected a mistaken See, ho 1 " by the remark, No, that is too red for a hare ! " or. That is too green." Never " That is not the right shcqje,'' but always the difference of colour. It is probable, therefore, that good hare-finders have a very delicate perception of shades of c(»lour, and by that faculty are able to find the hare in her seat. Hares sit in different situations, ac- cording to the nature of the weather, and should be looked for accordingly. Thus, in windy weather they get out of its way, and sit on hill-sides" under the lee of the wind, or under the protection of a hedgerow, and not far from it. In dry weather they afi"ect damp and marshy grass bottoms, and in wet weather will only be found on high and sandy banks. They seldom sit on their feeding ground, though tliis rule is not an invariable one. Fallows are a very favourite and chosen seat for hares ; and when there they generally clioose their forms near the top of the ridge. Fallows newly p'oughed are never used by the hare for much less than a fortnigh.t, and very stale ones are also rejected. It is difficult to ac- count for this last rejection, because we cannot understand why a stale fallow should be disliked by the hare; but so it is, and the fact is well known to the liare-finder. Some fields also are much liked, year after after, by hares, and others as much rejected ; but here again no one can assign a reason, since their food has nothing to do with the choice, and we know nothing of their other penchants. In hare- hunting, it is very desirable to find the hare sitting, because she may otherwise sit so close as to be " chopped " before she gets away, a consummation to be carefully avoided ; and at the present usual hour of meeting, the trail up to the form can seldom be hit off, in con- sequence of the hare having too long been in form to have left any sceiit on her road to it ; though in this way hares are much more easily found than foxes, the scent of whose drag is much more faint than that given out by the trail of the hare. The'hare-finder, there- fore, if possible, finds the hare for the master, who brings up his hounds to within a reasonable distance, and then the hare is put up out of view ; imme- diately after this the hounds are laid on the scent, and the run begins. If this cannot be managed, and no hare is found by man, the hounds proceed to \ 202 HUNTING. draw, for pnss on the most likely ground ; and as the hour of meeting IS, as I before remarked, generally too late for the trail, they and the_ field spread themselves over the land, in the hope of finding her in her form. The objection to this is that the hare always gets up in view, and is frequently chopped ; but if she escapes this early death, the view makes the hounds flashy and unsteady, and prevents them settling down to the scent as they would have done if not excited by the view. Much, however, depends upon the hounds and upon the har.-s, also upon the kind of hunting preferred ; for if the foxhound style is preferred, this flashy kind of hunting will not be rejected. If a hedge is to be beaten, a man or two should advance a few yards before the leading hounds and beat it well, or otherwise the hare in jumping out is nearly sure to be chopped. The drawing of the hounds is in any case a very beautiful sight, and the care- ful trying and even spreading of the little symmetrical animals is one of the prettiest parts of the sport. Hounds, when thus accustomed to find then- hares, take a great delight in looking for them, and go on from tussock to tussock, and from one likely spot to another, in the most lively yet know- ing way — reminding one of the peer- ing ways of the magpie by their sharp and quick, yet quiet style of trying every likely spot. This part of hare-hunting has always appeared to me the one in which it may assume a superiority over fox-hunting ; for here the eye finds an opportunity of dwell- ing with admiration in the minutes of expectation, whilst in drawing for a fox it is but seldom that the expectant and impatient fox-hunter can find any amusement or occupation, except in his cigar or the gossip of the covert-side. Next in beauty to the working of a brace of pointers or setters I should place the drawing of a pack of "suity " beagles or harriers ; it is, to my taste, not far behind that beautiful picture, though the find certainly does not come up to the "set and back" of the shooter's grand assistants. Skct. 6.— The Run. The artifices of the hare are truly wonderful, and beat those of Mr. Wily hollow. Why the fox should have obtained this name in preference to the hare is very unaccountable; for every man conversant with hunting ia aware that the hare is ten times more cunning than the fox in her doubles and running devices. If she is watched before the hounds, she will be seen to go straight away while in view, and then to commence a series of doubles, which certainly must require a degree of reasoning power for their develop- ment. She returns on her track, per- haps, then makes three or four enor- mous jumps, and starts off again at a right angle with her former course; slie will then, if in a wall-country, jump on to the top of a wall, and run some yards along the top ; then, de- scending with a long jump, she will perhaps squat till she ascertains the success of her manoeuvres. After this, if unsuccessful, she will try others, such as running through sheep, ov through, a covert and back again, coming out at the same meuse and running up the ditch, and off again on a fresh circle. Often she will pass by a furze or thorn bush, at the distance of a couple of yards ; then, returning, she will carefully follow her fornier course, and from it throw herself into the bash, where she calmly remains while the hounds hunt by her. Again, she will perhaps take water, and en- deavour to foil the hounds in that way, often swimming a tolerably wide river in effecting her purpose, and generally, without perhaps intending it,_ being carried down the stream, while the hounds are sure to cr )ss straight over, or as nearly so as possible. Such are a few of her artifices, and the hounds should be able, and also be permitted, to follow out all these various devices without assistance; the huntsman knowing that time will always bring her to bag, if they can only hold on with any scent at all. Hunting is here the perfection of the sport, and no one should care for the gallop. Plenty of fencing may be had, if it is desired, or the hare-hunter may otherwise avoid it in most cases, by availing himself of gates and gaps. If, however, a huntsman is to be in his proper place, he must take all before him just as with foxhounds ; though this is not necessary for the present day's sport, but rather for that of the future; for unless he sees all the working of the hounds, he cannot THE CHECK— CHANGE OF TIAIIE. 203 possibly distinguish the good from tlie bad. for the purpose of drafting or breeding. Harehounds seldom or never require a cheer ; they are only too apt to overrun the scent without it ; and, as a pach^ they should be left to their own devices on all occasions but the following : first, when they come to a check, and cannot recover the scent ; secondly, when they cliange hares ; and thirdly, when they divide. Individual faults must of course be rated by the huntsman himself, or, through him, by the whip. Thk Check is the greatest criterion of the harehounds' powers, for while the good pock spreads and tries every yard of ground with the greatest care, persevering even beyond all apparent hope of success, the bad one soon gives up, and the hounds stand idly and listlessly about, expecting the hare to jump into their mouths. ]n hare- hunting the check generally arises either from the stain of sheep, or from the hare having practised some un- usually clever double, or from her passing through a covert stained with the scent of rabbits or other hares. When tlie check is in the open, and from sheep, the hounds having tried their cast and failed, the huntsman should try roimd the whole field, taking the hedge carefully, and not allowing the hounds to follow at his horse's heels, but encouraging them to try all the way. If the scent cannot be hit off, and the hounds are good, the probability is that the hare has squatted in the middle of the field, which she often does ; and if there is any covert, as in turn ps for instance, every yard of it should be tried. During this second cast in the field, it often happens, if a good look-out is not kept, that the hare steals away without being seen, and in that case inuy be missed ; though if the ground is carefully beaten she will be sure to be hit off by some of the hounds. If, nevertheless, no hound can scent her, the huntsman must extend his cast and try the hedgerows next beyond, taking them in the order of their probability ; and remembering that harps have always a tendency, unless they have a decided home, to return to the place where they were found. If, however, they have a home, he should try forward towards that home ; and in that direction will generally succeed in recovering the scent. Most hares nowadays are bred in covert, and return to it whenever disturbed ; and these will generally be easily recovered by a cast in the direction of their home. Where the check arises from a double, the himtsman should have previously observed the nature of the doubles which have already been fol- lowed out, because these will afford some clue to the one now interfering with the sport — for this reason, tha't the same hare generally adopts the same kind of double throughout her run. Thus, if she has been returning on her line, and then taking a jump and on again, she will most probably repeat this over and over again, but under different circumstances — as, in or near a hedge, or in or near a brook, &c. ; and the huntsman must expect these variations of the same artifice. Again, if she has been making a small ring and hunting the hounds once, she will be sure to try it again ; and when most at fault, the hounds may just have passed over her in her secure retreat, where her scent is completely overpowered by that of the hounds. In Case of the Change of Hare, the hounds should be stopped from the fresh hare, and the old scent recovered if possible. Nothing disturbs hare- hunting so much as the over-abund- ance of hares ; and where they are thickly preserved it is quite out of the question to attempt this kind of sport. On some estates a change would occur every five minutes, from a fresh hare jumping up before the hounds ; and, therefore, the sport is totally unfitted for such countries. In many places, however, the Hares and Rabbits' Bill has worked a change, and a scarcity rather than an abundance of hares is to be feared. The hunted hare may almost always be known by her changed colour and wet and dirty appearance, while the fresh one is clean and dry. Hares long hunted become very dark indeed, and almost of a dark slate colour. When Hounds divide, the huntsman, if both hares are fresh, may choose which he shall follow, and "send his whip to stop the hounds from the other, and bring them up to him. If one is the hunted hare and the other a fresh one, no one will hesitate a moment in selecting the former, and stopping the hounds from the latter. 204 HUNTING Sect. 7.— Tee Kill. The Kill is generally, with harriers, the most painful part of the whole business, because, in the first place, the cries of the hare are often piercing and piteous in the extreme, resembling those of a child in agony ; and the hounds not being always allowed to have her, the whip is obliged to be used at a time when they least deserve it. It is true that some packs are so highly broken that they will not even tear the skin of the hare ; but few have arrived at such a pitch of perfection without losing their hunting powers ; and it is not, I think, to be attempted by the amateur master. Ordinary hounds will occasionally gratify their desire for blood, and should be indulged with a hare once a week at the least; indeed, many huntsmen like their hounds to have the lust hare they kill on each day : but this is perhaps more than necessar3^ If the huntsman is a good horseman, and is well up with his hounds, he may generally pick the hare up without using the whip, as the hounds will not break her while he is so close; but if at a distance at the time, they will take advantage of his absence, and when once the blood is tasted, the whip must be used to stop them in time. No one but the hunts- man should in general attempt to pick up the hare without the whip, as the hounds will often tear her from his hands. I confess that I should at all times be unwilling to interfere, as I would much rather see the hounds enjoy their dainty morsel than see it reserved for the stomachs of less de- serving bipeds, who have not earned even the currant-jelly with which it is served up. Sect. 8.— The Expenses of Harkiers. Compared with fox-hunting, the ex- penses of hare-hunting are very trifling, and it must be also recollected that the lirst outlay is much less. The annual expenses of a harrier pack may be calculated as follows : — £ s, 20 couples of hounds at Is. 6f?. per week per head 1B7 4 Tax on ditto . • . . 15 0 Medicines, &c. ... 40 £ «. £ «. Brought forward 20G 4 3 horses for 8 months, at 15s. per week . 81 12 Ditto 4 months, at 10s. 24 0 Veterinary surgeon . 5 5 Shoeing 7 10 Saddlery 12 0 336 11 Helper and whip, at £1 per week each .104 0 Tax on ditto .... 1 10 . 1C5 10 £442 1 By great economy, and the dispensing with the whip, and using one horse only, with twenty couples of hounds, only about half this sum will suffice, especially with beagles. Section 9. — Hunting with Foot- Beagles. In modern days numerous packs of small and, consequently, slow beagles are kept for the purpose of hunthig on foot, " young England " ^ being so well trained by athletic exercises as to be well able to keep up with them either over an open or an enclosed country. The varieties of this little hound used for this purpose are de- scribed at page 152 and I may now remark that the handling of them by the foot huntsman is similar to that of the mounted man. The drawing, casting, &c., are exactly the same ; for it is very unusual for these little hounds to getaway from a well-trained young man. I need scarcely remark that youth is essential to the free perform- ance of this office, for there are few men of middle age who can run at the rate required in order to keep up with the pack. Hence the hunting of a pack of foot-beagles is a capital method of preparing for the more ambitious task involved in taking the management of a pack to be hunted and followed on horseback. These little hounds having excellent noses require little assistance, and the scent not being interfered wiih by horses is by so far better. In addition to the list of beagles here- tofore described, the dachshund has lately been tried for this purpose, and in some cases has given great satisfac- tion ; but more particularly the basset has come into fashion, and it is said that ho is iu every way better suited OTTER-HUNTING. 205 to tliis sport than either the beagle or the dachshund. Generally he is, however, very slow, from the excessive crook of his forelegs; but there is every variety in this respect, and, if his nose is really as good as it is said to be, a straight-legged strain can readily be obtained. On these points, however, I can only speak from secondhand testi- mony, and I therefore offer no opinion on the matter. Sect. 10. — Expenses of Foot-Beagles. These may be calculated as consider- ably less than I have given above in Section 8, omitting all expenses con- nected with the horses, and also reducing the number of the hounds ; but in this last point the fancy of the hunt has to l)e considered. I may, however, say that ten couple will really suffice, so that, all things considered, a pnck of foot-beagles may be kept at little more than .£130 a year, allowing nothing for help except in kennel. CHAPTER VIL 0 T T E R - H U N T I N G. Sect. 1. — The Otter, and rrs Haqnts. At page 13, the otter has been already partially described, but for hunting purposes his habits and peculiarities must be more carefully studied. He is an amphibious animal, living en- tirely upon fish, and seizing them by swimming under them, and thus taking them when they least expect it. His «'cent is very strong, so that hounds can hunt it for some hours even after the otter has passed. He is very tcnacioi:s of hfe, and a very hard biter, and will easily break the leg of a dog if he gets good hold. The otter does not confine himself to the water, but travels up the side of the river or brook for some distance, and leaves his foot-mark, called his seal^ which Miay be easily recognised by the round ball or cup-like depression, and the marks of the webs, which are visible in the well-marked seal. The hounds can therefore generally himt the otter up the banks of the brooks which he frequents ; but the seal will afford the best signs for tracking him to his burrow, the entrance to which is like the water-rat's, always under the water, while a small and invisible hole supplies it with air. This burrow is called his couch or liolt ; and his coming to the sur- face to breathe, which he is obliged to do every few minutes, is called his vent ; his (lung is also called his spraints. The great drawback to this sport ife the scarcity of the otter in any given Bpot, 80 that to obtain sport a larg(i district nnist be ransacked, and the bounds taken lo?ig distances, often to seductive promises of sport which are j without real foundation. Nothing is 1 more disheartening than to find, after I travelling twenty or thirty miles to a [ river where otters are promised to be I shown, that no seal is visible along the I whole course of the banks. This mark is always to be met with, either fresh or stale, and the experienced otter- i hunter knows that if it is entirely absent he has been deceived by false representations. Sect. 2. — Otter-HuiNting Implements. Otter-spears are the only requisites for this sport ; and they are objected to by many otter-hunters, as unneces- i sarily cruel. There is no doubt, how- I ever, that they are of great assistance, not only in killing the otter, but in en- nbling sportsmen to leap over brooks, &c. They consist of two portions, the pole and the head. The pole is an ashen staff about twelve feet long, strong in proportion to the strength of the party using it, but stout enough to bear his weight as a leaping-pole. It should have an iron head, either fixed on or screwed into a socket fixed on the pole ; but the permanent head answers all the purposes required, and is very much cheaper. It can also be made by the village blacksmith, and, if lost in the ardour of the chase, may be easily and cheaply replaced. If the head is made to screw on and oft", it is usual to have a "concealed barb, which comes out of a mortice on the animal being transfixed, and thua 208 HUNTING. holds him firmly fixed on the spear ; but the sHghtly -barbed spiar-head is quite sufficient to secure him firmly if fairly through him, and even the concealed barb will not do this unless it also pierces the body of the animal. Where the spear is used, each sportsman should have one, and a spare one or two may be carried by an attendant, in case of accident. Sect. 3.— Otter-Houndr. The otter-hound has been also par- tially described as a descendant of tiie old southern hound crossed with the wire-haired Scotch terrier, and probably with the water-spaniel. He is the nearest approach of all to the southern bound, and has the length of ear, the full pendent lip, the dewlap, and throaty frill, which are so characteristic of that hound. His nose is very good, which is required to track the cold scent of the otter, and to follow him in the water, where the otter-hound often speaks to the scent in a wonder- ful manner. The pure foxhound was used by Mr. Grantley Berkeley for the otter thirty years ago, und since then by Mr. Trelawny. He will hunt the otter no doubt, as indeed he will hunt whatever he is entered to, but he is quite out of place here, being too fast on land, and not a sufficiently good swimmer in the water, nor capable of bearing that element for so long a period as the otter-hound, whose greasy and woolly coat is impenetrable to wet. The deep-toned note of the otter- hound is another remnant of the old southerner, and he may often be seen to throw his tongue on the scent without the power of moving his legs, so great is his pleasure and excitement. This, however, is too much of the old school, and should be got rid of in the perfect hound, and generally is in the present day, by crossing with the foxhound. Otter-hounds are very savage animals, and will fight to tlie death, which is a common result of their quarrels. If not savage, they Avill scarcely cope with the otter without flinching, as liis bites are exceedingly severe. _ The otter-hound may be obtained without much dilficidty in Wales, Devonshire, the nortli of England, or Scotland, where packs of them are still kept up, and hunted wherever the otter is heard of. Otter-hounds are generally bred about twenty-four inches in height, the bitches being less, as usual with hounds. There is a smooth otter-hound, but the rough one is that generally in use. Sect. 4. — The Men. A huntsman is required for this sport, as for all others where a puck of hounds is engaged, for no pack can be properly managed except by a man who is always in the habit of taking them under his control. Unless, there- fore, the master of the hounds under- takes the task himself, he had much better entrust the entire management to this man ; because they will seldom work so savagely and courageously for any one else as they will do for their regular feeder and attendant. Otter-hounds are of no use unless they try most perseveringly every inch of the bank ; and they must stand the water, or at least continue to be wet for hours together. This, even in the summer season, is a very cold business in the early mornings ; and they soon begin to be slack, unless animated by a person to whom they are strongly attached. For this reason, therefore, I should prefer the regular huntsman to any other person. The only othei paid servant necessary for this sport is an attendant to carry a spare pole or two. Sect. 5.— The Hunt. When an otter has been heard of^ as having been seen in any neighbouring stream, or when his presence is sus- pected there from his "spraints" or " seal," or from the half-eaten remnants of the fish which he has caught, the hounds are started off very early on a summer's morning — that is, by dawn of day. No other season but the summer will suit this sport, because the cold water of early sprhig, winter, orautumn, will chill and cramp hounds and men to a dangerous degree. But while the warmth of summer is necessary to heat the water sufticiently, the rays of the mid-day sun are inimical to the scent ; usually, therefore, the hunting is over by nine or ten o'clock. Tho meet should take place by five at the latest, which will give four or fiye hours' hunting. When the river is I gained, the sportsmen should divide THE OTTER HUNT. 207 into two parties, one half taking each bank, and anxiously looking for the "seal" of the otter. The hounds at the same time should try every likely place : and when used to their work they do this most systematically ; scent- ing and trying every inch of ground, and especially those places which, by experience, are likely to contain the "couch." The roots of old trees are extremely likely, and those still pools which are just below a point in the river are the usual places where the otter chooses his "couch." At this hour in the morning the otter has not long retired fi'om his nocturnal foray, and his trail may then generally be hunted even when his seal is not visible from the hardness of the ground or its being covered with grass. There is no reason why otter-hunting should not be commenced as soon as the water is warm enough in some rivers where the meadows are grazed on each side ; but where there is mowing-grass it must be postponed till that is cut, be- cause the men and dogs do great in- jury to that valuable crop. After some search, perhaps a " challenge " is at last given, and one of the most tender-nosed hounds hits oif the scent, with a note which informs his master, in the most unmistakable manner, tliat his game is at hand. Now every sportsman must take his place and perform his allotted task. Some one or two should pass upwards to the next ford, and carefully watch that point ; another pair should take the same post at the ford below ; wdn'le the remainder nmst watch every intervening yard for his " ventings." Meanwhile, the hunt proceeds, and the hounds are following the " chal- lenger's " steps, and endeavouring to make out the whereabouts of their game. At last, the scent becomes stronger and stronger, and the couch is reached with a grand chorus of music from the whole pack. At this moment, from the ford above, a halloo is given, and he attempts to pass it, but is turned by the spears of the hunters posted there. _ The otter, knowing full well that his couch is not secure, generally leaves it before the hounds arrive there; and it is from that cause that he has tried the stream. He next tries the ford below, and here again he is turned : then seeking the pools of the •intermediate space, he is obliged to " vent," and is met with the spear of the hunter or the fangs of the hound. If, now, the hunters appointed to watch the fords will only keep well their ground, his death is almost cer- tain ; but too often they are watching the progress of the sport above or below, and, while doing this, neglect their own allotted office, and suffer the otherwise doomed animal to pass their watch. A lull ensues ; no vent is seen, no tongue is heard, and disappointment is marked on every face. Every inch of water is tried, and still without success ; for the otter has broken through the ford, and is perhaps a mile off at the time when the first pool is finally pronounced untenanted. The next step is to decide upon his having run up or down stream, which is always a lottery ; for when hunted, he will be as likely to run up as down, and nice versa. One or the other, how- ever, must be tried ; and the hounds will here soon pronounce whether the selection has been a good one or not. If, therefore, after trying in one direc- tion for a quarter or half a mile, no challenge is heard, by all means try in the opposite direction. As soon as any certain indication is afforded of his having chosen either course, it will be desirable at once to halt, and to send a party of three or four of the best runners down to the next ford, at least half a mile below. Here they should diligently keep a look-out while the hounds hunt up or down to them ; and if this pool is blank, then let them' run on to the next. When once the otter is again pounded, he must be again hunted as at first, a party being placed to intercept him above and below, and the remainder with the hounds hunting him in the pool. This is the only way to kill an otter with any certainty; for if he is regularly followed, he wih assuredly tire out any pack of hounds, since he swims with ten times the ease with which a dog can follow him, in deep or shallow water. But by pounding him at the fords, and confining him within given bounds, he tires himself in his efforts to swim from one to the other, and to avoid the spears and hounds ; and yet is obliged to come up and " vent " for want of air. In doing this he is sui-e to fall a victim sooner or later ; and as his "vents" become more and mere frequent in his increasing exhaustion, HUXTINa. \ 208 he is at lenglh impaled upon tlie spear of one of the hunters, and home aloft i in triumph. Sometimes a hound seizes him ; but it takes a very bold _ and strong one to hold him, for liis bite js exceedingly severe, and his strengtli in the water is very great; many dogs iiave been drowned in their efforts, and sometimes both oiler and hound have been killed under water. Tiie spear should be used with caution when hounds and otter are closely mixed in the melee, or a valuable hound may sufeer from the careless thrust of some hnpetuous hunter. Upon these general principles the otter should be hunted ; but in deep streams without fords it is quite impossible to hunt him with any chance of success. In these situations he takes off at once, and unless the hunters are in sufficient numbers to watch the stream for miles for his " vent," he will, pro- bably never be seen again. But it such were practicable, it would scarcely be hunting ; for the hounds can take no part in the sport, and the spear must do all the work, if done at all. The annexed Description of a Run with Mr. Oswald's hounds, in Ayrshire, will afford a good indication of the way in which this sport is conducted without the spear, which, it will be no- ticed, has been introduced in the direc- tions which have been previously given as being necessary in rivers possess- ing large and deep pools : — " Exactly at half-past eight, at a signal from the master, John's cheery ' Ho, wind him, oh ! rang through the clear morning air, and opening in full chorus, the pack dashed ', for the river. No sooner, however, had they rushed to the water, than every hound settled to his work, and not a stone or root escaped their notice. I may here mention for the infoiination of such of your readers as may not be acquainted with the locality, that the river Ayr is broad, though not deep, with rocky and rugged banks, in many places wooded to the water's edge. The coverts are well stocked with g;ime and roe-deer; and it is therefore necessary to have hounds steady and free from riot ; and, from the nature of the banks and the number of roots and natural 'hovers,' it is of the utmost importance that hounds should work slowly and carefully, even with a good scent. Wc had drawn on for rather more than a mile without a whimper, when Rattler, who had swum to a large stone in the middle of the stream, opened, and a ' true bill ' was speedily returned by old Comely, Nailer, and Dazzler, whilst the rest of the pack struggled to gain the rock, where old Comely had sat down to discourse sweet music. From this point we had a cold drag for about two miles ; but on reaching a celebrated stream, where the largest trout are to be found, ' a change came o'er the spirit of our dream.' Lambton, always the last hound to own a scent, began to cast anxiously from side to side— now trying the water, and now springing from rock to rock, his stern erect and his hackles rising. At last, on a small tuft of grass, he hit it off ; his clear loud notes rang through the cliffs, and brought every hound to his side ; for well they know that when he speaks the chase has begun in earnest. In a moment the rocks and woods rang with the cry of the whole pack, as they carefully followed the zigzag track of the otter, who, contrary to'^the usual custom, it was evident had tished up stream. I never remember to have seen anything more beautiful. You might, in reality, have covered the hounds with a small sheet ; the_ very puppies entered this season took it up. Forward was still the cry, till he reached the holm below Barskimimng House, where there is a large and deep pool ; at the lower end is a shallow ford, on the right-hand side a high rocky face, and on the left a steep earth embankment, on which stands a row of old plane trees. On arriving at this pool the hounds were at first a little at fault ; it was evident the ' fishmonger ' had entered the water by the ford at the bottom. John pushed through the water ; with a single twang on his horn, every hound was with him ; and, making for the top of the pool, he cheered them on with a ' Ho, cast for him, good hounds.' We were not kept long in suspense. Old Rally, who devotes her attention almost entirely to roots, opened loudly at the foot of a large plane-tree, and was instantly joined by llingwood ; with a dash, the rest of the hounds made for the spot, and we were left in little doubt that the varmint was at home. Pincher and Charlie were now brought into re- ' quisition, and disappeared through the ' open network of roots laid bare by the late heavy floods ; they had not bocD EXPENSES OF OTTER-HUNTING, in above a miiiwte, wlien a large otter bolted almost through the middle of the pack, and made one long dive, rising in the centre of the pool to see \vhere his pursuers were ; but finding rhem in his wake, he disappeared. It would be tedious to recount to you (though to us, at tlie time, highly exciting) the various dodges he tried to elude his pursuers — now diving under one root, again l}-ing resting in the still i pool, with nothing but his nose above ' ^vater, and then endeavouring to run the lower ford (this we had manned, leaving him free access to the upper waters). For full two hours he afforded us incessant work ; and we were be- ginning to doubt if the hounds could stand the cold any longer, when he suddenly disappeared, 'leaving not a trace behind.' John, however, had been too long at his work to be done in that way, and, leaving us to watch the pool, he made a cast forward about 500 yards, when the whole pack opened with a burst of music that sent us after them in double-quick time. When we reached the spot, we found all hands l>usy at a hole, where a severe fight was going on ; the voices of Pincher and Chariie were both cleariy distin- guishable above the deep ring of the hounds as they bayed at the mouth of the hover, from which they were tearing Imge mouthfuls of earth and roots, and m the centre of them stood John, up to his middle in water, now swearing at a hound to 'keep quiet,' and now digging with his hands like the best of them. What took place in ' the hole ' we could not exactly see, but the earth seemed to give way between the united efforts of John and his hounds, and in a minute or two he appeared with a large otter grasped tightly by the fore- egs, with Pincher, Billy, and Chariie hangmg to his mouth like so many leeches. He had just time to change his grip to the tail, when the pack were upon him. But John is not the man to let go ; he held on till by the united efforts of three men, he and his hounds were pulled on to the green grass, and then with a 'Hi, worry-worry,' that made the echoes ring, he threw him to them. I never remember to have seen an otter fight so long ; he drew blood Irom almost every hound in the pack, and neariy cut the terriers to pieces. He was a large dog-otter, and weighed exactly 22| lb. We found the drag about half-past nine or ten o'clock, and killed him at three o'clock in the afternoon." Sect. 6.— Dress fuk Oiter- Hunting. It may readily be supposed that, if possible, waterproofs would be used in this sport ; but they are inadmissible for many reasons. First, they are too cumbersome for the active exertions which must be made. This is not like fly-fishing, where the fisherman stands for some time in one spot, but the legs are constantly called into play, and sometimes at a very rapid rate ; and consequently, the height and bulk of long waterproof boots would be be- yond measure annoying. Besides this. It must be remembered that, unlike snipe-shooting, the season is a warm one, and if the water was kept from I penetrating from the outside the interior i would be damp, and even wet, from the sweat produced by exertion and excitement. From all these causes, therefore, india-rubber is tabooed. Flannel is the article in request, and should be worn all over the body. No linen should touch the skin, but fine Jerseys should be worn over the upper half of the body, covered by open but soft clothing in the shape of a tweed shooting-coat or some similar material ; whilst plain white flannel trousers or knickerbockers are the best investments for the lower half of the body. Strong shooting-shoes, well nailed, are the best covering for the feet, and good woollen socks should be worn under them. With this clothing, although the wet easily penetrates, it is as easily dried, and no chill takes place from the absence of confinement or of wet hnen next the skin. It is only necessary to keep moving till the whole dress is dry, and no ill effects will be likely to follow. ^ Sect. 7. — Expenses. The cost of otter-hounds may easily be estimated at Ss. per couple per week for the hounds, and 14s. to 18s. per week for the huntsman ; beyond this, and the original outlay, no expense need be incurred. p PAKT I. THE PUKSUIT OF WILD ANIMALS FOR SPOET. BOOK IIL— COURSING. CHAPTER 1. PRIVATE COURSING. Sect. 1 — The Hare. The hare has already been described at page 108, under the head of Shooting ; and again at page 141, in the section alluding to "The Game to be Hunted." For coursing purposes, however, it may be still further remarked that several varieties exist which test the properties of the greyhound very dif- ferently, btit which varieties are only dependent upon the situation and soil of the localities upon which they are bred. Thus, there are in England down- hares, inclosure-hares, covert-hares, and homeless-hares ; and besides these there are, in the sister kingdoms, the Irish hare and the Scotch mountain-hare. The down-hare is a very fast, yet rather small variety, exceedingly stout and bold, sometimes going I'ight away without a turn Irom a brace of good greyhounds. Some of -these little hares have a wonderful knack of throwing out the greyhounds, without appearing to be very fast, but just contriving to elude their pursuer by a hairsbreadth. They do not stretch far away between their turns, but make them as soon as they are pressed, and, with one eye forward and the other behind, they always manage to escape any but a more clever killer than usual. These hares are found upon all the open and hilly grounds of Wiltshire, Berkshire, Yorkshire, and part of Lincolnshire, and afford better sport in coursing than other hares, because they are so stout, and yet not often fast enough to get clear away without a turn. It is no uncommon thing to see a course of three or four miles with them in which there are more than a hundred turns ; but, generally speaking, if the hare lives long enough to elude thirty or forty efforts of the dogs, she is able to get away to her home. It is seldom nowadays that hares are found on the downs, except in tlie vicinity of coverts in which they are bred ; and I know of no locality, where they are met with in any numbers, at such a distance from any home as to be considered down-bred. Formerly, however, this THE GREYHOUND FOE PRIVATE COURSING. vN-as the case in many neighboiirlioods ; but the poachers take good care that it shall not be so now. Wherever there- fore, on the downs, hares are not pre- served, they are extirpated ; and if preserved, they are provided with a home in which they may breed, and where they may be more easily watched and protected. For coursing purposes also this plan answers very well, as the hares can at any time be driven to make their forms in the open, either by fixing a net round the covert when the hares are on the feed— which is the best plan— or by dri\ang them out at sunnse with dogs, when they do not return that day, but sit out at once. The mclosure-hare, a variety found in the thickly-inclosed farms of the mid- land counries, is generally a large and fast hare, fond of threading the hedge- rows, and too often spoiling the course by so domg. These hares are also generally bred in woods or plantations, but sometimes thev breed in the open fields or tliick hedges. In any case, as soon as the com is cut they retire to the nearest covert, and remain there, except for feeding, until the leaves drop off m November. Whether the dislike to these places of retreat at this time IS caused by the noise of the tailing leaf, or from any other reason, 1 do not know ; but the fact is clear, that as the leaf falls they begin to sit m the open fields, and not till then m any numbers. Much, I fancy, de- pends upon the coverts being disturbed for pheasant-shooting at this time • ^".<\^Probab]y this has as much to do with the change of seat as the fall of the leaf, or perhaps more ; but still it 18 undoubted that till that time it is no use looking for hares out of covert when such a retreat is near. These hares will often stand a long time be- lore greyhounds, but mainly from their trying their fencing powers to so great an extent, because the hare does little at the fence, whilst the greyhound has to make an extraordinary effort either to fly over it or through it. Neverthe- Jess, 1 have often seen inclosure-hares run as stout and as fast as any down or marsh hare, independently of the lences and in large inclosures of fifty or one hundred acres each. Nothing is perhaps more beautiful than the fine Tencmg ot a greyhound, but it can so •jeldom be seen that the beauty is wasted lor want ot witnesses. Wherever the 211 fences are strong enough to try the powers of the greyhound, they are too strong for an ordinary horse in cool blood, nor do the farmers generally approve of riding over such land. The spectator on foot therefore must con- tent himself with a view of the course up to and over the first fence, and imagine the remainder, unless he happens to be posted on a hill commanding a view of the whole course in the distance. The homeless-hare is one which is bred on highly-preserved land at a dis- tance from any covert ; and this variety IS now chiefly found on the reclaimed marshes of Essex, Bedfordshire, Lan- cashire, and Lincolnshire. These hares when good, are M^onderfully strong and fast, and test the merits of greyhounds to^ their fullest extent ; but there is this objection to these hares, that they never go straight away home, but keep running circles, large or small accord- ing to their boldness, and thus always favounng one dog more than the other. 1 have seen these hares make ten or a dozen circles round a ring of a few yards' diameter only, and then break away, and beat their antagonists hollow, which IS a feat never tried by ha-es that own some place of safety as a home. They seldom make the strong short wrenches of the down-hare, but turn more or less at a right angle, and are careless of being brought round. From the different style of running of these various hares, a dog used to one sort will often find some difiiculty at farst in running another, and therefore It IS well to accustom him to the kind of hare he is to course before his merits are fairiy put to the test. The Irish hare is, I believe, a very small, fast, and quick hare, but never having seen her performances, I cannot speak from personal observation of them. Sect. 2.— The Greyhound. _ For private coursing, a different dog IS required from that which will suit the purpose of the public courser. The latter must have that dog which will win him the stake for which he com- petes, even if his dog only lasts for a tew months— as indeed is generally the case ; but the private courser will not like this constant necessity for change and requires his favourites to continue ht for use at least three or four seasons Hence, he sacrifices some advantages P :i 212 COUBSING. for this lasting condition; and is con- tent if he can produce a tolerably tast, stout, and honest dog, that will also last honest for three or four seasons. In inclosed districts the dog must also fence well : and, in addition, he must be hardy in constitution to stand the exposure to weather without clothing, to M^iich he is generally open. ^ Ail these requisites may easily be obtained, and many private kennels have them in great perfection, and produce grey- hounds which, in private tnals with one another, appear to do as much as any pubhe greyhounds ; but when actually put to the test they are found somewhat too slow, and not qmie quick enough at their turns. To all private coursers I would ofter this advice— viz., avoid most carefully the blood which is found to be success- ful in public, especially that of the most winning puppies. These grey- hounds will not do for the private courser, because he will find that after thirty or forty courses they begin to run cunning or slack, and are then use- less to him; whilst his own will run some hundreds of hares before they show the same amount of lurching propensity. The drawback is a serious one to the pubhc courser ; but as he breeds for a specific purpose, and can only succeed by selecting that blood which is most successful, he must put up with tiie inconveniences, and do the best he can with them. Unless, therefore, the private courser will make up his mind to breed a fresh team every year, he must stick to private blood, or to some of the most true and honest strains which appear m pubhc. The reason of all this is very clear : i± the intellect of tiie dog is sufiiciently developed to make him take to his business very quickly and well, he will also be quick enough to learn more than that, and he soon finds out that if he husbands his re- sources he will obtain his end much better tiian if he exeited himself too much at first. Hence he is of eariy maturity (mentally), but eariy decay. If the private courser is a pot-hunter, tiiese dogs are often the beet killers ; but as I am assuming tiiat he pursues coursing as an amusement, _ lor the purpose of competing witii his neigh- bours in a fri iiaiy way, and not solely to kill hares, I do not for a moment look at his wishes from that point of view The man who habitually takes a brace of cunning greyhounds out solely to Kill hares is no sportsman, though anyone may sometimes do so when he wants a hare ; and, as 1 write for sportsmen, I will not insult them by supposing such a thing. ^ The greyhound for private coursing may be obtained from any of the districts where this amusement is car- ried on ; but some of the best breeds are very difficult to get at. Indeed, 1 beheve some private greyhound owners would not allow their dogs to be used on any consideration whatever, ihis may appear very absurd, but I do not look upon it in that light because though they may be easily beaten by many greyhounds, they would not so easily succumb if the match was to be run on three occasions— that is, once during three successive seasons^ Having decided upon the blood which will suit him, let the intended grey- hound owner get a brace of whelps if he can, or a brood-bitch, and put her to a dog of similar strain of blood. For private coursing, there can be no doubt that the best mode of rearing those whelps is to send them out^to walk until they are about ten or twelve mouths old, when they should be brought home and regulariy exercised for the rest of their days till done with If tiie brood-bitch is obtained and is bred from, she may be treated in the same way as any other brood- bitch. No one in private coursing will take all the trouble and go to the expense requisite to insure success m the pubhc coursing-field, and tiieref ore "11 that need be done is to treat her m the same way as pointers, setters, &c. For private running I would strongly advise that the greyhound should no c be entered until he is at least eighteen months old. These greyhounds do not come to maturity neariy so soon as the public kinds, and consequentiy they should not be entered so soon. Besides, there are not tiie same reasons for tiie eariy entering, since it matters little whether these puppies are shown a hare in November or December, and tiierefore they may just as well wait till tiieir frames , are knit before they are tested so severely as the hare tries their bones and sinews. Ihis postponement is particulariy needful, because the private greyhound is seldom quite fit to run when slipped THE GEEYHOUXl) FOB PPdVATE COURSING. 213 at the hare, and is also often slipped several times in the day ; so that in every way he is more tried than the public one, and should be older before he is brought out. Many good private coursers take great pains to insure good exercise and general management for their dogs, and they almost always beat all their neighbours by so doing ; but few go to the length of training them, and are content to allow them to_ gallop themselves into wind, if they | will. It is wonderful what condition will sometimes be obtained in this way ; but, generally speaking, after a short time the dog becomes "lazy, and refuses to exercise himself sufficiently to remove his superfluous fat, or to get himself in wind ; if, therefore, it is desired that he shall be able to com-se his shares without distress, he must be trained in some way or other, and horse-exercise is the easiest mode of obtaining this. Most greyhound owners are also horse-keepers, and if they send out their horses to exercise, they may just as well let their grey- hounds accompany them. This, if done daily, will produce a tolerable degree of condition, but the grey- hound will often be terribly distressed m a long course if only treated in this way. Unless, therefore, the courser is in the habit of running his dogs once or twice a week, he should certainly give them a few slips to improve their wmd. To do this, all that is necessary 18 to take them up in couples, then send on their feeder half a mile or so up a moderately-steep hill, if possible, and have them held by a stranger till he whistles to them, when they should be let go. This improves the wind if repeated once or twice, and by its adoption the greyhound may be got into pretty good condition. An occa- sional dose of physic should also be given, consisting of a spoonful of castor-oil, or an ounce of Epsom salts **^88olved in cold water. Attention should of course be paid to health, as in ordinary dogs. For private pur- poses clothing is not requisite, nor do 1 think It desirable, except when stand- ing about the fields in very cold weather. Here a cloth is indispensable, and the dog without it is chilled, and rendered unht for exertion on that day, and generally for some time aftemards. The Feeding of Greyhounds for private running should be principally on Indian-corn meal and oatmeal, either plain boiled or made into bread ; if the latter, the flour of the Indian-corn must be finely ground ; but if only boiled, hominy answers perhaps better than meal. It requires several hours to bofl it, and it should be done at least two hours longer than the oatmeal. It is, however, a very good and cheap meal for aU dogs, and answers particu- larly well for greyhounds. This shoukl be the staple, with milk or buttermilk. On two or three days in the week the}- ought to have from ^ lb. to | lb. of meat weH boiled ; and on the alternate days, if they have not got the buttermilk, they should have a few greaves. Once a week they ought to have a few greens, or potatoes, or carrots, boiled up with their meal. Greyhounds kept m this way are not quite so hard and fit to run as if fed on stronger food ; but they keep in better healtirionger to gether, and will generally be fit for what the private courser wants, viz., a course or two whenever the opportunity offers. With these few reniarks I shall pass on to other matters, only reminding the private courser, that if he wishes to go to the full length of which the subject is capable, he has only to study the chapters on "Public Coursing," and then he wiU obtain the information. My object here is to place before the private courser the usual mode in which private greyhounds are managed, and the amount of trouble to which he must go in order to be on a level with his neighbours and rivals. Sect. 3.— The Ground. It is unnecessary for me to remark, that greyhounds are of no use unless there is ground to try them upon ; if, therefore, the proprietor has none of his own fit for the purpose, he must obtain leave from those who have. In most coursing districts there are certain estates which are thrown open on fixed days to the public, for the benefit of the keepers, or of some landlord of an inn, generally an old servant of the proprietor of the land. But, supposing the land belongs to the courser, he will find that in all cases hares must be driven out before they will sit, and he will shoot the coverts the day before he intends to course, or have them driven expressly for the purpose. If 214 COURSING. he lias the farm in bis own occupation, he will of course choose such times when the fallows have been quiet for some little time— that is to say, i± these are the fields which he intends to course over. It is seldom^ that private coursers have much choice ot |,^ronnd, and they content themselves with what they can get. Sect. 4.— The Beaters. ^Vherever it is determined to course, beaters are requisite, unless five or six gentlemen on horseback are present. But whatever is the mode adopted, a line should be formed, placing one beater at every thirty yards, and pro- ceeding abreast of one another from one extremity of the field to the other. Much art and experience are necessary to insure the best management ot the ground, for often a hare may be sent the right way by careful beating which would have been otherwise at once lost to sight. When a field lies near a covert, it should be regularly beaten from the covert, and not towards it; and after taking a breadth of land away from the covert the beaters should take what is called " a dead beat" back- that is to say, they should return to the covert over the beaten ground, and should not attempt to beat the ground towards the covert. By these means hares are often driven the right way ; but the worst of the plan ■ isf that they generally wheel short round after the first turn, and come back to the same covert, winch they have been already prevented reaching by the "dead beat." When a beat is taken along a hedge-side, the beater nearest the hedge should be at least ten or fifteen yards in advance, m order to prevent the hare running at once to it and escaping altogether, it a hedge is being beaten, the horsemen should all range themselves on the side opposite to that where the greyhounds al-e ; and the foot beaters should be a little in advance of the dogs. The slipper and dogs should be the only party on the side which the hare is wislied to face. Sometimes a small field of turnips or potatoes, &c., borders on a good large open field ; m such a case it answers best for the slipper to remain in the latter, quietly concea ing himself as much as possible at a short distance from the mense, and waiting till the hare is driven through it. • Ii now the beaters form a half-circle, they may drive the hare or hares to the greyhounds ; and will thus obtam what would otherwise be impossible, a good course. In driving small plantations, &c., the shpper should remain just out- side, if possible, concealed from the hare's view as she comes out by a tree. Hares driven out of covert however, seldom run straight or well ; and the plan should not be followed if it is possible to avoid it. In the early part of the season it is the only mode of getting a run ; but for private coursing there is no great object in beginning so very early. Sect. 5.— The Slipper Is a very important functionary m private as well as public coursing. He should be taught to run well with his dogs, and not to stop running till after he has shpped them. Practice, how- ever, is necessary for perfection, and few obtain it with that amount whicli private coursing usuaUy affords, ihe great object is to slip without a ]erk, and not to dehver the dogs unless they are both sighted, and equally strong at the time. He should walk about five or six yards ahead of the beaters, and should never be behind them. it, therefore, he is not able to keep up with the horsemen, they must slacken their pace ; for no plan is so bad as to distress the shpper, or put up hares so wild as to be beyond his reach, it the slipper is distressed, he cannot run tor- ward, and the consequence is, that the dogs are badly shpped; and if the hares get up too wild, he has no time to get his dogs sighted and straight on their hare before she is out ot their reach. In almost all cases the slipper should have some one to give him his orders to shp, and he should, on re- ceiving the word " go," shp his dogs as quickly as possible. There is a great variety m the make of shps, everyone fancying that parti- cular form which suits his own ideas ot perfection. The essential feature is the delivery of both dogs at the same mo- ment, with smoothness, and with as little jerk as possible. No slips answer better than the old crane-billed make ; but they take a long time to put to- o-ether. The Shrewsbury slips are, however, those which are most com- monly used in public coursing. PUBLIC COURSINO. 215 Sect. 6.— The Judge. All _ coursing, whether public or pri- vate, is in the nature of a competition, and that cannot possibly be settled without a judge ; one should therefore be appointed for the day, and this precau- tion will often save a disagreeable squab- ble as to the various merits of dogs. It is very seldom that the two owners see the course with the same eyes, and the aid of a third and impartial party is required to set them right upon disputed points. Even then, if no person pei'- fectly aufait can be found, it is better to nominate a judge of some kind, whose decision shall be final, than to go on quarrelling about the merits of each other's dogs to the end of time. Sect. 7.— The Course. No reason can be assigned why a series of courses in private may not be as good and as interesting as a simi- lar number in public. If the ground is good and the hares equally so, and if the greyhounds are well matched and of good quahty, no reasonable man can Contend that the courses may not be identical with those exhibited in pubhc ; nevertheless, it is an admitted fact that, generally speaking, it is not so ; and that private coursing is very inferior to what we sometimes see in pubhc. It is true that the best ground IS generally reserved for public cours- ing, and that when hares are not pre- served for the purpose they are sel- dom thick enough for the amusement of the spectators; but independently of these considerations, tliere is seldom sufficiently good management to insure good sport. I have seen, on some occasions, private coursing conducted with as much good order as is often observed at any public meeting ; but these cases are exceptional, and must not be taken as the rule. When the hare gets up, either after a Soho !" or when getting up wild, the dogs should be held till she is from 50 to 80 yards off, when they should be slipped as already directed. Sometimes, when a hedge is very close and the hare is making straight for it, it is better to slip at 30 or 40 yards than to lose all chance of a course; but it should seldom be allowed under 50 or 60 yards. After the course the dogs should be taken up, and another brace put in the slips. It is very common in private coursing to run the same dog four or five courses in the day, if they are not verv severe; but more than these should seldom be allowed, as they only serve to exhaust the dog, and to make him run cunning much sooner than he otherwise would do. It is a good plan to take a httle boiled mutton into the field, and give the dog about an ounce after each course, if he is intended to run again. If he is much exhausted, he will of course not be allowed again to go into slips. Sect. 8.— Rules for Private Coursing. It is usual to judge the course in private exactly under the same rules as in public ; and I shall therefore here refer to the rules, which will be found at length under " Public Coursing." It is not a little remarkable that all which I have described as the usual mode of conducting this sport in the present day was practised in the time of Arrian, a.d. 150, who wrote a long treatise on coursing, containing all that is now known on the subject, and describing the course with as much exactitude as could now be done by the most ardent votary of private coursing. CHAPTER II. PUBLIC COURSING. Sect. 1.— History op Public Coursing. ^.^t'^?-^'^^ P^"^^'^ coursing dates back a^lf j .P^'^'"^ the present m^ffn ^^^^ "^^t coursing meetings became at all general. Prior to that time they were confined, in Enghmd, to Newmarket, Swafi'ham, Ashdown, Louth, and one or two other places ; but as soon as it became pos- sible for the middle classes to tret a few private trials for their dogs, numer- ous public meetings were organised 21 G COURSING, either by popular owners of ground, or by innkeepers who were permitted by their landlords to attract customers by 80 doing. So greatly did they increase that in 1874-5 more than 800 stakes were run for, the total sums won being close on 40,000Z. At first the hahitues of the earhest meetings had a great advantage, including Lords Rivers, Stradbroke, Sefton, and Eglinton, Mr. Goodlake, Mr. A. Graham, Mr. Fyson, and Sir James Boswell ; but gradually outsiders crept up to them, and Mr Borron, of Glasgow; Mr. C. Randell and Mr. Webb, of Worcestershire ; Mr J. Brown, of Nottingham ; Mr. W. Long, of Amesbury ; Mr. Marjoribanks, of London ; Mr. Purser, of Bedford ; Mr. Gibson, of Edinburgh; Mr. J. Campbell, of Ayrshire ; Mr. W. Law- rence, of Cheltenham; Mr. J. Spmks, of Liverpool, and many others too numerous to mention, each in turn had a good innings. Curiously enough no one man, with the exception of Mr. J. Jardine, has ever had a course ol unbroken success to the end of his career, although fur a series of years he may have appeared to be invincible. Thus for about ten years each Mr. W. Borron and Mr. C. Randell were so formidable that in any stake a dog entered by either was almost sure to be backed against the field either at evens or at very short odds, yet neither could ever win the Waterloo Cup, and after their respective good innings the successes of each sank below the aver- age of their competitors. The same remark applies to Mr. J. Campbell, Mr. J Brown, Mr. J. Gibson, Mr. Marjori- nanks, and many others. No doubt m each of the above cases the reputation depended mainly on the extraordinary success of a single litter. Thus Mr. Borron had his Blackcloud and Beacon litter, Mr. Randell his Riot and Ranter, Mr Campbell his Canaradzo and Cio- \o Rnttler— Mrs. Cockey Milton— Sister to Lady Glendyne Misterton— Lady Lizzie Pat M'Grath— Autumn Rose ... Baiiker-Pell Mell , Breechloader— Energy I , Countryman — Lina , Master 'Sam — Death , Misterton— Mitrailleuse , Banrigh— Lina , Magnano— Havoc Master Sam— Annie Mc'Pherson . Fugitive— Free Trade Misterton— Mary Hill Misterton— Annie M'Pherson Memento— Erzeroum Contango— Lina Come Again— Fan Misterton— Ellen C. P. B.— Safranza Ptarmigan— Gallant Foe Ptarmigan— Gallant Foe Brimming River— "Wee Beauty Countryman -Peasant Girl ... Backwoodsman — Gretna Ptarmigan— Poor Girl Oversman— Wigwam Contango— Petronelle Misterton— Helena Peeping Tom— Rebe Beardwood — Ruby Ptarmigan— Ruby Lass Balfe— Ruby Geofery Saltaire— Lara Master Avon— Wide Awake ... Bedf.llow— Gardenia Haddo— Sea Beauty Banker— Meg-o'-the-Pack Pathfinder— Pretty Nell Patent— Lady Lorton Smuggler— Stellaria Bothal Park— Curiosity Depend on Me— Gallopshus ... , Misterton— Helena Contango— Sweet Briar Bedfellow— Party Spirit Bothal Park— Curiosity '. Mutineer— Janet Misterton— Devotion Sentry— Wych Lass Master Frederick— Bedellium... . Ptarmigan— Gallant Foe Sentry— Wycli Lass * Apply to Owner. Where Stationed. 7 G. Wilson, Bramley, Leeds. J. Scott, Haltwhistle. [T. Bullock, Killingworth Station, New- i castle-on-Tvne T. E. Morrell, Hellaby, Rothcrliam. A. Vines, Lime Street, Liverpool. J. Madeley, Hanmer, Whitcliurch. H. G. Miller, Oborne, Dorset. T. Patrick, Wheatsheaf Hill, Worcester, f A. Tliompson, John Street, Hetton-le- I Hole. H. G. Miller, Oborne, Dorset. Tlie Kennels, Kempton Park. Sunburv. A. Coke, Birkdale Kennels, Soutlipor't. J. Mayer, Corporation Hotel, Derby, fT. Dickson, Bellefield, Banbridge, Co. t Down. H. G. Miller, Oborne, Sherborne. J. Mayer, Corporation Hotel, Derbv. H. G. Miller, Oborne, Sherborne, f J. Masefield, The Buttery, Wellington, L Salop. /H. J. Norman, Barton Lodge, Ceme ' Abbas, Dorset. D. Corrie, Annan, N B. 'G. Coven, Cambois, Blyth, Northum- berland. . G. Miller, Oborne, Sherborne. 0. Neill, Miltown, Ireland. Bartram, Willington, Beds. Patrick, Wheatsheaf Hill, Worcester. Covell, Cambois, Blyth, Northum- berland. J. Taylor. Dewhirst, Rochdale. [G. Covell, Cambois, Blyth, Northum- i bcrland. (T. Grainger, 18, New Park Road. I Brixton Hill. S. Urwick, Leinthall, Ludlow. M. G. Hale, Claydon, Suffolk. L. Nicholls, Cotheridge, Worcester. M. G. Hale, Claydon, Suffolk. T. Daws, Isleworth, Middlesex. W. Smith, Townliead, Ayrshire. J. Cocks, St. John's Hall, Worcester. H. Jacques, Milton, Berks, fj. Garlick, Rice Lane, Walton, Liver i pool. /E. Walker, Brook Green Road, Ham- l, mersniith. W. D. Deighton, Worcester. W. Smith, Townhead, N.B. rT. Bullock, Killingworth Station. Ncw- \ castle-on-Tyne. R. Musk, DuUingham, near Newmarket. /G. Springfield, Erpingham, Hanwortli, \ Norfolk. S. Lonsdale, Hale wood, Liverpool. F. Watson, Lakeview, Lurgan. J. T. Shaw, Northallerton. J. Smith, Albie, Ecclefechan, N B. E. Walker, Brook Green Road, Ham mersniith. /T. G Patrick, Wheatsheaf HiU, Wor- ( cester. T. Tulpet, Bushey. F. Watson, Lakeview, Lurgan. F. W. Wagstaff, Droitwich.' 240 COURSING. With this list before him let iis suppose in the year 1883 the owners of dams of the two dividers of the Waterloo Cup in 1885 were making a selection, they would, following the line already given, select the sire oi the greatest number of winners in the season 1883, or a son of his, which is what was really done, probably be- cause Paris was not only a son of the most successful sire of the past season, but he was also out of Gallant Foe, a bitch who bred a wonderful litter, in- cluding Princess Dagmar, winner of the Waterloo Cup in 1881, Peter, Patchet, Prenez Garde, Palm-bloom, and last, but not least, as a sire, Pathlinder. Un- fortunately Paris is dead, or the above calculation added to the fact that he was the sire of two bitches who divided the Waterloo Cup of the present year would probably make him stand out as by far the most fashionable stallion of the present day. In the only other instances of division of the Waterloo Cup (that of Selby and Ciive) there was no near relationship, the dog being by Barrator— Ladylike, and the bitch by Judge— M^eris. Both, it is true, went back to King Cob, and if Barrator's asserted pedigree is correct in the case of Selby, through two lines ; but the sires and dams of each were by no means nearly related. These two cases therefore go to confirm the propriety of the selection of Paris (wlio is, unfor- tunately, dead, though his brothers Pathfinder and Peter survive, and promise well at the stud) as the dog most likely to succeed in getting win- ning stock in the year 1883 among the untried stallions of the day, and in future it will be well for breeders to adopt the same rule, though they niust not expect to meet with no exceptions to it, as I shall now show. Tried v. Untried Stallions.— It is manifest that all bitches cannot be put to stallions which have already proved successful at the stud, because the life of the dog is so short that untried dogs must of necessity be employed in many cases. Now next to a success- fully tried stallion comes the son of such a dog, as in the case of Paris, above cited, and especially when a son can be found who belongs, as he did, to a successful litter, his dam also being well bred, through Patent and Cana- radzo her great grand sires, and also a good winner herself. But such a selection is, after all, a lottery, for there must be something beyond mere breeding to make a dog successful as a sire, or we should find own brothers equally useful, or at all events nearly so. Yet experience tells us that the con- trary is the case. Senate and Eastham, Waterloo and Moses, Bluelight and Port, Vraye Foy and the Curler, Bedlamite and Boreas (although the latter was the site of Brigadier), Sam and Tout, Ranter, Gipsy Koyal and Gipsy Prince, Canaradzo and Bugle, Contango and Admirable Crichton, with many other brothers too numerous to mention, may be adduced as examples in which one brother was as great a failure as the other was a success at the stud. Clearly, therefore, a dog which has already got a series of winners is to be selected, if it is possible to find one suitable to the bitch in point of breeding, shape, and style of running. Selection from Winning. — Great winners are notoriously not reliable from that evidence alone, though no doubt many good winners have after- wards been the sires of winners. ^ Thus, again taking the Waterloo Cup winners, we find in 1854 Sackcloth by Senate who won in 1847. Again in 1859 Clive, in 1860 Maid of the Mill, and in 1863 Chloe were by Judge who won in 1855. In 1864 King Death was by Canaradzo a winner in 1861, and lastly, in 1875, Honeymoon was by Briga- dier, who won in 1866. On the other hand the most celebrated winners have been by sires comparatively unknown in that line, as for example Cerito by Lingo, Coomassie by Celebrated, and Master M'Grath by Dervock. It would be easy to multiply examples from the Calendar, proving and disproving the value of winning blood, but the only reliable plan is to take a single series of trials, such as the Waterloo Cup, and judge of the result from them. It is generally admitted that you may prove anything by statistics carefully selected, and for this reason I shall not attempt to adduce examples from any other list than that contained in the series of Waterloo Cup winners. Section 3.— Cross Breeding and Breeding In and In. Where almost all our modern strains contain more than one line of a cele- brated breed it is difficult to define BEST AGE FOR BREEDING. exactly the meaning of these two expressions. Thus, supposing we again refer to the pedigree of Master M'Grath, we find his sire and dam both de- scended from King Cob, the latter having two strains. He may, there- fore, be considered as inbred to King Cob. Proceeding backwards we come to the four grandparents, wliich all also go back to him except Erin. Now then we can ascertain that Erin is once bred-in to King Cob, and that if he is put to a King Cob bitch the progeny would be twice inbred. But then comes the question, what is cross breeding? Here we can reply it is breeding from a sire and dam not at all related. But where shall we find one having no single repetition in his lines ? Thus, taking modern stallions, we find Pathfinder and Peter with two lines of Canaradzo, and four of King Cob ; Misterton has two lines of Canaradzo ; Mmeral Water two Hues of Canaradzo' six of King Cob, and four of Beacon • Brigadier had three lines of King Cob ; and Patent three of King Cob, with two of Kooli Khan. It is therefore somewhat difficult to define cross breeding in a practical way, or in- breeding either, except by comparison with others more or less partaking of the same quality. Forty years ago, the then Emperor of Coursers," Mr. A. Graham, advised breeders to breed in twice and then out once ; but, as I before observed, this would now be very difficult on account of the general prevalence of two or three fashionable strains. It may, however, be followed as far as this, that if a bitch is to be bred from, and she has not more than two or three lines of the same blood, and those not very nearly related, it is quite safe to con- tinue to put her again to a dog with the same strain exhibited, always sup- posing that it is a desirable one to have continued. On the contrary, if the bitch is the progeny of cousins, It IS better to cross her with a dog in whose pedigree the strain which has produced the cousinship does not appear. Bulldog Cross.— Breeders were at one time greatly at variance as to the value of this cross, some supposing that It 18 of great service, and others that it mars the utility of the greyhound in various ways. One thing is quite clear —VIZ., that It does not diminish the speed ; for some of our fastest do.c^s have been thus descended; as for instance, Czar, Assault, Rattler, West- wmd Fancyboy, all the Jasons, &c. My belief is, that it does not really increase this valuable quality, but that, the courage being increased, there is a greater tendency to display the utmost fPeed of which the dog is capable. Ihe dogs also are more high couraged generally, and stand training better, which is a very important item ; and they also bear the many accidents of the coursing-field with comparative disregard of their effects. But as there IS seldom gold without an alloy, so these advantages are counterbalanced by a greater degree of mental clever- ness than is always desirable ; and as the puppy comes earlier to maturity, so he sooner becomes cunning and unfit for pubhc contests. Sect. 4.— The Best Age for Breeding. The bitch is, I think, at her best for breeding purposes in the third year ; but many bitches have produced good litters as early as the second, and some as late as the tenth and eleventh. Mr. A. Graham's Screw, the Wiltshire bitches Seidlitz and Magic, and the dogs of the same district. Lopez and Egypt, were all out of two-year-old bitches ; but the great bulk of our best dogs have been out of bitches three, four, or five years of age. In the sire, another^ year is perhaps required to bring him to his prime, though many of our best runners have been got by two-year-old sires, and some even at one year— as, for instance, Mr. Garrard's Locomotive ; and the best litter by far ever got by Wiltshire Marquis were by him when only two years old. At three years old a great number of stallions have got good stock ; but most of our best running dogs have been the off- spring of four, five, and six-year-old stallions. It will therefore be more safe to select dogs of that age, though sornetimes there are reasons for advo- cating the selection of a younger one, as in the case of a very old bitch ; here a young dog is thought to invigorate the worn-out properties of the dam, but I know not with what effect. For myself, even in that case T should prefer a dog in his full prime to a younger and not yet fully-developed stallion. 242 Sect. 5.— Best Time op the Year for Breeding. The practice of breeding for produce or puppy-stakes has become so general, that a great deal is sacrificed to that end: and as they are run early m the autumn, it becomes of importance to obtain the puppies of good age at that time Greyhounds take their age irom the ist of January, and therefore it is desirable to get the bitch to produce her whelps as soon after that time as possible, provided you have good dry and warm accommodation for them. Without this last precaution it is useless to attempt early rearing, as the whelps will be spoiled by the cold and wet ot the winter and spring months., it is better in such a case to wait till April or May, as a well-reared late puppy is far better than a stunted and chilled early one. Bitches at eighteen months old run almost as well as at a later age, and therefore if your litter is a late one, you should choose them in preference to dogs for puppy-stakes. Puppies whelped after May, or the early part ot June, can scarcely be old enough tor the purpose ; but they may be brought out in the spring following with good effect, though still to some disadvan- tao-e I should therefore advise that bitches whelping early m the year should in all cases be selected when they can be procured, and that gi;eat attention should be paid to keeping them and their whelps warm and dry; thus the latter will be able to bear the exposure to the weather to the tun extent which they require during the summer months, and when the wmter comes on they are of good growth and strength, and may be kennelled like the other dogs. Besides these advan- tages, there is also this attendmg upon early litters— namely, that they may be entered to their game with impunity in the spring of their second year, so as to avoid the risk of doing this in the September following, at a time when the ground is hard, the weather hot, and the hares difficult to come at. It should be known that the bitch sometiines goes a few days less than her full time, and consequently it is not safe to put her to the dog before the end of the first week in November. COURSING. Sect. 6.— Duration of Pregnancy. As a rule the bitch goes with young sixty-three days, but this cannot be calculated from the date of serving her. To ascertain this point the late Mr. John Gibson, when owning Sam, kept a record of the dates of serving and whelping of each bitch, as follows :— Foremost bitch Sybil Cleopatra Bonnet Blue .. Bessy Bell Gratitude Black Bonnet.. Delaval bitch Bashful Nancy ... .• Shepherdess Sylon ... . Syringe ... . Surety ... • Warded. Nov. 25 Dec. 1 & 10 Jan. 26 Jan. 27 Feb. 13 Feb. 14 Feb. 21 Feb. 27 April 4 April 5 April 9 May 2S June 13 June 22 Duration Pupped. of Gestation. Days. Jan. 25 65 Feb. 5 67 or 57 March 31 64 March 31 63 April 17 63 April 19 61 April 28 63 May 2 64 June 5 62 June 9 65 June 13 65 Aug. 1 65 Aug. 18 66 Aug. 25 64 Most bitches are more or less at heat for twenty-one days, seven coming on, seven at the highest pitch, and seven going off. But the above table does not indicate the period during winch the serving was carried out. It only shows that from that date the duration of pregnancy varies from fifty-seven to sixty-seven days. My own opinion is that the best time is about the thirteenth or fourteenth day, after which no re- liance can be placed on the full per- formance of the dog's duties. Sect. 7.— Management of the Brood- Bitch, Putting to the Dog.— As soon as that most difficult point decided on, which has been discussed Section A it must be followed up by puttingtlu.se Iheoretical notions of the breeder into practice. In order to f compl.sh this the bitch must be sent to the dog, f, as is generally the case, he is not in the same kennel with her. Now there are wo modes of sending bitches across the country, one of which is much easier and cheaper than the other, and MANAGEMENT OF THE BROOD-BITCH. often answers just as well. The easier plan is to procure an ordinary three-dozen wine-hamper (this size will do for any bitch under 52 lb. in weight), and after lining the bottom with straw, to put the bitch in and fasten down the hd. An ordinary direction then completes all that is necessary to trans- port the package to any part of the kmgdom which is reached by a rail- road. In the summer, the night (being the coolest part of the twenty-four hours) IS the best for this purpose, as the bitch will not then suffer so much from thirst, and she will easily bear the journey without food, if it does not last more than from twelve to eighteen hours, which time is quite sufficient to reach any part of her Majesty's domi- nions. The hamper should be strong and sound, for fear of her escaping and choosing a mate for herself. After she has been served, she should wait a few days, and then be returned to her owner m the same way. The usual plan 18 to send a man with the bitch, who sees that everything is quite right! and brings her back again after the warding is over. There are some cases where one of these plans is more suit- able than the other— as, for instance, when a dog has such a very high character as to be m great demand. Here some- times It happens that two or more bitches are sent together, and the man in charge, rather than refuse one of them, is very apt to pass off another dog of the same blood instead of the one intended ; of course, in this case, the "hampered" bitch has the worst chance, and therefore, when a very popular dog is the selection, it is better to send a man upon whom dependence can be placed with her, for fear of such a result ; as, if the puppies do not come exactly of the expected colour, there is always a suspicion of such a substitution, even though it may not really have happened. I was once inclined to suspect such an unworthy deception, not from the first-mentioned cause, but from the whelps being of a colour which I had little reason to ex- pect I therefore persuaded the owner ot the bitch to see her himself put to the same dog again in the autumn, for the sake of satisfying himself and me : aiid the result was that the puppies were exactly like the former ones, and all doubt was at an end. Coursers cer- ^nly are a most suspicious race of mortals, and are constantly fancying their nvals in the race are contrivin^^ schemes which they would never sus*^ pectthem of in any of the ordinary ^^airs of life. In this respect coursing is like horse-dealing, no one seems to trust his own best friend ; and often perhaps, with as much foundation for his want of confidence as in that pur- suit, which everyone admits is not con- ducive to the honourable feelings of those who indulge in it. But let this suspicion be causeless or not, there it IS ; and for the purpose of avoiding all occasion for doubt, it is better to adopt every precaution. There are, however some cases where no motive can be assigned for any substitution of one dog for another— as, for instance, when a young unfashionable dog is chosen, and where the owner of the bitch is satisfied, from personal knowledge, that she will have every care taken of her In such a case the extra expense and trouble of sending the man are so much time and money thrown away. The ken- nel-man of the dog will see to every- thing being done secundum artem • but if the bitch is accompanied by your man, he should satisfy himself that the act is fully performed. Grey- hounds are, many of them, quite inca- pable of procreation, either from being improperly managed by over-stimulat- ing, or from being long kept in kennel and away from bitches, so as to force them into an unnatural state of conti- nence. But whatever is the cause, there IS no doubt of the fact that many dogs are nearly or quite impotent ; and therefore the above caution is not so unnecessary as it might at first sight appear to be. Many men use aU sorts of stimulating drugs to increase the procreative power in their dogs ; but it is a most dangerous and improper plan, and one which ought never to be adopted under any circumstances. Ihere is a great difference of opinion as to the number of bitches which a dog IS able to serve in the season, and I have often been asked the question • but I know of no mode of settling the exact line beyond which the dog should not be allowed to afford his services. As far as my own opinion goes, I do not think that a dog recovers himself thoroucjhly under three or four days which would give two bitches a week as the maximum allowancG. Now aa the season lasts from the 1st of No vera- R2 COURSING. 244 ber to the month of May, this would allow of fifty bitches being properly attended to ; but unfortunately the bitches do not come " in season m tins regular way, but, on the contrary, they all come together, or in groups of two or three at one time. Besides, when a dog is hkely to have a large number of bitches, he is generally priced so highly as to make him chietly m demand during the early part of the season, for few breeders hke to bestow ten o-uineas upon a bitch in May or June with the full knowledge that her puppies will be too late for the produce stakes the next year. Hence, it a dog has more than twenty bitches m the season, he is sure to have at least three or four a week occasionally, and m tins way, I am satisfied that many of tliese fashionable dogs are rendered unht for their arduous duties. It is not that thevdo not get stock while m this high demand-for I know that large litters of puppies have been got on con- secutive days-but I have seldom known a good litter thus oDtamed ; and Mr Gibson was distinctly of opinion that a bitch lined soon after a previous act is likely to have only a small litter. Now, if small in numbers, how much more likely are they to be puny in strength, and deficient m activity of nervous system. From all this, there- fore, I should advise, wherever the choice can be made, that a dog which is not likely to have more than a dozen or fifteen bitches should be selected m preference to one more m demand, unless the bitch requiring his services comes "in season" in November or December. At that time few are like y to be sent, or to have previously weakened the dog, and of course you are not the worse for what may be hereafter done. Duration of the Period of Heat.— - The bitch is fully three weeks "in season" altogether, and is generally said to be nine days coming on, nine days fully on, and nine days going ott. This is rather a longer time than my experience would allow as the usual period, and I should fix seven or eight days as the full term of each division. The best time for the admission of tlie dog is towards the end of the middle period, when the bleeding which usually appears in the vulva of the female is beginning to subside. Sometimes tins period is a very short one, and by waiting too long the bitch refuses alto^ gether to submit, and is rendered useless for that season. It is better, therefore, to put her to the dog as soon as she will take him, for fear of this unfonunate result ; and I beheve that it is of very little consequence when the act takes place, so long as the bitch is fully con- senting thereto, and no force is applied. The Management of the Bitch after her return should be of such a nature as to keep her in good health, without allowing her either to get too fat or too thin. As soon as she can safely be ahowed to run at large, she should be taken out to exercise regu- larly every day, and until that time she should be led out for an hour daily. When a bitch can have a good run at Hberty she is perhaps all the better for it ; but I am quite sure that full health may be maintained by a couple of hours' exercise every day; and for the first six or seven weeks this may be with the other dogs, so as to occasion no needless trouble; after that time, however, she ought to be taken out by herself, for fear of her being knocked over or otherwise in- jured, or of her being tempted to jump over high gates, &c., by the example of the other dogs. bhe should, however, have her liberty in her exercise every day till quite the last, for if not tempted by others she will only take as much as comports with her matronly dignity. Great care should be taken as to her condi- tion in point of flesh, for the two extremes are almost equally prejudi- cial. On the one hand, too high a state of flesh is mechanically adverse to parturition, and also tends to pro- duce milk-fever after the process is completed ; and on the other, too low a state of flesh is inimical to that full suclding of the whelps which insures their growth to a good size. The only guide which I can give is this — viz., that the ribs should be easily felt, loosely rolling under the hand, without being clearly visible to the eye ; beyond this the condition is too high, and if the ribs are very apparent to the eye it is too low. About once a week a little castor-oil should be given, unless the bowels are quite loose ; but, at all events, I like a dose given a few days before the end of the nine weeks- say about the sixtieth day. This cools the bitch, and prevents any bones or MANAGEMENT DURING WHELPING. 21:5 otlujr lumpy matter accumulating in the bowels and mechanically interrup- ting the birth of the whelps. During the last week or ten days — that is, after the fiftieth day, the bitch should be separated from the other dogs, and placed in the box which she is in- tended to occupy during her parturi- tion ; and she should be made quite at home there, at once preventing all occasion for fright, and keeping her perfectly quiet. A boarded floor should be raised for her a few inches from the ground, and this should be protected from the wall by a boarded partition at least six or eight inches high. If this flooring cannot easily be procured, spread a good layer of straw on the ground, and place a piece of old carpet upon that, then more straw on the top of that, which will form a good bed for the bitch. The reason of the necessity for the carpet is, that the whelps in their struggles to get at the teats of the bitch scratch all the straw away, and if the carpet is not there they lie on the bare ground, and are often seriously injured or killed by the damp and cold; but with this protection they only scratch till they get down to it, when they are unable to do more, and lie upon the warm carpet with the thick layer of straw under it. These little points may seem o± no consequence, but it is by atten- tion to them that disease is prevented ; and that is a much more easy matter than removing it after it is once developed, especially in the whelp. Towards the last few days more sloppy food than usual should be given, in order to cool the body and also to promote the secretion of milk ; but it should be very gradually changed,' so as not to disorder the system by too sudden an alteration from the usual diet. If, therefore, the bitch has been ted upon flesh and meal, it is only necessary to substitute a larger quantity of broth for some of the flesh, and to mix It up with the meal into a sloppy state. Where greaves and meal have been used, the addition of a little milk IS the best plan, or if not, then some broth must be added, as the greaves do not mix well with slop. ^ Management during Whelping —It is seldom that the bitch requires any interference at this time, for the puppy 18 so small in proportion to the size of the bony passage, that nature generally effects her purpose very easily. Un- less, therefore, the mother is suffering from disease, little assistance is re- quired. The process generally lasts some hours, and there is on the average nearly half an hour each between tlie whelps. The bitch should not be interfered with till all is over, unless she seems very much exhausted, when a Httle warm brandy and water may be given ; but as nature leads her to swallow a large quantity of animal matter, consisting of the secundines of each whelp, and also to digest them, food is not now required. When, however, all is over, a little lukewarm gruel, made with milk, or mild broth, should be given her and repeated after two or three hours. Nothing else but this kind of food should be allowed till the milk is fully come, which by nature would be as soon as the whelps are born, or nearly so. Sometimes, however, in very young or very old bitches, it does not come on so readily ; while, again, in very fat and over-fed ones, milk- fever sets in, and the secretion is post- poned, or entirely prevented. It is in these cases that over-feeding must be guarded against; but here preven- tion is much earsier than cure ; only take care not to have the bitch over- fed beforehand, and she will give no trouble from milk-fever unless exposed to cold or wet. The opposite extreme of low-feeding is not felt so soon, but it leads to much more unmanageable results at the second or third week after whelping, when fits are apt to occur, accompanied with • excessive emaciation, weakness, and loss of milk. Strong broths, flesh, jellies, bread and milk thickened with eggs, &c.,_ may be tried, with even the addition of stimulants, in the shape of brandy and water, or gruel with ale in It, or sherry and eggs. A teaspoonful of aromatic spirit of ammonia niav be given, with the same quantity of PIux- ham's tincture of bark, twice a day. In spite of all that can be done, it sometimes happens that these bitches continue to have fits, and to lose strength and flesh ; they must in this case be taken from their puppies, and their place supplied by either hand feeding or a foster-nurse. After this they generally rapidly recover; but unless they are very valuable they should scarcely be tried again for i\U 1 sjTine purpose. For the first two or tliree days the food should be luke- warm, and the bitch should be com- pelled to come out for the purpose of emptying herself at least twice a day, as many mothers are so proud of their newly-acquired wealth that they neg- lect themselves in their care for their whelps. More than this is not necessary, as exercise maybe dispensed with for the first week, but after that tune she should be led out for an hour a day. During the whole of her suck- ling the bitch should be well fed upon milk, if procurable, thickened with oatmeal or flour, and at least a pound of flesh with the broth, also thickened with meal, each day. Without this quantity and quality of food the milk is not sufficiently strong and good for the whelps, and they do not reach the size which is desirable, and which, indeed, is necessary in order that they may go on afterwards to that perfec- tion of frame which is the object of the courser. A few shillings will there- fore be now well disposed of m milk and other good and nutritious kinds of diet. COURSING. Sect. 8.— Management of the Whelps IN THE Nest. The kennel-man should watch the whelps from the time they are born till they are two or three days old, as they often require a little assistance up to tiiat time, especiafly in large litters. If it is desired that more than five or six should be kept, a foster-nurse should be obtained ; but for a few days a good bitch will suckle eight or ten puppies very well. When one or two are very weakly— as often is the case with large litters — they are shouldered out by the stronger ones, and would, if left to their own efforts, speedily die of starvation ; but by occasionally taking the strong ones away for a time, and leaving the others to suck, they soon are able to take their own parts, and often over- take their originally-larger and stronger brothers and sisters. At this time whelps are very readily chilled ; and when they are thus seized they become purged, and soon die, emaciated to the highest degree. Six, eight, or ten drops of laudanum may be given m a little milk, two or three times a day, which generally stops the diarrhoea, or the laudanum may be united with a few grains of chalk and two grains of aromatic confection. No bitch should be aUowed to suckle more than five, or, at the outside, six whelps, after the first week ; and if a foster-nurse can- not be procured, it is better either to destroy all above that number, or to try and bring them up by hand. The Foster-Nurse may be of any breed, but the bull-terrier, or any smooth bitch of good size, will answer the purpose best ; a rough bitch wiUdo quite as weU if her coat is healthy, and her skin free fiom disease. It may generally be reckoned that for every seven or eight pounds in weight of bitch she will rear one puppy, and thus a 211b. bitch will do three whelps very well. She should have a muzzle on, except when fed, till she is quite accus- tomed to the new whelps ; and to effect this, the best plan is to take away her own whelps, and place them with the young greyhounds in a basket for a few minutes ; then return ah to her, and when she has become in some measure accustomed to them, take away her own progeny one by one. This deprivation, however, should not be attempted for twenty-four hours at least. Many people fancy that puppies reared by terriers, &c., are not so good as those suckled by their own dams ; but I have had and known so many examples to the contrary, that I can- not for an instant doubt the propriety of adopting this foster-nurse. Mr. Borron's Black Cloud litter are good examples of this plan, having all been reared by bull-bitches, in consequence of the death of their mother in whelp- ing. On the other hand, I have known some good specimens of rearing by hand ; as, for instance, Mr. Webb's Flirt and Havoc. At the expiration of about ten or twelve days (seldom sooner), the whelps begin to open their eyes ; and after this they may be fed as soon as they will take cow's milk. When it is desired to assist the bitch in this way very early, the whelp must be taught to lap, by dipping his nose in the milk, upon which he soon takes to it, and licks his lips, if he does not lap direct from the saucer. At tliree weeks, unless the bitch is very full of milk, they will require feeding two or three times a day, and the food at first should be milk only, then milk slightly thickened with fine wheat-flour, and towards the fifth week this food alter- WEANING THE WHELPS. 24I7 nateJy with thickened broth. To make tliis broth, a sheep's head should be boiled to rags, the bones picked care- fully out, the pieces of flesh broken up into very small fragments, and the whole thickened to the consistence of cream with fine white flour. Up to weanmg, one of these heads will last one Htter of whelps two or three days ; but after that time a head is used in a single day. As soon as the whelps are able to run, they must be assisted up and down fi-om their wooden-floored stage, if they have one, by lowering the front edge, and making it an in- clined plane from the ground ; the box also must be littered down with straw, and cleaned out every other day, as the whelps soon make it very dirty by their constant evacuations. Dew-Claws are sometimes left on, at others cut off, and again by some coursers their nails only are pulled out with the teeth or a pair of pincers. The last is far the best plan, and it should be done at about the time of the whelp first seeing, before which the nails are hardly strong enough to draw well. _ There seems to be very little pain given, as the whelp scarcely whimpers. Sect. 9.— Weaning the Whelps. The Weaning of the Whelp is the great test of the skill of the kennel- man, and very few understand it to such an extent as to avoid loss of flesh at that time. Some, however, will manage almost invariably to take the whelps away, and keep them as fat as they should be for an indefinite period afterwards, depending of course upon accidental circumstances, but extending long beyond the effects of weaning. Generally, however, whelps become very thin, and many are irretrievably spoilt, at this period. Whelps which have been very well suckled are the most difficult to wean without loss of fat ; and,^ indeed, sometimes they are so unwieldy as to require some little dimmution in order to bring them to a state fit for exercise. I am quite satis- fied, that beyond five weeks the mother's milk is prejudicial rather than otherwise ; and many whelps become thin and out of health from that cause alone. I have always found that by removing her entirely they take their tood more regularly and are not con- stantly on the fret for what after all is only a drop in the ocean among Iso many and such voracious swallows. There are three grand principles neeid- ful to successful weaning — first, warm and dry lodging ; secondly, suitat)Ie quaHty and quantity of food ; and thirdly, regularity in feeding. The Lodging should be warm in proportion to the season, and if the weather is very severe, a stove is essen- tial to success, not only at weaning- time, but before and afterwards. I am quite satisfied that from January to April, in frosty weather, the stove- system is of vital importance to the rearing of young whelps, and is even better than the heat of a warm stable full of horses. The fire should be Hghted in the morning, and kept in all day, with good ventilation ; then by damping it down at night, and closing the ventilators, sufficient heat will be retained to last till next morning, when, on entering the box for the purpose of feeding, cleaning, &c., the stove may again be lighted. I have not found that young greyhounds reared in this way were afterwards more delicate and susceptible of cold, but, from being more strong and well developed, they were actually more capable of resisting atmospheric changes. It is for the first two months that this artificial aid is required, after which time they generate heat enough when lying together to keep themselves warm, and by leaving off the stove they soon are prepared for facing the weather, either in their walks or elsewhere. Up to three months all puppies should be kept in a loose box, and should not be suffered to be at full liberty, as they are scarcely fit to take care of themselves till after that time ; they do not get out of the wet if a storm of rain comes on, and are consequently, if exposed to the weather, at all times hable to chill. A loose boxwiththe upper half of thedoor open, especially if it admits the sun, is the best place for them ; but the door should be kept closed in cold, windy weather, and at night in all cases. The Quality and Quantity of Food are the grand essentials in rearing the greyhound, especially at weaning time, when all the experience and tact of the kennel-man will barely enable him to avoid errors. At this time the whelps require feeding four times a day, and their food should be composed of millr 2|,48 COUBSING. and broth alternately, thickened with meal Up to two months fine Hour oTily must be used, with a little oat- meal if the bowels are at aU confined ; but after that time a coarser meal may be substituted ; the change, however, mustbe very gradually made, by mixmg a Httle more each day of the coarse with the fine flour. A sheep s head , wiU. now be required every day among five or six whelps, and from a quart to six pints of good milk, which quan- tities will serve them tiU nme or ten weeks old. . „ Regularity of Feeding is aiso o± the utmost importance to all young animals, and especially to the grey- hound whelp. The first meal should be at dawn, or as soon after as possible, and the last always about dusk— though in Janu^vry the whelps must be fed a Httle later, or they will have to fast too long during the night. It is also of great consequence not to allow any one of them to overload the stomach ; and if they are gross feeders, and very ravenous, those which are so should not be suffered to take more than the feeder thinks suflacient. Indeed, i am strongly of opinion that whelps should ne^^er be allowed quite to satiate their appetites, unless they are out of health and require a little extra nursing ; bu^ as a rule they should always leave oil with readiness for more if it were given. Sect. 10.— Choosing the Whelps, The Weaning Time is selected for this purpose, because up to that penod they must remain with the mother ; and while suckhig her, the changes are so great that what was at first the best is now often found to be the worst of the litter. Most people would prefer wait- ing to make their selection till after the whelps are weaned, as they show their shapes better when comparatively thin than they do when loaded with milk fat. This, however, seldom suits the purpose of the breeder, who wishes to get rid of the trouble and respon- sibility as soon as he can. Unless, tlierefore, the breeder has the pick, he will generally insist upon the choice being now made ; tliat is, as soon as the whelps are five or six weeks old. It is quite true that the ago is just as good as a later one in aU but one par- ticular, and that consists in the strength of constitution, which has not yet been tested by weaning. Many ^ delicate breeds get very fat while with their mothers, but when weaned, with aU the care in the world, some of them will become thin, and refuse to grow and thrive. These, of course, would be rejected after weaning ; and yet before that process is accomplished they are the most hkely perhaps to catch the chooser's eye. In picking at weaning time, I should therefore by no means always choose the fattest, but the one which looks most hardy and firm, with- out, on the other hand, being wasted and thin. At this time the legs and feet are generally ahcady sufiiciently developed to enable the good judge to see what they are likely to be ; and it the whelp bends his knees so far back as to stand upon nearly or quite the whole of the parts below the knee, 1 should certainly reject him, as he is always likely to be long and flat-toed, with weak knees. A spreading foot also shows itself by this time, and should be examined into, and rejected in favour of a close round foot. Exa- mine also as to ruptures, which are now very evident ; and tnough many good bitches as well as dogs have had them, they are by no means to be ad-- mired. Next, as to general shapes, sizes, &e. Many select by colour only, taking those which follow any particu- lar ancestor in colour or marks, i cannot say that I have ever seen this guide of any use, but it is a very com- mon practice, and certainly I have known it abused, by leading to the se- lection of a badly-grown whelp m pre- ference to a much better-shaped one ot a despised colour. The chooser should take the whelp up by the tail close to the root, when the shape will be well shown, as the fore-legs are then sure to be extended, and if they are weU raised in front towards the ears they show a well-formed shoulder. The length of the stifles is also now begin- ning to be shown, and the general frame is visible, especially when held as above recommended. But nothing is more difficult and more dependent upon luck than this choice, and I have con- stantly known even the best judges make bad selections. When the pick is to be made after weaning, weight, and size, with apparent health, ought to be very strong guides in selection ; and I would never take a puny, half-starved BEARING THE WHELPS. 249 whelp, if I could get one well weaned and healthy-looking, with at all the same frame — that is, if free from any obvious and persistent defects. At three months the choice may be made with a very good chance of selecting the one which shall turn out the best looking at last ; but, after all, this may very likely not be the best greyhound ; so that even here, the affair is a perfect lottery. Still, in the long run, the best looking are the best greyhounds ; and there- fore they should be chosen at all ages till a trial can be had. But at three months the whelps begin to move as well as to show their forms, and this test should also be used as well as those already described. By the end of the third month the style of gallop be- comes apparent, and though some short and stumpy gallopers at that time be- come subsequently good goers, stiU I slioiild always back the free and sm .:)oth-actioned puppy at that age to turn out the best goer at a sub- sequent period. It is astonishing how whelps of three or four month? old will gallo-p, and what a pace they will go ; and unless the one which is examined goes in a good form between the third and fourth month, I should certainly reject him, if I had the choice of another going in a different and superior style. Sect. 11. — Kearing the Whelps. Home-Eearing and Walks.— Much difference of opinion exists as to the compararive merits of these two sys- tems ; and to this day there has never been any positive series of experiments made on the two modes. Most people adopt one or the other, and then argue m support of that which they have used ; but the only way to settle the question is to divide several litters, and rear part in one way and part in the other. This I have known done in some few cases, but never to such an extent as to lead to a satisfactory result. Of one thing there can be no doubt— viz., that good dogs have been reared in each way. If, therefore, I were_ asked my opinion, I should say that It will depend upon the degree of perfection in which either plan can be earned out. If the » walk " is a good one, the food good, and the farm free from hares and rabbits, there can be no reason why puppies may not be reared there as well as elsewhere. Again, if at home you have good accommodati(^n and a good servant, with plenty of opportunity for exercise, tlien there can be no objection to your using those advantages. My own opinion is, that the home-plan, when well carried out, is free from every disadvantage, and has all the recommendations of the other in addition. On the other hand, the constant liberty leads the puppy to be lazy, and disinchned to exercise himself as he ought to do. This, how- ever, may be an advantage for aught I Imow to the contrary ; as it may really not be desirable that the puppy should gallop so much while he is growing, as he is induced to do when let out for a shoi-t period. It will not therefore do to argue upon this point as a positive good, because, as I before remarked, it may really be a positive evil. But a home-reared puppy, if neglected, is a most deplorable object ; being too fat or too thin, witii long toes spread- mg like a duck's foot, and in every way unfitted for his task. Such a dog is a standing argument against this mode of rearing, and very many such are produced every year. I have known thirty saplings and more reared togetherin a large building, and scarcely ever let out of it, with tiie only result which could be expected, of producing aU bad ones. Unless therefore, proper care is hkely to be taken, by all means run the chance of the "walking" system. In this latter mode the puppy is sure of air and exercise ; food, indeed, IS the only essential and desirable point in which he is likely to be deficient ; but in most farms the puppies are able to get to the pigs' food, and that alone, with air and exercise, is better than tiie best food in the world with- out those essentials to health. If however, a good "walk" can be ob- tained by a httie extra pay, by all means should the money be bestowed, as a shilling a week extra only makes a pound or two's difference in the cost, while it often trebles the value of the puppy. My advice, tiierefore, is to keep your puppies at home if you can do so with the advantages I have insisted on as necessary to it ; and faihng that plan, to select as many good walks for tiiem, of not more than two in one place, as are required for the rearing of your puppies; being guided m the selection by the proba- 250 COURSING. bility of good food, good lodging, and good treatment — for nothing spoils a puppy more than harsh words and seyere floggings. Home-Kearing, from three months of age till they are old enough to be ken- nelled (which they may be considered to be at nine or ten months), should he effected in the following manner ; in- deed, if they are at " walk " they should be fed in the same way, or as near to it as possible, but they then have their full liberty, and require no one to look after them during their hours of exer- cise. It will be remembered that up to this age they have been fed four times a day, alternately on thickened milk and broth, the latter with the meat of the sheep's head broken up in it, and that I have advised the gradual substitution of coarse wheat-flour for the fine quality necessary in early puppyhood. By these precautions the dog-whelps ought, if of a large breed, and also of tolerably early maturity, to weigh at this age about 20 to 24 lb., and the bitches 18 to 22 lb. The after- weights are as follows ; though much will depend upon the quahty of food and the amount of exercise allowed, as some puppies gallop of themselves till they are as thin as red herrings :— Ages. Doas. Bitches. Small. Large. Small. Large. At three months . 20 to 24 lb. 18 to 22 lb „ four months . 28 32 „ 24 „ 28 „ „ five months . 36 „ 40 „ 30 „ 34 „ „ six months . 40 50 34 „ 40 „ „ seven months 45 „ 53 38 „ 44 „ eight months . 50 „ 58 ,, 40 „ 48 „ nine months . 52 » 62 42 „ 51 „ „ ten months . 54 „65 „ 44 64 „ I have inserted in each column the weights of small and large dogs at each month, but even these vary a good deal, according to the condition and mode of rearing in each case. Thus a very fat puppy of five months will weigh more than the same^ dog at six or seven months of age, if he then happens to be thin from teething or any accidental cause. But suppos- ing the puppy to be well reared and in good condition, not over fat, and to be weighed at any of the above ages, then, according to his approach to the higli or low weight there named, he will reach the highest or lowest weight given at any of tlie subsequent months ; tlmt is to say, as an ordinary rule, liable to the usual exceptions met with in all such attempts at generahzation. The Kind of Food most proper_ for rearing puppies is, I beHeve, a mixed diet of meal and flesh, with an oc- casional change to green vegetables, and even greaves. Undoubtedly the best meal is a mixture of oatmeal and coarse wheat-flour ; the former of the coarse Scotch kind, and the latter made from red- wheat, and ground simply without dressing. Indian-meal answers very well indeed instead of wheat- flour ; but, theoreticaUy, it is not quite so full of strong muscle-making ma- terial. As far as my experience goes it is quite as good practically, and I have used it very extensively, on ac- count of the higher price of wheat. The usual cost of Indian-mcal is about that of bariey, and consequently it is much less than the price of wheat. The flesh should be sound horse- flesh, selected from horses dying from accident or from short illnesses, and not full of drugs ; and, as a change, lambs or calves dying without serious disease, or " slink," may be used. Flesh wiU keep a long time, even during the summer, if hung up in the thick part of a shady tree ; and none answers the purpose so well as a hawthorn. ^ It should be brushed over with quicklime and water every five or six days. Be- sides these articles, butter-milk and potatoes, milk and flour, paunches with and without their contents, and barley or oatmeal with greaves, all are used by different jearej-s, and especially at the " walks " of the puppies. ^ Many are ^ever aflowed to taste meat tiU they are trained, and then only for a few days, on the supposition that long continuance of meat makes their flesh too hard and their pace too slow. This opinion I am satisfied is not founded on fact, and that the puppy reared as nearly as possible on the same kind of food as would best suit a child, will be most likely to exhibit pace as well as the other desiderata in the greyhound. In order to prepare the flesh and meal a boiler is required, and if more than one or two dogs are to be cooked for, it should be set as a furnace. The best plan is to get a Papin's Digester, un- tinned, which materially diminishes the expense, and order a small pipe to be fixed on to the side near the top, so as to carry off the steam, when in ordinary use, into the nearest drain. KINDS OF FOOD FOE REARING PUPPIES. 251 Tiio pipe must be of iron for a few inches, after which it may be of lead, for tlie convenience of bending it into the required angles. This digester may be set in brickwork hke an or- dinary boiler, and may be used either for boiling flesh— when the steam may be allowed to escape do^Ti the pipe into the drain, by which all annoyance to the nose is avoided ; or, for boiling bones — the side-pipe being stopped by turning a cock fixed in it, and then the usual valve of the digester comes into play. These digesters are made of all sizes, but they are generally sold tinned, and therefore they must be specially ordered, if the extra price of the tin- ning is objected to. In plain iron — which is also far better for the health of the dogs— they cost from 30s. to 21. 10s. or thereabouts, according to the dis- tance from the manufactory. The flesh having been boiled till it is quite ready to leave the bones (which requires some hours' gentle simmering) it should be taken out of the broth, and the Indian or wheat meal added by stirring it gradually in with a stick. Indian-meal requires nearly an hour's boihng ; wheaten-meal fifteen minutes ; and oatmeal ten only. Enough of the mixed flour should be stirred in to make the stirabout so thick as to be divisible when cold with a knife with- out much sticking to it. In reference to the proportion of each, the rule is to^ give as much oatmeal as the dog will bear without becoming too loose in his motions. Some naturally costive dogs thrive on oatmeal alone, and others again will scarcely bear the smallest proportion of it, so that no rule can be given ; but I have found about one-third oatmeal wiU generally agree vsdth the greyhound. Some people make the meal up into balls with a little water, and boil them in the broth along with the flesh ; but I have never seen any advantage in this plan, and it is certainly more troublesome. As soon as the meal has boiled the proper time, as above stated, the fire should be withdrawn, and the whole either suffered to cool in the boiler, or, which is better, it should be ladled out and cooled in thin layers, on flat tins or boarded coolers for the purpose. This, with the flesh cut up into small pieces and mixed with it, forms the ordinary diet of the puppies, according to this plan. The paunches are either cleaned and boiled with the meal to make stirabout (being used in the sam e way as the flesh in the above mode), or they are given raw and with their contents mixed with them. The latter plan answers very well, especially when the cow's paunch is obtained, and kept till tolerably dry, with the use of quick- Hme rubbed over it to absorb the moisture and prevent decomposition. It may then be given to the greyhounds entire, and they quickly tear it to pieces and eat it greedily, with a con- siderable quantity of the green half- digested food of the cow mixed with the paunch itself. Barley or oatmeal mixed with greaves is prepared by boiling the^ latter quite soft in water, after breaking them up into lumps of the size of the fist. The meal is then added as in making the stirabout. The Relative Value of these various kinds of food is shown by the follow- table : — Kind of Food. Cow's milk contains Fat mutton „ Lean mvitton „ Lean beef ,, Lean horse-flesh Hare and rabbit,, Wheat-flour Oatmeal Barley-meal „ Potatoes Rice Materials used for making muscle, bone, &G. IVTateriala used in re- spiration, or in forming fat. Parts. Parts. 10 30 10 27 to 45 10 19 10 17 10 16 10 2 to 5 10 45 10 60 10 67 10 86 to 116 10 153 It will appear from this table, that the flesh of the hare and rabbit contahis an enormous proportion of muscle- making material, and from this cause they haA^e been used for training pur- poses, but not, as far as I know, with any good result. Next stands horse- flesh ; and I am quite sure that, when it can be procured of a healthy nature, and free from drugs, it suits the dog's stomach remarkably well even in train- ing. The difference, however, is so shght between it and beef or mutton, that either will do, and certainly mutton is the mildest of the three, and can be given in the largest quan- tity Avithout overheating or disordering the dog's stomach. Cow's milk comes next in this quality, and is used very generally in Scotland even as an ordi- nary food ; but as far as my experience goes, it promotes flatulence and dys- %62 COURSING. pepsia, and, though nutritious enough, it fills and loads the stomach, and causes the wind to be thick and the power of endurance very slight. _ As an article for rearing puppies, it is good enough, but not equal m pro- ducing a good frame to meal and_ flesh, as I have proved by direct experiment. It also unfits the dog for the subse- quent use of flesh for training pur- poses, and the change from one to the other requires a very long and carelul preparation. For this reason milk-ted dogs ought not to be fed more than a week upon mutton when in training, for when reared upon milk and kept upon it afterwards, they soon fall oft when put upon flesh, and their mo- tions show by their black character how much the bilious system' has been disturbed. I do not therefore wonder at those who pursue this plan of feed- ing being averse to the use of flesh. One of the best kinds of food for dogs at all times, but especially advan- tageous for puppies, is the sheep s trotter, or cow-heel; the former should by rights be scalded, and the hair and hoofs removed before boiling, which re- quires a good many hours ; but I have known so many give them the whole mass of hair, hoofs, and bones, without iniury, that I believe they are harmless. A food specially prepared for puppies is sold by Spratt's Patent Company m Bermondsey, which may be used with advantage as the piece de resistance ; but it is not desirable to rear puppies on any one kind of food. All puppies are the better for occasional changes of food, and do not thrive well if kept upon one unvarying diet. Whatever food is adopted, they should once or twice a week have cabbages, or carrots, or turnips, boiled whh it, or potatoes with the broth instead of meal. Even an occasional change to greaves is better than always keeping to food of one kind ; but nmtton and horseflosli, with that of young lambs or calves, will be sufficient changes without hav- ing recourse to chandler's refuse, except in default of flesh. The Weight op Food required from three months to five is greater than would bo supposed ; but the growth is 80 rapid, that the puppy absolutely demands large supplies of nourish- ment. Nearly a pound of meal a day will not be too much, and in some canes fully that quantity will be used, mixed, of course, with the broth, and with a small allowance at first of flesh cut up and added to it. The feeder should begin with about one quarter of a pound daily, increasing it to half a pound by the fifth month, at which . weight it sliould remain till after the teething is accomplished, when three quarters of a pound will not be too much. This quantity may be continued till the puppies have been entered and tried. . n ^ Bones must be supplied daily tor two purposes, one of which consists in mechanically cleaning the teeth, the other in affording a supply of lime for the nutrition of the young bones of the dog, and also in stimulating the secretion of saliva, which is necessary for perfect digestion. The larger the bones are the better, and a little dirt is no injury to them. The kennelman should give them on the dry grass, while he -is sweeping out the kennel, and should always be at hand with the whip, to prevent quarreUing. The Times of Feeding should be as foflows— viz., an early and a late meal, and two others during the day, tifl the end of the fourth month ; after which, to the end of the eighth, the two middle meals may be thrown into one ; and at the expiration of the eighth month, except in very large and grow- ing dogs, two meals a day will be quite sutficient, taking care to give free access to water at all times, and to prevent the greedy dogs from taking more than their proper share of the food. The Best Form of Kennel for home- rearing is, 1 think, a mere shed with a raised bench, for the whelps to run into, and for sleeping in ; and, in addition, a run of forty or fifty feet m length, and eight or ten in breadth, fenced off for them from a field or garden— if possible, shaded by trees. I do not like a tiled floor, such as is pat in the regular kennel described at page 231, because it does not wear away the nails sufliciently ; and also does not harden the pads of the foot ; besides, the earth is a healthy anti- acid for the whelps to get into their stomachs, which they obtain by licking it olf their coats in cleaning themselves with their tongues. I have found that common sheep-hurdles, lined with the wire-net, and having that kind ot fence raised a yard above them by straining it from post to post, fixed at GENERAL TREATMENT, 25$ the end of each hurdle, answer the pui-pose best, as no greyhound can clear it, and by leaning it inwards they cannot jump upon it. It is the most effectual and the cheapest fence which can be put up, as no mere wooden rail- ing will hold the puppies, their teeth soon cutting through tlie strongest bar, if any interstice is permitted. When grass is selected for the run, it is soon worn away ; and a little gravel or sand should be laid down, in order to pre- vent mud. The Amount of Exercise required by home-reared puppies is not much more than they will take in their yard or inclosures, where they gallop up and down, and play with each other for hours together ; but, in addition, they should always be let out into a large field for a quarter of an hour be- fore each meal, as the gallop which they then take causes the bowels to relieve themselves, and they are thus kept in a healthy state. The gallop should never be allowed on a full stomach ; but when empty, I am satis- fied that it does great good, and hardens and braces all their joints as they are formed, A puppy reared in confine- ment grows, perhaps, into a fine-look- ing dog, but being composed of soft materials which have never been strained, he lames himself the very first time he is let out, and is a long time recovering himself from its effects. Besides this, he must again be rested, to allow time for the re- storation of the inflamed joint; and thus he never can be suffered to acquire that tone of ligament and hardness of bone which are necessary to en- able him to stand the shock of the course with impunity. This, .there- fore, is the principal object in permit- ting these daily gallops, which often occasion slight temporary lamenesses, but not of such a degree as to lead to permanent mischief. If puppies are reared in this way, with the daily use of a large field, and the run of a yard or strip of natural soil, especially if it is gravelled, they do not want any- other exercise until they are kennelled, which should be commenced at nine (jr ten months, or earher, according to the season of the year. It must be r'e- marked here, that this open-yard sy s- tem does not answer after October or the beginning of November, and then only in fine seasons ; for in a cold and wet one it must be stopped as soon as weather of that kind is thoroughly estabhshed. ^ General Treatment. — During this time no brushing should be used, and the dog's natural cleanser, the tongue, is the best adapted for the purpose of keeping his body free from dirt. In all but the very hot months, plenty of clean straw should be allowed ; but in the height of summer the boards must be left bare, as the dog will lie on the ground in preference to a straw bed. At this time fleas, ticks, and other vermin, are very apt to infest the dog, and may be removed by the use of soft-soap and soda, as I shall explain. If the tick is the kind of vermin present, some white precipitate must be rubbed into the skin, and after a few hours brushed out again ; but the dog must not be suffered to get wet. At this time the occasional use of a dose of castor-oil and syrup of buckthorn, in equal quantities, when the puppies are a little " off their feed^" will serve to restore them to their appetites and prevent further loss of health. If they are otherwise ill, they must be treated according to the directions given under the head of "Diseases of the Dog." Every Puppy should have a Kennel-name given him before he is many months old, and he should be accustomed to it as soon as possible, so that he may be able to know when he is rated or called back, and may come when called, &c. This is very im- portant in saving the young greyhound from unnecessary correction, which he might otherwise incur from ignorance rather than vice. 264 CHAPTER V. BREAKING, KENNELLING, AND ENTERING. 1 Sect. 1. — Breaking to Lead, ( Kennels, &c. Leading is necessary for various pur- posies, and should be taught the puppy either during the progress of his rear- ing,' if this is effected at home, or, if not, as soon as he is brought from his waHc. Of course, in bringing him, he nmst have had a collar on ; but it is necessary not only that the dog shall come along by force, but that he shall follow cheerfully and handily. One of the most common causes of failure arises from the awkwardness of the greyhound in the slips, and this has its origin in imperfect breaking to the leading strap. I have seen the chance of many dogs utterly destroyed by their pulling in the slips, and therefore I would strongly caution the young courser to be careful that the whole process is thoroughly effected by which handiness in the slips will be secured. Now, as I before remarked, steady leading is the first part of the puppy's / education, and it should be taught as / follows :— The neck-strap should be the ordinary wide one, at least two inches in breadth, with the common swivel, by which it is attached to a leading- rein about five feet long ; this should be buckled on tightly in a field of soft turf, and the man should then call the dog by name in an encouraging manner. Generally he begins to pull against the strap at once, and fights most reso- lutely, by attempting to throw Mmself into all sorts of forms, and biting at the strap. He should be suffered to exhaust his efforts for a few minutes, and then the man should pat him and endeavour to make him follow, and, if he still refuses, he must be steadily dragged along by the leading-strap. After a few yards he almost always gives up all resistance for a time, and follows at the heel, but soon tries another bout, and this is often followed by a fit of the sulks. The only remedy is a patient pull upon the collar, and generally in half an hour the dog follows pretty quietly ; but in some cases there is a much longer and more troubleso»"*^ resistance. After the dog has followed his master about the field for a short time, the collar may be re- moved with a few encouraging words, and another dog taken in hand ; but it generally requires several lessons before the young puppy is quite perfect in leading. Indeed, he seldom is so until he has been led about for hours in the coursing field, which should always be the last lesson before he is himself entered to his game. At first, when the hare is seen, the greyhound seldom takes much notice, but when other dogs are heard whimpering, and their anxiety is witnessed, the contagion is soon conveyed to the young one, and he begins to pull at his collar and to enter into the nature of the sport. This is the critical period when the good manager makes his dog handy, and the bad one confirms him in the foolish habit of pulling. All young dogs pull naturally against their straps when they see anything going on in which they are interested : and the unskilled leader pulls again ; upon which the dog, in his eagerness, keeps up the strain, and leans upon his collar in a steady, duft, continued pull, which tires him a good deal, but without being of much consequence at that time. ^ When, how ever, he is put in the slips, he is aD anxiety to be doing, and pulls away as he has been used to do with his awkward leader ; and, moreover, he tires himself at a time when it is of such consequence that he should be fresh and vigorous. In order to avoid this habit, as soon as the young dog is felt to pull, the leader should give him a sharp check, and hit him lightly on the nose, if the first is not sufficient ; but by continually check- ing him when he begins to pull he soon leaves it off ; and however eager he may be, he never ventures to run the risk of the disagreeable sensation pro- duced by checking him severely, unless a hare crosses so closely to him as to overcome his prudential feelings ; and in this case the leader should let him pull, and run with him as the slipper does, and thus teach him to pull steadily when the hare is actually before him, but at no other time. This is the essential feature of the well-broken dog, and it BREAKING YOUNG GREYHOUNDS. 265 is a point which ought never to be over- looked. A Muzzle should also be put on occasionally, either of the form shown below, or made of wire according to the French pattern. Whichever is adopted, it should be left on even in the kennel for some hours. The reasons for this necessity are the following : — First, it may very probably be required in the kennel before training, incase any accident occurs, or any poisonous dress- ing is to be applied, and then it is a bad time to begin the use of it. Secondly, many young dogs are such savage fight- ers or biters, as to require the muzzle always on at exercise ; and when well made they can gallop and play with it on just as freely afj without it. Thirdly, in leaving the dog in a strange kennel during the week of running, a muzzle must always be left on ; and also in his exercise on the day of the running, for fear of accidents, &c. The earlier the dog is accustomed to it the better. The Amount of Exercise necessary to keep young dogs in health, after they are brought into the kennel, is very considerable ; and if well fed, they must have from two to three hours a day at the least. It is much better to be on foot than on horseback with young puppies, as they are very rebel- lious, and inclined to chase everything which will run away from them ; unless, therefore, they are taken out on the open downs, and the horse is very handy, they are apt to get into in- cloflures, and there set the horseman at defiance. The whip should be used as sparingly as possible, but still the dog must be kept in som.e degree of sub- jection, or he will get kicked to death by running at horses, or perhaps be gored by bullocks ; cats, fowls, sheep, pigs, &c., will each in their turn be chased, and the man in charge will have his hands full, in saving the fives of the cats and fowls. If cat-kilfing did not lead to other mischief, it would no doubt be beneficial ; but as it leads to wilful and malignant injuries fi'om the owners of the cats and fowls— and very naturally so— it must be avoided by every possible means. There are some breeds which are very averse to cats, and can scarcely be broken from killing them, while others never take any notice of the feline species, and give no trouble in this way at all. The muzzle is the best remedy in confirmed cases ; but it sometimes leads to the loss of an eye, from the cat scratching the dog when he attacks her without the power of kilHng her. Sheep are the most important, as the expense of one killed is serious ; and when once the greyhound takes to this kind of amusement he can never be depended on afterwards; he must, therefore, never be allowed to chase sheep for a moment longer than can be avoided. Many people lead their greyhounds on the road as a regular practice, and loose them only when they arrive at the fields ; it is, perhaps, the safest plan; but they take a great deal of good exercise on the roads when at liberty, and harden their feet thereby very considerably. Couples are dan- gerous things on dogs without leading them, as they often start off together ; and in passing posts, &c., if they take opposite sides at a racing pace, they damage themselves very considerably ; if, therefore, any straps are put on, the dogs should be all led by single leading- reins. Bathing or Swimming Greyhounds I believe to be a very healthy and useful practice in the summer, as it induces them to gallop at a season of the year M^hen otherwise they would not be much incHned that way. In hot weather greyhounds are very lazy, except in the early morning and'in the cool of the evening; but after going into the water they almost always gallop about till they dry themselves, and in this way avoid the ill conse- 256 COUBSING. quences which might otherwise ensue. On this account, therefore, the plan may be encouraged ; and 1 beheve it will never lead to rheumatism if care is taken to keep them on the move till they are thoroughly dry. Some grey- hounds can never be kept out ot the water, even in the depth of winter, and they are generally very hardy ; but it is not a thing to be then encou- raged, as they are apt to get m when you least wish it— as for instance, ]ust before reaching home. For the last two months before training is to commence an occasional hour or twQ of horse-exercise should be given as it accustoms the dogs to that kind ot work, and hardens the feet by wearing them down on the road. This should be given about once a week, or three times in a fortnight ; and the distance may be gradually increased from six miles to twelve or fifteen. No Clothing is necessary before training commences, except in standing about in the coursing-field for the pur- pose already described at page 247, when a good warm cloth is required in cold weather. The Food, from the tenth month to the commencement of training, should be of such a nature as to keep the dog in high health, without over-stimulatmg liim, or making him fat and unwieldy. After the growth is completed, and the spring-trials are over (which may be fixed at the month of March), it is not desirable to keep up quite so stimulat- ing a diet as I have advised for the last four or five months of rearmg. From a third to half a pound of flesh daily is amply sufficient, and one day m the week the dog should have nothing but a pint of thin slop. The same land ot food should be given as before, but iu such quantities only as to keep his ribs iust covered, and it should not be of quite so rich a quality. Oatmeal may be given in larger quantities than before, and a slight occasional looseness is of no consequence, if there ^ is no actual purging accompanied with an appearance of mucus. It is very im- portant to avoid all food which shall lead to eruption of the skin, and_ to give only such an amount of nourisli- ment as will sustain the health without doing more. A certain amount of iiesh is beneficial, because it must be given in training, and if the change is suddenly made it disagrees frighttuUy with the stomach and bowels; but when a portion is given as a regular article of diet, it may be used for many months together without leading to any bad result. From March to July in- clusive I should advise the puppies to be fed twice a day upon stirabout and a small quantity of flesh, varied as much as possible by getting horse-flesh, inferior beef, paunches, dead sheep, '■^slink-calves," &c. &c.., at different times. These may be used four days in the week; then one day with potatoes instead of meal ; one day with greens, carrots, or turnips, mixed with the stirabout; and one day of star- vation on a pint of slop will complete the round. This last banyan-day is necessary for health in all the tribe to which the dog belongs, and it will greatly add to his stock of that most valuable commodity. It is better to use this diet on the Sunday, when most people give their dogs a day of rest, to which the starvation is more applicable than the fuller kinds of diet. _ Spratt'sPatentCompanymakebiscuits specially intended for greyhounds, con- taining 25 per cent, of flesh, and they appear to answer reasonably well, especially as a change, but I do not consider them equal to stirabout or bread made with coarse flour contain- ing the bran mixed with oatmeal m varying proportion, according to the constitution of the dogs, and a proper allowance of wholesome flesh. The Kennel for the pubhc grey- hound should be constructed in two portions, both of which should be under cover. One of these is the lodging or sleeping room, and should have a raised bench or bed for the dogs to sleep upon. Each kennel should be made to accommodate four or five dogs, which is the very utmost number that should ever be put together. The plan already described at page 231 as suited to the private greyhound is equally adapted to the public performer; it is intended to accommodate twelve dogs in the regular way, or eighteen at a pinch. It is divided into three compartments, which will each do for from four to six do"-s Each of them is a fac-simile of the others, and therefore a descrip- tion of one will suffice. The floor should be laid in Portland cement or asphalte, upon a foundation of brick rubble or coarse gravel well rammed. There should be a trapped ENTERING. 257 drain in the middle of each compart- ments ; and it is a very good phm to liave a pole suspanded over this for the dogs to lift their legs against. A fixed pole is often injurious, by occasioning sprains against it in play. The bed should be raised from the level of the floor about eighteen inches, as by this means all chance of damp is avoided, and the greyhound likes to be high and dry. Sometimes there is a very tyran- nical dog in the kennel, and he will not allow any other to rest: in peace near hiiu, but drives him off the bed. When this is the case, the beds are better made in separate compartments, and on different sides even. Ventilation is of great consequence ; and a window of the following form answers the double purpose of giving light and nir. It is made to open with a nnge at the bottom, and Avhen closed it has two boarded V-shaped sides project- mg outwards, as at a^figs. 1 and 4, facing page 231. When open {fig. 5), it carries these sides with it into the sleeping- room, and the air is admitted at theto^p without any draught at the sides, which are clased by the V-shaped flats already described. A door is required between the court and the sleeping-room, and an iron trough for water in each. Of course there must be a gate into the outer court, and the whole of the lower part of the wooden rails must be guarded with wire netting, or wire- work in some shape. Stoves are not wanted in these kennels, because it is never desirahle to give dogs more warmth at home than can be obtained abroad ; and as it is im- possible to get such luxuries supplied m the boxes of inns, where greyhounds are usually located, it would never do to lodge them more warmly at home than abroad. Indeed, without stoves 'he difference is sufficiently great, and 1 cloth or two will be required to equalise it even then. Many dogs :;atch cold at the meetings, from nsufficient warmth; and therefore it vould not be desirable to increase the isk. Kennel Management.— The man in jharge should clean out the kennels iaily in the most thorough manner, and n the summer-time should wash them own every morning. In the cold /oather I do not like water, but prefer awdust, which maybe kept constantly ■esh, and, swept out quite clean every mornmg. An occasional wash-down may be had recourse to, in order to make all sweet; but the greyhounds should be kept out of the kennel till It IS quite dry. No bones should be suffered to remain in the kennel, or they will assuredly lead to fights, often of such a savage nature as to cause serious injury at the very time when the services of the dogs are particu- larly wanted ; but they should be given regularly every day for half an hour or an hour. In fine weather the green turf IS the best place for this, at oiher times all but one dog may be shut in the lodging-room, and that one may be left outside by himself with his bone ; and after a lime another one may be let out, and the first one shut up mside. By these precautions, the need- ful amount of bones may be given without risk or injury. No Physic during this time will be required, if plenty of green vegetables are given, and if the dogs have access to grass ; but an occasional dose of oil will do no harm. Of course all devia- tions from a state of health must be watched, and rectified, upon principles to be hereafter described under the head of " Diseases of the Dog.'* Sect. 2.— Entering. The greyhound requires very little teaching, or entering, as it is called, to his game, but readily takes to it, partly by instinct, and partly by imitation. Some dogs, however, are very late in acquiring that savage desire for blood which is essential to good running, and often go through their puppy-s'easoii without caring to kill, as was the case with the celebrated Mocking-bird, who would hardly run into her hare till the end of her first season. Many others have the same kind of good-tempered style for a time ; but generally the taste for blood comes sooner or later, and the greyhound often becomes doubly savfige in proportion to his late acquire- ment of it. It is, however, desirable that the young dog should know what he is allowed to chase as soon as his bones and sinews are sufficiently set for the purpose. Besides if he is to be used in puppy-stakes, he will be want- ing experience more or less, according to his natural abihties, before he is fit 253 COURSING. to compete in them ; and as the ground is hard in the autumn, and the weather hot he must be spared at that time as much as possible. Spring-entries, there- fore, are preferred by most people, it the age of the puppies will allow ot them : and I believe that ten months in the bitch and twelve in the dog- will enable them to bear the shocks ot the course with impunity. A large, loose, and overgrown animal should of course be husbanded; but most dogs and bitches of those ages will, if well reared, be fit to be entered. The Condition at the time of Entering to his Game should be care- fully attended to, for a very fat puppy will do himself, or herself, great injury in a severe course. A little gentle physic and light feeding will, however, with plenty of exercise, get the puppy fit for his trial ; and I should never advise more severe training than this. All puppies gallop a good deal if they are properly reared and exercised ; and, if attention is paid that they are not oTOSsly fat, their wind will be good enough for a single course Ihey should be fed very lightly on the pre- vious day, but not so much as to weaken them— say to about two-thirds of their usual feed. They may also be fed a little earlier than usual, but still in the evening— say five o'c-lock. _ Old Assistants v. Young Ones — i hjs is another point of dispute, some people preferring to put their puppies down with old companions, while others dis- pute the propriety of this plan. My own opinion is in favour of the young crreyhounds having the work all to tliemselves, as I am quite sure they are more discouraged at being beaten by their old a'^sistant than when they lad to kill their hare without one. 1 much doubt the utility of blood to the grey- liound as an encouragement, unless he himself effects the kill ; and I have never seen any good done by allowing an old dog to kill a hare for a young one. But if it so happens that the young one kills, after the oid one has iaiocked the hare about for him, much good may result; and therefore, instead of selecting a .^oof^ kdlcr to put down with a puppy, I should, on the contrary, choose a last do- which had not the faculty ot killing, but which would reduce the h;ire to the pace and powers of the puppy. This is the kind of dog wanted, and when such a one can be procured, I should certainly prefer him to any young puppy as aii assistant, if one which is highly prized is in- tended to be brought forward, so as to be ready early in the next season. But if this kind of old dog cannot be obtained, then it is much better to put down two puppies together, taking care that both have seen enough to lead them to give chase as soon as the hare is afoot. If the dog has never been slipped at all, it is better to let hhn have an old assistant, as he may otherwise, when put down with one of his own age, refuse to leave the shps and leave his fellow in the lurch. When a puppy sees another dog run forward in pursuit of the hare he generally follows suit ; and if he does not do anything else, he acquires a zest for the sport. But after this is once acquired, the entering should be con- ducted upon the above principles Many saplings of modern breeds will run very smartly and cleverly when eleven or twelve months old, and this is especially the case with bitches, some of which run into their hares at that age wilh great certainty. It must be remembered, however, that I^larch hares vary very much m their running; and therefore, if a puppy commands his hare well at that time, it does not follow in all cases that the doo- is good, as it may so happen that the hare is of an inferior kind, rather than that the dog is a superior animal. This mistake has often led to a bad greyhound being nursed during the summer as something very wonder- ful • and on the advent of October the bubble has burst by the discovery of his possessing very opposite qualities The young courser, therefore, should never calculate upon the goodness of his sapling upon the ground that he worked and killed his hare m good style ; but if he or she ran well with a known good greyhound, he may de- pend on 'having something likely to turn out a flyer in the next autmnn— barring the usual accidents to which this frail animal is subject. As soon as the sapling knows his business, and has seen three or four hares, and espe- cially if he has made a good kill, no more should be done till tlie next autumn. The grand point is not so much to give the dog practice as to instil into him the zest for the sport. BEMOVAL OF VERMIN. 259 and to save the trouble of finding two or three extra hares in the following autumn, when they are very difficult to come at. Besides, if the greyhound is now encouraged after running his bare, he is prepared for rating in case of his chasing sheep, poultry, &c., and thus distinguishes between the proper object of his pursuit and the forbidden subjects, for chasing which he is constantly being scolded and punished. Fleas. Sect. 3. — Eemoval op Ticks. AND Worms. Fleas and Ticks.— Prior to com- mencing training in earnest, it is necessary to remove all parasitical animals, which disturb the rest of the greyhound if permitted to continue to infest his skin. Fleas may be de- stroyed by soft soap and soda rubbed into the skin in a state of solution. Equal quantities of the two should be boiled gently in enough water to make a solution of the consistence of syrup, and when this is lukewarm it should be well rubbed into the skins of the dogs with the hand, and suffered to remain on for a day, if the weather is not very cold ; and taking care to keep the dogs moving till they are quite dry. After the expiration of twenty-four hours it should be well washed off with plenty of warm water, and the dogs well dried with a cloth, and then taken out to exercise. This not only kills the lleas and lice, if there are any, but it also cleans the skin, and is not injurious to the dog if he licks himself It does not, how^ever, kill the ticks, and they must have plenty of white precipitate rubbed in dry— using the muzzle carefully while it is applied, and keeping them out of all contact with water. After six hours the powder should be brushed out with a dandy-brush, and in a day or two the above soft sonp solution may then be applied with advantage. A mixture of one part of Calvert's carbolic acid wash with 100 parts water also kills fleas, and if used repeatedly will destroy ticks, but it is not nearly so destructive of the latter as white precipitate. Worms.— During the whole of the rearmg, a constant watch should be kept for worms ; and if present, they should be eradicated with the medicines prescribed under the head of Worvis m the "Diseases of the Dog." But at this time, before going into training so constantly are they present, that I should never rest satisfied without giving the dogs a dose of areca-nut to clear them, in case any are in exist- ence. I believe that nineteen do^-s out of twenty, at eighteen months old have some of these parasites infesting their bowels ; and as it is too late to give ^ them strong medicines when in training, I prefer the precautionary treatment in all cases. I have known so many instances in which a dog is obliged to be thrown by in the middle of his work for this purpose, that I am satisfied the above is the best plan. I should therefore give him a dosej and if it brings away any worms I should repeat it, or if, as is sometimes the case, it fails to clear the doo- I should give the Indian-pink, as here- after advised, or the remedies for tape- worm, if it is present. The areca-nnt is the best for this purpose, as it alway.5 brings some away if there are any, even if it does not clear the greyhound ; and it is not so injurious to the con- stitution as the other kinds of ver- mifuge. It will almost always show the presence of tape-worm, and is sufSciently to be depended upon for that purpose ; but it brings the joints away alive, and therefore it is chiefiy as an index to the state of the intes- tmes that I advise its being employed m all cases, before resorting to stronger remedies. Whilst under these remedies, the dog must be kept separate, in order that his motions may be watched, though if the others are quite firm in their fceces, the kennel-man will always know, if only one is in physic, what is the result of its operation. When at exercise also the dog in physic must be watched, as It is then that he is most likely to pass the worms, from the effect of his play. Wheuever he has passed this oideal satisfactorily, or if otherwise, and he has been cleansed by a regular course of worm medicines, he may be considered fit to begin his preparatory traininar. S 2 2G0 COUBSIN(?. CHAPTER VI. TRAINING, AND GENERAL MANAGEMENT IN RUNNING. Sect. 1.— General Remarks on Training. Up to this time the good breeder has been chiefly in requisition ; but now another official comes into play ; and it does not always happen that the same person unites the qualifications for both these functions in equal pro- portion. Many men can breed good greyhounds without knowing anything of their treatment while in training ; and again, the reverse holds good in a still greater proportion of cases. No- thing is so simple as the rearing of the puppy, excepting during illness, if due attention is paid to his food and exercise; but few things are more difficult than the bringing out of a ken- nel of greyhounds, of various breeds, in a high state of perfection. The fact is, that in a dozen running dogs, even of the same blood, no two will take the same amount of work ; they must all be studied separately, and each must be fed and trained with- out any reference to his kennel- companions. It is a well-known fact, that one dog will run best while as fat as a dog can run, while another must be reduced to the condition of a scare- crow before his racing qualities are developed. No rule, therefore, can be laid down as to weight or work in all cases ; and all that the trainer can do is to study the various constitutions which lie has to treat, and to make himself fully acquainted with the_ peculiar characteristics of each — that is to say, as to carrying flesh with advantage or the reverse, as to the amount of work and practice required, &c. Then, when lie has once satisfied himself as to the form in which each will best appear, either by the above analogical process, or by direct experience in former instances, be will set to work to pre- pare his dog so as to bring him up to that standard on the day of running. Suppose, for example, that Abas a dog (No. 1), 25 inches high, and weighing at ten months, when he is in good condition, 60 pounds. lie knows that most dogs will run at about the same weight as they were at that age, when in good order, and therefore he would expect that his dog, under ordinary . circumstances, would do so too ; but, on the other hand, he also is aware, from his knowledge of the dog, that he requires to be drawn very flne, and stands a vast deal of work before he is at his best ; and that if he is at all fleshy he is pursy and thick-winded, having a tendency to lay on fat inside and out. This dog, therefore, will work much more severely, and feed more lightly (with extra physic, &c.) than the rest of his kennel. Again, he has another dog (No. 2), of about the same size and weight, which he knows is shy of work, runs well if in flesh, requires very little practice, and is soon spoilt by over-training. This dog, therefore, he will prepare very differently from No. 1, and will, most probably, leave alone to his ordi- nary exercise till the second or third week before running. Some dogs of the sort similar to No. 2 will bear very little work, and if they are taken out for a few miles, they loiter behind, and when forced to work become dull, heavy, and unfit as well as unwilling to exert themselves. Such animals are my abhorrence, as they often run a single course, or even two, most bril- liantly, and in private lead their owners to fancy them perfection itse'.f, but when they come to stand the ordeal of two or three severe courses, they die away, and are utterly useless. But there is another kind which the trainer often meets with, which wo will call No. 3. These are capable of being trained, doing good work in a cheerful manner, and, being of good constitutions, and apparently all that is desired, they make their first appear- ance in high feather, and perhaps run and win their courses in an extra- ordinary style. Hope is on tip-toe, and they are considered safe to win their stakes ; but on their return from their second or third courses a nail is dis- covered to be drawn, or a stopper TRAINING. 261 slightly ciTt, or some other mechanical injury dooe, as so often happens in the eonrsing-field. This in- No. 1 would most probably be of no importance, as, even if he went lame into slips, the tirst sight of the hare would take all the starch out of him ; but in No. 3 the leg is held up in the air, and very often is scarcely put down when the hare goes away, but the dog gallops on three legs behind his antagonist with- out making an effort. This kind of dog, therefore, the trainer will know must be drawn whenever he meets with an injury ; and the good judge always does so in case of his having any of that kind which will not bear punishment, either in the nature of severe courses or mechanical injuries. _ Individual Distinctions.— But be- sides the above differences, there is also great variation in the tempers, disposi- tions, and habits of the individuals composed of those bloods, though these points will generally correspond with the breed of dog in a remarkable degree. Thus, some are almost in- variably savage and surly with one another, but fondling on man, and J always anxious for his approbation; others, again, are sulky brutes, and I even refuse to follow their feeder : with any degree of alacrity ; they are ; always poking into queer places, and lagging behind, and do not come when called by the whistle or voice. These dogs are seldom certain runners, as they , turn sulky if they cannot at once com- mand their hares, or if they sustain I any fall or other accident. On the other hand, many greyhounds are merry ' and good-tempered on all occasions, I and give no trouble either in kennel i or out. I In general it will be found that dogs i will bear that kind of treatment to ' which their ancestors have been accus- tomed ; and therefore, if your grey- ' hounds are from a kennel where horse exercise has been largely adopted, you will find that they train well with it and follow a horse without trouble.' i On the other hand, dogs belonging to a ' kennel where a horse has never been i used will train better behind a man on ! loot, and so on in other matters. ; ^ Again, there is a great difference m the desire for play exhibited in , different breeds, and in the various iindividiials also; some dogs will rim themselves into most excellent condi- tion, if only suffered to play as much as they like; but, again, others are either so lazy as to refuse altogether to gallop without necessity, or else so savage as to stop the play of all (in- cluding themselves) by rushing upon the leading dog, and biting him severely. It IS seldom that a playful dog can be found which will lead off in spite of these attacks, as, if fast enough to escape them for a time, he must be caught at last, and is then severely punished for his long defiance of his pursuers. The very best dogs are often thus savagely inclined : and they are very difficult to manage, as they seldom lead off, knowing that their victims on former occasions are sure to retaliate upon them. Whenever there is this tendency to bite and rip one another in play, a muzzle should be constantly worn, of the pattern described at page 255 ; and as with it on the dog can drink water out of a pond or brook, by thrusting in his muzzle, and can also put his tongue out and open his mouth, it is no im- pediment to free exercise. Weighing.— It is in my opinion a good plan to weigh all dogs before beginning to train them, which may easily be done by using a pair of steel- yards and a couple of horse-girths, one of which, with a knot in it to make it shorter, is passed under the flank, and the other between the fore-legs and over the shoulder on each side; the four buckles may then be tied together, and the dog suspended from the steelyard by them. By thus weigh- ing the dog, the food and work may be much more exactly proportioned, for it is much easier to tell by this test how fast a dog is losing or gaining flesh than by the eye, which is not capable of any nice distinction from day to day. Water should still be supplied in the kennel, but it should now be boiled, in order to accustom the dog to the same kind of drink when at his quar- ters at the meeting, where the variations of this liquid require boiling, in order to make all as nearly alike as possible. After his feeding, the dog may be left quiet till next morning ; and I do not even like the kennel to'be disturbed for any purpose. If the dog is brought out, he will generally empty himself, but he is far better with his food in him than that it should pass on before 262 he has fully extracted the noiuisbment fro nit. 1 am satisfied that the dog, fed once a day, ^^lould never be disturbed after meal till the next morning ; COURSING. but if fed twice a day, as SXe i^-actice i^some kennels, be may of course be brought out to prepare him for the reception of his second Clothing at Exercise is used by some people in order to reduce the weigM of tbe do- aud I am bound to admit that I have^seen several kennels of fast dogs trained in tbis way. Therr condition was not perfection, certainly, as they seemed deficient in stoutness, but they weTe not rendered slow by the c otlnng which they carried, as is generally sup- posed to be the result of that practice. On tbe other hand, I have certainly seen it attended by ''the flows' m other hands, and I cannot fancy that the practice is a good one. The dog does not sweat by his skm, and the only way in which the clothing acts is by its weight increasing the work be hL to do,tnd by its warmth causing the tongue to throw off its Ai^^d by evaporaSon somewhat more rapidly than usual In the kennels I speak of ttdoTare accustomed to be s ipped a distance of nearly a mile with one two, or three cloths on, according to 'the 'desired effect to be produced Their training is very short and they are seldom at work more than a fort- night or three weeks. This plan is said to supersede the necessity to a great extent of physic and starvation ; but, as I never tried it, I cannot speak from actual observation. We now come to consider the amount and kind of exercise best suited to enable the greyhound not only to vvm a single course, but also to follow up his successes either on the same or subsequent days. Here the trainer must be guided a great deal by the nature of "the ground over wlndi his charge will be tried. It is admitted that comparatively little training is required to enable a dog to wm a single course even in an open country, such as that of Newmarket or Ashdown, but if be is to carry on his success Irorn day to day he must go through a consider- able Lnount of exercise, both walkmg and galloping (the latter by means ot slipping to the halloo of the trainer ut a distanoe from him of about a third or half a mile). Formerly there was a great difference in the amount of work which different breeds required to bring them to their best, but in the present day all are, as a rule, pretty much alike in this respect, though individuals will of course differ, as already mentioned. Of one thing the trainer should be especially careful, viz., never to give his dog work enough to ja'.e him. iie should come in from his exercise fresh and lively, though, of course, not so \ ready to jump out of his skm as before be went out. The institution of enclosed coursing grounds has also put an end to the severe trials which used some- times to occur at most of the open meetings, even Altcar often witness- in"- a dog run to a standstill Irom meeting with a succession of hares before he is taken up. For this severe runnino- the trainer must prepare his do"- as far as possible without sacrificing his'' chance of winning his first course, that is to say, be must give a little more work if preparing for an open meeting than he would do for Pluinpton or Kempton Park. Not that an untrained dog can go through a stake at either ot those places, but he need not be so severely worked as if he were to run at Newmarket. Still the long slips given at the enclosed meetings require tlie dog's wind to be fully attended to, but the half- or quarter-mile gallop up a gentle hill is quite sufficient for this Surpose. The great secret of success is to give enough walking exercise, partly on the road, but with as much grass as can generally be obtained. From three to four hours daily, either at once, or divided between morning, betore teed- incr at noon, and the last thing at night, will be quite enough for any dog. My own experience leads me to preier the undivided exercise, but several successful trainers of the present day think otherwise, and I feel bound to give their opinions. Length of Training.— The time required to prepare a dog for any meet- ing depends greatly, 1st, upon the con- dition of the dog himself, and 2ndly, on the ground he is to course over it the dog has not previously had plenty of walking exercise daily, and is grossly fat, at least five or six weeks are re- quired ; but if on the other hand he IS moderately fleshy, and has been used to open his pipes with an occasional gallop in play every da)', about half that time will suffice. In the first case above BOnSE EXEUCISE. mentioned, tlie dog should have a dose or two of the foilowing aperient, viz. : — Powdered jalap, ten grains. Barbados aloes, one drachm. Ginger, five grains. Oil of aniseed, three drops. Mix, and make into a ball. This is the dose for a large, strong dog, and will be too much for a small or deHcate one. It may be repeated, if necessary, at intervals of three or four days, but I prefer the reduction of fat by diminish- ing the quantity of food to the use of more than one or two doses of physic. Of course, if the dog has worms they must be removed, and in case of doubt it is always better to give a dose of areca-nut. Round worms, however, are not much affected by that medicine, and if they are present three grs. of santonine in a pill will be far more efQcacious. It is absurd for any trainer to allege that he cannot reduce the weight of his over-fat dog. Without a grain of medicine the limitation of his food to half or three parts of what he has previously had will effect this object with certainty ; and dogs bear partial starvation in a way which would be fatal to the chances of a horse. During this semi or preparatory training the walking exercise should go steadily on, and in three weeks, at most, the grossest dog can be safely brought down from six to ten lbs., or even more — that is to say within two or three pounds of the weight at which he is expected to run his best. Horse Exercise v. Man on Foot. — A great many trainers object to the use of a horse altogether, and allege that it makes the dog slow in his gallop. It is, however, the abuse of this aid to the trainer that leads to "the slows," not the use of it, for walking exercise with , a horse is no faster than if given by the trainer on foot. Its great advantage 1 is that it suits a lazy trainer, who would I otherwise save his legs at the expense j of his dogs' condition, whereas few men object to ride the necessary distance. I That it will not supersede the necessity j for slipping the dogs for the half mile is clear enough, because an ordinar}^ hack cannot go fast enough for the purpose, and he only trails the dogs I behind him without extending them at their greatest pace. The horse therefore is a luxury, and not a necessit}^, if the trainer is young and willing, but if 1 otherwise it should be resorted to. Slips to a Halloo are necessary every second or third day, especially towards the last week of training. The plan is for the trainer to leave his dogs to beheld by an assistant while he goes forward up a gentle grass hill for six, seven, or eight hundred yards. When his^ post is reached he halloos and whistles, on hearing which the attend- ant slips the dogs at short intervals, so that they shall not interfere with each other in galloping to the trainer. If the dog gallops freely one such slip IS enough in the day, but, on the other hand, if he is sluggish, two or more will be needed ; but the trainer is guided in this respect by the signs of good wind shown by each dog. Before this is done the dogs should be allowed to play about for an hour and a half- keeping them on the move by walking, in order to prevent the idle 'ones fi om lying down. After the expiration of this time the assistant should take up all the dogs to be slipped, or as many as he can hold, and running the loops of their leading-reins through a stirrup- leather, he should buckle it round his waist. Here again a muzzle is often required, as I have known dogs fall upon the boy holding them and bite him severely, whilst he could not re- lease himself from them, on account of their refusing to let him unbuckle their neck-straps. When the trainer has left them a sufficient distance behind, the assistant should, as soon as he hears the whistle, begin to loose one after another, in the order already fixed by the trainer, who directs the one he thinks most likely to run quickly to him to be first loosed, and the others according to their degrees of perfection in this very useful particular. Some dogs are very careless and independent, especially farm-reared dogs which have been accustomed to their liberty ; while, on the other hand, kennel-reared dogs are uneasy unless they are with their breeder and trainer. An interval of a few seconds should intervene after each liberation, as the first dog ought scarcely to be overtaken by the second till he reaches his master, and the same with the others. The hindmost dogs exert themselves more than the leaders, because they have a double stimulus ; and hence the most free should be first loosed, and the lazy ones kept back ; indeed, an idle dog will hardly train in this way without one of another dis- 264 (joum position to lead liim ; and even then, if he has the chance, he will stop his leader by biting him or knocking him over. The best place for a slip of this kind is an open valley, with a gradual descent on the one side, and a rise on the other. Here the assistant should remain on the hill on one side, and the trainer pass over to the other, where he is conspi- cuously seen, and his whistle easily heard. When the trainer is anxious to give a long slip, and his space is rather hraited, it answers very well for him to be on a horse or pony, and to gallop off still further, as soon as he has given the whistle and the leading dog is in good view. Sometimes half or three- quarters of a mile can thus be made available for training purposes, especi- ally on open downs of an undulating character. One or two slips of this length will generally suffice for the first day; then walk them about for another hour and take them home. This kind of training should always be upon the same kind of ground as that over which the public courses will take place. Thus for down courses the slips should be over hilly turf; for inclosed arable land, over fields of the same character ; and for marshy land with ditches, over that species of ground. In carrying out this kind of fast work the trainer must be guided by its effect on each dog. The grand rule is to give as much as the dog appears to stand without loss of that amount of life and spirit which is essential to make him ready .to exert all his powers when behind a hare. Condition is use- less unless full spirits are combined, because the spur and whip, which can be brought to bear on the horse, are impossible with the greyhound. Gene- rally, if the dog is pretty hard and fit, he will bear one or two gallops every other day in the third week before the meeting, and afterwards a single slip twice a week; but the exact amount, as I have remarked above, must always be fixed by the trainer according to the etl'ect of those slips previously given Dressing and Friction. — After ar- riving at the kennel, the feet and legs should be washed and dried, if dirty,^ and also the under parts of the body, if they require it; but if this is done, the greyhound should be rubbed with a cloth till dry. After this the whole body should' be well frictioncd with UNG. the horse-hair glove, of a coarser and cheaper kind than Dinneford's, now made at 2-9. 6^?. 'per pair. Lawrence's glove, which is made on the same prin- ciple as a brush (that is to say, with the ends of the hair cut and turned out- wards), is better than either, and is to be nurchased at prices varying from 5s. to 7s. 6d per glove. This rubbing should be chiefly over the muscles of the thighs, sides of the back, shoulders and fore-legs, avoiding the upper sur- face of the back very carefully, which should never be strongly rubbed. In doing this kind of work the trainer should stride over the dog, and first face his hind-quarter while that part is being rubbed, and then turn round and look towards his head, using his two hands on corresponding parts of the animal's body at the same time. Feeding.— When all have had their dressing, they may have a bone apiece, which will amuse them for a while, and at about three or four o'clock they should be fed. Most trainers feed at one o'clock, because that is the usual hour of feeding when the dogs are to run the next day ; but I think a some- w-hat later period is more convenient for all purposes, and the dogs rest better during the night in the usual w-ay. The slight acceleration of their feeding-time on the day before running is of no consequence, especially as the meal is generally lighter than usual. For dogs of a gross kind the feeding must be lighter than for more delicate sorts ; and I think that the only rule is to take off from a quarter to half a pound of their usual allowance, making the alteration chiefly in the meal, but partly in the flesh. Most people give their^dogs in training bread instead of stirabout, and jelly made from cow-heel and sheeps' trotters, the mode of mak- ing each of which I shall give hereafter (see page 267) ; but whatever the diet, it must be scanty in quantity but good in quality, and of such an amount as gradually, in conjunction with the work, to get the dog to the weiglit which the trainer has fixed upon as his object to be attained. Weighing.— At the end of the first week the dogs must be carefully weighed, and the trainer must then conclude whether he is doing enough to get them to their proper weight and condition by the time upon which ho has fixed. It will generally be found TRAINING, 2C5 that half a pound a day is the utmost ^vhich can safely be got off without physic— that is to say, in a hardy dog. If, thei efore, at the end of this week a reduction of 3 lbs. has not been made, it will be necessary to give physic of a more reducing nature than the jalap and aloes; Epsom salts will generally answer the purpose with least injury, and they may be given in doses varying from half an ounce to an ounce, dis- solved in a teacup of warm water, with a_ little cream of tartar and grated ginger. This dose may be given every third morning fasting, during the second week of training ; but very few dogs require more than one dose a M^eek, and it is far better to diminish the supplies than to remove them by this severe kind of purgation. The day of rest should be chosen for administering the dose, which is worked o£E with slops. A very small quantity of food, about five or six ounces, is to be given at night, as the dog, if left quite empty after his clearing out, will be too weak on the next day to stand his usual work. He must now go through a repetition of the same kind of walking exercise and slipping which I before described, and ]t will generally be found that he will bear his work during this week better than on the previous one, though he will perhaps lose quite as much flesh ; but he will be more ready to follow the trainer, and less sore-footed and stiff than he was before. During this time, and towards the end of the second week of training, many dogs will bear cheerfully and Avell an amount of exer- cise which to some people is quite incredible ; but it is never desirable to give the dog more than I have pre- scribed above. When the dogs have thus, by steady and long-continued work, varied by occasional slips and gallops, been brought at the end of the second week to a high state of efficiency in point of wind and capability of bearing fatigue, they maybe weighed again, and should be a httle under the weight at which they are supposed to be best capable of running. If this is the case no physic need be given on the second Sunday, but a lest-day, with slops only, will answer all the purpose. During the ast week little mote than the three hours' walkmg exercise is required, most of which should, if possible, be on grass, Here they will often lead one another a gallop ; but if not, a slip or two during the week must be given to insure that state of wind which is absolutely necessary. Sect. 2. — Ma^tagement of the Bitch "in Season." Her treatment, if intended to run again, should be either the natural one of allowing her to breed, without refer- ence to the puppies, or to the artificial plan of bleeding and physicking her. it appears to me that there is a great deal of risk in both modes ; as, on the one hand, the treatment in the latter case is calculated to reduce the strength of the bitch ; and on the other, the breeding system often fails, from the large number of whelps which the bitch sometimes brings forth. If it was possible to limit the number of these to four or five, I believe that it would be by far the better plan to allow the bitch to indulge her natural propensity; but as this is not practicable, I think perhaps the balance is in favour of the bleeding and physicking. Many bitches have run well after breeding, and some only a few months subsequently; as, for instance, Mr. Temple's Titania, and Mn Lawrence's Lufra ; but, neverthe- less, it has ruined others, Vv^ho have never recovered their maiden form. By bleeding and physicking, the change which would otherwise take place in the constitution appears to be checked ; there is not the same tendency to form fat, and the spirits and general health are more rapidly recruited. In this way I have known a bitch run well within eight or ten weeks after her being in season ; whereas, either by simply putting her by, or by breeding from her, at least fourteen weeks must elapse before she is fit to run. Sect. 3.— Private Trials. The immediate preparation for the private trial should be, as nearly as may be, the same as for running in public, to which I beg my readers to refer. No mistake is greater than to try the greyhound in a different form from that which he will appear in here- after, for it by no means follows that 266 COURSING. because he runs badly when fat, he will do the same when prepared On the other hand, if he runs badly m private, after a sufficient preparation, and it is still determined to start Inm, the only plan is to try what rest and liffht work will effect. Sometimes a dog may be tried when drawn fine, and be found to run very badly ; after a week's comparative rest he may show a very different form; and it he pleases his master in every respect, the trainer should endeavour to bring him out at that weight, and in eyery way in the same state of condition as to work, food, &c., &c. If not quite satisfactory, another week may be suffered to elapse, and if there is such an improvement as to lead to the idea that he is quite up to his highest point, then that particular state shou d be fixed upon. All these delicate shades require a master-hand to decide, as it is often difficult in private to test a dog s running very satisfactorily, on account of the difficulty of procuring stout hares on ground good enough without being too severe. When this can be procured, it often leads to the other extreme; and the courser is never satisfied till he has taken all the run- ning out of the dogs. . The Number of Courses which a puppy should have, by way of learning his business, depends so much upon his form and breed, that no rule can be o-iven The courser will naturally sele^'ct first the small and early dogs, and the bitches in preference to large and awkward and over-grown dogs. C^ene- rally, with these forward dogs and bitches, a very few courses will make them handy enough with their game ; but so much depends upon breed that no rule can be given. Much also depends upon what has been done m the spring; but dog ^lou d be s.^^^ fered to appear m public till he is quite an /aU-that is to say, he should have had practice enough to know what he is about, and to be aware of the various devices of the bare, in the shape of short turns, wrendies, &c Sometimes a puppy has been accustomed to short-running hares, which come back in almost all cases, and he will be sadly puzzled with a strong hare which refuses to be brought round by all the exertions he can make Such a dog often resigns his task aitu two or three efforts, while ihe one which is accustomed to that variety of hare perseveres as long as he has any wind or strength left. On the other hand, a puppy accustomed to fast hares is all abroad with a short-running and bad hare, and will over-run himself at his turns, without attempting to come round, because he is wholly unpre- pared for their peculiarity of style. The modern enclosed ground eads to a peculiar style of running m the hare. She knows from experience that she has only one home, and a dog which has had experience of such a style soon learns to wait when she breaks back for a short distance, just as the dog accustomed to hill coursing does on the side of a hill. The trainer knowing this, will, if possible, practise the clog with these hares only, and the result is that one so favoured often wms his course against another which has only been tried in the open. But over and above this education of the puppy, there is the trial with another of the same age, or more often with a known good greyhound of the previous year This should be merely a test ot speed and of comparative working power as the practised greyhound almost always outworks the puppy at this time of the year. But the experienced hand can draw a line, and will probably remember how that particular^ grey- hound ran at the same age m her trial with an older competitor. All these calculations must be made on the supposition that both dogs are fit to run for it will not do to try the puppy with an unprepared aged dog, even if he was ever so good during the pre- vious season. Here no line could be drawn, as the unwieldy old one could or ought to be easily beaten by his more tit competitor. Not more than two courses a day should often be run in private, unless they are very short and inconclusive. If the first is of moderate length, it is better to wait for another day than to risk injury by a second course. This last kind of trial is not so much with a view to improve the puppy's chance of winning, as to enable the trainer to estimate what that chance is. Sect. 4.— Treatment after the Trial This should be of a quieting and cooling description. A ball of aloes FINAL PREPARATION. 267 &c. (page 263), should be given, or if the dog is very histy. the salts, &c., us advised in page 265. After this has operated, but not till the following day, give a meal of potatoes mixed with the bread, or a very few greens, in order to freshen up the stomach, and prepare it for its final effort. If the dog has not been long accustomed to flesh, he will often train -off at this time, if that kind of food is continued, and therefore he should be for some four or five days without it, using only- jelly, with a little broth, to flavour the meals ; but if he has been reared upon the principles advocated by myself he will bear its continuance well, by using the precaution to give the vegetable diet above mentioned. With these re- marks I shall proceed in the next chapter to the final preparation for running, and to that ordeal itself. CHAPTER VII. FINAL PREPARATION FOR RUNNING. Havi?tg settled everything to his satis- faction, and deternimed to run on a given day, the trainer should let his dog down for a day or two by giving slops and light food. On the fourth night before running many trainers give a dose of Epsom salts, believing that it does not weaken the dog, but, on the other hand, that it freshens his stomach, improves his wind, and makes him lively and full of energy. Some coursers at this time give an emetic, and I have known very good results follow its use, where the liver is sluggish, or the dog is what is called "bilious;" but otherwise I think the simple aperient ball (page 263), or a dose of castor-oil, will answer the purpose better. From this time the work should be light, but generally a single slip is required two days before that of running. On the day before the final struggle, the dogs should be walked out for three hours, then home and well frictioned ; and afterwards fed at one o'clock, on not more than three- quarters of a pound of mutton toasted before the fire, and, after being cut up, mixed with the same quantity of bread soaked in melted jelly. The dogs may then rest till the next morning, though many trainers take them out for a short walk in the evening ; but I do not be- lieve it is a good plan, unless they are intended to be lightly fed before run- ning the next day. The following re- ceipts and rules will conclude this part of the subject. For making Bread without Barm, which sometimes agrees with the stomach better than bread made with it — take of Flour, 12 lbs. Bicarbonate of soda, 2 oz. Mix them well together with the hands ; then take of Muriatic acid, 2 oz. Water, 8 pints. Mix well together, and then stir the acidulated water quickly into the flour with a large wooden spoon. The dough thus formed should be quickly put into comn^on earthen flower-pots, filling them about two-thirds full, and baked without dela}^, in a quick oven, rather hotter than for common bread. The flour may be of wheat alone, or mixed with oatmeal, according to the habit of the dog. Bread made with Barm is, however, to be preferred if undressed flour and a little oatmeal are used. The two are njixed together and " set " with barm in the usual way, when the dough is made into biscuits and baked. Spratt's biscuits have been tried with success, but I prefer the above. To make Jelly for Training. — Pro- cure four cow-heels, unboiled, and two score of sheep's trotters ; scald them, and scrape off" the hair and hoofs. Then put them in a digester, and boil gently till they tumble to pieces, covering them with such a quantity of water as will just serve to float them. After they are quite tender, let the whole cool, then pull them to pieces and take out the bones, after which they should be again gently simmered for an hour, adding a little more water. The whole \268 COURSING. AS then put by, and forms a thick jelly, which in winter will keep four or five days, but in October and March will often become sour in thirty-sis or forty- eight hours. Various Modes of Dressing the Meat : — , -i -, 1 — Horse-Flesh is usually boiled, but if sound and of good quality, it makes good steaks, even in training, and should be toasted before the fire, or fried in the ordinary way, or grilled on a gridiron, but as dogs require a change of food it is always better to give it in the shape of mutton or beef. 2. — Beef is best toasted, or fried, or broiled, and it should be well beaten with a rolling-pin before being dressed, in order to insure its tenderness. Horse- flesh usually is much more short and tender, and when good, is superior to beef, in all respects. The fat should be removed from both. 3. — Mutton is certainly the best kind .of animal food for training purposes. The part used should be the leg, which is the only joint from which a solid mass can be obtained free from fat. It may be broiled or toasted in the usual way. The reason for the preference of these modes to boiling is, that as dogs are seldom indulged in them, from their being more troublesome, they are relished better, and appear to give tone to the stomach. Boiled meat, with the broth, is quite as nourishing as when broiled or toasted, but it is not con- venient to give the broth in the latter days of training, so the bread is soaked in jelly instead ; and as the boiled flesh alone is not good, the above modes are to be preferred. 4.— Either of the above should^ be chopped into fine pieces, and put into a saucepan, with sufficient hoil'mg water to cover them. Then set on the fire and just boil up, carefully stirring, to prevent burning Short Kules for Training. 1^ — Give no more physic than just enough to freshen the stomach, unless it is wanted as a means of reduction. 2. _\Vhen used in this way, try mild physic before giving stronger. 3. _.Give as little bread as will suffice for health. The qufility may be known by the colour of the fcsceSy which ought to continue of a good gingerbrend colour, and which become black, or nearly so, when the flesh is overdone. 4. — Reduce the dog more by increase of work, and reduction of food, than by physic. 5. — Give as much horse-exercise as the stoutness of the dog will enable him to bear without over-doing him. 6. — Use plenty of friction. Sect. 2.— Travelling. Railways afford great facilities to the courser, and the dogs may now be con- veyed two hundred miles more easily than they could be travelled twenty on the road before the present system came into vogue. If possible, the trainer should have his greyhounds with him in the railway carriage, as they are much more nervous and excited when removed from his pre- sence. In most cases a second or third class compartment may be obtained for the trainer and dogs ; but if not, the luggage-van is better than the boxes in which dogs are ordered to be placed on most of the lines. A horse-box may generally be procured by giving notice, if there are enough dogs to occupy it ; and nothing can be better than this. It is astonishing what a difference is made by attention to these trifling par- ticulars. Some people prefer arriving at the place of meeting a Uttle while before the day of running— that is, ten days or a fortnight ; and I think, if it is a healthy place, and there is good training-ground near, that is the best plan ; "but if ten days cannot be given up, it is better to allow only one clear day's rest, as dogs often get more unsettled after a week than they are at the end of two days, and consequently they begin their contest at their worst, instead of being at their best. If they can be slowly travelled with a dog-cart, and exercised as they go along, a clear day is scarcely necessary, if the dogs are hardy ; and it is quite time enough to get into the new quarters by twelve o'clock on the day before running, so as to feed at one. But as the average of dogs seldom sleep quite so well in a strange place, this is, perhaps, not to be recommended as the ordinary rule. Sect. 3.— Management at the Meeting. Tite Amount of Exercise required during the progress of the meeting is not very great, as the courses run will MANAGEMENT AT THE MEETING. 209 generally be sufficient. About half an hour or an liour will be required to give time for the dogs to empty them- selves. They should be led out with their clothing on, and, when the trainer can find a quiet field where there is no chance of a hare getting up, they may be loosened for a few minutes' play. Those dogs which are going to run on that day should have muzzles on, for fear of picking up bones or refuse of any kind, which precaution also serves to guard against wilful poisoning. After this they may be walked home, and well frictioned and dressed for half an hour each dog. No Food should be given if the course is likely to take place by twelve or one o'clock ; but if later than that, about one or two ounces of mutton and one of bread or toast will serve to keep up the tone of the system, which is lowered by excessive starvation. If more than one course is run, and the first is a severe one, a ball of mutton, spiced according to the following formula, or a simple spiced ball, should be given about a quarter of an hour be- fore the nest course, with a mouthful of weak w^hisky-and-water, or brandy-and- vvater : — Spiced Meat-Ball. Take of Caraway seeds, 10 grains. Cardamoms, 10 grains. Grains of Paradise, 5 grains. Ginger, 5 grains. Lean boiled knuckle of mutton, ^ oz. Bruise the seeds in a mortar, and then mix with the mutton, and form it Into a ball. Common Cordial-Ball. Take of Cummin seeds, 10 grains. Coriander seeds, 10 grains. Caraway seeds, 10 grains. Grains of Paradise, 10 grains. Saffron, 1 drachm. Syrup, enough to form a ball. Bruise in a mortar and mix weU to- gether; then make up into a ball. Egged-Wine is a very common remedy, but I believe it is very inferior to^ brandy-and-water alone, and cer- tainly not equal to the spiced meat-ball, which I have seen effect wonders in many cases. Even for the first course some trainers give a fast but fiiiiit- hearted dog a tablespoonful of spirit mixed with water, and certainly it seems to answer with them. As soon as the dog can be taken to his kennel after his course, he should be fed, in preparation for the morrow, on the same quantity and quality of food as before. A Dog-Cart, if possible, should be used on the ground ; but if the distance is not more than two or three miles, and the weather is fine, the dogs are much better kept out till after they have run ; but it is after the course that the cart is so useful, as the dogs may then rest quietly till taken home ; 270 and if they are detained ^ery late, they may be fed on the gronnd if the ti^ainer has taken the precaution to brin- the food out with him. Hardy do^?bear this well, but delicate ones sometimes are made s ck by riding in a cart on a full stomach. The do--cart of which a plan is given abSve will be found to be very i.seful, and will accommodate eight or nine dogs very ^^^^l-^f •'. in the compartment A, three in T3, and one or two in c ; the dot ed lines show the divisions between the three compartments. The head -'^yj;;- made to let down partially, foi con- venience of seeing on the pound ; and the compartment A ought to have a door opening into the interior, so that Te trainer In ay take out or put m a dog without subjectmg him to the COURSING. weather. By this plan he may strip and rub him, &c., under cover, and l^ep him there till he is ready to take him to the sUps. Such a dog-cart ought to weigh nearly 7 cwt, and cost from 25Z. to 45Z., according to the materials and finish. , , , . When the Trainer, who has his card in hand, finds that^ he will soon be wanted, he should get his dog ready and give him a good frictioning It he has already run, he should treat him according to the rules laid down in the preceding page ; and when his turn comes he should take hini to the slips, keeping him walking about tor a quarter of an hour, if the weather is not unfavourable. When _ the dog is put in the slips, the trainer should take care that he is on his right side, and, if necessary, that he has his collar on If the weather is cold, or wet, the cloth should be kept on as long as possible, and for that purpose it should button across the breast. ^ These par- ticular patterns are called slip cloths • " a button and hole, to loop up the cloth when the roads are very dirty ; c c, belly-straps ; a slit o allow of the cloth hanging smoothly down over the arm ; e, three buttons for closing the front over the breast; /, three strings for closing the throat ; g, a slit, guarded by leather, for allow- ing the leading-rein to appear. It the dog is young and uneasy, the trainer should walk by his side, and stop his pulling if inclined that way ; or it he is inclined to hang back, he shouk be ready to tDrevent his getting twisted, or to put him right if such an event happens. He should have an assistnnt mounted, if in an open country, to pick his dog up, or if enclosed, he should have one, two, or three, posted at the most likely coverts which the hares make for. By these precautions the dog is prevented , from getting a second course, which often destroys the chance of a good dog after he has won his first. iju^ The Accessories which should be taken in the dog-cart are-Spiced meat- balls, brandy or whisky, waterproot clothing, and spare cloths for dogs, muzzles in case they fight, leading- straps, sponge, cold water food in tin cases, blucstone, Canada balsam spread on leather for wounds, needles and tliread, bandages, lancet, tmcture ot arnica, and Friar s balsam. INJURIES, ETC, 271 External Eestorations are of two kindjj — those which can be used in the field, and those which may be applied in the kennel. Of the former, friction with whisky is the best. The hand should be applied well for some little time in the ordinary way, then a little whisky should be rubbed in, and finally a good deal should be rubbed rapidly on, taking care to choose a perfectly slieltered place, and clothing the dog warmly at once before the spirit has had time to evaporate. When the dog is much distressed by his Avork and is panting severely, with blueness of the mouth, and redness of the eyes, take about four to eight ounces of blood, and use the whisky as above. After a short time, when the blueness abates, give the spiced meat-ball and a little brandy-and-water. If the dog's work has been very severe, a warm bath at 98 degrees of Fahrenheit is the best restorative. He should be immersed in it up to the neck for fifteen minutes ; then take him out, dry him well before a good fire, and afterwards rub him all over the body with hot whisky. He should b' clothed before the latter is quite dry and left to take his rest. The best time for the warm bath is about three hours after the feeding-time. The Water given at the meeting should all be boiled and cooled, as in this way the effect on the stomach of a change in the fluid is greatly diminished. Sect. 4— Treatment of Injuries, &c. When the dog described as No. 1 (page 260) is punished either by work or injuries, he may be suffered to try his best, and will often pull through. The dog No. 2 will also often bear injuries for one day, but will generally feel their effect very acutely on the follow- ing one, and must then be draw^n, if he is ever to be of use hereafter, as he does not often try his best after being thus severely tested. The dog No. 3 had better, in any case, be drawn at once, if he is either severely worked, or bruised by a full or cut, or has his nails broken or stripped. By nursing him in this way, he may at some time do good ; but if liberties are taken with him, he will neither win on that day nor on any future one. By attention to these various indicatipns, and carefully studying the powers, constitutions, temperaments, and habits of his dogs, the trainer is enabled to call out all the good, and prevent the appearance of the bad qualities of his charge. Herein the really useful man is shown ; and by this careful study many middling' kennels have been made "to do the right thing at the right time." On the other hand, by a neglect of them, many a good dog in some countries has been taken to others for which he was unfit, and sacrificed to the ignorance or in- fatuation of his trainer or master. Cuts on the Legs are best mnnnged by fixing on the adjacent skin a piece of white kid leather, spread with Canada balsam by means of a warm knife. This answers better than any- thing I have ever seen tried, and it agrees well with the dog's flesh. The balsam is very adhesive, and even the dog's tongue fails to remove it. It must be heated first before applying. Where a large tieoe of Skin is loosely hanging, as is often the case in enclosed countries, the flap roust be held in its place by a suture. The plan is to pass a needle, armed with a strong thread, through the correspond- ing sides of the wound, at intervals of half an inch, then to tie each stitch separately, and cut the ends of the thread off, but not too closely. The Canada balsam over this makes it very secure, if the cut is on the head or the ribs ; but it cannot well be applied without a firm foundation, such as those parts afford. If a S'jopper is detached from the leg, so as to be quite loose, it is far better to remove the hanging portion with the knife, and apply a bandage, with some Friar's balsam. Just before running, the raw surface must be rubbed with bluestone, which deadens the soreness, and prevents the dog from feeling the contact of the ground. Over the whole cut surface a piece of leather, spread with the Canada balsam, may be strained, and made to meet in front, so as to encircle the leg. When a Claw is broken, the ragged bits should be carefully removed with nail-scissors, and a little Friar's balsam applied. On the day of running, about an hour or two before going to slips, take a piece of bluestone, and rub well over the quick Avhich is exposed. A piece of lunar caustic answers better; but it requires great care in it use. Cuts in the Sole of the foot are •i72 best treated by a small patch of leather spread with the Canada balsam, which adheres very closely, if properly applied. A little bluestone, previously rubbed m, dries up the surface, and renders it less sensible to pain. Bruises on the Legs, or elsewhere, are relieved by warm fomentations, followed by a lotion composed of a teaspoonful of tincture of arnica in half a pint of water, with which they should be kept constantly wet. After the Meeting is over the dog should be given a dose of physic, and a few potatoes or greens, according to his health. COURSING. Sect. 5.— Expenses of Kearing and Training. The cost of breeding has increased considerably of late years, owing to the high value put upon bitches likely to be of service, and on public staUions. Whereas formerly it was easy to iDuy a cast-off bitch for five guineas, it is now necessary to give four times that amount for one at all likely to throw a successful litter. The M\ow- ino- may therefore be considered to be the average outlay necessary, bemg the cost out of pocket, without charging tor supervision, kennels, &c. : — Yearly cost of brood-bitch,^ gg^y ^lOOO Stallion,*and travelling . -1^1'^ ^ License for bitch • • • • ^ ^ Keep of ditto d 10 U Keep of six puppies, at Is. (jd. per week till eigbteeu months old ..... 35 2 0 Tax on ditto after six months 4 4 0 65 15 0 Cost of each puppy 11/. nearly Thus, reckoning the brood-bitch to cost 40^., and to last four years, and calculating on six puppies from each litter, the mere keep of greyhound puppies, without extra charge lor ken- nels or attendance, will make them cost about ni each at eighteen months ot ao-e. Add to this the wages of trainer aSd travelling expenses, with stakes, &c., and it will be clear that our large kennels cost no inconsiderable sum. CHAPTER VIIL MANAGEMENT OF COURSING MEETINGS. Sect. 1.— Origin of Meetings. Coursing Clubs form one chief source of coursing meetings, and were, untd about thirty years ago, the sole causes of public contests between greyhounds. For many years coursing clubs have existed, and some time before the pre- sent century the oldest of them, held at Swaffham, was instituted. At that time the sport was confined to those who could gain admittance to this and some one or two other select clubs, and the day of open champion meetings had not yet dawned. The chief clubs now in existence are the South of England, the Altcar, the Ridgway and the Sus- sex, the Ludham, the Darlington, the Dirleton and North Berwick, the Stir- lingshire, the Hull and Beverley, the Isle of Sheppy, the Leicester, the North of England, the Southern (Ireland), the Vale of Avon, and the Watford Clubs. These have all of them more or less ground to course over, which they hold either by a rental or by the favour ot the owners of the property. In some cases the proprietors of the property over whose land the coursing takes place, not only permit the club to hold regular meetings, but pay all the ex- penses of preserving ; whilst in others the club has to pay for preserving, as well as to give a rent for the manor. Open Meetings are often originated by clubs which are anxious to try then- strength in competition with their neighbours ; in which case they throw their ground open to all coursers, in- stead of limiting their entries to members of their own body. More frequently, however, they are held lor the benefit of some particular inn- keeper, who is the tenant or an old servant of the lord of the manor, and who has permission to use the lands of his patron for the purposes of an open meeting. In the former case the meet- I . MANAGEMENT ing is under the control of the members of the club, but in the latter it is generally managed by the innkeeper himself — as was formerly done at the Waterloo Meeting and still is at South- port — or by some person who is con- stituted a secretary by general accord, or by the consent of the patron, as at Ashdown, and who arranges all the proceedings, without any control but that of public opinion. Here, however, it is found that this control is sufficient, because if he does not give satisfaction his entries will not fill. But since the passage of the Ground Game Bill, most of these meetings have been discon- tinued, and recourse is had to enclosed grounds, as described at page 217 where the owner of the ground usually appoints a committee of management, he himself taking the gate money, and offering a certain sum of money to be added to the stakes. This sometimes is a very large sum (lOOOZ. at Kempton Park) which is one reason why this kind of coursing has rapidly become popular. In all cases the following plan should be adopted : — A Committee of Management should be formed in any case, who should meet and decide upon the election of the judge and slipper, the stakes to be run for, and their appointment, and the rules w^hich shall guide the meeting. All disputed questions to be decided by vote, and the chairman, in case of an even mmiber, to have the casting-vote. The Election of Judge either to rest with the committee, in which case it should be published with the adver- tisements giving notice of the meeting, jr else it should be vested in the general ■subscribers to the stakes, each of whom ■should have one vote. The secretary to draw up, with the ipprobation of the committee, a pro- ,^ramme of the meeting, which should )e advertised, and should specify— 1st— The date of the meeting. 2nd— The names of the stakes. 3rd— The qualification for ditto. 4th— The entries for ditto and the money added, if any. ' 5th— The apportionment of ditto. 6th— The expenses to be deducted. 7th— To whom applications are to be made for entries. 8th— The. time and place of entry and drawing. 9th— The rules to regulate the meet- ing. I OF MEETINGS. ^Ti 10th— The judge, if named, or, if not,' the n)ode of election to be stated. 11th— The names of the stewards or committee or both. 12th — The secretary's signature. The Draw should be conducted on the following plan : first, the money for each stake should be paid to the secretary by the subscribers ; secondly, after this is completed, small squares of paper, exactly like each other, should be handed round, and each sub- scriber should, either himself or by his deputy, write the name of his dog, with the pedigree, colour, and age, upon one of them; after which they are folded up. The secretary then collects these for each stake in succession, placing them at once in a hat, from which they should be drawn in regular order, and entered as they are drawn. Nothing can be more simple than this plan, and it does away with all neces- sity for numbered cards, &c., which are the source of constant confusion and mistakes. It also facilitates guard- ing, and prevents all hanging back to see what dogs are entered, which is not conducive to fair and large entries. Stewards should be appointed by the subscribers present, according to Law 1. The Duties of the Flag- Steward are to receive the fiat of the judge, and seen that the flagman hoists the right flag (red or white for the left or right side of the card respectively, and both for undecided courses). The Slip-Steward, if there is one, regulates the proceedings of the dogs at the^ slips, and sees that the next brace is ready. The Field-Stewards regulate the beating and the general proceedings of the field. They should have one or two flagmen, with blue flags, who should always be in sight of the beaters, and should restrain the pro- gress of the crowd beyond their own boundary. The field-stcM-ards should also see to the beaters, with the assist- ance of the secretary, who is usually one of their number. The Eules for the Guidance of meetings are of great importance to their success, and are now under the control of the National Coursing Club which is elected by the various coursing clubs. They may be, and are. altered from time to time, and are now as follows : — 274 COURSING. Sect. 2— The National Coursing Club. Constitution and Bye -Laws. (a) The National Coursing Club shall be composed of members elected by the coursing clubs of the United King- dom of more than one year s standing, having not less than twenty-four mem- bers each, and of members elected as hereinafter provided. (&) No coursing club shall elect more than two representatives; and should any club fail to hold a coursing meet- ing for two consecutive seasons, that club shall cease to send representative members."^ (c) The National Coursing Club may elect as members of the club (the num- ber of members so elected not to exceed twenty-five) any well-known supporters of public coursing, who have been pro- posed and seconded by two members of the National Coursing Club at either of the club meetings held in London or Liverpool. Members are elected by the National Coursing Club for five years, and are eligible for re-election. A month's notice must be given to the secretary of the names of candidates for election to the National Coursing Club, with their addresses, and the names of their proposers and seconders, before they can come up for ballot. The election shall be by ballot, in which one black ball in seven will exclude. If a quorum of members be not present, then the election shall stand over till the next meeting of the National Coursing Club. The secretary shall in- sert in the notice of business to be transacted at the ordinary meetings of the National Coursing Club the name of any candidate for election to the National Coursing Club, with his ad- dress, and the names of his proposer and seconder. (d) The National Coursing Club shall annually, on the day of entry for the Waterloo Cup, elect two of its members as president and secretary. At all its meetings seven shall be a quorum. (e) Ten members, elected by the coursing clubs, shall retire annually, in the regular rotation of their clubs ; and the secretary shall, on or before the Ist of September in each year, give notice to the clubs whose turn it is to elect representatives. Keturns of the various representatives, so elected, shall be sent to the secretary on or before the * By a soason is meant from Scpteiuber 1st to April Ist iuuluuive. 1st of January in each year. Vacancies in the representation of coursing clubs shall be filled up by those clubs respectively. . . (/) Coursing clubs desirous of jom- ing the National Coursing Club must send evidence of their qualification to the secretary. All clubs, having joined, must contribute their quota towards the expenses ; and any club failing to do so will be disqualified from return- ing members to the National Coursing Club. At the Summer Meeting, in each year, a statement of expenses shall be submitted to the secretary, and the con- tribution required from each club shall be fixed. {g) Every coursing meetmg shall, unless the contrary be declared by the programme of an open meeting or by club rules, be subject to all the rules and regulations of the National Coursing Club. Every question or matter in dis- pute connected with coursing can be brought before the National Coursmg Club for its decision. (7?) The National Coursing Club may, if it thinks fit, refer the examination of any case brought before the club to a coiiimittee consisting of not less than three members. Every such committee shall make a written report to the secretary, to be laid before the National Coursing Club for its approval. {{) Every decision of the National Coursing Club shall be final, unless either party within six months shall apply for a re-hearing, on the ground that" evidence will be adduced which was not procurable at the previous hearing ; and the National Coursing Club may order that the expenses at- tending any case or matter in dispute brought before it shall be borne by the parties interested as the National Coursing Club may direct, (;) The secretary shall place on re- cord in the minutes of the business of the National Coursing Club, and shall send to the keeper of the Stud Book, and make public every case brought before the National Coursing Club, with the decision arrived at. (/r) Meetings for the despatch _ of business, for the revision or alteration of rules, and for the election of mem- bers, shall be held in London on the last Wednesday in June, and in Livei- I)ool on the day of entry for the Waterloo Cup. The secretary, upou a requisition addressed to him in writing COURSING LAWS. 275 hj any three stewards of a meeting held under tlie National Coursing Club rules, or by six public coursers, mem- bers of an established coursing club, may call a special meeting of the National Coursing Club at such time and place as the president may appoint. (I) All cases arising in Ireland or Scotland, where evidence is required to be taken, shall be heard by the National Coursing Club at its meetings in Liver- pool. (m) A month's notice must be given to the secretary of any business or pro- posed alteration of rules before it can be discussed at an ordinary meeting of the National Coursing Club ; and at a special meeting nothing but the special busmcss for which the meeting was called can be brought before it. Sect. 3. — Code of Rules op the National Coursing Club. 1. The Secretary and Stewards. —For any proposed open meeting a committee of not less than three shall be formed, who, with the secretary, shall settle preliminaries. The manage- ment of the meeting shall be entrusted to this committee, in conjunction with stewards who shall be elected by the subscribers present on the first evening of a meeting. The stewards alone shafl decide any disputed question by a majority of those present, subject to an appeal to the National Coursing Club The secretary, if honorary, shall be a member of committee and a steward ex officio. No steward shall have a right to vote in any case relating to his own dogs. The secretary shall declare, on or before the evening preceding the last day's running, how the prizes are to be divided ; and shall give a state- ment of expenses if called upon to do so by any six of the subscribers within tourteen days after the meeting. I 2. Election of Judge.— The jad^-e ■may either be appointed by the secre- !:ary and committee acting under liule 1, m which case his name shall je announced simultaneously with the .neeting, or elected by the votes of the ,!ubscribers taking nominations; but |;ach subscriber shall have only one j/ote, whatever the number of his nomi- lations Not less than ten days' notice j»f the day of election shall be given to J he subscribers, and the appointment ■hall be published at least a fortni^^ht before the meeting. The names of the subscribers voting, with the votes given by them, shall be recorded in a book open to the inspection of the stewards, who shall declare the number of votes for each judge, if called upon to do sf by any of the subscribers. When a judge is prevented from attending o) finishing a meeting, the committee anc the stewards (if appointed) shall hav the power of deciding what is to b done. 3. Description of Entry.— Evej subscriber to a stake must name his d.( before the time fixed for closing tite entry, giving the names (the running- names if they had any) of the sire and dam of the dog entered. The secretary shall publish on the cards the names of those who are subscribers, but do not comply with these conditions. These nominations shall not be drawn, but must be paid for. For Produce Stakes the names, pedigrees, ages, and colours, and distinguishing marks of uuppies, shall be detailed in writing to the secre- tary of a meeting at the time of the original entry. Every subscriber m.ust also, if required, state in writing to the secretary, before or during the ineeting for which such entry is made, the names and addresses of the parties who reared his puppies; and any puppy whose marks and pedigree shall be proved not to correspond with the entry given shall be disqualified, and the whole of its stakes or winnings for- feited. No greyhound is to be considered a puppy which was whelped before the 1st of January of the year preceding the commencement of the season o^f running. A sapling is a grevhound whelped on or after the 1st of January of the year in which the season of run- ning commenced. 4. The colours, sex, names, pedigrees, and ages of all greyhounds, with the names of their owners, and the owners of their sires and dams, shall be regis- tered in a Greyhound Stud Book. The registration fee shall be one shilling for each dog registered on or before the 1st of July, and a double fee shall be charged for registration of all grey- hounds (other than saplings) after that date to the end of the coursing season immediately following. Any owner "^ay,by payment of one pound annually compound for the registration of any number of greyhounds bond fide his own property. The keeper of the Stud t2 76 COURSING. ook shall give a receipt for the regisj ition fee of every greyhound, which all be called a certilicate of regis- 5!^The Greyhound Stud Book shall • pubhshed under the authority of the lional Coursing Club, on the 1st day September, or as soon after as sible. ' . p Applications for registration ot .^hounds shall be made on or before 1st day of July, and registrations lied for subsequent to that date do not appear in the Stud Book ot year will appear in that of the fol- .ng year. 7. if the same name has been given to more than one greyhound, the keeper of the Stud Book shall give puority to the dog first registered, and shall add to every other such name, except the one first registered, a numeral, com- mencing with II. 8 All greyhounds whose names do not* appear in the Stud Book, or whose owners cannot produce a certihcate oi registration from the keeper ot the Stud Book on being required to do so by a steward or the secretary of any coiirsmg meeting, shall be disqualified, and shall forfeit all entry moneys which may have been paid, and any stake or prize or share of any stake or prize won at such meeting, and such entry moneys, stake, or prize or share thereof, won by any dog so disqualified, shall be dis- posed of as provided by Rule 37 appli- cable to disqualification. 9. Payment of Entry Money.— All moneys due for nominations taken must "be paid at or before the time fixed for closing the entry, whether the stakes fill or not, and although, trora insufficient description or any other cause, the dogs named may be disquali- fied. No entry shall be valid unless the amount due for it has been paid in full For all Produce and other stakes where a forfeit is payable no declaration is necessary; the non-payment of the remainder of the entry money at the time fixed for that purpose is to be considered a declaration of forfeit. The secretary is to be responsible for the entry money of all dogs whose names appear upon the card. 10. Alteration of Name.— It any subscriber should enter a greyhound by a different name from that in whicli it shall have last been entered to run in public, or shall have been registered in the Stud Book, he shall give notice of the alteration to the secretary at the time of entry, and the secretary shall place on the card both the late and the present names of the dog, and this must be done at all meetings at which the dog runs throughout the coursing season in which the alteration has been made. If notice of the alteration be not given, the dog shall be disqualified. The new name must be registered before the dog can run under it. 11. Prefix of " Ns."— Any sub- scriber taking an entry in a stake must prove to the satisfaction of the stewards, if called upon by them to do so, that any greyhound entered by him, without the prefix of the word "Names," is bond fide his own property. If a subscriber enters a dog, not his own property, without putting "ns" after his own name, the dog so entered shall be disqualified. Every subscriber shall, if requested, dehver in writing to the secretary of the meeting the name of the lona fid^ owner of the greyhound named by him, and this communication is to be produced should any dispute arise. No dog purchased or procured for a less time than the entire period still remaining of its public running, or belonging to two or more persons, un- less they are declared confederates, shall be held as bond fide the property of a subscriber. The names of con- federates must be registered with the keeper of the Stud Book— fee. Is. for each name. Assumed names must also be registered with the keeper ot the Stud Book— fee 5 guineas. 12. Death of a Subscriber. — I he death of a subscriber shall only affect his nominations if it occur before the draw, in which case, subject to the ex- ceptions stated below, they shall be void, whether the entries have been made or not, and any money received for forfeits or stakes shall be returned, less the proportion of expenses when the amount has been advertised, and when the nominations rendered vacant are not filled by other subscribers. If he has parted with all interest m the nominations, and dogs not his property are entered and paid for. such entries shall not subsequently be disturbed When doi-sthat have been entered in Produce 'Stakes change owners, with their engagements and with their for- feits paid, the then owner, if entitled to run them in those stakes, shall not be COURSING LAWS. 277 prevented from doing so by reason of the death of the former owner. 13. Draw. — Immediately before the greyhounds are drawn at any meeting, and before nine o'clock on every subse- quent evening during the continuance of such meeting, the time and place of piitting the first brace of dogs into the slips on the following morning shall be declared. A card or counter bearing a corresponding number shall be assigned to each entry. These numbered cards or counters shall then be placed to- gether, and drawn indiscriminately. This classification, once made, shall not be disturbed throughout the meeting, except for the purpose of guarding, or on account of byes. 14. Guarding.— When two or more nominations in a stake are taken in one name, the greyhounds, if bond fide the property of the same owner, shall be guarded throughout. This is always to_ be arranged, as far as possible, by brmging up dogs from below to meet those which are to be guarded. This guarding is not, however, to deprive any dog of a natural bye to which he may be entitled, either in the draw, or in running through the stake. Dogs, whose position has been altered in con- sequence of guarding or of byes, must return to their original position in the next round, if guarding does not pre- vent it. 15. Byes.— A natural bye shall be given to the lowest available dog in each round. No dog shall run a second such bye in any stake, unless it is unavoidable. When a dog is entitled to a bye, either natural or accidental, his owner or nominator may run any greyhound he pleases to assist in the course, provided always that in SapHng Stakes only a sapling maybe used, and m Puppy Stakes none "older than a puppy. But if it is proved to the satisfaction of the stewards that no sapling or puppy respectively can be found to run an accidental bye, an older dog may be used. No dog shall run any bye earlier than his position ,on the card entitles him to do. The slip and the course in a bye shall be the same as in a course in which a decision is required, and the judge shall decide whether enough has been done to constitute a course, or whether It must be nm again, and in the latter lease the judge shall give the order. Ill at the commencement of any round in a stake, one dog in each course of that round has a bye, those byes shall not be run, but the dogs shall take their places for the next round as if the byes had been run. A bye must be run before a dog can claim the advan- tage of it. 16. Slip Steward.— The committee of an open meeting and the members of a club meeting shall appoint, on the first evening of a meeting, a slip stew- ard, whose duty shall be to see tha^ every greyhound is brought to slips ii its proper turn, to report to the stewar(^ without delay any greyhound that does not come to the slips in time, and any act on the part of the shpper, nominators, or their representatives, which he may consider should be brought to their knowledge. If a nomi- nator or his representative should refuse to comply with the directions of the slip steward, or should use abusive and insulting language towards him, the stewards may inflict a penalty not exceeding 21. on the person so offending. 17. Postponement of Meeting.— A meeting appointed to take place on a certain day may, if a majority of the com- mittee and the stewards (if appointed) consider the weather unfit for coursing, be postponed from day to day ; but if the running does not commence within the current week all nominations shall be void, and the expenses shall be paid by the subscribers, in proportion to the value of nominations taken by each. In the case of Produce Stakes, however* the original entries shall continue bind- ing, if the meeting is held at a later period of the season. 18. Taking Dogs to the Slips.— Every dog must be brought to the slips in its proper turn, without delay, under a penalty of 11. If absent for more than ten minutes (according to the report of the slip steward or of one of the_ stewards), its opponent shall be entitled to claim the course, subject to the discretion of the stewards, and shall in that case run a bye. If both dogs be absent at the expiration of ten minutes, the stewards shall have power to disqualify both dogs, or to fine their owners any sum not exceeding 5Z. each. The nominator is answerable for his dog being put into the slips at the right time, on the right side, and against the right dog. No allowance shall be made for mistakes. No dog shall be put into the slips for a deciding course 78 COURSING. Titil thirty minutes after its course m le previous round without the consent tits owner.— >See Rule 31. 19 CoKTROL OF Dogs in feLiPS;— he control of all matters connectexl ith slipping the greyhounds shaU lest ^th the stewards of a meeting Owneis servants, after delivermg their dogs 0 the hands of the slipper, may fol- , close after them, but not so as to onvenience the slipper, or in any y ii^terfere with the dogs under a altv of U. Neither must they holloa on while running, under the same .Tiiltv Any greyhound lound to be Condcoi-ollnllips may,byorde^ of the stewards, be taken out of the slips and disqualified. rnroTiR 20 Greyhounds of Same colour TO Wear CoLLARS.-When two grey- hounds drawn together are of the same rolour they shall each wear a collar, and the o^^^ners shall be subject to a r^enaltv of lOs. for non-observance ot [his rule The colour of the collar shall be red for the left hand side and white for the right hand side of the slips. The upper dog on the card must be placed on the left hand, and the fower dog on the right hand of the slips^ 21 The order to slip may be given by the ju^ge, or the shp steward or the stevvards of a meetmg may lea e the slip to the sole discretion of the shpper?^ The length of slip must necessarily vary with the mature of the ground, but should never be less than from three to four score yards, and nust be maintained of one uniform length, as far as possible, throughout 'tritESLiPPER-If one greyhound jrets'out of the slips the shpper shall Sot let the other go. In slips breaking, and either or ^oth dogs getting away in consequence, the slippei may be fined not exceedmg 11, at the discretion of the stewards. 23 The judge shall be subject to tlie general rules which may be established by the National Coursing Club for his ^niidance. He shall, on the terimna- ^on of each course, immediately deliver Wecision aloud, and shall not recal <,r reverse his decision, on any pretext whatever, after it has been dec ared but no decision shall be dehvered unt^ the iudgo is perfectly satisfied that tlie course is absolutely terminated. 24 The judge shall decide all courses upon the one uniform principle that the irrevhound which does most towards killing the hare during the continuance of the course is to be declared the winner. The principle is to be carried out by estimating the value of the work done by each greyhound, as seen by the judge, upon a balance of poims according to the scale hereafter laid down, from which also are to oe deducted certain specified allowances and penalties. 25 The points of the course are— ^ ^^eefZ—which shall be estimated as one, two, or three points, accord- ing to the degree of superiority shown [See definition below (a).J h The Go-hje.—Two points, or if gained on the outer circle, three points. . c. The Tiirn.—One point. d. The PFrewc/?.— Half a point._ e The Kill— Two points, or, m a descending scale, in proportion to the degree of merit displayed m that kill, which may be of no value. / The Trip— One point. Definition of Points. a In estimating the value of speed to the hare the judge must take into account the several forms in which it may be displayed, viz. :— 1 Where in the run up a clear lead is gained by one of the dogs, m which case one, two, or three points may be given, according to the length of lead, apart from the score for a turn or wrench. In awarding these points the judge shall take into consideration the merit of a lead obtained by a dog which has lost p-round at the start, either from being unsighted or from a bad slip, or which has had to run the outer 2 Where one greyhound leads the other so long as the hare runs straight, but loses the lead from her bending round decidedly in favour of the slower dog of her own accord in which case the one greyhound shall score one point for the speed shown, and the other dog score one point tor the first turn. . , 3 Under no circumstances is speea without subsequent work to be allowed to decide a course, except where great superiority is shown by one greyhound over another m a long lead to covert. If a doi after gaining the firs, six COURSING LAWS. 279 points, still keeps possession of the hare by superior speed, he shall have double the prescribed allowance for the subsequent points made before his oppoaent begins to score. h. The Go-Bye is where a grey- hound starts a clear length behind his opponent, and yet passes him in a straight run, and gets a clear length before him. c. The Turn is where the hare is brought round at not less than a right angle from her previous line. d. The Wrench is where the hare is bent from her line at less than a right angle ; but where she only leaves her line to suit herself, and not from the greyhound pressing her, nothing- is to be allowed. e. The Merit of a Kill must be estimated according to w^hether a greyhound, by his own superior dash and skill, bears the hare ; whether he picks her up through any little accidental circumstances favouring him, or whether she is turned into his mouth, as it were, by the other greyhound. /. The Trip, or unsuccessful effort to kill, is w^here the hare is thrown off her legs, or where a greyhound flecks her, but cannot hold her. 26. The following allowances shall be made for accidents to a greyhound during a course ; but in every case they shall only be deducted from the other dog's score : — _ a. For losing ground at the start, either from being unsighted, or from a bad slip, in which case the judge is to decide what amount of allowance is to be made, on the principle that the score of the foremost dog is not to begin until the second has had an opportunity of joining in the course, and the judge may decide the course or declare the course to be an un- decided or no course, as he may think fit. b. Where a hare bears very decidedly in favour of one of the greyhounds, after the first or sub- sequent turns, in which case the next point shall not be scored by the dog unduly favoured, or only half his points allowed, according to circum- stances. No greyhound shall receive any allowance for a fall or an accident, with the exception of being ridden over by the owner of the competing greyhound, or his servant, provided for by Rule 30, or when pressing his hare, in which case his opponent shall not count the next point made. 27. Penalties are as follow: — a. Where a greyhound, from his own defect, refuses to follow the hare at which he is slipped, he shall lose the course. h. Where a dog wilfully stands still in a course, or departs from directly pursuing the hare, no points subsequently made by him shall be scored; and if the points made by him up to that time be just equal to those made by his antagonist in the whole course, he shall thereby lose the course; but where one or both dogs stop with the hare in view, through inability to continue the course, it shall be decided according to the number of points gained by each dog during the whole course. c. If a dog refuses to fence where the other fences, any points sub- sequently made by him are not to be scored ; but if he does his best to fence, and is foiled by sticking in a meuse, the course shall end there. When the points are equal, the superior fencer shall win the course. 28. If a second hare be started during a course, and one of the dogs follow her, the course shall end there. 29. Greyhound Getting Loose. — Any person allowing a greyhound to get loose, and join in a course which is being run, shall be lined IZ. If the loose greyhound belong to either of the owners of the dogs engaged in the particular course, such owner shall forfeit his chance of the stake with the dog then running, unless he can prove, to the satisfaction of the stewai-ds, that he had not been able to get the loose greyhound taken up after running its own course. The course is not to be considered as necessarily ended when a third dog joins in. 30. Riding Over a Greyhound. — If any subscriber, or his servant, shall ride over his opponent's greyhound while running a course, the owner of the dog so ridden over shall (although the course be given against him) be deemed the winner of it, or shall have the option of allowing the other dog to remain and run out the stake, and in such case shall be entitled to half its winnings. 31. A '*no course" is when by 280 COURSING. accident or by the shortness of the course the dogs are not tried together, and if one be then drawn the other must run a bye, unless the iudge on being appealed to shall decide that he has done work enough to be exempted from it._ An undecided course is whsre the judge considers the merits of the dogs equal, and if either is then drawn, the other cannot be required to nm a bye ; but the owners must at the time declare which dog remains in. (See Rule 33.) The judge shall signify the distmction between a "no course" and an "un- decided" by taking off his hat m the latter case only. After an undecided or no course, if the dogs before being taken up get on another or the same hare, the judge must follow, and shall decide in favour of one if he considers that there has been a sufficient trial to iustify his doing so. A "no course or an ^'undecided'' may be run off immediately, if claimed on behalf ot both dogs before the next brace fire put into the slips, or in case of " no course, if so ordered by the judge, otherwise it shall be run again after the two next courses, unless it stand over till the next morning, when it shall be the farst course run ; if it is the last course ot the day, fifteen minutes shall be allowed after both dogs are taken up. 32. The judge shall render an ex- planation of any decision only to the ■ stewards of the meeting if required, through them, before the third succeed- ing course, by the owner, or nominator, or representative of the owner or nominator, of either of the greyhounds eno-aged in the course. The stewards shalh if requested to do so, express their opinion whether the explanation is satisfactory or not, and their opinion in writing may be asked for and published afterwards, but the decision of the judge, once given, shall not be reversed "for any cause. 33 WiTIIDllAWAL OF A DOG.— it a doo- be withdrawn from any stake on the fiefd its owner, or some one having his authority, must at once give notice to the secretary or flag or slip steward. If the dog belongs to either of these officials, the notice must be given to the other When after a no course or an imdecidod one of the greyhounds has been officially drawn, and the dogs are again, by mistake, put into slips and run a course, the arrangement conje to shall stand, whatever the judges decision may be, and all bets on the course shall be void. 34. Impugning Judge.— If any sub- scriber, owner, or any other person, proved to be interested, openly impugns the decision of the judge on the ground, except by a complaint to the stewards, according to Rule 32, he shall forfeit not more than 5Z., nor less than 2^., at the discretion of the stewards. 35. Stakes not Run Out. —When two greyhounds remain in for the deciding course, the stakes shall be considered divided if they belong to the same owner, or to confederates, and also if the owner of one of the two dogs induces the owner of the other to draw him for any payment or consideration ; but if one of the two be drawn without payment or consideration, from lame- ness, or from any cause clearly affect- ino- his chance of winning, the other may be declared the winner, the facts of the case being clearly proved to the satisfaction of the stewards. The same rule shall apply when more than two doo-s remain in at the end of a stake which is not run out ; and in case of a division between three or more dogs, ot which two or more belong to the same owner, these latter shall be held to take equal shares of the total amount received by their owner in a division. When there is a compulsory division all greyhounds remaining in the class that is being run, even where one is entitled to a bye, shall take equal shares. The terms of any arrangement to divide winnings, and the amount ot any money given to induce the owner of a dog to draw him, must be declared to the secretary. 36. Winners of Stakes Running Together.— If two or more greyhounds shall each win a stake, and have to run too-ether for a final prize or challenge cup, should they not have run an equal number of ties in their respective stakes, the greyhound which has run the smaller number of courses must run a bye, or byes, to put itself upon an equality in this respect witli its opponent. 37 Objections.— An objection to a greyhound may be made to any one ot the stewards of a meeting at any time before the stakes are paid over, upon the objector lodging in the hands ot such steward, or the secretary, the sum of bl, which shall be forfeited if the objection proves frivolous, or if ho sliali GREYHOUND PEDIGREES. 281 not brin^ the case before the next meehng of the National Coursing Club, or give notice to the stewards previous thereto of his intention to withdraw the objection. The owner of the greyhound ^ objected to must deposit equally the siiin of 5/,, and prove the correctness of his entrj'. Expenses in consequence of an objection shall be borne as the National Coursing Club may direct. Should an objection be made which cannot at the time be substantiated or disproved, the greyhound may be allowed to run under protest, the stew- ards retaining the winnings until the objection has been withdrawn, or heard and decided. If the greyhound objected to be disqualified, the amount to which he would otherwise have been entitled shall be divided equally among the dogs beaten by him ; and if a piece of plate or prize has been added, and won by bin], only the dogs which he beat in the several rounds shall have a right to contend for it. 38. Defaulters. —No person shall be allowed to enter or run a greyhound, in his own or any other person's name, who is a defaulter for either stakes, forfeits, or bets, or for money due under an arrangement for a division of win- nings, or for penalties regularly im- posed for the infraction of rules by the stewards of any meeting, or for any payment required by a decision of the National Coursing Club, or for subscrip- tions due to any club entitled to have representatives in the National Cours- ing Club. As regards bets, however, this rule shall only apply when a com- plaint is lodged with the secretary of the National Coursing Club within six months after the bet becomes due. On receipt of such complaint the secretary shall give notice of the claim to the person against whom it is made, with a copy of this rule, and if he shall not pay the bet, or appear before the next meeting of the National Coursing Club, and resist the claim successfully, he shall be considered a defaulter. 39. Judge or Slipper Interested. —If a judge or slipper be in any way interested in the winnings of a grey- hound or greyhounds, the owner and nornmatorin each case, unless they can prove satisfactorily that such interest was without their cognisance, shall for- leit all claim to the winnings, and the dog shall be disqualified ; and if any nommator or owner of greyhounds shall give, offer, or lend money, or anythin.^ of value, to any judge or slipper, such owner or nominator shall not be allowed to run dogs in his own or any other person's name during any subsequent period that the National Coursing Club may decide upon. 40. Any person who is proved to the satisfaction of the National Coursing Club to have been guilty of any fraudu- lent or discreditable conduct in connec- tion with coursing, may, in addition to any pecuniary penalty to which he may be liable, be declared incapable of running or entering a greyhound in his own or any other person's name during any subsequent period that the National Coursing Club may decide upon ; and any dogs under his care, training, management, or superintendence, shall be disqualified during such subsequent period. 41. Bets.— All bets upon an unde- cided course shall stand, unless one of the greyhounds be drawn. All bets upon a dog running further than another in the stake shall be p.p., what- ever accident may happen. Bets upon a deciding, as upon every other course, are off, if the course is not run. Long odds bets shall be void, unless tlie greyhound the bet refers to shall run one course in the stake, other than a bye, after the bet is made. Long odds bets, with this exception, shall be p.p. 42. Bets on Stakes Divided. — Where money has been laid against a dog winning a stake, and he divides it, the two sums must be put together and divided in the same proportion as the value of the stakes. Sect. 4. — Pedigrees of Greyhounds FROM THE Institution of Public Coursing. The following pedigrees are drawn up so as to enal3le the courser to trace back the lines of a pedigree to the year 1840 or thereabouts, that is to say, to the time of Bugle, Emperor, Priam, Tyrant, and Senate, in Lancashire ; Waterton, Wigan, Vraye Fo}^, and Waterloo, in Scotland ; and King Cob, Figaro, and Foremost, at Newmarket ; to which sires most of our present dogs may now be traced. The figures attached to the names refer to the table in which the pedigree is given in the fullest man- ner. The letters W. C. refer to the win- ners of the Waterloo Cup ; — 282 COUESING. (1) BUGLE, he dog (Mr. Ball's). C Merlin (Bellyse) Merlin (Rowland) Transit 1820 (Bellyse) sis. to his Bittern bnowball bk 1817 (his) Desdemona (late Hermione) bk 1819 (Hoskins) Topper Old bk 1815 (Calvert) Nimble (Bellyse) sis. to Lloyd's Blucher Dancer : (Wallis : Longden) Ladybird (Rowland) Hector (Egglestone) dam by Pratt's Tyrant Spider (his) Javelin bk 1820 (Capel) Spider bk 1820 (Dickens) Lnnardi bk 1825 (Lloyd) Nimble (Jacson) Sailor (Pennant) bred by Admiral Wilson Swift (Pennant) Platoff bk 1814 (Pettat) Trumpery 1813 (Sir A. Bertie) Giracrack r 1812 (Chaplia) Swallow bk 1813 (Worthington) Tinker (his) Catch (his) son of Contest (Corcellis) Jet bk 1811 (Jones) Sultan (St. John : Folkard) Gaudy (Bellyse) (See Milo ; Mil- anie's pedigree) Champion bk w 1812 (Liddesdale) Cobweb (Rev. C. Cox) Lake bk 1818 (Long) Dimple (Key. A. Peyton) Gimcrack r 1812 (Chaplin) Young Nettle (Bellyse) Leipsic be 1884 (his) Rebecca bkw 1813 (his) (2) TYRANT, r dog (Me. Houghton's). Rocket Streamer, 4 Mars TYRANT (brother to Webb's Marquis) Stella Beverley Wishful (3) SENATE, red dog (Loed Sexton's). Brother to Olivee Twist. Sadek (Lord Scffcon) Sanctity (Lord Scfton) Kouli Khan (Kershaw) Harriet (Harper) Topper (Calvert) Hannah (Hassall) Hercules Swallow. Harold Mayfly Spartacus (Lord Talbots) Fly (Cotton) Belzoiii Syren Snowball Clara Stradbroke (Sir T. Stanley) Leanth6 j (Lloyd) Marin(-r (Lord Stradbroke) Fly ^ fDav) Ambiguity Mouse Lifter (Lloyd) Leah (his) Topper (Best) Madcap Levite Ijima PEDIGREES, 283 (4) PEIAM,/^^; t^o^r (Mr. Deakin's) PRIAM, 1?38 (W. C. 1S42) Emperor (W. C. 1840) (Easter by) Helenus, lb28 Fly Irish Helen Blue Dart Puss son of streamer (Robinson) Colwick sister to Herdsman Venus (5) WIGAN, hd dog (Mr. Pagan's). Sire of Kino Lear (W. C. 1857) and of Scotland Yet (w. c. 1855). Drift (Lord Douglas) Driver (Lord Douglas) Monarch (Sharpe) Lassie WIGAN, 1848 Coquette (his) Tippoo Bustle Cuttysnrk (Hyslop) Kirkland Sport (Mr. Brown) Purity Cuttysark (6) VPtAYE TOY, red dog (Sir Jas. Boswell's, afterwards Mr. Lawrence's). Brother to Aijchinleck and The Curler. Walter Monarch (Sharpe) Castor Fly Jason (Six Jas. Boswell) Betsy Baker Majesty (Ld. stradbroke) Meg Merrilies Risk Deluge Altcar Rapid vraye toy, Butterfly Galloway Snap 1645 Majesty, brother to Mariner Ambiguity (Gurney) Rosebud (Lord Stradbroke) Mouse Gairish Start (his) Butterfly Galloway Snap (7) FIGARO, hk d (Mr. Ftson's). FIGARO, 1844 King Cob, 1839 (Daintree) Frederifa, 1839 ^Fyson) Ion Kate Damon (Dobede) Daffodil (his) Stumps Ida Deptford sister to Fanny Doron Ma'amselle What not Nonpareil (8) FOREMOST, hh d (Mr. Fyson's). FOREMOST, 1841 Fantail, 1839 (Fyson) Fred erica, 7 (his) Deptford (Dobede) sister to Gunshot Hercules (Hassell) Eyedrop 284 COURSING. (9) CERTTO, 1848 (W. C. 1850. '52 and '53) (dam of Hopmarket by Bedlamite) CERITO, fwh (Mk. Cooke's). Linfio (Lamb) Wanton (Walmsley) liark (Lamb) Lady (his) Emperor, 4 (Easterby) Blossom Leader Tongue Gunshot, 8 Venus Helenus Fly Ha^mus Hadiza Hiara (10) HUGHIE GRAHAM, (Mr. SHAEPE's). Brother to Bonnie Scotland. HUGHTB GRAHAM, 1849 (W. G. 1851) Liddesdale, 1845 (Sharp e) Queen of the May, 1844 (his) Bowhill (Lord J. Scott) Lady Seymour (Mounsey) Bun Brace (Sir H. Campbell) Bessy Bell (Lord Eglinton) Rolio Lightning Dusty Miller Lass o' Patie's Mill Swing (Saunders) daughter of (Graham) Merryman King Cob, 7 (baintree) Minerva, 1840 (Lord Stradbroke) Livid Margery of RoAiiiNG Meg (W. C. 1862) out of Polly, 15. BEACON, 1853 (brother to Black Cloud) Bluelight, 1845 Frolic, 1845 Monsoon, 1841 Stave, 1841 sister to Bugle Waterloo, 1838 Clarinda, 1842 Colonel (bro. to Streamer) Smart Bachelor, 1 Nimble Dusty Miller Exotic Colwick sister to Herdsm.m Streamer Bride Tinto Swan Nestor Cessnock. Young Hornet Chance Dr. o f Monaroh Sport Old Hornet (12) SCOTLAND YET. w i (Mb. CAMPnEix's). Dam of C^^^^^g' ^J^f^' 1861), SeaFoam, &c., andgi-aml-dain of K. UEA1H(W. I.. ioo»;. Drift (Lord Douglas) Cutty Sark Driver Coquette SCOTLAND YET, 1852 (w. c. 1855) Wigan (I'agan) Kirklaiid Cutty Sark Veto (Greenshicld) 1 Dux (Lord Douglas) Hillside Lass (Lord Ossulston) Driver Durii)y DraHiu Old Hillside Lass PEDIGREES. 285 (13) CHLOE, w hJc h (Mr. Listeh's). Daugliter of Judge (W. C. 1855). 2^ Lodore r 1843 (Jebb) Jane r 1816 (Jefferson) Oliver Twist r 1844 (O'Grady) Fairy w f 1843 (Fox) Vrave Foy r 1845 (Sir J. BosweU) Elf be 1846. late Spiite (riniith) Sam bk w 1847 (Parkinson : Gibson) Tollwife bk w 1846 (Jardiiie) Briton be 1841, latj Knight of the Garter (Webb) Lady r 1837 (Jebb) bandy w r 1838 (Swan) Smart r 1838 (Slater) Sadek bk 1839 (Lord fciefton) Sanctity (his) Carronade r 183S (Brag: Cairnie) Gamut r 1838 (Fox) Jason r 1841 (his) Rosebud r (his) Westwind bd 1840 (Etwall) Snail (Smith) Traveller bk 1842 (Bagge) Tippetywitchet f w _1844 (his) King Cob w r 1839 (Daintree) Matilda Gillespie tk 1844 (Jardine) | Emperor bk 1«36 (EasterLiyJ Knavery bk 1835 (Kershaw) Nathan (BeJIyse) Risk r 1633 (Jebb) Bachelor 1835 (Jaoson) Venus, sister to Solouion (Walker) Streamer r 1830 (Robinson), 4 Bride r (Moss) Kouli Khan r 1836 (Kershaw) Karriet (Harper) istradbroke (Sir T. Stamcy) Leanthe (Lloyd) Garron (Carnie) sister to Fairy (Forbes) Vagrant bk w lb29 (Sir P. Johnsto/ic) Garland (Goodlake) Walter be (his) Risk bk (his) Majesty r (Lord Stradbmke) Buttei fly r (Lord Eglinton) Bran Gaiety (Lord Stradbroke) Hilaris (Heathcote) Snail (Suiith) Charles XIL be (King) Madame, sis, to Bouncer (Elmhirst) King Cob w r 1839 (Daintree) Kathleen w 1839 (his) Ion bd (Inskip) Kate f (Daintree) Ian Roy f w 1840 (Bail lie) The Lady bk w 1841 (Gillespie) (14) CARDINAL YORK, rwd (Mr. J. Dunlop's). Brother to Picton, including Jacobite, Bedlamite, &c. a? 3 C .0 Fairy w f 1843 (lux) Merry Monarch f 1846 (his) Ruby r 1845 (li's) (sis. to Brilliant) Dreadnought, 1840 bk(Ld. Eglinton) Judy (Sir J. Maxwell) King Cob w r lb39 (Daintree) Frederica bk 1839 (Fyson) King Cob r w (Helmsiey) Lively _(Wo_odroffe)_ Sadek~bdl.s39~~ (Lord Sefton) Sanctity (his) Ion bd (Inskip) Kate f (Daintree) Damon (Dobede) Daffodil (his) .smoker (Helmsiey) Lady Carronade r 1S38 (Bragg) Gamut r 1838 (Fox) John o' Gaunt (Dunlop) Rosalind (his) Bright w bd 1839 (Allen) Gertrude (Gordon) Waterloo wbd 1838 (Lord Eglinton) Vtnture (an Eng- lish Dog) Caroline (Lord Doug'ns) brother to Brigand Lady (Nixon) Kouli Khan r (Kerskaw) Harriet (Hunt) Stradbroke (Sir T. Stanley) Leanthe (Lloyd) Old Carron (Carnie) sister to Fairy (Forbes) Vagrant (Sir J. Johnson) Garland (Goodlake) Monarch f (Sharpe) Blinkin' Bess Young Sport (Gordon) Gipsy (Lord EglintoTi) Spring, brother to Sport (br. Brown] Young Fanny (his) iVionarch f (bharpe) Wings bk 1840 (his) Dusty Miller (Lord Eglinton) Exotic (De Burgh) 1286 COURSING, (15) POLLY, hTc h (Mr. Gregson's). Dam of RoAumG Meg (\Y. C. 18G2), by Beacon, 11. POLLY, 1857 The Mummy (Gregson) Bellona (his) Egypt, 13 Mountain Maid Martinet Cassop Lass (16) ANNOYANCE, w bk hitch (Mr. Anderson's). Dam of King Death, (W. C. 1864) and Tullochgorum by Canaradzo. ANNOYANCE, 1857 Heart of Oak, 1855 (Aaderson) Game Chicken Seedling Figaro, 3 (J^ yson) Fancy Sprir.g Marigold Miss Johnson, 1855 (Hill) Admiral Miss Quirk Minor Countess (17) WEE NELL, bk w b (Mr. Willis's). Dam of Brigadier (W. C. 1866) by Boreas, bk w t, son of Bedlamite, 14. Granddam of Honeymoon • (W. C. 1873). WEE NELL, 1860 Seacombe, 1856 (Spiuks) Lady W^itford, 1854 (Willis) Hermit Fly Larriston Consideration Weapon Croton Oil Lady Maria Liddesdale, 10 Hannah Kentish Fire (Daintree) Linnet (18) BLACK FLY, bkbiMn. Pridmore). Dam of Kantbr, 1853, Kiot, Gipsy EoYAL, Gipsy Prince, by Bedlamite, 14. BLACKFLY Marquis, '2 (Webb) Kirtles (Sister to Coquette) Kouli Khan, 3 Knavery (Sister to Bugle, 1) (19) SELBY, hk t d (Mr. J. Jardine's). Barrister bk w d 1848 (Hood : Clark) Alice bk b (Tennant) Baron bk w d 1851 (his) Bella rb 1849 (Charlton : Coulson) Liiisey (Atkinson : Smeaton) Alice (Clark) Levlte Pastime bk w b Kentish Fire bk w d 1843 (Daintree : Charlton) Linnet bk b 1843 (Thomns) Captain f b 1846 (Champion: Elliot) Queen f 1844 (Smith) King Cob w r 1639 (Daintree) Thirsk Mock Touchstone Lightning Priam Pastime King Cob w r 1839 (Daintree) Knab be 1839 (his) Emperor bk 1838 (Easterby) Linnet Old bk 1839 (Robinson) Sportsman f (Cookson) Bellingham Bess bd 1840 (Dixon) Wyndliam bk (Thompson) Gossamer r w (Renwick (20) CLTVE, 1857 (div. W. C. 1809). OLIVE, hk h (Mr. J. Jardine's). Judge, 23 Mccris, 1852 (C. Jardinc) Egypt, 23 Mocking Bird (C. Jardine) Figaro, 7 , , Malvina by Mcnlman (Lord StradbroKe) PEDIGREES, 287 (21) MASTER M'GRATH, IJc d (Loed Lurgan's). Figaro, 7 (Fyson King Cob (Daintree) Ion Kate 1-3 00 St. Clair, 1S51 Frederica (Fyson) Damon Daffodil Black Fly, 18 (Pridiiiore) Marquis (Webb) Rocket Stella Kirtles (Kershaw) Konli Khau Knavery. srvock (Qf Erin, 1853 Lightfoot, 1849 (Taylor) Sam (B. Robinson) Empress (B. Robinson) Hilcoolie Old Whisky Bennett's Rocket Easterby's Eiiiprpss °* ft (Douglas) Jenny Lir.d, 1849 (Jones) Scythian (Edleston) Fox Warwick Syren (Lord Sefton) Sadek Sanctity ■n CO David, 1853 (Long) Motley, 1P51 (C. Jardine) Sam (Gibson) Tollwife (J. Jardine) Traveller Tippitywitchet King Cob Matilda Gillespie Wanton, 1848 (W^adhaiii) Senate (Lord Sefton) Sadek Sanctity o Coquette (Webb) Kouli Kiian Knavery ■i Larriston Liddesdale (Sharp) Bowhill Lady Seymour Ladv Watford, 1854 (Sbarpe) Hannah (Saunders) Buff Catlowdie (Willis) Consideration (Willis) Kentish Fire (Daintree) King Cob Knab Linnet (Thomns) Easterby's Emperor Old Linnet (22) SEA COVE, red hitch (Me. J. Spinks's). 00 o CO Strange Idea bk w 18G5 (Hyslop) Cardinal York r vv 14 (Dunlop) itc Covet) . 1870) High Idea be 1 1858 (Hyslop) Black Cloud bk, 11 (Borron) Young Eve be (Hyslop) Eden r (Clemitsou) Old Eve be (Atkinson) COVE (l! (W. C Curiosity bk 1SG2 (Clark) Bugle, 1858 (Goodaire) Beacon be, 11 (Borron) Scotland Yet w, 12 (Campbell) SEA Banter bk 1856 (Black) A bk (Lambert) The Pullet f w (BlHck) Bedlamite bk 14 (Brown) Calypso bk (Lambert) Game Chicken-bk 16(Ander- Sultana (Surte'es) [son) (23) LADY CLARA, Hack hitch (Mr. Lewis's). Dam of Patent by David, 21. LADY CLARA, 1855 Mansoor bk 1 1852 (C. Jardine) Bess Egypt bk t (Etwall) Mocking Bird (C. Jardine) Vraye Foy r 6 (Lawrence) Elf be 13 (Etwall) Figaro bk 7 (Fyson) Malvina bk (Lord Stradbroke) Wrtstler bk (Webb) (bro. to War Eagle) Ringlet Foremost bk 8 (Fyson) Flirt r (Webb) Hector (Kusson) Venus (his"* 1,288 COURSING. (24) BAB AT THE BOWSTER, r h (Mr. Blanshard's). Dam of Contango and The A.dmirable Crichton by Cashier. 1 Boanerges (Blaushard) Canaradzo, 11, 12 BAB AT THE BOWSTER, 1806 (W. C. 1869) Baffle (Blanshard) Hnghie Graham, 10 Wild Duck Miseliief (Eland) Priam (Ireland) Mischief Priam "Virago Mynheer sister to Lass o' Gowrie SPECULATION, rwb (Mr. Slater's). Bachelor. 1835 (Jacson) Bachelor bk lb28 (Hill) Nimble (Jackson) Merlin (Belly se) Spider (his) Sandy r w 1838 (Swa.i : Slater) Luuardi V)k 1825 (Lloyd) Miuible (Jacson) 1842 Venus, sister to Solomon (Walker) Dart (Perryn) Smut (Cropper) Rapid (Lloyd) Lilla, 1827 (his) if Love bk 1828 (Lloyd) (W. c. : Enchantress, r b 1838 (Eden) Streamer r (Robinson) Colwich sister to Herdsman Rowan Fly Manfred Clara Baron r (Major Bower) Verity be (Lane Fox) Bride Tur]nn (Lord Talbot) Kate SACKCLOTH, hic d (Lord Sefton's). SACKCLOTH, 1852 (W.C. 1854) Senate, 3 Cinderella bk b 1817 (Cruso) Foremost, 8 Dressmaker bk 1841 (Clark) Hector (Hornby) Lill (Lamb) PEOTEST, / b (Mr. Peacock's). PROTEST, 1-54 (W. C. 1850) Weapon, late Revolver 1851 (Randell) Figaro, 7 Ruby 1842 (Randell) Moses (brother to Waterloo) sister to Sovereign Pearl 1850 (Peacock) Sirius 1845 (Swift) Emilia 1847 Hector Gill Erailius Leanthe HEBE be ^0 b (Mr. Hutchinson's). Dam of Honeymoon (W. C. 1875) ' by BriCxAdier. — — - ~ Canaradzo, 11, 12 IlEBE 1807 Hawthorn by Dandy (Hutchinson) PEDIGREES, 289 (29) BEDFELLOW, hJc d (Me. J. Beigg's). Bed of Stone m C 1872) Contango, &c. v • • j, BEDFELLOW bkd Contango, 1870 (Carruthers) Cashier, 1S66 (Carruthers) Bab at the Bowster (Blanshard) Cardinal York (Dunlop) Lady Stormont (Carruthers) Bed of Stone (Briggs) Portland (Purser) Imperatrice (JefiFerson) Boanerges (Blanshard) Mischief Jacobite Forest Queen Blue Euin Holiday BedJamite, 14 Flounce Ruthless King Fornarina Antipas Carolina Skyrocket Jailbird Canaradzo Effort (East) Prairie Flower (Purser) Beacon, 11 Scotland Yet, 12 Hiighie Graham, 10 Wild Duck Priam Mischief Larriston Hopmarket David (Long) Java (J efferson) Blackcloud Prizeflower Motley (C. Jardine) Wanton Judge (Jefferson) Moll Troll Priam (old) Virago Mynheer siste r to Lasp o' Gowrie Lid d esdale Hannah Bedlamite, 14 Cerito, 9 Bluelight, 11 Frolic, 11 Paramount Isis Sam Toll Wife Senate, 3 Coquette, 18 John Bull Fudge Young Champion Maid of the Mill (30) MASTER FREDERICK, hh d (Me. C. Langley's). MASTER FREDERICK bk B-jnjo (Bartholomew) Musician (Bartholomew) Norah (Earle) Music Master (Bartholomew) dam by Jester (Neilson) Fair Mexican (Edlcston) Lady Bella (Lord Lurgan) Jacobite (Gibson) Kitty Cob (i3eresford) Bedlamite (Brown) Flounce (Fox) Barrator (Briggs) Ladylike (Jardine) Figaro (Fyson) Countess (Bartholomew j King Cob, 7 I rederica, 7 G r a slier ~ Ellen Tree Chieftain (Gunning) Frolic (French) JVlajor Bashful Major Fly King Cob (Daintree) Edith Ion, 7 Kate, 7 Fantai], 8 Empress Fire Office (Jenner) Tiny Trip (Edleston) Cecrops Perfection Scytliian Elvira Figaro (Fyson) Bessy Bedlam (Brown) King Cob, 7 Frederica King Cob, 14 Lively Carronade (Bragg) Gamut (Fox) Old Carron Sister to Fairy Vagrant Garlnnd Banister (Hood) Alice (Tenant) Lindsay Alice Levite Pastime Baron (Jardine) Kentish Fire Linnet Bella (Dixon) Captain Queen 290 COURSING. (31) CAULD KAIL, r th dog, 1863 (Me. AV Foester's). Sire of Cavalier, ^ ' from Princess Royal. I Judge r 1852 (Jetferson) Bartolozzi r 1852 (Dalzell) British Grenadier w f 1853 (Holmes) Lady Neville f w 1852 (Gardner) Barrator bk 1854 (Briggs) Ladylike bk 1853 (Jardine) Bonnie Prince Charlie fw 1852 (Birnie) Fanny Juhii Bull r 1848 (Jefferson) Fudge r 1846 (Fox) Dositheus r 18 17 (Pearson) The Cur (Richardson) Smoker (Haughton) Sawdust (Kirby) Neville r 1 1848 (Gregson) Scotia r 1843 (Robinson) Barrister 1848 bk w (Hood) Alice (Tenn ant) Baron bk w 1851 (Jardine) Bella r 1849 (Charlton^ Lodore r 1843 (Jebb) Jane r 1846 (Jefferson) Oliver Twist r 1844 (O'Grady) Fairy w f 1843 (Fox) Fop r 1843 (Fox) Debutante (Davis) Crofton w bk 1843 (Rogers) Buzzard (Knowles) Fly Sir Oliver 1846 (Shaw) Switcher (his) Scot r 1842 (Slater) Grace (Gregson) Emperor bk w 1838 (Easterby) Mavourneen bd 1840 (Graham) Linsey by King Cob Alice Levite Pastime Kentish Fire bk w 1843 (Charlton) Linnet bk 1843 (Thomas) Cardl. "Wiseman f w 1849 (Tweddle) The Widow r 1846 (Nichol) "John o' Badenyon r 1846 (Sharpe) Repentance bk 1848 CBrvde-i) Captain f 1846 (Campion) Queen Spanker Lady Easby Winspiel r 1841 (Lord Eglingtoi.) Brenda bd 1841 (Borron) Mercury bd 1842 (Sharpe) by Mervyman Queen of the May f 1844 (Sharpe) Crofton w bk 1843 (Rogers) Phantom be (Peate) (32) DARCAROLLE, hk dog, 1872 (Mr. G. Mitsgroye's). Sandridge r IS (Simpson) Portland, 29 Consternation f w 1862 (Dunn) Queen Charming bk 1866 (Ross) Clansman r 1858 late Nana Sahib (Nimmo) Jane r 1856 (Jefferson) Acrobat r 1833 (SirJ. Boswell) Bluelight Judy r 1852 sis. to Judge Canaradzo, 11, 12 Speculation bk 1860 (Simpson) The Curler, 6 Lucy Bertram Wigan (Pagan) The Pest f 1852 (Swan) Monsoon St-ave Judge, 18 Banter PEDIGREES. (33) FUGITIVE, ^-/cf (Mr.. W. FoitsTEn's). Also Cook Robin (w. c. 1868). 291 Kiner Death w b (Richardson) Chloe w bk b (T. T. C. Lister) o X Canaradzo w d (Campbell) Annoyance w b (Anderson) Beacon be (Baron) Scotland Yet w bd (Campbell) Judge r d (Jefferson) Clara w b (Lister) Cardinal York r w d (Dunlop) Meg f w b (Forster) Jacobite bk d (Gibson) Forest Qneen I w b (Dunlop) i Bonnie Prince Charlie f w d iNicholl) Fanny b w b Heart of Oak w b (Anderson) Miss Johnson w f (Hill) John Bull r (Jefferson) Fudge r ^(Fox) Lopez bk (Lawrence) Mrs. Kitty Brown fw (Holm es. Jardiiie) l3edlamite bk (Brown) Flounce f (Fox) Ruthless King (Dunlop) Fornarina (Dunlop) Bkieiight be ^Byron; J- rolic w be (Lord Ellington) Wigan bd^Hysop) Veto Av (Greensl)ield) Cardliial WiseiuHn f w d (Tweddle) The Widow r b (Nichol) John o' Badeuyun r d (Sharpe) Repentance b b (Bryden) Game Chicken b tkd (Anderson) Seedling (Anderson) Admiral f w (Brown) Miss Quick Lodore r (Jebb) Jane r ( Jefferson) Oliver Twist r(0'Grady)' Fairy r (Fox) Vrave Foy r (Kir Jas. Boswell) Flf be (Etwall) Sain b w (Gibson) Toilwife b w (Jardine) tigaro b (Tyson) Bessy Bedlam b (Brown) Carronade f (Bragg) Gamut w f (Fox) MerryMonarch (Dunlop)' Rnhy r (Dunlop) Dreadiiouglit (Ld. Eglingtou^ J udy (Sir J. Maxwell) Spanker Lady Easby r (Hutchinson) Wiiispiel r iLoni E-lington) Brenda bd (Clemitson) Mercury bd (Sharpe) Queen of the May f (Sharpe) Crofton w b (Ro-t rs) Phnntom be (Peate) (34) MISTERTON, hJc MISTERTON (W. C. 1879) Contango Lina Cashier, 29 " Bab at the Bowster, 24 Cock Robin, 33 Coiinna by Freshman (35) HOXEYWOOD, r w, 1876 (Lord Haddington's). HONEYWOOD (W . C. 1880) 1 Cavalier, 31 Humminol)iid. 29 (36) A LEO HALLIDAY, lo hd d (Mr. G. J. Alexander's). ALEC HALLIDAY Fugitive, 33 (Forster) Free Trade :ca North Ridley Sea Ripple Cardinal York r d Lady Clara bk b Jacobite Forest Queen Mansoor Bess 292 COUBSING. (07^ HADDO rrd dog (Mr. T. D. Hornby's). Sire of Wild Mint (W. C. 1883) Blairgowrie, 1869 Rather Improved, 186.3 (Rauddl) Tirzali, 1861 (Tlioiupson) Patent (Price) Pollv (Gregson) Mariner, 1853 (Scott) Titmotise, 1853 (Thompson) David r d Lady Clara bk b The Mummy r d Bellona bk b Robina, 1869 Fusilier, 1865 Black Bess Plcton, 1857 (Dunlop) Blooming Daisy Roland the Brave Scylla The Nutman Merry Bird Dryfcholm That's the Ticket Jacobite bk d Forest Qneen Judge X d Fanny Fern Motley Wanton Mansoor Bess Egypt Mountain Maid Martiiu^t Cassop Lass Mingo Rapid Haphazard Scottish Girl Eden Hannah Bedlamite Flounce Rutliless King Tlie Fornarina John Bull Fudue Wigan The Belle Lavri&ton f d Jleg f w b Black well Terpsichore Liddesdale Hannnh B. F. Charlie Fanny Barrator Willing Maid Weapon, late Revolver Confectioner (3S) MURIEL, r w h (Mr. R. Jardine^ MURIEL (W. C. 1873) Fusilier. 1S65 (Bell Irving) Portia (Jardine) Picton. 14 Blooniinsr Daisy, by Jnd^ Patent. 23 Goneril. by King Lenr (39) MAGKANO, r d (Mr. C. Morgan^) 'cS 5r 1-3 CO a S Bridegroom, brother to Maid of the Mill Attermire r w 1857 (Ingleby) CO Selby, 1856 Megf w 1856 (Forster) Judge Bartolozzi British Grenadier w f 1853 (Holmes) Lady Neville fw 1852 (Gardner) John Bull Fudge Dositheus The Cur Smoker (Hauglitou) Sawdust (Kirby) Neville r flS48 (Gregson) Scotia r 1843 by Emyieror (Rob nson) Bairator (Briggs) Ladylike (Jardine) Bonnie Prince CJuxrlie f w 1852 (Biruie) Fanny David r d (Long) Magic (Col. Goodlake) Tlie Brewer, brother to Ellort Bnroness w f 1858 (liegbic) Motley r w d (C. Jardine) Wanton r b (Wadham) Le Juif, bk t is: (Lawrence) Magic r 1852 ^(Miller) Barrister, 19 Alice, r Baron, 19 Bella, 19 Cardinal Wiseman f w 1S49 (Tweddle) The Widow r 1846 (Nicliol) John o' Badenyon r 1846 (Sliarpe) Repentance bk 1848 (Bryden) Sam Tollwife Senate Coquette ];opez l.k 1 1819 (Lawrence) T;vn\- bk 1S50 (his) LarJ i^iton (Sharpe) Hopmarket (Blick) King Lear (Wilson) Money taker, sister to Motley I Martinet, Mrs Kitty Brown i lit- Czar bk 18 iti (Loder) Mischief (Miller) liiddesdale Hannah Bedlamite Ccrito Wigan Rciientnnce Sam Tollwife FEDIGREES. 293 (40) DON"ALD, Ik d (Mr. E. M. Douglas's). Barrator Barrister Doron Hebe Regan, 1857 (Randell) Alice Leviie P;i slime Riot Bedlamite t i^aro Bessy Bedlam Sfaster Burleigh (Lord Lurgan) Black Fly Marquis Kirtles John Bull Lodore Jane Judge Gertrude Fudge Oliver Twist Fairy Malibran Lablache I io aro Lady Mary rONALD (W. C. 1876) Wanton Senate Coquette Cardinal York (Dunlop) Jacobite Bedlamite Flounce P igaro Bessy Bedlam Carronade Gamut Forest Queen Ruthless King Merry Monarcli Ruby Phfienix, 1861 (Douglas) Fornarina Dreadnought Judy Lightfoot Sam Ilih'oolie Old Whisky Erin Empress Rocket Empress (old) Jenny Lind Scyiliian 1 ox Warwick Syren S-idek Sn notify (41) PRINCESS DAGMAE U 5 (Mb. J. S. Postle's). Sistei to Pa.is (Jead), Fathfinder, Peter, &c. Ptarmigan, 1875 (Postles) Gallnnt Fop, 1873 (E. Gibson) Contango, 29 Petronella w be 1872 (Gibson) Don Antonio bd w d 1870 (Dunn) Maggie Smith bk w b 1868 (Wilson) Waywarden, 1861 (Lowry) Bocca Chica, 1871 Elsecar bd w 186i (Ellis) Peggy Taft bk w 1868 (Coxon) Eiijiineer bd lb63 (Gilby) ?now bk w (Adams) Cuuld Kail, 31 Charmer Strange Idia, by Cardinal York, 14 AVitchery Patent, '23 ' Jes sica bk 1^6 1 (■Jnrdine) Gallant Graham bk L^61 (Goxun) Emily bk 1861 (Temple) Canaradzo, 11, 12 Benton Belle bk 1854 (Blnek) Gaspard Nellie 42. PIXKERTON, fwdog (Mr. J. Watson's). Winner Haydock Stakes and Great Championship. PIXKERTON, 1882 Oversinan (McLean) Wigwam (Plenderleifh) C B B 49 (Brnndrit) Lafran za, 49 (McLpjit) Bedfellow Party Spirit 294 COURSING. (43) MINERAL WATER, w hTc d (Mr. J. Mayer's). Blackburn, 1870 (Briggs) Miriam, 1867 (Marfleet) Peasant Boy, 1870 (Clarke) Eastern Princess, 1873 (Elwis) Lancaster, 1864 (McHaffie) Kitty Malone, 1863 (Knowles) Moses, 1865 (Marfleet) Morning Watch, 1864 (Marfleet) Cardinal York, i 857 (Dunlop) Hurrara, 1857 (Bishop) Canaradzo, 1858 (Campbell) Kitty Nicholson, 1860 ( Kennedy) David, 1853 (Long) Henrietta, 1861 (Henry) Jiicub.te Forest QrP'^- Sackcloxii "Winifred Beacon Scotland Yf^t Judge Star of North. Motley Wanton Regan Lady Clara Racing Hopfactor, 1864 (Racster) Placid, 1865 (Purser) Mav Morning (Mayfleet) Mausoleum (Marfleet) Brigadier, 1863 (Foulkes) Liahtning, 1870 (Croft) David (Long) Racketty Hoppicker (Racster) Regan (Randell) Peony (Purser) Beacon Minnehaha Beacon Manganese Motley Wanton Larriston Hopbine Barrator Riot Boreas (Smith) Wee Nell (Willis) Hector (Hill) Stella (Hill) Blaekcloud Prizeflovi^er Figaro Betsy Bedlam Seacombe Lady Watford Canaradzo Betty Martin (44) BIT OF FASHION, U w h (Mr.'E. Dent's). Pajis, 41 Pretty Nell Countryman (Colman) daughter of Regulus (Racster) Ristori (Racster) Willie Wylie (Watson) Mis? Johnson (Annett) Patrician (Purser) Romping Girl (Racster) David (Long) Racketty Hoppicker (Hacster) The Brewer (Bathurst) Beauty (Vyner) Bl:ick Cloud (Borron) Prize Flower (Purser) Bedlamite (Brown) Redwing (Racster) Motley (Jardine) Wanto n (Wadham) Larriston (Sharpe) Hopbin e (Haywood) Marquis (Annett) Fly (Annett) Larriston (Sharpe) Hopmarket (Hayton) Junta (Jones) BulbuUBuckworth) Canaradzo (Campbell) Little Mother (Capt. Gordon) Kin<^water (Jackson) Widow M'Cree (Nevins) (45) MISS GLENDYNE, (Mr. W. Graham's.) 05 Lord Glcndyne (D. J. Paterson) Nellie Whitehead (Graham) Smuggler (Smith) Fanny Warfield (Lindsay) Liddiiigton (Ewing) Sixty-Three (Steele) Gilsland (Graham) Lady Whitehead (Graham) Cauld Kail (Forstcr) Leah Ben-y-Cliloe (Hermit) Somebody's Pet (Tweedle) King Death (Dr. Richardson) Lady Napier Look Out (Ewiu'j-) Effie Sunshine ( Ewing) SeiTGulUSpencer) Sourocks (Steele) Union Jack (Braclril to September, but the time varies in different rivers so much, that it is impossible to lay down any decided rule. When in high perfection, its spots are peculiarly brilliant and dis- tinct, the head is small, the body being plump and thick, and the belly silvery. The Great Lake-Trout (Salmo ferox). — Mr. Yarrell defines this mag- nificent fish by its proportions, which he says are as follows : — The head is to the body as 1 to ^ ; depth of body to length 1 to 4 ; teeth large, strong, and numerous, and in five lines. It reaches nearly the same proportions as the salmon, from which it differs in not migrating to the sea. The flesh is less highly flavoured, and of a much paler colour. The Char (Salmo umbla) is only found in a few of our northern lakes, and in those of Ireland. Several varieties are known, as the silver char, the gelt char, the red char, and the case char, according to the peculiar shade of the colour. It is a beautiful fish, but it is not clearly described, and authors vary as to the peculiarities of its colour and formation. The Grayling (Thy mallus vulgaris) is found only in certain streams, and par- ticularly those descending from granite mountains. It is a very elegant fish, of middle size, seldom exceeding fifteen or sixteen inches, and slender in pro- portion. The head is small ; upper jaw the longer of the two ; teeth small, and spread over the roof of the mouth. The colour of the back varies from a blackish-green to blue, gradu- ally shading into a silvery-grey towards the belly. When first taken, there are several black spots on the back, and some iridescent patches of gold colour on the sides ; this appearance rapidly fades, and the general colours soon soften down. The scales are propor- tionally large. Sometimes, though rarely, the size is greater than that given above, and, in some few cases, grayling have been taken of four or five pounds weight. This is a very bold fish after the fly, but it does not afford such good play when hooked as the trout. The season is from September to March, after which they begin to spawn. The Gwiniad (Coregonus Pennantii), found in the lakes of Scotland and Ireland and in those of Cumberland ; the Vovf h.^ (Coregonus clupeouhs), found I only in Loch Lomond and one or two VARIETIES OF FISH. 317 other Scotch lakes, the Vendace ( Core- gonus albula), found also in the Scotch lakes, and the Pollan (Coregonus FoUan), found in Lough Neagh, in Ireland, are four closely allied lake- lish which are included among the Salmonidce, but have prolonged snouts, reseuLbling the herring. Hence, the first has been called the fresh-water herring. They none of them afford sport for the angler, and are only taken with the net. The Pike or Jack (Esox lucius).— This voracious fish is met with in the gontly-flownng rivers and ponds of Great Britain, and is called a pike when above four or five pounds in weight, and a jack if of less than that size. It is a very ugly-looking fish, the head large, the jaws long and savage-looldng, and armed with several hundred teeth ; the tail is lunated ; the colour is a pale olive-grey, becoming deeper on tlie back, and marked on the sides with several yellowish spots or patches. Sometimes the pike reaches an enormous size. Mr. Pennell, in his "Book of the Pike," mentions several that are said to have exceeded a hundred and fifty pounds in weight ; and the captures of fish of twenty pounds and upwards are recorded every season. The food of the pike consists of fish, frogs, rats, the young of waterfowl, or, in fact, anything in the shape of animal food. Pike spawn in March and April, among the weeds of their favourite haunts. Like all other fish, they are only in high season for the few months before this process is com- menced ; the flesh is white, and of good flavour, resembling the haddock. The Carp (Cyprinus carpio) is the type of a family all of which have a small mouth without teeth, except on the pharyngeal bones, that are opposed to a kind of bony plate at the upper part of the gullet. The Cyprianidce, or Carp family, include barbel, tench, bream, rudd, roach, dace, bleak, gud- geon, minnow, and other less-known species hereafter mentioned. These are^ the least carnivorous of fishes, their food consisting of soft vegetable matter, with worms and insects, and rarely small fish. All the members of this family have but one dorsal fin, in- stead of two, as in the trout, perch, &c. The common carp is said not to be a native of Britain, but, with the tench, and others of the family, to have been introduced by the monks for the pur- poses of the table during their fasts. It is a very prolific fish, and will live to a great age and attain an enormous weight. In this country fish of about twenty pounds have been taken, but on the Continent they are recorded to have been caught of thirty and forty pounds weight, and one is even said to have reached seventy pounds. The British angler may, however, think himself fortunate if he catclies one of four or five pounds. The carp is an inhabitant of lakes and ponds and the stillest parts of rivers, and feeds on worms and insects. It is a wary fish, and a very uncertain biter, but when hooked affords capital sport. The back of the carp is arched and thick ; the scales are large, colour golden olive-brown, darker on the head, and diminishing to yellow- ish-white on the belly ; fins dark brown ; tail brown and forked ; the mouth has a short barbule on each side both above and below. The Crucian and the Prus- sian carp both differ in some respects from the common species, but as they are both comparatively rare, it is un- necessary to give detailed particulars of each, and v/e need only state that they have no barbules, and do not at- tain so large a size as the common carp. The Barbel (Barbus vulgaris) has received its name from its beard, which is much more prominent than in the carp. It consists of four barbules, all on the upper lip, one pair being at'the point of its greatly elongated nose, and the others near the angle of the mouth. The scales are of medium size, colour of head and back greenish-brown, be- coming more yellow at the sides, and changing to white on the belly ; dorsal fin and tail brown, tinged with red ; other fins flesh-coloured. They are gregarious, frequenting the weedy parts of livers in shoals in the warm weather, and retiring into deep water in the winter, when they remain almost inani- mate. They feed on worms, slugs, small fish, &c., and afford good sport to the bottom-fisher, not being so shy as the carp. The Tench (Thica vulgaris) is a thick fish, resembling the carp in shape, and having two very small barbules, one at each corner of the mouth. Its scales are small and thin, and covered with a thick viscid slime ; colour greenish- oKve, ^\iih a tint of gold, and getting 318 ANGLING. lighter towards the belly ; fins dark brown, and tail nearly square. The tench thrives in stagnant or slowly changing ponds, especially in loamy or rich soils. It spawns about June, is very prolific, and as the young grow rapidly, a pond soon becomes stocked with these fish, which are very superior in flavour to the carp. It has been known to grow to the weight of_ a dozen pounds, but one of half that size is unusually large. The Bream (Abramis hramd) is more like a flat-fish than any other of the freshwater fish, except the flounder. It is very na-rrow across the back, which, as well as the belly, is much arched, forming altogether almost an oval. It frequents still water, like the pike, and is often found in the same rivers and ponds as that shark in minia- ture. The head is very small, with a pointed snout. The colour is yellowish- white when young, changing with age to yellowish-brown ; and from its simi- larity of hue to the carp it is commonly known as the carp-bream. It is also called the golden-bream, in contradis- tinction to the silver-bream or bream- flat {Abramis blicca), which is of a bluish-white, and has a silvery glitter when in the water. The carp-bream grows to a much larger size than the bream-flat, fish of four or five pounds not being unfrequently captured, while occasionally one is taken of three times the latter weight. The silver- bream is also much inferior as a fish for the table, being very bony and in- sipid ; and although the carp-bream is better, it is not held in very much es- teem, but it has some admirers when stuffed and roasted, like the pike. The Chub (Leuciscus cejjhalus), or, as it is cafled in the north of England, the chevin or skelhj, is a powerful but timid fish, and apt to retreat to the deepest holes in the river at_ any unusual disturbance. In weight it sel- dom exceeds four pounds, though oc- casionally fish of six or seven pounds have been taken in the Thames. It is a rather short and thick " chubby " fish, with large scales, bluish-black on the upper parts, bluish-white on the sides, and silvery-white on the belly ; the cheeks are golden yellow ; pectoral fins, reddisli-brown ; ventral and anal fins, reddisti-white ; tail forked, and of a dusky brown. The chub spawns in April and May, but soon recovers, and is in season again in June or the beginning of July, but is in best condition for bottom-fishing about October. It lives chiefly on worms, but will rise well at the fly, and is also fond of cockchafers, grasshoppers, &c. The Roach, or Blaise (Leuciscus rutilus) inhabits the same kind of rivers as the chub, and is a gregarious fish. It has a small, round, leathery mouth, and is provided with a circle of teeth placed in the throat. The roach is as deep but not so thick as the chub ; it does not often exceed a pound in weight, but reaches four or five pounds at rare intervals. The scales are large, of a dusky green hue, with blue reflec- tions on the upper parts, becoming lighter on the sides, and passing into silvery-white on the belly ; the lower fins are red ; the tail brown tinged with red, and deeply forked. It feeds on worms and vegetable food, but will occasionally take a fly. It spawns in May or June, and attains its finest condition after the first frosts in autumn. The Rudd, or Red-Eye (Leuciscus erythropthalmus)^ is a much more widely distributed fish than has been supposed ; for, instead of being rare and found only in the south of England, as asserted, it exists in many parts of England, Scotland, and Ire- land, and in some localities in great abundance. It is frequently confounded with the roach, but is shorter and thicker, and of a ruddy, or golden coppery tint, varying from brown on the back to light golden yellow on the belly ; the fins are bright red, with the exception of the back fin, which is reddish-brown, as also is the deeply forked tail ; the irides also are red, whence its name of " red-eye." It is better eating than the roach, but seldom exceeds a pound and a half in weight. It feeds on worms, insects, and vegetable matter, and spawns about the end of April. The Dace, or Dare (Leuciscus vul- garis)^ is also a gregarious fish. The head is small ; body slender ; tail forked ; colour dusky on the back, varied with patches of pale olive- green ; sides and belly, silvery; fins reddish, but not so much so as the roach. It commonly reaches nine or ten inches in length, and half a pound in weight, but very rarely grows to a pound. It is fond of the deep anies are of four kinds— tlio large and small red, and tlie large and email black. The red arc tied on Nos. 7 and 12. Body of amber mohair, made large towards the tail ; legs of a red cock's hackle ; wings of a starling's feather. The black have a body of black ostrich herl, with a black hackle for legs ; wings of the blue feather of the jay's wing. The Mealy-White Night-Fly.— Body white rabbit-fur, made fully as large as a straw on a No. 5 hook ; legs of a downy white hackle ; wings of the soft mealy feathers of the white owl. The Mealy-Brown Night-Fly.— Body of the same size as the preceding, made of the fur of a tabby-rabbit; legs of a bittern's hackle, or a grey cock's ; wings the brown feathers of a white owl. Hook No. 5 or 6. Salmon-Flies are made on the same principle as the trout-flies, but as they are larger, so they are capable of being tied Math greater exactness and finish. They are generally of much niore gaudy materials tluin the trout-flies ; and in this respect they have latterly been used still more richly coloured than was formerly the case, even in Ireland. Formerly, very sober salmon- flies were ordinarily used in Scotland, the prevailing colburs being grey, brown, buft', and brick-dust ; but now it is found that a much more brilliant set of colours will answer far better, and the Irish favourites, viz., scarlet, bright yellow, blue, and green, are the fashion, united with less bright top- pings — as, for instance, the tail-feather of the pheasant, or the back or breast of the bittern or turkey. In Wales more sober flies are still in vogue ; straw colours, natural mottles, and pheasant or turkey feathers, being con- sidered the most killing. _ Tinsels are, however, approved of in all three localities, and are used more or less in almost every salmon-fly. In nearly all cases this fly consists of a body, a head, legs, and tail, and wings of a very compound nature ; but the mode of tying is very similar to that adopted in trout (ly-making. Most salmon-flies are tied with a small loop of gut attached to the shank, instead of, as in the trout-fly, a full length of that material ; sometimes a bristle or a piece of wire is bent for the purpose, and again in some cases the gut, cither plain or twisted, is tied on as in the trout-fly. Whichever mode is adopted, the end or ends of the gut or bristle nmst be shaved off, and moulded with SALMON-FLY MAKING. 337 the teeth into slight ridges, so ns neither to present an abrupt and un- sightly edge -^v'here they leave off, nor to be so smooth as to be liable to slip from_ the hook. This eye or length of gut is_ to be first whipped on to the hook in the usual way with strong waxed silk, which is then to be fastened off and removed ; and for the subse- quent t^-ing, a finer and generally a bright-coloured silk adapted to the particular fly is to be employed. We will now enter upon the con- struction of six salmon-flies, which are shown in the woodcuts of the exact size. Nos. 1 and 2 are well suited for either Scotland or Wales, and for compara- tively clear waters ; the remainder are calculated for more turbid water in Ireland or Scotland. The Salmon-Fly, No. 1. —After tying on the loop of gut, take a piece of crimson silk about half a yard long, and fasten it on at the bend, leaving an end to reach beyond the shoulder ; next take a part of a golden-pheasant's crest-feather for tail, and tie it on the upper side of the bend, also including a flat piece of gold tinsel ; then dub the silk, after waxing it, with crimson mohair, and lap it round the shank for about one-third of the length; when amved at this stage, tie in the point of a Jong and coarse cock's hackle, dyed cnmson, then proceed with the rest of the silk and dubbing to complete the body. As soon as this part is finished, the dubbing must be removed from the remainder of the silk, which must be fastened off ; now take a piece of the tail of the pheasant of the requisite length and substance for the wing, and a single heri of the peacock for the head, and tie them on firmly one above and the other below the shoulder of the liook, using the other piece of the ti;ik left projecting at the shank-end, and laying the feathers for the winga either at once where they ought to go, or else tying them first the reverse way and then turning them over, and keep- ing them down with an extra turn ot two of the silk over the root of the wing ; fasten this off, and proceed to finish the body, for which purpose the hackle is first rolled round till it comes close under the wings, where it is fastened off, and then the gold tinsel is wound several times round the bare hook under the tail, then once over it, and afterwards spirally round the shank, following the hackle till it arrives at the shoulder, where it also must be fast- ened off, and neatly cut off ^vith the hackle. The fly is now complete, with the exception of the head, which is made with the peacock's herl wound round the part of the shank left pro- jecting beyond the wing, and is fast- ened with the same piece of silk as the wing, which fastening receives a touch of varnish with the brush kept for the purpose. This is one of the most simple of all salmon-flies, and is well adapted for the practice of the youno- fly-maker. ^ Small Salmon or Grilse Fly, No. 2.— This is ried almost exactly on the same principle as the last, but the materials, &c., being different, it presents when finished a lighter and somewhat brighter aspect. The body is of brown mohair or weasel's fur, the last joint being of bright yellow floss- silk, finished off with a single turn of gold tinsel ; tail of six or seven fibres of the golden pheasant's crest-feather ; wings of two portions, the outer part being of the grey feather of the mal- lard, the inner of the yellow part of tlie web of the hen-pheasant's tail ; a reddish-brown coarse cock's hackle is rolled over the whole of the mohair forming the body, and with it a piece of silver twist. The head is composed 338 ANGLING. of a few turns of the tying silk only, without any other materials. Gaudy Salmon-Fly, No. 3.--After whipping on the loop, a portion of golden-pheasant's tail and a piece of silver twist are fastened on to the bend of the hook ; after which the silk used in the process is dubbed with blood-red mohair, wdth which one-third of the shank is covered, then another third with orange, and finally, the remaining third with deep-green dyed wool. Cor- responding with each division, and before proceeding to the next, a cock's hackle of the same colour as the body is tied on, and wound spirally round, finishing it ofi; and tying it down with the silk used for the dub- bing of each division. After com- pleting the last division, the point of a bottle-green or purple code's hackle is to be tied in, together with a pair of wings composed of two full golden pheasant's crest feathers, with two toppings of the yellow crest of the mackaw under ; and in addition, a black ostrich herl for the head. After the wings are partly tied on, and before they are reversed, the silver tv/ist is wound round, the purple hackle is then turned round and finished off; after which the wing is reversed and tied down, and the herl formed into the head in the usual M^ay. It is a very light and taking fly in the water. Gaudy Salmon- Fly, No. 4. — Tail of two slips of brown mallard's feather, with a thin topping of golden-pheasant's crest. This is tied on after maldng a short joint at the bend of the hook of gold tinsel and orange floss-silk. The tinsel is carried on under the latter, and is left for further use. Next tie in a black ostrich herl, and turn it round three times closely together ; finish off and remove the end ; then dub the silk with crimson mohair or wool, and make up one quarter of the shank with it for body : tie in a black cock's hackle, and make up another quarter by dubbing the silk with scarlet wool ; then another quarter with the cri Cij - son, and tie in, when finishing this purt a bright-red coarse cock's hackle. Now wind the black hackle up to the last quarter of the body, following it up with the gold tinsel, and fasten and remove the ends of both. Next take a pair of wings composed as follows — placing one of each sort of topping on each side in a corresponding manner — first, two long fibres of red mackaw ; secondly, two por- tions of reddish black mottled turkey's feather not quite so long ; thirdly, two portions of the back feather of the golden pheasant ; fourthly, two short feathers of the blue lowrie or mackaw. These are to be tied on above the shoulder, and a piece of dark guinea-fowl's back feather below : also a black ostrich herl for head. In tying on wing feathers of this com- pound sort, pinch them flat between the finger and thumb, and do not attempt to tie them on the reverse way. After the wings are secure, and also the guinea- fowl's feathers for feelers, wind the last red hackle as a support to them, and then finish off with the herl for the head. Medium Salmon-Fly, No 5.— First whip on the loop as usual, then com- mence by fastening a piece of silver plait or braid, which is to make one turn at the bend of the hook, and is to be afterwards concealed by some turns of purple floss silk for about the eighth of an inch ; next tie in for the tail a fine-pointeii red cock's hackle and a golden-pheasant's crest-feather project- ing beyond it ; then a black ostrich herl, which is to conceal their root by mak- ing a raised ring of black above the silver braid, which is now allowed to hang over ready for use. The body is then made up of three equal portions of floss- silk, orange, yellow, and lilac, over which the silver braid is to be spirally wound. Next tieatthe ahouldcrabluc iay'swing- SALMON-FLY MAKING, 339 feather, to be used as a nackle, and then a compound ^'injs;' of the following" dub- bings : first, a large piece of brown mal- lard's feather; secondh^, a fibre on each side of the green or blue mackaw ; third- ly, a dyed crimson cock's hackle on each side ; fourthly, two slips of bustard's feather. Below this is to be tied a long tag of the short herls at the root of the ostrii;h feather, and surround- ing the shoulders of both the wing and the feelers a portion of reddish mohair is tied on, and afterwards picked out so as to shade off gradually over b()th. Finally, a head is for- med with a few turns of well- waxed silk. This is a very good and useful fly. and will take in a medium state of water, being neither very gaudy nor quite plain. A VERY Gaudy Salmon-Fly, No. 6.— Begin as usual, then fasten on at the bend a piece of tying silk, half a yard long; well wax it, and then lay on, first of all, at the bend, two or three turns of flat gold tinsel, which fasten off with the silk ; next include in the silk the tail, consisting of a golden phea- sant's crest-feather, a small bright crim- son cock's hackle, dyed, and three or four fibres of a pale green mac- kaw s feather. Now tie in a short tutt of cnmson wool, surrounding the hook, and do this either by using it as a dubbing or otherwise at discretion. In tastenmg this off, include a piece of twisted gold cord, and then dub the silk with snufe-coloured wool, mohair, or P'g 8 wool, with which the lower half of the body IS to be made up ; finishing the upper half with crimson wool as a dub- , ^'^ t^ie interval between the two dubbings, tie the point of a large and coarse crimson-dyed cock's hackle, and, before finishing off the crimson dub- bing, tie on first the feather of a cormo- rant's neck as a hackle ; a dark guineafowl's feather will do, in the absence of the cormo- rant's feather. Next wind the gold cord spirally round the whole body, then Lay down the crimson hackle, and finally the cormorant's neck-hackle, tying each down seriatim. A very large and handsome compound wing is now tied on, and with it a black ostrich-herl for the head. The wing is composed of the following toppings: first, two from the golden- pheasant's or bustard's tail- secondly, two fibres of the red thirdly, two of the blue mac- feathers mackaw kaw; fourthly, two of the bustard or brown wood-duck's feather. Under this lies the cormorant's neck-feather, which being used as a hackle, appears above and below the shoulder of the hook. This is a good spring-fly, and is the largest ordi- nary size suited for Scotland or Ireland. _ Sea-Trout Flies may be made of sizes and colours intermediate between the trout and salmon-flies. They are tied of ah colours, and with 'or without the addition of a gaudy tail of golden- pheasant fibres, and tinsel wound round the body. The following size and form, however, will suit the trout in lochs, and the average size of the sea- trout when ascending from the sea. The body is of brown mohair, legs of a black cock's hackle ; wings of a brown mallard's feather ; head of plain waxed silk. Hook No. 5 or 6. A good variation consists in using purple or scarlet dubbing for the body; red or HL'ic dyed hackle, and the green z2 3ia dyecl feather generally used for the May-fly for the wings ; with a tail of a few fibres of the common pheasant's tail-feather. Numberless variations of these flies are made and sold, but the whole of them are fanciful creations of the maker's brain, and not imita- tions of any hving insect. The fisher- man, therefore, may please his own fancy, and try his skill in any way that strikes him, and perhaps the more novel the fly the better it may succeed, though there is still a considerable sec- tion of good anglers who adhere to the old-fash'ioned flies called the butcher, the doctor, &c. ; but I fully beheve that any slight variation or alteration from the annexed models, according to the contents of the angler's stock of mate- rials, will be just as likely to succeed a« the newest fancy that may be brought out from time to time. The whole of the above set are tied after the models of Mr. Blacker, but differ considerably from those published in his very beau- tiful series of plates. The change, how- ever, is in favour of the fisherman, as I believe the flies will be found to be equally kifling, and not nearly so expen- sive or difficult to tie as those pubhshed by him. ANGLING. Sect. 5.— Floats, Landing-Net, Gaff, Basket, &c. Floats are made of corks, quills, and reeds, and are constructed of streams. These have a little quill ring or cap to fix the float to the line at the required distance from the hook, according to the depth of the water, as ascertained by the plummet ; but a "sliding float" is also made, for use where the spot to be fished is some distance from the angler and cannot be plum.hed conveniently. The Landtng-Net is merely a hoop with a handle to it, and armed with a net for the purpose of taking the hooked fish out of the water without danger to the tackle or of losing the various sizes, to carry any number of shot, from four or five to ten times as many, according to the rapidity of the current. The most useful are the cork float (shown in the first figure) for heavy streams, and the quill for light fish. It is generally now made with a hollow handle, to take the top joints of the rod, and this handle screws off the ring, which is also jointed, for the convenience of carriage. The Gaff and Landing-Hook are constructed for the same pui-pose. The simple hook now used, attached to a lirm handle, inflicts the least severe wound, and is more manageable than the gafP. Thk Basket or Creel is slung over the shoulder by a belt, and is made of various sizes, to suit the probable amount or weight of fish expected by the angler. . Fish-Batt-Kfttles are made of tm, with a perforated lid, and a handle to carry them by. As has been already stated, those with double lids are the BOTTOM-FISHING AND TROLLING. best ; and there is one made by Mr. Farlow, which is very convenient, as it can be suspended from the shoulders, pannier-fashion, by means of straps. The Drag-Hook is a long line of strong whipcord wound on a thumb- leel, and anned with a three-hooked blunt drag weighted with lead, so that when a hook is caught in weeds or other impediment, the drag may be tlirown on the same spot, and the weed dragged away with the hook, or at all events. the greater portion of the line may be saved. The Clearing-Eing is intended for the same purpose, and is a jointed-ring of heavy metal whicii o[>ens and closes again with a catch. It is attached to a long line like the last, and is passed upon the end of the rod open, and when closed is sHpped down the reel- line as low as possible, and then drawn to land, bringing sometimes the hook and obstacle with it, but generally breaking the casting-line near the hook or about the shot. Tiiis does not act 80 well as the drag-hook when a float is used. The Baiting-Needle (of which the best kind is that which has the eye formed as here represented) is Used for the purpose of passing the gimp or gut through the fish which is to be used as a bait. Leads, for the prevention of kinking, have overcome one of the greatest difficulties which the troller formerly had to contend with. The accompanying woodcut represents a form invented by Mr. Pennell, who first brought out one of a diflierent fonn, consisting of a lead pipe suspended by a wire below the line, but has modified it in consequence of its tendency to hang in weeds. Mr. Francis's Field-lead is similar to the above, except that it tapei-s off at both ends, and therefore is more boat-shaped. Plummets are of various kinds, the most connnon being either of solid lead as in the first, or of rolled sheet lead, as in the second of the accom- panying figures. The pliuumet is suspended on the hook, and dropped to I tlie bottom of the water, and the float I v/hich is on the line is shifted up or I down, according as it disappears in the I water or is left above the surface. I The Bait-Box is generally only a flat box perforated with small holes in the Hd, for containing worms, or gen- tles, or dead minnows, in bran ; but Messrs. Dawson, of Bell-yard, Temple Bar, have brought out a very conve- nient gentle-box, with a little tray affixed, in which the gentles can be turned out as required ; and as it is made to suspend to the button-hole, it is always ready to the hand. The Disgouger is an instrument for removing the hook from the throat of those fish which swallow their bait, and is made of various forms One end should be forked, and the other per- forated with a hole, and ending with a sharp-cutting round surface like a spatula. CHAPTER III. BOTTOM-FISHING AND TPvOLLING. trout, as well as the minnow and the gudgeon. But almost all require some slight modification ol' the a[)paratiis or bait employed, and of the mude of Ubing them ; and therefore each must bECT. 1.— The Fish angled for. Kvrry fish enumerated in the first ^^.apter may be taken by bottr-m fish- — noble salmon and the wary 342 ANGLING. form a subject to be studied by itself. Cominenciiig with the smaller varieties of fish, and those most easily caught, I shall take all in the order of their usual presentation to the young angler. With each variety it will be my purpose to specify— first, the kind of rod, hook, and line to be used ; secondly, the best bait ; thirdly, the time and place best suited for each kind of fish ; and fourthly, the mode of fishing. Sect. 2. — Fishing foe Minnows, and SIMILAR Small Fish. The Eod, Line, and Hook should all be fine and delicate, especially the last, which must be of the smallest size. Three or four hooks, whipped on fine gut or horse-hair, should be attached to a short line of horse-hair or silk, leaving each about three or four inches longer than the one next above it. A crow-quill float, and any light but stiff rod, will complete the outfit. Minnows are found in small gravelly brooks, and sometimes in large rivers. They take freely pieces of the small red worm, especially in warm still weather. The lowest hook should swim close to the ground, as these fish seldom feed above mid-water. At the slightest indication of a bite the rod should be raised smartly, as many minnows will be taken while the worm is only partially in the mouth, and would be lost by delay. The Stickleback may be taken ex- actly in the same way. When its spines are removed it forms an excel- lent bait for the larger kinds of fish. The Bull-head lies under stones, and is angled for with a single small hook, the bait being allowed to float along very near the bed of the river. These fish are very voracious, and rush out upon the bait as it passes by their place of retreat. The Loach also may be taken with the same kind of tackle and bait ; but as it is neither of use for the table nor much fancied as a bait for larger fish, it is seldom sought after. None of these fish require ground- baits, as when they exist they are usually so plentiful as to be easily obtained in large numbers. Sect. 3. — Bleak-Fishing. The Rod, Line, and Hook.— Two kinds of line are used for this fish — one similar to that just described under Minnow - fishing ; the other, usually called a paternoster line, which is made as follows : — A bullet is at- tached to a strong fine, and is dragged along the bottom of the river by it. A few inches above the bullet a strong and long bristle is whipped' at right angles to the line, forming a cross with it (hence its name). To the ends of this bristle fine hooks are whipped in the ordinary way ; and at intervals of seven, eight, or nine inches up the line other bristles are attached in a similar manner. _ In this mode four, six, or eight baited hooks are dragged along at intervals above the bed of the river, each hook being kept from entanglement by the stiffness of the bristles. The Baits for the bleak are gentles, red-worms, caddis, paste, &c. ; and . ground bait should be used when it is intended to take any quantity of these fish. They make capital bait for trout and pike, but are very tender, and do not last long. The Haunts of the Bleak are ex- ceedingly extensive, it being found in almost every British river, and is very fond of the outlets of drains, &c. Mid-water is the best general depth to angle for them ; but in warm weather they swim very near the surface, and in cold, quite on the bed of the river. In the former case they prefer the fly, and may then be taken in large num- bers by whipping with a small black gnat, which forms a very good intro- duction to the young fly-fisher. In Fishing for Bleak there is no great art ; all that is required is to pull them out at once, but not so rapidly as with the minnow, as they do not adhere to the worm with the same pertinacity as those little fishes do. Sect. 4. — Fishing for Dace and Koach. The Tackle for these fish is the same for both. The Bod should be very light, but yet stiff and long. It is generally of bamboo or cane, about seventeen or eighteen feet long, or even a foot longer, as it is a most essential point in this kind of fishing to coimnand a great extent of water without showing the person, and yet to drop the bait very gently into it. A light UENhiJiAL lioD answers the piir- CHUB, GUDGEON, AND BARBEL FISHING. 343 pose pretty well, and the spare tops for fly-fishing will avail for common purposes in that department. Such a rod should be about seventeen feet long, and made of hickory or split cane ; and it will suit either for trolling, spinning, or barbel-fishing with the lob-worm. (See woodcut, which gives a good idea of the common general rod in its cheapest form, with a spare top for fly-fishing.) The Line should be very fine down to the Float, which should be of swan-quill. Below the float it should be either of single hair or fine gut, with the knots unwhipped with silk in order to be more invisible. The length of hair being longer than those of gut, the knots are not so fre- quent ; but as the hair is not so strong as the gut, more dexterity is required in landing a large fish. The Hook should be No. 10 or 12 ; and enough split-shot should be attached to the line, beginning about a foot above the hook, to immerse the float three-fourths of its length. The Baits for Egach and Dace are any of the following : — Gentles, paste coloured with vermilion, worms well scoured, greaves, flies, and grubs. Grodnd-baits are very generally used, and should be composed of some of the above baits, used on the principles described in page 327. The Localities best suited for dace and roach-fishing are moderately rapid and deep streams. Dace are fond of mill-streams, but are also to be found in more sluggish parts of the rivers. Both fish spawn towards the end of May, but the dace recruits the soonest, and is in fair condition by the middle of July, while the roach is about a month longer, and does not get to its best till October. These Fish may be Angled for in the following manner : — First, plumb the depth and allow your bait to float near the bottom, by adjusting your line to the required length. Then keep your eye on the float, and when you see it move downwards from the biting of the fish, strike smartly, but gently. The rod, line, float, and bait ought to be perpendicular to one another, and no more fine should be used than neces- sary, so as to lose no time in striking ; which evolution should be from the wrist only, the arm being nearly motion- less the while. When the fish is se- curely hooked, great care must be used in landing him, as he will break the line inevitably if he is jerked, or if not carefully humoured, especially if hair is used in lieu of gut. The roach will occasionally take the fly, and the dace does so freely, often affording capital sport. Small black and red palmers are the most fancied, and they are rendered more attractive if the hook is tipped by a gentle, or an imitation in the form of a piece of wash-leather or bacon-rind. Graining, Rudd, and Azurine may be taken in the same way as the above. Rudd require a rather larger hook, and a coarser line will not interfere with their capture. Sect. 5. — Chub-Fishing. The Chub is a larger fish than the dace, but much Hke it in habits and appearance, except that it is thicker, and golden on the cheeks and gill- covers instead of silvery. Several modes of taking this fish are practised, one of which is similar to that already described for roach and dace, but re- quiring a larger hook and stronger tackle. Being a very violent fish when first hooked, although soon giving in, it is very apt to break fine lines. It also frequents weedy places and stumps of trees. Sinking and Drawing is therefore practised, because by this mode the line is not so likely to be entangled as with the ordinary line and float. A strong rod and line are used for this purpose, without a float, and the litjQ 344 ANGLING. is shotted so as just to sink it. When the hook, which should be about No. G, is baited, drop it gently in some clear place and suffer it to sink to the bottom, then immediately draw it up again as obhquely as the weeds, &c., will allow, and with a quivering or gently jerking motion to imitate the actions of aquatic insects. Chub are also taken in large num- bers by dipping with the natural fly or humble-bee, cockchafer, grasshopper, and imitations of them, large red, black, and brown palmers, &c. They are fond, too, of cheese, lumps of greaves, and anything fat and luscious. Sect. 6. — Gudgeon-Fishing. The Tackle for the Gudgeon should be as tine as that for the min- now, and the hook or hooks No. 8 or 9. Very fine shot also must be used, and a light quill-float. The Bait which is the most killi'ng for gudgeon is the red-worm, next to which is the gentle or caddis-worm, and then come the various pastes. Instead of ground-baiting, raking the bottom with a long rake is practised, which has the same effect in attracting the fish, and in which alone gudgeon- fishing differs from that described in the first section of this chapter. In the Thames gudgeon are taken in great numbers from the punt, but in smaller rivers there is no necessity for this accessory. The Hook must always trail on the ground, as this fish invariably feeds there. It should be steadily drawn along, or suffered to remain quiescent, some fishermen . using several rods at once. The moment a bite is seen, the wrist should be raised and the fish landed, as it is too small to endanger the tackle, however light and frail. Sect. 7. — Fishing for Barbel. The Ledger - Line is that most commonly used for taking this fish, and may be described as follows : — The line should be of single gut, three or four feet long, with a No. 5 hook tied on it, and a single large 8) lot firmly fixed about a foot from the hook. Upon the part of the gut above this shot a bullet with a liole in it should freely play, and the ledger- line, alter the bullet is dropped on it, may be attached to a long silk or hair-line in the usual way. If the punt is used the Rod should be short and stiff, but if the fishing is from the bank of the river, one at least sixteer feet long will be required, but still stifl and free from play. The Line should be thirty or forty yards in length, and of good strength; and a winch will of course be required. Float-Angling is also practised foi barbel, and in roach-fishing it is very common to hook these fish, but as they plunge very desperately when hooked, tliey often break away with the fine tackle used in roach-fishing. When the barbel is the chief object in float- fishing, the line must be of very strong gut, and a cork-float should be used. The rod may be the general rod already described, or the light one adapted for roach and dace-fishing. A long line and winch are doubly necessary in this kind of fishing. Ground-Baiting for barbel is always practised, and without it there is very little chance of good sport in any given locahty. If, therefore, the fishing is to be from a punt, the ground-baits should have been diligently used over- night, and repeated at intervals till the end of the fishing, or it will be in vain. The Best Baits are — for clear water, red-worms, well-scoured gentles, and greaves ; in muddy water, lob-worms or marsh-worms, cheese or paste, may be used ; but whatever bait is fixed on should completely cover the hook ; thus one, two, or three gentles will be required, two red-worms or a lump of greaves. If lob-worms are em- ployed, one will generally conceal the hook ; but as these fish gradually suck their bait into their small mouths, it b important to conceal the hook not only from the eye, but from their sense of touch. The Season for Barbel-Fishing in the Thames begins in June ; but the fish have never then recovered from spawning, and in many cases are full of roe. It is nearly August before they are fit to be taken, as a rule. The best times for fishing are early in the morn- ing (especially after rain), and quite late in the evening ; but barbel may be taken during the afternoon also, though they then bite much less freely. The most likely spots where they may be fouu'l arc the deeps of rapid rivers, whore they lie in small shoals ; uiic'or TENCH, CABP, AND PERCH FISHING. 345 bridg-os tliey are very apt to lie, and round piles, or at the foot of flood- gates clear of the rapids, they often remain quite stationary for hours, and are then sometimes taken by unfair means — such as eel-spears, landing- hooks, &c. The Mode of Fishing for Barbel with the ledger-line and punt is as fol- lows : — The punt is moored across the space ground-baited over-night; the short rod is held over the stream, and the bait gently dropped into the water, keeping the hne moderately " taut," — not so much as to prevent the fish pulling the bait slightly through the bullet, but still enough to show when he is actually sucking it in. When the point of the rod indicates this action, strike smartly, and the hook is sure to get secure hold of his mouth, and, unless he is a very large fish, he is quite safe ; but if very large, his struggles with his tail will be likely to break the line, and even sometimes to carry away the top joint of the rod. In this case (that is, if he is a strong fish), the line must he suffered to run out as far as the weeds, &c., will allow ; but it must always be managed so that the fish is kept in clear water, as he fights most energetically am.ong piles or weeds. A landing-net or hook should always be at hand, and an assistant will then save all trouble by bringing the fish to shore ; but if this can •be avoided without danger of losing the fish, and the sport is desired to be prolonged, he may be played till exhausted, and then brought out with- out risk by the landing-net used in the punt. The same mode may be adopted in fishing from the shore, but here, as the angler can run with his fish if the weeds are not very rife, he may play him to great advantage. Some anglers consider tlie sport afforded by this fish' almost equal to that of the trout, and superior to the grayling. Sect. 8.— Tench and Carp Fishing, ALSO Crucian and Bream. The Tackle for these fish should be as follows :— Rod, an ordinary bottom- rod— the general one already described will suffice ; Line of plaited silk or twisted hair, with a good length of stout gut; Float of cork or swan- quill ; Hook, No. 6 or 7. Sometimes, as m fishing for chub, sinking and draioing are practised exactly as there described. Ground-Baiting over-night is always to be practised for carp or tench if the punt is to be used ; and if the angler fishes from the bank, he should cast in a little of this useful accessory every few minutes. The Best Baits are a couple of red- worms or gentles ; sometimes one of each will take the fancy of the carp, which is a very fickle and cautious fish, and difficult to bring to hand ; but ah sorts of baits succeed at times and fail at others. Green peas and wheat (both boiled until the skin cracks), and even a piece of parboiled potato, are occa'sionally used with good effect ; while paste, grasshoppers, wasp-grubs, and indeed the whole range of the bait-catalogue, will be of service. Carp and Tench are in season from about August to April, the latter spawning rather the later of the two. Both are usually met with in ponds and ornamental waters, and occasion- ally in sluggish streams ; but they are seldoiTl killed with a bait in any numbers, except in strictly-preserved waters, as they are rendered extremely cunning and wary if often fished, especially the large ones. Both these fish take a bait better after rain than at any other time. The deepest and stillest parts of the river or pond are the most likely places to find them, but in summer they are very fond of bask- ing near the surface among the weeds, and it is then extremely difficult to' persuade them to take any bait. In Fishing for either Tench or Carp great care must be taken by the angler to keep well out of sight, as they are so cautious as to refuse all baits when alarmed by the sight of man ; and the line must also be very carefully and lightly dropped into the water. Tench lie in tlie mud, and often afford no indication of their presence when they are in good num- bers ; but by plumbing the water care- fully, and patiently suspending the bait a very few inches obove the mud, they may sometimes be enticed out, and they more readily take the bait in the dusk of the evening than at any other time. For the carp two or three rods may be used, as the bait must be left for a long time quietly in one spot, where the carp will often watch it most jealously for some time, aud 346 ANGLING. then when perfectly satisfied of its freedom from guile he will at last take it. Even with half a dozen rods there is no danger of the angler being over- done with more than one fish at a time. The bait should be suspended about a foot from the bottom. The Crucian may occasionally be caught in the same way as the common carp, but being a very much rarer fish, it seldom comes into the angler's hands, except as an accidental take. Bream require much the same kind of tackle and management as carp and tench, but as they bite more freely, the same amount of patience and caution is not essential. They are chiefly found in deep but rapid rivers running through rich alluvial soils. Sect. 9. — Perch-fishing^ includiug the kuff or pope. For Small Perch, such as are most commonly met with, a " general rod " will suffice ; and the common line with good-sized gut, and a No. 4 or 5 hook baited with lob-worms, or almost any other worm, or with the caddis, cater- pillar, or wasp-grub. These baits must be varied till some one is successful ; or if it is known beforehand what bait suits the particular locality, that one should be selected. The paternoster line, armed with various baits, may be used if the angler is not in possession of the above kind of information ; and as the perch swims and feeds at all depths, it is the best kind of tackle in deep water. In rivers where many weeds exist, or where there are piles, or roots, or trees, this tackle is not so manageable, and the sinking and draw- ing plan must be adopted. For Large Perch, the minnow, either dead or ahve, is the best bait ; and both may be used at discretion. For open and clear water, or in run- ning streams, the dead minnow with spinning-tackle is the most kilHng bait; or the gudgeon may be used according to the plan with the parr-tail (page 328;, and with the perch I have known it to be a most efficient lure. The gorge-hook (same page) is also successful, and is particularly service- able in awkward and weedy rivers, where the spinning-tackle can scarcely bo used The Season for Perch is from the end of June to about March, as they are very heavy in spawn in the last- mentioned month, and spawn in April. They bite with varying degrees of readiness, and at almost all hours of the day. It is generally supposed that windy weather is the most likely to tempt these fish, or at all events that they are as free to take the bait then as at other times. Such, however, is not the result of my own experience, as I have always found a marked dif- ference in perch as well as other fish in connection with strong winds, and also Math the time of day. Young anglers, therefore, should take tliis dictum -with some caution. In the Modes of Using the Bait httle difiierence need be mad6 from those recommended for roach and dace, if the perch sought for are small ; but in localities where large perch may be expected, and where the live or dead fish bait is used, some considerable variation must be practiced. Hitherto I have not had occasion to describe the mode of using THE LIVE AND DEAD FISH BAITS ; but as :we are now considering their adoption in taking perch, it will be proper here to enter upon the subject. I have already (page 329) alluded to the mode pf applying the live n^innow to the hook, or rather of inserting the latter in the ,b{\ck of the fish close to its fin. Wheji this has been done, and the gut is properly shotted with about two or three No. 1 shot, quietly drof) in the fish at some distance from the shore, and let it t?ikeit«own course, swimming where it .chooses. A float is only a hindrance to the five bait ; and as 'it is dragged a^bout on the surface of the M^ater, it serves to attract the attention of the perch, and is very apt to scare them away. As soon as the perch is seen or felt to take the bait, strike pretty firmly, though not with much force. Li\'« frogs may be used in the same way, as well as newts. Spinning for perch is practised as follows: — The bait being applied ac- cording to either of the methods de- scribed at page 328, the angler should use the general rod with the short top ; a reel and reel-Hne of plaited silk, or twisted hair and silk, will be necessary, and a good lengtli of strong gut (or, when pike are likely to be met with, of gimp), fitted with one or two box-swivels. With this apparatus the angler proceeds as follows :— He first PIKE-FISHING. 347 casts or throws the minnow down the stream, if there is any, or, if in still water, as far out as he can ; then, pulling the bait gently yet firmly to him for a yard or so, it revolves rapidly on its axis, and must be allowed to sink for a few inches at the end of that distance by his ceasing to draw in. The angler then repeats the operation till he brings the bait out of the water, when a cast must be made in a fresh direction, but exactly as before in principle. It is obvious that for this purpose a rod of good length will command a greater extent of water and a more numerous series of spins, and that running water materially assists the spinning ; still, in dead v/ater a well-mounted minnow or gudgeon may be spun with great effect, and will kill there in preference to any other bait, except perhaps a live one of the same species. The Gorge-Hook is used with the full-sized trolling-rod and a long line, a yard or two of which is pulled out in a loop clear of the reel, and held loose in the left hand. Cast as gently as possible the minnow from you down- stream, or out into the water if it is stiU. In thus casting, the loose portion of hue is expended, and the bait is thrown considerably further than it otherwise would be. Then begin to wind up a little at a time, stop, and wind again ; thus imitating the actions of the living small fish represented by the dead bait. When the length of line is reduced to a manageable amount, the action may be varied a little, and the fish may be eased downwards or upwards or among piles or other hkely places ; but in all cases proceeding by slight jerks, and at the same time not too rapidly. When the bait is thus brought to hand again, repeat as before, and try all likely spots — first casting and drawing over and through the nearest places, and then extending the reach to the most distant ones. The expert angler will always study the actions of living fish, and endeavour to imitate them, which example is far better than any precept that can be given in print. Sect. 10.— Pike-Fishing. As these fish are strong and often of good size, and are furnished with sharp teeth, the tackle must be in proportion. The Rod must necessarily be stronger than the "general rod" before described, but if made too long, as is very fre- quently the case, it becomes unwieldy and very tiring to the angler. Mr. Pennell says on this subject : — " A 12- foot rod is that which, on the whole, I have found to be certainly the most useful and efficient as a general pike rod, taking into account all the different branches of jack-fishing for which it may be required — spinning, gorge- baiting, live-baiting, &c. Wei-e the rod intended to be used with the live- bait only, perhaps a foot or two longer might be preferable, as in bank-fishing it is of advantage to be able to cover as much water as possible with a short line, and thus spare the bait the knock- ing about of long casts. With the gorge-bait it is very seldom necessar}' to cast more than 20 or 25 yards, whilst with a 12 foot hickory rod of the pro- per build 40 yards at least may be covered by a tolerably expert spinner. I say a hickory rod, because I know as a fact that with such a rod a cast to the distance stated may be made, having done it myself. Nearly or quite equal results might very probably be obtained with a bamboo rod of equal length ; but, not having actually seen such a cast made and measured, I cannot assert that it is so. My ex- perience of the two kinds of woods leads me to give the preference to hickory for any jack-rod under 12 or 13 feet in length. Above these dimen- sions the difference in weight, slight as it is, would tell decidedly in favour of bamboo. This question of weight, indeed, has probably led a majority of trollers to give the preference to bam- boo over hickory. It is only natural to imagine that, as the one is hollow and the other solid, the former must have a very great advantage over the latter. They would, perhaps, be sur- prised if they were told that the actual proportionate difference in weight is little more than 10 per cent, or, in a 12-foot rod, 3 oz. ; but such is the case. I weighed a solid 12-foot rod against one of East-India bamboo of the same length, and the weights were,— solid rod, 1 lb. 10 oz., and hollow rod, 1 lb. 7 oz I have said that, on the whole, experiment has led me to prefer a hickory rod to one of any other wood ; but I used the expression ' hickory ' rather in its colloquial than 348 ANGLING. literal sense, as, though my jack-rod is one which would be catalogued by fishing-tackle makers under that desig- nation, it is, in fact, formed out of hickory and greenheart — hickory for the butt and for the two middle joints, and greenheart for the top. A hollow butt is of course unnecessary in a jack-rod, as the stiff upright rings on the top joints prevent them under any circumstances from being stowed away in it ; but if from any cause or fancy a hollow butt should be desired, ash would have to be substituted for hickory, as the latter will not stand being bored. Sufficiint thickness and strength at the butt without too much weight are essential to give a good grasp for the fingers, and both these desiderata are fulfilled by hickory. Hickory gives, moreover, precisely thedegree of weight and elasticity to the middle joints necessary for the ' liveliness' and play of the rod, Avhilst for the top joint, where stiffness and strength conibined are indispensable, greenheart is the very pink of perfection The top joint of a spinning-rod must be strong enough and stiff enough to strike a fish effectually at the end of at least 20 or 30 yards of line, and as the amount of force required to be exerted depends entirely upon the weight of the bait and the size of the hooks used, at least three different lengths of top, of corresponding strengths, are necessary for an efficient trolHng-rod." The rings should be fixed on upriglit, and made of steel wire; but for the bottom ring the ordinary small rings do not suffice, owing to the tendency of the fine to catch round it in making the cast. "The bottom ring should therefore be made in the form that is called 'pronged,' out of thick iron-wire twisted into a ring in the form shown great practical advantage in spinning Of even greater importance, however, is the form of the top ring, as this is both more liable to catch in the hue and more difficult to clear. The pattern of ring of which the engraving is a copy, is, to a certain extent, a modi- fication or adaptation of the principle in the woodcut annexed, witli separate side-pieces brazed on. The perpen- diciilur supports or arms being slightly wider apart at the bottom than at the f.pex, tliruw off instantly any curls of the line which may be inclined to twist round Uicm. This will be found a really of the pronged ring recommended for the bottom joint. After being lapped over to within about half an inch of the ring, the wire is made to branch out in the shape of a V, the upper points or sides forming a continuation of the ring itself. These sides act as a sort of guard to throw off the fine, if it should curi over, whilst the position of the ring makes it almost impossible for the line to get above it so as to hitch. As regards the number of rings, the following will be found best for a 12-foot rod : — One large ring just below the ferrule of the bottom joint, two on the second joint, three on the third joint, and five on the top joint, when the top is of the full length— eleven in all." A Reel is wanted, capable of holding from GO to 80 yards of line ; it should be a large barrelled check-winch, which pays out the line to the exact extent required, without requiring to be touched. Tire Line should be of plaited silk, and a pale green tint is the best. A Lead for the prevenrion of kinking will be needed when spinning, with one or two accompanying swivels, as shown in page 34L The Swivels used are of two kinds, the box-swivel and the hook-swivel— the former being shown in page 324 and the latter diff'ering from it in having at one end a flexible hook which admits of a loop being slipped on or taken off at will. Traces are formed of lengths of gut or gimp attached to swivels — the single trace being about 18 inches in length, with a loop at one end and a hook- swivel at the other; and the double- trace, consisting of two such lengtlis connected by a box-swivel. The lead as well as the box-swivel should come between these two lengths. The swivels should be oiled both before and after being used, as, if they get set, the loss of a good Hsh may be the result. The Baits used for pike are of all descriptions, from the common lol>- LIBRARY OF THE ^^^IVERSITY OF ILL riKE-FISEING. 349 worm and ordinary hook, which will often take jack— aZzas small pike — through all the degrees of live min- nows a.id other fish, as well as frogs and nf .vi:8, dead minnows and gud- geons, artificial minnows and gudgeons, and even the artificial fly. These various baits are used also in almost as many different ways, of which some have been already described in the fist of baits, under the head of " Dead Fish as Baits." But besides these, the snap-hook bait is employed at those times when pike are shy of gorging, and inclined to eject the bait, or blow it out, as the angler denominates this act. Snap-Fishing with the dead bait is only effected in the form of spinning, which will be treated of in due course ; and the following observations will be confined to live-baiting. The snap- hook is either the plain or the spring snap-hook, the latter of which I cannot recommend, as it is apt to destroy the life of the fish xery rapidly, and is a cruel mode of baiting as well as being of little real utility. The plain snap is made in . several ways, the ordinary method being as follows : — Take two No. 4 hooks, and tie them back to back, and at the top of the shanks of these tie on a No. 8 hook, ending in an eye (see snap-hooks, ^^r. 1, facing page 322), to which the gimp is to be affixed ; or they may be whipped on to the gimp without the eye ; or a triangle is used, instead of a pair of large hooks, and the small hook is whipped on the gimp a little way above the triangle. The small hook is passed through the back of the fish close to the fin, while the larger hooks are allowed to hang down by its side. A modification of this method is shown in the opposite plate, which is thus described by Mr. Pennell : — " Fig. 1 represents the arrangement of hooks in the flight, and fig. 2 the same when baited. In baiting, the gimp is passed under a good broad strip of skin with the baiting-needle in two separate stitches if necessary, and pulled through till the shank of the small hook (a) is brought up close to the side of the bait below the skin — this keeps the large flying triangle (&) at a proper distance and in its correct position under the shoulder of the bait. It is of importance, to secure the full kilhng powers of this or any other tackle, tliat the proportion between the size of the hooks and the bait with whicn they are used should be preserved. The bait shown in the engraving — a small dace — is of the proper size for those hooks. The hooks should be of the sneck-bend pattern. This method of fastening the gimp under a strip of skin is much better, both for the longe- vity and Hveliness of the bait, than the passing of a hook through its lips, and on humane considerations is also to be preferred ; as whilst experiments have demonstrated that the bodies of fish are capable of feeling but a very slight amount of pain, it is well-known that nothing causes so much suffering as any interference with the organs of breathing. The hooks should be tied on about a foot and a half of fine stained gimp, v/ith a loop at the other end which can be most conveniently attached to the upper portion of the trace (also composed of two or three feet of stained gimp) by means of a hook swivel {fig. 3), which will also have the effect of keeping the lead in its proper place. A lead of the shape drawn is neater and shows less in the water than one of the ordinary bullet form, and is therefore to be preferred." The Spring Snap-Bait is a compli- cated machine composed of a case confining the shanks of the hooks, and keeping them in a position resem- bling the common snap (shown in fig. 1, p. 323), but capable of being drawn out and thereby allowing them to be expanded by means of the spring. It is baited, like the common snap, by inserting the small hook near the back fin, and acts thus : — The pike having seized the bait, the angler strikes, there- by drawing away the case from tlie shank of the hooks, which then expand in the pike's mouth, and assume the shape seen in fig. 2, p. 323. As, how- ever, it is nearly impossible for the hooks to get a firm hold, the invention is practically useless. Pike are in Season from June to February, but the best time for sport is in the autumn, when the weeds have rotted. They are most commonly taken of good size in artificial waters, or in deep alluvial rivers. In these situations there are almost always great quantities of weeds, and when these exist in full vigour it is almost impossible to land large pike even if they are hooked. The bait also can scarcely, at such times and situations, be properly manoeiUTed, 350 ANGLING. and hence it is by common consent considered that pike, though perfectly edible, should not be angled for till after Michaelmas, from which time till February the water is in good order for their capture. The Mode of Fishing for pike varies with the particular hook and bait em- ployed. If the Live Bait is used with the ordinary hook, it can only be suc- cessful at times when the fish are voracious and ready for any bait, which, indeed, they often are. If this happens to be the case, the bait must be gently passed into the water, and will be more easily managed with a float, as with the length of hne required in pike-fishing it is impossible other- wise to maintain a proper depth for the bait, which should as far as possible be made to swim at mid- water. This is effected by the float keeping the bait up, and the leaded line preventing its rising to the sur- face. If the bait seeks the weeds or other shelter it must be stopped, and if dull and sluggish it must be stimu- lated by a gentle shaking of the rod. When removing the bait for a fresh throw, great care should be taken to do this gently, as a very little extra force will make a great difference in the duration of the life of the fish ; and not only so, but the gentle mode will give the bait less pain than any other. The use of five baits is always more or less cruel, and every unneces- sary degree of pain should be avoided. When the bait is seized by the pike, which may be known by the float dis- appearing under the water, or by his meeting with a check as he draws in the hne, the angler will probably find the fish move off if he slightly slackens the line ; if so, or if on raising the point of the rod he feels a tug, he should strike smartly. If this is cleverly done the fish will be firmly hooked, and, unless the tackle be faulty, the fish may be landed with the aid of a little skilful management. Pike may be played with great advantage, and a considerable increase to tlie interest of the sport. The principle consists in yielding to him for a time, by letting out the line as far as is prudent and the absence of weeds, &c. will allow ; and when otherwise, making the elastic power of his rod withstand his progress by advancing the butt. In this way he will at last be tired out, and may then be landed safely by means of the landing-net. Trolling by means of the dead gorge-bait is a more sportsmanhke method of taking pike than the fore- going, and comes next to spinning ; but it is not so much in vogue as formerly, except in weedy localities, where it certainly has advantages over spinning, though not so effective in open water. It requires the rod, line, and reel as already described, with the apparatus peculiar to the gorge-hook — viz., cork- float, swivel-traces, gorge- hooks, and bait. When these are all artistically adjusted, the bait must be manoeuvred in the manner already described at page 347 for perch, and it will generally be successful where good fish abound, and the fishing for them is attempted at the proper season. The butt of the rod should be rested against the thigh or groin, and it should be grasped by the hand about eighteen inches higher up, which will give the angler great power over his rod, and also leave the left hand at liberty to manage the line, a loop or two of which should be held in that hand, ready to " pay out," as the sailors say, when the bait is cast. When a pike is beheved to have seized the bait, ascertain the fact by tightening the line as mentioned in regard to snap-fishing, but do not strike ; give him plenty of time (five minutes or more) to enable him to pouch the bait, then strike, not too smartly, and play or not, as before mentioned. In Eemoving the Bait from the Mouth of the pike after landing him, be careful of his jaws and teeth, which sometimes inflict severe wounds. The first thing to be done is to knock him on the head, which will enable you to recover your hooks and gimp at your leisure, whereas by attempting, by means of the disgorger, to remove them while he is alive, great risk is incurred not only to them, but to your own fingers. After he is quite dead, prop open the mouth, and if the bait is still there, liberate the hooks with the knife, and remove the bait ; but if this has been swallowed, make an incision into the stomach at the spot where the bait is felt to be, and remove the hooks through the opening. Spinning for Pike is by far the most sportsmanlike method of taking that fish, and a great deal of attention bus LIBRARY OF THE UI^IVERSITY OF ILLINOIS SPINNING FLIGHTS. SPIJVmNG been paid of late years to the con- stniction of the most efficient " flights," in order to avoid the loss of fish which is so common with ordinary flights, not one half the fish which are hooked being landed. Mr. Pennell says, in his " Book of the Pike," " The principle which I am convinced should be paramount in the construction of all such flights is the substituting of fl}^g triangles (Le. triangles kept loose from the bait by short links of their own) for triangles or any other hooks whipped on to the central link, and even of flying triangles using as few as possible. The detailed arrangements of these, size, shape, &c., which experience has proved to me to be the best, are shown in the woodcut. These diagrams represent the three sizes of tackle necessary for all ordinary baits — that is, from a gudgeon of medium length up to a fair-sized dace. I never spin with a larger bait than this myself, but for those who do, flights on the pattern of No. 4 should be dressed pro- portionately larger. No. 1, not included here, will be figured in a future chap- ter on trout-spinning. It is, however, precisely on the same principle as No. 2, but less in size, and is a very use- ful flight with a small gudgeon or blealf, in hot sunny weather, or when the water is low and bright. There would be no reason for arming flight No 4 with two triangles instead of one, if it could be insured that all the fish run would be in proportion to the bait, as in that' case they would be certain to take the one large triangle well into their mouths, when of course they would be hooked. It frequently happens, however, that small pike run at a large bait, the result of which is that they often only seize it by the head or tail, when a single triangle would be very hkely to miss. The upper triangle in No. 4 is, it will be ob- served, attached to the lip-hook (the link of it can be made to form the two loops), so that it must always hang near the shoulder of the bait. The under triangle hangs lower down near the tail. The question of the relative size and proportion of the hooks to the bait is, of course, of the utmost import- ance, as, if the hooks are too small, the pike very probably escapes being struck, and if too large the bait will not spin. I should therefore strongly urge all spinners who may be disposed to try this tackle to keep at least the three smallest of these exact sizes of flights FOB PIKE. 351 I in their trolling case." The large tail- hook here represented,' and the reverse hook just above it, are now made out of a single piece of wire, and are con- sequently easier to tie on and less clumsy than when two separate hooks are used. The directions for baiting are as fol- lows : — " First, to fix the tail-hook, insert the point by the side or lateral line of the bait near to the tail, and passing it under a broadish strip of the skin and through the end of the fleshy part of the tail, bring it out as near the base of the tail- fin as practicable. Next insert the small reversed hook, in such a position as to curve the bait's tail neaily to a right angle. Finally, pass the lip-hook through both its lips, alwaj^s putting it through the upper lip first when the bait is a gudgeon, and through the lower one first with all others. This is very important in securing a really brilliant spin. The flying triangle or triangles should not be hooked into the bait in any way, but be allowed to fly loose in the position shown in the engraving. The upper, that is, the shoulder portion of the body of the bait, should lie perfectly straight, and great care must be taken that the gimp or gut is tightened sufii- ciently to prevent any strain on the lips of the bait, and yet not so tight as in any degree to bend or crook its body. If these directions are not exactly at- tended to the bait will not spin." The mode of spinning is thus given : — " The bait being placed on the flight, and hanging about two yards from the top of the rod, the spinner unwinds from the reel as much line as he thinks he can manage, allowing it to fall in loose coils at his feet, and, giving the bait one or two pendulum-like move- ments, swings it vigorously out in the direction in which he wishes to cast, at the same time letting go the fine altogether, and permitting the bait to run out to its full extent." The best direction to cast over running water is diagonally, or in a direction rather slanting down and across the stream in stagnant waters, the angler casts hi.'* bait wherever he supposes the fish to be. " After allowing a few moments (according to the depth of the water) for the bait to sink, he lowers the point of the rod to within a foot or so of the surface, and, holding it at right angles to the bait, begins drawing in the line with his left hand, making with his right a corresponding backward move- 352 AXGLTNG. ment of the rod between each ' draw.' The object of 'this movement of the rod, which to the spinner soon becomes a sort of mechanical seesaw, is to pre- vent the bait being stationary, whilst the left hand is preparing for a fresh draw ; and in order to accomplish it satisfactorily, the most convenient plan is to hold the rod firmly with the right hand just below the lowest ring, letting the fine pass between the upper joints of the middle and fore finger, and resting the butt of the rod firmly against the hip. In spinning from a punt, an agreeable change of posture is obtained hy standing with the right foot on the side or well of the boat and partially supporting the elbow and rod on the knee. The draws or pulls, and the corresponding movements of the rod, must of course be varied in length and rapidity according to the depth of water, size of bait, and other circum- stances ; but a good medium speed when the left hand, or rather the line, is carried well back, is about forty draws per minute, and a cast for every two yards of stream fished is the allowance which, on the whole, will generally be found the most advantageous. The bait should not be taken out of the water until brought close up to the bank, or side of the boat, as it is not at all an uncommon circumstance for a fish, which has perhaps been follow- ing it all the way across, to make a dash at it at the last moment, when he appears to be about to lose it." The moment a run is felt, strike hard, and, if possible, down stream, or^ in an opposite direction to that in which the fisl\ is moving : il" this cannot well be done, strike upwards, and be prepared to shorten the line if the fish should rush towards you. Keep a firm even strain on him from the moment he is hooked, and land him without delay. Mr. Francis's latest form of spinning- tackle dispenses with the flying triangles mentioned above ; and as the same kind of tackle is appHcable for trout as well as pike, a description of it is given under " Spinning for Trout." Sect. 11.— Eel-Fishing. The Apparatus used for taking eels IS exceedingly various, almost every kind of hook being occasionally adopted. Some of the different modes and tackle have been already described, such as the ledger-line (under Barbel-fishing) the ordinary float-anghng, &c. These may be used with eel-hooks and strong tackle ; and the eel should be landed as quickly as possible after he is hooked, or he will coil himself to the first avail- able fixed object, and set at defiance for a long time all efforts to dislodge him. Under such circumstances there is nothing to be done but to keep up a strong, steady, and persistent strain until he is tired out. Bobbing for Eels is practised with a common darning-needle and worsted, several lengths of which are strung with worms, and then, after being gathered into loops, so as to form a bunch or " clod," they are attached to a strong line, several yards long, which passes through a piece of lead, of about a pound in weight, that serves as a sinker, and is prevented by a knot in the cord from slipping down closer to the worms than eight or ten inches. The line is tied on to any convenient pole, and the clod having been dropped into the river (at the season when the eels are migrating), the fisherman waits till he feels a bite ; he then hfts the clod steadily out of the water, with the eel suspended thereto, its teeth having become entangled in the strands of the worsted ; a pail of water being in readiness, the eel is shaken into it, and the worms are dropped into the river to repeat the process. Sniggling is another method of taking eels by means of worm and darning-needle. The end of a stout whipcord fine is whipped on from the eye to the centre of the needle, so that it will hang crosswise to the line, and the rest of the apparatus consists of a hazel rod bent at the top to the requisite curve or angle, or one made on purpose with flexible wire or jointed tops. The needle is baited with a large lob-worm, the eye end being passed in at the head of the worm, and run down it till the whole of the needle is covered except the point ; this point is lightly fixed in a cleft made at the extremity of the rod, and the tail of the worm remains free at the other end of the needle. In this way the worm is presented to the eel, and is conducted into his hole or haunt by the bent end of the rod. _ The curve permits of its being guided round stumps and stones, into holes and cre- vices, and when it is gently insinuated as far as it will go in a suitable opening BOTTOM-FISHING FOR TROUT. 353 it is quietly left there. The line attached to the needle is held in the left hand, and as soon as the fisli seizes the bait and has drawn the needle out of the cleft, the line is slackened, and the rod gently withdrawn; sufficient time having been allowed for the eel to swallow the worm, the fisherman strikes, and thus pulling the needle by the centre, fixes it crosswise in the throat of the eel ; some little while is allowed for him to exliaust himself, and then the fish is pulled out. There are many other ways of taking eels, as by night-lines, eel-spears, basket and other traps, &c. ; but these cannot be considered angling in any sense, and are as much beyond the scope of this work as the use of nets and other means of taking fish as a trade. Sect. 12. — Bottom-Fishing for Com- mon-Trout, Lake-Trout, and Sea- Trout. The Bottom-Rod for fronting should be similar to that desciibed as the rod for pike-fishing (see page 347), but used with a longer top-joint.; or a bam- boo rod fourteen or fifteen feet long may be substituted ; and a still lighter cane rod will suffice for small brook- trout fishing. An ordinary Trouting Reel and Line of fine eight-plait silk will be required ; and the casting line should have five or six lengths of good single gut, slightly stained with brown or brownish-green by means of common black or green tea, and knotted together without whipping. The Hook for worm- fishing should, for good-sized river trout, be No. 3 or 4 if fishing with a single hook, and No. 5 or 6 where the fish run small ; but the three-hook tackle made popular by the late Mr. Stewart, author of the "Practical Angler," is found to be much more killing than the old-fashioned single hook. It consists of several small fly-hooks (say No. 10 or 11) whipped on to the same piece of gut at slight inter- vals, so that the bend of each hook shall be clear of the top of the shank of that below it, and the centre hook is whipped on with its back to those above and below it, so that the barb points in an opposite direction. When the hook is intended for the worm it is best whipped on to the gut with crim- son silk, as the dark silk usually em- ployed alters the colour of the trans- parent worm. Shot, or lead in some form, is commonly required in order to sink the bait, its weight depending upon the strength of the current. Thiii lead coiled round the gut is better than shot nipped on, as the latter are apt to bruise and weaken the gut. A Float will sometimes be needful, and may bo either of cork or swan-quill, the latter being generally preferred. The Baits for Trout used in bot- tom fishing are chiefly worms and minnows, the latter either natural or artificial ; but caddies, caterpillars, and gentles, are in some localities much prized. The worms which are the best for trout-fishing are the marsh-worm, the button-worm, and the brandhng ; the last being chiefly adapted to the smaller sizes of fish. They should be wefl scoured, and applied as follows : — Six or eight dozen worms will, in afl probabihty, be required in a good day's fishing, and should be carried in some damp moss in an appropriate bait-box or canvas-bag ; and a little bag of sand in which to dip the worm before bait- ing will enable the angler to hold it better, and thereby facilitate his placing it on the hook. In putting on the worms, take the hook between the finger and thumb of the other hand, insert the point of the hook in at the head of the worm, and run it along its body until the whole of the hook is concealed, and also a very short portion of the gut ; care should be taken not to let the hook penetrate the side of the worm. If the worm is too small thus to cover the hook, and also leave a portion an inch long hanging from the end, two may be appHed ; and if on the other hand it is too long, the barb may be brought through and re-entered an inch or so lower down, so as to pucker-up a coil of the worm's length, which adds to its allurement, and at the same time prevents too long a portion from hanging free. In the tackle devised by Mr. Stewart the worm is not threaded on, but hooked through in several places. Sometimes as many as four hooks are used, but generally three will be found quite suffi- cient, or only two may be employed ; and whatever the number, the alternate hooks should point in contrary direc- tions. The advantages of this method are, that very few hooked fish are lost, whereas with a single large hook many pricked fish escape ; secondly, that the A A 354 ANGLING. worni is more easily put on ; anrl thirdly, that it lives mucli longer. If not rouglily used in the water, a worm will last a considerable time; but it should be examined every now and than to see that it is not broken. Grubs, cater- pillars, and gentles, are applied two or three at a time on the hook— first one lengthwise, then one obliquely so as to leave each end free, and finally length- wise to conceal the barb. The Artificial Minnow, in all its varieties, may be tried, and in some rivers and states of water will do great execution. In none, however, will it take equally well with a good and well- baited real minnow ; and if this can be obtained, it is useless to attempt to take fish with an inferior article. The Common Trout is found in almost all the clear, gravelly,and quick-running streams throughout the three kingdoms, and sometimes, though not in the same perfection, in streams of an opposite character. Trout spawn in tlie autumn, the exact time varying in different lo- calities ; and they come into season m the spring, when also their time of per- fection will be early or late, in accord- ance with the nature of their habitat. A low temperature seems rather to ac- celerate than retard their condition ; and many of the Scotch streams are much earlier than those of the southern and western parts of the island. For bottom fishing, the deeper and stiller parts of the stream answer better than the very rough freshes, though even for this kind of fishing perfectly still water is not so well calculated as that rate of stream which will move the bait without de- stroying its form or texture. The great lake-trout is met with in a few of the large lakes in Scotland and Ireland, while the sca-trout are common in most Balinon-rivers. The various Modes of Taking Irout will be now entered upon. First, fishing with the worm is practised by obtaining the apparatus and bait described in the previous page ; the angler then, with Ids wading-boots on, if he uses them, quietly wades into a part of the river which will command an extensive Bwecp of likely water ; or, if preferring terra Jirma, he keeps as much as possi- ble out of sight of the fish upon a part of the bank suitable for his purpose, and below the water to be fished. It must be known that the worm should in all cases be cast up-stream, and suffered to float down again, for reasons which will be clear enough when ex- plained as follows :— First, the trout always lie head up-stream, and there- fore do not see the angler so well below them as above ; secondly, the bait floats gently down without injury, w^hich must be done to it if dragged against stream ; thirdly, in hooking the fish, the barb is much' more likely to lay hold in this way than if the line is struck in the opposite direction ; and fourthly, the water is not disturbed by the wader till it has been already fished. The angler swings or casts his worm as far up- stream as he can, using as long a line as he can easily manage, and no more, and suffering it to float down with the stream till within a short distance of the place where he is standing, when it should be hfted and re-cast. When a fish is felt to bite or lay hold of the worm, wait a few seconds till he has done nibbling, and the moment he is running off with it, strike smartly but tenderly with the wrist, not with the whole power of the arm, and proceed to land your fish with as little delay as possible. Grubs, Caterpillars, Gentles, &c., are all used in the same way, and will serve the angler well in most localities, but as a general bait for trout they are not equal to the worm. The Live Minnow may be used m the same manner as in snap-fishing for pike described in p. 359 , but it is not so well adapted for trout-fishing as for percl or pike, except in those rivers whose current is comparatively slow, and which are nevertheless the haunts of large trout — as, for instance, tne Thames the Severn, the Wf.r\vickshire Avon, &c Many anglers, moreover, have a strong aversion to the employment ot Eve bait for trout, and condemn it as un sportsmanlike. Spinning for Trout maybe practise with either of the methods of using th dead minnow described in p. 314, or with the spinning-flights used for pike, ac cording to the instructions given i p. 337, the tackle being duly reduced i size, and single gut used instead o gimp. The annexed engraving (No. 1 shows the size of flight most suitable for trout on the Thames, where small gudgeon and bleak are the baits most commonly employed. It will be ob- served that there is an additional loose TROCT-SPINNING TACKLE. LIBRARY OF THE ONIVERSITY OF ILLIMOIS SPINNING flying triangle indicated by dotted lines. The use of this is thus described by Mr. Pennell : — " Unlike jack, trout are very frequently in the habit of 'taking short,' as the puntsmen phrase it — that is, seizing the bait by the tail instead of by the head, or from laziness or shyness niaking their dash a httle behind rather tlian before it. In order to meet this pe- cuharity, and to render the killing powers of the above flight as deadly in the case of trout as they are in that of the pike, I use for trout-spinning an ad- ditional flying triangle, tied on to a separate flnk of twisted gut (No. 2), which can at pleasure be attached to or disengaged from the ordinary flight by being passed over the tail-hook from the point. This triangle flies loose from the bait in the position indicated by the dotted outline (A), and will be found to act as a powerful argument (against any sudden change of mind or Joss of appetite on the part of a pur- I suing trout. The size of the hooks, llength of gut, &c., shown in the en- .'graving, are of the proper proportions aor a flight of size No. 1. They should be enlarged or diminished as flights of a larger or smaller size are used. Elas- ticity or stiffness is absolutely essential to the proper action of this tail triangle, and therefore the only material of which the Hnk should be or can be made, if it is to be of any use, is twisted or plaited gut — twisted being the better of the two." The method of casting, working the bait, &c., is, in open waters, identical with that de- scribed for pike-spinning ; but in the case of rivers, &c., which are generally the best places, no rules can be laid down, and a few lessons from an ex- perienced spinner would be of more advantage than any amount of reading. It was stated at the end of the par- ticulars relative to pike-fishing in page 3o2 ,that Mr. Francis Francis's spinning- tackle differed in several respects from that there described. Believing that in most tackles the hooks He too close to the bait to get a good hold, as they frequently hit on the jawbone of the fish instead of catching the more fleshy parts of the mouth, he has adopted the use of a triangle of hooks formed upon a single shank, which ends in a loop or eye, and stands out free from the side of the bait. Since this first appeared in his " Book of Angling," he has modified it by having the triangle eyed FOR TROUT. .365 into a fourth hook, which is whipped onto the gut as a reverse hook, and lie has thus described its advantages in a letter in The Field .•— " The adap- tation of the eyed triangle to spinning- tackle I am quite satisfied is one of the best that has ever been made, as, when loose in this way, the hooks stand much further out from the bait than when one of them is buried in the fish, so that you cannot well miss hooking, and the odds are that you take a very much better hold, because the catch of the hook-points will probably lie below the jawbone. The hooks are not fixed, as they are in the ordinary way, but, yielding to every turn and motion of the fish, cannot vvoi-k out. In tiie accompanying cut, Jig. 1 shows the tackle, and Jig. 2 the application of it. The eyed hook is, it will be seen, eyed into a single hook, which is used as a reverse hook, and plays a most import- ant part in the tackle, as I shall explain presently. The tail-hook (consisting of a tail-hook and reverse hook in one piece) is not different from that which A A 2 356 ANGLING. has for some time been in use, save that it is large, so as to take in a good hold and sweep of the tail for the crook, and not too long in the shank, so as to be in the way and inconvenient. To bait the tackle, insert the large tail-hook well up the side of the fish — far enough up to hide as much as possible of the shank under the skin ; and, having done this, insert the reverse part of the hook, so as to maintain a sufficient crook of the tail. When this is done properly, no great deal of the tail-hook is visible, save the point and back and the bend of the reverse hook. Next comes a single hook, which is simply a hook to hold the bait, and to keep the gut or gimp close to the side and straight. Then, keeping the gut or gimp tight and straight, put in the reverse eyed-hook appertaining to the triangle. When this is in, it will be seen that the bait from head to shoulder is kept so that it cannot give. In using the old tackles, of whatever form, the great difficulty — more epeeially for the young hand — has always been to get them to spin not only well, but very well. The bait is very lialDle soon to get out of spinning ; and the more you pull out and re-insert the triangles the worse it often spins. The moment the hooks get loose at all, the bait gets play and can bend, and the spinning then becomes very much a matter of chance. With my tackle the hold cannot give — the fish cannot buckle or bend ; but if properly put on, it spins hour after hour without the shghtest need for a change ; and when baits are scarce, as in trout-fishing, that is a great advan- tage." With regard to minnow-spinning for trout in brooks and small streams, Mr. Pennell recommends the tackle No. 3 on the illustration facing p. 354 as being more simple and effective than any he lias ever tried. " In this figure, a re- presents the Hp-hook (whipped to the main Hnk and not movable) ; &, a fixed triangle, one hook of which is to be fastened through the back of the minnow ; c, a flying triangle hanging loose below its tail ; d, a lead or sinker, whipped on to the shank of the lip- hook, and lying in the belly of the minnow when baited. Having killed the minnow, push the lead well down into its belly ; then pass the lip-hook through both its lips, the upper lip first, and lastly insert one hook of the triangle (h) through its back just below the back-fin, so as to crook or bend the body sufficiently to produce a brilliant spin. Fig. No. 4 shows the position of the hooks, &c. when baited." The chief objection to this tackle is that it has a tendency to wear out the bait very rapidly. Mr. Francis prefers for small trout a tackle consisting of a large hook to pass through the body of the minnow, with a lip-hook and a triangle ; one hook of which is to be fixed in the shoulder of the bait : it is more killing than the two-hook tackle described in page 314, and dispenses with the double strand of gut and the leaden cap, which are so objectionable in the tackle with which Colonel Hawker's name is associated. This tackle of Mr. Francis's much resembles the No. 1 seen in the illustration of Mr. Pennell's trout- spinning tackle already given (page 355), except that besides being proportionately smaller, the reversed portion of the tail-hook is dispensed with, and the lip-hook and triangle are. whipped on at the same point, the» triangle hanging over the bend of the large hook and the lip-hook on the opposite side of the gut. The. bait is put on as follows : — The point of the large hook is inserted in the mouth of the minnow and worked downwards as close as possible to the spine until it comes out at the root of the tail, where the barb is left exposed ; and the extremity of the fish, being bent round to the form of the hook, has the curve necessary for spinning. One hook of the triangle is inserted in the shoulder of the bait on whichever side it may spin best. When fishing with the minnow, well leaded and in deep water, the angler seldom sees the trout rush at his bait, but is warned by the senso of touch rather than by his eyes that the trout is at it. At this moment the ang- ler slackens his line gently for a couple of seconds, and then strikes with his wrist, using only a shght jerk. The trout is now either hooked or alarmed, but generally the former is the case, unless he is a very shy wary old fox ; in which case he is not likely to be again tempted on that day. If, how- ever, the trout is seen approaching the minnow, the angler ought to endeavour, as far as his nerves will allow him, to continue the precise kind of motion which attracted the fish, until he not TROLLING FOR TROUT. 857 only sees him at the bait, but feels his pull, when he should proceed exactly as if all were out of sight. This, how- ever, is a difficult task, and few young fishermen have sufficient command over themselves to avoid the mistake to which their attention is here directed. Every one who has hooked fish of any size with fine tackle must be aware how difficult it is, when commencing trout- fishing, to carry out in practice the theory which he has been endeavour- ing to realize for some time past ; and each, in his turn, must have been made painfully conscious of the dan- ger, not only of striking too soon and too hard, but of attempting to land a large fish with fine gut before it is tired out. My own early recollections satisfy me on this point; and I re- member on one occasion losing a trout of at least five pounds weight through excess of anxiety to land him rapidly and triumphantly, although, theoretically, I was fully aware of the folly of my proceedings. All of us, I have no doubt, could tell the same tale ; and so it must ever be. Nothing but practice can give that steadiness of nerve and presence of mind which will enable the sportsman to do the right thing at the right time. In bringing the minnow home to re- cast, if the angler is on the bank, he should be very careful to lift it from the water slowly and quietly, as it is very often at that moment that the trout seizes it. Whether he fancies that the bait is a live minnow leaping out of the water, or whether the value of the thing is increased by the pros- pect of losing it, cannot of course be surely known, but it is certain that at this moment many large trout which have cautiously followed the bait all throngh the cast, are at last tempted to rush at it, and may then be taken if the above precaution is adopted : whilst on the other hand, they are assuredly scared if the bait is ' carelessly drawn out of the water. Trolling for the Great Lake- Trout is often practised in the Scotch lakes. For this purpose two strong and long trolling-rods are required, with lines of at least eighty yards of strong twisted silk, or good hand-made hair line.^ This kind of fishing must be carried on from a boat suited to the state of the lake, which, if liable to ctrong currents or winds, will require it to be of full size and seaworthy. This is rowed out into the lake by a couple of men, who manage it and impel it in the direction and at the rate of speed indicated by the angler, or by some ex- perienced hand, if he is young or a stranger to the locality. Very strong swivel-traces will be required, with the double swivels, and either strong gimp or treble-gut must be used for the hook- length ; but if the latter, it also must be guarded with brass wire, as these fish are very apt to bite through any- thing which is capable of being easily cut or divided. The parr-tail form of hooks may be used with one of the rods, and baited with a small trout ; on the other may be used, by way of variety, any of the forms of hooks described for pike-fishing. The traces should be heavily leaded with rolled leed or swan-shot, as, from the great length of line that is let out, much more weight is required to sink the bait ; but the quantity of lead must be regulated by the depth at which you troll, as in shallow water more line and less weight are required than when fishing deep ; and however deep the water, the bait should sink to within about half-a-dozen feet of the bottom. A constant look-out should, however, be kept, to prevent the tackle getting foul of weeds, &c. In the daytime the deepest parts of the lake should be fished ; but the best time is in the evening, from an hour or two before to an hour or two after dusk, and then the shallower water round the edges of the lake should be gone over. On the boat being rowed a short dis- tance from the shore, the angler drops from the stern one of his baits, and, as the boat moves along, allows the line to run out about thirty yards, when it is stopped by some kind of hitch, such as a slip-knot or any other device, and the rod is fixed over the side of the stern at an angle of thirty or forty degrees. The other rod is then set in the same way, and the boat steadily kept going at about two miles an hour if the water is clear and bright, and more slowly if discoloured. The line ought to be free, or so nearly so as to barely withstand the force of the boat moving through the water ; if therefore a slip-knot is used, see that it is a very free one. A stone is some- times employed, placed in the bottom of the boat, or a piece of cobbler's-wax 358 ANGLING. on the butt-end of the rod to which the line is attached by the thumb, and from which it is easily torn by the pull of the fish. Wheii a large trout is hooked, the boat should be rowed to the shore, and the fish landed with the landing-net or gaff. Artificial Minnows, spoon-baits, &c., are used for the common-trout or lake- trout, exactly as in fishing with the real baits for which they are substituted, except that the striking mlist be quicker, so as to prevent the trout from detect- ing his error, and thus leaving the bait before he is hooked. Sect. 13. — Salmon-Fishing with the Worm or Fish-Bait. The most simple kind of Tackle used in bottom-fishing for salmon is that employed when the worm is used. For this purpose a single hook (No. 1 of 2) is whipped to a length of strong single salmon-gut, which should extend at least five or six feet, and then be joined through the intervention of a swivel-hook to the casting-fine. The reel should be a large-barrelled check-winch, holding from sixty to eighty yards of good plait fine. About two feet from the hook five or six swan-shot are to be applied, or a piece of roll -lead if the stream is very strong ; since the tendency of rapid currents always is to cast up all objects thrown into the water, and therefore the in- creased weight is required to counteract this power. Sometimes two hooks are used in worm-fishing for salmon (Nos. 1 and 4); the first is tied on below and the latter a little above its shank ; or a Stewart worm-tackle might be made on a larger scale than that described for trout, page 3.39. The rod for this kind of fishing is the ordinary trolling-rod, with the substitution of a more elastic top for that required to manoeuvre the bait in miimow-spinning. The Spinning-Tackle for salmon is similar to that used for large trout or pike, the only difference being that it requires to be of full size, and to have a greater weight of lead to sink it to the bottom, where the salmon always feeds when in search of fish or worms. The Mode of Baiting the single hook with the wonn is to take two or three lob-worins, or marsh-Avorms, and ruu the point of the hook through an inch of one of them near the head ; then omit about an inch and a quarter and insert the hook again through an- other inch ; after which a second worm is to be served in the same way, and if they are not of good size, a third— always finishing by leaving the point and barb within the body of the lowest worm, and about two inches from the point of its tail. In this way the worms lie in four or six loops on the hook, with their heads and tails free, and they are killing in proportion as they are constantly moving in their struggles to free themselves from the hook. In baiting the double hook, the lower one is entered at the head of the worm and brought out at the tail ; the worm is then drawn over the point of the upper hook by bending the gut, and it is stretched up to the shank as well as partially over the gut, in which process the point appears projecting from the middle of the worm. Next, transfix another worm with the lower hook, and then impale one half of it upon the upper hook so as to conceal it, leaving the lower half of the worm free ; finally, conceal the bend and barb of the lower hook with a third worm. Minnows, &c., are applied to the hook exactly in the same way as in trout-fishing, remembering always that the bait should be of a larger size, in order to tempt the salmon, and that as the baits are larger, so the hooks must correspond in dimensions, in order to carry them properly. Artificial Fish- Baits are used also for salmon similar to those for trout, but larger. Salmon are chiefly taken with the worm or minnow from the beginning of March to the middle of June, but sometimes even in the autumn they may be tempted with the worm or fish-bait. Still water— that is to say, water comparatively still— is the best fitted for bottom-fishing; and in such situations they often take the fish-bait or worm in preference to the fly. It often happens in severe spring-frosts, when the water is clear but of a cold uninviting green colour, that the salmon will take the minnow freely, and yet refuse the fly in toto. But all further rules on this subject are useless, as so much depends upon the varia- tions of the season, that what will suit in 01)0 year will i ail in an exactly similar condition of water in the follow^ing GRAYLTNG BOTTOM-FISHING. 359 season. Tlie safe plan, when the sahiion are shy, is eitlier to try all baits in succession until the killing one is pitched upon, or to watch others do the same thing-, and then to profit by their experience. If, however, the angler is himself trying the various experiiBenta necessary to the final selection, he ought to have a thorough knowledge of the locality, and be able to judge at a glance, from the condition of the river, what humour the salmon are likely to be in. It must be kno\v'n that a pertinacious use of an unseason- able bait not only destroys all chance of sport with other baits on that day, but disgusts the fish with that particu- lar kind of lure for many days to come. Hence this practice is a dan- gerous weapon in the hands of the tyro, and, though very successful with the experienced hand, is capable of doing great mischief if abused. This is more especially the case with the worm, which requires the water to be exactly in one particular state for its successful employment; and if used at any other time will disgust the fish for a long period. Hence, it is essen- tial to its use that the water shall be just low and clear enough to allow the bait to be seen, and yet that the stream shall be sufficient to carry the worm down at a certain distance from the bed. The fly may be used to any extent, and will not interfere with bottom-fishing ; but if the worm has been often exhibited to the salmon, it is useless to repeat the oifer for some time to come. The Mode of Worm-Fishing for salmon is as follows : — Let out about twenty feet of fine, and attach the worm in one or other of the modes already described. Then let the fisher take his stand on the bank, and draw out a yard and a half of the fine from the reel, letting it hang loosely from the butt-end of the rod, so as to ofi^er no impediment to tiie sahnon when it seizes the bait. He then casts his wonn well across the water, directing it slightly downwards ; the current im- mediately seizes hold of it, and sweeps it onwards with a tendency towards his own side, and in this sweep the salmon takes it, if so incHned. When it reaches the side of the river on which tl)e angler stands, he must lift it gradually from the water, but with- out jerking it, and repeat his cast, slightly varying the direction. If during this procedure the fisher experiences any pull, whether decidedly from a fish or from any other cause, he should give out line until he finds some very decided pull upon it, such as to leave no doubt upon his mind that the salmon has bolted the bait, when a very slight elevation of the wrist will strike the hook or hooks into the throat of the salmon, and the angler has only to proceed according to the size of the fish in order to effect his cap- ture. Of course with the strong tackle used in worm-fishing less danger is incurred of losing him than with the fly ; but still witii large and vigorous fish som€ care is necessary, and the butt-end of the rod must be advanced pretty constantly, and for sonie little time, before the gaff or landing-net can safely be called into requisition. In using the Spinning-Tackle with minnow or troutling as bait, it is spun exactly as for trout ; but as the leads are heavier, there is more danger of its fouling the bottom; and if so, the angler must do as a coachman docs when his whip is fast in a buckle or trace — that is to say, he must by a rapid throw of the rod suddenly slacken his line and jerk the bait away from him. This often succeeds ; but if it fails, recourse must be had to a long forked stick, or the clearing-ring or drag-hook (see page 341), by which a greater part, if not all of the line may be saved ; and as the loss of a part is better than the whole, so the loss of the hook will be borne better than that of the whole of the tackle. Sect. 14. — Grayling Bottom-Fishing. The Tackle for Grayling must be of the finest description ; and most gra^^ling-fishers prefer a single-hair casting line on that account. This or a single-gut length of six or seven feet, with a swan-quill float and a fine hook of No. 6, 7, or 8, will complete the equipment for this species of sport — that is to say, in conjunction with a rod of sixteen or seventeen feet in length, and a reel and reel-line of such dimensions as to afford about twenty-five or thirty yards of available fine. Tiiree or four No. 2 shot will generally be wanted, or if gentles are used. No. 4 or 5 will be heavy enough for the purpose. SCO ANGLING. The Best Baits for grayling r.re tlie gentle, the caddis-worm, and the brandling, or the red-worm. The various grubs are also employed with Kuccess in grayling-fishing ; indeed, all the small larva) will take this fish, but none are better than the gentle and the caddis-worm. Gkound-baiting may be practised, but not too profusely, us this fish is more easily satiated than some others in which ground-baiting is employed ; and it is also less discrimi- nating, so that it will take unscoured ground - bait as readily as the well- scoured bait on the hook. The minnow is not often taken by the grayling, but occasionally it has been used with suc- cess ; still, the grayhng-fisher will waste time by endeavouring to capture the fish with any natural bottom-lure but those which I have specified above. Grayling are in Season in the au- tumn, coming in just as the trout go out. They spawn in April and May, and come round so as to be edible by the end of July ; but they are not in their best condition until November. They are found in clear gravehy streams, as well as those which are loaded with mud, such as the Wye in the lower part of its course ; but in the latter kind of river they are not so fine and beautifully coloured as in the pellucid and gravelly bed of the Teme, and the upper course of the Severn, as well as in the Wye above Hereford. Unlike the trout, they are not spread over the three kingdoms, but are confined to about twenty or five-and- twenty rivers, including, chiefly, the Wye, Usk, Lugg, Teme, Severn, Test, Avon, Derwent, Dove, Trent, lire, Swale, &c. Of late years, however, the grayling has been introduced into several other rivers m Hampshire, and some tiibutaries of the Thames, also into the Clyde and elsewhere in Scotland. The Grayling is taken either by simple float-angling (the angler strik- ing pretty quickly, but gently), or by dip- ping, or sinking and drawing. The depth at which the bait is'to lie varies much, but in general, during the first part of the season, these fish feed near the surface, and later on nearer the bottom. All sorts of natural flies and grasshoppers may be used successfully as dippers, and the artificial fly also ; but as this will be hereafter treated of under the head of Fly-fishing, it will be unnecessary to allude more fully to this mode in the present chapter. The artificial grasshopper (so called, for it really has little or no resemblance to the insect) is a very destructive bait ; and its use is found to be so detrimental to fly-fishing, that it is prohibited on some of the best grayling rivers. Grayling play pretty freely at first, but do not tight nearly so strongly as the trout of the same size ; hence, even with the single hair, they may gene- rally be landed in twenty minutes, or even less ; and the instances in which tackle is broken by this fish, in the hands of a skilful angler, are rare indeed. CHAPTER IN''. NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLY-FISHING. Sect. 1. — The Fish which will take THE Fly. In the chapter on Bottom-fishing I have remarked, that all fish may be taken by that mode ; but now it must be explained that the circle from which the victims of the fly-fisher's art are to be selected is much more limited. He may^ however, flatter himself that all, or nearly so, of the most prized varie- ties are included in his list, and this is the case not only in the British islands, but wherever the Salmonidcn are found, for these are the chief source of sport, although fly-fishing is much practised in India, where they do not exist. The following list includes all those fish which will take the fly so freely as to be worth the angler's notice ; and I shall describe the particular mode of fishing for them in the order of their value, not only as edible fish, but as affording sport to the angler, beginning with the little playful bleak, and end- ing with the lordly salmon. They are — first, bleak ; secondly, dace , thirdly, roach ; fourthly, chub ; fifthly, APPARATUS FOR DIPPING AND WHIPPING. 3G1 grayling ; sixthly, trout in all its varieties ; seventhly, salmon. Sect. 2.— Varieties of Fly- Fishing. Natural Fly-Fishing consists in the use of the various living flies, grass- hoppers, &c., which are found_ on the banks of rivers and lakes. It^ is prac- tised by a process which is cahed Dipping, but chiefly in such situations as are so much overhung with bushes as to preclude the use of the artificial fly. In tliese spots the water is gene- rally still, and there is no possibility of offering the lure in any other position than a state of almost entire qui- escence. Hence all imitations are easily discoverable ; and the real fly and grass- hopper, &c., are the only surface baits which the fish will take. Artificial Fly-Fishing, on the other hand, consists in the use of imitations of these flies, and also of other fancy flies, by means of an elastic rod and fine tackle, and by a process which is called whipping. All fish which will take the one will take the other kind of lure, but not always with an equal degree of avidity, as we shall hereafter find ; but as the principle is the same in both cases, it is better to treat of them together, rather than to go over the same ground a second time. Sect. 3. — The AppaiRAtus Required IN Dipping AND \yHippiNG. The Tackle for Dipping is much more simple than that employed in whipping, and it consists of a mode- rately short and stiff rod (the spinning or trolling-rod, minus its butt-joint, answers this purpose well) — of a short but strong reel-line of hair or plaited silk — of a single length, or two at most, of gut — and of a fine hook suited in size to the bait and fish. In dipping, H is usual to lengthen or shorten the fine, which is used from a foot in length to two or three yards, by coifing it round the end of the top joint, and, after the rod has been insinuated through tlie trees or bushes growing on the banks, uncoiling it as the line is wished to be extended. Some anglers use a reel fixed upon the lower part of the second joint, and with a hair-line it acts ^ pretty well ; but with a plaited one it is difficult to protrude the line from the end of the rod without so great a degree of disturbance as to alarm the fish. The uncoiling from the end of the rod is not uruittended with disadvantage ; but it is less ob- jectionable than doing so entirely from the reel, though I think, for the sake of convenience, that appendage may be added, taking care to have the lowest joint free, so as to be able to shorten the rod by that amount at pleasure. For Whipping, or Fly-Fishing as it is generally called — that is, for the use of the artificial fly — a rod, either single or two-handed, according to circum- stances, is required, with a fine reel-line and large barrelled-reel ; and also a long casting-line, with one, two, or three droppers, each armed with a fly. The Fly-Rod is either a single- handed one, or, when used for the larger varieties of the trout or for salmon, the two-handed rod. Both of these rods are usually made of the same materials, and they differ only in size, the single-handed varying from eleven to thirteen feet in length, while the two-handed extends from fourteen to twenty feet. They are both usually made in four or five lengths, but in Scotland they are, I believe, seldom in more than three pieces. The wood generally adopted as best for the fly- rod is greenheart, hickory being the next best ; or the butt is made of hickory and the other joints of green- heart — thus saving something in weight, as although hickory is heavy, greenheart is still heavier. Another wood, the "bluemahoe" of Janiaica, has lately been introduced, and is highly spoken of by those who have tried it, being very tough and pliant, yet fight and sufficiently stiff ; and a still more recent candidate for public favour is " washaba " wood, of which rods have been made by Messrs. Jack of Glasgow. At present, however, these M^oods have not received such an extended trial as will show whether they will displace their older compe- titors. Fly-rods are also commonly made of hoflow cane, with ash-butts ; or with the centre joint of hickory and top joint of lancewood, sometimes spliced with cane. Some of the fightest fly-rods are made, except tlie butt end, of rent and glued bamboo ; but they are very fragile in careless hands, and scarcely fitted for the young angler. Nothing in the wliole range of the manufacture of fishing-tackle requires greater skill than the putting togethor ANGLING. of a good fly- rod ; for it must possess great pliancy and strength, and yet it must balance exactly in the hand, and yield equally in every part. This last quality is essential to the due manage- ment of the fly, for without it it is impossible, except by long use of the same rod, to do full justice to the art which is under consideration. The portions of the rod are united together either by means of spHces, or in the same way as the bottom-fishing rod, by means of brass ferrules ; but, in addition to the ferrule, a small pin, or a flat hook of doubled and bent wire, is commonly fixed close to the socket and head of each piece, and, after th-e latter is passed into the former, these pins are united by a few turns of waxed silk, in the form of a figure of 8, so as to prevent the force exerted in throwing the fly from separating the rod into two or more portions. On finishing the day's fishing these may be cut away or retained, at the discretion of the fisher, who will sometimes pre- fer keeping his rod together from day to day, to the trouble of repeating this opei'ution on each visit to the river. About from ten to fourteen good-sized rings should be fixed on that side of the rod on which the reel is used, whichever that may be ; and they may be applied by means of a piece of quill and a few turns of waxed silk above and below the ring. At the butt-end a Spike, which is capable of being with- drawn like a toothpick into its case, is exceedingly useful ; and as its weight serves to balance the outward length of the rod, it is rather advantageous than otherwise. It is moreover so useful in fixing the rod, while recovering the fly when entangled, that I should strongly advise the young angler to adopt it, or to have with iiim a screw-spike capable of being attached whenever that un- pleasant occurrence takes place. The Reel is either simple, with a large drum or central barrel, or other- wise. The nmltiplier is luade with a series of wheels, which are intended to give out and take in the line more rapidly than the simple machine. In this desirable point I am satisfied that the object is attained nmch more com- pletely by the simple large drum ; for though the multiplier is very pretty in theory, yet it is constantly failing in practice. A large barrelled reel, with check to reiculate the giving out of the line, is far preferable. Upon this reel is wound from thirty to eighty yards of line, varying with the rod and the fish for which it is to be used ; thus, the smaller fish, including the ordinary run of conmion trout and the grayling, will require only thirty or thirty-five yards, while the larger varieties of trout and the salmon should always have from sixty to eighty yards ready for their capture. The Hair-Line, as made by the hand, I have already described (pnge 821) and I believe this, if well made by a care- ful yet hand^^ man, will be superior to those usually sold in the shops and made by the machine. It should be regularly tapered, and should vary in strength from twenty-four hairs down to fourteen for salmon, and from eighteen down to ten or twelve for trout. The tapering portion, however, should only extend, in the trout-line, as far as it is clear of the reel, which may be estimated at about half the length of the line ; and in the salmon line only for ab6ut twenty yards from the end. Plaited silk lines are now mostly used, especially for salmon, but I con- fess I have never seen any line which could be thrown with as much certainty as the hand-made horse-hair fine. It has just sufficient stiffness to carry itself smoothly through the air, with pliancy enough to adapt itself to all the varying evolutions of the angler's wrists and arms. Nevertheless, I am aware that many good anglei-s give the preference to the plaited line, and it is no doubt very superior to the old machine-twisted article, which was con- stantly "kinking," and from that cir- cumstance hable to break. There is, however, some difficulty in buying a really good horse-hair line, whereas an excellent plait fine of either silk or cotton can readily be obtained. The Casting-Line is composed of two, and sometimes of three portions ; the first, or extreme portion, consisting, in all cases, of several lengths of single-gut carefully knotted together, with or without silk "lapping;" the next portion is usually of treble-gut, twisted by the machine, or by the quills and bobbins which I have de- scribed at page 821 To these some anglers add a third portion of twisted hair, which however is imnecessary if the reel-line is properly tapered, and is of hair also. The great principle to DIRECTIONS FOR THROWING THE FLY. 3G3 be carried out is to taper the line from the point of the rod to the end, so that in working it through the air it shall play smoothly, and obey the hand to the greatest nicety. In this respect it should imitate the four-in-hand whip, which is so graduated that it tapers all the way, and is hence capable of taking a fly oS the leader's ear. The gut varies in strength and size,- from that required for the salmon to the finer sizes used in grayling or small trout fishing. The single-gut portion is generally about two yards long, and terminates in a fly which is called the stretcher, and which is either dressed on a length of gut, or has a fine loop left at its head by which it may be attached to any fresh length of gut. About three or four feet from this stretcher another fly, called a dropper, is attached by means of a short length of gut, usually about three or four inches long ; and at the ju"nction of the single gut with the twisted portion there is another dropper, with a some- what longer length of gut. If more than two droppers are used, the single gut length is increai-sed to eight feet, and the third dropper is then introduced midway between the two already de- scribed, with a length of gut of about six inches, while that of the highest is increased to eight ; by which gradual increase of length the stretcher and the droppers all ought to touch the water at the same time, while the foot- length of the casting-line extends in a gentle sweep from the stretcher to the point of the rod. The mode of attach- ing these droppers to the casting-line is by opening the water-knots, and then introducing the dropper-gut be- tween their two portions, after having previously knotted its end. This should be done as neatly as possible, to avoid making an unsightly projection. Most anglers whip the ends of the water- knots with white silk waxed with white wax, and also take a few turns round the dropper-gut to make all secure. Artificial Flies have been already fully described in the second chapter. Sect. 4. — Bleak-Fishing, and General Directions for Throwing the Fly. Whipping for Blicak forms the best introduction to the use of the fly-rod, especially as these little fish may be met with on almost all our canals and rivers, and often in situations v/here there are no trees to interfere with the use of the line. Almost any small midge or gnat may be employed, and the tackle throughout should be of the finest description, with a light rod of about eleven or twelve feet in length. The young angler should now tfxke as much pains in throwing his fly as if he were intent upon the capture of the finest salmon. In watching the evolutions of the general run of fisher- men, it is common enough to see two or three feet of line touching the water before the fly, whereas the con- trary ought to be the case, and the fly should alight on the water as airily and gently as its natural prototype, with scarcely any portion of the line following its example by coming into contact with the water at all. If the angler wiU only endeavour to avoid jerking his line, and will coax his fly rather than force it forwards, he will soon see the difference. The cast or throw, called throwing from the left shoulder, is effected as follows, when the rod is light and there is plenty of elbow-room. I am now supposing that the angler has a rod of eleven feet in length, and a fine, altogether, of about eighteen, with either a single stretcher, or, in addition, one or two droppers, all very minute. He takes the casting-line in his left hand, at such a distance from the fly that it is quite clear of the ground, and with the rod pointing forward and to the left ; then at the moment when he looses the line, he, with a half side and half backward movement of the arm, sweeps the line in* a gentle curve till it is well behind and above him. It is at this point that the first mistake is likely to occur, as here the awkward hand gene- rally jerks his fly (which is sometimes even whipped off with a snap), and after this jerk he can never regain that even and smooth flow which would otherwise foUow its alteration from the backward to the forward direction. When this movement is elegantly and effectively carried out, the line, with- out any abrupt change, is brought round the head from the backward to the forward movement without passing directly overhead, but in a line considerably above the level of the head of the angler ; when it has passed before the body, it is thrown forward at the full length of the arm. 364 ANGLING, and, without tlie slightest hurry, to the point which it is intended the fly shall alight upon. If this is badly executed, and with any jerk, the Kne is doubled upon itself, and the loop thus made touches the water while the fly is tw-o or three feet from its destination, and finally descends with a whole series of convolutions of gut or hair, enough to alarm all the fish within sight. Throwing from the right shoulder, or back-casting, differs from the foregoing in bringing the rod and arm (after they have achieved the backward move- ment) forward again by the side of the head, delivering the fly over the right shoulder without making the complete circular sweep behind the body. Sometimes when it is desirable to throw the fly with great delicacy, it is tried by waving the line from right to left over the head, in the form of a figure of 8 ; but this can only be effectively done with a single fly, as the droppers interfere with the manoeuvre too much to allow of its being tried when they are used. The young angler should practise both methods, and should never consider that he has mastered the first great difficulty until he has acquired the power of dropping his fly upon the water tolerably near a given spot by both the above methods, and with- out its being preceded by any portion of the line, or followed by more th^n a few inches of it. As soon as he has thus dropped his fly he begins to draw it more or less directly to him, and with a series ©f jerks, varying a good dea' according to the fly and the fish. WhiiTinq for Bleak, very little more need be done beyond bringing the fly gently and steadiiy towards the bank, and then repeating the cast in a fresh direction. When hooked, they may be landed at once, even with a single-hair line. Dipping may be practised with the bleak, using tl,ie natural house-fly, or in fact any small fly ; but it requires very little art, and I shall therefore postpone the desc»rip- tion of this species of fisliing until the section treating of Chub-fishing. Sect. 5. — Roach and Dace. Dace may be taken with the artificial fly, and afford even better practice than the bleak, ^ince they will take a coarser fly, and the tackle may be somewhat larger in proportion. The line, therefore, ha-* ing more subi'tance is more easily handled, and the fly may be manoeuvred to a much greater nicety. Black and red palmers, or gnats, will generally take dace ; and two droppers may be added in almost all cases to the stretcher, the angler varying the fly upon each. EoACH may also be taken with the same flies and tackle, but they do not rise to the fly nearly so well as the dace and bleak. Dipping may also be used with both of these fish, but they will in general take the artificial fly quite as readily, even in still water. Sect. 6. — Mode of taking Chub with THE Artificial and Natural Fly. These Fish generafly lie under the shade of willows or other trees, and very often are difficult to get at with the artificial fly, which, moreover, they do not at any time take so readily as the natural one. Sometimes, however, good chub may be taken in the middle of the ^ay, while basking on the sur- face of the water, by means of fine tackle and an artificial humble-bee, or a small red hackle, or an ant-fly, on a No. 6 or 7 hook ; but their best time is in the i^iorni;igs and evenings. When they do take the fly on this fine tackle, they require great care at first, as they fight very hard for a short time ; and are, on that account, exceUent practice for the embryo salmon-fisher. In Dipping for Chub, which is the best and most certain mode of bringing them to the basket, the following flies, &c., will ,be found most .useful : — First, the blue-bottle fly -(two of which rnay be put on one hoqk) is a most kilHng bait fer qhub ; secondly, hairy cater- pillars ; thirdly, beetles of all kinds, in- cluding cockchafers ; fourthly, grass- hoppers and humble-bees also are among the most destructive lures ; and lastly, the May-fly is a cer,tai^ killer. All these various natural baits n,iust be used very cautiously, and the angler should make as little noise as passible, and should hide himself behind as large a tree as he can find. The beetle, or other bait, having been applied on the hook so that the barb lies under the division between the wing-cases, the quantity of line necessary, which seldom exceeds two yards, is coiled around the end of the rod, so as to be capable in this state of being protruded quietly through aii FLY-FISHING FOR GRAYLING AND TROUT. 3G5 opening in the overhanging branches of the trees, whose shade the chub chiefly affects. When the trolhng-rod, thus anned, has insinuated itself, and is clear of all obstruction, it may be very gently turned round so as to lengthen the line by unrolhng it, and the buit in the most imper- ceptible manner is suffered to reach tlie water. If there are water-lilies or other flat leaves floating on the water, a good plan is to drop the beetle on one of them, and then gently draw it off the side into the water, when, if there is a chub near, he generally seizes upon it. But in all cases avoid a splash, and let the armed hook reach the water so gently as to cause scarcely a ripple. When there, it may be very gently jerked in all directions a few inches at a time ; avoiding all contact of the line with the water, and imitating the movements on the water of the insects which fre- quent it. In this way good fish may generally be tempted to their fate, and when hooked, may be played and landed in the same way as with the artificial fly ; but as the rod is not so suited to this purpose, owing to its stiffness, and as the line is shorter, the chub must be mastered and landed with the net as soon as possible. Sect. 7. — GKAYLiNa-FiSHiNO. With the Artificial Fly the gray- ling affords good sport ; and as this fish is in season at a time when salmon and trout are going or gone out, it is highly prized on that account if not for its intrinsic sport-giving powers. The Flies for Grayling are similar to those for trout, and especially to those used in the autumn. Nos. 1, 2, S, and 5, of the fronting flies, at pages 333, 334, may be used early in the season ; and later on, Nos. 7, 8, and 9. Sometimes the artificial May-fly will be taken, but not very commonly, except at a time when the fish are not so fit for the table as in the later months of the year. The winged larva, shown in No. 16 of the list, will also take the grayling ; and it may be used with advantage on a stretcher with droppers of Nos. 7 and 8. The trout casting-Hne should be used, with a rod of about eleven or twelve feet in length ; and a reel and reel-line of thirty yards will suffice, as the grayling very rarely exceeds two pounds in weight, and the average in most rivers is not much above one pound. In Fishing for grayling with the artificial fly, there is not much occasion for concealment, as this fish is very bold, and fearless of the presence of man. When hooked there is little necessity for striking, as the hold on the mouth is not in any case good, and the attempt to improve it by striking often ends in breaking the hook away from its hold. At first plenty of liberty should be given, short however of a slack line ; but in a very few minutes the attempt may be made to wind up, and this will seldom be resisted. Gray- ling do not fight very severely, and are not nearly so violent as the chub ; they sometimes, however, are strong enough to break away, because their mouths are so tender and the hooks used so small, on account of the limited size of their jaws as compared with the trout. But the line is seldom in danger, and if the hook is only securely fixed, the landing of its victim is safe enough. Dipping for Grayling may be prac tised as for chub, but with flies only, avoiding beetles and grasshoppers. It is not, however, a plan often adopted, since the grayling will generally take the artificial fly better by whipping, than any natural fly by the dipping process. Sect. 8. — Trout-Fishing. The Tackle Required for this most beautiful and exciting sport is described in the third section of this chapter, page 361. The Mode of Using it has also been to a certain extent explained in the next section, at page 363. Some few pecu- Harities, however, must be alluded to in the following account of fly-fishing for trout, which differs in many respects from aU other kinds of sport practised on the waters of this country with the rod and line. Unlike the mere whipping for bleak, which I have dilated upon as forming an excellent introduction to trout-fishing, the latter requires great caution not to scare the fish, either by the too near presence of the angler, or by the awkward manipulation of his line and flies. The management of the two-handed rod will more properly come under salmon and lake-trout fish- ing, for although it is sometimes em- ployed in fishing for common trout in 366 ANGLING. large and wide rivers, yet it can scarcely even there be needed, and it certainly loses in delicacy of manipulation much more than it gains in its power of con- trolling a larger extent of water. Different men adopt various plans of throwing the fly, but it is of little con- sequence which mode is followed, so that the angler has only entire command of his rod and line, and can do what he likes with hisfiies. "When this perfec- tion of casting is arrived at, the angler may choose whether he will fish up- stream or down, but he will soon find out by experience that the wind at his back is advantageous to him, and that he will scarcely succeed in any case in casting his fly in the face of a strong breeze. Beyond this no rule will in all cases apply, and the fly-fisher must use his own discretion, founded in great measure upon practical observation, as to the precise mode in which he will reach and fish particular parts of the water that he believes to be the resort of good trout. Indeed it is useless to attempt instructing the tyro by theoretical lessons in the details of an art in which it is certain that nothing but practice can give any de- gree of proficiency. This is constantly shown even in the professed fly-fisher of two or three seasons' experience, who throws his fly with all the most approved motions, and is beforehand fully convinced that he is the equal of any angler, from John o' Groat's to the Land's End ; but when he sees fish after fish hooked and landed by some older hand following in his wake, and using the very same fly, with perliaps an in- ferior rod, he is obhged to confess that theory must succumb to delicacy of handling, and that fly-fishing is a prac- tical art, rather than a science attainable in the closet. The various degrees of success mark the difference between the master and the scholar, and show that a life-time may be spent in ac- quiring the power of deceiving this wary fish, and yet there may be room for improvement ; hence it is that so many men of talent have been devotees to the fly-rod, and while they have en- joyed the beauties of nature displayed to them during the prosecution of their sport, they have nevertheless been much more deeply engaged in acquiring the art of fascinating a fish seldom of more than twenty ounces in weight. Ko one of these men would care for taking trout in any way unaccompanied by difficulty, and attainable without dexterity ; but when it is found that by long practice and careful obser- vation a feat can be accompHshed which no other m.eans will give, then the man who has mastered the power congratulates himself upon its pos- session, and is not unnaturally pleased in being enabled to display it by showing what may be done after another's fail- ure. Rivalry is the great zest in sport of all kinds, and the trout taken by an artist, in water which has been well flogged by his inferiors, are thought much more of than those landed where they rise to any bungler's throw. But to proceed to such a description as may be of some little use to the tyro, I must first observe, that he should confine himself to a single-handed rod with a moderately long line — say, of from fifteen to eighteen feet, which he should at once draw off the reel, and of which he should hold the gut in his hand near the fly. With this he may proceed to fish the river which is the seat of his intended sport, and may walk quietly along its bank, throwing succes- sively over every yard of hkely water ; but always fishing the water nearest to him, and lengthening or shortening his line according to circumstances, such as the breadth of water, the freedom from trees, &c. He will find that he must not throw straight across the river, neither must he aflow the fly or flies to be drawn too near his own bank, or he will not be able to hft them cleverly from the water, so as to get such a clear sw^eep as w^ill enable him to re- cast them with precision and delicacy. Hence, instead of fishing the water under his feet, he will throw his flies so as to take tlie edge next his own bank at the length of his line ; and will thus successively throw over all on his side long before his person is seen ; and when he brings his flies up to within ten or twelve feet of where he is standing, he may lift them, be- cause hC' has already well tried that portion of the water. But besides throwing the fly, there is also great art in Striking and Hook- ing the fish exactly at the right time, and with the proper degree of force. When the trout rises at the fly, which may always be seen by the angler, the rod should be raised with a motion upwards of the wrist only, avoiding, as ^ SALMON- far as the excitement of the moment will permit, all shoulder or elbow-work, and using just such a degree of wrist- action as may be judged will fasten so sharp an implement as the hook in so soft a substance as the mouth of the trout. Theoretically this may easily be estimated, but practically it will be found that the tyro generally jerks hard enough to strike a blunt hook deep into the jaws of a shark or dolphin. The object of striking at all is to prevent the fish from having time to discover h:8 mistake, the natural consequence of which would be to " blow-out " the fly from his mouth. The fly-fisher, therefore, waits till the moment when the fly is actually within the lips of his victim, and then, vvith a gentle yet rapid wrist-action, he fixes the hook there. This is much more easily done with a light single-handed rod than vvith one used by both hands, and hence it is advisable for this reason, as well as on account of the greater facilities in casting with it, to limit the young trout-fisher to its use. In Playing Trout, much depends on their size ; if small, they may be landed hnmediately, but if above half or three quarters of a pound, according to the fineness of the tackle, and tlie game- ness of the fish of that locility, it is necessary to yield to his powers for a time, and to give him line for running ; always taking care not to give him so much liberty as to enable him to reach adjacent weeds, or to rub his nose against the ground, and thus, in either way, get rid of his hook. Wlien tolera- bly exliausted, by advancing the butt of the rod and so using its flexibility as a safety-spring, the reel may be gradually wound up until the fish is brought near enough to be dropped quietly into the landing-net, after which it may be considered secure. But whoever has charge of the net must keep well out of sight of the hooked fish until he is effectually exhausted, or he will be sure to make fresh struggles, and often to such an extent as to cause his loss. The fly may easily be cut out of the lip with the penknife, and is generally none the worse for the service it has performed. Good Trout are found in almost all the gravelly and quick-running rivers of Great Britain and Ireland, but they vary much in size and gameness, without which latter quality they are FISHING. 3G7 little valued by the fly-fisher. In Scot- land they are highly prized, since they afford excellent sport, and are also of good size and flavour. Sea and Lake Trout, when they take the fly, are to be managed in the same way as salmon, whose si/,e and strength they approach much more nearly than those of the common trout. Sect. 9.— SALMON-FisniNQ. For the Salbion, tackle must be em- ployed of a description much stronger than that used for trout ; in principle, however, it is very similar ; and a salmon-rod with its line may be compared, in all respects, to a trout-rod and line magnified with a slight power of the microscope. The Salmon-Rod should be from fourteen to twenty feet in length, and should be made of three or four lengths, at the discretion of the fisher. Green- heart alone, or with hickory butt, is the wood now mostly adopted, but some anglers still adhere to the ash butt, with middle of hickory and top-piece of bamboo. Opinions differ as to the nature of the joints. Many prefer the splice, and submit to the trouble for the sake of the nicer play of the rod and the greater length of line it will cast ; sometimes the joints are made to screw together ; at others, with the bare wood of one joint dropping into tlie brazen ferrule terminating its next neighbour ; and at others again, by hav- ing both ends brazed, so as to oppose brass to brass. In both the latter cases the double-pin, or bent-wire, and silk- fastening, are used, in order to prevent their becoming loose or unattaclied in the ardour of fishing. The rod should balance pretty evenly at the part where the upper hand grasps it above the reel, which is usually fixed at about eighteen or twenty incl^ps from the butt-end. These essential characteristics, coupled with those already given at pp. 361-2, will suffice for the description of the salmon-rod. The Reel-Line has also been there described, and is of eighty to a hun- dred yards in leng-th, with the last twenty only tapered down to little more than half its regular size. To this is appended a casting-fine, made on the same plan as the trout-line, but one- third longer in all its parts, and entirely of gut, which should be of tlie size 36& ANGLING. called salmon-gut. The Flies for Sal- mon are described at page 336 . When a dropper is used, it is generally ap- pended at about four feet from the end. These Implements are used on a scale very different from trout-fishing, and, generally speaking, with less delicacy in proportion from the increase of sweep, and the coarseness of the tackle ; but in salmon-fishing so much de])ends upon the extent of water covered in throwing the fly, that no pains should be spared to acquire this power as fully as possible. It must be remembered that in salmon-fishing, unlike trout-fishing, the river is often too broad for any fine to reach nearly over all the good casts, and success is here often obtained solely by the power which some men have of sending their fly into parts which their weaker or less expert rivals cannot possibly cover. With the young angler, the first thing to be done is to secure the assistance of some resident guide well acquainted with the haunts of the fish, who will give him confidence, if he does nothing else. Without his aid the angler, if unsuccessful, will wander from point to point, and will be unable to do justice to himself, because he has no confi- dence that there are fish where he is trying for them. Indeed, even the experienced salmon-fisher is all the better for this assistance, if he is on strange water, as though he may give a shrewd general guess as to the most probable casts for fish, he will often pass over good ones, and select those which are much inferior to his rejected localities. He will also get some information as to the probability of his flies suiting the particular river and timC; and generally as to the fitness of his arrangement for that precise spot. This knowledge, once obtained, will serve as long as the river continues in the same state ; but *if rain, or the reverse, should alter the condition of the water, making it either much lower or much higher than before, the tyro will require additional aid from his quondam, friend. This is known to all salmon-fishers, inasuuich as these fish frequent very different parts of the same river in low, and again in a high, state of the water ; and the flies will also require considerable modification, according to the change in the elements. There are, however, some general rules which may be of service, though thoy by no means apply in all cases. Thus, large rivers usually require larger flies than small streams, which latter will more often be successfully fished with a gaudy but comparatively small fly — that is, if the M'ater is not too clear. The fish, generally lying at the bottom, will scarcely be attracted from the depth of a large river by a small fly,, whilst, if it is too gaudy, they are scared by its colours when they rise near the surface. Again, in small streams salmon seldom take any fly, except when the water is rather dis coloured, and in that state a dusky or dull one is not sufficiently attractive ; and when the same condition of water exists in the large rivers a gaudy colour will also be preferred. The size of the fly is of course an index to that of the hook, which is its foundation. Beyond these imperfect hints little aid can be given to the tyro, and he must learn by experience in his own person, or from that of others, the peculiar rules applicable to each locality. The Casting is generally from the left shoulder, backwards ; after which the line is steadily and rather slowly brought over the right shoulder, with the rod held in both hands, and its point directed upwards and backwards. It is then brought forwards with an increase in speed and force, when, stifl accelerating the speed, the angler delivers his fly at the spot upon which he wishes it to alight. This throwing from the left shoulder is chiefly useful where there are low bushes or other impediments near the ground behind the angler, under which circumstances the fly must be kept aloft ; but some- times the reverse is the case, and with impending trees and a bare background, the right shoulder or back-casting will avail much better than the rival mode above aUuded to ; but it, is not so manageable with the two-handed rod as with the light single-handed trout- rod, which may be used with as much certainty and facility as the four-in- hand whip. Mr. Stoddart lays it down as a rule that no man can manage properly, without the aid of the wind, a line more than four times the length of his rod, measuring from its point to the fly, and not including that part within the rings. This is certainly much within what is generally con- eidered the extreme length of a salmon- SALMON-FISHING, 369 throw, and many professed fishers maintain that they can cast nearly twice as far as that length will com- mand. But there is a vast difference between simply throwing a fly and throwing it cleverly and effectually ; still I cannot help thinking that Mr. Stoddart has a little understated the power of the salmon rod and hne in good hands, when he limits the range to thirty-five yards from the spot where the angler stands. This I should say is about the average length of good fly- fishers, but I should think that some few tall and muscular men, who are also adepts, can conomand nearly ten yards more, when the air is perfectly still and the situation is favourable to the display of their power and skill. Much must depend upon the tackle, which should be very nicely graduated, and if the cast is intended to be very exten- sive, one fly only should be used : indeed, in salmon-fishing it is seldom that much good is derived from a drop- per in addition to the stretcher. When a fly is to be thrown in a wide river of rather sluggish current, it may be directed nearly straight across, espe- cially if the opposite bank can be reached, and the fly, after it has touched the water, may be brought back with a circular sweep, keeping the rod low until it is absolutely neces- sary to raise it in order to bring home the fly, and working it by gentle fits and starts, so as to imitate the move- ments of a living insect. When, how- ever, there is a considerable stream, the fly may be thrown obliquely down- wards, as in trout-fishing, and is then brought back against the stream, and often without that attempt at jerking, which must be made in comparatively still water. In all cases the salmon- fisher should keep as much as possible out of sight ; and when he has recourse to wading, he should only enter the water which he has already effectually tried ; and when there, he should make no disturbance in it which he can possibly avoid. In this respect, how- ever, salmon are duller and less wary than common trout, or even than sea- trout ; but still they are easily scared, and no one should incautiously run risks which are not absolutely required. The fly is worked very differently from the trout-fly, which must always be on the top of the water to be effectual ; whereas the salmon-fly should always be sufficiently under the water to avoid making any ripple as it is drawn to- wards the thrower, and yet not so deep as to be wholly out of sight. The young angler should not, however, fol- low his lure too closely with his eye, or he will be apt to strike when the fish rises at it ; whereas he should always depend upon the sense of touch before he raises his rod, which is the only motion to be adopted. Sharp striking, as in trout-fishing, is wholly repre- hensible ; and all that is required is the instinctive stand, which it is impos- sible to avoid making, against a fish as he seizes the fly to run away with it. Sometimes, however, it is found difficult or even impossible, to tempt salmon into actually seizing the fly ; they will rise at it again and again, but from some cause or other refuse to take it into their jaws. In this case it must be changed until one is found to suit their fancy, but the change need not be made until the same fly has been tried two or three times unsuccessfully. Patience and perseverance, with skill and science, will here be required, and will always be served in the long run. In Playing the salmon, greater art is required than in the corresponding department of trout-fishing ; and, in consequence, nearly one-third of all the fish hooked escape before they are landed. This arises generally from imperfect hooking, but often also from defect in the tackle which has escaped the notice of the angler. Besides these causes of danger, there are others depending upon the direction taken by the fish, which cannot always be followed by the angler ; either from the depth of the water in large rivers or from mechanical causes in the shape of rocks, woods, &c., where the stream is smaller. When hooked, the first thing to be done is to raise the point of the rod, comEfionly called " giving the fish the butt," which motion must be carried out with as much power as the fisher considers his tackle will bear ; always remembering to give way by releasing the line when the strain is too great for it to bear, and when the fish is resolutely bent upon running. But this exact calculation as to restrain- ing or giving way is sometimes very difficulty especially as the size of the fish is no certain index to his power ; nor can the size always be correctly estimated at the first commencement B B 370 ANGLING. of the struggle, especially by the tyro at this kind of sport. A lively and fresh-run fish will appear twice as big as he really is, whilst a large but dull one will sometimes deceive his pursuer into the belief that he is weak and powerless, and then in a fit of despera- tion he will show his real size and capabilities by breaking away with a long Une towing astern. Mr. Stoddart s directions for playing the salmon are so good, that I am tempted to quote them in his own words :— " Always m running a fish, keep well up to, or if possible at right angles with, its head. Jn the event of its taking across the current, instead of stemming or de- scending it, give the butt without reserve. In the case of a plunge or Somerset, slacken line as quickly as possible, but lose no time inrecovermg it when the danger is over. When fish are plentiful and in the humour to take the fly, it is better to risk the loss of an indifferent-sized individual which you happen to have hooked, than to allow a long range of unfinished water to become disturbed through its capricious movements. In this case stint the line and hold on obdurately, but not beyond the presumed strength of your tackle. During the grilse season there are many portions of water, on the Tweed especially, where it would be absolute folly in the angler were he to humour the fish to its heart's content. A lively nervous grilse may occasion more alarm among its kind than one is aware of, especially if tlie water be of the transparent hue it generally bears during the summer and autumnal months. In event, however, of the salmon being few, or rising shyly, I would advise that some degree of care and ceremony be taken with what fortune brings to the hook ; and that on such occasions more regard be paid to the management of the fish under control than to the non-dis- turbance of a few yards of stream, where the chances of adding to one's success are at the least extremely doubtful. In these circumstances avoid using undue violence. Should the fish escape, the consciousness of your having (lone so will only add to the disappoint- ment. There is one precaution par- ticulariy to be attended to in respect to a newly-run fish, and that is, imme- diately on hooking it to use a moderate degree of pressure. The salmon will then brave or stem the current, and direct its course upwards ; whereas, on tightening the reins, it will frequently do the reverse, and thus not only may a portion of the water in prospect be- come disturbed, but there is consider- able chance, and in some places an abso- lute certainty, of the fish, if a large one, making its escape." Baggits generally descend the stream, as a rule, when hooked, and no management will make them leave the current; but as they fight sluggishly, and as their loss is o± little consequence, provided they do not run away with a good line, the butt may be shown them pretty early, and with a considerable degree of ^^The Gaff is to be used in the fol- lowing manner:— When the salmon has been thoroughly exhausted by his efforts to free himself from the hook, in which he has been opposed by the elastic resistance offered by the rod, he is brought near the bank, still keep- ing the butt-end of the rod well advanced, and the assistant then pro- ceeds to strike the gaff into the shoulder of the fish, or, if he uses the single hook, to insert it into the gill-cover. The latter plan is the least injurious to the beauty of the fish, and m skiLhil hands will answer every purpose. In all cases, however, the assistant should keep out of sight until the angler is satisfied, by the yielding of the fish, that it is safe for him to approach, tor a neglect of this precaution leads to the loss of many a fish. The assistant, or gillie, attempting to strike him before he is spent only makes him desperate ; and the efforts to escape, which before this were within bounds and under the control of the angler, are now rendered madly violent. This tries even good tackle too far, and either the hook itself or the gut gives way, or else the hold on the fish actually tears away. Tact and experience are the only safe guides on this dehcate point, and without them apparent vic- tory often ends in defeat. Instead of the gaff the landing-net is much used ; and in the south, as well as in Wales, is perhaps more in vogue than the gaff. The only objection is its size ; but as both must be carried by a gillie, since neither can be well managed by the angler himself, this is really ol: little consequence. If , how- ever, the angler is either unable or FISHING QUARTERS, 371 linwilling to obtain an assistant, the hook with sliding-stick is the best instrument for the purpose.; but even with its aid he must wait until the fish is nearly spent, and must then draw near a low and shelving shore before he can venture to hook him under the gills. Most rivers, however, present these convenient spots at intervals, and the angler should play his fish until he reaches one, let the distance be what it may, if he wishes to run no unnecessary risk. In all cases, when landed, the salmon should at once be knocked on the head, and the hook carefully removed with a penknife. CHAPTER V. THE CHIEF RIVERS OF GREAT BRITAIN, AND THE FISH FOUND IN THEM. Sect. 1.— Salmon Rivees. Salmon and Sea-Trout are found in all the four divisions of the three kingdoms, but in greatest abundance in Scotland and Ireland. In England, however, many rivers have, since the passing of the Salmon Fishery Act of 1861, been carefully preserved, and endeavours have been made, with more or less success, to restore the salmon by arti- ficial breeding, where it was almost, if not quite, extinct. The task, however, is one of great difficulty, owing to the obstructions caused by mill-weirs, the pollutions from manufactories and the sewage of large towns, and last, but by no means least, the netting in the es- tuaries ; for no sooner has the stock of salmon in a river been increased, than the fishermen at the mouth set to work and net every fish they possibly can, so that those who have gone to the cost and trouble, find the result, in many cases, most disheartening, as they have sown only that others may reap. In England, the most productive salmon rivers include the Severn, the Dee, the Wye, and the Usk (all of which aro partly Welsh, however), the Ribble in Lancashire, the Eden in Cumberland, the Tees and the Tyne, the Hampshire Avon, and the Taw and Torridge in Devon ; and there are many others of minor importance, i In Wales, in addition to those men- tioned above, are the Towy, the Teify, and the Conway, with some smaller streams. I In Ireland, the Shannon is the chief seat of the sport, and affords perhaps more facilities than any other river in the British Isles. Next to it come the Moy and the Erne, the Bann and the Bush, the Galway, the Suir and Nore, together with the rivers Blackwater and Lee, and the numberless lakes ot Kil- larney, Connemara, &c. Dr. Beard's work, entitled " A Year of Liberty ; or, Salmon-fishing in Ireland from February to November," will afford a great deal of information respecting the various localities. In Scotland the Tweed almost equals the Shannon in size and opportunities for sport ; and the angler who intends fishing on it would do well to get Younger's little work, published by Rutherford of Kelso, which describes the various waters and casts on the river. It, however, is so much netted as to be to a certain extent spoiled as a salmon river, and pollutions from manu- factories, &c., have of late also tended much to injure it ; so that it is obliged to hide its naturally higher head before its more northerly rivals, the Thurso, the Shin, and the Esk. The Tay and its tributaries also are first-rate salmon rivers, 50,000 fish being taken yearly by the net. And among those next in importance are the Dee and the Don, the Findhorn, the Conon, the Spey, the Beauly, and the Deveron. There are numberless smaller rivers throughout Scotland in which salmon are occasion- ally taken, and in which trout abound, particulars of which will be found in Lyall's "Sportsman's Guide to Scot- land," and in Mr. Francis's " By Lake and River," but as my experience of their quahties is very hmited, I cannot pretend to offer any observations on their comparative merits or demerits. l^ B 'I 372 ANGLING. Sect. 2.— Common Trout and Gray- ling ElVERS. In Scotland, Ireland, and Wales, al- most every river contains trout in some shape or form, varying from the fine well-formed fish of the best rivers down to the small half-starved ones found m the small rivers which descend from the barren sides of the northern granite mountains. It is, however, quite use- less to particularize those which afford the best sport, since their name is le- gion ; and I shall pass on to the Eng- lish scenes of the rod and fly. These are chiefly the following, commencing with those near London, and proceeding more and more in all directions :— The Thames, which has always been famous for its magnificent trout, has been largely stocked with young fish by the Thames Angling Preservation Society, and trout are now more plentiful m its waters than for many years past ; but of course not in the immediate vicinity of the metropoHs, and the angler must not expect to get any trout nearer to London than Hampton Court. Many of the tributaries o£ the Thames afford capital trout fishing. The nearest are the Wandle, the Maiden, the Mole, the Wey, and the Colne, in all of which there is generally a good stock of trout ; but these streams are for the most part very strictly preserved, and good fishing is difficult to obtain, except by interest with the proprietors. Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire have the higher parts of the Thames, the Ouse, the Colne, and the Wick ; Berkshire, Hampshire, and Wiltshire present the Kennet, the Lam- bourn, the Test, the Itchin, and the Avon ; Dorsetshire and Devon have the Frome, the Axe, the Charr, the Coly, the Otter, the Exe, the Teign, the Dart, the Plym. the Tamar, the Taw and Tor- ridge, the Lyn, and many smaller trout streams ; whilst the borders of Wales afford the Teme, the Wye, the Lugg, the Usk, and some others remarkable for fine trout and grayling. Proceeding towards the north, we find good trout- ing-rivers in Derbyshire, Yorkshire, and the adiacent counties of Durham, Cum- berland, Westmoreland, and Northuni- berland, where the Trent, the Erewash, the Dee, the Dove, the Derbyshire Wye and Derwent, the Kibble, the Eden, the Ellen, the Eamont, the Lune, the Swale, the Wharfe, the Ure, the Driffield, the Tees, the Wear, the Coquet, the Tyne, the Aln, and the various lakes of West- moreland, with their tributaries, all of which contain fine trout, and may be expected to please the taste of the most fastidious angler, as well as to gratify the eye of the admirers of the beauties of nature. Sect. 3.— Bottom-Fishing Kivers. The Thames, the Lea, the Medway, and the New Eiver near London, the Kentish and Dorsetshire Stours, the Ouse, the Cam, the Trent, the Severn, the Warwickshire Avon, and the Nor- folk Broads, are the chief seats of bottom-fishing: together with the preserved artificial waters sprinkled throughout England in the ornamental grounds of our nobility and gentry. They are, however, so numerous, that an extended list would occupy too. great a space, and the limits which can be assigned to the present subject forbid my going further into the scenes of the angler's passion, which is so strongly developed in the votaries of the art as to be only described with propriety by that word. Sect. 4. — Angling Guides. Those who desire more minute infor- mation upon the subject of angling quarters, I must refer to the " Angler's Diary," published by Mr. H. Cox, 346, Strand, which, although not perfect, contains by far the fullest Hst of places in the three kingdoms of any work with which I am acquainted. For the London angler, "The Bail and the Eod," by Mr. Greville Fennell, con- sisting of four parts, devoted to _ the fishing localities on four of the pnnci- pal railways, will be a useful guide. " The Angler's Guide to North Wales, a nttle work sold by Mr. W. Pritchard of Wrexham, will render good service in that part of the country; Tod's "Trout-fishing in the Isle of Man" gives the localities of that island ; Mr. Pennell's " Book of the Pike " contains a long Hst of pike waters in England, Scotland, and Ireland ; and mention has been made above of books relative to the Tweed, and to the Scotch and Irish rivers and lakes. 373 CHAPTER VI. EXPENSES OF FISHING, AND LAWS RELATING TO INLAND FISHERIES. Sect. 1. — Expenses of Fishing. The chief outlay on fishing was for- merly the tackle, which may be made to cost any smn from three pounds to aknost any amount. The average cost, however, of a complete outfit, will not be more than twenty pounds, if due economy is used in procuring fly- making materials. If, however, the angler is extravagant, he may easily spend from 60Z. to 1001. in rods and tackle. Beyond this, the principal ex- pense is the cost of the tickets for fishing, and travelling expenses. The tickets vary from a few shillings to about forty pounds per month, accord- ing to the nature of the sport and the locahty. In many places hotel- keepers have the power of granting tickets for fishing on the waters be- longing to their landlords. Particulars respecting these and the cost of tickets on many of the association waters will be found in the " Angler's Diary " men- tioned in the previous page. Sect. 2.— Laws Relating to Inland Fisheries. The Lord of a Manor having the soil on both sides of a river has the right to the fish ; besides which, there are three kinds of right to fish :— 1, Free Fishing, which is an exclusive right to fish in a public river by royal franchise ; 2, Several Fishing, giving an exclusive right to fish in the soil of another by grant from such owner ; and 3, Common OF Piscary, which is a Hberty to fish with others in a river the soil of which belongs to another. Besides which, everyone has a right to fish upon the sea-shore, and in tidal waters between nigh and low water mark. By the Act 24 & 25 Vict., c. 96, s. 24, passed m 1861, the taking of fish in water situate in land belonging to a dwelling-house is a misdemeanour, and if such water is private property, or if ^ere is a private right of fishing in it, the person taking fish in it shall, on conviction, pay such sum not exceeding tve pounds, over and above the value of the fish, as to the justice shall seem meet. But this does not apply to angling during the daytime. Tackle of fishers may be seized if offending against the provisions of this Act. By the Malicious Injuries ConsoHda- tion Act, 24 & 25 Vict., c. 97, the breaking down of the dam of a fishery, or Poisoning Fish, is made punishable. There are also certain local Acts affecting the Thames, Medway, Tweed, and other rivers, which limit the size of mesh to be used, the size of fish which may legally be taken, and the close times when they may not be taken. The Law as to Salmon Fisheries was consolidated in 1861 by 24 & 25 Vict., c. 100, its sections being as fol- lows : — 1. — Title of Act. 2. — Application confined to England, and not to extend to the river Tweed. 3. — Commencement of Act. 4. — Definition of terms used. 5-7. — Penalty for poisoning waters. 8. — Penalty for fishing with fights, spears, stroke-hall, snatch, &c. 9. — Penalty for using roe as bait. 10. — Prescribes net to be used. 11- — Interdicts fixed engines. 12. — Interdicts fishing at dams. 13. — Penalty for not erecting grat- ings at the mouths of artificial water- courses. 14. — Penalties for taking unclean fish. 15. — Penalty for taking salmon fry. 16. Penalty for disturbing spawning fish. 17— Fixing close time between Sept. 1 and Feb. 1 (except that it shall be lawful to fish with rod between Sept. 1 and Nov. 1), under penalty not ex- ceeding five pounds for each salmon caught. 18. — Home Office may extend or alter close time. 19. — Penalty for selling fish during close time. 20. — Fixed engines must be removed during close time. 21. — Weekly close time ordered. 22. — Free passage through traps must be left during weekly close time. 374 23-24. — Proprietors may make fish- passes to existing dams with consent of Home Office, first giving notice. 25. — All future dams to have fish- passes. 26. — Defines the supply of water to fish-passes. 27. — Free gaps, and their jnode of construction. 28. — Orders free gaps in weirs. 29. — Defines the boxes and cribs which may be put in fishing weirs and mill-dams. 30. — Spur walls in fishing weirs. 31. — Home Office to have the super- intendence of fisheries. 32. — Inspectors to report annually to Parliament. 33. — Justices to appoint conser- vators. 34. — Justices may grant search-war- rant on suspicion. 35. — Recovery of penalties. 36. — Ofiienders on rivers between two counties may be tried in either. 37. — Where oifences on sea-coast to be tried. 38. — Permits dredging. 39 and Schedule repeal certain Acts. The Sale of Salmon during the close season having been prohibited in this country, unseasonable fish were poached in large numbers, and shipped to France, where they were readily bought. Accordingly in 1863 an Act was passed prohibiting the exportation of salmon that was not legally saleable here. In other matters, also, it was soon found necessary to increase the powers of the Act of 1861, and in 1865 an Amendment Act (28 & 29 Vict., c. 121) was passed, the provisions of which will be found described in the following summary of its sections : — 1-3. — Title and construction of Act, and definition of terms. 4_30._On the formation of fishmg districts, appointment of conservators, regulation of proceedings, enumeration of powers, &c. 31. — Entry of water-bailiflE on land. 32. — Alteration of fish-pass or free gap. 33_38. — As to hcences, and penalties for fishing without them. 39_55. — Appointment of commis- sioners to inquire into legality of fixed engines. . 56._When hard labour mstead of penalty can be awarded for offences against salmon laws. 57. — Minimum penalties for ditto. 58. — Forfeiture of nets, &c. for ditto. 59. — Limitation of time for compen- sation for fish-pass. 60. — Consent of conservators neces- sary to take salmon roe for artificial propagation. 61. — As to justices hearing cases under salmon law. 62. — Payment of penalties to con- servators. 63. — River Esk included in Act. 64. — Partial application of salmon laws to trout in salmon rivers. 65. — As to exportation of salmon. 66. — Appeal to quarter sessions, forms ■ of notice, &c. Further Amendment became neces- sary in a few years, and in 1873 the Act of 36 & 37 Vict., c. 71 was passed, of which the sections are as follows : 1-4. — Title of Act, commencement, definition of terms, &c. 5-10. — Secretary of State empowered to alter fishery districts and number of conservators ; formalities of doing the same. 11. — Convictions for offences against Salmon Acts to be notified by clerk of the justices to the board of conser vators. 12. — Appointment of conservators for the Esk. 13. — Extension of the Malicious Injuries Act to the poisoning of salmon rivers. 14 _No draft net to be shot within 100 yards of another. 15. — No eel-baskets to be fixed be- tween Jan. 1 and June 24. 16. — Penalty for deterring salmon from passing up rivers in the close season. 17. — Fishing prohibited within 50 yards above or 100 yards below a weir or mill-race, except with rod and line. 18. — Amendments of the Acts of 1861 and 1865, as to penalties, &c. 19. — Penalties on selling salmon during close time. 20. — Penalty on selling trout or char during close time. 21-25.— Provisions as to licences, appHcation of funds, &c. 26-35. — Constitution of boards of conservators, mode of election, &o. 36.— Powers of water-bailiff to exa- mine weirs, &c., search boats, nets, baskets, and other instruments used in fishing, and penalty for obstiuctiou. LAWS RELATING TO SALMON FISHERIES, 375 37. — ^Water-bailiff may enter on land. 38. — Persons fishing illegally at night may be apprehended. 39—45. — Boards empowered to make bye-laws for altering close season, determining size and mesh of nets, fix- ing licence duties, and other purposes, subject to consent of Secretary of State. Formalities attendant on same. 46-48. — Penalties on persons build- ing or altering weirs, or injuring fish passes. 49-50. — Board may petition Secretary of State to allow compulsory purchase of weir or obstruction, for the purpose of removal ; or to purchase part of bank for erection of fish-pass. 51-56. — Other provisions with regard to fish-passes. 67. — Board may levy additional duty for permanent improvements. 58. — Power to widen channels, place gratings at the mouth of streams, &c. 59-65. — Legal procedure, schedules, licence duties, &c. Scotch Salmon Laws. The Acts now in force in Scotland for the preservation of salmon are 25 & 26 Vict., c. 97 (1862), amended by 26 & 27 Vict, c. 50 (1863), and by 27 & 28 Vict., c. 118 (1864). The com- missioners appointed under these Acts have made certain bye-laws, which must be studied by those who wish to know the exact local conditions of any nVer. Irish Salmon Laws. The Acts as to Irish fisheries are 5 & 6 Vict., c. 106 ; 11 & 12 Vict., c. 92 ; 13 & 14 Vict., c. 88 ; and 26 & 27 Vict, c. 114. A very handy summary of them has been brought out by Mr. T. Brady, the senior inspector of Irish Fisheries, under the title of " Instruc- tions to Water Bailiffs." It is pub- lished by Messrs. M'Glashan and GiU, Dublin. Legal Handbooks. The whole subject of the Fishery Laws of England and Wales, Scotland, and Ireland, is dealt with in an ex- haustive " Treatise on the Fishery Laws of the United Kingdom," by Mr. J. Paterson, barrister-at-law, who officiated as chairman of the Special Commissioners for English Fisheries, and did good service during the long inquiry as to the legality of various modes of fishing, and the weirs and other obstructions, which existed in the various salmon rivers at the time of the passing of the Act of 1865. To this work (which is published by Shaw and Sons, Fetter-lane, London), I cannot do better than refer any one wishing for information on legal matters connected with our fisheries. Another work, on the Laws of the Salmon Fisheries only, has been brought out by Mr. J. Willis- Bund, who is vice- chairman of the Severn Fishery Board as well as a member of the legal profession. FOR I BAIT OF BEND OR, BY r>ONC»iy in the eighteenth century, supposed about 1702 ; and the Godolphin Arabian (not to be confounded with the Godol- phin Grey Barb) imported a few years later, and first used as a sire in 1731, in consequence of the failure of Hob- gobhn, to whom he acted in the ignoble capacity of teaser. From the two Arabians and the Turk above-mentioned are derived all our best breeds, in whose pedigrees their names will invariably be found mixed up with more or less of the descendants of the other Eastern horses and mares given in the previous list- In examining pedigree-tables it is customary to trace the descent chiefly through the male line, and hence various horses are con- sidered to be descendants of one or other of these three horses, when they really own more of the blood of one or both of the other two. Thus Eclipse is generally said to be a descendant of the Darley Arabian — and so he was — being a son of Marske, who was son of Squirt, who was a grandson of the Darley Arab, through Bartlett's Childers ; but then Eclipse was out of Spilletta, who was by Regulus, son of Godolphin, and consequently he was composed of one- eighth Godolphin and one-sixteenth Darley Arabian blood. It has been contended by some per- sons who have v/ritten on the horse, and among others by Mr. HanckeySmith, that we owe more to the previous breeds for the goodness of the two Childers and their stock than to the Darley Arabian ; but this I cannot help thinking is a fallacy, and for the fol- lowing reasons. It will be seen, by a reference to the pedigree-tables, that the blood of the Darley Arabian, to- gether with that of the Byerly Turk and the Godolphin Arabian, is met with ten times as often as that of any other, whe- ther a Royal Mare or Lister Turk, which come next perhaps to these successful sires in point of frequency. Now, if the goodness of Eclipse were owing to the Lister Turk and Hautboy crosses in his pedigree, how comes it that in subsequent breeding we 384 HOBSE-EACIJSG. do not find this blood predominate in our first-rate horses ? If, however, on the contrary, we find all our best stock absolutely deliis^ed with the Godolphin, Byerly Turk, and Darley Arabian, to the exclusion almost o± any but scattered fragments derived from the various names I have given above, we are compelled to assign the chief honours to these three; and it only becomes a question whether, though they were originally the cause of the goodness, they may not now by long perseverance require a little fresh importation of new blood. But that they are the great guns of the pedigree lists an exami- nation of the subsequent pages will readily show. . In the present day, however, it is scarcely desirable in theory, and it is wholly impossible in practice, to sepa- rate these roots, and to value them in comparison with one another— mas- much as the present generation of horses is so much removed from the age in which they lived. Few of our present horses are within eight or nine removes from Godolphin ; and Cother- stone and his sister Mowerma were, I beheve, the only recent horses of any note who rank him as an ancestor m the sixth remove. The distance from the Darley Arabian and Byerly Turk is still greater, though in some cases not more than two removes further off. For the sake of convenience, there- fore, I shall give a list of the most prominent horses and mares removed from our present horses about six or eight degrees, with a description of their pedigrees and peculiarities ; and then trace up our present horses to them, so as to ascertain the relative value of these elements, and the pro- priety of going back to them or avoid- ing them respectively in making the selection of breeding-stock. Nothing is so difficult as to make this calcula- tion without having the full pedigree before the eye, because it is impossible to grasp all its details by a reference to the usual mode of giving it in the " Stud Book." But from a more care- ful investigation it will, I think, result that certain horses and mares removed only to this extent are highly to be prized, while others are gradually be- coming extinct ; and according as the former predominate, or are absent, will the strain be valuable or worthless. Sect. 3.— The Horses and Mares from which our prissent breeds are CHIEFLY Derived. A List of Horses and Mares re- moved seven or eight times from our present horses — that is, about a hun- dred years — will be valuable to the breeder, inasmuch as it will enable him to comprehend at once the annexed tables of our present most distin- guished horses and mares. At the head of this list I shall place the fol- lowing celebrated sire : — Herod, or, as he was formerly called. King Herod, was foaled in 1758, and was bred by the Duke of Cumberland, and sold to Sir John Moore, in whose hands he was a great performer on the race-course, though not always vic- torious like his son Highflyer, or those renowned runners, Childers and Echpse. He was a very fine horse in appearance, with great speed and power ; but his fam.e now rests upon his stock, which in the first generation produced 497 winners, and reaHzed more than 200,000Z. By a reference to his pedigree, given in table 2, it will be seen that he was bred almost entirely from Eastern blood, but with several flaws never- theless, any one of which in the pre- sent day would vitiate a pedigree. He is usually considered as a repre- sentative of the Byerly Turk, but is really more of the Darley Arabian by one-half, one sixteenth of his blood belonging to the former horse, and three thirty-seconds to the latter. This is caused by the fact that Herod had one infusion of the former and two of the latter. Flying Childers appears as his maternal great-grandfather ; and to him, I suspect, is due the merit^ which Herod must always claim, of being the most valuable ingredient in the com- position of our present breeds of horses. In examining the pedigree-tables, he is met Avith more commonly than any horse of his time ; and I think I shall be able to show, as a rule (liable _ of course to exceptions), that according to the amount of his blood in the pedigree is the value of the animal as a racehorse. Spanker forms not quite one-sixteenth of Herod, which propor- tion is made up by combining the three more remote strains into one. The Leedes Arabian also makes up one-sixteenth by a combination of their strains ; and Bethell's Arab also lays Ay^CESTOBS OF QUE THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. 385 claim to a chief share, since he forms an entire eighth of Herod ; but as he has not jnuch reputation derived from other sources, it can scarcely be con- sidered that the goodness of Herod is derived from him. Matchem will come next in import- ance, as in point of time, in which respect, indeed, he ought to take pre- cedence of Herod, having been foaled in 1748 ; but as I believe he does not prevail quite to the same extent in the pedigrees of our horses, I have lowered him beneath the above celebrated horse. Although in the male line he is the only representative of Godolphin of his time, yet he shares the honour of transmitting the blood through the female side with Miss Eamsden, Molly Long-legs, Rachel, Lisette, Folly, &c. &c.. the last being by Blank, son of Godolphin, out of a daughter (sister to Regulus). The pedigree of Matchem is given in table 1, which will show his composition as derived in great measure from Godolphin, and as ex- hibiting very few flaws. St. Victor's Barb, Akaster Turk, the Byerly Turk, and the Oglethorpe Arabian, each make one-sixteenth, which proportion Cur- wen's Barb also takes. Spanker again appears in this pedigree, but in a smaller degree than in that of Herod. Matchem was a very good racehorse, and was nearly always victorious ; as a stallion, he does not come up to Herod, but he was the sire of 354 winners, whose joint winnings amounted to more than 150,000^. Eclipse, the pride and boast of the race-course, is usually ranged among the descendants of the Darley Arabian, of whom he is the only representative in the male line who can be traced in the same way to our present breeds ; but by examining his pedigree (table 4), it will appear that he has twice as nmch of the blood of Godolphin as that of the Darley Arabian, the former com- posing one-eighth, the latter one six- teenth part. Besides these, we find the Lister Turk making up nearly an eighth part, the D'Arcy White Turk rather more than one-sixteenth, and the Royal Mares the same proportion. He was bred, like Herod, by the Duke of Cumberland, and sold at his death , to Mr. Wild man, who resold him to Mr. , Kelly, by whom he was run, at five years old, with the extraordinary re- sults which are known to everj'oiie familiar with the annals of the turf. He was never beaten, and won eleven King's Plates, besides other stakes. In shape, he was very long and low be- fore, and his temper was so bad as to occasion great difficulty in riding him. His winning produce, both in numbers of horses and value of winnings, was nearly the same as that of Matchem — being winners, 344 ; value, 158,000^. Rachel, Folly, Miss Ramsden, Prin- ciPEssA, Lisette, and Molly Longlegs, were all grand-daughters of the Godol- ^phin Arabian, and most of our best horses exhibit one or more of their names in their pedigrees, some of them indeed combining nearly all of them together. Their pedigrees are given in full in the following tables; where also wiU be found those of Snap, Bay Bolton, Gipsy, Babraham, and the Large and Little Hartley Mares ; also. Cole's Foxhunter, Young Belgrade, Giantess, Soreheels, and Careless; all names constantly occurring in the seventh or eighth remove from our pre- sent horses. The first table exhibits among Matchem's ancestors — Partner, Sister to Mixbury, the Bald Galloway, and Spanker; in the second table are given with that of Herod the pedigrees of Blaze, Childers, Fox, and Merhn ; and lastly, in Eclipse's table are given those of Spilletta, Regulus, Mother Western, Snake, and Hautboy. Tkentham, bred by Sir John Moore, in 1766, was sold to Sir John Ogilvie, and realized in stakes more than 8,000 guineas, an enormous sum in those days. He was afterwards used for stud purposes by Lord Egremont, and appears in the pedigrees of Mel- bourne, Lanercost, Alarm, &c., as the sire of Camilla (1778), who was out of Coquette (1764), a mare bred by Lord Bolingbroke, and got by the Compton Barb, out of Sister to Regulus (see table 48). Syphon, foaled in 1750, combines several strains of old blood through Squirt, son of the Darley Arabian, Bay Bolton, son of Grey Hautboy, twice-^ and Sister to Mixbury, daughter of Curwen's Barb. His pedigree is in table 49. Crab, son of the Alcock Arabian, and of a sister to Soreheels (table 5), will be found to transmit this blood to several of our best stocks ; he is not, however, represented in the male line by any of our present horses. C (1 1 I! 38G HORSE-BA CING. Guilders, better known as " Flying Childers," is not represented in the male line, but bis blood prevails very extensively through Lisette, Elfiida, Hyena, Curiosity, PapiUon, and Promise, all of them daughters of Snap, his grandson. Their names are constantly found in the sixth or seventh remove from the present day, in company with that of Herod, also a great-grandson of Childers, as already remarked in the previous page. His career on the turf was a very remarkable one, even in those days when comparatively little use was made of a first-rate horse. He was never beaten, and is said to have carried 9st. 21b. over the Round Course at Newmarket (3 miles 4 fur- longs 93 yards) in 6 minutes 40 seconds ; which is as nearly as possible fourteen seconds a furlong— being nearly the highest rate at which the Derby course has been covered in these days, with less weight, and not half the distance. But as I shall hereafter show (Chapter III.), this has been surpassed by West Austrahan and Kingston, at a later period of their development— viz., when four and five years old respec- tively. Sportsmistress, foaled in 1765, will always be remarkable as the dam of Pot-8-os, by Eclipse. She was a great- grand-daughter of Godolphin, and thus gave her produce a fi'esh infusion of that blood already predominating in Eclipse. Besides Godolphin, she was largely imbued with the blood of Crab, who was grandsire on both the dam's and sire's side of Goldenlocks, her dam. Thus Sportsmistress was much in-bred with Crab, and by her union with Eclipse hit with the blood of Godol- phin. Besides Pot-8-os, who was her first foal, she produced ten others, but none of any great value. (See pedigree table G3.) Brunette, the dam of Trumpator, Cantator, Pipator, &c., was foaled m 1771. She combines the blood of the Godolphin Arabian with that of the Byerly Turk, the Darley Arab, Bloody Buttocks, Greyhound, Ancaster Starling, and the Newton Bay Barb ; she was not much in-bred (pedigree table 50). Rachel, foaled in 1763, by Blank, son of Godolphin, and out of a grand- daughter of the same horse, is remark- able aa being the dam of Highflyer by Herod, and Mark Anthony by Spectator. In the first case there was a very close in-breeding to Godolphin, and an out- cross into' the Herod blood producing the invincible Highflyer ; and in the other case a continuation to some extent of the in-breeding produced an inferior horse to Highflyer, but one far above the average. Here the blood of Soreheels was in both sire and dam. The celebrated Prunella must not pass unnoticed, as the dam of two of the most renowned brood-mares which ever lived— viz., Penelope, by Trum- pator, dam of Whalebone, Whisker, Woful, Web, and Wire ; and Parasol, by Pot-8-os, dam of Partisan. It will be seen that she received a second in- fusion of the blood of Childers from her dam through Snap, her Sire being, through Herod, descended also from that celebrated horse by the collateral line of Cypron. The most extraordinary brood-mares in the whole Stud Book are the Alex- ander Mare and Pocohontas, whose pedigrees are given in the 54th and 112th tables of this book. The former was dam of three first-rate stallions — viz., Castrel, Selim, and Rubens, whose blood is justly considered to be of the very highest caste; Castrel being of late years represented by Pantaloon, Selim by Bay Middleton, The Flying Dutchman, Cowl, Pyrihus the First, and a whole host of celebrities ; while Rubens, though extinct in the male line, is yet maintained in reputation from the value of the breeding-stock left by Defence, who was a grandson on the dam's side of the above horse. In this way most of our present fashionable horses trace back to this mare. Pocohontas, by Glencoe, was the dam of Stockwell, King Tom, and Rataplan, whose immediate progeny have during the last twenty years won the Two Thousand five times. One Thousand six times, Derby six. Oaks four, and St. Leger nine times, a truly marvellous record indeed. Sect. 4. — Series of Tables of Pedigrees. The following series of tables con- tains the pedigrees of our present most remarkable horses, traced up, as a rule, to the highest point which is given; in the Stud Book. Each will be foun(^ generally divided into two or more sections, in order to avoid the endless repetitions which would otherwise occur ; but by reference to those ANCESTOES OF OUR TnOROUGH-BBED HORSES. 387 tables where the full pedigree is made out, it will generally be easy to follow out the investigation by turning to the table indicated by the figure, or looking at the index. Most of our modem horses are derived fi-om about two dozen mares, generally closely re- lated to one another ; and thus, by giving the pedigrees of those mares once, it is unnecessary to repeat them so con- stantly as would be required if each pedigree were made out at full length up to its root. The great point in exam- ining a pedigree is to have all the recent ramifications presented to the eye at once, so as to grasp all its bearings at a glance, and thus estimate the relative importance of the various elements composing it. For instance, in examin- ing the pedigree of Bay Middleton, we should be told that he was by Sultan, out of Cobweb, by Phantom, and then perhaps the investigation Avould cease in an ordinary way ; but by turning to the table giving his pedigree with that of his son Andover, it will appear that he is descended from the same blood as many others of our best horses — as, for instance, Williamson's Ditto, JuHa, sister to Cressida (dam of Priam), Web, sister to Whalebone, &c., &c. ; and thus we should not only attain some knowledge of his own elements, but also airive at certain con- clusions as to his fitness to combine with other strains of blood. The same will apply to every table here pubhshed, but it would lead to an endless discus- sion, if I were to go into all the remark- able features exhibited in them. Suffice it to say, that they show at a glance, in each case, the strains from which all our most successful modern horses are derived, and enable the breeder to make his selection with the fullest chance of not overlooking any horse remarkably well suited to his purpose. In comparing these tables some names meet the eye continually— as, for instance. Eclipse and his sons Alexander, Pot-8-os, Joe Andrews, Saltram, Dungannon, Mercury, and King Fergus ; and Herod and his son Highflyer ; Matchem also is constantly met with, but not so frequently as Herod, Highflj'er, and Eclipse. The value of these names is such, that I believe the goodness of a particular strain may generally be estimated by the amount of Herod or Eclipse blood in Tho pedie:ree, especially that of the former. Highflyer, combining the blood of Herod with that of the Godolphin Arabian, is also particularly valuable as a progenitor, and, perhaps, even more so than Herod when derived through other sources ; but taken as a whole, whether coming to us througli him, or through Maria, the dam of Waxy, or through other sources, I beheve that, cceteris paribus^ it may generally be assumed that in proportion to the amount of Herod blood found in the sixty-four progenitors of any horse in the sixth remove, will be his value as a racer ; and when this amount is large, with the addition of a liberal allowance of Godolphin blood, and that of the Darley Arabian through Bartlett's Childers and Eclipse, the combination is of that quality that it cannot be excelled. Let the investigator into the arcana of the breeding stud calculate and compare for himself these elements, as contained in the annexed tables, and I think he cannot fail to come to the same conclusion. But indepen- dently of the value of these tables in giving an idea of the various combina- tions of strains composing each pedigree, they are also of great use in leading to an estimate of the propriety or other- wise of in-breeding. Without such a guide as is here afforded, it is im- possible to guess even at the curious relationships which exist between the ancestors of our present horses of note. Wherever the full table is given, if the eye is cast down the several columns, the chances are that the same name occurs again and again, and in this way the conclusion is forced upon us, that in-breeding to some extent has been always adopted, and almost of necessity, because every horse of note is now derived from the same sources, though often variously mixed, and sometimes kept in a distinct strain for several generations. All these points, however, should be carefully studied, and hereafter will be again alluded to in entering upon the subject of breeding, and the laws which regu- late that mysterious yet interesting occupation. Since these tables were first compiled in 1855 numerous imitators have sprung up, and the plan adopted is now common enough. But previously to their appearance I beheve no one had ever attempted to fill a single table completely up to the sixth generation ; CC 388 HORSE-RACING. for though Mr. Goodwin and Mr. Youatt had published lei^gthy tables of Eclipse, the Darley and Godolphin Arabians, and the Byerly Turk, they were not filled up throughout, on account of the deficiencies in their pedigrees. The plan I then adopted can now always be easily carried out with the foundation afforded by the tables of 1855 ; but when I compiled the latter I had only the Stud Book to refer to, and unfortunately the copy I used was made up of the first three volumes as originally published, which were full of errors, since corrected by Messrs. Weatherby, which misled me in many cases in a proportional degree. These errors are, however, now cor- rected, and I believe the tables may be I fully relied on. TABLES OF PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. An Index of the names of the horses contained in these pedigrees will be found at the md of the Tables. The numbers appended to names of horses in incompleted pedigrees indicate the T'dbks in which the continuation will be found; and where no number is given, reference may be made to the Index. (1) MATCHEM (1748). ( Godolpliin Arabian fBald Galloway | St. Victor's Barb Roxana ) (1705) I (1718) )_ _ , 1 Akaster Turk l-n„„„T,+^^ ^Leedes Arabian ^Daughter of ^Daughter of Spanker (below) 'T^ U4. f (Why Not, by Fenwick Barb Daughter of ^^jj^y^^lj^^^^^ .Sister to Chanter ' Partner j ler (17J (1718) 1 s PartT to Mis Brown V Farewell o: \ (2) (Jigg |Byerly Turk (D'Arcy's Yellow Turk Daughter of Spanker | Daughter of f Morocco Barb ^Bald Pes fAn Arab \Barb Mare (Curwen's Bay Barb Sister to Mixbury aw o/ Editha (1781), by Herod.' rSnip iChilders, 2 , Snap j (17^6) I Sister to Soreheels, 5 I (1750) ', Sister to, Fox, 2 SliTjbv In- (Bay Bolton, 4 ELFRIOA ^ ^ ^ G.psyM^ N,^,^,tleTurk (I7,ii) ) "'iByerly Turk Mare (Regulus, 4 Miss Bftlsea I ( Bartlett's Childers, 4 (1753) (Daughter of j , Honeywood's Arabian (Dau-hter ot ^ ;,f ^j,^; j^^^ rj,^,^^ Blues, by Byerly Turf: PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. 391 (12) FRENZY— Z)ar/i 0/ Phenomenon (1780), by Herod r and o/Lucy (1789), hy Florizel.^ Eclipse, 4 Eu,Miieer (1756) rBlaze, 2 Sampson) fHip (Curwen Bay Barb 1(1722)'' • - ■ " (Spark I Wilkes's Hautboy Mare, 4 (1745) .)(1722) I Lister Turk Mare '^Dr. ofj^ jHoneycomb Punch, by Taffolet Barb Dr. 0,| ^Dr. of( . f Snake, 4 *Tfl D'Arov'sOueenl^'^^o^^^^^^^y''' Ld. U Arcy s yueen^j^j.^ Brimmer, 4 (Y. Greyhound/ Greyhound Barb .Dr. Of <"1^> icrott-sPetMare[^-';»g:^,«*y., VDr. of Curwen Bay Barb (.Trumpet's dam, 1 (Blank, 13 Twilight's damv i Godolphin Arabian c ( /i - Jm I Little Hartley Mare (1760) ■Rib (1736) ( Crab, 5 ^Dr. of Doll (1721) Woodcock, 4 ,Moonah Barb Mare l-Ti ^f} Wynn Arabian ^ ° i J ..(Governor Idj. I Alcock Arabian Dr. r. f Grasshopper (Son of Byerly Turk) (. Daughter of Grasshopper (above) (14) CHAUNTER (1782). (Eclipse, 4 CHAUNTER (1782) r. ot ^jjj. Grassliopper, by Crab, 2Ia leme , ,p 1^ k ^ 1(1790) ^ . Q^^^^i,,, (Bustard (1741)[ J^fg^'s^^^^erkin, 23a j br. of|^^S-^fj5,t,,,, 1 I Bolton, 4 \ Dr. of ' (Darley Arabian Mare I C Squirt, 4 Tim (1752) g.^^^^g ^^^GodolphinA^-a^bi^^^^^^ _ , ^ (1746) W of (1731)!^^'^^!^«L7edes, 2 i^atty / iJi'. 01 '^Moonah Barb Mare /Justice/Litton Arabian (1724)\Aldby Jenny, by Leedes Dragon Miss Patcli Ringtail (Curwen-s Bay Barb Galloway )Dr. of{JfP^/^^ piping Peg by Lister Turk 392 (17) PLENIPOTENTIAEY (1831), Emilius, Orville, Pericles, Beningbrough, Stamford, Precipitate, evaxder, &c. ' King Fe'-gus " (1775) Eclipse (1761) Marske, 4 Spilletta, 4 Benin ebrough (1791) Polly (1756) Black & all Black, 1 Daughter of (1780) 1 Herod (1758) Pyrrha (1771) Tartar, 2 Uypron, 2 Matchem, 1 Duchess, Orville Evelina Highflyer (1-74) Herod (1758) Rachel (1750) Tartar, 2 Cvpron, 2 Blank, Sis. to South, I (1820) (1791) Termagant (1772) Tantrum (I76j) Cantatrice C ri ppleT H.Ct.ChilaersMarp, ^<. in .Tinio. 9 (17a) LEAMINGTON (1853) ' LEAMINGTON (1853). Faugh-a-Ballagh (l)rother to Birdcatclier, 29) Pantaloon, SO Laurel, 56 Selim. 27 HcnuT, 2 EtiquettejOrville, 17 , (1S'20) iBoarlin-n. 3S '^^"^"fs^lcassfuulraf Blank, 21rt ^' ( (1T5(;) ^Sis. to Snip, i\J Squirrel, 50 Sophia (Blank, 21 n- (1764) (Dinnn, 42a. PEDIGREES OF THOEOUGH-BRED HORiSES. 393 (18) HAEKAWAY (1834), Economist, Nabocklish, Octavian, Rugantino. Whioker (1812) Floranthe (1818) Waxv (1790) Penelope (1798) Naboeklish (1810). fft. plate-winver in Ireland. Miss Tooley (1S08) ■ Octavian (1807) Caprice (1797) llugantino (180S) (bro. to Escape) Butterfly- Pot 8 OS (1773) Maria (1777) Trumpator (1782) Prunella (1788) Teddy the Grinder (1798) Lady Jane (1796) Stripling (1795) Daughter of Anvil (1779) Madcap (1774) Commodore (1793) Buffer's dam (1791) Bagot (1780) Mother Brown (1771) Asparagus (1787) Stargazer (1782) Sir Peter (1784 Paulina (1778) Eclipse, 4 Spovtsmistress, Herod, 2 Lisette, Conductor 6 Brunette, Highflyer, 17 Promise, Phenomenon, 12 Laura, Oberon,95 Sister t o Sharper, Herod, 2 Feather Mare, 11 Eclipse, 4 Blank Mare. Tug, Small hopes , Highflyer, 17 Shift , by Sweetbriar. Herod", 2 Marotte, 16 Trunnion, by Cade, 1 Modesty, by Aurelius Pot 8 OS, above Dr. of Justice, Highflyer, 17 Miss West, by Matchem, 1 Highflyer. 17 Fapillon, Florizel, 9 Captive, by Matchem, 1 (19) ALAEM (1842), Venison, Partisan, Walton, Whalebone, Defence, X Y Z. Partisan (lail) Fawn (1823) Defence (1824) Feltona (1819) Walton (17i)9) Parasol (1800) Smoleusko (1810) Jerboa (1SU3) Whalebone (1807) Defiance (1816) XYZ Janetta (1803) Sir Peter (I78i) Arethusa(1792) Highflyer. 17 Papillon, Dungannon, Prophet Mare, Pot 8 OS (1773) Prunella (1788) Eclipse, 4 Sportsmistress, Sorcerer (1796) Wowski (1797) Trumpator, Yonntr Giantess. .Menu Gohanna (1790) Camilla (1778) Mercury, S Precipitate's dam. Trentham, Coquette. Waxy (1790) Penelope (179'') Pot 8 OS, above Maria, Trumpator, Prnnell;ti. above Kubens (1805) Little Folly (1808) Haphazard (1797) Daughter of (1793 Buzzaia, Alexander Mare, Highland Fling, Harriet, Sir Peter, above Beninsbrough (1791) Daughter of (1797) Spatlilie, Sylvia, King Fergus, 17 Herod Mare. 17 Drone. Contessina, (19a) THE PROMISED LAND (1856). (Jerry, 36 /Jericho (1842){ Turquoise (Selim, 27 THE PROMISED LAND ( (1825) ( Pope Joan (sister to Waxy Pope, IIJO) (1856) \ /-Touchstone, 38 'eiee ^184^? J ^ReveUer, 47a wee (1843)' j (OrviUe, 27 jiannony y ^ . ^.^j^ Trumpator, 50 1(1815) 1(1806) \Hightlyer Mare. ^^ (1826) 394 BOBSE-RACING. (20) SWEETMEAT (1842), Gladiator, Partisan, Starch, Waxy Pope. Partisan (1811) Walton (1799) Sir Peter (1784) Arethusa (1792) Parasol- (1800) Pot 8 OS (1773) Prunella (1788) Pauline (1S26) Moses (1819) Whaleljone (ISO?) or Seymour (see 84) Daughter of (1807) Quadrille (1815) Selim (1802) Canary Bird (1806) Starch (1819) orVoltaire(«ee 23) Waxy Pnpe (1806) Waxy (1790) Prunella (1788) Miss Stavely (1805) Shuttle (1793) Daughter of (179f?) Belinda Blacklock (1814) Whitelock (1803) Daughter of (1799) (1825) Wagtail (1818) Prime Minister (1810) Daughter of (1812) 5 Highflyer, 17 PapilUin, Duiisaiiiion, Prophet Mai P, Eclipse, 4 Snortsmistress, Highflyer, 17 Promise, Waxy, below Penelope, 27 Gohanna, 24 Grey Skim, 24 Buzzard, 39 Alexander Ma re, Whiskey, 15, or Sorcerer, Canary, Pot 8 OS, Coove jMaria, Highflyer7l7 Promise, Y. Marske, Vau xhall Snap Mare. 95 Drone, Camperdown's dam. Hambletonian, 41 Rosalind, 41 Coriander, Wildeoose, 41 Sancho. 49 Miss Hornpipe Tea zle, Orville, 17 Miss Grimstone, (21) COSSACK (1844), Hetman Platoef, Brutandorf, Blacklock, Priam. woo I" Brutandorf (1821) Daughter of (1820) Priam (1827) Joanna (1830) Blacklock (1814) Mandane (1800) Comus (1809) Marciana (1809) Emilius (1820) Cressida (1807) (sis. to Eleanor) Sultan (1816) Filagree (1815) Whitelock (1803) Daughter of (17S Pot 8 OS (1773) Y. Camilla (1787) Sorcerer (1796) HousViton Lass (ISUl) Stamford (1794) Marcia (1797) urviile (1799) Emily ( Slu) Whiskey (1789) Y. Giantess (1790) Selim (1802) Bacchante (1809) Soothsayer (ISOM Web (1808) HamDletonian, 23 Rosalind, 23 Coriander, 23 Wildgoose, ii Eclipse, 4 Sportsmistre'i Woodpecker, Camilla, Trumpator, Young Giantess, /; plow Sir Peter, 58 Alexina, 78 Sir Peter, Horatia, 17 Coriander, 23 Faith, Beningbrough, 17 Evelina, 17 Stamford, above Whiskey Mare, 1? Saltram, 15 Calash, 15 Diomed,<) Giantess, Buzzard, Alexander Mare, Williamson's Ditto. 27 Sister to Ca lomel, 27 Sorcerer, above Goldenlo ck s, 27 Waxy, 27 (21a) RACHEL— ^\'sam 0/ Young Giantess (1790), hy Diomed and of Pharamond (1781), hij Highflyer.^"^ ^Matchem, 1 I'Godolphin Arabian lliANTESS ; /Babraham rHartlov'^ -Rlindf^ (1769) \ MoUy I (1740) | Large I ^^^*gor,e ^ ^ iLong-legsJ L Hartley Mare) ^"^"^^ (b « HT.Sfil S I ■Plvino- Whicr 91a Holderness Turk Milbank's ( Makeless, 1 (Black MarelD'ArcvEoA al Mave (1753) ) VFlying Whig, 21« ' ' (Cole's Foxhunter I Brisk (son of Darley Arabian) ^Daughter of \ (1727) (Rutland Brown Betty (sis. to Old Ebony, 61 ) 396 HORSE-RACING. (23) VOLTIGEUE (1847), Brother to Barnton (1844), Volley (1845), Vivandieee (1848), and Vortex (1849> Whitelock (180J) Dauzhter of (1799) Phantom (1808) ft Dansliter of (1802) Desdemona (1811) Pilho da Puta (1812) Hambletonian (17t2) Eosalind (1788) Coriander (1786) Wildeoose (1792) King Fergus (1775) Daughter of (1782) Phenomenon (1780) Atalanta (1769) Pot 8 OS (1773) Lavender (1778) Highflyer (1774) Coheiress (1786) Walton (1799) Julia (1799) Overton (1788) Gratitude's dam (1796) Golumpus (1802) Lucv Gray (1804) Orville (1799) Fanny (1793) Haphazard (1797) Mrs. Barnet (1806) Sir Peter (1784) Arethusa (1792) Whiskey (1789) Y. Giantess (1790) Eclipse, 4 Polly, 59 Highflyer, below Monimia, 41 Herod, 2 Frenzy, 12 Matchem, 1 Lass of the Mill, Eclipse, 4 Sportsm istre ss, Herod72 Snap Mare, Herod, 2 Rachel, Pot 8 OS, above Manilla, Highflyer, above Papillon, Dungannon, Prophet Mare, Saltram, 15 Calash,J5 rnome'd, 9 Giantess, King Fergus (1775) Daughter of (1774) i t'Jclipse, 4 I Polly, Walnut (1786) Daughter of (1786) Gohanna (1790) Catherine (1795) Timothy (1794) Lucy (1789) Herod, 2 Snip M are, Highflyer, above Maiden, 3 Ruler, 99 Piracantha, by Matchem, 1 Mercury, 8 Herod Mare, 33 _ Woodpecker, 39 Camilla, Beningbrough (1791) Evelina (17G1) I Delpini, 13 i Matchem Mare, 1 Florize!. 9 i_Freti^, 1?_ K. Fergus, above Her(sd Mare, 17 Highflyer, above Termagant, Sir Peter (1784) Daughter of (178 Sir Peter (1784) Miss Hervey (1775) Highflyer, above Papillon, Diomed, 9 Desdemona, Hialiflyer, above Papi llon, "Eclipse, 4 Clio, 05 Waxy (17C10) Daughter of (1788) Pot 8 OS, above Miivia, Woodpecker, 39 Heinel. 38 Camillus (1803) Daughter of (1804) Hambletonian (1792) Faith (1779) Hyacinthus (1797) Flora (17S3) K. Fergus, o?*o(,-e H ighflyer Mare, abov Pacolet, Atalanta, above ^ Coriander, above Rosalind, abov K. Fergus, 'jbore Atalanta. above (23a) TOLLY— Dam of King Fergus (1775), hj Eclipse.'*^ ('Crab 5 /Black and all Black) ' (Y. True BluefWilliams's Turk (1743) Miss Slamerkin \ (1718) \Byerly Turk Mnfe POLLY/ I. (1729) (^ ,, .f Lord Oxford's Dun Arab (1750) ;Ti,„„„„fTaitar, 2 Daughter or \y>'Axcy lilacklegged Roval Mam M -n < \ ( Starling (brother to Camilla, 5a) \ U ' •-• V (Daughter of ] (Childers, 2 (Daughter of < ^Grantham, by the Browiilow Tnrlc (Daughter of \ (Wilkinson's I'nrb iDr. of J p (An Arnb PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BREV HORSED. 397 (24) TEDDINGTON (184 Oklando, Touchstone, Camel, Vulture, Kockingham, Langar, and Election. Camel (1822) Banter (1826 Whalebone (1807) Dauehter of (1812) Waxy (i;90) Penelope (1708) Selim (1802) Maiden (1801) Master Henry (1815) Boadicea (1807) Langar (1817) Kite (1821) Humphrey CUnker (1822) Medora (1813) Election (1804) Daughter of (1805) Selim (13Q2) Dauijhter of Oi-vilie (1799) Miss Sophia (1805) Bustard (18)3) Olympia (1815) Comus Clinkerin (1812) Swordsman (17b7) Daughter of (1797) Gohanna (1790) Chesnut Skim (s. to Grey Skim] (1791) Stamford (1794) Miss Judy (1784) Alexander (1782) Brunette Buzzard (1787) 1 Daughter of (1790) Walton (1799) Y, Giantess (1790) Castrel (1801) Miss Hap (1808) Sir Oliver (1800) Scotilla (1795) Sorcerer (1796) Houghton Lass Clinker (18U5) Pewet (1786) Prizeflgnter (1781) Zara (1784) {sis. to Isabella) Trumpator (1782) Peppermint (1787) {sis. to Prunelln Mercury (1778) Daughter of (1779) Woodpecker (1773) Silver's dam (1780) Sir Peter (1784) Horatia (1778) Alfred (1770) Manilla (1777) Trumpator, below Prunella, Buzzard, belotu Alex ander M ar e^J; elow Sir Peter, be!ow Phenomenon Mare^l2^ Beningbrough, 17 Evelina, 77 Stamford, below Sophia, Eclipse, 4 Grecian Princess. Amaranthus, 33 Mayfly, 38 Woodpecker, below Misfortune, 39 Alexander. Jlitfhtly^rJVL S r i?eter, below Arethusa, Diomed, 9 Giatite s. Buzzard, above A lexan der M. a bove Shuttle; 28 Sis, to Ha phazard, 38 Sir Peter, below ~ Fanny, 40 Anvil, 11 Scota, 40 Trumpator, beloxv Y. Giantess, above Sir Peter, below Alexin^.. Tandem, Termagant, Florizel, 9 Promise, Eclipse, 4 Squirrel Mare, Conductor, 6 Brunet te, a bove 'Hi^fhllyer, 17 Promise, Eclipse, 4 Tartar Mare, 7 Herod, t Maiden, 3 Herod, 2 Miss Ramsdftn, Herod, 2 Young Hag, Highflyer, 17 Papillon, Eclipse, 4 Countess, 13 Matchem, 1 Snap Mare, 6 Goldfinder, Old Fne'and Mare, (24a) PRINCIPESSA— Dam of Heinel (1771), ly Squirrel.^^ Blank, 21a PRINCIPESSA (1762) r \ Daughter V (1T19) Cullen Arabian C;TeJ Of |£»~«J^e„ Ba. Ba.. (1731) (1719) / ic'Arcy Arab Mare (1719) (24&) FOLLY (1764). FOrXY (1764) (Sr to Regiilu.. 398 HOBSE-BACING. (25) ELY (1861), Kingston, Venison, Partisan, Slanb, Smolensko, Walton, Gohanna. Venison (1833) I Partisan (1811) Fawn (1823) Queen Anne (1843) Slane (1833) Garcia (1823) Walton (1799) Parasol (1800) Smolensko (1810) Jerboa (1803) Royal Oak (1823) Daughter of (1819) Iliimphrey Clinker (1822) Danehter of (1825) Lady Sarah (1841) Velocipede (1825) Lady Moore Carevv (1830) Octavian (1807) Daughter of (l»0(j) Comns (1809) Clinkerina (1812) Cervantes (18U6) Daughter of (1818) Blacklock (1814) Daughter of (1817) Tramp (1810) Kite (1821) Sir Peter (1781) Arethusa (1792) Pot 8 OS (1773) Prunella (1788) Sorcerer (1796) Wow ski (1797) Gohanna (1790) Camilla (1778) Catton (1809) Daughter of (1818) Orville (1799) Epsom Lass Stripling (1795) Daughter of Shuttle (1793) Katherine (179 Sorcerer (1796) HoughtonLass(lSOi ) Clinker (1805) Pewet (1786) Don Quixote (1784) Evelina (1791) Golumpus (1802) Daughter of (1810) Whitelock (1803) Daughter of Juniper (1805) Daughter of (1810) Dick Andrews (1797! Daughter of (1S03) Bustard (1813) Olympia (1815) Hiiflitlyer, 17 Papillon, Dungannon, Prophet Mare, Kclipse, 4 Sportsmistress, Highflyer, 17 Promise, Trumpator, Y. Giantess, Mentor, Maria, Mercury, 8 Herod Marf>. irentham. Coquette. brolumpus, below Lucy Gray, 22 Smolens.ko, above Lady Mary, 43 Reningbrough, 17 Evelina, Sir Peter, above Alexina, Phenomenon, 12 Lau ra, 95 Oberon, Sister to Sharper, Y. Marske, Vauxhall Snap Mare, Delpini, 13 Paymaster Mare, 142 Trumpatoi', Y. Giantess, Sir Peter, above A lexina. &ir Peter, above Hyale, 2^ Tandem, Termagant, Eclipse, 4 Grecian Princess. Highflyer, 17 Termagant, Gohanna, above Catherine, 22 Paynator, Sister to Zodiac, Hambletonian, 23 Rosalind, 41 Coriander, 23 Wild Goose, 2S Wiiiskey, 15 Jenny Spinner, 41 Sorcerer, above Virgin, 41 Joe Andrews, 22 Highflyer Mare, 22 Gohanna. above Fraxinella, 22 Castrel, 24 Miss Hap, 24 Sir Oliver, 24 Scotilla, 24 (25a) PRUNELLA-— 2?am of Penelope (1798) and Pawn (1808), hy Trumpator ; ^ o/' Parasol (1800), %Po<-8-os 0/ Pioneer (1804), ly WMsJccy o/'Waxy Pope (1806), Pledge (i807), Pope Joan (1809), and Prudence (1811), hy Waxy a/icZ 0/ Piquet (1,810), by Sorcerer.^^ (Highflyer (.1774) PRUNELLA (1788) p^^^^j^^ Snap, 61a ( t Julia (1750) fStVr's.Urn. ^ PEDIGREES OF THOBOUGH-BRED HOBSES. 399 (26) BLUE GOWN (I860)— Brother to Blue Garter (1863), Beadsman, Weatherbit, Sheet Anchor, Mendicant, Lady Moore Oare^', Vat. Sheet Anch (1832) Miss Letty (1S31) Ton ch stone Lady Moore Cart (1830) The Baron Pocahoitaa (1837) Touchstono (1831) (1825) Lottery (1820) Morsiana (1820) Priam (1827) Miss Fanny's Dam (1815) Camel (1822) Banter (1826] Tramp (1810) Kite (1821) Birdcatcher (1833) Echidna (1838) Glencoe (1831) Marpessa (1830) Camel (1822) Banter (1S26) Lanejar (1817) Wire (ISll) iaia. to Whalebone, Whisker, and Web] Tramp (1810) Mandane (1800) Muley (1810) Miss Stephenson (18U) Emilius (1820) Cressida (1807) I sis to Eleanor) Orville (1799) Daughter of (1800) Whalebone (1807) Daughter of (1812) Master Henry (1815) Boadicea (1807) Dick Andrews (17.)") Daughter of (I80,) Bustard (1813) Olympia (1815) Sir Hercules (1820) Guiccioli (1823) Economist (1825) Miss Pratt (1825) Sultaji (1816) Trampoline (1825) Muley (1810) Clare (1824) Whalebone (1807) Daughter of (1812) Master Henry (1815) Boadicea (1807) Selim (1802) Daughter of (1808) Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Dick Andrews, below Gohanna Mare, below Pot 8 OS, Y. Camilla, Orvilie, below Eleanor, below Scud, 4i, or Sorcerer, Sister to Petworth, Orville, below Emily. 17 Wuiskey, 15 Y. Giantess, Beiiiiigorough, 17 Evelina, 17 Kuzzara, 39 H ornpip e, Waxy, below Penelope, below Selim, below Maiden, 3S Orville, above Miss Sophia, Alexander, Brunette, 38 Joe Andrews, 22 Highflyer Mare, : Gohanna, 22 Fraxinella, 22 Uastrel, 24 Miss Hap, 24 Sir Oliver, 24 Scotilla, 24 Whalebone, below Peri, 29 liob Booty, 29 Flight, 29 Whisker, below Floranthe, 18 "Blacklock, 23 Gadabout, 33 Selim, below Bacchante, 27 iramp, above Web, below Orville, above Eleanor, above Marmion, 33 Harpalice, 33 Waxy, below Penelope, below Selim, below Maiden, 38 Orville, above Miss Sophia. Alexandei-, Brunette, 38 Buzzard, 40 Alexander Mare, 40 Walton, 40 Y. Giantess, 40 Pots OS, 3 Maria, 38 Trumpator. 3S Prunella, 38 (26a) MISS MAKELESS— Z)am o/Lass of the Mill (1745), by Old TravelUr.^^ /Son of /Greyhound Barb MISS I t Brown FareweU, 1 uakelessL fP^^^^'"'-^,^ , , (1737) ^Dr. of) f Woodcock, 4 ' 1(1731)1 Brown ) (Croft's Bay Barb Woodcock) Lusty I fMakeless, 1 Lusty Thornton) Chesnut Thornton Tl^^^^t^n A^'^^'^ ^It'T'^ V 'Dr. of< worth Barb (Burton Barb Mare rBrimmer, 2 400 HOBSE-BACING, (27) ANDOVEE (1851), BAY MIDDLETON, SULTA>^ COBVVEB, DePENCE, SeLIM, BACCHANTE, PhAXTO., Ao. Sultan (1816) CohweT) (1821) Selim (1802) Baccliante (1809) Filaarree (1815) Defence (182 i) Whalebone (1807) Defiance (1816) Buzzard (1787) Daughter of (1790) Williamson's Ditto (1800) (bro. to Walton) Sister to Calomel (1791) Woodpecker (1773) Misfortune (1775) Alexander (1782) Daughter of Sir Peter (1784) Arethusa (1792) Soldier's (1836) i Joy The Colonel (1825) Galatea (1816) Walton (179J) Julia (1799) (sis. to Eleanor) Soothsayer (1808) Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Euhens (1805) Little Tolly - (1808) Mercury (1778) Daughter of fi 770) Herod, 2 Miss Itamsden, Dux, Curiosity, Eclipse, 4 Grecian Princess, Highflyer. 17 _Alf red Mare, Highflyer, 17 Papillon^ Dungannon, Prophet Mare, Eclipse, 4 Tartar Mare, 7 Sir Peter (1784) Arethusa (1792) Whiskey (1789) Y. Giantess (1790) Sorcerer (1796) Goldenlocks (1793) Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Herod, 2 Folly, by Marske, 4 Highflyer, 17 Papillon, Dungannon, Prophet Mare, Saltram, 15 Calash, 15 Diomed, 9 Giantess, Pot 8 OS (1773) Maria (1777) Trumpator (178^) Prunella (17i:8) Whisker (1812) My Lady's Dam (1802) Buzzard (1787) Daughter of (1790) Highland Eling (1798) Harriet (1799) Trumpatoi-, below Y. Giantes>, above Delpini. 13 Violet, ' Pot 8 OS, below Maria, be low Trumpator. below Prunolla. belotv Eclipse, 4 Sportsmis tress, Herod, 2 Liseite, Conductor, 6 Brunette, Highflyer, 17 Promise. Woodpecker, above Misfortune, above Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Amadis (1807) Paulina (1804) Delpini (1781) Tipplecyder (1788) Alexander, above High flyer M., above 'Spadille, Cselia,_ Volunteer. 8 Alfred Mare^ Pot 8 OS, above Maria, above Trumpator, above Prunella, above Highflyer, 17 Oounless. 13 Don Quixote (1784) Fanny (1793) Sir Peter (175 Pewet (1786) King Fergus, Sylvia, Eclipse, 4 G recian Prince ss. Sir Peter, below Diomed Mar e. 2S Highflyer, 17 Papillon, Tandem, Tp'-maaant, (27a) FAITH-Z)am o/ Caroline (1793), by Phenomenon;^' ana o/Marcia (1797), by Coriander.^^ /-Blank, 21a /Pacolet ) rCrab, 5 (17G3) jYThiteneck ) r Qodolphin Arabian I I (1751) (Daughter of { . jConver's Arabian FAITH (1779) < rMatchem, 1 (Daughter of ^y^g^- , Mixbury, 1 Atalanta I r Qronooko, 63 (1769) L^aa of the Mill \ Sister to Clark's f Old Traveller 50 ^ V (1756) 1 Lass of the Mill IMiss Makeless. 2Cn PEDIGREES OF THORQUGR-BBED HORSES. 401 (28) WEST AUSTEALIAN (1850), COTHERSTOXE, MELBOURNE, HuMPHEEY ClINKEE, CeEVANTES, WhISKEK, &C. • I I Comns (1809) >> 1 Clinkprina oo Cervantes (lb06) O ■§ « Dausliter of (181S) 66 Camel (1822) o 1 1 Touc Banter (l»2u) Whisker (1S12) Gihsifle Fairy (1311) Sorcerer (iroj) Hona-hton Lass (18U1) Clinker (iSOa) Pewet (1-S6) Don Quixote Evelina (.791) Gohimpus (1802) Daueliter of (I8i0) Whalebone (18U7) Daushter of (1812) Master Henry (1815) Boarlieea (180?) Waxy (1700) Penelope ims) Hermps (1790) Vicissitude (180U) Trumpator (1782) Y, Giantess (1790) Conductor, 6 Brunette, below JJiomed, 9 Giantess, Sir Peter (1784) Alexina (1788) Higliflyer, below Papillotj, Kin.^ Pei-gus, Lardella, 78 Sir Peter (1784) Hyale (1797) Highflyer, below Papillon, Phenomenon, 12 Rally, 17 Tandem (1773) Termagant (177- ) Syphon, Reguhis Mare, Tantrum, Cant itrice, Marske, 4 SplUetta, 4 Wm.'s Porester, Coalition Colt Mai e, Eclipse (1704) Grecian Princess Highflyer (1771) Termagant (1772) Herod, 2 Rachel, Tantrum, Cantatrice, Gohanna (1790) (bro.to Precipitate) Catlierine (1795) Mercury, 8 Herod Mare, Woodpecker, 39 Camilla, Paynator (1791) Sister to Zodiac Trumpator, j\Iark Anthony Mare, 5 St. George. Abisail, Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) I'ol 8 OS, below Maria, below Trumpator, below Prunella, below Selim (1802) Maiden (1801) Buzzard, 39 Alexander Mare, Sir Peter, above Phenomenon Mare, 12 Orville (1799) Miss Sophia (1805) Beningbrough, 17 Evelina, 17 Stamford, 17 Sophia, Alexander (1782) Brunette (1770 iiclipse, above Grecian Princess, a/youe Amaranthus, 38 Mayfly, 38 Pot 8 OS (1773) Maria (1777) Eclipse, above Sportsmistress, flerod, 2 Lisette, Trumpator (17S2) Prunella (1788) Conductor, 6 Brunette, above Highflyer, above Promise. Mercury (1778) Rosina 17S3) Eclipse, above Tartar Mare, 7 Woodpecker, 39 Pet worth, Pipator (1786) Beatrice (1791) Imperator, by Conduc- tor, 6 Brunette, above Sir Peter, above Pyrrha, 17 {28a) THE PRINCESS— Z)am o/The Great Unknoavn (1845), by Voltaire cmd of ScYTHiA (1846), hj Hetman Platoff^^ THE PRINCESS (1841) {g-^: .^^^ Cobweb. 27 (286) VERBENA— Z)am of Ithuriel (1841) hj Touchstone. r Velocipede, 41 VERBENA a832) | ^^^^^^^ Agonistcs, 58 (.Kosalba (Ibll) \sister to Rubens, 27 402 HORSE-RAGING. (29) SAUl^TEEEE (1854), BiKDCAtcHEii, Sir Hekcules, Ennui, Guiccioli, &c. Wh(Mn 0/ Master Henry (1815) and Emma (1819,) bi/ Orville.^'' Stamford, 17 / Buzzard, 39 MISS SOPHIA (1805) nuncannmca (^j^S'rSqlLel. 50 [ (1798) (17S7) ( ^^7^2) ISister to MiSB Bclsea. 11 o FEDIOREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES, 403 (31) THE SADDLEE (1828), "Waverley, Margaretta, Castrellina. Waxy (179-^) Pot 8 OS (1773) £clipse, 4 Sportsmistress, Whal Rhone (18U7) Maria (1777) Herod, 2 Lisette, Penelope Trumpator (1782) Conductor, 6 Brunette, (ISID (1798) Prunella (1788 Highflyer, below Promise, Sir Peter (1781) Highflyer (1771) -Tiei ou, s Rnchel, el Marsa'-etti (181J2) Paplllon (1769) Niiap, Miss Cleveland, OLER ( Sis. to Cracker (1792) Highflyer (1774) Herod, 2 Rachel, ^Nutcracker (1767) Matchem 1 Sis. to Ancas. Starling, Herod, 2 Miss Ramsden, SAD] BuzzRV(i (1787) Woodpecker (1773) Castrel Misfortune (1775) Dux, 63 Curiosity, h (180:) Danarhter of Alexander (1782) Eclipse, 4 ~ Grecian Princess, Castrelllna (1823) (1790) Daughter of Highflyer, above Alfred Mare, Waxv (1790) Pot 8 OS (1773) Eclipse, 4 Sportsmistress, Danehter of (1815) Maria (1777) * Herod, 2 Lisette, Bizarre (1811) Peruvian (1806) "Violante (1802) Sir Peter, 38 Boiidrow Mare, 3S John Bull, 38 Sister to Skyscraper, 38 (•^->» SAFEGUAKD (1841), Witchcraft, Fair Ellen (dam o/Lilias, by Interpreter^o-^. Defpufe (1824) Daughter of (1822) Whal-^hone (18o7j Dpflance (1816) Selim (1S02) Euryone (1813) Waxy (1790) Penelope (17J8) Ruhens (1805) Little Folly (18UG) Buzzard (1787) Danghter of (1790) Witchcraft (1801) Fair Ellen (ISOG) Pot 8 OS (1773) Maria (1777) Trumpator (1782) Prunella (1783) Buzzard (1787) Daughter of (1790) Highland Fling (i 798) Harriet (1799) Woodpecker (1773) Misfortune (177o) Alexander (1782) Daughter of Sir Peter (1781) Queen Mab (1785) Wellesley Grey Arab Maria (1789) Eclipse, 4 Sport smistress, Herod, 2 Lisette, Conductor, 6 Brunette, Highfly^rTlT" Promise, Woodpecker, Misfortune, Alexander, Highflyer Mare, Spadille. Cselia, Volunteer, 8 Alfred Mare, Herod, 2 Miss Eamsden, "Dux^ Curiosity, Eclipse, 4 Grecian Princess, Highflyer, 17 Alfred Mare, Highflyer, 17 Papillon, Eclipse, 4 Mercury's dam, S Imported. His;hflyer, 17 Nutcracker 3 (32a) EVERLASTING 5.RLASTING— ,S'/sfer ^0 Eagle (1774) ; Skyscraper ("1 7 SG), bij High/Iyer and of GoLDFiiiCR (1787), by JVoodpeckcr.^^ -^VEULASTING (.775) {|J,ri,te2), sister to Elfrian. Ha D D 2 404 HORSE-BACING. (33) STOCKWELL (18'^9)— Brother to Rataplan (1850). rocAHONTAS-Z)am of KiNG ToM (1851), 6y Harhaway; 18 of Dolly Vakden (1846) and Indiana (1849), by Muley Moloch ; of Strood (1852), by Chatham ; of Ayacanora (1854), by Birdcatcher ; ^3 of The Knight of Kars (1855), by Nutwith ; of Knight OF St. Patrick (1858), by , Knight of St. George; and of Auricula (1861) and Araucaria (1862), hy Ambrose. Sir Hercules (18:&) Guiecioli (18.3) Economist (1825) Miss Pratt (1825) Sultan (1816) Trampoline (1325) Muley (ISIO) Clare (1824) Wha-lehone (18U7) Peri (1822) Bob Booty (ISOl) Flight Whislcer (1812) Florantlie (1818) Black lock (1814) Gadabout (1812) Selira (1802) Bacchante (18U9) TramT) (1810) (1808) Orvillo (1799) Eleanor (1798) Marmion (1805) Harpalice (1811) Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Wanderer (1790) Thalestris (1809) Chanticleer (1787) lerne (1790) (1802) Young Heroir Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Octavian (1807) Caprice (1797) Whitelock (1803) Daughter of (1709) Orville (1799) Minstrel (1803) Buzzard (1787) Daughter of (1790) Williamson's Ditto (1800) Sis. to Calomel (1791) Dick Andrews (1797) Daughter of Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Beninghrougli (1791) Evelina (1791) Pot 8 OS, Maria, Trumpator, Prunella, Gohanna, below Catherine^ Alexander, Rival, Woodpecker, 39 Eclipse Mare, 16 Bagol, 10 Gainahoe Mare, 16 Commodore, Highflye r Mare, ^Bagot, 16 Old Heroine, Pot 8 OS, Maria, Trumpator, Prunella, Anvil, 11 M adcap, 18 Hambletonian, 23 Rosalind. 23 Beningbruugli, below Evelina, b elow Sir Peter, Matron, 3 Woodpecker, 89 Misfortune, 39 Alexander, 39 HitfhUyer Mare. 39 Whiskey (1789) Y. Giantess (1790) Whiskey (1789) Y, Noisette (1789) Gohanna (1790) Amazon (1799) isir Peter, 27 Arethusa, 27 Mercury, 27 Herod Mare, 27 7oe Andrew^s, 22 Herod Mare, 22_ Gohanna, below Fraxinel la, 22 Pot 8 OS, Maria, Trumpator, Prunella, King Fergus, 17 Herod Mure, 1? Highflyer, 17 ' ' Termagant. 17 Saltram. 15 Calash, 15 Diomed, 9 Giantess, Saltiam. 15 Calash, 15 Diomed, 9 Noisette, by Squirrel Mercury, 8 Pj;ecipitate^Jiamj^l7 . 'Driver,67 Fractious, by Mercury- sis, to Goldflnch. (33a) TAPILLON— Z>am of Siii Peter (1784), bij Ilighpjer.^^ (Snap, 61a ^ , . \ (Ilegulus, 4 (Miss Cleveland (1758){ jii^,,^ ISon of Bay T3olton, 4 V V ^miar^o ^Mi.s8 Bclsea s dam, llo PEDIGREES OF TROROUGH-BRED HORSES. 405 (34) BEIBEEY (1851), Dam cf St. Albans (1857), Frailty (1858), Savernake (1863), and Bridgwater (1867), by Stockicell and of Beatrice (1860), hij VoUigeur:-^ Castrel (18U1) Buzzard (1787) Daughter of (1790) Woodpecker, 39 Misfortune, K9 Alexander, 39 Hif;liflyer Mare, 39 The Lihel (1842) (18:4) (1855) Peruvian (1806) Musidora (1804) Sir Peter, 39 Boudrow Mare, 39 Meteor, 39 Maid of all Work, 39 Camel (1822» Whalebone (1807) ~Waxy, 38 " Penelope, 38 Pasquinade (1839) (sis. to Touch- stone) Daughter of (ISI'^) Se'iim, 38 Maiden, 38 'do Banter Master Henry (1815) Ui ville, 88 Miss Sophin,. 38 > £ (1826) Boadicea (1807) Alexander, 3S Brunette, 38 Bedlamite Welbeck (1815) Soothsayer, 27 Pledge, St. Luke (1823) Maniac (1800) Shuttle, 20 Anticipation, Eliza Leeds Comus (1809) Sorcerer, 28 Houahton Las«, '^8 Splitvnte (1841) (1817) Helen (1811) Hambletoiiiaii, 23 Susan, by Overton, 23 Election Gohanna (1790) Mercury, 33 Herod Mare, 83 Electress (1804) Chesnut Skim (1791) Woodpecker, 24 Silver's dam, 14 (isiy) Dansrhter of (18U5) Stamford (1794) Miss Judy (1784) Sir Peter, 94 Horatia, 21 Alfred, 24 Manilla. 24 (35) SNOWDROP (1843), Dam o/ Gemma di Vergy (1854), hij Sir Hercules •^'^ cf Lady (1850), avd I;URLey (1851), hij Orlando; o/ Verderer (1857), bij Flatcatcher, o/ Baffler (1859), by Neiv- minster; and o/Edwy (1862), by Mhelbert. Heron (1833) Fairv (182») 5us<-m-d (18.3) Daufi-bter of (1827) FilhodaPuta (18.2) Britannia (1S13) Castrel (iSiil) Miss Hap (1806) Orville (1709) Rosfune (1811) Haphazard (17U7) Mrs. Barnet (180&) Orville (17S8 Daugbter of (1797) Buzzard (17S7) Daughter of (1790) Shuttle (17.3) Sis. to Haphnzard Beningbrough (1791) Evelina (1791) Dick Andrews (1797) ■Rosette (1803) Sir Peter (1784) Miss Hervey (1775) Waxy (l/'JO) Daughter of (1788) Beningbrough (1791) Evelina (1791) Corinnder (1786) Sis. to Swordsman Woodpecker. 39 Misfortune, 39 Alexander. 39 Hifftirtyer M ire. "9 1 . Mill &ke, Vanxliall Snap Mare, Sir Peter, helow Miss Hervey, below King Fergus, 17 Hpvori Mai-p. 17 ±li4nti>er, J7 Termagant, 17 Joe Andrews, Highflyer Marf Beningbrough, 17 Rosamond, Highflyer, 17 Papillon, Eclipse, 4 Clio, Pot 8 OS, 38 Maria, 38 Woodpecker, 38 Hbinel, 38 King Fergus, 17 H e ro d Mare , 17 "ffTgh flyer, 17 Terma-'ant, 17 Pot 8 OS, 38 Lavender, Weasel, 49 Turk Mare, (35a) MISS HERVEY— i^aw o/ Haphazard (1797), by Sir Petcr.^'' MISS HERVEY (1775) I'EcIipse, 4 I Clio (1760) Cade ,Dr. of /Cade, 1 I Miss Partner, 1 (8tarliiig, 5a { j Bartletfs Childers, 4 'Dr. of (Bay Bolton, 4 (Dr. of< (ByeiiyTurV- D^- r>. „f IBusUcr, l.y HelmslcyTurk 406 HORSE-RACING. (36) PAEADIGM (1852), Dam o^LoRD Lyon (18G3), and Achievement (1864), hy Stochwdip of King-at-Arm6 (fsseri "xiuMS (1857), TANOP.. (1859), and B..E Mantle (1860), Uy K^^ Lni o/KouGE Dragon (1858), fFmrZ/.ow^-38 «ncZ of Gardeyisuke (1862), Hatchment (1865), and Noyke Tauken (1866), ftj/ Vedette. Camel (1S22) Bantfir (1^26 Tombov (1831) Sanrtb°ck (1818) Johanna (ISiS) Whalebone (18U7) Daughter of (181-2) Waxy (1790) Penelope (179S) Master Henry (1815) Boarlifea (lSd7) Jerry (1821) Beeswinai's dam (1817) Selim (1802) Maiden (1801) Orvilie (1769) Miss Sophia (1805) Alexander (1782) Brunette Velocipede (1825) Miss Garforth (1819) PleniTwtpntiary (1831) Pawn Junior (1817) Catton (1&09) Orvillina (18U4) Daughter of Emilius (1820) Harriet (1819) Waxy (1790) Pawn (1808) Smolensko (1810) Louisa (1813) Ardrossan (1809) Lady Eliza (1813) Blacklock (1814) Daughter of (1817) Walton (1799) Daughter of Golumpus (1802) Lucy Gray (1804) Beninghrough (1791) Evelina (1791) Buzzard (1787) Daughter of (1790) Skyscraper (1786) Daughter of Orvilie (1799) Emily (1810) Pericles (1S09) Daughter of (1812) Pot 8 OS (1773) Maria (1777) Trumpator (1782) Prunella (1788) Pot 8 OS, below Maria, helow irumpator, below Prunella, below Buzzard, below Alexander Mare, below Sir Peter, 38 Phe nomenon M are, 38 Beningbrovigh, below Evelina, below Stamford, 33 Sophia, 38 Eclipse, 38 Grecian Princess, 38 Amaranthus, Mayfly. 38 Orvilie, below Thomasina, John Bull, 38 Miss Whip, Whit worth, X. Y. Z.'s dam, Whitelock, 41 Coriander Mare, 41 Juniper, 41 Sorcerer Mare, 41 Sir Peter, 27 Arethusa, 27 Hyacinthus, 39 Zura, 95 Gohanna, 22 Catherine, 22 Timothy, 22 Lucy, 22 King Fergus, 17 jlei od Mare, 17 "Highflyer, 17 Termaaant, 17 Woodpecker, ; Misfortune, Alexander, jlighflye r Mare, Highflyer, 38 Evei'lasting, 33 Dragon, 41 Fidget's dam. Beningbrouah, above Evelina, above ^ Stamford, 17 Whiskey Mare, 17 Evander, 17 Precipi tate Mare , 17 Selim, above Pipylina, 17 Eclipse, 4 Sportsmistress Herod, 2 Lisette, Conductor, 6 IJrunctte, "Hiihll.ver, 17 Promise, (aca) LUNA (1779). LUNA (1779) }I?i!o'"eI.phie (17CG), sistci to Eclipsa, « PEDIGREES OF THOBOUGH-BRED HOBSES. 407 (37) TIM WHIFFLER (1859> ^'an Galen, Van Tromp, Lanercost, Barbelle, Little Cassino, Inheritor, Sybil, Ugly Buck, Sylph. Lanprfost (1835) Barhelle Il8i0) InliPTitor (1831) DaueTiter of (1836) (lo33) Monst-nsity (1&38) FilhndaPuta (1812) Tvvattv (1819) Liverpool (1828) (1820) Sandheck (181S) Darioletta (18:; 2) Lottery (1820) Handmaiden (1817) Waver] ey (1317) Danehter of (1812) Parti s!m (1811) Fawn (18: Plenipotentiary (1831) Puce (1834) Haphazard (1767) Mrs. Parnet (1800) Whalebone (1807) DauK^ter of (1812) Tramp (1810) Daughter of ( Bustard (1801) Daughter of (1813) Catton (1809) Orvillina (1804) Amadis (1807) Selima (1810) Tramp (1810) Mandane (1800) Walton (1799) Anticipation (1802) Whalebone (1807) Margaretta (1802) Shuttle (1793) Lady Sarah (1794) Walton (1799) Parasol (1800) Smolensko (1810) Jerhoa (1803) Emilius (18:0) Harriet (1819) Rowton (1826) Pucelle (1821) Sir Peter (1781) Miss Hervey (1775) Waxy (1790) Daughter of (1788) Waxy (1790) Penelope (1793) Dick Andrews, 22 Gohannn Mare, 22 Whisker, 22 Mandane, 22 Buzzard, Gipsy, 22 Election, 22 Highflyer M are, 22_ Golumpus, 22 Lucy Gr ay, 22 Beninghrough, 22 Evelina, 22 Don Quixote, 22 Fanny, 22 Selim, 22 Pots OS Mare, 2 2 Dick Andrews, 22 Gohanna Mare, 22 Pot 8 OS, Y. Camilla, Sir Peter, below Arethusa, 80 Beninghrough, 17 Expectation, Waxy, below Penelope, beloi" Sir Peter, below Sis. to Cracker, 3 Y. Marske, Vauxhall Snap Mare, Fidget, by Florizel, 9 Harriet's dam, Sir Peter, below Arethusa, Pot 8 OS, Prun ella, Sorcerer, 28 Wowski, 25 Gohanna, 22 Camilla, Orville, 17 Emily, 17 Pericles, 17 Selim Mare, 17 Oiseau, 40 Katherina, ■ Muley, 40 Medora , 40 "Highflyer, 17 Papillon, ""Eclipse, 4 Clio, 65 Pot 8 OS, Maria, Woodpecker, 88 Heinel, 38 Pot 8 OS. Maria, Trumpator, Prunella, Canopus (1807) Daughter of (1804) Gohanna, 22 Colibri. Y. Woodpecker, Fractious. 33 (37a) VIOLET — Dam of Goldenlocks (1793), by Delpi7ii and of Thomasin- (1804), by Ti^nothy}^^ ,(1771))^, vSnap,61a VIOLET „fMarlborongh (brother to Babraliam, 22a Dr ,(1772) i Syphon, Quick'; Charlott (Natural Barb Mare 49, 7 Blank, 21ci 's ) ("Crab, 5 fLeedes Arabian [Charlotte iDr. of< CDyer's Dimple' -(Spanker,! (1756) I, (Dr. of] l^^' °^\Dodsworth Barb Mare I Dr. of Bethell's Castaway (brother to Woodc^"'' *^ 408 HOBSE-BACINQ, (38) PHRYNE (1840), JJam o/Elthiron (1846), Windhound (1847), Miserrima (1848), HobbieIToble (1849), and The Eeiver (1850), by Pantaloon of Eambling Katie (1852), and Blaxcile OF MiDDLEBiE (1855), by Melbourne and of Katherine Logie (1853), by The Fly- ing Dutchman.^ S5 Whal Phone (1807) Daughter of (1812) Master Henry (1815) Boadicea (1807) Haplinzard (1797) Mrs. Barnet (18o6) Peruvian (180U) Violante (1802) Waxy (1790) Penelope (1798) Pot 8 OS (1773) Maria (1777) Eclipse, beloio Herod, 2 Lisette Trumpator (1782) Prunella (1788) Conductor, 6 Brunette Highflyer, below Selim (1802) Maiden (1801) Buzzard (1787) Daughter of (1790) Woodpecker, below Misfortune 6'5 Alexander, Hiiiliflver Mare Sir Peter (1784) Daughter of (1788) Rightly er^6eZow Phenomenon, 12 Matron, 3 Orville (1799) Miss Sophia (1805) Beningbrough (1791) Evelina (1791) King Fergus, 17 Herod Mare, 17 Highflyer, below Termagant, 17 Stamford (1794) Sophia (1798) Sir Peter, below Horatia, 17 Buzzard, 39 Huncamunca, Alexander ! i^clipse (1764) Marske, 4 Spilleita, 4 (1782) Brunette Grecian Princess (1770) Williams's Forester, Coalition Colt Mare, Amaranthus (1768) Mayfly (1771) Old England, Se ond Mare, Matchem, 1 Ancaster Starling M., Sir Peter (1781) Miss Hervey (1775) Highflyer (1774) Papillon (1769) Herod, 2 Rachel, Snap, Miss Cleveland, Eclipse (1764) Clio (1760) Marske, 4 Spilletta, 4 Y. Cade, Starling Mare, Waxy (1790) Daughter of (1788) Pot 8 OS (1773) Maria (1777) Eclipse, above Sportsmistresfi, Hei od, 2 Lisette, Woodpecker (1773) Heinel (1771) Herod, 2 Miss Ramsden, Squirrel, Principessa, Sir Peter (1784) Daughter of (1788) Highflyer (1774) Pnpillon (1769) Herod, 2 Rachel, Snap, 58 Miss Cleveland, Boudrow (1777) Escape's dam (1768) Eclipse, above Sweeper Mare, 7 Squirrel, Babraham Mare, John Bull (1789) Sister to Sky- scraper (1788 Fortitude (1777) Xantippe (1770) Herod, 2 Snap Mare, Eclipse, above Grecian Princess, Highflyer (1774) 1 Everlasting (1775) Herod, 2 Rachel. Eclipse, a^ove Hyena, (38a) AUETII USA— i)am of Walton (1799) ana Ditto (1800), by Sir Peter ( Eclipse, 4 -1 OS Duiigannon (17bO) Daughter of (1777) j Aspasit ^ (1775) Herod, 2 r Blank. 2la Doris ^TT„i„^ (Spectator, 5 ^1701 J 1 Daphne (1753) (ProphotfRegulns, 4 I (17()0) \Jcnny Spinner (sis. to Lady Tliigli). 21a Godolphin Arabian ( Fox, 2 Dr. oil (Childers, 2 (Dr. of^ (Makeless. 1 Dr. of {Sister to Honeycomb ■1 Punch. 12 PEDIGREES OF TROROUGK-BRED HORSES. 409 (39) GHUZNEE (1838), Dam of Meeanee (1844), Assault (1845), Escalade (1846)^ Storm (1848), Attack (1849), Scalade (1853), aiid Terrific (1855), by Touchstone.'^ (17S7) Danarhter of Peruvian (ISOj) Mil si flora fisoi {sis. to Meteoi ai Paulowitz (1813) Daughter of (IslO) Ponlton (ISO.-,) (hr to Ft/klener and Sir Oliver) Variety (Uu8) Woodpecker (1773) Misfortune (1775) Herod (1758) Miss Bamsdea Tartar, 2 Cypron, 2 Cade, i Dr. of Lonsdale T5. Arab, Dux (1761) Curiosity (1760) iViatciiem, 1 Ducliess, Snap, 56 Sister to Miss Belsea, Alexander (1782) Daugliter of Eclipse (1761) Grec. Princess (1770) Mai ske, 4 SpiUetta, 4 Williams's Forester, Dr. of Coalition Coll, Highflyer (1774) Daughter of (1769) Herod, above Rachel. Aiireu, 0 Engineer Mare, Sir Peter {i73i) Daustiter of (176S) Highflyer (1774) Papillon (1769) Herod, above Rachel Snap, Miss Cleveland, Boudrow (1777) Escape's dam (1768) Eclipse, above Sweeper Ma.e, 7 ^quirrel, 6;^ Meteor (1783) Maid of all "Work (i7aG) Eclipse (1704) Daughter of (1705) Marske, 4 Merlin, by Second, Mthr. Pratt, by Mrksnm Highflyer (1774) Sister to Tandem Herod, above Syphon, Regulus Mare, Sir Paul (1802) Evelina (1791) Sir Peter (17*4) Pewet (1780) Highflyer, below Papillon, below Tanuem, uboce^ Highflyer (1774) Termagant (1772) HeroU, above Rachel, Tantrum, Sampson Mare, Pay n a tor (17^1) DaiisTiter of (18iJ5) Trumpator (1782) Daughter of Conductor, 8 Brunttte, Mark Anthony, 5 Delpini (1781) Sis. to Mary (1795) Higlittyer, below Blank Mare, 13 Y, Marske, Gentle Kitty, by Silvio, Sir Ppter (1784) Fanny (1790) Highflyer (1774) Papillon (1769) Herod, above Rachel, Snap, 50 Miss Cleveland, Diomed (1777) Amhrosia (1783) Fioi-izel, 9 Spectator Mare, 9 Woodpecker, above Sister to Racliel, Hyai^irithus (1707) Sister to Swords- man (179U) Coriander (1786) Rosalind (1788) Pot 8 OS, Lavender, Phenomenon, 12 Atalanta, Weasel (1776) Daughter of Herod, above Eclipse Mare, 35 Turk, 35 Locust Mare, 3d (39a) EVELINA— Z>am of Orville (1799) and Orvillina (1804), hy Benirg. brough;^7 of Capsicum (1805), % Sir Pder of Cervantes (1806), hxi Doo Quixote ;22 and of Paulowitz (1813), hy Sir Patil.^^ /Highflyer, ^"^ ^^^^^^^^^^ Crir)nlft fOorlnlTihiTi Amhinn ^^'^^^'^ (nr f Hampton Court Childers, 53 inr. ^fJWhitefoot, 5 Inr of fStanyan Arabian (Sampson, 2 ' \Moonah Barl> Mare Cantatriceiiite, :'8 Slaiie lloyal Oak (1823) Catton, 43 Smolensko Mare, 43 Chemise (1833) Daughter of (1819) Orville, 17 Epsom Lass, 43 • (1812) Size (1S37) Starch (1819) j Ma-awiska (1826) Waxy Pope, 20 Miss Stavely, 20 Vvi'iisker. above 1 Sliaht {sis. to vSi'iinm, 22) (45a) LAVENDER— 7)a?n of Cortander (1786), by Pot-S-os.*^ ^Herod, " LAVENDER (1778) Snap, 61a ) Daughter of I. (17(55) 1 Miss Roat j ^i^Ki^i'm (Bloody Buttocks Arabian (1763) ^ ^^r^.y^^ ^Mijjg Partner, 1 PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES 415 (46) LOP.D OF THE SCOTTISH CHIEF (1861). Isles, Fair Helen, Miss Ann, The Little Known, Bay Missy, Camilla. Lord of ti isles (1652) Waxy, Miss Ann Touchstone (1831) Fair TTelen (loi3) The Little -Known (1S3U) Bay Missy (1842) (47) (182-2) Banter (1825) Daughter of (1812) Master Henry (1815) Boadicea (I807) Selim, 38 Maiden, 38 Orville, 38 Miss Sophia, 38 Alexander, 38 _Brunette, 38 Buzzard, 39 ^Alexander Mare, 39 Peruvian, 39 Musidora, 39 Pantaloon (1824) Rehpcca (1S31) Castrel (18j1) Idalia (1815) Lottery (1820) Daughter of (1818) Tiamp, 22 Mandane. 21 Cervantes, 28 Anticipation, Muley (1810) Lacprta (1816) Orvillr (1-99) Eleanor (1798) Benini;broush, 22 Evelina, 22 Whiskey, 15 Y. Giantess, Zodiac (1801) Jerhoa (1S03) St. George, Abigail, Gohanna, 25 Camilla, Bay Mifldleton (1S33) Camilla (1832) Sultan (1816) Cohvveh (1821) Selim, 27 Bacchante, 27 Phantom, 27 Filaaree, 27 Y. Phantom (1822) Sister to Speaker Phantom, 27 Emmeline, 30 Camillas, 40 Sis. to Prime Minister, UNION JACK (18f;i). Ivan, Van Tromp, Caprice, Coronation, L^lia, Siberia. Ivan (18.51) Caprice a8i7j Van Tromp (1844) Siberia (1835) Coronation (18.8) Lffilia (1812) Lanercost (1835) Barbell e (1836) Brixtandorf (1S21) Dauarhter of (1824) Sir Hercules (1826) Ruhv (1825) Sheet Anchor (1832) Cotillon (1831) Livei-pool (1828) Otis (1820) 1 ramp, 22 Whisker Mare. 22 Bustard, 22 Election Mare. 22 Sandbeck (1818) Darioletta (182.') Catton, '?2 Orvillina, 22 Amadis, 22 Selima, 22 Blacklock (1814) Mandane (1800) VVhitelock, 2i Coriander Mare, 21 Pot 8 OS, 21 Young Camilla, 21 Blucher (1811) Opal (1806) Whalebone (1807) Peri (1822) Waxy, 27 Pantina, Sir Peter, Olivia, by Justice, out of Cv pher. Waxy, 27 Penelope, 27 \\ anderer, 112 Thalestris, Rubens (1805) Daughter of (1812) Buzzard, 27 Alexander Mare. 27 Williamson's Diito, -'7 Agnes, by Shuttle, Lottery (1820) Morgiana (1820) Tramp, 26 Mandane, 26 Muley, 26 Miss Stephenson, 26 Partisan (1811) Quadrille (1815) Walton, 19 Parasol, 19 Selim, 27 Canary Bird, 20 (47a) LUCETTA— Z>am o/Phlegon (1840), by SuUan^^ or Beiram{son of Sultan). CComus, 28^ /Revelle / (1815) I V./UIUUS, 20 ^Reveller Rosette j g^^'^S^'^^gJi' , (\&\S\ n9.(\Vi < Rosamond j Tandem, 49 LUCETTA (1856) ( ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 0788) {Tuberose, 8 1^ J'Hedley, 40a ^ Dungannon. 38a \ Tuberose, 82 . ^v-vin^j, rrui* / Dunganuun, sua Luss(1817) Jessy ) Totteridge (1791) { Marcellaf . (1809) L , „ j (1783^ pledeaj Sweetbiiar, 59 l.^ (Cracker. 31 I ^^'^^f 1(1778) 1 Angelica, 41a 416 ROESE'BACING. (48) CAMILLA— -S-tsfer to Driver (1783) ; amt Dam of Y. Camilla (1787), Colibri (1793), and Catherine (1795), hy Woodpecker, and o/ Jerboa (1803), hy GohannaA^ CAMILLA (177») Trentham _ (176(3) ^ SweeDstakes (1740) Miss South (1759) (1740) (1735) Daughter of /Partner, 1 (1731 ) I Brown FareweU, 1 ( Regultis, 4 s/Whitefoot, 5 (.Little Hartley Mare. IT f Godolphin AraMan Gower Stallion ^ g^gtej. to Tortoise | Whitefoot, 5 Dau? (] South C-«s— .Sorekeels.5 (1750) UaugHter of 1 Daughter of { ™yK , Eoyal Mare fBald Galloway, 1 \t\^ /Cripple Barh „ , , Daughter of \ ISisler to Brown Farewell. 1 Coquette /ComptonBarh ^ Ebony, . (1765) (.Sister toIi,egulu8,4 C Cartouch (49) PEWET- Dam of Sir Paul (1802) and Paulina (1804), hy Sir Peter ; and of Clinkerina (1812), btj ClinJcer.^ f Squirt, 4 Daughter of • ( Eegulus, Dr. of J (1762) Dr. of V (1758) ^Termagant. 7? Snip, Dr. of - (1745) Patriot (.1729) iDr.of {toldy.S C Crah, 5 Daughter of { g^.^er to Sloven {&? to Mbfbury. 1 Cottin^ham /Hartley's Blind Horse, (1735) \Mare hy son of Snake, 4 ( Snake, 4 -„ ,^ ^ „ warlock ] sis.„to Carlisle y^^l-i ^^Ssle Turk Galloway ^ Gelding <■ Dr. of 1 Ti^ / Bald Galloway. 1 (.Dr. of iByerlyTurkifa (50) EPvUNETTE— i>am o/Trumpator (1782), b?/ Conductor;^ and o/Plpator (1786), by Imperator (son of Conductor). Br.,tTNETTE (1771) ■ Squirrel (1754) Dove . (1764) f Old Traveller (1735) Grey I Partner, 1 „ , . ^. J { Aim anzor / Darley Arabian 1 -n« J (1713) \Hautboy Mare, 2 (Dr. of i (Grey Hautboy, 4 V Dr. of •> T>^ / Makeless, 4 <• Dr. of \ of Brimmer, Bloody Buttocks (Arabian) fJilOOUy JSUl-l/UURS uiiauio,!!/ Bloody Buttocks ] Sistei- to Guy /Greyhound (Barb) k •^(1733) <• (1722) \ Brown Farewell,! > Matchless / Godolphin Arabian (1754) ISouth'sdatn, ,^^^^^^^^^^^.jj^^3j /-Ancaster Staining ) j[,j„gy,oiie /Partner. 1 (1738) 1 (i7"3.2) I Lusty Thornton. '^,\%Pl \ { Grasshopper \ . / Astridge Ball, by Lpedea. 2 i. (''^5) J (1731J I Daughter of I j^ojis^orth Barb Mare iDr.of 1 f Newton's Arabian _ , ^Dr.of \ r Pfei-t, by Ely Turk (. Dr of -S 1^ i> S St. Martin, ^r.oi ^Dr.of Inr.ofHales'sTurk (51\ ALEXINA-Dam o/Corinna (1798), lyy Coriander; and o/ Houghton LaSS ^ (1801) and Epsom Lass (1803), by Sir Peter. •King Fergus, { Marske, 4 /Y.Marske 1 p,. of f Bl^^nl^. fsHvlinff '1771) ( (1759) lBayStarling|^i'g'^ueii{gisterto Lady Thigh, ^ - Brother to Fearnought { ^7orT^''''''"^'*rofd Spot 1 ^Hautboy. 2 P':-^^ i By erly Turk Mare re ST Beaufremont's S I dam VP / Windham Miss Windham (Dr. of { of ] ^ Dr. of )V, 2 c Selaby Turk Ur.of {T7\'''-^^'^^}^^^ir nrk (.Dr. of "[Dr. of Dodsworth BelsradoTnrk , ,„ , , Old Scarborough /Makeless, 1 Mare Idir. of Brimmer, 1 k Barb (52) MISFOETUNE— Dam of Buzzard (1787), by Woodpecker. ( Matchem, 1 MISFf)RTUNE (1776-) J , . Whitenose/ Godolphin Arabian Dnchpss ) (17^2) t Sister to Blaze, a ( (17ffi) t Miss Slamerkin, Curiosity /Snap, (1700) tsislertoMissBalsea, Dux (1781) (C3) PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. GEET DOEIMANT (1781). 417 Dorimant (1772) 0th 0 (l7«iu) Dr. of (1754) Cliiddv . (]7a3j (Blank. Ancaster Dizzy (1741) {m ncpo C Chedworth Foxhunter (brother to Grey Eobinson, 4) (ml) ? DaiichtPr of I i'ortland Arabian (1/10) (. iJaugiiter of ^j. Ridiards's Arabian Miss \ ernon J Cade, 1 (1755) 1 Sister to Widdrington Mare, f Kabraliam, f Ciiilders, 2 Hampton Court Childers ) r,„„i,Qcc f Newcastle Turk <. Duchess jp-Arcy's Wliite Turk Mare Bald Charlotte j ^^^^^l' ^^r^°}Sfc\stw^ (17-1) I Daughter of { E?."of BriSimer, 1 ^* (-Wynn's Arabian < ( Pert, by Ely Turk ^ Lady Mare [ j,,,^,,,, ^^arb Mare <;miiiiio-T-.Tn f Conyers Arabian Oysterfoot , c Merlin, 2 ^Dr. of 3 T>^ „f /Comrr.oner, by Place's White Turk ?.Dr.or Icoppin Mare Drivpr (1727) Dr. Pf iSmilinsT (1724) Dr. Of f (54) ALZXAXDEE MAEE— Z)am o/Castrel (1801), Selim (1802), and EuBENS (1805), by Buzzard:^^ g /Alexan- ^ der (1782)' /Eclipse, 4 Grecian i'rijicess , (1770) Williams' rorester (1750) Dr. of Dr. of ^ (17W) ( Highflyer, 17 c Alfred, 6 iDr.of ] c i ^Dr.of I ( Hartley's Blind Horse, Forester J p,,. ( Partner, 1 (1736) I (I;,"/) J Brocklesbv ("Greyhound (Barb) ^ U7-iiJ iurocklesby ^ B,.ocklesby fCimven Bay Barb V ^^"-^i ^ Betty (1711)1 Lister Turk Mare Loobv 5 Bolton, 4 n7;si / fini(ipninpirs / Gvasshoppcr, by Byerly Turk (17^8) C Goldenlocks | ^^^^ Bristol's Hog Mare Margery i Partner, 1 (17^0) I Woodcock Thornton The Coalition Colt, by Godolphin Arabian C Greyhound (Barb) ■ Bustard ) ( Makeless, by Oglethorpe Arab ^ Dr. of 5 r Wastell's Turk ^Dr. of \ „P /Hautboy,! t.ur. or I Brimmer Mare, Charming Molly, by Second, Engineer, 12 Bay Mallon's dam ( Cade, 1 (175a) \ Lass of the MiU, by Old Traveller, {Woodcock, 4 Chesnut Thornton, (65) Joe Andrews (1778) ' Eclipse, 4 1 A mar an da I (1771) Dr. of (1790) Highflyer, 17 i DICK AXDEEWS (1797> Omnium /Snap, (1758) I Miss Cade (sister to T. Cade, - Blank, Cloudy I p^^^y (^75^) f Crab, 5 (1761) ■ (sis. to Spinster) Cardinal Puff (gf,^^^^^; Widdrington / Partner, 1 Mare \ Sister to Squirrel's dam, Dr. of (1799) ) Dr. of / Snip, ^ (1769) (.Sister to Widdrington Mare (a&ore) ■\ I Tatler (brother to Julia, l^t^vffiV*^ {T)r^of /Godolphin Arabi (1746) (.Dr. of iFrampton's Whi Whiteneck (sis. to Mixbury, 1) (5C) WAGTAIL— Z)am o/ Laurel (1824) and Belinda (182 5), 0/ Charles XII. (1836), hy Voltaire.'^ Blacklock;-^ and WAGTAIL (1818) Sancho /Don Quixote, 22 (181)1} 1 Sister to Maid-of-all-Work, 39 Miss f Sir Peter, Hornpipe J HnrnninP, fTrumpator, l enzle 1 "L'P^ ] Luna I Herod, 2 .,(1802) ^^">^> ^ (1779) 1 Proserpine (Sister to Eclipse, 4) Orville, 17 a /'Weasel I I (^776) i { Herod, 2 asel J c Eclipse, 4 76) 1 Dr. of J { \ (1772) I Dr. of J ^ (1765) |: Dr. of ^Ancaster (1768) Dr Brilliant r Crab, 5 (1750) I Godolphin Arabian Mare Dr. of f Shepherd's Crab (bro. to Spinster, 715) (1754) \ Godolphin Arabian Mare (•Blank, \ PiuKbe / Tortoise, ^ (1755) t Margery, Damascus Arabian f Sampson, 12 Dr. of \ f /Oronook CDi.or I Sophia. I by Godolphin, E B 418 8T. LA WHENCE EORSE-RACim. ST. LAWRENCE (1837). •Skylarlv (1826) ( Waxy Pope, Worthy fbrothpr to Waxy, 27) or /Musician J Woodbine ( Woodpecker, S9 Lapwing ] (1804) I i Puzzle, ^ , (brother to skylark 4 ^. (■ Y. Eagle (brother to Eagle Tvvatty, 37) l^"^"* 1 Sis-to Pirouette ^ p^risol I. (1808) Helen . (1828) ■ Blacklock, 23 ( Rubens, 27 ] Parisot ( (1793) I ( Kuoens, 2/ „, . - Decei't'Fs'i's. to the Yellow Mare. ^("sosf ^ I Rornance J Mademoiselle f ILu'^f justice, , ^ V (I8u3) 1 (1789) I (\7S2)lMarske Mare,4 i Daughter of. \ (1817) 1 (1809) Lady Eliza , (1813) (1850), HONEYSUCKLE (1851), Touchstone. 0/ Old PoEl (i»«), Hercules:-^ 'Paynator, 39 . ^ , , ^, , fBabraham, / Benmgbrough, 17 r Babraham Blank | gig^gr to Blank, / Carnju.cie j rCade 1 Dr. of- ^^'''^^ 1 Daughter of [daughter of {Ifg^^r to Bay Bolton, 4 ■^SSe 1 { Prince fSnip. /-Bioody Buttocks Arabian [Daughter of {Bro?KTesby {Ksl^y. f John Bull.T'^^'*" I>aughter of { Sr^^^^^^^^ .Ardrossan ( Volunteer. 8 r Herod, 2 / 1 Miss Whip J -v7imbleton C Evergreen ■? Angelica, 81 (179o) \^ (1785) I Sister to Galas 11, 15 > A^onistes S ^ Woodpecker, 39 (1797) lWren|pj^piiion, Daughter of \ ^^^'X^l . f Highflyer, 17 ; I. (1792) I Daughter of ■[ Matchem Mare, I (Spadille, X. Y Z.'s dam j gyWia ( ^^""f Brother to SiUio. lU a^e3) \(i78S) ^Ferret^Dr.of {KoAVrabianMnre r Whit^vorth (1805) Commodore (1793) Buffer's dam > (1791) FLIGHT-Dam o/GuicciOLi (1823), by Boh Booty. {l\m \ Legacy ( ^(17^50)' { i?*>t'l'r to Widdrington Mare. I ( (1702) <• Snap's dam. 1 Small- l^hopes ■ Snap's dam, ( Snap ( Scaramouch (1768) j^'''"^' r Godolphin Arabian 1 Sophia J of f Hobgoblin {^a ^ (1748) \ (1737) I Bajazet's dam. TSrother to Almanzor. MarebysonofCa.eless.1 16 .hopes j (• Blank, I Daughter of \ Daughter of { DaSte^'r of Ancaster Starling, /Highflyer,17 rSvphon. . r.;,n„.l Shift (1779) Bagot, 16 Old Heroine (SyP^o"V ^,-„Vpspearef Hobgoblin (aftow) Swe^Viri^r ) | Shakespeare | ^.ttle Hartley Mare (1763) j Miss Meredith I Hartley Mare, ^(17^2) ( Daughter of {Bcfl^ade Turk Mare 1 (1753) 1 Daughter Of Spinner {sis"tei"to Bay Bolton, Daughter of { liyter to Regulus, 4 'Phantom, 27 .gir Peter. Spectre (Uil6) Fillikins (1804) tPerdita ! pair Fores- 5 * ' ' fForestor, (17«9) ] iter (1753) I Dr. of Uroft's Hnrb Maro c King Fergus, 17 ^ . . /•rnHirci 3') ' Danght Fflnny Lcirh (181?) [mish n lip r Shuttle. 20 ^(tit.to Umtard) (. (igooi \ Sister to Hai , Daughter of CaHtrel, 31) ^ Daughter of { m^ter to Stork { § ewtonX-abian Mare ^" iphaaard «8 (61) YOU.^TG HAG (1761) PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. 419 YOUNG KAG— Dam of Desdemona (1770), by MarsTce^ {Starling, ba CBartlett's Childers, 4 Miss Mayes Cp„„„_--,,„^fShaftesbury Turk (1737) Sister to P^^^^^^^^'^i Sister to Spanker. 1 VThunderbolt f Snake, 4 iDr. of ( ^ nccr«/I5'^i'cy White Turk . Dr. of < ^"SoS , Fo'eigu Mare I Crab, 5 _ (Dr. of DaviU's Old Woodcock ^Jf^xj Ebony f Childers, 2 (Old Ebony {^au^ghter of Massey's Black Barb (61a) LISETTE— 5to to Signora (1767) ; and Dam o/ Maria (1777), ly Herod.* LISETTE (1772) fS-P(l'^«){i»loreheeIs.5 Snap (1750) V. , f Fox, 2 ^ Sister to Slipby / Godolphln Arabian Gip?y (1725) Bay Bolton, 4 Daughter of / ^^^^^-^s^e Tnrk Miss Windsor J (1754) 1 Sister to 1 Volunteer Y. Belgrade 1 Daughter of Byerly Turk Belgrade Turk ] Bay Bolton, 4 Dr. of i Scarborough fMakeless, 1 Mare (.Dr. of Brimmer, 1 Bartlett's Childers, 4 {Devonshire Chesnut Arab Sister to f Curwen Bay Barb Westbury 1 fold Spot, 1 I vr. or ^ Woodcock .4 (62) Sir Peter, RIVAL— Z)a»i of Thalestris (18C9), by Alexander Hornet V (17W) ■ Drone f Herod, 2 (1777) I Lily (1765) (•Blank, X Peggy (1753) Manilla (1777) Cade, 1 , Sister to Widdrington Mare, Goldfinder S ^"^P' , ^, , (1764) } f Blank, ^ Daughter of \ c Eegulns, 4 Old England,''""^^*''''t Daughter Of Daughter " ' (176a> -1 Daughter of (1756) f Lonsdale Arabian (.Sis. to Bonny Laas, r Cullen Arabian \ Daughter of f Cade, 1 ^ (1750) IMissMakeless, (63) r 2 SPOETSMISTRESS— Dam o/Pot 8 os (1773), ly Eclipse,* I Cade, 1 " i SportS' man \ Silvertail (1753) ) (1787) / Heneage's Whitenosef Hall's Arabian ' (17i!2) (.Daughter of Jigg,l Rattin /Son of Harpur's Barb Rattle jiioyalMare j Ra1 (Dr. ( Oronooko l^Goldenlocks \ '^7*^) (■ Crab, 5 (Miss Slamerkin, Darley Arabian Old Child fGresley's Bay Arabian Mare IviTAn /Helmsley Turk »■ vixen < nr^rlc,.rn..t>>>Q Aa^ (.Dods worth's dam (Earb) Daughterof 1 Daughter of s Dun Mare, by Akaster Turk (64) ALICE HAWTHORN— Z»om of Thoemanby (1867), by Melbourne-^ or Wivfh hound of OuLSTON (1852), ly Melbourne; of Lady Hawthorn (1854), by Wind- hound; of Terrona (1851), and Finbon (1863), by Touchstone;^ and of Sweet Hawthorn (1858), by Sweetmeat.^ ALICE Hawthorn (1838) „ , , , (Muley, 40 Muley Moloch J / Dick Andrews, I Nancj (1813) Spitfire (18U0) Beningbrough, 17 Young { } "* Charlotte's dam, 74 -ry. _f jSirPeter^ bister to /Engineer, 12 i-T^tto^ OA ' I , iMambrinot Cade Mare, 1 Rebecca f Lottery, 28 v -n,. / Engineer, 12 (1831) i Dr. of (Cervantes, 28 ^ 1 Dr. of Wilson's Arabian I (1818) i Anticipation /^""^"^^'••'"S?'c;j ^ (1802) 1 Expectation / ^^rod, 2 <■ (1779) iDr.of J^'«™i ^ (1758) \\ ("Doge /Eegulns, 4 Dr. of f Janus, (1751) 1 Spinster, (65) TEETOTUM- -Dam oj Asteroid (1858), by StockweLi:^ I Touchstone, 38 ,^ Ut j Blacklock, 23 O'l J Arabella j ™-™«™'« I>itto. 27 ^ (1811) 1 Esther Shuttle, (1804) ( Drone, ^rAnSf \ . aiatchem.l . U790) (Carnperdown's J j^^^^^ , Cornforth'sf Forester, \ dam (177/) \ {ijQjj \ a;?>..'?ster }. Squirrel's dam. Sister to Y. Cade, B E 2 420 JSOBSE-BACING. (66) THE AKKU W u^^^ ^.^jjjj^s (1867), hy Mwmmster. THE ARROW (1850) {loSdown, 19 (67) FLAGEOLET (1870). f Orlando (1841) f Plutus (1863) I La Favorite (1863) Trumpeter (1856) Daughter of (1853) Monarque, 43 (1852) Constance (1848) Touchstone, 38 Vulture, 24 Red Shank, 36 Cavatina Planet Alice (1845) ! [ Oxygen, 91 ( Bay Middleton, 27 \ Plenary, 45 Venison, 19 Bray (1828) V Darkness Baron, Sting, or Emperor Royal Oak, 43 Poetess (1838) \ \ Ada, 43 I* Gladiator, 20 I Lanterns ^ (French) Hercules (French) Elvira (French) TT-TIZ^^^^^^I^^ (1858), ly West Australian ^ of Abgonaut ^''^ ^ (IsX W-^^^^ o/SiBBKOLiTE (1866), 5, Asterom. ^^y»:'T^if Hercules, 29 APHRODITE (1848) {yenus (1810) {|cho (Sting's dam). 43 Z- nfir^RS Gong a863\ CYMBAii (1865), and Sweetmeat-^^ and o/VoivoDE (1853), hy Surplice. r The Provost (1836) {KeS^( Alice Hawthorn's dam) I The iTOVosL uoo"' \Kebecca lAuce ryiw HYBLA (1846) | ^^.^.^^ ^^^^^j^ g.^^^^ Lanercost {otis.T° * "ana 0/LA.V D. VB.. ^^--^^ /Plenipotentiary, 17 ( / Muley, 33 (1769) ^ /n«r,sicnm( Sir Peter, . ^ '^*OamiUns, 40 , ,. . [arriet 4 Harriet /Precipitate, 17 (1804) lY.liaohel. Matchem.l Riot P^^^^^n-We.a ^ , W Irr.of { (Fox. 2 ,,,,1 A„Man X)v. 01 ^ of |gis. to Ruffler, 4 Dauathter of (1823) Ackiam Lass J y. Ham-* ' • (1819) ( (1812) " (Herod, 2 Dr. of I Dr. of {gSfiier'sgranddam. „„ioi f Touchstone, 88 BUELESQUE (1813)^ j^aid of Honour, 4fl TEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BREB HORSES. 421 (73) LA TOUCQUES (186li> i Baron, 4S rllelboui ne, 28 'Velocipede, 41 Gohanna, 112 Daufijhter of /Herod, 2 (i;8()) (.Desderaona, Sir Peter, ( Eclipse, 4 Pe-asiis J / Bosphorus J Babraham (1784) Dr. of (1754) Dr. of Dr. of (1783) Pomona Industry f Priam, 21 ^ '^'''^^^ (1835) 1 Arachue (sister to Leda, 33) Sister to Grecian Princess, Paymaster f Blank, (1760} 1 Snapdragon (sister to Angelica, ■{ ( Herod, 2 Hampton Court Childers, 75 fLeedes,2 1 Moonah Barb Mare ( Snap I Caroline J -n- -.f f Regulus. 4 ^ « r«UiDr.of{Hia Babraham's dam (74) QUEEN BEETHA— Z>am of Gertrude (1867), by Saunterer j^^ 0/ Queen's Messenger by Trumpeter and of Paladin by Fiizroland. I KiDgston, 25 QUEEN BERTHA (1860) -j Flax (1855) S'lrplice, 96 Odessa / Sultan, 27 11833) t Sister to Cobweb, 27 (75) SECLUSION— Dam o/The Hermit (1864), Chanoinesse (1866), and Eeligieuse (1867), by Newminster.^ SECLUSION (1857) Tadmor / Ion, 42 J (1846) t Palmyra, 110 Miss Sellon ^ (1851) Cowl, 95 Belle Dame (183«) Belshazzar, 91 I Starch, 1 Ellen J r.„:.„„, f Oisean, 40 Wl831) 1^ 1823) 1 Cast xnea/Qohanna, 112 V Wii) ( (jsQgj lGreySkim.24 (76) DAUGHTEE OF THE STAE— i)am o/Hippolyte (1860), Hippolyta (1861) and Hippia (1864), by King Tom.^ DAUGHTER OF THE STAR (1844) Sultan, 27 Francescaf Partisan, 19 (1829) t Miss Fanny's dam. 29 J Touchstone, i Bertha /Rubens, 27 ^ (1821) IBoadicea, 38 (Kremlin (1836) Evening Star ' i ^"uch\tpne,li8 (1839) (77J ELLEE— Z»o»i 0/ Formosa (1865), by Buccaneer.^ TiT.TPT? (iRcfii/ Chanticleer, 100 (78) ELLEED ALE— ^zsfer to Colsteedale (1848) and Fairthorn (1850) ; and Dam of Ellehmire (1852), by Chanticleer ;^oo of Ellington (1853), Gildemire (1855), and Ellerton (1858), by The Flying Dutchman -^^ of Summerside (1856), and Nugget (1860), by West Australian r» and o/Harcourt (1861), by Stockwell.^ ellerdale (1844) Lanercostv22 ■ Tomboy, 36 Dj. of f Whisker, 18 \ Ladv of the Tees f Octavian, (i830) 1 ^^^^ ^l^^^ ^ees I Daughter of|Sanch_o, Miss Furey (sister to Paynator. 3S) (79) / Adventurer pevnninster, 58 PEETENDER (1866). r'enison, 19 /Middleton ^'^''^ jPartialit ' \ (1830) Favourite (1821) ( Favourite j \ (1821) \ (Phantom \Web, 27 Blucher (1811) 27 rWaxy, 27 1 Pantina ( Buzzard, 59 t /ISoS 1 Dr. of I Trentham, 48 ^ ^ ( (1789) \ Cytherea (sis. to Dione), 62 Scheherazede f Selim, 27 V (1810) t Gipsy, 22 422 BOESE-EACING. m SALAMANCA-Dam 0/ Akapeilb (1864), Abosinba (1865) and Peko ^ ^ Gome. ,1866), by Beadsman f-^ and of Salamis (1867), by Astero^d. SALAMANCA (185G) 1' Chatham, no ^ ^ ".sn-"ffi"HZ;f2tur(rr;— ^^^^ V {i&il) I j,VsV ^'^oilf \ (1800) iQueeuMab, Bravery fGameboy (1818) \ (1807) 1 Mary. 89 . (1853) lBnnui.29 ^ (81) LADY MACD0NALD-2>«r. of Queen oe the Isles (1863), 6^ ^eatkerbrt ;^ ^ 0/ Ki— o.OH (1864), 5, Fo«/.e«r - o/Bo.cAN (1865) an. BKiaAKXmE (186G), ^2/iJucca«e.r .-4^ o«d 0/ Tom-tom (1867), by Eataplan.^^ LADY MACDONALD (sister to Lord of the Isles) |Tonc]^8^^^^^^^ (1838) (82) CONTESSINA-Z)am 0/ Gamenut (1795) and Constantia (1796), by Walnut;^ and of SiK Haehy Dimsdale (1800), by Sir Peter. |Y. Marske, ^ ^ ^ CONTESSINA (1787) |Tuy)erose | Gre7|-rling|Start^^^^^ ^^^^^ (1736). sister to Miss Mayes^ (83) NUTWITH (1840). HO Tomboy, 86 ( Comus, Dr. of j (1816) I Dr. of i> (1807) Dr.of , ^ U7a) \ u,50) t switch { Of { g^^^^i-rm^rr (84) CANEZOU-Z>am 0/ Fazzoletti (1853), and Basquine (1859), 62/ OrlandoJ^ o/CAPE Flyaway (1857), 6^ the Flying Dutchman -^^ and 0/ Inspikation (1865), hy Newminster. /Melbourne, 44 / Velocipede, 41 i^halebone, I Sorcerpr, 28 Whiskey, 15 Highflyer, 17 „ ^ ^ fMatchem.l ^ ^ . _ Orange Girl Ue.^iose ( Bahraham^ (1777) \ (17«)0) \ O^'of^r'"''. fDarlpy Arabian o» I Dr. of l^r^ of Merlin. 2 CARACTACUS (1859). /Kingston, 25 CARACTACUS (1859) D,feneeless j^^^^^^^^^in 39 (1844) |I^r-ofL.,' (Reveller, 47a ^(1840) )Ridotto ) .Walton, 27 (1825) |Dr of . Goosander /HamWetonian,2.'t \1811) ( ^805) \RaIly, 17 (86) St. George . (1789) ^ ZODIAC (1801). Highflyer |Scht'i|Kt»^^^ (1774) \^ (1763) I ^''^ (17^1) tSoreheelsMare, . Eclipse (^''■'•'"^•^^ - ■ (1764) Sister to " ^ (170. ^ ( Marsl ( Stockwell, 33 I Lanercost. 22 1 or ( Emilius, 17 T Man^o i Mustard f Meilln, (1834) ^ (18i4) l Morel, V Queen Mary, 115 1 Haricot (1847) (89) MAKSYAS (18ol)— Brother to Orpheus (1849> =• /Orlando, 24 Whisker, 18 « / Octavian, g (Shuttle, I Daushter of J I Delpini, 13 * "i (iSoO) 1 Kathfrine J ( Paymaster, ^ (17 I Dr. of Sister to Amazon Le Sm? (■ Chaneeling (bro. to Matchetu, 1) (1759) I Duchess, Dr. off Rib, 13 (1751) \ Mother Westero, 4 (90) VEDETTE (1S57) VEDETTE (1857). ( Voltigeur. 23 \ (1S4S Birdcatcher, 29 Nan Darrell (1S14) Inheritor, 37 ( Blacklock, 23 Nell J Madame ( Comus, ' (1S31) I Vfstns \ Lisette) ^ (1818) ^ (1806) ) Hambletonian, ; Constantia, (91) TRUMPETEE (1856> ( Orlando, 24 TEUMPETEE (1856) ] Cavatina ^ (1845) Redshank, 36 Emilii: Oxys?pn (1828) Wliizirig f Rubens. 7? (1819) 1 I'enelnpe. Z (92) KECKLACE— i)a?»o/MACGREGOR (1867) (1865), by Marsyas. Macaroni and of Maks NECKLACE (1860) g.^.^let V (1852) ( The rallo- 1 Y. Maniac /Tramp, 8S (18,i9) ( (j82g, 1 Maniac, 34 WOODCRAFT— Z>r/m 0/ Kingcraft (1867), h, by Dundee and 0/ Prowess (1869), / Voltigeur, 23 WOODCEAFT (1861) ^ (1849) Venison, 19 Wedding Day (1842) King 0/ YsoLT (1868), y Saunter er.'^^ Cam el, 33 Mari I Otbpotbfia Honeywciid Ara'i rue Blue dam, 59 {True Blue's I Otheothda ^ (1772) Otho, I^(i7£fi iDrof/Regnlns.. ^ (1764, I (1751,) (. Wildair'a 4 nOBSE-BACING. f95) ' CYPKIAN— Da;.i 0/ Joe Lotell (1841), h7j Velocipede; of Songstkess (1P4P), by Birdcatcher;^ of Meteoka (1861), by Melbourne;-^ and of Cypkiana (185'^), by CYPEIAN (1833) Partisan, 19 „ ^ Filho da Puta, 88 Orville, 17 Frailty (1S21) Star /Hiathflyer, 17 1 \ ^^"^^^ (1774) {lliddie (sister to Ranthos. 8) (1814) ((1803) 1 Dr.of fY. IWarske. (1794) lEmma (sister to Maria, (96) CKUCIFIX— Z)am of Surplice (1845), Pontieex (1847), Eosaky (1849), and Cardinal (1851), by rouchstone{^ 0/ Cowl (1842), by Bay Middleton of Crozier (184-1), hy Lattercostp of Comstantine (185U), by Cotlier stone anrfoyCHALlCB(1852), by Oi'laitdo."'^ ' ct-iv^iiv,™ I Phenomenon, 12 Stripling J Keiinse 4 (1795) I Laura 1 -^c^Px^. * CEUCinX (1837) I (1807) 1 ( Lass of the Mill, J / Obe- on / Hiehflyer, 17 Dr. ofi (1700) IQiiepnMah, 8 1 i»r. 01 ■( U' J"'^ n^iicHii jviiiii, o Octaviana j ^ ( Sister to bliarper, by Eanthos, 3 I (1815) \ J ( Y. Marske, r ss-nnn ^ > Shuttle 1 yr- f {Vauxhan ^^^^^^^ OausVercfJ ^' '( 1775) | sister to Sophia, by GodoJphin, V '"'-'y Zara i?f;!Pi"S 7„_„ f Deipini. 13 Si 1 '"a J Kins Fergus, 17 ^tibUi) ( (i7ft9)\ Aialanta, (97) EMPRESS— Z)aTO cf Adtocrat (1861), by Bay Middleton and of Feodorowna (1867), by Kingston.'^ r Emilius, 17 , „ Morel (Sorcerer, 28 (1805) i Hornby Lass P"^^*'■%utchem 1 ^ (1796) jPuz^le f*\!^™ (1778) ^ (i7ti9) Ijuiia, (98) OXEOKD— tl'romise, 'Master Robert J ^Escape's dam ^ Drone (18-23) WHIM (1832) (1811) i ( Shuttle, (spinster ( ^"f Bmirdeaux (Dr. of -I j53^,, J (nro. to Florizel, 9) I U787) ) Speranza ^ . >.Sir W. Ralei?h f Waxy, 27 L (sis. to Saltram, 16) ^r^,"! [ (1801) " tWoodcot, ■ (1^17) I Miss Tooley, 18 Waxy Pope f Waxy, 27 fWaxy Popef Waxy, 27 \ PriinellH, fChaiiipion / Pot 8 08, 27 Dr. of J (1797) 1 Huncainuiica, (1810) *)Brow»i Fanny JMaximin ( (1799) In «f niisfb flyer, 17 (Kil) PRIMA DONNA— Z)am o/ Drayton (1837), by Muley.^ ^Soothsayer. 27 ^ raiMA DONNA (1821) ■< mj if„„,i,ci,ot j V Sweetbriar, C (18U8) ■) Hare J / Justice f Herod. 2 * ' C(i704) 1 Dr.of J (1774) 1 Curiosity. V, (1780) i Dr or ( Chy mist (brother to Dux. V (1777) I „f / South, ' »Dr.of i Babraiiam M-arb. PEDIGREES OF. THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. 425 (102) SIE TATTON STKES (1843> / Melbourne, 28 SIR TATTON SYKES i Dauffbter of (1836) Marifrave (1829) f Muley, 40 iDr.of I Election. 24 (1815) I Fair Helen, (1808) Patty ■imvQse (18oU) Hambletonian, 23 Helen fPelpi Hi, 13 (1801) t Rosalind, « Comns, '28 Mai itornesf Cervantes, 28 (1813) 1 Sally (sis. lo Fanny, 28) Interpreter i ^''""'"^^Tkuzzard SO (1815) 1 Blowing B;^^^^^^^^^^^^ (i8Jd) ( (1796) I Maid Of all Work, 3i( j Galatea /Amadis, 22 V (1816) 1 Paulina, 27 'Confederate (1S21) Sybil 1 U1822) (103) GRACE DAELING— Dam of The Hero (1843), btj Chesterfield (brother Crucifix) and o/ Amazon (1850), by Touchstone.-^'^ ■Defence, 19 GRACE DARLl (1832) Daughter of (1821) Don Cossack (1810) Mistake (18U3) Skyscraper. 88 CfeMa 1 Volunteer, 8 _ (1790) Haphazard, Alderney J (1800) I ^^Mfi J gj^jg^ - f Hiahflyer, 17 Waxy, 27 ^ Pharamondl Giantess, { Mentor /Justice, li)l Woodcot J (1784) Isweethriar's dam. I Macaria (1780) (1 04) RUB Y— Dam of Coronation (1838), hrj Sir HerculestJ^^ f Rubens, 27 EUBY (1825) i Tw r.t { Williamson's Ditto, 27 A-nes J Shuttle, 20 ^ iDr.of (Highflyer,!? (1812) (1805) (1788) Dr. ofjGuldflnder, (1779) I Lady Bolingbroke Squirrel, 6 . Cypron, 2 (105) EQUATION— Z)«TO o/Diophantus (1858), by Orlando.'^^ EQUATION (1839) (1827), sister to Emma (Mowerina's dam), 28 (1U6) EUFINA (1821)— -S/sfer to Velocipede,4i and Dam o/Eatcatchek (1830), by Langar.'^ (107) LOUISA— Z)aTO o/ Jerry (1821), by Smolensko:^ Orville, 17 LOUISA (1813) Thomasina^ (18u4) Timothy (1791) ] Cora CDelpini, 13 J / Matchem, 1 iMatchem, l / Turk i I^'Cgulus, 4 f (1763) 1 Dr. of |g[«,l^,Mare,3 \ /Cub I Fox. 2 (1739) ( Warlnck Gallowa ''Dr. o' i ( Allworthy (Cra Dr. of Galloway, Allworthy (Crab, 5 (1744) 1 Featlier's dam, 11 j Starlini/. Dr. of i Tir r,f / "loody Buttocks I JJr. or iBrocklesby. (108) VAT— Dam 0/ Vatican (1846), by VenisonJ^ VAT fismi /^'''""ar, 40 V u»-d; I'vv^i.g (sister to Whalebone). 38 lOLE— Dom o/Idleboy (1845), by Harkaway.^^ (109) ( Sir Hercules, 29 lOLE (1S39) j cardiKRl Cape ( ( Cervantes, 28 ^ (1832) I Dulcineaj ■R,,-.^- f Moorcock f Highflyer, 17 V (1816) I (,sf!,,\ i (17'J1) 1 Sister to Couductc ' '^^'^^> ^ Rally, 17 (110) HESTER^ Dawt o/ Chatham (1839), by The Colonel-^ and o/Ealmyka (1838), by Sultan.'^ ( Camel, 38 HESTER a832) Uionimiar"^'"*'' V (18.SI) I ! ( Precipitate. 17 Sister to Petworth J -n.. f Woodpecker, 39 V (1796) I -^r; i Sister to Juiiipi V I (1773) iper /Snap, : Y. Marske's ddra. (HI) TAGLIONI— Z)a7re of Eetriever (18^6), and Pride of Kildare (1841), by Recovery (son of Emilius); of T-earaway (1838), by Voltaire-^ of Fireaway (1839), by Freney; o/ Clear-THE-way (1842), and Danceaway (1843), by Harkaway.^^ j Whisker, 18 TAGLIONI(1827) Sister to Coronation j ^^t",-:!!' of f Paynator, 39 V * (1807) I Violet. 26 (113) /Oxford (1857) , Whisper (1857) .Stockwell(1840) Isoline (1860) HORSE-BACING. .8' [ ISONOMY (1875). Sir Hercules Birdcatcher Honey Dear Flatcatcher Silence Baron Pocahontas Ethelbert Bassishaw GuiccioU Plenipotentiarj' My Dear Touchstone Decoy Melbourne Secret Birdcatchei Echidna ( Gleiicoe i Marpessa r Faugh-a-ballagh 1 Daughter of C Piime Warden ( Miss Whinney /Whalebone, S3 1 Peri. 33 f Bob Booty. 33 1 Flight (by Escape), 33 j End ius, 17 t Harriet. 17 f Bnv Midd eton, 27 1 Miss Letty, 20 f Camel, 38 \ Banter, 38 ( Filho da Futa, 38 t Finesse, 33 f Humphrey Clinker, 2: \ Ceivantes. 28 ( Hornsea, 73 t Solace ( Sir Hevoulf s, S3 I Guiccioli, S3 /Economist, 33 \Miss Pratt, 33 f Sultan, 3a 1 Trampoline, 38 / Muley, S3 \ Clare, 33 J Sir Hercules, 33 ^ Guiccioli, S3 /Liverpool, 22 \ Esperance, 113 f Cad^and, 113 \ Zarina, 113 / Sir Hercules, S3 lEuphrosyne, 113 (114) MlllMALADE-i)«m of Dundee (1858) and Lady Bank (1863), by Lord the Isles of Inverness (1861), by Saunterer;^ and of Admikal Blake (1866), ba Buccaneer. -^'^ B /Sweetmeat, 20 /Waverley, 31 - * ■ HHrnhletonian, 23 - / Pipator, 28 ( Highflyer, 17 % I , Slope S j ' " ' , Slope J ( Squirrel, pj^^^aham L, „ (^^^-^ I Sister to Ganges \ Dauirhter of J Dau-. liter of /Starling .H Sf" {Y.Mar«ke, 1 rpLe ' Uv^-^^r, M ( Y. Marsk . i Dr. of i f Brother to Silvio icr. of \ /Cade, 1 iHo'iiiobUn Mare, J ( Haitley's Blind Herse, 1 «5i« to Strit)1in" J / Hulton's Grey Barh i b^HS^s spot I J),. i iByerly Tu.k Mare 1 T\ r f Coney skins. 4 I Dr. or ^Hautboy Mare, 4 Vllo^ BLINK BONNY-Z)«m of Borealis (1S60), ~by Newmwster; and of BlaiR Athol (1861) and Breadalbane (1862), by StockwelL^ PlenipotenMary, 17 / VVhiilebone, 88 ,^ , - ' Y. Oohanna/Golianna, (181U) \ Grey Skim, 21 (' Sir I'eter, Sister to si,,er to I ^'^'iSo'' Grazier ^ ^imator \ postmaster ' Herod, 2 ^ Dr. of i Snap, Dr. of CGower StalHon, ri 16) Til 10 SLAVE-/)am o/Lord Clifden (1860), fcy iV^c?nH/».s«3r .• of Lady Clif- DEN (1858), by Surplice ; and o/ Silverdale (1856), by Touchstone.^ THIS SLAVE (1852) f Melbourne, I VoUov (sister to Volti£?eur, 23) (117) C\^VAVAAA—Dam of TuE MAimuis (1851)) and Viscountess (1858), by Slock- wdl^ o/ Womersley (184!)), by Birdcatcher;^'^ and o/Towton (185U), Marchioness (1852;, Marguerite (1854) and The Peer (1855), by Melbourne:^ Touchstone, 38 ( Pantaloon, 89 ClNlZIiLLI (1812) \ up.padej ^'"""""""" i Thunderbolt (brother to Smolensko, SS) (1S34) i Bombasine 1 I (1817) 1 l>""!i J - . (Sir I'eter ». (1810) 1 Isis ( Woodpecker, 80 tlS'J^' 1 l^,lfn 1 Isabella V(1791) I (i; Kdipse, 4 Di-. oi ( Squirrel. (1770) iiNuuc,v, ua LIBRARY OF THF myERSlJY OF ILJ PEDIGREES OF TROROUGB-BBED HOBSES. 427 (118) DONCASTEK (1870). ,Stockwell, 33 PS w <' (Marigold O Teddington, 24 (ISbC) Sister to Singapore (1S51) Ratan (1S41) (Blizzard ( Blacklock, 23 (1821) (Miss Newton, 97 jPicton (Sniolensko, 25 Dr. of 1(1819) iDick Andrews Mare, 55 (1831) Dr. of (Selira, 27 1(1824) IPipator Mare, 28 (Melbourne, 28 CPhantom, 27 Lisbeth f Rainbow f Walton, 27 (1828) Elizabeth (1808) \ Iris, 40 Silver \ Herod Mare, I Belvoirina ^ - (1813) (119) FAVONIUS , ascs) ( FAVONIUS (1868). /•Sweetmeat, 20 Parmesan ) _ CVemlam J Lottery, 26 (1857) Zephyr \ (1802) I Gruvere ' (1833) \ Wire (sis. to Whalebone and Wliisker), Ul851) j,,,3,, jTouchstone,38 ^^(1844) |Emma(1824) {^sMeVahy. 28 King Tom, 33 i Melbourne, 28 (Defence (Whalebone, 19 Emerald! (1824) I Detiance, 19 (1841) jEmiliana (Emilius, 17 \ (1829) (Whisker Mare (120) LOWLANDER (1870) Dalesman (1803) Lufi-a (1860) 1^ Agnes LOWLANDER (1870). ("King Tom, 33 Pantaloon, 39 ("Velocipede , 41 Black Agnes] Daughter of (Walton, 27 (1831) [ (1808) (Y. Noisette, 33 Windhounlj Pantaloon, 39 (1847) (Phryne, 38 /■Loup Garou, 68 I (Velocipede, 41 "jVenilia ^Charity (Tramp, 22 I (1834) ( (1824) (Sister to Anna Bella, 113 (1848) kMaud (1854) (121) APOLOGY (1871) APOLOGY (1871). ^Adventurer, ) Mandragora 1 (1860) (Rataplan, 33 < Manganese (Birdcatcher, 29 ( (1853) (Moonbeam, 68 (122) MARIE STUART (1870) MARIE STUART (1870). i Scottish Chief, 46 Morgan La Faye (1852) Cowl (Bay Middleton, 27 I (1842) '(Crucifix, 96 ! /"Venison, 19 (Miami I (Defence, 19 Vl844) I Diversion (Middleton (Phantom, 27 { (1838) l^^ijy. (1822) 1 Web, 27 (1830) Ij^.^tie Poll 19 (123) HANNAH (1868). fKing Tom r Harkaway, 18 HANNAH J ^^^^^^ \ Pocahontas, 33 (1868) S Mentmore Lass ( Melbourne, 28 I, (1850) 1 Emerald, 119 (124) CREMORNE CREMORNE (1869). rParmesan, 119 Rigolboche 1 (1861) 'Rataplan, 33 fGardham Dr. of j (1834) V(1837) ^Falcon /Interpreter, 102 (1822) (Miss Newton, iMuta (sister to Lottery, 26) /Langar, 40 {Sister to Busto (Clinker, 28 K (1816) \Bronzrt (Sister to Caatrel« 89) 428 HORSE-RACING. (125) GEOKGE FEEDERICK (1871). GEORGE FREDERICK ( ?Sss' of Wales / Stocl^well. 33 y^^'^> \ (1862) \ The Bloomer, 68 (126) PRINCE CHARLIE (1869) PRINCE CHARLIE (1869) Blair Athol / Stockwell, 33 (1861) \ Blink Bonny, 115 Surplice / Tonchstone, 38 (1845) Eastern Princess (1858) TomjTis (1851) Crucifix, 95 besostris j paimyra / Sultan, 27 (1838) \ Hester, 110 /■ r'io,.^,-,o ( Partisan, 19 (1845) llo ^SSfi^ / Taurus, 87 j ^rethissa, by Quiz (127) HOLY FRIAR (1872) HOLY FRIAR (1872). I Hermit, 129 I Thorsclay / Thormanby, 64 (1864) \ Manganese, 121 (128) GALOPIN (1872). Voltigeur | Voltaire, 23 / Vedette I (1847) \ Martha Lynn, 23 OAT.OPrN j G857) j Dr. of / Birdcatcher, 29 (1872) 1 (1^^^) t Nan Darrell, 90 Flvino Duchess f '^'^'^ Frying Dutchman, 22 riyin^ LHTcness I ^ei-opg . Voltaire, 23 ^.iojrf; i (1841) \ Velocipede's dam, 41 (129) HERMIT (1864). Newminster Touchstone (1831) Camel (1822) Banter (1826) Wiialebone (lb07) Selim Mare (1802) Master Henry (1815) Boadicea (1807) (184b) Beeswing (1833) Dr. Syntax Xl 811) Paynator (1791) Beningbrough Mare HERMIT (18(54) Daughter of, 187 Ardrossan(l809) , Lady Elisa (1813) ' Tad}nor Ion (1835) Cain (1822) Margaret (1831) Seclusion (1&46) Palmyra (1838) Sultan (1816) Hester (1832) (1857) Miss Sellon (1851) Cowl (1842) Belle Dame (1S39) Bay Middleton (1833) Crucifix (1837) Belshazzar (1830) Gleen (1831) (130) KISBER (1873) Buccnncer Wild Dayrcll Ion Ellen Middleton Cain, 42 Margaret, 42 Bay Middleton, 42"" Myrrha, 42 (1857) Daughter of Little Red Rover Tramp, 42 Miss Syntax, 42 KISBER (1873) F.clat Edmund, 42 Squib, 42 Rataplan, Tlie Baron Birdcatclier, 33 Echidna, 33 ]\rineral Pocahontas Glencoe, 33 Marpessa, 33 (lb63) Birdcatcher, 29 Manganese, 121 Moonbeam, 63 PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. 428a (131) EGBERT THE DE\^IL (1877). The Duke (1862) Stockwell, 33 The Baron Pocahontas Bertram (1869) Bay Celia (1851) Orlando Hersey Constance (1852) Faugh-a-Ballagh Milkmaid (1843) Sir Hercules Guiccioli DEVIL (1877) Glaucus Dame Durden Promised Land (1856) Jericho Jerry Turquoise Glee Touchstone Harmony Cast Off (1866) Wanona (1854) Womersley Birdcatcher Cinizelli Daughter of Hampton Cervantes Mare (132) SCOT FREE (1881). Macaroni Sweetmeat Gladiator Lollypop Macgregor Jocose Pantaloon Banter Necklace Fallow Buck Venison Plenary SCOT FREE (1881) Bracelet Touchstone Manacle Celibacy (1869) Lord Clifden Newminster The Slave Touchstone Beeswing Melbourne Volley Daughter of Cowl Bay Middleton Crucifix Daughter of Lanercost The Nun (133) ST. GATIEN (1881). Blair Athol Stockwell, 33 Rotherhill or The Hover Blink Bonny, 115 Hopeful Duchess Flying Dutch- man, 22 ST. GATIEN (1881) Espoir Liverpool, 22 Esperance, 113 Kingly Vale Nutbourne Nabob Princess St. Editha (1873) Bannerdale Newminster, 58 Florence Nightingale Lady Alice Chanticleer, 100 Agnes, by Clarion (134) MORTEMER. Compieigne Fitzgladiator Gladiator, 21 Zarah MORTEMER Maid of Hart The Provost, 70 Maid of Lyons Contisse The Baron or Nuncio Plenipotentiary Ally Ensebia Emilius, 17 Mangel Wurzel, 97 428& HORSE-RACING. (135) PLAISANTERIE (1882). PLATJ5ANTERIE (1862) WelliBgtonia (1S65) Poetess (1875) Chattanooga (1862) Araucaria (1862) Orlando, 24 Ayanacora (1854') Irish Birdcatcher Pocahontas Ambrose (1845) rocahontas (lb37) Touchstone Annette Glencoe, 83 Marpessa, 33 Trocadero (1864) La Dorette (1867) Monarque Antonia Eujperor, 43 Poetess Epirus, 40 Ward of Cheap The Ranger Mon Etoile Voltigeur, 23 Gardham Marc b'itzgladiator, 134 Hervene (136) LONELY (1882). LONELY (1882) Hermit, 129 Anonymous (1859) Newminster Seclusion Touchstone Beeswing Tadmor Miss Sellon Stockwell, 33 Miss Sarah by Don John (137) ISOBAR (1882). ISOBAR (1882) Isonomy, 112 Remorse (1876) > Hermit, 129 Vex Vedette Mare Flying Duchess Voltigeur, 90 Birdcat( her Mare 90 (138) ARCHIDUC (1881). AUCITTDUC (1881) Consul The Ablicss Mouarque, 43 Lady Lift (1844) Sir Hercules, 2f Sylph, CO Athcrstone Convent Touchstone, 38 Lady Harriet Voltigeur Cowl Mare PEDIGREES OF THOROUGH-BRED HORSES. PARADOX (1882)^ Irish Birdcatcher Sir Hcrcnles, 29 Guiccioli, 29 Sterling (1S6S) Honey Dear Plenipotentiary, 17 My Dear, 98 Flatcatcher, 38 Touchstone, 38 Decoy, 38 PARADOX (1S&2) Whisper (1857) Silence Melbourne 28 Secret The Miner (1661) Rataplan, 33 Manganese, 121 Casuistry (1876) Lady Caroline (1861) MELTON (1882). Stockwell, 33 Lord Ronald (1862) Edith (1657) Newminster, 5S Master Kildare (1875) Deidamia Pyrrhus I., 40 Wyasoua Plum Pudding Sweetmeat, 20 Foinualla Irish Birdcatcher, 29 Brandy Bet Silk (18C9) Judy Go Crozier or Dey of Algiers Priam Biistard Mare MELTON (1882) Cacique i:'nlmurus Y. Blacklock Mare Lord of the Isles Touchstone, 3S ^Scottish Chief Fair Helen, 32 Violet Melrose Miss Ann The Little Known Bay Missy Muley, 33 Lacerta, 46 Bay Middleton, 27 Camilla, 46 (1875) Thormanby, 64 Violet Woodbine, 57 MINTING (1883). MINTING (1883) Lord Lyon, 36 Mintsauce (1875) 1 Y. Melbourne, 44 Sycce Marsyas, 89 Rose of Kent, by Kingston am BIRD OF FREEDOM (1882). BIRD OF FREEDOM (1882) Thuringim Prince (1871) Vitula(1863) Thormanby (1857) Eastern Princess (1850 Windhound Alice Hawthorn .'iintaloon Phryne by Touchstone Surplice TomjTis Touchstone, 38 Crucifix, 96 Sesostris, 126 Dr. of Glaucus Arthur Wellesley (1851) Prairie Bird (1844) Melbourne Lady Barbara Launcelot, 38 Buzzard Mare Touchstone Zilla Reveller, 47a Morsioa HORSE RACING, (143) ORMONDE (1883). Bend Or (1877) Doncaster, 118 ORMONDE Rouge Rose (1865) (18S3) Macaroni (1860) Lily Agties (1871) Polly Agnes (1865) Thormanby, 64 Ellen Home Tlie Cure Miss Agnes Redshank, Delhi Physician, Morsel, 30 Birdcatcher Agnes INDEX TO PEDIGREE TABLES. (.The figures refer to the numbers of the Tables.) Abbess, The, 138 Abigail, 86 Achieveuient, 36 Acklam Lass, 71 Ada, 43 Admiral Blake, 114 Adosinda, 80 Adventurer, 79 iEgis, 27 Agatha, 95 Agnes, by Shuttle, lOi Agnes, by Pantaloon, 120 Agonistes, 58 Aimator, 115 Alarm, 19 Alderney, 103 Alexander, 54 Alexander Mare, 54 Alexin a, 51 Alfred, 6 Alice Hawthorn, 64 Allworthy, 107 Almanzor, 50 Amadis, 22 Amaranda, 55 Amaranthus, 38 Amazon, by Driver, 83 Amazon, by Le Sang, 98 Amazon, by TouchsLone, 103 Ambrosia, 39 Ancaster, 66 Ancastcr Dizzy, 53 Ancaster Stariing, 50 Andover, 27 Angelica, 41a Anonym a, 136 Anticipation, 64 Anvil, 11 Apology, 121 Aphrodite, 09 Aqnilina, 87 Arabella, 65 Araclmc, 73 Arapcilo, 80 Araucarin, 33, 135 Archdnchess, 71 Archiduc, 138 Ardrossan, 58 Arethusa, 38a Argonaut, 69 Arrow, the, 66 Asparagus, 18 Aspasia, 38a Assault, 89 Asteroid, 65 Astridge Ball, 50 Atalanta, 27a Atherstone, 138 Attack, 39 Augusta, 71 Auricula, 33 Autocrat, 97 Ayacanora, 33 Bab, 100 Babraham, 22a Babraham Blank, 58 Bacchante, 27 Baffler, 35 Bagot, 16 Bajazet, 16 Bald Charlotte, 53 Bald Galloway, 1 Bald Peg, Old, 1 Bald Peg, Young, 2 Baleine, 84 Balmoral, 72 Bannerdale, 133 Banter, 38 Barbara, 41 Barbellc, 22 Barnton, 23 Baron, the, 33 Bas-bleu, 26 Basquine, 84 Basto, 5 Bay Bolton, 4 Bay Brocklesby, 58 Bay Javelin, 42a Bay Malton, 54 Bay Middleton, 27 ]5ay Missy, 40 Bay Peg, 2 Bay Snip, 55 Bay Starling, 51 Beadsman, 26 Beatrice, by Sir Peter, 28 Beatrice, by Voltigeur, 34 Beaufremont, 51 Bedlamite, 34 Beeswing, 58 Belgrade, Young, 61a Belinda, 20 Belle, 57 Belle Dame, 75 Belshazzar, 40a Belvoirina, 118 Bend Or, 143 Beningbrough, 17 Bertha, 76 Bertram, 131 Bess Lyon, 94 Bessy, 42 Betty Leedes. 2 Betty Percival, 10 Birdcatcher, Irish, 29 Bird of Freedom, 142 Bizarre, 31 Black Agnes, 120 Black and all Black, 23a Blackdown, 45 Blacklock, 23 Blair Athol, 115 Blanche of Middlebic, 38 Blank, 21a Blaze, 2 Blink Bonny, 115 Bloomer, the, 25 Blossom, 10 Blowing, 102 Bhicher, 79 Blue Devils, 29 Jiluc Garter, 26 Blue Gown. 2'! Blue Manilo, 36 liondicea, 38 Bob Booty, 16 Bobtail, 74 Bombasine, 117 Bonny Ijass, 5 Borealis, 115 Bosphorus, 73 Boucan, 81 Boudrow, 7 Bourdeaux, 100 Bracelet, 92 Bravery, 80 Breadalbane, 115 Bribery, 34 Bridgwater, 34 Brigantine, 81 Brilliant, 56 Brimmer, 1 Brisk, 22a Britannia, 35 Brocade, 117 Brocklesby, 54 Brocklesby Betty, 54 Bronze, 124 Brown Bess, 44 Brown Bettj', 22a Brown Fannj% 100 Brown Farewell, 1 Brown Regulus, 15 Brown Willy, 94 Brown AVoodcock, 26a Brunette, by Amaran- thus, 38 Brunette, by Squirrel, 50 Brutandorf, 21 Buccaneer, 42 Buckstono, 72 Butter, 100 Burlesque, 72 Bustard, by Buzzard, 22 Bustard, by Castrel, 35 Bustard, by Crab, 16 Bustard, by Greyhound, 54 Bustler, 2 Bnsio, 124 Butterfly, 18 Buzzard, by Blacklock, 118 Buzzard, by Woodpecker, 39 Cade, 1 Cade, Younpr, 85a Cielia, by Horod, 41a INDEX TO PEDIGREE TABLES. 429 Ctelifi, by Volunteer, 103 Cain, 39 Calash, 15 Calenduise, 40 Caller-Ou, SS Calomel, 27 Cambiiscan, 6(1 Camel, 38 Camerino, 40a Camerton, 40 Caiuilla,by Bay Bolton, Camilla, by son of D;iy Bolton, 94 j Clinker, 28 Camilla, by Trentham, 48; Clinkerina, 28 Camilla, by Young Phan-j Clio, 35a Childers, Hampton Crt., Ciirysolite, 10 Chymist, 101 Cinizelli, 117 Clara, 87 Clare, 33 Claret, 40a Clari, 37 Clarissa, by Defence, 87 Clarissa, by Pantaloon, 44 Clatter, 45 Clear-the-Way, 111 torn, 46 Camilla, Young, 48 Camillus, 40 Camiola, 72 Canarj-, 43a Canary Birrl, 20 Canezou, 84 Canopus, 37 Cantatrice, 39a Cape Flyaway, 84 Caprice, by Anvil, 18 Caprice, by Coronu.tion,4'; Capsicum, 71 Caractacus, 85 Cardinal, 96 Cardinal Cape, 109 Cardinal Puff, 65 Care, 29 Cireless, 2 Caroline, by Phenome- non, 17 Caroline, by S^ap, 73 Clothier, 71 Cloudy, 55 Clumsy, 2 Coalition Colt, 54 Cobweb, 27 Coheiress, '41 Cole's Foxhunter, Colibri, 48 Colonel, the, 27 Colsterdale, 78 Columbine, 83 Comfort, 67 Commodore, 59 Commoner, 53 Compeigne, 134 Comus, 28 Conductor, 6 Con'-yskins, 4 Confederate, 102 Confederate Filly, Constmtia, 82 Constantine, 96 Caroline, by Wualeboae, Constance, 131 112 Cartouch, 48 Cassandra, 17a Castanea, 75 Castaway, 37a Cast Off, 131 Castrel, 39 Castrellina, 31 Casuistry, 139 Cato, 22a Catton, 22 Cavatina, 91 Celibacy, 132 Cerberus, 73 Cervantes, 28 Chalice, 96 Champion, by Harpur' Arabian, 2 Consul, 138 Contesse, 134 Contessina, 82 Convent, 138 Coquette, by Compton Barb, 48 Cora, 107 Coriander, 23 Corinna, 51 Coronation, by Catton, 11 Coronation, by Sir Her cules, 47 Cossack, 21 Cotherstone, 28 Cotillon, 47 Cottingham, 49 Coughing Polly, 82 Counsellor, 61 Champion, byPot-8-os,100j Countess, 13 Champion, by Sslim, 1 Changeling, 89 Chanoinesse, 75 Chanter, by Akaster Turk, 1 Chaunter, by Eclipse, 14 Chanticleer, by Irish Birdcatcher, 100 Chanticleer, by Wood pecker, 16 Charity, 120 Charles XII., 56 Charlotte, Quick's, 37a Charmer, 67 Charming Molly, 54 Chatham, 110 Chattanooga, 135 Chemise, 45 Cherub, 114 Chesnut f^kim, 24 Chesnut Thornton, 26a ChesterfieVl, 96 Chiddy, 27a Cliiffonni^re, 42 Cliild Mare, 0:d, 63 Childers, 2 Childers, Bart'.ett's, 4 Cowl, 96 Crab, 5 Crab, Shepherd's, Cracker, 31 Crazy, 11 Cremorne, 124 Cressida, 21 Cripple, 39a Crozier, 96 Crucifix, 96 Cub, 107 Cuirass, 75 Cure, the, 30 Curiosity, 52 Cygnet, 9 Cymbal, 70 Cypher, 30a Cyprian, 95 Cypriana, 95 Cypron, 2 Cytherea, 79 Dabchick, 113 Dairy Maid, by Bloody Buttocks, 58 Dairy Maid, byDiomed,40 Dalesman, 120 Dauceaway, 111 Daphne,byG(id<»lphin,38a Daphne, by Laurel, 17 Darioletta, 22 Daughter of the Star, Daughter of Toscar, 94 Deceit, 57 Decoy, 38 Defence, 19 Defenceless, 85 Defiance, 19 Delhi, 36 Delpini, 13 Delta, 177 Denmark, 71 De Rnyter, 22 Desdemona,by i\rarsko,6I Desdemona,by Oivilie, '2i Diamond, 41 Diana, 42a Dick Andrews, 55 Dictator, 71 Diomed, 9 Diophantus, 105 Ditto, 3Sa Diversion, 122 Dizzy, 53 Doctor Syntax, 58 Doll, 89 Dolly Varden, 33 Doncaster, 118 Don Cossack, 103 Don Quixote, by Chaun ter, 55 Don Quixote, by Eclipse 22 Dorimant, 53 Doris, 38a Dove, 50 Dragon, 41 Drayton, 101 Driver, by Trentham, 48 Driver, by Wynn's Arab 53 Drone, by Herod, 62 Drone, by Master Robert 100 Duchess, by Newcastle Turk, 53 Duchess,by Whitenose,-! 2 Duchess of Kent, 71 Duke, the, 131 Dulcinea, 109 Dundee, 114 Dungannon, 38a Dux, 52 Dyer's Dimple, 37a Eagle, by Eclipse, 32a Eagle, by Volunteer, 87 Eagle, Young, 57 Eastern Princess, 126 Ebony, by Basto, 61 Ebony, by Cliilders, 61 Echidna, 33 Echo, 43 Eclat, 42 Eclipse, 4 Economist, 18 Editha, 16a Edmund, 42 Edwy, 35 Eleanor, 33 Election, by Gohanna, 24 Election, by Lambton, 71 Election Mare, 102 Elector, 71 Electress, 24 Elfeta, 66 Elfrida, 11a Elis, 40 Eliza, by Hi-hflyer, 71 Eliza, by Rubens, 41a Elizabeth, 118 Eliza Leeds, 34 Ellen, 75 Ellen Home, 36 Ellen Middleton, 42 Eller, 77 Ellerdale, 78 Ellermire, 78 Ellerton, 78 Ellington, 78 Elphin, 30 Eltliiron, 38 Ely, 25 Emerald, 119 Emiliana, 119 Eniilius, 17 Emily, 17 Emma, by Orville, 30a Emma, by Telemachus.OS Emma, by Whisker, 28 Emmeline, 30 Emperor, the, .43 Empress, 97 Engineer, 12 Ennui, 29 Epirus, 40 Epsom Lass, 25 Escalade, 32 Escape, 39 Espersykes, 83 Esther, 65 Ethelbert, 113 Etiquette, 17a Euryone, 32 Evander, 17 Evelina, 39a Evening Star, 7C5 Evergreen, 58 Everlasting, 32a Expectation, 64 Fair Ellen, 32 Fair Forester, 60 Fair Helen, by Hamble- tonian, 102 Fair Helen, by Panta- loon, 46 Fairthorn, 78 Fairwater, 68 Fairy, by Filho da Puta, 35 Faith, by Herod, 79 Faith, by Pacolet, 27a Falcon, 124 Fallow Buck, the, 45 Fancy, by Crab, 55 P'ancy, by Florizel, 17 Fanny, by Diomed, 39 Fanny, by Sir Peter, 23 Fanny, by Tartar, 23a Fanny, by Whisker, 45 Fanny Legh, 60 Farewell, 114 Faugh-a Ballagh, 29 Favonius, 119 Favourite, 79 Fawn, 19 Fazzoletto, 84 Fearnought, 51 Feather, 11 Feodorowna, 79 Ferina, 79 Ferret, 58 Fidget, 40a Filagree, 27 Filho da Puta, 33 Fillikins, 60 Findon, 64 Finesse, 38 Fireaway, 111 Firetail, 86 Fiizgladiator, 13* 430 INDEX TO PEDIGnEE TABLES. 1 Flatcatcher, 33 Flax, 74 Flight, by Escape, 59 ilight, by Velocipede, 60 Flora, by King Fergus, 96 Flora, by Regulus, 43a Flora, by Sqiiirrel, 41a Flora, Young, 42a Florantlie, 18 Florizel, 9 Flying Duchess, 12S Flying Datchnian, 22 Hying "Whig, 21a Folly, 122 Forester, 54 Forester, Cornforth's, 65 Forester, Williams's, 54 Formosa, 77 Fortitude, 38 Fortress, 40 Fox, 2 Fox Club, 4 Foxhunter, Cliedworth, 53 Foxhunter, Cole's, 22a Fractious, 33 Frailty, by Filho da Puta, 95 Frailty, by Stockwell, 31 Francesca, 76 Fraxinella, 22 }'renzy, 12 Frisky, 40a Frolic, 40a Frolicsome, 44 Fyldener, 39 Gower Ptfillion, 48 Grace Doling, l')3 Grandiflora, 42 Grasshopper, by Byerly Turk, 13 Grasshopper, by Crab, 12a Grazier, 115 Great Unknown, the, 2 Grecian Princess, 54 Grey Doriinant, 53 Greyfoot, 45 Grey Grantham, 2 Grey Hautboy, 4 Greyhound, Young, 12 Grey Robinson, 4 Grey Skim, 24 Grey Starling, 82 Grey Wilkes, 4 Gruyere, 119 Guiccioli, 29 Guy, 50 Gadabout, 43 Galatia, 27 Galopin, 128 Gainahoe, 16 Gamenut, 82 Gamos, 94 Ganges, 114 Garcia, 89 Gardevisure, 36 Gardham, 124 Gemma di Verpy, 35 General Peel, 44 George Frederick, 125 Gertrude, 74 Ghuznee, 39 Giantess, 2?a Giantess, Young, 22a Gibside Fairy, 28 Gitt, 115 (iildermire, 78 Cipsy, by Bay Bolton, 61a Gipsy, by King William's Barb, 4 'n Oipsy, by Trumpator, 22 Gladiatenr, 43 Gl idiator, 20 (ilaucus, 126 Glee,19tf Glencoe, 33 r.ohanna, 22 Gdhanna, Young, 115 Goldenlocks, by Delpini 27 Gohlenlocks, by Grass hojiper, 54 Goldenlocks, by Oro nooko, 63 Goldfinch, 32rt Goldlindcr, 62 Goldylocks, 84 Goluiiiiius, 22 Gong, 70 Goosander, 85 Gouty, 60 Gouty, Young, 42 Hag, 61 Has-, Young, 61 Hamble, the, 45 Hambletonian, 23 Handmaiden, 90 Hannah, 123 Haphazard, 33 Harcourt, 78 Hare, 101 IJaricot, 94 Harkaway, 18 Harmony, by Herod, 14 Harmony, by Reveller, 19« Harpalice, 33 Harriet, by Matchem, 43f* Harriet, by Precipitate, 71 Harriet, by Pericles, 17 Harriet, byVolunteer,41« Harriet, Young, 71 Hartley Blind Horse, 22rt Hartley Mare, Large, 22« Hartley Mare, Little, 21« Hatchment, 36 Hautboy, 2 Hedley, 40a Heinel, 38 Helen, by Blacklock, 57 Helen, by Delpini, 102 Helen, by Hambletonian 34 Helen, by Spectator, 3^a Helena, 57 Hermes, by Chrysolite, 10 Hermes, by Mercury, 2 > Hermit, 129 Hero, by Cade, 59 Hero, by Chesterfield, 103 Herod, 2 Heroine, Old, 59 Heroine, Young, 59 1 Heron, 35 Hester, 110 Hetman, 71 llelmau l'l;itofT, 21 lli-hllyrr, 17 Jli-hllyiT Mare, 55 Hi-hland Kling, 41a Hip, by Curwrn Barb, 12 Hip, by Herod, 96 llippia, 76 Hippolyta, 76 Hil»polyte, 76 Historian, 67 li()l)bi('. Noble, 38 Ilobgobhn, 50 Holy Friar, 127 Honeycoinb Punch, 12 Honey Dear, 98 1 loneydew, 58 Honeysuckle, 68 Hopbine, 60 Hopeful Duchess, 133 Horatia, by Blank, 10 Horatia, by Eclipse, 17 Hornby, Las,s, 97 Hornet, 62 Hornpipe, 56 Hornsea, 73 Houghton Lass, 28 Hoyden, 36 Humphrey Clinker, 28 Huncamunca, 30a Button's Blacklegs, 4 Hyacinthus, 39 Hyale, 2S Hvbla, 70 Hyena, 32a la-o, 71 lbs, 117 Idalia, 98 Idleboy, 109 lerne, 16 Imperator, 23 Indiana, 33 Industry, 73 Inheritor, 37 Inspiration, 84 Interpreter, 103 Inverness, 114 io, 126 role, 109 Ion, 42 Iris, 40 Isabella, 117 Isis, 117 Isobar, 137 Isoline, 113 Ithuriel 2.& Ivan, 47 Janetta, 19 Janus, 21a Javelin, 42a Jennala, 119 Jenny Mole, 58 Jenny Spinner, by Dragon, 41 Jenny Spinner, by Partner, 3Sa Jerboa, 25 Jericho, 19a Jerry, 36 Jessy, 47a Jet, 17a Jewel, 17a Jewess, 40 Jigg, 1 Joanna, 21 Joannina, 21 Jocasta, 65 Jocose, 99 Joe Andrews, 55 Joe Lovcll, 95 Johanna Houthcote, 31 John Bull, 38 Julia, by Blank, 25a Julia, by Whiskey, 27 Juniper, by Snap, 110 Juniper, by Whiskey, 41 Juno, 10 Jupiter, 8 Justice, by Litton Arab, 15 Ji.stice, by Ilerod, 101 Katherina, 40 KaHieriue, by Delpini, 89 Kathcrine, by Soolh- snyer, 87 Kathcrine T^ogie, 38 Kettledrum, 70 King-at-Arms, 36 Kingcraft, 93 King Feruus, 17 Kingly Yale, 133 King Tom, 33 Kingsborough, 81 Kingston, 25 Kisber, 130 Kiss, 100 Kite, 24 Knight of Kars, 33 Knight of St, Patrick, S3 Knowsley, 44 Kremlin, 76 Lacerta, 46 ]-ady, 3o i^ady Alice, 133 Lady Bank, 114 Lady Bolingbroke, 104 Lady Bountifi.l, 67 Lady Clifden, 116 Lady De Vere, 71 l-ady Eliza, 58 Lady Hawthorn, 64 J^ady Jane, 18 Lady Lift, 60 jjady Macdonald, 81 Lady Mare, 53 Ijady Mary, 43 Lady Moore Carew, 26 Lady Rachel, 85 Lady Sarah, by Cliam- pion, 67 Lady Sarah, by Fidget, 37 Lady Thigh, 2 la Lady of the Tees, 78 Lailia, 47 Lambton, 30 Lampedosa, 79 Landscape, 40 Lanercost, 22 Langar, 40 Languish, 39 Lapwing 57 Lardella, 51 Lass of the Mill, by Oronooko, 27a Lass of the Mill, by Traveller, 12 Lath, 11 La Toucques, 73 Launcelot, 38 Laura, 96 Laurel, 56 Lavender, 45a Lavinia, 30 Leamington, 17o Leda, 23 Leedes, 2 Legacj', 59 Le Sang, 89 Libel, the, 31 Liberator, 71 Li lias, 32 l ily, 62 Lily Agnes, 113 Liiida, 30 Lisbeth, 118 Lisette, by Ilamble- tonian, 90 Tiis 'tte, by Snap. 61 Little CiiRsino, 37 Little Folly, 41a Little Known, the, 46 Little Red Rover, 42 Liverpool, 22 Locust, 96 Lolly pop, 20 Lonely, 136 Longbow, 94 Loobv, 54 LordClifden, 116 INDEX TO PEDIGREE TABLES. 431 Lord Lyon, 36 Lord of the Isles, - Lord Ronald, 140 Lottery, 26 Louisa, 107 Lowlander, 120 Lucetta, 47a Lucv, 41 Lucy Grav, 22 Lufra, 120 Liiggs, 61 Lugwardine, 60 Luna, 36a Lurley, 35 Luss, 47a Lydia, 39 Macaria, l.'?3 Macaroni, 99 Macgregor, 92 Madam, 4.ja Madame Pelerine, 84 Madame Vestris, 90 J [ad cap, IS JIademoiselle. 57 ^fagawiska, 45 Magnet, 17a Magnolia, 41a Maiden, by Matchem, 5a Maiden, by Sir Peter, 38 Maid of-all work, 39 Maid of Hart, 134 Maid of Honour, I7a Makeless, 1 Malek, 42 Malibran, 89 Malvina, 94 Mambrino, 64 Manacle, 92 Man at Arms, 36 Mandane, 21 Mandiagora, 121 Manganese. 121 Mangel Wurzel, 97 Mango, 94 Maniac, 34"^ Maniac, Young, 92 Manilla, 62 Manuella, 40a Marcella, 47a Marchioness, 117 Marcia, 27a Marciana, 21 Margaret, 42 Margaretra, 31 Margellina, 93 Mar^'cry, 54 Margrave, 102 Marguerite, 117 Maria, by Herod, 61a Maria, by Sir Hercules. 67 Maria, by TelemachiTS, 112 Maria, by Wli'sker, 105 Marianne, 112 Marie Stuart, 122 Mari'iold, 118 Waritornes, 102 ^fark Anthony, 5 Marlborough, '37a Marmalade, 114 ^larmion, 33 JIarotte, 16 Jfarpessa, 33 Marquis the, 117 JTars. 89 Marske, 4 irarske, Young, 51 Marsyas, S9 Martha Lynn, 23 Mary, 39 Masquerade, 72 Mnsfer Henry, 38 Master KiWare, 140 ]\Laster Robert, 100 ^Latchein, 1 iVFatchless, 50 Jlatron, 5a Maud, 120 Mayfly, 38 Medea, 47a Medora, by Selim, 40 Medora, by Swordsman 24 Meeanee, 39 Melbourne, 2S Melbourne, Young, 44 Meliora, 2 Melton, 140 Mendicant, 26 Mentmore Lass, 119 Mentor, 108 INIercury, 8 ]\rerlin, by Bustler, 2 Merlin, by Castrel, 97 ^[ermaid, 7 ^ferope, 12 B ^reteor, 39 Jleteora, by Meteor, 39 Meteora, by Melbourne. 25 Areynel], 51 Miami, 122 Midu'e, 33a Middleton, 122 Milkmaid, 2 Milo, 256 Mincemeat. 70 Mineral, 130 Minstrel, 33 Mintsauce. 141 Minting, 141 Mirth, 19a Miserrima, 38 Misfortune, 52 Miss Agnes, 143 Miss Ann, 46 Miss Belsea, 11a Miss Belvoir, 10 Miss Bowe, 94 Miss Cleveland, 33a Miss Cranfield, 73 Miss Dunnin^L'ton, 30 Miss Emma, 97 Miss Euston, 67 Miss Fanny, 26 Miss Furey, 78 Miss Garforth, 3? Miss Gladiator, 43 Miss Green, 43a Miss Grimstone, 56 Miss Hap, 60 Miss Hervey, 35a ^.iiss Horniiiiie Teazle, 56 M:ss Judy, 2^ :\[iss Letty, 26 Miss Makeless, 26a Miss Mayes, 61 Miss Merediti), 59 Mi.ss Middleton, 91 Miss Muston, 83 Miss Newton, 97 ^fiss Partner, 1 Miss Patch, 16 TLiss Paul, 30 ^.liss Pratt, 33 Miss Ramsden, 3 :triss Roan, 45a Miss Rose, 42a Tdiss Sellon, 75 Miss Slamcrkin, 23a Miss Sophia, SOa Miss South, 48 ^•liss Spindleshanks, 86 Miss Staveley, 20 Miss Steiihenson, 26 Miss Fvntax, 42 Miss Tooley, Miss Twickenham, 21 M;ss Vernon, 73 Miss Whip, 5S Miss Wilkes, 80 Miss Windsor, 61a Mrs. Barnet, 38 Mrs. Cruikshanks, 44 Mixbury, 1 Mogul, 5a Molly Longlegs, 22a Monarque, 43 Monimia, by Matchem, 4 : Monimia, by Mule}, 110 Moonbeam, 68 Morel, 97 Morgan La Faye, 122 Morgiana, by iluley, 26 Mori SCO, .S7 Morocco Mare, 2 Morsel, 30 Mort -mer, 134 Moses, by Foxhunter, 53 Moses, by Wlialeboiie, 40 Mother Brown, 18 Mother Western, 4 Mountain Deer, 40a I\[ountain Syli)h, 40a idowerina, 2S Mufti, 112 Mulatto, 23 Muley, 33 Muley Moloch, 64 Musician, 57 "iusidora, 39 .lustard, 94 Muta, 124 My Dear, 98 Mvrrha, by Mnlek, 42 ^tlyrrha, by WliulcLone 115 r^abocklish, 18 Nancy, by Dick Andrews, 64 Nan Darrell, 90 N'anine, 126 Nautilus, 69 Nay lor, 112 Necklace, 92 Nell, 90 Nelly, 94 Newconrt, 60 Newminster, 58 Noisette, 33 Noisette, Young, 33 Noyre Tauren, 36 Nugget, 78 Nuncio, 2ia Nunnykirk, 58 Nutbourne, 133 Nutcracker, 31 .Nutwith, 83 '^beron, 96 Octavian, 96 • 'ctaviana, 96 Odessa, 74 Oiseau, 40 Old Country Wench, 4 Old England, 21a Old Montagu Mare, 4 Old Port, 58 Old Spot, 1 Olympia, 40 ( )mar, 86 Omnium, 55 < ipal, 47 Orangeade. 84 Orange Bud, 84 Orange Girl. 84 I Orlando, 24 ! ' »riiionde, 1 13 Oronooko, 63 Orpheus, 89 Orville, 17 Orvillina, 17 Oscar, by Juniper, 94 Oscar, by Saltram, 94 Osprej', 17 Otheothea, 94 Otho, 53 Otis, 22 Otisina, 70 Oulston, 64 O . erton, 23 Oxford, 93 Oxygen, 91 Pncolet, 27a Paladin, 74 Pill ma, 79 Palmyra, 125 Panoidy, 36 Pantaloon, 39 Pantiua, 79 Papillon, 33a Paradigm, 36 Paradox, 139 Paragone, 36 Parasol, 25 Parisot, 57 Parmesan, 119 Partiality, 79 Partisan, 19 Partner, 1 Pasquinade, 34 Patriot, 49 Patty, 16 Patty Primrose, 102 Paulina, by Florizcl, 18 Paulina, by Sir Peter, 27 Pauline, 20 Paulowitz, 39 Pawn, 36 Paymaster, 73 Paynator, 39 Pearlfeather, 94 Peer, the, 117 Pegasus, 73 Peggy, by Cade, 62 Peggy, by Herod, 94 Penelope, 27 Pepper, 71 Pe])permint, 24 Perdita. 6l> Peri, 29 Pericles, 17 Pero Gomez, 80 Pert, 50 Peruvian, 39 Petruchio, 40 Petworth, 110 Pewet, 49 Phantom, 27 Pliantom, Youncc, 46 Pharamond, 103 Phenomenon, 12 Phleoion, 47a Phoebe, 56 Phryne, 38 Physician, 30 Picton, 118 I'ioneer, 25a Pipator, 28 Pipylina, 17 Piquet, 25a Pirouette, 57 Plaisanterie, 135 Ti met, 67 Pledge, 34 Pleiad, 67 Plenary, 45 Plenipotentiary, 17 432 Plnm PiKkling, 140 Plutus, 67 rocahontas, 33 Podagra, I7a Poetess, 43 Poetess, by Trocadero 135 Points, 21a Polly, 23a Polly Agnes, 143 Polinoodie, 72 Pomona, 73 Pontifex, 96 Pope Joan, 19a Postmaster, 115 Pot-8-os, 63 Poulton, 39 Precipitate, 17 Pretender, 78 Priam, 21 Pride of Kildare, 111 Prima Donna, lol Prime Minister, 56 Primette, 30 Prince Charlie, 126 Prince T'Quassaw, 58 Princess, by Herod, 97 Princess, by Slane, 2 m Princess of Wales, 125 Princess Royal. 41 Principessa, 24a Prizefio'hter, 100 Promise, 25a Promised Land, 19a Propbet, 38a Prosperine, 56 Provost, the, 70 Prowess, 89 Prudence, 25a Prunell ), 2ja Puce, 37 Pucelle, 40 Pugilist, 73 Purity, 85 Puzzle, 87 Pyrrha, 17 Pyrrhus I., 40 Quadrille, 20 Queen, thp, 71 Queen, D'Arcy's, 12 Queen Anne, 25 Queen Bertha, 74 Queen Mab, 8 Queen Mary, 115 Queen of Diamonds, 41 Queen of Trumps, 41 Queen of the Isb s, 80 Queen's Messenger, 7i Rachel, 21a Rainbow, 118 RMlly, 17 Rallywood, 94 Rambling Katie, 38 , Ranlhos, 5a Ratan, 118 Rataplan, 33 Ratcatcher, 10(5 Rattle, by ralh)w 45 Rattle.by Harpur's Barl 03 Rebecca, 64 Recovery, 29 Red Rose, 84 Red Hhank. 36 Retina, 109 Regulus, 4 Reiver, the, 38 R6Ii, ieuse, 75 Remembrancer, 80 INDEX TO PEDIGREE TABLES. Remorse, 137 Retriever, 111 Reveller, 47 a Rib, 13 Riddle, 5a Ridotto, 66 Rigolboche, 124 Ringbone, 50 Ringtail Galloway, 16 Rival, 62 Robert the Devil, 131 Rockingham, 24 Rodomontade, 45 Eo aance, 57 Rosalba, 28& Rosalind, 41 ^ Rosamond. 4Ta Rosanne, 35 Rosary, 96 Rosebud, 16 Rosette, 47a Rosina, 28 Rotherbill, 133 Rouge Dragon, 35 Rouge Rose, 143 Rover, the, 133 Rowton, 40 Roxana, 1 Royal Oak, 43 Rubens, 27 Ruby, 104 Ruffler, 4 Rufina, 106 Ru.;antino, 18 Ruler, 40 Rust, 112 Ruth, 21a Rutilia, 21a Rutland Brn. Betty, : Saddler, the, 31 Safeguard, 32 Sagittarius, 66 St. Albans, 34 St. Edith, 133 St. Gatien, 133 St. George, 86 St. Lawrence, 57 St. Luke, 34 St. Martin, 53 St. Nicholas, 71 Salamanca, 80 Salarais, 80 Sally, 102 Saltram, 15 Sampson, 12 Sancho, 56 S mdbeck, -12 Saunterer, 29 Savernake, 34 Scalade, 39 Scar.imouch, 59 Scarborough Mare, Scheherazede, 79 Scota, 40 Scotilla, 40 Scottish Chief, 40 Scud, 71 Scythia, 2-;a Seamew, 71 Seclusion, 75 Second, 42a Secret, 112 Sedbury, 41a Selim, 27 Selima, by BetheT 2 Selima, by Solim, Sesostris, 12() Seymour, 42a Shakespeare, 59 Shark, 37a Sharper, 90 s Arab 22 Sheet Anchor, 25 Shift, 59 Shuttle, 96 Siberia, 47 Siderolite, 69 Signora, 61 Silence, 112 Silk, 141 Silver, 118 Silverdale, 116 Silvertail, 63 Silvio, 114 Singapore, 118 Sir Henry Dimsdale, 82 Sir Hercules, 29 Sir Oliver, 40 Sir Paul, 39 Sir Peter (Teazle), 17 Sir Peter, Young, 64 Sir Tatton Sykes, 1U2 Sir Walter Raleigh, 100 S'ze, 45 Skim, 61 Skim, Chesnut, 24 Skim, Grey, 24 Skylark, by Musician. 5* Skylark, by Waxy Pope 57 Skyscraper, 3S Skysweeper, 22 Slane, 25 Slave, the, 116 Slight, 45 Slipby, 61a Sloe, 7 Slope, 114 Sloven, 49 Small Hopes, 59 Smiling Tom, 53 Smolensko, 25 Snake, 4 Snap, 61a Snap, Vauxhall, 96 Snip, 61a Snip, Young, 59 Snowdrop, 40 Soldier. 86 Soldier's Joy, 27j Songstress, 9 ) Soothsayer, 27 Sophia, by Blank, 17a Sophia, by Buzzurd, 30a Sophia, by Godolphin, 5! Sorcerer, 28 Soreheels, 5 South, 48 Southdown, 19 Spadille, 41a Spanker, 1 Spark, 12 Spectator, 5 Spectre, 00 Speranza, 100 Spilletta, 4 Spinner, 59 Spinster, by Crab, 55 Spinster, by Shuttle, 109 Spitfire, by Beuing- brough, 61 Spitfire, by Pipator, 114 Splitvote, 34 S))Ortsman, 63 Sportsmistress, 63 Spot, Old, 1 Spot, Hutton's, 114 Spotless, 94 Sprightly, 57 S(iuil), 42 Scpiirrel, 50 Scpiirt, 4 Stamford, 17 Star, 95 Stargazer, 18 bUuch, 20 Starling, 5a Starling, Ancaster. 50 Starling, Grey, 35 Stays, 40a Sterlini', 139 Sting, 43 Stitch, 73 Stockwell, 33 Stork, 60 Storm, 39 Stradbroke, 40 Stripling, by Spot, 114 Stripling, by Phenome- non, 96 Strood, 33 Student, by Chatham, 80 Student, by Oxford, 98 Subtility, 45 Sultan, 27 Summerskle, 78 Sunnylocks, 94 Surplice, 96 Susan, 59 Sweeper, 7 Sweepstakes, 48 Sweetbriar, 59 Sweet Hawthorn, 04 Sweetmeat. 20 Sweet Sound, 70 Switch, 83 Swordsman, by Prize- fighter, 24 Swordsman, by Weasel, 35 Sybil, by Interpreter, m Sybil, by Ugly Buck, 37 Sylph, by Filho da Puta, 37 Sylph, by Spectre, 60 Sylphine, 40a Sylvia, 58 Syphon, 49 Tadmor, 75 Taffraii, 43 Taglioni, 111 Tandem, 49 Tantrum, 39a Tapestry, 73 Tartar, 2 Tartar Mare, Old, 7 Tattler, 55 Taurus, 87 Tearaway, 111 Teddington, 24 Teddy the Grinder, 18 Teetotum, 65 Teresa, 15 Termagant. 39a Terrific, 39 Terrona, 64 Tesane, 78 Thalestris, by Alexand< 62 Thalestris, by Kings 40 Theano, 114 Tliomasina, 107 Thormanby, 64 Thorntons, the, 26a Thorsday, 127 Thorwater, 68 Thunderbolt, 61 Thuringian I'rinre, 141 Thwaites' Dun Mare, U Tim, 16 Tim Whiffler, 37 Timothy, 107 Tippctywitchet, 101 Tipplecyder, 27 Tipsy, 83 Titulus, 06 Tomboy, 86 I INDEX TO PEDIGREE TABLES. Tom-tom, 81 Tomyris, 126 Tortoise, 48 Totteridge, 47a Touchstone, 38 Towton, 117 Tramp, 22 Trampoline, 33 li aveUer, Old, 50 xreasure, 23 Treecreeper, 40 Trentham, 48 True Blue, Young, i Trumpator, C>0 Trumpeter, 91 Tuberose, 82 Tug, 59 Turk, 107 Tumus, 87 Turquoise, 19a Twatty, 37 Ugly Buck, The, 37 Union Jack, 47 Vale Eoyal, 84 Vanderdecken, 22 Van Diemen, 22 Van Galen, 37 Van Tromp, 22 Vanity, 113 Vanquisher, 112 Variation, 30 Variety, 39 Vat, 108 Vatican, 108 VauxhaH Snap, 96 Vedette, 90 Velocipede, 41 Venilia, 120 Venison, 19 Venus, 69 Verbena, 285 Verderer, 35 Vermilion, 112 Versatility, 65 Verulam, 119 Vexation, 26 Viceroy, 71 Vicissitude, 28 Violante, 38 Violet, 37a Virago, by Pyrrhus I. Virago, by Snap, 15 Virgin, 41 Virginia, 40 Viscountess, 117 Vivandiere, 23 Vixen, 62 Voivode, 70 Volley, 116 Voltaire, 23 Voltigeur, 23 Volunteer, by Eclipse, Volunteer, by Young Belgrade, 61a Vortex, 23 Vulture, 24 40 Wagtail, 56 Walnut, 5a Walton, 27 Wanderer, 112 Warlock Galloway, 49 Waterloo, 30 Waverley, 31 Waxy, 27 Waxy Pope, 100 Weasel, 56 Weatherbit, 26 Web, 27 Wedding Day, 93 Welbeck, 34 West Australian, 28 Westbury, 61a Whalebone, 38 Whim, 100 Whisker, 18 Whiskey, 15 Whitefoot, 5 Whiteloek, 23 Whiteneck, 27a Whitenose, by Godolphin, Whitenose, by Hall's Arab, 63 Whitworth, 58 W)iiz-gig, 01 Why-not, 1 Widdrington Mare, 55 Wild Dayrell, 42 Wild Goose, 41 Wild Honey, 70 433 Wilkes, Grey, 4 Williamson's Giev, 27 Winibleton, 58 Windfall, 108 Windham, 51 Windhound, 38 Wire, 108 Witchcraft, 32 Woful, 40 Wothersley, 117 Woodbine, 57 Woodcock, 4 Woodcock, Brown, 26a Woodcock Thornton, 26ng, whereas the celebrated Blink •onnys time was 13| seconds per furlong oyer the Derby course, which, however, is very hiUy, while Doncaster is nearly a dead level. With an ad- ditional year and the same weight, this speed has been slightly exceeded by West Australian even over a longer ■Jk'S "^f""^ ^^"^ ^^^^s^' a« at AsSot in 1854, when he defeated Kingston by a head only ; running 2 miles and 4 fur- longs m 4 minutes and 27 seconds, or as nearly as possible at the rate of 134 seconds per furlong. This perf ormanci IS the best in modem days, considering the weight the age, and the distance : ana it will compare very favourably with the often quoted exploit of Childers over the Round course in 1721, when being six years old, he beat Almanzo^ and Brown Betty, carrying 9st. 21b., and domg the distance in 6 minutes and 40 seconds, or at the rate of 144- seconds per furlong. Thus, allowing him his year for the extra half mile in the course and for the 21b. which he earned above Kingston's weight, he was outdone by the latter horse at Ascot by a second per furlong, and hkewise by West Austrahan, It the usual allowance for his age. Again, 434 HOBSE-EACING, comparing these performances on the English turf with the much-lauded exploits of the American and French horses, it will be found that there is no cause for the fear lest our antagonists in the "go-ahead" department should deprive us of our laurels, although it must be admitted they mean trying hard to do so ; for there are now three strong stables of American horses m training at Newmarket, and the doings of Parole— admittedly a second class, or rather we should say an unrehable, horse— teach us that we must not hold them too cheaply. The greatest benefat ever conferred on the American iurt was the purchasing Glencoe, the grand- sire of Stockwell, King Tom, Rataplan, &c., whose loss to this country it is impossible to calculate. On the 2nd of April, 1855, a time-match was run at New Orleans between Lecomte and Lexington, both four years old, m which the latter, who won, did the four miles (carrying 7st. 51b.) in 7 minutes 19| seconds, or, as nearly as may be, seconds per furlong. On Aug. 20, 1874, Fellowcraft, four years, 7st. 101b., ran four miles at Saratoga in 7 minutes m seconds. These are considered by the Americans the best times on record, and are undoubtedly credi- table performances, though when weight is taken into account, not so near our best English time as would at first sight appear. On the 14th ot April, Brown Dick and Arrow ran 6 miles over the New Orleans course in 5 minutes 28 seconds, or at the rate of 13| seconds per furlong ; the former a three-year-old, carrying 6st. 21b., and the latter five years old, 7st. 121b Thus it will appear, that Kings- ton, of the same age as Arrow, and carrying 9st. instead of 7st. r21b., ran 2i miles at a better rate than Arrow did his 3 miles by one-third of a second per furlong ; and it has been shown that our modern horses have exceeded the greatest performance of the olden times by a second per furlong, and beat the best American time by one- third of a second per furlong. ihe assertion, therefore, that our present horses have degenerated in their power of staying a distance under weight is wholly without foundation, since 1 liavo shown that, even taking the time of the Childcrs' performance as the true rate (of which there is some doubt), yet it has recently been beaten very considerably by West Australian and Kingston. Many loose assertions have been made as to the rate of the horse for a single mile in the last century, but there is not the slightest reUance to be placed upon them. That any racehorse ever ran a mile within the minute is an absurd fiction ; and it is out of the question to suppose that, if Childers could not beat our modern horses over the Beacon course, he could beat them a shorter distance. Stoutness was undoubtedly the forte of the early racehorses; they were of small size, very wiry and low, and could unquestionably stay a distance, and could race month after month, and year after year, in a way seldom imitated in these days ; but that they could, in their small compact forms, run as fast in a short spin as our modern three-year-olds is quite a fallacy, and no racing man of any ex- perience would admit it for a moment. Buccaneer is credited with having galloped the fastest mile on record for a race at Sahsbury, but the perforrnance must be passed as utterly unrehable for three reasons : (1) The horse was unfit at the time ; (2) he was runnmg over one of the most severe courses m Enghind ; (3) he was not extended at any part of the race, a stable com- panion only of the second class being a bad second to him, and the third very moderate. The quickest authenti- cated time in which a mile has been galloped is the 1 minute 43 seconds of Diophantes in the Two Thousand over the" R. M. at Newmarket, and Galopin's performance m a match against Stray Shot over the same course, which we may however note is 17 yards over the mile. The Englisn system of timing races is however very crude and unreliable. Take, for in- stance, the Cambridgeshire Stakes at Newmarket, which is a nearly straight course of one mile and a quarter ; the time-keeper is at the finish with any- thing but a good place from which to see the start, and there is no chance ot strict accuracy in the timing, while m many instances there is no doubt the horses gallop many lengths before the watch is set going. To judge ot the time of a race of this sort against the accurate clocking of the Americans with a watch at each end is of course absurd, for if the course were compassed in exactly the same time it is certain that EARLY MATURITY. 435 the watches would not agree. The English plan is simply a farce. The Size and Shape of the modern thorough-bred horse are superior to those of olden days, if we may judge by the portraits of them handed down to us by Stubbs, who was by far the most faithful animal painter of the eighteenth century. In elegance of shape we beat the' horses of that day very considerably, more especially in the beauty of the head and the forma- tion of the shoulders, which have been much attended to by breeders. In size, also, there has been an immense stride made, the average height of the race- horse having been increased by at least a hand within the last century. This enlargement is, I believe, chiefly due to the Godolphin Arabian, who was the sire of Babraham, the only horse of the time that reached 16 hands, and sire or grandsire of several which were more than 15 hands — much above the average height of horses at that time — as, for instance, Fearnought, Genius, Gower Stallion, Infant, Denmark, Bol- ton, Cade, Chub, Lofty, and Amphion. Indeed it will be found, by an exami- nation of the horses of that time, that out of 130 winners in the middle of the eighteenth century, there were only 18 of the height of 15 hands and up- wards, of which 11 were by Godolphin or his sons, three descended from the Darley Arabian, two from the Byerly Turk, and two from other sources. It may, therefore, be assumed, with some degree of probability, that the increase m size is in great measure due to the Godolphin, in addition to the extra care and attention which the horse has re- ceived during the same time. Never- theless, all the care and forcing in the world will not increase the size of some breeds ; and unless there had been this capability of being forced, no amount of attention would have brought the horse to the present average, which may be placed at about 15 hands 3 mches when at maturity. Sect.2.— Early Maturity incompatible WITH Durability. The Laws Regulating Growth and Decay are immutable, and it may almost always be pronounced that, in proportion to the quickness of the growth will be the early decay of the ammal or vegetable being. Thus the oak is more lasting than the larch, and the elephant outlives the horse; and so it will be found that, whether in the case of the greyhound, the horse, the sheep, or the bullock, those animals which come to maturity the earliest are the first to decay, or to show signs of that stage ; for in a state of domesti- cation actual decay is rarely permitted to take place. Hence, while the breeder has his attention drawn to the produc- tion of colts which shall at two years of age be formed like old horses and be fit to compete with them for short distances, it will always result that he attains his end at a considerable sacri- fice of durability, as evinced in the diminished strength of constitution, and the feeble and yielding nature of the organs of locomotion. The timber, in fact, instead of being oak is deal, and is as little to be compared in durabilit}- with the materials of which the old- fashioned horses were composed as the latter timber is with the former. It is true that even in modern days some exceptions may be adduced which seem made of as iron-like materials as Eclipse or Childers, or their contemporaries— as, for instance, Rataplan, who ran in 71 races during the four years he was on the turf; Fisherman, who was pulled out 120 times in 5 years ; and Thormanby, who ran 15 times as a two- year-old, and was as sound as a roach when he won the Derby. Still these are_ the exceptions, and the vast majority of our horses are unable to put in an appearance on the race-course more than eight or ten times in the course of the season, and many not nearly so often. Both Childers and Eclipse were five years old before they were trained, and such was the usual practice in those days. As an instance of this. Miss Neesham was foaled in 1720, was first started, for the King's Plate at .York, in 1726, and continued to run every year till 1731, when she was used for two seasons for breeding- purposes, and produced Miss Patty. In 1733, Miss Neesham (now called Mother Neesham) won a plate at York ; and again, in 1734, she won two stakes at the same place, being in her four- teenth year. Such a case is unknown in these days ; and even an eight-year- old running horse is a rarity seldom met with. Beeswing, it is true, ran and won good stakes in her ninth year, but she was a rara avis indeed, and we^may F F 2 436 HOBSE-BACING. wait some time before we look upon her like again. Racehorses are not, however, to be considered as really degenerated simply because they are of earlier maturity than was formerly the case ; but they are no doubt altered in character by the long-continued attention to the production of this peculiarity. The type of the racehorse is now more nearly allied to the two-year-sld form, and he has become more speedy, but less lasting in proportion to his speed. This is easily understood, because it is impossible that a horse can maintain a high velocity for as long a time or distance as he can keep up a slower rate of gallop. I have shown that he can and does now perform the same distance in a less time than Child ers, but that he can keep up his top speed as long as the old-fashioned horses is, I believe, untrue. A very slow horse can maintain the only rate which he can manage to reach for a long time, as compared with the fast horse ; and he may safely be kept extended for the whole distance he has to go, unless this is a very long one— that is to say, it his temper is good enough to bear the trial ; but the fast horse will soon burst himself if allowed or made to extend himself for any distance, and he there- fore must be husbanded in some degree, for fear of the consequences. This is often exemplified in the steeplechase, wherein many non-stayers on the turf, like Emblem, are as stout as steel over fourmiles,because they are not extended till near the end of that distance. Not only, however, is there this two- year-old type in speed, but there is also the two-year-old condition of bone and sinew; and in addition there is the early trial of both in the severe train- ing to which the young horse is now submitted. Thus all things . tend to the production of unsound and sott- constitutioned animals, and it cannot occasion surprise if the percentage ot lameness, or other infirmity, is greatly increased. It is quite true that our hunters and other horses are also earlier in coming to their full growth, and thus some advantage is gained, but I am afraid more than counterbalanced by ilieir early decay, and by the want of (lurabiHiy which their legs and feet show, as evidenced by the frequency of inflamed joints and diseased feet, now 80 prevalent in the field and on the road. Thus, what is gained between three and five years of age is lost be- tween ten and fifteen, and I am afraid more than lost, for undoubtedly a greater number must be bred to last a given number of years than was for- merly necessary, whether for hunters, roadsters, or harness-work. Still, as I said before, the alteration is not en- tirely for the worse, and the earher utility of the horse is some little set-off against his premature decay. In breeding for the Turf, however, things are carried to a great and un- desirable extreme; for, to get big yearlings, now the desideratum of all who breed to sell publicly, and of whom there are such large numbers, it be- comes necessary, or at any rate so these breeders think, that the foal should be dropped during January, February, or March, three of the worst months m the year in this country, and more pro- ductive of lung disease than any others. The weather being bitterly cold, it is necessary for a time to confine mare and foal to the box, and when turned out it is often at the expense of con- tracting a lung disease, from which roaring results, and this because the Jockey Club have in their wisdom ordained that racehorses shall take their age from the 1st January instead of from the 1st May, as was originally the case. If our horses are to retain their superiority— the other view is too black to contemplate— we must revert to the forsaken date when the foal could do ^^0 harm if born in the open field, which, clothed in soft verdure, would then be his playground ; each day adding to his strength and courage, as on the contrary in winter each day would have the opposite effect, until he could safely be turned out and snatch from nature the healing balsam of tresli air and suitable food, both of which the winter starver only obtains when the day of his birth is long past, but in the lap of which the foal of summer is nurtured from the beginning. Even with the disadvantage of some months in age, it is a noticeable fact that the majority of our best horses of recent years have been May and June foals. The Grand Desideratum in these days is the production of a lot of thorough-bred horses calculated to get good sound roadsters and hunters. Now this is quite incompatible with the present system of breeding for the DESIDERATUM FOR THE TURF. 437 two-year-old market ; and yet, while prizes, often amounting to some thou- sands, are within the probable reach of our best two-year-olds, it is scarcely to be expected that the owners shall be kept from g-rasping thereat. As, there- fore, it is unlikely that the public will individually produce these much-needed horses, it is incumbent upon the Govern- ment either to found a oreeding estab- lishment for their production, to offer prizes of some kind which may tempt the breeder to produce them, or to establish stallion depots — the latter, perhaps, the better plan of the three. At the present time the class of stallions serving throughout the country — by which is meant not the high-priced sire for begetting racehorses, but the stal- lion to serve farmers' mares — is a dis- grace to England. Given a high- sounding flashy pedigree, with perhaps the additional incentive that the horse has won a race or two, and this is in the large majority of cases looked upon as sufficient, and he is accordingly patronised largely, with the result that being in all probability an unsound brute, picked up for an old song, the country in which he travels is in a few years overrun with a lot of spavined, roaring brutes, not worth a handful of herbage from the roadside. By the judicious application of a few thousand sovereigns, this state of things might be changed ; good sound horses with plenty of bone might be placed suitably about the country serving farmers' mares at a low fee ; this would speedily be appreciated, and we should find these stallion depots self-supporting. Or, better still, the German plan might be adopted — a high-class horse or horses allov/ed to serve farmers' mares at a fee of 5s., upon condition that the Government have the right of purchase of the produce at a fixed sum at say three years old. This would secure for the farmer a certain market for his horse, providing he be good for any- thing, whilst the Government would have at command a constant supply of cavalry horses of much better class than they can now purchase. Some- thing of this must be done if our horses are to be restored to their former vigour and soundness, both of which are now gradually but surely disappearing, hardihood of constitution and durability of _ leg being qualities lamentably de- ficient in all our breeds of modern horses. Moreover, it is a fact well known to practical men, that in the event of a sudden war calling imme- diately for the purchase of a large number of cavalry horses, these horses could not possibly be obtained in the United Kingdom, Is it not therefore time for the Government to bestir themselves and provide against this evil, as certain to come as anything that can be foretold ? Although the Thorough - bred Horse is well fitted to compete with others in all cases where speed is the chief point of trial — as in flat-racing, steeple-chasing, hunting, &c. — yet he is not so well qualified for some kinds of harness-work, or for road-work of any kind, as the horse expressly bred for that purpose. There is no doubt that thorough - bred horses might be selected and bred expressly for this kind of work, and would excel all others, because originally their limbs and constitutions were at least as sound as, or perhaps even sounder than, any other class of horses ; but while they are selected and bred solely for speed, without much reference to these other qualities, it is useless to expect much improvement in the latter; but, on the contrary, they may be expected to become yearly more and more soft and yielding. There are many purposes for which the Eastern horse is wholly unfit — as, for instance, for heavy and dead pulls ; here his high courage, light weight', and hasty temper are adverse to the performance of the task, and he is far excelled by the old English or modern improved cart-horse. No thorough- bred horse would try again and again at a dead pull like many of our best breeds of cart-horses ; and therefore he is little calculated for work which requires this slow struggling kind of exertion. The pull of the Eastern horse, or his descendant, is a snatch ; and though it may to a certain extent be modified by use, yet it can never be brought up to the standard of the English cart-horse, even if his weight of carcase and size and strength of limb could be sufficiently increased. It has thus been shown that the English racehorse, as now bred, is solely useful in improving the breeds of our hunters and light road-horses ; and that he, from his early maturity and decay, is to a certain extent 438 HORSE-BACING. prejudicial to the improvement of their lasting powers, in enduring the batter- ing of our roads, which are now yearly becoming harder and harder, and thus more trying to the legs and feet. That he has been the means, however, ot improving these breeds in all other respects is clear enough ; and we now possess horses which are perfection in every other respect, being excellent hacks, hunters, and light carriage horses, and often all in one. This is the perfection of the horse ; and if many such could be produced it would be a great advantage, because most people would like a horse which could " make himself generally useful," if such an animal could be obtained. Without high-breeding, however, this is impos- sible ; and yet with most of our purest strains, though it is attainable, the con- dition in which it exists does not last long, in consequence of the effect of the hard road upon their soft legs and contracted feet. Consequently, as I have already remarked, there is a necessity for GoveruQient interference to produce such a breed of thorough- bred horses, by careful selection, as shall give us the above three kinds of horses useful in civil life, from which may be culled a plentiful supply of cavalry horses, whenever wanted ; be- cause the very same qualities are there demanded, and what will suit the one will be equally advantageous to the other, and this is demonstrated more clearly than ever by the successes of the French horses, Gladiateur, Fille de TAir, &c., dependent as they no doubt were upon the careful selection of sound stock to breed from by the French Government and private breeders. In this respect the Germans also set us an example ; they will not breed from an unsound horse or mare, or one that does not stand true and level on legs and feet. The class of cavalry horses they are likely to have in the future is to be imagined when we know that amongst other horses they have of late years purchased Marsworth for 5000gs., and Lollypop for 3000gs. to beget horses to produce cavalry remounts. Sect. 3.— The Thorough-bked Horse AS Intended for Racing only. In addition to the use of the thorough-bred horse for the purpose of improving our general stock of horses, he is incidentally employed in a pursuit which in itself is of no use to the nation or to individuals, which carried on once as a pastime, has now become a trade, and that an enormous one. As, however, this is the only motive for the encouragement of this variety of the horse, which is extremely useful in improving those breeds that are vitally necessary to our existence and comfort, the evil must be borne for the sake of the accompanying good ; and we must be thankful to those who lay out large sums, from whatever motive, in producing those splendid specimens of the horse which are yearly brought to the post. That they are not perhaps the best possible for the purpose of breeding what is other- wise wanted I have already shown; but until the Government will take the • matter up, and give us still more per- fect animals, we must be satisfied with what we can get, and be content to praise the bridge which carries us safe over, even if it is not made of the very best heart of oak. CHAPTER IV. ESSENTIAL POINTS IN THE THOROUGH-BRED HORSE FOR RACING PURPOSES. Sect. 1.— Puuity of Blood. Purity of Bt>ood is a sine qud non for racing purposes ; but it m neces- sary to understand what is meant by the term " blood." It is not to be sup- posed that there is any real difference between the blood of the thorough-bred horse and that of the half-bred animal ; and no one could discriminate between ESSENTIAL POINTS. 439 the two by any known means ; the term " blood " is here synonymous with hreed, and by purity of blood we mean purity in the breeding of the individual under consideration — that is to say, that the horse which is entirely bred from one source is pure from any mixture with others, and may be a pure Suffolk Punch, or a pure Clydes- dale, or a pure thorough-bred horse. But all these terms are comparative, since there is no such animal as a per- fectly pure-bred horse of any breed, whether cart-horse, hack, or racehorse ; all have been produced from an ad- mixture with other breeds, and though now kept as pure as possible, yet they were originally compounded from va- rying elements. Even the best and purest thorough-breds are stained with some slight imperfections ; and there- fore it is only by comparison that the word pure is applicable to them or any others. But since the thorough-bred horse, as he is called, has long been bred for racing purposes, and selec- tions have been made with that view alone, it is reasonable to suppose that this breed is the best for that purpose, and that a strain of any other is a deviation from the clearest stream into one more muddy, and therefore impure ; the consequence is, that the animal bred from the impure source fails in some of the essential characteristics of the pure breed, and is in so far use- less for this particular object. Now, in practice this is found to be the case, for in every instance it has resulted that the horse bred with the slightest deviation from the sources indicated by the Stud Book is unable to compete in lasting power with those that are entirely of that breed. Hence it is established as a rule, that for racing purposes every horse must be thorough- bred ; that is, as I have already ex- plained, of a sire and dam whose names are met with in the Stud Book. Sect. 2. — External Form. The External Form of the race- horse is of great importance ; but there is no doubt that the axiom is correct that "the horse can run in all forms." The instances where this is so, how- ever, are the exceptional cases, and the_ rule, nevertheless, is a good one which lays down that, cceteris paribus, 1 the horse will be the best runner which ! is formed in the mould most like that of the greatest number of good race- horses. Thus, supposing it is found that out of fitly good horses forty-nine have neat heads, light necks, deep chests, oblique shoulders, long racing hind-quarters, strong hocks, &c., the presumption will be that a horse resem- bling those forty-nine in shape will also resemble them in speed and en- durance. On the other hand, it is admitted on the Turf that high-breed- ing is of more consequence than exter- nal shape, and that of two horses, one perfect in shape, but of an inferior strain of blood, and the other of the most winning blood but not so well formed in shape, the latter will be the most likely to perform to the satisfac- tion of his master on the race-course. On this principle the proverb has been framed and handed down to us, that " an ounce of blood is worth a pound of bone;" and with the above expla- nation such is really the case. In spite, however, of all this recognised supe- riority of blood, it is indisputable that for the highest degree of success there must be not only high purity of blood, and that of the most winning strains, but there must also be a frame of the most useful character, if not always of the most elegant form. Many of our very best horses have been plain, and even coarse-looking — as, for instance, most of the Melbournes, and especially that very fast horse Sir Tatton Sykes, and also Voltigeur and other descend- ants of Blacklock ; but in spite of their plainness, all the points are good and useful, and the deficiency is in elegance, not in real utility. Nothing can exceed the goodness of the frames of Melbourne's stock ; and their width of hip and general roominess of make is such as to give them enormous power and great substance of muscle, which are particularly serviceable in the mares got by him — a class of animals more often deficient in these points than colts. From this it results that the distinction must always be made be- tween elegance and utility ; and it must be remembered, that while the former pleases the eye, it is not really con- ducive to victory ; whilst, on the other hand, the ragged hips and general bony frames of some horses are not so elegant to the eye, but they give strong attachment to the moving powers, and also allow the muscular system 440 HOESE-BACING. to be largely developed on their foun- | dation. The following are the generally ad- mitted good points by which the race- horse of high caste is distinguished from the common herd. The Height of the racehorse varies from 15 hands to 16f hands, or even 17 hands ; but the general height of our best horses is about 15 hands 3 inches. Few first-class performers have exceeded the height of Surplice, who was 16 hands 1 inch, as were also Wild Dayrell and Stockwell. Sir Tat- ton Sykeswas 15| hands; and between his height and that of Surplice may be ranged every great winner for the last ten or twelve years. This average, therefore, may fairly be laid down as the best height for the racehorse, though it cannot be denied that for some small and confined courses — of which there are now so many — a smaller horse of little more than 15 hands height has a better chance, as being more capable of turning round the constantly recurring angles or bends. The Head and Neck should be cha- racterised by lightness, which is essen- tial for this department. Whatever is unnecessary is so much dead weight, and we know the effect of 71b. in impeding the horse over a distance of ground. Now 71b. are easily bestowed upon a neck which may differ in at least 201b. or 301b. between the two extremes of lightness and excessive weight. Thus it may be considered as indubitable that whatever is met with in the head and neck which is not necessary for the peculiar purposes of the racehorse, is so much weight thrown away, and yet it must be carried by the horse. Such is the general cha- racter of this part ; but in detail the Head should be lean about the jaw, yet with a full development of forehead, which should be convex and wide, so as to contain within the skull a good volume of brahi. Supposing this ful- ness to exist, all the rest of the head may be as fine as possible ; the jaws being reduced to a fine muzzle, with a slight hollowing out in front, but with a width between the two sides of the lower jaw where it joins the neck, so as to allow plenty of room for the top of the windpipe when the neck is bent. The ears should be pricked and fine, but not too short ; eyes full and spirited ; nostrils large, and capable of being well dilated when at full speed, which is easily tested by the gallop, after which they ought to stand out firmly, and so as to show the inter- nal lining fully. The Neck should be muscular and yet light ; the windpipe loose and separate from the neck — that is, not too tightly bound down by the fascia, or membrane of the neck. The crest should be thin and wiry, not thick and loaded, as is often seen in coarse stallions, or even in some mares. ■Between the two extremes of the ewe-neck and its opposite there are many degrees, but for racing purposes I should prefer, of the two, the for- mer to the latter; for few horses can go well with their necks bent so as to draw the chin to the bosom. In the same manner, if we had to choose between a long-necked horse or a short- necked one, that is, the extreme of either, we should prefer the latter if for no other reason than that very long- necked horses are more liable to become roarers. Here, however, as in most other cases, the happy medium is to be desired, which is that exhibited in the portrait of Doncaster that is given at page 363 ; though perhaps it is a little more bent than is either desirable or belonging to the original. His head and general form are those which may be selected as the pattern for the racehorse, for though he was often considered as too light in the girth, he was, in my opi- nion, just what a racehorse should be in that department, which is more fre- quently too deep than the reverse ; and his well-known stoutness verifies the opinion that the majority of stayers are horses that appear light in their girth. The Body, or Middle Piece, should be moderately long, and not too much confined between the last rib and the hip-bone. So long as the last or back- ribs are deep, it is not of so much im- portance that they should be closely connected to the hip-bone, for such a shape shortens the stride ; and though it enables the horse to carry great weight, yet it prevents him from attain- ing a high rate of speed. In fact, it renders it impossible for him to get his hind legs far enough under him to obtain the leverage necessary for the propulsion for a high rate of speed. The Back itself should be muscular, and the hips so wide as to allow of a good development of the muscular depart- EXTERNAL FORM 441 ment. The Witbers may rise gently, but not too high, with that thin razor- like elevation which many people call a good shoulder, but which really has nothing to do with that part, and is only an annoyance to the saddler, who has to prevent its being pinched by the saddle. The Chest itself should be well developed, but not too wide and deep ; no horse can go a distance without a fair " bellows-room ; " but supposing the heart to be sound and of good quality, the amount of lung will suffice which may be contained in a medium- sized chest, and all above that is wasted, and is extra weight. Many of our best- winded horses have had medium- sized chests ; and some of the very worst have been furnished with room enough for a pair of blacksmith's bel- lows to play in, the tendency of a wide chest being to make a horse roll in his stride and therefore to be slow. If the heart only does its duty well the lungs can always furnish sufficient air ; and we know that when frequently renewed, and with sufficient power, the blood is aerated as fast as it is propelled, and the chief difficulty lies in this power of propulsion, which resides in the heart alone. If the chest be too wide it materially affects the action of the forelegs, and there- fore in every point of view, theoretically and practically, there is a happy me- dium between the too great contraction in this department and the heavy, wide, lumbering chests sometimes seen even in the thorough-bred racehorse, especially when reared upon rich suc- culent herbage, more fitted for the bullock than the Eastern horse. In the formation of the Hirs, the essential point is length and breadth of bone for muscular attachment, and it matters little whether the croup droops a little, or is pretty straight and level, so that there is a good length from the hip to the haunch-bone ; the line between which two points may either be nearly horizontal or forming a considerable angle with the ground ; but still in both cases it should be a long line, and the longer it is the more muscular sub- stance is attached to it, and the greater leverage will the muscles have ; there- fore it is that it is deemed a good thing in the conformation of a horse that hocks and knees should be close to the ground, which virtually means that thighs and arms are long. All these points are still further explained in the chapter on the Anatomy of the Horse, which see for the details of those parts. The Fore-Quarter, consisting of the shoulder, upper and lower arm and leg and foot, should be well set on to the chest; and the shoulder-blade should lie obliquely on the side of that part, with a full development of muscle to move it and thrust it well forward in the gallop. Obliquity is of the greatest importance, acting as a spring in taking off the shock of the gallop or leap, and also giving a longer attach-- ment to the muscles, and in addition enabling them to act with more lever- age upon the arm and leg. It will be seen, by a reference to the skeleton, that the shoulder-blade does not reach the top of the withers, and that those bones forming that part have nothing to do with the shoulder itself ; hence, many high-withered horses have bad and weak shoulders, and some very upright ones ; whilst, on the other hand, many low-withered horses have very oblique and powerful shoulders, and such as to give great facility and pliability to the fore extremity. The Shoulder should be very muscular, without being overdone or loaded, and so formed as to play freely in the action of the horse. The point of the shoul- der, which is the joint corresponding to the human shoulder, should be free from raggedness, but not too flat ; a certain degree of development of the bony parts is desirable, but more than this leads to a defect, and impedes the action of this important part. The Upper Arm, between this joint and the elbow, should be long, and well-clothed with muscles ; the elbow set on quite straight, and not tied to the chest ; the Lower Arm muscular and long ; knees broad and strong, with the bony pro- jection behind well developed ; legs flat, and showing the suspensory liga- ment large and free ; pasterns long enough without being weak ; and the feet sound, and neither too large nor too small, and unattended with any degree of contraction, which is the bane of the thorough-bred horse. The Hind-Quarter is the chief agent in propulsion, and is therefore of the utmost consequence in attaining high speed. It is often asserted that the oblique shoulder is the grand requisite in this object, and that it 442 HORSE'EACING. is the part upon which speed mainly depends, and in which it may be said to reside. This is to some extent true, because there can be no doubt that with a loaded shoulder high speed is impracticable; for however powerfully the body may be propelled, yet when the fore-quarter touches the ground it does not bound off again as smartly as it ought to do, and the pace is consequently slow. This position may be illustrated by an experiment with two balls, one of india-rubber, and the other, of corresponding size and weight, made of any inelastic material, such as wax. Now suppose these two balls propelled with equal power along a piece of fine turf at such an angle as to strike its surface, and rebound again and again — the elastic ball would at first only equal the other in speed, but it would soon outstrip it, because its elasticity would carry on the original propelling power, while the dull inelastic nature of the wax ball would speedily cause it to adhere to its mother earth. Just so with the elastic shoulder — it receives the resistance of the earth but reacts upon it, and loses very little of the power given by the stroke of the hind-quarter, which, ne- vertheless, must be strong and quick, or else there is nothing for the shoulder to receive and transmit. For the full action of the hind-quarter two things are necessary, viz, : — first, length and volume of muscle ; and secondly, length of leverage upon which that muscle may act. Hence, all the bones comprising the hind-quarter should be long, but the comparative length must vary a good deal, in order that the parts upon which the muscles lie may be long, rather than those connected with the tendons, which are mere ropes, and have no propelling power residing in them, but only transmit that which they derive from the muscles them- selves. Thus, the Hips should be long and wide, and the two upper divisions of the limb— viz., the Stifle and Lower Thigh — should be long, strong, and fully developed. By this formation the stifle-joint is brought well forward, and there is a considerable angle between these two divisions. The HocK should bo bony and strong, free from fleshiness or spavin, and the point long, and so set on as to be free from weakness at the situation of curb. In examining the hind-quarter of a horse to judge of its muscular de- velopment, the animal should not be looked at sideways, but his tail should be raised, and it should be ascertained that the muscles of the two limbs meet together below the anus^ which should be in fact well supported by them, and not left loose, and, as it were, in a deep and flaccid hollow. The outline of the outer part of the thigh should be full, and in ordinary horses the muscle should swell out beyond the level of the point of the hip. This fulness, however, is not often seen to this extent in the thorough-bred horse until he has arrived at mature age, and is taken out of training. The bones below the hock should be flat, and free from adhesions ; the ligaments and ten- dons fully developed, and standing out free from the bone ; and the joints well formed and wide., yet without any dis- eased enlargement ; the pasterns should be moderately long and oblique; the bones of good size ; and lastly, the feet should correspond with those already alluded to in the anterior extremity. The Totality of these points should be in proportion to one another — that is to say, the formation of the horse should be " true." He should not have long well-developed hind-quarters with an upright, weak, or confined fore- quarter. Nor will the converse serve ; for however well-formed the shoulder may be, the horse will not go well un- less he has a similar formation in the propellers. It is of great importance, therefore, that the racehorse should have all his various points in true relative development ; and that there shall not be the hind-quarter of a long racing-like horse with the thick con- fined shoulder which would suit a stride less reaching in its nature, but all should be in unison. Sect. 3.— The Colour, Skin, Hair, &c. The Colour of the thorough-bred horse is now geneinlly bay, brown, or chestnut, one or other of which will occur in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred. Grey is less uncommon than was the case a few years ago, in con- sequence principally of the largo num- ber of animals of that colour that have sprung from Stratliconan, aNewminster horse whose colour comes from his maternal grandsire, his dam being VARIETIES IN FOEM. 443 Sourenir by Chanticleer, Black also occasionally makes its appearance, as in Saunterer, but not more frequently than grey. Boans are still more rare, but are sometimes met with, as in Warlock and Rapid Ehone. Duns, sorrels, &c., are now quite exploded, and the first five colours may be said to complete the list of colours usually seen on the race-course. Sometimes these colours are mixed with a good deal of white, in the shape, of blazes on the face, or white legs and feet ; or even both may occur, and the horse may have little more than his body of a brown, bay, or chesnut. A striking instance of this being Blair Athol with his blazed face and white legs. Most people, however, prefer the self colour, with as little white as possible ; and nothing but the great success of a horse's stock would induce breeders to resort to him if they were largely endowed with white. Grey hairs mixed in the coat, as in the Venisons, are rather approved of than otherwise ; but they do not amount to a roan, in which the grey hairs equal, or even more than that, the other colour mixed with them. The Texture of the coat and skin is a great proof of high breeding, and in the absence of the pedigree would be highly regarded ; but when that is satis- factory it is of no use descending to the examination of an inferior proof; and therefore, except as a sign of healthy the skin is seldom considered. In all thorough-bred horses, however, it is thinner, and the hair more silky than in common breeds ; and the veins are more apparent under the skin, partly from its thinness, but also from their extra size and number of branches. ■ This network of veins is of importance in allowing the circulation to be carried on during high exertions, when, if the blood could not accumulate in them, it would often choke the deep vessels of the heart and lungs ; but by collect- ing on the surface great relief is afforded, and the horse is able to main- tain such a high and long-continued speed as would be impracticable with- out their help. Hence, these points ' are not useful as a mere mark of breed, j but as essential to the very purpose for which that breed was established. The Mane and Tail should be silky , and not curly, though a slight wave is ' often seen. A decided curl is almost I invariably a mark of degradation, and shows a stain in the pedigree as clearly as any sign can do. Here, howev^, as in other cases, the clear tracing of that all-powerful proof of breeding will upset all reasoning founded upon in- ferior data. The setting on of the tail is often regarded as of great import- ance, but it is chiefly with reference to appearances ; for the horse is not dependent for action or power upon this appendage. Nor is strength of dock of any value as a sign, and I' have known many very stout horses with flaccid and loosely pendent tails. Sect. 4, — Varieties in Form. Between the Form of West Aus- tralian and that of a common country plate-horse there is a very wide differ- ence, and scarcely any weight will bring them together short of that which would crush the former to the earth. There are numberless cases in which four stone might be carried by a first-class horse, over and above the feather-weight placed on a very slow horse, and yet the horse in high form will run away from the plater, who cannot by any means get over the ground faster than the rate at which he can carry a fair average weight. An examination of the handicap-lists will show, that between their top and bottom there is generally a differ- ence of four stone ; and though this difference is often effectual in keep- ing back the best horses, it does not always allow the lightest weights to win, but rather those which are the lightest as compared with their real powers. But it is also well known that certain horses can run half a mile at high speed, and no more ; others a mile ; others again, a mile and a half or two miles ; whilst another class, now less common than formerly, require a distance of three or four miles to develop their powers, as compared with ordinary horses. These peculiari- ties are often hereditary, though not always so. Breeding is undoubtedly a great lottery. One man breeding from the strongest strains of blOod to obtain stayers, and from sire and dam posses- sed of that quality, may find himself with a very speedy animal without stamina, and vice versa. A striking in- stance of this can be adduced in the horses York and Ebor, own brothers, 444 HOBSE-BACING. who were running at the same time, the first-named, a short-legged powerful horse, was a brilliant performer in short- race, but totally deficient in stamina. Ebor, a leggy-horse but also of great power, was on the contrary a very slow horse, but could stay for any distance, and carried all before him in Hunter's Stakes, in which he car- ried heavy weights over long courses. Some horses of compact frames, with short backs and strong quarters, may be expected to climb a hill without difficulty, especially if of stout blood ; and, again, others of lathy frames, with long but weak points, and a great deal of daylight under them, may win over the flat for a mile, or a mile and a quarter, but can never climb a hill or get beyond the above distance over a flat. These points should be care- fully studied by the breeder in getting together his breeding-stock, and by the owner in deciding upon the stakes for which he shall enter his young produce, for there is no doubt that it is to make and shape that he must look,. for like to beget like, not so much to the theory of breeding according to different strains of blood. If a mare be leggy and narrow let her be sent to a short-legged powerful horse, and vice versa, instead of perhaps to an animal with all her faults of confor- mation exaggerated, because according to theory the blood will mix. CHAPTER V. THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A RACING-STUD. Sect. 1. — Breeding versus Purchase. When once a determination has been arrived at to enter upon the exciting pursuit which is now under considera- tion, the next thing to be done is to dis- cuss the best mode of carrying out this resolution. There are two modes of getting together a stud, one of which consists in breeding the horses requisite for the sport, and the other in buying them at the age of one, two, three, or four years, according to circumstances. The choice must be guided greatly by the kind of stake which is to be com- peted for, and the judgment of the proprietor or his usual adviser; also upon the facilities of breeding com- manded by him, for without a breeding farm of such land as is suited for rear- ing horses, it is useless to attempt this mode of proceeding. Either course requires great skill and judgment, and it is seldom that these are acquired until large sums of money have been ex- pended, and the desire for success has been blunted by the knowledge that it is not always the reward of desert. Still, while the passion exists, it is only fair that it sliould be allowed free scope ; and if the Turf were only weeded of those of its present supporters who disgrace it, it might regain its healthy tone, and cncourago honourable men again to enter its charmed circle and compete for its honours. If the ambi- tion of the young turfite is high, and he intends to enter into the contest for the blue riband," he must make up his mind without doubt to breed for him- self, or to purchase the animals as year- lings. Until breeding yearlings for sale assumed the present enormous proportions it was most unusual for the Derby to be M'on by a horse that was not bred by the owner, and during the last twenty years the proportion has been equal. At the same time the fact must be recognised that when a good-look- ing colt of fashionable blood is for sale, he is generally bought at a price which would make a stud of such horses rather an expensive afEair ; and experience tells us that very few of these high-priced yearlings have paid for the oats they have eaten. A man having one mare may breed, train, and run a Wild Dayrell as an exceptional case, but few such instances occur, and the necessity for more than one string- to the bow is recognised by all those who have entered the arena. If, how- ever, the intended contests are to be confined to country meetings for specific local purposes, or to other small under- takings, a few horses calculated for them will be easily procured at a com- paratively low cost, and with a fail chance of success. Unlike the grey- hound, the horse may always be tried with a very near approximation to his ESTABLISHMENT OF A RACING STUD. 445 real merits, because in every case he will do his best in his then form, and there is no chance (except when the temper is bad) of the horse afterwards tmrning out very differently from his per- formance on the day of trial. It should also be known, that for common plat- ing purposes a horse may be obtained whose speed is not quite of the first class, but whose constitution and legs are so enduring as to allow of his being raced much more frequently than his highly-organised compeer of faster form and more irritable tem- perament. Thus the tyro may, at com- paratively little expense, indulge his appetite for excitement by competing in country races with a limited stud, and yet with a fair prospect of success, and with a certainty of avoiding those heavy expenses which are attendant upon a numerous stud, and the requi- sites for success at first-class meetings. Few people would undertake the more expensive gratification of the taste for racing without first gaining experience in the minor events ; and I should strongly advise every beginner to keep himself free from those extra- vagant outlays which are now abso- lutely necessary to success in the higher departments of racing. Let him only attempt to master the alphabet, and he will find his hands full enough nowadays, when even our small events are filled with the offsets of the great races. Indeed, it is extraordinary how well prepared are the horses at all our second-rate meetings, and how little difference there is in appearance be- tween the horses there met with and those running at Newmarket, Ascot, Epsom or Doncaster. For Second-rate Meetings, then, it will suflBce to pick up horses which are sold as unfit for the great events, as being somewhat troubled with "the slows," and yet are stout and honest, with good sound legs and feet. These horses will answer every purpose in company of the same kind, and will pick up stakes which are confined to horses which have never won more than a certain sum; or they will suit selling stakes, where they may be entered to be sold for a low sum, in proportion to their cost and value. These colts or fillies may be estimated at their precise value, if they have appeared in public and are sound; but if only tried in private it is a perfect lottery, unless a trial can be obtained with a horse in an equally good state of preparation, and whose form is well known. If either of these modes of estimating the value of the proposed purchase can be obtained, and there is no doubt of the soundness of the animal, the young turfite may venture to invest from IbOl. to 500?., according to the estimate he has formed, and the advice he has received from his trainer ; for, of course, he will not venture to act upon his own unassisted judgment. These prices are greatly in excess of the expenditure that would have been necessary a few years ago, but it must be recollected that the return will also have greatly increased in amount, as instead of the 25/. and 40Z. stakes of old, no race under the Rules of Racing can be of less value than lOOZ. Race- horses are sold without a warranty of soundness, and are taken with all faults, so that it requires great caution to ascertain their usefulness as regards this important particular. Few horses of any kind are without a " loose screw" somewhere or other, and this is especially true of racehorses, which require every part of the animal eco- nomy to be as perfect as possible. Nothing can be more trying than a severe preparation over summer ground, and the races run over some of our courses are enough to destroy any- thing but legs of steel. It is no wonder, therefore, that so many fail ; and it behoves the purchaser to be very careful lest he should lay out his money badly, and be saddled with an infirm brute which cannot stand a preparation, much less the constant public contests which he wishes him to appear in. When, however, he has done all in his power to ascertain his soundness, and is satisfied, he may procure him, with one or more com- panions of the same stamp, and hand them over to a public trainer, or to his own private servant. Sect. 2. — Requisites for a Small Stud. A Horse to lead the Gallops will be wanted in any case ; and if the training establishment is a private one he must be procured and used solely for that purpose ; but in public stables that is part of the engagement of the trainer, who usually manages out of the numbers of horses he has 446 EOBSE-BACING. in training to find one to lead work. In all cases of importance, however, whether in public or private stables, a horse o£ this kind must be specially set apart to lead the others ; and is found by the owner. A Boy to Each Horse is also usually needed, and may be either found by the owner or trainer, as agreed upon ; but, in all cases, each horse has its own lad, who has exclusive care of him, dresses him, and rides him at exercise. It is astonishing to see these light-weights with their horses, how they manage to ride them and hold them together ; but by early education and constant practice, and partly by their being so continually with their charges as to make them own them as part of themselves, they contrive to do more than could otherwise be accounted for. It is very desirable to get these lads as light as possible, because of the effect of weight upon the horse's legs; but sometimes the temper of the horse is so bad as to require more than the ordinary control of a racing stable-lad, and then an older and more powerful rider has to take the horse in hand, and his legs must take the consequences. After a time, how- ever- the light-weight may try him again, and may now succeed in riding him without difficulty. This is one of the points in which the large establish- ments have a great advantage, as they can change the lads to suit particular horses ; and among their large numbers they have generally a few lads who can ride anything with four legs. A great mistake with young horses is to allow the same lad always to ride them at exercise, the faults of one being transmitted to the other ; for instance, a lad may have fallen into the bad habit of only having one hand on the reins, with the certain result that the young horse acquires a bad and one- sided mouth. This Small Eacing-Stud may there- fore be assumed to consist of a few drafts from the large breeding-studs, which have been selected with great care, by the advice of the trainer, aided also by the examination of a good vete- rinary surgeon, who may be consulted on the question of soundness. I shall now go on to the consideration of their preparation for racing — usually called training — and shall suppose that it is to be conducted in private, with the aid of a good training-groom, and such ground as is available for the purpose. CHAPTER VI. TRAINING. Sect. 1.— The Ground Necessary. Without Good Training Ground it is quite out of the question to expect horses to be brought to the post fit to run. It may be supposed by ignorant persons that their condition might be perfected on any ground, but this is a fallacy, since the state of the legs and feet must be a source of continual anxiety to the trainer ; for, unless he can keep these parts in good order, it is impossible to regulate the work as would be otherwise desirable ; and hence from the very outset difficulties are thrown in the way of the horse's work, and "he is not finally brought out as he should be. Let, therefore, no ])ams be spared to procure ground of the proper character, and of such a varying nature that part at least shall alwaya be in a fit state to train on. Some land scarcely ever gets hard, and is yet never wet, and this is invaluable for the purpose ; but such ground is generally appropriated, on account of its great value, and few private stables can have access to it. In many situa- tions there is down land, of good quality in wet seasons, being high and dry : and there is also often within reach a low and mossy tract of land, suitable to gallops in dry summer weather. This is as well adapted to the purpose of training as the best ground in the world, and the only ob- jection is that it is generally without hill, therefore not so well suited to the purpose of the gallop, which requires a gradual elevation to finish with, The trainer, however, will make liiE selection, and if he cannot get all that he wishes, he will do the best h can. Tan or ploughed gallops ar STABLING. required in frosty or very dry weather, 1 where the ground is made hard either by want of rain or by the severe cold of mid-winter ; or a straw ride, con- sisting of the long litter from the stable, after it has been soiled, may be laid down in any convenient situation, upon which the horses may be trotted, or even sweated ; but it does not answer the purpose nearly so well as the tan- gallop, which is more springy than the straw, and may be made as deep as it is required, so as almost en- tirely to take ofE the jar inseparable from the frozen earth. Both, however, are to be avoided except under stress of circumstances, as exercise on a tan or ploughed gallop, or on a strawbed, has a tendency to make horses slow, in that from the nature of the ground, and the necessity of bending the knee, they become round in their action. Sect, 2.— Stabling. Teaining Stables must of course be obtained, and, if not readily procured built to the hand, they may be put up at a little expense. About 70Z. per horse will find everything absolutely necessary in the shape of stabling, if materials are not unusually expensive and the tastes of the owner do not lead him into a drawing-room style. This sum will cover all that is neces- sary ; but for fancy stables a propor- tionate sum must be made, amounting, in some cases to 200Z. or 300Z. per horse. Part of the stabling ought to be divided into loose boxes, quite dis- tinct and separate from each other ; but horses in hard work do better in company, and should therefore either be in ordinary stalls — which, however, shopld be deeper than usual — or else they should only be separated by wood- work below the level of five or six feet, and iron railings above, so as to allow of that companionship which takes off from the tedium of solitary confine- ment. It is found by experience, that in many instances a horse fond of companionship will take at least a feed of com more per day in a stall than in a loose box; and hence with light feeders this is a point of great impor- tance, since it often happens that their condition mainly depends upon the amount of corn which they w^ill take. By arranging the stables so as to com- bine the advantages of both plans, in a way I have suggested— that is, by the iron railing on the top of the divi- sions — each kind of horse will be suited, and the regular loose box is only wanted where quiet and seclusion are necessary, as in the case of disease, whether infectious or only requiring rest and freedom from annoyance. The largely increased number of entire horses now in training compared with former years renders it necessary that boxes, or stalls closely boarded the one from the other, should now be in greater proportions to the so-called open stalls formerly in vogue when geldings were comparatively much more common than is now the case. Many people are of opinion that stables cannot be too light and airy, but this is, I think, a great mistake ; and, on the contrary, I would rather see the other extreme, provided there is good ventilation. If very lofty, they must be warmed artificially, or else they must be entirely deprived of fresh air ; but when moderately small and low — that is, ten or eleven feet high — they are just capable of beingwarmed by the horses' natural heat, and admit of fresh air being allowed to enter as it is wanted, and carried off by a funnel- shaped air-shaftfrom the ceiling. Dark- ness, I am quite sure, is advantageous to the horse which is doing strong M^ork, and he will thrive twice as well in a moderately dark stable as in a very light one. The horse in training is at least four hours a day in the open air and comes in ready for rest, which he does not take to the full extent in a strong light ; but with a darkened stable he lies down and rests himself, and suffers his legs to recover from the effects of his work, which they do much sooner in a recumbent position than when sustaining the weight of the body and its full column of blood. For these reasons, therefore, and because I have always found the healthiest stables were comparatively dark and moderately low, I should strongly advise their selection for the purpose of training ; always taking care that they are thoroughly cleaned out, that the drains are well trapped, and act with a good fall. There should be every convenience in the saddle-room for heating water, and for washing and drying sweaters, &c. ; and the lads should be located in the rooms over the stables, so as to be a' ways within reach of the horses, in 448 BOBSE-MAGING. case of their being cast, or any other accident occurring. Good water _ is also very desirable, and the situation of the stable, with regard to the train- ing ground, is of great importance ; it should be as near as possible the place where the sweating gallop ends, in order that the liorse may at once be taken in, and dried and finished oft before the sweat has time to be re- absorbed into the system. If this can- not be accomplished, a rubbing-house, as it is termed, must be built at the end of the gallop, where the horses may each in their turn be rubbed down, and then taken out again to canter before being shut up in the stable. Such are the requisites for an ordinary racing-stable; those which relate to the breaking and preparation of two- year-olds I shall leave till after the consideration of the breeding-stud, which alone requires additional accom- modation. I am now supposing that the simplest kind of training is going on, and such as the tyro should alone attempt, if he is at all anxious to avoid a decided failure ; for it will be quite time enough, after mastering the arcana of the ordinary racing-stable, to attempt to penetrate the still deeper mystery of the breeding-stud, and the bringing out of the two-year-old. Sect. 3. — Saddlery. Besides the exercise-saddles and bridles which are left in charge of the lad, and kept in the ordinary saddle- room, there is needed a supply of saddles and of weighted saddle-cloths for trials which should be of difEerent weights i-n order to make up what is intended to be carried in the private trials. These should be under the sole control of the trainer, and kept under lock and key ; though, in spite of all attempts at concealment, the lads nowadays are generally able to arrive at a correct estimate of the powers of the horses which they ride ; and many of them have longer heads than their masters give them credit for, though totally incapable of going beyond their peculiar province, and perhaps dull enough in their powers of appreciating anything unconnected with horse-flesh. But still it is folly to give them more than necessary means of arriving at the merits of their char^'-es: and as the trainer may, and does, saddle the horses himself before their trials, they do not even handle the saddles and cloths, and he may if he likes keep the weight entirely to him- self. These saddles may be kept in a case expressly for the purpose ; and if a room is not set apart for them, the case may be placed in a kitchen, or other dry and warm situation. The trainer will of course keep a record of trials ; and many men also enter every day the work done by each horse- keeping in fact a regular diary of their performances. But in addition to these private-trial saddles, numberless articles are re- quired for the training-stable, including combs ; brushes ; bandages, woollen and calico ; sponges ; ordinary clothing ; light clothing ; sweaters and common rugs ; exercise-saddles, of 7 lb. to 101b. weight ; plain snaffle bridles, and double bridles ; Pelham bits ; martingales, and in fact all the varieties of tackle which the trainer may approve of as likely to suit the particular temper of his horses ; boots for exercise and for travelling ; knee-caps for ditto ; water-proof sheets for wet weather ; rubbers ; leathers ; scrapers; twitch; tooth file; trimming scissors ; and the few ordinary remedies used in the stable, such as purging, cor- dial, condition and cough balls, nitre, &c., which' most trainers use at their own discretion. Local applications for strains or blows of the legs are also kept ready for use, as these accidents are of almost daily occurrence; but their treatment will hereafter be given under the head of Diseases of the Horse. With these exceptions, the above list includes all the articles wanted for ordinary use in training the horse for racing. Sect. 4.— The Necessary Examination OF EACH Horse. Before Commencing Training it will be necessary to examine each individual horse, and consider the state in which he is as regards forwardness of con- dition, and also his powers of constitu- tion, his breed, and, as a natural conse- quence of these points, his capability of standing work. In forming this estimate, the trainer is guided by the following points, which to an expe- rienced eye are pretty certain aids in arriving at a conclusion on the subject : — First, the breed, or strain of blood, upon which much depends, for some VARIATIONS IN TBATNING. 449 breeds are notoriously delicate horses, not able to stand much galloping, and others will take any amount of work ; secondly, the state of the legs, which must be attended to in all cases, because a horse half fit upon sound legs is better than one perfectly pre- pared but so sore and lame as to be unable to raise a canter, and utterly incapable of being trained except by means of the Turkish bath; thirdly, the feel to the hand, and the general appearance, which indicate either a hearty, gross, and good feeder, or a delicate, soft-constitutioned horse, always difficult to train. Of course, these three varieties will require very dif- ferent work : the first being easy enough to get ready, and requiring only regular work, with perhaps occasional sweats, and plenty of walking exercise, &c. ; the second will constantly demand the trainer's supervision, and must have a very careful lad to ride him, since a single careless gallop will most prob- ably stop his preparation, and occasion his being laid by for some time to come, or perhaps permanently. The third variety may or may not have bad understandings; but in any case he will demand almost as much care as No. 2, for fear of giving him too much work, and thus upsetting his appetite, or destroying his general health. Each of these classes must be worked by itself, as far as sweats and gallops are concerned, but in their walking exercise they do not get any injury by going in the same string. Without these varie- ties in constitution, temper, legs, breed, and age, training would be a very simple process, because it theoretically consists in simply giving the horse work enough to get his muscles and wind into the highest possible state, and also removing all superfluous fat from the surface as well as the interior of the body. Training is, in fact, judiciously working the horse ; but the nicety con- sists in giving the proper amount suited to each particular case, and in giving it at the right time. It must always be remembered that these directions apply to thorough-bred horses only — the training of half-breds being con- ducted very differently ; and it will be alluded to under the sections on Steeple- chasers and Hunters. The Following Considerations are those which mainly weigh with the scientific trainer in his decisions and his mode of dealing with each inmate of his stable. The first great essential is a sound constitution, and a robust state of health to begin with. No one can train a horse already lowered by bad food or bad treatment to such a point as to be weak, and probably to a certain extent diseased. Such an animal should be thrown by for a time, and no attempt should be made to train him until he has recovered his flesh, and is in good health, and rather lusty than otherwise. There should be no unsoundness of any kind — that is, none of any importance ; and more specially should the lungs and legs be free from disease, for if either of them — the main agents in active exertions — is at all faulty, there is an end to all certainty of doing much good by train- ing, although in these days of short handicaps roarers often prove for a time highly remunerative. It was formerly the custom to train all horses by means of purgatives and sweaters till they were as thin and wiry as it was possible to make them, and no horse was considered fit to run who did not show every superficial muscle in his body ; but now a better system prevails, and it is found that as soon as the wind is so good as to enable the horse to exert himself from end to end of his distance, without distress for more than a second or two, that then he is sufficiently relieved of his fat, and only requires time to make him perfectly fit; so that no rule can possibly be laid down, for neither the eye, nor the amount of work, nor any other fixed test will apply in all cases ; and experience and judgment must be called in to decide upon the amount of work which each horse must go through. The Length of Training must vary very considerably according to the pre- vious condition of the horse, his age, and the distance he has to run. Six months may perhaps be taken as the average of time which will be required to bring a three-year-old horse out in his best form, supposing him previ- ously to have been broken thoroughly, to have had ordinary exercise, and to be in good health, and sound in his limbs and wind. Many horses have been brought out much more quickly, even reckoning from the time they were at grass; but this is, I believe, the usual average, and in many cases a still longer time has been employed in G G HORSE-RACING. 450 procUicing tliat exceedingly iiae state of health which is the result of high feeding and strong work, but which can seldom be long maintained. This time, however, is not all occu- pied in one undeviating kind of work Lwalking to-day, galloping to-morrow, sweating the next day, and so on. _ ihe plan is generally adopted of dividmg the process into two or three stages, called " preparations," and in the inter- vals giving a dose of physic, and a few days' or even a week's rest. It is well known that a horse which has been out of work for a long tune, or which has never done any m his lite, requires a long seasoning before his bones, sinews, and ligaments, as well as his heart and lungs, are in a fit state to undergo violent exertion. Hence, supposing the time intended to be occupied in training a horse for a particular occasion is six months, then dividing this space into three prepara- tions, the first will be occupied by very slow and gentle work, the second by work somewhat faster, and the third by the highest rate of speed m the work which the horse is ever to be subject to. In this way, therefore, the training of the horse may be considered under the three heads of his first, second, and third preparation, each one more severe and the work faster than in the preceding one. Sect. 5.— First Preparation. The Grand Object in this part of training is to harden the limbs and their joints, to get all superfluous and gross fat out of the interior, and to accustom the horse to long-continued walking exercise, not too long, how- ever, as an excessive amount causes him to become fagged and tired, more harm than good being done in this case. It is seldom that the wind can be entirely made good in this stage, for very fast work could not be borne, either 'by the internals or externals, and chronic cough or inflamed joints or some other unsoundness would be sure to follow the attempt to hurry the process. Some hardy horses might perhaps bear the strain with impunity, but in most cases the injury would bo very great, and the training must be stopped in order to rectify the original error. "Most haste is worst speed" here in real truth ; and the attempt to begm ut the wrong end is almost sure to make the horse slower, instead of the reverse, and many valuable horses are ruined every year by their preparation being too much hurried in its earlier stages. Mild Physic will generally be neces- sary once or twice during the course of this first preparation ; but if the horse is out of the hands of those who have attended to his health and given Idm regular exercise, he may dispense with its use for the first month ; after which in most cases it will be required. The amount will vary with the size and age, from three drachms to five, which may be con- sidered the maximum quantity, except in very extreme cases. Of late years, when the horse has been thoroughly well mashed and prepared for physic, from three to four drachms is usually the quantity given. When this dose has thoroughly set he may be walked out regularly, and commence the routine of his daily work. (For purging-balls, see Diseases of the Horse.) On Opening the Door of the Stable at four o'clock in the summer, or at six or seven in early spring or autumn, the lad first racks up his horse, so that he cannot lie down but can reach his manger. He is then fed, usually with a quartern of oats, and perhaps a single handful of chaff if he chews his corn badly ; but if he is a gross feeder no chafi: at all should be given. During the time of feeding the bed is put straight, all droppings during the night are taken away, and it is otherwise set clean and smooth, and free alike from dung and urine; the straw stained by either the one or the other being all carefully removed. The most par- ticular stable-men turn back the litter every day, and cleanse the stall; but every careful man does this at least twice a week. While the horse is finishing his feed the lads may have their breakfasts, for as they will be two or three hours without getting ofE their horses, they will want something on their stomachs. By the time this is finislied the com is eaten, and the lad now gives his horse his drop of water, and racks him short up, puts on his muzzle, and dresses him lightly over ; after which he re-clothes him, saddles him, and puts his boots on, and then either puts on his bridle, after turning him round in his stall, or leaves him for a while according to his directious,till the other horses are ready. FIRST PREPARATION. 451 "When, however, all are prepared, the liorse is mounted in his stall and waits his turn to go out, which he does patiently enough in the stable, from the habit which he has acquired of standing still there, but which would be difficult to persuade him to do on any other spot. Walking Exercise is the main ele- ment in this stage of trainin.o-, and in fact many horses are fit for little else till they have gone through their first preparation. A single slow sweat, and perhaps even two or three, may be desirable when there is very great grossness ; but in the majority of in- stances it will be better to confine the horse — at all events for the first month — almost entirely to walking exercise. If the horses are young or very fresh, they must be walked for half an hour or so round the yard, or some similar enclosure, for fear of their breaking away with the lads; but if aged, or quite steady naturally by temper, they may at once be ridden oif to the training-ground. Here they arewvalked in a large circle or oval, or other suit- able figure according to the ground, for one, two, or three hours ; some of them at intervals taking a short canter or hand-gallop, if the trainer thinks them fit for that amount of exercise ; none of them, however, being allowed to go fast enough to blow or sweat, but merely to vary the monotony of the walk and to keep up the faculty of going, so as to prevent the leg-weari- ness which incessant walking produces. With this trifling variation, the walk may be kept up for three hours on the average; each horse when emptying himself being allowed to stop, and all behind him stopping at the same time. Mr. Darvill— who is one of the few writers of any note on the racehorse— IS opposed to more walking exercise "than is absolutely necessary," which amount, he thinks, will be measured by that which will, first of all, give the liorse time to empty himself, to give flexibility to his muscular system, and jto keep firm his legs ; secondly, assist , steadying those horses which may be :oo hearty and full of their gambols ; ind, thirdly, give delicate flighty horses in appetite for their food, as well as issist in steadying them. But in op- : Dosition to his opinion is the practice of , nost of our trainers, who use walking jxercise jointly with the occasional spirt I )r hand-gallop to an extent which Mr Darvill never dreamt of. There is no doubt that it may be carried to excess, like every other useful thing, and by over-doing it the joints may be ren- dered stiff, and the muscles slow to act, and rigid instead of being elastic ; but up to a certain point it is the great reliance of the trainer, and especially with horses whose legs are at all in- clined to give way, as is too often the case with our present breeds. The First Sweat should never be before the horse has been steadily at slow work for a fortnight; and if not very lusty, or if he is not a good feeder, it may well be postponed for a longer time still. Some horses should never have any clothed sweats, but will part with their superfluous fat without that aid. Indeed, with irritable, fretful- tempered animals, the difficulty some- times is to keep them from sweating on all occasions ; and even if galloped in their ordinary clothes, they lose too much, and are obliged to be worked after being stripped of everything. The mode of sweating is as follows ; and as it is done at this time in the morning, it is as well to describe it at this place. It is generally the prac- tice, unless spare hands be available, to keep back three horses besides the sweater, in order that their lads may assist; for it is an operation which requires a good deal of help, as will presently be understood. When the sweat is to be a general one, and no part in particular is overloaded, it is usual to put on an old rug first, or a sheet called a sweater, and an extra hood and breast- cloth ; then a second quarter-piece; and lastly a complete set of clothing over all, with the saddle as usual. But when particular parts are to be reduced, as, for instance, the shoulders, or the parts about the bris- ket or bosom, an extra cloth is folded and strapped up to the breast-plate straps on the withers, or retained by the saddle if for the brisket only. All these points of detail will exercise the ingenuity of the trainer, and he will, according to circumstances, place extra clothing on those parts he wishes to reduce, and keep it light on those which he thinks already drawn suffi- ciently fine. When all are securely fixed, the_ horse is ridden out, and after walking for a very short time to empty himself, he is started off for his distance, which is generally four G G 2 452 HORSE-BACING. miles, and is s^.owly and steadily kept galloping for three-quarters of it ; at the expiration of which he is set going a little faster, and at last is brought out to his top speed, if in full training, or nearly so if in his second prepara- tion. By his top-speed, however, is not to be understood the very outside pace which can be got out of the horse, but only such a speed as is short of that by so much as will preserve his stride in full vigour and prevent that overpacing which leads to the rupture of muscular or tendinous structure. In his first preparation he should sel- dom be extended, and it is better to increase the distance rather than to accelerate the speed beyond the steady gallop ; but few horses refuse to sweat at this pace in this stage of training. When he has finished the distance, the trainer examines his state, and either directs him to be walked or trotted on to the rubbing-place, which should be a box set aside for the pur- pose, either on the training-ground or at the usual stables. The full benefit of the sweat is not obtained unless the fluid is scraped off before it has had tiuie to be re-absorbed, which is effected by the skin, if it is allowed to remain on its surface after it has ceased to give out any fluid. It then, instead of perspiring, adopts the oppo- site extreme, and appropriates the sweat by its own power of absorption ; thus doing away with the chief benefit which was expected and desired from the sweat itself. When the hand of the trainer applied to the shoulder of the horse under his breast-cloth tells him that the sweat is coming kindly, the horse may have a couple of rugs heaped upon him, and be suffered to give out the fluid for a very few minutes only ; but if it does not break out at once, three or four must be put on him, and he must wait a quarter of an hour or twenty minutes before he is lit to scrape. If he sweats freely, the lad in charge of his head may rub his ears and wipe his eyes, so as to refresh him slightly; but if there is any difficulty in bringing on the sweat, this will only retard the process, and he may be allowed to stand quite quietly, and without any attempt to refresh him by the above little attentions, or by rubbing his legs or wiping his thighs or bosom. As soon as the trainer grres the word the hood is taken off, the head and neck are rapidly rubbed dry, together with the bosom, from which the breast-cloth is removed, and the rugs and quarter-piece turned back so as to expose the whole neck and the points of the shoulders. Four lads may be employed in scraping and afterwards drying this part, besides the one holding the bridle ; but if the horse is quiet enough, this may be re- moved, and the head dressed all the more effectually. A very few minutes suffice for drying this part of the horse, when the bridle should be re-adjusted, and the quarter-piece and sweaters wholly turned off over the croup ; upon this the four lads again set to work with their scrapers and rubbers, and two taking the sides, and the others the hind-legs, they soon get rid of every particle of sweat, and have the coat perfectly dry and smooth. Much depends upon the stage of training ; in the early part, the sweat is profuse, thick, and soapy, and takes more time to dry, while in the latter stages, when the horse is getting fit, it is watery and scanty, the horse will scarcely scrape, and dries without the i slightest trouble. This is a good sign ^ of condition, and the necessity for a repetition of the sweat may generally . be gathered by the appearance of the ^ fluid, which, when thick and lathery, shows that there is much gross fat in the system, requiring removal; but, nevertheless, it also shows that great care must be taken in the process, lest mischief should be done by calling upon dame Nature too rapidly while the animal is in this fat state, and liable to inflammation of all kinds. After drying the coat, and smooth- ing it down with the leather rubber, the usual clothing should be put on, and the horse taken out to his exercise, which he may take with the other horses as usual, care being had that he does not catch cold if the weather is severe. The reason why the horse is taken out again is, that if he were left in the warm stable he would break out again into a sweat, and if he were placed in a cool one he would as surely take cold. Walking exercise, therefore, with a short gallop, is adopted as a means of avoiding both of these in- jiirious conditions; but he should not continue it longer than to cool him down and restore his nerves to their usual state. FIBST PREPARATION, 453 The length of ground and the pace necessary for sweating v^ary with the age, condition, and intended distance to be run over in the race for which the horse is trained, the niaximun.i lengtli being six miles, and the mini- mum two or three, with a speed vary- ing with every individual case, and depending upon the age, breed, and action of the horse, as well as upon his constitution and legs, and the state of preparation in which he is. Sweats are given at periods varying from once a week to once a fortnight after the first preparation, but seldom so often during that time. When sweats are given without clothing, they are in other re- I spects just the same as that described above, and the lads are required in a similar way to dry the horse at once ; : but the quantity of sweat is not nearly so great, and two good hands will generally sulBce for the purpose. In almost all cases, even where clothing is not used, it is heaped on when the ! horse is taken into the rubbing-house in order to encourage the perspiration. On Returning from Exercise the horse is watered, and then well dressed over for at least three-quarters of an hour, or an hour, care being taken that he has plenty of litter under him, as be will generally knock about a good deal while being dressed, and will do his legs and feet no good if he keeps striking the bare bricks of the floor. By the time this is done, the hour of feeding, from ten to eleven o'clock, will have arrived, and the horses may be fed ,• after w^hich they are shut up, their heads un racked, and they are left entirely undisturbed, and with locked doors, till their next feeding time, which is generally &t three or four ; o'clock. They are now fed again, and allowed a few go-downs of water, and i are then saddled and taken out to I exercise for an hour or an hour and a half; after which they are brought in and watered for the night ; they are then lightly dressed over, and are left till seven o'clock, when they are fed for the last time with their corn, which the light-carcased ones should have mixed with a little chaff. At ' this time the hay which is allowed 1 to each is placed in the rack, and ; then the stables are locked up till the next morning, unless any accident happens requiring the presence of the boys or trainer. The quantity of hay allowed tD the horse in train- ing varies from six to eight pounds per day. It should be of the best upland quality, well heated, and at least one year old. Green hay, which has never been properly fermented, is very unfit for racehorses, but on the other hand care must be taken that it is not at all burnt. This plan is slightly varied in different stables, some, for instance, giving the water in the stable, and others from the troughs, which used formerly to be the sole mode of watering horses; but the facility of poisoning the troughs in a great mea- sure superseded their use, and the water is given in the stable; often being taken from a reservoir under lock and key. These precautions had become absolutely necessary on account of the constant occurrence of poisoning, which is so very easily effected by means of the water, almost without any reasonable chance of detection — the presence of fish, being, however, a pretty good test of its purity. Great care should be taken not to give horses cold water drawn direct from the pipes, as it is apt to chill them and cause gripes. A good plan is to have out- doors a large slate cistern with no lid, which should be constantly replenished and kept clean, the water in which loses the extreme chilliness of that taken from the pipes. The hours also vary in different stables, but the above are those most commonly followed ; and they suit the habits of the horse and the powers of his stpmach, which requires to be often filled with small quantities of food, and not gorged, as in the dog and cat tribe. The Amount of sweating and gallop- ing during the first preparation may be very gradually increased, if the trainer finds that his early attempts are followed by improvement ; that is, if the horse seems light and corky after a sweat or gallop, and if he feeds well and his legs are cool. Sometimes the reverse of these results takes place, and the horse is quite upset, and requires a bran mash or a gentle dose of physic to put him in place again ; after which he must be allowed a considerable time before the attempt is next made to im- prove his condition. All these various points require the greatest care, and it is here that the experience of the trainer is tested. Nothing is more easy than to bring out a perfectly sound 454 HORSE-RACING. hardy liorse ; but to produce a naturally washy and light-carcassed horse _ in high condition is a task which requires not only experience but considerable thought and judgment, since there are very few even ot these which are exactly alike ; and fresh complications are constantly occurring, the results from which must be set to rights at once, for if suffered to gain a head, they will demand such severe measures as will put the horse back very con- siderably in his preparation. A Second or Third Dose of physic, of a mild nature, will almost always be necessary at the end of this first pre- paration ; and the horse should be well mashed before giving it, and then suffered to rest upon walking exercise and a lighter allowance of corn, with a mash or two, until the expiration of a week, including the days of his physic; after which his next stage begins. Turkish Bath. — When _ the legs, either in their joints or sinews, are so infirm that they cannot stand sweating in the ordinary way, the Turkish bath has been resorted to as a means of getting rid of superfluous external fat. Of course it does not do more than this, and a proper tone of muscle must be obtained by such an amount of slow work, especially walk- ing exercise, as the horse will bear. To give the Turkish bath, a chamber large enough to hold the bath must befitted up, unless, as at Newmarket, one open to the public can be obtained. The repetition of this means of reduc- tion must be according to the effect already produced, and no rule can here be laid down, except that the Turkish Bath should only be resorted to as a dernier res sort. Sect. 6.— Second Preparation. By the end of the last described stage the horse is getting hard in the muscle, uhis sinews and joints are be- coming set and firm, and he may now be galloped a moderate distance and at a fair pace with safety. His corn also may be increased one quartern, being raised from a peck a day to five (luarterna, which quantity may be con- tinued tlwoughout this period, varied of course according to circumstances. The stable-hours are precisely the Rame, and the length of exercise is not altered, but the chief difference is in the pace of the gallops and the fre- quency and length of sweats. It may be necessary for these to be given more frequently, and the distance is almost always four miles, except with very young colts, which we are not now considering. In the sweat itself the pace is made pretty good, especially towards the end; and if the horse is at all inclined to be lusty, he is made to extend himself for the last mile, and is kicked along and roused to his outside pace towards the finish, so as to make him blow very considerably, and to open his pipes to a great extent. The sweat in the first preparation is only adopted as a means of getting rid of the superfluous fat from the interior of the body, but it is now used partly for that purpose, but also in order to improve the wind. The lad riding the sweat should be a good judge of pace, and the one usually employed is seldom sufficiently so to be trusted ; an older head will almost always be necessary, and the one in the stable who is the best - judge of pace should be selected. In riding gallops the head lad usually leads, and thus regulates the pace for those behind him ; but in a sweat this cannot be, because the sweating horse goes at so very different a rate of speed with all his sweaters on to that of a stripped horse, that it is very difficult to lead him and avoid forcing him too much. No one but the rider of the sweating horse can exactly tell how to ride him, and unless it is left to his discretion mischief is sure to accrue. Unless, therefore, there is sufficient strength in the stable to allow of three or four horses being sweated together, it is better to let the head lad sweat them all; but if there is, he may easily regulate the pace for those sweating at the same time. The scraping and subsequent exercise are just the same as described at page 488, except that afterwards a gentle gallop may be given with advantage. Galloping Exercise in the second preparation, independently of the sweats, may be now had recourse to, great care being taken that neither the legs nor the constitution suffer by too rapid an increase of the length of gallop, and the pace at which it is done. During the first preparation, and towards "its close, the horse has SECOND PREPARATION. 455 been accustomed to short gallops, and the trainer has been able to judg-e from them, and from the slow sweats, how far he can venture upon faster gallops, :-nd how far they are necessary. Throughout the whole of the three preparations each succeeding stage must be reguhited by the preceding one, and the superstructure must be built according to the effects of the early stages upon the foundation. If, for instance, the last week's work is badly borne, the next must be rather less than more severe ; whilst if the horse trains on," and improves in all respects, the lengths and pace may be gradually augmented, and all goes on smoothly, and to the trainei-^s satisfac- tion. Thus it may be understood that no rule can be laid down further than this, that so long as the horse is lively, looks bright and merry, feeds well, and does not get light, he may safely be considered to be above his work ; and it may cautiously be increased up to the highest standard of v^diich he is capable according to the opinion of the training-groom. The difference between the sweat and the gallop may here be considered ; the former being a process of reduction, to get rid of offending and useless matter, the latter a process of education, to build up useful muscular structure, and to teach the horse how best to use and economize his powers. This difference should be steadily kept in view, and the trainer should remember that he not only has to get rid of fat, but he has also to lay on good wiry and yet elastic material, and to accustom the horse to exert his powers in the most quick and telling manner. Such is the theory of these two processes ; the practice by which it is carried out we shall return to hereafter. With regard to sweats, as soon as the fluid becomes quite watery, and all super- fluous fat on the surface appears removed, they need not be used with heavy clothing; but the horse may either be sweated in a light rug or stripped, as the trainer may consider best from his appearance and from his breed, which is a great guide to a man who knows practically the peculiarities of the various strains. The Maxagement of the Gallops is dependent, in a great measure, upon the number of horses in the hands of the trainer, and upon their peculiar natures and dispositions. Some lead best; others will not lead kindly, and when placed in front are always hanging about, and preparing to bolt out of the course or gailop. These animals should always be kept second or third in a string, and must have a horse to lead them in all cases, in order to extend them and bring out their powers, which often are in the end of a first-rate character. Hence the neces- sity for a horse especially set apart for the purpose of leading the gallops, because the chances are that there is not one in the string whose temper is such as to enable the trainer to place him first with advantage to himself, and yet sufficiently fast to draw out the powers of those behind him. If, however, there is such a horse, no other is wanted, and the expense may be spared of procuring one. But it is very seldom that a horse even of a suitaole temper leads a string long without becoming stale ; still there are exceptions, and in some instances he will not train anywhere else, and if placed behind another he will fight iu his gallop, and take so much out of himself as to interfere seriously with his progress. Such a horse, how- ever, will seldom show to advantage in a race, because he will not be used then exactly as in his gallop; and his competitor's rider finding out his peculiarities will worry and excite him, and make him display those qualities in the race which the trainer, by putting him to lead, has kept in abeyance during his training. So that after all tlie evil day is only postponed to a time when its advent is attended with the expense and mortification inseparable from a public defeat. These animals are very useful to the trainer, but they are often unworthy of the support of their owner, leading, as they almost always do, to his belief in their supe- rior powers from their juivate perfor- mance, which is only upset by their public failure. The Conclusion of the second pre- paration should, in the event of a horse having become at all heated in body, be the giving of a bran mash until the dung be soft to justify a mild dose of physic being given, care being taken not to overdo it : in fact in the majority of cases a couple of alterative balls are to be preferred, as they generally effect all necessary good wifhout acting 456 HORSE-RACING. 80 violently as to upset the liorse and undo all that has been hitherto accom- plished. Sect. 7. — The Final Preparation. Setting. — Except with v6ry gross horses, and such as will persist in eating their litter, the muzzle is, not employed until the time we are now considering ; but in such animals it may be necessary in the second stage of training ; yet the instances are not com- mon in which it is needed. By setting is understood the preventing the horse from getting at hay or litter from the time the muzzle is put on ; for it is found by experience that fast work upon a stomach containing anything but corn will interfere with the wind, and occasion mischief, rather than improve that essential qualification. Hence, in different horses, according to their constitutions, they are set at particular hours, some requiring to be set over-night after having their hay, others being so light-carcased as to be better only set at a very early hour in the morning, and some very gross feeders requiring the muzzle on imme- diately after their last feed of corn over-night, and without giving them any hay as usual, or perhaps only half their allowance. In all cases the set- ting does not interfere with the corn, which is given as usual. Sweating during the last preparation is carried on at such intervals, and with as much clothing, as the expe- rience of the second preparation leads the trainer to consider desirable. All these points must vary with each case, and it is ridiculous to attempt giving rules on the subject. I have already, in page 440, described the increase in the severity of the sweats during the second [)rei)aration ; and I can only add that according to the results of these will the traiuer decide ujwn what is now to bo done. Daring the last pre- paration the amount of walking exer- cise may be reduced in exact propor- tion to the degree in which the gallops and sweats are prolonged. It is no doubt true that the long continuance of the slow pace of walking is to a certain extent opposed to a very fast degree of sj)oed, and the horse which was only walke(l a very short distance would in all probiibility always com- mand the highest amount of pace of which he is capable for a short spirt. But as he is generally wanted to do more than this, and as his legs will seldom admit of his doing all his work at a fast rate, a compromise is effected, and his training consists of a due ad- mixture of walking and galloping, varied in length of each according to the peculiar circumstances of the case. Sweating, however, as already re- marked, is for a different purpose, being designed to reduce the fat of the horse, or to keep it down already reduced by previous sweats, and to prevent any unnecessary amount of galloping work beyond that which is required for wind and muscle. By these means the legs are not made more stale than necessary, and yet the horse is kept light and corky, and his heart and internal organs are allowed free play. There is no doubt, how- ever, that if the legs would admit of it, and if the individual is not more than commonly gross, sweats might be dispensed with, and the gallops made to suffice, many scores of horses being now trained to perfection without ever having been sweated by the system of long sweats at stated periods, like bleeding and periodical doses of strong physic, gradually dying out ; but as with some horses it is found that the amount of fast work necessary for this purpose will almost always make the legs stale, the expedient is resorted to of using a slower pace, by the aid of extra clothing, to do that which the faster pace and more frequent gallops would otherwise •ffect. The Gallops which a horse goes through in his last preparation are chiefly with a view to accustom him to extend himself at his best pace, and in a steady, workmanlike way, without pulling or fighting, and with the view of gaming tlie power of staying the distance which he has to get. The process to effect this will depend in great measure upon tiie distance which is "to be got into the horse" (or which he has to run, in plain English), and also upon his temper, age, and breed. Some horses will bear training badly, and can never be safely galloped the distance wliich they have to run at the speed which they are likely to be put to when actually engaged in the race. They nmst be nursed, in fact, and the best must bo done with them of which they are capable ; and such horses aro FINAL PBEPAEATION. 457 very difficult to bring out, and will not do to race a second time for perhaps two or three months, in consequence of the effect produced by the effort to which, of necessity, they are unused. This difficulty may either arise from a high state of nervous irritability, from unsoundness, or from delicacy of con- stitution, or from all three. In many cases, a horse which is hard pushed, and either made or allowed to exert himself to the utmost, is so excited and upset that he refuses his feed for some days, pickinut, for the sake of simplicity, it will .-e better to describe the general n^an- agement of the breeding-stud, and the breaking and training of young stock ; 8-nd finally to consider the most desir- able strains for breeding racehorses require to be BREAKING 473 cowed ; still these are the exceptions ; and the vast majority will, by early handling, and cautious tackling-^ and mounting, be broken almost without a single tight, or difficulty of any kind. If they find themselves hurt by bit or saddle, or by the crupper occasion- ing a sore, they show their dislike to the pain by resisting, setting up their backs, and refusing to progress quietly ; but, unless there- is something wrong, they will submit to being backed and ridden much more readily than the colts of the common breeds, which have seldom had a head-stall on their heads till a few days before they are backed. I have more than once ridden thorough-bred colts in tolerable comfort within a week or ten days of their being first bitted ; but it is a bad plan, and the longer time their mouths are allowed to become accus- tomed to the bit the better they ultimately turn out. It will be many months before they are to be depended on under any circumstances ; and when they get an increase of corn they are almost sure to attempt some kind of horse-play; but the boys easily con- tend against this, which is very different from the determined efforts of a colt to dislodge its rider. When all these points are thoroughly accomplished in the breaking, it may be said to be ter- minated, and the training of the two- year-old commences ; the only things yet to be learned are the use of the spur and whip, which should never be employed except as a punishment for faults committed ; that is to say, they should never we used as an every day practice, for, though every colt should be accustomed to them, it is very seldom that the excuse is wanting ot administering them for some fault or other, especially should the lad riding be very bad-tempered, or he may de- light m abusing the horse for very mischief's sake. Sect. 4. — Tying-up in -j'iie Stable. The Next Process is the Tying-up in the stall, which the colts may now be accustomed to, inasmuch as they have fully proved the power of the halter or leading-rein in their straggles to avoid passing objects ; and they will not therefore fight much when tied up hi the stable. The head-stall should fit very closel}^, and the throat-lash be sufficiently tight to prevent the colt from pulling it off in his efforts to get free ; for if the young animal finds he can effect his object once, he is a long time before he ceases to try it again ; but at present the head collar should only be affixed to the stable by some- thing that will break, instead of the rack-chain, which afterwards comes into use, as in case of the colt plunging suddenly back, the breakage will pre- vent serious accident. A breast-girth may also be put on as a forerunner of the breast-cloth; and it will also serve to prevent the roller, which is con- stantly worn, from getting back under the flank, and thereby irritating the wearer. All the ordinary stable prac- tices may now gradually be taught, such as washing out the feet, dressing, hand-rubbing the legs, &c., and the colt should be made to turn from side to side of his stall at the wish of his attendant groom. Now, without full time, it is impossible to bring these young things into subjection, and the consequence is that their tempers are ruined, and they are rendered unfit for the purpose for which they are other- wise well qualified. Their feeding is so high that they are full of spirit, and will fight to the death if they are made to resist by ill-treatment or hasty break- ing ; it is, therefore, more by coaxing and gradual leading on step by step, from one point gained to another which is to be overcome, that this animal is vanquished, and made at last to yield his powers to the guidance of a young lad of twelve years of age, or even less. 474 CHAPTER IX. TRAINING OF THE TWO-YEAR-OLD COLT. Sect. 1. — Preliminary Remarks. A Dose of Physic will generally be necessary as soon as the breaking is over, and very often it maybe required during its progress ; but by the occa- sional use of a bran-mash, and by giving a little green food with the hay, in most cases there will be no necessity for its employment while the break- ing is going on. As soon, however, as this is over a dose of physic may be given, preceded as usual by two bran-mashes, which will prevent that feverish condition that so often comes on after breaking, when the restraints of the stable are substituted for the freedom of the fields. The trainer will, of course, be guided as to the strength and frequency of his physic by the constitution and state of health of his colt, and will only give it when necessary; though it should be borne in mind that there is always a tendency to inflammation, and espe- cially of the eyes, in these highly-fed animals, and that the occasional use of physic is on that account more desirable than it would otherwise be. There is no doubt that all this might be avoided by giving them less corn, but then they would not be so well fitted for the pur- poses of racing, and therefore it is used with the full knowledge of its attendant evils. The next task for the trainer is to teach the young idea how to gallop to the best advantage, and in the best form, previously to producing that condition which shall enable his charge to last through a race as long as his competitor, or longer. Teaching the yearling or two-year- old is a long business, requiring at least six or eight months for its due performance, includinc: the breaking. Most colts, however, will be thoroughly fit to try before they have been broken a year; and unless they are found to be very slow, and at the same time "set" in their frames, they should not be given up as hopeless till then. The usual practice is to employ three months in the autumn in breaking and giving them the first rude lessons in the canter, with the use of the spur. &c. ; then to let them recruit for a short time, with the administration also of a dose or two of physic ; after which they are put into the trainer's hands to be taught their paces, for another two months — viz., to the middle or end of December, and gene- rally till the frost sets in, by which time the experienced trainer begins to have some idea of their style of going, and to prognosticate what will be their future form, which if possible should be tested prior to the first Tuesday in January, when most of the important races close. This necessity of tryhig horses so young is one of the great curses of the Turf, and it would be well, if the English racehorse is to retahi his supremacy, that two impor- tant alterations should be made, the one that he should take his age from a much later period than is now the case, and the other that the entries for weight-for-age races should not close until that date. Unless both of these things be effected, we shall see the English racehorse descending in the scale with great rapidity. After being tried, the two-year-oM may again have an easy time of it, trotting and cantering about, and this state of idleness lasts a longer or a shorter time according to the intention of the owner to bring him out early or late in the season. In this deter- mination he is generally guided by the appearance as to forwardness, and the style of going, which may be light, corky, and clever, fitting him for an early exhibition; or awkward, loose, and lumbering, requiring a much longer time to bring him out. Thus, in the month of January, the trainer must decide whether to go on with the training, in order to produce his colts for the spring events ; or to reserve them till the autumn; or, finally, to put them by, when very large and awkward, until the third year, or, if useless, for sale. Sect. 2.— -Clothing, Dressing, and Stable Management. The General Teaching of young I stock for racing purposes is conducted, TRAINING THE TWO-YEAR OLD. 475 as I have already said, upon the same principles for all ; and it is almost always carried on with the whole team of yearlings from August to December in breaking them, and in teaching them the use of their legs, and to face crowds of all kinds, with noise, &c., such as they will be sure to encounter in their future races ; and a very good plan is to have them ridden about the roads ac- companied by a steady old horse to go first. The task which is now under consideration is the mere giving them practice in the hand-gallop, without any reference to condition, though keeping them in a high state of health all the while, so as to promote their growth, and to encourage the due furnishing of their frames with muscle, for which purpose the following various arrangements and aids in the stable and out of doors will be required. Clothes of the lightest description are put on as soon as the breaking is carried far enough to allow their use, and the hot weather has ceased ; and they should always be first employed in the large airy boxes before bringing the colts into the stables devoted to training. As the nights become cool these boxes may be gradually closed as much as possible, so as to prevent the colts from being chilled, and their coats thereby rendered long and unfit for their subsequent work. By the end of October they will generally bear a warm suit of winter clothing in the airy boxes, and sometimes, in very cold seasons, an additional rug over their quarters. Hoods and breast-cloths are seldom added till they are taken into training ; but when the cold weather comes on they require them in their walking exercise, as the change from their warm stables to the cold air of the downs is generally very consider- able at this season. One rule, however, should be kept strictly in view, that they should have plenty of air and plenty of clothing. Dressing is now actively commenced, and the colt has the undivided services of a lad, just as has been already de- scribed in the training of the race- horse. The body-dressing, hand-rubbing of the legs, &c., are all the same, and the only difference is, that greater care is requisite in the use of the comb and brush, which always occasions some re- sistance, but in the yearling will often, if used roughly, produce a frightful display of temper. Hand-rubbing is now especially necessary; as the trial to the legs is very great, in consequence of the weight of the lad, however light, being greater than the age of the colt qualifies him by nature to bear. The Stabling must be gradually made more and more warm and close, but with the greatest possible prudenc« and care. Great harm is often done from a want of due precaution in this particular; but, at the same time, un- less the stable is tolerably warm, it is impossible to keep up the health and the growth during the winter. In this first season, however, the tem- perature should be kept several degrees below that of the regular training- stable ; and it will always suffice if it is warm enough for comfort. The same may be said of clothing ; it must not be carried to the same degree as for older horses ; but all these stable practices must be gradually increased, and at this time one suit is generally enough in a moderately warm stable. Seot. 3. — Galloping and Sweating. Galloping is next to be taught, and at first the only way is to get the colt into a hand-gallop in the way he likes best, not interfering at all, but allowing him to follow a ({uiet horse at a steady pace, and without any other horses. Half a mile at a time is sufficient for this purpose, and a very gentle rise is the best kind of ground, as it will always be found that the colt learns his gallop more easily uphill than on level ground. At first there will generally be some difficulty with the mouth, and the head lad (or trainer) may allow the boy to come alongside him, when he will see whether the bit is adapted to his horse's state of forwardness and temper, and will either continue it or change it at his discretion. It is desirable in all cases that race- horses should have a steady pull at their bits ; in other words, that they " go up to their bits," using a technical term, without which they seldom ex- tend themselves. But the steadier it is and the less strongly they puil the better ; and consequently it is a great object to see that the bits suit them, and are neither too sharp nor too large. It is only by attention to these matters, and by avoiding hurrying the colt in 476 HORSE-RAGING. his gallops, that he is brought to his best, and made to go in the form which is most calculated to insure success. The head lad, therefore, by riding by the side of the lad, instructs him either to give way a little or to take a stron- ger pull, according to circumstances ; the former allowing the colt to extend himself more, and to go nearer to the ground, the latter making him gallop higher and shorter, and being only necessary in very long-reaching and loose-made horses. Gallops are soon taken in the string, and the yearling is then either placed with others of his own age, or he is started behind older horses, and stopped at a certain distance, according to the instructions of the trainer, and before he has got to his top-speed. This plan answers very well, and is at first better th an the putting a lot of young ones toge- ther, Avhen they, being only half broken, are apt to set up their baclts all at once ; and to take example from one another so as to be quite unmanageable from mutual excitement. When, however, they are becoming tolerably handy in their gallops, and free from these unruly proceedings, they are better trained and galloped together, in the company of one or more older horses to lead the string, which a yearling or two-year old is seldom fit to do. These short gallops are continued from day to day, seldom exceeding half a mile in length, of which two per day is the outside allowance during the first two or three months of this kind of early training or teaching. Towards the end of the time the colts may occasionally be made to lead the gallop, each in his turn, without an older horse before them, and at last should be galloped abreast ; until they will stand which trial of temper quietly they cannot be said to have their educa- tion complete, independently of _ the training for the purposes of condition which has still to come. This running together will often lead to bolting and plunging, and therefore it should only be attempted when the colts have been doing good work, and after a pre- liminary canter which has taken a little of the steel out of them. Two should first bo tried abreast, and if they stand this well, on a future day one cr two others which have passed the same ordeal may be added ; and thus they are made to do in private what they will hereafter have to repeat in public, with the addition of the shouts and noises of the race-course. If during this imitation of a crowd any of them break away, they must be ridden next time by a better horseman ; and, if necessary, a man of heavier weight must be put upon the offender's back, since it is better to run some slight risk to his legs than to lose all chance of success in future by allowing him to get the upper-hand of his rider. Absolute racing at one another should be sedulously avoided, as neither the condition nor the temper is yet suf- ficiently perfect to allow of its being adopted; indeed, it is never desirable to extend the colt to his utmost^ speed until he is to be tried, and if this could be deferred to his third year he would no doubt be all the better for it ; but as the fashion now is to run races of great value with the two- year-old, it is a temptation which few owners can resist. Sweating will seldom be necessary until the spring, but sometimes a made- up yearling is very gross in himself, and is so fat and unwieldy as to be unfit for any kind of gallop. No amount of walking exercise and physic will reduce some very hardy colts, and the sweaters must be put on, or the legs will suffer to a certainty. When such is the case, the sweat should be taken very slowly ; and if a long two- mile hill, with a very slight elevation all the way, can be selected, there is little necessity for more than a canter, and even a trot will generally suffice, with the aid of plenty of clothing heaped on in the rubbing-house. If these slow sweats are repeated once a week, or every ten days, and the pace is never increased beyond that above specified, they will generally succeed in getting some of the beef off, and will enable the colt to use his limbs with greater freedom, and less chance of injury. When once the fat is stirred by these means, it is astonishing how rapidly it melts away; but the great point is to avoid chilling the colt in his first sweats, for too often it is the cause of chronic cough, inflammation of the eyes, swelling of the legs, &c. &c. If, therefore, sweating be avoided at this time so much the better, but it may be adopted in preference to the continuance of a worse evil in the shape of two inches of fat upon the SHOEING, All ribs, and a proportionate quantity in the inside. Sect. 4. — Shoeing. Full Shoeing should always be jidopted previous to any teaching of the gallop, and the short tips will not now suffice, on account of the battering which the heels would receive from galloping over an occasional piece of iiard ground. The fore-shoes snould be light and short, so that they are not likely to be torn off, and the hind shoes may be made with or without light cogs, according to the state of the ground. The form called the concave shoe is that best adapted for training purposes with most feet. In all cases the shoe should be removed and the feet pared at the end of every three weeks. Particular instruction should, however, be given not to cut away the frog, except the loose ragged pieces. The horn should not be rasped, as depriving it of the enamel renders the foot porous, and on no account should it be permitted. The shoe, too, should be made to fit the foot, not the foot the shoe, as is so often done by lazy and ignorant blacksmiths to save tl>emselves a little trouble, but mani- festly to the injury of the foot. Sect. 5.— Training tee Early or Matured Two-tear-old Colt. During November and December (Christmas and January would be better times except for our unnatural system of breeding and racing), as I have already said, the colts should be practised in cantering and then gallop- ing alongside one another, and many people at this time decide upon having a trial of half a mile at light weights, so as to weed out the good from the bad. Very little dependence can be placed upon this, but still it is often done, and requires little preparation ; as the distance is not sufficient to injure their wind, and as they are all alike in their condition it makes no difference, as compared with one an- other. But beyond this, a trial with an older horse becomes necessai*y to decide as to the engagements it is desirable to make for the colt, which should always be run if possible, as it is a most difficult thing to discover the merits of a colt by seeing him gallop unless he is extended and tried, and it is often the case that the animal of whom least has been ex- pected proves the best of the string, and to the surprise of all, defeats in a trial his companions who were con- sidered to be much more promising. It is generally the thick-set, quick, and pony-like colt which turns out the best in early trials, not the larger, more racing-like, and roomy animal, which at this time is perhaps all legs and wings, as comi^ared with his well- furnished little opponent, and which ul- timately becomes the better race-horse. Six months, however, turn the tables, the legs and wings thicken and become furnished with muscles, and the colt then looks, and is, vastly superior to his former more successful stable com- panion. If, however, a trial is to be had, now is the best time, as the frost will almost always prevent it later, either from the ground continuing hard, or from its occasionally interfering with that amount of exercise which can justify a trial. As soon as this matter is settled, the colts should all be put by for their future perform- ances ; some being at once physicked, and exercised afterwards upon straw- beds, &c., so as to keep their condition as forward as possible, while others are given over to easy exercise, trotting and cantering about, and are reserved for the next autumn, or even the fol- lowing spring. But we are now con- sidering only one kind — namely, those which are intended to come out early in spring, and which are the most mature and forward in their develop- ment. These should be walked out daily as soon as their physic is set, and kept on the straw-ride at least a couple of hours a da}^, Avhich time may often be extended if they are lusty and of good constitutions. The Sexes are often kept Separate where the numbers are large and the stabling is suitable for the purpose. There are, however, disadvantages as well as advantages attendant upon the plan ; for as two-year-old fillies and colts frequently run together, they are apt at that time to show the result of too rigid a separation. On the whole, however, I think they are better kept apart, and this is especially applicable to the fillies, which, from high feed- ing, are constantly coming ''in use." and are then languid and dull, and 478 HORSE-RACING. unfit for work. They must always be eased a little at that time, as they are neither capable of bearing as much work as usual, nor willing to exert their powers. Bat the separation, if at- tempted, should be rigidly carried out ; the stables should be quite distinct, and the exercise-ground at some dis- tance, so that the wind should not waft the scent of the colts towards the fillies, or vice versa. If this is neglected, they may just as well be in company with one another, as they are influenced by their sense of smell more than by the eye, and quite as much as by their auditory organs. When the fillies are galloped while in the above state, they can scarcely be made to extend them- selves, and if brought alongside another, whether colt or filly, they lean towards it, and will not attempt to pass ; hence the frequent variations in their public performances, and the diffi- culty of ascertaining the real powers of any filly, and especially during the spring, when they are constantly suc- cumbing to these sexual influences, from the uiinaturaily high condition they are kept in. V icious Colts as well as fillies must be rigidly watched, and the first symptoms restrained by threats, or by actual se- verity. Every lad when riding carries a light stick, which is capable of giving a pretty severe blow, and with this he may threaten his charge, and he may even use it over the shoulder, or down the side, as occasion may require. The head lad, also, catches hold of the colt by the bridle, and speaks sharply, or occasionally administers a blow with the fist to the muzzle, of which mode of correction horses have a mortal dread. This is chiefly used in kicking colts who are not to be restrained by the stick ; but if the man holds them firm and gives this blow, they are quiet directly. Rearing must be kept under by the martingale bit, made especially to prevent horses from rearing, in the use of which, however, great care should be taken, as broken backs have been caused by this bit being fastened too tiglit to the girth, causing the colt to run back at the first- check, until he falls heavily, with often a fatal result. Sometimes it is sufficient to let the bit hang loosely in the mouth without its being fastened to the girth ; or, if the lad be a good rider and careful, he may bo trusted to have the strap in his hand. Colts have often been cured of this bad habit by the administration of a severe blow between the ears with a heavy stick. But the great preventive is plenty of walking exercise, without wdiich colts are always mischievous, and inclined to become vicious, and with it they are generally manageable and quiet. Another essential point is the constant supervision of the trainer or his head man, who will prevent those tricks which boys of all classes are inclined to play. Mischief is not peculiar to the colt, but is common to all young animals, and if not prevented will be indulged in by the stable-lad towards his charge, and to the great increase of his tendency to vice, in consequence of his dislike to the prac- tices of the lad, and his resistance against their continuance. For further remarks upon these points, and on stable vices generally, see the chapters on the Management of the Horse. As these colts are all designed for an appearance in public, they should be ridden on to a steeplechase-course or race-course as often as possible ; or, if these are not to be had, into markei- towns or fairs, or any other gathering of people. Fairs are especially good introductions; and as they are often held upon common-land, the colts may be easily taken there, and yet kept out of harm's way. It is one of the great advantages of Newmarket as a training- ground, that races are so continually taking place there, and that colts may be easily shown the crowd, without much risk to either biped or quadruped. By February, the trainer will have obtained some insight into the consti- tution and temperaments of his colts and fillies, and will begin to work them accordingly. Some will want strong work, with a vast deal of walking exer-" cise and occasional doses of physic ; others less of each ; and the very light- carcased ones little more than walking- exercise, and that amount of galloping which will teach them their paces with- out being used as work. These last seldom require physic, unless they arc out of health. The frost may gene- rally be considered gone by the end of February, or the middle of March at latest, and during its continuance those colts intended for early running have been kept at exercise on the straw- beds at such times as they were not in physic. TRAINING THE MATURED COLT. 479 They liave been fed well, and had plenty of gentle exercise, they are therefore hearty and ready for a few weeks' forcing, and for going through that kind of stimulating treatment of all kinds which accompanies training, and is in fact its very essence. Nine weeks are usually considered sufficient for the preparation of these young things, and they will seldom improve upon a longer amount of training with- out throwing them by. This time is divided into two preparations, between which a light dose of physic is given, occupying with its mashes and the time necessary for setting, about a week. The very lusty colts may have the time equally divided, but the less stout ones should be allowed five weeks after their physic, and in consequence their first preparation is' seldom allowed to last beyond three weeks ; but if ten weeks altogether can be given them, the first portion may fairly be extended to the four weeks, as with the lustier colts. The First Preparation is chiefly confined to slow work, with plenty of walking exercise, and, if necessary, one or two sweats, but care must be taken not to overdo them ; two-year-olds in training should never be allowed to get tired and fagged. Great caution must always be displayed with these animals ; but it is especially requisite at this time, when they are first intro- duced to work as opposed to teaching. On no account should anything be done until a previous examination has satisfied the trainer that the colt is in high health and spirits ; and every gallop should be carefully watched, and its effects at the time noted, so as to serve as a guide to an increase or decrease of work. Unless the colts are very fleshy, a sweat will not be required until the end of this prepara- tion ; but if they put on flesh during the first ten days, in consequence of the augmentation of their corn, they may have one in the middle, and, if necessary, one also at the end. This sweating should, however, be avoided if possible, for it must always be re- membered that young colts do not bear to be drawn tine, and the distance they run being short, their wind will generally last them ; and that the act of stripping them of their fat stops their growth, and interferes with the process of furnishing that is now going on. It is, therefore, only in extreme cases that sweats in clothing are necessary ; but some stout and lusty ones will take a slow sweat of two miles, so as to scrape well twice during their first preparation. The pace is not required to be very severe, as the distance will almost always serve to bring out their juices, especially if a cloth or two is put on when taken into the rubbing-house. Training-ground with a long and gradual ascent is the great point in the sweat of the two- year-old, and when the trainer has the command of such an advantage, he need not fear any ill effects upon the understandings, unless he puts heavy sweaters on, when the hind legs feel their ill effects up-hill as much as the fore-legs do down-hill, and hence the disadvantage of using them on this kind of ground. Curbs, spavin, and inflamed fetlock-joints are as often in- terfering with training as injuries of the fore-legs, and must be as carefully avoided. The hill, therefore, should be very slight, and, as 1 said before, when it is used the sweaters and weight of lad must be proportionately light. If the sweats are not considered de- sirable, moderate gallops of from half to three quarters of a mile, and at a steady pace, may almost always be given ; and they may average about three times a week, with the addition of shorter spirts on the intervening- days for the purpose of improving the style of going and giving quickness and smartness of stroke — to use the technical term, to teach them to jump off quickly. The duration of the walk- ing exercise at this time should, except in the case of very gross animals, not exceed 2 hours or 2^ hours a day. In this way the three or four weeks of the first preparation are occupied, and at the end of it the dose of physic is given as already mentioned. The Second Preparation commences as soon as the physic is thoroughly set, which is given in the interval between the two. I have already said that some few colts will not require this, but if they do not have the physic they demand a week's quiet, and two or three bran-mashes, which to some washy constitutions are equal to physic. By many persons it may be supposed that light-carcased colts, of blood not very stout, will be brought out with a shorter final preparation than the lusty 480 HORSE-RACING. and thick-made colt; but this is not the case, because they do not bear the same amount o£ work per week, and it must be distributed over a greater space of time, and increased with great care. Hence I have advised that these animals should have four weeks al- lowed after their dose of physic, and for their second preparation, and it will be found that even then less pro- gress has been made with them than with those who will bear a little more bustling. It is true that there are, again, extreme cases of lustiness in which this shorter time will not suffice ; but the average of stout-blooded and sound colts may be prepared in the four weeks, if they have gone through their first preparation without showing e\ndences of failure in their legs or constitutional powers. As soon as they begin their work, the whole of the colts and fillies should have every other day a smart gallop of half or three-quarters of a mile, and an occa- sional spirt besides to keep up their quickness. Plenty of walking exercise is still used, and the stable dressing and hand-rubbing must now be dili- gently practised. Some of the most forward colts will require a deal of work, even more than the above allow- ance, in order to keep them within themselves, and to do justice to their powers ; others, again, will not require so much; but this, as I before re- marked, must have the eye of the master of his trade to regulate it according to numerous fluctuating conditions. The Feeding of Two-year-old Colts is by this time conducted pretty nearly the same as in the aged horse ; for as he has always been reared on two or three feeds of corn, the increase to five or six, with loork, will generally be borne with impunity. The same quan- tity in the horse unaccustomed to this kind of food would be sure to produce inflamed eyes, swollen legs, &c., but during the six or seven months from the commencement of breaking until now, the colt has gradually been fed with a more liberal hand, and will at this time generally bear five quarterns of oats per day, with seven poimds of hay. Beans and pea,8 should never be given to two-year-olds, imless they are very washy indeed, and inclined to scour ; even then they will seldom do good as a regular feed, and can only be recommended for particular occasions — as, for instance, when a colt scours for a day or two just before his appear- ance for a particular race, then a few beans may be given ; but a continuance of them will always lead to disorder of the digestive organs. A very good plan, even when a colt is in work, especially if he be a delicate feeder, is to allow a double handful of grass clover or lucern to be chopped up and given him mixed with his corn. The Continuance of Galloping and sweating after the first week, and the amount of each required, will be the study of the trainer; and he will be guided, as in all cases, by the effects of those previously gone through, always remembering that an over-trained horse is not only injured at the time, but is the worse for it ever after, more or less according to his age, constitution, or temper. Hence it is a fault ou the right I side if young colts are brought out i above themselves ; and as they will seldom sustain injury by the distance they run, there is not the danger on that account which is incurred by the older horse in two or three-mile struggles when unfit. After all, the races of two-year-olds are almost always in the nature of trials, and few masters would like to sacrifice the future prospects of their young stock, even with^ the cer- tainty of bringing them out in such a form as to secure their races. It is better, therefore, in all cases, to avoid the risk of over-working them, and to have them brought out a trifle big, although thereby they may not be in such a full state of preparation and fitness as might possibly be effected by drawing them finer. All this, however, depends upon the future intentions of the owner and his trainer, for by this time they have often decided that certain colts will be useless except as two-year-olds; and that, therefore, con- siderable risks may be run with them, in order to get the lengths of other horses in public, or merely to win what they can in their then form, believing that they are not likely to train on. Many such animals are brought out each year, and are thus made use of, though there is also no doubt that their not improving upon their two-year- old form is more frequently a consequence of their owner's determination thus to employ them to pick up a race, if possible, before the better class horses TRIALS OF TWO-YEAR-OLDS. 481 appear on the scene, than that he has decided upon it prospectively. The usual practice is to select the most approved animals in the string, and use the less valuable ones for the pur- pose of public trials and competitions ; but it sometimes happens that mis- takes occur, and that those which are nursed up turn out far inferior to their stable companions which have in the meanwhile been sacrificed to them. Sect. 6. — Tkials of the Two-year- olds. About a fortnight before the race the colt may be tried, and this should be arranged in all cases to take place a clear week after sweating (if such a process has proved to be necessary), and with a previous day of compara- tive rest ; that is, with only a short spirt to make the animal just " blow his nose." In every case, on the night before trial the colt should be set as for a race — that is, if he is not very washy and light in his carcass ; if so, and the trial is pretty late in the day, he may be left till very early in the morning; but if the trial is early, he should always be set overnight. The trials are usually for half a mile or five furlongs, with 8st. 71b. or 8st. 101b. up. If a three-year-old is made the trial-horse, he will generally be ex- pected to carry that weight, and to give the colts 2st. in addition, and the fillies 41b. more. But it is seldom that a first-class race-horse is used for the trial-horse, and then it is not safe to give more than half this weight, if any reliance is to be placed on the result, and unless it has been ascer- tained very lately that the trial-horse is in good form, when an allowance of 28t. may be ventured on with some degree of advantage. In the first place, the race ought to be run honestly and truly ; and, in the second, there is a great necessity for the trial-horse being fairly beaten, if possible, and it is better that he should be beaten on his merits than by sufferance. If either be favoured in any way, which should be avoided if possible, that one Bbould be the trial-horse, as it is better to have the colt beaten at home at no cost, than in public^ when perhaps he has been heavily backed. In spite of all instructions to lads, or even pro- fessed jockeys, and of the information received from them, unless they are ordered to make the most of their respective mounts, no reliable depend- ence can be placed upon the result. Every rider of a trial-horse has his bias either in favour of the horse he rides, because he rides him, or towards his opponent, because he hopes to ride a winning race upon him ; and there- fore he will, without intending so to do, very naturally lead himself and his master astray. The effect, however, of weight is well known, and great encouragement is afforded, if the beat- ing has been on the side of the young ones receiving 2st. ; but if, on the other hand, they have been beaten by the three-year-old giving them 2st. (or if he is a colt trying fillies, 2st. 41b.), it is not to be supposed that they are then in a form which is likely to lead to victory. Few young colts bear con- stant trials, and the best plan is to try them at this time altogether ; putting as good men or lads up as can be selected, and depending upon this one gallop for all present purposes. The three-year-old performer " has given "the line" in reference to public form, and the result shows the re- spective merits of the colts in reference to one another, if the trainer has care- fully watched their performances, and has seen how they got off together, and how they finished, which he can easily do in this half-mile struggle, either by being well mounted or by being on an elevated position at the finish. After this miniature race some of the young ones are sure to be off their feed, but by a little care they generally take their corn in a few hours, if it is not left in their mangers — which is a great mistake, as it is like leaving a plate of food that has been picked over in front of a human being — and if they are in the meantime allowed their water as usual. The animals should be at once marched off to their ordinary exercise- ground, and there clothed and walked as usual, so as to make as little fuss as possible — which, by the way, is a fertile source of irritation to them. Quarrelling in a loud voice among the lads about the comparative perform- ances of themselves or their horses should never be permitted for a mo- ment, and at this time is worse than usual, because these young animals are I I 482 HOKSE-RACING. already sufficiently nervous and excited from their first real struggle; for up to this time all their gallops and sweats have been conducted upon different principles, and they have never before been really made to feel their strength or weakness. Sect. 7.— Conclusion of Preparation. Prior to the race the colt is treated in the same way as for his trial, and should be set early or late, according to his constitution. Gallops, spirts, &c. will still be necessary, and must_ be ordered as indicated by the condition, with somewhat less of walking exercise than before, but not such an alteration as to make the colt fractious from being above himself. Quickness is essential to the short courses which they have to run, and too much walk- ing is no doubt injurious to that quality. If, however, the legs are not capable of bearing a proper amount of galloping exercise, its place must be supplied by a little more walking than is otherwise desirable. Sect 8.— Directions in Punning. In all cases the trainer and owner must decide upon what is to be done with the colt in the race ; whether he is to be made much use of, or only put in to get some kind of estimate of his competitors without actually distress- ing him. But usually the orders are to win without the use of the spur and whip to any undue extent. The day has gone by for these two-year-old races to be looked upon almost in the light of trials, such races as the Brock- ley at Lincoln, the Althorp Park Stakes at Northampton, the Hyde Park Plate at Epsom, &c., being of such value as to be worth running a good two- year-old for, instead, as was formerly the case, one of a greatly inferior Class, with perhaps but little idea of winning, but to get a knowledge of his form for the purpose of trying the others. Sect. 9. — Management after Running. After the race, the colt is usually again more or less upset, both by the excitement of the contest, and also by tiie change of quarters, and the pre- sence and noise of the crowd. It will generally be the best course to put him by for some little time, giving a mild dose of physic a few days after- wards, and putting him upon lighter food, with some lucern or Italian rye, or, if it is procurable, some ordinary cut grass. A few handfuls of either will freshen the colt wonderfully, and do him much good in general health. Whilst they are being given, however, but little work should be done, the colt being restricted to walking exer- cise, unless he becomes very fresh and above himself, when sufficient work should be given to settle him down. According to the performance in the race will be the decision as to his future course. If he be a small light colt at this time, doubtless at his best, the better plan would be to run him for engagements before the better- class animals put in an appearance; and if he be very bad, run him in a selling race on the chance of getting rid of him, bearing in mind that with this sort of animal the first loss is always the best. If, on the contrary, he gives promise of improvement, he may, after his first race or two, and when he has tried his companions who have not yet run in public, be stopped in his work for a time, to give him a chance to grow and lay on muscle. If the colt has to appear in the autumn, he should go through the same ordeal as before, beginning three months before his race ; but if he is to be reserved for his three-year-old performances, he is better to be doing only sufficient work to keep him in health and out of mischief until the end of August, during which time he should have plenty of green food given him. In this way he is freshened in constitution, and is prepared to undergo his more severe ordeal — viz., the train- ing for the next year's running as a three-year-old. Some horses are so light-hearted that a few days' walking- exercise makes them so full of life and spirit that the task of riding them is most difficult, as it is often to prevent them from doing themselves some in- jury when capering about. Of course at this time they should be ridden by one of the best lads, and some gentle work given them sufficient to keep their backs down until they begin their preparation for another season. 483 CHAPTER X. TRAINING THE THREE-YEAR-OLD. Sect. 1. — General Remaeks. By Training the three-year-old is understood the preparation of the colt for racing- as a three-year old, in his fourth year. All race-horses take their age from the 1st of January, and conse- quently every one described as a three- year-old is in his fourth year, and every two-year-old is in his third year. If the colt has not been broken and trained for two-year-old races — that is to say, if he has passed his second year in idleness — he is always taken up early in his third year, that is, as soon as his coat is likely soon to lose its roughness, which it may be expected to do in May or June at the latest. If he is allowed to remain until the summer grass is well up, he gets so fat and gross as to require extra sweats to reduce him, and not only that, but in breaking he knocks his legs about, from the weight of his body, more than need be the case, and much more than is desirable. On all accounts, therefore, breaking should commence in May, and may be conducted as described for the year- ling in the second year of his life, and when preparing for his two-year-old races. In many cases it is possible with the colt which is broken, in the spring of the year to get him ready for trial, either in public or private, in October ; and such is often the practice when the colt turns out handy, and is easily brought to his paces and into good condition. In all respects he is * managed exactly as descril3ed in the ninth chapter, and must be treated just as cautiously in bringing him into the stable, and using him to his work. The only difference which may be made is in the number and length of the gal- lops which can be given towards the end of the preparation, for at first it must be just as gradual, and as care- fully increased. The sweats of the two-year-old in the autumn may be half a mile longer than in the spring, and he may be used a little faster in his gallops, though the distance still should not often exceed three-quarters of a mile, and will seldom quite reach that length. The trials are also had in the same way, but the three-year- old trial-horse of good class can now very seldom give more than 211b. to colts, and 241b. to fillies, the difference between two and three-year-olds being greater early in the year than in the autumn. With these remarks it may be considered that this part of the management of the colt has been got through, and that he has been tried to be good enough to persevere with him for an early three-year-old race — that is to say, in the March of his fourth year, he being then a three-year-old. In order to effect this he must have a preparation of at least nine weeks' regular work, divided, as in the younger horses (described in Chapter IX.), into two portions ; generally giving, also, physic as there ordered. Sect. 2. — Straw-Rides and Tan- Gallops. As frost is a general accompaniment of the first months of the year, it is impossible to train horses v/ithout a straw-ride, or tan-gallop, if they are intended for an early appearance. In- deed, even for the date of the Epsom Meeting, in the end of May, these essentials are generally in request, for the length of preparations required for the severe pace at which the Derby and Oaks are run is such, that less than three months' constant work will seldom suffice ; and as the frost is not often over in the month of February, no dependence can be placed upon the natural turf until the middle of March ; and even during that month training is often impracticable on any other sur- face. The straw-ride is generally made by using the long litter of the stable laid down round a large paddock ; but though the use of this is superior to the hard ground, it is not sufficiently elastic to allow of a good gallop, and the horses must be kept to a three- I I 2 484 HOmE-RACING. quarter speed, and even then are often injured by their slipping, or by the sharpness of the angles round a small inclosure. A tan-gallop, however, made permanently on a course three-quarters of a mile in circumference, will admit of any speed short of an actual rally as in a race ; and a horse may be made to extend himself well enough for any- thing but a final preparation upon the surface. It is the greatest improve- ment of modern days in training ; and when first used by Lord George Bentinck, gave him a considerable advantage over other stables in the early part of the season. It is a questionable point, however, whether its use is not at- tended with the disadvantage of short- ening the horse's stride and altering his gallop ; and, for my own part, I am much inclined to think that it has this effect, and that though it improves the early form of the horse, it destroys to a certain extent that elastic and smooth style of going which is the perfection of the racehorse. No thickness of tan entirely does away with the hard sub- stratum of frozen earth ; nor is it like the elastic sod in receiving and resisting the stroke of the hind-legs. It be- comes a question, therefore, if this is true, how far on the whole it is useful ; and my belief is that no horse should be fully extended upon tan while the frost lasts, but that he may be well sweated and galloped at near his top speed, provided that he is never fully extended. In making a tan gallop the tan should be lightly spread over the grass, which gradually grows through it, and this should be repeated until a desirable thickness is obtained. A great mistake was committed when the tan gallop at Newmarket was made, the soil being cut out and replaced with tan, with the result that either the foreign substance is placed on the gallop in too large quantities, making the going bad and heavy and the horses slow, or this is avoided only by the opposite error, for if the tan is not used in large quantities the horses' feet go through it on to the hard ground be- neath, the result being a larger number of broken-down or unsound horses than if the gallop had been properly made. Sect. 3.- -First Pueparation. SurrosiNG the colt to be getting ready to run lor the Derby, he will have been tried in October or November, then eased in his work for a month, or until January, giving him a dose of physic after his trial, with a few carrots and mashes. By the 1st of January he may be set to slow work again, first taking the precaution to lead him out on the straw-ride with the cavesson on, if the weather is frosty. At such times horses are always more inclined to set their backs up in play ; and they are more likely to do themselves or their riders harm ; hence the necessity for extra caution at that time. The trainer will now have two months to get the colt fit for an appearance in March ; and this period may be divided with advantage into two pre- parations, leaving the third or final one to the time subsequent to his private trial or race. Whatever may be the exact time of the race in March, the two preparations may be so arranged that there shall be from four to five weeks for the second, during which the work may be of such a character, with regard to severity and pace, that the wind shall be thoroughly free, and the frame divested of its fat. This gene rally leaves about four weeks for tht' first preparation, occupying the whole month of January, and perhaps the first week in February ; and after this first preparation comes the dose of physic and the week's rest as usual. During this time, if the weather is open and the colt pretty forward, advantage should be taken of the ground being in a fit condition for a gallop to send the colt a sharp burst or two over three- quarters of a mile, and also to sweat him as often as is thought desirable ; but, as sweats can be managed pretty well over the straw-ride or tan -gallop, they need not be altered from the day otherwise fixed upon in due course. With gallops it is different, and some concession must be made to the state of the ground, which should be used when fit for the purpose, if the colt is sufficiently forward. It must be re- membered, that when once a long frost sets in, it is often of six or seven weeks' duration ; and this is a long time for a hearty colt to be without such a spin as shall open his pipes thoroughly, which nothing but a smart and brushmg gallop will do. If, there- fore, any opportunity on the eve of a frost is suffered to slip by it often can- TRAINING THE THBEE-YEAR-OLD. 485 not be recovered, and by so much is the colt put back in his preparation. In all other respects, except the in- creased length of the work done, this preparation is similar to that of I the two-year-old, as given in the last I chapter. Sect. 4. — Second Preparation. The Physic having been given as usual, and the colt entirely recovered from its effects, he may now, if the weather is open, be put in as strong work as his trainer thinks he can bear. At first his gallops will begin with three- quarters of a mile, in which he will take his turn in leading with the others, if he is not very much averse to that position in the string. All the colts, however, of every age, should be made to lead occasionally ; for unless they will do so they will perhaps fail to win a race, because they will not leave their horses when called upon, in order to pass the winning-chair first. This, therefore, should be attended to, and they should take their turn in front, one after another ; though there are often met with instances in which this position is preferred, and then, in the general way, it may be conceded to such animals when the rest of the string are equally good in any situation. Sometimes, also, the fretfulness of the colt in company is so great that he can hardly be done justice to except by keeping him by himself, and giving him all his work, whether walking, galloping, or sweating, in solitude. It is true that such an animal is doubly excited when he comes to the post ; and if this irritable condition should be worn off by any moderate time spent in waiting and gradually accustoming , him to company, it would be better to do this. But often, in spite of all care and of every attempt to remove it, the irritability continues, and the only remedy is to train in solitude, and to trust to subsequent careful treatment for the removal of the bad effects of i the race. It is not so much the one act of irritation which upsets a colt as the constant and daily fidgeting and sweating incurred in training him among the lot or string ; and hence it ^ is that the necessity exists for remov- ing him into quiet, if he is of this temperament. It is a great misfortune and drawback, and few horses of this kind are able to do much on the turf ; but with one of good breeding and fine frame, the trainer will generally like to persevere until he has had an opportunity of trying his actual form. The Continuation of Work under this preparation is to be very much on the principle laid down in the last chapter, adding about a quarter of a mile to the gallops, and one mile to the sweats, which may now be of three miles in length, and should not be given too early in the morning on account of the cold. The same varieties in temper, constitution, and health will be met with as in the two-year-olds, and will require constant modification in the treatment, but, on the whole, the dif- ference is only in degree, the principles being identical. Up to this age, there has been very little occasion for prac- tising the colt on any surface but a dead level, or slight ascent, as very few half- mile courses are of any other nature ; but now it will be necessary to give him, or her, as the case may be, some practice over slight descents as well as ascents, because in many courses — such as at Epsom, for instance — there is a considerable variation in this particular; and unless the colt is galloped over simi- lar ground, he will be sure to be alarmed and thrown out of his stride at a time when such an event would be a certain prelude to defeat. The gallops, there- fore (but not the sweats, on account of the weight of clothing), should be over training-ground of the same character, being partly level, partly down-hill, and finishing with a slight rise. Every precaution should be taken against holes, ruts, &c., which are fertile sources of strains and break-downs; and indeed it is maintained by some experienced trainers that the latter accident never occurs on level ground, < never mind how hard it may be. This, however, it is impossible to prove or disprove, for no ground in the world is perfectly even, and therefore, in case of such an accident occurring, it may always be alleged, without fear of con- tradiction, that the ground was the cause, from its uneven nature. But as I have seen many a break-down actually happen on ground where it was impossible to detect the slightest un- usual inequality, I am satisfied that it is sometimes from other causes, and I believe from the muscles losing their 486 HORSE-RACING. tone ill consequence of being over- taxed. The last sweat is generally given to tlie CQlt about a week before running, and is usually pretty severe, but it is often given without "sweaters" in modern days. In this, as in all other cases, the discretion of the trainer must be called into play. Generally, how- ever, the increase of age allows of an extra degree of liberty being taken, and there is not that excessive degree of caution to be observed as with the early two-year-old. The gallops may be smart during the last week, and on the second day before the race a very sharp one should be given, so as to open the colt's pipes well and make him blow smartly, but not so as to distress him. If he comes round from this thoroughly in a few minutes, and is lively afterwards with a bright eye, and without any appearance of fatigue, it may be con- jectured, in accordance with other sigris of condition, if existing, that all is well, and that the race will be borne with impunity, and contested with as much vigour and lasting quality as can be got into the colt without a longer preparation later in the spring. Sect. 5.— Trials. A FORTNIGHT, or perhaps even ten days, before the race, and generally the day before the last sweat, a trial may be had in private with all the three-year-olds which are forward enough ; and among them there is generally a trial-horse which has been out in the autumn, and has thus got the length of some one or more dreaded competitor, or, at all events, of some colt or filly whose form is well known as compared with this anticipated rival. These being all equally prepared, are started and tried over a mile, or, at most, a mile and a quarter, which is quite as far as this short preparation will allow ; and according to the result is the opinion formed of their qualities. This trial may be supposed to take place early in March if the weather will permit ; but as there are few races of importance for three-year-olds alone until April, it can only be intended to run these forward colts or fillies in mixed trial-stakes or in handicaps in the month of March. For this purpose a well-known trial-horse must be obtained which has been run in one or more races ; and he must be weighted in this trial in accordance with his frnown form, giving as much as, or rather more than, he would do in the actual race if engaged. The reason why he should give more weight is, that the distance is generally less than that which is to be actually run, on account of the deficiency of prepara- tion, which has hereafter to be made up. Now, it is well known that it takes a greater allowance of weight to bring horses together in a short race than over a longer distance, and there- fore it is now necessary to give the superior trial-horse a little additional weight. With these remarks the subject ot training may be concluded, as the final preparation for the subsequent three- year-old races in no respect differs from that described in the sixth chapter, ex- cept that the sweats are usually limited to three miles, or three miles and a half , and the gallops to a little over the dis- tance they have to run, which varies from a mile to a mile and a half, or in some of the handicaps to two miles and upwards. Accidents. — During the course of all these preparations numberless accidents will occur, such as sprains, breaking down, curbs, blows, &c. &c. ; together with diseases of the limbs, as spavins ; and of the general system, as distempei- or influenza, strangles, and so on. All these will be found treated of under the General Diseases of the Horse, and may be managed as there directed. For further observations on Feeding and Watering, see the same article. 487 CHAPTER XI. THE EXERCISE BOYS, HEA Sect. 1.— The Boys. The Management of these little bipeds requires nearly as much experi- ence as that of the quadruped whose training I have entered into at such length. In their selection, also, some power of discrimination is required ; for there are many lads cut out by nature for this pursuit, and others again who would never learn the trade so as to be sufficiently proficient to ride an ordinary gallop. The chief points re- quisite are — first, neatness and compact- ness of frame, with small heads, light bones, and altogether an under-size, as compared with other lads of the same age ; secondly, a certain amount of intelligence, but of that steady old- fashioned kind which is now so seldom met with, and which leads to a con- centration of the bodily and mental powers upon one object : in other words, there should be " an old head upon young shoulders." It is impossible to be always on the watch for tricks ; and, in spite of every precaution, a thoroughly mischievous lad has the power of spoiling the horse under his charge, and, what is worse still, of cor- rupting by ins example his stable com- panions. Hence great caution is re- quired in the choice ; and for this reason lads are selected who are born of fathers brought up to the same trade, and thoroughly imbued with a fondness for the vocation. Without this last feeling in the lad he will never take kindly to the business, and with it he will soon learn to make himself useful. The age at which these lads are likely to be serviceable is generally from eleven to fourteen years old, before which time they seldom are bold or strong enough to undertake the really arduous duties of an exercise or stable boy. It is true that they may often be put to rub legs, or do any other odd jobs about a stable, at a much younger age, but these early lessons are better given in the hack-stable, or in any other than that of the racehorse. In- deed in most cases boys of that age, if brought up among horses, are quite handy with them, and can ride pretty )-GROOMS, AND JOCKEYS. well, and perform any of the usual stable offices in an ordinary way. When this is known to be the case, and the boy is of proper size, intelligent, active, indus- trious, and capable of riding an ordinary horse, he may as well be articled to the trainer at once. after this he has to be taught all the ways of the training-stable — the hand-rubbing, the. careful dressing, &c. ; and then he may be put upon an easy horse to ride, and gradually and carefully instructed in the mode of holding him, without making him pull, &c. He should be put in the middle of a string of horses, and instructed to keep his place in the gallop, and on no account to get nearer to his leader than when he started. The trainer, or his head-groom, will undertake the task of instruction, and will see that the lad sits properly on the saddle, with his stirrup-leathers of the right length, his feet well home in them, and his knees in their proper form and sufficiently forward on the flaps of the saddle. He will always have to caution him to keep his hands down, which every one instinctively gets up when learning to ride, but which, on the training-ground of all places, should be kept as low as pos- sible, and on each side the horse's withers, with a rein in each hand, and the off-side rein in addition held in the left, so as to steady both by lying upon the withers. He will instruct him in the use of the knees, which are the main agents in keeping the seat, and tell him to keep his toes in towards the side of his horse, and his heels down. He will also explain to him that he must not attempt to confine his horse I too much by pulling dead against him, but must give way to his mouth, give and take with him, and only use his power just enough to keep his horse in his place, which he will do better by humouring him a little, and giving an occasional pull, than by constantly hanging on the bit, which irritates most horses, and makes them more inclined to pull than to give way. But by avoiding this dead pull, and, on the other hand, varying it so as 488 HOESJU-RACING. sometimes to give a little and then to return to the charge and restrain the horse, the mouth is prevented from getting dead, and the boy, light and weak as lie is, keeps the control of his powerful horse. After a time, when the lad becomes quite at home with his easy-going arid quiet horse, he may be changed to another rather more flighty, and lie may also have charge of him entirely, if he has mastered all the practices of the stable with the quieter one of which he had previous charge. In process of time the lad will learn to be able to do exactly what he is ordered to carry out, and will ride his horse so as to make him extend himself over the precise distance, and at the exact rate which he is previously told. But all this is a work of time, and is generally an imitative process, being handed on from generation to generation, or rather from stage to stage, by the elder boy to the next, and so on. It is some time generally be- fore a lad is able to lead a gallop so as to regulate the pace, and until then he is only required to keep his distance from the horse before him, and to avoid being unhorsed in the gambols or vicious attempts of the animal he is mounted on. But in time he learns to lead work or to ride trials ; and as some lads are quicker than others in acquir- ing this knowledge, so the head groom or trainer uses them accordingly, and places them upon such animals as are within their powers. But besides their out-of-door occupations, the lads have also to perform all the stable duties of hand-rubbing, dressing, &c. — which are better here minutely described as part of the duties of the stable-boy, — and must be strictly taught to keep them- selves smart and clean, for nothing- gives a bad tone to a stable so quickly as for lads to go about in a dirty and slovenly manner. Dressing the Racehorse does not differ in principle from the ordinary dressing of any other kind of well-bred horse, but it is carried out to a greater extent, and is continued for a longer time than any other, except the highest class of hunters. The first rough dressing in the morning before exercise is scarcely worth noticing, as it only consists in getting rid of any wet or dirt incidental to the lying down in the litter, which is often unavoidably stained in the night, and in smoothing over the whole coat with a whisp of damp hay, and the rubbers afterwards. But after the exercise the process is a long and tedious one, and is intended to answer a double purpose, viz., first of all to get rid of any dirt either accident- ally occurring from external sources, or as the result of the sweats drying in the coat, and, if remaining, clogging up the pores of the skin ; secondly, by means of friction, to increase the activity of the circulation in the skin, and thus allowing it to go on as rapidly as is required during the violent exer- cise to which the horse is submitted. On coming in from exercise, then, the boy rides his horse into his stable, and turns the animal's head round, away from his manger ; he next, after dismounting, takes off the hood, bridle, &c. — indeed all except the quarter-piece and the saddle, which should not be removed for some little time, but which should just be lifted for a moment and then replaced, the girths not being drawn so tight as was previously the case. The breast-cloth and front of the quarter-piece are turned back over the saddle, and the whole fore-quarter of the horse exposed and well dressed over, beginning with the head, which should be first brushed over, then well whisped with a handful of hay, matted, as is always done in the stable, into " a whisp " as it is called ; and finally rubbed smooth with a rubber ; but this not till the neck and fore- quarter have been successively brushed over and whisped; after which the mane and forelock are combed out, and brushed down with a damp brush. When this is done the horse has his water given him, and is turned round to his manger, and his head-collar put on and racked up, and then, with his muzzle on, he is made safe in case of his exercising his teeth, which ^ most of these thin-skinned animals will do, even without vice, when their flanks are brushed or even whisped. The next process is to remove the ankle boots which have been left on to prevent the horse from hitting his legs when his fore-quarters have been dressed, pick out the feet and wash them, as well as the legs, which the lad does, taking his bucket and brush, and well picking out, and then brushing the feet well, after which he washes the legs, keeping on the near side in all cases dining the whol» EXERCISE BOYS. 489 business. A flannel bandage is then put upon each of the fore-legs, and remains on till the horse is dressed ; preventing them from becoming chilled by the wet, and also guarding them as pre- viously with the boots from blows in the kickings and struggles of the horse, which are generally pretty con- stant and strong in this part of the process. Having done this, the saddle is taken off, and the back and sides, as well as the quarters, are brushed over first, then well whisped, and finally smoothed down with a rubber. The brush should never be used during the shedding of the coat, and the curry- comb is seldom or never required with thorough-bred horses, as a thick coarse coat, such as would demand this instru- ment, is almost unknown in the racing stable ; and, if present, is always re- moved by clipping or singeing. The quarter-piece is now put on, always taking care to throw it first well forward over the withers, and then to draw the former smoothly over the loins, so as to keep the coat down, which, without this precaution, would stand up in all directions when next the cloth was taken off. The roller is now put on, doubling the long part over the pad till it is on the back, and then throwing the former part smoothly over so as to avoid a crease, and the breast-girth carefully buckled on, the roller is then drawn tightly up, and the hood is spread over the loins to prevent a chill after the exercise ; but it is taken off when the stables are locked up. The tail is now combed out, and the bandages are taken off one by one, keeping them on till the lad is ready to rub each leg in its turn. In this part of the dressing the boy goes down on his knees under the horse, who always permits this to be done without re- sistance, and taking a linen rubber, he proceeds to dry the leg carefully, and then to rub it well with the two hands, rimning one down on each side, and working the fingers into the spaces between the ligament and tendon, care being taken that the heels are thorough ly dry. When this leg is dry, another is bared of its bandage, and rulDbed in the same way as before, until all four are done, when the dressing is over, and the bed is shaken and smoothed with the fork ; after which the feed is given, and the stable is locked for the present. Some horses vigorously resist the dressing, and are dangerous without great quickness and caution on the part of the boy ; but if the lad is good-tem- pered, yet firm, and neither shows fear nor annoyance, but patiently waits till the horse lets him do what is necessary, in almost all cases he gets his way, and is allowed to do what he requires. When once, however, a horse is made vicious by fear or mischief on the part of the boy, he is a very troublesome customer, and few lads can manage such an animal, if of the worst kind, and it will often be found necessary to take a stick in the unoccupied hand, not necessarily for the purpose of striking him, but to threaten him into good behaviour. The head groom must stand by, either to dress him himself, or keep him in fear during the process ; and even a man will some- times fail in doing everything which he wishes with the hind-quarters of some horses that have been spoiled by ill-management. Generally, however, these animals will suffer their little attendant to do more than any one else with them ; and it is a good test of the merits of the lad if it is found that he can manage, without difficulty, a horse of thin skin and general irrita- bility. When he can do this, and also ride him to orders, he is a valuable addition to any training-stable, espe- cially if he keeps his mouth shut and does not divulge the secrets which he soon guesses at. Sect. 2. — The Head Groom. The stable or exercise boy generally aspires to be either a professed jockey, a head groom, or finally perhaps a trainer on his own account. Such are the ambitions of these juveniles; and if clever and industrious, with good opportunities, they may become one or the other, or often all three in suc- cession. The lads who speedily become heavy and bony are thereby rendered unfit for anything but the situation of head groom ; but as only one or two men are generally kept about any racing establishment, and as there are generally as many boys as horses, the surplus are obliged to seek for common situations as grooms when they can no longer ride a suitable weight, which should seldom be more than 6st. or Bst. If, however, the lad has the head suited for the place and can aco^uire and HOBSiJ-BACING, retain the confidence of his master, he is perhaps made the head groom of the establishment, and has the superintend- ence of all the stables, as well as the management of the gallops and sweats, in the absence of the trainer or under his orders. He gives out the corn, and generally feeds every horse himself; seeing also that the hay is given, but o-enerally seeing that each horse has his proper quantity. Besides these offices, his hands are generally full in a large racing establishment with pre- paring and giving mashes, balls, and drenches, or applying charges and dressings to legs, blistering, applying lotions, &c., all which are constantly being required. He has also to superin- tend the shoeing, if the trainer himself does not take this responsible^ office and see to this important part himself. All these several duties must, in very large establishments, be divided be- tween two or three hands ; and in some a clerk also is constantly kept, who notes down every gallop, every sweat, every time a horse goes out of the stable or is shod, and, in addition, gives out the physic, and keeps an account of the exact strength. Without these precautions endless confusion would result where thirty 'or forty horses of different ages are being trained, be- cause when it is found that a dose of three drachms of aloes will not suffice, more must be given next time, and some-times it is increased to five or six drachms ; but if this larger quantity were given by mistake to an animal of delicate constitution, the extra purging might be fatal, or at all events might throw him out of health for a long time. The head groom should also be a good, strong, resolute horseman, and of a tolerably light weight, so as to be able to undertake to manage those horses which are getting above the powers of the lads. In small esta- blishments the breaking is conducted by them also, but in large ones there is generally one man or more whose sole business is the breaking of the colts and fillies, of which he has always some three or four in hand, and which number will fully occupy one man's time, if they are to be thoroughly and effectually got through their pupilage. Sect. 3.— Jocketk. Various are the gradations in this class, some of whom are men of con- siderable wealth, whilst others are merely the stable lads promoted for the time being. A thousand pounds, and even more than that amount, are not uncommonly promised and given for a successful execution of orders over the Epsom or Doncaster course ; and yet the regular fee is 3gs. for an unsuccessful, and 5gs. for a successful ride. These prices, however, are un- derstood to be given only when the jockey is on the spot and happens to be unemployed, otherwise his expenses are paid and, if regularly engaged, there is generally a special arrange- ment made, varying according to the rank which the jockey holds in his profession. At first sight it may appear that the above-named sums are an ample remuneration for a few- minutes' ride; and so they are when the rider is often engaged, and his habits are such as to lead him to husband his money. Too often, however, the re- verse is the case, and the lad who up to a recent time was limited to bread and cheese, with a hearty meal of beef and potatoes, now requires champagne and French dishes, has a valet, and spends his thousands even more rapidly than he earns them. The instances in which money has been saved in this class are not very numerous, but some have oc- curred, and often it has enabled them to undertake training establishments re- quiring considerable capital. All things considered, and taking into account the temptations to which this class are sub- jected, it is not perhaps to be supposed that they are over-paid, especially as it is only in a few cases that high rewards are given for successful performances. It must be remembered also that their office is a dangerous one, and that at all times life and limb are jeopardized in the pursuit. The instances of both suffering are numerous enough ; and besides this the length of time during which they are employed is not gene- rally very great. The nerve necessary for riding seldom lasts long, and even before this fails, fashion or the fickle- ness of the master may lead to neglect. Taking them as a class, jockeys are above the general run of the men who are connected with the turf, being more honest than many of their masters, and 491 eeldom being known to take the bribe which would always be ready for them if acceptable. The reason for this may be a low one, as that honesty is necessary for success, and that they dare not stoop to bribery ; but never- theless there can be no doubt that as a class they are above suspicion. Un- fortunately, of late years, the orders to ride behind have become so common that they could scarcely be refused by the jockey of the stable, and he is now expected to ride to orders in most cases, though there are still some who would refuse such a mount. In important races, like the Two Thousand Guineas, the Derby, the Oaks, St. Leger, &c., the jockey generally rides his horse several gallops before the race ; but in the great majority of races he is never on his back until the bell for saddling has rung. It is, there- fore, extraordinary that he should be able to do w-hat he does ; but receiving information from the trainer as to the peculiarities of his mount, and as to the best mode of displaying his powers, he is not quite in the dark as to his capa- bilities, and will generally ride him to perfection on the first occasion if he is an accomplished artist in his line. The previous handling of a young horse is however a great advantage, and few jockeys should be put up without it. Nothing, indeed, but the desire to keep up an uncertainty as to the intended rider ought ever to prevent it in such a case as any of the above-mentioned important races. The jockey, when engaged, is told the weight he has to ride, and is expected to come to scale exactly to that weight, finding his own saddle, but the bridle being generally that which the horse is accustomed to. One pound is the usual allowance for single-rein bridles, and two f ordouble-reins or curb-bridles ; and when a snaffle is used with double- reins and a martingale, they are often put into the scale with the rider. If the jockey is 2 lb. over-weight, it must be declared at the time of going to scale. The modes of sweating and living are much the same as for pedestrian purposes, in the chapter describing the training, for which full directions are given for sweating, dieting, &c., applicable also to these cases. Giving a Leg. — Jockeys in all cases, and generally all riders of thorough- bred horses in training, mount their horses by receiving the assistance of a second party, w^ho lifts the jockey or lad into the saddle by means of the bent leg. The mounting party stands facing the saddle, and takes hold of the pommel with the left hand ; he then bends his left knee, and, giving a spring, is aided by the assistant's hand lifting him into the saddle. Tbe object is, first, to avoid deranging the saddle, which, being small and light, will not bear much side-pull ; and secondly, to avoid being kicked by the horse in the ordinary kind of mounting by the stirrup, which in large horses and with small riders is attended with considerable difSculty, and gives occa- sion to the horse to use his hind- legs with great risk of injury to the rider. CHAPTER XII. EXPENSES. Sect. 1.— Expenses of Breeding. The average expenses of breeding first- class thorough-bred stock may be taken as follows : — One-fifth value of brood-mare . £50 Expense of covering, travelling, \ and keep for six weeks . . . / Keep of mare for one year . . 25 Keep of oolt up to commence- ^ ment of training, about a year V 65 and a half J £215 Thus, without any allowance for risk, or for barren mares, dead foals, &c., every colt may be considered to cost 215/. before training as a two-year-old, and at least 50^. more before he can be put into training as a three-year- old. But, making every allowance, and taking into consideration the above risks, perhaps it maybe calculated that yearly colts and fillies together, of any but tile very highest blood, may be bred at about 200 guineas apiece. 492 HORSE-RACING. Sect. 2. — Expenses of Training. The usual charge for public training has greatly increased of late years, and may be put down at fifty shillings a week, to which are added heavy ex- penses for travelling, and boxes, when in running ; but as few horses are in training daring the whole year, they may be calculated at about lOOZ. per annum per horse. In addition to this charge, however, there are numerous extras in most establishments, besides travelling expenses. Private training varies so much that no calculation can possibly be made of its expenses The entrance moneys and stakes are well known, and vary from two guineas up to 300/. All other expenses fluctuate so much between those attending upon a Derby horse and the trifling outlay upon a small country meeting, that no useful calculation can possibly be made. CHAPTER XIII. EULES OF RACING, AS PASSED BY THE JOCKEY CLUB. Part I. — Interpretation and Appli- cation OF these Rules. 1. General Definitions.— ^' I^hgq" in- cludes plate, match, or sweepstakes, but does not include or refer to a steeple- chase, hurdle race, or a hunter's race on the flat. [This definition of a race must be modified by the eighth para- graph of the same Rule.] " Horse " includes mare or gelding. " Plate " means a race to be run for money or other prize given without any stake being made by the owners of the horses engaged to go to the winner. " Sweepstakes means a race in which stakes are to be made by the owners of three or more horses to go to the winner ; and any such race is still a sweepstakes, even although the num- ber is reduced by death to two subs, or although money or any other prize be added, and although the word " plate " be used in the official or ordin- ary name or description of such race. "Recognised meeting" or "recog- nised race," means a meeting or race held in accordance with Rule 57. A private sweepstakes under these Rules is one to which no money is added, and which has not been adver- tised previous to closing. A cup under these rules means a piece of plate or any prize not given in money. A "maiden" means a horse which has never won a plate or public sweep- stakes at any meeting in Great Britain, or at any recognised meeting in any other country. A match at ''catchwcights " means a match in which the riders need not weigh before or after the race. Catch- weights are permissible only for matches. "Registry office" means such office as is for the time being appointed as the registry office by the Jockey Club ; and expressions in these Rules or in the programme or conditions of any meet- ing or race referring to Messrs. Wea- therby's mean the registry office as herein defined. The "Racing Calendar" and the "Stud Book" mean the works pub- lished under those names respectively for the time being authorised by the Jockey Club. The "Sheet Calendar," the " Monthly Calendar," and the " Book Calendars " of " Races Past " and of " Races to Come," mean the parts or editions of the "Racing Calendar" as published under or usually known by those names respectively. The Channel Islands and the Isle of Man are not included in the expression " Great Britain," but they are included (with Ireland) in the expression "the United Kingdom." "Month" means a calendar month. 2. Application of these Rules. — (i) These rules apply to all meetings held under the control of the Jockey Club, or advertised in the " Racing Calendar " to be hold subject to these rules ; (ii) If a horse run in a race at any meeting in Great Britain which is not so advertised, he is perpetually dis- qualified for all races to which these rules apply. (iii) The Stewards of the Jockey Club may at their discretion prohibit THE RULES me advertisement of any meeting in the official "Racing Calendar." 3. Commencement of these Rules. — These Rules shall come into operation m the first day of January, 1877, and any other rules of racing shall be an- nulled as from that day, without preju- dice to then existing rights or liabilities. Part II. — Management of Meetings AND POWEES OF STEWARDS. 4. Meetings. — (i) The full programme of every meeting, before it takes place, and every race before closing, must be advertised in the Racing Calendar. This rule shall not preclude the addi- tion of a new race to the programme of a meeting subsequent to the publica- tion of the last Calendar issued previous to the meeting being held. (ii) The advertisement must state, as soon as the sanction of the Stewards of the Jockey Club has been obtained, the days on which the meeting is to begin and end, the dates for closing the stakes (which shall always be on a Tuesday, except for races closing with- in six days of, or during a meeting), and before the time fixed for closing (races for future years excepted) the names of two or more persons as Stew- ards, and of the Judge, Starter, Clerk of the Course, Handicapper, Stake- holder, and Clerk of the Scales; and the Clerk of the Course, or correspond- ing official, shall be the sole person responsible to the Stewards for the general arrangements of the meeting, (iii) No meeting shall be advertised in the Racing Calendar unless the money added be not less than 300 sovs. per day, 150 of which at least shall be added to races of a mile and upwards, and the minimum so required to be added shall be given, notwithstanding any condition to the contrary, if there be five entries, and three horses the property of different owners start ; and at each meeting so advertised there shall be not less than two races per day of a mile or upwards (not being selling handicaps), and of races confined to three year olds and upwards, not more than two per day of less than six fur- longs. At each meeting advertised in the Racing Calendar," there shall be not less than one weight- for- age race, with or without penalties or allowances, not being a selling race or confined to OF RA CING. 493 two-year-olds, and at every meeting of more than two days, one such race every day, provided there are five entries, and three horses the property of difi!erent owners start. (iv) No race shall be run earlier than in the week which includes the 25th of March, or later than in the week which includes the 22nd of November. Excep- tion : If the week including the 25th of March be the week next before Easter Sunday, races may be run in the week next but one before Easter Sunday. (v) A meeting shall be deemed to commence at ten in the morning of the day for which the first race is adver- tised, and to conclude at ten in the evening of the last day of the races. (vi) The Stewards in case of urgent necessity may from time to time put off any races from day to day until a Sunday intervenes. Power of Stewards. 5. General Powers of Stewards. — (i) The Stewards of a meeting shall have full power to make all such arrange- ments for the conduct of the meeting as they think fit ; and to regulate and control the conduct of all officials, and of all jockeys, grooms, and persons attendant on horses ; and to determine all questions or disputes arising be- tween any persons at or in relation to anything done or omitted in reference to racing, except only disputes or claims relating to bets. (ii) They shall have power to punish at their discretion any official or jockey or other person subject to their control with fine or with suspension from act- ing or riding at the same meeting, and to report to the Stewards of the Jockey Club any further punishment which they consider necessary : Provided that they shall not fine any person more than 50Z. (unless they are Stewards of the Jockey Club, in which case they may impose any fine not exceeding 100^.) (iii) They shall exclude from the stands, enclosures, saddling paddocks, weighing rooms, and other places under their control, every person who has been warned off Newmarket Heath, and every person whose name is in the unpaid Forfeit List, and which has been twice so published in the Racing Cal- endar;" also every jockey who has been suspended for corrupt practices on the turf, so long as the sentence 494 HORSE-RACING. against such person or jockey remains in force. They shall in like manner exclude any person who has been declared by the Turf Club in Ireland, or by the stewards of any recognised meeting in any country, to have been guilty of any corrupt or fraudulent practice on the turf. They shall fur- ther have power to exclude at their discretion any person from all or any places under their control. (iv) If any case occur which is not, or which is alleged not to be, provided for by these Rules, it shall be deter- mined by the stewards in such manner as they think just, and they shall report the case with their decision (and with their consent to an appeal, if they give such consent) to the Stew- ards of the Jockey Club for confirma- tion. (v) The decision of the stewards, or of the Stewards of the Jockey Club in case of appeal shall be final, and shall not be questioned in any court, except by leave of the stewards by whom it was made. (vi) The stewards of a meeting shall have free access to all stands and inclosures at that meeting, and the Stewards of the Jockey Club to all stands, inclosures, at all meetings under these rules. 6. Stewards and Deputies— k stew- ard may appoint a deputy at any time. 7. Powers of Steimrds after Conclu- sion of Meeting.— ThQ powers of the stewards or their deputies continue after the meeting for all purposes relat- ing to disputes, objections, penalties, and disqualifications, and the clerk of the course shall at once report such matters to the stewards, either verbally or by letter. Should no decision have been arrived at by the stewards within seven days of such objection being lodged, the clerk of the course shall then report the case to the Stewards of the Jockey Club, who may at their dis- cretion decide the matter, and if they consider there has been any negligence, order any additional expense which may thereby arise to be defrayed out of the funds of the meeting at which the case occurred. Judges, Starters, and other Officials. 8. The stewards shall appoint an adc(iuate staff of ollicials for every meeting. The following officials shall require a licence, to be granted by the Stewards of the Jockey Club annually before they can act: — viz., judge, starter, clerk of the course, handle ap- per, and clerk of the scales (and stake- holder) ; and one of each shall be named for each meeting advertised in the Calendar, but, in case of emergency, the stewards may, during a meeting, appoint an unlicensed deputy to fill any of such offices, in which case they shall make a special report to the Stewards of the Jockey Club. A race cannot be decided unless the judge or his authorised deputy or sub- stitute, or a steward occupy the judge's box, at the time when the horses pass the winning-post. The judge shall send a report of the result of the race, signed by him, to the registry office. Any complaints against the above-named officials shall be made in writing to the Stewards of the meeting only, who, if they think fit, shall forward the same to the stewards of the Jockey Club. Part III.— General Conditions and Restrictions. Age of Horses. 9. General Rides with respect to The age of a horse shall be reckoned as beginning on the 1st of January in the year in which he is foaled. (ii) Yearhngs shall not run for any race. Two-year-olds shall not run for any handicap before the 1st of Septem- ber, nor after that date with any but two-year-olds. (iii) Two - year - olds shall not run more than six furlongs before the 1st of July, nor less than five furlongs at any time. (iv) Three -year -olds and upwards shall not run less than five furlongs for a plate or sweepstakes. Weights and Allowances. 10. Weights and Allowances.— (\) No horse shall carry less than 5st. 71b. in any plate or sweepstakes. (ii) The top weight in a handicap shall not be less than 8st. 121b , and if the highest weight accepted be less than this it shall be raised to 8st. 121b., THE RULES and tlie other weights shall be raised in proportion. (iii) No lioise shall receive allowance of weight, or be relieved from extra weight, for having been beaten in one or more races ; provided that this rule shall not prohibit maiden allowances. (iv) No horse shall carry extra weight for having run second, or in any lower place in any race or races ; provided that this rule shall not exempt a horse which has received 10 DZ. or upwards for having been placed, from being debarred from maiden allowance by the conditions of any particular race. (v) Allowances and extra weights shall not be allowed or incurred in re- spect of matches or private sweepstakes, and penalties are not cumulative unless so declared by the conditions of the race. (vi) Where winners of selling races , are exempted from penalties, only such i horses as have run to be sold shall be entitled to the allowance. Miscellaneous. 11. Miscellaneous Rules with respect to Conditions of Races. — Subject to the express provisions of the conditions of a race, the following rules shall apply to all conditions of races : (i) Winnings during the year shall include all prizes from the commence- 1 ment of the racing season to the time ' appointed for the start, and shall apply to all recognised races in any country, and winnings shall include walking over or receiving forfeit. (ii) The value of prizes not in money must be advertised. (iii) In estimating the amount a ; horse has won in any one or more races, account shall be taken of ail cups or moneys, whether derived from stakes, bonus, or any other source, gained by him for his owner or for any other person, only his own stake and ' entrance, and any money payable to other horses by the conditions of the race being deducted. (iv) Conditions referring to maidens shall mean maidens at the time of the start. 12. Minimum Value of Plate or Stakes. — No plate or sweepstakes shall be run for unless the clear value to the J winner (calculated under Rule 11), in ! case the race be run by two or more horses, will amount to 100?. But if OF RACING. 495 the vdue would amount to 100/., if the race were so run, a horse may walk over, although he thereby receives less than 100/. When a sweepstakes has been so reduced by the death of sub- scribers that the payments to second or other horses, according to conditions, would reduce the value, if run for, to less than 100/., (calculated under Rule 11), the second or other horses shall lose their right to participate in the stakes. (ii) When a cup is advertised to be run for, it shall in all cases be given, even if walked over for. (iii) When a walk-over (except after a dead heat) is the result of an arrange- ment by the owners of horses engaged, neither a cup nor any portion of the advertised money need be given. 13. (i) No entrance fee to any fund but that devoted to the winner of the race shall exceed 3 per cent, on the added money. In the case of races for a fixed sum to be raised by subscrip- tion, when there shall be any surplus over the advertised value, it shall be paid either to the winner or other horses in the race, and in no case shall the winner subscribe. No deductions shall be made from any race except such as are gained by horses in the race, and except discount, clerks' fees, stakeholding and weighing- fees as iixed by rule. (ii) The stakeholder shall be allowed to retam, out of the stakes in his hands, the following fees for expenses, viz. : For every match, one pound. For every plate, one pound. For every subscription or sweep- stakes where the lowest forfeit amounts to 20 sovs. k pel* cent, on the whole stake, and on all other races 1 per cent. (iii) 2s. 6c/. shall the maximum charge for clerk's ' fee for entry, and the same for weighing. (iv) Provided that in the case of any meeting at which it shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Stewards of the Jockey Club, that no more than a reasonable interest upon capital invest- ed is applied to any purpose other than the support of the races, and that the scale upon which the officials are remu- nerated is not excessive, they may sanction such modification of this rule as they may consider expedient. 496 HORSE-RACING. Part IV.— Entry and Subscription FOR Races. 14. Horses must he duly entered for plate or sweepstakes. — A horse shall not be qualified to run for any plate or sweepstakes unless he has been and continues duly entered for the same. 15. Time and place of entry. — A time and place or places for the entry of horses for every plate or sweepstakes must be advertised in the " Sheet Rac- ing Calendar." Provided that if the time so advertised falls during a New- market race week, any entry to be made at Messrs. Weatherby's may be made at Newmarket, whether so adver- tised or not. The list of entries shall be closed at the advertised time, and no entry shall be permitted in any case or on any terms to be made after that time. If no hour be fixed for closing, the list shall not be closed till midnight on the advertised day. No declaration of forfeit, except for races of the current week, shall be fixed to be made at noon, or any hour earlier than the end of the day. All entries made elsewhere than at Messrs. Weatherby's office (except en- tries made during the week of the meeting or on the Saturday preceding th3 meeting) shall be lodged at that office within forty-eight hours after the day of closing, or twelve hours if intended for publication in the next Calendar, or the receiver of nomina- tions shall be fined 10 sovs., and the nominations shall be void, unless the nominator can prove to the satisfaction of the Stewards of the Jockey Club that the entry was made in due time. 16. Entry how made. — Entry shall be made by writing, signed by the owner of the horse or by some person deputed by him, or by telegraph, which shall be equally binding. Entries by telegram must, however, be confirmed in writing at the earliest possible opportunity, and in all cases before the time of weighing, or the horse shall not be allowed to start. It shall state the name of the owner and the name or description of the horse, and (if the race be for horses of different ages) the age which the horse will be at the time of the race. Entrance money must (if so required) be paid at the time of entry. Allowances, when ^practicable under the conditions of the race, must be claimed at the time of entry, or they shall not be allowed. 17. Description of horse in first entry. — In entering a horse for the first time he shall be described by stating his colour (when possible), and whether he is a horse, mare, or gelding, and the " Calendar" or " Stud Book " names of his sire and dam. If the dam was covered by more than one stallion the names of all must be stated, and by which stallion the mare was last cov- ered. If the sire or dam has no name in the "Calendar" or "Stud Bpok," such further pedigree and description must be added as will clearly distin- guish the horse entered from all other horses, and if the pedigree of the sire or dam be unknown, such further par- ticulars as to where they were pur- chased or obtained must be given as will identify them. 18. Name or description in subsequent entries. — The description as in the last rule mentioned must be repeated in every entry of the horse until an entry of him by description, with a proposed name, has been published in the " Rac- ing Calendar." In any entry after such publication it will be sufficient to enter him by such name without description. If a horse be entered with a proposed name for the first time in several races closing on the same day, the descrip- tion need not be added in more than the first of such entries. 19. Ctegreo/iVame.— Whenever the name of a horse which has run in any country is changed, his old name as well as his new name must be given in every entry until the change has been published in two " Monthly Calendars " or the " Book Calendar." 20. Similar Names. — A name may be claimed for a horse, either by entry and publication as mentioned in the foregoing rules, or at any time by send- ing the pedigree to the Registry Office. When a name has been claimed for a horse in either of the above ways, any other horse for which the same name is afterwards claimed must be distin- guished by the addition of the numer- als II or III, &c., and on the first time of entry with numerals, by the names of the sire and dam. If the same name is proposed or claimed for two or more horses at the same time, the order of priority shall be determined by lot of Messrs. Weatherby. Any person enter- TUE RULES OF RACING. 497 iDg a horse in contravention of this rule shall be liable to a fine not exceed- ing bOl. 21. Assumed names of owners. — No assumed name of an owner shall be used in any subscription or entry, unless such assumed name is duly re- gistered, as follows : (i) The person intending to use an assumed name must register it annually at the Kegistry Office. A registration continues effectual during the current year. (ii) A person cannot have more than one assumed name registered at the same time, nor can he use his real name in any subscription or entry so long as he has a registered assumed name. (iii) An assumed name may be changed at any time by registering a new assumed name. (iv) A person cannot register as his assumed name a name which has been already registered by any other person, or the real name of any other person who runs horses in races in such other person's real name. (v) On every registration or change of an assumed name there must be paid at the Registry Office, to the credit of the Jockey Club, a fee of twenty-five guineas. (vi) Out of the fees received under this Rule, a percentage to be fixed from time to time by the Jockey Club, shall be paid to the Bentinck Benevolent Fund, and the remainder shall be car- ried to the Racing Fund of the Jockey Club. 22. Subscriptions are transferable. — A person who subscribes to a sweep- stakes has the right of transferring the right of entry under any one or more of his subscriptions to any other per- son or persons. 23. An entry to a race may, before the time of closing, be altered or with- drawn. 24. Death of person who has made a subscription or entry. — Subscriptions and all entries or rights of entry under them become void on the death of the sub- scriber. Entries (except entries made under another person's subscription) become void on the death of the persons in whose names they are made. If either party to a match die the match is off. 25. No alteration of entry after clos- ing —No alteration or addition shall be made in any entry after the time fixed for closing, except that when a horse has been duly described a name or number may be added. In the event of a horse being entered for a race with the wrong age, or an incorrect or imperfect description ac- cording to Rule 17, it may be corrected on the payment of a fine of bl. for each entry, provided it be proved to the satisfaction of the stewards that it was accidental, and provided also that the correction is made, and the fine paid, before the Calendar following that in which the wrong entry appears. This rule will allow of an entry being omitted, on the payment of a fine, from a race for which it was not qualified at the time of entry, e.g. a colt for a filly stakes, but will not admit of any correc- tion amounting to the substitution of another animal, which would be of the nature of a post entry. The fines under this Rule to go to the winner, unless the winner be the person fined, when it shall go to the second horse. 26. Partnership in horses. — A horse cannot be entered in the real or assum- ed name of any person as his owner unless that person's interest or property in the horse is at least equal to that of any other one person. All partnerships, and the name of every person having an interest in a horse, must be entered at the Registry Office, or sent to the Clerk of the Course for transmission to the Registry Office, before a horse which is a joint property can start for any race. A fee of 5s. shall be paid on the re- gistration, and again on any change of partnership. Part V. — Stakes and Forfeits. 27. Liability for Stakes and Forfeits. — A person entering a horse for a race thereby becomes liable for the entrance money and stake or forfeit. A subscriber to a sweepstakes is liable for the stake or forfeit ; but if he transfer the right of entry to any other person he is liable only in case of default by the transferee, and in that case he may recover it from the trans- feree. A person taking an entry under another person's subscription, where forfeit must be declared by a particular K K 498 HORSE-RACING. time, if he do not declare forfeit by I that time, shall be considered to have i taken the engagement upon himself, and the original subscriber shall cease | to be liable. , I 28. Payment and application of btalces ] and Forfeits.— E^nir^^GQ money, stakes, " and forfeits must be paid m cash (it required) to the clerk of the course or authorised stakeholder. If any clerk of the course allow a horse to start m a race without his stake for that race having been paid, such clerk shall be liable for it himself. Stakes and forfeits in a race belong to the winner except as otherwise de- clared in the conditions, and the stake- holder shall render an account to him, or his agent, and pay over all stakes and added money within fifteen days of the conclusion of the meeting. If the race be never run or be void, they shall be returned. .... Entrance money shall be paid into the race fund of the meeting, except in the case of a sweepstakes where no money or less than 50^. is given from the race fund or other public source, in which case the entrance money shall go to the winner, or to some other horse or horses in the race. ^ 29. Stake, arrears, and jockeys fees must he paid before starting.— A horse shall not start for a race unless there have been duly paid before weighing (1) any stake, entrance money, or fee payable in respect of that race ; (2) all arrears due from any person for such horse, or due for the same or any other horse from any person by whom such horse is wholly or partly owned, or in whose name or under whose subscrip- tion he is entered, and (3) the jcckey s fee under Rule 53. In this rule " arrears " includes any sums payable for fines, fees, entrance money, stakes, or forfeits in respect of any race at the same or any other meet- ing in the United Kingdom, and any sum in respect of which a person has been declared a defaulter: Provided that arrears of forfeits in respect of a meeting at any other place than the place at which the race is run shall not be included, unless notice of such for- feits being overdue has been published in the Unpaid Forfeit List or Steeple Chase Forfeit List, or delivered in writ- ing, signed by the party claiming the arrears, to the clerk of the course or atakeholdcr, or to the person indebted, before ten in the evening preceding the race. This rule shall apply to arrears at the Curragh and other recognised meetings in Ireland, or at any steeple chase meet- ing in the United Kingdom held under the Grand National Steeple Chase Rules, or Irish National Hunt Steeple Chase Rules. The Unpaid Forfeit List. 30. Unpaid Forfeit List.—{\) An Unpaid Forfeit List shall be kept at the Registry Office, and shall be published in the Sheet Calendar " after the New- market July Meeting, and again at the conclusion of the racing season in every year. It shall include all due and un- paid entrances, stakes, fines, and for- feits which have been notified as here- inafter mentioned, and shall state the real name or names, and also the assumed name or names (if any) of the persons from whom, and the horses (if any) in respect of which the same are due. Entrances, stakes, fines, and for- feits which have been so published must be paid directly into the Registry Office, and until so paid they shall not be removed from the list. (ii) Any person to whom any en- trance, stake, fine, fee, or forfeit is pay- able (whether as an official or other- wise) may (or shall, if he be an official), within a month of the publication of the next Forfeit List, notify the same in writing, signed by him, to the Regis- try Office, or to the clerk of the course, and every such statement received by the clerk of the course shall be forth- with transmitted by him to the registry office. (iii) So long as the name of a person is in the Unpaid Forfeit List he cannot subscribe to any sweepstakes, and no horse can be entered by him or under his subscription for any race, whether acting as an agent or otherwise, and no horse which has been entered by him, or in his name, or under his subscrip- tion, or of which he is wholly or partly the owner, or which, after his default has been twice published in the *' Rac- ing Calendar," shall be proved to the satisfaction of the stewards to be under his care, training, management, or \ superintendence, shall be quahfied to '. run for any race ; and so long as any 5 horse is in the Unpaid Forfeit List [• such horse shall not be entered or run , for any race. THE MULES OF RACING. 499 (iv) A corrected alphabetical Index of the horses and owners in the last Forfeit List and Irish Forfeit List shall be published in the first " Calendar " of every month during the racing season. Such monthly list shall commence not less than three years before the time at which it is published, and shall be carried down to and include the latest Forfeit List which has been published in the "Sheet Calendar" as above men- tioned. The Clerk of the Course at every meeting shall put up in his office dur- ing such meeting two copies of the last Monthly List for the time being. (v) If any horse which, or the owner of which, is in any Forfeit List, be allowed to start, the clerk of the course shall be fined lOl. (vi) If a horse which, or the owner of which, is in any Forfeit List, be entered for any race, the owner of such horse shall be fined 50/. Part VI.— The Kace. Weighing out and Starting. 31. Weighing out and Starting— {\) A horse shall not be qualified to run in a race unless his name has been noti- fied as a starter to the clerk of the scales on the day of the race, and his number exhibited one quarter of an hour before the time appointed for the race. If any alteration be made in a number after it has been exhibited, the ■stewards may call upon the owner, rrainer, or jockey for an explanation, ^nd if no satisfactory explanation be ?iven,the owner, trainer, or jockey may 36 fined, and the horse shall not be illowed to start, nor the jockey to ride igain until the fine is paid. (ii) Every jockey who is to ride in he race shall weigh at the appointed )r usual place, unless especially ex- cused by the stewards. (iii) No person shall, without special eave from the stewards in writing, be idmitted to the weighing-room except ne owner, trainer, and jockey, or other 'erson having the care of a horse en- r^iged m the race. (iv) If a jockey intend to carry ver^reight exceeding by more than wo pounds the weight at which his orse 18 to run, he must declare the mount of such overweight. The de- claration must be made to the clerk of the scales not later than twenty minutes before the time appointed for the start ; and the clerk shall exhibit the amount of such extra weight with the number of the horse. (iv) If a horse carry more than two pounds overweight, which has not been duly declared, he is disqualified, unless the stewards be satisfied that such ex- cess of weight has been caused by wet weather. (vi) Any overweight exceeding two pounds which has been carried, whether it has been duly declared or the horse has been disqualified, shall be published in the " Racing Calendar," and the clerk of the scales shall send a return thereof to the Registry Office. (vii) Every trainer shall have his horse at the post, ready to start, at the time appointed by the stewards, and every jockey is to be there, ready to start at the same time. Every trainer or jockey making default therein shall be fined. (viii) The horses must be started by the official starter orhisauthoriseddeputy or substitute. No horse when once under the starter's hands shall be al- lowed to go back and correct his weight, unless some accident has occurred to him. (ix) The starter may give all such orders and take all such measures as are necessary for securing a fair start ; and in particular he may, if he think it necessary, order the horses to be drawn up in a line as far behind the starting- post as he thinks necessary. (x) The horses must be started from a walk. If the starter allow a start to take place in front of the starting-post the start is void, and the horses must be started again, and the starter shall forfeit a sum not exceeding 50/. (xi) The horses shall (so far as is practicable) be drawn up before the start in an order (reckoned from the whip hand) to be determined, when the stewards think fit, by lots to be drawn by the jockeys at the time of weighing out. (xii) The person appointed to start the horses shall mark in his list the time when the horses in each race ac- tually started ; and if there have been any false starts the first of them shall be considered as the time of starting for that race, and he shall make a report thereof to the stewards in the afternoon K K 2 500 HORSE-RACING. of the day the races are run. And if any delay sliall have taken place, he shall state by whom, or by what cause, the delay was occasioned. (xiii) Every horse which comes up to the post in time to start shall be liable for his whole stake. RUxNNING. 32. Crossing^ Jostling, &c., in the Jlace. — (i) A horse which crosses an- other is disqualified, unless it be proved that he was two clear lengths ahead of the other when he crossed. (ii) If a horse or his jockey jostle another horse, or the jockey of another horse, the jockey which jostles the other is disqualified, unless it be proved that the jostle was wholly caused by the fault of some other jockey, or that the other horse or his jockey was partly in fault. (iii) If a horse run the wrong side of a post he must turn back and run the course from the post at which he left it. 33. Running over again.— li a race has been run by all the horses at wrong weights, or a wrong distance, or when the judge is not in the box, the stew- ards shall order it to be run after the advertised time of the last race of the same day. 84. Walking over, when necessai-y. — When only one horse appears for a match or sweepstakes, he must walk over, except by consent of the other persons engaged ; but on the division after a dead heat it shall not be neces- sary for a horse to walk over. Weighing In. 35. Weighing in.—{i) Every jockey must, immediately after pulling up, ride his horse to the place of weighing, and there immediately dismount and be weighed by the clerk of the scales : Provided that, if a jockey be prevented from riding to the place of weighing by reason of accident or illness, by which he or his horse is disabled, he may walk or be carried to the scales. (ii) If a jockey do not weigh in, or be short of weight, or be guilty of any fraudulent practice with respect to weight or weighing, or dismount before reaching the scales, or touch (except accidentally) any person or thing other than his own equipments before weigh- ing in, his horse is disqualified, unless he can satisfy the stewards that he was justified by extraordinary circum- stances. (iii) It is optional for the jockey to weigh out or in with his bridle, and the clerk of the scales shall allow one pound for a curb or double bridle ; but no weight shall be allowed for a snaffle bridle unless it is put into the scales before the horse is led away, and no whip or substitute for a whip shall be allowed in the scales. If a horse run in a hood or clothing it must be put into the scale and in- cluded in the jockey's weight. The clerk of the scales shall always put two pounds extra into the scale to prove that the horse has not carried too much weight under Rule 31 (v). Dead Heats. 36. Z)earfiZ"ea^s.— (i) Adeadheatfor the first place shall be run off after the last race on the same day, except by special permission of the stewards, un- less the owners agree to divide. The other horses shall be deemed to have been beaten, but they shall be entitled to their places (if any) as if the race had been finally determined the first time. (ii) If a dead heat be run by two or more horses for second or any lower place in a race, the owners shall divide, subject to the provisions of Part VII., where the winner is objected to, and if they cannot agree as to which of them is to have a cup or other prize which cannot be divided, the question shall be determined by lot by the stewards : (iii) When owners* divide they shall divide equally all the moneys or other prizes which any of them could take if the dead heat were run off. (iv) Horses running a dead heat for a race or place shall be deemed winners of the race or place until the deadheatis run off or the owners agree to divide, and if the owners agree to divide, each horse which divides shall be deemed a winner of the race or place for which he divides. Second Money. 37. Second Money— Any money or prize which by the conditions is to go to the horse placed second, or in any lower place in the race, shall, if the winner has walked over or no horse, has been so placed, be dealt with aJ follows, namely : THE RULES OF RACING. 501 (i) If it be part of the stakes or plate, it shall go to the -winner ; or (ii) If it was to be given as a separ- ate donation from the race fund, or any other source, it shall not be given at all : or (iii) If it is entrance money for the race, it shall go to the race fund of the meeting. Part YII. — Objections and Complaints. 38. Judge's decision final, subject to objections. — The determination of a judge declaring a horse to have won or to be entitled to a place shall be final, unless an objection is made and allowed on the ground of disqualification ; Pro- vided that this Rule shall not prevent a judge from correcting any mistake. (i) Objections. — Every objection must be made by the owner, jockey, or groom of some other horse engaged in the same race (or by the starter) or by a steward, and must be made to one of the stewards, or to the judge, clerk of the course, or clerk of the scales. The person to whom it is made may require it to be put down in writing and signed ; and the objector shall, at the time he makes his objection, deposit in the hands of the stakeholder the sum of 5 sovs. (and in the case of an appeal, an additional sum of 10 sovs.), which, in the event of the objection being de- cided to be frivolous or vexatious, shall be forfeited to the Bentinck Benevolent Fund, or if otherwise, returned to the objector. (ii) If an objection to a horse en- gaged in a race be made not later than half-past ten in the morning of the day for the race, the stewards may require his qualification to be proved before the race ; and in default of such proof being given to their satisfaction, they may declare him disqualified. (iii) An objection to a horse on the ground of a cross or jostle, or of his not having run the proper course, or of any other matter occurring in the race, must be made within a quarter of an hour after the finish. (iv) An object on the ground of fraudulent or wilful misstatement or emission in the entry under which a lorse has run, or on the ground that ;ue horse which ran was not the horse which he was represented to be in the entry, or at the time of the race, or was not of the age which he was represented to be, or on the ground that he is dis- qualified by reason of any default entered in the Unpaid Forfeit List, may be received at any time within twelve months after a race. (v) In any other case an objection shall be made before the conclusion of the meeting. (vi) Every objection shall be deter- mined by the stewards, and their deter- mination shall (if they are not the stewards of the Jockey Club) be sub- ject to appeal to the Stewards of the J ockey Club, so far as relates to points involving an interpretation of these rules, but not as to questions of fact. (vii) If an objection to a horse which has won or been placed in a race be declared valid, the horse shall be re- garded as having been last in the race, and the other horses shall take posi- tions accordingly, (viii) When a dead heat is run for second place, and an objection is made to the winner of the race, if such objection be declared valid in time for the dead heat to be run off on the day of the race, the stewards may direct it to be run off accordingly. Otherwise the horses which ran the dead heat shall divide. (ix) Every objection which cannot be decided by the stewards during a meet- ing must be made in writing, and lodged with the clerk of the course. (x) An objection made in writing cannot be withdrawn without leave of the stewards. (xi) All costs and expenses in rela- tion to determining an objection shall be paid by the person decided against. (xii) If the stewards decide an ob- jection to be frivolous they may order the person making it to pay a fine not exceeding 20^. to the Bentinck Benevo- lent Fund. 39. Effect of pending objection. —Pend- ing the determination of an objection, any money or prize which the horse objected to may have won or may win in the race shall be withheld until the objection is determined, or any forfeit ayable by the owner of any other orse shall be paid to and held by the clerk of the course for the person who may be determined to be entitled to it. When any race is in dispute both the horse that came in first and any horse claiming the race shall be liable to all 502 HOUSE-RACING. the penalties attaching to the winner of that race till the matter is decided. ^ 40 Steioards may order examination and 'call for proof. -{}) The stewards shall have power at any time, and either upon or without objection made, to Older an examination by such person or persons as they think fit of the mouth of any horse entered for a race, or who has run in a race. If a horse be declared to be ot the wron£? age, the expense of such ex- amination shall be paid by his owner. Otherwise it shall be paid by the per- son (if any) at whose request the ex- amination is ordered, or out of the race fund of the meeting, as the stewards (ii)* The stewards shall also have power to call on any person in whose name a horse is entered to produce proof that the horse entered is not the property either wholly or m part ot any person whose name is in the Unpaid Forfeit List or otherwise disqualihed, or to produce proof of the extent of his interest or property in the horse, and m default of such proof being given to their satisfaction they may declare the horse disqualified. Pakt VIII. — Special Conditions (Claiming and Selling Races, Pro- duce Kaces, Post Races, Handi- caps, Sale with Engagements). Horses Entered to be Sold. 41 Any horse running for any race *'tobe sold" shall, if the Manner, be liable to be claimed for the selling price, and if it be a condition of the race that the winner is to be sold by auction, the sale shall take place im- mediately after the race, and the sur- plus over the selling price shall be divided between the owner of the second horse and the race fund of the meeting. If sold, the horse shall not leave the place of sale until authorised by the clerk of the course to do so ;^ and if the horse be not paid for, or the clerk of the course satisfied with the security, within a quarter of an hour, he may order the horse to be put up a second time, and the purchaser at the first sale shall be responsible for any deficiency arising from the second sale, and shall be declared a defaulter until it is paid. All other horses running to be sold may be claimed for the selling price and the amount of the stakes or plate by the owners of horses running m the ^^In no selling race shall the lowest selling price be less than 50 sovs. Owners of horses placed shall have priority in the order of their places, and if the owners of two or more horses having equal rights claim, they are to draw lots. The owner of the winner has the last claim. No person can claim more than one ^^^Every claim must be made to the clerk of the scales within a quarter ot an hour after the race. . The price of every horse claimed or sold or bought in imist be paid to the Clerk of the Course, and an order give by him for the delivery of the horse. In the case of ahorse being claimed, it the price be not paid before seven o clock, in the evening of the day of the race the claimant forfeits his right. If none of the other persons entitled accept the horse, the owner may insist on the first claimant taking and paying for it, and if he refuse or neglect to do so, he shall be declared a defaulter in respect of the price. If a horse walk over for a seeing race he shall not be hable to be sold unless the added money b given. Provision in Case of Objection o Dead Heat. 42 Special Rule ivhere Horse Object ^0— The foregoing Rules relating claiming and selling races shall be su iect to the following provisions m ease where a horse is objected to und the provisions of Part VII. of the (i) If the objection has not be made until after the horse has bee claimed or bought, the person who claimed or bought him sha 1, it the ob- iection be declared valid, have the option of returning him or retaining him at the price of a beaten horse. (ii) If the objection be made betore the horse has been claimed or bought, the time for delivering him is thereby postponed until such time after the de- termination of the objection as the stewards appoint, and if the objection be declared valid, the person who had claimed or bought him shall have the THE RULES same option as in the last-mentioned case. 43. Special Rule where Dead Heat. — If a dead heat be dechired for the first or any other place in a race, the time for claiming or selling the horses run- ning the dead heat is thereby postponed until the dead heat is run off, as the stewards appoint. In case of a division, each of the horses dividing is a winner for the purposes of these Eules relating to claiming and selling, and any surplus (in the case of a selling race) shall be divided between those horses and the race fund. Produce Races. 44. Produce Races. — (i). A produce race is one for which horses are named by whose produce the race is to be run. (ii) The produce is entered by en- tering the dam and sire, or sires. (iii) If the produce of a mare be dropped before January 1, or if there be no produce, or if the produce be dead when dropped, the entry of such mare is void, and the entrance money (if any) shall be returned. (iv) Conditions of a produce race referring to allowances to the produce of untried horses extend only to the produce of horses whose produce never won a recognised race in any country up to the day previous to that fixed for claiming allowances, and any such allowance must be claimed before the expiration of the time for naming. Post Races. 45. Post Races. — A post race is a race for which a subscriber must enter two or more horses, and may run any one or more of them as the conditions prescribe. Handicaps. 46. Handicaps. — (i) A "handicap" is a race in which the weiglits which the horses are to carry are to be ad- justed after the time limited for entering or naming, according to the handi- capper's judgment of the merits of the horses for the purpose of equalising their chances of winning. (ii) In a handicap (other than a free handicap) the horses must be entered in the usual way, and the person enter - OF RACING. 503 ing a horse becomes liable for the stake or forfeit whether he accepts or not. (iii) A free handicap is one in which no liability for stake or forfeit is in- curred until acceptance, and no entry need be made ; and acceptance shall be considered as equivalent to an entry and as a representation that the horse is of the age and description stated in the list of weights ; and if the horse be not in fact of that age and description he shall be disqualified. There shall not be a greater difference than 4st 71b between the highest and lowest weight in a handicap to which there is a second forfeit. Sale with Engagements. 47. Liahilitijfor engagements of horses sold. — When a horse is sold with his engagements, or any part of them, the seller cannot strike the horse out of any of such engagements, and he remains liable for the amount of the forfeits in each of the engagements, but he may, if compelled to pay them by the pur- chaser's default, place the forfeit on the Forfeit List, as due from the purchaser to himself. In all cases of sale by private treaty, the written acknowledgment of both parties that the horse was sold with the engagement is necessary to entitle the seller or buyer to the benefit of this Rule, and if certain engagements be specified it is to be understood that those only are sold with the horse; but when the horse is sold by public auction the advertised conditions of the sale are sufficient evidence, and if certain en- gagements only be specified it is to be understood these only are sold with the horse, and if he has been claimed as the winner of a race of which it was a condition that the winner was to be sold with his engagementSj this also is sufficient. When a person is entitled by pur- chase or otherwise to start for any engagement a horse which was entered by another person, and he is prevented by these Rules from starting the horse without paying forfeits or fees to which he would not otherwise be liable, he may, if he pay such forfeits and fees, start the horse and place the forfeits or fees on the Forfeit List, with the names of the horses in respect of which they are due as due to himself. 604 IIORSE'RAGING. Part IX.— Miscellaneous. Foreign Horses. 48. Foreign Certificates, &c. — A horse foaled out of the United Kingdom shall not be qualified to start for any race until there have been deposited at the Registry Office (1) such a foreign certificate, and (2) such a certificate of age as are next mentioned, that is to say : (i) The foreign certificate must state the age, pedigree, and colour of the horse, and any mark by which it may be distinguished, and must be signed by the secretary or other officer of sonie approved racing club of the country in which the horse was foaled, or by some magistrate, mayor, or public officer of that country. The Stewards of the Jockey Club may from time to time approve any racing club for the purposes of this Rule, and prescribe the magistrate, mayor, or public officer by whom a foreign certificate must be signed. They may also require any further proof or confirmation in any particular case, and may declare any horse dis- qualified in default thereof. (ii) The certificate of age must be signed by a veterinary surgeon in the United Kingdom, approved for this purpose by the Stewards of the J ockey Club either by general order or in the particular case. And these certificates, or a certified copy of them, shall be in the weighing room open to the inspec- tion of the owners of the other horses engaged in the race the first time the horse runs in England. j^OTE. — The Stewards of the Jockey Club have approved generally of certi- ficates given by the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons, and by persons holding the Highland and Agricultural Society's diploma. A horse which has been out of the United Kingdom (otherwise than as a foal at the foot of his dam) before having run for any public plate or sweepstakes in Great Britain, shall not be qualified to start for any public race until a certificate of age signed as in the last Rule mentioned has been de- posited at the Registry Office. And these certificates, or a certified copy of them, shall be in the weighing-room, open to the inspection of the owners of the other horses engaged in the race, the first time the horse runs in England. Corrupt Practices and Disqua- lifications. 49. Penalties for Corrupt Practices on ■ the Turf. — (i) If any person corruptly 1 give or oif er any money, share in a bet, or other benefit to any person having official duties in relation to a race or to any jockey ; or (ii) If any person having official duties in relation to a race, or any jockey, corruptly accept or offer to accept any money, share in a bet, or other benefit ; or (iii) Wilfully enter or cause to be entered or to start for any race a horse which he knows to be disqualified • or (iv) If any person be detected watch- ing a trial, or proved to the satisfaction of the Stewards of the Jockey Club to have employed any person to watch a ; trial, or to have obtained surreptitiously information respecting a trial from any person or persons engaged in it, or in the service of the owner or trainer of the horses tried, or respecting any horse in training from any person in such service ; or (v) If any person be guilty of any other corrupt or fraudulent practices on the turf in this or any other country ; Every person so offending shall be warned off Newmarket Heath and other places where these Rules are in force. 50. Disqualification for Corrupt Prac- tices — When a person is warned off Newmarket Heath and so long as his exclusion continues, he shall not be qualified, whether acting as an agent or otherwise, to subscribe for or to enter or run any horse for any race either in his own name or in that of any other person, and any horse of which he is wholly or partly the owner, or which after the fact of his being warned off has been twice published in the " Racing Calendar," shall be proved to the satis- faction of the stewards to be under his care, training, management, or superin- tendence, shall be disqualified. If a person be so excluded for any fraudulent practice in relation to a particular horse wholly or partly belong-^ ing to him, such horse shall, at the discretion of the stewards, be perpetu- ally disqualified for all races, and the owners of such horses shall, if so ordered by the stewards, return all money or prizes which such horse has won in any race at any meeting. THE RULES OF RACING. 505 51. Dhqualificnt'lon for Default in Bets. — If any person be reported by the Committee of the Subscription Rooms at Newmarket or at Tattersall's as being a defaulter in bets he shall be dis- qualified, as in the last Rule mentioned, until his default is cleared. 52. Fines. — All fines shall be paid to the Bentinck Benevolent Fund. Omission of Conditions. 53. Omissions hov^ supplied, of weight; of course ; of day. (i) When any match or sweepstakes is made, and no weight mentioned, the horses shall carry 8st 10!b each, and if any weight be given the highest weight shall be 8st 121b. (ii) When any match or sweepstakes is made, and no course mentioned, the course shall be as follows : — If at Newmarket, If 2 yrs old, 6 fur T.Y.C. If 3 yrs old, 1 mile Pv.M. If 4 yrs old, 2 miles D.I. If 5 yrs old, or upwards, 4 miles B.C. And if the horses be of different age, the course shall be fixed by the age of the youngest ; (iii) If no day be mentioned for a race, it shall be run on the last day of the meeting, unless otherwise agreed by all the parties engaged. Jockeys' Fees. 54. Jockeys' Fees. — In the absence of special agreement the fee to a winning jockey shall be five guineas, and to a losing jockey three guineas, and no further charge except for expenses shall be allowed. All jockeys' fees shall be paid to the stakeholder or clerk of the course at the same time as the stakes, as by Rule 28. In the absence of special agreement, a jockey who accepts a retainer cannot terminate it otherwise than by two months' notice in writing, ending at the end of the year ; and failing such notice his retainer continues for the next season, and so on from season to season until duly terminated by such notice as above mentioned, provided the same or any agreed retaining fee is paid in advance in respect of each season before the commencement thereof. Employers retaining the same jockey have^ precedence according to the priority of their retainers. A retainer which is continued as above mentioned has priority as from the date of its first commencement. If a jockey be prevented from riding by suspension for fraudulent practices or other misconduct, any person who has retained him may cancel the retniner. The Stewards of the Jockey Club shall have power to release a jockey from his retainer for any cause appear- ing to them sufficient. No jockey shall ride in races on Newmarket Heath or elsewhere where these rules are in force, until he shall have obtained a licence from the Stewards of the Jockey Club, on applica- tion at the Registry Oflice, but no rider will be required to take out a hcence until the last day of the week in which he shall have ridden a winner for the first time. Every jockey shall on application for a licence furnish Messrs. Weatherby with his full name and address. A list of the licensed jockeys shall be published annually in the "Racing Calendar." Any rider who shall infringe these rules will be reported to the Stewards of the Jockey Club, who may suspend him from riding. Any owner or trainer, or both, who shall knowingly employ an unlicensed jockey shall be fined not less than 25L each. 55. No trainer shall engage any lad or other stable servant without pre- viousl}^ referring to his last employer, in the United Kingdom, France, Austria, or Hungary, and receiving satisfactory reply in writing. Any trainer infringing this rule, and continuing to employ such boy after notice has been served on him, shall not be allowed to train or run horses where these Rules are in force ; and any lad leaving his master before the terms of his engagement are complete shall be disqualified from riding in any race. Any boy prevented from obtaining emploj-ment by this rule shall have the right of appeal to the Stewards of the Jockey Club, Every jockey at the termination of his apprenticeship is free to form engagements for himself, irrespective of any which may have been made for him during such apprenticeship. Calculation of Time. 56. Sundays omitted. — When the last day for doing anything in relation to a 506 HORSE-RACING, race falls on a Sunday, it may be done on the following Monday, unless the race to which such act relates is ap- pointed for that day, in which case it must be done on the previous Saturday. ^ 57. Recognised Meetings or Races — Any meeting or race shall be deemed recognised which is held under the Rules and sanction of the established Jockey Club, or other Turf authority of the country in which it is held or run : or (where no such authority exists) under these rules : and no horse which has run at any unrecognised race, or at any unrecognised meeting, shall be allowed to run at any meeting under these Rules, New Rules. Neio Rules.— No new Rule of Racing can be passed, nor can any existing rule be rescinded or altered without being previously advertised three times in the " Sheet Calendar," and notice given of the meeting of the Jockey Club at which it is to be proposed ; and no new rule, or repeal or alteration of a rule, shall take effect until it has been confirmed at the meeting ensuing that at which it was passed, and until it has been twice published in the "Sheet Calendar." Any owner of racehorses or persons atfected by such new rule, rescission, or alteration, may, before it is made, petition the Jockey Club through the Secretary. All such petitions shall be laid before the meeting before the question is put. Rules and Orders of the Jockey Club. (These are only applicable to Races run at Neicmarket.) Respecting the Stewards. 1. 3fode of Annual Election. — The three Stewards of the Jockey Club shall be continued in their office till the next annual financial meeting (which takes place in the Craven), when the senior Steward sliall vacate after settling the accounts made up to the 31st December preceding, and shall then name a mem- ber of the Jockey Club to succeed him, subject to the approbation of the mem- bers of the Jockey Club then present, and ttt every subsequent financial meet- ing the senior Steward shall, in like manner, retire and propose his suc- •cessor. 2. In case of Death or Resignation.- If any of the Stewards shall die or resign, the remaining Stewards may appoint a member of the Club to suc- ceed the deceased or declining Steward, but such nomination shall be notified to the Club at the first general meeting, and if the appointment meet their ap- proval, the said member shall remahi in ofiice until the expiration of his pre- decessor's time. 3. Substitute for Absent Stewards.— When only one Steward is present, and neither of the absent Stewards shall have appointed a substitute, the member of the Jockey Club present who has last served the office shall act ex-officio. A. The Stewards have power to ap- point Officers.— The three Stewards shall have the power of appointing all the public officers and the servants of the Club, the Keeper of the Match-book to receive the stakes and collect the en- trance-money, and all other funds be- longing to the Jockey Club ; and the Stewards shall produce an account of the funds and disbursements of the Club at the annual financial meeting, and they shall be responsible to the Club for the correctness of the annual accounts, and for all the money col- lected as belonging to the Jockey Club. 5. To fx time of Starting. — The Stewards shall fix the hour of starting for each race at or before nine o'clock in the evening preceding the day of running, and notice of the time of start- ing is to be fixed up in the Co£Eee-rooni immediately afterwards. 6. To manage the Course and Exercise ground.— The Stewards have full power to make such regulations as they may think proper in regard to the Course, Exercising-ground, Club Premises, and Estates. 7. To settle Disputes at Newmarket. — All disputes relating to racing at New- market shall be determined by the three Stewards; if only two Stewards be present they shall fix upon a thu'd person being a member of the Club, in lieu of the absent Steward, but the Stewards, if they think fit, may call in any other members of the Jockey Club to their assistance, or may reter the case to a general meeting, if the irn- portance or diilieulty of the matter in dispute shall ai)pear to them to require it. The witnesses examined shall be required to sign their evidence, and it BULKS AND ORDERS OF THE JOCKEY CLUB. 507 either party desire to have a shorthand writer engaged to take down the evi- dence, the Stewards may (if they think proper) engage a writer at the expense of the person making the request. 8. May decide cases referred to them from other places. — If any dispute arising elsewhere shall be referred to the Stewards of the Jockey Club, and they shall think fit to take it into considera- tion, the matter must relate to horse- racing, and be sent by the Stewards of the meeting where the matter in ques- tion occurred. 9. Not to decide Betting-cases. — The Jockey Club and the Stewards thereof take no cognisance of any disputes or claims with respect to bets, except in the case of an official report of default made to them by the Committee of the Subscription Rooms at Newmarket or at Tattersall's. 10. Stewards may warn off the Course. — The Stewards have a discretionary power to warn any person off the Race- course at Newmarket, or any premises belonging to the Jockey Club, and in case of such notice being disregarded, to take legal proceedings against the offenders. 11. To call Meetings of the Club. — All meetings of the Club shall be called by the Stewards at their discretion. Notice of meetings at NeAvmarket for the transaction of general business, and the days upon which they are to be held, must be given in the Sheet Calendar published during the previous week. Meetings for the election of candidates for the New Rooms and Coffee Room, may be called by a notice in writing, which must be put up in the Coffee Room the day pre- ceding such meeting. All meetings at Newmarket shall be held about an hour after the last race of the day. Special meetings for the election of honorary members of the New Rooms may be held, without notice, at any time during a Newmarket week. 12. If a member of the Jockey Club shall impugn or object to any act or decision of the Stewards, he shall give notice of it in writing to the Keeper of the Match-book, who will immediately request the Stewards to fix an early day to assemble the members for the purpose of hearing the objection. Upon the request of not less than twenty members given in writing to the Keeper of the Match-book, the Stewards shall call a general meeting of the Jockey Club, in London, within twenty-eight days of such requisition being pre- sented. 13. Stewards act at Epsom., Ascot, and Goodwood.— The Stewards of the Jockey Club are, ex officio, Stew^ards of Epsom, Ascot, and Goodwood. Respecting the Admission of New Members. 14. To he hj Ballot.— The election of members for the Jockey Club, New Rooms, and Coffee Room shall be by ballot. Ballots may take place during any of the Newmarket meetings, and must be held at a general meeting of the Club. Nine members at least shall ballot, and two black balls shall ex- clude ; but for the New Rooms and Coffee Room, when eighteen members vote, there must be three black balls to exclude. The number of members in the New Rooms are limited to 280, the Stewards having the power to pro- pose special names for election to exceed that number. 15. For the Jockey Cluh. — For the Jockey Club, each candidate must be proposed and seconded by two mem- bers of the Club. Notice of his being a candidate must be given at a meet- ing previous to that in which the ballot is to take place, or in the Calendar published during the week preceding the ballot. The name of the candidate, as well as the day of the meeting, must be put up in the Coffee Room on the Monday preceding the ballot. Members of the Jockey Club being abroad for two or more whole years from the 1st of January shall not be liable for their subscriptions during their absence. Honorary members have not the power of voting at meetings of the Club. 16. A member of the Jockey Club may be admitted a member of the New Rooms without a ballot by applying to Mr. Weatherby, Keeper of the Match- book, and paying the same sum for his admission, and the same subscription, as are required of members chosen by ballot. 17. For the New Rooms and Coffee Room. — For the New Rooms and Coffee Room each candidate must be proposed and seconded by a member of the Jockey Club, and the name of the can- didate, with his usual place of abode, as well as the member proposing him, must be put up m the Coffee Room on 508 HORSE-RACING, the day preceding the ballot. Hono- rary members of the New Rooms are elected for the current year only, and shall not be liable for any admission fee, but for the subscription only for that year, and members abroad from the 1st of January to the end of the year, on giving notice, shall continue to be members without paying sub- scription. 18. Arrears of Suhscription. — A per- son, though chosen, shall not be con- sidered as a member of any of these Clubs until he shall have paid the usual sums for the admission and subscrip- tion of a new member. The subscrip- tion shall be payable on the 1st of January in every year ; and the name of every member whose subscription is not paid by the July Meeting shall be placed over the chimneypiece in the New Rooms and in the Coffee Room at Newmarket in that meeting. And if such arrear be not paid at the end of the Houghton Meeting, he shall cease to be a member, and shall not be again admitted as a member until his arrears bo paid and until he be again chosen by ballot. If any member of the Rooms or Stands at Newmarket shall leave his bill for household expenses unpaid two months after the same shall have been delivered to him, the Keeper of the Rooms is to report his default to the Stewards, who will cause notice to be sent to him, that if it be not cleared by a time to be mentioned in the said notice (not to exceed three months), his name will be erased from the list of members, and he will be warned off the Heath. 19. Admission to the Stands. — Gen- tlemen not members of the New Rooms or Coffee Room may be admitted to the Stands on Newmarket Heath for any one meeting on the nomination of the Stewards, provided that they be bal- lotted for in the same manner as the members of the New Rooms at the next ensuing meeting of the Club. All annual subscriptions to the Stands are payable on the 1st of January, and if not paid before the Craven Meeting the weekly admission will have to be paid for each meeting. A list of members who have used the Stands without having paid for admis- sion shall be posted at the entrance to the Stand at the commencement of the following meeting, and if not paid by the end of that meeting their names will be struck off the list of members. 20. If any member of the Jockey Club, or of the New Rooms or Coffee Room at Newmarket, should appear in the published Forfeit List as a de- faulter for stakes or forfeits, or be reported by the Committee of the Sub- scription Rooms at Newmarket or at Messrs. Tattersall's as being a de- faulter for bets lost on horse-racing, the Stewards shall cause notice to be sent to him that if his default be not cleared by a time to be stated in the said notice (not to exceed three months), his name will be erased from the list of members ; and if a member of any of these Clubs should be convicted of fraudulent practices on the turf, or should compound with his creditors, he shall cease to be a member. Trials. 21. How to Engage the Ground. — The day, with respect to the engaging of the ground for trials, is divided into four periods during the racing season — viz., from five to six o'clock, and from six to seven in the morning ; from half- past twelve to two, and after six in the afternoon. During the rest of the year it is divided into three periods — viz., previous to half-past eight in the morn- ing, from one to two, and after half-past four in the afternoon. No trainer shall have the ground for trying horses more than one portion of the morning and one portion of the afternoon in the same week, and trainers having less than ten horses shall be allowed to have the ground only for one period of time. A trainer not having more than five horses in training can only have his name down once at the same time, a trainer not having more than ten horses only twice, and a trainer with more than ten only three times. Notice for engaging the ground shall, at least one day before the day it is used, be entered in a book to be kept for that purpose at the Keeper of the Match-book's Office in Newmarket ; and no notice or warning shall be deemed sufficient unless given as be- fore directed. For the future the ground will be kept clear during trials by a person appointed by the Stewards, unless he is requested to retire by the owner or trainer of the horses being tried. BULKS AND ORDERS OF THE JOCKEY CLUB, 609 The Challenge Cup and Whip. 22. The Cwi?.— The Cup may be chal- lenged for on the Tuesday or Wednes- day in the July Meeting in each year, to be run for over the B.C. on Thursday in the Houghton Meeting following, by horses, &c., the property of members of the Jockey Club, or of the Rooms at Newmarket ; four-year-olds carrying 8st. 71b. ; five-year-olds, 9st. lib. ; six- year-olds and aged, 9st. 41b. Each person, at the time of challenging, is to subscribe his name to a paper to be hung up in the Coffee Eoom at New- market, and deliver to the Keeper of the Match-book the name or descrip- tion of the horse, &c., sealed up, which shall be kept till six o'clock on the Saturday evening of that week ; and if not accepted or only one challenger, to be returned unopened ; but if accepted, or if more than one challenger, to be then opened and declared a match, or sweepstakes of 200 sovs. each, play or pay. If the challenge be not accepted, the Cup to be delivered to the Keeper of the Match-book in the meeting en- suing the challenge, for the person who may become entitled to the same. 23. The Whip.—ThQ Whip may be challenged for twice in each year, viz., on the Tuesday after the July Meeting, when the acceptance must be signified, or the Whip resigned on the Tuesday following : or challenged for on Tues- day in the Houghton Meeting, when the acceptance must be signified, or the Whip resigned by the Tuesday following. If challenged for and ac- cepted in July, to be run for on the Friday in the Second October Meeting following ; and if in the Houghton, on the Thursday in the First Spring Meet- ing following ; B.C. ; weight lOst., and the stake 200 sovs. each, play or pay. Charges at NewmapvKet. 24. Discount on Forfeits. — Five pounds per cent, shall be allowed on all forfeits under lOOZ. and not less than 201. declared to the Keeper of the Match-book at or before ten o'clock the evening before running ; and if the forfeit amount to lOOZ. and upwards, ten pounds per cent, shall be allowed. All forfeits si i all be paid before twelve o'clock at night of the day fixed for the race, and on those forfeits which shall not be 80 paid, the deduction for the timely declaration of such forfeit shall not be allowed. No horse shall be considered as struck out of his engage- ment, unless the owner, or some person authorised by him, shall give notice to the Keeper of the Match-book, or to his Clerk, or to one of the Stewards present. 25. The Stakeholder. — The Stake- holder at Newmarket is allowed to retain out of the stakes in his hands the following fees for his trouble — viz., for every match, 11.; for every plate, 11. ; for every subscription or sweep- stakes where the lowest forfeit amounts to 20^., J per cent, on the whole stake, and on all other races 1 per cent. [The charges for stakeholding at Ascot and Goodwood are the same as at New- market.] 26. Fees for Nominations. — The Keeper of the Match-book is entitled to charge a fee of 2s. 6d. on all nomi- nations at Newmarket, if published in the Racing Calendar before running, but not on the entries which are made at Newmarket during the week of running. 27. Heath Tax. — Towards defraying the expense of repairing the course and exercise ground, five guineas an- nually shall be paid in respect of every horse that shall be trained at New- market. Any horse remaining at New- market more than a week before or after any race meeting there shall be considered as trained at Newmarket, and his trainer shall apply for a licence under Rule 28. All yearlings broken on the Heath and Exercise ground to be charged two guineas. And the same shall be paid by the stable-keeper or servant having the care of such horse, and be charged by him to the owner of such horse. The Stewards shall make such orders as they think fit relative to the returns to be made by the stable-keepers or servants of horses under their care, and if any stable-keeper or servant shall fail to make a true return according to this order, he will be surcharged one guinea for each horse omitted in his list. N.B. — At present all trainers are re- quired to send in on February 1st a list of the horses which have been under their charge from January 1st, and on the first of every succeeding month a list of any additional horses that have been under their care since the preceding return. The amount of the tax shall be due at the same time 510 HORSE-RACING. the return is made, and must be paid in one month after that date. 28. Licence to train at NewmarTcet.— Every trainer who wishes to train horses on the lands belonging to, or in the occupation of, the Jockey Club, must apply annually to the stewards for a licence, and, on making such application, must specify the horses then under his charge, and the names of their owners, and shall not take horses from any other owner without first obtaining the permission^ of the stewards. A trainer shall be liable to have his licence withdrawn for break- ing the rules laid down by the stewards for the management of the ground, or for any misconduct on the Turf, or in matters connected with it ; and the prohibition to use the lands of the Jockey Club attached to the refusal or withdrawal of a licence shall extend to the Race meetings. The payment of Heath Tax shall not be taken to confer on the person paying the same any legal rights which shall interfere or be inconsistent with the absolute control the Club now has over all persons using or going on to their grounds. Should the stewards find it necessary to refuse, or withdraw, a licence from any trainer, they will report that they have done so at the next General Meeting of the Club. 29. Flates and Sv^eepstaJces walJced over for, — When fewer than three horses the property of persons having differ- ent interests start for any plate or race in which money is advertised to be given by the Club, only half the amount shall be paid, and in case of a walk over for a sweepstakes no money shall be given. Kelating to other Matters not BEFORE Specified. 30. Races for Gentlemen Riders. — No races for gentlemen riders are allowed at Newmarket during the regu- lar meetings, without the sanction of the stewards, and, that accorded, such races must be the first or last of the day. 31. Any member of a Racing Club riding in with the leading horses in a race sliall be fined to the amount of 25Z., and all other persons to the amount of 51. 32. Raising Weights in Handicaps. — Rule 10 (ii.j of the Rules of Racing extends at Newmarket to the highest weight left in at ten o'clock the preced- ing evening in handicaps for plates and stakes, where there is no declaration of forfeit, and where the weights are fixed the night before running. 33. No rule or alteration of a rule of the Jockey Club takes effect until it has been pubhshed in the *' Racing Calendar," unless specially ordered to the contrary at the time the said rule or alteration is adopted ; and no new rule of the Jockey Club can be passed, and no rule be rescinded without pre- vious notice being given in the Sheet Racing Calendar, except when it relates to the private business of the Club, when notice shall be sent by circular to all the members in the week preced- ing the meeting, nor at any meeting at which less than nine members are present. Rules on Betting. 1. In all bets there must be a possi- bility to win when the bet is made ; "you cannot win when you cannot lose." 2. The interests of the bets are in- separable with the interests of the stakes, except when the winning horse is disqualified owing to a default in making stakes ; or if an objection be made on the qualification of a horse on the ground of incorrect pedigree or nomination, after the race is run, the bets shall go to the horse that comes in first, provided he is of the right age, and that in other respects he has not transgressed the rules of racing ; but if the owner of a horse, or a person on his behalf, succeeds by fraud or by false statements in starting him for a race for which he is legally disqualified, making himself liable to the penalties in Rule 18, Laws of Racing, the bets will go with the stakes, whether any objection be made either before or after the race. 3. All double bets must be considered '*play or pay." 4. Confirmed bets cannot be '' off '' except by mutual consent or by inci- dents hereafter mentioned, viz. — First- ly : Either of the Bettors may demand stakes to be made fourteen days before the race is run, upon proving to the Committee of the Rooms that he has just cause for so doing. Jf ordered, RULES ON BETTING. 611 the bets must be covered on the com- paring day, or sufficient security offered and a person refusing to cover shall be expelled the Subscription Booms at TattersalFs and Newmarket. Secondly : If a Bettor be absent on the day of running, and there is a just cause to presume that he intends to evade his engagements, a public declaration of the bet must be made in the Ring, a copy of which is to be posted up at the usual place one hour before the race is appointed to be run, and in the event of no person of known respectability be- coming responsible for the same, a written notice must be given to the clerk of the course, or to the clerk of the scales, before the race is run, declaring the bet void, 5. All bets on matches and private sweepstakes depending between any two horses shall be void if those horses become the property of the same person, or of his avowed confederate, subsequently to the bets being made. 6. AH bets between particular horses shall be void if neither of them win, unless agreed by the parties to the con- trary. 7. If any bet shall be made from signal or indication after the race has been determined, such bet shall be con- sidered fraudulent and void. 8. The person who lays the odds has a right to choose a horse or the field ; when a person has chosen a horse, the field is what starts against him. 9. If odds are laid without mention- ing the horse before the race is over, the bet must be determined by the state of the odds at the time of making it. 10. If a match or sweepstakes be made for any particular day in any race week, and the parties agree to change tlie day to any other in the same week, all bets must stand ; but if the parties agree to run the race in a different week, or to make the slightest differ- ence in the terms of the engagement, all bets made before the alteration are void. 11. Bets made on horses winning any number of races within the year shall be understood as meaning between the Ist January and the 31st December. 12. If a bet is made between two horses in a match or sweepstakes with a forfeit affixed, say 100^. h. ft., and both horses start, either party may de- clare forfeit, and the person making such declaration would pay 50Z. if the other horse won, but would receive nothing in the event of his horse win- ning in the race. 13. Bets are determined though the horse does not start, when the words " absolutely run or pay," or play or pay," are made use of in betting. 14. Money given to have a bet laid shall not be returned, though the race be not run. 15. When the riders of any horses brought out to run for any race are called upon by the starter to take their places, all bets respecting such horses shall be *'play or pay." 16. When horses run a dead heat for a plate or sweepstakes, and the owners agree to divide, all bets between such horses, or between either of them and the field, must be settled by the money betted being put together and divided between the parties in the samepropor- tion as the stakes. If a bet is made on one of the horses that ran the dead heat against a beaten horse, he wht) backed the horse that ran the dead heat wins half his bet if his horse received half the prize ; if the dead heat be the first event of a double bet, the bet is void unless one horse received above a moiety, which would constitute him a winner in a double event. 17. The following races shall be con- sidered "play or pay : " — The Derby and Oaks, at Epsom ; the St. Leger, at Doncaster ; the Two Thousand Guineas, One Thousand Guineas, the Cesare- witch, and Cambridgeshire, at New- market ; the Ascot, Goodwood, and Doncaster Cups ; and all Handicaps above 200?. value, with two forfeits, the minor of which shall not be less than bl. And the committee of Tatter- sail's and of the subscription-room at Newmarket will take no cognisance of any disputes respecting " play or pay " bets on any other races, or of any bets made upon handicap races before the weights for such races are published. 18. If a declared defaulter does not satisfy the claims of his creditors with- in twelve months, he shall not be en- titled to receive any debts which may be due to him for the race for which he was in default ; but if his debts are paid within the prescribed time, viz., . " one year," ie., 365 days, inclusive of the day when the money was won, the Committee will support his just claims to receive payment from his debtors. 512 HORSE-RACING, 19. The stewards of races have no authority ex officio to take cognisance of any disputes or claims with respect to bets. Tattersall's Subscription Eoom. Rules and Regulations to be Observed by all Subscribers to this Room. 1. Any persons desirous of becoming a member of this room will be required to send in to the committee an applica- tion in writing, accompanied by a re- commendation (to be also in writing) signed by any two or more members of the room, to be posted in the room for one clear week. At the expiration of that time he will be balloted for by the committee, three of whom will form a quorum. One black ball in three will exclude. Members of the Jockey Club, The Turf, White's, Brookes's, Boodle's, Arthur's, Guards', and the Travellers' Clubs can be admitted without ballot. 2. Every member, upon admittance to the room, must enter his name and address in a book provided for that purpose, in which these, together with any other rules and regulations from time to time adopted to be observed by the members, will also be entered ; and such signature in the book so contain- ing the said rules and regulations will make it binding on the parties signing to abide by all such rules and regula- tions, as well as by all consequences resulting from breach or non-perform- ance thereof ; and such signature shall moreover be taken and deemed to absolve every person concerned in carrying out and enforcing such rules and regulations against such subscriber from all personal responsibility or legal liabilities on that account. 3. No person who shall have made default in payment of stakes, forfeits, or bets, or who shall have been party at any time, anywhere, to any fraud or malpractice connected with horse- racing, shall be admitted a member of this room. And if any member should be hereafter discovered to have been, or should at anytime become a defaulter, or be guilty of any frauds or malprac- tice as aforesaid, and, upon complaint to the committee, should be adjudged by them to be so, his membership shall thereupon at once cease and determine, and he shall thenceforward be excluded from the room, and not be eligible for re-election under three months. 4. Any member of this room having a disputed bet with another member shall be bound, if required by him, to refer such dispute to two referees (being members of the committee), one to be chosen by each party; such referees to appoint an umpire (being also a member of the committee) before they proceed to hear the case, or in the event of the referees not agreeing in the choice of an umpire, such umpire to be appointed by the committee, and the decision of such referees or umpire to be final. Any member refusing to refer any bet so disputed, or to comply with the decision consequent upon such reference withhi one calendar month next ensuing after notice of such decision from the referees or umpire, either personally or by letter, to be addressed by post to the residence of such member as entered in the Sub- scription Book, shall, upon complaint to the committee, be deemed to be, and be treated by them as a defaulter, under the provisions of the third rule. 5. Any member smoking in the room, or creating any noise, uproar, or disturbance, will thereby forfeit his rights of membership, and render himself liable to immediate expul- sion. 6. The annual subscription to the room will be two guineas, commencing on the 1st of January. 7. The room will be opened on every Monday throughout the year at one o'clock in the afternoon ; and on every day (excepting Sunday) in the weeks immediately preceding the Epsom and Ascot Meetings, and on any other days that the committee may consider advisable. 8. The following members will con- stitute the committee, of whom any five may form a quorum, except in cases of disputed bets between in- dividuals, or for the election of members, when three shall be sufficient, and in the event of an equal number of the committee being present, and of an equal division taking place upon any question, the chairman pro tempore shall be entitled to a casting vote in addition to his vote as a member of the committee. The committee will ad-^ indicate upon cases arising ^ out of disputed bets and defaults in bets, wherein non-members as well as mem- bers may be concerned, and in future will be willing, when called upon at a THE RULES rnce meeting by the stewards of that meeting, to form a quorum and hear ihQ case on the spot, and their decision will be enforced by the stewards of tfie meeting, and also by the stewards of the Jockey Club. In case of any member retiring from the committee, his successor will be nominated by the committee, so that the original number of members constituting the committee may always be kept up. 9. There shall be periodical meetings of this committee on the first Monday in April, and following months to OF RACING. 513 December inclusive ; and any person having disputed bets shall give notice to the secretary on the Monday pre- vious. 10. If any person does not appear at a committee meeting, after having been summoned, the case in which he is con- cerned shall be proceeded with, unless a satisfactory reason is given for his non-appearance. 11. Partnerships must be registered every year by each member of the firm signing his name in the book kept in the room for that purpose. CHAPTER XIV. RACE-MEETINGS. Sect. 1. — The Committee and Officials. A Race Committee is generally formed in every instance in which pub- lic races are intended to take place ; and they meet at certain times, con- ducting their business in the ordinary way, with a chairman and secretary. By them the officials are elected, and the stakes and admission-money to the stand, &c., fixed upon. The officials are the stewards, the secretary, clerk of the course and his men, weigher, judge, handicapper, and starter. The Stewards are generally noble- men or gentlemen of high standing ; and they should, if possible, have some knowledge of the proceedings of the turf, since it often happens that they have to decide upon disputed points. They should be careful, for their own security, to ascertain that there are sufficient funds to cover the various prizes advertised in the shape of addi- tions to handicaps, plates, &c., as they are responsible for the amounts. The Secretary is generally the most important person of the whole, being usually the party to obtain subscrip- tions to the funds, and very often also to the stakes. He should be an active man, of good business habits, and capable of keeping a register of the proceedings of the Committee. The Clerk of the Course receives the subscriptions to the stakes, collects the amounts of the plates, &c., before starting ; pays the amounts over to the winners, keeps the course in order, both before and during the races, by means of his subordinates ; causes the bell for saddling, &c., to be rung, and generally arranges all matters con- nected with the course. In all sweep- stakes closing on a certain day which may fail in obtaining the stated num- ber of subscribers, the original sub- scribers cannot be kept to their engage- ments if the stake is re-opened. After the terms of a sweepstakes are pub- lished, and a single name has been subscribed, no alteration can be mado in the conditions without his consent, and that of all others who have ap- pended their names. A subscriber may alter his nomination for a sweepstakes before it closes, but not for a plate The clerk of the course cannot be too particular in compelling all parties to adhere to the conditions of the various races ; and he should also clearly specify the exact weights carried by every horse in making his return to the official registrar. He has, usually, the power of appointing his own subordinates. The Judge is placed in the box set apart for him at the winning-post, and it is his duty to return the colour of the rider of the first and second horse in each race, with that of as many more as he can. He is provided with a list of the horses weighed, and the colours of their riders. His decision is final. The Starter is generally on foot, and he is now allowed an assistant, besides a flagman, whose duty it is to stand with a flag flying about a furlong before the starting-place, and drop it L L 514 HORSE-RACING. on a signal from the starter, which shows all the riders that it is a fair start. If, therefore, this flag is flying as they pass him, they must pull up and start afresh. If there is a very large field of horses, and they are young and likely to be awkward, he should marshal them at a hundred yards from the starting-post, and walk down with them to a level with it, when he may give the word with a good chance of a fair and level start. If any jockey is evidently and wilfully the cause of a false start, the starter reports the same to the stewards, who have power to fine him. When the course is a small and narrow one, as at Chester, it is usual for the jockeys to draw lots for places before starting. The decision of the starter is final, and his testimony against a jockey should always be received and acted upon. The Handicapper is sometimes an amateur of some experience, and at others a paid official, who undertakes the duty, and affixes the weights ^ to the list of horses furnished to him. In either case the office is an onerous one, and generally leads to abuse from discontented parties who have failed to throw dust in his eyes, and who are, for attempting to do it, often punished by an extra weight, and perhaps some- times, hut very rarely, the innocent are sufferers. There is a prevailing objec- tion to high weights in handicaps, not so much because it is unfair to the horses carrying the top weights, as because it tries their legs more than their owners like. According to arith- metical progression, 12 to 11 is a less proportion of odds than 9 to 8 ; but it is the last pound which breaks the camel's back; and though the latter weight maybe carried without risk, yet the former is always likely to cause a break-down when the muscles become tired, or to do other damage. The objection, therefore, is a reasonable one as regards the future welfare of the horses, though not always founded upon correct reasoning in reference to the particular race. No one would, if he could help it, ever gallop his horse, on hard ground especially, with more than six or seven stone on his back ; and, therefore, it is not to be wondered at that light-weighted hnndicaps are yTTefcrred. The handicapper, however, lias nothing to do with the top weight, which is usually fixed by the com- mittee ; and he then allots all the others their weights, according to his view of their powers, judging as far as he can from what he has seen of their running and from the recorded results of races in which they were engaged out of his sight. To do this, he ought to be pre- sent at as many races as possible, and should be able to judge when horses are '* pulled," and when they are really meant to win ; also, whether they are running in form, or whether they are only half-prepared ; these several requisites are not often combined with perfect honesty and freedom from prejudice, and if they were they would still be open to be imposed upon, for no one can possibly be prepared for all the artifices which designing men may and do continually practise. The Weigher is appointed to see that each jockey carries his appointed weight. He is always ready at the scales before the race, in order that the jockeys may be weighed before starting, and afterwards he must be there to weigh them again. A book is appointed to be kept in which each weight is registered. Sect. 2.— Lengths of Courses. [1760 yards are a mile, 240 yards x distance, and 220 yards a furlong.] Abergavenny— One mile round, flat, except a very gradual ascent and descent half way round, with a good run in. T.Y.C. rather more than 5 furlongs. Alexandra Park— A pear-shaped course, rather more than a mile and a furlong in extent. The T.Y.C. is five furlongs, and straight. There is also a course of six furlongs, nearly straight. Ascot Heath— A circular course.- short of 2 miles by 66 yards; the first half nearly is on the descent, and the last half, which is called the Old Mile, is up hill the greater part of the way. The Swinley Course is the last 1^ miles of the above. The New Course is 1 mile 5 furlongs. The New Mile is straight, and up hill all the way. The T.Y.C. is the last 5 furlongs 136 yards of the New Mile. The Queen's Plate Course is rather less than 3 miles, starting at the New Mile starting-post, and running once round and in. Ayr— An oval of 1 mile 198 yards, with a straight run in of a quarter of LENGTHS OF COURSES. 515 a mile. The course is genercally flat, with a slight hill at the back, and a descent to the last turn. Bath — Is nearly an oval of \^ miles, with a straight run in. T.^.O. is five furlongs. Beverley — Is an egg-shaped course of 1 mile 3 furlongs 90 yards, with a straight run in of nearly half a mile, and a gradual rise for the last quarter of a mile. Kingston Course, about 6 furlongs, nearly straight. T.Y.C. 4 fur- longs 105^ yards. Brighton— The Old Course, on which the Cup is run, forms a figure like three sides of a square, and is 1 mile 6 fur- longs 265 yards in length ; the first quarter of a mile is level, with a slight dip at the end of it; the next half mile is on the ascent, and from the mile-post a descent until about one- third of a mile from the finish, where there is a sharp hill up to the winning- post. The New Course is 1 mile 6 furlongs 144 yards, starting from the winning-chair. The T.Y.C. 6 farlongs. New Ovingdean Course, about 6 fur- longs. Bevendean Coarse, about 5 furlongs. Bristol — Is If miles in circum- ference. Starting from the Stand, the coursG rises slightly round the bend to the right, then falls for about 3 furlongs, again rising to the 7-f urlongs post, from whence it is flat till the straight course is reached, when there is a sli^t ascent to the winning-post. The T.Y.C. is 5 furlongs 120 yards, straight. Canterbury— Nearly 2 miles, with two or three hills, but not steep. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. The Straight Mile is 7 furlongs 83 yards. T.Y.C. last 6 furlongs of the Straight. Round Mile, 7 furlongs 190 yards. The Mile-and-a-half Course is 1 mile 3 furlongs 10 yards. Cardiff — Nearly an oval of 1 mile 52 yards, with a straight run in of a quarter of a mile, perfectly Carlisle— An oval of one mile 90 yards. T.Y.C. (from the Style turn) about 6 furlongs ; a straight run home of about 700 yards, with a gradual ascent after passing the chair for about 200 01 250 yards. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Cattsrick Bridge -An oval of 1 mile 60 jards, almost flat; from the Catterick turn in is a little short of half a mile. New T.Y.C. 5 furlongs, with a straight run in. Chelmsford — A round or oval course, about 30 yards short of 2 miles, but made up to 2 miles by starting between the distance-post and the winning- chair. The last quarter of a mile is a gradual rise. The Three-quarters of a Mile, and Seven-Furlongs Courses, are straight. Queen's Plate Course, 2| miles. Cheltenham — An oval of 1 mile, with a slight dip about 3 furlongs from home, from whence the run in is straight. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs. Chester— A flat circular course of about 1 mile 50 yards. T.Y.C. 6 fur- longs. From the Castle-pole, once round and in, is rather more than 1^ miles. Cup Course, about 2| miles. Grosvenor Course, about 1| miles. Queen's Plate Course, twice round, rather over 2 miles. Croxton Park — Course pear-shaped, 22 yards short of 2 miles ; the run in is flat and perfectly straight for 840 yards. Granby Course, about 1^ miles. Derby — An oval of 1^ miles, per- fectly flat, with easy turns. The New Course is 5 furlongs, perfectly straight, and very wide. DoNCASTE?. — A circular and nearly flat course of about 1 mile 7 furlongs 70 yards. The shorter courses are portions of this circle. T.Y.C. 7 fur- longs 214 yards. Red-house in, 5 fur- longs 152 yards. Rifle Butts in is about 6 furlongs. St. Leger Course, about 1 mile 6 furlongs 132 yards. Cup Course, 2 miles 5 furlongs 14 yards. Fitzwilliam Course, 1 mile. Hopeful Course, 5 furlongs. Two- mile Course, 2 miles 15 yards. Queen's Plate Course, same as the Cup Course. The New Mile is perfectly straight. Dover — Oblong of 2 miles, nearly flat, with a straight run in of 5 fur- longs. There is also a straight mile. Durham — An oval of nearly 1 mile. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs, flat, except a short dip in the middle. There is an ascent up to the T.Y.C- starting-post. Edinburgh — Nearly oval, and mea- suring 1^ miles 46 yards, with a nearly straight run in of half a mile, rising slightly from the distance. The T.Y.C. is fully 5 furlongs. Queen's Plate Course, twice round, about 2^ miles. Egham — On the Runnymede, is an oval course 66 yards short of 2 miles, and nearly flat. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs, L l 2 516 HORSE-RACING. straight, as is also the Mile Course. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles 240 yards. Epsom — The Old Course, now seldom used, is 2 miles, of an irregular circular form, the first mile up hill. The late Derhy Course is exactly 1^ miles, and somewhat in the form of a horseshoe ; the first three-quarters of a mile may he considered as straight running, the hend in the course being very trifling, and the width very great ; the next quarter of a mile is in a gradual turn, nnd the last half mile straight. The first half mile is on the ascent, the next third of a mile level, and the remainder is on the descent till within the distance, when the ground again rises. For the New Derby Course (first used in 1848) the horses start in front of the late Sir G. Heathcote's stables, and run into the Old Derby Course at the mile-post — this first half mile is also on the ascent. The T.Y.C. is 6 furlongs, and runs into the Old Course above the roads at the Walton turn. The Metropolitan Course is 2^ miles; for this race the horses start at the winning-chair, and run the back way of the Derby Course as far as the road, when they turn to the right and go round the hill, coming into the Derby Course again about a mile from home. The Craven Course is 1^ miles. The Half-mile Course is straight, and ex- actly half a mile. The Queen's Plate Course is the same as the Metropolitan Course. Exeter — Oval 2 miles, nearly flat, straight run in of half a mile. Gloucester — 1^ miles, flat, with straight run in of 3 furlongs. T.Y.C. 5 furlongs. Goodwood — Orange Course : the horses start at the Orange-post on the Queen's Plate Course, and run the Maidstone Course, a little short of 3 miles. Cup Course : the horses start at the Cup post, go out to the west- ward of the Clump, and return to the eastward of the Clump, 2^ miles. T.Y.C. : the straight three-quarters of a mile, upon which all T.Y.C. races are run, unless specified to the contrary. Queen's Plate Course : the horses start at the Charlton Down to the north-west of the stand, run over to the east of the Clump, go the outside circle of the hill, and return to the cast of the Clump, About 3 miles 5 furlongs. One Mile : the horses start at the mile-post. and run home to the westward of the Clump. Once Round : the horses start at the winning-post, go out to the westward of the Clump, and return the same way. 1| miles. If miles, and 2 miles, are run upon the Cup Course. Craven Course : 1^ miles. Halifax — One mile in circumfer- ence, with a straight run in of 400 yards. Hampton — A flat oval course of 1 1 miles. T.Y.C, a few yards over half a mile, and straight. Surrey and Middle- sex Stakes Course, and the Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles, start at the T.Y.C, go once round and in. Harpenden — A two-mile course. There are courses of a mile, and a mile and a distance. T.Y.C, 4f furlongs, quite straight; the course is 30 yards wide. Hereford — An oval course, per- fectly flat, 1 mile 1 furlong 107 yards round, with a straight run in of not quite half a mile. Hoylake — Pear-shaped, rather over a mile, and quite flat, with a straight run in of a quarter of a mile. Hdntingdon — A round, flat course, short of two miles by a distance, with a straight run in of half a mile. Ipswich — Somewhat in the form of the letter D, made up to 2 miles by starting at the distance-post ; th3 straight side, whi^ch is wider than the rest, and on which are both Jhe win- ning and the distance posts, is about 6 furlongs in length. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Kempton Park — About 1| miles, perfectly flat ; the straight run in is nearly half a mile ; the Mile is a good one. Knighton — A flat pear-shaped course of about 1 mile ; for longer distances the course is crossed, making a figure of 8 ; run in of about 700 yards, nearly straight. Kelso — An oval course of exactly 1} miles, with a straight run in of about half a mile up a slight ascent. Lambourne— A straight mile, slightly up hill. Lanark — The course is 1 mile, nearly circular, and quite level, with a straight run in of 2^ furlongs. Leicester — Rather oval in shape, 1 mile 100 yards, nearly level ; the straight run is 540 yards in length, and flat. Queen's jPlate Course, 3 miles. LENGTHS OF COUBSES. 517 Lewes — A horseshoe course of 2 miles, the first half mile being a strong- incline, then level to the T.Y.C. (about five furlongs from home), next a slight ascent for a considerable distance, then level for a couple of hundred yards, and again a strong incline to opposite the stand, finishing on the level. The New Course is about 2^ miles, starting at the stand. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Lichfield — An oval of 2 miles, starting at the distance-post. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. LiNCOL>f — A circular course of 1 mile 6 furlongs 23 yards. T.Y.C, 5 furlongs 100 yards, is run upon a portion of the straight mile, which is the Lincoln- shire Handicap Course. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Liverpool (at Aintree) — An oval of 1| miles, one side gently declining, the other rising from the Canal side. Cup Course, about 1^ miles, starting opposite the stables. From the Canal point in is nearly 6 furlongs. Straight run in, about 1000 yards. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Ludlow — Nearly circular, with very little rise or fall, except at the Butt turn, and not quite 1^ miles. Manchester (New Course) — 1^ miles, with straight run in of 1000 yards. T.Y.C. about 5 furlongs. Monmouth — A circular course of a little more than 6 furlongs, and quite flat. Musselburgh — 1| miles 46 yards, with a nearly straight run in of half a mile. Newcastle-on -Tyne — Rather more than 1| miles, rising slightly for 300 yards to the right of the winning-post, then gradually descending to the New- castle turn (about a mile from home), then level to the Morpeth turn (last quarter of a mile), when there is a slight ascent. A new Mile Course is formed, leading with a gradual sweep at the Morpeth turn into the old straight run in ; the T.Y.C. (about 6 furlongs) is on this new course. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Newmarket. Miles Fur. Yds. The Beacon Course is 4 1 148 Round Course 3 4 139 Summer Course (last 2 miles of R C.) . 2 0 0 r^ast three miles of B.C 3 0 60 Ditch in (from the Running-gap to the end of B.C.) 2 0 105 The La.st Mile and a distance of B.C. . 1 0 240 Ancaster Mile (last mile, straight) . . 1 o IS Miles Fur. Yds Criterion Course (from the turn of the Lands in) OS 0 Audley End Course (from the starting- post of the T.Y.C. to the end of the B.C.) 17 42 Across the Flat 12 73 Rowley Mile (last mile of A.F.) ... 1 0 17 Ditch Mile (first mile of A. F.) ... 0 7 210 Abingdon Mile (on the Flat) .... 0 7 212 Two Middle Mihs of B.C 1 7 158 Last Mile and a Half of T.M.M. ..14 29 Two-year-old Course (on the Flat) . . 0 5 140 New Two-year-old Course (on the B.M.) 0 5 136 Bunbury Mile (a straight mile, finish- ing at the end of R.C.) 0 7 19(5 Chesterfield Course (on B.M.) ... 0 5 0 Bretby Stakes (^ourse (last three- quarters of R.M.) 0 6 0 Cesarewitch Course (from the starting- post of T.M.M. to the end of the l^lat) 2 2 28 Cambridgeshire Course (last mile and a distance, straight) 1 0 240 Suffolk Stakes Course (last mile and a half of R.C.) 14 2 Bedford Stakes Course (last 5 furlongs of A.F) 05 0 From starting-post of last half of Ab.M. to T.Y.C. winning-post) . . 0 1 143 From Old Betting-post on Criterion Course to the end of B.C 0 3 89 Newton — A triangular course of about 1^ miles, with a strong hill, and straight flat run in of nearly half a mile. Red-house in, about 6 furlongs. Northallerton — A triangular-shap- ed course of 1 mile, with easy turns, and a straight run in slightly on the rise. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs. Northampton — An oval of 1^ miles 180 yards, with a hill half way, and a straight run in of half a mile. The New Spencer Plate and the Altliorp Park Stakes are perfectly straight, and about 5 furlongs in length. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Nottingham — A long oval of 1 mile 1 furlong 207 yards, with two straight sides of half a mile each, and a straight run in of half a mile. T.Y.C. 6 fur- longs. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Odiham — An oval of about 1^ miles. Oxford — The Two-mile Course is in the form of the figure 9 reversed, three- quarters of a mile being straight. The Mile Course and the Three-quarters of a Mile Course (the T.Y.C.) are straight, and of great width. Paisley — Flat and nearly square,with a little rising ground, and scarcely a mile round. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs. Perth — A right-handed course, al- most entirely a dead flat, nearly oval, and as nearly as possible one mile and a third round. Plymouth — Nearly oval, about 1| miles, with straight run in of half a mile. Pontefract — An oval of great width HORSE-RACING. and 2 miles 156 yards round, last half mile slightly on the ascent. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs. Redcar — An oval course, quite flat, 2 miles round, with a straight run in of 6 furlongs. Richmond — An oval of 1| miles 164 yards, with straight run in of about 5 f arlongs. From the Grey stone, 4 fur- longs 200 yards of straight running, rather against the hill, and finishing on the level ; from the Lime-kiln gate, 6 furlongs 100 yards. Queen's Plate Course, 3 miles. RiPON — Upwards of a mile round ; the straight run in is very slightly on the ascent. T.Y.C. 5 furlongs. Salisbury — The Mile Course is straight and flat, with the exception of .a rise for the first 50 yards. The T.Y.C. is the last three-quarters of this course. For the Two-mile Course the horses run past the Stand, and diverge to the left from the straight course, which they re-enter at the T.Y.C. starting-post. Queen's Plate Course, 3 miles. Sandown Park (Esher) — A pear- shaped course of nearly 2 miles. The T.Y.G.'s are 5 furlongs each ; the inner one has a straight run in of 700 yards, with a gradual rise to the chair; the outer course is straight for the last 620 yards, with a rather more severe finish. The New Coarse across the flat in the valley is nearly flat, and 5 furlongs straight. Scarborough — A mile and 2 fur- longs round, with straight run in of 3 furlongs. Shrewsbury — The Old Course is an oval of 1 mile 1 furlong, with a slight ascent from the last turn. The new straight T.Y.C. is 5 furlongs. Queen's Plate Course, 3 miles. Southampton — An irregular oval, 1^ miles 100 yards round, with a slight dip near the starting-post, and a con- siderable rise at the finish. T.Y.C. a straight run in of about 5 furlongs. Stockbridge— Nearly round, some- what hilly, the last three-quarters of a mile straight, for the run in ; and there is also a straight mile. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs ; Bush in, about 5 furlongs. Stockton — Perfectly level, oblong, nnd 1 mile 6 furlongs 110 yards in length. The T.Y.C. 6 furlongs, nearly straight. Sutton Park— 6 furlongs, straight, at the commencement of which is started the Two-mile races, going once round, and running in the shape of the figure 6. Tenbury — About 1| miles, with a little descent to the far side, then a gradual rise to the length, which is over 500 yards, straight and flat. Tenby — A dead flat, 1 mile round. Thirsk — Elliptical and flat, 20 yards wide, and 1 mile 1 furlong 40 yards in length. Tiverton — Circular,7furlongs round, quite flat, with a nearly straight run in of a quarter of a mile. ToTNES— Oval, three-quarters of a mile round, quite flat, with a straight run in of a quarter of a mile. Walsall — Oval, 1 mile less 20 yards. In the first part there is a stiif hill of about 300 yards, and about the same distance at the top is quite flat, after which it gently declines, with a straight run in, quite flat, for nearly half a mile. Warwick — Nearly circular, and 1 mile 6 furlongs 60 yards round, with a strong hill about half a mile from the starting-post. The Leaming+on Stakes Course, 2 miles 44 yards. T.Y.C. 6 furlongs. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Wenlock — An oval, about 100 yards short of a mile, with a straight run in of 500 yards. Weymodth — A round course of one mile, quite flat, with a straight run in of about half a mile. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Whitehaven — Oblong, a few yards short of a mile, with a straight run in of about 500 yards. Whitworth Park (Spennymoor)— One mile and a half in circumference, with a straight half mile. Winchester — Two miles round, with a straight run in of about half a mile, the first part of which is a strong hill. T.Y.C. about 5 furlongs. Queen's Plate Course, 2 miles. Windsor — A flat course. For the Two-mile Course the horses start at the stand, and run a figure of 6, the last 6 furlongs being straight. There is also a straight course of about 7 furlongs. Wolverhampton — An oval of 1-| miles, with a straight run in. T.Y.C. a straight half mile. Worcester — A dead flat, of irregular shape. The Half-mile and the Five- I furlongs Courses arc straight. The THE JOCKEY CLUB. 519 Mile-and-quarter is a figure of 6, the first and last half mile being straight. The Two-mile Course is a figure of 8, the last half mile straight; T.Y.C. the straight half mile. Wye — In shape like a battledore, If miles, with 6 furlongs straight, of which the first 2 furlongs are down- hill, the third up, the fom-th down, and the last two up-hill to the finish. Yarmouth — Round, 1 mile 2 fur- longs 200 yards, perfectly level, and on a sandy soil. T.Y.C. 5 furlongs 80 yards straight. York — Quite flat, rather oval, and about 2 miles in length. T.Y.C. 5 fur- longs 44 yards. Great Yorkshire Stakes Course, 1| miles. The ^ Old and New Two-mile Courses are exactly 2 miles. Qaeen's Plate Course, 2 miles. The Curragh Courses, Ireland. Miles Fur. Yds. Anglesey Post 0 6 0 New Rathbride Post 1 0 130 Three-year-old Course 1 2 22 New Two-year-old Course .... 0 5 136 Red Post 1 6 3 Post on the Flat 1 3 58 Conol y's Mile 1 0 0 Peel Couree 1 6 12 New Waterford Post (on the Peel Course) 1 2 0 Marquis's Post 0 2 178 New Chain 0 3 96 3Iadrid Course 1 0 130 Sligo Post (a few yards longer than Red Post.) Abbreviations — The following arc commonly used in racing parlance : — 1st. For the Various Newmarket Courses. — Ab. M., Abingdon Mile — An. M., Ancaster Mile — B.M., Bunbury Mile— D.M., Ditch Mile— K.M., Rowley Mile— T.M.M., Two Middle Miles of Beacon Course — A.F., Across the Flat — D.I., Ditch in— A.E.C., Audley End Course — R.C., Round Course — B.C., Beacon Course — T.Y.C, Two-year-old Course — Y.C., Yearling Course. 2nd. For JDescription of Horse — 0. stands for colt — f. for filly — g. for gelding — h. for horse — p. for pony — b. for bay — bl. for black — br. for brown — gr. for grey — ch. for chesnut — ro. for roan--d. for dun — yrs. for years. 3rd. For Conditions of Race, &c. — Gs. stands for guineas — sov. for sovereigns — ft. for forfeit — h.-ft. for half-forfeit — pd. for paid — p.p. for play or pay— reed, for received — dr. for drawn — di's. for distanced — disq. ror disqualified. Sect. 3. — The Jockey Club. The Affairs of the Turf are under the control of the Jockey Club, con- sisting of a number of noblemen and gentlemen of the highest respectability and honour, who admit fresh members on a vacancy occurring, by vote among themselves, two black l)alls excluding, while nine members must be present and vote. They usually meet at New- market, but sometimes elsewhere, ac- cording to their own option. Three stewards are elected (one of whom retires every year and nominates his successor), who generally decide all disputed cases arising throughout the kingdom, but their special office is the management of the races and race- course at Newmarket, the latter being under their tenancy. Here they can pass what rules they please, which are binding upon all who run, because they have full power to warn oif recusants, and to refuse to allow them either to train or run horses, to ride, or even to make their appearance on the ground. This wholesome control is of great service to the Turf, and it is only to be regretted that it does not extend to the whole kingdom ; for while all other races are held under the same conditions as the Newmarket, they are often on public land, and there is not often the power to warn off improper characters as at Newmarket, Goodwood, and some others. The Stewards of the Jockey Club are also, ex officio, stewards of Epsom and Ascot. The following Rules of the Jockey Club are the only ones which are generally interesting : — Rule 7. — All disputes relating to racing at Newmarket shall be deter- mined by the three stewards ; if only two stewards be present they shall fix upon a third person, being a member of the Club, in lieu of the absent steward ; but the stewards, if they think fit, may call in any other members of the Jockey Club to their assistance, or may refer the case to a general meeting, if the importance or difficulty of the matter in dispute shall appear to them to require it. The witnesses examined shall be required to sign their evidence ; and if either party desires to have a shorthand writer engaged to take down the evidence, the stewards may (if they think proper) engage a writer at the expense of the person making the request. 520 EORSE-BACING. ftule 8. — If any dispute arising else- where shall be referred to the Stewards of the Jockey Club, and they shall think fit to take it into consideration, the matter must relate to horse-racing, and be sent by the stewards of the meeting where the matter in question occurred, Rule 9.— The Jockey Club and the stewards thereof take no cognizance of any disputes or claims with respect to bets. Sect. 4. — The Weights for Age. The weights for the Queen's Plates have already been given, at page 483. The annexedTable gives AdmiralRous's standard of weights for age, according to varying distances which are to be run :— Scale of Standard Weights for Age.— {Admiral Rous.) HALF A MILE.' Age. Years. 2 5, 6, and aged. April 1. St. lb 5 2 7 5 8 7. 8 9. Maj' 1 . St. lb. 5 7 7 7 8 7i 8 8 June 1. St. lb. 5 12 7 10 8 7 8 7h July 1. St. lb. 6 1 7 13 Aug. 1. St. lb. 6 3 8 0 8 7 8 7 Sept. 1. St. lb. 6 5 8 1 8 7 Oct. 1. st' lb. 6 7 8 1| 8 7 8 7 Nov 1. St. lb. 6 8 8 2 8 7 8- 7 5, 6, and aged. T.Y.C, OR SIX FURLONGS. 4 9 4 13 5 3 5 6 5 8 5 10 5' 12 6 0 7 2 7 4 7 6 7 7i r 9 10 7 11 7 12 8 r 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 3 8 12 8 11^ 8 11 8 lOh 8 10 8 9 8 8 ONE 2 4; 2 4 4 4 7 3. 6 12 6 13 7 1 4 8 7 8 7 8 7 5 9 0 8 13^ 8 13 G and aged. 9 1 9 0 8 18^ MILE. 4 10 4 13 5 2 5 4 5 5 7 4 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 9 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 12^ 8 12 8 8 11 8 10 8 13 8 12 8 lU 8 IL 8 10 TWO miCes. 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 4 7 4 9 4 11 3 6 3 6 7 6 12 7 0 7 2 7 5 6 7 7 4 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 8 8 8 7. 8 7 5 9 2 9 9 1 9 k 3 9 0 8 13 8 12 8 Mj 6 and aged; 9 5|. 9 5 9 2i 9 9 2 9 n 8 13 S 12 THREE MILES. 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 1 4 6 0 6 4 6 8 6 11 G 13 0 7 8 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 8 I 8 9 4 9 3 9 2 9 9 1 9 k 9 9 6 and aged. 9 8 9 9 6 9 5 9 4 9 S 9 2 9 FOUR MILES. 5 10 6 0 6 4 G 7 G 6 lOj 6 12 0 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 S 8 7 8 8 9 6 9 5 9 4 9 3 9 9 2 9 n 9 1 9 11 9 9 9 8^ 9 9 9 7 9 9 5 9 4 9 4 9 13 9 10 9 7 9 G 9 5 9 4 9 4 ♦ According to a recent Rule of Racing no race can be run at a less distance than five furlongs ; this of course does not apply to matches, which can be run over any course-. Mares to be allovi'ed 5 lb. from April to June 1; 3 1b. from June 1 to September 1; 2 1b from September 1 to November. Geldings allowed 3 lb. throughout the year. Sect. 5. — The Riding of Races. Professional Jockeys. — Among the two hundred jockeys (or thereabouts) whose names appear in the return lists, many ride only for their own stables, in which they are usually employed as exercise-lads of a superior class — that is, to ride trials, lead gallops, ride sweats, &c., and are not to be obtained except by permission of their masters, to wliom they are articled. Otliers, who are in great request, are regularly engaged several deep, having a first. THE BIDING OF BACES. 521 second, third, and fourth master, &c., and can always be claimed by each in succession for any particular race. The education, fees, &c., of the professional jockeys have already been alluded to ; but a very salutary rule is now in force, viz., that a jockey's fee of three guineas shall be paid by the owner of a horse at the same time that he makes his stake, that is,, before the race ; in. the event of the horse winning, the re- maining two guineas are deducted from the stake by the clerk of the course. The benefit of this is clear : it secures the jockeys from the effects of riding for a class of men who never dream of paying them, with the result that, unless the jockey be one of posi- tion in his profession, he from his impecuniosity speedily becomes a tool in the hands of some unprincipled fellow, who will lend him money to pay his heavy expenses of travelling, &c. : and for the future has him as a bondslave, to be used for or against the interests of his employer, as may be deemed most profitable. &ENTLEMEN JocKEYS are defined in a very loose and unsatisfactory manner in most cases where the definition is merely, as above. Generally, however, as in steeplechases, to which the term is now almost entirely confined, a further limitation is given to members of certain recognised clubs, or officers of the army or navy, &c. Any person who can be proved to have ever ridden for hire is now considered to be a professional, and ranks among that class where penalties are affixed. (See Steeplechases.) The Riding a Race, whether by amateurs or professionals, ought to be conducted on the same principle ; and it demands the following essential points : — first, a good and powerful seat ; secondly, good hands ; thirdly, a good knowledge of pace ; and fourthly, a head to take advantage of these various elements of success. The jockey's seat is of a peculiar form, and he rides very differently from any other horsemen, since his whole object 's to give as much ease as possible to nis horse, and allow him to gallop with as little restraint as possible, as far as his weight is concerned, whilst at the same time he uses just sufficient re- straining power with the bit to keep his horse collected, and cause him to avoid that "spread-eagle" style of gallop which destroys a horse's chance at once. But this is the A B G of jockeyship; and though there are num- berless degrees in it, yel almost every jockey has a sufficiently good seat to do what is here described ; his hands are also generally light enough, because from his early education and constant riding he has acquired sufficient com- mand of the horse's mouth to do what is wanted ; though here, again, there are no doubt comparative degrees. The jockey's chief merits, however, reside in the head, where nmst be con- certed the plan of the campaign which is to be fought, and that without a second's loss of time after the events have presented themselves which will cause the decision to be made. It is true that in most cases the jockey has his orders to make running or to wait ; but they are always conditional when the jockey is an experienced artist — or ought to be if they are not. Neverthe- less, even when strict orders are given, numberless little accidents occur to call out the courage, skill, and presence of mind of the jockey. First of all, in the start, he must be always prepared for the word, yet without being, him- self excited, or, as a consequence, fretting and exciting his horse. With one eye on the starter and the field, and the other on his own horse, he awaits the word, and then either gets quickly away, if he is ordered to do so, or keeps third or fourth, &c., as he thinks best, or is instructed. Again, much depends upon the temper of the horse he is riding, for, in spite of orders to the contrary, if he finds that he is destroying his chance by keeping him second, he should let him go in front until he can quiet him and let him settle down into his place. Here the man with a good head is often shown more by his daring to disobey orders than by his slavishly following' them to the certain destruction of Ms chance. The avoiding loss of grotmd is also a grand essential, requiring, however, good hands more than head, except when judgment is wanted in getting through a ruck of horses, in which a decision must be come to whether to attempt to go inside, or out, or through, and upop. which often the fate of a race defends. Some- times it is impossible/ to get through them, and the attempt is fatal, whilst at others the experieynced eye detects 522 HOnSE-BACING. that thef are all, or nearly all, sinking, and cannot possibly impede him in his attempt ; because they are sure not to stop exactly at the same moment, and one by one they make gaps which he can easily till. Finall}', when he reaches the front rank the jockey has to dis- play his art in finishing at the right time, and in the right manner. At this point of the race his horse may be the freshest of the lot and the gamest, 3'-et with a slight want of pace, and then he sets to in good time and wins by a display of lasting qualities, with perhaps a liberal use of the whip and steel. Or he may be on the fastest at a short struggle, yet evidently on one which is unlit for a long race, and here his object is to wait -at a short distance behind till the very last moment, if he thinks the leading horses will only beat themselves ready to his hand by racing at one another from the distance. If he can only see them do this his chance is not yet out : he takes a pull at his horse, collects him, and yet keeps him handy to the strugglmg leaders ; then when he thinks he can reach them at the post, he comes with a rush which Ids poor, tired, yet speedy horse can jast live through, and is victorious, but is again passed perhaps a length beyond the winning-post. On the other hand, the clumsy pro- fessional jockey, or the more inex- perienced gentleman-rider, begins by ramming his spurs into his horse's sides for fear of losing ground at the start, which sets him all abroad, he changing his legs, and being in difficulties from the the first. His horse, however, is so game that he recovers himself and answers his rider's call to go in front, which he reaches after a rattling struggle for the lead ; he then recollects that his instructions are to lie second or third, and therefore he stops his horse, again, perhaps, causing him to change his leg. An experienced eye behind detects this and immediately comes at him, when, in alarm, he takes up the cudgels and races with his antagonist, who gives way rather than distress his own horse, having achieved his object. But he is not long left quiet ; another fancies he can do the same ; and tries with good effect until at last, with the best horse in the race, he is unable to keep his place when a hundred yards from home, and instead of being an easy winner without whip or spur, is unable to obtain the slightest response from the severest exhibition of both of which he is capable. He goes in, still, perhaps, flogging and spurring, with a loose rein, his horse extended to the utmost, and himself mortified and exhausted. When such scenes as these are con- stantly occurring on the race-courses where gentlemen jockeys exhibit them- selves, it is no wonder that such races are not favourites with the public, or that it should be found that seven pounds are not enough to bring them up to a level with the professional. There are, however, some of this class who can steer a horse in a race with a steady hand and cool head ; but, among the light-weights especially, they are rarely to be met with. Amateur races are therefore nearly a dead letter, ex- cept under Grand National Hunt rules, and the professionals have the course to themselves. DESPERATE EFKORl OF THE STEEPLE-CHASER TO CLEAR A WATER-JUMP. PAET 11. HORSE-RACING. BOOK TI.— STEEPLECHASING AND HURDLE-RACmG. CHAPTER I. STEEPLECHASING. Sect. 1. — Objects of Steeplechasing. This fashionable Rport was Drougnt into notice about fifty years ago, avowedly for the purpose ot en- coaraging the breed of hunters and cavalry horses, which were said to have degenerated from their old form and powers, in consequence of the general abolition of three and four- mile races under high weights, and the substitution of shorter races at light weights, especially of those for two-year-olds. It was therefore sup- posed that if steeplechases were run over courses of four miles, and at weights which at first were fixed at 12st., a market would be established forhorsos capable of such exertions, and the general breed of these animals would be improved. With this view, steeple- chases were established at St. Albans, Aylesbury, and other places, the dis- tance being generally about four miles, and at first merely from point to point; both being fixed, and the riders allowed to take their own course, so that 100 yards of road were not ridden by them at any one time. The line was generally a severe one, and often so much so that only one or two horses succeeded in arriving at the winning- post, the rest being stopped by acci- dents, or by refusing to take some formidable fence. At that time, the only mode of witnessing the whole or the greater part of a steeplechase was to ride as near as possible, by taking advantage of roads, &c., and in this way some hundreds of mounted spec- tators were generally present. In spite of the size and impracticability of the fences few cases of permanent injury or death to horse or rider occurred ; and the spoil becoming popular, it was resolved to make the course cir- cular, or as nearly so as the nature of 524 HOBSE-EACING. the ground would admit, and thus to allow any number of spectators to see the whole of the chase without trouble or risk, either b}'- placing them on an adjoining eminence, or by taking ad- vantage of a race-stand, if such a building was available. In process of time, and from corresponding causes, the same thing happened with stev-ule- chases as with flat-races, handicaps were introduced, and the meetings not being under the control of the Jockey Club, more flagrant instances of fraud were committed than even on the estabhshed race-course. Some excuse may perhaps be offered for their introduction, when it is remem- bered how Mr. Elmore's two horses — Ijottery and Gaylad — swept away all the best prizes for several years. After twenty large sweepstakes had fallen to their prowess, and when even the double penalty of 141b. for winning failed to stop Gaylad at Chelms- ford, in 1841 (though certainly 181b. had succeeded with Lottery at Liver- pool in the same year), it can scarcely occasion surprise that some expedient should have been adopted ; but that the system of penalties would have been better than the handicap is, I think, now clearly proved. Newport Pagnell commenced with one in which tiie top weight was 12st. 121b., and the lowest M)st. 101b.; but, nevertheless, Lottery and Gaylad were first and second. But in a second attempt in the same year, the handicapper, by crushing Lottery with 13st. 61b., and Gaylad with 12st. 121b., succeeded in letting in Lucks-all, carrying, however, list. 61b., the lowest weight being lOfet. 71b. Next came Hereford, where Gaylad, with ]2st. 81b. on him, was at 3 to 1, and required the additional weight of a double-rein bridle with all the power of a Mason to stop him. After this Liverpool, still adhering to 12st. each, as the weights, with a penalty upon Lottery for winning of 181bs., allowed Gaylad to carry on the series of successes achieved by Mr. Elmore. These lasted through 1842-3, in spite of handicaps and penalties. Gay hid, with 12st. 81b. on him, win- ning at Oxford, though second only at Worcester ; but succeeding again at Northan)pton(himdicap),and,atNotting- ham and Chelmsford (12st. each, with 141b. extra). This, however, was their culminating point, for partly by their severe work, and partly from their high weights, no stake was added by them to the list after this time, except a small one by Lottery, in 1844. Discount, Dragsman, Vanguard, and Peter Simple (the grey), now had a tlirow in, whilst the two, up to this time, almost certain winners were scratched before run- ning, or else failed in the actual trial. Perhaps they were reserv^ed for a better day, but it never came, and few horses since that time have won more than two or three large steeplechases. Be- sides the evils inherent in the very nature of handicaps, there was also in the steeplechase the misfortune that any rider might easily pull his horse, either at his fences or elsewhere, with- out the possibility of detection, unless he were so awkward as to be incapable of properly carrying out his orders, as happened once with a very celebrated grey horse. At first steeplechases were patronized and supported by a sprinkling of noble- men and gentlemen, who gave long prices for horses in the hope of carrying off the coveted prizes, or at all events of possessing valuable hunters, if they failed in the first object ; but finding that they seldom were allowed to win, and that their horses were, in addition, spoiled for hunting, they gradually abandoned the field, and the stakes were for a time almost entirely contested by trainers and horse-dealers. One chief reason of this temporary want of support was the discovery of the frauds which their supporters too often practised ; but not much less was the disappointment felt by the well-wishers to their country, when they arrived at the conclusion, from experience, tha* they not only spoilt the individual horses engaged, but that they did not en- courage the breeding of weight-carry- ing hunters, for which steeplechases were mainly established. Originally, when the fences were such as only a perfect hunter could get over, none but such horses were of any use : and if these courses had continued to be fixed upon, no doubt some little encourage- ment might have been afforded to the breeder to produce strong yet active horses, of the description of Vivian, Grimaldi, Moonraker, &c., all of which could have carried iGst. with ease. But in order to collect a large field, and with it a paying crowd, the system of handicaps introduced a lot of weedy STEEFLECHASING. 525 animals incapable of carrying much more than 9st., and differing only from our ordinary racehorses in being- slower. To meet their require ments, the fences were reduced, and at last, in most cases, they Avere brought down to the capacity of a schoolboy's pony ; the excuse being that large fences were attended with danger to the horse. The result, however, instead of pro- ducing what was desired, has been, that in proportion to the small size of the fences has been the number of broken backs, because weedy thorough- bred horses were entered at these localities, and galloped till they were exhausted, and then, in attempting to get over some small fence beyond their powers in a state of exhaustion, they stuck their hind-legs into the bank, and fell with such force as to break their backs, no longer guarded by the powers of untired muscular fibres. Now, if the fences had been kept bigger, no such horses would ever have been entered, or if entered, they would have refused the first fence ; and moreover, the jockeys, for their oton sakes, would have avoided forcing the pace, because they would have known that a tired horse over a big- fence falls upon his rider, and breaks his ribs or his neck. Over a small one. however, the horse goes at it, fast enough to land his rider clear of him if he falls, and seldom to do him damage, although breaking his own back. In consequence, then, of these objec- tions to the cross-country sport, and finding, that, unlike flat-racing, there were no counterbalancing advantages, the Jockey Club and the higher racing authorities consistently stood aloof, and from 1850 to 1855 steeplechasing was reduced to a comparatively low ebb, both in point of entries and localities. Liverpool, Epsom, and Worcester still took advantage of their stands to attract an attendance ; but Newport Pagnell, St. Albans, and all the old spots where a good hunting country tempted the real sportsman to partici- pate in the adventurous character of the scene, were deserted. Much as I adrnire the beauty of the horse when taking a fence or a brook in his stroke, and still more when twenty or thirty of such as Lottery, Gaylad, or Peter Simple, were in the air almost at the same moment, I could not regret this result : from the very first the control of some superior power, like the Jockey Club, was wanted ; and the constant recurrence of fraud, quarrelling, and mistakes detracted so much from the pleasure otherwise to be derived, that it could not occasion surprise when fashion deserted the sport. Still, how- ever, it mustered nearly as many seats of contest as ever, though of an inferior grade, and must be classed as one of the sports of the country. Farmers, in many cases, entered their horses with a view to sale, or for the purpose of competition ; and if the steeplechase itself did not tend to spoil the hunter, this would be a very laudable end, and a good reason for establishing small local steeplechases confined to farmers' horses. But, un- fortunately, the training of the horse and the necessity for practising him in rushing at his fences, or at least in going fast at them, takes away from his value as a hunter, and unfits him for the use of most men, who do not like a horse which cannot be stopped in the face of a gravel-pit or a deep road- way. These dangerous spots are of constant occurrence in the hunting- field, and to avoid them most men like a horse to go quietly at his fences, by which he also has more command over himself and can measure his power more exactly ; but in the steeplechase everything depends upon pace, and unless a horse not only gets away quick from his fences, but goes a good pace at them, he is speedily beaten. Hence, as I before remarked, they are a bad school for hunters, and are merely objects of sport, which, unfortunately, is mixed up with accompaniments of that low kind as to be opposed to the morals of those who partake in it, in every point of view. But since the above remarks were written, in 1855, the prospects of steeplechasing greatly revived for a few years under the auspices of a few gentlemen devoted to the sport. National Hunt and Grand Military chases were instituted, in which fair natural fences were ado])ted, and over which none but good hunters would have much chance. A code of laws was also passed and made imperative at all steeplechase meetings, and are now the rules by which the sport is governed, so that a great deal of the fraud formerly practised is done away with. Good Leicestershire hunters, 526 HOBSE RACING. like Bridegroom, Lord George, and the Colonel, came forth and were victorious, but still cast-off racehorses, such as Emblem and Emblematic, too slow for the flat, have, as a rule, won the princi- pal steeplechases, especially over the artificial fences still in vogue at Liver- pool, Worcester, Warwick, and other race meetings. At Market Harborough, Wetherby, Bedford, Rugby, and Cotten- liam, we had capital natural countries selected for the Grand National and Military meetings, and we began to think that the sport had been more than reinstated in its pristine glory and popularity, the furore for it extending to the Continent, but more especially to France and Germany. A different state of things however, now prevails ; the Grand National Hunt Meeting, after all the eclat of its inauguration and the splendid successes of the years of its youth, has dwindled into the insignificance of a fourth-rate meeting, and steeplechasing is languishing as it did five-and-twenty years ago, deprived of its very life-blood by Hunters' Stakes on the flat — an absurd anomaly, but useful for gambling purposes — that take all the horses that would otherwise be set to steeplechasing. The Grand National Steeplechase has itself become terribly lacking in interest, and the chief vitality of the sport is found at the gate-money meeting at Sandown, Kempton Park, &c., a very strong proof of the power of money in racing, no places now flourishing unless there be gate-money charged, or exorbitant sums asked for admission to the stand, ring, &c. Sect. 2. — The Steeplechaser. General Description. — Lottery, Gaylad, Cheroot, Peter Simple, Dis- count, Eat-trap, Brunette, Chandler, Proceed, Vainhope, Bourton, The Genera], Sir Peter Laurie, and last, though not least, The Colonel, winner at Liverpool in 1869-70, and The Lamb, winner in 1868 and 1871, and together with some others of almost equal powers, may fairly be adduced as the types of that particular' horse which is suited for steeplechasing. Of full size, yet not leggy — strong, yet not clumsy — liigh- couraged, yet not intemperate — the steeplechaser should be the perfection of form. Some|times in the past the best horses of this kind have been quite thorough-bred — as, for instance. Rat-trap and Sir Peter Laurie ; but generally there has been a considerable stain in the pedigree, as in Gaylad, Peter Simple, The Colonel, and The Lamb. Vainhope was nearly thorough- bred, as also, I believe, were Bourton and The General. Many of those which have appeared in the highest form were of still less aristocratic blood — as, for instance, Dragsman and the Shaver Gelding, both of which came out about thirty years ago. The former was a Goach-horse in appearance, yet he managed to cut down a field of first-rate horses in a style seldom seen, and ran the fastest race on record, over what was called a four-mile course, but which was really a full quarter of a mile short of that distance. The latter was well up to 16 stone. In those days few thorough-bred horses, however, had sufficient sub- stance of bone to stand the shocks of the jumping, nor could they often carry over a country the weight which is put upon them. There is a vast difference between carrying 11 st. over the flat and carrying the same over thirty or forty fences ; in the former case, wind is of the greatest importance, and with this quality in perfection and a good heart, if the speed is sufficient, the weight can generally be carried ; but over a country the same horse is often unable to lift the weight from the ground in his jumps, from a want of absolute power in the back and hind-quarter. Hence a muscular horse is generally indispensable, though there have been some striking exceptions — as, for instance, Daddy-long-legs in the years 1842-3, and perhaps that remarkable Irish mare. Brunette, who certainly, from her appearance, never would have been selected as capable of carrying 13 st. in the way she did. Lord Lurgan's Fugitive also looked a weed, but was far from weedy in her real powers. And the same may be said of Lord Coventry's two mares, Emblem and Emblematic, and of Disturbance. Nevertheless, in the steeplechase, appearances are, per- haps, a better guide than on the flat. It is easier to go into the saddling enclosure and select a winner of a steeplechase, barring accidents and pulls, and supposing them all to be masters of their trade, than to pick I out the winner of a great race — at STEEPLECHASINQ. 527 least such is my experience of these matters ; for there is generally a look of power and speed, combined with blood, in the first-rate steeplechaser, which indicates his probable success. Although Brunette did not quite look what she was, she appeared moulded in a most perfect form, and was certainly a most wiry-looking animal ; yet no one, I think, could have guessed that she was as good as she really was. But Lottery, Gaylad, Peter Simple, and, in fact, the whole of those horses whose names head this paragraph, would take the eye at once. Discount was the most muscular animal I ever saw, and was .the perfection of a strong, well-bred horse, with a constitution of iron^ and the temper calculated to carry an old gentleman to harriers, if only his understandings had been sound. Now^ however, no animal has a chance of figuring as a steeplechaser unless he be thorough-bred. Description fails when attempting to go into a detail of the points which make up any particular kind of horse ; the only useful mode of arriving at a knowledge of the appearance of the animal is by means of portraiture, and here even many of the steeplechase cracks are imperfectly represented. Lottery had the good fortune to be very well taken, as was Brunette, but some others have been v/ofully mis- represented. The sketch of the steeple- chaser given at the head of Book II. shows very well the class of horse most suited for the purpose, and gives also the overtaxed condition of the horse in which he fails to accomplish the leap. The object of the artist is to represent the horse jumping on to the bank, as is too often seen, from the pace having been forced, and his powers gone ; this is well shown, and the necessity for avoiding pumping a horse, before put- ting him at wide or high places. The smallest steeplechaser which, I believe, ever ran successfully in good company was Mr. Vever' s Little Tommy. He was barely 14| hands high, yet he managed to contest the palm with good horses, and carrying a tolerably high weight. On the other hand, most of our best horses have been 16 hands high, or thereabouts ; and for the steeplechase that height may be con- sidered the most advantageous. A little horse cannot so well take his fences in his stride, and has to exert himself more to get over them ; and though he is more easily collected, and can generally take off nearer his fence, yet he takes so much out of him- self in the effort as to impair his powers. Taking, then, all these points into consideration, I should advise tne selection of a horse of good size, with great power, good temper, and certainly thorough-bred ; but his being a little hot in temper is not so great a disqualification as for riding to hounds. Some of our very best steeplechasers have been unmanageable unless they are allowed to go straight away, as is always the case in this kind of sport, and is so seldom met with for any length of time in riding to hounds. With regard to age, a few years ago few steeplechasers ever won good stakes until they were six or seven years old, partly from an incapability of staying the distance — usually four miles — but chiefly from a want of sufficient practice ; but now the best of modern steeplechase horses, Austerlitz and Regal to wit, have appeared at their full powers at five years old; both of the horses named having won the Grand National Steeplechase at that age. Vainhope, also, won his first two races as a four-year-old, and also ran second for two more in that year; but he had been constantly ridden to hounds, and was a very perfect hunter. His sire also was by Defence, giving him the stoutness which no doubt he pos- sessed ; and therefore his then excep- tional case may be accounted for. Sect. 3. — Mode of Procuhing Steeplechasers. A FiEST-CLAss Steeplechase Horse is almost as difficult to obtain as a horse fit to win the Derby, and much more so than a good average race- horse. The essentials are more nume- rous, and though he need not be as fast for a mile or two as the racehorse must be to attain success, yet he must be able to stay a distance of ground, such as four miles, under high weights, at a pace, nearly, if not quite, tip-top. It is very remarkable that some of the best stayers in the steeplechase have been notorious jades on the flat, where they never could get beyond half a mile. Lord Coventry's two celebrated mares Emblem and Emblematic are notable instances of the fact, but many more might be adduced. Disturbance could 528 HORSE-RACING. not be whipped over six furlongs on the flat in moderate company, and Austerlitz could not have won a race of any description. One of the best per- formances under high weights of any horse over the flat was that of Tranby, in Mr. Osbaldeston's match against time, in which he carried about list,, four miles in 8 minutes, after previously running the same distance in a little over that time. This feat, however, has been equalled on some occasions in the steeplechase, considering the stoppage and extra exertion caused by the fences. Dragsman did the 3| miles in 9 minutes at Worcester ; and Abd-el-Kader is said to have won the Liverpool steeple- chase, in 1854, 4 miles, in 9 min. 39 sec, which, considering the nature of the ground, is a still more wonderful feat : one being all sound turf, Avith small fences ; the other, chiefly arable, with more severe ones. Thus it will be evident, that what is wanted is a race- horse with the addition of power to carry weight, and temper and courage to enable him to learn his trade. Some horses are so ungovernable that the moment they take it into their heads to dislike what they are set to do, they commence kicking or rearing, and no amount of severity will compel them against their will to attempt a fence. If, therefore, horses do not easily and, as it were, naturally take to jumping, it is generally useless to persevere ; and this should be taken into con- sideration in selecting horses for the purpose. Another important point is the style of going, which should not be quite the same low daisy-cutting form which suits the smooth turf of_ our race- courses. Many a horse which is there quite safe, and is in fact liked all the better for his low style of gallop, would inevitably fall in getting over the grips and unequal ground always occurring at Liverpool and elsewhere. In all cases, therefore, the purchaser should make choice of a horse with action suited to his purpose, in addition to power, pace, and temper ; and with these requisites a discarded racehorse, of stout blood, and having sound legs, has often turned out a useful specula- tion on the steeplechase-course. The Irish hunting mares seem capable of breeding useful animals of the steeple- chase class, and some of our best horses have been brought over from that coun- try, got by Ishmael, Ratcatcher, Wind- fall, &c., out of the country dams. The latter horse seems to have been pecu- liarly lucky in his stock ; the roomy and muscular proportions of the de- scendants of Comus and the stoutness of Beningbrough being well marked in them. No blood, however, has told more than that of Whalebone, as might have been expected from its well-known stoutness. Sir Peter Laurie, Peter Simple, Maurice Daley, Vainhope, Cogia, Lord George, The General, and many other celebrated winners, all descended from him or his brother Whisker ; or, again, from his sire. Waxy, who was great grandsire of that very wonderful horse. Chandler, and of Drayton, who got more first-rate steeplechasers than any other stallion of his day, being sire of Standard-Guard, Victim, and Bourton amongst others. He was by Muley, son of Orville, out of Prima Donna, by Soothsayer, grand-dam by Waxy, and was not successful on the flat, either in his own case or in that of his stock. On the other hand, the Selim blood, which is generally con- sidered to be rather fast than stout, has been almost equally useful on the steeplechase-course — through Ishmael and Ratcatcher. In fact any first-rate racehorse, of stout blood and with good sliouldersy seems to have succeeded occasionally in getting good steeple- chase horses ; but the essential point, which is printed in italics, is still more necessary on this kind of ground than on the flat. This subject, however, will be more fully considered under the general head of Breeding Horses, in which the various strains are analysed, and their relative value examined for all purposes connected with racing ir its several forms. Sect. 4.— Teaching the Steeplechaser. Early Practice over the bar, as well as small fences. Sic, is of great use to the steeplechaser ; and without it most horses are a long time before they can keep their legs in a steeple- chase. If, therefore, a colt bred for a chaser is supposed to be good enough for this purpose, he should be at once put to jump small obstacles while his breaking is being completed ; but there are very few horses which will do more than clear comparatively small places in cold blood, and the stimulus of TEACHING THE STEEPLECHASER. 529 competition, especially with hounds, must be employed. Water-jumping is particularly disliked by most horses, and it should never be pressed, except Avith a good and sure leader ; a refusal is never desirable, as the horse, finding out his power, is apt to repeat it in spite of the whip and spur. Wherever it is possible, the usual plan of riding young horses with hounds quietly, and by a good horseman, is the mode to be adopted ; and generally a whole season must be employed in making them handy enough to commence a drill over the country, at the pace and in the style suitable for steeplechases. A plan I have seen adopted with great success to make a steeplechase horse was to make several fences in a large ring, with a high fence at each side, into which was turned the horse to be taught jumping, and with a whip be- hind him. I saw no case in which the pupil did not become quite a proficient in a few lessons, during which, it is true, he perhaps often came to grief, but ultimately was as active as a kitten, and as little likely to fall. It was mar- vellous, — here a leg, there a leg, — lie had one for every difficulty ; and with- out a rider on his back to get him into trouble in his attempts so called to help him over the fence, it was a most ex- ceptional thing to see him come to grief. In most of our steeplechase courses there is a water jump, often of no real difficulty, in consequence of the sloping nature of the landing-side, but still of an apparent width sufficient to deter a horse fxom attempting it, unless he has been accustomed to water. A country should therefore be selected which is intersected by small brooks ; and in fact every variety of fence, from the post-and-rail to the bullfinch, should be encountered at a time when the blood is up from the presence of a large field of horses. The essential requisite is a good rider, who Avill neither distress the horse nor allow liim to refuse what he can easily ac- complish ; hence, he must be a good judge of C(mdition and pace, for no- thing disgusts a young horse more than to ride him at big places when he is tired. It often happens that the rider of the colt is fond of the sport, and is inclined to persevere over a distance and at a pace which old and seasoned horses only are fit to encounter; and to guard against this the owner of the colt should always be ready to sacrifice his own place in the run, if he has the future success of his colt at heart. If he will not do this, he can scarcely expect the rider of his colt to do so ; and the more exciting the run, the more he should be ready to forego it, knowing that the same temptation which makes it difficult for him to resist will operate in a like manner upon his breaker, if he is not prevented by the presence of his master. In this way I have known many good colts injured both in temper and in con- stitution, A hard run with hounds requires much more condition than a race, in order to avoid any ill conse- quences ; and yet the colt is often expected by his rider to carry him through it, at all events as far as he can raise a gallop. For these reasons, the plan of allowing the groom to ride colts with hounds is not unattended with objections ; but if a steady man can be found who, while he has the power of riding forward, has also the discretion to know when to stop, it is much the best mode of teaching the steeplechaser. A little practice over a dozen fences, two or three times a week, with hounds, pulling up at the end of two or three miles, and not going too fast over that distance, is what is wanted ; and when that course is pursued the colt leaves off each time with an appetite for more, and becomes every day fonder of the amusement. The kind of feeling which should be encouraged is that displayed when the horse is always keenly look- ing out for a fence to jump, and the moment he has the opportunity will indulge his taste, taking the bit in his mouth, and going at his fence as fast as he is allowed. When this state of things is produced in the colt, and he is well practised at every variety of fence at a quiet pace, he may be ridden faster at them, and he will then gra- dually learn to measure his distance, and to take off so as to avoid over- jumping himself on the one hand, or failing by too slight an effort on the other. Much of this kind of practice may be carried out without hounds, for, as soon as the habit of jumping every- thing as it comes is inculcated by ex- ample, the necessity for their presence is no longer felt, and any enclosed land, with suitable fences not too large, M M 550 HORSE-RACTNG. will answer the purpose. Two or three horses together will learn even here better than a single horse ; and if they are to be had, with as many good riders, a kind of small steeplechase, without racing, may be ridden two or three times a week until the young horse, instead of getting over his fences m the style of a finished hunter, will learn to race at them and jump without the slightest pause, either beforehand or on landing in the next field. The latter point is as necessary as the former : and the rider, if not a pro- fessed steeple jockey, should be aware of the necessity, and practise the style accordingly. It is astonishing what a difference exists in this respect between two horses which have been "made" on these different plans : one, a perfect hunter, goes steadily up to his fence, but dwells on each side of it, in order to measure his effort in the first place, and by nature in the second ; the other, a finished steeplechaser, takes all his fences in his stride, and, landing on his hind legs, is away again in his stride, and only increases his pace when the size of the next fence requires an extra effort, in which measure of his powers he is of course assisted by his rider. It is for this reason, and because few horses are ridden in this way till they are trained for this especial purpose, that so much time is required to make them perfect over a steeple- chase course. A young animal is much more easily taught his business than an old one, as whenever a style has been formed it is much more difficult to get rid of it than it would have been to teach the opposite mode in an unbroken animal. The want of natural cleverness has much to do with it ; but bad riding, and especially a slow style, has still more; and therefore the owner of a horse intended to win a steeplechase should be very careful as to the rider he puts up. Few men but those ac- customed to ride as regular jockeys are calculated to do justice to such a horse, and in every case some "professional whould be engaged for a few lessons, for choice the one by whom the horse will be ridden in his race, or, at all events, some one who thoroughly miderstands the business. There are many men of this class, throughout the best hunting countries, who are ready to ride young horses to hounds for a consideration ; and at other times they may still more readily be had, because they can ride several horses a day without hounds ; but with hounds the riding of one animal is the work of each day. When lessons are to be given shortly before the steeplechase, and the actual rider is selected, it is better in all cases, if possible, to let him ride his horse two or three times. Few horses go alike on the road, and still fewer across country; in the same way almost every man has a peculiar style of his own""; and, consequently, both horse and rider have to become acquainted with each other before they arc at home, and often it is not until both are down, and out of tbe race, that they learn each other's bad qualities. It is far better therefore to allow them the opportunity beforehand, and the rider then has a chance of preventing those accidents which can be avoided by skill and care when they are known to be likely to occur. Thus, some horses over-jump themselves, and re- quire very quiet riding ; others, again, are apt to fall in the opposite extreme, and hit the top rail in timber, or the binders in a thorn fence, so hard as to endanger their footing; these require rousing at their fences, or, as the pro- fessionals say, " a deal of riding," espe- cially as they are apt to hang about from one eiid to the other of the race in consequence of their dislike to the thing altogether. Yet these last are often the best steeplechasers ; the worst being generally those which go off at score, and will jump everything before them a yard too hi^':h, till they beat themselves, afterwhichthey can scarcely clear a straw. But either may be nursed and made more of by a competent pair of hands than by an awkward " yokel who is only fit to drive the plough, or to ride the horses to water at a pond. gp^CT^ 5._TrAINING the STEErLECHASER. In* Training this variety of the race- horse a long preparation is absolutely necessary, and it must be conducted upon principles somewhat different from that of the flat-racer. Much will depend upon the breeding of the animal, whether thorough-bred or halt- bred, and whether stout or the reverse. The Thorough-brkb SrEErLECHASER is trained pretty nearly on the same principles as the flat-racer, as described TRAINING THE STEEPLECHASER. 531 in the sixth chapter of the Last book, but with some alteration, as follows (I am here supposing that he is of stout blood, and that he will take as much work as such an animal ought, but if he is defi- ,cient in this respect, the following detailed rules will greatly exceed the mark, and must be modified accord- ingly) : — His sweats should be from four to six miles long, but generally, unless he is Yery lusty, he wall not want much clothing. One suit is almost always enough, and if the neck or shoulders, or any other part, wants a special sweating, clothes may be added to either or all for the express purpose. The general practice is to take a long time in the preparations, and to use a vast deal of walking exercise, with as little sweating work as will suffice to reduce the superfluous flesh, and to get the wind into good order. Speed must, to a certain extent, be sacrificed to lasting properties ; and the walking exercise, therefore, is continued to such an extent as will insure the latter quality even though the former is somewhat abated. Short spirts, therefore, are not required ; for the horse is seldom ex- tended in the race until quite towards Cue finish ; and even then moredependsupon tlie lasting powers than upon the speed, as compared with what a horse can do when quite fresh. Consequently, all expedients for bringing out extreme speed for short distances are neglected, and the training is conducted so as to develop the general muscular powers, including that of the heart, which is the main agent in what is called a good wind. Less than three months from a state of good hard keep, such as most horses are in w^hen in a private stable, will scarcely serve to prepare a thorough- bred horse for a four-mile steeplechase ; and even with that time in hand the animal ought at the commencement to , be in high health, full of hard flesh, and free from cough, humours, or other signs of disease. ' His TRAINING should generally com- * mence with a sweat, either clothed or otherwise, according to circumstances, followed by a dose of physic and a few days' rest. After this he may be given at least three or four hours' walking I exercise per day, and including a couple I of short canters or hand-gallops every day, or every other day, according as he I seen>s to bear his walking. This may be continued for five or six weeks, with one, two, or three sweats during the time, according to circumstances; after which a second dose of physic, with mashes, &c., will form the division between the FIRST and SECOND PREPARATION, which latter will take about three weeks, and will be occupied by a little more gal- loping exercise, with an hour less per day of walking ; and during the inter- val, one or two five or six-mile sweats, with or without clothing, but generally without that reducing expedient. Then another dose of physic, and the third PREPARATION may commence. This will require about three or four wrecks ; and very few horses indeed are at this time the better for clothed sw^eats. Supposing it to extend to four weeks, about two sweats will be necessary— namely, on the 10th and 20tli or 21st day, having a clear inter- val of from eight to ten days before running. During the whole time, or at all events during the last two prepara- tions, the horse should once a week be taken over three or four miles of such a country as he is likely to run over, or at least as near as can be obtained in the neighbourhood. He should, how- ever, never be ridden over such fences I as to try his utmost powers, but rather over a number of moderately small ones, so as to exercise those muscles which are particularly used in jumping, and more especially those of the shoulders and arms, which without this practice tire in the steeplechase long before those of the hind-quarter, be- cause these last are equally employed in the ordinary gallop. This fact is well known to experienced trainers of this class of horse, and hence the suc- cess of certain parties who have united to their practical powers of riding the knowledge of the treatment of the horse wliich is required for training purposes. Many a good horse has been sent to a first-rate trainer of the flat racehorse, and from a neglect of this precaution has been sacrificed, whereas if his jumping muscles had all been brought into phay as well as those engaged in galloping, he might very probably have been successful. It has been supposed, perhaps, that his training has been of a character to unfit him for the distance, and so sometimes it may ; but more often the defeat has arisen from his not having any cross-country work, with the result to which 1 have hero M M 2 532 HORSE-RACING. alluded. Most regular trainers are well acquainted with the mode of bringing horses out for all distances over the flat, and therefore they would not neglect to do what is required for the purpose ; but a great many are not aware of the necessity for jumping steeplechase horses, and hence the un- fortunate result which often attends their efforts. It is exactly as if a nian were trained for rowing without putting an oar in his hands — that is, by walking and running alone, which would get his wind and general condition into a high state of fitness ; but his arms, being untrained, w^ould tire at the end of a very short distance. This is an extreme illustration, no doubt, but is scarcely an exaggeration of an evident truth ; for there are some muscles about the horse's shoulders which are very slightly used in the gallop, and yet are essential to the recovery from the shock of coming down from a height, as in the ordinary jump of the steeplechaser. These muscles must be used quite as much as the propellers, and, in default of such treatment as I have advised, the horse is almost sure to fail before he is half through his distance, as is so often seen in the steeplechaser. Any of the horses which come out would in all probability get over si>: times the number of fences without a fall if they were taken over them at various times, and when in an untired state ; but, from a failure in the muscular powers of either the hind or fore- quarter, a fall is the consequence. Now, if any one will watch for the cause of the falls which happen so frequently he will find that the vast majority take place on the landing side, with symptoms not of want of power behind, but of a failure in getting away after the effort, which power evidently resides in the fore- quarter. The fore-feet seem to stick into the ground, whether it is sound^ or deep, and the horse falls over, making very often a somersault, and at other times going down without an effort, as if the shoulders and arms were perfectly paralyzed. Every one who has witnessed many steeplechases must have observed these facts, or will re- call them to mind on having the atten- tion drawn to them. After the last sweat, as already dcs- cribed> a gallop may be given every other day, extending to about the dis- tance to be run over, or a little farther, but without fences, for fear of acci- dents. Two or three hours a day will now suffice for walking exercise; and on the days intervening between the gallops a very short and quick spirt will serve to freshen the horse's wind, and to quicken his stride for the finish, if he should live to that part of the chase. The final means of bringing the horse to the post do not differ from those given in the sixth chapter of the previous book. The Half-bked Steeplechaser (so called) is sometimes to all intents and purposes thorough-bred ; that is, as far as regards the work he will do, and the general treatment which he re- quires. Many horses and mares which are not in the Stud-Book, from some slight defect in their pedigrees ex- tending back several generations, are really capable of doing as much as a thorough-bred. Thus, for instance, supposing a mare, seven-eighths bred in the year 1825, were put to a thorough- bred horse, and her daughter, grand- daughter, and great-granddaughter, were successively bred from thorough- bred horses, as has often happened, the resulting produce would still be "half- bred," in the language of the turf, although in reality he would only be stained in the proportion of 1 to 128. It is said that these half-breds are inferior, because no animal so bred has ever won a great race over the flat ; but it must be remembered that these mares are very seldom put to first-class stallions in succession, al- though now and then one may be indulged with an expensive leap. Now, if thorough-bred mares are treated in the same way, they will very seldom breed a first-class racehorse, and con- sequently the argument is at once upset, from a want of parallel data in the two cases. The very near success of Hot- spur i^h.-h.), some years ago, at Epsom, while unprepared, must also he remem- bered ; and though it is not t^ be. supposed that any amount of training would have placed him first, yet to run second for the Derby is no mean feat for a horse in the state he was in at the time. Now, such half-breds as Vainhope, Cogia, Tally-ho, or The Colonel, come within this description, and will often bear as much work and as severe a preparation as a West TRAINING THE STEEPLECHASER. 533 Australian or a Flying Dutchman. Nevertheless, it is notorious that, as a rule, half-bred horses, on the average, will not take anything like the amount of work without being overmarked, and that they must be very cautiously prepared for fear of this result. The same treatment which will improve the wind, pace, and general condition of the thorough-bred will make the horse of inferior caste stale, slow, and wasted : his muscles, instead of im- proving in size and power, are soft, flabby, and unstrung ; his eye dull and heavy, and his appetite almost gone. With these preliminary remarks, 1 will next proceed to the consideration of the time required to bring out a really half-bred horse in his best form for a four-mile steeplechase. It has l)een found by experience, that beyond two months or ten weeks very few of this class of horses will train on ; and that all time and trouble in the world bestowed upon them, after that period has been well employed, are so much thrown away. 1 am now calculating, as before, from the state in which a liealthy and sound horse is usually main- tained in a private stable— t.e, in good bard hunting condition — and I believe that it is found that from that starting- point the above-mentioned number of weeks will be about the best average for the purpose. It is also frequently the case that these horses put up fat very fast, and would require such a quantity of fast work to get it off with- out clothing as would be too much for their powers of endurance ; hence, they uhnostallmusthave sweating in clothes, and many of them pretty heavily during the winter, which is one reason why their training must not be continued so long as that of the thorough-bred. The following is, I believe, the best average treatment of a good constitu- . tioned horse of this class ; but the varieties are more numerous even than , with the pure racehorse, and will take even greater experience and tact to niodify the treatment to suit each par- ticular case. Here, more even than with the thorougli-bred, is walking exercise , the sheet-anchor ; but even of this kind less work will suffice than with them. Taking nine weeks as the average du- rntion of training, they may be divided into two preparations, as follows : — The First Preparation of the half- bred will, as usual, be preceded by a dose of physic, after which the horse may be set to four. or five hours a day walking exercise, half in the morning and the remainder in the afternoon, with a two-mile gallop every other day at a steady slow pace, and a couple of canters on each of the intervening days. At the end of a week a single slow gallop of three miles may be giveuj and after ten days the horse may sweat over five or six miles slowly and with plenty of clothes. If he does not carry flesh, he will of course not require clothes at all; and if only moderately fleshy he will only take a single sweater under his cloth- ing ; but, at all events, he must go his distance at a steady slow pace, and must be made to sweat more or less afterwards by clothing in the rubbing- house according to his state. After this sweat he will do nothing but take his usual walking exercise for a couple of days; then a three-mile slow gallop with a day of walking only, followed by another three-mile gallop ; then a rest day as before, followed again by a gallop, longer or shorter, according to his appearance and progress; and finally, after another day of walking exercise alone, a second sweat, making in all about three weeks. After his second sweat a mash is ordered, to prepare for physic, which is given in the ordinary way, with the succeeding rest, and then this division of the training is com- pleted. I should observe, however, that practice over a country, as already advised in page 505, is quite as needful for this class of horses as for those there described, and for precisely the same reasons. It may therefore be given on some of the days on which the three-mile gallops are ordered in their place, and for the same distance, or thereabouts. The Second Preparation of the half-bred horse is a thorough test of the ability of the trainer, and it will generally require a vast amount of ex- perience to do justice to a horse of this class in this stage of training. The sweats must still be continued, and may sometimes be slightly increased in pace towards the finish, but with the greatest possible caution. Slow work long con- tinued is the great principle still to be followed out, but the degree in which it may be departed from with ad- vantage cannot possibly be defined. Neither can the amount of galloping 534 nORSE-BACING. exercise be laid down with any cer- tainty, nor the pace at which it can be borne ; and all that can be said is, that a sweat every ten days, of the full length of five or six miles, with or without clothing, preceded by a canter over a shorter distance, and with three or four-mile gallops on certain of the inten ening days, is generally the rule. The cross-country practice is also con- tinued up to the, last sweat, but not after ; and from that time the half- bred horse, in order to bring him out fresh, generally requires considerably lighter work than he has previously taken, and with less galloping than the thorough-bred on the days intervening between the sweat and the race. The only rule for the amount of work is the appearance, as tested by the hand and eye, and the appetite, which the groom can readily ascertain by the state of the manger. Half-bred horses are soon off their feed if over-done ; and, what is worse still, they do not readily recover it. Hence this symptom must be watched with the greatest care and anxiety, and the work forthwith re- duced on the slightest indication of its approach. Generally, however, a half- bred horse of good constitution will take two or even three pretty smart four-mile gallops after the sweat, going steadily for the first three miles and a half, and finishing with a toler- ably quick pace, but not so as to ex- tend and draw out the horse to his top speed. This in fact, if it can be helped, should never be done with the half- bred horse durirg the last preparation ; and a trial for more than a mile or a mile and a half is not to be thought of. Indeed, private trials on the flat for steeplechases are utterly useless, and nothing but a real struggle across a country is of the slightest value as a test ; because so much depends upon the effects of the jumps, and also upon the staying powers at high speed, which must really never be called out during the training for fear of the consequences to the constitutional powers of the horse. On the last two days only short gallops of a mile and a half or two miles are to be allowed, and that on the last day but one should be a little brisker than usual, and should finish with a smart brushing gallop of half a mile's duration. The s(;tting, feeding, &c., are all conducted as for the thorough- bred racehorse. except that in most cases a quartern of beans may be gradually added with advantage during the last preparation. In fixing the quantity of these tho trainer will be guided by circum- stances ; but, generally speaking, during the winter season steeple- chasers will stand them with advantage, and more especially half-bred horses, for the short time they are at work. With these remarks I must conclude the subject of training the steeple- chaser, which, although it most requires guidance, is least capable of receivirrg it. This is the case with the training of half-bred horses for all purposes, but more especially for such eflorts as are called for in competing with thorough-bred horses over a distance of ground. It is here only in carrying weight and in jumping that the half- bred horse is sometimes superior to the thorough-bred; and if the latter is strong and clever enough for these purposes, he will, in nine cases out of ten, beat the former at even weights, especially if these are not higher tlian eleven or twelve stone. Hence it is that thorough-bred horses, or horses with a very slight stain, have been so generally introduced, and that the old- fa'^hioned and really half-bred horse is quite neglected, if his rival can any- how be obtained. Sect. 6. — Steeplechase Eiders. Professional steeplechase riders form a class quite separate and distinct from the jockeys of the flat-race. They are very numerous, as shown by the published lists, and their fees are five guineas for a losing and ten g-uineas for a winning ride. The regulations respecting gentlemen riders are now very strift, as will be seen by refer- ence to No. 82 of the Laws of Steeple- chasing. Sect. 7. — Grand National Steeple- chase Rules. Part I. — Interpreta'jton and Appli- cation OF THESE RULKS. 1. General definitions. — " Race " in- cludes plate, match, or sweepstakes. 2. Horse" includes mare orgelding. 3. "Plate" means a race to be run for money or other prize given without any stake being made by the owners of the hurscs engiiged to go to the winner. GRAND NATIONAL RULES. 535 4. '* Sweepstakes" means a race in which slakes are to be made by the owners of three or more horses to go to the winner ; and any such race is still a sweepstakes, even although the number is reduced by death to two subs, or although money or any other prize be added, and although the word ''plate" be used in the official or ordi- nary name or description of such race. A " Private Sweepstakes " under these Kules is one to which no money is added, and which has not been adver- tised previous to closing. 5. Horses liable to carry extra weight. — In steeplechases and liurdle races the terra " winning horse " in reference to those liable to carry extra weight or those to be excluded from any race, shall apply to winners of steeplechases, hurdle races, or hunters' races on the flat in any country, of 20 so v. or upwards, not including the winner's stake and entrance, or of some prize of equal value, and not to the winners of flat races (under Newmarket Kales) or matches of any kind. 6. Maiden horses. — A maiden horse or mare is one that has never won a steeplechase, hurdle race, or hunters' race on the flat, in any country, of the value of 20 sov. or upwards, not includ- ing the winner's stake and entrance ; and a horse that has never started is one that has never started for a steeple- chase, hurdle race, or hunters' race on the flat in any country of the value of 20 sov. or upwards, not including the winner's stake and entrance. Conditions referring to maidens shall mean maidens at the thne of starting. 7. Exception — Hunters^ Races on flat. — In hunters' races on the flat the term " winning horse" shall apply to winners of flat races (including races under , Newmarket rules), steeplechase, or hurdle race value 20 sov. in any ' country. 8. A match at "catch weights" ; means a match in which the riders need I not weigh before or after the race. Catch weights are permissible only for matches. 9. "Registry office" means such office as is for the time being appointed fis the registry office by the Grand National Hunt Committee ; and expres- sions in these Kules or in the programme of conditions of any meeting or race referring to Messrs. Weatheil)y's, mean the registry office as herein dclined. 10. The "Steeple Chase Calendar" and the " Stud Book " mean the works published under those names respec- tively for the time being authorised by the Grand National Hunt Committee. 11. The "Sheet Calendar" and the "Book Calendar" of "Steeple Chases Past " mean the parts or editions of the " Kacing Calendar" as published under or usually known by those names respectively. 12. The Channel Islands and the Isle of Man are not included in the expres- sion "Great Britain," but they are included (with Ireland) in the expres- sion " The United Kingdom." 13. "Month" means a calendar month. 14. Application of these Rules. — These Rules apply to all meetings held under the control of the Grand National Hunt Committee, or advertised to be held subject to these rules. 15. If a horse run at BJiy steeple- chase, hurdle race, or hunters' flat race meeting in Great Britain not advertised to be under the National Hunt Rules, or at any meeting in France not adver- tised in the "Bulletin Officiel des Steeple Chases," he is perpetually dis- qualified for all races to which these Kules apply, and no exception shall be made for yeomanry or other professedly private meetings. 16. Commencement of these Rules. — These Rules shall come into operation on the 1st day of September, 1877, and any other Rules of the Grand National shall be annulled as from that da}^, without prejudice to then existing rights or liabilities. Part II. — Management of Meetings AND Powers of Stewards. 17. Every meeting must be adver- tised in the " Racing Calendar," but no meeting shall be advertised to take place under these rules during the close time of racing, viz., between the week which includes the 22nd of November of one year and the 25th of March of the next, that shall not include two steeplechases on each day. The advertisement must state that the meet- ing is to be subject to the Grand National Hunt Rules, and must state, as soon as practicable, the days on which the meeting is to begin and end, the dates for closing the stakes, and, in 536 HORSE-RACING. every advertisement, all fees payable at the meeting, and the names of two or more persons as stewards, and of the judge, starter, clerk of the course, handicapper, stakeholder, and clerk of the scales ; and the clerk of the course or corresponding official, shall be the sole person responsible to the stewards for the general arrangements of the meeting. 18. No pony or galloway race shall take place at any meeting under Grand National Hunt Rules. 19. A meeting shall be deemed to commence at ten in the morning of the day for M'hich the first race is adver- tised, and to conclude at ten in the evening of the last day of the races. 20. The stewards in case of urgent necessity may from time to time put off any races for any time not later than the week following that for which they were originally 'fixed, and all nominations and subscriptions shall stand good the same as if the race had taken place on the day originally fixed. Powers of Stewards. 21. General Poivers of Stewards. — The stewards of a meeting shall have full power to make all such arrange- ments for the conduct of the meeting as they think fit ; and to regulate and . control the conduct of all officials, and of all jockeys, grooms, and persons attendant on horses ; and to determine all questions or disputes arising between any persons at or in relation to any- thing done or omitted in reference to racing, except only disputes or claims relating to bets. 22 They shall have power to punish at their discretion any official or jockey or other person subject to their control with fine or with suspension from acting or riding at the same meeting, and to report to the Stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee any further punishment which they con- sider necessary, provided that they shall not fine any person more than 50^. 23. They shall exclude from the stands, inclosares, saddling paddocks, Avoighing rooms, and other places under their control, every person who has been warned ofi: Newmarket Heath for corrupt practices on the turf, and every jockey who has been suspended for corrupt practices on tlio turf, so long as the sentence against such person or jockey remains in force. They shall in like manner exclude any person who has been declared by the Grand National Hunt Committee, the Turf Club in Ireland, or by the stewards of any meeting in any country to have been guilty of any corrupt or fraudulent practice on the turf ; also every person whose name is in the unpaid Forfeit List, and which has been twice so published in the Racing Calendar. They shall further have power to ex- clude at their discretion any person from all or every place under their control. The steward^s of a meeting- shall have free access to all stands and inclosares jit that meeting, and the stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee to all stands, inclosures, &c., at all meetings under tliese rules. ' 24. If any case occur which is not, or which is alleged not to be, provided for by these Rules, it shall be deter- mined by the stewards in such manner as they think just, and they shall report the case with their decision (and with their consent to an appeal, if they give such consent) to the stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee for confirmation. 25. The decision of the stewards, or of the stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee in case of appeal, shall be final. 26. Stewards and Deputies. —In the event of only one steward being present on any day of a meeting, it shall be the duty of the clerk of the course, before the running of the second race, to request such steward to appoint some person to act as deputy steward, and in the event of no steward being present, the clerk of the course shall appoint two or more deputy stewards, and shall advertise conspicuously notice of such appointment. 27. Powers of Steioards after conclu- sion of Meeting. — powers of the stewards continue after the meeting for all purposes relating to disputes, ol)jec- tions, penalties, and disqualifications. And the clerk of the course shall at once reportsuch matters to the stewards, eitlier verbally or by letter ; should no decision have been arrived at by the stewards within seven days of such objection being lodged, the clerk of the course shall then report the case to the stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee, who may at their discretion decide the matter, and if they consider there has been any negligence, order, GRAND NATIONAL EULEB, 537 any additional expense which may thereby arise to be defrayed out of the funds of the meeting at which the case occurred. Judges, Starters, axd other Officials. 28. Judges, Starters, dx.—A judge, clerk of the course, handicapper, stake- holder, starter, and clerk of the scales shall be appointed for every meeting, subject to the approval of the stewards. 29. Na judge, starter, clerk of the course, clerk of the scales, or other official can employ a deputy or substi- tute during the hours of racing without the consent of the stewards. 30. A race cannot be decided unless the judge- or his authorised deputy or substitute, or a steward, occupy the^ judge's hex at the time when the horses pass the wdnning-post. 31. The judge or clerk of the course shall send a report of the result of the "rh^L- ^s^igned by him, to the registry office. Part III. — Gexkral Conditions and Restrictions. — Age of Horses-. 32. General Rules with respect to A ge. — The age of a horse shall be reckoned as beginning on the 1st of January in the year in which he is foaled. 33, No horse shall be' allowed to run under four years of age for a steeple chase; nor for a hurdle race until the 1st of September of the year in which he is three years old • no steeplechase or hunters' flat race shall be less than two miles. In all Steeple Chase Courses- there shall be at least twelve fences in the hrst two miles, and at least six fences in each succeeding mile. There shall be a water jump at least 12 feet wide and 2 feet deep, to be left open, or guarded only by a perpendicular fence not exceeding 2 feet in height. There shall also be in each mile at least one open ditch 6 feet wide and 3 feet deep, on the taking off side of the fence,: wliich ditch may be guarded by a single rail, and which fence must be 4 feet 6 inches in height, and if of dead brushwood or gorse 2 feet in width. No hurdle race shall be less than two miles, nor over less than eight flights of hurdles, with an additional flight of hurdles for every quarter of a mile or part of one, the height of the hurdle& being not less than 3 feet 6 inches from the bottom bar to the top bar.. 34. The Committee recommend the following scale of weight for age, for steeplechases : — From the 1st of January to the 30th June, both inclusive : — 4 yrs. 5 yrs. 6 and aged 10st.31b. list. 81b. 12st. 31b. From the 1st of July to the 31st of December, both inclusive :— 4 yrs. 5 yrs. 6 and aged list. • list. 121b. 12st. 31b. For Steeple Chases of less than 3 miles. From the 1st of January to the 30th of June : — 4 yrs. 5 yrs. 6 and aged lOst. 101b. list. 101b. 12st. 3'lb. From the 1st of July to the 31st of December : — - 4 yrs. 5 yrs. G and aged list. Gib. list. 12st. 3ib. For Hurdle Races. of August, inclusive : — ■ 4 yrs. 5 yrs. 6 and aged list. 01b. list. 101b. 12st. 01b. From the 1st of Saptember to the 31st December, inclusive : — 3 yrs. 4 yrs. 5, 6, and aged lOst. 71b. list. 121b. 12st. 31b. For Hunters' Races on the Flat. From the 1st January to the 30th June, inclusive : — 4 yrs. 5 yrs. 6- and aged list. 71b. 12sr. 31b. 12st. 71b. From 1st July to 31st December, inclusive : — 4 yrs. 5 yrs. 6 and aged 12st. Olb. 12st. 51b. I2st. 7ib. Weights and Allowances. 35. Weights and Allowances. — No horse shall carry less than lOst in a steeple chase or hurdle race, nor less than llst.in any hunters'race on the flat, 36. The top weight in a handicap shall not be less than 12st. 71b., and if the highest weight accepting be less than this it shall be raised to 12st. 71b., and the other weights shall be raised in proportion ; and in all handicaps w^here there is no acceptance and the liigliest weight left in by 4 p.m. with the clerk of the course on the day before running is under 12st. 71b., it shall be raised to that weight and the others in proportion. 538 HORSE RACING, 37. No horse shall receive allowance of weight, or be relieved from extra weight, for having been beaten in one or more races ; Provided that this rule shall not prohibit maiden allowances. 38. No horse shall carry extra weight for having run second, or in any lower place in any race or races ; Provided that this rule shall not exempt a horse which has received lOOZ. or upwards for having been placed second, from being debarred from maiden allowance by the conditions of any particular race. 39. Allowances and extra weight shall not be allowed or incurred in respect of matches or private sweep- stakes, and penalties are not cumulative unless so declared by the conditions of the race. There shall be no allowance of weight to half-bred horses. And where winners of selling races are exempted from penalties, only such horses as have run to be sold shall be entitled to the allowance. MlSCEI T-A-NFOUS. 40. Ifiscellaneous Rules vAth respect to conditions of races.— Subject to the express provisions of the conditions of a race, the following rules shall apply to all races : — (i) Winnings during the year shall include all prizes from the 1st of January preceding to the time appointed for the start, and shall apply to all races in any country, and winning shall include walking over or receiving: for- feit. ° • (ii) The value of prizes not in money must be advertised. (iii) In estimating the value of a race, there shall be deducted the amount of the winner's own stake and entrance, and any money payable to other horses^ or out of the stakes by the conditions of the race, or by the general conditions of the meeting, except discount, clerks' fees, stakeholding and weighing fees. 41. The stakeholder sliall be allowed to retain, out of the stakes in his hands, the^following fees or expenses, viz. :— > For every matcli, one pound. For every plate., one pound. For every subscription or sweepstakes whore the lowest forfeit amounts to 20sovs ^ per cent, on the whole stake, and on all other races 1 per cent. , 58, shall be the maximum charge for clerk's foe for entry, including weighing. 42. Minimum value of jolate or stakes. —No plate or sweeps Lakes shall be run for unless the clear value to the winner (calculated under Rule 40), in case the race is run by two or more horses, will amount to 20/., but if the value would amount to 20/. if the race were so run, a horse may walk over, although he thereby receives less than 20Z. (i) When a sweepstakes has been so reduced by the death of subscribers that the payments to second or other horses, according to conditions, would reduce the value, if run for, to less than 20 sovs., calculated under Rule 40, the second or other horses shall lose their right to participate in the stakes. (ii) When a cup is advertised to be run for, it shall in all cases be given, even if walked over for. (iii) When a walk-over (except after a dead heat) is the result of arrange- ment by the owners of horses engaged, neither a cup nor any portion of the advertised money need be given.. Part IV.— Entry and Subscription FOR Races. 43. Horses must he duly entered for plate or sweepstakes.^ K horse shall not be qualified to run for any plate or sweepstakes unless he has been and continues duly entered for the same. 44. A time and place or places for the entry of horses for every plate or sweepstakes must be advertised. The list of entries shall be closed at the advertised time, and no entry shall be permitted in any case or on any terms to Ipe made after that time. If no hour is fixed for closing, the list shall not be closed till midnight on the advertised day. All entries made elsewhere than at Messrs. Weatherby's office (except entries made during the week of the meeting or pn the Saturday preceding the meeting) shall be lodged at that office within forty-eight hours after the day of cloising, or twelve hours if intended for publication in the next Calendar, or the receiver of nominations shall be fined 10 sovs,, and the nomina- tion shall be void unless the nominator can prove to the satisfaction of the Stewards of the Grand National Hunt that the entry was made in due time. No declaration of forfeit except for races of the current week, shall be fixed GRAND NATIONAL RULES. 539 to be made at noon, or any hour earlier than the end of the day. In any race where there shall be any particular conditions required as a qualification to start, such conditions shall extend to the time of starting. 45. Entnj, how made.—Y^ntxy shall be made by writing, signed by the owner uf the horse, or by some person deputed by him, or by telegraph, which shah be equally binding. Entries by telegram must, however, be contirmed in writing at the earliest possible opportunity, and in all cases before the time of weighing, or the horse shall not be allowed to start. Any clerk of the course permitting a horse to be weighed out which is entered only by telegram, and not confirmed in writing, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 50/. 46. The entry shall state the name of the owner and the name and descrip- tion of the horse, and (if the race is for horses of different ages) the age which 3ft horse will be at the time of the race. ' _ | Entrance mo. must\^'^<5'"--equu^^f]'i I be paid at the time of entry. 47. Description of horse in first entry. — In entering a horse for the first t^ine for any race under Grand National Hunt Rules he shall be described by stating his colour (vvhen possible), and whether he is a horse, mare, or gelding, and the "Calendar" or "Stud-book" names of his sire and dam. If the dam was covered by more than one stallion the names of all must be stated, and by which stallion the mare was last covered. If the sire or dam has no name in the " Calendar " or Stud- book," such further pedigree and , description must be added as will clearly distinguish the horse entered from all other horses, and if the pedigree of the sire or dam is unknown, such further particulars as to where the horse was purchased or obtained must be given as will identify it. 48. Incorrect or insufficient description a disqualification. — If any horse shall be named or entered incorrectly and thereby be disqualified, his owner shall be liable to pay the forfeit, or, if a play or pay race, the whole stake. 49. If a horse be entered with a proposed name for the first time in several races closing on the same day, the description need not be added in more thnn the first of such entries. 50. Change of name. — Whenever the name of a horse which has run is changed, his old name as well as his new name must be given in every entry until the change has been pub- lished in the " Book of Steeple Chases Past." 51. Assumed names of oicners. — No assumed name of an owner shall be used in any subscription or entry unless such assumed name is duly registered as follows : — (i) The person intending to use an assumed name nuist register it annually at the Registry Office. A registration continues efi"ectual during the current year. (ii) A person cannot have more than one assumed name registered at the same time, nor can he use his real name in any subscription or entry so long as he has a registered assumed name. (iii) An assumed name may be changed at any time by registering a new assumed name. (iv) A person cannot register as his ^issumed nainp-^uaime which has been already registered by any other persoir, or the real name of any other person who runs horses in races in such other person's real name. (v) On every registration or change of an assumed name there must be paid at the Registry Office, to the credit of the Grand National Hunt Committee, a fee of five guineas. 52. Suhscrijytions are transferable. — Any person who subscribes to a sweep- stakes has the right of transferring the right of entry under any one or more of his subscriptions to any other person or persons. 53. Subscriptions arid entries cannot he struck out. — An entry to a race may, before the time of closing, be altered or withdrawn. 54. Subscriptions and all entries or rights of entry under them become void on the death of the subscriber. 55. Death of pei^son icho has made a subscription or entry. — Entries (except entries made under another person's subscription) become void on the death of the persons in whose names they are made. 56. If either party to a match die the match is off. 57. No alteration of entry after closing. No alteration or addition shall be made in any entry after the time fixed for closing, except that when a horse has 540 nORSE-EACING. been duly described a name may be added. In the event of a horse being entered for a race with the wrong- age, or an incorrect or imperfect description ac- cording to Rule 47, it may be corrected on the payment of a fine of 5/., pro- vided it be proved to the satisfaction of the stewards that it was accidental, and provided also that the correction is made, and the fine paid, before the Calendar following that in which the wrong entry appears. Tliis rule will allow of an entry being withdrawn, on the payment of a fine, from a race for which it was not quali- fied at the time of entry, but will not admit of any correction amounting to the substitution of another animal, which would be of the nature of a post entry. The fines under this rule to go to the winner, unless the winner be the person fined, when it shall go to the second horse. 58. Partnership in horses. — A horse cannot be entered in.Hi-? real or assumed nf^^n.e of any person as his owner unless that person's interest or property in the horse is at least equal to that of anv other one person. All partnerships and the name of every person having any interest in a horse must be entered at the R(;gistry Office before a horse which is a joint property can start for any race. A fee of 5s. shall be paid on the registration, and again on any change of partnership. 59. There shall be no restrictions with regard to training stables in the conditions of any race. Part V. — Stakes and Forfeits. 60. LiahiUtyfor Stakes and Forfeits. — A person entering a horse for a race thereby becomes liable for the entrance money and stake or forfeit. 61. A subscriber to a sweepstakes is liable for the stake or forfeit; but if he transfer the right of entry to any other lier'^on he is liable only in ease of de- fault by the transferee, and in that case he may recover it froiii the transferee. 62. A person taking an entry under nnothor person's subscription, where loifcit must be declared by a particular Iniic, if ho do not declare iforfcit by that time, shall be considered to have taken the engagement upon himself, and the original subscriber shall cease to be liable. 63. Payment and Gj^j^Ucafion of Stakes and Forfeits.— Entrance money, stakes, and forfeits must be paid in cash (if required) to the clerk of ihe course or authorised stakeholder. If any clerk of the course allow a horse to start in a race without his stake for that race having been paid, such clerk shall be liable for it himself. 64. Stakes and forfeits in a race be- long to the winner, except as otherwise declared in the conditions, and the s<;akeholder shall render an account to him, or his agent, and pay over all stakes and added money within fifteen days of the conclusion of the meeting. If the race be never run or be void, the stakes, forfeits, and entrance money shall be returned. 65. Stakes and arrears must he paid before starting.— A horse shall not start for a race unless thei-e have been dn'^^, paid^ before weighiup;^ 'll) any stake, forftKil'r, oi r^lr-ance money payable in respect of that race ; and also (2) all arrears due from any person for such horse, or due for the same or any other horse from any person by whom such horse is wholly or partly owned, or in whose name or under whose subscrip- tion he is entered ; and (3) any jockev's fee due under Rule 150. 66. In this rule "arrears" includes any sums payable for fines, entrance money, stakes, or forfeits in respect of any race at the same or any other meeting in the United Kingdom, and any sum in respect of which a person has been declared a defaulter. Provided that arrears of forfeits in respect of a meeting at any other place than the place at which the race is run shall not be included, unless notice of such forfeits being overdue has been publish e(i in the Unpaid Forfeit List or Steeplechase Forfeit List, or delivered in writing signed by the party claiming the arrears, to the clerk of the course or stakeholder, or to the person indebted, before ten in the evening preceding the race. 67. This rule shall apply also to arrears due at any meeting in the United Kingdom held under the Jockey Club Rules, or in Ireland under the Turf Club or Irish Grand National Rules. GRAND NATIONAL RULES. 541 TuE Forfeit List. 08. Steeplechase Forfeit List. — A Forfeit List shall be kept at the Registry Office, and shall be published in the Sheet Calendar " twice a year. It shall include all due and unpaid en- trances, stakes, fines, forfeits, and jockeys' fees which have been notified as hereinafter mentioned, and shall state the real name or names, and also the assumed name or names (if any) of the persons from whom, and the horses (if any) in respect of which the same are due. Entrances, stakes, fines, forfeits, and jockey's fees which have been so published must be paid directly into the Registry Office, and until so paid they shall not be removed from the list. 69. Any person to whom any entrance, stake, fine, or forfeit is payable (whether as an official of otherwise) may (or shall, if he be an official, within a month of* the publication of the next Forfeit List) notify the same in writing, signed by him to the Registry Office, or to the clerk of the course, and every such statement received by the clerk of the course shall be forthwith transmitted by him to the Registry Office. 70. So long as the name of a person is in any Forfeit List he cannot sub- scribe to any sweepstakes, and no horse cari be ep^'^''pJ Iv^Ti ur ita^der bis subscription for any race, whether act- ing as an agent or otherwise ; and no horse whicii has been entered by him, or in his name, or under his subscrip- tion, or of which he is wholly or partly the ovrner, or which, after his default has b.^eu twicepublished in the "Racing Cal' lar," shall be proved to the satis- fact" in of the stewards to be under his car^ training, management, or super- intendence, shall be qualified to run for any race; and so long as any horse is in any Forfeit List, such horse shall not be entered or run for any race. 71. A correctsd alphabetical index of the horses and owners in the last Forfeit List and Irish Forfeit List shall be published monthly during the racing season. Such monthly list shall com- mence not less than three years before the time at which it is published, and shall be. carried down to and include the latest Forfeit List which has been published in the " Sheet Calendar " as above mentioned. 72. If any horse which, or the oWner of which, is in any Forfeit List bo allowed to start, the clerk of the course shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 101. 73. If a horse which, or the owner of which, is in any Forfeit List be entered for any race, the owner of such horse shall be liable to a fine not exceeding bOl. ' Part VI.— The Race. Weighing Out and Starting. 74. Weighing out and Starting. — A horse shall not be qualified to run in a race unless Jiis name has been notified as a starter to the clerk of the scales on the day of the race, and his number exhibited one quarter of an hour before the time appointed for the race. If any alteration be made in a number after it has been exhibited, the stewards may call upon the owner, trainer, or jockey for an explanation, and if no satisfac- tory explanation be given, the owner, trainer, or jockey may be fined, and the horse shall not be allowed to start, nor the jockey to ride again until the fine is paid. 75. Every jockey who is to ride in the race shall weigh at the apr-ointed or usiuil place, unless especially ex- cused by the stew.ar.d".. ib. No person shall, without special leave from the stewards in writing, bo admitted to the weighing-room except the owner, trainer, and jockey, or other person having the care of a horse en- gaged in the race. 77. If a jockey intend to carry over- weight exceeding by more than four pounds the weight at which the horse is to run, he must declare the amount of such overweight. The declaration must be made to the clerk of the scales not later than twenty minutes before the time appointed for the start ; and the clerk shall exhibit the amount of such extra weight with the number of the horse. 78. [f a horse carry more than four pounds overweight, which has not been duly declared, provided his weight be not increased by immersion in water or by mud, he is disqualified. 79. Any overweight exceeding four pounds which has been carried, whether it has been duly declared or the horse has been disqualified, shall be pub- fished in the Steeplechase " Racing 542 IIORSE-RACING Calendar," and the clerk of the scales shall send a return thereof to the Re- gistry Office. 80. The iiorses must be started by the official starter or his authorised deputy or substitute, 81. The starter may give all such orders and take all such measures as are necessary for securing a fair start ; and in particular he may order the horses to be drawn up in a line as far behind the starting-post as he thinks proper. 82. The horses must be started from a walk. If the starter allow a start to take place in front of the starting-post the start is void, and the horses must be started again, and the starter shall forfeit a sum not exceeding 50/. 83. Every horse which comes up to the post in time to start shall be liable for his whole stake. Running. 84. Crossing, jostling^ cfic, in a hunters' flat race. — In a hunters' flat race a horse which crosses another is disqualified, unless it be proved that he was two clear lengths ahead of the other when he crossed. If a horse or his jockey jostle another horse, or the jockey of another horse, the jockey and horse which jostle the other are disqualified, w^J.oss it be proved that the jostle was wholly ca.'CiS'&'ii by the IrauVu Oi 'oui. ^ other jockey, or that the other horse or his jockey was partly in fault. 85. Crossing, jostling, <&c., in a steeple- chase or hurdle race. — The stewards shall have power to disqualify any horse from being declared the winner of a steeple chase or hurdle race, although he should come in first, if it can be clearly proved to their satisfaction that the jockey by any deliberate foul riding, intended to knock down any horse, or in any determined way jeopardise his chance of success in the race. The stewards have the power to fine a jockey for this offence any sum not exceeding 50/., or they may, at their discretion, submit the case to the Grand National Hunt Committee, who alone can suspend the jockey for life. In all cases the stewards of a meeting shall have the power of suspending a jockey until (he expiration of the meeting, or, if they should consider the case requires more severe punishment, until the same run be lieard and decided by the Grand National Hunt Committee. 86. If a horse run the wrong side of a post he must turn back and run the course from the post at which he left it. 87. Running over again. — If a race has been run by all the horses at wrong weights, or a wrong distance, or when the judge is not in the box, the stewards shall order it to be run after the advertised time of the last race of the same day. Weighing In. 88. Weighing in. — Every jockey must immediately after pulling up, ride his horse to the place of weighing, and there immediately dismount and be weighed by the clerk of the scales. Provided that, if a jockey be prevented from riding to the place of weighing by reason of accident or illness, by which he or his horse is disabled, he may walk or be carried to the scales. 89. If a jockey do not weigh in, or be short of weight, or be guilty or any fraudulent practice with respect to weight or weighing, or dismount before reaching the scales, or touch (except accidentally) any person or thing other than his own equipments before weighing in, his horse is dis- qualified, unless he can satisfy the stewards that he was justified by ex- traordinary circumstances. .90. It is o^^tional, for the. jockey to weigh out or in with his bridle, and the clerk of the scales shall allow one pound for a curb or double bridle. In the event of the jockey not being able to draw his weight with the one pound allowed for a curb bridle, he shall have the option of weighing in with his bridle ; but no weight shall be allowed for a snaffle bridle unless it is put into the scales before the horse is led away, and no whip or substitute for a whip shall be allowed in the scales. The clerk of the scales shall always put 41b. extra into the scale to prove that the horse lias not carried too much weight under Rule 78. 91. If a horse run in a hood or cloth- ing it must be put into the scale and included in the jockey's weight. Dead Heats. 92. Dead Beats.— A dead heat for the first place shall be run off after the last race on the same day (except by special permission of tlie stewards) un- less the owners agree to divide. The GRAND NATIONAL RULES, 643 other horses shall be deemed to have been beaten, but they shall be entitled to their places (if any) as if the race had been finally determined the first time. In case of a dead heat in which one horse declines to run it off, the third horse, if placed, becomes second, and the horse declining to run is dis- tanced, and is liable to be claimed if a selling race. 93. If a dead heat be run by two or more horses for a second or any lower place in a race, the owners shall divide, subject to the provisions of Part VII., Avhere the winner is objected to, and if they cannot agree as to which of them is to have a cup or other prize which cannot be divided, the question shall be determined by lot by the stew^ards. 94. When owners divide they shall divide equally all the moneys or other prizes which any of tliem could take if the dead heat were run off. 95. Horses running a dead heat for a race or place shall be deemed winners of the race or place until the dead heat is run off or the owners agree to divide, and if the owners agree to divide, each horse which divides shall be deemed a winner of the race or place for which he divides. 96. Walhing over. — A walk over shall in no case be deemed necessary, eitl-'^^r after a det^d heat or otherwise. It shall be sufficient if a horse be weighed for, mounted, and proceed to the starting-post, when, if no com- petitor appear in due time, he shall be considered the winner of the race. Such horse shall be liable to carry extra weight as a winner. Second Money. 97. Second money. — Any money or prize which by the conditions is to go to the horse phiced second, or in any lower place in the race, shall, if the winner has walked over or no horse has been so placed, be dealt with as follows : — (i) If it be the part of the stakes or plate, it shall go to the winner; or (ii) If it was to be given as a separate donation from the race fund, or any other source, it shall not be given at all ; or (iii) If it is entrance money for the race, it shall go to the race fund of the meeting. Part VII.— Objections and Complaints. 98. Judge^s decision final, subject to ohjeciions. — The determination of a judge declaring a horse to have won or to be entitled to a place shall be final, unless an objection is made and allowed on the . ground of disqualification. Provided that this Eule shall not pre- vent a judge from correcting any mistake. 99. Objections. — Every objection must be made in writing signed by the owner, jockey, or groom of some other horse engaged in the same race (or by the starter), or by a steward, and must be made to one of the stewards, or to the judge, clerk of the course, or clerk of the scales ; and the objector shall at the tmie he makes his objection deposit in the hands of the clerk of the course the sum of bl. which shall be returned if the stewards decide the objection to be simply valid or invalid ; but if their decision shall be that the objection is frivolous or vexatious, the money shall be forfeited to the Grand National Fund. 100. If an objection to a horse en- gaged in a race be made not later than half-past ten in the morning of the day for the race, the stew^ards may require his qualification to be prove^^ bcfo.^ t-hu race ; and in default of such proof being given to their satisfaction, they may declare him disqualified. 101. An objection to a horse, on the ground of a cross, jostle, or foul riding, or of his not having run the proper course, or of any other matter occurring in the race, must be made wilhin a quarter of an hour after the finish. 102. An objection on the ground of fraudulent or wilful misstatement or omission in the entry under which a horse has run or on the ground that the horse which ran was not the horse which he was represented to be in the entry or at the time of the race, or was not of the age which he was represented to be. or on the ground that he is dis- qualified by reason of any default entered in the Unpaid Forfeit List, may be received at any time within twelve months after the race. 103. In any other case an objection shall be made before the conclusion of the meeting. 544 HORSE-RACING, 104. Every objection shall be de- termined by the stewards, and their determination shall (if they are not the Stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee) be subject to appeal to the Stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee, through the stewards of the meeting-, and with their consent and that of the Stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee, and not otherwise. 105. If an objection to a, horse which has won or been placed in a race be declared valid, the horse shall be re- garded as having been last in the race, and the other horses shall talve positions accordingly. 106. When a dead heat is run for second place and an objection is made to the winner of the race, if such objec- tion be declared valid in time for the dead heat to be run off on the day of the race, the stewards may direct it to be run off accordingly. Otherwise the horses which ran the dead heat shall divide. 107. An objection cannot be with- drawn without leave of the stewards. 108. All costs and expenses in rela- tion to determining an objection shall be paid by the person decided against. 109. Effect of pending objection. — Pending the determination of an objec- tion, any money or prize which the horse objected to may have won or may -'Tin +fir ,acu shall be withheld 'jntil the objection is determined, and any forfeit payable by the owner or any other horse shall be paid to and held by the clerk of the course for the person who may be determined to be entitled to it. 110. When any race is in dispute both the horse that came in first and any horse claiming the race shall be liable to all tlie penalties attaching to the winner of that race till the matter is decided. 111. Sieimrda may order examination and call for proofs. — The stewards shall have power at any time, and either upon or without objection made, to order an examination by such person or persons as they think fit, of any horse entered for a race, or who has run in a race. 112. If a horse be declared to be of the wrong age, the expense of such examination shall be paid by his owner. Oth.erwise, it shall be paid by the person at whose request the examination is ordered, or out of the race fimd of the meeting, as the stewards direct. 113. The stewards shall also have power to call on any person in whose name a horse is entered to produce proof that the horse entered is not the property either wholly or in part of any person whose name is in any Unpaid Forfeit List or otherwise disqualified, or to produce proof of the extent of his interest or property in the horse, and in default of such proof beiug given to their satisfaction they may declare the horse disqualified. 114. Onus of proof. — When the qualification of any horse is objected to before starting for the race he is engaged in, the owner must produce proof of his qualification to the Stewards or clerk of the course, and if the owner shall start his horse without so doing, the prize shall be withheld for a period to be fixed on by the stewards, at the ex- piration of vAich time, if the qualifica- tion be not proved to the satisfaction of the stewards, he shall not be entitled to the prize though his horse shall have come in first, but it shall be given to the owner of the second horse. When the qualification of a horse is objected to after the race, the person making the objection must prove the disqualifica- tion. Part YIII. — Special *^onditions (Claiming and Selling Races ; Handicaps ; Sale with Engage- ments). — Horses Entered to be Sold. 115. Any horse running for any race "to be sold," shall, if the winner, be liable to be claimed for the selh'ng price ; and if it be a condition of the race that the winner is to be sold by auction the sale shall take place immediately after the race, and the surplus over the sell- ing price shall be divided between the owner of the second horse and the race fund of the meeting. If sold the horse shall not leave the place of sale until authorised by the clerk of the course to do so, and if the horse be not paid for or the clerk of the course satisfied with the security, within a quarter of an hour, he may order the horse to be put up a second time, and the purchaser at the first sale shall be responsible for any deficiency arising from the second sale, and shall be declared a defaulter until it be paid. GRAND NATIONAL RULES. 545 116. All other horses running to be sold may be claimed for the selling price and the amount of the stakes or plate by the owners of horses running in the race. 117. In selling races, no horse shall be entered to be sold for less than 50/. 118. Owners of horses placed shall have priority of claim in the order of their places, and if the owners of two or more horses, having equal rights, claim, they are to draw lots. The owner of the winner has the last claim. 119. No person can claim more than one horse. 120. Every claim must be made to the clerk of the scales within a quarter of an hour after the race. 121. The price of every horse claimed or sold, or bought in, must be paid to the clerk of the course, and an order given by him for the delivery of the horse. 122. In the case of a horse being claimed, if the price be not paid before seven o'clock in the evening of the day of the race, the claimant forfeits his right. If none of the other persons entitled accept the horse, the owner may indst on the first claimant taking and paying for it, and if he refuse or neglect to do so, he shall be declared a defaulter in respect of the price. If a horse walk over for a selling race he shall not be liable to be sold unless the added nvhe'-^ - norse is objected to under the provisions of Part VII. of these Rules : — (i) If the objection has not been made until after the horse has been claimed or bought, the person who claimed or bought him shall, if the objection be declared valid, have the option of returning him or retaining him at the price of a beaten horse. (ii) If the objection be made before the horse has been claimed or bought, the time for delivering him is thereby postponed until such time after the determination of the objection as the stewards appoint, and if the objection be declared valid, the person who has claimed or bought him shall have the same option as in the last mentioned case. 124. Special Rule ichere dead heat. — • If a dead heat be declared for the first or any other place in a race, the time for claiming or selling the horses run- ning the dead heat is thereby post- poned until the dead heat is run off, as the stewards appoint. In case of a division, each of the horses dividing is a winner for the purposes of these Rules relating to claiming and selling, and any surphis (in the case of a selling race) shall be divided between those horses and the race fund. Handicaps. 125. Handicaps. — A "handicap" is a race in which the weights which the horses are to carry are to be adjusted after the time limited for entering or naming, according to the handicapper's judgment of the merits of the horses, for the purpose of equalising their chances of winning. 126. .In a handicap (other than a free handicap) the horses must be entered in the usual way, and the person enter- ing a horse becomes liable for the stake or forfeit whether he accepts or not. 127. A free handicap is one in which no liability for stake or forfeit is in- curred until acceptance, and no entry need be made; and acceptance shall be considered as equivalent to an entry and as a representation that the horse is of the age and description stated in the list of weights ; and if the horse be not in fact of that age and description he shall be disqualified. 128. The winner- j-5ct pt/v cx.'-o iiandi- cap race shall be exempted froni the penalty of carrying extra weight in all public handicaps, the terms of which impose on winners of handicaps certain penalties for winning after a specified date, ^OTE. — By a private handicap is meant one in which the weights are agreed upon among the parties to it, and which has not been publicly advertised previous to the engagement being made. Sale with Engagements. 129. Liahilify for engagements of horses sold. — When a horse is sold with his engagements, or any part of them, the seller cannot strike the horse out of any such engagement, and he remains liable for the amount of the forfeits in N N 546 HORSE-RACING. each of the engagements, but he may, if compelled to pay them by tlie pur- cliaser's default, place the forfeit on the Forfeit List, as due from the purchaser to himself. 130. In all cases of sale by private treaty, the written acknowledgment of both parties that the horse was sold with the engagements is necessary to entitle the seller or buyer to the benefit of this Rule, and if certain engagements be specified it is to be understood that those only are sold with the horse ; but when the horse is sold by public auction the advertised conditions of the sale are sufficient evidence, and if certain en- gagements only be specified, it is to be understood these only are sold with the horse, and if he has been claimed as the winner of a race of which it was a condition that the winner was to be sold with his engagements, this also is sufficient. 131. When a person is entitled by purchase or otherwise to start for any engagement a horse which was entered by another person, and he is prevented by these rules from starting the horse without paying forfeits to which he would not otherwise be liable, he may, if he pays such forfeits, start the horse and place the forfeits on the Forfeit List, with the names of the horses in respect of which they are due as due to himself. Part IX.— Miscellaneous. — Foreign Horses. 1 32. Foreign Certifica te, &c. — A h ors e foalea ^u\- ul cu^ V^ited Kingdom shall not be qualified to start for any tiaQ until there have been deposited at the Kegistry Office (1) such a foreign certificate, and (2) such a certificate of age as are next mentioned, that is to say 133. The foreign certificate must state the age, pedigree, and colour of the horse, and any mark by which it may be distinguished, and must be signed by the secretary or other officer of some approved racing club of the country in which the horse was foaled, or by some magistrate, mayor, or public oHicer of that country. 134. The Stewards of the Grand National Hunt Committee may from time to time approve any racing club for the purposes of this rule, arid pi-e- scribe the magistrate, mayor, or public officer by whom a foreign certificate must be signed. They may also require any further proof or confirmation in any particular case, and may declare any horse disqualified in default thereof; ^ 135. The certificate of age must be signed by a veterinary surgeon in the United Kingdom, approved for this purpose by the Stewards of the Grand National Hunt- Committee either by general order or in the particular case. And these certificates, or a certified copy of them, shall be in the weighing- room, open to the inspection of the owners of the other horses engaged in the race, the first time the horse runs in England. 136. A horse which has been out of the United Kingdom (otherwise than as a foal at the foot of his dam) before having run for any public plate or sweepstakes in Great Britain, shall not be qualified to start for any public race until a certificate of age signed as in the last rule mentioned has been de- posited at the Registry Office. Corrupt Practices ^nd Dis- qualifications. 137. Penalties for corrupt p-actices on the Turf. — If any person corruptly give or offer any money, share in a bet, or other benefit to any person having official duties in relation to a race or to any jockey ; or 138. If any person having official duties in relation to a race, or any jockey, corruptly accept or offer to ac- cept any money, share in a bet, or other benefit ; or 139. Wilfully enter or cause to be entered or start for any race a horse which he knows to be u\''f shpping on one or other of the bridges. The consequence is that the stifles are caught by the stile, and the liorse is arrested by it, and yet fails to get a footing for his fore-legs, from the presence of the bridge in front. Some- times he is actually hung there, and can neither get back nor forward until the stile gives way. There is also great danger, in all cases of jumping timber standing, of the horse getting his legs between the bars after a mistake. It is a frightful accident, as it so often leads to a broken leg. The only remedy is to get some one to sit upon the horse's head so as to keep him down, and then, by means of stirrup-leathers, to attempt to pull the leg back ; but it requires great coolness and judgment 1 to avoid doing mischief, and sometimes i the bars are so close together, and the leg is so firmly jammed, that the saw applied to the timber is the only possible resource. The Flying Leap may be either slow or fast, but the former is that which is usually practised in hunting. I have ; shown, in the description of the steeple- I chase, that in that species of getting ' across-country the leaps must be all taken quickly at a good pace, consti- tuting really a flying leap. But in riding to hounds, the ground has not previously been gone over, and until the horse actuafly reaches the fence and is just going to make his spring, he cannot tell what he may have to surmount. If, therefore, he is ridden very fast at his fences, there is no time to calculate the effect, and it will constantly happen that a mistake follows ; but if a leisurely hand-gallop or canter is practised, with the horse weU on his haunches, he can measure exactly his taking oif, and the amount of muscular effort which will land him on the far side of the ditch, if there is one. It also provides for the power of stopping entirely, if there should happen to be a pool, or a gravel-pit, or a sunk road beyond. For these reasons, most men prefer the steady jumper ; and he will cer- tainly go through a season with the smallest number of mistakes. At all places where height is to be jumped, the slower the horse goes at them the higher he can rise, provided only that he is in a steady stride, with his hind- legs well under him. A trot does not succeed so weU, because in it both hind-legs do not act at one moment, and they are not both equally ready for the spring. Nevertheless, some hunters are very clever in rising from the trot ; and the celebrated Vivian, of steeplechase fame in its early days, was remarkably so. I have seen him get over high timber from the trot in a way which ^vould puzzle our modern steeplechaser to imitate, either in height or style. For my own part, I should always prefer a horse to go a pretty good pace at his fences, pro- vided he is wiUing to be stopped, if necessary. An animal which is under no control is always dangerous; but short of this, it always appears to me that there is no medium, in point of comfort and safety, between the de- cided creep, which can scarcely be too slow, and the steady hand-gallop. In properly collecting the horse, and putting him at his fence, there is a great art, and nothing but practice will give it in perfection. Double posts-and-rails require a great deal of collecting and rousing, and the horse must go pretty fast at them, as also must he at all wide jumps, in- cluding water in all its forms. One \ 576 RIDING TO BOUNDS, essential is, that the horse shall have coutideiice in his rider ; for if he thinks he may turn to the right or left he will most probably do so, unless he is very fond of jumping. Nervous men communicate their feel- ing to their horses, and though it may be difficult to explain how it is done, there is no doubt of the fact. It is remarkable how soon horses find out what kind of man they carry, and how they alter under different hands. This is partly owing to a mismanage- ment of the mouth, but in great measure also to the trepidation of the rider. Unless, therefore, he has full confidence in his own courage, he need never expect his horse to go steadily and straight at his fences. The collecting is much easier than the management of the bit at the leap itself, for two opposite things are to be done, and the delicate point is to hit the moment of change from one to the other to a nicety. The first is to " catch hold of the horse's head," as it is called — that is, to bear more or less upon the mouth, pull the horse on his haunches and rouse him, either by voice, heel, or whip. This lasts till the moment of the effort made to rise over the obstacle, when the head should be released, so that the horse may have all his bodily powers at his command. If the head is confined the haunches do not act fully, because in springing the head is protruded, and pain is given by the bit, if it is still held fast ; and hence, to avoid the pain, the extension does not take place, the leap is not made with suffi- cient spring or power, and the horse alights too near the ditch, if there is one, or possibly in it. But in releasing the head judgment is required, for if tlie rein is too louse the horse is apt to alight in such a position that he is " all abroad," and without great help he will often fall ; hence, most good performers, though they do not abso- lutely confine the head, yet they keep a very gentle and delicate hold of the mouth, and not only thus prevent the liorse over-extending himself, but are also prepared to assist him if he is inclined to fall. This is the finished style of riding, and is only in the power of a man with a good seat as well as good hands. Both are wanted, because without the former it is im- possible to avoid "riding the bridle" — that is, holding on by it as well as by the saddle ; and without good hands that delicate management of the bridle which I have attempted to describe is impracticable. Everyone ought to be taught to ride without a bridle, depending upon the saddle alone ; and without such a means of acquiring the art few people attain that perfection oE handhng which is called " having good hands." It is always desirable on horseback, but never more so than in getting across country. Lifting the horse is sometimes at- tempted with the bit, but I doubt its utility. When a horse is hkely to touch the top bar of a gate, or in any way to use too small an effort, a stroke of the whip down the shoulder is the best lift. Rousing and collecting are quite distinct from hfting, wliich I believe to be a myth altogether. In the same category I should place the " second stroke " of the horse, which some people suppose is given in the air ; and even Mr. Apperley was of that opinion. It is so thoroughly in opposition to all the laws of mechanics, that I must beg to differ from him and his supporters ; and though I am aware that an instinc- tive effort is often made to increase the leap, yet I must doubt its utility. The world might be moved with a fulcrum, but without it not even a feather will stir. Now the only ful- crum for the horse at this time is the resisting power of the air, which is inappreciable, and consequently I can- not subscribe to the above commonly received opinion. If this conclusion is correct, neither voice, spur, nor whip will have effect after the hind-feet have quitted the ground ; and that such is the fact I am thoroughly con- firmed, both from theory and practice. Tfe " On-and-Off " Leap is required chiefly where banks are to be got over, and it is never attempted except at a slow pace ; sometimes even from a walk, or w^hile standing. Great care must be taken to give the horse his head, and he should only be assisted at the moment of touching the ground. Many horses are very clever at this kind of jumping, and especially the Irish breeds, Avhich will top a bank, or even a w^all, like a dog, touching with all four legs almost at the same moment, and doing it very neatly and quickly. Most English horses, how- ever, raise themselves on to the bank VARIETIES with their hind-legs, and then dwelling for a moment on the top, they extri- cate their fore-legs deliberately, and descend slowly into the next field, using just sufficient force to clear any obstacle in the way, such as a ditch. "In-and-Out" Jumping requires great practice, and very few hunters attain it in perfection. It should be at- tempted very slowly, and at a slight angle with the fence, which gives the horse greater room to fall and rise again in the space between. He must be well on his hind-legs to do it, and should have very little interference with his head. Double posts-and-rails, or double hurdles, are almost the only kinds of fence requiring this style of jumping, which is much safer with a finished hunter than the attempt to fly both at once. In Creeping, good hands and great quietness in the saddle are the chief elements of success, and without them both no one is likely to do much in this particular style ; hence it is that so few men can " creep " well, even though they have horses accus- tomed to it under other hands. When the horse has been thoroughly taught to creep, the head may almost be left without control, merely guiding him quietly to the gap, and then letting hhn take his own way ; but where the horse has to be made to creep, a rein should be taken in each hand, and the head guided as if with a silken thread, to the right or left, or wherever the animal is required to go. AVhen a horse is thoroughly accustomed to his rider's hand he will creep in the most clever style, and will never attempt to rise into a leap without the sign being given him by the heel, and by gently touching the mouth. It is a thing, however, that nothing but practice will give, and even that continued for a long time sometimes fails. The Drop Leap can scarcely be too slow, unless there is a ditch or brook to be crossed at the same time. Even when there is a fence to be taken before the drop, the pace must never be forced, or the fore-legs are sure to give way and the nose touches the ground, followed by a severe fall. In dropping, the balance of the horse- man should always be well back ; the shoulder-blades almost, or quite, touch- ing the horse's croup ; the head of the horse may be reheved from all pressure OF LEAPS. 677 of the bit until the fore-legs actually touch the ground, when a slight assist- ance will generally be prudent. The Simple Thoun-Fence may be either in a state of nature or cropped or wattled with binders. The first is a very easy jump, and seldom occasions a fall, because, even if the horse strikes it, his legs pass through and no harm ensues. The cropped fence is dangerous, because the sharp stubbs sometimes occasion a severe wound, to such an extent as to " stake the horse," as it is called, and endanger his life from the injury of some im- portant organ. Wattled-fences are often very strong ; and even when they are as thin as in Warwickshire they are made so strongly that no hoi'se can break through them. In this country they resemble an espalier apple-tree in appearance more than an ordinary fence, and they must be taken with great care by strange horses, which are very apt to strike them, from being able to see through th«m ; and if they do, they are almost sure to fall over, or sometimes even back again. Sheep-Hurdles may be taken in any way, as from their weakness they seldom occasion a mistake ; from which quality they are most commonly used as a means of teaching to jump. In some countries, however, a stronger wattled-hurdle is employed, and it is much more un- yielding in its nature. Neither, how- ever, is often more than three feet in height. Post-and-Rails are, when new, the most firm and unyielding kind of tim- ber-fence, and should on that account be taken very carefully, with a good collecting of the horse, and a blow of the whip down the shoulder, or a free use of the voice and spur. A steady collected hand-gallop is the best pace to go at them. Park-Paling is a very dangerous kind of timber, because the legs are so apt to be held in the forks between the pales. It should, therefore, always be taken with great caution. Double Posts-and-Rails must either be taken flying at a good and fast pace, with a Hberal use of the per- suaders, or else the " in-and-out" jump described above is to be adopted. In all cases this kind of fence is a dangerous one, and many otherwise bold riders carefully eschew it on all occasions. V P 578 HIDING TO HOUNDS. Gates may be taken like posts-and- rails, but they are more dangerous, be- cause they are generally across ground sticky and deep from the passage of cattle ; and also, from being sometimes unfastened, they give way a little on being struck by the knees of the horse, and thus insure his fall in a very av\('kward manner. Plain Banks merely require the " on- aiul-off " style already described. Ditches must be taken with great warning and persuading with the spur, i£ wide enough to require it ; but if narrow — that is, not exceeding six or eight feet — with sound ground on the landing side, a slower pace will suf- fice, or even sometimes a standing- juiiip. Brooks, unless fordable, will demnnd a good pace, catching fast hold of the head, first of all, and driving well at the brook, without confining the head, when taking the leap. Wherever there is a chance of refusing, both hands sltould coiniuand the bridle, and the horse should be carefully watched, lest he turn either way and " baulk " the leap. Banks with Ditches only require a little more care than without them ; and when the ditches are wide, the lioEse must be ridden a trifle faster. Banks with thorn-fences must be treated according to the nature of the fence, which, if open and straggling, and without stubbs, does not interfere with the ordinary mode of taking the i'cnce as a simple bank ; but if the thorn-fence is strong and pleached, the whole must be taken flying, with sufficient pace to clear the width, what- ever that may be. The same remarks apply to the next division — viz., banks with thorn-fences and single or double ditches, except that they require great caution and more jumping power. Bullfinches must either be taken at full swing, using the arms and hands as a guard for the face, or they may be passed by creeping, at which some horses are very clever ; but a thick fence of this description can seldom be got through except at full charge. Wattled-Fences on each side of a bank, called " doubles," are very diffi- cult to get over when high and strong; the only plan is to jump on to the bank Mid off again, as they are generally too wide to take at once. Stone-Walls are the easiest of all fences when the horse is fully aware of their nature. The eye should always be on the look -out for very low places, which should not be selected, because they are often the boundaries of gravel-pits or stone - quarries, at which parts high walls are not required. Generally speaking, the safest place to take is a part of the wall of an average height. A slow hand-gallop is the best pace, and the horse chould be well coflected on his haunches. Wire introduced through thorn- fences to strengthen them must be carefully avoided in countries where it is known to exist. Nothing is so dangerous, as it not only seriously injures the horse, but gives a very- severe fall to the rider, and yet it cannot be seen before " taking off." PART 11. HORSE-RACING. BOOK IV.— MATCH-TROTTING. CHAPTER I. Sect. I.— Description of Tiiotting- ;^LVTCHES. These matches are of considerable antiquity in this country, but they have never reached anything hke a high position, in spite of considerable efforts in this direction about forty years ago, and again during the last year or two. In America, on the con- trary, they have been regarded with intense interest, and for a long time completely eclipsed "racing," in our EngHsh acceptation of the term. As Mr. Herbert, in The Horse of America^ remarks, " It is not difficult to under- stand the reason of this, nor would it be dangerous to prophesy that in England the trotting-horse will never become generally popular as it is in Ameiica ; in a word, that he will never be kept to any extent, except by persons of great wealth, who, capable of any expense, may choose, in addition to a full stud of hunters and general horses for general purposes, to keep a flying trotter or two for the name of the thing ; or to those who intend to make a gain of them by matching, as turfmen do of their racehorses. The reason for this state of things are mani- fold : first perhaps one may say, that the spirit of the EngHsh equestrian is thoroughly set on the saddle, and not on wheels. I do not think that I ever knew or heard tell of such a thing in my life, in England, as of two gentle- men going out to take a drive for pleasure in a light carriage, unless it were fast collegians driving tandem." The American trotter is not a distinct racer ; and indeed his history cannot be clearly traced ; but enough is known to Bhow that some first-rate trotters have descended from Canadian, whilst others, equally good, have come from the Norman-French. A third strain trace back to the ordinary horse of the Southern States, and a fourth to the Indian pony. All these, or nearly all, have been crossed with the English thorough-bred ; but there is reason to believe that in certain cases trotters have been of pure blood without any admixture of any of the above American or French strains. The first recorded trotting-match in America was in 1818, when Boston Blue was matched to trot a mile in three minutes, and won with several seconds to spare. This time, which would now be thought nothing of even in England, was then considered im- possible ; but in 1833 and 1834 Edwin Forrest and Sally Miller beat it by nearly half a minute. We next find Lady Suffolk reducing the time, in 1842, to 2*28 ; and year by year seconds were cast off until, in 1859, the cele- brated Idora Temple (who first appeared in 1850 with an average of about 2-53) astonished her admirers by trotting a mile in 2'15|. Seven years after this date Dexter reduced the time to 2-17^ ; and in 1874 American Girl came to the front with 2-16^. Goldsmith's Maid knocked 2i- seconds off this flying pace ; and lastly, in 1878, Rarus again reduced the time three quarters of a second, beyond which it almost seems impossible to go. It may be interesting to compare an account of the trotting-matches of America with those of our own island. The following report of one is ex- tracted from Murray's " Lands of the Slave and the Free ; " and no doubt it gives a good idea of their races as conducted at the time it was written ; but great improvements have been made since then, particularly as regards speed. DESCRIFflON OF A LONG ISLAXD TrOT- ting-Match. — " The race-course is a two-mile distance, perfectly level, on a smooth and stoneless road, and forming a complete circle. Light trotting-wag- gons are driving about in the centre, j taking it easy at sixteen miles an hour ; FP 2 680 MATCH-TEOTTING. outside are gioups of ' rowdies ' making their books, and looking out for green- horns, an article not so readily found at Long Island as at Epsom. The race is to be 'under the saddle,' and the long list of competitors which had been announced has dwindled down to the old and far-famed Lady Suffolk, and the young and unf amed Tacony. A stir among the ' rowdies ' is seen, followed by the appearance of Lady SufEolk. I gazed in wonder as I saw her — a small pony -looking animal, moving her legs as though they were in splints, and as if six miles an hour were far beyond her powers. Soon after Tacony came forward, the picture of a good bony post-horse, destitute of any beauty, but looking full of good stuif. The riders have no distinctive dress ; a pair of Wehington-boots are pulled on outside the trousers ; sharp spurs on the heels — rough-and-ready-looking prads these. The winning-post is opposite the stand ; the umpire is there with a deal board In his hand ; a whack on the side of the stand 'summons to horse;' and another ' summons to start.' The start is from the distance-post, so as to let the horses get into the full swing of their pace by the time they reach the winning-post, Avhen, if they are fairly up together, the cry ' OfE ' is given ; if it be not given they try again. (When speaking of the time in which the mile is completed, the fact of its commencing at full speed should always be borne in mind.) On the present occasion there was no false start; the echo of the second whack was still in the ear as they reached the winning-post neck- and-neck. 'Off' was the word, and away they went. It certainly w^as marvellous to see how dear old Lady Suffolk and her stiff legs flew round the course; one might have fancied she had been fed on hghtning, so quick did she move them, but with wonderfully short steps. Tack, on the contrary, looked as if he had been dieted on Lidian-rubbcr balls. Every time he raised a hind-leg it seemed to shoot to his own length ahead of him- self ; if he could have made his steps us quick as the old Lady, he might have done a mile in a minute nearly. Picsently Tacony breaks up, and ere he pulls into a trot a long gap is left ; shouts of 'Lady Suffolk! Lady Suffolk wins!' rend the air; a few seconds uiore and the j^iant-strides of Tacony lessen the gap at every step ; they reach the distance-post neck-and-neck : ' Tacony wins ! ' is the cry ; and true enough it is, by a length. Young blood beats old blood ; " Indiari rubber balls 'whip' lightning. Time, five minutes. The usual excitement and disputes follow ; the usual time elapses, whack number one is heard — all ready —whack number two ; on they come ; snaftle-bridles— pulling at their horses' mouths as though they would pull the bit right through to the tips of their tails. 'Off!' is the cry; away they go again. Tacony breaks up ; again a gap, which huge strides speedily close up again— Tacony wins. Time, five minutes five seconds." In a subsequent part of his travels in America, Capt. Murray alludes to a race in another locality :— " The race-course at Philadelphia is a road on a perfect level, and a circle of one mile ; every stone is carefully removed, and it looks as smooth and clean as a swept-floor. Upon the present occasion the ex- citement was intense. An antagonist, had been found bold enough. to measure speed with ' Mac '—the great Mac, who while 'whipping creation,' was also said never to have let out his full speed. He was thorough-bred, about 15| hands, and lighter built than my rawboned friend Tacony, and he had lately been sold for 1600/. So sure did people, apparently, feel of Mac's easy victory, that even betting was out of the question. Unlike the Long Island affair, the riders appeared in jockey attire, and the whole thing was far better got up. Ladies, how- ever, had long ceased to grace such scenes. Various false starts were made, all on the part of IMac, who, trusting to the bottom of blood, apparently en- deavoured to ruffle Tacony's temper, and weary him out a little. How futile were the efforts the sequel plainly showed. At length a start was effected, and away they went, Tacony with his hind-legs as far apart as the centre arch of Westminster Bridge, and with strides that would almost clear the Bridgewater Canal. :Mac's rider soon found that in trying to ginger Tacony's temper he had peppered his own horse s, for he broke up into a gallop twice. Old Tacony and his rider had evidently got intimate since 1 had seen them at New York, and they now thoroughly under- stood each other. On he went with THE HORSE AND THE EIDER. 581 giant strides ; Mac fought bravely for the van, but could not get his nose beyond Tacony's saddle-girth at the winning-post. Time, 2 minutes 25^ seconds. Then followed the usual race-course accompaniments of cheers, squabbles, growling, laughing, betting, drinking, &c. The pubho were not convinced ; Mac was still the favourite ; the champion - chaplet was not thus hastily to be plucked from his hitherto victorious brow. Half an hour's rest brought them again to the starting- post, when Mac repeated his old tactics, and with similar bad success. Nothing could ruffle Tacony, or produce one false step; he flew round the course, everj' stride hke the ricochet of a 32-lb. shot. His adversary broke up again and again, losing both his temper and his place, and barely saved his distance as the gallant Tacony, his rider with a slack rein and patting liiui on the neck, reached the winning- post. Time, 2 minutes 25 seconds. The shouts were loud and long ; such time had never been made before by fair trotting, and Tacony evidently could have done it in two if not three seconds less. The fastest trotting ever accomplished before was 2 minutes 26 seconds. The triumph was complete, Tacony nobly won the victorious gar- land ; and as long as he and his rider go together, it will take, if not a rum 'un to look at, at all events a d — 1 to go, ere he be forced to resign his championship." Since the time of Tacony, his perfor- mances have been completely eclipsed, as will be seen by reference to the particulars given in Sect. 6. Sect. 2. — The Match -Trotter. The Horse used for the purpose of trotting matches in this country is an accidental variety of the hunter or hack. Some, it is true, are, or rather were, bred expressly for the purpose, but nowadays such an attempt would . scarcely pay, since the outside price of a first-rate trotter, as such, would seldom reach lOOZ, If he be also a good hack i or harness-horse, and with good figure, ' suitable for a gentleman's use, he might perhaps command a few pounds more, I but certainly not exceeding 150^. Hence with this boundary as a prize, and with numerous blanks in case of ; failure, the speculation would be a poor one. Several trotting stallions are, however, used throughout the country for the purpose of improving the breed of hacks and harness-horses ; and from their stock a trotter of more than usual powers sometimes is selected and used for match-trotting, as was the case with Rochester, who was supposed to be by the Norfolk Phenomenon. Generally speaking, these horses are about 14^ hands high, or not exceeding 15 hands. Rochester, who was one of our very best match -trotters, was about this height. But there is no reason why such beauty of form should not coincide with excellence of performance any more than is the case with the ordinary racehorse, where elegance generally coincides with excellence ; and the best horse of his year is often also the best-looking. In some cases trotters have been nearly, or quite, of Eastern blood, as, for instance, Infidel, by Turk ; Scott, by Blank ; Pretender, by Hue and Cry, out of a thorough-bred Pre- tender mare, &c. ; and in America they are generally descended from thorough- bred sires for many generations, their pedigrees now being as carefully looked after as those of our racing stock in this country. Generally speaking, how- ever, trotters in England have been less than half-bred. Skct. 3.— The Rider. The Riding of Trotters, so as to ex- tend them without breaking, is a task of great difficulty, and requii-es a union of good temper, seat, and hands seldom found together. These horses almost all pull considerably, and, whether Enghsh or American, can scarcely be made to do their outside performance without a strong arm and a steady hand. They are generally ridden in a plain Pelham or a snaffle, and some- times with a straight bit ; but a Pelham, or common curb, is required to pull them up short when they break, or, as the Americans term it, when they "break up." At this time if they have only the bit with which they have ordinarily ridden, they can scarcely be stopped in time to satisfy the umpires, and hence the necessity for a severe control in the shape of one or other of the above curbs. The seat requires to be very steady, and with as little rise and fall in the trot as can be managed, so as not to throw [ 682 MATCH-TBOTTING. the horse out of his stride, and yet enough to ease liim in it. Above all, care must be taken, that while urging liini to his utmost, he is not urged too far, as in that case great loss of ground is sustained by the break. Weight is of some importance in match-trotting, but a moderately heaA^y man who can liold his horse down to a trot is better than a "feather" who allows him to break continually. Mr. Daniell remarks : " In 1800, Eobson's brown mare, Pheno- mena, attracted considerable attention according to Mr. Lawrence, by trotting 17 miles in 56 minutes, and afterwards in 53 minutes, when her owner offered to match her to perform 19^ miles within the hour ; but the challenge was not accepted. These were, doubt- less, extraordinary performances ; but it was not considered, either by the public or by the trotting-jockeys them- selves, how much was to be allowed in the estimation on account of the light weiglit she carried — namely, a ' feather ' being ridden by a lad belonging to the racing stables, weighing about bst. She had not more speed with a 'feather,' probably not so much, as former capi- tal horses carrying 12st. and upwards, several of which would in all proba- bility have performed, with comparative case, as much in an hour as she did ; or even perhaps have actually accom- plished the neplus ultra of trotting 20 miles in one hour. Formerly it was a maxim in trotting races, that weight did not form a considerable object, and that a rider of hght weight was not calculated for the purpose, whence the matches were always made with catch- weights, and very often a heavy one chosen in preference, as was the case in Archer's match, in which he carried nearly 12st." Sect. 4.— Thi^ Course. Ti:e Trcitikg - Match Course is generally a tolerably wide, level, and even road, without loose eloncs, or other impediments. It is seldom free from the disadvantages of steep liills or bioken stones for more than a few miles, and for this reason, in most matches of more than four or five miles, it is provided that the race shall come off by trotting a certain distance. Bay five miles out and in, as often as will make in the whole. In America, liowcver, tlie trotting tracks are usually circular, and made especially for the purpose. Sect. 5. — Laws. The only Laws relating to match- trotting are the following : — There shall be an umpire appointed on each side, with a referee ; also a timekeeper for each party with stop - watches. The umpires start the horse, and stop their watches at the same moment, having previously set them exactly with the timekeepers, whtD have only to stop theirs at the moment of pass- ing the winning-post, when the differ- ence between the two shows the time actually engaged in the match. In harness, if a horse breaks, the opposite umpire cries " back," and the horse is obliged to be stopped, and to back the wheels, of which operation ever so little is enough ; after which he may start afresh. In the saddle, if the horse breaks, he must turn round at the order of the umpire, and if his lider refuses, he forfeits the match. All other points are embraced in the conditions, which vary with almost every race. Sect. G. — Performances. The following table shows the forraances of American trotters who have done the mile in 2-20 and under. Nothing like this has been done -in England, even with American horses, but as Mr. Robert Bonner of New York has brought over ten of the fastest trotters of the day, we shall have an opportunity of seeing what can be done here. Rams, by Conklin's Abdallali, dam by Telegraiih 2 ISJ Goldsmith Maid, by Alexander's Abdallah, dam by Abdallah 2 14 Hopeful, by Godfrey's Patchem, dam by the Bridliam Horse 2145 Lulu, by Alexander's Norman, dam by imp. Hooton 215 Smuggler, by Blanco, son of Iron's Cad- mus, dam unknown 2"15i Lucille Golddiist. by Golddust, dam by Bald Hornet 216i American Girl, by Amos C. M. Clay, dam luiknown 2 Ifi.J Occident, by Dot. son of the pacer St. Clair, dam unknown 2'1(' | Gloster, by Volmitcer, dam by Stockbridge Cliief ; 217 Dexter. by Hambletonian, dam by American Star 217J Judge Fullerton, by Edwai-d Everett, dam unknown 2 18 Nettie, by Hambletonian, dam by American Star 21 R Red Cloud, by Legal Tender, dam unknown 21S Edwanl Forrest, by Bannock's Edwin Forrest, dam unknown 2"18 TBAINIKG THE TllOTTEIi. 683 Great Eastern, by Walkill Chief, d.im by son of imp. Consternation 2-18 T ftdy Maud, by Gen. Knox, dam imknowu 218^ Ijvdy Ttora, by Mambrino Chief, dam by Qj^Q "'ISj l.nrr, by G.' M. Patclicn, dam by Mayday.. 2 18^ Midnight, by Peacemaker, dam by son of Hiram Drew 2 18^ Sli)W Go, bv Young Sliai.tuck. grandson of Medoc. dam unknown I IH Tol Lewis, bv Rifleman, dam imknown Cozette, by "Blumberg s Black Bashaw, dam unknown 2 19 Albemarle, by Tom Himter, dam by Blucher 2 19 ri -k Swiveller, by Walkill Chief, dam by Harry Ciav Bodine, bv Volunteer, dam by Harry Clay 2-194 Comee, by Daniel Lambert, dam by imp. Balrownie 2 19^ George Palmer, by Ames' Bogus, dam by HarrvClav 210^ Ilannis, by Mambrino Pilot, dam unknown 219:^ Protine. by Blackwood, dam by Mambrino Chorister 219i Croxie, by Clark Chief, dam by imp. Young Priam 2 lO^ Thomas L. Young, by Yellow Jacket, dam by Dragon 2 19^ Edward, by Fiske's Hambletonian, dam unknown 219^ Camors. by Gen. Knox, dam unknown 2-19J Flora Temple, bv One-Eved. Kentucky Hunter, dam by Spotted Arabian 2-19f Adelaide, by Thil Sheridan, dam unknown 2-19| Nancy Hackett. by Wood's Hambletonian, dam unknown 2"20 Bonesetter, bv tlie Brooks Horse, son of Pilot Jr., dam by Stump the Dealer 2 20 rieety Golddust, by Golddust, dam a Morgan niare 2 20 Prank, by Pathfinder IL, dam unknown.... 2 20 .lohn H., by Blumberg's Black Bashaw, dam unknown 2 20 Little Fred, by Eastman's Morgan, dam by Blackbird 220 Mambrino Gift, by Mambrino Pilot, dam by Pilot, junr 2 20 May Queen, by Alexander's Norman, dam by Crockett's Arabian 2 20 Sect. 7. — Training. The Preparation for these matches varies according to their length ; if the distance is very short tliere is nothing gained by too long a time being be- stowed upon it, and if the horse is in ordinary stable condition, a fortnight uv three weeks v«'ill amply suffice. Walking exercise will be required to llie usutil extent; and the distance to be trotted should be gone over every day on ground which will not shake the pints; unless the match is made to trot more than 8 or 10 miles. Nothing does 80 much harm as the constant rattling over hard roads, which causes a soreness of the joints and a tender- ness of the feet highly inimical to fast I'aoe. Turf, however, is seldom suited io these horses, and they cannot often be made to trot at their best rate over this kind of ground ; hence it neitliei suits as a course nor as a training- ground, except for walking exercise; and the trotter must be practised and trained over the road ; but at the same time the sides, which are softer than the middle, answer all good purposes without any of the bad. If the horse is too lusty he must sweat, as in ordi- nary training ; and it is better to sweat him on the gallop than the trot, be- cause the weight of clothes has a tendency to reduce the pace. Some horses, however, can trot faster than they can gallop, and with them it would be absurd to attempt to sweat them with the slower pace in prefer- ence to the faster. Towards the last ten days the horse should be made to do his best; and if the match is against another, and not against time, he must be used to doing his task in compan}^, or he will be so hot when he is actually engaged in the match that he will be sure to break. If the dis- tnnce is a long one, a preparation of two months may be necessary, with at least four hours' walking exercise per day, and a long steady trot of about 8 or 10 miles in addition. This will be found sufficient to bring any horse up to the mark, and is better than over- doing the thing. For these long dis- tances most horses require a few sweats, as they should carry no super- fluous flesh ; yet at the same time they may easily be drawn too fine, and made weak instead of stronger by too much sweating. All this, however, as in the training of the racehorse, must vary with each animal, and no rule for all can be laid down. One thing is however clear, namely, that no horse can be brought to his best as a trotter without several years' training. Sect. 8. — Match- Carts and Harness. The Carts, Harness, &c., for these feats are very light ; some of the former, with five-foot wheels, being little over 100 lb. A breast-strap with these is found to answer better than a collar, from its confining the shoulders less. The American carts far excel the English in all points, and in their lightest pattern the driver actually sits partly by the side of the horse. PAET II. HOESE-RACING. BOOK y.— THE PEEPARATIOi^- OF THE EIDER. Training for Eiding is required only ■where, firstly, a very large-framed man is anxious to reduce his weight within such bounds as are compatible with the powers of a hunter to carry him up to hounds ; and, secondly, when for racing purposes weight is to be re- duced. In both cases it is only neces- sary that there should be no loss of power, and in both the plan may be nearly the same, though it is seldom that the amateur sportsman will go to the extreme pains and mortifications which the professional jockey is often obliged to submit to. It will be readily allowed that here the objects to be at- tained differ materially from those con- templated in training for rowing or pedestrianism, where the strength must be not only husbanded, but increased as much as possible, and in which purga- tion, sweating, and starving, must be used only so far as is consistent with the preservation of full health. In training for riding, on the contrary, if the ordinary strength is only husbanded, it need not be increased, though to ride a four mile gallop or steeplechase with a pulling horse is no slight effort ; still, however, a strong man may get off a great deal of weight by the above means, and yet be capable of holding his horse well together through a steeple- chase, or twenty minutes' burst across country with foxhounds. But he must be a thorough sportsnian at heart to do this, since the denials which he must submit to are by no means trivial. I have more than once known the love of sport induce a man, who would in full health have ridden more than IGst., by the aid of a 101b. saddle, go to the meet not more than 13st. 71b. Such men have their reward, for they enjoy the f«ll difference between seeing hounds do their work, without dis- tressing their horses, or pounding along a ro.'ulway, or following in the rear of » field of lighter weiglits. It must be recollected, however, that for hunting the weight must be reduced during the whole of the winter, and conse- quently all unnatural purgatives and sweatings are out of the question, since they would injure the constitution if continued for so long a time. Hence I should advise that purgatives should not be resorted to more than once in ten days, or once a week at the most, since their effect, if frequently repeated is to weaken the stomach and bowels, and in all probability to shorten life. Excessive sweatings are also Kkely to injure the constitution, and hence they also should be discarded by the ardent sportsman ; but his best plan is to make up his mind to hunt three days a week, and shoot the other three, by way of a moderate sweat. This plan, however, is wholly useless, without a rigid guard is kept over the victualling department ; and I know few tasks more arduous than this. The love of sport is great in the breast of most Englishmen, as well as their neighbours the Irish and Scotch ; but in all three the love of a good dinner after a hard day's shooting is, as far as my expe- rience goes, and as a rule, still stronger. But if this is indulged in there rjmst be a farewell to the front rank in the field, for one good dinner will upset the good effects of a whole week's starvation ; indeed, it is only by long habits of self-denial that the stomach is enabled to bear the degree of deprivation from food which is necessary for the purpose. Now suppose a man usually walking IGrtt wants to get off 28t., what must he sacrifice to do this ? The follow- ing I believe to be about the amount of starvation necessary for a strong hearty man, together with three days'' Jninting and three days' hard shoot- ing. This last clause is important in estimating the amount of abstemious- ness required, because it is manifest that, with this amount of exercise a REDUCTION OF WEIGHT 585 man will lose weight upon a diet which, in a state of idleness, would be suffi- cient perhaps even to increase it First, it is absolutely necessary that the meals should be rigidly restricted to two daily — breakfast and dinner. Let no biscuit even tempt the poor unfortunate to indulge his craving at the covert- side, or at limclieon-time, after bring- ing to bag his 15 or 20 brace of birds. Such an indulgence would restore, and more than restore, the loss occasioned by the day's work ; and the same may be said of wine or spirits-and-water at supper-time. In fact, as I said before, nothing but water must pass the hps except at breakfast and dinner ; and the only remedy for the pangs of hun- ger is the Indian one, afforded by tightening the belt, if worn, or, if not, by t}nng a handkerchief tightly round the waist. For breakfast, in this case, tlie most bulky and least nutritive food should be selected ; and for this pur- pose perl laps potatoes answer as well or better than any other article, if they agree well with the individual's stomach. About this point there is seldom much trouble, as a stomach treated in this way will generally digest everything presented to it. If potatoes are used, about six or eight ounces are quite the outside allowance, and they had better be eaten plain boiled, with a little salt. Next to potatoes, coarse bran bread is the best ; or, if this is disliked, conmion household bread may be toasted and sopped in weak tea, which is the best liquid for this meal, or its place may be supplied with coffee ; this, however, is not quite so good as tea for the pur- pose. The tea must be very weak, as strong tea has the power of retarding the waste of the system ; and a small quantity of food with tea will go farther than a larger quantity taken with any other liquid except coffee, which resembles tea in this respect. Four ounces of bread are more than equal to eight ounces of potatoes, and yet do not satisfy the hunger /or the time nearly so well. It is a question whether in six hours the stomach would not require a second meal more impera- tively after the potatoes than after the bread ; but there is a satisfaction in having a tolerable bellyful, even if the feeling is a transient one. No meat for this meal, or butter, or cream, or milk, should be indulged in ; but plain po- IfttoBft or bread, with weak tea, sugarless and without milk, must be the wretched fare. I have known a basin of water- arrowroot used with advantage, very shghtly sweetened with white sugar, and taken with a few thin slices of dry toast. There is, however, so little stay in this that walking exercise can scarcely be kept up upon it, but for the hunting morning it may do well enough. For dinner, from four to six ounces of meat of any kind must suffice ; and for vege- tables, nothing answers better than turnips and potatoes ; not together, however, extending beyond the weight of six, or, at most, eight ounces, of which the turnips ought to comprise more than the half. If soup or fish is taken, it must be in the place of the above quantity of meat and not in ad- dition to it. No beverage stronger than water should be taken at dinner, and only such a small quantity of wine afterwards as, from long habit, the constitution imperatively demands. Such is the diet which, from my ex- perience, I believe will be required to get off and keep down 2st. of good hard solid flesh. A much more lenient one will reduce a very fat man, who has got into his unwieldy state from overfeeding or idleness ; but the case which I have been endeavouring to meet is the one of a strong healthy man in good work, and feeding heartily, who wants to reduce himself to this extent. If, therefore, such a man is sufficiently fond of foxhounds to go through such an ordeal as the above, I honour his love of sport, and wish him success ; but let no man think that less disagreeable means will answer his purpose, and if he has recourse to purgatives and sweatings, they will soon take away all animus for sport as well as that bodily power which enables the mind to enjoy it. Mr. Banting, of Kensington, a few years ago introduced a plan of reduc- ing the weight, which succeeded in his case, and in that of many others, who followed his example. It mainly con- sists in avoiding fat, sugar, and starch, and in confining the diet to flesh and bread in small quantities. No doubt it answers the purpose ; but my own be- lief is that there is little or no advan- tage in this plan, and the moment it is left off fat is put on much faster than before. The Turkish Bath has been strongly 1 recommended, and it also has the 686 REPARATION OF THE RIDER. desired effect when used three times a week, but it is strongly provocative of the appetite, and during its use the feelings of hunger are so keen as to be very trying. If these can be borne, there is no objection to it. Training for Amateur Races. — For the professional jockey I scarcely think that any directions which I can give are at all wanted ; he not only has the ordinary rules of the craft to which he belongs, but he soon finds by expe- rience which best suits his own par- ticular case. There are, however, many gentlemen-jocks who want, occasion- ally, to get off weight, and to these perhaps a few words may not be mis- applied. It must be recollected that for this purpose, unlike the foxhunter, the weight is only wanted off by a particular day ; and therefore all the means available for its reduction may be accumulated without any permanent injury to the constitution. It is a well known fact that a man is more weakened by a leech applied daily for sixteen days than by sixteen leeches apphed on one day ; and the same principle holds good, though in a still 8trongerdegree,wnth re- gard to purgatives and sweatings. Two stone in ten days is the outside weight which is often wanted to be got off ; and more than this will weaken the strength too much, though, of course, much must depend upon the state of the individual. It will be clear that it is easier to get two stone off a 16st. man than off a man of 7st. or 8st.; but, supposing we have to deal with one who wishes to ride 12st. (a common weight for amateur riders), and that he walks, ten days before the race, 13st. 71b., here, with a seven-pound saddle, two stone must be reduced, which will give nearly three pounds a day for ten days. I should advise him to begin by ascertaining that his liver is acting properly ; for if not, it is useless to attempt the task, as he will almost to a certainty catch cold if he resorts to mercurials during his pre- paration, and without them he will as surely upset his stomach and strength. But supposing the liver acting well, and the health good, let him put on his sweaters, including a flannel pair of drawers, two pair of trousers, a flannel jersey, a good thick worsted comforter, a warm cap, and a couple of coats ; with these on, let him take a smart four or six mile walk. Aftier returning, let him get under a feather bed and sweat for at least an hour; then get up and sponge himself with cold water, after which he may clothe himself quickly and rather more warmly than usual, and partake of his moderate breakfast, composed as indicated jn page 549. After this meal he msty amuse hhnself by any occupation not of a violent nature, or may take a gentle walk till dinner, about four or five o'clock, which also must not exceed the quantity already laid down. Next morning he may take a draught com- posed of four, six, or eight drachms of Epsom salts, with from five to twelve grains of jalap, and a tea-spoonful each of tincture and sweet essence of senna, dissolved in a little hot water. This will purge him well, and will get off nearly as much as the sweat ; and by alternately using these two remedies, the three pounds per day will be steadily reduced. Of course he will goto scale daily, and will be guided by the weight lost, as to the amount of food to bo taken, and as to the length of the sweats and the quantity of clothing to be put on, also as to the strength of the opening draught. If these directions are fol- lowed, the weight may and ought to be reduced on the day before the race about two pounds under the intended riding weight ; for on the day itself it is not desirable, if it can be avoided, to sweat or purge, on account of the necessity for preserving the nerve and strength which are required in a race, especially the former. It will be found that, with all practical starvation, without sweating or purging, about two pounds will be gained between the last sweat and the time of the race, which period may be calculated on the average at thirty hours — and for this allowance must be made. The Turkish bath will get the weight off nearly as fast as the sweat above described, but it is more injurious to the constitution, and I should strongly advocate the sweat, unless the feet and legs are crippled in any way so as to forbid walking exercise PART II. HOKSE-RACING. BOOK VI— THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF BREEDING EOR RACING PURPOSES. CHAPTER. I. THEORY OF GENERATION, AND GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. Sect. 1— Theory of Generation. Before proceeding to enlarge upon the practical management of tlie breed- mg-stud, it will be well to ascertain what are the known laws of generation in the higher animals. I have already alluded to these, though very cursorily, in the chapter on the Breeding of the Greyhound; but as that of the horse is far more important in a national point of view, they are here given at greater length. They are an follows :— 1. — ^The union of the sexes is, in all the higher animals, necessary for repro- duction ; the male and female each taking their respective share. 2. — The office of the male is to secrete the semen in the testes, and emit it into the uterus of the female, where it comes in contact with the ovum of the female — ^which remains sterile without it. 3. — The female forms the ovum in the ovary, and at regular tinies, vary- ing in different animals ; this descends into the uterus, for the purpose of fructification, on receiving the stimu- lus and addition of the sperm-cell of the semen. 4. — The Semen consists of two por- tions — the spermatozoa, which have an automatic power of moving from place to place, by which quahty it is believed that the semen is carried to the ovum ; and the sperm-cells, which are intended to co-operat3 with the germ-cell of the ovum in forming the embryo. 5. — The Ovum consists of the germ- cell, intended to form part of the em- bryo—and of the yolk, which nourishes both, until the vessels of the mother take upon themselves the task, or, in oviparous animals, till hatching takes place, and external food is to be obtained. The ovum is carried down by the contractile power of the fallopian tubes from the ovary to the uterus, and hence it does not require automatic particles hke the semen. G. — The Embryo, or young animal, is the result of the contact of the semen with the ovum, immediately after which the sperm-cell of the former is absorbed into the germ-cell of the latter. Upon this a tendency to increase or " grow " is established, and supported at first by the nutriment contained in the yolk of the ovum, until the embryo has attached itself to the walls of the uterus, from which it afterwards absorbs its nou- rishment by the intervention of the placenta. 7. — As THE Male and Female each furnish their quota to the formation of the embryo, it is reasonable to expect that each shall be represented in it — which is found to be the case in nature ; but as the food of the embryo entirely depends upon the mother, it may be expected that the health of the off- spring and its constitutional powers will be more in accordance with her state than with that of the father yet since the sire furnishes one-half of the original germ, it is not surprising that in externals and general character there is retained a facsimile to a certain extent of him. 8. — The Ovum of Mammalia differs from that of birds chiefly in the greater size of the yolk of the latter, because in them this body is intended to support the growth of the embryo from the time of the full formation of the egg until the period of hatching. On the other hand, in mammalia the placenta conveys nourishment from the internal surface of the uterus to the embryo during the whole time which elapses between the 588 PllINCIFLES OF BREEDING. entrance of the ovum into the uterus and its birth. This period embraces nearly the whole of the interval be- tween conception and birth, and is called uterogestation. 9. — In all the Mammalia there is A Periodical " Heat," marked by cer- tain discharges in the female, and some- times by other remarkable symptoms in the male. In the former it is ac- companied in all healthy subjects by the descent of an ovum or ova into the uterus ; and in both there is a strong desire for sexual intercourse, which never takes place at other times in them. 10. — The Semen retains its fructify- ing power for some days, if it is contained within the walls of the uterus or vagina, bi:t soon ceaf5es to be fruitful if kept in any ether vessel. Hence, although the latter part of the time of heat is the best for the union of the sexes, because then the ovum is ready for the contact with the semen, yet if the semen reaches the uterus first, it will still cause a fruitfu^ impregnation, because it remains there uninjured until the descent of the ovum. 11. — The Influence of the Male upon the embryo is partly dependent upon the fact, that he furnishes a portion of its substance in the shape of the sperm-cell, but also in great measure upon the effect exerted upon the nervous system of the mother by him. Hence, the preponderance of one or other of the parents will in great measure depend upon the greater or less strength of nervous system in each. No general law is known by M^hich this can be measured, nor is anything known of the laws which regulate the temperament, bodily or mental power, colour, or conformation ot' the resulting offspring. 12. — Acquired Qualities are trans- mitted, whether they belong to the sire or dam, and also both bodily and mental. As bad qualities are quite as easily transmitted as good ones, if not more so, it is necessary to take care that in selecting a male to im- prove the stock he is free from bad points as well as furnished with good ones. It is known by experience that the good or bad points of th.e progenitors of the sire or dam are sjimost as likely to appear again in the offspring as those of the im- mediate parents in whom they are dormant. Hence, in breeding, the rnle is, that like produces Hke, or the like- ness of some ancestor. 13. — The purer or less mixed the breed, the more likely is it to be transmitted unaltered to the offspring. Hence, whichever parent is of the purest blood will be generally more represented in the offspring ; but as the male is usually more carefully selected, and of purer blood than the female, it generally follows that he exerts more influence than she does ; the reverse being the case when she is of more unmixed blood than the sire. 14. — Breeding " In-and-In " is in- jurious to mankind, and has always been forbidden by the Divine law, as well as by most human lawgivers. On the other hand, it prevails ex- tensively in a state of nature with all gregarious animals, among whom the strongest male retains his daughters and .«"randdaughters until deprived of his harem by younger and stronger rivals. Hence, in those of our domes- tic animals which are naturally gre- garious, it is reasonable to conclude t.- .at breeding "in-and-in" is not pre- judicial, because it ia in conformity witii their natural instincts, if not carried farther by art than nature teaches by her example. Now, in nature we find about two consecutive crosses of the same blood is the usual extent to which it is carried, as the life of the animal is the limit ; and it is a remarkable fact that in practice a conclusion has been arrived at which exactly coincides with these natural laws. " Once in and once out," is the rule for breeding given by Mr. Smith in his work on breeding for the turf ; but twice in will be found to be more in accordance witli the practice of our most successful breeders. 15. — The influence of the first im- pregnation seems to extend to the subsequent ones : this has been proved by several experiments, and is es- pecially marked in the equine genus. In the series of examples preserved in the Museum of the College of Sur- geons, the markings of the male quagga, when united with the ordinary mare, are continued clearly for three foals subsequent to that of which the quagga was the actual sire ; and they are so clear as to leave the question settled without a doubt. IN-AND-IN BREEDING, 589 16._\Vben some of the elements of which an indivndual sire is com- posed are in accordance with others making up those of the dam, they coalesce in such a Idndred way as to make what is called "a hit." On the other hand, when they are too incongruous, an animal is the result wholly unfitted for the task he is in- tended to perform. Sect. 2. — In-and-1n Breeding. By a careful examination of the pedigrees of our most remarkable horses, of which I have inserted a series of tables at page 388 and fol- lowing pages, it will be seen that in all cases there is some in-breeding ; and in the greater part of the most successful a very considerable infusion ot it. It is difficult to say what is not to be considered as such, or when to make it commence, for in all cases there is more or less relationship be- tween the sire and dam of every thorough-bred horse — at least I can- not find a single exception ; thus, for instance, examining the pedigree of Harkaway (Table 18), which is the result of one of the most direct crosses in the Stud-Book, we find that his sire and dam are both descended from Eclipse and Herod through three or four streams on each side, as will be seen on referring to the right-hand column. The same will apply to Alarai, who also is the result of as direct a cross as is often seen ; and, in fact, whatever pedigree is analysed, the result will be that the bulk of it in the fifth or sixth remove is made up of Echpse, Herod, and Matchem, or llegulus blood. It is not that a horse goes back to one of these stal- lions in one fine only, but through six or seven, and sometimes through nearly all his progenitors. Hence, it may fairly be assumed that all the horses of the present day are related, either closely or distantly ; but when we speak of in-and-in breeding we mean a nearer relationship than this, such as a first cousin, or at the most one in the second or third degree. But I believe it will be found that even this amount of relationship is desirable, if not carried too far, and that a vast number of our best modern horses have been bred in this way. Examples of Success from this Plan.— The early racehorses of the 18th century were notoriously in-bred, of which Mr. Smith, in his book on breeding for the turf, gives us nume- rous convincing examples. The two Childers, Echpse, Ranthos, Whiskey, Anvil, Boudrow, and, in fact, almost all the horses of that day, were much in-bred ; sometimes to an incestuous degree, as in the cases of Bay Peg and the dam of Leedes, both in Herod's pedigree (Table 2), in which Spanker will be found to occur three times, and his dam twice in addition — in the one case as the dam and in the other as the grandam of incestuous offspring. One of these instances is repeated in the pedigree of Echpse. In the above- mentioned treatise the breeder is ad- vised to breed once in ; and it appears to me that more valuable advice was never offered, except that I think it is only carried half as far as it ought to be. But, in consequence of the in- jurious effects of the system of in- breeding in the human family, a preju- dice has been raised against it ; and the result has been that in trying the opposite plan great mischief has often ensued. I have already shown that in nature in-breeding prevails very gene- rally among gregarious animals hke the horse and dog, and I will now endeavour to illustrate Mr. Smith's argument by modern examples. It may be remembered that he instances the Herod and Eclipse blood as having "hit" in a great number of horses, such as Whiskey, Waxy, Coriander, Precipitate, Calomel, Overton, Gohanna, and Beningbrough, which were out of Herod mares, by sons of Eclipse. But it must also be known that Echpse and Herod are both descended from the Darley Arabian, the one on the sire's side, and the other on that of the dfini ; and that from this circumstance it is not surprising that a "hit" should follow, if in-breedmg is advantageous . There are two points of view in which in-breeding should be viewed ; first, as producing successful runners ; and secondly, good stahions and brood mares ; but though it seems to answer in both cases, yet it is in the latter point that I think it is chiefly , to be recommended. Among the Horses of the Present Century the following remarkable in- stances will illustrate this position ; to 590 FRINCIFLES OF BREEDING. which great iiuinbers of less illustrious names may be added : — Example 1.— In 1827 Matilda won the St. Leger very cleverly, and proved herself a superior mare by beating a large field of good horses. She was out of Juliana, who was by Gohanna (son of Mercury and a Herod mare), out of Platimi (by Mercury, out of an- other daugiiter of Herod). Matilda's dam, therefore, was the produce of BROTHER AND SISTER, Example 2. — Cotherstone (winner of the Derby), and Mowerina (dam of West Australian), are the produce of KiRST COUSINS. (See Table 28.) Example 3. — Touchstone and Ver- bena, sire and dam of Ithuriel, were SECOND COUSINS taking from Selim and his sister. (See Table 286.) Example 4. — Priam is an example of success by in-breeding, after a series of failures in crossing. Cres- sida, his dam, was put to Walton, Haphazard, Orville, Wildfire, Woful, Phantom Scud, Partisan, Little John, and Waterloo, without success. At last, being served by her cousin Emi- lius, a son of Orville (which horse nad previously failed, not being re- lated to her), she produced Priam. This horse and Plenipotentiary were both sons of Emilius, the latter being the result of as direct a cross as is often seen ; but the former was in-bred to Whiskey, who was sire of his dam, Cressida, and also greut-grandsire of Emilius. Now the above-mentioned two horses were both extraordinary runners ; but whilst Plenipotentiary scarcely had an average success as a stallion, Priam, considering the short time he remained with us, achieved an imperishable fame. (See Tables 17 and 21.) Example 5. — Bay Middleton was the produce of second cousins, descended from Williamson's Ditto and Walton, own brothers, whilst Aiidover, his son, is the second time in with the Whale- bone blood, as follows : — Web, the great-graudam of Bay Middleton, is sister to both Whalebone and Whisker, the grandsire and great-grandsire of sister to -^gis, dam of Andover. He, therefore, is also the son of cousins, uniting the blood of Selim, on his sire's side, with that of llubens, brother to Selim, on that of his dam ; and thus he is not only in-bred, but tlie produce of an in-bre(i sire and dam. (Table 27.) Example 6. — Stockwell and Rat&plan are just as remarkable, being descended in the same degree from Whalebone, Whisker, and Web, the very same two brothers and sister as in Andover's case, with an infusion also of Selim blood, through Glencoe, sire of Poca- hontas. (See Table 33.) . Example 7. — Orlando has a little stronger infusion of Selim blood, his dam being a granddaughter of that horse, and great-granddaughter of Castrel (brother to Selim), whilst Touchstone, his sire, is a great-grand- son to the last-nan)ed horse. Here, then, in-breeding has been carried out to its fullest extent. Vulture having been the produce of first cousins, and being put to a second cousin derived through the same strain ; and the result, as is well known, was the most re- markable stalHon of his day. (See Table 24). Example 8. — An instance of the comparative value of two stallions, one more in-bred than the other, may be seen in Van Tromp and Flying Dutchman, both out of Barbelle. These two horses are both in-bred to Buzzard ; but Flying Dutchman is also descended fiom Selim, son of Buzzard on the side of both dam and sire, Selim being great-grandsire of Barbelle and grand- sire of Bay Middleton. Now, it will not be questioned that Van Tromp has been comparatively a failure, while the Flying Dutchman, on the other hand, has been eminently successful as a stock-getter ; and such might have been expected, because his dam unites the stout blood of Catton and Orville with that of Selim, which last strain, taking with it the above valuable quali- ties, hits with the same Sehm blood in Bay Middleton. (See Table 22.) Example 9. — Weathergage was an- other instance of success in this mode of breeding, his sire and dam both taking from Muley and Tramp, and j\liss Letty, his grandam, being by Priam, grandson of Orville, sire of Muley, out of a daughter of that horse — and consequently herself much in-bred. Weatherbit, the sire of Wea- thergage, also reunites the blood of the two sisters, Eleanor and Cressida. Example 10. — I have already ad- duced some examples of the success of the union of the Whalebone with the Selim blood, and I may, in ad- dition, remark on the case of Pyrrhus EXAMPLES OF IN-AND-IJ^ BREEDING. tlie First ; he was by Epirus, grandson of Selim, out of Fortress, great-grand- daughter of Rubens, brother to Selim ; and also in-bred to Whalebone, his dam being by Defence, the son, out of Jewess, the granddaughter, of that liorse. (See Table 40.) Example 11. — Safeguard was bred almost exactly in the same way, but a still closer degree of relationship existed between his sire and dam, he being by Defence (son of Defiance, by llubens), out of a mare by Sehm, brother to liuhens, which same mare was also de- scended from the Wellesley Grey Arabian. The strongest case of suc- L-ess from close in-breeding with which I am acquanited is in a son oti the above liorse, the steeplechaser Vainhope, who was by Safeguard, a grandson of Sehm, and great-grandson of Rubens, out ot a marc by Strephon, who was also by Rubens. Now his stoutness and sound- ness were too well known to need further comment; and his case alone is a strong argument in favour of the breeding-in a second time. Example 12. — Almost as strong a case has since appeared in the Knight of St. George, who was by Birdcatcher, son of Sir Hercules, out of a grand- daughter of that horse, and wdth a still further infusion of Waxy blood in her grandam. These last two ex- amples are the strongest modern in- stances of close in-breeding with which I am acquainted ; but as they were neither of them quite first-class, they do not so much strengthen the argument as some of the previously instanced horses. Nevertheless, being as close as they are, they show that the practice is not attended by a bad result in these particular cases. Example 13. — The Saddler, who was remarkable for the stoutness, if not lor the speed of his stock, was the produce of second cousins, being de- scended on both sides of his pedigree from Waxy. Example 14. — Chatham, as good a horse as ever ran, was by the Colonel, son of Whisker, out of Hester, by Camel, son of Whalebone, brother to Whisker ; and he was therefore the produce of first cousins. Both these horses (Examples 13 and 14) unite the Waxy and Buzzard blood. Example 15. — Sweetmeat was valu- able as a stallion, not only from being in-bred Waxy, but because he also possessed so much of the celebrated Prunella blood, he being descended from that mare through three several lines— viz., through Parasol, Moses, and Waxy Pope. Example 16.— Grace Darling (dam of the Hero, by Chesterfield) was the produce of second cousins, both sire and dam being descended from Waxy. It is therefore not to be wondered at that she produced so stout a horse as the Hero, combining the Waxy, Priam, Octavian, and Rubens blood. His sire and dam were also third cousins through Coelia as well. Example 17. — Wild Dayrell's wonder- ful speed may be traced to a reunion of the blood of Velocipede, which exists on the side of both sire and dam, and also to his descent from Selim and Rubens, own brothers, who are respec- tively his paternal and maternal great- grandsires. Example 18.— Cowl, by Bay Middle- ton out "of Crucifix, was the result of the union of second cousins, the sire being descended from Juha, and the dam from Cressida, both of them sisters to the celebrated mare Eleanor, the winner of the Derby and Oaks. There is also another cross of Whiskey blood from Emihus, so that Cowl is in- bred to Whiskey twice. It would have been a curious experiment to put him to some descendant of Muley — such as Ahce Hawthorn or Virginia, thus unit- ing the three sisters in one, and mak- ing a third infusion of this blood with i an intervening out-cross. It shotild be j borne in mind that Young Giantess, the i ancestress of all these mares, and also ! of Sorcerer, was the produce of second ! cousins, and each of these second cousins was also the produce of second cousins, both of their sires and dams having Godolphin as their great-grand- I sire. Example 19. — Asteroid undoubtedly one of our best modem horses, has three lines of Whalebone and Whisker I blood (own brothers) ; and the same remark applies to Marquis, each being by Stockwell out of a Touchstone mare. Example 20. — St. Albans, another son of Stockwell, is out of Bribery, a granddaughter of Pasquinade, sister to Touchstone, so that the nick is in her case very nearly the same as in those of Asteroid and Marquis, and the in-breeding also — indeed, the genertJ 592 PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. success of Stockwell with Touchstone mares has been very remarkable, though of course not often to the extent of getting such horses as just named. Example 21— Argonaut's dam, Aphrodite, is the granddaughter of Sir Hercules, so that here a still closer case of in-breeding exists, the above horse being another Stockwell. Example 22.— Tim Whiffler (Table 37) has four lines of Waxy, through Whisker, Whalebone, and Mrs. Bamet, and eight Knes back to Trentham. Example 23.— Blue Gown was the produce of second cousins. Touchstone being the grandsire of both Beadsman and Bas Bleu; and the infusion of Whalebone blood in this pedigree is noticeable, as besides being twice direct through Touchstone, it occurs also in his brother Whisker and sister Web, through Stockwell, and in another sister. Wire, the dam of Vat. (See Table 26.) Example 24.— Macgregor, whose victory in the Two Thousand was as great as his defeat in the Derby was astounding, was an example of in- breeding for three successive genera- tions. Manacle, by Emilius, was put to Touchstone, whose dam. Banter, was daughter of Master Henry, a nearly fulfbrother in blood to Emilius — both horses being by Orville out of closely related mares. Bracelet, the result of this union, was mated with Fallow Buck, to whom also Emihus was grand- sire. Necklace, the doubly in-bred produce, was in turn put to Macaroni, who, besides being a grandson of Ban- ter, above mentioned, was further de- scended from Orville through Sweet- meat. These five Hues to Orville, m three generations, do not, however, ex- haust the in-breeding in Macgregor's pedigree; for Gladiator and Venison, the grandsires respectively of Maca- roni and Necklace, were both sons of Partisan, not to mention the many other hues of relationship more remote. Example 25.— One of the most in- bred pedigrees to be found in the Stud- Book is that of Zodiac (Table 8G), and his sister, which will be met with re- curring in the tables of West Austra- lian (28), and Scottish Chief (46). Zodiac was not only the produce of second cousins, but of second cousins on the sides of both sires and dams, through Herod and Eclipse. Indeed, the infusion of blood other than that of the Godolphin and Darley Arabians is very small, so much so, that although there are only four generations intervening between Godolphin and Zodiac, the name of the former occurs ten times in the pedigree of the latter, and in one case the Arab is put to his own granddaughter. The Following Brood Mares may be attentively examined, and their produce by near relations compared with that by horses only distantly connected, which I have shown all horses are in the present day. This is a still stronger proof of the advantage of in-breeding than the success of sohtary horses as runners. Example 1.— One of the most suc- cessful brood mares of late years was Decoy, who bred a long Hst of race- horses to Touchstone and Pantaloon. Now, the former of these horses was much more successful generally in getting racing-stock than the latter, and yet in this instance was beaten by him, as proved by comparing Drone, Sleight-of-hand, Van Amburgh, and Legerdemain, with Phryne, Thais, Falstaff, and Flatcatcher. Why was this the case V Simply because Touch- stone was a more distant relation, and only one line in each was similar — namely, the great-grandsire, Waxy ; but in the case of Pantaloon and Decoy there was a cousinship in the second degree, each having Peruvian as grandfather ; and not only that, but Decoy herself was in-bred to Sir Peter, who was grandsire to both her dam and sire, so that Sleight-of hand and his brother and sister were twice in- bred to him. Well, as the Pantaloon and Decoy blood hit, and their produce were not only fast but stout, there was good reason for returning to Pantaloon after the out-cross with Touchstone which produced Phryne; this mare, when put to him, was successively the dam of Elthiron, Windhound, Miser- rima, Hobbie Noble, the Reiver, and Rambling Katie; thus stiU further proxnng the value of in-breeding, more especially with an intervening out- cross, as in this case. Example 2.— Cyprian, again, is an instance of the production of a lot of second-class horses, by crossing her with various sires not related in blood —as, for instance, Jereed, Velocipede, Voltaire, and Hetman Platoff; but when put to Birdcatcher, a great-great- EXAMPLES OF IN-AND-IN BREEDING. 603 grandson of Prunella, and being herself a granddaughter of the same celebrated mare, she threw a superior animal, in the shape of Songstress. Example 3.— Virginia (see Table 40) bred a series of middling horses, by Voltaire, Hetman Platoif, Emilius, and Birdcatclier, in all of which there was a single point in which she was related, but in all very distantly ; neither was the strain, except that of Orville, first- rate ; but when put to Pyrrhus I. she produced a Virago, who, as long as she remained sound, was very far the best of her year. On examining and com- paring the pedigrees of the sire and (lam, it will be seen that Selim and Kubens (brothers) occur on each side once, and Whalebone, whose name is seen twice in the table of Pyrrhus I., is represented in that of Virginia by Wofnl, his brother, besides which Young Giantess occurs in each table. These are over and above the Hamble- tonian relationship, which is the same in this case as in that of the result of the cross with Voltaire and Hetman ! Platoif. Example 4. — In the year 1855, after a series of failures, Alice Hawthorn produced on the tuif a racehorse in the I shape of Oulston. Now, if the pedi- grees of his sire and dam are exa- mined, it -vsall be seen that Melbourne, the sire, is a grandson of Cervantes, while Alice Hawthorn is also a great- granddaughter of the same horse — Cervantes being a grandson of Eclipse and Herod, from which latter horse he also receives two other infusions, and 1 Alice being descended from Eclipse, I through Orville, Dick Andrews, Man- I dane, and Tramp. A very similar case of in-breeding with the same strains occurred in Sir Tatton Sykes, who was the produce of a mare, great-grand- daughter of Comus, and also great-great- granddaughter of Cervantes. She was put to Melbourne, a grandson of both these horses, producing that extra- ordinary horse which I am now adducing as an instance of success in this mode of breeding. The pedi- gree of the dam of Sir Tatton Sykes sliould be carefully analysed, as ex- hibiting a curious reunion of strains. First, Muley is in-bred to Whiskey, he is then crossed with an Election mare, producing Margrave ; the dam of Muley being Eleanor, a daughter of Young Giantess. Next, jVIargrave^ an out-cross, is put to Patty Primrose, containing in her pedigree two infu- sions of Young Giantess through Sorcerer, and one of Cervantes ; and finally, the Margrave mare, the result of one in-breeding and one out-cross on the side of both her sire and dam, is put to Melbourne, composed of the blood of all three— being descended from Sorcerer, a son of Young Giantess, and also from Cervantes. If the whole of the pedigrees to which I have here alluded are atten- tively examined, the breeder can have no hesitation in coming to the con- clusion that in-breeding, carried out once, or even twice, is not only not a a bad practice, but is likely to be at- tended with good results. Let him ask what horses have been the most remarkable of late years as stallions, and with very few exceptions he will find they were considerably in-bred. It has been remarked that the Touch- stone and Defence blood almost always hits with the SeKm ; but it is forgotten that the one was already crossed with that horse, and the other with his brother Rubens. On the other hand, the Whisker blood in the Colonel has not succeeded so well, it being made up of nmch crossed and more dis- tantly related particles, and therefore not hitting with the Selim and Castrel blood hke his cousins, Touchstone and Defence. It has, however, partially succeeded when in-bred to the Waxy and Buzzard blood, as in Chatham and Fugleman, who both reunite these three strains. The same applies to Corona- tion, who unites the Whalebone blood in Sir Hercules, with that of Kubens, in Ruby ; but as Waxy and Buzzard, the respective ancestors of all these horses, were both grandsons of Herod, and great-grandsons of Snap, it only strengthens the argument in favour of in-breeding. This conclusion is in ac- cordance with the 14th and 15th axioms which embody the state of our present knowledge of the theory of generation ; and if they are examined, they will be seen to bear upon the present subject, so as to lead one to advise the carrying out of the practice of in-and-in breed- ing to the same extent as has been found so successful in the instances which I have given. Purity of blood is intimately connected with the piac- tice, because the nearer it is to one standard the more uiunixed it is, and Q Q 594 PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. by consequence the more fully it is re- presented in the produce. Hence, it is doubly needful to take care that this pure blood is of a good kind ; because if bad it will perpetuate its bad qualities just as closely as it would the good, or perhaps still more so. Sect. 3.— Out-Crossing. By Crossing the Blood we under- stand the selection of a sire composed of wholly dijfferent blood from that of the dam, or as different as can be ob- tained of the quality that is suitable to the particular purpose in view. Thus, in breeding racehorses it is found that continuing in the same strain beyond two stages deteriorates the constitutional health, diminishes the bone, and lowers the height ; hence it is important to avoid this evil, and another strain must be selectecl which shall lead to the same results as were previously in existence, without the deterioration alluded to. This is called out-crossing, or, more commonly, crossing. The great difficulty is to obtain this object without destroying that harmony of proportions and due subordination of one part to another which is necessary for the racehorse, and without which he seldom attains high speed. Almost every individual breed has peculiar characteristics, and so long as the sire and dam are both in possession of them they will con- tinue to reappear in the produce ; but if a dam possessing them is put to a horse of a different character, the re- sult is often that the produce is not n medium between the two, but is in its anterior parts like the dam, and in its posterior resembling its sire, or vice versa — than which no more unfortunate result can occur. Thus, we will sup- pose that a very strong muscular horse is put to a very light racing mare ; instead of the produce being mode- rately stout all over, he will often be very stout and strong behind, and very light and weak before, and as a conse- quence his hind-quarter will tire his fore-Hmbs, by giving them more to do than they have the power of accom- plishing. This is well seen in Crucifix, who was a very wiry and fast, but light mare, with a fore-quarter hardly capable of doing the work of her own hind-quarter. Now, she was several times uut to Touchstone (a horse remarkable for getting bad-shouldered stock, but with strong muscular pro- pellers), and with the solitary exception of Surplice, these were a series of failures. Surplice was also defective in the same way ; still he managed to get along in an awkward style, but, somehow or other, at a great pace. Cowl, on the other hand, was a better galloper, because there was a greater harmony of parts ; but he was some- what deficient in the stout qualities which Touchstone was intended to supply ; yet he hSG proved himself to be as good a stallion as Surplice, be- cause he was more truly made, and by consequence more likely to per- petuate his own Hkeness. Examples of Out-Crossing. — Hark- away has been alluded to before as a strong case of out-crossing, his sire and dam not being closely related, though still going back to Herod or ■ Eclipse in almost all his lines. He would, however, be considered a de- cided case of crossing, and he was no doubt a very superior racehorse. Nevertheless, he has not done much as a sire, his stock generahy being de- ficient in that essential quality, speed, though stout enough to make good hunters and steeplechasers. Perhaps his best son was Idleboy, in which the AVaxy blood in the sire hit with the same strain in lole, the dam, who was a daughter of Sir Hercoles. (See Table 109.) Example 2. — One of the most remark- able cases of success in crossing when carried out to a great extent is seen in Beeswing, and her sons Newminster, Nunnykirk, and Old Fort. In the mare herself the lines are all distinct, and in her cross with Touchstone they are so likewise for three removes. At that distance there is a great-grandsire of Touchstone, Alexander, who is brother to Xantippe, great-great-grandmotlier of Beeswing, so that she and Touch- stone were third cousins. Whether or not this consanguinity, sHght as it was, sufficed to produce this happy result in Newminster and Nunnykirk must bo I left an open question ; but there can be no doubt that Touchstone succeeded , with her, whilst a failure resulted from ; Sir Hercules, who was still more dis tantly related, the nearest connoxici) I with him being a fourth cousinshiv 1 through Volunt'eer and Mercury, r .vn ; brothers. Queen of Trumps has often EXAMPLES OF OUT-CBOSSING. 605 been adduced as a case of successful out-crossing, but though her great- grandsires and great-grandams were certainly none of them identical, yet beyond that line there is an extraordi- nary influx of Herod blood through Highflyer, Woodpecker, Lavender, Florizel, and Calash, all his sons or daughters. Now, no one can maintain that it is not very remarkable when we find such a dash of blood from one superior horse in such an extraordi- nary animal as Queen of Trumps ; neither can it be said that she is composed of materials not related to each other ; but at the same time she is fairly to be considered under the ordinary acceptation of the term as a mare bred from a distinct cross. Hers is, however, a very instructive exam- ple, as showing tliat success is some- times achieved by reuniting, after an interval of several generations, a series of good strains ; whether or not her goodness is dependent upon this re- union, or whether it results from the crossing, is only to be decided by comparing a number of cases together, and considering on which side lies the balance of evidence. Example 3. — West Australian is an exceedingly valuable example of the benefit of a good out-cross after in- breeding, and between his sire and dam there was less relationship even than usual ; still the truth of the re- mark made in page 689, as to the horses of the present day being all either closely or distantly related, here re- ceives striking confirmation, as by tracing West Australian's pedigree to its earliest sources it will be found that he runs back to the Godolphin Arabian in no less than 112 lines, which are equally divided in num- ber between Melbourne, his sire, and Mowerina, his dam. Example 4. — Teddin.gton, on the contrary, so often adduced for a similar purpose, presents one line of relationsliip which interferes with the assumption. I have adduced his sire, Orlando, as an instance of successful in-breeding twice through Selim and Castrel, and certainly that strain is not perpetuated in Teddington's dam ; but a little more distantly there occurs in each portion of the table the name of Prunella and her sister. Peppermint, though only so far as to make them fifth coueine. Still it cannot be compared to the case of West Australian, where the cross is much more decided. In both, however, the sire or dam was much in-bred, and this must be taken into the account in all cases. Example — One of the most tho- roughly-crossed pedigrees of late years is that of Kingston, and being such a good horse as he was, his case must be allowed to weigh in favour of this kind of breeding ; but, as I before observed, it is not so much in re- ference to running as to breeding that this plan is to be considered. Where an out-cross was wanted for such blood as that of Touchstone, which had already been used twice in a pedigree, I can conceive nothing better than this game horse, who, according to this theory, might be expected to produce the good effect required by a cross, without interfering with the form of the Touchstone mare. On the other hand, where a second in-breeding to Venison or Partisan mares was required by those who are fond of that peculiar blood, he was well calculated to carry out that view, because the other lines are all good. Example 6. — Voltigeur, again, is another instance of success from a decided cross. Example 7. — Cossack would, like- wise, generally be considered a cross, though even in his case the relation- ship was that of a fourth cousin ; but there is no doubt that numerous cases of successful runners may be adduced where there was no relationship be- tween sire and dam nearer than a fifth or sixth cousinship. Example 8. — The celebrated Blink Bonny was a strong instance of a success in crossing. Still as her dam has two lines of Whalebone (if Moses was really by that horse, which he most probably was not, his dam having been considered as stinted to Seymottr by many people), she would not be so considered. But, granting the Seymour parentage, she is compounded of lines from Co'mus, Cervantes, Golumpus, Walton, Emihus, and Whalebone, all very distinct from each other. Her son, Blair Athol, is by Stockwell, con- taining two lines of Whalebone blood, and here we see the advantage of returning to the same strain after an out-cross. Example 9. — Lord Clifden, as will be seen on referring to the pedigree (Table 0 'J 2 PRINCIPLES OF BEEEDIJyG. 596 IIG) bas no in-breeding wbatever, except very distantly to Golumpus. Sect 4.— Comparison of In-Bred and Crossed Stallions. Since tbe first edition of tbis book was published, tbe difficulty m com- parino- in-bred horses witb those which are c^ross-bred bas largely increased, because (as is tbe case also witb grey- hounds) almost all raceborses are now composed of similar original strains, thougb in varying proportions Count Lehndorf, wbo bas recently published a valuable treatise on borse breeding, bas compiled a series of tables, containing tbe most celebrated borses of tbe day, arranged according to tbe degree ol relationsbip existing between the sires and dams. In tbe first table of borses, whose parents are only one degree re- moved, be could only find four, viz., Knigbt of St. George, Crest, Friponnier, and Tbe Miner ; in tbe second, four- teen ; in tbe third, twenty-two ; m tbe lourth, twenty-une ; in tbe fifth, twenty- five ; and in the sixth, eighteen. Analysing them still further, he finds that tbe proportion of successful horses is greatest in the fourth series, and hence he comes to tbe conclusion that tbis proportion of in-breeding, viz., with parents four times removed, is better than a closer one. These remarks, how- ever, he says, apply to the breeding of thorougb-breds only,- for in half-breds he instances the case of Friponnier, by Orlando, out of a daughter of Tedding- ton (bis own son), who was unsuccess- ful when put to thorough-bred mares, but the contrary when used with half- bred German mares. In the former case, no doubt animals of as good blood but not so closely in-bred would answer as well in all respects, without tbe dis- advantage of delicacy of constitution arising from in-brceding ; while in the case of German mares, tbe impress of " blood" would be more mankest, and at the same time the constitution would not be impaired. Probably this con- clusion may be found useful to our breeders of hunters in this country. CHAPTER II. THE BEST MODE OF BREEDING THE HORSE FOR ALL RACING iiii^. iviv^ PURPOSES. Sect. i._Choice of Blood to Breed from. The uncertainty of tbe results from the best-concerted plans in breeding for tbe turf is proverbial among those wbo are engaged in the undertaking. Nevertheless, it is 'clear that laws must exist which regulate this as well as every other operation of nature ; and, though it may at present be difficult to lay them down witb certainty, yet an attempt should be made in order that a foundation may be laid for a future superstructure of sound materials. There are some difficulties which stare us in the face, but which, nevertheless, are much more easily explained than at first sight would appear. Thus, for in- stance, it is said that when a mare breeds a good colt, and is again put to the same liorse, the second is often as worthless as the first is superior ; and that, conse- quently, two and two in breeding do not always make four. Now, there can be DO doubt that this is true ; but it is necessary to remember that health is an element which makes or mars every horse ; and that if the second is not possessed of the same degree of high animal vigour, the result of high health, it is not wonderful when he falls short in performances which are the tests of his goodness. But, taking tbe other side of the que^aon, it is extraordinary that in some cases there have been a series of successes arising from the union of the same two parents — as in the Whalebone and Whisker example, where there were six most extraordinary horses and mares resulting from the union of Waxy with Penelope ; and on the Giber hand, as remarkable a series of failures when she was put to even such good horses as Walton, Rubens, and Election. Castrcl, Sclim, and Rubens again are out of the same mare, and all by Buzzard, yet she was put to Calo- mel, Quiz, Sorcerer, and Election with- out a single successful result. Again, there are cases where a horse begets racino; stock out of all sorts of marcs, CnOICE OF BLOOD TO BREED FR02d. 597 and thus (V'e find in more recent days Touchstone, a grandson of Whalebone, carrying on his grandfather's fame still further, if possible, and begetting a most extraordinary series of winners : l)(it, be it remembered, with an infusion also of one of the three above-men- tioned brothers, Selim, who was his maternal great-grandfather. Barbelle, dam of Van Tromp and Flying Dutch- man, is another similar case ; as is also Fortress, the dam of Old England, and Pyrrhus I. Another remarkable exam- ple may be traced in the three sisters by Whiskey, out of Young Giantess — viz., Cressida, Eleanor, and Julia, which produced Priam, Muley, and Phantom by three different sires. The list of similar examples might be extended to a great length, though not always perhaps occupied with such illustrious names as the above ; but still sufficiently so to indicate that winning blood runs in famihes, and, by consequence, that it is not all the result of chance. Sometimes this is the case with the brood mare, as in the above instances, and sometimes with the stal- lion, as in the case of those who become the celebrities of their day. Moreover, it has been found that certain unions or crosses almost always succeed, while others as invariably fail ; and as there must be a reason for this, it is desirable to investigate the matter and endeavour to ascertain the facts connected with these successes and failures. For in- stance, it has been found that the union of the Touchstone blood with that of Sell m or Pantaloon has uniformly suc- ceeded (or " hit," as it is termed) ; and the example is so remarkable, that it leads one to investigate the pedigrees of all three, when it turns out that the first-named is composed of one-eighth Selim already ; and that in putting him to a descendant of that horse or his brother Castrel, the sire of Pantaloon, it is only reuniting the previously sepa- rated particles derived from them. Tliis is a fact which will serve to form the basis of an argument, and if supported by similar facts, it would show that in-and-iii breeding to some extent is not prejudicial, but, on the other hand, that it is in all probabihty absolutely advantageous. At the same time it cannot be disputed that the Waxy and Buzzard blood has almost always hit in its first union, as shown in page 557, and elsewhere ; and having succeeded once, it always seems to hit again still more successfully ; and the only ques- tion is how far the in-breeding might be carried without deterioration. Again, reverting to the descendants of Whiskey, who was a grandson of Eclipse, we find them hitting once with the Orville blood in producing Emilius and Muley ; and again, a second time, with Priam as a result, he being also out of a daughter of Whiskey. Liverpool, sire of Laner- cost, was also a grandson of Whiskey on his dam's side, his sire. Tramp, taking a direct descent from Eclipse in the same number of removes as Whiskey. But it is only by further investigation, and ascertaining how far these facts occur in a similar way throughout a series of cases, that any conclusion can be formed ; and such a series has been given under the section devoted to an examination of the propriety of in- breeding. By universal consent, how- ever, it is now admitted, and common sense would always lead one to believe, that where a series of winners have appeared of any particular strain, it is hkely that others will follow ; and hence it has been the rule to select horses of famihes which have been successful on the turf, in the particular line which it is wished still further to succeed in. Thus, if a fleet racer is intended to be bred, the breeder would select blood which has produced winners of the Derby, Oaks, or St. Leger, or, if pos- sible, all three. If a steeplechaser is the object of ambition, then the breeder would, as a matter of course, look for the sires and dams of animals which are noticeable for their size and weight- carrying power, and choose from them, or their immediate relations, mares aiul stallions for his purpose. Again, in breeding hunters, it would follow that such stallions would be selected as have produced good stock of that particular class in which stoutness, cleverness, good temper, and sound constitution are indispensable requisites, when united also with the power of carrying weight. Trotters, again, must be chosen for getting trotters ; and no one would expect to rear a horse capable of doing his fourteen miles per hour at this pace, from a sire and dam which could not trot above eight, and that with a straight knee. I have myself owned a mare by Monarch out of Gadabout, which was as fine a trotter as ever was seen, going fast and in the most perfect trotting 598 style, and I have seen some few others, almost as good, of full blood ; but they are exceptions to the rule ; and there is no case that I know of in which one af our thorough-bred horses could com- pete v-ith the regular match -trotter, though blood is here required, as m all cases where staying is imperative. In all cases, therefore, the breeder must make up his mind as to what description of horse he wants to breed, and then select his mares and sires from such animals as belong to families which have long been famous tor the qualities he is in search of. If, in addi- tion, he can actually procure the in- dividuals which have distinguished themselves, it will be so much the better ; but we shall hereafter find that family is of more consequence than individual success. PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. Sect. 2.— The most Profitable Kind OF Breeding. In many cases the breeder undertakes his task for the purpose of gratifying his tastes for rural sports and amuse- ments, and without regard to profit ; but in most instances there will be a desire to make the speculation success- ful in a pecuniary point of view, as well as with regard to honorary distinc- tion on the turf. But when it is re- membered that three-fourths of those bred expressly for racing are worthless for that purpose, and that each colt or filly costs considerably more than 100/. at three years old, it becomes -a question how best to conduct operations so as to make use of the casts-off from the racing-stable for other purposes. The question is solved in this way. There are certain breeds of horses which are first-rate on the turf, and also in the hunting-field ; as for in- stance all the descendants of Waxy and his family, except Touchstone— namely, Sir Hercules, Defence, the Colonel, the Saddler, Economist, Hark- away, Safeguard, Menmon ; these have all been extraordinary in this respect ; and if I were selecting mares for gene- ral purposes, it would be my object to obtain thosd got by one or other of them. Lottery and his son, Sheet Anchor, have also been remarkable in this way, and would be valuable for the purpose ; but as the family has not been so extensively useful, they are not to be relied on in the same degree. The Comus, Reveller, and Humphrey Clinker strains have likewise been much in vogue for this double purpose, many first-rate hunters being descended from these horses and also good racing- stock, as recently seen in Melbourne. Partisan, and his son Venison, derivnig their descent from Highflyer and Para- sol, the grandam of Whalebone, are, in the same category of horses, useful in both vocations ; while Ishmael and Ratcatcher, again, may be adduced as descendants of Sel'im which have been useful in the hunting-field, but they have not equalled the previously men- tioned horses in their hunting-stock. On the other hand, there are many strains of good racing-blood which have never, or scarcely ever, turned out a hunter or a steeplechaser— Touchstone, already mentioned, and his brother Launce- lot, Priam, Plenipotentiary, Velocipede, Pantaloon, Bay Middleton, Beiram, Phantom, &c. ; and though such blood may suit the breeder for one purpose, it is not calculated to serve the man who wishes two strings to his bow. From the above remarks it may be gathered, that, in my humble opinion, a breeding-stud may be formed which shaU produce a few colts and fillies capable of racing, while those which are not racehorses may be expected to serve as hunters of a high class. By this plan a greater number of prizes will be drawn in the lottery, and the scheme will pay far better than on the exclusive principle. So long as tlio- rough-bred hunters are the fashion, and command such high prices, it will be found that it is a much more paying speculation to sell ofe the drafts at hunters' prices than for the wretched sums which they fetch as racing-stock. There are so many accidents and risks in all stud-farms, that a great number will always be useless or dead, and the blanks will in proportion be numerous ; consequently it is highly necessary_ to make the most of the materials which are available for paying the expense of the establishment. If, then, instead ot selling ofi; the rejected three-year-olds, such as are of good size are turned out and allowed to grow and thicken till they are five, they might then be re- broken and made into hunters, or sold for that purpose, without incurring any trouble or risk ; and they would fetch trom 150/. to 200/. apiece, or in some cases considerably mure. SELECTION OF BROOD MARE. Sect. 3. — Sslection of Brood Mare. In Choosing the Brood Mare four things must be considered — first, lier blood ; secondly, her frame ; thirdly, her state of health ; and fourthly, her temper. Her Blood or breeding will mainly depend upon the views of the breeder —that is to say, what particular class of colts he wishes to obtain, and accord- ing to his decision he will look out for mares of the particular kind he desires to reproduce, on the principle that " like begets like," but subject to the various considerations partly alluded to in the last chapter, and partly in this and subsequent ones. In Frame, the mare should be so formed as to be capable of carrying and well nourishing her offspring ; that is, she should be what is called " roomy." There is a formation of the hips which is particularly unfit for breeding purposes, and yet which is sometimes carefully selected, because it is considered elegant ; this is the level and straight hip, in which the tail is set on very high, and the end of the haunch-bone is nearly on a level with the projection of the hip-bone. The opposite form is represented in the skeleton given with the article " Horse," which is that of a thorough- bred mare, well formed for this breed- mg purpose, but in other respects rather too sHght. By examining her pelvis, it will be seen that the haunch-bone forms a considerable angle with the sacrum, and that, as a conse- quence, there is plenty of room, not only for carrying the foal, but for allowing it to pass into the world. Both of these points are important, the former evidently so, and the latter no less so on consideration, because if the foal is injured in the birth, either of necessity or from ignorance or carelessness, it will often fail to recover its powers, and will remain permanently injured. The pelvis, then, should be wide and deep — that is to say, it should be large and roomy ; and there should also be a little more than the average length from the hip to the shoulder, so as to give plenty of bed for the foal ; as well as a good depth of back-ribs, which is necessary in order to support this increased length. This gives the whole frame- work of the trunk of a larger propor- tion than is alwa^'s desirable in the racehorse, which may easily be over- topped ; and hence many good ruimers have failed as brood marcs, whilst a great number of bad runners have been dams of good racehorses. Beyond this roomy frame, necessary as the eggshell of the foal, the mare only requires such a shape and make as is well adapted for the particular purpose she is intended for ; or, if not possessing it herself, she should belong to a family having it, according to the 13th axiom given in the last chapter. If a mare can be obtained possessing all these requisites in her own person, so much the more likely will she be to produce racehorses ; but if not all, then it is better that she sliould add as many as possible to the needful framework, without which her office can hardly be well carried out. But with this suitable frame, if she belongs to a family which, as a rule, possesses all the attributes of a race- horse, she may be relied on with some degree of certainty, even though she herself should fail in some of them. There are many fine roomy mares which have been useless as racehorses from being deficient in the power of some one quarter, either behind or before, or perhaps a little too slack in the loin for their length. Such animals, if of good running families, should not be despised ; and many such have stood their owners in good stead. On the other hand, some good-looking animals have never thrown good stock, because they were only exceptional cases, and their families were of bad running blood on aU. or most sides. No mare could look much more unlike producing strong stock than Pocahontas, but being of a family that numbers Sehm, Bacchante, Tramp, Web, Orville, Eleanor, and Marmion among its eight members in the third remove, it can scarcely occa- sion surprise that she should respond to the call of the Baron by producing a Stockwell and a Rataplan. In Health, the brood mare should be as near perfection as the artificial state of this animal will allow ; at all events, it is the most important point of all, and in every case the mare should be very carefully examined, with a view to discover what deviations fi'om a na- tural state have been entailed upon her by her own labours, and what she has inherited from her ancestors. Independently of the consequences of accidents, ail deviations from a state of 60O PRmCIPLES OF BREEDING: health in the mare may be considered as more or less transmitted to her, because in a thoroughly sound consti- tution, no ordinary treatment such as training consists of will produce disease, and it is only hereditary predisposition which, under this process, entails its appearance. Still there are positive, comparative, and superlative degrees oi objectionable diseases incidental to the brood mare, which should be accepted or refused accordingly. All accidental defects, such as broken knees, dislocated hips, or even " breaks down," may be passed over ; the latter, however, only when the stock from which the mare is descended are famous for standing their work without this frailty of sinew and ligament. Spavins, ring-bones, large splents, side bones, and, in fact, all bony enlargements, are constitutional defects, and will be almost sure to be perpe- tuated, more or less, according to the degree in which they exist in the par- ticular case. Curby hocks are^ also hereditary, and should be avoided; though many a one much bent at the junction of the os calcis with the astra- galus is not at all Hable to curbs. It is the defective condition of the ligaments there, not the angular junction, which leads to curbs ; and the breeder should carefully investigate the individual case before accepting or rejecting a mare with suspicious hocks. Bad feet, whether from contraction or from too flat and thin a sole, should also be avoided ; but when they have obviously arisen from bad shoeing, the defect may be passed over. Such are the chief varieties of unsoundness in the legs which require circumspection ; the good points which, on the other hand, are to be looked for are those considered de- sirable in all horses that are subjected to the shocks of the gallop. Calf knees are generally bad in the racehorse, and are very apt to be transmitted, whilst the opposite form is also perpetuated, but is not nearly so disadvantageous. Such are the general considerations bearing upon soundness of limb. That of the wind is no less important. Broken-winded mares seldom breed, and thev are therefore out of the question if for no other reason ; but no one would risk the recurrence of this disease even if he could get such a mare stinted. Uoaring is a much vexed question, which is by no means theoretically settled among our chief veterinary authorities nor practically by onr breeders. Every year, however, it be- comes more and more frequent and im- portant, and the risk of reproduction is too great for any person wilfully to breed from a roarer. As far as I can learn, it appears to be much more hereditary on the side of the mare than on that of the horse ; and not even the offer of a Virago should tempt me to use her as a brood mare. There are so many different conditions which pro- duce what is called " roaring," that it is difficult to form any opinion which shall apply to all cases. In some instances, where it has arisen from neglected strangles, or from a simple inflammation of the larynx, the result of cold, it will probably never reappear ; but when the genuine idiopathic roaring has made ite appearance, apparently depending upon a disease of the nerves of the larynx, it is ten to one that the produce will suffer in the same way. Blindness, again, may, or may not be hereditary ; but in all cases it should bo viewed with suspicion as great as that due to roar- ing. Simple cataract without inflam- mation undoubtedly runs in families; and when a horse or mare has both eyes suffering from this disease, without any other derangement of the eye, I should eschew it carefully. When blindness is the result of violent inflammation brought on by bad management, or by influenza, or any other similar cause, the eye itself is more or less disorganized ; and though this itself is objectionable, as showing a weakness of the organ, it is not so bad as the regular cataract. Such are the chief defects or devia- tions from health in the mare ; to which may be added a general delicacy of con- stitution, which can only be guessed from the amount of flesh she carries while she is suclding or on poor keep, or from her appearance on examinatioii by an experienced hand, using his eyes as well. The fuU firm muscle, the bright and lively eye, the healthy-look- ing coat at all seasons, rough thcagh it may be in the winter, proclaim the hardiness of constitution w^iich is wa.nted, but which often coexists with infirm legs and feet. Indeed, sometimes the very best-topped animals have the worst legs and feet, chiefly owing to the extra*" weight they and their ances- tors also have had to carry. Crib-bitmg is sometimes a habit acquired from idle- ness, as also is wind-sucking; but il CHOICE OF not caused by indigestion, it often leads to it, and is very commonly caught by the offspring. It is true that it may be prevented by a strap ; but it is not a desirable accomplishm.ent in the mare, though of less importance than those to which I have already alluded, if not accompanied by absolute loss of health, as indicated by emaciation, or the state of the skin. Lastly, the Temper is of the utmost importance, by which must be under- stood not that gentleness at grass which may lead the breeder's family to pet the mare, but such a temper as will serve for the purposes of her rider, and will answer to the stimulus of the voice, whip, or spur. A craven or a rogue is not to be thought of as the " mother of a family ;" and if a mare belongs to a breed which is remarkable for refusing to answer the call of the rider, she should be consigned to any task rather than the stud-farm. Neither should a mare be used for this purpose which had been too irritable to train, unless she happened to be an exceptional case ; but if of an irritable family she would be worse even than a roarer, or a bhnd one. These are defects which are ap- parent in the colt or filly, but the irritability which interferes with train- ing often leads to the expenditure of large sums on the faith of private trials, which are lost from the failure in public, owing to this defect of nervous system. Sect. 4. — Choice of Stallion. Like the Brood Mare, the stallion requires several essentials — commenc- ing also like her, first, with his blood ; secondly, his individual shape ; thirdly, his health ; and fourthly, his temper. But there is this difficulty in selecting the stalHon, that he must not only be suitable per se, but he must also be adapted to the particular mare which he is to " serve." Thus, it will be mani- fest that the task is more difficult than the fixing upon a brood mare, because (leaving out of consideration all other points but blood) in the one case a mare only has to be chosen which is of good blood for racing purposes, while in the other there must be the same attention paid to this particular, and also to the stallion's suitability to the mare, or to "hit" with her blood. Hence, all the various theories connected with generatioTj must be investigated, STALLION. 601 in order to do justice to the subject ; and the breeder must make up his mind whether in-and-in-breeding, as a rule, is desirable, or otherwise ; and if so, whether it is adapted to the particular case he is considering. Most men make up their minds one way or the other on this subject, and act accordingl}^, in which decision much depends upon the prevailing fashion. The rock upon which most men split is a bigoted favouritism for some particular horse : thus, one man puts all his mares to Orlando ; another to Surplice or the Flying Dutchman ; although they may every one be of different blood and foi-m to the others. Now, this cannot possibly be right if there is any prin- ciple whatever in breeding ; and how- ever good a horse may be, he cannot be suited to all mares. Some, again, will say that any horse will do, and that all is a lottery ; but I think I shall be able to show that there is some science required to enable the breeder to draw many prizes. That the system generally followed of late is a bad one I am satisfied, and with the usual and constant crossing and re-crossing it is almost a lottery ; but upon proper principles, and with careful manage- ment, I am tempted to believe that there would be fewer blanks than at present. I have already given my own theoretical views upon the case, illustrated by numerous examples on both sides of the question. It will now be my object to apply these views prac- tically by selecting special instances. In Choosing the Particular Blood which will suit any given mare, my impression always would be, that it is desirable to fix upon the best strain in her pedigree, if not already twice bred in-and-in, and then to put to her the best stallion available of that blood. In some cases, of course, it will happen that the second best strain will answer better, because there happens to be a better horse of that blood to be had than of the superior strain, which would otherwise be preferred. If, on the other hand, the mare has already been in-bred to the extent of two degrees, then a cross will be advisable ; but I am much inclined to behove, from the success of certain well-known cases, that even then a cross into blood al- ready existing in the mare, but not re- cently in-bred nor used more than once, will sometimes answer. Upon these C02 FRINCIFLES OF BREEDING. princii)les I should, therefore, look for success ; and if the series of tables I have herewith given are carefully studied, it will be seen that the pro- duction of good winners has so often followed this practice as to make its adoption exceedingly tempting. It is surprising to me that this very common occurrence of in-breeding among our best modern horses has so generally escaped observation, and the only way m which I can explain it is by sup- posing, that its having frequently beep through the grandam on either side it has been lost sight of, because the knowledge of the sire's and grandsire's l.lood is generally the extent to which the inquiry goes. Thus, we find a writer on the subject, who assumes the name of " Graven," asserting, at page 121 of "The Horse "—" There is no proximity of relationship in the gene- alogy of the Flying Dutchman, Touch- stone, Melbourne, Epirus, Alarm, Bay Middleton, Hero, Orlando, Irish Bird- catcher, Cossack, Harkaway, Tearaway, Lothario, or others of celebrity." Now of these the Flying Dutchman is the produce of second cousins ; Bay Mid- dleton, his sire, being also in-bred to VVilhamson's Ditto and Walton, owm brothers ; and Orlando, containing in his pedigree Sehm twice over, and Castrel, his brother, in addition. Mel- bourne also is the produce of third cousins, both his sire and dam being descended from Highflyer. But if to these four, which he has specially named, be added the numerous " others of celebrity," to which I have drawn attention, besides a host of lesser_ stars too numerous to mention, it will be admitted that he takes for granted the exact opposite of the fact. The Choice of Particular Stallions, as dependent upon their formation, is not less difficult than that of the mare, and it must be guided by nearly the same principles, except that there is no occasion for any framework especially calculated for nourishing and contain- ing the foetus, as in her case. As far as possible, the horse should be the counterpart of what is desired in the l^roduce, though sometimes it may be necessary to select an animal of a breed slightly exaggerating the pecu- liarity which is sought for, especially wlicn that is not connected with the preponderance of fore or hind quarters. Thu'j, if the mare is very leggy, a more than usual short -legged horse may be selected ; or if her neck is too short or too long, an animal with this organ particularly long or the reverse, as the case may be, should be sought out. But in all cases it is dangerous to attempt to make too sudden an alteration wnth regard to size, as the effort will generally end in a colt made without due proportion of parts, and therefore more or less awkward and unwieldy. In Constitution and general health, the same remarks exactly apply to the horse as the mare. All hereditary diseases are to be avoided as far as possible, though few horses are to be met with entirely free from all kinds of 'unsoundness, some the effects of severe training, and others resulting from actual disease, occurring from other causes. With regard to fatness, there is an extraordinary desire for horses absolutely loaded with fat, just as there formerly was for overfed oxen at Christmas. It is quite true that the presence of a moderate quantity of fat is a sign of a good constitution, but, like all other good qualities, it may be carried to excess, so as to produce dis- ease ; and just as there often is hyper- trophy, or excess of nourishment of the heart, or any bony parts, so is there often a hke superabundance of fat causing obstruction to the due per- formance of the animal functions and often ending in premature death. This is in great measure owing to want of exercise, but also to over-stimulating food ; and the breeder who wishes his horse to last, and also to get good stock, should take especial care that he has enough of the one and not too much of the other. In Temper, also, there is no more to be added to what I have said relating to the mare, except that there are more bad-tempered stalUons met with tiiaL mares, independently of their running, and this is caused by the constant state of unnatural excitement in which they are kept. This kind of vice is, however, not of so much importance, as it does not atfect the running of the stock, and solely interferes wilh their stable management. Sect. 5. — Best Age to Breed from. It is commonly supp(»sed tl lat one or other of the parents should bo of mature age, and that if both are very young BEST TIME FOB BREEDING. or very old, the produce will be decrepit or weakly. A great many of our best horses Lave been out of old mares, or by old horses — as, for instance, Priam, out of Cressida, at twenty ; Crucifix, out of Octaviana, at twenty-two ; and Lottery and Brutandorf, out of Man- dane, at twenty and twenty-one ; Vol- taire got Voltigeur at twenty-one ; Bay ^liddleton was the sire of Andover at eighteen, and Touchstone got New- niinster at seventeen. On the other hand, many young stallions and mares have succeeded well, and in numberless instances the first foal of a mare has been the best she ever produced. In the olden times, Mark Antony and Conductor were the first foals of their dams ; and more recently, Shuttle, Pope, Filho da Puta, Sultan, Pericles, Oiseau, Doctor Syntax, Manfred, and Pantaloon have all been first-born. Still these are exceptions, and the great bulk of superior horses are produced later in the series. The youngest dam Avhich I ever heard of was Mon- strosity, foaled in 1838, who produced Ugly Buck at tliree years old, having been put to Venison when only two years of age. Her dam also was only one year older when she was foaled ; and Venison himself was quite a young stallion, being only seven years old when he got Ugly Buck'; so that alto- gether the last-mentioned horse was a remarkable instance of successful breeding from young parents. As in most cases of the kind, however, his early promises were not carried out, pjid he showed far better as a two- year-old, and early in the following- year, than in his maturity. Such is often the case, and, I believe, is a very general rule in breeding all animals, whether horses, dogs, or cattle. The general practice in breeding is to use I young stallions with old mares, and to i jHit young mares to old stallions ; and i such appears to be the best plan, judg- i big from theory as well as practice. Sect. 6. — Best Time for Breeding. For all racing purposes an early foal is important, because the age takes date from the 1st January. The mare, tlierefore, should be put to the horse in February, so as to foal as soon after 1st January as possible. As, however, many mares foal a little before the end of the eleventh montli, it is not safe to send her to the horse before the middle of the second month in the year. For further particulars, see the chapter in which the general management of the mare and foal is fully detailed. Sect. 7. — Peculiarities of thevariods Modern Breeds. The various crosses since the days of Herod, Eclipse, and Matchem are so numerous, that it is no longer possible to class them under the heads of these three horses ; and far less under those of their reputed ancestors — the Godolphin and Darley Arabians and the Byerly Turk. There are, however, in the pre- sent day, certain strains which have distinguished themselves on the turf as remarkable for certain qualities ; such as the Waxys, the Orvilles, and the Buzzards, in the very first class, and the Blacklocks, the Tramps, the Waltons, the Haphazards, and the Sorcerers in the second. Besides these, there have been other strains celebrated in their day, but which have not come down to the present time without loss of repu- tation. As sires only the above horses are here considered. Waxy stands at the head of the list, not only as an extraordinary racehorse himself, but as having got immediately and remotely more winners of great races than any two horses since his time. Indeed, when a horse numbers thirteen winners of the Derby among his stock in the direct male line within fifty years, besides eleven Oaks winners and thirteen St. Leger victories, it is incontrovertible evidence of the supe- riority of his blood. Like Orville, he is chiefly composed of Eclipse and Herod blood, with a double-dash of the Godolphin, through Sportsmistress and Lisette. His stock are all remark- able, like the Orvilles, for great game- ness and true running ; but they have not generally so much bone and sub- stance as that horse's descendants. Whalebone and Wire, two of the ex- traordinary family by him out of Pene- lope, are well and characteristically named, and give the idea exactly of the peculiarities of most of the blood. They stand any amount of training as far as their constitutions go, and are rarely overmarked ; but most of them require care in reference to their legs, which are scarcely capable of standing the work which the wiry nature of 604 PBJNCIPLES OF BBEEDINO. their bodies demands, in order to bring them out fine enough for displaying their extraordinary staying quahties. They will run all day, and no distance is too great for them ; indeed, it is in this point that they are so particularly to be depended upon ; not being so fast for a mile as many others, but when two miles are to be compassed they shine to great advantage, and still more at longer distances. • Hence, they have succeeded frequently over the St. Leger Course after f aihng in the Derby — as in the cases of the Colonel, Touch- stone, Newminster, &c. ; and still more frequently in the distances run in the Derby, Oaks, and St. Leger than in the Two Thousand Guineas course. As steeple-chasers also their peculiar powers have been displayed, and the success of Sir Hercules in this way is very remark- able. Discount, a son of his, was a Waxy all over, having the full mus- cular body, with a constitution of iron ; but unfortunately accompanied with legs that would" scarcely ever stand a preparation, even when con- ducted with all the care of an expe- rienced trainer. Besides the Waxy lines, which are seen in the female branches of so many of our best pedi- grees, there are, in the male line. Whalebone and Whisker, out of Pene- lope, and Waxy Pope out of Prunella, her dam ; the first two are re-united in the Baron, Cotlierstone, and West Aus- tralian, while the last has done good service in Ireland ; and still further. Stockwell, Rataplan, and Andover unite to the first two the blood of their sister Web. Whalebone was also sire of Camel, Waverley, Defence, and Sir Hercules ; and these, again, are repre- sented as follows : Camel by Touch- stone and Orlando — cuvi multis aliis ; Waverley by the Saddler and Don John ; Defence by Safeguard, the Em- peror, Hero, Andover, and Pyrrhus I. (most however in the female line) ; Sir Hercules, by Birdcatcher and his brother Faugh-a-Ballagh ; besides Robert de Gorham, and Newcourt, and, through Birdcatcher, Chanticleer ; Whisker is perpetuated by the Colonel and his son, Chatham, as well as by several in the female line ; also by Economist and his son Harkaway. OuviLLE, like Waxy, a good race- horse as well as a sire of racehorses, is remarkable for combining speed with stoutness in a greater degree than most of our celebrated horses. Like almost all of our best stallions, he was in-bred to King Herod, his dam having been by Highflyer, son of Herod, and his sire out of a Herod mare ; whilst his grandsire. King Fergus, was out of a mare by Tartar, sire of Herod. Hence, according to the law to which I have alluded at great length, it is to be ex- pected that his blood, being in-bred to such a horse as Herod, will prevail ; and especially when the remaining strains are derived from Eclipse, Crab, and Matchem. As the ancestor of the following horses, he will always be famous ; and his blood even in the present day is eagerly sought for. When put to Emily, who was also full of Herod and Eclipse blood, he got Emihus, a horse quite as celebrated as his sire. By Eleanor, the celebrated winner of the Derby and Oaks, he had Muley, who is represented by Drayton, Eleanor being bred very much likeEmily, and both possessing the blood of Whis- key ; and again, by I\Iiss Sophia, another descendant of Plerod and Eclipse, he got Master Henry, a very celebrated runner and sire in his day, but since jhiefly represented by Touchstone. By Bizarre, sister to Finesse, and also full of Herod and Eclipse blood (see Table 38), he had Bizarre, who, how- ever, has not much added to his sire's fame ; and finally, uut of Mariaime, by Mufti, he got Octavius, a winner of the Derby, but not otnerwise celebrated. Emilius was a magnificent horse, with bone and substance calculated to carry 14st. Ho was the sire of Priam, Pleni- potentiary, Recovery, Pompey, Euclid, California, Theon, Plenary, Oxygen, and Duvernay, besides niany others ; but the above have most of them done good service in the stud, some of them being extraordinary runners as well as getters of stock — as, for instance, Priam, Plenipotentiary, Pompey, and Recovery. The success of Priam is remarkable, considering the small num- ber of mares put to him in this coun- try ; but, in any case, to be the pro- genitor of Crucifix, and her sons Surplice and Cowl, of Miss Letty, Industry, Weathergage, Cossack, and the Hero, is no connnon reputation. All these horses here mentioned have been distinguished by true running, and the blood always trains on, which is a very important advantage ; the descendants of Emilius, being full of PECULIARITIES OF MODERN BREEDS. 605 Eclipse blood through the male line, ajid also through Miss Hervey, Waxy, Vixen, and Saltram, are particularly stout find honest. Buzzard differs from Waxy^ and Orville in the general characteristics of his stock, ^vhich are more calculated for the Rowley Mle than for the longer distances of the Epsom and Don- caster courses. Still, considering their enormous speed, they are wonderfully stout ; but no horse can possibly live the pace of which some of the family are capable, ^\dthout showing signs of distress. Hence, many of this strain have obtained a character for want of staying qualities without fully deserv- ing it ; but still there is no doubt that over a distance of ground they would generally be beaten by the stock of Whalebone or Orville. Most of this blood have finely-sloping shoulders, with rather hght carcases, good pro- pelling powers generally, but marked by rather weak lower thighs and some- what straight hocks. This last charac- teristic is very peculiar to them, for though the point of the hock is well developed, yet it seems, as it were, drawn into the tendo Achillis, and al- most continuous with it, yet at the same time without any appearance of curbs. Whether or not their great speed is in any way dependent upon this formation I know not, but it seems almost invariably to attend upon this blood. Few of them are strictly well- formed throughout, and almost all are capable of being picked to pieces; and yet they manage, when set going on the course, to enlist the admiration of all by their magnificent style of going. They Jiow on to victory apparently without effort, and while the Whale- bones or Emiliuses often require the stimulus of the whip or spur, the des- cendants of Buzzard will generally achieve their victories without any per- suasion but their own high spirit, and the natural ease and elegance of their action. They generally train very easily, being of a pretty good constitu- tion, and requiring no more sweats than their legs will stand ; not that their understandings are particularly good, but that their frames are seldom loaded, and that they readily part with their superfluous flesh. Buzzard is re- presented by almost as many fashion- able horses of recent days as Waxy. In the first generation he got Castrel, Selim, and Rubens, own brothers, and their sister, the great-granddam ol: Tthuriel, out of an Alexander mare. Also Bustard, grandsire of Lanercost. Castrel, again, was sire of Pantaloon and Merlin, and grandsire of the Queen of Trumps. Sehm got Sultan and Langar ; and through the former is the ancestor of Bay Middleton, Ishmael, Beiram, Glencoe, and Jereed ; through Bay Middleton also he is great-grand- sire of the Flying Dutchman and Andover, and great-great-grandsire of Wild Dayrell. Langar, again, is sire of Ratcatcher and Epirus, and through the latter is grandsire of Pyrrhus 1. Lastly, Rubens is represented conjointly with Whalebone, by a host of Defence mares and their produce ; and Defence partaking of the blood of both horses, a share may fairly be claimed by the son of Buzzard. The Blacklocks are generally known by their plain, vulgar appearance, their calf-knees, flat foreheads, and general plebeian look, often accompanied by legginess. Some, however, have been fast enough with good staying qualities ; one of his pons, Mr. Osbaldeston's Tranby, was an extremely stout horse, and his performances under list., in the celebrated match against time, will always redound to the credit of his sire. The brilliant perform.ances also of Velocipede and his stock are to be set to his credid, and those of Voltaire and his sons, Voltigeur, Tearaway, and diaries XII. But neariy all of his blood are deficient in temper, and ar«, consequently difiicult to train and to bring out as often as they are wanted. Tramp is somewhat like Blacklock in the prevailing character of Iiis descen- dants, but they are generally better formed about the legs, and some of them have been good racehorses, though not quite first-class. Zinganee, Lottery, and Liverpool could all stay a distance, but they were scarcely fast enough to win great stakes; the same may be said of Lanercost and Sheet Andhor and their stock. The Waltons and the Haphazards may well be classed together. In blood they were nearly identical, being by Sir Peter, out of mares by Eclipse, or his son, Dungannon. Put to two different mares descended from Waxy, they pro- duced — the former, Partisan, and the latter, Filho da Puta ; while out of Julia, daughter of Whiskey, Walton 606 PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. got Pliantom, anotlier celebrity of his day. Of these, Partisan is the most prized ; and the blood of his sons, Venison and Gladiator, is by many considered equal to anything out, as well as that of their descendants, Vatican, Alarm, Kingston, and Sweet- meat. Nothing can exceed the beauty of form resulting from these combi- nations of the Waxy and Sir Peter blood ; and it seems to be perpetuated' in all the descendants, which are re- markable for blood-like frames with Arabian-looking heads, fine muzzles, full eyes, light necks, and good shoulders, and also for wiry and lasting legs and feet. This latter peculiarity is parhaps owing to their light girth, and conse- quent want of weight for their legs to carry ; but nevertheless they are almost all stout enough, and especially the Venisons, As the sires of good, usefal country platers, no horses have ever come up to this strain ; but there has generally been a want of high speed, which has kept them in the rear of very good company. They will race all day, and the next day too ; and when heats were in vogue they were invalu- able to the votaries of that barbarous practice. As I anticipated, the mares of this breed will now rival the daugh- ters of Defence in breeding good, sound, and even flying stock, put to suitable horses. Foremost among them was Queen Mary, by Gladiator out of Myrrha, by Plenipotentiary, being the dam or grandam of Blair Athol, Caller Ou, Broomielaw, Blinkbonny, and Breadalbane. Lastly come the Sorcerers. — Large, fast and loose, they require room to , display their peculiar powers, which are calculated to shine over a flat, or any straight course, rather than a small and confined one. Few of this blood are neat, and some are peculiarly coarse and gaunt, like the Melbournes, but yet so well proportioned and truljMnade as to catch the eye of the connoisseur. With large heads, roomy frames, big legs and joints, united to great usefal hocks and powerful propellers, they are fit for any work but turning corners, where they are undoubtedly out of their element. Sucli are the Soothsayers, Couui8es,llevellors,Humphrcy C inkers, Melbournes, together also with the last horse's celebrated soi)s,SirTatton Sykes, West Australian, Oulston, and Young Jilclbourne. All are fast enough for anything, but require time to fill up their fine frames, and should have been reserved till five years of age, if justice were to have been done them. On the whole, this blood may be considered as inferior to none but the three first- described strains, in which it is sur- passed in persistence of good qualities for a series of years, though, taking any single horse against him, Mel- bourne perhaps makes a good tight for superiority, but his successful descen- dants are becoming every year more rare. Sect. 8. — List of Modern Stallions. The following very complete list has been carefully compiled from the Racing Calendar for the Rural Almanack of 1886, and is inserted with the permis- sion of the editor :— Albert Victor, chestnut (1868), by Marsj^as out of The Princess of Wales, by Stockwell, lier dam The Bloomer, by Melbourne out of Lady Sarah, by Velocipede. Fee, 40gs.— At Waresley Stud Farm, Hartlebury, Worcestershire. Althotas, black (1873), by Rosicrueian out of Florence, by Vespasian, her dam Penance, l>y The Flying Dvitchman out of Rosary, by Touch- stone. Fee lOgs. — At Water Tower Stud Farm. RuKby. Altyre, chestnut (1874), by Blair Athol out of Lovelace, by Sjveetmeat, her dam Phcebe (dam of Big Ben), by Touchstone out of Nethertun Maid, by Sheet Anchor. The property of Lord Wolverton. Fee, lOu'S. ; half-bred mares, 5gs. — Stud Groom. J. Eddington, Iwerne Minster, Sliaftesbury, Dorset. Alvarkz, b]own (1869),' brother to Pero Gomez, by Beadsman out of Salamanca, by Student (son of Cliatham), hf^r dam Bravery, by Gameboy out of Ennui, by Bay Middleton. His stock are des- cribed as -sound, good jumpers, and with plenty of bone. Fee, 5gs.— Tlie property of Mr. R. H. Combe, Pierrepont. Farnham, Surrey. Arrow, The, dark brown (1870), by D'Estourue out of Archeress, by Longbow, lier dam Tin';]e, by Slane out of Vibration, by Sir Hercules. Height 15.31-, with great bone. Fee, 7gs. ; lialf- bred mares, 3gs.-Mr. J. Winteririgham, Croft Stud Farm, Darlington, co. Durham. Attalus, dark bay (1875) by Lacydes out of Blan- chette, by The Baron, lier dam Nightcap, by Cotherstone oat of Cloak, by Rockingham A strong, iiowerful horse, the property of Mr. G. Wise, of Woodcote. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred nnires, 3gs. ; mares, the property of tenant farmers within the Warwickshire or North Warwickshire Hunts, 2gs., and those belonging to Mr. Wis';'s tenants gratis.— At Mr. Osborii Hill's, Stud Farm, Hericote, liCainington, Barcaldine, bay (ls7S), by Solon out of Ballyroc, by Bolhidrum, lier dam Bon Accord, by Adven- turer out of Darling's dam, by Birdcatcher, Fee, 50gs. (list full).— At Park Paddocks, New- market. Barkfoot, bay (1868), by Lord Clifden out of Stockings, by Stockwell, her dam Goahead, by Melbourne out of Mowcrina, by Touchstone, l-'ec, 15l;s —Mr. W. Brown, Tanfield Farm, Clies- liuiit. Herts. LIST OF MODERN STALLIONS. C07 Beau BRtrvnreL, bay (ISSO), by Geort;e Frederick out of Ma B-lle, by Lord Clifden, her dam Diil- cibeliii, by Voltigeur out of Priestess, by The Doctor out of IJiddy, by Bran. The property of Lord Hastings. Fee, logs.— Mr. S. T. Cass, Melton Constable, East Derrhain, Norfolk. Beauci.erc, bay or brown (1875), by Rosicrucian oat of Bonny Bell, by Voltigeur, her dam Queen Mary, bv Gladlutor, yrandam by Plenipotentiary out of Myrrha. by Whalebone. Fee, 50i;s — Mr. J. Winteringhani, Croft Farm, Darlington. BE.\nDESERT, bay (1S77), by Sterling out of Sea- gull, by Lifeboat, bar dam Wild Cherry, by Surplice out of Brid-ret, by Rocket or Cardin.jl Puff. Fee, 2.3gs.— At Marden Park, Caterhani, Surrey. Bend or, chestnut (1S77), by Doncaster out of Rouge Rose, by Thonnanby, her dam Ellen Horne, by Redshank out of Delhi, by Plenipo- tentiary. Subscription full.— At Eaton Stud Farm. Chester. Berserker, bay (1866). by Buccaneer out of Anxiety, by Knight of Kars, her dam Gossamer, by Birdcatcher out of Cast Steel, by Whisker. Height, 16i hands, with immense substance ; won sixteen steeplechases at high weights. Fee, lOgs. , half-bred mares, 5gs. — Mr. Dawson, Hawton, near Newark, Notts. Bertram, bay (1S69), by The Duke out of Con- stance, by if'augh-a-bailagh, her dam Milkmaid, by Glaucus out of Dame Durdan, by Bankt-r. Fee, 15gs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs. — Mr. A. Charles, ccraptoft Hall, Leicester. Billycock, chestnut (1S78), by Vanderdecken ox;t of Grecian Bend, by Newnnnster, her dam The Dangerous Woman, by Knight of Avenel, gran- dam by Actseon out of Beatrice, by Blacklnc'c. Height, 1.5.3. The property of 3klr. T. Forsytli- Forrest, who keeps liim principally for the use of farmers in the district. Fee 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 11. lOi. — At Beutham House, Purton, Wilts. Birdcatcher, brown (18S3). by Skylark oi-t of Scotch Thistle, by Mandrake, her dam Touch Not, by Touchwood out of Imposture, by lago F<'e, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs. — The property I of Mr. J. P. Coker, Earsham Park, near Bungay, Suffolk. Blandford, brown (1S73), by Oxford or The Duke , out of Auricula, by Ambrose, her dam Pocahon- ' tas, by Glencoe out of Marpessa, by Muley. Fee, 30gs. — At Yardley Stud Farm, near Bir- mingham. I Blue Bottle, bay (18S1), by Blue Gown out of I Cassidia, by Orlando, her dam Himalaya, by I Bay Middleton out of Moodkee, by Venison. I Height, 15 hands. The property of Mr. Hume Webster. Fee, bl. ; half-lared mares, 2L — Bailiff, W. H. Field. Haretield Grove Farm, * Rickmansworth, Herts. I Blue Ruin, dark brown, (1874), by Blue Mantle out of Raffle, by Alarm, her dam Swede, by I Charles XII. out of Mangel Wnrzel, by Merlin. Height, 16 hands ; won many hurdle races, &c. The property of Sir W. Throckmorton, Bart. f Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 5i:s., and those i belonging to tenant farmers in tlie O.B.H and ; V.H.W. Hunts, 1 guinea.— Apply, Estate Office, 1 Buckland, Farringdon, Berks. ': Bobby, The, bay (1S67), by Loiterer out of Queen Bess, by Alarm, her dam Miss Julia, by Don John, grandam by Battledore out of Pyt'iia, by Phantom. Height, 15.2=}; short leg.s, 9in be- low the knee ; immense loins, thiiihs, and arms ; Fee, 2^g3.— The property of Mr. P. Snaith, Bos- \ ton, Lincolnshire. . Bold Dayrell, bay (1865), by Wild Dayrell ort of Rosina, by The Emperor (sou of Defence), her dam Phingari, by Beiram out of a Redgauntlet mare. Fee. 16^8.- The property of Mr. R. Wright, HiglT Lodge, Richmond, Yorkshire. B')N):)-i^L^N, brown (1871), by Ronahohbr out of M'lid of the Wolds, by Sir Tatton Sykes, her da->i Nautila, by Liverpool out of Bi.'low, by Taurus. Fee, \l. 10s. — The property of Mr. C. B. E. Wright, Bolton Hall, Clitheroe, Lan- cashire. Border Minstrel, chestnut (1880), by Tynedale out of Glee, by Adventurer, her dam Swett Sound, by Rataplan out of Hybla, by The Pro- vost, lee, 20gs.— Stud Groom, G. Cutting, Hasketon Paddocks, Woodbridge, Suffolk. Boycott, bright bay (1873), by Sun.stroke out of One Act, by Annandale, her dam E-xtravaganza, by Voltaire out of Burletta, by Acta^on. Height, 15 3|, on short legs, with great bone and power. Has won four years at Edinburgh Show, and his stock have also won many prizes. The properi y of Mr. James Russel (formerly Master of t;,e Linlithgow and Stirlingshire Hounds), wlio allows tenant farmers in those counties to sei.d mares at half price. Ordinary fee, 3gs. — ^:ti,d Groom, T. Waugh, Dundas Castle, South Queens- ferry, N B. Brugb, bay (1879). by See-Saw out of Carine, by Stockwell, her dam Mayonaise, by Teddiuf-txii out of Picnic, by Glaucus. Fee, 25gs. — Mr. E. C. Wadlow, Stanton, Shifnal, Salop. Camballo, bay (1872), by Cambuscan out of Little Lady, by Orlando, her dam Volley (sister to Voltigeur), by Voltaire out of Martha Lynn, by Mulatto. Fee, 50/.— Mr. G. S. Thompson, Moor- lands Stud Farm, York. Cameliard, black (1871), by Cremorne out of Lynette, by Lord Lyon, Iter dam Alarum, by Alarm out of Amata, by Velocipede. Fee, 5gs. Stud Groom, J. Griffith, The Durdans, Epsom. Carthusian, black-brown (1873), by Beadsman out of Iscliia, by Wild Dayrell. her dam figtree, by Envoy out of Azora, by Voltaire. Height, 16 hands, with plenty of bone. Fee, 5gs. ; h;ilf- bred mares, 21. 10s. — Mr. Robert Holmes, Holme Mill, Holme, Carnforth, Lancashire. Cavalier, dark brown (1881), by Pero Gomez out of Attempt, by Vedette, her dam by Falstaff (son of Touchstone) out of sister to Pompey, by Emilius. A short-legged horse, of good sub- stance. The property of Mr. Turner Macau. Fee, 3gs. — Stud Groom, W. Desborough, Elstow, near Bedford. Cedric, chestnut (1872), by Volturno out of Carry, by King Caradoe, her dam Barbara Bell, by Hampton, grandam by Comus.— The property of Sir C. W. Strickland, and stands at Boynton, Malton, Yorkshire. Charibert, chestnut (1876), by Thormanby out of Gertrude, by Saunterer, her dam Qr.een Bertha, by Kingston out of Flax, by Surplice. Fee, 15gs. (list full).— Mr. J. Winteringhani, CrofC Farm, Darlington. Charles the First, bay (1876), by Prince Charlie out of Merevale, by Atherstone, her dam Pre- sumption, by Loup-garou out of Postulant, ln^ Cowl. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 5gs. — At Kidbrook Stud Farm, Blackheath, London, S.K. Chesi ER, brown (1872), by Macaroni out of Poetry, by Stockwell, her dam Leila, by Melbourne oi.t of Meanee, by Touchstone. Has great power and bone. Fee, 5Z.— At Ampney Sheep House, Stud Farm, Cirencester, Gloucestershire. Chbvronel, chestni.t (1H73), by Cathedral out of Cognisaunce (sister of Lord Lyon, whose pedi- gree is given below). Height, 15. 3J. He won first prize in Class A for hunter stallions at the Islington Show, March, 1885 ; and is the propeny of Lord Tredegar, whose tenants have the use of the horse gratis. He is not advertised fur pubi c service, but a few friends who wish to send to him are charged 5gs. — At Tredegar Park, New- port, Monmouthshire. Chichester, bright bay (1878), by Cathedral out of Farcasiii, by Breadalbane, her dam Jeu d' Esprit, by Flatcatcher out of Extempore, by Emilius. Height, 16J hands. Winner of several hurdle races. The property of Earl Cawdor. Fee, bl. ; half-bred mares, 21. — Mr. Percival, Stackpole Farm, Pembroke, S. Wales. Childeric, bay (1875), by Scottish Cliief out of Gertrr.d'^, by Saunterer, her dam Qneen Bertha, by Kingston out of Flax, by Surplice. Fee, 608 PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. 2igs.-At Falmouth House Paddocks, New- CHIPPENDALE, browTi (1876), by Bococo out of AdversHy, by Adventurer, her dam Stockhausea, bv Stockv^ell out of Citron, by Sweetmeat. Fee, 30-s -Mr E. Grilhths, Weston-uuder-I ,izard, CHf^BrSnlf fl872), by Blinkhoolie out of ir/^ Boi Quet by Orlando, her dam Bouquet, b^Baf Sdleton^ out of Violet, Melbourue. Fee 10gs.-At Water Tower Stud Farm, CiSJlux, chestnut (1880), by Hermit out of Devotion by Stockwell, l,cr dam Alccstis by ?oSstone out of Sacrifice, by V..ltaire. Fee, 50^s— At Sefton Stud Furm. Newmarket. C^ROKALD, bay (1873) by J^^^^^ ^thoj «ut o^ isilia by Newminster, her dam Isis, by blane out of 10, by Taurus. Fee, 15gs.-At Busliey Park, Hampton Court. Clabemont, bay (1872), by Blair Athol out of Co^mbra^by Kiiigston, her dam Calcavella by Birdcatc'her out of Caroline, by Dro^e Fee lOgs.-Mr. Haansbergen, Woodlands, Consett, C^R^LEUS, brown (1872), by Beadsman out of Bas Bleu, by Stockwell. her dam Vexation by Touchstone out of Vat, by Langar. Fee 20gs. Mr W Taylor Sharpe, Baumber Park, Horn- Cot^»,°a£'«%r King Tom out of Croc>« by Thormanby, her dam Sunflower, by Bay Middleton out of lo, by Taurus. Fee, lOgs.- At Barrow's Stud Paddock, Newmarket. Comedian, chestnut (1879), by Thunder out of Comedy, by Glenmasson, her dam Mjstery, by Jerry out of Nameless, by Emihus l^ee> 5g%: half-bred mares, 2L-The property of Mr. T. Carr, May House, Droitwich, Worcesterslnre. Cracksman, bay (1877), by Tlie Rake out of Lady Sophie, by King Tom, her dam Bridle, by The Saddler out of Moneeda, by Taurus. A big powerful horse, the property of the Duke of Hamilton. Fee, 3gs.-Stud Groom, C. Green, Easton Park, Wickham Market, Suffolk. Criterion, chestnut (1873;, by Caterer out of Countess of Burlington, by Touchstone, her dam Lady Emily, by Muley Moloch out of Caroline, by Whisker. Height 16 hands. Fee 5gs.— The property of Mr. A. S. Andrews, Webb Lodge, Waltiiamstow, Essex. , ^ ^ , Cucumber, dark brown (1870), by Saccharometer out of Aminette, by Birdcatcher her dam Licence, by Gameboy out of Malaga, by Glencoe. Heio-ht 16 1, on short legs, with bone and substance to carry 16st. to hounds. Fee, 5gs. Mr. St. John Stanley, The Court, Wrexliam, North Wales. ^ „ . . Cylinder, chestnut (1877), by See-Saw out of Honeymoon, by Rataplan, her dam Honeydew (s'-ster to Newminster), by Touchstone out of ]3eeswing, by Dr. Syntax. Fee, 5gs^Mr. B. Badcock, Caldecott Farm, Abingdon, Berks. Cymbal, chestnut (1867), by Kettledrum out of Nelly Hill, by Springy Jack, her dam Anne PiK'e by Touchstone out of Isabel, by Panta- loon.' Fee, lOgs.— At Park Farm, Beenham, Reading, Berks j. r. j Dane, chestnut (1877), by Cedric out of Eudora by Theobald, her dam Eurydice, by Orpheus out of Susann i, by Safeguard. -The propci ty of Sir C W. Strickl.ui.l, and stands at Boynton, Malton, Yorksliiiv,. Dan Godfrey, h;iy (IsV.)), by Mu«ket (by Toxo- phihtc) out of Orchestra, by Trumpeter, her dam Overture, by Teddington out of lone, by Ion. Height. 16.1. Fee, lOgs. ; lialf-brcd mares 1)V arrangement. — Mr. A. C. W. Hobman, Niiddle Park Farm, Eltham, Kent. „ „ . . Danum, bay (1877), by Doncaster out of Periwig', by Macaroni, her dam Silvcrhair (Silvio s dam), by King.ston out of England's Beauty, by Bird- CMtclier. Though not big, he is well adajited to bl eeding hunters, being very strong, with lots of I)ouc. The property of the Earl of Aylesford. Fee, 7gs. ; half-bred mares, 8gs.— At Offchurcli Bury, three miles from Leamington. Discord, bay (1876), by See Saw out of Anthem by Cathedral, her dam Melody, by Windhound out of Mary Jane, by Pompey out of Ratafia by Bay Middleton. The property of the Earl of Scarborough. Fee, 15gs.— Stud Groom, Wm. Goode, Tickhill, Rotherhain, Yorkshire. Disturbance, bay (1867), by Commotion (son of Alarm) out of Polly Peachum, by Colhngwood (son of Sheet Anchor), her dam Lucy Banks, by Elis out of Walfiuna, by Velocipede. The property of Lord Hastings. Fee, for half-bred inaies, 1 guinea.— Mr. S. T. Cass, Melton Constable, East Dereham, Norfolk. Dr Temple, brown (lS6s). by Newminster out oi Merry Wing, by Birdcatcher, her dam Sweet- heart by The Doctor out of Sunbeam, by Vanish (son of Phantom). Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs.-Mr. A. Over, M.R.C.V.S., Rugby. DowNPATRicK, grey (1874), by Master Bagot out of Lady Wilde, by Gemma di Vergy, her dam Lady Audrey, by Pantaloon out of Kirtle, by Sultan. Height, 16 hands ; a fine, big-boned horse and successful steeplechaser. Fee, lOgs. The property of Mr. R. Chandos-Pole, Bad- bourne Hall, Derby. DcTCH Skater, bay (1866), bred m France, by The Flyin"- Dutchman out of Fulvie, by Gladiator, her dam Boutique, by Y. Emilius (by Emilius- Cobweb) or Giges (son of Priam) out of Belvi- dere, by Actaion. Fee, 20gs.— At Mentmore, Leig'hton Buzzard. , . ^ Edward the Confessor, chestnut (1878), by Hermit out of the Princess of Wales, by Stock- well her dam The B'oomer, by Melbourne out of Lady Sarah, by Velocipede. The property of Mr C E. Orinerod. Fee, 15gs.— ^tud Groom, Walter Tye. The Warren, Chichester, Sussex. EsTERLTNo, chcstuut (1682), by Sterling out of Apoloc^y, by Adventurer, her dam Mandragora, by Rataplan out of Manganese, by Birdcatcher /ee, 20J.— Mr. G. S. Thompson, Moorlands Stud EiSjs^'bTown (1866), by Blair Athol out of Theresa, by Touchstone, her dam Olga, by Charles XII. out of Fair Helen, by Pantaloon. Fe^^, 15gs. : half bred mares, 3js. Stands at Warren btud Farm, Epsom. -Owner, Mr. B. EUam, 213, Piccadilly, London. ExMiNSTER, bay (TS69), by Newminster out of Stockings, by Stockwell, her dam Go-ahead (sister to West Austraha.-), by Melbourne out ol Mowerina (sister to Cotherstone), by Touch- stone. The property of Lieut.-Col. Godman. Fee lOo-s —Stud Groom. T. Swallwell, Smeaton Manor, Northallerton, Yorkshire. Fetterlock, chestnut (ls73), by Parmesan out of Silverhair, by Kinpston, her dam Eugland s Beauty by Birdcatcher out of Prairie Bird, by Touchstone. Fee, lOgs.-Stud Groom, John Gatehouse, Southcourt Farm, Leightou Buzzard, F^Vus, chestnut (1876), by Loiterer out of Cor- delia (rhuud.^rbolt's dam), by Red Deer, her dam Fhnilia, by Y. Kmilius (son of Einilir.s ancis Bertram, brown (18S0), by Ethus out of Baroness, by Y. Melbourne, her dam The Jewess, by Slane out of Mora, by Bay Middleton. Short- legged horse, with treat power. Fee, 5gs. Stands at Warren Stud Farm, Epsom.— Owner, Mr. B. Ellam, 213. Piccadilly, London. Galiiakd, bay or brown (1880), by Galopin out of Mavis, by Macaroni, her dam Merlette, by The Baron out of Cuckoo, by Elis. Fee oOgs.— Mr. Thomas Phillips, Leybourne Grange Stud Farm, Mailing, Kent. Galopin, bay (1872), by Vedette out of Flying Duchess, by The Fljing Dutclmian, her dnm Merope, by Voltaire out of Velocipede's dam. Fee, 150gs.— Stud Groom, Jolm Gilbert, Blank- ney Stud Farm, Lincoln, General Macdonald, bay (1881), by Ethus out of Southern Cross, by Y. Melbourne, her dam Urania, by Idle Boy out of Venus, by Langnr. One of the largest tlinrough-breds in England; measures 9in. under knee. Fee, 5g.s. Stands at "Warren Stud Farm, Epsom.— Owner, Mr. B. Ellam, 213, Piccadilly, London. George Frederick, chestnut (lf>7l), byMarsyas, out of The Princess of Wales, by Stockwell, her dam The Bloomer, by Melbourne out of Lady Sarah, by Velocipede. Fee, 50gs. — At Mardeu Park, Caterham, Surrey. Gladstone, dark bay (1870), by Prime ]\Iinister out of Roehampton, by El'ington, her dam Simony, by Surp.ice out of Latitude (sister to Elis), by Langar. Height 16 hands, on short legs, with f;reat power. Fee, 7gs. ; half-bred mares, 21. lOs.— Mr. G. T. Carr, Silloth, Cumber- land. Hackthorpe, brown (1875), by Citadel or Straf- ford out of Rosary, by Surplice, her dam Sweet- briar, by Coningsby out of Marie, by Waverley. He won first prize as a sire for hmiters at Ma'dstone, 1884. Fee, 5gs.-Mr. Masterman, Asiitead, near Epsom.. Hagioscope, chestnut (1878), by Speculum out of Sophia, by Macaroni, her dam Zelle, by Stock- well out of Babette, by Faugh-a-ballagh. 1-ee, logs.— Mr. W. Taylor Sharpe, Baumber Park, Horncastle, li.^MPToN, bay (1872), by Lord Clifden out of Lady Langden, by Kettledrum, her dam Haricot, by Mango or Lai ercost out of Queen Mary, by Gladiator. Fee, lOOgs.— At Stetchworth Park, Newmarket. Hermit, chestnut (K6i), by Newminster out of Seclusion, by Tadmor, her dam Miss Sellou, V)y Cowl out of Belle Dame, by Bclshazzar. Fee, 2.50-S. (list full).— At Blankney Stud Farm, Lincoln. Hr. HBORN, bay (1S70, bred in France), by Gladia- teur out of ^'ille de I'AIr, by Faugh-a-ball;igh, her dam Pauline, by Volcano out of B;ithilde, Ijy Y. Emilius (by Emilius— Cobweb) — Mr. Eyke, Pelvidere, Shrewsbury. HiGHTHORN, brown (IbO'i), by Camerino out of Medea, by Sir Tatton Sykes, her dam Betsy Bird, by Voltnire out of Zephyrina. by Middlethorpe. Many of his produce liave won horsc-show ])rizes for hunting colts and fillies. Fee, 5gs. ; half- bred mares, 3gs.— The itroferty of Mr. Lumhy Hodgson, Hi<:hthorn, Easingwold, York.shire. Huguenot, chestnut (1878), by Lowlandur Out of Eurydice, by Orpheus, her dam Susanna, by Safeguard out of Sarah Rebecca, by Touch.stone. Height 16.1. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred man s, 5gs., and those the propeity of tenant farmers 21. 10.«. — Compton Stud Company, at their Sherbornfi branch, Dorset. Invader, bright bay (1877), by The Palmer out of Wee Lassie, by Scottish Chief, her dam Minna, by Buccaneer out of Pestilence, by Daniel o'Rourke. Fee, 3gs. Stands at Brereton Hall Farm.— Apply to Mr. G. F. Chell, Sandbach, Cheshire. IsHMAEL, bay (1878), by Adventurer out of Lina, by Stockwell, her dam Selina, by Orlando out of The Lady of Silberkeld Well, by Velocipede.— Stiid Groom, John Joy, Sheffield Lane Paddocks, Sheffield. IsoNOMY, bay (1875), by Sterling out of Isola Bella, by Stockwell, her dam Isoline, by Ethelbert out of Bassishaw, by The Prime Warden. Fee 70gs. —At Sefton Stud Farm, Newmarket. Jack Tar, brown (1SS2), by Jolly Tar (son of Mariner) out of Water Lily, by Mariner, her dmn Lily, by Cape Flyaway out of Elfrida, by Faujjh- a-ballagh out of Espoir, by Liverpool. Heisjht, 16 hands, with great bone and power. Won second prize for hunter stallions at Agricultural Hall, Islington, March, 1885. Fee, lOgs. ; half- bred mares, 3gs. — The property of Mr. Isaac Clark, Heddington Manor. nearCalne, Wilts. John Eidd, brown (1878), hy Knight of the Gar- ter out of Polyglot, by Amsterdam, her dam Jenny Jones, by Weatherbit out of Sophistry, by Voltaire. Fee, 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 2^gs. —At Tilbury Farm, Oxford. King Alfred, bay (1865), by King Tom, dam by Bay Middleton out of West Country Lnss, by Venison out of Manuella, by Whisker. The pro- perty of Mr. C. B. E. Wright, Bolton Hall, Chtheroe. — Standing at and travelling round Badsworth Kennels, Pontefract. Fee, II. KrNG Crafty,. chestnut (1878), by Kingcraft out of Tortuga,.by Buccaneer, her dam by Poussin, grandam by Weatherbit out of Moose Deer, by Montreal. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares. 5gs., and those the property of tenant farmers, 21. lOs.— Compton Stud Company, Over Compton, Dorset, Kin(j Harold, chestnut (1875),by Thunderbolt out of Edith, by Newminster, her dam Deidamia, by Pyrrlius the First out of Wiasma, by Hetuian Platoff. The property of Lord Middleton. ( ce, 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 21. 10s. — At Birdsall House, York. KisBER, bay (1873), by Buccaneer out of Mineral, by Rataplan, her dam Manganese, by Bird- catcher out of Moonbeam, by Tomboy. Fee, 50gs. — Stud Groom, John Gatehouse, Southcourt Farm, Leighton Buzzard, Beds. Knight of the Launp, dark bay (1875). by Knight of the Garter out of May Queen, by Kettledrum, her dam Fidget, by The Fallow Buck out of Flight, by Jereed. Height, 16 hands, with great bone. Won first prize at the Royal Show in 1885. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 3.^gs.—1 he property of Mr. T. Oldham, White Hart Hotel, Gai a sborough , Li n coin shi re. Lammfrmoor, bay (1874), by Scottish Chief out of Armada, by Buccaneer, her dam Lady Chester- field, by Stockwell out of Meeanee, by Touch- stone. Fee, 20gs.^At Portslade Paddocks, Brif.hton. Lavengro, brown (1883). by Wild Tommy out of The Gowan, by Scottish Chief, her dam Sweet Maijoram, by Adventurer out of Lady Flora, by Stockwell. A young horse, with big bone and deep girth. Fee, for half-bred mares, 3gs.— Tlie property of Mr. A. Haslewood, Buxton, Derby- shire. Lichfield, brown (1SS3), by Beaudesert out of Breakwater, by Buccaneer, 1 er dam Surf, by Sturm out of Ada, by Sir Hercules. Fee, lOgs. ; ha f-bred mares, 3gs. — The property of Mr. J. P. Coker, Earsham Park, near Bungay, Suffolk. Limestone, bay (1878), by Wenlock out of Duver- nay, by Beadsman, her dam Cachuca, by 6086 PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. Voltigeur out of Ayacanora, by Birdoatclier. Fee, 5£S. ; half-bred mares, Sgs.^At Hopwell Hall Farm, Derby. LiNN^us. grey (1676), by Strathconan out of Sweet Violet, by Voltigeur, her dam Cowshr, by Oxford out of teweet Pta, by Touchstoue. Great bone and substance, on short legs. Fee, Ift' S. • half-bred mares, 5gs.— Mr. W.. E. Litt, M'R C.V.S., St. John's Hill, Shrewsbury. Little Jim, bay (ISn), by Man at Arms out of Little Jemima, by King Tom, her dam Garnish, by Faugh-a-ballagh out of Gaiety, by Touchstone. Fee 5gs. ; hulf-bred mares, 3gs.— The property of Mr. Jolm Stil.bon, Downham, Norfolk. Lo< H Rawga, bay (1S80), by Wild Tommy out of Loch Tanna, by Glenelg, her dam Stumps, by Lexington out of Mildred, by Glencoe. The property of Hon. Thomas Fitzwidiam. Fee, 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 2gs., for the benefit of farmers, in the Fitzwilliam hunting country.— At Milton, three miles from Peterborough. LONDESBOROUGH, browu (1867), by Claret .out of Berezina, by Hetman PlatofT, her dam Bar- barina, by Plenipotentiary. Fee 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 2gs.— Mr. W. Brown, Taulield Farm, Cheshunt, Herts. Lord Berkeley, bay (1867), by Caractacvs out of Emma, by Storm (brother to Assault), her dam Kitty Clover, by Robert de Gorham, gran- dam by Muley out ot Rosalia, by Walton. Won prizes as hunter stallion at the Great Yorkslnro and other shows. Fee, 7gs. ; halt-bred mares, 3.i.gs.— The property of Messrs. P. Fort and Son, Cross Roads, Keighley, Yorkshire, Lord Lyon, bay (lt63), by Stockwell out of Para- digm, by Paragone, her dam Helen Horne, by Redshank out of Delhi, by Plenipotentiary out of Fawn Junior, by Waxy. Fee 2ngs.— Mr, J . Winteringham, Croft Farm, Darlington. Macaroon, bay (1874), by Macaroni out of Mar- gery Daw, by Brocket, her dam Protection, by Defence out of Testatrix, by Touchstone. Fer, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs.— At Mouldron Stud Farm' Richmond, Yorkshire. Magician, chestnut (1879), by Blue Gown out of Fairy Queen, by Orest, her dam Queen Mab. by Lambton out of Blanche, by Birdcatcher. The property of Sir G. Chetwynd, Bart. Fee, 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 2igs.— Stud Groom, W. Gilbert, Grendon Hall, Atherstone, Warwickshire. Mar, chestnut (1876), by King Tom, dam by Fern- hill or Gleam out of Bonby Betty, by Robin Hood. Height. 16.2. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 5gs.— Mr. W. Taylor Sharpe,. Baumber Park, Horncasile. Marden, bay (1879), by Hermit out of Barchettma, by Pelion, her dam Cymba, by Melbourne out ol Skiff, by Sheet Anchor, Fee, lOgs. — Mr. Thomas Brown, Graham Place, Newmarket. Masaniello, , bay (1874), by Macaroni out of Reginallaj by King Tom, her dam Flax, by Sur- plice out of Odessa, by Sultan, Won second prize for hunter stallions at Herefordshire Agri- cultural Show, 1885. Fee, 2gs.— The property of Mr. Harold Lawrence, Porthycarne House, Usk, Momr.or.thshire. Mask, chestni.t (1877), by Carnival out of Meteor, by Thunderbolt, her dam Duty, by Rifleman, grandain by Sleiglit-of-hand out of Wollaton's dam, by Bay Middleton. Fee. 5(igs.-Stud Groom, ' W. Clark, Kremlin Paddocks, New- market. „ . , . Masqukrader, dark bay (1877), by Carnival out of Alberta, by Trumpeter (son of Orlando), her dam Prairie Hen, by Stockwell, out of The Wryneck, by Slane. ilcii;ht, 16 hands, with big bone. The property of Lord Harewood. Fee, 3gs.— Stud Groom, George York, Harewood Stables, near Leeds. Master Kildare, chestnut (1875), by Lord Ronald out of Silk, by Plum Pudding, her dam Ji.dy Go, by Grozier or Pey of Al Jcrs out of Cnciqro, by I'aliuunis. The proper! y of fjonl Hastii gs. !• CO, .'■.0i4s. (list fn'l).— At Meltou Constable, Fust Dereham, Norfolk. Master Ned, brown (1878), by Roman Bee out of Gazelle, by Ivan, her dam Antelope, by Moun- tain Deer out of Whim (Chanticleer's dam), by Drone out of Kiss by Waxy Pope. Height, 16. 1. Fee, lOgs. ; half bred man s, 5gs., and those the property of tenant farmers, 21. lOs.— Coniptoii Stud Company, at their Shepton Mallet branch, Someiset. Merry-Go-Round, bay (1877), by Scottish Chit f out of Spinawaj', by Macanmi, her dam Qneen Bertha, by Kingston out of Cymba, by Mel- bourne, Fee, 2gs.— Mr. Edward Griftltlis, Evancoyd, Kington, Herefordshire. Mexborough, dark bay (1870), by Moulsey out of Miss Penhill, by Newminster, her dam Flight", by Flying Dutchman out of Lunacy, by Delirium. Height, \b.U, with plenty of bone and power, and his sto( k are good jumpers. Fee, 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs.-The propeity of Mr, James Morley, Sysouby, Melton Mowbray, _ „ ^ Mexico, dark bay (1876), by Alvarez out of Fan- chette, by Promised Land, her dam Tribute, by Touchstone oiit of Jet, by Velocipede. Height, 15.2, on short legs, with good bone. The pro- rerty of Mr. Hume Webster. Fee, bl. ; half- bred mares, 2J.— Bailiff, W. H. Field, Harefield ■Grove Farm, Rickmansworth, Herts. Miser, The, chestnut (1877), by Hermit out of La Belle Helene, by St. Alb .ns, her dam Teterrima, by Voltigeur out of Ellen Middleton, by B:.y Middleton. Fee, 25gs.— At Whimple Stud Farm, Whimple, Devonshire. ■Muleteer, The, chestnut (1873), by Mogador oi t of Roma, by Oxford, her dam Area, by Gladiator out of Twilight, by Velocipede. Heisj;ht abort 16 hands, on short flat legs, with great bone and power. The property of Mr. W. Baird. Fee, to ' tenant farmers in the Cottesmore country, Ih ; others, 3L— Stud Groom, R, Crawford, Barley- th( rpe, Oakham, Rutland. Mustapha, dark brown (1860, bred in France), bv Bon Vivant (son of Sting) out of Diana, by Pre- tendant (son of Faugh-a^ballagh), her dam Dulcinea, by Sweetmeat out of Creusa, by Ion. Height, 15.3, Winner of many steeplechases, and is still hunted in winter. The property of Mr. Rowland Hunt. Fee, 3gs. ; tenant farmeis mares, II. 10s,— At Boreatton Hal], Shrewsbury Napsbury, chestnut (1877), by Scottish Chief out of Mandragora, bv Rataplan, her dam Manga- nese, by Birdcatcher out of Moonbeam, by Tomboy. Fee, 5L— At Fairfield Stud Farm nJrwich, chestnut. (1874), by St. Albans out o Hetty, by Surplice, her dam Delia, by Dick out of Lady Di, by Actaeon. Fee, lOgs.— Mr, h. G. Munby, Myton Estate Office, Helpcrbyy near Nutbloom, chestnut (1S7S), by Nutpecker (sou Nutbourne) out of Highflyer(?) Height, nearly 16 hands, with short legs and plenty of bone aiKl substance. Took first jirizeas a hunter stalhon at the Royal Counties Agricultural Shows Ol 1883 and 1884. Fee, 3gs — Mr. H, Eramett, Upham Farm, Bishops Walthain,! Hants. _ Onslow, bay (1^69), by Cambuscnn out of Diilci' bella, .by Volti^'cur, her dam Priestcsf, by llu Doctor out of Biddy, by Bran, l' eo, 5gs. ; half bred mares, 21. 10s , and those bchmging t tenants half-price.— t-tnd Groom, Job Houlstoi Duncombe Park Paddocks, Helmsley, York Ossian', bay (1880), by Sftlvotor out of Music, b; Stockwell, her dam One Act, by Annandale ou of Extravaganza, by Voltaire. Fee, 5gs.— btufi Groom, Arthur Martin, Woodboro' Manor, nu Nottingham. ^ * „ Oswestry, dark chestnut (1874), by New Oswestry (son of Knijiht of Kars and Debonaire, h-b) or. of Girl of the Period, Height, 15.3^. A big boned, compact hrM0N. bay (1874), by Solon out of Satanella, by Wild DayTell, her dam Malvoisie, by Bay Middleton out of Malvina, by Oscar. Fee, ISsjs. —Mr. W. A. Southwell, Burghley Paddocks, Stamford. Playfair, brown (1869), own brother to Sterlinrr (see his pedigree). Fee, SOgs. — At Yardley Stud Farm, near Birmingham. POLARDiNE, dark brown (1870), by Beadsman out of Regalia, by Stockwell, her dam The Gem, by Touchstone out of Biddy, by Bran. Height, 15.2, with good bone and muscle. Fee, 5gs. : half-bred mares, 2gs. — The proyterty of Mr. M. Hulton-Hanop, Lythwood Hall, near Shrews- bury. PosTE Restante, brown (1877), by Sterling out of Premature, by King Tom, her dam Mincemeat, by Sweetmeat out of Hybla, by The Provost. Fee, .5gs.; half-bred mares, half-price.— Mr. W. B. Elsey, Baumber House Stud Farm, Horncastle. Privateer, chestnut (1H78). by Adventurer out of La Favorita, by Thormanby, her dam Miss Arui- gtrong, by Rifleman out of Miss Conyngham, by Slane. Fee, lOi^s. ; half-bred mares, ogs.— Stuil Groom, T. Shipney, Whitley Stud Farm, Coventry. Privilege, chestnut (1879), own brother to T.^o- nomy (see his pedi.uree). Fee, 30g3. — At Yardley Stud Farm, near Birmingham. Queen's Messenger, bay (186s), by Trumpeter out of Queen Bertha, by Kingston, her dam Flax, Surplice out of Odessa, by Sultan. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs.— Mr. W. Leslie, Hardwick Hall, Chesterfield, Derbyshire. Quits, brown (1874), by Restitution out of Worth- less, by Gemma di Vergy, her daui Eugenie, by Surplice out of Clementina, by Vtnison. Height, over 16 hands, with immense bone ai , bay (1873), by St. Albans out of Viridis, by Marsyns, her dam Maid of Palmyra, by Pyrrlui's the First out of Palmyra, by Sultan. Fee, 20gs.— At Bushey Paddocks, Ilampton- Co.;rt. „^ Standard, bny '(1874), own brotlier to Sterling (si e his pedi-ree). Fee, 30gs.— At Yardley Stud Farm, near Birmingham. Sterling, l)av (186S), by Oxford out of Wliispor, by Klatcatcher, her dam Silence, by Melbourne, oi,t of Secret, bv Hornsea. Fee. 150gs.— At Yardley Stud Farm, near Birniinfehaiu. Storm Signal, dark bay (1879), by Thunderer out of Soffinka, by Newminster, her dam Olga, by Charles XII. out of Fair Helen, by Pantaloon. Height, 16 hands, with great power ; legs, 8jin. under knee. Fee, 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs. —Mr. A. Over,M.R.C.V.S., Rngby. Strath AVON, grey (1872), by Strathconan out of Parade, by Rataplan, her dam by I ago out of Giselle, by Emilius. The property of the Duke of Hamilton. Fee, 101.— Stud Groom, C. Green. Easton Park, Wickham Market, Suffolk. Strathern, bay (1876), by Strathconan out of Charmione, by Orlando, her dam Vivandiere (sister to Voltigeur), by Voltaire out of Martha Lynn, by Mulatto. The property of the Earl of Scarborough. Fee, lOgs. ; half-br( d mares, 5gs._Stud Groom, Wm. Goode, Tickhill Farm, Rotherham, Yorkshire. Strathmore, chestnut (1874), by Mandrake out of The Thane, by Stockwell, her dam Terrona, by Touchstone out of Alice Hawthorne, by Muley Moloch— Stud Groom, John Joy, Sheffield Lane Paddocks, Sheffield. Struan, bay (1869), by Blair Athol out of Terrific, by Touchstone, her dam Ghuznee, by Pantaloon out of Languish, by Cain: Fee, lOgs. ; half- bred mares, 5gs.— At Kidbrook Stud Farm, Blackheath, London, S.B. Sweetbread, bay (1879), by Brown Bread out of Peffar, by Adventurer, her dam Caller On, by Stockwell out of Haricot, by Mango or Laner- cost. Fee, 30gs.— Mr. J. Jewitt, Bedford Cottage, Newmarket. Sword Dance, bay (1877), by Tomahawk out of Duvernav, by Beadsman, her dam Cachuca, by Voltigeur out of Ayacanora, by Birdcatcher. Fee, lOgs.— At Bushey Park, Hampton Court. Syrian, chestnut (1S67), by Mentniore out of Princess, by Autocrat, her dam Practice, by Euclid out of Parade, by The Colonel. Fee, 15gs.— Mr. E. C. Munby, Myton Estate Office, Helperby, near York. Theologian, brown (1881), by Uncas out of Miss Theo, by Leamington, her dam Hebe, by Bandy (brother to The Baron) out of Magnet, by Mag- pie. Height. 16 hands, with great power. The property of Earl Spencer. Fee, 5gp. ; half-bred mares, 3gs.— Stud Groom, W. Shears, Althorp Park, Northampton. Thuringian Prince, chestnut (1871), by Thor- manby out of E istern Princess, by Surplioe, her dam Tomyris. by Sesostris, grandam by Glaucrs out of lo, bv Taurus. Fee, 16^'S.— The property of Mr. R. Wright, High Lodge, Richmond, York- shire. TnuRio, black or brown (1875), by Tibthorpe oi Cremorne out of Verona, by Orlando, her dam Iodine, by Ion, grandam by Sir Hercrdes out of Electress. Fee, 20gs.— Mr. W. A. Southwal), Burghley Paddocks, Stamford. Tibthorpe, bay (1864V by Voltigeur out of Tiady Amies, by The Cure, her dam Miss Agnes, by Birdcatcher out of Ames, by Clarion. Fee, r,Ogs.— Stud Groom, W. Clark, Kremlin Pad- docks, Newmarket. Tom King, bay (1863), by King Tom, dam by Bird- catcher, grandam by Hetman Platoff out of Whim (Chanticleer's dam), by Drone. Foe, 27. —The property of Sir John C. Garden, Temple- more, Ireland. TORPI oi" lilen.lieaiit.'by Touchstone. 'Fee, lOgs.— At llcath Kanu, Newmarket. Touchet, brown (1874), by Lord Lyon out of Lady Audley (sister to Bucraiieer), by Wild Dayn 11, lier dam by I^ittle Red Rover out of Eelat. by Edmund. Fee, 50gs.— Mr. Thomas Robinson, High Wycombe, Bucks. Town Moor, bay (l^7^), by Doncastcr out of Kuxine, by King Tom, her dam Varna, by tlie Flying Dutchman out of Wiekot, by Stumps. Foe, lOgs.— Stud Groom, J. Griffith, T e Dur- daiia. Epsom. Trappist, bay (1872), by Hermit out of Bunch, l>y ore, Ireland. PEDO, bay (1880)^ by Hermit out of Stray Shot, 1'oxopl'ilite, her dam Vaga, by Stockwell out LIST OF MODERN STALLIONS. 609 Muscovite, her dam Diomedia, by Weatlierbit out of Taurina, by Taurus. Fee, 15gs.— Mr. J. Jewitt, Bedford Cottage, Newniarket. Tynedale, bay (1S64), by Warlock out of Queen of Tyne, by Tomboy, lier dam by Whisker out of Voltaire's' dam, by Phantom. — Stud Groom, John Joy, Siieffield Lane Paddocks, Slieffield. Ukc.-vs, bay (1S65), by Stockwell out of Nightin- gale, by Mountain beer, her dam Clarinda, by fcjir Hercules out of Mustard, by Philip the First. Fee, oOgs.— At Xeasham Hall Farm, Dar- lington. Velleda, brown (1S76), by Vedette out of Lady Dewhurst, by Newminster, her dam The Dutch- man's Daughter, by The Flying Dutchman out of Emeute, by Lanercost. Fee, 5gs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs.— Mr. C. J. Wilkes, Gubshill Farm, Tewkesburj% Gloucestershire. Vibration, chestnut (1S79), by Reverberation (by Thundert)olt) out of Lady Macaroni, by Macaroni, her dam Stockings, by btockwell out of Surge, by Envoy. The property of the Duke of Hamil- ton, Fee, 3gs.— Stud Groom, C. Green, Easton Park, Wickham Market, Suffolk. Victor Chief, chestnut (1876), by Albert Victor out of Chieftain's Daughter, by Chanticleer or Lord of the Isles, her dam Suuflower, by Bay Middleton out of lo, by Taurus. A powerful horse, 16 hands high. Fee, 5gs. — Mr. W. R. Brockton, Farndon Newark, Notts. Victor Emanuel, bay (1877), by Albert Victor out of Time Test, by Saunterer, her dam Tested, by Touchstone, grandam by Colewick out of Game- lass, by Tramp. Fee, 5gs.— At Mouldron Stud Farm, Richmond, Yorkshire. Volturno, chestuut (1860), by Codrington out of Polly Plush, by Orlando, her dam Plush, by Plenipotentiary out of Velveteen, by Sultan. — The iiropeity of Sir C. W. Stickland, and stands at Boynton, Malton, Yorkshire. Wallenstein, cliestnut (1877, bred in America), by Waverley (son of Australian, by West Australian) out of Lady Wallenstein, by Lexington. Fee, lOgs.— At Stetchworth Park, Newmarket. Wedlock, bay (1869), by Lord Clifden out of Mineral (Kisber's dam), by Rataplan, her dam Manganese, by Birdcatcher out of Moonbeam, l)y Tomboy. Fee, 30gs.— Mr. W. A. Southwell, Burghley Paddocks, Stamford. Westbourne, bay (1876), by Oxford or The Duke Sect. 9. — Stallions suitable for Getting Eacehorses. Since this IManual was first pub- lished in 1855, the various strains therein alluded to have been so inter- mixed, that it is quite useless to repeat the remarks there introduced, A " purely in-bred Waxy," for in- stance, does not exist, and, indeed, almost every modern pedigree will be found to combine the blood of that horse with Orville, &c. It is, there- fore, now better to drop all attempts at analysis beyond the last generation, except so far as in-breeding is con- cerned, and look for the best sire, as proved by experience. Regarded in this way, Touchstone, Melbourne, Stock- well, Orlando, Beadsman, and Newmin- ster, have been far the most successful in modern days, and their sons must on that account also be selected in preference to the sons of less success- ful sires. Great winners are less likely out of sterling's dam (see liis pedigree^ ix ee, 30gs.— -At Yardley Stud Farm, near Birmingham. Westerhall, bay (1870), by Laughing Stock out of Heerie, by Malcolm, her dam Mira, by Girafle out of Wharfdale Maid, by Voltaire. Fee, lOgs, ; half-bred mares, 3gs. ; and those belonging to tenant farmers, 21. 10s.— Mr. Hilton, Gascow Farm, Ulverston, Lancashire. Westminster, chestnut (1880), by Cathedral out of Pucelle, by Saunterer, her dam Old Maid, by Robert de Gorham out of Governess, by Chat- ham. Height, 16 hands. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 5gs —The property of Mr. A, Mackenzie, Weston House, Great Marlow. Whipper-in, chestnut (lb79), by Hermit out of Scarlet Runner, by Orlando, her dam Haricot, by Mango or Lanercost out of Queen Mary, by Gladiator. Fee, 25Z.— At Eaton Stud tarm, Chester. Wild Tommy, bay (1878), by King Tom out of Wild Agnes, by Wild Dayrell, her dam Little Agnes, by The Cure out of Miss Agnes, by Birdcatcher. The property of the Duke of Hamilton. Fee, 10/.— Stud Groom, C. Gilbert, Easton Park, Wickham Market, Suffolk. WiNSLow, bay (1S69), by Lord Clifden out of Cres- low, by King Tom, her dam Lady, by Orlando out of Snowdrop, by Heron. Fee, 15gs.— At Bushey Paddocks, Hampton Court. Wizard, The, dark bay (1S72), by Warlock out of Jungfrau, by The Flying Dutchman, her dam Queen of the Tyne, by Tomboy, grandam by Whisker out of Voltaire's dam. Height, 16 hands, with great substance. Fee, 2^gs.— Mr. W. R. Brockton, Farndon, Newark, Notts. Zealot, chestnut (1877), by Hermit out of Zelle, by Stockwell, her dam Babette, by Faugh-a- ballagh out of Barbarina, by Plenipotentiary. Fee, 25gs.— Mr, E. C. Wadlow, Stanton, Shifnal, Salop. Zither, chestnut (1883), by Paganini out of Dame School, by Stockwell, her dam PreceptTCss, by Chatham out of Oxonian's dam, by Laurel. The property of Mr. G. Wise, of Woodcote. Fee, lOgs. ; half-bred mares, 3gs. ; mares the jiro- perty of tenant farmers within the Warwicksldre or North Warwickshire Hunts, 2gs.; and those belonging to Mr. Wise's tenants, gratis. — At Mr. Osborn Hill's Stud Farm, Bericote, Leam- ingion, to be of service than the sires of great winners, and most breeders possessed of judgment would have preferred to pay 100 guineas for Monarque than to invest the same sum on Gladiateur. So also, Beadsman was more entitled to 100 guineas than his son Blue Gown, though no doubt the latter was the better runner of the two. Two or three rules may, however, be followed with some prospect of success : — 1st. Select {cceteris paribus) the sire of a number of winners in preference to an untried horse. 2nd. Look out for such a cross as has been previously found to "hit" (as was exemplified in the numerous instances in which the Touchstone and Bay Middleton and the Stockwell and Touchstone blood came together), and if you can find it, prefer it to any other, 3rd. If there has been much in-breeding in the pedi- gree of the dam, choose a sire as far as possible removed from her. If, ou 610 PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING, the other hand, the pedigree is already a good deal crossed, select a successful sire presenting in his best line a similar strain to one of her best. Thus, Sir Joseph Hawley having a mare (Bas Bleu) full of Whalebone blood, passing through excellent lines, but crossed re- peatedly with other strains, ventured to put her to Beadsman, who, although by the same grandsire as herself (Touch- stone), and consequently out of a great- granddaughter of Whalebone, was by a horse (Weatherbit) almost entirely composed of Herod and Eclipse blood, but the latter descending through other lines than that of Whalebone ; the re- sult was Blue Gown, one of the best horses of modern days. Still, theory seems of little use at present, pro- bably owing to the extent to which in-breeding has been carried, and to the small number of distinct sources to which all our horses can be traced ; and I think it has been clearly proved that breeding of late years in horee- racing, as in coursing, has been very much a lottery. Four of the most successful animals over long courses that we have had of recent years have been Jester by Merrymaker, dam's pedigree unknown ; Chippendale by Kococo- Adversity ; Dresden China by Highborn-Fortress ; and Robert the Devil by Bertram-Cast-off. Here we see four animals of such utterly unfashion- able breeding that it may safely be as- serted that had they been offered for sale as yearlings they would not have realised 500 guineas the lot, and yet amongst them are three winners of the Cesare- witch and the best mare we have seen since Crucifix, who would probably also have won the Cesarewitch had she not been sacrificed for a stable companion. Since these animals have done big things it has been discovered that they have wonderful blood in their veins, and that Robert the Devil has an immense number of crosses of Waxy. It is strange that the advocates of the theory of breeding do not discover these good things in time to reap a reward in the shape of winning bets ; but, strange to say, such gems are not found until the chance has passed : or rather, may it not be, as I advocate above, our horses are, with few ex- ceptions, all bred back to a small number of distinct sources, and that it must be exceptional to find winners who have not strong crosses of EcHpse or Herod blood respectively througn Waxy and Highflyer. Almost any thorough-bred horse or mare is now good enough to produce a first-class runner ; but still most breeders will prefer a fashionable strain — that is to say, one from which numerous winners have already sprung ; for they repre- sent the more monetary value, and purchasers will always be more anxious to obtain a scion of a winning family. Amongst these the tribe of New- minster will always carry sway with the public. Dead though Newminster be, he promises to increase his iDrestige in a second generation, and keep fresh and green the name of Touchstone (whose last son, Soapstone, is at Marden Park), his sire. Of the sons of Newminster now at the Stud, Hermit has taken a great position, and is now covering at a higher fee than any other stallion (with one exception), a position that he bids fair to retain ; for as Newminster was as a sire the best descendant of Touchstone, so will Hermit probably prove the best of the succeeding generation of the family, which has another promising repre- sentative in Petrarch (the loss of whose Newminster sire, Lord Clifden, was a great one, but who, besides Petrarch, has left a good horse in Hampton). Strathconan has done fairly well. That great horse, Adven- turer, is no longer at the public will, as his number of mares is limited and restricted to those of his owner, Mr. Jardine. The Birdcatcher family is well to the fore through his grandson Sterling (whose fee is also 150^.), who has begotten in Isonomy perhaps the horse of the generation. Bertram, too, as the sire of Robert the Devil, will help to retain the prestige of the Stock- well branch of the Birdcatcher family, which was sinking in the estimation of breeders. St. Alban's, after begetting one of the speediest horses ever seen in Springfield, and leaving a promising sire in Silvester, half-brother to Silvio, is dead, and Blair Athol and Lord Lyon having been far from successful in late years, although the former may live again in Craig Millar, whose pedi- gree on his dam's side is full of Herod blood, both through Buzzard and High- flyer ; and on the theory of breeding this horse, who in looks possesses many of the best Arab characteristics, must not be overlooked by breeders. The CONCLUDING REM A RKS ON BREEDING. 611 great hopes of this family have, how- ever, been centred in Doncaster ; but, although he has thus early in his career begotten a Derby winner, he is at the moment more nearly established as a failure than as a success. The Beads- man horses have not retained their positions ; Blue Gown, sold to go to America, is dead; Pero Gomez is a failure; and Rosicrucian cannot be looked upon as a success : so that the strong Sheet -Anchor blood fails to be perpetuated w^ith the promised effect. Not much better can be said of the Sv^^eetmeats, of whom the best was lost to us when Carnival died, as although he had quite proved his inability to get a stayer, he was the sire of a large number of winners on courses up to a mile. Macaroni is removed from the ken of pubhc breeders ; Cremorne, good horse though he was, must, we fear, be put down as a failure ; but Cucumber is getting such good stock that he may help to stay the downfall of the family, in which he will be assisted by another son of Saccharometer, viz. Vander- decken, who is out of Stolen Moments by Melbourne, one of the most pro- mising young horses at the stud. Despite the anticipations to the con- trary, the Blacklock tribe has more than held its own; and although Galopin may belie at the Stud his promise as a racehorse, the handsome little Speculum is a host in himself, and there is yet life in Vedette. Breeders must not pass the stout strains of blood in the pedigree of Rococo, who is by Gemma-di-Vergy out of Rowena by Recovery. Noting that in High Born (the sire of Dresden China) we have a horse that may keep green the name of his sire (he is by Gladiateur-Fille de I'Air), who was himself such an utter failure at the stud, I must dismiss s subject that grows on hand, and on which I could write almost ad libitum. Sect. 10. — Stallions suited for get- ting Hunters and Steeplechasers. In the present day, few thorough- bred mares are kept solely with the view of breeding steeplechasers or hunters, their owners preferring to take the chance of a racehorse, f aihng which, the steeplechase-course or the hunting- lield is resorted to. But there are numerous half-bred mares throughout the country in the possession of far- mers, and these are generally put to some thorough-bred horse. Thus, in the list of stallions at page 606 nu- merous horses have fixed prices for half-bred mares, and in their case it will generally be found that very few thorough-bred mares are sent to them. As in the case of breeding racehorses, so here, the blood of almost any sire is good enough, and in choosing one for a half-bred mare, soundness and substance should be the chief points depended on. It is seldom that the breeder of half-bred stock has much choice, because he cannot afford to send his mare any great distance, and as soundness is also somewhat rare, he will have little difficulty in deciding, if he makes this as far as possible a si7ie qua non. Modern Arabs have not been of much use of late years in improving our stock, either of racehorses, hunters, or hacks. Colonel Angerstein tried Marengo, Napoleon's Arab charger, with several good mares, but none attained an ordinary county-plate horse's form. The same has been the case with the four Arabians in his late Majesty's stud ; and the last successful hit with this blood was Fair Ellen, in 1806, by the Wellesley Arab. She was the dam of Lilias, a winner of the Oaks, and of some other stock moderately suc- cessful ; but I suspect that the time is only now coming when the full benefit will be derived from this fresh infu- sion of Eastern blood. Safeguard, who was a great-great-grandson of the Wellesley Grey Arabian, has been of great service in the breeding stud, many valuable mares by him having been sprinkled over the country. Unfortu- nately, his blindness always prevented his employment with valuable mares, coupled also with the prejudice against modern Arabian blood ; but his sound- ness in every other respect, the excep- tional nature of his blindness, the extraordinary goodness of his legs and feet, and his wonderful constitution, together with his success as a sire, considering the inferior mares put to him, mark the value of his blood, whether depending or not on his Arab cross. It was formerly supposed that Arabian mares were the desideratum., and that their employment would at once lead to an improvement of the racing stud, but since they have been tried there has been no greater success. The legs and feet of Arabs are cer- R R 2 612 PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING, tainly very enduring, and in that re- spect they would no doubt benefit our road-horses ; but they are deficient in size, power, stoutness, and pace, and their immediate descendants are invari- ably beaten by the English racer. Sect. 11 —Sires of Trotters. If these horses are desired to be bred, a trotting mare should be put to a trotting horse like Shepherd F. Knapp, although his price is 20 gs. Many breeds of our racehorses will be likely to produce stock with good trotting action, sufiacient for hacks or harness- horses, but seldom enough for match purposes, though in America most of their fastest trotters are from crosses with the thorough-bred English race- horse. Sect. 12. — Conci.uding Eemarks on Breeding. In the remarks contained in the last two chapters, I have endeavoured to show a few of the best and most clearly ascertained rules for breeding fast and stout horses of all kinds. That we possess a breed superior to all others in speed is admitted by universal con- sent, and no horse of really foreign blood will dare to dispute the palm either in England or within any mode- rate distance. With the large allowance given in the Goodwood Cup weights, none but horses of English blood ever appear ; and though some born out of England have succeeded, yet they have uniformly been descended from our best blood, as recently with Gladiateur, and in previous years with various horses from Baroncino to the above celebrated horse. But that our horses which have been used to good keep for generations can compete in enduring bad food and exposure to the weather with others which have been reared on a common is perfectly absurd ; and we might just as well expect an English- man to thrive at Sierra-Leone like a native, as that our carefully-reared horses should keep fat and healthy upon a small allowance of barley and musty straw, or even worse fodder. Like their masters, they require strong food, and with that they, hke them, will beat the world. Without it they become diseased, and rapidly fall away till they are beaten by a costermonger's donkey, who would thrive upon their rejected fitter if necessary. A native of a warm climate, the horse in our cold winters requires good food at all events, and, if possible, a warm stable ; but the former is indispensable, and without it he will soon show the evi- dences of his constitutional require- ments. All, therefore, must be taken into consideration in breeding for any particular purpose ; and if hardy char- gers are required, capable of withstand- ing cold, wet, and hunger, they can only be obtained in this kingdom in the mountains oi Wales or of Ireland ; and even there seldom of good size. Many of our best mares are spoiled by cold and starvation, being often turned out of a training-stable upon a bare pasture at the end of the year, and allowed to expose themselves to all the vicissitudes of the weather. After this they are in due course put to a horse who is as much overdone with warmth and stimulating food, and the result is an unhealthy, misshapen foal, resembling neither the sire nor dam. Both should be more carefully kept in health, and a little of the corn bestowed upon the staUion might well be shared with his harem. It is very important that breeders should be more careful than they are in selecting their sires and dams free from hereditary disease. There can be no doubt that if a stal- lion has done no work he will get better stock than if he has been run to his utmost powers ; but at the same time it is equally true that a horse tried and not found wanting, is more likely to do good as a sire than one which has failed in his trial, either from a want of pace or from unsoundness, or from bad temper or excessive irritability. Hence it is the custom at present, founded upon just conclusions, to try a horse for one or two seasons, and if he is successful in his attempts, to put him to the stud, where he often will earn more money than by the most continued successes in winning those stakes which alone are open to aged horses of good character— such as the Queen's Plate, and the few great weight- for-age races. Thus, Stockwell and his sons, Blair Athol and St Albans, have earned enormous sums, the younger horses even in their first year ; but fashion reigns supreme in this parti- cular, and a horse which may command a full subscription this year, may next ASSERTED DECLINE IN HORSE-BREEDING. 613 season be almost deserted ; all depend- ing on the number of winners of his blood in the current season. Defence mares might at one time be had for hack prices ; afterwards they were not to be had for love or money. Until Sir Tatton Sykes won the St. Leger (and he could have won the Derby if he had been properly ridden), Melbourne was not worth 100/., or very little more ; then he rose rapidly in value ; and after West Austrahan's successes he earned his 2000Z. a year. So was it with Birdoatcher ; whilst, on the other hand, Harkaway opened with 100 gs., and soon came down to 20 gs. Whale- bone, at 7 years of age, after winning the Derby, was sold for 160/. to Lord Jersey, while his brother, Whisker, was bought for 500Z. at thj^ same sale, un- tried, ; and though he also won the Derby, he was not quite equally suc- cessful as a sire. Breeding is doubtless in great measure a lottery, and this is not to be wondered at when it is remembered how small is the difference between the first and the last horse in the race. Supposing that in a produce stake 40 foals are entered, and 30 come to the post, there will not probably be two seconds elapse between the time of the first passing the winning-post and that of the last — calculating that all persevere, and allowing 30 yards per second ; so that after all it is no great wonder that in so many cases the attainment of those two seconds cannot be achieved. The slightest giving way in the machinery, or any disproportion of parts, is quite sufficient to do this ; and the wonder is perhaps less that there are so many failures than that so many are bred within two or three seconds of one another. One thing, however, is certain, that without good judgment no lengthened success is likely to be achieved, and though ill-luck will sometimes mar the most carefully-formed schemes, yet something more than good fortune is required. Perseverance is another essential, and when this is wanting it cannot be surprising that the laurels which have been planted by one hand, however scientific, should be worn in the form of a chaplet by another. Continued ill-success is veiy dishearten- ing, yet, if it is manfully withstood, it will generally end in a series of events of an opposite character ; but where lailure is not so much the result of ill- luck as of fraud and robbery, it cannot occasion surprise that our best sup- porters of the turf decline the contest. It is to be hoped, however, that if this is the case they will still breed equally useful horses, adapted to improve our hunters, hacks, and cavalry horses, and to keep up our reputation as the pos- sessors of a breed of horses unrivalled in Europe for each and all of these purposes. Sect. 13.— Asserted Decline in Horse-breeding. It is generally believed that while the price of horses is admittedly on the increase to the extent of nearly 100 per cent., there is a proportionate decrease in the numbers bred throughout the country. The Stud-Book shows un- mistakably that there has been a gradual diminution in the number of foals of this class dropped in each year during the last decade ; but that is probably owing to the conclusion arrived at by most breeders that it is a waste of money to breed from a dis- carded " weed," altogether worthless for racing purposes. Formerly a con- siderable number of thorough-bred mares were in the hands of farmers, either singly or in twos and threes, but such cases are now very rare, and nearly all of the foals entered in the Stud-Book belong to regular studs, the managers of which know better than to breed from inferior animals of either sex. It is, however, by no means clear that the diminution of the number of half- bred horses is so great as it is asserted to be. It is undeniable that the diffi- culty in procuring them is largely in- creased, and this is specially true of machiners, many of which are now im- ported from Normandy and Belgium, and a few from greater distances. But though the price is higher and the mar- ket badly supplied, it must be remem- bered that the quantity demanded for horsing street cabs, omnibuses, and tramways, is enormously increased since the institution of railways. Forty or fifty years ago towns with 25,000 in- habitants were satisfied with half a dozen flies, which were only to be ob- tained by order, no public stands be- ing known out of the metropolis. In London the hackney coach was the only street vehicle, and of these not above 1000 were in existence, supple- mented by the " glass coach" for 614 PEINCIPLES OF BREEDING. social purposes near home, and by the post-chaise for longer journeys. Prob- ably in London not more than 5000 or 6000 horses in all were kept for public use, over and above the coach-horses and posters, whereas in the present day the omnibus horses alone are treble that number, while the cab horses amount to fully as many more. Again, taking the large towns, such as Liver- pool, Manchester, Birmingham, &c., the increase is still greater, because in them at the time I speak of there were no hackney coaches, and only a very limited supply of flies. It is quite true that there is a set-off in the stage- coach department, the stoppage of which, caused by the introduction of railways, has liberated a considerable number of horses along the principal roads of the country ; but the establish- ment of onmibuses to meet every train stopping at the railway stations requires quite as many, and therefore it may be estimated that the street cabs and om- nibuses in the various provincial towns with inhabitants varying from 10,000 or 15,000to 300,000, together with those of London itself, must all be estimated as beyond the stock of 1825. Then, again, we must calculate the extraordinary in- crease in hunters during that time, both in number and price. There are now fully 20,000 of these horses, and pro- bably many more, whereas in the early part of this century it was rare to see a " field " of more than 40 or 50, ex- cept in two or three favoured hunts. Altogether, therefore, we may pause before we come to the conclusion that the number of horses in England has diminished of late years, though of course it cannot be disputed that the price has risen ior all kinds, and that the supply is now insufficient for the demand. PART 11. RACING m ALL ITS BRANCHES. BOOK YIL— PEDESTRIANISM, AND THE GENERAL TRAINING OF MAN. CHAPTER L PEDESTRIANISM AND ATHLETIC SPORTS. Sect. 1. — Walking, Running, and Leaping. Pedestrianism is without doubt one of the oldest descriptions of sport in exist- ence, Inasmuch as it is carried on with the implements assigned by nature to the human frame without any external aid whatever. Pedestrianism " proper" is usually understood to include a walking or running contest between two or more men, or between man and time ; but jumping, throwing the ham- mer, putting the weight, and occa- sionally other contests, are included in the amateur athletic sports which have now become so popular. In Race Walking, what is termed "quick" walking is the only kind of any use, and this description of contest requires more pluck, good condition, and endurance, than any other kind of pedestrian exercise, the difficulty con- sisting in being obliged to place the heels on the ground first, and at the same time maintaining a continued high rate of speed. In order to ac- complish this the whole muscular : system of the human frame requires to ! be brought into play, not only of the \ feet, legs, and loins for actual locomo- i tica, but of the ribs, shoulders, chest, I and arms, to lighten the weight of the body on the heels. Fair walking may be defined as " toe and heel," i-e., with one foot always on the ground, and the heel always touching the ground 5 first, in contra-distinction to running, i, wherein both feet are oflE the ground at the same time, and the toe first touches [i terra firma. In other words, walking \ is a succession of steps; running, of I leaps. The heel, then, should touch the ground first, and be dug firmly in to obtain a good spring for the next step. The ball of the foot and toe should be dwelt on as little as possible, in order not to lose time in the stride, in addition to the risk of throwing the weight of the body on the toes, and thereby causing the walker to run. A great point is to throw the legs well out at each stride, at the same time twisting the corresponding hip and loin com- pletely round — the right side towards the left, and the left towards the right. By so doing the feet touch the earth in an almost straight line, and prolonged length of stride is acquired, ]\Iean- while the upper part of the body should by no means be idle, as the arms must be kept up, the elbows shghtly bent, and the shoulders be swung well across the chest in an upward direction, alter- nately with each stride ; thus the heels are to a certain extent relieved of the weight of the trunk. It is essential to fair and fast walking that the body should be kept strictly upright, with the shoulders thrown back, the chest out, and last, but by no means least, the knee-joints must be kept as rigid as possible. " Genuflections " throw the weight of the body on the toes, and are the primary cause of "lifting." The chief complaints which trouble a walker are what is termed "shin soreness" and stitch. If the former comes on very badly, the only thing is to stop and rub the legs, as it is caused by weakness, and gradually disappears after a few fast walks. In a case of stitch, the best method is to "grin and bear it," and persevere, in which case it gene- rally disappears. A pedestrian cannot start too fast in a walking race, as after the first few hundred yards he gains his second wind, and then settles down into a regular stride, the motion be- coming almost mechanical. The con- ditions of walking matches are, that they shall be fair "toe and heel ;" and a referee is appointed to see that this rule is not infringed. One or more 616 PEDESTRIANISM. cautions are generally given by tins official, according to the conditions of the match, before a competitor is dis- qualified, in which case he entirely loses his chance. Tables of the best perform- ances in this and other pedestrian sports will be found in the next chapter. Running may be divided into three heads — viz., sprinting, which generally includes all distances up to 400 yards ; medium distances, from one quarter to three quarters of a mile inclusive ; and lastly, long distances, from one mile upwards. The first is very much in vogue, and is by far the most favourite class of pedestrianism, whether amongst amateurs or professionals. In fact, at Sheffield, the birthplace and nursery of professional sprinting, hundreds of thousand pounds are annually won and lost over handicaps ; and the scene at the Hyde Park Cricket Ground, when the men are on their marks for the final heat of an All England Whitsuntide, Doncaster race week, or Sheffield fair handicap, is one of such intense excite- ment that it must be seen to be realized. The reason of the prevalence of sprint- ing over other distances is, that it is more suitable to nine pedestrians out of ten, and requires less arduous training. A great point in all kinds of running is to go lightly and well on the toes, with freedom of action from the hips, whilst in sprinting a sine qua non is being able to start well ; in fact, half the hundred-yard races run are won by the start. A foot apart is quite enough to keep the feet on the mark. The body should be kept with a slight in- clination forward, and the weight on the hindermost foot ; by no means in a bent-double position, or with the feet a 3^ard apurt, as one too often sees. On receiving the signal, the pedestrian cannot get off too quickly, two or three short steps being taken to get fairly into the stride, after which he should look straight before him, set his eyes steadfastly on the tape, and race away for it with a good stride, above all tilings picking his feet up quickly oif the ground and not dwelling thereon ; also taking care not to get out of stride or swerve to the right or left. In sprinting, the whole course may be run at top speed, since the exertion is not so prolonged as in long-distance run- ning. As sprint races are almost invariably run in heats, care must be taken to Iwjp out oL the hot rays of the sun and away from excite- ment during the intervals. The most refreshing method of resting is to lie on the back with the head and feet raised, and should nature require sus- taining, to partake of a small quan- tity of brandy in cold tea, and a dry rusk or crust of bread. At the com- mencement of training for sprints, the pedestrian should run from three to four hundred yards to get the requisite muscles into play. Of "medium dis- tances," a quarter mile is the most diffi- cult ; in fact, no more trying or ex- hausting race can be named, inasmuch as the pedestrian is obliged to run at top speed throughout, and therefore requires endurance as well as pace. A man should begin by running from half to three quarters of a mile, accord- ing to the distance, and afterwards commence by going 300 yards or so at top speed. "Light weights" are the best at long-distance running, provided they have good pluck and wind, as they get over the ground with less exertion to themselves, and consequently do not tire so soon. In fact, it will be found that our great "long-journey" pedestrians (with the notable exception of "Deerfoot") have been invariably light, wiry, and springy men. The best distance to commence this class of running is a mile, gradually increasing the length of the day's spin according to the distance to be accom- plished in the race. In no case, how- ever, should the full distance be run before the actual contest itself, as doing so tires the pedestrian and makes him stale. Hurdle-Racing is one of the prettiest of our pedestrian exercises, but is hardly ever practised by professionals. Amongst amateurs, however, it is much in vogue. The usual distance is 120 yards with 10 flights, 3 ft. 6 in. high, and 10 yards apart, which leaves 15 yards at each end. The obstacles should be "bucked" or taken in the stride, as much time is lost by hairing to leap them. This method, however, requires long and assiduous practice, and there are few who are A 1 at it. It is almost needless to add that care must be taken not to touch a bar, as "topping" an obstacle almost invariably proves fatal to success. Leaping is efiieeted by a sudden con- tracrion of the legs followed by a still uiore sudden and jerking extension of PEDESTRIANISM. 617 all the joints, by which the body is projected into the air, clear oflf the ground. In all leaps, besides those of the lower limbs, the whole of the muscles are violently in action, and especially those of the abdomen and back. In the running high leap, a run of ten to a dozen paces should be taken, but the distance varies according to habit with almost every leaper. Too long a run, however, is apt to exhaust the jumper needlessly. The take off should be at a distance of about half the height to be cleared. The legs should be brought well under the body, and care taken to get the trunk in addition to the limbs clear of the obstacle. In a standing high jump the legs should be brouglit close together, the knees considerably bent, the hips thrown back and shoulders forward, with the head well up. The arms are swung back- wards and forwards, the body sinks till the calves touch the back of the thighs, and then by a rapid extension of all parts in unison with the swing of the arms, the body is projected over the height to be cleared, and descends on the toes and balls of the feet. In the running wide leap, a longer preparatory run of twenty to twenty-lBve short and quick paces is required, great care being taken not to get out of step, and to take off as close to the score as pos- sible. The leaper should alight on his heels ; and in case any part of the body touches the ground behind his hindermost heel, the jump is a foul one, and cannot count. A standing wide leap is effected in the same way as a high one, with less contraction of the legs and more swinging of the arms. Hop, Step, and Jump, is a kind of leaping now almost obsolete, and con- sists of a long hop, a long step, and a long jump at one flying start. : Pole Leaping is almost invariably I practised over a height. The pole should be of fir or ash, from eleven to twelve ' feet in length, according to the height of the leaper ; it should taper towards the top, and have a steel spike at the foot. It must be grasped firmly, with the hands from two to three feet apart, and the uppermost one at about the height to be cleared. A run of from [ twelve to fifteen paces should be taken, II and the attention fi^ed on the bar or I other object to be cleared. Tlie weight I of the body must be raised by the artns, ' the legs at the same time surmounting the obstacle. While in the air the face is reversed from the side to which the body springs to that from which it sprung. On reaching the bar the pole must be let go and dropped on the taking off side. Sect. 2. — Other Sports at Athletic MeE'x'INGS. With walking, running, and leaping, other sports are almost always in- cluded at our athletic meetings. The chief are the following : — Throwing the Hammer is an inno- vation from over the border. The weight of the hammer is 16 lbs., including a handle from 3 feet to 3 feet 6 inches long, according to the height of the thrower. A wild kind of war-dance should be taken in the direction to be thrown, the hammer being swung round in a plane at right angles to the vertical position of the body. A final impetus should be given in the last half of the last turn, as the greatest momentum is thus acquired as the handle leaves the hands. Care must be taken to keep the missile low, otherwise the curvature of its flight w^ll be too high. The throw- ing takes place from within a circle of 7 feet in diameter, the distance being measured from the circumference of the circle to the first pitch of the hammer, along a line drawn from that pitch to the centre of the circle. In Putting the Weight (16 lbs.), two lines, 7 feet apart, are drawn on the ground, over the foremost of which the weight (generally a cannon-ball) has to be put by the competitor. No part of the body may pass the limit between these lines either before or after the "put." The weight of the body ought to be on the right foot, which should be placed on the hinder- most line, the left being rested lightly, about midway between the two scores, with the weight of course in the right hand. The competitor should then rise and fall on the balls of the feet, shifting to and fro, and gradually gaining an im- petus, the hand supporting the weight resting on the shoulder. When a suf- ficient impetus is thus obtained, the left leg should be made a pivot, round which the right leg and the body are swung till the right foot touches the further line, at which instant the weight should be let go with as much 618 PEDESTRIANISM. final impulse as possible to help it on its way. Immense strength in the shoulders, back, and loins, are requisite to be A 1 at this pastime. " Puts" of over 40 feet have been accomplished by professionals in Scotland with the 161b. weight. Sect. 3. — Articles of Agreement. In the case of professional matches articles of agreement are usually drawn up and signed. The following is the form in general use, subject, of course, to alterations according to the description of the contest : — Articles OF Agreement, entered into this day of 188 , between and for £ a side. of agrees to [walk] of over for £ a side, on the day of 188 . £ a side is now down in the hands of , to be made into £ a side on the day of , and to be the final stakeholder. The referee to be The men to start by mutual consent, and if not off in minutes, to go by the first report of a pistol ; the referee to appoint a person to fire the pistol, and either man leaving his station before the pistol is fired, to be put back each time. The men to be at their stations at o'clock in the . In the event of any question arising which may not be provided for in these arti- cles, the referee to have full power and authority to decide such question, his decision to be final and conclusive. This official to receive a sum of [usually 5 per cent.] for officiating, such sum to be deducted from the winnings by the stakeholder, or in equitable proportions from each stake in the event of a draw. No payment to be made if a forfeit take place. The stakeholder shall in any and every case be exonerated from all responsibility upon obeying the direc- tion of the referee. Either party fail- ing to comply with any or all of these articles to forfeit all moneys down. j- Signatures. Witness Sect. 4. — Rules for CoMrETiTioNS. The rules in force at nearly all meet- ings held under the laws of the Ama- teur Athletic Association, are as follows : 0(jkials. — The officials shall consist of : — (1.) A committee, in whose hands shall be placed all matters which do not relate to the actual conduct of the meet- ing itself, and who shall have a final decision in all cases not provided for in the rules of the meeting. (2.) Two or more judges, whose joint decision shall be final in every competition, and with whom shall rest the power to disqualify any competitor. (3.) A referee, who shall decide in the event of a difference of opinion between the judges. The decision of the referee shall be final in all cases. (4.) Two or more stewards, or clerks of the course, whose business shall be to call out the competitors for each event, and to assign to each his distinctive badge. (5.) One or more special judges of walking, a timekeeper, a starter, and one or more marksmen. Entries. — The following rules shall be observed as to entries : — (1.) The committee shall reserve to itself the right of refusing any entry, without being bound to assign a reason. (2.) Entries shall not be received unless accompanied by the entrance fees. (3.) Competitors in handicap competitions shall be required to send with their entries full and definite particulars as to their last three performances (if any). The entry form shall be so drawn up as to make it easy for the competitors to give the information required. (4.) All entries shall be made in the real name of the competitor. (5.) Com- petitors in youths' races must state their age and previous performances ; and, if required, must furnish certifi- cates of birth. Protests. — All protests against a com- petitor, or against a competitor's quali- fication to compete, shall be made to the secretary of the club, in writing, before the prizes are distributed ; and if the protest shall not be made good within one calendar month, the prize shall be awarded. Every protest must be accompanied with a deposit of five shillings, which shall be forfeited in case the same shall appear upon in- vestigation to have been made on no reasonable ground. Stations. — Com})etitors in level races shall draw lots for their respective places on the post before leaving the dressing- room. Each competitor shall be sup- plied with and wear during eacli con- test a distinctive number corresponding to his number in the progrannne. (2) In handicaps stations shall be awarded RULES FOR PEDESTRIANISM. 61» according to the numbers on tlie pro- gramme. All tracks shall be measured twelve inches from the inner side of the path. Every competitor must wear com- plete clothing from the shoulders to the knees {e.g. sleeved jersey and loose drawers). Any competitor may be excluded from taking part in the sports unless properly attired. No -attendant shall accompany any competitor on the scratch (except in bicycle races) nor in the race, nor shall a competitor be allowed, without the permission of the judges, to receive as- sistance or refreshment from any one during the progress of a race. In bicycle races attendants will be allowed for the sole purpose of lending assist- ance in starting. Any attendant who steps or follows the machine over the mark of the competitor whom he is assisting to start will cause such com- petitor to be disqualified. Wilfully jostling or running across or obstructing another, so as to impede his progress, shall disqualify the offender. All races (except time handicaps) shall be started by the report of a pistol. A start shall only be made to the actual I report of the pistol. The starter shall i place the competitors on their allotted ' marks, and shall, if necessary, have the assistance of marksmen for this duty. If any competitor overstep his mark before the pistol has been fired, the starter shall put him back one yard for ' distances up to and including 220 yards, ^ two yards up to and including 440 ' yards^ three yards up to and including I 880 yards, and five yards up to and in- i eluding one mile. These penalties to i be doubled for a second offence, and [ disqualification to follow a repetition of • the same offence. All questions as to \ starts shall be in the absolute discretion of the starter, i Straight sprint races shall be run on a part of the cinder path or grass so staked and stringed that each compe- I titor may have a separate course. The ; width between the strings shall not be ; less than four feet, and the stakes shall r be not less than thirty feet apart, i! In walking races cautions and dis- \ qualifications shall be left to the decision I of the judges of walking. I The hurdle race shall be over ten [ flights of hurdles on a level grass course j of 120 yards straight. The hurdles I shall stand 3ft. Gin. from the ground, and shall have level top-rails, and shall be placed ten yards apart. Each com- petitor shall have his own line of hurdles, and shall keep to that line throughout the race. The High Jump and the Pole Jump. — Each competitor shall be allowed three jumps at each height. Crossing the scratch without displacing the bar shall not count as one jump. All mea- surements shall be made from the ground to the centre of the bar. The Broad Jump. — Each competitor shall be allowed three jumps, and the best three competitors of the first trial shall be allowed three more tries each for the final. The farthest jump of the six attempts shall win. If any com- petitor fall back or step back, after jumping, or crosses the taking-off line with either foot, or so swerves aside that he pass beyond the taking-off line, such jump shall not be measured, but it shall be counted against the compe- titor as one jump. AH jumps shall be measured to the taking-off line, from the edge of the heel-mark nearest that line, along a line perpendicular to that line. Throwing the Hammer. — The hammer shall be thrown from within a circle of 7 ft. in diameter. The head of the hammer shall be of iron and spherical, and the handle shall be of wood. The head and handle shall weigh together 16 lbs. The total length of the hammer shall be not more than 4 ft. Each competitor shall be allowed three throws, a,nd the best three competitors of the first trial shall be allowed three more throws each. The farthest throw of the six shall win. Ail distances shall be measured from the circumfer- ence of the circle to the first pitch of the hammer, along a line drawn from that pitch to the centre of the circle. Putting the Weight. — The weight shall be put from the shoulder with one hand only, and without follow, from a 7 ft. square. The weight shall be of iron and spherical, and shall weigh 16 lbs. All puts shall be measured perpendicularly from the first pitch of the weight to the front line of the square, or to that line produced. In throwing the hammer and putting the weight crossing the scratch shall count as a try. For steeplechases the hurdles shall not be higher than 3 ft. Every com- 620 PEDESTRIANISM, petitor must go over or through the water ; and any one who jumps to one side or the other of the water jump shall he disquahfied. In throwing the cricket ball the dis- tance thrown shall be calculated from the centre of a scratch line ; and the thrower, in delivering the ball, shall not cross such scratch line. Three tries only shall be allowed, and crossing the scratch shall count as one try. Definition of an Amateur. — An amateur is one who has never com- peted for a money prize or staked bet, or with or against a professional, for any prize, or who has never taught, pursued, or assisted in the practice of athletic exercises as a means of obtaining a livelihood. Sheffield Handicap Rules. The following rules were drawn up by the Association of Sheffield Running Ground Proprietors for the conduct of their celebrated sprint-handicaps : — 1. That three officials be appointed to see the proper carrying out of all handicaps of lOZ. and upwards— viz., a referee, pistol-firer, and starter. 2. That the starter shall conduct the men to their proper mark, and shall instruct the pistol-firer when the men are ready ; and in the event of any of the runners gaining any undue ad- vantage, he shall bo empowered to call " No start." 3. That any runner leaving his mark with either foot, previous to the firing of the pistol, shall for the first offence be put back one yard ; for the second, two yards ; and for the third, shall be disqualified. 4. That any runner acting unfairly towards an opponent shall be disquali- fied for six months ; the officials having power to decide the question. The men left in to run the heat over again. 5. That in the event of a dead heat the stakes and bets shall be divided. 6. That a box shall be provided for the pistol-firer, so constituted that the runners cannot see the flash from the pistol. 7. That any handicapper advertising a handicap, and failing to close, bring out the cards, or run the handicap on the day appointed, shall be fined— for a handicap of 101. and under 23Z. the sum of IZ. ; for 23Z. and under 35Z. 2Z. ICs. ; for 35Z. and upwards bl. 8. That any handicapper known to have any interest in, or time any man in a trial or otherwise for a handicap in which he is concerned, shall be fined bl. for such offence. 9. Any handicapper known to be tampering with a man by giving him starts, to induce other handicappers to give him a longer start than he would be entitled to on his merits, shall be fined bl. Any one making the charge shall deposit 11. with the committee. If he fails to prove his case, he shall lose the money so deposited ; but if he proves the charge, he shall receive 11. from the fine so inflicted. 10. That any handicapper being fined, and refusing to pay the fine so inflicted, shall not be allowed to have another handicap till the fine be paid. 11. That an annual meeting be held for the purpose of electing a committee to see the proper carrying out of the above rules.. Sect. 5.— Timing Men. This is a most difficult operation to perform in the case of sprint races, and requires a hfe-long apprenticeship. In fact, few but professionals are thorough adepts at the art. The only true method is the professional one of starting the watch by the flash, not the report of the pistol, and stopping it directly the pedestrian breasts the tape. The eye must not be taken off the muzzle of the pistol for a single instant ?Lndi pei'fect unison of the two senses of seeing and feeling is absolutely necessary. Care must be taken that the watch is a reliable one, and that the distance run is correctly measured. 621 CHAPTER II. BEST PEDESTRIAN AND ATHLETIC PERFORMANCES ON RECORD [Corrected to October, 1885.] Sect 1. — Amateur Walking. DistaJice. Time. Name and Club. Age. Weight. Height. Date and Place. Referees. H. M. s. St. lb. ft. iu. 1 Mile. 0 6 29g ( F. P. Murray/ ^ < William.sburg > i A.C. j — /Oct. 27, 1883, New\ \ York, / J. Watson. 2 Miles. 0 13 483 Ditto. 2 — /May 30, 1884, Newl i York. / 3 0 21 9i Ditto. 3 — j>Tov. 6. 18S3, New\ i York. / G. Avery. 4 „ 0 29 10 ( W. H. Meek, 4 ^ { West Side A.C, \ \ New York, j — — / July 12, 1884, \ Stamford Bridge. P. M, Eva.ns and R. H. Nunn. 0 37 22 f H. Webster.S \ 25 10 7 (April 7, 1879, Lillic T. Griffith, Bell's 5 ( Knotty Asli. / 5 71 \ Bridge. Life. 6 „ 0 45 4 " ,, ,, ,, 7 0 52 34 ,, ,, ,, g 1 2 8J / J. B. ClMrke.e \ \ New York. / — /Sept. 8, 1880, New\ \ York. / 9 ,, 1 10 8 / E. E. Merrill,7 ) \ U.S.A. f ,, / Oct. 5, 1880, \ \ Boston, U.S.A. ) ,, 10 ,, 1 17 40f — (W. E.N. Coston,8| ( Dec. 27, 1880, (V. M, Evans, 11 „ 1 34 1 < Southampton, } I A.C. j — — — {H. Venn, Jun., land W. Waddell. 12 „ 1 43 0 >> 13 „ 1 52 0 " ;; 14 2 18 " 15 ,, 2 10 30 '^^ X 16 ,, 2 20 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1' 2 20 39 *' ,, ,, ,, ,, 18 „ 2 39 50 " ,, ,, ,, 19 „ 2 50 10 ,, ,, ,, „ „ 20 3 0 9 >) " " " 21 „ 3 10 20 " 22 „ 3 21 17 23 „ 3 31 55 " ,, >> 24 „ 3 42 35 " ,, 25 „ 3 53 35 " ,, 26 4 4 8 " ,, 27 „ 4 15 25 2S 4 25 26 20 ,. 4 35 55 30 „ 4 46 52 (T. Griffith, Bell's { Life, and J. G. 1, Deplidge. 31 „ 5 2 36 (A. W. Sinclair, ■; North London } I AC. j 30 9 4 5 91 (iNov. 14, ijiiiie \ Bridge. 32 „ 33 „ 5 13 38 5 24 27 3t „ 5 35 7 35 „ 5 45 30 >> 36 „ 5 55 55 >> 37 6 6 29 j» 3.S „ 89 „ 6 17 11 6 27 32 40 „ 6 38 3 41 „ 6 48 39 42 „ 6 59 58 43 „ 7 10 20 44 „ 7 21 45 43 „ 7 31 2 -^ 40 „ 7 41 50 >> 47 7 53 8 48 „ 8 4 8 >» 49 „ 8 14 55 >» 50 „ 8 25 25 tt » PEDESTEIANISM, Amateur Walking (continued). Distance. Time i>ciinti diiU. v^iuu* Age. Weight. Height. Date and Place. Referees. H. M. S. St. lb. ft. in. TO A. W. Sinclair. ° fAng. 26 & 27, 1881, T. Griffith and 51 Miles. 9 8 26 32 9 10 Lillie Bridge. H. F. Wilkinson. 52 9 39 43 ,, ,, 53 9 50 39 54 10 1 55 )> >» 00 10 13 40 56 ., 10 25 5 ') " 57 „ 10 36 35 ') 58 10 48 0 '! 59 10 59 33 5) 60 11 11 10 )) 61 11 23 0 62 11 85 37 63 11 47 13 " 11 59 0 " 65 „ 12 10 35 66 12 22 35 5) 68 „ 69 12 35 2 12 47 27 12 59 35 " )) )> ,, ,, ,, ,t j> ;i 13 11 15 ,, ,, ,■, •71 13 23 15 r) ,, 13 35 0 ,, ,1 < O !) 13 46 30 )» 74 „ 13 58 0 5' 75 14 10 0 )' ,, „ 14 21 40 n ,, 1 ' 14 33 32 J) ,, 78 ,, 14 45 36 " 75 J, ,, Rft " 14 57 29 15 9 16 )) ,, ,, 81 15 46 55 5) ,, CO 5? 15 58 35 " )' ■ >> CQ O.D 16 10 28 " )! 84 16 22 43 !) OO 16 34 57 16 47 8 " )) >' ,^ ,, 87 „ 17 0 14 " >) >> 88 „ 17 13 0 " )> QQ »y 17 25 22 M on 17 37 51 11 17 50 24 Q9 i»i 18 2 52 " M 93 18 15 23 )> 94 „ IS 27 30 " 5) yo ,, 18 39 23 " 1) »> yo , , 18 52 27 M 07 19 5 5 98 yy 100 ,, 19 17 48 " 19 30 37 19 41 50 " 101 1 0 'i'^ 56 1 £/ OO 0\J " ,, 1 no 20 8 58 " ,, 103 20 20 35 " ,, 104 20 32 22 105 „ 106 ,, 20 44 20 " "; " on 18 ZU OU lO " 107 21 8 25 " " 108 21 21 14 109 „ 21 34 20 110 ,, 21 46 5 111 „ 21 58 45 112 „ 22 10 45 113 „ 22 23 16 >» 114 „ 22 36 14 115 „ 22 48 16 t1 116 „ 23 0 43 5» >» 117 „ 23 13 32 »» >» 118 „ 23 26 43 >> 7> 119 23 39 45 >» ."» 120 „ 23 03 3 l» >> tl AMATEUR WALKING. 623 Further Details of Amateur Walking Perfc rmances. * This time was made by Murray at the New.Tork A.C.'s October Meeting, 1S83, on a track niensnring 6 laps to the mile. The first quarter occupied Im. 26^s. ; half-mile, 3m. 5fs. ; and three-quarters 4 m. 4bs. Best English record, 6m. 34|s., by H. Whyatt, Birmiugham, July 14, 1883. ' = Best English record, 13nu 54|s., by H. Webster, Preston, July 12, 1879. 3 Murray started at scratch in a mile handicap at the Manhattan A. C. Meeting, having previously requested to be allowed to continue walking for three miles, as he was in splendid form. He was only tliird lu the handicap, but he completed the mile in 6m. 39-f s. ; at the end of the second mile his time was 13m. 59s., and the three miles were walked in the fastest on record Best Enghsh time, 21m. 26s by H. Webster, Southport, August 14, 1880. 4 In a four-miles handicap at the London Athletic Club Meeting, W. H, Meek, starting from scratch, succeeded in lowering the previous best record by 19s. His mile times were— oue, 6m. 54s. : two 14m. 21|s. ; three, 21m. 51|s. ; four, 29m. 10s. 5 Webster, in the seven-miles walking match at the Amateur Championship Meeting, walked over. 6 Clark covered 7 miles 1318 yards in the hour. Best time made in England, Ih. 4m. 5s., by J. Pritchard, Birmingham, August 22, 1883. 7 Best times made in England— 9 miles, Ih. 12m. 35s. ; 10 miles, Ih. 21m. 33s. ; by J. Pritchard, Birmingham, August 22, 1883. 8 Coston, in a thirty-miles walk at the L. A.C. Boxing Day Meeting, held at Stamford Bridge, defeating .thirty competitors. Squires, who was second, completed the distance in 4]i. 48m, 22s. 9 Sinclair, in a fifty-miles match against the nrevious record, succeeded in walking from eight miles ipwards in the tlien fastest on record. Sinclair's times from eight to tiiirty miles have since been jeaten. See notes (>, and 8, , '° On August 26, 1881, Sinclair started to walk 120 miles in twenty-four hours, and succeeded in iccomplishiiig his task with Om. 57s. to spare. From and including tlie fifty-first mile all previous •ecords were beaten, including those made by J. E. Dixne single jnile in each single hour, on Newmarket Heath, between June 1 and July 12 inclusive, 1809, or a bet of 1000 guineas a side, the late Mr. Wedderhurn Webster backing him. Kehiys of umpires and •iiiieke-pers watched liim throughout. Captain Allardice was 29| years of age, 5ft. lO^in. in height, weighed 13st. 41b. at starting, and list, at the finish. 624 PEDESTEIANISM. Sect. 2. — Professional Walking. Distance. Time. 1 Mile. 2 Miles. 31 32 33 Si 35 36 37 3S 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 4G 47 4S 49 50 Name. H. M. s. 0 6 23 0 13 14 0 20 211 0 27 3S 0 35 10 0 43 1 0 51 4 0 5S 37 17 4 1 14 45 1 22 38 1 30 34 1 38 461 1 47 llh 1 55 56 2 4 351^ 2 13 Hi 2 21 55* 2 30 45A 2 39 57 2 49 8 2 57 45 3 15 45 ( W. Perkins,! ( Old Kent Road ( J. W. Eat)y,2 \ El land, Yorksh. P \ Lawrence. J. W. -RiibyA ( W. Perkins, 5 \ Old Kent Road. H. Thatcher, 6 Henley-on- Thames. W. Franks.7 to < Weight, Height. St. lb. ft. in. 21 9 4 5 6 23 9 12 5 lOJ 25 6 35 14 45 12 56 13 6 45 19 0 4 34 54 4 45 15 4 55 32 5 5 25 5 14 52 5 24 37 5 34 40 5 45 0 5 55 25 6 6 2 6 16 50 6 27 40 6 38 22 6 49 2 6 58 17 7 25 17 13 27 36 37 38 47 45 57 44 52 to 70 iiiilcs. / 71 to 100"! miles. / 101 to 129^ miles. / 130 to 1421 miles. / 143 to 53H miles. 23 9 12 W. Howes,« Hoxton. 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 19 45 8 36 45 11 56 28 12 28 20 18 8 15 18 20 52 24 20 36 25 34 0 28 1 24 ( J. Mcagher,9 ( Lawrence. i J. Hibberd,i° 1^ Bethnal Green. f W. Howes," \ Hoxton. Ditto." / H. Vangiian,^3 \ Chester. 29 15 49 /a. Littlewood,''» 138 48 30 1 Slieirield. 23 Date and Place. 5 lOi Referees. /June 1, 1874, Lillie \ Bridge. /August 20, 1883 1 Lillie Bridge. /November 29, 1882. \ New York. /December 3, 1883, 1 Lillie Birdge. jJuly 16,"l877, Lillie Bridge. /February 20, 1882, \ Lillie Bridge. /August "28, 1882,1 1 LiUie Bridge, j March 30, 1878, Agricultural Hall, Islington. /E. Smith, of \ BelVs Life. / R. Watson, \ Sporting Life. T, A. M'Ewen, R. AVatson, Sport- ing Life. J. Jenn, Bell's Life. G, W. Atkinson, Sporting Life. G. W. Atkinson and R. Watson, Sporting Life. 10 7 10 7 11 2 / April 22, 1882, ( Boston, U.S.A (November, 13, 1882, \ Slieffield. / May 15, 1880, \ Agricultural Hall. ( February 23, 1878, \ Agricultural Hall. ( March 19, ISSO, I Pouioua Palace, \^ Manchester. (March 7 to 11. 1882, (Drill Hall, Shoifield, E. E. Merrill. G. W. Atkinson, Sporting Life. '■ G. W. Atkinson and C. Conquest, [ Sporting Life. ] . J. Jenn, t BelVi Life. fG. W. Atkinson, \ Sporting Life. ( G. W. Atkinson and R. Watsoivjf ( Sporting Life. ' PROFESSIONAL WALKING. 625 Further Details of Professional Walking Perforjiakces. * Perkins, in a three-mile match, beat W. J. Stockwell by 100 yards. \ mile. Ira 22s. ; h mile, 2m. 56s. ; | mile, 4m. 40s. Weather very fine. 2 Raby, in a one-hour's match with J. Hibberd, of Bethnal Green, won, and covered in the time 8 miles ISO yards 2 feet. 3 In a match to walk for one honracainst D. A. Driscoll at the Marhattan A.C. Gronnds, Meagher won. and in the hour covered 8 miles 302 yards. Best time done in Enjjland, 5Sm. 44s., by J. Hibberd, at Lillie Bridge, April 16, 18S3. * Raby won the three-hours' championship at Lillie Bridge, December, 1883, beating H. Thatcher and W. Franks. From the ninth to the fifteenth mile he succeeded in beating the best times previously recorded, 5 Perkins engaged in a three-hours' walking match with W, Howes, at Lillie Bridge Grounds, July 16, 1877. Tlie weather was very fine, and the contest proved one of the most marvellous that had, up to the date given, been witnessed on a cinder path. Both of the men walked the longest distance that had ever been accomplished in the three hours ; but Perkins was the faster of the two. 1 mile, 6m. 52s. ; 2 miles, 14m. 21s. ; 3 miles, 21m. 58s. ; 4 miles, 29m. 35s, ; 5 miles, 37m. 17s. ; 6 miles, 44m. 59s. ; 7 miles, 52m. 42s. ; 8 miles, Ih. Cm. 19s. ; 9 miles, Ih. 8m. 7s. ; 10 miles, Ih. 15m. 57s. ; 11 miles, Ih. 23m. 49s. ; 12 miles, Ih. 31m. 42s. ; 13 miles, Ih. 39m. 42s. ; 14 miles, Ih. 47m. 53s. ; 15 miles, Ih. 56m. 13s. Perkins's twenty-first mile was done in 2h. 49m. 18s. At the end of the second hour Perkins had walked 15 miles 824 yards. Perkins walked 22 miles in 2h. 5Sm. 52s., and Howes the same distance in 2h. 59m. 54s. 6 Thatcher was matched to beat the three hours' record of 22 miles 206 yards, standing to the credit of Perkins. The task was accomplished by Thatcher at Lillie Bridge, on February 20, 1882, the distance covered being 22 miles 456^ yards. 7 Franks received half-mile start in a thirty-miles' handicap for challenge belt, took the lead at seven- and a half miles, and won by 6m. 23s., establishing a new set of figures for the miles between the twentv- second and the thirtieth. The competition was open to Marylebone men onlv, and twelve started. J. Stallard, 2^ miles start, was second, and F. Holland, 2J miles, third. Franks walked 274 i^iles in four hours. 8 Howes won a fifty-mile race, open to all comers, at the Agricultural Hall, on March 30, 1678, defeating J. Barnes, W. Bolding, A. Clark, W. Corkey, A. Courtnev, A. Hancock, O. Hancock, J. M'Leary, J. Mills, M. Myers, W. Perkins, and H. Thatcher, From and including thirty to fifty miles his times remain unbeaten. 9 Meagher and D. A. Driscoll walked for the 100-miles championship of America at the Mechanics' Building, Boston. Driscoll retired in the fiftieth mile, and Meagher had pei-mission to leave the track after covering a little over 51 miles. The winner's time for 51 miles stands unrivalled, ^° Hibberd, in a walking contest extending over six days of twelve hours each, at the Drill Hall, Sheffield, on the first day, November 13, 1882, walked 70 miles 677 yards. His times from the fifty-second to the seventieth miles are the best ever accomplished, and are as follows :— 52 miles, 8h. 36m. '45s. ; 53 miles, Sh. 48m. 18s. : 54 miles, 8h. 59m. Os. ; 55 miles, 9h. lOni. 28s. ; 56 miles, 9h. 20m. 26s. ; 57 miles, 9h, 31m. 30s. ; 58 miles, 9h. 42m. 10s. ; 59 miles, 9h. 55m. 5s. ; 60 miles, lOh. 4m. 55s. ; 61 miles, lOh. 16m. 4s. ; 62 mjles, lOh. 27m. 55s. ; 63 miles, lOh. 38m. lOs. ; 64 miles, lOh. 47m. 47s. ; 65 miles, lOh. 59m. Os. ; 66 miles, llh. 10m. Is. ; 67 miles, llh. 21m, 29s. ; 68 miles, llh. 32m. Os, ; 69 miles, llh. 44m, 588. ; 70 miles, llh. 56m. 28s. 1* Howes, at the Agricultural Hall, Islington, on May 15, 1880, won the twenty-siv hours championship, beating H. Vaughan, of Chester, W. Lewis, of Islington, and A. and O. Hancock, of Hackney. From 71 miles to 100 miles Howes's times are the best ever done :— 71 miles, 12h. 23m. 20s. ; 72 miles, 12h. 34m. 2s. ; 73 miles, 12h. 45m. 30s. ; 74 miles, 12h. 56m. 13s. ; 75 miles, 13h. 7m. 27s. ; 76 miles, 13h. 18m. Os. ; 77 miles, 13h. 29m. 23s. ; 78 miles, 13h. 40m. 15s. ; 79 miles, ]3h. 51m. 14s. ; 80 miles, 14h. Ira. 53s. ; 81 miles, 14h. 15m. 28s. ; 82 miles, 14h. 26m. 49s. ; 83 miles, 14h. 38m. 4s. ; 84 miles. 14h. 49ra. 57s. : 85 miles, 15h. Im. 3.5s. ; 86 miles, 15h. 13m. 5s. ; 87 miles, 1.5h. 23m. 21s. ; 88 railes, 15h'. 35m. 2s. ; 89 miles, 15h. 47m. 15s. ; 90 miles, 1.5h. 59in. 10s ; 91 miles, 16h. lira. 40s. ; 92 miles, 16h. 24m. 31s. ; 93 miles, K>h. 38m. 45s. ; 94 miles, 16h. 51m. 3s. ; 95 miles, 17h. 3ra. 57s. ; 96 miles, 17h. 17m. 2s. ; 97 railes, 17h. ■y\m. 22s. ; 98 miles, 17h. 41m. 30s. ; 99 miles, 17h. 54m. 59s. ; 100 miles, ISh. 8m. 15s. After covering 101 miles 2 laps in ISh, 26m. 5s. Howes was informed that there was no necessity to continue any longer. Howes, in a twenty-six hours' competition at the Agricultural Hall, Islington, on February 23, 1S(8, defeated several opponents, and won a charapion.ship belt and lOOZ., having covered 129^ miles. Ifis 101st to 129th miles were walked in the fastest times on record. He did 101 miles in 18h. 20m. 52s • 102 miles, 18h. 32m. 50s. ; 103 miles, 18h. 44m. 54s.; 104 miles, 18h. 57ra. 10s. ; 105 railes. 19h. 9m. Os ' 106 miles, 19h. 21m. 55s. ; 107 miles, 19h. 3.5m. 15s. ; 108 miles, 19h, 46m. 45s. ; 109 miles, 19h. 58ra. 16s • 110 miles, 20h. 9m. 15s. ; 111 miles, 20h. 20m. 23s. ; 112 miles. 20h. 31in. 43s. ; 113 miles, 20h. 43ra. 57s. • 'It iniles, 20h. 5.5m. 378. ; 115 miles, 21h. 7ra. 27s. ; 116 miles, 21h. 19m. 30s. ; 117 miles, 21h. 31m. 46s • :ile8, 21h. 43m. 21s. ; 119 miles, 21h. 55m. 16s. ; 120 miles, 22h. 6m. 25s. ; 121 miles, 22h. 16m. 21s' • lies, 22h. 28m, 22.s. ; 123 miles, 22h. 41m. 4s. ; 124 miles, 22h. 56in. 4Ss. ; 125 miles, 231i. 9m. 47s* • lilies, 23h. 24m. 49s. ; 127 miles, 23h. 43m. 7s. : and 128 miles, 24h. 8m, 20s, The exact distsnce ^ c omphshed by Howes in twenty-four hours was 127 miles 1210 yards, S S g26 PEDESTRIANISM. "om'sot Y3" \.nel'Kf 5Ss: 189 Ses/ld! 4.n. 18:u. 59s. ; UO nules. Id. 4h. 46m. 5s. ; 141 miles, Id. 4h. 59m. 45s. ; 142 miles, Id. 5h. 12m. 41s. u Llttlew^ engaged in a six-days' ^^^^^^^^ ^"^J^o^^^^^ land, and J. Hibberd, at the Drill Hall, giefhcld which are the best :-l43 miles, 29h. 15ni. 49s. ; live miles from Williams, and ma^^^^^^^^^ 20s.: 147 miles, 30h. 2m. 144 miles, ,29h. 27>n. 14s. ; 14a f^f g^ol "25m H 30h. 36na. 28s. ; 151 miles, 30h. 51n.. 4s. : 148 miles, 30h. 13m. 4c,s. ; ^i^:^- : 154 miles 31h. 25m. 19s. ; 155 miles, 31h. 38m. 49s. ; 152 miles, 31h. 2m. 4(S ; ^f. Im' S • 158 miles 32h. 13m. 46s. 159 miles, 32h. 26m. 56s. ; 156 miles 3]h. 50m. 42S. ; 157 m les, .2h. If^^^^'^' .^^1^^^^^^^ 5in. 35s. 163 miles, 33h. 17m. 48m. 7s. ; 172 miles, 34h 59m. 56s. ; f 1 eS' 35h llim 2bs. , Vs^^.^ies, 36h. 11m. 25s. ; 179 miles, 36h. 36m. 25S.; 176 miles, 35h. 49m. 56s^ '182 miles', 37h. Om. 18s. ; 188 miles, 37h, 23m. 4s. ; 180 miles, 36h 37m. Os. , ^7'* 12 ' . nog i,iiies 37h. 51m. 30s. ; 187 miles, Uui. 15S. ; 184 miles, 37h. 26ni. 3s ; ""l^^t^f^'^oof 28m^36s 190 miles, 38h. 40m. 59s. ; 191 miles, 3Sh. 3m. 2s, : 188 miles. 38h l6m Os^ ; nnl^es 38h 28m^ ^^^^ 3^^_ 3g^_ ^il,^^ :{Sh. 53m. OS. : 192 miles, 39h. 4ra. 56s. , 193 "nles dJii. inn. d^s. , ^.^^^ 39h. 43m. 5bs. ; 196 miles, 39h. 56m. 20s- : . 19 J mde^^ . 202 mHes, 4ih. 15m. Os '; 203 miles, 40h. 32ra. 3s. ; 200 "^^l^s 40h 46m^ 30s 201 m^^ ^^^^^ 207 miles, 42h. 41h. 27m. 5s. ; 204 miles 41h 40m Os. ' ' Jl^^-^^^^^^ '210 „ules, 42h. 54m. 3s. ; 211 miles, 43h. 16m. 30s. ; 208 ""les 42h. 26m 35s. ; 209 miles, 4^^^^^^ . ^^^^ 215 miles, 44h. Gm. OS. ; 212 miles, 43h. 18m. 45s. ; 213 miles, 43h 3.m. l/nVmiles 44h 40m. I7s. ; 219 miles, 44h. Cm. OS : 216 miles, 44h. 13m. I7s. ; 217 m^es, 44h 27m^ 51b /l|J,";^ff^/\y "gj^. 3g 223 miles, 49h. 54m. 58s. ; 220 miles, 4Sh. 41m. 18s. ; 221 "^^l^s, 48h. 54in. 52s • ^^^^es 4Jn^ 0 , ^^^.^^^ ^^^^^ L'Om. 3s. : 224 miles, 49h. 33m. 7s ; 225 mil»s, 49h^ 47m 7s 226 imles 4yn d u^^^ . ^ ^^^^^ 12m 22s: ; 228 miles, 50h. 26m 37s. ; i29 miles 50h^ 39m 5^ s . gO miles t,un. o.n , ^^^^ 7m. 40s ; 232 miles, 51h. 20m. 6s = 233 miles, 51h. 34^^^ 2,u.27s. : 236 miles, 5?h. 14m. 55s. = 237 miles 52i ^27i^^^ ^ 249 rfli. 3ir58s ; '243 miles,' 53h. 44.n. f,Ss. ; 240 miles, 53h 6m 32s. ; 241 mi es, 531. 1^"^- ^ 242 mi^^^^^ oi ^^^.^^ , ^^^^ ^^^^^ --.s. ; 244 niiles, 53h. 56m 8s. = miles 54h bm 4os.^^ 2^^^^^^ ;-25i miles, 55h: 24m. 60s.; 59S : 248 miles,54h. 46m.-29s . 249 miles 54h. 5^^^^^^ '255 ^^^^s, 56h. 14m. 25s. ; 252 miles, 55h. 37m. 10s. : 253 miles 55h 50ia. 0s ^^.^^^ ^^^^ 13^_ . 256 miles, 56h. 27m. Os ; 257 miles^ 56h 41m 56s 2^8 miles 50h .^ , ^ ^^^^ . 260n.iles, 57h. 19m. 20s . 261, 5'^ 33m 10s ^^4™^ ^'"gg]; gg,,,. 173. . 267 miles, 58m. 54in. 7s. ; miles, 58h. 12m. 13s. ; 2C5 imles 58h 25m 14s 266 m^^^^^ ^ .^^^^ ^^^^^^ . 268 n.iles, 59h. 7m. 26s. ; 269 ^}'^^^;.^^\.]^\^^^^^ 275 miles, 60h. 48m.49s. ; 276 272 miles, 60h. 8m. 47s. ; 273 imles 60h 21in . 4^s 274 mUes bum d^^^^^^ _ , ' g^j^^ 42m. 5s. ; 280 miles, 61h. im. 30s. ; 277 miles, 61h. 14m. 5s. 278 ^^^l^es 61h. 2an s. > ^^^^^^ ^^^^ , ^,4 miles, 61h. 55m. Os. ; 281 miles, 62h 8m 56s . 2b2 miles 62h 23m us ^^^^ _ ^ss • miles, 62h. 50m. 15s. ; 285 miles, 63h. 3m .6s 286 mi es O^i is . ^^^^^ 29m. 20s. : 292 miles, 63h. 48m. 26s. ; 289 miles, 64 h. Im 50s. 290 im es 64h. l^m ■ 23m. 25s. ; miles, 64h. 44in. 30s. ; 293 miles, 64h. 50m Os 294 ^^'u^^'^ggf, 3 ; 299 miles, 66h. 16m. 30s. ; 296 miles, 65h. 36m. 4Cs. = 297 mrh.s^ 6.1. 50m 3s. - 298 nvUe^^Oh. 3m. ^ . . , ^ 296 miles, o&n. rfom. *ub. ^^v, Iri Iq,; . ko9 miles 66h 56in. 5s. ; 303 miles, 67n. ym. -ms. ; 300 miles, 66h. 30m. Os. ; 301 miles, 66I1. 43 m Os ^02 miles UOnoDin^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^ . 304 miles, 67h. 21m. 13s. ; 305 1111 es, 6/h. 34m. 35s. ^/f ^Jji 19m 52s. - 311 miles 72h. 33m. 51s. ; 308 miles 7lh. 52m. 21s. ; 309 mi es, 721i. 5m. 3s. 310 m les 72 \f^ ^f - ^^.^^ .31,. 2Sm. 8s. ; 312 miles, 72h. 48m. 10s. ; 313 mi es, 73h 2im 7s si8 miles 74h 6m. 14s. ; 319 miles, 74h. 19m. 4s. ■ 316 miles, 73h. 41m. 42s. ; 317 miles^'^ i /*™- 38^7 318^^^^^^^^ ^^^.^^^ 320 miles, 74h. 32m. 33s. ; 321 miles, , 4h. 45m. 53s. 322 miles < 4m D.im 6 ^^^.^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^ss. 324 miles, 75h. 23m. 2s. ; 325 miles, 7oh. 53m lis 3 6 nules, 75n. 4ym. ^^^.^^ , 328 miles, 76h. 15m. 30s. ; 329 miles, 761i. 28m. 40s. 330 rmles, 7611. 4lm 40 , ^,,.13 ^71.. 52m. 27s. 332 miles, 77h. llm. 23s. ; 333 "^iles-J'^-^l f 15s 338 m les ' 781 38m. 25s. ; 339 miles, 7Sh. 52m. 5.^... 336 miles, 78m. 12m. Os. ; 337 mi es, .81. 2 m. 15s , 3o8 m es, / «n. rfb , ^ 340 miles, 79h. 5m. 30s. ; 341 miles, 791 20m. 0s_, ™ e^' '^'^ • 3^^ 3^7 ^^^es, 80h. 49m. 7s. 344 miles, 80h. 4m. 30s. ; 345 miles, 80h. 21m. 4s ' ;7^i7'-2t,r 3s. ; 351 miles, 81h. 52m. 37s. 348 nnK^s, 81h. 2m. 36s. ; 349 mi es, 81h. 15m. as 3a0 nu es «in a ^ ^^^^^ 352 miles, 82h. 5m. 10s. ; 353 1'l^les, ^2h. 19m. ooS. 3o4^^^ .3^^ .g3j^_ ^^m. Os 356 miles, 83h. Om. 35s. ; 357 nnles, 831. 14m. Os. 3a8 n es b|a ^ ^^^^ 360 miles, 83h. 58m. 3s. ; 361 miles, 84h. llm. 3^^^ 20s. 367 miles, S5h. 42m. 53s . .364 miles, 8:>h. 3m. 20s. ; 365 miles, • I7»i 2< s 3W' mi es bon. ^ ^^^^^^ . .368mil..s 85h. 5Sm. 30s. ; 369 mi es, b6h. J2m. l.s -^^0 m^^^^^^^ ; ' 375 mile.s, ' 87h. 3Sm. 36s. ; 372 m.lcs, 8611. 55m. 35s. ; 373 miles, 871 9m 39s 374 mi es »h. 3m. 20s. ; 365 miles, • I7»i ^' S. , 3'''' ™^ '^^^^^^^^ ^s/ 371 mijes, 86h. 42m. Os. ; .368mil.s, 85h. 5Sm. 30s. ; 369 mi es, b6h. J2m. l.s -^^0 1^^^^^^^^^ 375 mile.s, ' 87h. 3Sm. 36s. 372 m.lcs, 8611. 55m. 35s. ; 373 miles, 871 9m 39s 374 mi es »s, 89h. 3Sm. 14s. 380 miles, 88h. 52m. Os. ; 381 miles, 89h. 10m. J^; 7 38- n es HJn z*m. x ^^^^^^ 3S4 miles 89h. 52m. 23s. ; 385 m. es, 90h. J" • /Os. . 3^^ 11 90h-/J^J^;^f "^^^^ ' 3,,^ ,„nos, i.lh. 50m. 23s. . .",88 miles, i)4h. 13m. 55s. ; 389 i')ileS: Of • 24m- l^s. . . 0 m es, n. Mnn 6 , ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ . 302 nnh s, 95h. 3m. 45s. ; 393 nnles, 951. 16 .. 10s. '^'^^ ^^^^ , . so<) miles, 96h. 37m. 26s. ; 396 miles, 951,. 57,.,. 45s. ; 397 I'lil^S, 06h 9 ... .)0s. 398 - I s, • - ^ ^^^^ ^^^^ . 400 mil<.s, 96h. 5]m. 3s. ; 401 n.iles, » ' IJ l,^^" es' 98 26m. 3Ss. ; 407 miles, 98h. 41n.. 49s. ; 404 n.il.'s, 971,. 57m. lis. ; 405 imlce, 98h. llm. 58» . 406 n es Jh / . 3 . 408 miles, 981,. 57m. 3.s. ; 409 imles. Of i- lO'"- lOs- ■ ^^iVi miles lOOh. 18m. 7s. ; 415 n.iles. lOOh. SO.n. 412 miles, 991,. 50m. lis. ; 413 m, es, lOOh. 4m 2,s 414 ^''^J-gS- ^ " j 22m. 47s. ; 419 miles, 1011.. 42.S.; 416mik^s, 100h.44,n.9s.; 4l7milcs, lOlh. * os ^ 4^^^^ 102h. 58m. Os. ; 423 miles, :',6i,i. 50S. ; 420 n.iles, lOlh. 51,.,. .5s. ; 421 miles 1021,. 43 n. os 4-^ m.^e ^^^^^^ ^^^^ . ^.^^ 1031,. 12,,,. 508. ; 424 miles, 103h. 28,.,. 35s. ; 425 ^iles, lO.n.. 4.5,. . 20s . 4 0 ^^^^^^ ^^^^ . PROFESSIONAL WALKING. 627 llOh. I61TI. 20s. ; 443 miles, llOh. 28m. 36s. ; 444 miles, llOh. 47m. 3s. ; 445 miles, lllh. Im. 47s. ; 446 liiiles, mil. 14m. 56s. ; 447 miles, lllh. 24m. 15s. ; 448 miles, lllh. 45m. Os. ; 449 miles, 112h. Im. 10s. ; 450 miles, 112h. 15m. 6s. ; 451 miles, 112h. 28m. 10s. ; 452 miles, 112h. 44in. I7s. ; 453 miles, 112h. 58m. 59s. ; 454 miles, 113h. 12m. 50s.; 455 miles, llSli. 25m. 30s. ; 456 miles, 113h. 30m. Os. ; 457 miles, 113h. 55m. 3s. ; 458 miles, 114h. 9m. 55s. ; 459 miles. 114h. 24m. Os. ; 460 miles, 114h. 37m. 40s. ; 461 miles, 114h 52m. 20s. ; 462 miles, 115h. 5m. 2Cs. ; 463 miles, 115h. 24m. 8s. ; 464 miles, llSh. 24ra. 20s. ; 465 miles, llSh. 41m. Os. ; 466 miles, llSh. 54m. Is. ; 467 miles, 119h. 7m. 16s. ; 468 miles, 119h. 20m. 31s. ; 469 miles, 119h. 34m. lis, ; 470 miles, 119h. 49m. 2s. ; 471 miles, 120h. 5m. Os. ; 472 miles, 120h. 19m. 7s. , 473 miles, 124h. 22m. 10s. ; 474 miles, 124h. 37m. 19s. ; 475 miles, 124h. 52m. Os. ; 476 miles, 125h. 5m. 27s. ; 477 miles, 125h. 18m. 2s. ; 478 miles, 125h. 31m. 3s. ; 479 miles, 125h. 45m. 15s. ; 480 miles, 12511. 58m. 30s. ; 481 miles, 126h. 11m. Os. ; 482 miles, 126h 25m. 27s. ; 483 miles, 126h. 39m. 0. ; 484 miles, 126h. 52m. Os. ; 485 miles, 127h. 5m. 8s. ; 486 miles, 127h. 19m. 30s. ; 487 miles, 127h. 34m. 45s. ; 488 miles, 127h. 47m. 2s. ; 489 miles, 128h. Im. 40s. ; 490 miles, 1281i. 14m. 30s. ; 491 miles, 128h. 27ra. 40s. ; 492 miles, 128h. 41m. 50s. ; 493 miles, 128h. 56m. 37s. ; 494 miles, 129h. 9m. 30s. ; 495 miles, 129h. 23m. 46s. ; 496 miles, 129h. 37m. 50s. ; 497 miles, 129h. 56m. Os. ; 498 miles, 130h. 8m. Os. ; 499 miles, 130h. 22m. 30s. ; 500 miles, 130h. 33m. 45s. ; 501 miles, 132h. 21m. 40s. ; 502 miles, 132h. 34m. 40s. ; 503 miles, 132h. 48m. Os.; 504 miles, 133h. Om. 56s. ; 505 miles, 133h. 14m. 24s. ; 506 miles, 133h. 26m. Os. ; 507 miles, 133h. 39m. 25s. ; 508 miles, 133h. 51m. 30s. ; 509 miles, 134h. 2m. 21s. ; 510 miles, 134h. 15m. 13s. ; 511 miles, 134h. 28m. Os. ; 512 miles, 134h. 41m. 55s. ; 513 miles, 134h. 54m. 52s. ; 514 miles, 135h. 6m. 50s. ; 515 miles, 135h. 20m. Is. ; 516 miles, 135h. 32m. 50s. ; 517 miles, 135h. 46m. 30s. ; 518 miles, 135h. 59m. 35s. ; 519 miles, I36h. 12m. 45s. ; 520 miles, 136h. 26m. 30s. ; 521 miles, 136h. 38m. 32s. ; 522 miles, 136h. 53m. 28s. ; 523 miles, 137h. 5ra. 43s. ; 524 miles, 137h. 19m. 28s. ; 525 miles, 137h. 32m. 40s. ; 526 miles, 1371a. 46m. 20s. ; 527 miles, 137h. 59m. 35s. ; 528 miles, 13Sh. 12m. 46s. ; 529 miles, 138h. 20m. 15s. ; 530 miles, 138h. 39m. 13s. ; 531 miles, 13Sh. 4Sm. 30s, Other Remarkable Pbofessional Walking Performances. 1000 Miles in 400 Consecutive Hours. — This feat Avas accomplished by Edward Payson "Weston, at the Xorthumherland Cricket Ground, Newcastle-on-Tjme. He started at 7 a.m. Wednesday, December 26, 1S77, and completed his task at lOh. 41m. p.m. Friday, January 11, 1878. Weston rested altogether 150 liours 38^ minutes. 4000 Quarter Miles in 4000 Periods of Ten Minutes.— Each quarter had to be walked at tlie r'limiiencement of and within the ten minutes, yet this stupendous task was twice accomplisl^d by William Gale, viz., at the Canton Hotel Grounds, Cardiff (June 28 to July 25, 1877), and at the Agri- cultural Hall, London (October 21 to Nov. 17, 1877). 1500 Miles in 1000 Hours (one mile and a half each hour, starting at the commencement of the hours). —Performed at Lillie Bridge by William Gale, of Cardiff, who started at 2.20 a.m. on Saturday, August 26, 1877, and finished his task at 5h. 16m. 57s. on Saturday, October 6, having lost but 101b. in weight. 1977J Miles in 1000 Consecutive Hours (Resting on Sundays).— This was done by E. P. Weston in an attempt to v^alk 2000 miles in 1000 hours over the turnpike roads of Great Britain. The i«tart took place from the Mansion House, London, on January 18, 1879. Greatest Distances Walked without a Rest.— 1205- miles 240 yards, by P. Crossland, at Pomona Palace, Manchester, September 11 and 12, 1876 ; 107 miles in 22 hours by E. P. Weston, at Bristol November 26, 1877. Best Record FOR Six Days' Walk of Twelve Hours a Day.— 303 miles by C. Faber, Pittsburg U.S.A., July 3, 1880. > o Best Record for Six Days' Walk of Fourteen Hours a Day.— 390 miles by H. Vaughan, at the Agricultui-al Hall, June 30 to July 5, 1879. s s 2 628 PEDESTRIANISM. Sect. 3.— Amateur Kunning. Distance. Time. 120 yards. 130 yards. 150 yards, 180 yards. 200 yards. 220 yards. 250 yards. 300 yards. 350 yards. 400 yards. 440 yards, 500 yards. H. M. s. 0 0 111 0 0 13J 0 0 15 0 0 181 0 0 201- 0 0 22| 0 0 26 0 0 31^ 0 0 36| 0 0 43| 0 0 48| 0 0 58 Name. 600 yards. 0 1 11? 700 yards. 0 1 31 800 yards 0 1 44f 880 yards 0 1 55? 1000 yards. 0 2 13 Three- ^ quarter > mile, j 15003 ards. 0 3 8| 0 3 381 1 mile. 0 4 182 1 \ miles. 0 5 44 ]| miles, l| miles. 0 6 57? 0 8 81 2 miles. 3 miles. 0 9 17| 0 14 39 4 miles. 5 miles. 0 19 39| 0 25 7| 6 miles. 7 miles. 8 miles. 9 miles. 10 miles. 11 miles. 12 miles. 13 miles. 14 miles. 15 miles. 16 miles, 17 miles. 18 miles. 19 miles, 20 miliss. W. P. Phillips/ L.A.C. L. E. Myers,^ Manhattan A.C. W. P. Phillips,3 L.A.C. L. Junker,4 L.A.C L. E. Myers, 5 Manhattan A.C. ' W. P. Phillips,6 L.A.C. ^ W. Baker. L, E, Myers,7 Ditto. 8 Ditto.9 Ditto, *o Ditto." Ditto. Ditto.^3 Ditto. ^4 Ditto. Ditto.^6 Ditto. '7 W. G. George, '8 Moseley Harriers, W. Snook, ^9 Moseley Harriers W. G. George, Moseley Harriers Ditto,^^ Ditto. Ditto.23 Ditto. ^4 Weight. Height, St. lb. 12 0 0 30 2H 0-35 37 0 40 57 I 0 46 12 0 51 20 0 57 n 1 6 33 12 18 18 16 24 24 30 42 37 20 44 6 1 51 20 1 58 44? Ditto.25 DiLto.=6 G. A. Dnnning,^7 Clnpton Beagles, 12 0 8 2 8 3 8 2 8 2 8 3 8 3 8 2 11 4 9 7 11 4 ft. m. 6 2i 5 71 5 71 6 2^ 7 10 Date and Place. 5 111 5 6 5 111 5 4 March 25, 1882, Stamford Bridge. June 3, 1882, New York. May 22, 1880, Lilhe Bridge. April 27, 1878, Stamford Bridge, bept, 15,1881, New York. May 25, 1878, Stamford Bridge. May 24, 1884, New York. Oct. 22, 1881, New York. Oct. 15, 1881, Philadelphia. June 3, 1882, New York. July 16, 18S1, Birmingham. May 29, 1880, Stuten Island. Jiily 1, 1882, New York. Sept. 16, 1882, New York. Sept. 16, 1882, New York. Sept. 16, 1882, New York. Oct. 8, 1881, New York. June 3, 1882, Lillie Bridge. June 16, 1884, Birmingham. June 21, 1884, Birmingham. July 29, 1882, Stamford Bridge. April '26, 1884, Stamford Bridge. May 17, 1884, Stamford Bridge. July 28, 1884, Stamford Bridge, April 7, 1884, Stamford Bridge, July 28, 1884, St.'uuford Bridge, Jan. 1, 1881, Stamford Bridge. Timekeepens. R. Rogers. G. "W. Thomas, G. Avery, W. B. Curtis. J. White, R. Rogers. G. A. Avery and E. Plummers. R. Rogers. G. Taylor, W. Waddell. G. W. Thomas, G. Avery, W. B Curtis. J. M. Masters, H. P. Pike. G. W. Thoma."?, G. Avery, W. B. Curtis. R. Rogers, G. Avery, H. M. Oliver. G. W. Thomas, G, Avery, W. B. Curtis. J. White. W. W. Alexander. G. W. Avery, G. W. Atkinson, H. M. Oliver, C. Herbert. G. W. Atkinson. N, ferry. N, Perry. N. Perry. N. Perry. R. Rogers. AMATEUR RUNNING. 629 Amateur Running {continued). Distance. Time. ^ame. Age. Yveignt. Height Date and ir lace. J. imeKeepers. H. M. s. st. lb. ft. lb. 21 to 25 2 6 0 G. A. Dunninc^s 24 7 10 5 4 Dec. 26, 1881, R. Rogers. miles. 2 33 44 Clapton Beadles. Stamford Bridge. 26 to 2 47 14 J. A. Squires, -9 31 9 2 5 5J May 2, 1885, South R. Watson, 30 miles. 3 17 36^ South London London Harriers Sporting Life. Harriers. Ground, Balham. 31 to 3 30 37i Ditto. 3o M April 11, 1885, South G. W. Atkinson, 36 miles. 4 13 24i London Harriers Sporting Life. Ground, Balham. 37 to 4 22 40 J. E. Dixon,3'' 7 6 5 4i Dec. 29, 1884, Q. Gaunlett. 42 miles. 5 8 38 South Loudon Aston, Birmingham. Harriers. 43 to 5 17 18 Ditto. 32 " >> April 11, 1885, South London Harriers G. W. Atkinson, 45 miles. 5 35 10 Sporting Life. Ground, Balham. 46 miles. 5 43 13 Ditto. 33 " 1, >> Dec. 29, 1884, Aston, Birmingham. G. Gauntlett. 47 to 5 53 OJ Ditto. 34 )) » April 11, 1885, South G. W. Atkinson, 50 miles. 6 18 26 1 London Harriers Sporting Life. Ground, Balham. 51 to 6 57 50 Agricultural Hall, Islington. Committee North 81 miles. 12 0 0 of Tliames C.C.U. 82 to 12 49 50 A. W. Sinclair, 36 35 10 2 5 9J Nov. 29, 1884, W. E. Fuller. 91 miles. 15 7 20 N.L.H. at AVestminster. 92 to 15 51 5 J. Saunders, 37 Feb. 22, 1882, at 120 miles. 21 47 23 Williamsbury A.C. American Institute, New York. Further Details of Amateur Running Performances. * At the London Athletic Club meeting W. P. Phillips, starting from scratch in the 120 yards handicap, won and covered the distance in the final heat in llf sees. His time for the first heat was 12J, and that for his heat in the second round 12 sees. 3 Myers made this time in the 400 yards race referred to in note 7. The track measured one-eighth of a mile in circumference, and timekeepers were stationed at diff'erent points to get the times for various odd distances. 3 W. P. Phillips, in the Strangers' 150 yards handicap at the Civil Service meeting of 1880, started from scratch and won by three yards in the best time on record. 4 This time was done by Junker in a members' handicap of the unusual di.stance of 180 yards, at the first anniversary meeting of the London Athletic Club, on their Stamford Bridge ground. Junker started from scratch, and won easily. 5 Myers, in a 220 yards match with H. Haines, of San Francisco, to whom he conceded 18 yards. The race was decided at the Polo Grounds, New York, and Myers ran the full distance in 22J sees. Best English record, 20f sees., by J. Shearman, L.A.C., Stamford Bridge, June 2, 1877. 6 W. P. Phillips, in the 220 yards challenge cup handicap, at the London Athletic Club meeting. May 25, 1878, won by a foot from H. Allan, 2 yards. W. Baker, in a match with Brooks, of Yale, decided the Manhattan A.C. grounds won easily, and equalled Phillips's performance. 7 Myers, in a race of 400 yards against time, on the old grounds of the Manhattan A.C, New York, beat the record for 250 yards as well as that for the full distance. Weatlier warm, though windy, and track measured eight laps to the mile. Best English record 27^^ sees., by R. W. Vidal, Oxford, Dec. 8, 1865. 8 Myers established this record in a scratch race at the New York A.C. grounds on Oct. 22, 1881. There were four starters, and Myers won easily by over twenty yards. Weather fine. Best English time 31| sees., by F. T. Elborough, Cambridge, Nov. 17, 1875. 9 Myers, in a quarter mile race against time, at the Y.A. Cricket grounds, Stenton, near Philadelphia, ran 350 yards in 36| sees., and was declared to have completed the full distance in 48| sees. Weatlier windy and chilly. See note 7, This remarkable record was accomplished by Myers at the amateur championship meeting at Aston Lower Grounds, Birmingham, July 16, 1881. W. P. Pliillips, who ran second to the American, was timed to cover the quarter in 49J- sees., which is the best time ever done by an English amateur. " Myers, in a level 600 yards race, which he won easily, covered tive-sixths of the journey in 58 sees. The race took place on the Staten Island A.C. ground on May 29, 1880, when the weather was unfavour- able, owing to a strong wind which was against the runners for the greater part of the way. H. R. Ball, at Birmingham, on June 10, 1882, did tlie distance in 1 min. 1 sec, which is the best English time. ^3 Myers won a level race on tlie Polo Grounds, New York. The track was wet and weather hot and sultry. Fastest English time, 1 min. 14^ sees., by F. T. Elborough, Stamford Bridge, April 28, 1877. *4 Myers, in a limited handicap, ran to beat the half-mile record. He won easily, and succeeded in altering the records for 700, 800, and 880 yards. Weather stormy. The scene of action was the Wilhams- burgh A.C. Grounds, New York. Best time by an English amateur, 1 min. 31| sees., W. G. George, New York, Nov. 4, 1S82. ^5 Bee note Best record by an English amateur, 1 min. 45^ sees., W. G. George, New York, Nov. 4, 1882. '6 For the fourth time Myerg ran the half-mile in 1 min. 559 sees, at Lower Aston, Birmingham, on July 7, 1884, having established the record nearly two years previously in America. Best record by an English amateur, 1 min. 57i sees., F. T. Elborough, Lillie Bridge, Oct. 7, 1876. See also note 630 PEDESTRIANISM. ^7 Mvers won a scratoh lOOO-vards race on the Polo Grounds, New York, on Oct. 8, ISSl, verj' easily. The winners time for the lialf-mile was 1 min. 55a ^ecs., and he ran what was afterwards proved t<. be 1000 yards 2 feet in 2 min. 13 sees. Best English record, 2 min. \G\ sees., W. G. George, Birmingham, ^"^'s VTlS mile open handicap at tlie Civil Service Sports, W. G. George won from scratch in 4 min 192- sees., or 3* sees, faster than it had been previously done by an amateur (George himself ). His time for three-qviarters of a mile also proved superior to all otlier performances at the distance, and ^'''^9'sn5o¥Ttthe'woodstock ..F.C. sports, ran from scratch in the 1500-yards open handicap and finished a dead heat with A. Chapman, South Suburban A.C., 120 yards start bnook s time beat all existing records. He repeated the performance at Birmingham, on Juue 16, lSb4. Ge?rge,inthe mile at the amateur championship sports of ISSt won after >' 3' the greate? part of the way, with W. Snook. George ran 1500 yards m 3 mm. 44* sees., and the ""-"GeJrge, ^nVtwSeT opin handicap at the London Midland A.C meeting, ran from scratch and finished second to H. W. Crosse, who had 385 yards start. George's times from one mile to tlie hnjf^}>eat all previous records. They were as follows : 2000 yards, 5 min. lOf sees. ; \\ miles, 5 nun 44 sens li miles, 6 min. 57|- sees. ; 3000 yards, 7 min. 58^ sees., 1% miles, 8 min. lU sees., 2 miles, 9 mm. "^'^'^George won a two-miles handicap at the London Athletic Club meeting of April 26, 1884, ami succeeded fn upsetting his previous best times for IJ miles and two miles ^e wo'i easil^^^^^^ Wills, to whom he was conceding 145 yards. George also, at the Blackheaxh Harriers meeting of 1864, ^^•"^^eSrgf In ^^o"^i^;^!4^S a London athletic meeting, ran second to Carter, but his third and fourth miles were done in faster time than has ever been recorded for an f"iiateur. , ^4 George endeavoured to beat the famous one hour's run accredited 1^o L. Bennett ( Deerfoo^^^^ ), ot 11 miles 970 yards. He failed by thirty-eight yards, but ran the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, and eleventh miles in the fastest times yet done by an amateur George, in a ten mile handicap at the London Athletic Club meeting 9^ ^P"^/' JfJ*' Y,^^ ^'"""^ scratch by niore than a quarter of a mile, and beat all previous times for the ninth and tenth miles. ^7 Dunn*iig won a twenty-miles handicap at the London Athletic Club ground, on Jan. 1, 1881. He '*'2thertmer were accomplished by Dunning in the I^ondon Athletic Clubs' fifg-miles race at Stamford Bridge on Dec. 26, 1881. F. W. Firmmger was the winner, and his time-t.h. 3mu. 41s.-stooa S tCbest until the end of 1884. Dunning did 21 miles in ^2h. 6m. Os. ; 22 miles 2h. 12m. 48s. , •2^ miles 2h 19m 50s. • 24 miles, 2 h. 27m. 5s. ; 25 miles, 2h. S3m. 44s, Squi?4,[n a thlr^y.milesmatch with O. A. Chalon, S^;H., beat his fellow clubmBn easil^^^ from 26 to 30 miles surpassed all previous amateur records. His 27th mile time was 21i. 54m. 26s. , 28th, ''•3^Sq!lS;^inttf^outhLon^^^^^^ in 4h. 30m. 45s., but from 31 to 36 miles his times are the fastest on recoid. He did 32 lUxlts m ill 38m 56s • 33 miles 3h. 48m. ; 34 miles, 3h. 56m. 39^8. ; 3o miles, 4h. 4m 50s. 31 Tn the BiiSifield HaiT^ fifty-miles race at Birmingham, a victory was ensily gamed over thirteen opnone^ts by rE oto^^^^ from 37 miles to 42" miles, and also that for the 46th mile, are the St ever aS^^ 37miles, 4h. 21m. 12|s. ; 38 miles 4h. 29m. ISjs 39 in-les, 4h 37„,. 20is. ; 40 miles 4h 46m 5-ls • 41 miles. 4h. 58in. 8js. ; 42 miles, 5h. 7m. 12s. ; 46 miles, 5hL 43m. Ids _ 6h. 10m. 55js. ; 50th, 6h. 18m. 26Js. See note 3^ 33 See note 3^ S Davre? in a twelve-hours' competition at the Agricultural Hall, Islington, on Sept. 9, 1880, won, and ^•T^iw'oh Tnm '7s • 68 miles 9h 50m. Is. ; 69 miles, lOh. Om. 5s. ; 70 miles, lOh. 9m. 25s. ; a miles, ?L 8m 20S 72 mh'erro 28m 20s. ; 73 miles, lOh. 37m. 38s. ; 74 miles, lOli. 47m. 52s; 75 mi es. Oh 57m 33S.; 76 llh. 7m. 25s. :'77 miles,' llh. 17m. 20s. ; 78 miles, llh. 27m. 2s.; 79 miles, nil.' 37m.' 40s. ; 80 miles, llh. 45in. 40s. j 81^ miles, _12h. Oin hV^' o« .'so u oV 14h 44m OS • 90 miles, 15h. Om. Os. ; 91 miles, 15h. 7m. 20s. ^ , , 29m. 03. ; "iilcs, un. 44i^^^^^ York, on Feb. 22, 1882, won a twenty-four hours' race 95 m, es, 16h. 27m 20s 96 os Ibn. 4im. , ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^.^^^^ ^^^^ 2m. 10s. ; i, ^ " £ 1^ W. ^ - ; - tZ. S»i \ 119 miles,' 22h. 85m. 293. ; 120 miles, 22h. 47m. 233. Greatest Distance PERFonMANCE, The greatest distance nm in one hour is 11 n^Hof 032 yards by W G. George, at Stamford Bridge. July 28, 1884, in an attempt to beat the celebrated " Deerfoot record. PROFESSIONAL RUNNING. C31 SzcT. 4.— Professional Ruxnixo. ■Distance. Time. j Name. 1 1 V to Weight. Height. H. M. s. St. lb. ft. in. 120 yards. 0 0 Hi J. Seward,^ New- 29 10 9 5 7 laveB, Connecticut 130 yards. 0 0 121 VV Johnson ^ New- castle-on-Tyne. 12 9^ 5 lOJ 140 yards. 0 0 lof 27 liOndon. 5 10 IbO yartls. 0 0 15 C. Westhall.'* 28 9 12 200 yards. 0 0 19i G. Seward,5 20 10 9 5 7 Conn ecticut. 12 9J 5 lOi 220 yards. 0 0 21 ■* XX. XXUf-llcliOj 27 Putney. 12 6 5 10^ 300 yards. n on 0 0 OU Ditto ^ 26 350 yards. 0 0 40 VT. VV cllT^ii^" 28 10 7 5 0 XvUj tuii. 400 yards. 0 0 45 T. Brian,9 20 8 8 — Bradford, Yorks. 5 91 Quarter 0 0 484 R. Buttery, 1° 29 11 3 mile. tlhpflfiplrl OilClliclvl. 500 yards. 0 0 59 t/ . X u w Cl ». 600 yarcis. 0 1 13 J. Nuttall,^! 22 10 4 5 8 lyicLllt'llCo LCI , 700 yards. ft 1 00 T T*nrlnAV w . i uv.iiir: J ) 26 8 5 5 6h Mile End. 5 11 800 yards. 0 1 50 22 11 6 Sto(^'lvton-on,-Tc6s. 5 81 xiaii miie. 0 1 53i J:. Xicwittj *t 27 10 0 1000 yards. 0 2 17 VV . v u iiiJJim^Oj 23 8 7 5 6i Ihree n ^ *7 Vol tV • Xvl* llrt.lU.Oj '-' 27 10 5 5 8i qurtr.mile. Millwall. 1 mile. TIT r~'iiTi'i'mi'nf''Q ^7 VV • l^UlJJlillllJ^Oj ' 23 8 7 5 6i Pciisley. 14 miles. 0 5 36 "W T.nnrr 18 Tl' . Ucli *^ 24 9 10 5 8 AT 1 r1 *n pclifivon oT> 1^ miles. 0 0 4ijs 22 8 7 5 61 Paisley. 9 10 2 miles 0 9 11^ 24 5 8 Midcllesl^ovougli. 5 2J- 3 miles. 0 14 oO T WbitP 21 U . will lU, 25 7 10 4 miles. Gfl-tesli 6B,d.« " 5 miles. 0 24 40 " " 6 miles. 0 29 50 " " 7 miles. 0 34 45 J. Howitt,=^ 8 miles. 0 40 20 ol 7 8 5 2 9 miles. 0 45 21 Norwicli. 10 miles. 0 51 63 W. Cummiiigs,^^^ 8 9 5" 7 Paisley. 11 miles. 0 56 52 jj. isenneLT, 37 11 12 5 9 12 miles. 12 2^ Indian Reservation Cattarano;us Co. 5 2J 13 miles. 1 10 31 J. Howitt,=4 31 7 8 14 inilGs 1 16 12 Norw'icli, 15 miles. 1 22 0 16 miles. 1 28 6 G. Hazael,2S 17 miles. 1 38 53 32 g'lo 5" 7 18 miles. 1 45 1 Deptford. 19 miles. 1 51 14 J, E. Wa'rburton,2f 20 miles. 1 56 38 .37 10" 3 5"l0 Haslingden. 5 6| 21 to 2 8 36 G. Mason,27 30 9 8 80 miles. 3 15 9 Shadwell. • 31 to 3 22 51 J Bailey, ^3 48 miles. 5 44 6 Sittingbourne. 1 May 3, 1847, Ealing. Feb. 9, 1867, New- castle-on-Tyne. June 8, 1885, Lillie Bridge. Feb. 4, 1851, Manchester. March 22, 1847, Barnet. May 11, 1S85, Lillie Bridge. Jan. 2, 1884, Edinburgh. April 13, 1872, Manchester. Feb. 28, 1841, Doncaster. Oct. 4, 1873, Gateshead-on-Tvne. Sept. 5, 1881, Med- ford, Massachusetts. Feb. 20, 1864, Manchester. April 7, 1856. Slough, Bucks. Nov. 2, 1826, Epsom Racecourse. Sept. 17, 1S71, on Riccarton Road, Lyttleton, Australia, April 30, 1881, Preston. June 30, 1866, Manchester. May 14, 1881, Preston. , July 18, 1863, Mnnchester. April 17, 1880, Preston. August 1, 1663, Manchester. May 11, 1863, Hackney Wick Ground. June 1, 1852, Copenliagen Ground. Sept. 28, 1885, Lillie Bridge. April 3, 1863. West London Ground, Biompton. March 29, 1852, Copenhagen Ground, Islington. Dec 10, 1877, Lillie Bridge. May 29, 1880, Blackburn, March 14, 1881,' Lillie Bridge. March 14, 1881, Lillie Bridge. E. Smith, of Bell's Life. W. Oldham. N.Perry, T.Griffith, R. Watson, ; to Mar. 2, '82 New York. May 1, 1884, New York. March 2, 1882. New York. May 1, 1884, New York. March 3, 1882, New York. May 2 and 3, 1884, New York. March 3 and 4, 1882, New Y'ork. May 3, 1884, New York. Timekeepers or Referees. G. W. Atkinson, Sporting Life. H Busbey Turf, Field, and Farm. H. Busbey, Tvrf, Field, and Farm. G. W. Atkinscm, Sporting Life. H. Busbey, Turf, Field, and Farm. H. Busbey. H. Busbey. Further Details of Professional Running Performances. ^ Seward beat C. Westhall by 3 yds. at Emmerson's Ground, Ealing. - Johnson beat Brown, of Manchester, in a match of 130 yards, at the Fenham Park Grounds. There was a strong wind behind the men. 17J yds. start, was the pace maker. 4 Westhall beat W. Hayes, of Ruddington, by 2|yds., on the Bellevue Ground, Manchester. 5 Seward beat C. Westhall, by 2|yds., on F. Faye's Ground, Gannick Corner, Baruet. 6 Hutchens running against time at Lillie Bridge, on May 9, 1885, succeeded in in'Proving con- sidcrSlfupon^he previous record of 22^ sees., accredited to G. Eastham smce Oct. 28, 1845. 7 Hutchens starting from scratch in a 300-yards handicap at the Powderhall Grounds, Edinburgh, won thffinal heat fromV. M. Masters, 30yds. start, and P. Tolfer, 25yds., by 3yds. 8 Walsh beat H. Whitehead, Hyde, by 3yds., on the Royal Oak Park Ground, Manchester. 9 Brian beat the late G. Moore, Leicester, by 3yds., on the Doncaster Racecourse road. - Buttery, from scratch in i mile handicap, on Gateshead Borough Grmind, beat by 1yd. A. Perie, Kelso 20yds^ ; P. Bridge, Blackburn, 19yds. ; and R. Herdman, Shields, 23yds. " Nuttall beat S. Albison, Bowlce, by three-quarters of a yard, on the City Ground, Manchester, in « Iveavy snowstorm and driving wind. " Pudney beat H. Magetts, Oxford, easily, on the turnpike road between Salt Hill and Bumham Lant, Slough. »3 Jackson beat J Wantling, Derby, by 10yds., in a race from Tattenham Comer to the judge's box, on EpSm rcSiirse. aJter kuockiiig down a nmn who in.peded lum close home. •4 Hewitt won by 2js. a match to run half a mile in less than In,. 55js. ; quarter mile, CA^s. Nasty troHS wind. *S in a lOOO-yards sweepstakes at Borough Grounds. Preston, Cumings beat W. Duddle by Gyds. PROFESSIONAL RUNNING. 63a '5 RiVlnrds beat J. Nnttall, Manchester; R, Mackinstray, Glisgow ; anrl S. Albisnn, Bowhe, on Royal Oak Park Groimd, Manchester, during high wind and rain. Half-mile time, 2ni. 2s. ^7 In a match with W. Duddle, of Preston, at the Borough Grounds, Preston. The track measured 603 yards. ^8 Lang, on the City Gronnrl, Manchester, easily beat J. Wliite, Gateshead ; P. Stapleton, Mossley; and S. Albison, Bowlee. One mile time, 4m. 20s. ^9 In a match with D. Livingstone, who stopped after going 800 yards, Cumincs's fractional times were as follows :— Quarter, Im. Is. ; half, 2m. 20s.; three-quarters, 3m. 2js.; one mile, 4m. 35s.; one mile and a quarter, 5m. 39s. 20 Lang, on the City Ground, Manchester, beat J. Sanderson, "Whitworth, by 6yds. One mile time, 4ra. 27s. Wlnte, in a ten-mile race, easily beat L. Bennett, Indian Reservation. Cattaransrus County, Canada; W. Lang, Middlesborough : E Mills, London; P. Stapleton, Mossley; J. Brighton, Norwich ; S. Barker, Billingsgate ; W. Richards, Millwall ; and H. Andrews, Holborn. One mile time, 4m. 40s. ; two, 9m. 39s. 22 Howitt, on the Copenhagen Ground, Islington, beat J. Levett, Battersea, in a ten-mile race, Levett not finishing. 1 mile, 4m. 52s. ; 2 miles, 9m. 54s. ; 3 miles, 14m. 52s. ; 4 miles, 19m. 56s. ; 5 miles, 24ni. 57s. ; 6 miles, 30m. 4s. : 7 miles, 35m. 13s. Cummings, in a ten-mile match with W. G. George (ex-amateur), of Worcester, on the quarter- mile track at Lillie Bridge, ran the full distance in 51m 6fs., which time is the best ever accomplished by professional or amateur. George ran the distance as an amateur in 51m. 20s., and "Deerfoot's" 51m. 26s. was the best professional time previous to Sept. 28, 18S5. These times were made in a twelve-mile handicap, in which Bennett was scratch man. W. Lang Middlesborough, who had 100 yards start, led by 30 at the end of 8 miles, and eventually won by half a yard only. 9 miles, 46m. 15s. '4 Howitt made these times in a twenty-mile race, won by J. Levett, Battersea. Howitt went to front at end of three miles, and led till end of the sixteenth, when lameness knocked him up. 1 mile, .5m. 10s. ; 2 miles, 10m. lOs. ; 3 miles, 15m. 36s. ; 4 miles, 21m. 5s. ; 5 miles, 26m, 2Ss. ; 6 miles, 31m. oOs. • 7 miles, 37m. 15s. ; 8 miles, 42m, 31s. ; 9 miles, 47m. 52s. ; 10 miles, 53m. lis. ; 11 miles, 59m. 20s. : 12 miles, Ih. 4m. 58s. ^5 In a thirty-miles "match, at Lillie Bridge, with Achille Bargossi, who retired hopelessly beaten when within fifty yards of completing his fifteenth mile. ^ Warburton, in a match at Cobwall Cricket Ground to run twenty miles in two hours, accomplished his task with 3in. 22s. to spare. The course had to be traversed 109 times, less 7 yards. ^ In a fifty-miles championship race, at Lillie Bridge, on March 14, 1881, Mason took the lead at an early stage, and kept it beyond thirty miles, having established a new set of times from the twenty-first mile as follows :— 21 miles, 2h. 8m .S6s. ; 22 miles, 2h. 16m. 17s. ; 23 miles, 2h. 23m. 33s. ; 24 miles, 2h 30m 4s ■ 25 miles, 2h. 36m. 34s. ; 26 miles, 2h. 43m. 40s. ; 27 miles, 2h. 51m. 4s. ; 28 miles, 2h. 58m. 41s. • 29 miles' 3h. 6m. 33s. ; 30 miles, 3h. 15m. 9s. Bailey went to the front 300 yards in the thirty-first mile, and con- tinued the record ^breaking until he stopped in the forty-ninth mile, having, of course, won. Bailey's figures follow :— 31 miles, 3h. 22m. 51s. : 32 miles, .Sh. 30m. 40s. ; 33 miles, 3h. 38m. 30s. • 34 miles 3h. 46m. 10s. ; 35 miles, 3h. 54m. 6s. ; 36 miles, 4h. Im. 53s ; 37 miles, 41i. 9m. 48s.; 38 miles, 4h. 17m 40s • 39 miles, 4h. 26m. Os ; 40 miles, 4h. 34m. 27s. ; 41 miles, 4h. 42m. 57s. ; 42 miles, 4h. 51m. 24s. • 43 miles' 4h. 50m 9s. ; 44 miles, 5h. 9m. 7s. ; 45 miles, 5h. 18m. 15s. ; 46 miles, 5h. 26m. 6s.; 47 miles, 5h. 35m. 46s '• 48 miles, 5h. 44m. 6s. , . , , '8 See note =7. ^9 Littlewood made the following times on the first day of a six-days' (twelve hours a day) go-as-you- please contest at the Westminster Aquarium :— 49 miles, 6h. Om. Os. ; 50 miles, 6h. 8m. Os • 51 miles 6h, 16m. 30s. ; 52 miles, 6h. 24m. Os. ; 53 miles, 6h. 34m. 10s. ; 54 miles, 6h. 40m. 30s. ;' 55 miles' 6lL 48in. 50s. ; 56 miles, 6h. 57ra. 50s. ; 57 miles, 7h. lOm. 6s. ; 58 miles, 7h. 14m. 20s. ; 59 miles 7h. 24m. Os. ; 60 miles, 7h. 33m. 10s. ; 61 miles, 7h. 41m. 40s. ; 62 miles, 7h. 50m. 40s. ; 63 miles' 8h. Om. 40s. ; 64 miles, 8h. 9m. 50s. ; 65 miles, 8h. 19m. Os. ; 66 miles, 8h. 28m. 10s. • 67 miles' 8h. 37m. 10s. ; 68 miles, 8h. 46m. Os. ; 69 miles, 8h. 54m. 40s. ; 70 miles, 9h. 3m. 15s. • 71 miles' Ph. 11m. 40s. ; 72 miles, 9h. 20in. 50s. ; 73 miles, 9h. 30m. Os. ; 74 miles, 9h. 39m. 10s. • 75 miles' 9h^ 48m. 30s. ; 76 miles, 9h. 57m. 50s. ; 77 miles, lOh. 7m. Os. ; 78 miles, lOh. 15m. 30s. •' 79 miles' lOh. 24m. 40s. ; 80 miles, lOh. 33m. 50s. ; 81 miles, lOh. 42m. 10s. ; 82 miles, lOh. 51m. 10s. ; 83 miles' llh. Om. 308. ; 84 miles, llh. 9m. 50s. Littlewood covered in the twelve hours, 89J miles. ' 30 Rowell, in a six days' and nights' go-as-you-please contest at the Madison Square Gardens, New York, won by Hazael (see notes 38 and 4o), covered from 85 to 150 miles in the fatest times on record as follows :— 85 miles, llh. 17m. 3.5s. ; 86 miles, llh. 25m. 20s. : 87 miles, llh. 34m. 30.s. ■ 88 miles llh. 42m. 1.5s. ; 89 miles, llh. 51m. 55s. ; 90 miles, 12h. Om. 15s. ; 91 miles, 12h. 9m. 45s. • 92 miles' }lu I'"' '■ ' 9* 12h. 35m. 40s. ; 95 miles, 12h. 43m. 30s. • 96 miles' 12h. 52m. Os. ; 97 miles, 13h. Im. 40s. ; 98 miles, 13h. 9m. 25s. ; 99 miles, 13h. 18m. 15s. • 100 miles' 13h. 26m. 30s. ; 101 miles, 14h. 5m. 21s. ; 102 miles, 14h. 13m. 55s. ; 103 miles, 14h. 20m. 50s.'- 104 miles' 14h. 30m. 58. ; 105 miles. 14h. 37m. 10s. ; 106 miles, 14h. 45m. 10s ; 107 miles, 14h. 54m. 50s. • 108 miles' 15h. 3m. lOs. ; 109 miles, 1.5h. 11m. 15s. ; 110 miles, 15h. 20m. 45s. ; 111 miles, 15h. 30m. 10s. • 112 miles' 1511. 37m. 4.58. ; 113 miles, 1.5h. 47m. 45.s. ; 114 miles, 15h. 55m. 45s. ; 115 miles, 16h. 6m. 35s. '• 116 miles' -«h. l.Dm. 58. ; 117 miles, 16h. 24m. 10s. ; 118 miles, 16h. 32m. 5s. ; 119 miles, 16h. 40m. £5s. • 120 miles' 16h. 4Sra. 10s. ; 121 miles, 16h. 69m. Os. ; 122 miles, I7h. Sm. 55s. : 123 miles, 17h. 17m. 5s. • 124 miles' 634 FEDESTRIANISM, 17h 28m. 67s. • 125 miles, l7h. 37ra. 30s. ; 126 miles, 18h. 2Cm. 25s. ; 127 miles, ISh, 36ia. ; 128 miles, 18h 46m 20s ' 129 miles, 18h. 58m. 35s, ; 130 miles, 19h. 4m. 55s. ; 131 miles, 191i. 14in. 553. ; 132 miles, 19h 22m. 40s. • 133 miles, 19h. 31m. 25s. ; 134 miles, 19h. 40m. 40s. ; 135 miles, 19h. 50m. 20s. ; 136 miles, 20h. 9m. 40s. • 137 miles, 20li. 18m. 30s. ; 138 miles, 201i. 30m. 40s. ; 139 miles, 20h. 40m. 20s. ; 140 miles, 20h 50m. 30s. • 141 miles, 21h. Om. 10s. ; 142 miles, 21h. 9m. 55s. ; 143 miles, 21h. 19m. SOs. ; 144 miles, 21h. 27ra. 10s. ; 145 miles, 21h. 35m. 10s. ; 146 miles, 21h. 46m. Os. ; 147 miles, 21h. 67m. 50s. ; 148 miles, 221i. 8m. 50s. ; 'l49 miles, 221i. 18m. 25s ; 150 miles, 22h. 2Sm. 25s. 3^ Hughes did these times on Oct. 24, 1882, in a six days' go-as-you-please contest at New York :— 151 miles, 25h. 24m. 35s. ; 152 miles, 25h, 38m. 7s. ; 153 miles, 25h. 49m. 30s. ; 154 miles, 26h. 18in. (is. ; 155 miles, 26h. 29m. Os. ; 156 miles, 26h. 40m. 15s. ; 157 miles, 26h. 52m. 25s. The winner was P. Fitz- gerald, who in the six days covered 577 miles 410 yards. 3^ Rowell, in the competition referred to in note 3°, also placed the following records to his credit :— 158 miles, 27h. 3m. 30s. ; 159 miles, 27h. 11m. 5Us. ; 160 miles, 27h. 32m. 25s. ; 161 miles, 27h. 32m. 20s. ; 162 miles, 27h. 42m. Os. ; 163 miles, 27h. 51m. 20s. ; 164 miles, 28h. 6m. Os. ; 165 miles, 2Sh. 16m. 40s. ; 166 miles, 2Sh. 26m. 20s, ; 167 miles, 28h. 41m. 10s. ; 168 miles, 2Sh. 52in. 5s. ; 169 iwiles, 29h, 3m, 10s, ; 170 miles, '29h, 14m. SOs. ; 171 miles, 29h. 26m. 30s. ; 172 miles, 29h. 36m. 10s. ; 173 miles, 29h. 47m. 50s. ; 174 miles, 29h. 58m. 30s. ; 175 miles, 30h. 9m. 20s. ; 176 miles, 30h. 18m. 15s. ; 177 miles, 30h. 28m. 25s. ; 178 miles, 30h. 38m. 40s, ; 179 miles, 30h. 48m. 15s ; 180 miles, 30h. 57m. 40s, ; 181 miles, 31h 7m. 10s. ; 182 miles, 31h. 20m. 40s. ; 183 miles, 31h. 31m. 35s. ; 184 miles, 31h. 41m. 40s. ; 185 miles, 31h. 54m. 35s. ; 186 miles, 32h. 5m, 50s, ; 187 miles, 32h. 16m, 20s. ; 188 miles, 32h. 27m. 10s. ; 189 miles, 33h. 11m. 30m. ; 190 miles, 33h. 21ra. 15s. ; 191 miles, 33h. 31m. 50s. ; 192 miles, 32h. 42m. 25s. ; 193 miles, 33h. 52m. 35s. ; 194 miles, 34h. Im. SOs. ; 195 miles, 34h. 11m. 20s. ; 196 miles, 34h. 21m. SOs. ; 197 miles, 34h. 35m. 30s. ; 198 miles, 34h. 45m. 40s. ; 199 miles, 34h. 56m. 15s. ; 200 miles, 35h. 9m. 28s. ; 201 miles, 35h. 19m. 12s. ; 202 miles, 35h. 27m. 42s. ; 203 miles. 35h. 44m, SOs, ; 204 miles, S5h. 54m, SOs. ; 205 miles, S6h. 4m. 10s. ; 206 miles, S6h. 14m. 50s. ; 207 miles^ S6h. 26m. 20s ; 208 miles, 36h. 37m. 20s. ; 209 miles, 36h. 49m. SOs* ; 210 miles, 37h. Im. 5s. ; 211 miles, 37h. 13m. 50s. ; 212 miles, 87h. 25m. 15s. ; 213 miles, 37h. 34m. 10s. ; 214 miles, 37h. 45m. 10s. ; 215 miles, 37h. 55m. 15s. ; 216 miles, 38h. 4m. 25s. ; 217 miles, 38h. ISm. 20s. ; 218 miles, 38h. 58m. 45s. ; 219 miles, 39h. 8m. 25s. ; 220 miles, 39h. 17m. 65s. ; 221 miles, 39h. 26m. 5s. ; 222 miles, 39h. 35m. 10s. ; 223 miles, 39h. 45m. SOs. ; 224 miles, 39h. 59m. SOs. ; 225 miles, 40h. 8m. SOs. ; 226 miles, 40h, 17m. 50s. ; 227 miles, 40h. 27m. 15s. ; 228 miles, 40h. 40m. 5s. ; 229 miles, 40h. 52m. lOs. ; 230 miles, 41h. 3m. 15s. 33 Although in subsequent competitions of a like character nearly all the times made by Rowell at the Agricultural Hall, on Mov. 2, 1880, have been beaten, that for 231 miles remains unaltered— viz., 42h. 31m. Os. A six daj's' and nights' " wobble " wMch Rowell won. 34 A continuation of the record breaking accomplished by Rowell in the competition of Feb. 27 to March 4 (see notes 3° and 3^) :— 232 miles, 42h, 44m, 5s. ; 233 miles, 42h. 56m. 15s. ; 234 miles, 43h."8m. 40s.; 235 miles, 43h. I7m. 45s. ; 236 miles, 43ii. 29m. 50s. ; 237 miles, 4Sli. S8m. 10s. ; 238 miles, 43h. 52in. 25s. ; 239 miles, 44h. 5m. 40s. ; 240 miles, 44h, 18m, 20s, ; 241 miles, 44h. 30m. 15s. ; 242 miles, 44h. 43m. 30s. ; 243 miles, 44h. 57m. 50s. ; 244 miles, 45h. 9ia. 10s. ; 245 miles, 45h 20m 20s. ; 246 miles, 85h. SSm. 50s. ; 247 miles, 45h 46m. SOs. ; 248 miles, 46h. Om. Os. ; 249 miles, 46h. 13m. 45s. ; 250 miles, 46h. 24m. 50s. ; 251 miles, 46h. S6m. 15s. '; 252 miles. 46h. 50m. Os. ; 253 miles, 47h. 2m. 50s. ; 254 miles, 47h. 15m. 50s.; 255 miles, 47h. 26m. 20s. ; 256 miles, 47h. S6m. 25s. ; 257 miles, 47h. 48m. 55s. ; 258 miles, 47h. 59m. 5s. ; 259 miles, 4Sh. 7m. 15s. ; 260 miles, 48h. 19m. 40s. ; 261 miles, 50h. 45m. SOs. ; 262 miles, 50h. 55m. 20s. ; 263 miles, 51h 4m. 20s. ; 264 miles, 51h. 14m. 40s. ; 265 miles, 51h. 25m. Os. ; 266 miles, 51h. .36m. 35s, ; 267 miles, 51h, 47m. 40s. ; 268 miles, 52ii, 13m. 15s, ; 269 miles, 52h. 24m. 15s ; 270 mile.s, 52h. 34m. 35s, ; 271 miles, 52h. 44m. 10s. ; 272 miles, 52h. 56m. Os. ; 273 miles, 53h 6m. Os. ; 274 miles, 53h 15m, 40s. ; 275 miles, 531i. 25m. 40s. ; 276 miles, 53h. 35m. S5s ; 277 miles, 53h. 45m. 25s. ; 278 miles, 53h. 55m. 15s. ; 279 miles, 54h. 25m. 20s. ; 280 miles, 54h. 35m. SOs. ; 281 miles, 54h. 45m. 25s. ; 282 miles, 54h. 55m. Os. ; 283 uiiles, 55h. 4m. 45s. ; 284 miles, 55h. 15m. 5s. ; 285 miles, 55h. 25m. Os. ; 286 miles, 55h. 35m. Os. ; 287 miles' 55h. 45m. 10s. ; 288 miles, 55h. 55m. 55s. ; 289 miles, 56h. 7m. 55s. ; 290 miles, 56h. 18m. 9s. ; 291 miles 56h. 2Sm. 40s. ; 292 miles, 56h. 43m. 35s. ; 293 miles, 56h, 57m, 25s. ; 294 miles, 57h, 7m, 25s, ; 295 milesj '.71i 17m. 40s. ; 296 miles, 57h, 27m. 50s. ; 297 miles, 57h, 40m. 5s. ; 298 miles, 571i. 52m. 35s, ; 299 miles, 58h, 3m. 40s, ; 300 miles, 58h, 17m. 6s. ; 301 miles, 58h. 55m. 46s. ; 302 miles, 59h. 4m. 46s. ; 303 miles 59h. 14m. 15s. ; 304 miles, 591i. 22m. 50s. ; 305 miles, 59h. 31m, 40s, ; 306 miles, 59h. 41m. 55s. ; 307 miles 59h, 52m. 45s, ; 308 miles, 60h, Im. 55s, ; 309 miles, 60h. 11m, 10s. ; 310 miles, 60h, 21m. 10s. ; 311 miles 60h S2m. Os. ; 312 miles, 60h. 40m. 20s. ; 313 miles, 60h. 53m. SOs. ; 314 miles, 61h. 10m. 10s. ; 315 miles' 61h 20m. 2.3s. ; 316 miles, 61h. 31m. 10s. ; 317 miles, 61h. 43m. 45s. ; 318 miles, 61h. 57m. 45s. ; 319 miles, 62h. 8m. 35s. ; 320 miles, 62h. 18m. 45s. ; 321 miles, 62h. 28m. 5s. ; 322 miles, 62h. 37in. 10.s. ; 323 miles', 621i. 49m. Os. ; 324 m les, 631i. Im. Os. ; 325 miles, 63h. llin. 5s. ; 326 miles, 63h. 22ni. SOs. ; 327 miles', 63h. 33m. 5s. ; 328 miles, 63h. 46m. 40s. ; 329 miles, 63h. 57m. 50s. ; 330 miles, 64h. 8m. 40s. ; 831 miles, 64h. 20m. 45s. ; 332 miles, 64h, 32m. 10s, ; 333 miles, 65h. 21m, 34s. ; 334 miles, 65h. Sim, 5s. ; 335 miles, 65h. 43m. 45s. ; 336 miles, 65h. 53m. 45s. ; 337 miles, d6h. 3m. 25s. ; 338 miles, 66h. 16ra. 40s. ; 339 miles 66h. 26m. 15s. ; 340 miles, 66h, S6m. 40s. ; 341 miles, 66h. 59m. 10s. ; 342 miles, 67h. 8m. 50s. ; 843 miles, 67h. 20m. 35s. ; 344 miles, 67h. S2m, 15s. ; 345 miles, 67h. 43m. 10s. ; 346 miles, 67h. 53m. SOs. ; 847 miles (>Sh. 7m. 40s, ; 348 miles, 68h. 19in. SOs. ; 349 miles, 681i. 30m. 15s. ; 350 miles, 68h, 42m. lOs. ; 351 miU'S 711). 35m, 4Us. ; 352 miles, 71h. 47m. 25s. ; 353 miles, 71h. 58m. 30s. ; 354 miles, 72h. 12m. 45s. ; 355 mill s' 7'_:li 2.",m. 20s. ; 356 miles, 72h. SSm. 25s. ; 357 miles, 72h. 50m. 30s. ; 358 miles, 73h. 4m. 20s. ; 859 miU s| 7.'>li. Om. 10s. ; 360 miles, 75h. 10m. 35s. ; 361 miles, 75li. 22iii. 40s, ; 362 miles, 75h. 34m. 3Ss. ; 363 miles', 75h, 46m. 45s. ; 364 miles, 75h. 59m. 45s, ; 365 miles, 76h. 11m. 20s. ; 366 miles, 76h. 24m. 30s. ; 867 miles 76h, S7m. Os, ; S6S miles, 76h. 51m. 25s, ; 369 miles, 77h, 5m, SOs, ; 370 miles, 7rh, 15m, 45s, ; 871 miles 77h, 24m, 15s, ; 372 miles, 77h. 34m, Os, ; 373 miles, 77h, 43m, SOs, ; 874 miles, 77h. 54m. 45s. ; 875 miles, 78ii. 50m. 15s, ; 376 miles, 79h, 3in. 20s, ; 377 miles, 79h, 11m, SOs. ; 378 miles, 79h. 20m, 5s. ; 370 m'los, 701i. 29m. 25s. ; 380 miles, 79h. 40m. 258. ; 381 miles, 79h. 52m. 2.js. ; 382 miles, 80h. 3m. 10s. ; 383 miles, 80h. 13m. 45s. ; 384 miles, 82h. 25m. SOs. ; 385 miles, 82h. 30m. 35s, ; 386 miles, 82h. 46m. SOs. 35 Fitzgerald made these times in a six days' go-ns-you-plcase competition commenced at Madison Square Giirdeus, New York', on Ajuil 28, and in tlic result won and placed the greatest distance ever accomplished in a week's "wobble " to his credit. (See notes 37, 39 and 4'.) 36 Rowoll established 'these times in the competition referred to in notes .v>, .32 and .34. Tie did 389 miles in «31i. 31m. 558. ; 390 miles, 83h. 42m. 15s. ; 391 miles, 831i. 52m, Os. ; 392 miles, 84h. Im, 20s. PROFESSIONAL RUNNING. 635 37 See note 3s. Fitzgerald's times from 393 to 447 miles follow :— 393 miles, 84h. 22m. 20s.; 394 miles- 84h. 34m. -los. ; 395 miles, 84h. 4Sm. 45s. ; 39G miles, S4h. 57m. 10s. ; 397 miles, 85h. 8m. 5s. ; 398 miles, 85h. 19m. 10s. ; 399 miles, 85h. 31m. 45s. ; 400 miles, S5h. 52m. Os. ; 401 miles, 86h, 2m. 45s. ; 402 miles, 86h. 15m. 45s. ; 403 miles, S6h. 28m. 45s. ; 404 miles, 86h. 41m. 10s. ; 405 miles, 86h. 51m. 45s. ; 406 miles, 87h. 2m. 30s. ; 407 miles, 87h. 12m. 30s. ; 408 miles. 87h. 23m. 50s. ; 409 miles, 87h. 34m. 40s. ; 410 miles, 67h. 45m. 55s. ; 411 miles, 87h. 55m. 25s. ; 412 miles, 8Sh. 9m. 45s. ; 413 miles, S8h. 20m. 10s. ; 414 miles, 88h. 30m. Os. ; 415 miles, S8h. 41m. 15s. ; 416 miles, 881i. 52m. 45s. ; 417 miles, 891i. 6m. 50s. ; 418 miles, 89h, 20m. Os. ; 419 miles, S9h. 35m. Os. ; 420 miles, 89h. 52m. 5s. ; 421 miles, 90h. 6m. 2os. ; 422 miles, 90h. ISm. Os. ; 423 miles, 90h. 30m. 55s. ; 4-^4 miles, 90h. 42m. 40s. ; 425 miles, 90h. 5Sm. 30s. ; 426 miles, 91h. 13m. 453. ; 427 miles, 91h. 24m. Os. ; 428 miles, 91h. 34m. 30s. ; 429 miles, 911i. 47m. Os. ; 430 miles, S2h. Im. 50s. ; 431 miles, 92h. 14m. 5s. ; 432 miles, 92h. 28m. 5s. ; 433 miles, 92h. 42m. Os. ; 434 miles, 92h. 55m. 55s. ; 435 miles, 93h. 8m. 5s. ; 436 miles, 93h. 18m. 50s. ; 437 miles, 93h. 29m. 35s. ; 438 miles, 93h. 41m. 40s. ; 439 miles, 93h. 56m. Os. ; 440 miles, 94h. 7m. 10s. ; 441 miles, 94h. 22m. 10s. ; 442 miles, 94h. 38m. 50s. ; 443 miles, 94h. 50m. 64s. ; 444 miles, 94h. 59m. 35s. ; 445 miles, 95h. 15m. 50s. ; 446 miles, 95h. 29m. 30s. ; 447 miles, 95h. 41m. 5s. 38 Hazael won a six clays' go-as-you-please competition at New York, and made the times given below besides those from 537 to 578 miles (see note 4°) :— 448 miles, 98h. 25m. Os. ; 449 miles. 9sh. 39m. 30s. ; 450 miles, 9Sh. 50m. 5s. ; 451 miles, 99h. Om. 50s. ; 452 miles, 99h. 11m. 30s. ; 453 miles, 99h. 22m. Os. 39 See notes 35 and 37. The following were Fitzgerald's times from 454 to 536 miles : — 454 miles, 99h. 37m. 15s. ; 455 miles, 99h. 4Sm. 5s. ; 456 miles, lOOh. 2m. 30s. ; 457 miles, lOOh. 14m. 30s. ; 458 miles, lOOh. 26m. 45s.; 459 miles, lOOh. 41m. 55s.; 460 miles, lOOh. 55m. 50s.; 461 miles, lOlh. 10m. 40s.; 462 miles, lOlh. 19m. 55s.; 463 miles, lOlh. 30m. 50s.; 464 miles, lOlh. 42m 15s.; 465 miles, lOlh. 58m. Os.; 466 miles, 102h. 10m. Os.; 467 miles, 102h. 25m. 30s.; 468 miles, 102h. 35m. Os.; 469 miles, 102h. 45m. Os.; 470 miles, 102h. 54m. 15s.; 471 miles, lOSh. 4m. ISs.; 472 miles, 103h. 21m. 50s.; 473 miles, 103h. 36m. 25s.; 474 miles, 103h. 48m. 45s.; 475 miles, 104h. 4m. 45s. ; 476 miles, 104h. 16m. Os. ; 477 miles, 104h. 27m. 10s.; 478 miles, 104h 38m. 25s.; 479 miles, 104h. 51m. 30s.; 480 miles, 105h. 11m. 20s.; 481 miles, 105h. 26m. 35s.; 482 miles, 10.5h. 39m. 45s.; 483 miles, 105h. 50m. 5s.; 484 miles, 106h. 8m. 55s.; 485 miles, 106h. 15m. 50s.; 486 miles, 106h. 25m. 30s.; 487 miles, 106h. 36m. 50s.; 488 miles, 106h. 45ra. 45s.; 489 miles, 106h. 56m. 45s.; 490 miles, 107h. 6m. 45s.; 491 miles, 107h. 16m. 50s.; 492 miles, 107h. 31m. Os.; 493 miles, 107h. 46m. 30s ; 494 miles, lOSh. 2m. 5s.: 495 miles, lOSh 16m. 35s.; 496 miles, 108h. 33m. 15s.; 497 miles, lOSh. 43m. 50s.; 498 miles, 108h. 55m. Os ; 499 miles, 109h. 7ra. 15s.; 500 miles, 109h. 18m. 20s.; 501 miles, llOh. lOm. 45s.; 502 miles, llOh. 21m. los. ; 503 miles, llOh. 32m. 30s. ; 504 miles, llOh. 43m. 20s.; 505 miles, llOh. 54m. 40s. ; 506 miles, lllh. 5m. 30s ; 507 miles, lllh. 18m. 20s.; 508 miles, lllh. 34m. 50s.; 609 miles, lllh. 48m. 50s.; 510 miles, lllh. 59m. 55s.; 511 miles, 112h. 16m. 55s.; 512 miles, 112h. 32m. 40s.; 513 miles, 112h 45m. 15s.; 514 miles, 112h. 56m. 5s.; 515 miles, 113h. 7m. 15s.; 516 miles, 113h. 19m. 55s.; 517 miles, 113h. 32m. 45s.; 518 miles, ll.Sh. 46m. 10s.; 519 miles, 113h.5Sm. 50s.; 520 miles, 114h. 11m. 10s ; 521 miles, 114h. 23m. 30s.; 522 miles, 114h. 3.51,:. 35s ; 523 miles, 114h. 48m. 15s,; 524 miles, 114h. 59m. 30s.; 525 miles, 115h. 10m. Os.; 526 miles, 115h. 21m. 5s ; 527 miles, lloh. 35m. 25s.; 528 miles, 115h. 48m. 26s.; 529 miles, 116h. 5m. 45s.; 530 miles, 116h. 18m. 15s.; 531 miles, 116h. 51m. 55s.; 532 miles, 117h. 5m. Os.; 533 miles, 117h. 18m. 45s.; 534 miles, 117h. 39m. 15s.; 535 miles, 117h. 48m. Os. ; 536 miles, 118h. 5m. 3U3. *o See note 38. Hazael's times from 537 to 578 miles inclusive:— 537 miles, 119h. 7m, ."is. ; 538 miles, 119h. 17m. 10s.; 539 miles, 119h. 27m. 30s. ; 540 miles, 119h. 36m. 35s. ; 541 miles, 121h. 5Sm. 55s. ; 542 miles, 122h. 8m. 153.; 543 miles, 122h. 16m. 55s.; 544 miles, 122h. 25m. 40s.; 545 miles, 122h. 33m. 10s.; 546 miles, 122h. 41m. 25s.; 547 miles, 122h. 50m. 25s.; 548 miles, 123h. Om. 5s.; 549 miles, 123h. 9m. 45s.; 550 miles, 123h. 20m. 50s. ; 551 miles, 12.3h. 35m. 25s. ; 552 miles, 123h. 51m. 25s. ; 553 miles, 124h. 3m. 40s.; 554 miles, 124h. 15m. 30s. ; 5.55 miles, 124h. 27m. 55s. ; 556 miles, 124h. 40m. 40s.; 557 miles, 124h.52m 15s.; 558 miles, 12.5h. 3m. 40s.; 559 miles, 125h. 14m. 2ns.; 560 miles, 125h. 24m. 45s.; 561 miles, 126h. 35m. 45s.; 562 miles, 126h. 46m. 15s.; 563 miles, 126h. 56m. 20s.; 5G4 miles, 127h. 6m. 40s.; 565 miles, l >7h. 17m. 25s.; 566 miles, 127h. 28m. 5s.; 567 miles, 127h. 38m. 40s.; 568 miles, 127h. 49m. 35s.; 569 miles, 127h. 59m. 50s.; 570 miles, 128h. 10m. 35s.; 571 miles, 129h. 37m. 15s.; 572 miles, 129h. 51m. 55s.; 573 miles, 130h. 6m. 20s.; 574 miles, 130h. 20m. 30s.; 575 miles, 130h. 34m. 35s.: 576 miles, 130h. 48m. 40s ; 677 miles, 131h. 3m. Os.; 578 miles, 131h. 18m. 6s. Hazael's full distance was 600 miles 200 yards. *^ See notes 35, 37, and 39 Fitzgerald's times from 579 miles to the finish :— 579 miles, 132h. 21m. 5s.; 580 miles, 132h. 33m. 30s ; 581 miles, 132h. 50m. 20s.; 582 miles, 133h. 4m. 50s.; 583 miles, 133h. 15m. 50s.; 584 miles, 133h. 29m. 40s.; 585 miles, 133h. 46m. 5s.; 586 miles, 134h. 12m. 20s.; 587 mile.s, 134h. 28m. Os.; 585 miles, 134h. 41m. Os.; 589 miles, 134h. 51m. 16s.; 590 miles, 135h. 7m. 15s.; 591 miles, 135h. 25m. 45s.; 592 miles, 135h. 35m. Os.; 693 miles, 135h. 45m. Os.; 594 miles, 135h. 55m. Os.; 595 miles, 136h. 10m. 20s.: 596 miles, 136h. 27m. 50s.; 597 miles, 136h. 42m. 503.; 598 miles, 136h. 56m. 30s.; 599 miles, 137h. 9m. Os.- 600 miles, 137h 25m. 10s.; 601 miles, 137h. 40m. 40s.; 602 miles, 138h. 4m. 12s.: 603 miles, 138h. 20m. 37s.- 604 miles, 138h. 35m. 45s.; 605 miles, 13Sh. 53m. Os.; 606 miles, 139h. 9m. 30s.; 607 miles, 139h. 28m. 10s.- 608 miles, 139h. 59m. 30s.; 609 miles, 140h. 20m. 25s.; 610 miles, 140h. 34m. 40s. Greatest Distance Performances, The greatest di.stance ever run in one hour is 11 miles 970 yards, by L. Bennett, Indian Reservation Cattarangus County, Canada, in the 12-mile handicap quoted above. ' The greatest distance ever accomplished in a six days' go-as-j'ou-please competition of twelve hours a day, is 430 miles, by C. Rowell, at Westminster Aquarium, fiom May 4 to », 1SS5. PEDESTRIANISM. Sect. 5. — Amateur Jumping Description of Contest. Distance. 1 Name. to < Weight. Height. Date and Place. Running wide jump. ft. 23 i 2 1 P. Davin,* Carrick-on-Suir. 23 St. lb. 11 3 ft. in. 6 0 September 13, 1883, Portarlington, Ireland. Running high jump. 6 P. Davin,^ Carrick-on-Suir. 20 11 5 6 0 July 5, 1880, Carrick-on-Suir. Running high pole jump. 11 T. Ray, 3 Ulverstone, C.C. 31 12 0 5 11 August 18, 1883, Preston. Running hop, step, and jump. 47 T Piirr><3ll Mpf H C 4 J, iurceii) iu-cu. xx.^w/.t May 25, 1885, Ball's Bridge, Dublin. Standing wide jump (With artificial aid). 12 L. Hellwig.S — - - November 20, 1884, Williamsburg, U.S.A. Standing wide jump (without artificial aid). 10 W, M. Ford.6 November 3, 1883. New York. Standing high jump. 5 W. Soren. May 29, 1880, New York. Vaulting a fence. 7 C. H. Atkinson. March 22, 1884, Cambridge, U.S.A. Vaulting a bar. 7 4 T. E. Page. May 18, 1881, Ohio, U.S.A. Further Details of above-named Performances. tSrVS^SX^ ^S^^^Si^^S^^"^ .0, ISSO. reads as follows :- 2S S>d £ Bround properly tested with > splr.t level. T?' Slack ' J- J- Heme, hon. sec. r'. M W. Foley. V. J. R. Dunbar, judge. The previous .est perfor^anee was ett.'^iia.. Jumped.y Mr. Brooks at the Inter-Unlversity Sports Lillie Bridge, April, lb76. , Bay, at the Preston Atl.letlc Asso^ation Meetlh.. held at the North En. 0. C. Ground, suceeeded to bcatiui his previous best jump hy half an ineh. . This was done hy Pureell at the Caledonian Games and Sports, held at Dul^lin on Whit Monday, in Bplundid weather. s Ilellwig used IClb. dumb-bells. « Ford, at the Colun.hia College A.O. Meeting, on Novemhcr 3, 18S3. He l.d three Jumps, the seeond being the one jjiven. PROFESSIONAL JUMPING. 637 Sect. 6. — Professional Jumping. Description of Contest. Distance, or Height. Name. < Weight. ft. in. St. lb. Running wide jump 29 7 J. Howard,^ 2S 10 10 (with artificial aid). Bradford, Yorks. Running wide jump 21 6J E. A. Johnson. — (without artificial aid). Running high jump 6 0 F. Theobald,^ of the — — (with artificial aid). Guards. Running high jump 6 OJ E. A. Johnson. __ (without artificial aid). 10 9 D. Anderson, 3 jump. Alnwick. Running, hop, step, 47 7 R. Knox,4 — — and jump. Newstead. Standing wide jnmj) 14 5J G. W. Hamilton. 5 — (with artificial aidj. Standing wide jump 11 1 E. A. Johnson. (without artificial aid). Standing high jump. 5 3 E. A. Johnson, 6 11 10 Standing hop, step, Toronto, Canada. 40 2 D. Anderson,7 and jump. Alnwick. Height. ft. in. 5 ^ 6 0 6 0 Date and Place. May 8, 1854, Chester Racecourse. Oct. 13, 1879, Guelph, Ontario, Canada. Sept. 1, 1851, Bayswater. Oct. 1, 1881, Boston, U.S.A. August 6, 1870, Bridge of Allan. August 1870, on Leith Links. Oct, 3, 1879, Romeo, Micliigan, U.S.A. Aug. 3, 1881, Rocky Point, Prov., U.S.A. May 20, 1878, Baltimore. July 24, 1865, Fort Eyemouth. Further Details of above-named Performances. * Howard won a match to clear 27ft, in one of six leaps. He accomplished it in his fourth. He took off from a block of wood 1ft. wide, 2ft. long, 3in. thick, and elevated 4in., and used dumb bells of 51b. each. 2 Theobald, at the Flora Grounds, Bayswater, beat the late H. A. Reed, London, who only cleared 5ft. The take off was from a solid block of wood, with 6in rise, and the height was measured 'from the top of the block. 3 Anderson won at the Strathallan games (in Col. Sir J. E. Alexander's park. Bridge of Allan Scotland), beating W. Ewing and J. Morrison, both of Alloa. 4 Knox won at the Leith games in the first week of Augu.st, 1870, beating J. Young, Hawick, and W. Murray. 5 Hamilton used 221bs dumb bells. 6 The account of this performance appeared in the New York Sportsman, June 8, 1878. 7 Anderson won at Ayton, Coldinsham, and Eyemouth games, beating seven others. Capt. Allen, Berwick Artillery Volunteers, was judge. Sect. 7. — Amateur Hammer-Throwing and Putting the Weight. Description of Contest. Distance. Name. to •< Weight. Height. • Date and Place. Throwing the 161b Hammer (run unlimited). Tlirowing the 161b. Hammer (7ft. run and no follow). Putting the 161b. Weight (7t. run and no follow). ft. in. 138 3 116 2 43 9 G. H. Hales, ^ Cambridge University A C W. J. M. Barry,^ Queen's College, Cork. J. 0'Brien,3 Clonmel F.C. 22 22 St. lb. i:; 10 ft. in. 6 2| April 7, 1876, Lillie Bridge Ground London. June 17, 188^^, Tralee, co. Kerry. July 11, 1885, Ball's Bridge, Dublin. Further Details of above-named Performances. * Hales won at the Oxford v. Cambridge meeting in 1876. At the County Kerry A. and C.C. meeting Barry, after winning the hammer-throwing at 108ft. Sin. for a special prize offered for a record, succeeded in throwing the distance given. 3 0 Brien performed this feat at the Irish Amateur Atheletic and Bicycle Championship Meeting, beating W. J. Maxwell's record of the previous year by 4in. 638 PEDES TRIANIS3L Sect. 8. — Amateur Hurdle -Eacing and Foot-Steeplechasing. Description of Contest. Time. Name. CD <; Weight. Height. Date and Place. Hurdle-race, 120yds., 10 flights. H. M. s. 0 0 16 C. N. Jackson,'^ Oxford University, A.C. 19 St. lb. 10 7 ft. in. 5 10 November 14, 1865, Cowley Cricket Ground, Oxford. Rngby School Crick Run, about 13 miles. 1 17 21 C. W. L. Bnlpett.^ Rugby School. IS 10 12 5 9} December 8, 1S70, Rugby. Further Details of above-named Performaisces. ^ Jackson made his time in the final heat of Magdalen Hall handicap, wherein he was scratchman, and defeated D. Morgan and L. E. Newnham, both at ten yards. Timekeeper, H. J. Turner, Oxford. Bulpett won in the Rugby School Crick Run, 1870, beating J. G. Adamson, H. B. Lefroy, T. F. Squarey, G. S. Bigg, S. H. Lomax, and J. H. Beck (Old Rugbeian). Course : fair hunting country. CHAPTER HI. TRAINING FOR PEDESTRIAN AND OTHER PURPOSES. Sect. 1.— Preparatory Treatment. General Remarks. — It is an indis- putable fact, that no animal is so much improved by training as man — none stands such long and severe preparation with advantage — and none displays the difference between condition and its absence in so great a degree. But it is not only that man may be enabled to do certain feats of activity and strength that training is desirable, but that he may do them with pleasure to himself, and even with advantage to liis general health ; and this marks the grand principle which every man who values health should constantly keep in view, namely, that no one should attempt to compete in any contest re- (piiring agility or strength, unless ho lias had such a preparation as shall enable him to perform his task without feeling any ill effect from it. For instance, the man in condition can row through a race of three or four miles, in which his whole powers are taxed to their very utmost, and shall, at the end of it, be almost blind from the exertions he has made ; and yet before he gets out of the boat he is " all right," and could go through the same in half an hour without injury — whilst the man out of condition lies nearly fainting, or per- haps quite insensible for many minutes or even still longer, and is only revived by stimuli to an extent which will not allow any further liberty to be taken with his naturally strong constitution. Pluck will do much in place of condi- tion ; but numberless are the instances of ruined health from the excessive drafts which have been made upon this valuable quality, whilst a little care and abstinence would have prevented any such irreparable misfortune. To enable the man who is of sound constitution — but, from mismanagement, out of health— to restore himself to such a state as will allow him to go into train- ing without mischief., is rather a difficult PREFARATORY TREATMENT. 639 task in most cases, because it not only requires some skill to know what to do, but also great self-command to avoid that which ought not to be done. In the vast majority of instances the health has been impaired by excess of some kind, and in many by every variety of excess which human inge- nuity can suggest. But it is wonderful how completely the anticipation of an Oxford and Cambridge match at Putney, a pedestrian or any similar contest, will enable a " fast man " to throw all temptation on one side, and adhere to all the rules laid down for his guidance with the rigidity of an anchorite. His reply to all tempting offers is, " No, that is bad training." Such is not al- ways the case, but it is true to a great extent ; and more pluck is frequently shown in abstaining from temptation than in sustaining the prolonged efforts which such a race demands. There are two kinds of excess which are the most likely to produce such a state as I am supposing — namely, excess in eating, drinking, &c., and excess in literary or other sedentary pursuits. Either will for a time entirely upset the powers of the stomach, and in fact of the whole system, and each will require very different treatment in order to re- store those powers. These conditions wiU also vary very much according to the rank in life, habits, and natural constitution of the individual. For in- stance, a gentleman's son, having been generously brought up, goes to the university and indulges to excess in wine, smoking, &c., all the while taking strong exercise. For a time his natu- rally_ strong constitution enables him to withstand the attacks of the poison- ous doses of wine and tobacco which he is taking, but soon his hand begins to shake, his appetite for solid food ceases, his eyes become red, his sleep is restless and unrefreshing, and he is threatened with an attack of delirium tremens. Now, if in such a state as this an attempt is made to go suddenly into training, the consequence is, either that the above disease makes its ap- pearance at once, or, in milder cases, that the stomach refuses to do its duty, and that the prescribed work cannot be performed, from giddiness, faintness, sickness, or headache. By a little care and time, however, this state of things may be removed. But suppose the case of a young man in a lower rank, who has been brought up on a spare and rigidly abstemious fare, and who from circumstances is suddenly allowed to indulge in all the temptations of the public-house ; he has no other resource — no hunting or cricket to take up his attention — no lectures to attend, and the consequence is that beer and to- bacco commence the day, and tobacco and spirits wind it up. Such a man suddenly finds all his energies going, his mind dull and enfeebled, his body weak, flabby, and bloated ; in a happy moment he bethinks himself that he will take to boating, or some other amusement which he has formerly per- haps been addicted to, and at once proceeds to the river or the road. Well I what is the consequence ? Why, in- stead of feeling the better for his exer- tion, he is completely knocked up, and perhaps permanently discouraged and deterred fi'om any further trial ; in fact, he requires a much more careful treat- ment to get him into a state of health fit for such an exertion than the Oxo- nian or the Cantab, because the change from his former habits has been greater, because the imbibition of beer and spirits has been more uninterrupted, because the rooms he has frequented have been less perfectly ventilated, and because he has taken little or no exer- cise. Indeed, it is astonishing what quantities of intoxicating drinks may be inibibed without much injury, pro- vided that a corresponding amount of exercise is regularly taken. A far more difficult task lies before the reading man, who has devoted twelve to eighteen hours a day to a prepara- tion for honours, and who, finding his health giving way, determines upon going in for honours of another kind. Here the nervous system has been overtaxed, aided by green tea, wet cloths round the head, and perhaps a liberal supply of tobacco ; the con- sequence is that the neglected muscular system is unfit for exertion, and the limbs become stiff and cramped on the slightest effort. This state of things requires many weeks, or even months, to restore the system to a state fit for undertaking any severe work, because the muscles are wanting in solid material, and the nervous system is so irritable as to be totally incompetent to stimulate them with that steadiness and regularity which is essential to success. The same state of things often occurs 640 GENERAL TRAINING OF MAN in the counting-house — a young man is confined for ten or twelve hours a day to the desk and ledger ; he has no time for exercise, and his nervous system is over-stimulated by incessant calcula- tion, and also by the constant view of the white paper spread before his eyes ; he gets the " ledger fever," and many a young man is rendered by it utterly incompetent to continue this kind of drudgery. Some relieve this unnatural oonditionby early rising and pedestrian or horse and rowing exercise. Of late this plan has become much more feasible, in the metropolis especially, owing to the foundation of numerous athletic clubs, and, if carefully entered upon, is of great service ; but it requires some caution at first, and is almost wholly useless if persevered in without those essentials which I shall endeavour to point out. Teeatment of the Free-Livek of Active Habits. — I have already ob served that the " fast man " who has usually taken a due amomit of exercise, has a comparatively easy task, if he only has the power to command him- self, and to check those practices which he has been indulging in. But let this be done with due caution ; many is the man who has been driven into delirium tremens by suddenly leaving off all stimuli. The best plan is to substitute ammonia in some shape for a part of the accustomed alcohol, and for this purpose to take the following draught once or twice a day, or oftener if that dreadful sinking sensation comes on which is so distressing to those who have indulged to excess in wine and tobacco : — Take of aromatic confec- tion 10 grains, sal volatile 1 drachm, bicarbonate of soda 5 grains, tincture of gentian 1 drachm, water 1 ounce- mix. The quantity of beer, wine, or spirits should be diminished one-half every two or three days, until brought down to the allowance to be hereafter fixed for training purposes ; tobacco should be totally eschewed. I have in- variably found that total abstinence from smoking is easier than temper- ance. There is not the same danger in leaving it off as is the case with wine, spirits, or beer — in fact there is no dan- ger wiiatever in so doing ; v/hilst in alcoholic drinks the reverse is the case. My advice, therefore, is, in all cases where the constitution has been impaired by smoking and drinking, to give up the former at once and entirely, but to be very careful in gradually leaving off thelatter. With regard to the kind of sti- mulus which should be adopted, much must depend upon the previous habits. In most cases, when the stomach is not much upset, malt liquor will suffice ; and, if sound and unadul- terated, it is the most wholesome bever- age ; but in many cases it will not do to suddenly leave off wine and spirits, and adhere to malt alone. In such cases an occasional glass of brandy and water or claret must be allowed. The latter, where it agrees, is an excel- lent wine for the purpose of gradually lowering the stimulus. No wine suits the nervous system better, and if mixed with soda-water, it may be drunk to a considerable extent by those who have accustomed themselves to a stronger stimulus. When the stomach is very much disordered, it may be mulled, and taken warm. Those who have been smoking and drinking to excess have stimulated their kidneys, and skin to secrete a greater quantity than is natural to those organs. This is an effort of nature to get rid of the poison which has been absorbed into the system, but the effect does not im- mediately cease on the removal of the cause. Hence the thirst continues, and some fiquid must be given to quench it. It is for this purpose that I advise claret and soda-water to those who can afford it ; or to others, porter or bitter beer mixed with soda-water in equal proportions. Great care must be taken in all these cases in the administration of purgatives. No one who is a free-liver is able to bear strong aperient medicines without some injury to the system, and although very commonly given, it is a practice which ought to be most cautiously adopted. If the liver is acting well (which may be known by the yellow or brown colour of the ffcees), a simple black draught may be taken, consistnig of half an ounce of sweet essence of senna, with a small teaspoonf ul of salts dissolved in an ounce of warm water ; or one or two compound-rhubarb pills may be taken at night. If, on the con- trary, the motions are of a clay colour, five grains of blue pill should be taken at night, followed by the above draught in the morning Should the bowels be relaxed, and inclined to act more tlian once a day, a wincghissful of decoction 1 of bark, with a teaspoonful of the com- PREPARATORY TREATMENT. 641 pound tincture of bark, should be taken two or three times a day. If very loose, 20 or 25 drops of laudanum luay be added to each dose ; and if very watery, with griping- pains, 25 to 30 drops of diluted sulphuric acid may also be given with it. This will almost always check the diarrhoea, and is also useful in giving tone to the stomach and producing an appetite. If more severe remedies are required, the aid of a medical man should be sought for. During the period in which this plan of proceeding is being carried into effect, it is of the greatest consequence that the mind should be occupied, or rather amused, in some way. This point cannot be too much insisted on, for upon it depends in great measure whether the attempt to restore health to the body shall be successful or the reverse. There is no point more neg- lected, both in the preparation for train- ing and in the actual peiiod of severe work, than this, and yet it is really the one which ought most to be inculcated. In the first place, bodily exercise with- out amusement is mere drudgery — it tires, but does not lead to a restoration of power ; whilst if given with some mental excitement, the fatigue is scarcely felt, and what little is expe- rienced is speedily followed by a re- action which asks for more work of a similar character and tendency. Let anyone contrast the effects of a walk or ride, without object or companion, with either the one or the other when taken for the purpose of making a call, or with any other specific object, especially in company of an anmsing companion. From the former (called a constitutional," because it does not benefit the constitution), he has returned jaded and out of spirits, whilst from the latter he has experienced an amount of exliilaration, varying of course with the nature of the object and the agree- ableness of his companion. Nothing conduces more to a successful pro- secution of this plan of self -treatment than the mutual agreement of two per- sons whose object is the same, to assist one another by their example. Let two persons agree in earnest to restrain one another when tempted, and also to amuse one another by sparring, or fencing, or riding, or walking together, —or, indeed, any kind of gymnastic exercise. This will aid the purpose of both, as far as the restoration of health is concerned, and they will also find it much more easy to " put the stopper " upon each other than upon themselves. Even if they are not both goijig into the same kind of training, the prepara- tion for all kinds is the same, the grand object in all cases being to leave off injurious food and drinks, to avoid smoking and venery, and to take suffi- cient exercise conjoined with amuse- ment, to tire without prostrating the muscular system. The diet should be plain, but varied. Roast beef and nmtton, or chops and steaks, with any vegetables that agree with the individual, may be ndulged in. Poultry, game, and fish, are not injurious ; and even pastry, if good and plain, will do no harm whatever. In fact, almost any tcholesome ami 'plainly cooked food except pork and veal may be taken, provided it agrees mth the constitution and enough ex- ercise is taken. It is better to put off the period of rigid dieting to the actual time of training, as the stomach will seldom bear it for any length of time. In the present day, it is scarcely neces- sary to inculcate the free use of cold water every morning. It is not de- sirable to bathe during this time, though in warm weather a mere plunge into a river, or, better still, the sea, is very serviceable ; but at all seasons the whole body should be sponged every morning, using in very cold weather water at the temperature of 60 or 65 degrees of Fahrenheit. The body should be well rubbed with a rough cloth until a glow is produced ; and the aid of an assistant is here very beneficial. Flannel should always be worn next the skin. Such is the com- paratively easy task of those who have continued to take strong exercise, con- comitantly with their free indulgence in wine, tobacco, and all their little etceteras. The Treatment of Indolent Free- LiVERS, who have indulged themselves in the same way, whilst at the same time their bodies have been wholly idle, or they have only gone to the hmits demanded by the necessity of seeking for the gratification of their appetites, is much more difficult. In such a case very strong control is required, and unfortunately it is in such Dersons generally absent. Few young men indulge themselves in this way unless they are of aAveak and jneldine: nature, T T GENERAL TRAINING OF MAN, C42 easily led away by importunity, and unable to resist temptation Many men of strong mental and bodily i)Owers have been led into a course of dissipation ; in fact, they have not been led, but in the impetuosity ot their temperaments have rushed into it. These natures have only to resolve, and the thing is done ; they decide upon doing or letting alone, and c'estunfatt accomplV But far diiferent is it with the man of perhaps Herculean body, but weak and vacillating mind. He, alas ! resolves and breaks his resolution forty times a day, and is at once an object of pity and contempt. Such a man may be restrained by a master mmd, but rarely has the power to control himself. The sight of a public-house is too much for him, and he cannot resist the temptation it presents. But though, if taken in hand by another, he may be made use of for a time, he is rarely worth the trouble he gives, as the slightest want of vigilance leads to an outbreak which upsets all the good effects of the previous careful supervision. The great difficulty here is to find amusement for the body and mind— the habits of intemperance and idleness have led to a dislike of all exercise, or rather, perhaps, m many cases, the natural indolence ot body and mind has led to habits of intem- perance. If, however, it is desired to effect the change by means of tins supervision, it must be as gradual as in the former case with regard to diet and much more gradual and careful with reference to the kind and amount of exercise. It sometimes happens that a good-natured and easy-tempered man has given himself up to excesses und idleness, and yet, being a good oarsman, his services are demanded tor his college or university boat. Here some trouble may be spent in restoring him ; but such a case is the only one in which it will be repaid, and even tlien it is a hazardous experiment. I he only plan is to hand the poor fc low over to some one person, who is likely to exercise a firm, yet qmet control over him, and to inculcate upon this person the necessity of carefully watch- ing his protege at all hours of the day and night. He should walk, ride, &c., with him ; beginning by short distances, and gradually increasing them. _ Let liim by all means take him to cricket jiijitches, coursing meetings, races, &c., or any kind of out-door sport which is most hkely to occupy his attention and at the same time to keep his body gently exercised without exhaustion ; then get him home, and after a^ mode- rate dinner, and a game at bilhards, chess, or cards, for an hour or two, if possible let him be persuaded to go to bed. Here it is not desirable that the hours of bed should be shortened ; let him lie till nine or ten in the morn- ing, because he will from his previous habits require longer rest than the average time, and because there is already great difficulty in occupying the hours of the day, so as to keep him out of temptation. In this man- ner these two classes of men may be restored to health, or at least to such a state as will fit them to undertake the severe work and strict dieting which training for any match will require. Both are likely to be considerably stouter and heavier than the weight at which they will be best able to exert their powers; but this is not always the case, as it sometimes happens that the man who has been indulging to excess in every kind of temptation has lost weight to a considerable extent, and regains it on submitting to the loss of those stimulants which have upset his stomach. The Over-Studious Man.— Before proceeding to the treatment of the over-studious, let me earnestly remind those who are desirous of excelling m literary pursuits, that without bodily health the mind is unfitted for exertion in acquiring knowledge. It is true that many men, who have already stored their brains with facts, are en- abled, even after becoming complete valetudinarians, to impart knowledge to others ; but no one can grapple with difficulties for himself while m tliat state ; much time is often lost, and strength squandered, through over- anxiety in reading ; but I am fully and firmly convinced, that if eight, or, at most, ten hours a day are well employed — that is to say, if any man really works hard during that time— he will have done all of which his mental powers are capable. This will leave him seven or eight hours for sleep, and six or seven for meals, exercise, &c. Few men, however, of ardent temperaments and studious habits, are capable of thus portioning their time ; but they may depend upon PREPARATORY TREATMENT. the fnct that, beyond the hours I have named, they wil] gain nothing by poring over mathematical problems or classical authorities. If this advice were acted up to there would be no occasion for the directions I am about to give ; but, from the constitution of the human mind, it is not likely to be followed in many cases. It is needless for me to remark, that in a mind upset by literary study or mercantile accounts, the best plan, if practicable, is to give up readmg and writing entirely for a time ; but this is seldom to be effected ; and if not, all til at can be done is to im- prove the health of the body as much as possible whilst the strain upon the mind continues. In the case of a man who can arrange his own hours of study, and has only a certain object to effect by a given time, I should strongly recommend him in no case to exceed eight hours a day, and, if ])ossible, not more than six. This will leave him ample time for the prosecu- tion of any bodily training which he may require ; and if the health has not been much impaired, and the constitu- tion IS naturally strong, he will find that m proportion as he is able to increase the amount of bodily exercise, so will his mental powers recover their tone. But to proceed to details. Few reading men determine to go in for a course of training until they are a good deal upset by confinement ; and in them some little care is necessary. I irst and foremost, I should insist upon their giving up smoking, green tea, and cotlee, except at meals. There should be no over-stimulation of the brain ; hut what work is done should be done ^^■lthout any unnatural stimulus. It will be found a very good plan to have two reading-desks— one of a height for sitting to, and the other adapted for standing. Then, when drowsy, or unable to fix the attention to the sitting desk, let the change be made to a standing position; and in this way the necessity for green tea, or jvet cloths to the head, may be avoided. Next, I should advise that the hours ■>f study should be divided into two iqual periods— the first commencing mmediately after breakfast, and the 'econd immediately after tea. In this vay all the middle of the day may be ,nven up to recreation, dinner, and exercise ; and the following hours are hoee which I should lay down as the niost proper, though of course they may be shghtly varied to suit par- ticular circumstances. Breakfast, at 8 ; reading, 8.30 to 12.30 ; light lunch, on biscuit or sandwich, and glass of bitter beer, or sherry and water ; exer- cise from 12.30 to 4.30; dinner, at 4.30 ; relaxation of body and mind till 6.30, when take a cup or two of coffee or black tea ; then read for two, three, or four hours, according to cir- cumstances. Then go to bed. When first these hours are adopted the exercise must be very gentle, and of an amusing character; if on horseback so much the better, though this kind of exercise is not sufficient for the purposes of training, except as a preparation fur walking and running. Many men are able to indulge in a nap after dinner with advantage ; but, generally speaking, it is prejudicial. If, however, the mouth feels moist, on waking, and there is no palpitation of the heart, or fiatulence, I am strongly of opinion that it does good rather than harm. It is the natural instinct of all animals to sleep after eating, and certainly it is tiiat of man. The reason why sleep after dinner is said to disagree with everybody is, that it IS so often interrupted, that it seldom has fair play. Now, disturbed sleep we know to be prejudicial at any hour ; and if it cannot be obtained without much chance of interruption, it is better to avoid it altogether. If, how- ever, an hour, or rather more, can be devoted to a nap, and it is found to agree with the individual trying it, the mind will be refreshed as well as the body ; and, after a cup of tea or coffee, the studies may be prosecuted with renewed vigour. Thus I have shown how the studious man can devote sufficient time for the purpose of pre- serving or restoring his bodily health ; and, as we shall hereafter see, enough also to allow him to go into training for any ordinary competition in rowing or pedestrian exercise. Now as to the counting-house clerk. Plis hours are fixed, and all that can be done must be done before 9 or 9.30 a.m. ; or, in the summer season, after office- hours ; nevertheless, many men have trained themselves in spite of these difficulties, but it is arduous and up- hill work. In the winter season there IS no light much before eight o'clock, and consequently it is quite out of the T T 2 G44 GENERAL TRAINING OF MAN. question to attempt anything m the way of regular training. Health, how- ever, may be preserved, and prepara- tions made for training during the summer. For this purpose, the best <-ourse to pursue is to arrange so that it shall be positively necessary to walk backwards and forwards to the count- mg-house night and morning. This is much better than attempting to walk without any special object ; for in our climate the obstacles offered ^ by the weather are so numerous that it would be postponed three or four times a week ; but when it must be undertaken through all weathers, the benefit to health is fully attained, and the Eng- lishman's privilege to grumble is also gratified. Thus, by devoting only one hour night and morning, to a four-mile walk to the house of business, sufficient bodily exercise may be obtained to keep the health tolerably good during this season ; and in the summer it is possible to extend the walk, or even, by very early rising, to go into actual training for any particular exertion. Much depends, however, on habit, as regards violent exercise before break- fast, as in many cases it prostrates a man for the rest of the day. Whilst discussing the subject of health, I would strongly impress upon all who have the management of those establishments where young men are collected for the purposes of trade, that it is very important that some set time should be fixed for their meals. It is, I believe, the custom for one-third, or one-half, of the young men engaged to dine first, and then, as soon as they have hastily swallowed their meal, for the next division to take their places. This plan is supposed to be very advan- tageous to the proprietors ; yet even of this fact I am very doubtful ; but to the assistants it is exceedingly m- jurious. In many cases ten hours a day (in some few even a longer period) are given up to work, interrupted only by the scramble for a meal. _ This is more than tlie hunum frame is calcu- lated to bear ; even the farm-labourer or the " factory hand " is allowed his breakfast and dinner hour ; after which he returns to his work, having laid m a fresh stock of nervous excitability. The consequence of the long strain upon the mind and animal spirits is, tliat at times they arc overpowered, iuul errors occur which do more harm to the parties interested than is counterbalanced by the apparent saving of time. The directions I have just given are suited to those cases only in which the state of health is still such as to allow of a prosecution of the usual studies or employment. But there are numerous instances in which the mind and body are both totally upset, and in which it is not only prudent, but imperatively necessary, to give up all attention to business. These are somewhat beyond my province, for in such cases the aid of a medical man must always be re- quired, and his counsels ought to be imphcitly followed. They also rarely occur unattended by such a disordered state of stomach as to require the use of medicine and diet ; and, moreover, such cases are precisely those in which the moral control and superintendence of a judicious medical man are de- manded. There may be some few in which change of air and scene, agree- able society, moderate exercise, &c., would be quite enough ; but it is im- possible to draw the line in such a way as to be useful, and, therefore, my advice would be such as I have given above. Sect. 2.— Actual Training — General Management and Diet. Training for Walking.— Whether the object is to compete in running or walking, an easy walk before breakfast for half an hour will just empty the small intestines of their last meal, and prepare the stomach for the breakfast ; more than half an hour, however, I am confident, is too long to wait, espe- cially if, as always ought to be the case, the supper has been a mere apo- logy for that meal. For an hour after breakfast, that is, till near eleven o'clock, the pedestrian should amuse himself as he hkes best, with billiards, or any other game ; but at eleven he should be ready dressed in his walking costume. The best dress is what is usually called "University costume," which consists of a pair of drawers made of coloured merino or silk, reaching to the knee-cap only, and secured round the waist by a slight elastic band over the hip bones. For upper clothing a thin jersey is worn. The shoes should be large enough to give the ieet free play; be laced down nearly to the toe, with a sole about a quarter ot an I TRAINING FOE RUNNING. 645 inch tliick, and a slipper heel, with a few " sparrow bill " nails in it. If socks are worn they should be of best chamois leather, merely covering the toes, and not showing above the shoe. From eleven till two, or half -past two, his first walk should be kept up without stopping for a moment — that is to say, after the first week, during which time he has been gradually increasing the time from an hour and a half to the above leng-thened period. In any case the pedestrian should be accom- panied by his trainer, who should amuse him as much as possible by anecdote or other mode of conversation. After din- ner, one or two hours should be allotted to rest, in the recumbent position, on a hard mattress or horsehair sofa ; and tlien a short distance, according to the length of the race, should be gone over at toj) speed. It should be borne in mind, that according to the intention of the pedestrian must be the distance over which he is trained ; thus, if he is only preparing for a short race, either running or walking, he need only get himself into good health, and keep in that state by the means I have already described ; and, in addition, take two or three hours' walking and nmning exercise per day. More than this has a tendency to diminish the speed, though if the intention is to train for a long distance, that quality must, to a certain extent, be sacrificed. There is no question that speed is, to a great extent, lost, if the work is kept up more than three or four hours a day — that is to say, speed for one hundred or two hundred yards. But if the object is to attain the highest speed for ten or fifteen miles, then the powers of endurance are to be tested ; and the training must be not so much at a top speed for that distance, as at a less pace with occasional spirts for five miles farther at the least. Tlie trainer should be a good walker him- self, and should draw out the powers of his pupil by walking against him, taking care not to dishearten him, even if he has the power, by walking ahead ; but just stimulating him by competition, and yet keeping up his spirits by allowing him to beat him in the amicable contest. IZverj^tliing in many cases depends upon mental treat- ment, and niaiiy races are lost l)y the anxiety which is felt for many dnys and nights pjior to the day of trinl. In other animals there is not this knowledge of what is to come ; but this is the worst difficulty met with in training men, many of whom will lie awake night after night from a nerv- ousness as to the result. Hence, the trainer should by ail means encourage his man, and endeavour to do away with this fear of losing, by inspiring confidence in his powers on all occa- sions. Training for Eunning is conducted on similar principles to that for walk- ing, except that it is necessary to avoid too much nmning work in short matches. Here walking must be made the means of improving the general health, and running only adopted for about the length which is to be run. Beyond this, long-continued running makes a man slow, and he is apt to get his hands down, a habit which is fatal to running spirts. The trainer will, in preparing his man for these short matches, malre him run daily two or three times over the distance intended ; and either run against him tuith a start of a few yards in advance, which gives him confidence, or time him exactly, keeping the result to him- self. When the distance is a longer one, it must not be done more than once every other day, according to its length, but at a good speed, and with all the encouragement and excitement of competition with the trainer. In all cases of training for long distances, at least five or six hours a day must be spent in walking and running, changing from one to the other as a rehef during the early part of training. Two golden rules to be observed are, never to let a man do his utmost until the actual race itself, and to give him immediate rest for a few days if he appears jaded, as by this means his spirits will be revived and elasticity of body restored. Man, however, bears severe work in a wonderful manner ; and if the appetite continues good and the sleep is sound, without dreaming or starting, the trainer need not be apprehensive that his man is doing too much. REDUCTION OF Fat. — It will, I think, generally be advisable, before com- mencing strict training, to take an ordinary dose of apei-ient medicine. This may be either castor-oil or Epsom salts and senna, commonly known as black draught ; or the ccnp^'ind 646 GENERAL TRAINING OF MAN. rhubarb pills will answer very well in some persons. If the liver is torpid (which may be known by the pale colour of the motions), then five grains of blue pill should be taken at night, and the oil or draught in the morning, and the same should be repeated every two or three days till the colour be- comes of a good brown or yellow. For any other purpose aperient medi- cine is to be avoided, and it will gene- rally be found that beyond the first dose, which I think good as clearing otf all undigested food, it will seldom be wanted. Some men have such an abundance of fat that they weigh two or even three stone more than they ought to do. The consequence is that not only is all that weight a dead loss, but the fat itself actually interferes with the due action of the muscles, and especially of the heart. Two modes of sweating may be adopted — one natural, the other artificial ; the former is by far the best and healthiest, but either should be used the first thing in the morning, rising from bed a little earlier for the express purpose. Natural Sweating is managed by putting on extra clothing over those parts more particularly which are loaded with fat. Thus, if the legs are very fat, two or three pair of trousers should be drawn on ; if the abdomen is full, then a double apron of flannel should be suspended from the neck under the trousers ; and if the arms and neck are loaded, one, two, or three thick jerseys may be pulled on, and a woollen shawl wrapped round the neck. When thus clothed, a brisk walk, or slow run of a few miles, brings on a profuse perspiration, which may be kept up for an hour or so, either by being covered up with horse-rugs or a feather-bed, or by lying in front of a good fire. At the expiration of this time the whole of the clothes should be stripped off, beginning with the upper part of the body, and sponging each limb with hot salt and water before drying it with a coarse towel, after which horse- hair gloves should be used freely, and the dressing may be as usual, taking care to expose each limb as short a time as possible. Such is the natural mode. Artificial Sweating can be accom- plislicd by a Turkish bath ; or by the plan first proposed by Freissnitz, and since then much used in tins country by other practitioners. This is as follows : — The whole body should be stripped and immediately wrapped in a sheet wrung out of cold water, but not so as to get rid of all the water. Then, rolhng the patient in a thick blanket, and including the arms, like a mummy, he is to be placed beneath a feather-bed, covering all up to the chin. In a quarter of an hour, or rather more, reaction comes on ; and a most profuse perspiration breaks out over the face, and, in fact, over the whole body. Among the hydropathists it is usual to supply the patient liberally with cold water, by small draughts at a time, during the sweat ; but for our purpose this is not desirable, because it causes too great an action on the kidneys, thereby weakening the frame considerably. When this sweating has continued for an hour to an hour and a half, everything should be taken off, and cold water poured over the whole body, either by means of a shower- bath or a common watering-pot ; then rub dry, and clothe. This artificial mode of sweating is not so likely to give cold as the natural one, and it does not exhaust and tire the frame nearly so much. It also produces great buoyancy of spirits, and it may be graduated much more exactly. It has, however, the disadvantage of produc- ing a liabihty to boils, which, in the rower, are sufficiently annoying with- out this sweating process. Wherever there is an unusual collection of fat, on that part must, in either mode, be heaped a greater amount of clothing, and especially if the shoulders should be clogged and loaded. No one can reach well over his toes if his shoulder- blades are confined, or if his abdomen is too bulky ; and the first thing to be done is to sweat down the fat as I have described. Either of the above processes may be repeated two or three times a week, and they are far better than night sweating by Dover's powder or any of the sweating liquors which formerly were so much recom- mended. The Use of Sweating Liquors is most objectionable, and should never be resorted to if avoidable. Whatever medicine is taken for this purpose, it would be unsafe either to use cold water next morning, or to expose the body as in rowin.o- : and th'^refore TBAININO DIET. G47 tliey are quite inadmissible in an exercise which positively necessitates exposure of the bod3^ It has been long held that for long-continued or fast work sweating medicine is abso- lutely necessary ; and no doubt many of our best runners have used it. I believe, however, in all cases, the hydropathic wet-sheet packing will be found far better for pedestrian pur- poses. It gives much greater hghtness of spirits, more agihty of limb, and less tendency to rheumatic stiffness. Let any person make a trial of it, and he will "throw physic to the dogs" ever afterwards, at least for this pur- po.se. It may be used twice, or even thrice a week, before breakfast, and 1^ lb. to 2 lb., or even 3 lb. may be got off each time it is applied. In sweating for pedestrian purposes, the arms and body should be clothed much heavier than the legs. The great ob- ject is first to unload the great viscera from all fat interfering with their functions, and next to reduce the abso- lute weight of the whole body above the hips, including the abdomen, chest, neck, and arms, which are all of httle use in walking and running, as com- pared with the legs. It is very easy to apply the wet sheet exclusively to the trunk and arms, and to clothe the legs only slightly, or only just so much as to prevent a chill. Natural sweating is wholly inadmissible in this kind of training, since it shortens the stride from tiie quantity of clothing, and makes the pace slow, slovenly, and dull ; the choice, therefore, is between the wet-sheet packing and a sweat by a scruple of Dover's powder at night, or half a pint of whey made with white wine, and with 30 drops each of antimonial wine and sweet spirits of nitre added. This is no doubt a strong sweater, but it upsets the stomach and leaves tlie skin to be easily chilled. In any case, the whole body should be rubbed with horsehair gloves night and morning. The following Diet will, I think, be found the best for all training pur- poses, except the reduction of weight for riding, to which I have alluded at page 585. where a great restriction must generally be put upon the appetite : Breakfast. — There is no doubt that the very best food for this meal is oat- meal porridge, with the addition of a certain allowance of beef or nmtton, and a little bread ; but many have the greatest objection to this diet, and never eat it without loathing. For them, I believe, the next best beverage is a pint of table beer, home-made, and not too strong, a larger allowance of bread being given with it. It i.s not desirable to stint the appetite unless very enormous, or unless there is a gi'eat superabundance of fat ; but I believe it will, in most cases, be found more advantageous to reduce the weight by work and sweating, than by starvation. The best mode of dressing the meat is to broil it ; and here I must say a word about the degree of cookery to which it should be subjected. It is generally directed that the steak or chop should be quite underdone ; this, I am sure, is a fallacy. In broiling, very little nutriment is lost, after the outside is once caught by the fire. Now, if nothing is lost, there is much gained by keeping the steak on the gridiron till properly done through : for the food is rendered much more palatable to most, and certainly moie digestible to all. I have known many who were thorouglily disgusted by their " red-rags," as they have called their underdone steaks, and, from their dislike to such food, were quite unable to digest them. Tea and coffee are not good for training purposes, though I do not think them so bad as is generally supposed, if not taken too strong ; cocoa is too greasy, and not so good as tea — which, if taken, should not be green. I am inclined to think, that in those cases where tea or coffee is habitually taken, and porridge or beer is much dishked, it is better to allow them than to attempt too great an al- teration in diet. Butter, sauces, and spices should be carefully avoided ; and nothing but salt, and a very slight dash of black pepper, used as a condiment. Dinner. — This important meal should consist of roast beef or mutton, or, occasionally, boiled leg of mutton may be allowed as a change ; but veal, pork, and salt beef or bacon shouLl he avoided ; also goose, duck, and wildfowl generally. Koast fowls, or partridges, or pheasants, are very good food. Hare is too apt to be accompanied by high-seasoned stuffing, without which it is scarcely palatable. Nothing is better than venison, when come atable ; but it should be eaten without G48 GENERAL TRAINING OF MAN. seasoned sauce or currant jelly. As to vegetables, potatoes should be eaten sparingly — not more than one or two at a meal ; cauliflower or broccoli, or any vegetable in season except cucum- ber, or any hard root, is allowable as a digestive. Bread may be given ad libitum, and about a pint to a pint and a half of good sound, home-made beer. If this does not agree, a little sherry and water, or claret and water, may be allowed with the meal ; and a glass or two of the former wine, or of good sound port, after dinner. When the training is continued for any length of time, and the previous habits of the party hav^e accustomed the stomach to it, I have found the occasional use of white lish — such as cod or soles— a very useful change. Nothing disorders the stomach of man more than keeping to one diet ; " tovjours perdrix " is enough to tire any one even of so good a fare ; and this must be constantly borne in mind by the trainer. The round lie can make is not very exten- sive, but let him by all means stretch it to the utmost limits of which it is capable. It is even desirable to give an occasional pudding, but it should always have bread for its foundation. A good cook will easily make a very palatable pudding of bread, with ^ a little milk and an egg or two ; and this, served up with fresh green goose- berries boiled, or any commo« preserve, is by no means disagreeable to the palate, or unwholesome to the stomach ; but let it be only as a change, not as otherwise useful. The grand articles of diet are beef and mutton, with bread or porridge ; and, if the stomach and palate would accept them grate- fully, no change would be necessary ; but, as they seldom will, the best plan is not to attempt too much. Supper. — Many trainers object to this meal ; but I am satisfied from experience, that unless the training is of so long a duration as to thoroughly accustom the stomach to the long fast from dinner to the next morning, it is much better to allow a light meal at eight o'clock. Oatmeal porridge is for this purpose the best ; and no one will be the worse for a pint of it, with some dry toast to eat with it, or soaked in the porridge itself. I do not believe that meat is ever necessary at night, except in very delicate constitutions, who re(piiie uiuisual support. For such cases I have found a chop at night, with a glass of port wine, or even of egg and sherry, a very valu- able means of keeping up the strength. Indeed, it will be found that no abso- lute rule can be laid down for all cases ; and the trainer requires great expe- rience and aptness for his task to en- able him to bring all his men out in the same degree of relative strength. Nothing is so likely to destroy a boat's chance as a variable state of condition in the component parts of the crew. It is far better that all should tire equally, than that half should shut up early in the race, while the others are capable of using their full strength. Hence, as I have before remarked, some will require much more hberal and generous diet than others. If, for instance, the habit is gross, and the appetite good, it will be needful to allow only the plainest diet, and to vary it very little. By this precaution, enough, and not too much, is sure to be taken, and the amount of work will ensure its digestion. If, on the other hand, the constitution is dehcate, with a want of appetite, want of digestion, and tendency to too great a loss of flesh, then it is desirable to allow con- siderable change from day to day; and, as far as is prudent, to comply with the particular fancies of the palate. Many stomachs bear port wine well ; and in those who have a tendency to diarrhcca it is often indispensable. Others, again, are purged by oatmeal, and this is a suffi- cient reason for avoiding porridge. In some all the bread should be toasted, to prevent diarrhoea, whilst in others, when constipation is present, coarse brown bread, made from the genuine undressed flour, is a good remedy for that trouble- some evil. Whatever bread is eaten should be two days old, and the beef and mutton hung as long as the weather will permit. The best part of the sheep for chops is the leg of a two or three- year-old wether ; and for steaks, a well- hung rump or the inside of the sirloin. It is not unfrequently the custom to allow the crew to put into a river-side tavern during the hours of practice, and take half a pint or a i)int of beer or porter each. This plan I am sure is bad ; the strength ought never to de- pend upon immediate stimuli, and it is far belter to shorten the practice than to keep it u}) by these means. I am quite euro that in training there are TREATMENT OF AC( very few who require more than three ])i!its, or at the outside two quarts of good beer per day, of the strength of live busliels to the hogshead ; and the average quantity required is certainly not more than two pints and a half per man. Allowance must of course be made for previous habits, and for strength or weakness of constitution, in the particular individual. DENTS IN TRAINING. 649 In the early days of practice, and in the race itself, great distress sometimes occurs ; there is considerable bluenesa of the face from congestion, and the breathing is laboured and difficult. The best remedy for this state is a glass of warm brandy and water, and plenty of hard friction on the feet, legs, an THE FORM OF THE YACHT'S HULL. 657 i lapidly towards the immersed side by j increasing the beam and verj^ much I cutting away the hull immediately I below the load-water-line, so that the piece of the vessel put into the water upon her being heeled is greatly in excess of that which is taken out on the opposite side. At small angles of inclination the shallow type of vessel has the greater stability, as the narrow and deep type has to be heeled to a very considerable angle before the centre of buoyancy and centre of gravity get much sepa- rated. But although the shallow, broad type has the greatest initial sta- bility, its power vanishes very rapidly when the deck becomes immersed ; whereas a deep vessel with a low centre of gravity retains great righting power until far beyond her beam - ends. In short, it is impossible to upset a yacht built and ballasted as an English cutter is ; but the broad shallow vessels ; of America, if pressed much beyond ! their deck edge, might easily be cap- j sized. An example of this danger to [ which shallow yachts are exposed was \ given in New York in 1876 when the Mohuiok, a yacht over 130 ft. in length and 30 ft. in breadth, was capsized and sunk in a squall whilst lying at anchor with her sails set. T..e advantages of the shallow type ' of Tessel are, tliat, owing to their great initial stability, they can carry an enormous area of canvas in a mode- 1 rate breeze, and keep comparatively ) upright ; and as their displacement is j small, the resistance they meet with ' from this cause is much reduced. The advantages of the narrow and deep ; type are, great power to carry sail in ' strong winds ; and although they readily ; heel to the pressure of the wind, they still attain great speed, as, owing to \ their narrowness, their fore and aft I lines are extremely fine, even when the J vessels are much inchned. A large i displacement of course enables them j to carry a large quantity of ballast, j and at the same time leaves great room for cabin accommodation, of which many of the shallow vessels are deficient. A vessel of great beam, very much cut away under the water-line, will have a normal tendency to make lee- way; and to counteract this force of the wind acting perpendicularly on the plane of the sails, a keel is resorted to. This keel gives the lateral resist- ance necessary to prevent leeway, but is only effectual proportionately to the upright position maintained by the vessel. A keel of wood, however deep, gives no stability : in fact, it is so much instability, as the effort of the wood will be to come to the surface. An English yacht obtains tliis lateral resistanca in a great de- gree by the form of hull — it having great rise of floor, and often a good depth of dead wood in the way of a fixed keel besides. Of late years it has been very much the aim of builders in England to com- bine the shallow and deep form, and Mr. M. Ratsey of Cowes has greatly succeeded in this in such vessels as the Cambria^ Vanguard, Corinne, Vol- au-vant, Kriemhilda, &c. Mr. Fyfe of Fairlie is perhaps the present exponent of the narrow and deep type of vessel ; and so far his vessels hold their own with the lighter displacement boats built at Cowes. There is very little to choose, so far as excellence goes, in the models now in vogue in the British yards, and to the unpractised eye they will bear a strong family likeness. However, from the naval architect's point of view, there is a great variation in the forms of the vessels built by Ratsey, Fyfe, Nicholson, and Harvey — the most noted builders of racing vessels and fast cruisers. Harvey and Ratsey each strive for a high centre of buoyancy and low centre of gravity by making the floors of the vessels they build as hollow as possible ; and yet the models they adopt are very dissimilar. Ratsey in the after-body retains the form of the midship section right away to the transom, or, if anything, the frames get flatter towards the stern. The consequence is that the vessels have a full load-line aft, but a very easy and straight buttock line. Harvey' s vessels, on the contrary, have straighter or sharper frames as the stern is ap- proached, and the result is a fine level water-section, or load-line, aft, and a fuller buttock fine. Both Nicholson and Fyfe give a larger area of midship section than either Ratsey or Harvey, and generally more displacement and fuller body aft, with full buttock-line and pretty easy load-line. A closer resemblance is to be observed in the forebodies of the vessels constructed u u 658 YACHTING. by tlie builders narned, and, so far as "bows" are concerned, there does not appear to be any great need or scope for experiment. The angle made by the entrance of a vessel is usually about 31° or 30°, but the wedge formed by the bow or entrance is given more or less hollow according to fancy or judgment. The advantage of the very hollow bow, however, appears to rest chiefly on theoretical reasoning ; and some of the most noted flyers present almost a straight load line forward. In fact the differences in hull, even such as are patent to the eye, can less often be held accountable for variations in the speed of different vessels than ballasting, canvasing, and handhng. As a rule, those vesbols are the most successful that are the stiffest ; and it is highly important that yachtsmen at the outset should understand what conditions are necessary to ensure stiffness. _ The accompanymg diagrams ot the mid-ship-section of different vessels will illustrate the peculiarities pointed out. It may be stated, however, that the AMERICA. SappJio is not a fair representation ot the modern American shallow type of vessel, and moreover, she depends largely upon ballast for stability, having as much as 80 tons stowed in her hull. Besides this, she has a fixed deep false keel; and, excepting that she has a more hollow floor and finer after-runs, she in many respects may be termed an Anglicized vessel. Sect. 3.— Sails and Eigging. With regard to canvasing it may oe said that the sailmakers do their part of the work well, and if an owner is willing to have a new suit of sails every two or three seasons his vessel will never suffer from the lack of a perfect medium of propulsion. After a good model, well ballasted and canvased, is put in the water, there is still the " handling " . to con- sider. A yacht is not like a greyhound, and cannot win by herself ; and many a yacht that has been condemned as a racer has afterwards, on changing hands, turned out a perfect flyer and beaten all comers. The most general failing of racing skippers is lack of observation. They of course always know their duty, and handle their vessels cleverly and safely. They learn to do all this by long training ; but something more is required of the racing skipper than mere expertness in taking a vessel about. He should be able to observe at once how best his vessel likes to be canvased and her sails trimmed under parti- cular circumstances ; and if he learns her peculiarities, so much the better, as he will be more certain in his man- agement. The peculiarities of a vessel are most apparent and require to be humoured mostwhensheisclose-hauled. In sailing to windward, a vessel not only requires her sails to be very care- fully trhnmed, but she must be " rud- dered " with equal care. Five minutes of careless steering on a wind may put a craft hopelessly out of a race, and "watching the wind" is as much an art to be studied as that of trimming and setting sails. Of course there are other influences to regard in sailing a vessel in matches, such as tides, currents, and probable variations of wind ; but these influences have nothing to do with the speed and qualities ol; a vessel per se, and a yachtsman will soon know how far his vessel's success or failure rests with the builder or the person engaged to sail her. No kind of com- petitions are so uncertain, so flattering, SAILS AND RIGGING, 659 and so disappointing in their results, us yacht-matehes ; and any one inex- perienced in match-sailing would fail to realize the mental excitement that •d yaclit-matcli induces in those who MODERN ENGLISH CUTTER, have a taste for the sport. The accorn- plisliment of yacht building and yacht sailing has been described as " a science in theory and an art in practice and doubtless it is the almost unlimited theorising wliich yacht designing will admit of, and the perpetually changing features of yacht-sailing, that keep yachtsmen steadfast in a pursuit which to the uninitiated is nothing but an incomprehensible mania. It would be useless to attempt, in the limited space allotted to this article, to go into the subject of ''centre of effort " of sails, cutting them out, &c. The reader is referred to Kipping's treatise on "Yacht-Designing"published by Mr. Ho race Cox. The diagram given in a subsequent page will perhaps, however, teach the young yachtsman as much as he may desire to know. It should be observed that all the parts of a cutter's sails are similar to those of a schooner; and by taking away the foremast, fore-sail, and fore-topsail of the schooner, the diagram will illus- trate the exact rig of a cutter. A yawl, as will be seen by the woodcut on page 609, is rigged like a cutter, with the addition of a small mizen mast. Schooners formerly were, without exception, rigged with a standing bowsprit and jibboom ; but with the advent of the America it was seen that our schooners had, by reason of their form of hull, cut of "canvas, and style of rig, such indifferent weatherly qualities, that their whole form under- went a change. The America was at first industriously copied. Her rig, as shown in the annexed woodcut, was very simple, and the sails presented an uninterrupted flat surface, instead of a lot of small and bellying pieces of canvas. But it was found that in weatherly qualities even she was in- ferior to English cutters, and builders accordingly ceased to model farther after the America, and set about making schooners as much like cut- ters as possible, always remembering the flat sails, the advantages of which had been unmistakably proved by the Americans. The broad and compara- tively shallow hull gave way in turn to sharp bottoms, less beam, and a great deal of lead both in the bottom of the hull and on the keel. The rig forward also changed, from the bump- kin bowsprit and one head sail, to a long runmng bowsprit and full-sized flat jib. It is just possible that the Wild- fire cutter, of 59 tons, that was very successfully changed into a schooner in 1858, and called a "double cutter," U u 2 mo YACHTING. set this example of hull and rig. At any rate, the Aline, of 216 tons, came out in the following year, and her superiority over all other schooners down to the time of the Cambria finally settled the advantage that had been gained for weatherly quahties. It is believed that our schooners are now as much superior to those of America in this respect as the famous American yacht of 1851 was at that date superior to ours ; but it must be admitted that the shallow type of hull has been carried to an extreme extent in America, and they seem to have departed altogether from that com- pactness of rig of which the America was so excellent an example. As before explained, the Sappho partakes too much of the English type of vessel for the purpose of deciding the value and merits of the extreme models of the two nations we have referred to. So far as the contests between the Cambria and Livonia and the American yachts went, the conclusion arrived at was that in light winds and when sailing off the wind the American yachts were much the faster ; in sailing to windward in light winds the advan- tage was not so marked. In a strong breeze taking length for length the two EngHsh yachts were vastly superior to the American centre boarders and carried their canvas bravely whilst the American yachts had to reduce theirs considerably. XHli AMKUICa. Sect. 4.— The Genekal Management OF A Yacht, Cost, &c. There is no doubt that a man who has had early training in small sailing boats on the coast will have advantages over one who only takes to ydchting late in life. The latter, even provided he is not afflicted by sea-sickness, will, with rare exceptions, never acquire that practical readiness of using nauti- cal knowledge and that seamanlike bearing which are the characteristics ot a yachtsman who has been familiar with the sea from childhood. Still a great deal can be learnt even m one Hummer's yachting, and if a man takes to it, no matter how late in life, from the influence of a taste that way, and not merely because yachting is a fashion, there is no doubt he will very soon become a first-rate yachtsman, although he will not be capable of sailing his own vessel after one season' s experience alone. The best way to arrive at excellence in yachting is that which leads to success in all pursuits, and consists in not trying to accom- plish too much at first. If a wish exists to possess a racing yacht it is not advisable to go straight to a builder and order one before having acquired any experience at all in the sport. A man may not even know if he will probably hke yachting ; and if he commences with a large outlay and total inexperience, great disappoint- ment may be the result. First discover how far the sport accords with natural tastes, and gain some experience. To accomplish this, hire a yacht for the season, or purchase one, never mind GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF A YACHT. 661 whether she be very fast or not, so long asslie isseaworthy, and worth the money asked for her, and get some reliable friend who is a yachtsman, as a coach on board. The size of the yacht bought will of course be regulated by the buyer's means for supporting her ; and the best plan is, if an inclination to build pre- vails, to begin in a smaller vessel than it is intended to have at some future date. There are no means for schooling embryo yachtsmen like boats from five to twenty tons ; and any one who gets thoroughly accustomed to these will certainly be at home in a large vessel, although a man who has only been used to the latter might cut a very poor figure in a boat of ten tons. Indeed, a man w^ho late in life commences his career afloat in a yacht of two hundred tons, would scarcely ever become practically acquainted with the working of his vessel and capable to undertake the handling her ; the responsibility of such a thing would seem to him at the outset to be so great, that he might very naturally abstain from any thought of such an undertaking ; but no young man, I imagine, could very well go through the mixed pleasures and discomforts of a ten-tonner without beconiing a thorough adept in the art of fore- and-aft sailing. The advice therefore is, to young men, if they have the means to "go in " for yachting, to com- mence in a small way ; if they grow to really like the adventure of being afloat in a cutter forty feet by eight, they will soon be capable of fonning their own opinion as to what a vessel should be to combine as near as possible such advantages as are in accordance with a formed taste and judgment. As TO PURCHASING A YACHT, it 18 almost useless to give suggestions to a man who, perhaps, has never been on board one in his life. The best advice to give is none at all, as in nine cases out of ten an inexperienced person who suddenly primed himself with hints as to examining a vessel's bot- tom, timbers, spars and rigging, would much more likely be imposed upon if he attempted to rely solely on a judgment so formed, than one who went with confidence to a first-rate builder, such as Nicholson of Gosport, White or Katsey of Cowes, and many others, who generally have a number of second-hand yachts for sale at from 20Z. to 30/. per ton. If the intending purchaser has no practical yachting friend to advise him in buying a yacht, he will probably have none to counsel with in the selec- tion of a captain and crew ; and here again I must advise him to trust to a builder. If ten tons be the size of the yacht, get some man who has been mate of a larger vessel to take charge, and allow him to pick the other hands ; the builder of whom the yacht is bought will probably know of a good man to take charge, and his recom- mendation must be trusted to. Having obtained a yacht and crew as limited in size and number as alluded to, go to work steadily at first, and do not be too anxious to get out in a "duster." Take initiative lessons in light breezes and smooth water ; have the "Manual of Yacht and Boat Sailing" as a companion, and master its contents when the vessel is under way. Become acquainted with the names and uses of every part of the boat's "belongings," whether it relates to her hull, spars, rigging, or sails ; and be not slow to assist, in however small a way at first, in the working of her. This kind of practical schooling beats hollow all the knowledge that can be gained from treatises ; and no work that could be written on the sailing of a vessel would be of real use without the assistance of practical tuition. When the beginner knows how to get under way, and can tell by watching the vane how the vessel will lie for the point that has to be reached, he may consider himself a " yachtsman ' ' who only requires a more extended experience to blossom into an accomplished seaman. But do not con- fine acquirements to a mere knowledge of working a vessel on or off a wind, but go in for the higher branches of sailing. If disinclination to take les- sons from a teacher of navigation exists, get the " Yachtsman' s Handy Book," and when this is thoroughly understood, a great deal more will have been acquired than the majority of yacht-masters understand. The Cruising Yacht. — It may happen — indeed, it is often the case, — that a gentleman takes to yachting solely on account of his health, and never desires to be anything more than a passenger on board his vessel, 6C2 YACHTING, and is quite innocent of an ambition to turn her into a racing yacht. His object will be comfort, and he should pOHsess a yacht of not less than lUO tons and not more than 200. _ It must be presumed that this projective yachtsman has no yachting _ friend whose advice is available to assist him in purchasing a vessel. An advertise- ment would be sure to bring forth numerous replies from yacht agents, and pcrliaps from owners themselves ; but as belore stated, I think the safest plan will always be to apply direct to a l)ailder of good repute. A well-found schooner of 150 tons, and ten years old, oak framed and planked, copper fastened and bottomed, would probably fetch about 3,500/. Her sails, standing and running rigging, should be in good order, and tit to undergo two seasons' cruising, and the copper sheathing should not have seen more than three years' wear. Of course, any one who has had no experience whatever in these matters, will be unable to form an opinion as to the condition of a vessel's hull and gear, but at least he can get a guarantee from a builder, and he w^ill not be long in discovering if he has been fairly dealt with or not. It is inadvisable for any one to buy an iron vessel ; they are damp, in con- sequence of the humid sea air condens- ing on the iron sides ; their bottoms corrode, and if one gets a hole in her bottom anywhere away from a "black- smith's shop," it will be very difficult to get her repaired. The yacht having been purchased, the next thing to do will be to select a master, and liere the novice will meet with a fresh difficulty ; there are always plenty of masters to be had, but a good one is not always obtainable at a mo- ment's notice, especially if one knows nothing of the qualifications to be sought after. A gentleman who is fond of racing often puts up with an ol)jectionable master, solely on account of his expertness and aptitude as a racing skipper ; but for comfortable cruising, a smart, good tempered, care- ful man is required, and not one who will rave and bustle and be perfectly indifferent about the look of his vessel, as long as her racing gear is new and good, and about tlie condition and character of his crew, so long as they are expert and ready for hard work in a long day's race. To get a good cruising master I do not know that any more can be done than take the usual precautions that are observed before engaging an ordinary servant. If you know anything, even by repute, of the owner a master has previously been employed by, you will be safe ; but do not take any one without some recommendation as to character. If it is pretty certain that a good man has been secured as master, leave the selection of the crew to him. Their wages probably will be, per week : — s. 5 15 10 4 1 ^7. 0 0 0 0 0 in all Master 2 INlate 1 Steward and Cook each . 1 Men each 1 Cook's mate .... 1 The men will find themselves stores excepting grog, which will only be served out to them after some extraordinary work, during very bad weather, and on Saturday nights to " drink to sweethearts and wives." The best plan is to give the master a case of rum, and allow him to serve it out at discretion. It will be optional what clothes you give the men, but these are usual : — Master. £ s. a. One fine blue cloth suit and gilt buttons 4 4 0 One cloth cap and gold band 110 One silk neckerchief ... 0 6 0 One pair canvas shoes ..076 One do. leather 0 10 0 Mate. One suit similar to captain's 3 One pair pilot trousers . . 1 One Jersey frock .... 0 One cap 0 One neckerchief Steward. One blue cloth short-jacket suit, to wait at table . One suit of serge for market- ing, &c Two pairs shoes .... One neckerchief .... Cook. Similar to the Steward. Men. One pair each of pilot trousers Two do. white duck . One Jersey frock .... One man-of-war serge do. , Two white duck do. ... One hat . One neckerchief . . . . 0 One white straw hat . . . 0 17 1 10 7 4 4 4 0 SAILING A A red cap (U. 6rf. each) for each of the crew, and two or three extra ones ; also, ribands with name of yacht painted on them, for hats. The usual number o£ hands carried by cruising yachts is one for every 15 tons, exclusive of master, mate, steward, cook, and cook's mate. The latter will cook for the men's mess and assist in deck work, if the master should require him so to do on an emergency. The master, mate, and steward will mess together at the owner's expense, and the cook, as a matter of course, will do the same. Their table will be a plain one, with an allowance of a pint of beer per diem. The men, excepting when they are doing deck work and their own jobs in early morning, should always appear clean and in trim by 10 a.m., and the master should never allow the gig's crew to go on shore unless they are properly dressed. It is not required here to speak of the discipline onboard — a good master will see that this is not lax. If the owner wishes anything done on board he should always give his orders to the master, even on matters of a trivial character. Address the master as Mr. Brown, or King, as his name may be, and treat him with a certain amount of consequence, so as to give the crew a proper respect for his importance. When going on shore, if you forget to tell the master what time to send the gig for you, give the order to the coxswain, and do not shout out indiscriminately to the whole gig's crew. It will be the duty of the cox- swain to repeat the hour after you, the sanie as all the master's and mate's orders are repeated on board. Sect. 5.— Sailing a Yacht. It cannot be expected that any treatise, however comprehensive, on the art of sailing, would make a man a practical seaman ; much less can it be expected that one so limited as the present necessarily is would have such an advantage ; still a beginner in any art will make more satisfactory pro- gress if he has a few distinct hints on the subject under study apart from practical instruction. And moreover, in the matter of sailing, a man may desire to understand the working of his vessel without any ambition of YA.CET. 6G3 taking part in her management when under way. To meet thi^ desire, and to help the young gentleman whose wish it is to become a regular " salt," I shall proceed to give, in a cursory form, some particulars of the manage- ment of cutter yachts on all points of sailing ; but I strongly advise no be- ginner to attempt to manage any sailing boat, however small, unless he has had a few practical lessons from some per- son who is perfect in the art. As I have before said, nothing will go well on shipboard unless a regular system is observed ; this is particularly necessary in getting under way and bringing up. It will soon be discovered that all the sails cannot go up together, and that to get them up at all without a hitch the practical seaman's rule and micthod must be followed. Begin by taking plenty of time for making sail, and, indeed, continue work without getting into a disorderly bustle ; and the probability is, that if at any period it were found necessary to get under way, shift sail, or bring up with more than ordinary smartness, the hands will fall to more expeditiously than if they had endeavoured to hurry before they were properly acquainted with the working of the vessel. Getting Under Way. — The first care will be to get all the sails ready for hoisting. Cast off the peak hal- yards from the gaff ; take the coats off the mainsail and foresail, and then rehook the peak halyards to the gaff ; cast off the gaskets or tyers, see them made into neat bundles, and, with the mainsail and foresail coats handed to the man below in the sail-room, now bnsy in passing up jib and top- sail ; overhaul the mainsheet, and then get a pull on the topping-lifts until the boom is topped well clear of everything on the quarter, and get the boom-crutch stowed in the sail-room ; if the boom jams in the crutch, keep a hand to steady the latter as the boom is topped, or it might be seen going to the bottom ; in a 10-tonner the boom could be lifted out, and the crutch secured before topping. The mainsail being now loosened, man the throat and peak halyards, and "hoist away," casting an eye as the sail goes up to see that "all's clear," that the peak down- haul is not belayed so as to impede hoisting, and that the gaff end goes the right side of the topping-lift, or, if 664 YACHTING. there are two, that it passes between the two. Be careful that the peak does not go up faster than the throat, but keep the gafi: nearly at right angles with the mast, until the throat is up ; then peak the sail ; belay the halyards, sweat up the throat by the main hal- yard purchase, and the peak by the peak purchase. Haul the mainsheet taut until the boom is amidships, trice up the tack, and coil away the halyards, turning them over, when coiled just forward on either side of the mast. Next get the topsail laced to the yard, if it be a square-headed one, and see that the halyards and sheets are ready for bending, taking care that the latter be not foul with the topping-lift ; if the breeze is fresh or inclined to freshen, do not hurry to set the topsail, but wait until it is seen whether it will be wanted. If the yacht be a schooner, go to work next and set the foresail, hoisting the same as the mainsail ; hook on the sheets and mouse the hooks ; overhaul the foresheet pur- chases, so as to get as much drift as possible for hauling the sheets flat. Now heave short upon the cable until the vessel is nearly over her anchor, or if riding to moorings, get all ready for slipping, noting that when the bridle is cast off, the rope and buoy attached to the fasts will go overboard all clear. Slack up the f oretopmast stny ; heave down the bobstay, and then haul the topmast forward again ; get a pull on the runners, but do not set them up " fiery taut." Next get the jib tack hooked on to the traveller ; reeve and bend the sheets ; hook on the halyards, and see that the jib-purchase is overhauled. If it is intended to start directly, run the jib out and hoist away, keeping it in " stops ; " sweat the jib well up, and let it remain stopped. The fore-staysail, or as it is called in a cutter the foresail, will require atten- tion next. Hook on the sheets, and haul in what will be the weather one, to make the vessel's head pay off when getting under way. Then hoist the sail, and bowse down the tack. Note that the jib and fore-stuysail down- hauls are bent. Having looked round and seen the way out between the crowd of vessels, the next tiling to do will be to trip the anchor, and as it is " heave and a- weigh " — that is, as it leaves the ground — slack out the mainsheet and put the helm up ; burst out the jib and trim the sheet ; and as her head pays off, steady the helm, let fly the weather foresheet, haul in the lee one ; haul flat the mainsheet, and the vessel will be under way on a wind. Watch the vessel's saihng closely, and continue to trim the sheets until she seems to be doing her best ; then note how much sheet she likes, and remember it. We will suppose that the yacht is now out clear of the roadstead, with a nice, steady, whole-sail breeze, just enough to carry a gaff topsail to wind- ward in. It will therefore be time to see about setting the topsail. Bend on the halyards and sheet, and hoist away on the halyards ; as the sail goes up, take a lacing and pass it through the tack thimble, and pass it round the fall of the main or peak halyards to serve as a jackstay and traveller, otherwise the sail will perhaps become unmanageable ; then hook on the tack tackle, and haul on the sheet to get the slack in, or it will be very likely to take a turn round the gaff-end. ^ When the yard is close up to the halyard- sheave, belay, get the tack well down, and heave out on the sheet until the sail appears as flat as it is possible to get it. Let us now suppose the yacht to be working out of a channel, a mile wide and two long, after which she will be in the open sea and able to bear away round the "spit buoy'* to shape her course along the coast. If not perfectly acquainted with the channel, study the chart for half an hour before starting, and keep the lead going, to avoid getting soundings aboard. When you have stood in as far on the shore as would be safe, sing out "Eeady about!" The response from the fore-deck will be, All ready, sir." Then steadily put down the helm, and shout out, " Helm's a-lee 1 " As she comes up in the wind ease away the jib-sheet handsomely, keep- ing the fore- sheet belayed if the vessel be slow in stays, until her head begins to fall off on the other tack, then ease away. Haul in the lee jib-sheet and fore-sheet as the vessel is about to pay off smartly, and belay. Ease the helm until it is amidships, and overhaul the lee topping-lift fall, and haul taut the SAILING A YACHT. 605 weatlier one. Whilst the vessel is up | purchase for setting up the sails, i£ in tlie wind — before her head pays off necessary. —is a good time to get a pull on a i The vessel now is fairly under way ENGLISH RACING YACHT ON A WIND. again, and standing across for the other s.iore ; she lays about four points from the wind, and as the wind is blowing straight up the Channel it is a dead beat. As she lays as near as four points, about two miles and three-quarters will have SHORE to be made lo get out, and the vessel will do it in two boards if there be room in the channel. All her sheets are properly trimmed, and she appears ''full and bye," or, ''on" the wind, as represented in the above woodcut. 666 YACHTING. Beating to Windward.— In order to understand more clearly the nature of beating to windward, reference may be made to the preceding diagram. We will presume the vessel to have started on the port tack from the centre of the circle, and that she has to arrive at the point marked N. due (compass) north, t.wo miles distant ; bnt as the wind is blowing direct from north, the vessel will only lay along the line marked N.E., which is four compass-points from N. When the sailing-master has judged that the vessel has arrived at a point — that is, when he has brought N. to bear exactly a-beam eight points from the direction of the vessel's head — from which she will lay on the other tack to N., the vessel will be put about and traverse the line N.W. If the wind were N.N.W., she would be able to arrive at N. by a ''long leg and a short one," traversing the compass lines marked N.N.E. and W.N.W. A schooner will not lay so close by about half a point as a cutter, and to arrive at N. would have to traverse the lines showing their compass directions out- side of those marked for the cutter. A cutter under whole canvas in smooth water should make no perceptible lee- way, but any vessel, will of course, under all circumstances, be affected by COTTER BKFORE THE WIND. tides and currents. These subjects, however, to be accurately understood will have to be patiently studied^ by the novice wlien he is studying Naviga- tion, or at least they will only be mastered when he has acquired mature experience. Bkauing Away. — Having fetched the "spit buoy," or the point marked N., prepare to " bear away." Overhaul the lee runner tackle ; put up the helm, and simultaneously ease up the jib, fore and main sheets, for a wind abaft the beam. If you are coming nearly dead before the wind as the cutters are represented in the above woodcut; ease up the main tack and topsail sheet a little. Have the weather topmast shifting backstay and tackle in readi- ness, hook the tackle on, and haul taut now. Watch the steering, and be care- ful not to get the vessel " by the lee," as a sudden gybe would not only be a lubberly but a very dangerous pro- ceeding. Setting the Spinnaker.— About twelve years since the spinnaker camo into fashion, and, as it is an easier sail to handle than a squaresail, many cruising 'yachts carry one. First get the beam out ; then bend on the hal- yards to the head cringle of the sail and the outhaid and inhaul to the tack cringle. Haul the sail up to the top- mast head ; then haul the sail out on the beam and sheet it. When taking in the sail the outliaul should be the iirst thing to let go, and the halyards 8 AILING A YACHT. 6G7 slionld not be touched until the sail is gathered in. Gybing. — This is rather a hazardous operation with a crowd of canvas set. First clew up the topsail, and trice up the main tack if the wind be very strong ; get ready to haul taut what will he the weather-runner, and to slack up the other ; then see that one hand is ready, with the topmast shifting back- stay tackle, and when all is ready smartly haul in the mainsheet and belay ; at the same time steadily put the helm up until the wind is taking her on the other side ; then hook on the backstay tackle and runner, and haul both taut before the boom goes over, if possible, and see that the slack of the mainsheet is all clear for running out again. If the wind be very light indeed, all such precautions of flatten- ing in the mainsheet, tricing up the maintack, and clewing up the topsail, will be unnecessary ; but never run the slightest risk, when you are in doubt ahout carrying away a topmast, gaff, or boom. I Keeping. — Always have in fresh breezes at least two reef -pendants rove, as there is no knowing how suddenly it may be necessary to get a reef down. We will suppose now that the wind has "shorted" on the vessel, and that she is again close hauled, and just able to lay her course, but with every promise of a dirty night. First get the topsail down ; send a man aloft to unreeve the lacing round the masthead, and clear the yard of the topping-lift ; then lower away the halyards, ease up the sheet and haul down on the tack until the sail is on deck. Directly the sail is on deck, see about housing the topmast before the masthead-man comes down. This being accomplished, trice up the main- tack, haul the weather foresheet to windward, and luff until the mainsail is shaking. Then, the fourth jib being got ready on deck, let the one set fly in by casting off the traveller outhaul, and lower away the halyards. Unhook i the halyards and the tack from the traveller, and hook on the smaller jib directly and set it promptly, leaving it with a slack sheet for the present. Next slack the mainsheet, top the boom, and flatten in the sheet again ; then lower away the main and peak halyards a trifle more than a reef, hook the re?f tackle to the earing pendant, I and haul in upon it a good strain. Then at once clear your tackle for another reef, in case it should be ne- cessary ; that is, put a racking on the earing whilst the tackle is unhooked, then take a turn or two round the boom with the pendant and stop it. Now tie the reef points, or haul down the lacing, as the case may be. After that, hoist away the throat and peak, haul down the tack, overhaul the top- ping-lifts, and put up the helm. Haul in the lee jib-sheet, and wdien she has paid off, let go the weather foresheet, and haul in the lee one. If the vessel seems to have too much head sail, get two reefs down in the foresail ; haul up the weather jib-sheet, and lower away the foresail halyards, hook a tackle on the reef thimble, tie the points, and then set the sail again. It will be a great assistance to the vessel to have the bowsprit reefed now. To do this, cast off the falls of the top-mast stay and bowsprit shrouds, and ease up to the bobstay tackle; knock out the fid, set the bowsprit in by the shrouds, and make all fast again ; then the jib will require bows- ing up, and the slack of the traveller hauled taut. All this being done, get way on the vessel again. If the sea is heavy, look out and luff the vessel fairly into each comb of the waves, if they seem likely to strike her ; if she enters them fairly, stem on, no harm will be done, and very little water break aboard ; but be care- ful to ease her away again as the comber goes aft, and let her fall gently into the hollow. Should she ask for more reefs, get two down promptly, and close reef the foresail, and then get the storm trysail on deck and bend it to the gaff. Also get the storm-jib handy. Should the gale increase, and it is found difficult to sail the vessel, and you do not wish, or if it does not look safe, to bear away and run for it, get ready to lie-to under storm-jib and try- sail. The trysail is already on deck and bent to the gaff, but see that every- thing is ready to hand w'hen the main- sail is lowered. All being ready haul the jib and foresail clews amidships, or a trifle to windward ; then lower away the mainsail and drop the boom in the crutch ; stow the sail, and snugly stop it along with the gaskets ; then secure it with the boom-lashing to the quarter. 668 YACHTING. Now hook on the throat halyards to the trysail, following with the peak, and hoist away — seeing that the parrel of the jaws has been secured, and that the toggles are passed through the eyes of the strops as the sail goes up ; pass the sheets aft, and hook the lee one into the eyebolt on the counter, and haul flat. The sail being set, ease up the jib and foresheets again, trim the try- sail sheet, put up the helm, and then keep her at it full and bye. If you still find you cannot sail the vessel, the only course now will be to heave the vessel to. Get the f oresheet to wind- ward, haul the weather jib-sheet hand taut, slacking up the lee one, and slacken the trysail sheet a trifle. She will now ride comfortably to the sea — making perhaps a couple of knots an ]iour — with the helm amidships, and a hand to watch it and ease her, if neces- sary, to a sea ; but should the gale get worse, stow the foresail and get a reef down in the trysail ; then wait for fine weather. It is highly important that a square sail should always be on board, as \t may be of first-rate importance in scudding before a gale, and will be often found of service in light winds. Sect. 6. — Management of a Smali Sailing Boat. A great deal of amusement may be got out of sailing an ordinary water- man's skiff such as is represented in the accompanying sketch. Great care will be necessary with a beam wand. SMALL SAILING BOAT. and the mainsheet should never be belayed if the breeze be fresh or in- clined to be squally. If the mainsheet is worked on a horse with a single block, make fast the fall of the sheet with a bight through a turn round one of its own parts ; if the sheet shifts over by unhooking, make fast in a similar way ; if there be belaying pins through the quarter seats, the fall of the sheet can be safely belayed to them by taking a single turn round the bot- tom part of the pin ; then bring the end up, and pass it round the top part, drawing the end through the bight in a loop so that one pull will loosen the whole of the turns for a sudden run out if required. But if the weather be at all squally, the sheet should not be belayed at all ; merely take one turn with it under a thole-pin, and keep the fall in the hand. A boat rigged in the- manner depicted will beat to windward, and indeed with a weather tide under her lee she will do so admirably, but she must be watched very carefully and SAILING REGULATIONS AT REGATTAS. 669 be kept a ^ood.full ; in tacking-, an easy lielm should bring her up in the wind ; if brought up suddenly all standing she may miss stays, and that would be awkward and dangerous in a lumpy sea. To GET UNDER Way. — First get the boat over her anchor by hauling in the cable and putting a stopper on it to prevent it paying out again. Then step the mast and loosen the sails, which will be found lashed round the mast by the main-sheet and fore and main sail halyards. Then take the tack and reeve the lashing through and through the thimble and the hole in the stem head ; then haul taut the foresail hal- yards and belay through a thole-hole on the port gunwale, just abaft the thwart to which the mast is clamped. Haul taut the main halyards, and belay iji a similar manner on the starboard side ; thus the fore and main halyards will serve as shrouds, and the rope in the luff of the foresail as a forestay. Next take the sprit and pass its head into the eye in the peak earing of the sail ; then push the peak up by main force and slip the foot of the sprit into the eye of the shifting strop, called a snetter, that encircles the mast for the purpose. Sometimes an iron ring with an eye attached for the foot of the sprit is used ; a purchase will then be required to hoist the sprit. A gun- tackle purchase is the best ; the stand- ing part of the purchase will be secured well up the mast and the lower block hooked to the ring for hoisting ; such a contrivance is only necessary in large sprit-sail boats. The mizen is used to keep the boat's head more to the wind, and is laced to the mast ; the sheet passes through the end of the boom, and leads in-board ; the whole of the mixen gear when un- shipped is rolled up together. Sect. 7. — Regattas. It is the custom now at most seaside resorts to hold an annual regatta, and the programme usually contains a match for yachts, a valuable prize being offered as an inducement to owners to send their vessels to com- pete. Many places offer special advan- tages for such matches ; but a yacht match was not always secured, gene- rally owing to the uncertainty that prevailed as to the manner in which the regatta would be conducted. If there be no yacht club, what is termed a Sailing Committee, composed of towns- people, is appointed, and these go to work with the very best of intentions and wills ; but, unfortunately, they often knew little or nothing of yacht- ing, and still less of match sailing or yacht handling. The result was that if any difficulty arose owing to de- fective arrangements of the sailing regulations, or the hundred-and-one squabbles that may occur during the progress of a match, " the Sailing Com- mittee" were completely puzzled, and very likely erred in their decisions. However, during the last three years the Yacht Eacing Association has been formed, constituted similarly to the Jockey Club, and with similar functions. They have drawn up a code of rules for the management of yacht matches, which are clear and comprehensive ; and should any dispute arise which a local committee cannot deal with, the matter can be referred to the Council of the Association for settlement. The Y. R. A. SaiUng Rules are as follows : — 1. Management of Races. — All Races, and all Yachts sailing therein, shall be under the direction of the Flag Officers or Sailing Committee of the Club under whose auspices the Races are being sailed. All matters shall be subject to their approval and control ; and all doubts, questions, and disputes, which may arise shall be subject to their decision. Their decisions shall be based upon these rules so far as they will apply, but as no rules can be devised capable of meeting every in- cident and accident of sailing, the Sailing Committee should keep in view the ordinary customs of the sea, and discourage all attempts to win a Race by other means than fair sailing and superior speed and skill. Tfie decisions of the Sailing Committee shall be final, unless they think fit, on the application of the parties interested, or otherwise, to refer the questions at issue for the decision of the Council of the Yacht Racing Association. No member of the Sailing Committee or Council shall take part in the decision upon any dis- puted question in which he is directly interested. The Sailing Committee, or any Officer appointed to take charge for the day, shall award the prizes, sub- ject to Rule 30. If any Yacht be dis- qualified, the next in order shall be av/arded the prize. 670 YACHTING. 2. Fostponement of Races. — The Sailing Committee, or Officer in charge for the day, shall have power to post- pone any Race, should unfavourable weather render such a course desirable. 3. Measurement for Tonnage.— The tonnage of every Yacht entered to sail in a Kace shall be ascertained in the manner following : the length shall be taken in a straight line at the deck, from the fore-part of the stem to the after-part of the stern-post ; from which deducting the breadth, the re- mainder shall be esteemed the length to find the tonnage ; the breadth shall be taken from outside to outside of the planking, in the broadest part of the Yacht, and no allowance shall be made for wales, doubling planks, or mould- ings of any kind; then multiplying the length by the breadth, and the product by half 'the breadth, and dividing the result by 94, the quotient shall be deemed the true tonnage ; provided always that if any part of the stem or stern-post, or other part of the vessel at or below the load water-line project beyond the length taken as above- mentioned, such projection or projec- tions shall, for the purposes of finding the tonnage, be added to the length taken as stated. In the case of a Yacht whose stern-post has an elbow, the length shall be taken to a point where the stern-post, if its rake were continued, would cut the deck-line ; and in measuring Schooners or other Yachts with overhanging stems, the length shall be taken to a point half the distance between the fore part of the stem at the deck line and a per- pendicular to the true load water-line at its fore end. Any fraction of a ton shall count as a ton. [In the classes of 40 tons and under, a yacht built prim- to 1877, shah be allowed to compete in the class for which she was designed, and without allowing time for any fraction of a ton in excess of such class, provided such fraction does not exceed ||]. If, from any peculiarity in the construction of a Yacht, or other cause, the measurer shall be of opinion that this rule will not measure the Yacht fairly, he shall report the cir- cumstances to the Council or Sailing Committee, who, after making such inquiries as they consider necessary, shall award a certilicate of tonnage accordingly. The certilicate of ton- nage of the Yacht llacing Association shall be deemed a Yacht's true raciiig tonnage, so long as she remains un- altered. 4. Time Allowance. — Time shall be allowed on arrival for difference in tonnage, according to the annexed scale, increased or decreased in propor- tion to the length of different courses. If it is necessary during a Race to shorten the course, the signal flag denoting the race hoisted under the White Peter, or in case of fog or darkness two guns fired shall show that the race is to finish with the round about to be completed, and the time allowance shall be reduced in proportion. 5. Entries. — Entries shall be made with the Secretary at least forty-eight hours previous to noon of the day ap- pointed for starting each Race. In case of a Sunday intervening, twenty- four hours shall be added. Entries may be made by telegram, and it shall be deemed sufficient that the same shall have been despatched before noon of the day on which the entries close, subject to the provision as to Sundays. Form of Entry. — Form of Entry to be signed by the owner, or his repre- sentative, previous to the Race : — Please to enter the Yacht for the Race at — — , on the . Her distinguishing flag is , her rig is ■ ; and her tonnage, in ac- cordance with Rule 3, is tons. I undertake that while sailing under this entry she shall not have on board any hags of sJiot ; that all her ballast shall be properly stowed under the platform or in lockers, and shall not be shifted or trimmed in any loay whatever ; and that I will obey and be bound by the Sailing Rules of the Yacht Racing Association. " Signed this day of ." Should any Yacht duly entered for a Race not start, or having started should she give up, or be disabled during the Race, such Yacht shall, in the event of the Race being re-sailed, be entitled to start ; but no new entries shall be re- ceived under any circumstances what- ever for a postponed Race. 6. Ownership. — Each Yacht entered for a Race must be the bond fide pro- perty of the person or persons in whose name or names she is entered, who must be a member or members of a recognised Y''acht Club. I SAILING REGULATIONS AT REGATTAS. 671 • 7. Only or^e Yacht of same Owner. — No owner shall be allowed to enter more than one Yacht in a Race, except in cases in which a Prize is given for each rig, when one Yacht of each rig may be entered, nor shall he be en- titled to enter the same Yacht under different rigs for any race. 8. One Yacht entitled to Sail Over. — When a Prize has been offered for competition, any Yacht, duly entered, may claim to sail over the course and shall be entitled to the prize ; subject, however, to Kule 2. 9. Sliding Keels. — No Yachts which are fitted to shift keels, or to otherwise alter their form, shall be permitted to enter. 10. Member on Board. — Every Yacht sailing in a Kace shall have on board a Member of a recognised Yacht Club, xAio, before the Prize is awarded, shall sign a declaration, that the Yacht under his charge has strictly conformed to all the sailing regulations, as follows : — Declaration that Rules have been ob- served. — " I hereby declare that the Yacht whilst sailing in the ■ Pace this day, has strictly observed the sail- ing rules and regulations. (Signed) Date " 1 1 . Dis tinguishing Flags, — E ach Ya cht must carry, at her main topmast head, a rectangular distinguishing Flag, of a suitable size, which must not be hauled down unless she gives up the Pace. If the topmast be lowered on deck or carried away, the Flag must be re- hoisted in a conspicuous place, as soon as possible. 12. Instruetions. — Every Yacht en- tered for a Race, shall, at the time of entry, or as soon after as possible, be supplied with written or printed in- structions as to the conditions of the Kace, the course to be sailed, marks, &c. Nothing shall be considered as a mark in the course unless specially named as such in these instructions. 13. Sails. — There shall be no restric- tions as to sails, or the manner of setting and working them ; but steam power must not be used for hoisting sails. 14. Crew and friends. — There shall be no limit as to the number of paid hands, and no restrictions as to the number of friends, or to their working. No paid hand shall join or leave a Yacht after the signal to start. [This rule is not intended to apply to Corin- thian matches.] 15. Fittings and Ballast. — All Yachts exceeding five tons shall be fitted below deck with the ordinary fittings of a Yacht, including two transverse bulk- heads of wood, and their platforms shall be kept down, and bulkheads standing. No water shall be started from or taken into the tanks after the signal to start has been made. No more than the usual anchors and chains shall be carried during a Race, which must not be used as shifting ballast, or for altering the trim of the Yacht. No bags of shot shall be on board, and all ballast shall be properly stowed under the platform or in lockers, and shall not be shifted or trimmed in any way whatever during a Race. No ballast shall be shipped or unshipped after 9 p.m. of the day previous to the Race. A Race re-sailed shall, so far as regards this rule, be considered a new Race. 16. Boats and Life Buoys. — Every Yacht exceeding thirty and under seventy tons, shall carry a boat on deck not less than ten feet in length and three feet six inches beam, and every Yacht of seventy tons and over, one of not less than twelve feet in length, and three feet six inches beam, with oars lashed in them, ready for immediate use. Each Yacht shall carry at least one life buoy on deck ready for use. 17. Starting. — The Yachts shall start frommoorings, anchors, orunder way, as directed by the Sailing-Committee. Plalf- an hour before the time of starting one of the following Flags of the Connnercial Code shall be hoisted as a preparative Flag for the Yachts of each successive Race ; in case of a start from anchors or moorings to take up their stations for the start with headsails down, or all sails down, as the Saihng Committee may direct ; or in case the start be a flying one, to approach the starting line, viz : — B of Commercial Code for the H achts of the 1st Race C — 2ud „ D — 3rd „ 4tli and so on. Five minutes before the start the preparative Flag shall be lowered and a Blue Peter hoisted, and a gun fired j 672 YACHTING. after which, the Yachts in the race shall be amenable to the rules. At the ex- piration of five minu-tes exactly the Blue Peter shall be hauled down and a second gun fired as a signal to start. If the start is to be made from anchors or moorings, lots shall be drawn for stations, and springs shall be allowed on the same bridle or anchor chain or warp as the bowfasts, but are not to be carried to a buoy, pier, other vessel, or fixed object. If any Yacht lets go or parts her bridle before the signal to start, or if she drags any moorings or anchor to which she is made fast for tlie purpose of starting, she shall be liable to be disqualified, unless such parting or dragging be explained to the satisfaction of the Committee, or un- less she has returned, after the signal to start, within the line of starting buoys, so as not to obtain any advan- tage by the accident. In a flying start if any Yacht, or any part of her hull or spars be on, or across the line before the signal to start is made, she must return and recross the line ; a Yacht so returning, or one working into position from the wrong side of the line after the signal to start has been made, must keep clear of all competing Yachts. Should the gun miss fire, the lowering of the Blue Peter to be the signal to start. 18. Meeting end on.— If two Yachts are meeting end on, or nearly end on, so as to involve risk of collision, the helms of both shall be put to port, so tliat each may pass on the port side of the other, 19. Two Yachts crossl?ig.— When two Yachts are crossing so as to involve risk of collision, then if they have the wind on different sides, the Yacht with the wind on the port side shall keep out of the way of the Yacht with the wind on the starboard side, except in the case in which the Yacht with the wind on the port side is close hauled and the other Yacht free, in which case the latter Yacht shall keep out of the way ; but if they have the wind on the same side, or if one of them has the wind aft, then the Yacht which is to wind- ward shall keep out of the way of the Yacht which is to leeward. 20. Overtaking, Rounding Marks, cf;c. —A Yacht overtaking another Yacht shall keep out of the way of the last- montioned Yacht, but when rounding any buoy or vessel used to mark out the course, if two Yacnts are not cleai of each other at the time the leading Yacht is close to, and actually rounding the mark, the outside Yacht must give the other room to pass clear of it, whether it be the lee or weather Yacht which is in danger of fouling the mark. No Yacht shall be considered clear of another Yacht, unless so much a-head as to give a free choice to the other on which side she will pass. An overtak- ing Yacht shall not, however, be jus- tified in attempting to establish an overlap, and thus force a passage between the leading Yacht and the mark after the latter Yacht has altered her helm for the purpose of rounding. 21. — Obstructions to Sea-room. — When passing a pier, shoal, rock, vessel, or other obstruction to sea-room, should Yachts not be clear of each other, the outside Yacht or Yachts must give room to the Yacht in danger of fouling such obstruction, whether she be the weather or the leeward Yacht ; pro- vided always that an overlap has been established before an obstruction is actually reached, 22. Luffing and hearing away. — A Yacht may luif as she pleases to pre- vent another Yacht passing to wind- ward, but must never bear away out of her course to hinder the other passing to leeward — the lee side to be con- sidered that on which the leading Yacht of the two carries her main boom. The overtaking vessel, if to leeward, must not lufi: until she has drawn clear ahead of the Yacht she has overtaken. 23, Close hauled approaching Shore. — If two Yachts are standhig towards a shore or shoal, or towards any buoy, boat, or vessel, and the Yacht to lee- ward is likely to run aground, or foul of such buoy, boat, or vessel (a mark vessel excepted), and is not able to tack without coming into collision with the Yacht to windward, the latter shall at once tack, on being hailed to do so by the owner of the leeward Yacht, or the person acting as his representative, who shall be bound to see that his own vessel tacks at the same time. 24, Running aground, &c. — Any Yacht running on shore, or foul of a buoy, vessel, or other obstruction, may use her own anchors, boats, warps, &c., to get off, but may not receive any assistance except from the crew of the vessel fouled. Any anchor, boat, or i^ATLING REGULATIONS AT REGATTAS. 673 warp used must be taken on board again before she continues the Kace. 25. Fouling Yachts, Marks, &c. — Each Yacht must go fairly round the course ; and must not touch any buoy, boat, or vessel used to mark it out, but shall not be disquahfied if wrongfully compelled to do so by another Yacht. Any Yacht causing a mark vessel to in any way shift her position to avoid being fouled by such Yacht, shall be disqualified. If a Yacht, in conse- quence of her neglect of any of these Rules shall foul another Yacht, or compel other Yachts to foal, she shall forfeit all claim to the Prize, and shall pay all damages. •26. Means of Propulsion. — No tow- ing, sweeping, poling, or pushing, or any mode of propulsion except sails, shall be allowed. 27. Anchoring. — A Yacht may anchor during a Race, but must weigh her anchor again, and not slip. No Yacht shall during a Race make fast to any buoy, stage, or pier, or send an anchor out in a boat, except for the purpose of Rule 24. 28. Sounding.— 1^0 other means of sounding than the lead and line allowed. 29. Side Lights. — All Yachts sailing in a Race at night shall observe the Board of Trade rule as to the carrying of side lights. 30. Man Overboard. — In case of a man falling overboard from a com- peting Yacht, all other Yachts in a position to do so shall use their utmost endeavours to render assistance ; and if it should appear that any Yacht was thereby prevented w^inning the Race, the Committee shall have power to order it to be re-sailed between any Yacht or Yachts so prevented and the actual winner. 31. Protests.— ^hoM the owner of any Yacht, or the person acting as his representative, consider that he has a fair ground of complaint against another for foul sailing, or any vio- lation of these Rules, he must, if it arise during the Race, signify the same on first passing the Committee vessel, by showing an Ensign con- spicuously in the main rigging. The protest shall be made in writing, and under such regulations (if any) as the Sailing Committee may have deter- mined, within twelve hours of the arrival of the protesting Yacht, and sliall be heard by the Sailing Com- I mittee and decided, after such in- quiries as they may consider neces- sary. They shall also, without a 'pro- test, disqualify any Yacht, should it come to their knowledge that she has committed a breach of the Rules. 32. Removal of Flag 5oa<,— Should any Flag Vessel or Boat be removed from its proper position, either by accident or design, the Race shall be sailed over again, or not, at the option of the Sailing Committee. 33. Penaltg for disobeying Rules. — Any Yacht disobeying or infringing any of these Rules, which shall apply to all Yachts whether sailing in the same or different Races, shall be dis- qualified from receiving any Prize she would otherwise have won, and her owner shall be liable for all damages arising therefrom. Should a flagrant breach of these Rules be proved against any Yacht, her Sailiiig Master may be disqualified by the Council for one season from sailing in any Race held under the Rules of the Yacht Racing Association. 34. Cruising trim.— When Yachts are ordered to sail in cruising trim, the following Rules are to be strictly ob- served : — 1. No doors, tables, cabin skylights, or other cabin or deck fittings (davits excepted), shall be re- moved from their places before or during the Race. 2. No sails or other gear shall be put into the main cabin in Yachts exceeding forty tons. 3. Anchors and chains suitable to the size of the Yacht shall be car- ried, one at the cathead (or in Yachts of forty tons and under, at the usual place on the bow), which anchor shall not be un- shackled from the chain before or during the Race. 4. Every Yacht exceeding thirty and under seventy tons, shall carry a boat on deck not less than ten feet in length and three feet six inches beam — a Yacht of seventy tons and over, her usual cutter and dinghey. 5. No extra hands, except a pilot, beyond the regular crew of the Yacht are to be allowed. X X 674 YACHTING. Appendix. TUe Yacht Racing Association fur- ther recommend for the consideration of Sailing Committees : — 1st. Allowance to Schooners and Yawls. —That as mixed Races are no satis- factory test of the relative speed of Yachts, the different rigs should, whenever practicable, be kept separate ; out when mixed Races are unavoidable, the following Rule shall be observed :— The tonnage of Schooners and Yawls to be reckoned for time allowance as follows, viz., Schooners at three-fifths, and Yawls at four-fifths of their actual tonnage ; provided that in case of a Yawl, her main boom, when in its place and parallel to the deck, does not ex- tend more than one-fifth her extreme beam abaft the aft side of her stern- post on deck. In calculating the de- duction for difference of rig, the ton- nage by certificate to the exact fraction to be used. The time allowances to be calculated from each vessel's reduced tonnage. Schooners and Yawls shall not be allowed to enter in classes of forty tons and under at the reduced tonnage. 2nd. Flying Starts.— Tlmt Flying Starts should be adopted when prac- ticable, but no time should be allowed for delay in starting. 3rd. No Limit to Race. — That any limit to the time for concluding a Race should be avoided as far as possible. 4th, Classification. — That the classi- fication of Yachts should, when prac- ticable, be as follows : — Not exceeding 5 tons Above 5 tons and not exceeding 10 ,, „ 10 „ „ „ 15 „ „ 15 „ „ „ 20 „ „ 20 „ „ „ 40 „ „ 40 „ „ „ 80 „ „ 80 5th. Courses. — That as distance is an important element in the calculation of time allowance, the marks and flag-boats should be placed so as to mark as ac- curately as possible the length of the course, for Vv^hich time is allowed. 6th. Rounding Marks. — That in heavy weather it should be arranged, if prac- ticable, for Yachts to stay instead of gybe round marks. 7th. Room at Starting. — Sailing Com- mittees should be particularly careful to provide ample room between the points Sect. 8. — Nomenclature of the Parts of a Vessel, Hull. 1. The hull. 2. Bulwarks. 3. Stern, counter overhang, tuck. 4. Rudder. 5. Cutwater, stem. (5. Hawse-pipe for cable. 7. Toprail. 8. Catheads. 9. Knight heads {not slwwn). 10. Channels and chain plates. 11 Load water-line— line of flota- tion. The greatest space be- tween that and bottom of keel i.s called " draught." 12. Covering board— plank sheer. The space between this line and the water-line is usually called the free board. 13. Taflrail. 14. Stern-post. 15. Keel. 1(5. F'orefoot. 17. HeeL , 18. Bilge nnd buttock-iiue. I'J. Dead wood. Bl'AUS. 20. Mainmast. 21. Mfiin topmast. 22. Mainmast head cap. 23. Main cro.sstrecs. for spreading topmast shrouds. 24. Main topmast truck ; Jind below it to tlie rigging, th>! pole. i 5. Main boom. 26. Main gaff. 27. Main topsail yard. 28. Main topsail jack-yard. 29. Foremast. 30. Fore topmast. 31. Foremast head cap. 32. Fore crosstrees. 33. Fore topmast truck. 34. Fore gaff. 35. Fore top.sail jack-yard. 36. Fore topsail yard. 37. Bowsprit. Standing Rigging. 38. Main shrouds, the eyes of which are passed over the masthead and rest ou the hounds. 39. Main topmast shrouds. 40. Dead - eye blocks and lan- yards of shrouds. 41. Main shroud spread-pole. 42. Fore shrouds. 43. Fore topmast shrouds. 44 Dead - eye blocks and lan- " yards of fore shrouds. 4.'). Fore shroud spread-pole. AC). Fore stay. 47. Fore topmast stay. 48. Main topmast stay. 49. Triatic stay. Running RiaoiNO. 50. Main runner penntiiit. 51. Main runner. 52. Main runner tackle and fall. 53. Main topmast preventer back stay. 54. Main topmast back stay tackle. 55. Topi)ing hfts. 50. Main sheet and block. 57. Main throat halyards. 58. Main peak halyards. 59. Main peak downhaul. GO. Main topsail halyards, rove through a sheave in the top- mast. 61. Main topsail upper halyards. 62. Main topsail sheet. 63. Main topsail clew-cline. 64. Main topsail tack tackle. 65. Mainsail clew-traveller and outhaul. 66. Reef pennants rove. 67. Fore runner pennant. 68. Fore runner. 69. Fore runner tackle and fall. 70. Main topsail preventer back stay and tackle below. 71. Fore sheet and block. 72. Fore throat halyards. 73. Fore peak halyards. 74. Fore topsail halyards. 75. Fore topsail upper halyards. 7(;. Fore topsail sheet. 77 Fore topsail clew-lino. 78. Fore topsail tack aud tackle. 79. Jib-halyards. 60, Jib dowuhauL A DICTIONARY OF NAUTICAL TERMS. 676 DIAGUAM OF RIGGING. 81. Head of fore staysail, block i and halyards. 82. Fore staysail downhaul. 83. Fore staysail sheets. 84. Jib-sheet. 85. Jib-traveller, outhaul and ; inhaul. I 86. Bobstay. 87. Running tackle of bobstay. 88. Bowsprit shrouds and tackle. Sails. A, Jib. 89. Head of .lib. 90. Foot of jib. 91. Tack hooked to travellei-. 92. Clew. 93. Luff. 94. Leech. B. Fork SxAvsAiii. 05. Hank or toggles round fore- stay. 96. Reef cringles for sheet. 97. Reef cringles for tack. 98. Reef])oints. The comers of the sail are the same as those of the jib. C. FOUESAIL. Luffof sail, hoops encircling the mast and seized to sail ; luff cringles and reef cringles, the same as fore staysail. 99. Fore peak earing. D. Mainsail. 100. Main peak earing. 101. Head of sail and gaff lacing. 102. Foot of sail and boom lacing. 103. Throat of saU. 104. 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and close reef cringles and corresponding' ones in luff of sail and eyelet holes for laced reefing. 105. Clew of sail. 106. Main-tack and main-tack lashing or tackle. E. FoKB Balloon Gaff Topsail. 107. Head of sail and yard lacing. 108. Peak and peak earing. 109. Weather earing. 110. Cl w and sheet. 111. Ta-ck. 112. Lnff. 113. Leeoh. F. Main Balloon Gaff Topsail. All the parts of this sail correspond with those of the fore gaff topsail. Sect. 9. — A Dictionary of Nautical Terms. Ahack — The condition of sails when the wind suddenly assails what had been their lee surfaces. Abaft — A terra used to denote a situ- ation behind some object, or part of a vessel, commencing from the stem and ending at the stern. Abeam — Said of an object that is in a line at right angles from the centre of a vessel's side. Aboard — To be inside a ship, or on a ship. Used also in different ways, such as to " keep the land aboard," instead of " hugging the shore ; " to get "soundings aboard,' Mnstead of "running ashore;" to " fall aboard each other," instead of "collision." About — The act of a vessel going from one tack to the other, when working to windward. The crew is warned before this takes place by the words, " Ready about," and the response is, " All ready, sir," and then the master, or whoever is in charge of the deck, again warns the crew that " helm's X A 2 676 YACHTING. a-lee," to denote that the vessel is coming up in the wind. Abreast — Beam and beam; abeam. Two ships are said to be abreast when alongside of each other. A-coch a-hill — Said of an anchor when it hangs by its ring from the cat- head. j\ (,ross — Athwart. Said of a yard when squared horizontally on a mast. Across the tide, is the situation of a vessel that has the tide on her side. j^drift — Broke from moorings, and floating about without control Cast loose. Torn away. J/oa<— Supported on the surface of the sea. Being on shipboard. Afore— opposed to "abaft,'' and means forward ; used in a variety of ways in contradistinction to abaft, as " afore the beam/' " afore the main rigging," &c. Aft — Towards the stern. After— situa^on of anything not included in the fore ward part of a ship. After-end of that part of a ship abaft the midship section. It also applies to any spar or part of a ship which has an end pointing towards the stern. After-guard — The men whose duty it is to work the sails set aft. J^ftermost — Farthest away from a point forwards. After-sails— Opposed to head-sails, and set abaft the mast. In a cutter, the after-sail is a main-sail. In a schooner, main and fore-sail ; and in a ship, all sails set on and between the main and mizen masts. Aground — The position of a vessel when on the ground and not floating. ^^eac?— Directly in front of a vessel's bow. The wind is said to be " dead ahead " when it blows from the point the vessel wishes to reach, to the pre- sent position of the vessel. " Going ahead," synonymous with making progress. Ahoy! — An expression used to attract • the attention of some one on board a vessel, as "Miranda, ahoy !" j\ .Jiull — Lying-to under bare poles. An abandoned ship. A-lee— The situation of the tiller or lielm when it is put down or to leeward, when going about, or in lufling. All-a-taunto—'Fu\\y rigged. All hands— The whole of a crew. All standing— Fully equipped. With- out warning. Ali in the luind — When a vessel's sails are shaking from sailing too near the wind. All ready — A response from one of the crew to denote that they are ready to carry out an order. Aloft — Above deck. Amain— To let all go at once. Sud- denly. Amidships — The centre of a vessel, spar, &c. Anchorage— k spot suitable for vessels to anchor upon. Anchor watch— The men kept on deck during the time a vessel is at anchor. An-e-iid-See "On end.'' Angulated jih — A jib in which the cloths meet in the centre and con- • verge thereto from the head and foot. Invented by Matthew Orr and Robert Kipping. A-peek — The cable hove short, so that the vessel is over the anchor. Arm — The end of a yard. A rticles— The rules which seamen sign when they join a ship. ^ shore — Aground. Opposed to aboard. Astern — Contrary to "ahead." Athwart— Across a vessel. Athwart hawse — Directly across a vessel's cable. A-trip—Said of an anchor when itcomes off the ground. Avast/— Stop. As avast heaving, avast hauling, &c. A-wash — Level with the surface of the water. Away — Set about doing an order. A-weigh—'^hen an anchor leaves the ground. A-weather— The opposite of a-lee. The helm is a-weather when " put up " in the direction of the wind to bear away for "gybing," wearing," or merely to alter course and keep a point or so more off the wind. To i^acfc— With oars. Bach an anchor — To carry a small anchor beyond the other, to relieve the strain. To Bach a sail — To bring the sail round so that the wind comes on its other side. To Bach ami Jill— To get to windward by backing some of the sails, and filling off again, in narrow channels. In a fore-and-aft rigged vessel a similar effect is accomplished by A DICTIONARY OF NAUTICAL TERMS. 677 shooting up in the wind and filling oft: again. Backstays — Large ropes used to sup- port the masts. They come aft either side of the ship from the masthead. Balance reef — A reef that crosses from the outer head earing to the tack of a fore-and-aft mainsail. Another way is for the reef band to run from the throat to the clew or from tlie throat to the upper-reef cringle. Either is an excellent method of making a snug sail in heavy weather, but seldom seen in yachts. Bale — To empty a boat of water. Ballast — Iron, lead, stone, or other heavy material, placed in a ship's bottom to prevent the pressure of wind on the sails turning her over. Without ballast, the centre of gravity of a vessel would be exceedingly high, and she would be what is called "a crank" or unstable ship. The measure of a vessel's stability by ballast is in proportion to the depth that the ballast is situated ; but if it is too low, the vessel is apt to roll uncomfortably and be without life ^' in light weather. The vessel ■whose centre of gravity is near the water-line makes the best and most comfortable sea boat, and is also likely to be fast. Ballast, to freshen — To shift ballast. Balloon foresail or fore staysail — An enormous sail set on the forestay of cutters and schooners, and used for close-hauled sailing in light weather. Balloon-jib — An enormous jib made of light canvas carried by fore- and-aft rigged craft ; the foot ex- tends from the bow^sprit end to the fore-rigging. It is used when sailing from one to eight or nine points free. Balloon topsail — A square-headed* gaff topsail of very large proportions, set with a yard and a jack-yard at clew ; to the latter the slieet is bent. Bank of oars — The thwarts or seats upon wliich rowers sit side by side. In old "galleys" there were four men to each oar, and twenty-five oars on eacli side, but now we never see more that two. Double banked is when two men sit on the same seat and have separate oars. The " bank " is the side of the seat allotted to the men for each oar. Banyan day — A day in which no meat is served out to the men. Of no meaning now as applied to a ship's regulations. Bare poles — With no sails set. Scud- ding under bare poles is running before the wind with no canvas set. Battens — Strips of wood let into the mast to prevent its wearing. Strips of wood put round hatches over tarpaulins to keep the latter down. A batten of wood is also used for several purposes on avessel's rigging. A thin splint of wood used by naval architects for making curved lines. Beach — A shore. To beach a vessel is to lay her on shore by accident ; or by design, in order to clean her bot- tom, unload, take in ballast, &c. Beam — The breadth of a ship. The midship side of a ship. Abaft the beam is behind the centre of the ship' s side, and forward of the beam is in front of that centre. See also " Abeam.^' Beam ends— ^aidi of a vessel when she heels over so as to rest completely on her side, or present the ends of her beams to the water. Beams — Timbers of great strength, on which a vessel's decks rest. Bear a hand — To be active, to assist. Bear away — To put the helm up and cause the vessel's head to go off the wind. Bearing — The direction of an object from a ship according to compass. Bearings — That part of a vessel about the water-line which forms the area of flotation. Bear up — The same ais bear away. Beating to vnndward — Making for a point to windward by short tacks. Becalm — To prevent the wind filling a vessel's sails. Becket — A rope used to confine spars. Beef — A term used to denote strength. Belay — To make a rope fast to a pin or cavel, without hitcliing or seizing. "Belay there!" Stop hauling, and make fast. Bend — To attach a sail to a yard. To bend a cable is to attach it to an anchor. A knot by which two ropes are fastened together. Berth — A place to sleep in. A place where a vessel is lying. Between decks — The space between the cabin floor and deck of yachts. The space between any two decks of ships. 678 YACHTING. Bight — The loop oi! a rope when doubled. Bilge— That part of the hull that rests on the ground when not floating. Bilge-pieces— Kind of keels placed on a vessel's side to support her when grounding ; also to make a flat-bottomed vessel hold a better wind. Bilge-water — Water that settles in the bilge of a very flat-bottomed ship. Bill of sale— A document by which a vessel or shares theieof are trans- ferred from one person to another. Binnacle— The box which contains the compass. Bitts — Two strong timbers rising from and secured by framework to the deck. To these the windlass for getting the anchor is attached, and the bowsprit passes between them. Blanketing— A slang term, used when one vessel covers or becalms another with her safls. Block — A casing of wood, containing a sheave, through which a rope is j passed. A single block has one sheave ; a double, two ; treble, three ; and fourfold, four. Board — The distance a vessel traverses before tacking when working to windward. To make a " stern-board " is to make way by the stern, as a vessel will often do in a tideway or when in irons. To go *'by the board " is said of a mast when it is carried away. Bohstay — A rope or chain with tackle and double blocks attached to the bowsprit end and stem of a vessel, and used to keep the bowsprit down wlien the jib is set. Bolt-rope — A rope sewn in the edge of sails to prevent them sphtting. i?oZte— Various kinds of iron, copper, or brass bars used in ships, such as ring-bolts, eye-bolts, &c. Bonnet — A piece of canvas laced to a sail, and generally equal to two reefs. Boom— The spar that extends the foot of fore-and-aft sails. Bowline — A rope used to stretch taut the after leech of a sail when on a wind. A vessel is said to be on a bowHne when close hauled. Bowsprit — A spar that extends from the bows of a vessel. A " running " bowsprit is such as a cutter has, and is horizontal, and can be reefed at pleasure. Brace — A rope by which a yard is worked. Brails — Ropes by which fore-and-aft sails are gathered up instead of stowed, and secured by gaskets. Breaker — A cask for containing water. Break off— A vessel when close-hauled is said to break ofiE when the wind comes more ahead. Bridle — Two or m.ore ropes extending from the leech of a sail to which the bowline is attached. Bring-to — To come up in the wind so tha-t a vessel's way is almost stopped. Bring-up — To come to anchor. Broach-to — To fly up in the wind when going free, so as to bring the wind on the other side of the sails. Bulkheads — The partitions in vessels which form the cabins, &c. Burton — A particular kind of tackle used for supporting and lifting w'eights. By the /?eac?~When a vessel is down by the head. See " Head." By the lee — When a vessel in running brings the wind on the other quaiter. By the stern — When down by the stern. By the wind — When sailing close- hauled. CaUe length— 100 fathoms, or 200 yards. A cable length denoted on a chart is 607 '5 feet. Cap — A strong piece of wood used to secure a topmast to the masthead. Capstan — A machine that revolves on a perpendicular axis ; now muclj. used by yachts instead of windlasses to get their anchors. Carvel-built — When the planks of a vessel are flushed and caulked. Oa6'^— When head to wind, to fill off on either tack. It also relates to a pas- sage by sea. Cast off— To let go. Cavel— Large timber cleats for belaying the mainsheets or maintacks of square- rigged ships to. Card— The dial of the compass, where- on the points are marked, and under- neath which is the magnetic needle. Cathead — A strong timber on the bow of a vessel, level with the top-rail, by which the anchor is suspended by a tackle. Chain pipe — An iron pipe in the deck through which the cable passes from below. Chain plates- Pieces of iron to which A DICTIONARY OF NAUTICAL TERMS. 679 the dead eyes of the rip:o;ing are attached and spread by blocks of wood, called channels. Chai7i shacJde — The shackle that con- nects the parts of a cable, and fifteen fathoms apart. To Check-sheets — To ease them off. (Jheerly — Willingly, heartily. A term of encouragement to men when en- gaged in heavy work. Claw — To beat to windward off a lee- shore, or generally to beat to wind- ward when such is difficult on account of heavy weather. Cleat — A piece of wood used to belay ropes to. Cleio — The after lower corner of a fore- and-aft sail. Clew-line — A line used to hoist up the lower corners of a sail. Clincher-built — When the planks over- lap each other. Close-hauled — When a vessel's sheets are hauled so flat that she sails as near the wind as possible. A schooner yacht will sail 4^ points off the wind, and a cutter about 4}, Coamings — Pieces of timber forming a frame on the deck round a hatchway or skylight. Coat — Painted canvas, used to cover a sail when stowed. Come up — Said of a rope when it slacks. Crank — Said of a vessel when she will not stand up well to her canvas. A narrow and deep vessel is sure to be " crank." Crawze — An iron band with eyes to make gear fast to at the end of a bowsprit or other spar. Cringle — A piece of rope surrounding a ring in the after leech of a sail, through which the reef -pennants are rove. Cross sea — A sea or swell caused by a wind different from that blowing at the time the cross sea is running. Cross-trees — Pieces of timber supported by the trestle-trees, used to spread the topmast rigging. Crutch — Forked pieces of timber or iron fixed into a socket of the taffrail, and used to support the boom when the mainsail is stowed. Cuddy — A cabin under the deck, put in the fore-part of small boats. Davits — Iron stanchions or pieces cf timber fixed on a vessel's side or stem, to carry boats, they being hoisted to the davits by tackles. Dead eyes — Round blocks with three holes without sheaves attached to the chain plates ; above these are corresponding ones attached to the shrouds, and through each are rove lanyards by which the shrouds are set up. Dead lights — Pieces of wood that fit in the cabin windows in bad weather. Dead on end — When the wind blows straight down the course a vessel has to make. Dead water — The eddy water left under a vessel's stern when she is under way. Deep-sea lead — A lead used for sound- ing in deep water. Dinghey — A small boat carried by yachts. The name is derived from a small boat used by the Indians. Doldrums — Said of a vessel when in a calm. Downhaul — A rope affixed to the head of a sail, to haul it down easily. Earings — Small ropes used to fasten the upper corners of sails to the yards. Ease off, or Ease avxiy — To slacken out the fall of a tackle, sheet, or any rope that is belayed. Ease the helm — To put the helm down when close-hauled, so that a vessel's head may enter a sea fairly. Gene- rally to put the helm more amidships when it has been put either to port or starboard. End on — Said of a vessel approaching stem on an object. Entrance — The fore-part of the bow of a vessel that is immersed. Even keel — Said of a vessel when per- fectly upright and floating evenly. Eyeholt — A boat with an eye to it for hooking tackles to, &c. Eyelet-hoU — Holes in a sail through which a lacing is passed or reef nettles rove. Eye of a strop — That part of a strop of a block formed into an eye by seizing. Eyes of rigging — Eyes made in tlie shrouds or stays, which pass over the masthead and rest on the hounds. Eyes of vessel — The fore-part of a vessel. Eyesplice — A splice made by the end of a rope to form an eye. Fair — Said of a wind which a vessel has when she can lay her course ^ point or any number of points free. 680 YACHTING. Falling home — Tumbling home — Said of the topsides of a vessel when they incline inboard. Falling off — The act of a vessel going off her course when close-hauled, by the wind coming more ahead. Fall of a rojie — That end of a rope of a tackle on which the men pull. False heel — Wood fixed by bolts or other means under the main keel to increase a vessel's lateral resistance. Sometimes it is heavily weighted to give additional stability or power to carry canvas. Fathom — A length of six feet. Feel the helm — Said when a vessel first gets steerage-way, and when on a wind she carries weather helm. Fend — To ward off. Fetch — To arrive at a point when sail- ing to windward by weathering it. Fid— A bar of iron which passes through the topmast and rests on the yoke. Filling — To fill a vessel's sails is the effect of getting her head off the wind after the sails have been shiver- ing. Fine breeze — When a vessel can carry all whole canvas but had better look out for sprung spars, &c. Fish — A long piece of wood lashed round a spar to strengthen it. Flare — Said of a vessel's sides, espe- cially her forward bulwarks, when they incline outward from the per- pendicular. Contrary to "falling home." Flatten in — To haul in the sheets. Fleeting — Separating two blocks of a tackle in order that a new pull or strain may be got on the part the tackle is applied to. Floating anchor — A contrivance of various form.s whereby a ship is brought up in deep water in bad weather. A simple plan is to stretch canvas over crossbars of irons at- tached at the centre. This keeps an upright position some distance below the surface of the water, and by its resistance will prevent a ship driving to leeward, and by it she may ride comfortably head to the sea. Floor — That part of a vessel under water which extends from the keel- son. Flowing sheets — When the sheets are flared off, in opposition to close- hauled. Fly up in the wind — Said of a vessel when she comes up suddenly head to wind, by reason of her griping or through the bad steering of the helmsman. Foot — The lower part of a sail or mast. Force of wind — The strength of wind that may be blowing. 0 being a calm and 12 the strongest gale. Fore — The fore ward part of a vessel or object, as opposed to after. ' Fore-and-aft — From stem to stern. Fore-and-aft sails — Sails that are set on gaffs and stays, and not on yards. Forefoot — The foreward extremity of a vessel's keel and the lower part of her stem, usually composed of " dead wood." Fore-reach — When close-hauled to sail ahead of another vessel. To fore- reach to windward is to sail ahead of a vessel and yet to windward of her at the same time. Forge ahead — To shoot ahead. Forward — The head or fore-part of ship. Foul — Entangled. To foul a vessel's berth is for one ship to get her cable across one of another ship previously anchored. Foul hawse is when a vessel is moored by two anchors, and the cables, by the vessel swinging, get across each other or twisted. Free-board — That part of a vessel's side between the water-line and deck above water. Free-wind — When a vessel has the wind so as not to be close-hauled. When the wind comes abeam or on the quarter, a vessel is said to be going large. A fair wind may mean fi-ee, large, or any wind that blows between 12 points of the compass from the point on which the vessel would be close-hauled. Fresh breeze — The strength of wind which would cause an ordinary vessel to reef if close-hauled. It is num- bered 6 in the table of wind forces, 12 being the maximum. Freshen — This term, as applied to ropes, means to alter the strain or bring the chafing on another part. Fresh gale — A stronger wind than a fresh breeze. Gaff^ — The spar used to extend the head ol: fore-and-aft sails. Gqf topsail — A sail set over a gaff, and it may be either pointed at the head like a jib, or square and bent to a yard. A DICTIONARY OF NAUTICAL TERMS. 681 Qale — When the wind blows at a strength of 10. A fresh gale comes tirst, then a stiff gale, and hard gale or strong gale. Gammoning — A lashing many times rove. Gangway — The entrance of a ship through her bulwarks or sides. Also generally a passage or thoroughfare. Gantline — Properly girtline. A rope rove through a single block at the mast-heads, to hoist rigging or men by. Garhoard strahe — The plank next the keel, into which it is rabbeted. Gaskets— Ro^Q^ used to secure sails to their yards or booms when furled or stowed. Gather loay — Said of a vessel when she first moves with the force of the wind. Gimbals — The supports on which two axles revolve at right angles, as the compass in the binnacle. Girtline — See Gantline. Give her sheet — To ease off sheets. Give way — An order to rowers to hang on their oars, or to pull with in- creased vigour. Goose-winged — Said of a schooner whose mainsail and foresail are extended on opposite sides as she runs before the wind. Green sea — An unbroken body of water that will sometimes fall aboard a vessel. Such a body will look green unless scattered into spray. Gripe — The outside part of the fore- foot of a vessel. To Gripe — To have a tendency to come up in the wind by reason of having too much forefoot or gripe. Grommet, or Grummet — A ring formed of a rope of three strands, all being unlayed, and then worked in again until each end is secured under a strand. A grommet is used to hoist sails by, sfnd to put round yards to which sails are bent for hoisting — then called "slings."' Ground tackle — A general term applied to anchors, and all relating to them. Gun-tackle purchase — A tackle com- posed of two double blocks and rope, the standing part of which is secured to one ot the blocks. It multiplies power threefold. Guy — A rope used to prevent a boom swinging aboard either fore or aft. In running before the wind a guy is often attached to the main boom of a schooner to prevent a sudden gybe. Gybe — When running before the wind, to bring the wind on the other side by putting up the helm, and thereby cause the sails to fall over. Halyards — The ropes used to hoist sails, yards, &c. Hand — One of the crew. "Extra hand," a man employed on board a vessel for a particular occasion. Hand a sail — To lower and stow or furl it. Hand lead — A lead weighing about 141b., used for sounding in less than 20 fathoms. Hand-over-hand — To haul on a rope by passing one hand rapidly over another. This is the smartest way of hauling, and the strain being- equal and not intermittent, as with a " one, two, three, haul ! " the vessel is not shaken. This is often a con- sideration in match sailing, espe- cially when getting in the main- sheet. Handsomely — With great care and caution. To slack up a purchase handsomely is to ease the fall so that there is no fear of its going up by the run. To lower away hand- somely is to slack halyards so that the sail comes down leisurely, and not by the run. Handy Billy — A watch tackle, kept on deck for immediate use. Hang — On a rope for hauling. Hang- to windward, as opposed to making- lee way. Hanks — Hoops or rings of iron, wood, or rope, used to secure a sail by the luff to a stay. Hoird a-lee — Synonymous with " hard down " as applied to the tiller, which brings the rudder a-weather, and causes a vessel to come up in the wind. Hard a-weather — Synonymous with " hard up " as applied to the tiller, which brings the rudder a-lee, and causes the vessel to go off the wind, or bear up or bear away. Hard a-port — The situation of the tiller placed to port to bring a vessel's head round to starboard. Hard a-starboard — The opposite of hard a-port. Hatches — Openings in the decks. Haul — To put a strain on a rope. Haul aft a sheet — To haul a sail Hatter or at a less angle to the wind. 682 YACHTING. Haul her wind — Said of a vessel going free, when she comes up closer to the wind and flattens her sheets. Haul in — To s-ail in towards an object, &c., close-hauled or by the wind. Hawse — A term applied to a cable, and used in this respect in various senses. Havjse pipes — Iron pipes on either side of a vessel's bows, through which the cable passes. Hawser — A large rope used for work- ing, towing, and sometimes anchor- ing. Head — Applied to the top part of masts, as " mast-head," " topmast- head," &c. The fore end of a vessel. To be down by the head, is when a vessel is trimmed so as to be deeper by the head than her water-line pro- nounces she should be. Such a situ- ation gives the vessel a tendency to gripe, carry weather helm, and pitch heavily. Head-sails — The sails that are set for- ward of the foremast. If a vessel has only one mast, then the sails that are set forward in the same way. Head sea — The waves that come ahead of a vessel's course. Head-sheets — The sheets by which a vessel's head-sails are trimmed. Head to wind — When a vessel's head points in the exact direction the wind is blowing from. Headway — The progress a vessel makes forward. Headwind — The wind that blows down a vessel's intended course, so as to be what is termed " dead on end." Heave about — To tack. Heave to — To lie to. Heaving in — Shortening in the cable. Heaving short — Getting in the cable until the vessel is over anchor, when the latter is ready to be " a-weigh." Heel — The after end of a vessel's keel. It is also applied to the step of a mast or the bottom part of any mast. To heel " is synonymous with careering " or "Hsting." Helm. — Generally applied to the tiller, but properly it means the whole apparatus for steering. Home — Said of an anchor when it leaves the ground. J foods — Painted canvas, used to covci sails when stowed. Hounds — Projections on the mastheads to support the rigging. Housed — The situation of a topmast that has been lowered. In-hoar d — Inside a vessel. In irons — A vessel is said to be in irons when in going about she comes up head to wind, and will not fill off one way or the other. Jack-stay — A stay along ?. mast or yard to which a sail is bent. Jach-yard — A small yard used to extend the foot of a fore-and-aft balloon topsail that extends beyond the end of the gaff. Jaws — The part of a gaff or boom which encii-cles the mast. Jih — A triangular sail set on a stay in square-rigged ships, and then called a standing jib. Jib-hoom — A spar that extends beyond the bowsprit. A flying jib-boom is another spar that extends beyond the jib-boom. Jib-foresail — The fore-staysail of fore- and-aft schooners. Jib-purchase — A tackle used for setting up a jib. Jib-topsail — A triai'gular sail set on the fore-topmast stay of fore-and- aft vessels. Jib-traveller — The travelling ring that encircles the bowsprit to which the tack of a jib is secured and hauled out on the bowsprit or jib-boom, as the case may be. Kedge — A small anchor. Keel — The lowest fore-and-aft timber of a vessel. Keelson — A timber inside a vessel over the angle of the floors and bolted through the keel, which serves to bind all the timbers together. Knot — See "Nautical mile." Knight-heads- -Strong timbers, one on either side of the stem, used to support the bowsprit. Lacing — The cord or rope used to lace a sail to a ppar ; or to lace a bonnet on a sail. Lanyards — Hopes that pass through the dead eyes of rigging. Larboard — Port. (Obsolete.) Large — A vessel is said to be going large when she has the wind three or four points free. Lay — A vessel is said to lay her course when, close-hauled, she will just point lier head in the direction she wishes to go. Lay-to— Sqq " Lie-to." Lead — An instrument with a line used for sounding. A hand lead weighs A DICTIONARY OF NAUTICAL TERMS. from 71b. to 281b., and a deep-sea lead from 28 lb. to 56 lb. Lee — The opposite side of a vessel to that on which the wind blows. Leech — The outer edge of a sail. Leeward — The opposite of windward. Leeway — The way a vessel makes to leeward when sailing. Lie -to — To trim the sails so that they keep full without giving way or motion to a vessel. Loud water-line — 'The draught of a vessel when properly ballasted or laden. Log — The diary kept of a ship's sailing. Log-line — A line used to tell the rate of a ship's sailing. Luhher'^s point — The black vertical line inside the compass bowl by which the steersman tells the direction of the vessel's head. Luff- — To sail closer to the wind. Lug-sail — A sail set on a yard, as generally used in small boats. Main-hoom — The spar that extends the foot of the mainsail of a fore-and- aft craft. Main-keel — The keel proper of a vessel, and not the false keel. Main-purchase — A two or three-fold block tackle, used for setting the mainsail after the throat halyards have been hauled hand taut. The peak-purchase is a similar tackle used for setting up the peak of a sail. Mainsail outhaul — The tackle tliat stretches the mainsail of a fore-and- aft rigged craft along the boom. Mainsheet — The sheet of a mainsail. Martingale — A short spar under the bowsprit, used to give more spread to the stays that set the bowsprit or jib-boom down. Mid — A contraction of middle. Miss stays — In tacking, to fail in going about, and to be compelled to hll off on the same tack again. floored — Riding by two anchors. Mousing — Yarn used to turn round the mouth of a hook, to prevent its un- hooking. Mudian — A contraction of Bermudian. A kind of lateen-rigged boat peculiar to Bermuda. Nautical mile — 2025-2 yards : thus 13 knots or nautical miles are nearly equal to 15 statute miles. Nautical day — From noon till noon, 24 hours. Near — Said when a vessel is sailed too close to the wind. As ''All near forward there ! " Nettles — Reef points, also hammock clews. Nip — A sharp turn in a rope round a pin or spar, &c. Nothing off — Said to a helmsman when he has to keep a vessel as close to wind as practicable. Off-and-on — Working along a shore by standing off, and then on, by short boards. Offing — Seaward beyond an anchorage. Off the loind — Sailing free, not close- hauled. On a hoioline — A term used in a square- rigged ship when she is sailed so close that her sails will not stand unless the bowlines are hauled taut. On a wind — A vessel is said to be on a wind when she is close-hauled. On end — Perpendicular with the deck. Said of masts and topmasts when they are in their places. Opposite tacks — Two vessels are said to be on opposite tacks when one is on the port tack, and one on the starboard tack. Outboard — Outside of a ship. Outrigger — A boom or rod of wood or iron used to extend guys outside ships, &c. Overhaul — To run the parts of a rope through the blocks ready for a new pull. To come up with another vessel. Painter — A rope attached to the bows of a boat, used to make her fast to a landing-place, &c. Fay off — When a vessel's headsails fill, and her bow goes off to leeward. Fay out — To slack out a cable or rope. Feak — The upper outer corner of the gaff-sails. Fendant — A stout rope with a block at the end, extending from the mast- head half way down the mast. At the end of the rope is a single block, through which another rope or run- ner is passed ; at one end of this runner is a hook which is attached to the vessel' s side ; at the other end of the runner is a tackle by which the whole is set up to keep the masts from going forward. (Pronounced " pennant" and generally so written.) Fennont — A long, narrow flag. Flank sheer — Planks that cover the timber heads level with the deck. The space between the plank sheer and the water-line is called the " free board." 684 YACHTING. Poop — The highest part of the stern. Pooping — The act of a sea breaking over a vessel's stern. Port — A harbour, place of refuge, &c. A hole in a vessel's side. The left- hand side of a ship when standing on her deck and looking towards her bow. To port a vessel's helm is to place the tiller on the port side, so as to bring her head round to star- board. Preventer stays. — Additional ropes set up taut to prevent spars carrying away when a vessel is under a press of canvas. Purchase — A tackle of various denomi- nations. Quarter — That part of a vessel ex- tending from the stern towards the beam. Quarter wind — The wind that blows upon a vessel's quarter. Rake — Masts are said to rake when they depart from a vertical position. Rattled down — Having ratlines. Ratlines — Ropes extending across the shrouds by wliich men ascend the rigging. Reef — The space between reef -points. Reef-pendant — A stout rope which passes through the reef cringles, by which a sail to be reefed is hauled down on the boom and secured. Reef-points — Short pieces of rope by which the foot of a sail is secured when a reef is rolled up, or, as the nautical term has it, hauled down. Reef-tachles — The tackles by which the reef -pendants are hauled down. Reeve — To pass the end of a rope through a sheave hole, &c. Ride — To lie at anchor. Riding down halyards. — Men ascending the rigging, and by hanging on the fall of the halyards their weight assists in hoisting. Ring-hoU — An eye-bolt with a ring through the eye. Ring-tail — A narrow kind of studding- sail extended beyond the after leech of a fore-and-aft mainsail. Round in — To haul on the fall of a tackh. Round up — To liaul in the slack of a tackle ; being reverse the of overhaul. Runners — The falls of a pendant, and a part of the tackle by which the pendant is set up. Save-all—k water sail sot underneath a atuddiiig sail, and sonictiuies under the main-boom and square-sail boom of fore-and-aft yachts. Schooner — A fore-and-aft rigged craft with two masts. Sometimes schooners carry square topsails, and then are distinguished by being called " square- topsail schooners." Score — A groove in a block, dead eye, spar, &c. Scud — To run before a gale on a strong- wind with only just enough canvas set to keep before the sea. Scuppers — Apertures in the bottom part of a vessel's bulwarks, to let the water off deck. Sea breeze — A wind coming from the sea blowing towards the land, in opposition to a land breeze, which blows from the land. Seaway — On the open sea, especially referable when the waves are running- high. I Seizing — The fastening of two ropes together by spun yarn, &c. Or the fastening of two parts of a rope into an eye by the same means. Also the small stuff used to fasten ropes together. Service — Spun yarn or small rope "served" or wound round a rope over splicing or where chafing comes, &c. Set flying — Said of sails not set on stays. Set up — Said of rigging when it has been purchased up. Severe — Secure, effectual ; as, " Take a severe turn with that." Shackle — A kind of ring with two eyes and a bolt, used for various pur- poses. There is one at every dis- tance of 15 fathoms of a cable. Sharp up — Yards are said to be braced sharp up when they are trimmed for close-hauled sailing. Sheave — A pulley- wheel, over which a rope works inside a block, or in a recess in a mast or yard, &c. Sheave hole — The hole for the sheave. Sheer — The position of a vessel at anchor. A vessel is said to break her sheer when, riding by a single anchor, she brings a broatlside strain upon tlie cable, and the anchor comes home ; also the curve of a vessel's deck-line. Sheets — Hopes by wliich fore-and-aft sails, &c., are trimmed. Shrouds — Strong ropes extending from the mastheacls to the sides of a vessel, to support the masts. A DICTIONARY OF NAUTICAL TERMS. Sister block — A block containing two sheaves one above the other. Slings — The rope or strop used to secure the centre of a yard to the raast to which the halyards are bent for hoisting. Snatch block — A block with a slot in it through which a rope can be passed round the sheave without reeving. An iron band covers the slot. Soundings — When the bottom can be reached by the deep-sea lead. To " get soundings aboard/' is to run on shore. Spinnaker — A modern adaptation of a jib-shaped sail, often seen set from the topmasthead and boomed out from the mast. It is made of light canvas, and hoists to the topmast- head, and is boomed out from the mast. Some cutters carry enormous spinnakers, containing in one sail nearly as much canvas as is spread in mainsail and topsail. A spinnaker is a very handy sail, and preferable to a squaresail in light weather. Spitfire — A small jib used in fore-and- aft craft in very bad weather. Square — Yards are said to be square when at riglit angles with the keel. A ship's sails or yards are said to be "square" when the head of the sails is nearly as long &s the foot. Square-sail— A sail occaf^ionally used in fore-and-aft vessels when running. Standing rigging — That part of the rigging which is kept set up or made fast, such as the shrouds, forestays, and backstays. Starboard — The right-hand side of a vessel when looking forward. Starboard helm — The tiller put the starboard side of a vessel, so that the rudder brings her head round to port. Stags — Ropes used to support masts. iitaysail — A sail set upon a stay by hanks or hoops. To stay — The act of going about or tacking. Steady !—An order after the helm has been put to port or starboard, to put it no farther in either direction, but bring it back amidships. When the wind is fair, an order given to a steersman to "Steady!" is to keep the hehn as it is. Steeve— The rising a bowsprit has from a horizontal position. Stem—The foremost part of a vessel's frame. Stern-way — Moving by the stern, as a vessel often will when, through bad seamanship or other causes, she misses stays or fails in going about. Storm-trysail — A small fore-and-aft gaff-sail, used in bad weather. Strop — A rope formed into a ring, for encircling blocks, &c. Tack — The lower weather corner of a sail. To tack — To go about from one tack to the other. Tackle — A purchase composed of blocks and a rope, for multiplying power. Tail block — A tackle consisting of two blocks, to one of wliich is attached a length of rope for fastening to any object at pleasure. Taunt—T&\\. Taut— Tight. Thwart — Athwart ; across. The seat of a boat. Tiller — The bar of wood or iron by which the rudder is worked. Toggle— pin placed through the bight or eye of a rope to secure it round a stay, mast, &c. Top a boom — To raise one end of it by hoisting on the topping-lifts. Topmast — The next mast to the lower mast ; in ships, the topmast is suc- ceeded by top-gallant mast and royal mast. Top-rail— The rail upon top of the bul- warks, supported on the stanchions. Touch her — Luff and touch her ; to come up close to the wind without shaking the sails. Trestle-trees — Strong pieces of timber that support the cross-trees on the mastheads. Traveller — An iron ring that slides up and down or along spars, whereby the sails are hauled into their posi- tions. Triatic stay — A stay that in schooners goes from masthead to masthead. Trucks — Flat pieces of wood upon the top of masts, tlirough which the signal halyards are rove. Trysail — A small fore-and-aft sail set with a gaff ; used in bad weather. Up and down — The wind is said to be up and down the mast when a vessel is becalmed. Under such circum- stances a wind is also said to be " dead on the masthead." Vang — A rope for holding the foregaff of a schooner up to windward. ' Vast I — Avast ! Stop hauling, &c. Wall-sided — A vessel is wall-sided 686 YACHTING. whose sides come up perpendicularly from her bilge. Water-sail — A sail all set underneath booms in fine weather. Wear — To come round with the wind until it blows on the opposite side. In tacking, a vessel is turned round against the wind. JVeathei'-helm — A vessel is said to carry weather-helm when, close hauled, she has a tendency to come up in the wind, and her tiller has to be kept up to keep her from so doing. W eatherly — Said of a ship that makes little or no leeway, and that will sail within 4^ to 5^ points of the wind. Windward — The weather side, or side on which the wind blows. Yavj — A vessel is said to yaw when in running she flies off her course. Yawl — A vessel rigged like a cutter, with the addition of a short mizen- mast. Yoke — The lower cap on the masthead of yachts. 687 CHAPTEK II ROWING, OK I Sect. 1.— Varieties of Boats used. The Boats used in racing, by means uf the scull and oar, are cliiefly at this present time the following — viz., first, j the sculling outrigger ; secondly, the \ pair-oared outrigger ; thirdly, the four- i oared outrigger ; fourthly, the eight- oared outrigger; and fifthly, the gig, which may be either a pair, four, six, or eight-oared. Outriggers have now j almost entirely superseded the old style of boats, in which the rowlock was } fixed upon the wale-streak ; but occasionally even now the rules of | regattas compel their use ; and at the i sea-side gigs are often employed, or i other descriptions of sea-boats. These, j however, are the exceptions, and for racing purposes the first four varieties ■ above enumerated comprise all that are I necessary. The old wherry, the funny, i the ran-dan, and the six-oared cutter, not outrigged, are now only used for watermeti's purposes or for pleasure- parties ; and, except for learning to row, are quite exploded as racing-boats. The Outrigged Sculling-Boat, called also a " Clasper boat," from the name of those who introduced this variety, is the simplest form of all. and also a great improvement upon the old principle, as far as speed is con- cerned ; but it takes a long time to learn to sit a racing-boat, and many upsets must be expected before that perfect command of it is attained which racing demands. This boat consists of two portions — the body and the outriggers, which are one on each side, opposite each other. In the old days of sculling, the boat was obliged to be wide enough to carry the rowlock on her wale-streak, but her water-line was not nearly so wide as the rowlocks themselves, and consequently, on the shghtest roil, or in " lumpy water," she was much impeded in her course, and rendered still slower than she otherwise was, besides the impediment offered by the wind to lofty sides. In those days a wager boat was about 23 feet long by 3 feet 6 inches wide, or sometimes 2 inches wider. At the present time the boat itself is about 30 feet long by 10 or 12 iiicjies wide ; and when in the OAT-RACING. water with the sculler in her, she is seldom more than one inch, or one and a half, above its level in the middle, rising to three or four inches at the bows, and quite level with it at the stern. The engraving of a sculling boat here given shows these proportions tolerably accurately, and is strictly ac- cording to scale, but is calculated to G88 BOAT-RACING. carry a 12st. man. Tlie bows and stern are very fine and sharp, and the former has usually a thin edge of copper added to make t still more cutting. These boats are ccmstructed without any keel, of a single sheet of cedar or mahogany in the middle, " scarfed " (or united by a splice with copper nails) at places not opposite each other, when the sheet is not long enough, and bent into the proper form by means of steaming. The boat from which the foregoing sketch was taken, is constructed of a single sheet of mahogany from stem to stern. When without a keel, the bows are cut out of the solid, in order to get the exact form wanted. The cedar or mahogany is about the thickness of a half-crown when sand-papered down and varnished, and is called " the skin " of the boat, which is strengthened by ribs of oak, inserted at stated distances, after she has been moulded on her mould boards ; in the bows and stern they are merely thin pieces of oak, of the pattern of the section, with the centres cut out for lightness; while opposite the outriggers they are much stronger than elsewhere, in order to carry the irons which are bolted to them. On the top of the whole boat — with the exception of about three or four feet, varying according to the fancy of the builder — is tixed a deck or cover of thin mahogany or varnished canvas, supported by a light frame- work ; thus making a hollow compart- ment at each end, which is rendered watertight by a bulkhead towards the middle, and any leakage is allowed to escape through this by means of a small hole fitted with a plug. The sculler sits in the vacant middle space or box, either on the deck or a little below its level, in which case the deck does not extend to his thwart. Around the space occupied by the sculler is a rib of deal called the " in-wale," outside which is the wash-board ; and a board of a corresponding height is carried across in a pointed form in front of the sculler's back, serving to keep any water shipped in a swell from running into the central well where the sculler sits, protected from friction- by a mat fixed on his tliwart. A similar wash-board is also carried straight across at the stornmost end of this box. The in- walc is continued fore and aft on each side to the stem and stern, being firmly bolted to the ribs. A movable loot- board, called a " stretcher," is fixed for the feet of the sculler, and capable of being shifted by a simple but ingenious contrivance called " a rack ;" and at- tached to this stretcher is a leather strap for the foot, which enables the scuher to bring his body up quickly, without bearing on his scull too much. Such is the construction of the boat ; next comes the part ^'hich is capable of apphcation to pairs, fours, and eights, with very little variation ; and one description will do for all, the main difference being that in sculhng-boats the two outriggers are opposite each other, whilst in all others they are placed alternately, half on one side and the other half on the other, but each outrigger corresponding with a vacant space on the other side. The Outrigger-Kowlock consists of four iron rods which are bolted to the side of the boat ; the two middle ones to the strong timbers before-mentioned, and the two others to the wale-streak, where it is well supported by the thwart or deck fore and aft. These four irons gradually approach each other, being from 13 to 16 inches in length, and about one-third of an inch in diameter, of a section sometimes square and sometimes round ; they are then riveted or forged to a double plate, about seven inches long and three- quarters of an inch wide, with a vary- ing depth, Mdiich stands perpendicularly and lies parallel with the side of the boat. About three and a half inches of this plate is plugged with wood, upon which is nailed a thick piece of leather, and this is called the rowlock, being the part upon which the scull or oar lies. Before this piece of leather is a space about two inches long, and three or four deep, into which is jam- med a wedge of oak, standing up consi- derably above it, and called the ' ' thowle," or " thowle-pin ;" against which tlie whole power of the sculler is exerted in making his stroke. Behind the leather, again, another and similar wooden wedge is jannned into a corresponding space, and this is called " the stopper," and is for the purpose of preventing the oar or scull from flying off the row- lock when it is pushed forward, or "on the feather," as it is termed. In this way there is left a square space, about the breadth of the hand, for the ordinary boat, and half an inch wider for those furnislicd witii sliding seats, to be pre- VARIETIES OF BOA TS USED. 689 eently described, bounded before hy the thowle, behind by the stopper, and be- low by the leather nailed upon the row- lock : and this space must be accurately adjusted to the reach and length of the sculler, being just wide enough to enable him to get sufficiently back- wards and foi-wards, and also placed high enough to allow him to clear his knees. It must also be fixed at such a distance astern of the thwart that the sculler shall be enabled to get his scull as much back as he pulls it before it — that is, it must be in the middle of his reach, which varies much with, different styles, according to whether the indi- vidual swings back more or less than he reaches forward over his toes. A piece of thick string connects tlie tops of the stopper and thowle, to prevent the oar or scull from pushing out. The weight of an outrigger sculling-boat, without sculls, is said to be sometimes not more than 301b ; this however is, I fancy, a slight exaggeration ; and few are, I believe, really less than 38 or 401b., when adapted to carry a man of 9st. 71b. The Sculls are made of white deal, and consist of the handle, the loom, and the blade, being altogether a little over 10 feet in length, up to 10 feet 4 inches. The handle and loom occupy the length from the rowlock to the middle of the boat, where they should overlap each other from four to six inches for over-hand sculhng, in which one hand passes over the other ; but this is sometimes avoided, because the rowlocks may be made wide enough apart to allow of sufficient length of loom without it, so that the length of the irons added to half the width of the boat gives the lengih inboard of the scull, or generally a httle over two feet ; but for this arrangement the boat must be at least 20 inches wide, and the outrigger must project 14 inches. The handle is made round for the width of the hand, but not too smooth, and is left as it comes from the rasp ; from the handle to a little beyond the rowlock most sculls are square, with an oblong leather button nailed on to the upper part of the side corresponding with the back part of the blade, and just where the rowlock comes — indeed butting against the inside of the thowle. In the " Clasper " oar and scull, however, it is round and covered with leather, with a very peculiar button encircling three-fourths of the oar at this part, and projecting about an inch. Out- board the oar or scuH is at first round or nearly so behind, and square before ; then of an oval section ; and finally ending in the blade, by gradually spreading out until it terminates in a breadth of thin wood about four inches wide, or sometimes even more. The oar or scull ought to be nearly balanced at the nut, but is always a little heavier outboard than inboard. The Pair-oared Outrigger is built somewhat on the same model as the sculling- boat, but longer and wider, in order to carry the double weight. As the strain on these boats is not even on the two sides, owing to the alter- nate fixing of the outriggers, they are obhged to be built much stronger and heavier than the sculling-boat ; and every foot in the length which the additional man requires to be added for his support in the water, also causes a greater tendency to weakness, and by consequence more strength of timber to give the adequate stiffness. Unless there is this last quality in perfection no boat will row well, because at the moment she is being impelled by the oar she trembles and twists, losing her proper form as well as taking a shghtly serpentine course. The pair-oar is generally about 33 or 34 feet long, and 18 or 19 inches wide ; but she may be proportioned to the weight of the men she has to carry. The cover- ing-in of the bows and stern is gene- rally of canvas instead of cedar. The increased length is given in the middle, where the vacant space, or "body," which is undecked, is long enough to receive two men instead of one, and, when steering is required, a boy to steer besides. This last addition, how- ever, is only allowed in winding rivers, where it is almost impossible to keep a good steerage without this assistance. In tlie Thames such a thing is never seen in a race ; but even there a devious course is often made, and the boat ac- tually loses many yards in her erratic shoots to the right and left. The after- rowlock, usually called the "stroke-row- lock," is bolted to the left side, in front of this man's thwart ; and between the two thwarts on the other side is bolted the " bow-rowlock." Sometimes, how- ever, when the stroke-oar cannot row on the stroke side, the rowlocks are reversed, and then he is said to " row Y Y 690 BOAT-RACING. stroke -on bow side." The oars are in form merely enlarged sculls, except that the handle is a little longer, and the square of the loom is gradually rounded off into it for about live or six inches, which is for the accommodation of the inside hand. These oars are usually about 12 feet in length. The boats when loaded sit a very little higher out of the water than sculHng-boats, there being generally about two inches be- tween the water-hne and the wale-streak ; and, nike the former, they are composed of a sltreak or plank put on in sheets the- breadth of each side, and generally in two lengths, scarfed about four feet apart on the two sides ; so that one side is divided into two unequal por- tions, with the larger part aft, and the other has the larger part forwards. The skin is of the same stoutness and sub- stance, but the ribs are much stronger ; and they are carefully framed into the keel, which again is generally strength- ened by a backbone, a perpendicular piece of deal running longitudinally along its surface, and rising at the thwarts to their under-surf ace, to which they are securely nailed. The Foue-Oared Outrigger is con- structed just like a pair-oared boat, except that she is longer, being about 42 feet long, and 20 or 21 inches wide. At one time, these boats were built 48 feet long, and 20 inches wide only, even for a crew averaging 9st. 71b. ; but they are now built somewhat shorter and wider, and the alteration is found to answer better, for when so very narrow they offered no resistance to the depressing power of the stroke, and were buried in the water while " on the hand," to rise again in " the shoot," and thus to make a series of dips which were little calculated for a high speed. At first it was supposed that the only hmit to the diminution of l)readth and to the increase of length was the difficulty in getting the boat .stiff and steady enough for her crew, but now it is discovered that she must also offer a sufficient resistance to the (lownpull, or, in other words, that she must be " fioaty " enough to carry her crew. Hence the medium length and l)readth which are now adopted. A rudder until lately was always added to lour-oared boats, and there is in that case a thwart required for a light cox- swain, though in racing it is usual for him to sit on the fioor of the boat for greater steadiness. The Americans, however, introduced a plan by which the rudder is moved by the foot of the stroke- oarsman pressing on a lever which works it by means of strings and pulleys. There are seldom more than 18 inches allowed for the coxswain between his thwart and the stretchei of the bow-oar ; and here he must sii cross-legged, or as well as he can, witl a hand on each gunwale or wale-streak.' The rudder is attached to the whol^ THE SLID. depth of the stem, and is worked by two long cords, which run through pulleys on the deck or canvas covering of the stern. These are called the " yoke lines," and they are attached to a cross-bar of iron or wood, called " the yoke," which stands out on each side of the stern, at right angles to the rudder, and thus, when pulled, turns it to the sam.e side. When first these boats were introduced, they were al- most always built of four or five streaks, or planks, on each side, but they are now commonly of a single streak, either of cedar, or white or yellow pine. The oars are similar to those of the pair-oared boat, except that the middle pair are a trifle longer in some cases ; but in many fours all the oars are almost exactly alike in length, and where tne crew are nearly matched in strength this ought to be the case. The annexed view given of a four-oared outrigger is from an exact drawing- according to scale of a small outrigger four-oared boat 21 inches wide. The Eight-Oared Outrigger has, again, a longer form, but is exactly on the same principle of construction, with the additional space necessary for four extra men. She is generally now about 55 or 56 feet in length, by 2 feet 2 or 3 inches in breadth, according to her crew in both cases. Some have reached even 70 feet, but they are too weak when of that extreme length, and the above proportions are now considered the best. The rowlocks are disposed four on each side between the thwarts, but approaching nearer to the forward one than to that behind them. Here, also, they must be suited to the stroke of the crew ; but the usual and average length from the stemmost edge of the thwart to the inside of the thowle-pin is 16 inches. The oars in this kind of boat vary in length ; Nos. 8 and 7 being a little longer than No. 2 and bow ; but the four averaging 12 feet, while the four middle oars are of equal length, and about 5 or 6 inches longer than that of the stroke, according to the weight and power of the men. In all cases the steadiness of these boats is in proportion to the width and flatness of their floor, which, if it is a segment of a circle, causes the boat to be very " crank," and inclined to roll on the slightest inequahty in the row- ing. Salter, Clasper, and Jewett are the fashionable builders of the day. WG SEAT. 691 In Examining any of these boats the great point is to ascertain if they are stiff— that is, if they twist readily on being supported unequally ; and, when turned over with their bottoms upwards, that they are quite straight, and the two sides exactly ahke. It is true that few boats are mathematically so, and a correct eye will generally detect some little deviation from the precise corre- spondence in the two halves ; but unless very obvious, it is of little consequence. A crooked boat is the result of a strain, and always interferes with a boat's way, requiring constant steerage, how- ever slight, against it, and thus also impeding the speed. Boats so curved are said to be " screwed." The Gig is on a different construc- tion altogether, being shorter, wider, and without outriggers. She has a square stem, and a strong gunwale, into which, at the place of the rowlocks, two wooden pins (thowle-pins) are wedged. In river gigs the oars are similar to those already described ; but in ships' gigs they have no nut, and are only held in their proper places by the art of the rower. Gigs are built in the old-fashioned way with five or six streaks, and are either of deal or oak, the former being the lighter, the latter the stronger and more lasting material. Sect. 2. — The Sliding Seat. The Sliding Seat, which was intro- duced into this country from America about three years ago, is now univer- sally adopted by rowing men for racing purposes, whether in sculling-boats, or in "pairs," "fours," or "eights," having been demonstrated to enable the rower to do his work with much less distress over any distance beyond a mere spirt. In order to make the following remarks intelligible to those who are now taking up this investigation for the first time, it is necessary to describe the exact nature of the sliding seat., which is as follows : In the first place a much wider thwart must be fixed in the boat in lieu of the old one — the increase being about four inches in each direction, fore and aft. On the top of this thwart is fixed a glass rod (patent- ed by Mr. Searle), to receive an ivory " traveller," which is firmly screwed to the under-side of the actual seat. The Y Y 2 692 BOAT-RACING. result is that the latter can slide back- wards and forwards with great facility for a distance varying, with different men and in different boats, from six to eight and even nine inches ; and ot course the seat carries the rower with it The extra weight is about lib. per man. As first used, the "traveller" moved in a brass tube, slit to receive it ; but this was abandoned in conse- quence of its soiling the flannels in a very disagreeable manner. The theory of its action is as follows, as pointed out for the first time by myself in an article pubhshed in the Field of March 1st, 1873, prior to which time a most unintelligible controversy had been carried on for some weeks. It is generally supposed that the art of shding in a boat is as difficult to learn as skating on the ice ; but this is altogether a mistake, as I proved by ex- periment. Selecting a well-known ama- teur who had not sculled in a wager- boat for the previous two years, and had never used the shde, I requested him to get into Mr. Gulston's sculling-boat (that gentleman having kindly placed it at our disposal) and try the invention. The stretcher was too short for my friend, and he was altogether out of practice ; but nevertheless, after a few minutes, and as soon as he had gained sufficient confidence to lay out, he began to slide, and, though he did not of course arrive at the perfection which one is accustomed to see when the boat is in the hands of her owner, he was yet able to make a very fair exhibition. The fact seems to be estabUshed that the very act of using the straps to bring up the body draws the seat forward ; and when this is followed by the pres- sure of the feet on the stretcher, the rower is of necessity driven back again to his former position. To the casual observer it would appear impossible to get the hands over the knees, which when the body is full forward are no doubt too high for that important act ; but, on watching the process carefuUy, it will be seen that the arms on gcmg forward, bevng at once straightened after the swing, pass the knees before these are raised to their full height, while in going backwards — the arms being- of course still unbent— the legs are straightened, and the knees lowered before the hands come near them. These points must be carefully remem- bered in examining the various details of the process, v/hich are no doutit of an extremely complicated nature. It has been found in rowing that a long, strong, and comparatively slow stroke of 34 or 36 will win over a dis- tance, although it will be beaten in a spirt by a quick, sharp, and compara- tively weak stroke of 42 or 44 to the minute. Hence, length of stroke is to be desired— within certain Hmits, how- ever, because it is clear that it cannot be advantageous to lengthen it so far fore and aft as merely to spread the water sideways without driving it back. In the old seat a very long stroke could no doubt be given by the aid of great reach forward and corre- sponding swing ; but of late years it ; has been found that this could easily ; be overdone, the reason being twofold — first, the excessive swing causes the modern boat, with its narrow floor, to . dip too much for speed ; and secondly, i the power of the extensor muscles is apphed disadvantageously both at the beginning and the end of the very long stroke. The latter point requires an anatomical explanation to demonstrate it ; but although, with the aid of dia- grams, this would be easy enough, I shall on the present occasion ask the reader to take it for granted — as any . anatomist will admit that it must be. Now let us see how this is altered by • the new invention. Putting a practised oar into a tub four, I ascertained, by careful measurement on land, that, as compared with his stroke on tha fixed thwart, his stroke on the sliding seat is nearly 18 inches longer in the water, and even then is not nearly so long as he could make it if he were not prevented hy his stopper and thowle. In other words, iie can drop his oar into the water, and at once use his extensor muscles to advantage, and at the end of a sufficiently long stroke finish without dipping his boat, and without the loss of power which would of necessity have resulted in the same length of stroke on the old seat. Here, then, is an enormous me- chanical gain. The long stroke— an ad- mitted boon, though in the old boat counterbalanced by an attendant evil- is here obtained without that evil, and at the cost of the leg muscles only, which arc naturally capable of doing far more than has hitherto been allotted to them. But, beyond this, a most powerful set of muscles are brought THE SLIDING SEAT. 633 into play for a purpose altogether different from that in which they have heretofore been engaged. I mean the extensors o£ the legs, which form that enormous mass of flesh to be found on the upper half of the thigh, and which are about twice as big as the glutmus maximus, and nearly four times as effi- cient, because the latter works to a dis- advantage, while they have the extra leverage afforded by the knee-cap. The superiority of leg work over arm work will be at once manifested if only the legs can be brought into play. As a practical illustration of their power, let a man be placed on his back so that he can point his le^s in any direction, as a modern ship's turret does her guns ; and who will dare to attack him with the arms ? Why, the legs, when bent ready for the antagonist, could hurl him away to the nearest wall or other ob- struction. On the old system the necessity of a good use of the legs has always been insisted on, and no doubt with propriety ; but a moment's consideration will show that, after all, their capacity for useful work has been very limited indeed. To prove this it is only necessary to admit that their two extremities on a fixed seat are also fixed points, or very nearly so. By the flexion and extension of the back on the pelvis the socket in which the thigh-bone plays is allowed to move about an inch backwards and for- wards ; by so much and no more the knees are flexed and extended ; and this practically amounts to nothing. What the legs do is simply to maintain the fulcrum in a fixed position on the thwart, for the extensor muscles of the back to act on ; and this is all they can do, for the simple reason that if they did more they would make the rower slip backwards on it — which no one will contend was ever done except by the tyro. But in the sliding seat a certain por- tion of the work hitherto done by the extensor muscles of the back is trans- ferred to the extensors of the thigh, which drive the rower bodily back- wards, and, while so doing, or in as far as they so do, convert the muscles of the back into passively resisting agents, instead of actively swinging the body backwards, as they were formerly obliged to do without any assistance. The following diagram will serve to explain how this is effected. The position of the body. A, shows the beginning of the stroke, the handle of the oar being at c. The extensors of the legs then contracting, straighten the knees, and by so doing drive the body back to the position b (shown in dotted lines), without any active con- traction of the muscles of the back, or of the glutcei maximi, which merely passively prevent the natural tendency of the back to give way. During this time the handle of the oar has been brought back to D, or exactly the same length as the sliding seat has travelled. and d uring tnat movement of we will say nine inches, the knees, being straight- ened, have got out of the way of the hands, which easily pass, as shown by the dotted fines. But, although it is manifest that this amount of work has been transferred from the usually dis- tressed muscles of the back to those of the hitherto neglected legs, the former have, pari passu, been aiding, and have carried the shoulders back by causing them to rotate on the axis of the pelvis, the tuberosity of which is fixed on the seat, exactly as was done in the old style. With the exception of this utilisation of the leg-muscles for a new purpose, all is conducted on old principles, though to greater advan- tage in point of leverage ; and there is not so much tendency to shirk work as was formerly the case, because there is not so much tendency to distress. In fact, it is found practically that notorious shirkers do reasonably good work in a boat furnished with sliding seats, for the simple reason that their physical power is now capable of mas- tering the oar, which was on the old system altogether beyond it. I must not omit to draw the attention of my readers to the peculiar action of the extensors of the body on the pelvis. The power of thene muscles is applied G94 BOAT-RACING. by means of the short arm of the lever (the tuberosity of the pelvis above alluded to), acting through the fulcrum existing at the hip-joint on the long arm afforded by the body and arms when attached to the oar. The substi- tution, therefore, of a strong and direct push backwards by the legs, for this comparatively weak but quick kind of lever, is an enormous gain in power, though a loss in velocity. From the foregoing remarks, it will be apparent that the following conclu- sions may be safely arrived at : — 1. That with a seat sliding nine inches, the stroke can be lengthened about eighteen inches in the water, without at the same time causing the power to be applied so disadvanta- geously as with the shorter stroke on the fixed seat. 2. That with a sufficiently long stroke the body is not bent either forwards or backwards nearly as far as without the sliding seat. (By " sufficiently long " I mean such a length as will act most efficiently in giving speed to the boat. 3. That as the force exerted by the muscles of the back cannot be applied to advantage when the body is extended either backwards or forwards to the extreme Umits allowed by the human frame, it is a mechanical gain if the most efficient length of stroke can be given without resorting to those ex- treme hmits. 4. By the substitution of the movmg force residing in the powerful extensors of the thighs, in Keu of a correspo'jd-- ing power residing in the extensors ropter hoc in their nonclusions. Straps and light boats came in together, and doubling for- ward came in soon afterwards; and they say that this fatal defect is caused by straps, because their use was followed by the defect ; but I suspect that this unseemly habit is the result of the want of resisting power which is now felt by the fight boats, and for which straps were invented, and not of the straps themselves. In the old heavy boat a man could almost raise himself off his thwart in the pull; and in the Thames wherry it was common enough to see the waterman actually showing daylight under his seat of honour. But when the light boats were introduced, it was found that it was not only impossible to execute this extreme manoeuvre, but that the attempt to carry out the old dig into the ribs, which at the same time raised the body partially, was attended with a drag of the boat under the water, and so was opposed to her progress through it. In order to avoid this difficulty, and to enable the rower to raise himself without bearing on his oar more than enough to feather it, straps were introduced ; but I never yet saw any one use them while meeting his oar. The bending at this time has nothing to do with the thighs, which are the parts steadied by the strap, but it is entirely at the loin where the arch forward takes place ; and so far from requiring a strap to execute it, I have invariably found that the absence of one from the stretcher does not inter- fere with the trick. Meeting the oar is a sign of weakness in the back, or of a tendency to shirk, the one being often involuntary, and the other be- coming so after a time. Whatever the cause, it is a habit which is very difficult to cure ; and when weakness has produced it, wholly impossible. Here the back has not power to bring the oar through the same quantity of water in the same time as the stroke, and therefore the oar is allowed to be brought through the latter part of its course by the arms alone ; or, in fact, is almost kept stationary, and the back meets it so as to be ready for a start before-hand in the feather, and thus to have less to do in that part of the work as well as in the stroke. Now, as it is shown that the back comes forward to meet the oar while its stroke is being finished by the arms, so it is clear that the arms pull the back for- STEERING. 701 ward, as well as pulling the oar back, and that, consequently, the strap is not wanted for this trick, and if not wanted it is not likely to be used. There is, however, another observation of these gentlemen which is invaluable, and ought to be written in letters of gold over all boat - builders' yards ; it is this— "THE USE OF VERT LIGHT BOATS BY YOUNG OARS IS DESTRUCTIVE TO THE ACQUISITION OF GOOD STYLE." Straps are now almost invariably used. EIeeping Stroke is the imitation of the stroke-oar by those behind him, in the power used, and in the length and depth of water taken, in which particular, if they exactly follow him, they are said to "keep stroke." A shirker cannot keep stroke, though he may keep time ; and it is only by watching the oar, and the work done by it, that the coxswain can detect this fault. It is not so un- pleasant to the ear as the defect in time, but it is quite as fatal to the good progress of the boat, and, indeed, sometimes more so, because the variable ending of the stroke is of more conse- quence than the want of time in be- ginning it, or rather in feathering, which is the process by which time is marked. The speed of the boat is entirely dependent upon the swing- ing and sUding together of the men, and their lapng out their strength at the same moment, to the same degree, and in the same direction. These acts being simultaneous, time must be kept, as the major includes the minor; but the converse does not by any means always hold good. So important is keeping stroke, that a crew of men pulling well together will always beat a crew of better men who row in various styles and without simulta- neous action. Keeping Time is the feathering of the oars, and their recovery, executed exactly together by a crew ; and it may be carried out to a tolerably full extent by a crew, some of whom are accomplished shirkers, while the others are doing good work. Still the prac- tised ear will generally detect a slight want of rhythm, for though the time is pretty good, there is a difference in the sound produced by an oar doing its duty from that made by a shirker. This will lead the " coach " to examine the oars themselves, and he then sees how they perform, and at once detects the offender; though in an eight-oar there is great difficulty in examining those in the fore part of the boat, and they can almost defy detection if clever in their way. For this reason of late years the coaching has been carried on from the saddle at Oxford and Cam- bridge, and from a steam launch on the Thames, whenever a crew for an import- ant event is in preparation. Besides these directions there are many minute yet important points which will be found detailed in " The Arts of Rowing and Training," by " Argonaut." Sect. 4.— Steering. The Coxswain's duty is by no means the least important in boat-racing, and he often makes a considerable difference in the length of water rowed over, and in the amount of stream to be rowed with or against. For ordinary prac- tice, the coxswain, unless he is also the captain of the crew, need not be very efficient ; but I am fully per- suaded that no boat's crew of more than a four-oar can be properly trained, except by a coxswain who is also captain, or, at all events, by some one who has full power while in the boat. In four-oar racing-boats the coxswain should not weigh more than 7st., and few boats as now built cany much more than that weight with sufficient buoyancy. In an eight-oar he may be 9st., or perhaps a few pounds over. It is seldom that a good head can be obtained on a body of less than 7st. in weight ; but there is no doubt that every pound tells in a boat as well as on a horse. Nevertheless, good steering balances any weight up to that amount, and it would be better to give away even another stone than to put an inefficient steerer into the responsible office which he fills in a sharply-contested race. It requires considerable nerve to keep a boat in her course when pressed close by an- other, and yet the giving way often entails the loss of the race. The great cause of the failures in steering which are so often seen, is that the coxswain has not been allowed that amount of practice ivith the crew which his office requires. Very often he has only been in the boat once or twice, and some- times he has never steered half a dozen timics in any boat at all. The trainer has usurped the place, because he has been wanted to " coach " the 702 BOAT-RACING. men ; but the coxswain wants teaching as much as the oarsmen, and if not allowed to be in his own boat, he ought to have practice in another. The grand principles of steering are, to keep the course which is laid down from the first, with as little meddling with the yoke-lines as possible ; to keep these taut, so that the rudder is quite fixed and incapable of shifting, and when compelled to use them, to be careful to do no more than is absolutely necessary, so as to avoid having to rectify an overshoot to the right by steering again to the left. In going round sharp points, if the men pulling the outside oars are stronger than those pullhig inside, they may be called upon to pull harder — thus, " Pull, bow- side," or " Pull, stroke-side ; " but if they happen to be the weaker half of the crew, and they are liable to be afterwards overdone, it is better " to ease " the other side. Either of these is better than using the rudder too strongly, which impedes a boat, while it also keeps the men doing their ut- most ; and it will be found in practice that a boat will go round a point in less time by easing one side than by steering round with the full force on, whilst at the same time the strength of the men is husbanded. The coxswain should also study the stream, and take advantage of the slack water if against it, or of the full stream if with it; and this he must do according to his position in the race, which will be constantly varying in diflierent contests aud locahties. In every case he should steer over the course several times beforehand, and should make every object perfectly familiar to him at the first sight. His words of com- mand to the crew are, " Pull, all," "Ease, all," "Pull, bow-side," "Pull, stroke-side," "Pull, bow," or No. 2, or 3, or stroke, as the case may be. " Back water, all," or any one, or two, or either side ; and the same with hold- ing water. " Look out," when any obstacle is in the way ; and " Ship oar," or oars, directed to any one, or all With these words of command he manages the boat and crew, and if he has a knowledge of their proper duties and modes of executing them, he " coaches" or trains them in addition. CHAPTER III. BOAT-RACING— (coniinwei?. ) Sect, 1.— Training a Boat's Crew. Selection of the Men. — In directing the choice of a boat's crew, it will here be understood that the men to be selected from are all in good health ; but in the chapter on training for pedestrianism (page 638), further advice is given for preparing a man out of health to undertake training of all kinds. At first sight it may appear that in rowing all below the waist is idle ; but this is by no means true, for the legs and thighs take their full share in the muscular exertion going on. Many mistakes have been made in picking men, from this error in judgment ; for it has been found, when perhaps too late, that good knees and thighs are required as well as good arms and shoulders. This is easily explained by a reference to the work which is to be done, and by examining the framework which has to do it. Now, then, what is tnat work? It consists in pulling an oar or scull through the water, by the muscles of the arms and back. But what enables the power called into play by the anns and back to act upon the boat V Why, the resisting and pushing power of the legs and thighs, without which the body would glide off the thwart, and fall helplessly into the boat. Hence it is manifest, that just as much as the anns generate the power by pulhng against the water, by so much exactly will the legs convey that power to the boat by pushing against the stretcher. In selecting men for this beautiful and healthy exercise, it should there- fore be borne in mind that the follow- ing points are essential, though, of course, this, like all similar rules, admits of exception : — First and foremost, I should look to the moving powers — the arms, shoulders, and back. Thef.e TBAINING A BOAT'S CBEW. 703 should be muscular, with good bony wiists, straight elbows, powerful and pliable shoulders, and above all, a good, strong, muscular loin. Without this last point the strength of arm is of no use ; the body, instead of drawing the oar to it by the muscles of the arm, is itself drawn forward over the oar, and the stroke is rendered ineffective. Nothing is more difficult than to fore- tell, by examination, the exact degree of strength which any individual form is capable of displaying ; but, with regard to the back and loin, it is almost impossible to form any useful opinion Avithout actual trial ; for so much depends upon early habits of various kinds, that no conclusion from the formation can possibly be arrived at. It is seldom that any one can say, with anything like certainty, that a particular individual shall make a '^'good oar;" but the contrary may often be affirmed, and it may generally be prognosticated, that an awkward, slow, and very high-shouldered man will prove useless in a boat. Next to these points, I should see that the legs and thighs (without being too heavy) should be sufficiently well developed to do their work. If too muscular, it is only so mucli extra Aveight to carry, and they should rather be below than above the proportionate size as compared with the arms. This form has been apparent in most of our best watermen, who have generally been remarkable for good upper works, as compared with their lower extremii:<^s. After the moving powers, it is needful to consider the state of the lungs and the heart. The wind should be natu- rally good, free from wheezing or cough ; and the heart should be healthy, and free from palpitation 01 excitement. This can only be ascertained by trial ; and indeed, that is the best mode of arriving at _ an opinion on all the different essentials for this as well as all other bodily exercises. With regard to size and weight, much must depend upon what is to be done. I am now alluding to the choice of a boat's crew ; as for single contests such selection is generally made by the scuUer himself, and after many and repeated trials. It is seldom, nowadays, that a man more than 13st. in weight is found to " pull his weight ;" and 12st. 71b. is generally the top weight in an eight-oar. This is the result of expe- rience, as no theory on the subject is worth a straw ; but it has certainly been ascertained that all development of frame above that weight is accompanied with an increase of weight out of all proportion to the muscular power. With the old tub-like boats which were formerly in vogue before Clasper's im- provements were introduced, it was necessary to have more weight and size at the end of an oar than are now found to be useful. The breadth of floor also was such that the increased weight did not bury the boat so . much as it now does, and consequently, the attendant disadvantages were not so great as at present. With regard to the lowest weight which is desirable in an eight-oared boat, I am inclined to think lOst. is the point which should not be passed without strong reason for it. The difference between the bow and the middle oars is now much less than it used to be, and the weights ought, consequently, to be much nearer. My own belief is, that a difference of two stone is quite as much as ought to be allowed ; and that if more than that is given, the oars will not be pulled through the water in the same time, and with the same power, without which no boat is done justice to. Apportionment of the Day's Work. —After selecting the men who are to form the crew to be trained, it is de- sirable, if by any means it can be accomphshed, to keep them together day and night ; at all events they should take their runs and meals together, and should never, especially at night, be free from surveillance. In most cases it is better to take lodgings near the river ; but when the banks are low such a situation is not desirable, and the nearest high and dry spot should be preferred. It is commonly supposed that in training early hours are requisite, and with those who have been all their lives accustomed to them no doubt they are ; but when the habit has been dif- ferent, I think it much better to allow a moderate indulgence in the morn- ing's bed rather than attempt to break through long-established custom, to which the constitution has been inured. If the training is in the height of sum- mer, it is desirable to get through most of the work in the cool of the morning and evening ; but if the weather is not very oppressive, the plan, in my 704 BOAT-RACING. opinion, is not a good one. As a rule, therefore, I should ad\'ise the following, subject to variations, according to the time of the year and the state of the weather. All should turn out of bed at eight o'clock; they should be well sponged all over with cold water, or they may take a mere plunge into the river and out again. On no account should they remain in the water even for five minutes. They should then be well rubbed with a coarse towel, and be dressed by half -past eight. From this time tiU breakfast, at nine o'clock, let all take a smart walk, and come in to the meal without fatigue, but pie- pared to enjoy it. The best kind of food for the various meals is given under the head of " Pedestrianism," and the reader is referred to page 601 for full particulars on this subject. After breakfast, a couple of hours may be passed in any innocent but not violent bodily amusement, such as billiard play- ing, skittles, quoits, &c., which will bring us up to half -past eleven a.m., at which time the crew should be put together in the boat, and should get their morning's practice, which wiU on the average take them till half -past one. On getting out of the boat, all should take a good run, varying in speed and distance according to the directions of the trainer. At two o'clock, or half- past two at latest, after being rubbed dry and the linen changed, dinner may be announced, and this meal may occupy the time till three or half-past three P.M., according to circumstances. After dinner a gentle stroll or a book may be indulged in till five or six o'clock, when another hour may be consumed in prac- tising on the water. On coming in from this evening row, supper may be got ready, at eight o'clock ; and at nine or ten o'clock to bed. Running Exercise. — The speed and length of run which are to be daily maintained in order to obtain that con- dition of the lungs and heart which shall enable the oarsman to go through his task, must in great measure depend upon the state of the individual. In these directions I am assuming that the health is good, that a fair amount of exercise has been habitually taken, and that the body is prepared to go through its task \vitliout risk. I have already directed that all should take a walk for half an hour before breakfast ; in some instances a smart run of tlirce miles will be about the best distance ; and two or three running together will add to the excitement, and take off from the weariness of the task. I think a short spin across country, with moderate fences or ditches, or small towing-path gates, better than a dull steady run ; and the pace should vary from five miles per hour to an occa- sional spirt at the top speed. It is never, however, to be maintained at such a pace as to produce perspiration to any extent ; and if the weather is very warm, the hours should be early in proportion. The dress should be the usual boating flannel trousers, with a light woollen jacket, and should never be so heavy as to weigh down the animal spirits. Nothing is of more im- portance than this, for in training much depends upon keeping up that buoyancy of feeling which man in a state of high health ought always to experience. This quantity of running exercise will in most cases be enough ; but some- times when the wind is thick, with a very strong constitution, a longer and slower walk or run should be taken in addition, beginning an hour after break- fast, and keeping it up to the time for practice at half -past eleven, but taking great care to be cooled down before getting into the boat. There can be no doubt, however, that there is not the same necessity for severe running now as there was in the days of the old- fashioned boats. Indeed, it appears as if the men of the present generation would not bear it, if attempted, and that in many cases very little running can be practised with advantage. In these matters, that is to say, in regulating the amount of exercise for each individual, nothing but experience will avail. Separate Practice. — It is seldom that a trainer has the opportunity of acting upon the raw material ; he finds certain oarsmen ready-made to his hands, and he has to make the most of them, whether bad, good, or indifferent. The first thing to be done is to select a " stroke," and to do this requires con- siderable judgment. I am supposing that the trainer has this power of se- lection, which I am quite sure he ought always to possess. Now it must be remembered that the best oar is not always fit for the " stroke " oar ; many men are exceedingly good behind another, who yet have so little judg- ment, and in some instances are so TRAINING A BOAT'S CREW, 705 deficient in "time," that the}' throw out a crew directly they are placed next the coxswain. A " stroke," therefore, requires to be not only a good oar, but of indomitable pluck, so as to be able to get up a " spirt " whenever wanted, and to rouse an exhausted crew by the force of his example. He ought also to possess great presence of mind, in order to enable him to avoid hurrying his stroke w^hen pressed, and a keen perception of time, so that he shall not vary it more than is absolutely required. Having made this selection of a " stroke oar," the next point is to allot to each man his proper place, which can seldom be done without a few trials. In ascer- taining the relative strength and lasting powers of the individuals composing the crew, there is nothing like a strong- pair-oar, in which the two men whose powers are in question may be placed with the captain ; and then, by pulling against one another, it is easy to dis- cover, not only the strength, but the phick of each. But this trial can only fairly take place between men of nearly the same weight: for a man of 13st. inay be able to pull round a lOst. man, and yet not " pull his weight " nearly so well ; seven pounds niay fairly be given or taken, but more than that should be allowed for. Having, as nearly as possible, decided upon the place which each man shall occupy, the next point is to bring every man up to the standard of the " stroke oar" in style and strength. For this purpose a waterman is almost impera- tively'- necessary, for reasons which will presently appear ; and one should be selected whose style resembles that of your own " stroke oar," and they (that is, the stroke and waterman) should, if possible, have rowed together, so as to be easily substituted one for the other. Now, it will be recollected that in the daily routine I have left the hours from half-past nine till half-past eleven a.m., and from four till six o'clock p.m., with- out any specific occupation. These hours I should employ as follows : — In the first place I should put my " stroke oar " and No. 7 in a pair-oar, and take them out for an hour's gentle practice, so as to thoroughly accustom the latter to the style and time of the former. This is of great importance, because unless No. 7 in an eight-oar, or No. 3 in a four-oar, keep good time, and pull in the same style, and with the same hold ot the water as the "stroke," it is hopeless to expect a good result. Quickening on the stroke is a very common fault in either No. 3 or No. 7, and it should be checked at once, since it sets the whole bow-side out of stroke with their opposites. It consists in these men bringing their oars out before that of "stroke," and is easily remedied by making them take mora water ; or, if unable to do that, taking a deeper hold ; or, if finishing in the air, as is often done, then making them pull their stroke through. Let the task be re- peated every other day, or even daily, ■^ill the two row perfectly together with- out the slightest tendency to quicken. Next let the trainer put No. 6 into tlie boat with the waterman for another hour, and after dinner let No. 5, and if possible, No. 4, each have an hour's practice with him. Thus, by taking half the crew out in pair-oars daily, each man will be modelled upon the form of your " stroke " and come under the trainer's eye every day ; and he may then be easily cured of any bad habits which in an eight-oar can hardly be detected. Without a water- man this can scarcely be effected, or at all events not nearly so well ; but, with his aid, more progress will be made in one week than could be effected in a month's practice confined to an eight- oar only. It is manifestly out of the question to expect your " stroke " to go out with each man of the crew ; yet either he or a substitute ought to do so. Every one ought to copy the style of " the stroke " in the minutest par- ticular ; and yet it is impossible for a man in the bows of an eight-oar to see the back of the " stroke," or even his oar, without looking and most problayers shall have a footer. Every player must place his foot on the footer whilst in the act of delivering either the jack or his bowl. If a player deliver his bowl with the right hand, his right foot must be on the footer ; and if he' deliver his bowl with his left hand, his left foot must he on the footer when pla^'ing. In case a bowl be played in contraven- tion of this law, such bowl may, at the option of the opponent, be declared a dead bowl. In case a player shall have taken up the footer after playing his bowl, which by reason of a rub or set has to be replayed, the footer shall be replaced as nearly as possible in its former position, by or with the consent of an opponent. 6. Placing the Footer. — After each end is concluded, the footer shall be placed by the last player at the jack. The leader in the succeeding end may, before playing the jack, remove the footer anywhere he pleases within the space of one yard from the spot where the jack lay at the termination of the preceding end. A void end shall be included in this provision. When the jack is knocked off the green, the footer must be placed a yard from the edge of the green, and within a yard on either side from the spot where the jack is taken out of the ditch ; provided that if more than half the bowls have not been played, the jack and the bowls actually played shall be returned, and play resumed from the spot where the footer was then placed. 7. Playing out of Turn. — If either play out of turn, the other side must play two following bowls if there are two to be played, but no other penalty wiU attach. 8. Playing before a previous Bowl has stopped. — No player shall deliver a bowl whilst the jack or a preceding bowl is in motion, otherwise his bowl shall be deemed a dead bowl. The leader shall always follow (i. e. play the first bowl after) the jack. 9. Playing an Opponent's Bowl.-- Whenever an opponent's bowl is played by mistake he may play the other's bowl, or he may take up the wrongly played bowl and substitute the proper THE LAWS, 735 bowl as nearly as possible in the exact position in which the other rested. 10. Displacement of Jack. — If a jack be displaced by a bowl belonging to another party, the end shall be deemed a void end. 11. The Score. — Before commencing play, the number of casts to be scored to make the game up shall be fixed. The player or side first scoring the number so fixed, shall win the game. 12. Scoring the Game. — After an end is played, the players' side, whose bowl or bowls is or are placed nearest to the jack, shall count one cast in the game for each bowl so placed. The leader must call the game before setting a fresh mark ; and if he neglect to do so, his opponent may claim to have the jack returned, but this must be done before a bowl is played. If after the game is so called an objection be not made before the succeeding end is finished, the game shall be deemed to have been correctly called, and cannot afterwards be corrected or questioned. In case an objection be made, the ques- tion must be settled before proceeding with the game. 13. Measurement. — If any doubt arise as to which bowl or bowls is or are nearest to the jack, either side may claim a measure. In measuring, one player shall hold the measuring apparatus to his own or his partner's bowl, and the opponent shall hold it to the jack. If a standard be claimed, the party lead- ing must make and give the standard to the opposing party. In measuring with a standard, the bowl first measured must be taken away ; and if the op- Eonent can make the standard rest on is or his partner's bowl and the jack, he wins the cast. If a second standard be claimed for a second cast, the party winning the first cast by standard mea- sure must make and give the second standard. 14. Displacement of Bowls or Jack in Measuring. — If during a measure or otherwise the jack be displaced by a player, he shall lose as many casts as are claimed and in question ; and if a bowl be displaced, the player displacing it shall lose the cast, provided that when- ever a bowl rests on another, and the bowl rested on has to be removed to allow the other one to be measured at the point nearest the jack, such removal shall be done as carefully as possible by an opponent or his umpire, and tlie bowl must be measured as it settles afterwards. If it cannot be decided which of the two bowls is nearest the jack, then it is a tie, and neither counts. 15. Accidents to ,7ac^.— Should the jack, whilst running for a mark, rub or set, or stop in the line of another party's play, it must be thrown again ; but no penalty shall attach in such case. 16. Right of Mark. — When two jacks are sent near to the same land for a mark, the one which is first stationary can keep the place, and the other one must be returned to its party. 17. Accidents to Running Bowls. — If a running bowl before it has reached the parallel of the jack do rub or set on any person (not of the playing party), or on a bowl or jack belonging to another party, it can be played again ; and if touched by the player or his partner it becomes a dead bowl ; but if a bov/i during its progress shall be stopped by an opponent before it reaches the parallel of the jack, the player shall have the option of placing the said bowl wherever he may think fit. Every bowl which shall rub or ' set after it has run two yards past the parallel of the jack becomes a dead bowl, except it shall rub or set on a bowl belonging to the playing party, or on an opponent, in any of which cases it shall remain at the place where it stops. 18. Striking the Jack. — If a player do strike the jack with his bowl, and if the jack do rub or set on a bowl or person not belonging to the party, the end becomes a void end ; but if the jack do rub or set on a bowl belonging to the playing party, it must remain at the place whence it is removed by the strike. When the jack is struck off the green the end is a void end. If the jack do rub or set on an opponent, it shall be the option of the striker whether the jack shall remain where it rests, or whether it shall be a void end. 19. Striking a Bowl. — If a bowl be struck and if it do rub or set on the striker's partner, the opponents shall score one point. If a bowl be struck and it do rub or set on an opponent, the striker shall score one point, and in either case the end shall be deemed to be finished. 20. Displacement of a Bowl. — If a bowl which has stopped after being 73G GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. played De displaced by an opponent I or other person (except a partner), or | if a bowl or jack belonging to another party do rub or set on it, such bowl shall be replaced as nearly as possible in its former position ; but if such bowl be displaced by the player or his partner, it becomes a dead bowl. 21. If a bowl be displaced by any of the playing party after all the bowls have been played and before the casts are admitted, without the consent of his opponent, he forfeits as many points as the end would otherwise have admitted being scored. 22. Casualty in the Delivery of a Bowl. — If a player, when in the act of delivering his bowl, let it slip, and. allow it to run beyond his reach, he cannot, without the consent of his opponent, leave the footer for the purpose of recovering the bowl, but it is considered a played bowl ; he may, however, recover the bowl if he can do so without leaving the footer. 23. Bloclcing at Hand. — No player, for the purpose of blocking, shall play his bowl a less distance than three yards from the footer, and if he do so it shall be deemed a dead bowl. In blocking, the bowl must be plaj'^ed, not placed. 24. Instructing a Partner. — A player may instruct his partner in any way except by showing him how his oppo- nents' bowls lie, provided that he shall not, whilst -his partner is in the act of playing, place or retain any object between his partner and the jack which can have the effect of indicat- ing the land to be taken, or otherwise assisting his partner. Spectators are not allowed to instruct, or give to a player any informatitm whatever re- lating to a game. 25. Turning the Jach. — The last player may decline to play his last bowl if the game be already up with- out his play ; or he may request his partner to turn the jack ; and if this be allowed by an opponent, then such last player may play, and if he disturb the position of either the jack or bowls, it shall not alter the game ; but if a player turn the jack without having a sufficient number of casts to make the game, or his opponent not having played his last bowl, he shall forfeit as many points as the end will alloAv to have been made. 26. Playing in the Dark. — If during the progress of a game it becomes so dark that the jack cannot be distinctly seen from the footer, the game shall be postponed to a future day, unless the players are unanimous to play off in the dark ; in which case neither party can place a light at the jack, nor can any person be allowed to stand at it, except a partner, without the consent of the opponents. 27. Refusing to Play a Game Out. — If a player commence a game, and without sufficient cause (in the judg- ment of the umpire) refuse to finish, he shall forfeit it. 28. Stopping another Party's Bowl. — No person, while his bowl is running, shall stop a bowl belonging to another party during its course, to prevent its rubbing against his own bowl. Should he stop the other party's bowl, it must be returned, and his own bowl must be considered a dead bowl. 29. A Player following up his Boiol. — No player, after delivering his bowl, shall approach within one yard of it during its progress. 30. A Party continuing to Play. Should a party continue to play, with- out throwing in again, one of the losers of the previous game shall lead the jack. CHAPTER IV. ROUNDERS AND BASE BALL. Sect. L — Rounders. This was formerly a very favourite game in some of our English counties, but has now been displaced in great measu ro by cricket. Besides an ordinary field or playground, it requires only a ball and a stout stick— the latter being about fifteen inches in length, and as large as can be conveniently grasped by the hand ; and the former any common ball, such as is used for BOUNDERS AND BASE BALL. 737 tennis, &c., and composed ordinarily of a centre of cork or India-rubber covered with «^orsted, wound tightly round so as to make a sphere, and finally covered with sheepskin. The Game is Played by first fixing on five equi-distant spots or " bases," from fifteen to twenty yards apart, as shown in the annexed figure : — In the centre of this is a spot, F, where the " feeder" stands, to toss the ball to the one who has the bat, and who stands at 1 in diagram. Two sides are chosen, as in football, one of which goes "in," while the other is " out," this being decided by tossing up the ball and scrambling for it, or by "heads or tails," or by any other fair mode. There should not be less than 10 or 12 players in all, and 24 or 30 are not too many. The " in " side begin by standing at position 1 in diagram, called " the house ; " one of them taking the "bat," while the feeder, who is one of the " out " party, standing at his "seat" F, tosses (not throws) a bull at his knees or there- abouts, after calling " Play ! " The rest of the " out " party are distributed over the field round the outside of the pentagon. When the ball is thus given, the batman's object is to hit it far and low over the field ; and he is put out at once— first, if he fails to strike it ; secondly, if he tips it and it falls behind him ; thirdly, if it is caught before it falls to the ground, or after a single hop or rebound ; or, fourthly, if the ball hits him after he has left his base, and while not stand- ing at another base. The " in " player may refuse to strike for three balls consecutively ; but if he attempts and fails, or if he does not strike at the fourth ball, he is out. The Score is made by the "in" party as follows : — Each player, after striking the ball, runs from his base to another, or to a second, third, fourth, or even all round, according to the dis- tance he has hit the ball, and scores one iox each base he touches ; and if while running between the bases he Is hit by the bah, he is put out. If the ball falls among nettles or other cover of the same kind, " lost ball " may be cried by the " out " party, and four only can be scored. After one of the "in" party has hit the ball and dropped the bat, another takes his place ; and, on receiving the ball as before, he strikes it, or fails, as the case may be. I£ the latter, he is put out ; but the previous striker or strikers, if they are standing at their bases, are not affected by his failure. If the former, he drops the bat like his predecessor, and runs round the pentagon also like him, being preceded by the previous strikers ; and all being hable to be put out by a blow from the ball. The feeder is allowed to feign a toss of the ball, in the hope of touching some one of the players, who are very apt to leave their bases before the hit, in the hope of scoring an extra one by the manoeuvre. When only one of the side is left in, the others being all put out, he may call for " three fair hits for the rounder," which are intended to give him and his side another innings if he can effect the following feat : — The " outs," with the feeder, stand as usual, the rest of the striker's side besides himself taking no part. The feeder then tosses the ball as usual, which the striker may refuse as often as he pleases ; but if he strikes at it he must endeavour to run completely round the pentagon once out of three times, he being allowed three attempts to do it in. If he is struck on the body, or caught, or if he fails in getting round, he and his party are finally out, and the other side go in ; but if he su<;ceeds in getting round, his side go in again for another innings, but have not after- wards another such chance of redeem- ing their play. The " out " field are disposed on the same principles as at cricket, part for slight tips, and the remainder for long balls, and catch, stop, or return them, just as' in that game. Sect. 2. — Base Ball. This game, which is a modification of Rounders, has long been very exten- sively played in America. In the year 1874 an attempt was made to intro- duce it into this country, but its signal failure prevents any necessity for de- scribiug it here. 738 CHAPTER V. FIVES, RACQUETS, TENNIS, LAWN TENNIS, AND BADMINTON. Sect. 1. — Fives. This is a game of great antiquity, and is generally played with the hand. It rnay be played either in an " open " or a " closed " court. The former is a very simple affair, merely requiring a high and smooth wall, with a level asphalte area in front. For a " closed " court two side walls must be added. Along the "back" wall, a piece of board, about six inches wide, and the top edge generally three feet from the giound, should be nailed. The chief point in the game is for the ball to strike the wall above this line, which is made of M^ood ; and the sound caused when the ball strikes the board instantly signals a foul stroke. The game is now almost entirely confined to our chief public schools, where it is played according to certain traditional, but unwritten, codes of laws. In all, however, the main object is to make the ball hit the front wall above the wooden board. Eton, Harrow, Rugby, Marlborough, and Cheltenham, each play a different kind of game, whilst Winchester indulges in the pastime termed "bat fives," now, I believe, almost if not quite obsolete elsewhere. Sect. 2. — Racquets. Racquets is a similar description of game to fives, except that it is played with a catgut bat instead of the hand, and the ball is much smaller, being about an inch and a half only in diame- ter. It may be played either in an open or closed court. As the latter is now in almost universal use, I will confine myself to a description of that alone. The Best Area for a double-match court is 80 feet by 40 feet. The front wall should be 30 feet high, and the back one 12 feet, covered in by a roof well lit with skylights. In a single- match court, the usual area is 60 feet by 30 feet. The " short " line is 32 feet from the back wall in the double court, and 24 in the single one ; and the two service spaces in each arc 8 feet 6 inches by 6 feet 6 inches. The following is a diagram of the court, which is alike for the double and single match, the only difference being in the dimensions that have just been given. Front Wall. Service Service space. space. Short line. Back Wall. ID! The back part of the floor of the court is divided into two equal oblongs, into one of which the ball must be served according to the court from which the " man in " is serving. A line is drawn across the front wall 2 feet 2 inches above the floor of the court, and all the space below this hne should be covered with deal board, painted black, like the walls of the court. The object of the wood is to tell by the sound when a ball strikes on it, as in this case the ace counts against the side that struck the ball. Another white line on the front wall, 7 feet 9 inches above the floor, is called the " cut Hne," above which the ball must be served when the player first goes in. An entrance door (d) flush with the wall on the inside, is placed in the middle of the back wall, the bottom of it being level with the floor of the court ; and a spectators' gallery is usually built on the top of the back wall, but not pro- jecting into the court, i EACQUETS AND TENNIS. 739 The best material for the walls is brick, well and evenly plastered, in order to be true, and then covered with a good coat of black paint. The Racket is composed of a long handle ending in an ovul fi-anie, which is crossed by catgut ; and also is of a regulation-pattern and size. The Balls are very hard, about the size of a large walnut, and covered with leather. The following Rules are those usually observed : — 1. The game to be 15 up. At 13 all, the out-players may set it to 5; and at 14 all, to 3, provided this be done before another ball is struck. 2. The going in first, whether odds be given or not, to be decided by lot ; but one hand only then is to be taken. 3. The ball to be served alternately right and left, beginning whichever side the server pleases. 4. In ser\dng, the server must have one foot in the space marked off for that purpose. The out-player to whom he serves may stand where he pleases, but his partner, and the server's part- ner, must both stand behind the server till the ball is served. 5. The ball must be served above, and not touching the hne on the front wall, and it must strike the floor before it bounds, within and not touching the lines enclosing the court on the side opposite to that in which the server stands. 6. A ball served below the Hne, or to the wrong side, is a fault, but it may be taken ; and then the ace must be played out, and counts. 7. In serving, if the ball strikes any- where before it reaches the front wall, it is a hand out. 8. In serving, if a ball touch the server or his partner before it has bounded twice, it is a hand out, whether it was properly served or not. 9. It is a fault — (a) if the server is not in his proper place ; (b) if the ball is not served over the line ; (c) if it does not fall in the proper court ; (d) if it touch the roof ; (e) if it touch the gallery-netting, posts, or cushions. The out-player may take a fault if he pleases, but if he fail in putting the ball up, it counts against him. 10. Two consecutive faults put a hand out. 11. An out-player may not take a ball served to his partner. 12. The out-players may change their courts once only in each game. 13. If a player designedly stop a ball before the second bound, it counts against him. 14. If a ball hit the striker's adver- sary above or on the knee, it is a let ; if below the knee, or if it hit the striker's partner or himself, it counts against the striker. 15. Till a ball has been touched, or has bounded twice, the player or his partner may strike it as often as they please. 16. Every player should get out of the way as much as possible. If he cannot, the marker is to decide if it is a let or not. 17. After the service, a ball going out of the court or hitting the roof is an ace ; a ball hitting the gallery- netting, posts, or cushions, in returning from the front wall, is a let ; but if it hit the roof before reaching the front wall, it counts against the striker. 18. The marker's decision is final but if he has any doubt, he should ask advice, and if he cannot decide positively, the ace is to be played over Sect. 3. — Tennis. Tennis is a most ancient game, as well as a most intricate and difficult one to play. It was probably first played in France during the middle ages, though remains of ancient buildings very much resembling tennis-courts have been found in Mexico. About the end of the fifteenth century the French game was divided into longue paume and courte paume^ the latter being the same as the modern game of tennis. The former game is still extant in France, and was formerly played in this country also ; but it had long been extinct here until recently, when a modified form of it has become* popular under the name of " lawn tennis," which will be described in the next section. The Tennis Court is a very compli- cated one, and the area varies according to circumstances, but is usually about 95 feet by 35 feet, and is covered in. 3 B2 740 GAMES PLA YED WITH BALL. A low net, three feet above the floor in the middle, hangs across the court, exactly in the middle, and is termed "the line." One side of the court so divided is called the "service side," and the other the " hazard side," and at the end of the former the " dedans " is situated, where the spectators sit, and on the hazard side are the " grille " and " tambour." The left-hand side of the court, looking from the dedans, is divided into a series of galleries, and the pent-house, or sloping roof, extends along the whole of this side and the two ends; the floor being divided into "chases" by lines drawn across. The game requires a bat somewhat stronger and of a slightly difEerent shape to a racket one, and a large number of balls. The game is played in " sets " con- sisting of the best of eleven games, each of which has four points, viz., 15> 30, 40, and game. When "40- all" is reached it is called deuce," and then two points in succession must be gained in order to score the game ; if each side gains one the score reverts to deuce. A return into the last gallery on the hazard side, the dedans, or grille, counts a point, but in the case of chases they have to be played out. The other minutiae of the game are so intricate that they can only be explained by actually playing. The best work on the subject has recently been written by Mr. Julian Marshall. It is published at 346, Strand. Sect. 4. — Lawn Tennis. Lawn Tennis requires a level ground ; and if of turf, the court must be marked out with whitening and water with a machine. The ground is eitlier of turf well rolled and closely cut, or asphalte, or cement. If the last is preferred, the best is Wilk's Metallic— Devonshire Square, London. It is also sometimes made of gravel, cinders, or a mixture of broken granite and gas tar. The following are the laws now general throughout the United King- dom, as revised in 1884 by the two chief clubs: — THE single-handed GAME. 1. For the single-handed game the court is 27ft. in width, and 78ft. in length. It is divided across the middle by a net, the ends of which are attached to the tops of two posts, A and A, which stand 3ft. outside the court on each side. The height of the net is 4ft. at the posts, and 3ft. at the centre. At each end of the Court, parallel with the net, and at a distance of 39ft. from it are drawn the Base-Lines, CU and EF, the extremities of which are con- nected by the Side- Lines, CE and DF. Half-way between the Side-Lines, and parallel with them, is drawn the jSalf- Court-Line, GH, dividing the space on each side of the net into two equal parts called the Right and Left Courts. On each side of the net, at a distance of 21ft. from it, and parallel with it, are drawn the Service- Lines, XX and YY. 2. The balls shall be not less than 2^in., nor more than 2^g-in. in diameter; and not less than If oz., nor more than 202. in weight. 3. In matches, where Umpires are appointed, their decision shall be final. 4. The choice of sides and the right of serving during the first game shall be decided by toss ; provided that, if the winner of the toss choose the right to serve, the other player shall have the choice of sides, and vice versa. 5. The players shall stand on oppo- site sides of the net ; the player who first delivers the ball shall be called the Server, the other the Striker-out. 6. At the end of the first game, the Striker-out shall become Server, and the Server shall become Striker-out; and so on alternately in the subsequent games of the set. 7. The Server shall stand with one foot beyond {i.e. further from the net than) the Base-Line, and with the other foot upon the Base-Line, and shall deliver the Service from the Ri.vht and Left Courts alternately, beginning from the Right. 8. The ball served must drop within the Service-Line, Half -Court-Line, and Side-Line of the Court, which is diagon- ally opposite to that from which it was served, or upon any such line. 9. It is a fault if the service be delivered from the wrong Court, or if the Server do not stand as directed m . Law 7, or if the ball served drop in the net or beyond the Service-Line, or if it LAWN TENNIS. 741 drop out of Court, or in the wrong Court. 10. A fault may not be taken. 11. After a fault the Server shall serve again from the same Court from which he served that fault unless it was a fault because serv^.d from the wrong Court. 12. A fault may not be claimed after the next service has been delivered. 13. The service may not be volleyed^ i.e. taken before it touches the ground. 14. The Server shall not serve until the Striker-out is ready. If the latter attempt to return the service, he shall be deemed to be readj. 27 j^^ G £. H FLXN OF SINGLE COtJUT. 15. A service or fault delivered when the Striker-out is not ready counts for nothing 16. A ball is returned., or in-play, when it is played back, over the net, before it has touched the ground a second time. 17. It is a good return although the ball touch the net ; but if the ball served touch the net, the service, pro- vided it be otherwise good, counts for nothing. 18. The Server wins a stroke if the Striker-out volley the service, or fail to 7-12 GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. return the service or the ball in-play, or return the service or ball in-play so that it drop outside any of the lines which bound his opponent's Court, or otherwise lose a stroke, as provided by Law 20. 19. The Striker-out wins a stroke if the Server serve two consecutive faults, or fail to return the ball in-play, or return the ball in-play so that it drop outside any of the lines which bound his opponent's Court, or otherwise lose a stroke, as provided by Law 20. 20. Either player loses a stroke if the ball in-play touch him or anything that he wears or carries, except his racket in the act of striking ; or if he touch or strike the ball in-play with his racket more than once ; or if he touch the net or any of its supports, v/hile the ball is in play ; or if he volley the ball before it has passed the net. 21. On either player winning his first stroke, the score is called 15 for that player; on either player winning his second stroke, the score is called 30 for that player ; on either player winning his third stroke, the score is called 40 for that player; and the fourth stroke won by either player is scored game for that player ; except as below : — If both players have won three strokes, the score is called deuce ; and the next stroke won by either player is scored advantage for that player. If the same player win the next stroke, he wins the game ; if he lose the next stroke, the score is again called deuce ; and so on until either player win the two strokes immediately following the score of deuce, when the game is scored for that player. Note. — It is the usual custom to call the server's score first whether he win or lose the strike. By this plan a mistake as to the winner of the stroke called is at once detected. — Editor. 22. The player who first wins six games wins a set ; except as below : — If both players win five games, the score is called games-all ; and the next game won by either player is scored advantage-game for that player. If the same player win the next game, he wins tlie set ; if he lose the next game, the score is again called games all ; and so on until cither player win the two games immediately following the score of games-all, when he wins the set. Note.— Players may agree not to play advantage- sets, but to decide the set by one game after arriving at the score of games-all. 23. The players shall change sides at the end of every set ; but the Umpire, on appeal from eithei party before the toss for choice, may direct the players to change sides at the end of every game, if, in his opinion, either side have a distinct advantage, owing to the sun, wind, or any other accidental cause ; but, if the appeal be made after ^ a match has been begun, the Umpire may only direct the players to change sides at the end of every game of the odd and concluding set. 24. When a series of sets are played, the player who was Server in the last game of one set shall be Striker-out in the first game of the next. ODDS. 25. A Usque is one stroke, which may be claimed by the receiver of the odds at any time during a set ; except as below : — A bisque may not be taken after the service has been delivered. The Server may not take a bisque after a fault; but the Striker-out may do so. 26. One or more bisques may be given in augmentation or diminution of other odds. 27. Half-fifteen is one stroke given at the beginning of the second and every subsequent alternate game of a set. 28. Fifteen is one stroke given at the beginning of every game of a set. 29. Half-thirtij is one stroke given at the beginning of the first game, two strokes at the beginning of the second game ; and so on, alternately, in all the subsequent games of a set. 30. Thirty is two strokes given at the beginning of every game of a set. 31. Half forty is two strokes given at the beginning of the first game, three strokes at the beginning of the second game ; and so on, alternately, in all the subsequent games of a set. 32. Forty is three strokes given at the beginning of every game of a LAWN TENNIS. 743 33. Half -Court : the players having agreed into which Court the giver of the odds shall play, the latter loses a stroke if the ball, returned by him, drop outside any of the lines which bound that Court. THE THREE-HANDED AND FOUR-HANDED GAMES. 34. The above laws shall apply to the three-handed and four-handed games, except as below. 35. For the three-handed and four- handed games, the Court is 36ft. in width. Within the Side-Lines, at a distance of 4|ft. from them, and par- allel with them, are drawn the Ser- vice-Side-Lines, IK and LM. The Service-Lines are not drawn beyond I the points I, L, K, M, towards the Side-Lines. In other respects, the Court is similar to that which is described in Law 1. 1 36. In the three-handed game the S6' ^ C M H •g'^^ or OOUKI. single player shall serve in every alter- nate game. 37. In the four-handed game, the pair who have the right to serve in the tirst game may decide which partner shall do so, and the opposing pair may decide similarly for the second game. The partner of the player who served in the first game shall serve in the third ; and the partner of the player 744 GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL, v/ho served in the second game shall serve in the fourth, and so on in the same order in all the subsequent games of a set or series of sets. 38. The players shall take the service alternately throughout each game ; no player shall receive or return a service delivered to his partner ; and the order of service and of striking-out once arranged shall not be altered, nor shall the Strikers-out change Courts to re- ceive the service before the end of the set. 39. The ball served must drop within the Service-Line, Half-Court-Line, and Service-Side-Line of the Court which is diagonally opposite to that from which it was served, or upon any such line. 40. It is a fault if the ball do not drop as provided in Law 39. In Lawn Tennis Tournaments the competitors are drawn, and the play 'Conducted on the plan laid down in the revised regulations for the manage- ment of Lawn Tennis Meetings pub- lished at 346, Strand. Hints for Beginners. — (1) Hold the racket with an open face, i.e. with the striking face inclined somewhat upwards, instead of perpendicular to the ground. (2) Stand with the feet about half a yard apart, the shoulder pointed towards the net, the face look- ing towards the side of the court. (3) Strike from the shoulder. Keep the arm extended, the wrist straight, -elbow and knees slightly bent. When taking the ball near the ground the knees must be considerably bent. Do not too soon attempt to strike hard. (4) Endeavour to send the ball within 2ft. or 3ft. of the top of the net (but not too close for fear of playing it into the net), and do not spoon it up in the air. [In double games where one player stands near the net this does not apply to the return ; the ball must then be sent high enough to clear the front man's reach, or placed to one or other side of him, with a smash " if possible, which almost precludes tlie possibility of a return.] (5) Return the ball, as a rule, as it is falling, and when near the ground. (0) In volley- ing at the net, tlie ball scarcely requires to bo hit at all ; sudficient strength is obt;iincd by gently approaching the racket face to the ball, so as to drop it close to the net. Of late years the Messrs. Kenshaw have introduced a plan of game in which volleys are given and returned with lightning speed, but this is quite beyond the scope of a beginner. Half-volleying consists in playing the ball when close to the ground, immediately after it has dropped. Volleys and half-volleys, as a rule, are only to be played when the ball cannot be conveniently taken on the bound, as they are difficult and uncertain strokes. (7) Learn to place the ball, i.e. to return it to any part of the adverse court, at will. To do this the stroke must be timed. Thus : the striker is on the central line, his face looking to the right of the court. If he takes the ball just before it comes opposite his right shoulder, the return will be to the left of the central line. If he strikes when the ball is about opposite his shoulder, it will return parallel to the central line ; if he waits until the ball has passed his shoulder, its direction will be more to the right of the central line. It is not necessary to shift the body in order to place the ball ; but as the stroke, when the ball is in a line with the shoulder, giv^es the fullest command over the ball, it is advisable, when there is plenty of time, to shift the body slightly to the right or left to obtain this stroke. (8) The racket held with an open face should be carried downwards and forwards on to the ball. The open face gives suffi- cient elevation to the ball to carry it over the net, and the cut (as it is called) enables the striker to return the ball more sharply, as a cut ball drops more quickly to the ground than one that is not cut ; hence it can be played more swiftly than a ball that is not cut, and so the difficulty of the opponent's next return is increased. Cut can be put on all balls struck low or at a medium height from the ground. When a ball is not purely cut, but played with what is called overhand or underhand twist {i.e. by striking the ball on the side instead of below), the effect is to cause it to describe a lateral curve in the air, and to bound to the right or left when it touches the ground. This mode pf striking the ball is useful under certain circumstances of the game, but twist is a stroke that should be sparingly employed by beginners. (9) Watch your opponent's racket ; if you see him cutting or putting on twist, make allowance for it thus : If the ball is purely cut, stand well back from it, as LAWN TENNIS. 745 it will rise very little, and will shoot after it comes into contact with the ground ; if it is twisted overhand, stand almost in front of the spot where it will drop, as its bound will be from you ; if it is twisted underhand (which you will distinguish from a purely cut ball by the lateral curve taken by the twisted ball), stand well to the left of the spot on which the ball will drop, as it will bound to you. The Single Game as now played. — To play this game in perfection the player should be equally good in the following points : (1) In the service he should be able to serve one ball over- hand at a smashing pace, and if he makes a fault, to serve the second with certainty clear of the net, but still at such a pace as to make the return difficult to place. Lobbing the second ball is a mistake, because it enables the return to be placed anywhere at the will of the striker-out. A fast under- liand service, with a slight cut to keep down the ball, is often very eifectual, and has the advantage that it does not tire the arm nearly so much as the overhand. (2) In returning the ball the player should be able at discretion to play it on the bound or in volley, but the latter is seldom effectual except at a great pace called "the smash." As introduced by the Messrs. Renshaw, the plan is to stand a foot or two behind the service-line, which will command the ball either way, and then to use judgment in the selection according to the nature of the return. From this position an active player can command any ball, whether dropped gently over the net, or placed near either side-line, while a ball intended for the base-line must be volleyed. Very few players approach the Renshaws in this all- round play, and most are deficient in the command of the ball in the air. Hence there are few who attempt to rival them in this plan of game, but when mastered it is very telling. Even they often fail in attempting " a smash," the ball falling into the net instead of passing over it. There is one great advantage in the volley, viz. that it entirely counteracts all benefit to be derived from a " cut " or " twist." The Double Game may be played either (a) by both partners volleying when they can, the strikers-out both standing near the service-line, or (b) by one standing at the net and the other near the service-line, or (c) by both standing well back. The usual modern style is for one striker-out to stand near the net and the other a few feet behind the service-line, while as regards the server's partner it is usual for him to stand near the net, and leave the whole of the back of the court for the server to command. The partners should not poach on each other's ground, which is doubly bad, because it leads to an un- certain style of play, neither doing his best, and moreover takes the poacher a long way off his proper ground, which is defenceless in the next return. Lawn Tennis Implements. — Since the reduction of the Posts from 4 ft. to 3 ft. 6 in. the difficulty of keeping them upright has largely increased, and until this year no plan has been devised which could be considered entirely suc- cessful. The old rope stays have been long discarded as being liable to catch the feet, and the iron stay prop- ping up the post from the inside, or the long foot which has the same effect, only leads to its being drawn out of the ground unless the back is kept down by some means which will not allow it to rise. The " Cavendish" posts made by Ayres have been ob- jected to on this score, and he has now done away with the iron pins, and sub- stituted a powerful screw which is left in the ground, and allows the post to be drawn away from it for the mowing- machine to pass, having a slot cut in the post on purpose. This post, provided with a small windlass, is perfectly effi- cient ; the only other successful plan is to drive an iron socket into the ground which is provided with a flange to keep it from leaning. In the "Gardener" and "North" posts the flange is per- pendicular, but in the "Ramrod" it lies flat on the ground, and is still more effectual. A most simple and effective net strainer is added to the " Ramrod " by Mr. Osmond of Blackheath, render- ing the combination an excellent one. Rackets. — Mr. Tate has long had the reputation of being ahead of his com- petitors in this department, and most of the public players swear by him. It is, however, difficult to obtain one of his make, as he only provides a limited number in each year. Ordinary players are therefore compelled to look else- where, and in my opinion will be well served if they get a "Demon" from Slazenger and Co., of Cannon Street, 746 GAMES FLAYED WITH BALL. London, or one of Elvery's make in Piccadilly, or of Jaques and Son, Hatton Garden, or in the North from Messrs. Lunn, of Horncastle. A great feature in the "Demon" is the gut, which is of a very strong make — pecuhar to the firm. Balls. — Hitherto no one has touched those made by Ayres, of Aldersgate Street ; either his Champion quality at 14s. a dozen, or his Cyprus quality at half the money, being unapproach- able. Messrs. Slazenger have this year brought out a red rubber uncovered ball, which is the best for wet grass or for winter courts, which I have yet seen. Markers. — The Eclipse made by Jaques and Son, of Hatton Garden, or the Cirencester with a broad band are the best in the mari^et. The Cax- ton sold by Ayres does its work fairly well, but is not equal to the Eclipse, which it closely resembles. The Nets are now always tarred, and are usually of Bridpoi t make. The Manchester cotton cords are excellent. The Cord at the top of the net for straining is now generally made either of galvanised steel at 3s., or of copper at 6s. If of flax or cotton the strain must be relaxed before rain, or the cord will inevitably break. A hem about two inches wide of unbleached canvas is added at the top of the net to catch the eye. Sect. 6. — Badminton. Badminton requires aground similar to lawn tennis, only smaller, viz. 42 ft. by 20 ft. ; posts 6 ft. high ; net 5 ft. high. Shuttlecocks are used instead of balls ; they should be about 5 inches in height, and about 1 oz. in weight. Some players prefer shuttlecocks only 3 inches high, and ^ oz in weight, with a strong thread passed in and out between the feathers, and tied, to make the diameter at the top about 3 inches. Rackets similar to those employed in the game of rackets, are required, only rather smaller. The Game is played in precisely the same way as lawn tennis, only every stroke must be volleyed. If the shuttle- cock touches the ground, the player who allows it to do so loses a stroke. The Rules of lawn tennis should be adopted. Some players prefer the fol- lowing modifications, which, however, are not recommended : (1) The ground is sometimes narrow in the middle instead of oblong, and the service line brought to within 5 ft. of the net. (2) The service is sometimes delivered from any part of the court between the base line and service line, and, if the service line is brought close to the net as above stated, the service must drop between the service line and base line of the diagonally opposed court. Under this modified system, a service which drops between the service fine and the net is a fault. (3) Sometimes, if a service drops on a line inclosing the court served into, or if a return drops on the external boundary line, it is a let, and counts for nothing. This rule is utterly useless. If a let intervenes between two faults, they are deemed consecutive. (4) Some- times, if a shuttlecock touches the net or posts and goes over, it is a fault in the service or loss of a stroke in the return. (5) Sometimes the game is set thus : At I3-all, the out-player may set to 5 — i.e. may take the remainder of the game five up instead of two up ; and similarly at 14-all, the out-player may set to 3. (6) In partner games, the out-players are sometimes allowed to change courts once during the game to receive the service. CHAPTER VI. LACROSSE. General Remarks. As this is a game which calls for the exercise, to their fullest extent, of the qualities of agility, ])liick, and endur- ance, it is not surprising that it has taken a firm hold on Bi itish sympathies. The game is of American-Indian origin, and amongst certain tribes was practised with an earnestness only surpassed when the " braves" went out upon the war- path. The youth of Canada recognised its beauties as a field game, and took it up with some vigour. It, however, re- mained a very rough and ready pastime, LACROSSE. 747 until Mr. W. G. Beers, of Montreal, a gentleman of Irish origin, took it in iiand, circa 1864, and framed the first laws. From this time the popularity of the game increased immensely in the colony. The crosse, with which — and a ball — the game is played, at first a very unsatisfactory implement, under- went rapid improvement, keeping pace with the advanced requirements of the game as that approached perfection, and it has now become an article of beauty, and scientifically adapted to the variety of throws which form one of the chief characteristics of the game. Lacrosse is now to the Canadian what cricket is to the Englishman, and a match for the championship at Toronto or Montreal is witnessed by thousands, amidst the wildest excitement. The game was first played in England at a school near Reading, c/rca 1865, some Canadian boys having brought crosses withtliem. With the destruction of these crosses the game ceased being played. In 1867 an American speculator brought over a team of Indians to play exhibi- tion games, but the speculation ended in a loss. Poorly as the game was then played, it took favour with many Englishmen, and some clubs were started, notably at Blackheath and Richmond, and an association was also formed, the laws of which appeared in the ninth edition of this work. It was, however, then difficult to obtain good crosses ; and, good play being impossi- ble with the wretched substitutes made in England, the game quickly died out. Suddenly a re-introduction of the game took place in 1875, in London and Glas- gow simultaneously, a Dr. Archer and a Mr.Orr being the gentlemen responsible for this. The London and Caledonian Clubs were started, and a match, England V. Scotland, resulted. These events in- cited Mr. Beers to bring over teams of Canadians and Indians, in 1876 ; and they made the tour of the United King- dom with great success, playing once at Windsor, before Her Majesty the Queen. Since this visit the game has gone on prospering in England and Ireland, where it is now firmly estab- lished; but it has quite died out in Scotland. Principles of the Game. In general tactics the game strongly resembles Association football. There are twelve players, whose object it is to pass a small indiarubber ball through the goal of their opponents. As the goal is small, being but six feet square, this can only be accomplished from a comparatively short distance, say twenty yards, at the outside. It is the manoeuvring which takes place in order to get a player into unimpeded posses- sion of the ball, within goal-throwing range, which constitutes the beauty of the game. The most absolute accuracy of throwing from, and catching with, the crosse, from any conceivable posi- tion, is possible ; and in these accom- plishments, and the rapidity of their execution, combined, of course, with superiority of condition, one team excels another. The goals are placed from 100 to about 135 yards apart, the longer distance being for the best twelves ; and the twelve players are divided into defence, field, and home. The home players stand near the opponents' goal. They are three in number, and must possess the greatest accuracy in throwing swiftly at goal, combined with extreme rapidity of movement. The field feed the home, and should be speedy players. On defence are placed the heavy men, whose specialty is long throwing. Good defence players frequently, in the course of a match, throw the ball a clear 120 yards ; and a record of 140 yards 2 feet has been made in Canada. There is absolutely no off-side rule, and play goes on just as freely behind the goals as in front of them, a common tactic being the tossing of the ball over from behind, with the object of having it passed through — a goal of course scoring when made from the front only. The ball is started from the centre of the field of play, and when falling into the possession of a player, it is per- missible for any opponent to strike the crosse carrying the ball with his own, for the purpose of dislodging the ball. No kind of charging is allowed, but a player may place his body in the way of an opponent with the ball. He may not, however, in any way interfere with an opponent who is pursuing one of his own side who has the ball. A ball going out of bounds is contested for by the two nearest opponents, at the spot where it crossed the boundary. The ball may not be handled (except by the goal-keeper) nor, by the United King- 748 GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. dom rules, may it be played with the foot or leg. The players are disposed all over the field, and it is the duty of each defence man to closely watch an attacker of the other side, who must not be allowed an instant of leisure in which to catch the ball on his crosse, or pick it from the ground, if rolling, otherwise, so great is the accuracy obtained, the ball will in- fallibly be sent on into dangerous prox- imity to the goal. Thus the players are distributed about the field in pairs, and superior fleetness of foot tell sin enabling players to evade the attentions of their checkers. It is bad play, however, to indulge in running, when the same ob- ject can be obtained by means of a throw, as all the strength must be re- served for the frequent dual tussles w-hich take place. Speed must be em- ployed for the purpose of disarranging the defensive tactics of the opponents : when that object has been accomplished a throw at goal should be a certainty. A feature in the game which astonishes strangers is the fearful pace with which players throw at the goal-keeper, without disturbing that functionary's serenity in the least. Lacrosse is really a summer game, and is so played in Canada, America, and Ireland. In Canada and America the severe winter w^ould prevent the playing it in that season, whilst in Ireland the football interest is too strong. In England it is the over- whelming interest in cricket and lawn- tennis which stands in the way, and renders winter play imperative. As a lively and smooth turf is best for the game, play in England suffers some- what from circumstances, and the Irish have always been successful in the annual international match, which has now been played five times. A North V. South of England match was played in 1877, and ended in a draw. It then lapsed ; but became an annual institution in 1882, since which date the North have always been victorious. In the North of Ireland and the North of England the clubs are very numerous ; and around Manchester the game hns become quite an institution. In the South of England the chibs are Htill few. The patronage of the game by the Leys School, Cambridge, has, however, done an immense deal of good, as, tlirongh this nieanp, lacrosse Las become a University game, and is now played by half-a-dozen colleges. Trinity College owning H.R.H. Prince Albert Victor as an active playing mem- ber when he was an undergraduate. At Oxford — owing chiefly, we believe, to the absence of any available space — the game has not yet been started. It is played in both the United States of America and Australia with con- siderable ardour. Implements. The sole implements are a crosse, costing al out 7s. Qd., a special ball, costing Is. 9r7., and four goal posis about two inches in diameter, and standing six feet, exactly, out of the ground. A crosse, to be of any use, must be made of second-growth hickory, and the best makers are the half-breed Indians of Caughnawaugha. A hickory crosse will stand rough usage for two or three seasons; but one of ash or other unsuitable wood is very easily broken, and is dear at any price. Indiarubber soles are imperative, and in summer the lightest running costume is often worn, bare calves being fre- quently seen in winter even. The Laws. There are three associations in the United Kingdom, viz., North of Ireland, North of England, and South of Eng. land, and ail three work in perfect unison. The Canadian laws having been considered inefficient, in 1883 the honorary secretaries of the three associa- tions met at Belfast and drew up a fresh code, which is now in force, and seems to give general satisfaction, except that many southern players still object to the abolition of kicking the ball. The framers of the new code bore con- tinually in mind the necessity for abolishing anything approaching to roughness, which exists in Canada even to the extent of brutality, and this object the laws certainly elEect. The code is as follows : 1. The Crosse. — (1) The crosse may be of any length to suit the player, woven with raw hide or gut — not cord or soft leather. Tiie netting must be fiat when the ball is not on it. In its widest part the crosse shall not exceed one foot. A string mnst be brought through a hole at the side of the tip of the turn, to prevent the point of the stick catching an opponent's crosse. LACROSSE. 749 A leading string, resting upon the top of the stick, may be used, but must not be fastened, so as to form a pocket, lower down the stick than the end of the length-strings. The length- strings must be woven to within two inches of their termination, so that the ball cannot catch in the meshes. (2) No kind of metal, either in wire or sheet, screws, or nails, shall be al- lowed upon the crosse. Splices must be made with either string or gut. 2. The Ball. — The ball must be india- rubber sponge, not less than eight inches and not more than eight and a quarter inches in circumference. It must weigh not less than four and a quarter ounces, and not more than four and a half ounces. In matches it must be furnished by the home club. 3. The Goals.— The goals shall be placed not less than 100 yards, and not more than 150 yards apart, unless otherwise arranged, and in any posi- tion agreeable to the captains of both sides. I he posts must be six feet apart, and the tops thereof, including any ornament, must be six feet above the ground. In matches they must be furnished by the home team. 4. The Boundaries. — The boundaries of the field of play shall be agreed upon by the captains before the commence- ment of the match. Should the ball be thrown out of bounds, the referee shall call " Stand," and the ball shall then be "faced" by the two nearest players, four yards within the bounds at the point where the ball went out. 5. Umpires. — (1) There must be only one umpire at each goal, who shall be agreed to by both captains before the commencement of the match. They shall not be changed during the pro- gress of a match without the consent of both captains. They shall not change goals daring a match. (2) No umpire shall, directly or in- directly, be interested in any bet upon the result of the match. No person shall be allowed to speak to the um- pires, or in any way distract their attention. (3) The umpire shall stand behind the posts. In the event of "goaP' being claimed, he shall at once decide whether or not the ball has fairly passed through the goal-space, his decision being simply '^goal" or "no goal." His decision shall be final, without appeal, and he shall not be required to give a reason. (4) In the absence of a referee, the umpires shall assume his functions, as set down in Law 6, each over his own half of the field. One only shall act as timekeeper and starter failing a referee, and this to be decided by tossing. 6. The Referee.— {I) The referee shall be selected by the officers of the com- peting teams at any time prior to the match. He shall be a disinterested person. (2) Before the match begins, he shall see that umpires have been properly chosen. (3) He shall draw the players up in lines, and see that the regulations re- specting the crosses, ball, goals, and spiked shoes, &c., &c., are adhered to. He shall ascertain the length of time the match shall last, directly from both captains, and he shall be sole timekeeper and starter. (4) When a " foul " claimed by any player has been allowed — or in case of injury or accident, Law 8, sees. 2 and 3 — the referee shall immediately call "Stand." If the ball enter goal after " stand " has been called by the referee, it shall not count. (5) The infliction of penalties (Law 12) shall be in the province of, the referee, without appeal, and any side rejecting his decision or refusing to continue the match, shall be declared the losers. (6) The referee shall arbitrate in all disputes between the captains, and his decision shall be final. (7) At the commencement of each game, and after "stand" has been called, the referee shall see that the ball is properly ''faced." 7. Captains. — (1) A captain to super- intend the play shall be appointed by each side previously to the commence- ment of a match. They shall be members of the club by whom they are appointed. They may or may not be players in a match; if not, they shall not carry a crosse, nor appear in lacrosse uniform. They shall be the mouthpiece of their respective teams in all disputes, in which they may be assisted by one player selected by them, and shall report any infringement of these laws during a match to the referee. (2) Captains shall arrange, previous 750 GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. to a match, the length of time it shall last, and shall toss for choice of goals. 8. The Teams.— {1) Number— Twelve players shall constitute a full team. They must be regular members of the club they represent. Should one side be deficient, in numbers at the time fixed for starting the match, their op- ponents may either limit their own numbers to equalise the sides, or com- pel them to play with as many as they have. (2) Wilful Lijury. — Should a player be incapacitated from playing through wilful injury from an opponent during a match, his side shall be at liberty to replace such injured player by a fresh man, or compel the other side to take off a player to equalise the sides. No change of players may be made after a match has commenced, except in cases of injury during the game. (3) Accidents. — Should an accident occur to any player, which, in the opinion of the referee, incapacitates him from playing, the other side must put off a man during his absence, (4) Spiked Soles. — No player may wear spiked soles under any circum- stances. The soles must in every case be indiarubber if boots or shoes are worn. (5) The players on each side shall be designated as follows : 1 — goal- keeper, 2— point, 3— coverpoint, 4— third man, 5 — right defence, 6 — left defence, 7— centre, 8— right attack, 9— left attack, 10— third home, 11— second home, 12— first home. 9. The Game.—{1) Each game shall be started by the centres facing at the centre mark, and when both sides are ready the referee shall call Play." (2) A match shall be decided by a majority of goals taken within a speci- fiied time, unless otherwise agreed upon. A goal shall be scored by the ball passing through the goal-space from the front, not being propelled with any part of the foot or leg. (3) Should the ball be accidentally put through either goal-space by one of the players defending it, by whatso- ever means, it shall be counted a goal to the opposite side. Should it be put through by any one not actually a player, it shall not count. (4) In the event of a goal-post being knocked down during a match, and the ball put through what would be the goal if the post were standing, it shall count goal for the attacking side. (5) When goal has been claimed and allowed, the ball shall be again faced in mid -field, but when disallowed, it shall be faced where it is picked up. In no such case shall a ball be faced within ten yards of either goal-post. _ (6) Ends shall be changed at "half- time " (unless otherwise agreed upon), when either side may claim not more than ten minutes' rest ; such rest not being counted as occupied in play. (7) The goal-keeper, while defend- ing goal within the goal-crease, may put away with his hand or foot, or block the ball in any manner with his crosse or body. (8) Any player is "out of play" if he drop his crosse during a game, and may not touch the ball, or impede an opponent in any way until he recovers his own crosse. (9) A match is ended by the referee calling " Time." 10. Fouls. — (1) No attacking player may be within 6 feet of either goal- post, unless the ball shall have passed " cover point's " position on the field. Such position shall be marked 10 yards in front of the goal. A player thus trespassing shall be out of play, and no goal shall count, if taken, while he is out of play. (2) No player shall interfere in any way with another who is in pursuit of an opponent. (3) No player, except the goal-keeper (Law 9, ^sec. 7), mayj touch the ball with his hand, save when the ball lodges in a place inaccessible to his crosse, or about his clothing or person. The player picking it up must " face " with his nearest opponent, all other players standing in the positions they may then occupy. (4) Should the ball catch in the netting, the crosse must immediately be struck on the ground, and the ball dislodged. (5) Kicking the ball under any cir- cumstances with the foot or leg is foul play, except in the case of the goal- keeper (Law 9, sec. 7), but this does not prevent a player stopping the progress of the ball with foot or leg, (6) No player shall grasp an oppo- nent's crosse with his hands, hold it with his arms or between his legs or under his feet, or kick it. 1 1. Rough Play. — (1) No player, with LACROSSE, 751 his crosse or otherwise, shall hold or trip another, nor push with the hand ; nor shall any player deliberately charge or shoulder an opponent, nor wrestle wath the legs entwined, so as to throw an opponent. This does not prevent the use of the " body-check," provided the same be strictly as defined (Law 13), nor the pushing an opponent with the shoulder in ground-scuffles. (2) No player shall deliberately strike another, or threaten to do so, under any circumstances, and any one considering himself purposely injured during play, must report, through his captain, to the referee. (3) The check commonly known as the "square" or "crosse" check, which consists of one player charging into another with both hands on the crosse, so as to make the stick meet the body of an opponent, is strictly forbidden. (4) No player shall throw his crosse under any circumstances. 12. Penalties. — (1) For breach of Law 10 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6), a "face" shall be given, at the place where the foul occurred, yet not nearer either goal- post than ten yards, unless the "foul" be made by the defending party. (2) Claiming "fouls" on trivial grounds, as when, in the opinion of the referee, no foul was intended, cannot be tolerated, and the referee shall first caution a player so offending, and, if persisted in, shall disqualify him for that particular game (not match). Should the captain (non-playing) so offend, the same penalty shall be in- flicted upon him as though he were a player. (3) For rough play. Law 11 (1) (2) (3) (4), the penalty for first ofEence shall be disqualification for remainder of that particular game or match. See Law 6 (5). (4) The referee shall be bound in all cases to inflict one or other of these penalties, but onl}^ when appealed to by the captain of the complaining side. Definition of Terms. Goal is the space contained between the tw^o posts. Goal Crease shall be a ground-space six feet square in front of the goal posts, having for one of its sides the line be- tween the posts. If not marked, it shall be left to the umpire to decide. Face. — The ball shall be placed upon the ground between the crosses of two opponents, and each of them shall have his left side towards the goal he is attacking. They shall not move till "play" has been called. Tripping is the use of the legs, feet, or crosse, to throw an opponent. Holding shall mean clutching with the hand or arm or detaining an op- ponent between the two arms and the crosse, or placing the crosse against his body so as to impede his movements. Body-check is the placing one's body in the way of an approaching opponent, I so that the latter is simply impeded. No checker shall use force in the body- check. Strildng means the giving a deliberate blow with either crosse or hand. Charging or Shouldering implies mo- tion and unnecessary force in checking, and is forbidden, because the object should be to play the ball and not the man. Draw means equal number of goals gained at call of "time." Stand. — The ball is dead when the referee calls "Stand," and no player shall move until the referee calls " Play." 752 CHAPTER VIL GOLF. Sect. 1. — General Remarks. Golf is daily becoming more popular amongst all classes of the Scottish community, and is making rapid pro- gress in other parts of the United Kingdom and also in the Colonies. Boys and old men enjoy its fascinations with equal zest, and both gain health and strength by the exercise and easy muscular exertion brought into play. Ladies' golf-clubs are now becoming established on various hnks. They play at a set of short holes, from twenty to fifty yards apxrt, and have their medals and other competitions. The principal ladies' club is at St. Andrews, the headquarters of golf in Scotland. The following are the chief golfing centres in Scotland: Aberdeen ; St. Andrews, Fife ; Bruntsfield, Edin- burgh; Burntisland, Cupar, EKe,Leven, Fife; Glasgow; Greenock; Monifieth, Carnoustie, Montrose, Forfar ; Mussel- burgh, Mid-Lothian ; North Berwick, Gullane, Aberlady, Dirleton, and Dun- bar, East Lothian ; Perth ; Prestwick, Ayrshire ; and Lanark. The game has likewise its votaries in England at Blackheath and Wimbledon ; at Bide- ford. North Devon ; Cookham, Berks ; Manchester; Alnmouth, Northumber- land ; and Hoylake, Cheshire ; and in Ireland at the Curragh Camp; in several provinces of India; at the Cape of Good Hope, Austraha, &c. Sect. 2. — The Links. The ground over which golf is played is called "links," and is usually a sandy soil in the neighbourhood of the seashore, its surface covered with short grass, here and there interrupted by breaks, pits, and inequalities, and a njile or more in extent. These inter- ruptions are necessary to impart interest to the game, for where the ground is completely smooth the sport becomes insipid, there being then little oppor- tunity of exhibiting dexterity of play. The track along which the players pro- ceed is denominated "the course," and may be either rectilinear, or a figure of any number of sides. A series of small round holes, about four inches in dia- meter, and several inches in depth, are cut in the turf, at distances of from 100 to 400 or 500 yards from each other, according to the nature of the ground. If the links happen to be broad and expansive, the holes are placed so as to make the golfing course a somewhat circular one; if they are long and narrow, the holes are placed from end to end. But, whether the direction taken be from the starting hole once round a course somewhat circular, or from the starting-hole to the end and back again on a straight course, the term invariably applied to each series of holes played is a round. Sect. 3. — The Clubs and Balls. The Materials employed consist of small hard balls of gutta-percha, and clubs of forms suited to the nature VARIOUS FOUMS OV CLUB-IIEADS. 1. riay-club: 2. Putter; 8. Spoon; 4. Saml- iron; 5. Cleek ; 6. Niblick. of the ground. The latter are named as follows : The play-club, putter, driving-putter, long-spoon, mid-spoon, short-spoon, baffing-spoon, sand-iron, clcek, and niblick : the last three have iron heads, the others are of wood. In some links, several of these clubs may be, and usually are, dispensed with, and GOLF. the number reduced to six or seven ; hut in greens such as at St. Andrews, Musselburgh, Prestwick, and some others, they all come into requisition more or less. The Play-club, or Driver, is for swiping off the tee, and is further used throughout the green if the ball is lying fair, and the distance more than a full drive between the ball and the hole you are approaching. The Long-spoon comes into play ■when the ball lies in a hollow, or a declivity, or on slightly rough grassy ground ; it derives its name from having the face scooped, so as to allow of its getting under the ball, and driving it forth a longish distance, if well struck. This club is useful, too, for elevating a ball, and driving it over hazards, such as bunkers, whins, &c. The Short-spoon is a very useful club, and is frequently in the golfer's hands during the course of the day. It is used for playing either good- lying or bad-lying balls when within a hundred yards or so from the hole ; this is termed playing the "short game." Much depends on this short game ; and many a far, and even sure driver through the green has been beaten by the indifferent swiper but deadly short-game player. The Putter {u sounded as in " but " is a short-shafted, stiff club, with a flattish head and square face ; it is used when the ball arrives within close proximity to the hole, generally within thirty yards, and is usually considered the best club for " holing out " the bail. To be a " good putter," is what all golfers aim at, and comparatively few ever attain. Long and showy driving is of much commoner occurrence than "deadly" putting, and one who can gain a full stroke on his opponent between two far-distant holes fre- quently loses his advantage by missing a " put " within a yard of the hole I The Sand-iron comes into play when the ball lies in a " bunker," or sand-pit. It is a short, thick-shafted, stiff weapon with an iron head, hollowed out in the centre, and somewhat sloped backward. On its lower edge, it is straight and sharp, which allows of its digging under the ball, and pitching it out of grief" on to grass. When a ball lies in whins or other hazards of a similar nature, in roads amongst ''metal," or over the head in long deer- grass or bents, the iron is the best club for freeing it from such impediments, and is, therefore, the one generally used. It is well adapted for lofting " balls over hazards ; or for lofting or pitching steimies " — that is, when the oppo- nent's ball lies so directly between the player's ball and the hole as to render it impossible for the player to use his putter. He then takes his iron and attempts to loft his own ball over his adversary's and into the hole — a feat which, when accomplished, invariably calls forth admiration. The Cleek is not so thick in the shaft, and is rather longer than the sand-iron ; it is used chiefly for driving balls out, or lofting them over, certain hazards that happen to lie between the ball and hole near the putting green; it is also useful for putting where the ground is rough. The iron head of the cleek is straight in the face, and slopes backward. The Niblick is of very important service when the ball lies in a cart-rut, horse-shoe print in sand, or any round or deep hollow not altogether beyond the player's reach, and not well suited for the iron. The head is very small and heavy, about one-half the size of that of the sand -iron, and is shaped into a hollow about the size of a crown-piece, with the iron sloping slightly backward. This peculiarity of shape enables the player to raiise his ball out of difficulties from which no other club could extricate it, and ought invariably, where there are bunkers and roads, to form one of every golfer's set. The true method of handling the CLUB will be seen at a glance in the annexed figure. Let the wrists be free, and grasp your club with mode- rate pressure, but not tightly; in striking, or swiping, as it is called, the eye must never for a single instant wander from the ball, and the club should be swung with moderate speed over the right shoulder, and brought down quickly to the ball — three-fourths of a circle being described by the action. This mode of handling and swinging should be practised before attempting to strike a ball. Never exert your whole strength in delivering a swipe ; golf is a game of skill and nice art, not one of brute force, and if too much force be used, the chances 3 c 75-1 GAMES FLAYED WITH BALL. are that you founder your ball, and either top 'it or drive it a comparatively short distance. The easier a stroke is taken, the greater the chance of hitting the ball correctly ; the mere swing of the club will drive a ball a long dis- tance, and with more certainty of the beginner's keeping the right direction than if much force had been applied. In standing to the ball, the feet should be moderately well apart (about a foot and a half is sufficient), and the left foot should be nearly opposite the ball, at a distance varying with the clubs used; for instance, in using the ordinary driving-club, two feet and a half is a good distance between foot and ball. Be careful not to exceed this distance, nor be much within the mark, as the player is apt, when standing too far from his ball, to fall in to it, and run the chance of making a bad shot. Whan standing too near.- the ball is often heeled, or struck with that part of the club-head nearest the shaft. When this is the case, the ball flies off to the right. When standing too far, the ball is apt to be "drawn" or "hooked" — that is to say, struck with the point or "toe" of the club, in which case the ball flies in to the left. The manufacture of bnlls used to be a distinct trade by itself, and that of clubs another, but now most club- makers also make balls. The price of a ball is Is., and of a club, 46'. 6d : irons are rather dearer. Sect. 4, — The Game. The rival players are either two in number, which is the simplest arrange- ment, or four (two against twoj, the former being called a single match, and the latter a double or foursome match, the ball in foursome matches being struck alternately by each partner ; or the game may be played by three or more persons, each playing his own ball. The object of every player, whether in a single or doable match, is to drive the ball in a series of strokes from one hole towards and into another in as few as possible. The opponents, who are provided each with a set of clubs and balls, commence at the starting-hole (which is also the finishing-hole), and strike off their balls in the direction of the first. In playing from hole to hole, he who succeeds in holeing in fewer strokes than his opponent wins that hole ; but if both players hole their balls in the same number of strokes, the hole is halved. From the first they drive towards the second hole ; and so on till the round is finished — that is to say, till they arrive at the hole from which they started. The winner is he who has gained more holes in the round than remain to be played ; thus, the match may be gained by a player being, say, two ahead and one to play, or three ahead and two to play, or even more. A match may, however, consist of, say, three rounds, in which case he who has gained more holes than remain to } be played gains the match. Matches i between professional phiyers sometimes j extend to as many as 108 holes, played : on three different links. Sometimes, 1 when players are verj^ equally matched, | neither party has, at the close of a day's play, gained an advantage; every round has been halved, or each party has won an equal number of rounds ; hence the match itself is halved, and remains to be played another day. If the skill of one player is superior to that of his opponent, the former gives odds to the latter, to equalise their play. Thus, A possesses an ad- vantage over B. They start to play a round, and the round consists of, say, eight holes. If the difference of their skill be not very great, A possibly allows B two strokes on the round, which, for example's sake, affects B's chances thus : B agrees to take his strokes between the first and second and third and fourth holes, and off they go. After having played from the start to the first hole, which we will suppose they have on equal terms halved, A puts his ball into the second hole in five strokes, and B in the same number. Now, were they playing on even terms, as in the previous hole, the CROQUET. hole would have been as^ain halved ; but here B's extra stroke does him service ; so, having been allowed one off, he wins the hole. If A had holed his ball in five, and B in six strokes, the hole would have been halved, B's extra stroke, allowed, equalising the reckoning. They strike off to- wards the third hole, which A wins ; so here they are all even. On the next hole (between the third and fourth) B has his second and last extra stroke, which probably makes him the winner of the hole. Por the rest of the round they play on equal terms ; B is one ahead, and three holes yet to play. If he can succeed in halving, and keeping his advantage, he may win the round, but he possibly drives his ball into some hazard — such as sand or whin- bushes — from which he is only extri- cated after expending one or more strokes in the operation, and loses at least that hole, if not the match. The principal Conditions of the game are as follows : — The tee (which is a small pinch of sand upon which the ball is placed to present a fair stroke in playing off from each hole) must be not less than four, and not more than six club-lengths from the first hole, and may be either in front of or to the side of it ; and after the balls are struck off, the ball lying farthest from the hole to which the parties are playing is played first. The balls must not be changed before the hole is played out. All loose im- pediments within twelve inches of the ball may be removed when the ball lies on grass — but so as not to move the ball — or from the lyutting-green or table-land on which the hole is placed, which is considered not to exceed twenty yards from the hole. When the ball lies in a hunker, or otherwise on sand, however, it is not permitted to remove or touch the sand or other obstacle with the clnb before playing. A ball must not be touched or moved except in playing, and there are penal- ties for touching, or moving, or stopping the course of a ball. But whatever happens to a ball by accident, irrespec- tive of the player, must be submitted to, being considered a ruh of the green. If a ball is lost, the owner loses the hole. An exhaustive work upon this Scottish national pastime, in which Golf Clubs, great matches, peculiarities of the game, anecdotes, and other interesting sub- jects are treated, has been prepared, and issued from his own press, by one of Scotland's best players, Mr. Robert Clark, of Edinburgh. CHAPTER VIII. CROQUET. Sect. 1. — General Remarks. ^ This game after a somewhat stormy career has now settled down into a condition of what may be called abey- ance, owing to a variety of causes. In the first place, it has two distinct phases which act on each other in a way far from beneficial. In its first or highest aspect it is a game requiring not only great manual skill and correctness of eye, but also scientific calculations of mechanical laws and the doctrine of chances, which few have the power to combine with sufficient nerve to make them, when present, available at the right time. The billiard player is often surprised at being told that these quali- ties are required in croqaet to a greater extent than in his favourite game, but nevertheless the statement is quite true. In billiards there is seldom any difficulty in knowing what ought to be the next stroke, and the player rarely makes his calculations beyond placing his balls for the following one ; but in croquet, not only has the player often to choose between two, three, or even four strokes, but he has to consider how he shall leave his balls for the next five, six, or sometimes seven or eight following strokes. It is quite true that in croquet the ground is not perfect like a billiard table, and that a chance shot will often defeat the best play ; but this still further necessitates calculation, and renders coolness and science more necessary. No doubt the temper is often sorely tried by this defeat of skill by chance, but the uncertainty adds to the interest of the game, just as in cricket, which, in great measure from 3 G 2 75(5 GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. this cause, has gone on yearly in- creasing in popularity. On the other hand, the social game was made a rival of the scientific by those who either did not possess or would not employ the powers I have described, and, instead of aiding the scientific development of croquet, they delayed it by all the means in their power. At present (1885) the game may be said to be almost defunct, though an attempt at its revival has been made in Essex on the County Cricket Ground, where two gij^unds of full size are allot- ted to it on days when cricket is not played. A club has been formed there for the revival of scientific croquet, but the result cannot, of course, be predicted as yet. On the original public grounds at Wimbledon, Brighton, Bedford, Worth- ing, &c., the scientific game is no longer played, and only on a few aristocratic private grounds is the social game car- ried on, lawn tennis having completely displaced it. For these reasons 1 shall merely give the rules as they still exist. Sect. 2.— The Laws of Croquet. The laws of this game remain as they were when the last edition of this book was pubhshed in 1881. RECOMMENDATIONS. The committee make the following recommendations, subject to such varia- tions as local players may find it con- venient to adopt : — A full-sized croquet ground should measure 40 yards by 30 yards. Its boundaries should be accurately de- fined. The hoops should be of half-inch round iron, and should not be more than 6 inches in width, inside measurement. The crown of the hoop should be at least 12 inches clear of the ground. A hoop with the crown at right angles to the legs is to be preferred. The pegs should be of uniform diameter of not less than 1-^ inches, and should stand at least 18 inches above the ground. The balls should be of boxwood, and should not weigh less than 14 ounces each. The four-ball game is recommended for adoption in preference to any other. When odds are given, the bisque is recommended. A bisijuo is an extra stroke which may be taken at any time during the game in continuation of the turn. A player receiving a bisque cannot r )quet a ball twice in the same turn without making an intermediate point. In other respects, a bisque confers all the advantages of an extra turn. A player receiving two or more bisques cannot take more than one in the same turn. Passing the boundary, or making a foul stroke, does not pre- vent the player taking a bisque. It is essential to match-play that by- standers should abstain fi'om walking over the grounds, speaking to the players or the umpires, making remarks upon them aloud, or in any way dis- tracting their attention. DEFINITIONS. A Point is made when a hoop is run, or a peg is hit, in order. The striker's hoop or peg in order is the one he has next to make.^ The order is shown by dotted lines in the diagrams of settings. (See page 762.) A Roquet is made when the striker's ball is caused by a blow of the mallet to hit another which it has not before hit in the same turn since making a point. The striker's ball is said to be in play until it roquets another. Having made roquet, it is in hand until croquet is taken. Croquet is taken by placnig the striker's ball in contact with the one roqueted, the striker then hitting his own ball with the mallet. The non- striker's ball when moved by a croquet is called the croqueted hall. ; A Rover is a ball that has made all its points in order except the winning peg. THE LAWS. 1. Mallets, — There shall be no re- striction as to the number, weight, size, shape, or material of the mallets; nor as to the attitude or position of the striker ; nor as to the part of the mallet held, provided the ball be not struck with the handle, nor the mace stroke used. 2. Size of Balls — TliQ balls used in match-play shall be 3^ inches in dia- meter. 3. Choice of Lead and of Balls.— It shall be decided by lot which side shall have choice of lead and of balls. In a succession of games the choice of lead shall be alternate, the sides keeping the same balls. CROQUET. 4. Comr) mcement of Game. — In com- mencing, each ball shall be placed on the starting spot (see Settings). The striker's ball, when so placed and struck, is at once in play, and can roquet an- other, or be roqueted, whether it has made the first hoop or not. 5. Stroke^ lohen taken. — A stroke is considered to be taken if a ball be moved in the act of striking ; but should a player, in taking aim, move his ball accidentally, it must be replaced to the satisfaction of the adversary, and the stroke be then taken. If a ball be aioved in taking aim, and then struck without being replaced, the stroke is foul (see Law 25). 6. Hooj), when run. — A ball has run its hoop when, having passed through from the playing side and ceased to roll, it cannot be touched by a straight- edge placed against the wires on the side from which it was played. 7. Ball driven partly through Hoop. — A ball driven partly through its hoop from the non-playing side cannot nm the hoop at its next stroke, if it can be touched by a straight-edge placed against the Avires on the non-playing side. 8. Points counted to N on- striker'' s Ball. — A ball driven through its hoop, or against the turning peg, by any stroke not foul, whether of its own or of the adverse side, counts the point so made. 9. Points made for Adversary's Ball. — If a point be made for an adversary's ball, the striker must inform his adver- sary of it. Should the striker neglect to do so, and the adversary make the point again, he may continue his turn as though he had played for his right point. 10. The Turn. — A player, when his turn comes round, may roquet each ball once, and may do this again after each point made. The player con- tinues his turn so long as he makes a point or a roquet. 11. Croquet imperative after Roquet. — A player who roquets a ball must take croquet, and in so doing must move both balls (see Law 25). In taking croquet, the striker is not allowed to place his foot on the ball. 12. Ball in Hand after Roquet. — No point or roquet can be made by a ball which is in hand. If a ball in hand displace any other balls, they must remain where they are driven. Any point made in consequence of such displacement counts, notwithstanding that the ball displacing them is in hand. 13. Balls Roqueted simultaneously. — When a player roquets two balls simul- taneously, he may choose from which of them he will take croquet ; and a second roquet will be required before he can take croquet from the other ball. 14. Balls found touching. — If at the commencement of a turn the striker's ball be found touching another, roquet is deemed to be made, and croquet must be taken at once. 15. Roquet and Hoop made by same Stroke. — Should a ball, in making its hoop, roquet another that lies beyond the hoop, and then pass through, the hoop counts as well as the roquet, A ball is deemed to be beyond the hoop if it lies so that it cannot be touched by a straight-edge placed against the wires on the playing side. Should any part of the ball that is roqueted be lying on the playing side of the hoop, the roquet counts, but not the hoop. 16. Pegging out. — If a rover (except when in hand) be caused to hit the winning peg by any stroke of the same side, not foul, the rover is out of the game, and must be removed from the ground. A rover may similarly be pegged out by an adverse rover. 17. Rover pegged out hy Roquet. — A player who pegs out a rover by a roquet loses the remainder of his turn. 18. Balls sen t off the Ground. — A ball sent otf the ground must at once be replaced 3 feet within the boundary, measured from the spot where it went off, and at right angles to the margin. If this spot be already occupied, the ball last sent off is to be placed any- where in contact with the other, at the option of the player sending off the ball. 19. Ball sent off near Corner. — A ball sent off within 3 feet of a corner is to be replaced 3 feet from both bound- aries. 20. Boll touching Boundary. — If the boundary be marked by a line on the turf, a ball touching the line is deemed to have been off the ground. If the boundary be raised, a ball touching the boundary is similarly deemed to have been off the ground. 21. Ball sent off' and returning to Ground. — If a ball be sent off the gruund, and i-eturn to it, the ball must 758 GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. be similarly replaced, measunnfir from the point of first contact with the boundary. 22. Ball sent within 3 feet of Bound- ary — A ball sent within 3 feet of the boundary, but not off the ground, is to be replaced as though it had been sent off ; except in the case of the striker's ball, when the strilier has the option of bringing his ball in, or of playing from where it lies. 23. Boundary interfering with Stroke. — If it be found that the height of the boundary interferes with the stroke, the striker, with the sanction of the umpire, may bring in the balls a longer distance than 3 feet, so as to allow a free swing of the mallet. Balls so brought in must be moved in the line of aim. 24. Dead Boundary. — If, in taking croquet, the striker send his own ball, or the ball croqueted, off the ground, he loses the remainder of his turn ; but if by the same stroke he make a roquet, his ball, being in hand, may pass the boundary without penalty. Should either ball while rolling after a croquet be touched or diverted from its course by an opponent, the striker lias the option given him by Law 26, and is not Hable to lose his turn should the ball which has been touched or diverted pass the boundary. 25. Foul Strokes. — If a player make a foul stroke, he loses the remainder of his turn, and any point or roquet made by such stroke does not count. Balls moved by a foul stroke are to remain where they lie, or be replaced, at the option of the adversary. If the foul be made when taking croquet, and the adversary elect to have the balls re- placed, they must be replaced in contact as they stood when the croquet was taken. The following are foul strokes : — (a) to strike with the mallet another ball instead of or besides one's own, in making the stroke ; (b) to spoon — i.e. to push a ball without an audible knock ; (c) to strike a ball twice in the same stroke; (d) to touch, stop, or divert the course of a ball when in play and rolling, whether this be done by the striker or his partner ; (e) to allow a ball to touch the mallet in rebounding from a peg or wire ; (/) 1o move a ball which lies close to a })eg or wire by striking the peg or wire ; (g) to press a ball round a peg or wire (cnisbing stroke) ; (A) to play a stroke after roquet without taking croquet ; (i) to fail to move both balls in taking croquet ; (k) to croquet a ball which the striker is not entitled to croquet. 26. Balls touched hy Adversary — Should a ball when rolling, except it be m hand, be toucned, stopped, or diverted from its course by an adver- sary^, the striker may elect whether he will take the stroke again, or whether the ball shall remain where it stopped, or be placed where, in the judgment of the umpire, it would have rolled to. 27. Balls Stopped or Diverted, by Umpire. — Should a ball be stopped or diverted from its course by an umpire, he is to place it where he considers it would have rolled to. 28. Playing out of Turn, or with the Wrong Ball. — If a player play out of turn, or with the wrong ball, the remainder of the turn is lost, and any point or roquet made after the mistake. The balls remain where they lie when the penalty is claimed, or are replaced as they were before the last stroke was made, at the option of the adversary. But if the adverse side play without claiming the penalty, the turn holds good, and any point or points made after the mistake, are scored to tlie ball by which they have been made (that is, the ball is deemed to be for the point next in order to the last point made in the turn), except when the adversary's ball has been played with, in which case the points are scored to the ball which ought to have been played with. If more than one ball be played with during the turn, all points made dur- ing the turn, whether before or after the mistake, are scored to the ball last played with. Whether the penalty be claimed or not, the adversary may follow with either ball of his own side. 29. Playing for Wrong Point. — If a player make a wrong point it does not count, and therefore (unless he have, hy the same stroke, taken croquet, or made a roquet), all subsequent strokes are in error, the remainder of the turn is lost, and any point or roquet made after the mistake. The balls remain where they lie when the penalty is claimed, or are replaced as they were before the last stroke was made, at the option of the adversary. But if the player make another point, or the adverse side i)l<\y, before the penalty is .• ; A CROQUET. 759 claimed, the turn holds good ; and the player who made the mistake is deemed to be for the point next in order to that which he last made. 30. Information as to Score. — Every player is entitled to be informed which is the next point of any ba,ll. 31. State of Game, if disputed. — When clips are used, their position, in case of dispute, shall be conclusive as to the position of the balls in the game. 32. Wires knocked out of Ground. — Should a player, in trying to run his hoop, knock a wire of that hoop out of the ground wath his ball, the hoop does not count. The ball must be replaced, and the stroke taken again ; but if by the same stroke a roquet be made, the striker may elect whether he will claim the roquet or have the balls replaced. 33. Pegs or Hoops not upright. — Any player may set upright a peg or hoop, except the one next in order, and That must not be altered except by the umpire. 34. Ball lying in a Hole or on Bad Ground. — A ball lying in a hole or on bad ground may be moved with the sanction of the umpire. The ball must be put back — i.e. away from the object aimed at — and so as not to alter the line of aim. 35. Umpires. — An umpire shall not give his opinion, or notice any error that may be made, unless appealed to by one of the players. The decision of an umpire, wdien appealed to, shall be final. The duties of an umpire are — (a) to decide matters in dispute during the game, if appealed to ; (6) to keep the score, and, if asked by a player, to disclose the state of it ; (c) to move the clips, or to see that they are properly moved ; {d) to replace balls sent off the ground, or to see that they are properly replaced ; (e) to adjust hoops or pegs not upright, or to see that they are properly adjusted. 36. Absence of Umpire. — When there is no umpire present, permission to move a ball, or to set up a peg or hoop, or other indulgence for which an umpire would be appealed to, must be asked of the other side. 37. Appeal to Ileferee. — Should an umpire be unable to decide any point at issue, he may appeal to the referee, whose decision shall be final ; but no player may appeal to the referee from the decision of an umpire. Sect. 3.— Management of Prize Meetings. The following Recommendations for the management of Prize Meetings have been drawn up by the Committee of the A. E. C. C. 1. Conference Laws binding in Matches. — In matches played on the Club Ground at Wimbledon, the con- ference laws as revised in 1873 shall be adhered to. 2. Committee to Settle Details. — The committee (three to form a quorum) shall settle all details connected with the prize meetings of the club as far as practicable, in accordance with the following Rules. In the case of open meetings (where there is no committee established) the secretary should asso- ciate with himself a committee, three to form a quorum. 3. Size of Ground. — The grounds shall (if possible) measure 40 yards by 30 yards. Their boundaries shall be accurately defined. 4. Hoops. — The hoops above the f ground shall be of half-inch round iron or steel. The crown of the hoop shall be straight, and at right angles to the legs. When fixed, the crown shall be at least 12in. clear of the ground. 5. Pegs. — The pegs shall be of wood, of a uniform diameter above the ground of \\m. They shall be at least 18in. in height above the ground. 6. Balls. — The balls shall be of box- wood, and shall weigh not less than 14|oz. 7. Number and Colours of Balls. — The game shall be played with four balls. The balls shall be coloured respectively, blue, red, black, and yel- low, and shall be played in the above order. The blue and black balls shall form a side against the red and yellow. 8. Setting. — The setting of the hoops and pegs shall be according to the plan known as No. 3. 9. Order of Points. — The order in which the points are to be made shall be according to the plan numbered 3 in the Conference Rules. 10. Programme. — A programme shall be issued, which shall specify the size of the grounds, the width of the hoops, the time and place of tho draw, and tlie time and place of tlie meeting. 11. Declaration as to Prizes. — Tlie committee shall declare before the 760 GAMES PLAYED WITH BALL. conimencemenl of play the mode in which the entrance moneys shall be awarded as prizes. 12. Election and Powers of Referee. — The committee shall elect a referee. 'Jlie referee shall have power to appoint umpires, and to settle any doubt, question, or dispute which an umpire professes himself unable to decide, or which may be beyond the province of an umpire. 13. Entries. — No entry shall be valid unless the entrance money be paid by such date as the committee appoint. 14. Bight of Subscribers. — Sub- scribers shall have a right to be pre- sent at the draw. 15. Mode of conducting Draw. — For the purpose of determining how the players shall meet, each subscriber's name shall be written on a separat«j slip of paper, and the slips shall be placed together in a bowl or hat, and drawn out in pairs at random. 16. Rotation of Play. — When there is no bye the winners of each succes- sive pair shall meet in each round in accordance with the system shown by the following diagram. 17. Guarding. — When players who SUBSCRIBERS NAMES WINNERS A l-'ROUND WINNERS □ c- c — ZIII^^^^==^ D- E. F C H " 3111111:::==- c-"""'^ are known to the referee to I e f^e-ated ;ire drawn in the same pair, they stad not play against each other in the first round, but shall be guarded as in the lollowing example : " If A and B (see diagram, Eule 16) are the pair first drawn, and are related, and C and D are the pair next drawn. A, being first tirawn, shall keep his place, B shall change places in the draw with C, the first drawn of the next pair. If G and 11, the last drawn, are related, F shall change places with G." 18, Rotation of Play in case of Byes. — When there is a bye, the player entitled to it shall be the last drawn on the list who has not previously had a bye. No player shall have more than one bye. The following diagram shows how the winners meet in the case of byes. 19. Absentees. — If a player be absent when called on by the referee to play, his adversary wins in that round, and is not deemed to have had a bye. 20. Distribution of Prizes. — When more than two prizes arc given, if four phiyers be left in the last round but A 2 CROQUET. 761 one, the losers in that round shall meet to decide the third and fourth places. For example : In diagram Rule 16, D wins the first prize ; F the second. B and G play to decide as to the third and fourth prizes. 21. Ibid. — When three players are left in the last round but one, no fourth prize shall be given. When there is a second prize it shall be given to the player beaten in the final round, if the winner had a bye in the previous round ; but if not, the two players last beaten by the winner shall meet to decide the second prize, the loser gaining the third prize, when it is given. For example : In diagram Rule 18, G wins the first prize, D and J play for second and third. Had D won in the last round, G would take the second prize and J tlie third. 22. Handicaps. — In handicap matches the players shall be handicapped by the referee before the draw in classes. Class 1 giving one bisque each game to Class 2, two bisques to Class 3, and so on. In hke manner Class 2 gives one bisque to Class 3, two bisques to Class 4, and so on, according to the difference of class. 23. Partner Hatidicaps. — In partner handicaps the number of bisques to be given each game shall be half the dif- ference of the classes. If the dif- ference be an odd number, the number of bisques given shall be the nearest whole number greater than half. For example : — A (Class 1) and B (Class 2) play against C (Class 4) and D (Class 5). A B give three bisques to C D each game. If E (Class 6) is substituted for D, A B have to give four bisques. 24. Ibid. — In partner handicaps either partner, irrespective of the class to which he belongs, may take the bisques to which his side is entitled. 25. Time Handicaps. — In time handi- caps the players shall be entered in sets of not more than eight for single matches, and not more than sixteen for partner matches. Each round shall consist of one game. One third of the time at disposal shall be allowed for each game, time being called by the referee at the expiration of each third. 26. Ibid. — If the game be not finished when time is called, the side which is ahead in points wins, the striker having the right of finishing his turn and of taking a bisque if entitled to one before th3 points are counted. If the points be equal, the side which afterwards first makes a roquet wins, but a bisque may not be taken for this purpose. 27. Ibid. — In time handicaps, no side which receives more than one bisque shall take more than half its allotted bisques, until both balls have passed the turning peg. 28. Postponement of Meeting. — If a meeting appointed to commence upon a certain day be interfered with by weather which, in the opinion of the committee, is unfit for croquet, the com- mittee shall have power to postpone the meeting ; but the commencement shall not be postponed beyond the current week. Sect. 4 — Private Play. The Setting known as No. 3, or six- hoop, is described with the aid of dia- grams in the Conference code of rules, and in all public meetings it is almost imperative that it shall be used. As, however, the code must be in the hands of all public players it is unnecessary to insert either the plan or the order of ranning here. Private players, how- ever, although they are recommended to use these rules and adhere to them, have not alv/ays a copy at hand, and for their benefit I append a plan and the order of running of the No. 2 setting. For public play this is now superseded by No. 3 ; but the former is easier for beginners, and on that score it may well be adopted in private play. A modification of it by using only two hoops between the pegs (the order of innning being otherwise the same), is still easier, and when only six hoops are provided it may be advantageously substituted for it. In that case the middle hoop is abolished, and after running the first the order goes on to the left-hand corner hoop at once. For small grounds this is a manifest advan- tage, and I strongly recommend its adoption when the dimensions are not more than 30 yards by 20 yards._ It is a very common practice on private grounds to play under rules differing widely from those adopted by the Conference of Secretaries, and embodied in the Code known by their name ; but the plan cannot be too strongly condemned. It leads to aU kinds of disputes ; and in every case, before beginning to play, a long time is lost in settling the rules and teaching 762 GAMES FLAYED WITH BALL, them to those visitors who have not i in case of dispute, there is seldom a already learned them. Besides this, I written code to refer to, and then con- ! Z4 YDS •< in 5 1 i -8 YDS. 6YDS.->[^ 6 YDS.-^« 6YDS.-%— 6 YDSr-^ 8 YDSr- ! i -24 YDS: h| I I [ 1 DIAGRAM OF HO. 2 aETTlHO. fusion becomes worse confounded. 1 i peating my advice to adhere strictly therefore conclude this article by re- I to the Conference Code. 4.,.. 1 .^-^ 1- g !• •:-:j:::^^::rg|:ii^iJ2^:^H^^ ^----[ — - - { m z OnDHh OF nTTMNIN(i. PAET III. RUKAL GAMES AND OUT-DOOK AMUSEMENTS. BOOK II.— MISCELLANEOUS GAMES. CHAP. L ARCHERY. Sect. 1. — Implements of the Craft. For the Purposes of the Archer the following implements are required, which may be obtained at any of the principal 'makers in Edinburgh or London— first, the bow ; secondly, the arrows ; thirdly, a quiver, pouch, and belt; fourthly, a tassel and grease pot; fifthly, an arm-guard, or brace, and a shooting -glove ; sixthly, a target or targets ; and seventhly, a scoring-card. The Bow is the most important article in archery, and also the most expensive. It is usually from five to six feet in length, made of a single piece of yew, or of lancewood and hickory FlO. 1. — THE BOW. glued together back to back. The former suits gentlemen the best, and the latter being more lively is better adapted for the short sharp pull of ladies. The wood is gradually tapered, and at each end is a tip of horn, the one for the upper end (a) being longer than the other or lower one (b). The strength of bows is marked in pounds, varying from 251b. to 801b. Ladies' bows are from 26^-b. to 401b. in strength, and those of gentlemen from 501b. to 801b. One side of the bow is flat, called its " back ; " the other, rounded, is called " the belly ;" and nearly in the middle at D, where the hand should take hold, it is lapped round with velvet, and that part is called " the handle." In each of the tips of horn is a notch for the string, called " the nock," Bowstrings are made of hemp or flax, the former being the better mate- rial ; for though at first they stretch more, yet they wear longer, and stand a harder pull as well as being more elastic in the shooting. In applying a fresh string to a bow, be careful in opening it not to break the composition that is on it ; cut the tie, take hold of the eye, which will be found ready worked at one end, let the other part hang down, and pass the eye over the upper end of the bow. If for a lady, it may be helo from 2 to 2h inches below the nock ; it for a gentleman, half an inch lower, varying it accord- ing to the length and strength of the bow ; then run your hand along the Fig. 2. — bowstring loop. side of the bow and string to the bottom nock, turn it round that and fix it by the noose, called the "timber noose," taking care not to untwist the string in making it. This noose is 7G4 MISCELLANEOUS GAMES merely a simple turn back and twist without a knob, but it is better seen than described. When strung, a lady's bow will have the string about 5 or 5| inches from the belly ; and a gentle- man's about balf an inch more. The part opposite the handle, namely c, is bound round with waxed silk, in order to prevent its being frayed by the arrow. As soon as a string becomes too soft and the fibres too straight, rub it with beeswax, and give it a few turns in the proper direction, so as to shorten it and twist its Ktrands a little tighter ; a spare sirhig should always be provided by the shooter. The Arkow. — The first thing to as- certain is, whether it is quite straight, which is done by bringing the tips of the thumb and two first fingers of the left hand together and laying the arrow thereon, while it is turned round Fl(», 3. — THE FOOTED ARROW. by the right hand. If it goes smoothly, it is straight ; but if it jerks at all, it is crooked. Then make sure-j that it is stiff enough to stand the force of the bow without bending, as, if too weak, it will never fiy straight. The pile or point should be what is called the square-shouldered pile — some pre- fer the sharp pile, but the other answers best for all purposes. The nock should be full, and the notch pretty deep ; a piece of horn should be let in at the notch to prevent the string splitting the arrow. The feathers should be full-sized, evenly and well cut, and inserted at equal distances from each other, as shown in fig. 3. It has been much disputed whether the bobtailed, the chested, the barrelled, or the straight arrow is the best to shoot with. Mr. H. Ford, the champion shot, decides in favour of the straight arrow, and the reader cannot do better than take his advice. The arrow should be care- fully wiped each time it is picked up, and this not only to preserve it, but also because the least particle of dirt clinging to the pile will effectually spoil the flight of the arrow. Every care should be taken to keep the feathers smooth and stiff; if attention be not paid to this point everything else will be in vain. Should they by chance become ruffled, a little warming in front of a fire (not too close) will generally restore them. The length and weight \-a,ry, the latter being marked with the number of shillings they weigh. The Quiver is a long tin case ; it is not now, however, used as part of the personal equipment of the archer, but is employed simply for the purpose of protecting the spare arrows. It is made of all sizes, to hold from six to three doz^n arrows, and is provided with a cover and lock to make all secure. The best receptacle for arrows, however, is the box which is now almost universally used ; in it each arrow has a place to itself, and by this means overcrowding is prevented, and the feathers are preserved unrumpled. Grease-box. — This is a httle box, generally made of ivory, of such a. shape as to hang from the belt. It is used for the purpose of holding the grease, which some archers use to knoint the string and their shooting- glove, so as to get a better loose. The advantage of it is a matter of opinion, and so it may i^main ; if used too freely, however, it causes the bow- string to unravel. Tassel is merely a large tassel of green worsted, and is used for wiping the arrows when they have stuck iii the ground. If a belt is not used, it should be hung from a button-lK)le of the coat ; it is an absolutely necessary part of the archer's outfit. ARCHERY IMPLEMENTS. 7G5 The Belt and Pouch.— This is used f.-)r carrying the supply of arrows re- quired in a" match (three for use and one spare one), as also for the sus- ])ension of the tassel, &c. I would, however, recommend gentlemen to do without it— it is always in the way, and the arrows can be carried far better in a pocket made diagonally in the right rear of the coat, so as to Fig. 4. — lady's belt axd pouch. come conveniently to the hand and yet be far enough back to escape the risk ! of the feathers being spoilt by the j elbow rubbing against them. In fig. 4 is depicted a lady's belt, complete with pouch, tassel, grease box, scoring-card, and pricker. j The Bracer.— This is a guard for the left arm, to prevent its being- abraded by the string wiien loosed ; it also has another object — viz., to confine the sleeve and keep it out of the way. !l consists of an oblong piece of smooth leather, and is fastened to the arm by straps. In fitting it on, care should be taken that the ends of the straps are not left loose, and that the buckles come well round to the back of the arm, so as not to be in the way of the string ; for if there be the least pro- jection on which it can catch, your best aim will be of none efEect. The Shooting-glove is used to pro- tect the fingers of the right hand from abrasion by the string when loosing, and consists of three finger-guards, i uttached by strips of leather, passing I down the back of the hand to a strap fastening round the wrist. This form of glove has, however, rather gone out F'lG 5. —THE BUACER. of use of late years, most archers pre f erring independent guards (called tips) Fig. 6.— glovk and tips for each finger, generally fastening by means of an india-rubber ring round the finger— about the best of this kind 766 3IISGELLANE0US GAMES. being those invented by Mr. Buchanan of Piccadilly. In the matter of the shooting-glove, however, it is best to leave the archer to choose for himself, merely cautioning him to make sure that whether glove or tips, they fit him well, or he will never be able to make a good loose. The cut {fig. 6) represents a glove and set of tips. Scoring-cards. — These are made of various shapes and sizes to accommodate a single archer, or to serve for a match. About the best for private use consists of a circular piece of cardboard coloured like a target, divided into three segments for three distances, and having the other side printed to receive the score when reckoned. These are carried in little ivory frames made for the purpose, the whole being about the size of a watch. A small ivory pricker for marking is carried with it. The accompanying cut represents one of Fig. 7. — scoring-card and pricker. these cards. Perhaps, however, for ordinary practice, nothing is better than a conmion metallic memorandum- book, ruled for the day of the month, and vertically for the rings. The Target consists of a circular ihick mat of straw covered with can- was, painted in a scries of circles. It is usually from three feet six inches to lour feet in diameter ; the middle is about six or eight inches in diameter, gilt, and called " the gold ; " the next is called "the red," after which comes " the inner white," then " the black," and finally " the outer white." These targets are mounted upon trian- FlG. 8.— THE TARGET. gular stands, at distances apart of from 50 to 100 yards ; GO being the usual shooting distance. (See fig. 8.) Sect. 2.— The Use of the Bow. To Bend and String the Bow pro perly, the following directions will be serviceable, and the young archer should pay particular attention to them, since a neglect of these cautions will often lead to a fracture of the bow, by bending it the wrong way : — 1. — Take the bow by the handle {fig. 1, d) in the right hand, 2. — Place the bottom end (b) upon the ground, resting against the hollow of the inside of the right foot, keeping the flat side of the bow (called the hack) towards your person ; the left foot should be advanced a little, aJid the right placed so that the bow can- not slip sideways. 3. — Place tlie heel of the left hand upon the upper limb of the bow, be- low the eye of the string. Now, while the fingers and thumb of the left hand slide this eye towards the notch in the horn, and the heel pushes the limb away from the body, the right hand jmUs the handle towards the person, and thus resists the action of the left, by which the bow is bent, and at the same time the string is slipped into the " nock," as the notch is termed. 4. Take care to keep the three outer fingers free from the string, for if the bow should slip from the hand, and the string catch them, they will be severely pinched. If shooting in frosty weather, warm the bow before the fire, or by friction with a woollen cloth. If the ARCHERY 1^1 bow Las been lying by for a long time, it should be well rubbed with boiled linseed oil before using it. To Unstking the Bow, hold it as in stringing ; than press down the upper limb exactly as before, and as if you wished to place the eye of the string in a higher notch ; this will loosen the string and liberate the eye, when it must be lifted out of the nock by the fore- finger, and suffered to slip doAvn the limb. Before Using the Bow, hold it in a perpendicular direction, with the string towards you, and see if the line of the string cuts the middle of the bow ; if not, shift the eye and noose of the string to either side, so as to make the two hnes coincide. This precaution prevents a very common cause of de- fective shooting, which is the result of an mieven string throwing the arrow on one side. After using it, unstring it ; and if a large party is shooting, after every end it should be liberated from its state of tension ; but in this respect there is a great difference in different bows, some good onc-s soon getting cast from their true shape, and others, though in- ferior bows, bearing any ordinary amount of tension without damage. The General Management of the Bow should be on the principle that damp injures it, and tliat any loose floating ends interfere with its shooting. It should, therefore, be kept well var- nished, and in a waterproof case, and it should be carefully dried after shoot- ing in damp weather. If there are any ends hanging from the string, cut them off pretty close, and see that the whipping in the middle of the string is close and well fitting. The case should be hung up against a dry internal wall, not too near a fire. In Selecting the Bow be careful that it is not too strong for your power, and that you can draw the arrow to its head without any trembling of the hand. If this cannot be done after a httle prac- tice, the bow should be changed for a weaker one, for no arrow will go true if it is discharged by a trembling hand. In Selecting A-rrows be careful that they are not too long. For a bow of 5 feet 10 inches, the arrows should be about 2 feet 4 inches in length. For a lady's bow of 4 feet 10 inches, the arrow should measure about 2 feet. In Shooting keep the longer hmb of the bow upwards, as the bow is hable to be broken if used the other way, and the wrapping of the string does not coincide with the upper part of the handle. Bows may oe broken either from the above circumstance, or by overdrawing them, or by snapping the string without an arrow in it, or by the string breaking ; and if a bow stands all these trials, it is to be prized as a sound and good bit of stuff. After an arrow has been shot into the target or the ground, be particularly careful to withdraw it, by laying hold close to its head, and by twisting it round as it is withdrawn in the direc- tion of its axis. Without this precau- tion it may be easily bent or broken. In Shooting at the Target, the first thing to be done is to nock the arrow — that is, to place it properly on the string. In order to effect this, take the bow in the left hand, with the string towards you, the upper limb being towards the right. Hold it hori- zontally while you take the arrow by the middle, pass it on the under side of the string and the upper side of the bow, till the head reaches two or three inches past the left hand ; hold it there with the forefinger or thumb while you re- move the right hand down to the nock. Turn the arrow till the cock-feather comes uppermost ; then pass it down the bow, and fix it on the nocking point of the string. In doing this, all contact with the feathers should be avoided, unless they are rubbed out of place, when they may be smoothed down by passing them through the hand from the point towards the neck. The Attitude for shooting should be graceful as well as serviceable. The body should be at right angles with the target, but the face must be turned over the left shoulder, so as to be opposed to it. The feet are to be flat on the ground, with the heels a little apart, the left foot turned towards the mark ; the head and chest inclined a little forward, so as to present a full bust, but not bent at all below the waist. In Drawing the Bow, proceed thus : — \st Method. — Take hold of the bow with tne left hand, having the elbow straight : then, having placed the arrow as directed in the last paragraph, and having the finger-stalls or shooting- glove on, put a finger on each side of the arrow on the string, and the thumb on the opposite side, so as to steady it ; then raise all at the full length of the arm till the right hand reaches nearly MISCELLANEOUS GAMES. to the level of the shoulder, and the left is opposite the target, when, by drawing tlie one to the ear, and the other towards Fig. 9. — position. the target, the arrow is brouglit to a direct hne with the bull's-eye, and at that moment it is released. 2nd Method. — Draw the arrow as be- fore, but pause when the arrow is fully extended to the head, and take aim. This, however, requires a very strong- arm, and also a strong bow, or there will be a quivering of the muscles, which is communicated to the arrow ; besides the danger of breaking the bow. The loosing must be quick, and the string must leave the lingers smartly and steadily, the bow-hand at that moment being held as firm as a vice, upon which the goodness of the flight mainly depends. The Following Directions should be attended to strictly, if good shooting is to be attained : — 1. — Fix the attention steadily upon the object, and disregard all external objects, which are liable otherwise to distract the eye at the moment of shooting. 2. — In drawing the bow, in order to secure the arrow in its place, turn the bow a little obliquely, so that the handle and your knuckles will together form a groove for the an-ow to run in. \Vh(!ii it falls oil', it is from tlie string being held too far up by the fingers, which causes it to twist in the drawing, and the arrow is thereby thrown off from resting against the bow. The proper length is midway between the ends and the first joints of the fingers. Three fingers may be used, but the arrow should be between the first and second. 3. — In taking aim, two points must be attended to — viz., the lateral direction and the distance., because there is no bow which will drive an arrow many yards perfectly point blank., and consequently, a slight elevation must in all cases be made, and for long dis- tances, with weak bows, a very con- siderable one. It requires great experi- ence to manage the elevation properly, and much must depend upon the exact strength of the bow, and the distance to be shot. With regard to the lateral direction, it is materially affected by the wind, and this must always be al- lowed for if there is any stirring ; and if it is in the line of the targets, one I end win require much less elevation than the other. 4. — Fix the eyes on the mark, and not on the arrow. Avoid all such ex- pedients as putting a mark on the glove to aim by. Do not look from the mark to the arrow and back again. The proper plan is to keep both eyes open, and look steadily at the mark, while with the hands the bow is raised or lowering in accordance with what the mind thinks is the proper direction. 5. — If an arrow falls off the string, and the archer can reach it with his bow, it is not shot ; but if he cannot, it must be counted as such. Sect. 3. — Target-Shooting. The Targets are fixed exactly oppo- site each other, at 60 yards, or perhaps more, apart. The stands, when properly placed, are each called " an end." The proper number of arrows, as fixed by the rules, are then shot from each end by all the party assembled, when all proceed to pick up or extract theii arrows, the marker scoring for each before drawing them from the tar- get, after which the party shoot back again to the other end, and so on until the whole number of ends have been shot Other kinds of shooting are butt» roving, flight, clout, and cross-bow, but ARCREEY. 769 these methods are now so Httle prac- tised, that it is scarcely necessary to treat of them. Sect. 4. — Rules for an Archery Club. [The Rules for the formation ana in- terior management of the Club must he left to he compiled according to circmn- stances.'] FIELD REGULATIONS. 1. — There shall be — prize meetings during the season. 2. — Shooting to commence each day at o'clock, and to continue until din- ner at o'clock, after which, shoot- ing to recommence and continue until all arrows are shot. 3. — There shall be four prizes for ladies, and four for gentlemen, viz.: for the largest gross score, for the greatest number of hits, for the best goid, and for the greatest number of golds. 4. — The distances for ladies shall be sixty yards and fift}^ yards ; and for gentlemen one hundred yards, eighty yards, and sixty yards. 5. — The national round shall always be shot, viz.: for ladies, forty-eight at sixty yards, and twenty-four at fifty yards ; and for gentlemen, seventy-two at one hundred yards, forty-eight at eighty yards, and twenty-four at sixty yards. (Or the St. George's round of three dozen at each distance^ may he used.) 6. — The order of shooting to be as the names are entered on the target-list, and anyone not ready in his turn shall shoot last. 7. — No one shall shoot out of his turn. 8. — Xo arrow to be withdrawn from the target, until scored by the captain, under pain of losing its value. 9. — No talking to be allowed at the ends during the shooting, and only the members shooting to stand in front of tlie target, the remainder standing be- hind on the left. 10. — Holders of prizes for gross 8core or hits to be weighted as follows : — Holders of one prize to lose the white ring ; of two, the white and black ; of three, the white, black, and blue. 11. — None but members to receive the members' prizes. 12. — All arrows to be clearly marked with coloured rings, and to be entered as 80 marked in the books of the societ}'; any member neglecting to conform to this rule will forfeit any score made with improperly marked arrows. 13. — All members intending to shoot shall appear in the uniform of the club, under the penalty of a fine of for each omission. Sect. 5.— Dress. The usual Dress for Ladies pecu- liar to archery is shown in the annexed sketch {fig. 10), which also gives ex- FiG. 10. — ladies' costume. tremely well the attitude in ladies shoot- ing. In most cases a green jacket is worn over white ; sometimes, however, the colour is black. The gentlemen's costume is not gene- rally fixed in archery clubs, but some- times a green suit is the chib uniform. Sect. 6. — Expenses. The expenses of archery are not usually great, though a good many arrows will be lost or spoiled during a season's shooting, especially if the grass is not kept mown very close. Bows and all the other paraphernalm last a long while : and, with the ex- ception of the arrows, the first cost may be considered to be the only one, over and above the subscription to the club, to which most archers like to be- long, competition being the essence of the sport. The following are about the usual charges which are made for bows, 3 D 770 MISCELLANEOUS GAMES. arrows, &c.; but they vary a good deal with the different makers. £ s. d. & s. d. Gentleman's bow. 2 2 Oto9 9 0 Lady's bow ..1 1 0 3 3 0 Arrows (each). .0 1 6 0 3 0 £ 8. d. Quiver, brace, glove, &c., about 110 Targets (per pair) . . . . 1 11 6 Stands (per pair) 110 CHAPTER II. QUOITS AND SKITTLES. Sect. 1.— Quoits. Quoits is a game requiring great strength in the arms and shoulders, and quickness of sight. It is played with a flattened ring uf iron called a quoit, thick at its inner, and thin at_ its outer edge, and with a pin of iron driven into the ground, called a " hob." QDOIT AND HOB. The quoits are hght or heavy, according to the strength of the player ; and in playing a match it is usual to specify the weights. The Game is played by driving two hobs into tlie ground 19 yards apart ; but the distance is frequently altered by agreement to distances varjdng from 15 to 30 yards. The players are either two or more ; but if more than three, they are generally ar- ranged in sides in the usual way. The method hitherto most generally adopted is as follows : — Each player has two quoits, and throws one of them in his turn, with the view to its falling over the hob ; after all have thrown one roimd, each throws a second, and then all throw back again to the other hob. It will be seen, however, by the most recent rules, that each player is to play both quoits in succcs- tiion. Vlie quoit is held with the fore- finger along its outei edge, in whicn there is a small dent for the end of the finger to lie in without cutting it. The two surfaces are held between the thumb and the other fingers, and the quoit is pitched flat, with a slight rotary motion to make it pass smoothly and horizontally through the air. _ The score depends upon the quoit falling on the pin, or upon the distance from it. Thus — a " ringer " {i.e. a quoit which surrounds the pin) scores two, and two ringers count four. If a player has placed both his quoits nearer to the hob than his antagonist, he scores two ; if he has but one nearer, he scores one ; and when the nearest quoits are equi- distant and belong to dilferent players, neither player scores. Rules. — The following rules were agreed to at a conference at Birming- ham in 1869 :— 1. That the distance from pin to pin shall be 19 yards, and that the player shall stand level with the pin, and dehvor his quoit with the first step. 2. That no quoit be allowed which measures more than eight inches exter- nal diameter, and that the weight may be unlimited. 3. That the pins be one inch above the clay. 4. That all measurements shall be taken from any visible part of the pin to the nearest visible part of the quoit ; no clay or quoit to be disturbed. 5. That no quoit shall count unless fairly delivered in the clay free troni the outer rim, and that no quoit on its back shall count unless it holds clay oi- is knocked out by another quoit. That no quoit rolling on the clay shall count unless it first strikes another quoit or the pin. 6. That each player shall deliver bis quoits in succession, his opponent then following. SKITTLES. 771 I. Tliat an umpire shall be appointed, and in all cases of dispute his decision shall be final. Sect. 2. — Skittles. Under this heading may be included the various games of Skittles, Four Corners, Knockemdowns, and American Bowls, the object in each being to knock down, or, technically speaking, to " floor," the greatest number of pins in the least possible number of throws. It is to be regretted that these good old-fashioned English games should (as far as London is concerned, at all events) be confined chiefly to the lower classes, and that a skittle -player is generally considered to be every- thing that is bad ; for although it may not be a very intellectual pastime, there can be no doubt of its being a healthy recreation, one requiring a certain amount of skill and endurance, aud particularly adapted to those who foflow sedentary employments. In Skittles, ninepins are used (placed on a wooden frame, as shown in the accompanying diagram) and a "cheese" ball, weighing generally from eight to SKITTLES. fourteen and sometimes even sixteen pounds ; the player delivering the ball from a distance of about twenty-one feet. In playing the ordinary "stand- fair" game, only one step is allowed to be taken whilst delivering the ball ; but the "trotting" game is very fre- j quently played, in which two or "three . steps are permitted, and in some in- stances the objectionable practice of " numing up " is carried on to such an extent that the ball is hardly out of the 1 hand before it touches the front pin. \ This ought ahvays to be discoun- tenanced, as even the weakest player must surely be able to deliver the ball I on the third step. Whilst throwing, I care should be taken to get a good firin grasp of the ball, which should be held in a slightly slanting position, and to strike the front pin on the shoulder, sufficient impetus being given to enable the ball to reach the back pin if possible. A good player will sometimes hit five pins with the ball, in which case he generally gets the whole nine. A tyro at the game may always think himself fortunate if he secure the entire num- ber in three throws, and a man who can rely on getting them in twice may be considered a good, sound player. Some of the best players have been known to knock down and set up a hundred or even more full frames within the hour. One of the most extraordinary performances of this kind on record is that of J. Sullivan, who, at the Horse and Groom, Newington Butts, on Feb. 22, 1822, succeeded in knocking down and setting up 110 full frames in 57 min. 57 sec, he being at the time only nineteen years of age. Ben Sexton is also credited with floor- ing 830 pins in 100 throws, on May 12, 1865, at Leinton, Suffolk ; likewise with some wonderful performances with a man standing in the frame. Of course, however, feats of this class are not to be met with among amateur players, but rather with those who make a business of the game. The number of chalks is generally two or three; this is, however, optional with the competitors. In fact, there is so much difference in the way the game is played in different locaHties, that the rules appended can scarcely bo taken as absolute. In Four Corners the pins (four in number) are much larger, and in the strict game a proviso is sometimes in- sisted on — viz., that the back pin must be hit with the ball. In Knockemdowns and Bowls ten pins are used, the centre one being called the king, and the ball has to be grounded before it reaches the frame. Rules.— The following are the best obtainable rules : — 1. That all pins be knocked down, but should one remain standing it shall be considered an extra " go." 2. That if a pin be hit off the frame and still stands up, it shall be con- sidered " down," but if any part of the pin touch the frame it shall be an " up " pin, 3. That should the ball rebound from the sides or back of the grouna and knock down a pin, it shall be considered foul, and must be set up 3 D 2 772 MISCELLANEOUS GAMES. again. If a pin, however, be hit by the play of the ball, it shall be con- sidered fair. 4. That if a pin falls and rests upon two pins (or ball and pin), it shall be considered "down," but^ if resting on one pin only, as an " up " pin. 6. That all wood lying behind the centre comers of the frame, if no part lie over the frame, may be re- moved at the option of either of the players. 6. That the number of goes be limited to five. 7. That all ties be decided by the first throw. CHAPTER III. CURLING. Sect. 1. — General Remarks. Curling, vvhich is by far the most in- teresting and exhilarating of Scotia's games, appears to be of very con- siderable antiquity. In a book pub- lished in Perth about 1600, entitled the " Muses ' Threnodie," giving an inventory of a deceased gentleman's effects, the following lines appear— " His liats, his hoods, his bells, his bones, His alley bowls, his Curlino Stones." About the year 1840, a great and very important change took place in curhng, which gave a wonderful im- petus to the game, not only in Scot- land, but in Canada, &c. Previous to this time almost every club (or parish) had rules peculiar to itself, and when neighbouring clubs or parishes met to play a bonspiel or match, the rules to be observed during the game formed a subject of some difficulty, and often of very great contention. To obviate this, a meeting took place in Edin- burgh, about 1840, at which many keen curlers attended, from different dis- tricts of the country. At this meeting the Grand Caledonian Curhng Club was formed, which issued a set of rules, by which the game was to be regulated by every affiliated club. The curhng stones also at this time under- went a great change : formerly a coarse stone or boulder from the field or a dyke, with a smooth bottom, was reckoned quite sufficient ; into the top of which was fixed an immovable coarse iron handle. Indeed, curling stones originally had no liandlcs, but were pushed along the rink with the liand. Now, however, these stones are of a certain diameter and thickness, n)0Kt beautifully polished, with ele- gantly mounted handles, which can be screwed into the stone, unscrewed, and taken home in the pocket ; no stone is allowed beyond 601b. In 1842, Prince Albert became the patron of the club ; in 1843, Her Majesty graciously ahowed it to take the designation of " Royal." Curling is the most friendly and social of all the games ever in- vented for the amusement of the human race ; the poorest mechanics or peasants, provided they are keen and good curlers, are most cordially re- ceived, and associated with dukes, earls, lords, and baronets, on the icy board. As an illustration, we may refer to the great match or bonspiel, in 1784, between the Duke of Hamilton (Lanarkshire), and Macdougall of Castle Semple (Renfrewshire), seven players on each side ; the noble duke, in selecting his men, fixed upon Tarn Pate, the cadger, whose business ordi- narily was to hawk haddocks and herrings through the country. The duke (himself a player) appointed Tani skip or head of the rink ; the game was so keenly contested, that before the last stone was played both sides Avere equal ; that stone had to be played by Tam Pate. No one thought that it was possible to take it ; but Tam, with the greatest coolness and unerring precision, took that shot, and thus gained the victory for the Duke of Hamilton. The number of members belonging to the Royal Club {mirahile dictuf ) amounts to about 12,000. On the pond belonging to the club, situated near Blackiord, Perthshire, when a gre.at bonspiel or match is played between the south and the north of Scotland, there has been seen 2G00 curlers, and 5'JOO lady and gentleman spectators— the pond is seventy acres in extent. Curling is much practised in Canada, where there is fine ice ail the winter. CURLING. 773 Rkct. 2.— PtULES OF Curling. 1. The length of the rink shall be forty-two yards ; any deviation occa- sioned by peculiar circumstances to be by mutual agreement of parties. When a game is begun, the rink is not to be lengthened nor shortened, unless by consent of the majority of players. [It is advisable that rinks have double tees at each end, the one at least two yards behind the other, the whole four to be as nearly as possible in the same line. The stones are to be delivered from the outer tee, and played towards the inner ; this saves the ice from injury around the tee played up to.] 2. The rink shall be changed in all cases when, from the springing of water, the majority of players cannot make up. Neither the winning nor losing party have right to object, as all contests must be decided on the fair and equitable principle of science, not of strength. 3. The number of shots in a game, if not otherwise mutually fixed upon, shall be twenty-one. [A game more frequently consists of thirteen shots, or even of seven, than of any others, when an hour or two's practice is only intended ; but this is a matter of private arrangement. In a bonspiel or match, when a con- siderable number of players appear on each side, the aggregate number of shots gained in a fixed time is not only as equitable a method, but affords amusement to all the rink to the end, and ought to be universally adopted.] 4. The hog's score to be one-sixth part of the length of the ring from the tee. Every stone to be considered a hog which does not clear a square placed upon the score. 5. Every rink to be composed of four players a side, each with two stones, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon. In no case shall the same in- dividual or party play two stones in succession, and every player shall de- liver both his stones alternately with - an opponent, before any other of the same side or party play one. 6. Parties to draw cuts which shall fill the ice at the first end ; after which the winning party of the last end or game of that day's play shall do so. No stone to he counted which does not lie vnthin seven feet from, the tee, unless it be previously otherwise mutually agreed upon. In cases where each party has a stone equally near the tee, neither to be counted, and the winning party of the previous end is again to fill the ice. Measurements to be taken from the centre of the tee to that part of the stone which is nearest it. 7. Each player to place his feet in such a manner as that, in delivering his stone, he shall bring it over the tee. A player stepping aside to take a brittle (or wick), or other shot, shall forfeit his stone for that end. A player, after delivering his last stone, shall not remain longer than to see his next opponent fit his tee, but shall take his place at the other end, between the score and the previous player of his own party ; and shall on no account remain to give directions to the next of his party who plays. 8. If any player shall improperly speak to or interrupt another while in the act of delivering his stone, one shot shall be added to the score of the party so interrupted. 9. The rotation of play adopted at the beginning must be observed through the whole game. 10. All curling stones shall be of a circular shape. No stone must be changed throughout the game, unless it happens to be broken, and then the largest fragment to count, without any necessity of playing with it more. If a stone rolls and stops upon its side or top, it shall not be counted, but put off the ice. Should the handle quit the stone in the delivery, the player must keep hold of it, otherwise he will not be entitled to replay the shot. 11. If a player plays out of turn, the stone so played may be stopped in its progress, and returned to the player. If the mistake shall not be discovered till the stone is again at rest, the oppo- site party shall have the option to add one to their score, and the game pro- ceed in its original rotation, or to declare the end null and void. 12. In double-soled stones, the side commenced with shall not, under forfeit of the match, be changed during the progress of the game. 13. The sweeping department to be under the exclusive control of tho skipper. No sweeping to be allowed by any party till the stone has passed the hog's score, except when snow is falling or drifting, in which case it shall be admissible to sweep from tea to tee. The player's party may sweep 774 MISCELLANEOUS GAMES, when the stone has passed the further hog's score, his adversaries when it has passed the tee. Sweeping to be always to one side. Previous to each direction being given, either party are entitled to sweep the rink clean. 14. Parties before beginning to play to take different sides of the rink, which they are to keep throughout the game ; and no plaj^er on any pre- tence to cross or go upon the middle of the rink. The skippers alone to stand about the tee. Their respective parties, according to their rotation of play, shall take their position down to the hog's score. 15. If, in sweeping or otherwise, a running stone be marred by any of tlie party to which it belongs, it shall be put off the ice. If by any of the adverse party, it shall be placed where the skipper of the party to whom it belongs shall direct. If marred by any other means, the player shall take his shot again. Should a stone at rest be accidentally displaced at any part of the end before the case provided for in Rule 13 comes into operation, it shall be put as nearly as possible in its former position. 16. Every player to come provided with a besom, to be ready to play when his turn comes, and not to take more than a reasonable time to throw his stones. Should he accidentally play a wrong stone, any of the players may stop it while running ; but if not stopped till it is again at rest, it shall be re- placed by the one which he ought to have played. 17. No measuring of shots allowable previous to the termination of the end. Disputed shots to be determined by the skippers ; or, if they disagree, by some neutral person mutually chosen by them, whose decision shall be final. 18. Should any played stone be dis- placed, before the last stone is thrown and at rest, by any of the party who are lying the shot, they shall forfeit the end ; if by any of the losing party who have the stone yet to play, they shall be prevented from playing that stone, and liave one point deducted from their score. The number of shots to be marked by the winners to be decided by the majority of the players, the oil'ondcr not having a vote. 19. Tlie skippers shall have the ex- clusive regulation and direction of the game, and may play in what part of it they please ; but having chosen their place at the beginning, they must retain it till the end oi the game. The players may give their advice, but cannot con- trol their director ; nor are they upon any pretext to address themselves to the person about to play. Each skipper, when his own play comes, shall name one of his party to take charge for him. Every player to follow implicitly the direction given him. 20. Should any question arise, the determination of which is not pro^iHed for by the words and spirit of the rules now established, it may be referred to the three nearest members of the repre- sentative committee, unconnected with the disputing parties, who shall form a district committee of reference, and whose decision shall be bmding on all concerned till the annual general meet- ing of the representative committee, to whom either party may appeal. Sect. 3. — Technical Terms. The following are the chief technical terms used in curling : — Rinlc — The piece of ice used by two sets of players ; a good sized lake may contain many rinks. Hog — A score made across the ice one-sixth part of the rink from the tee. Tee — The point at each end of the rink to be played for. Brough — Several concentric circles, varying from one to fourteen feet in diameter, drawn round each tee. Howe Ice — When it is desirable that a stone should be driven straight up the centre, the skipper requests the player to keep " liowe ice." inwich — Another name for an angle or cannon taken inivards to the tee, by one stone against another. Guard — A stone is said to guard when it lies in a line between the player and the tee, with another stone loithin it ; a guard may also lie on any other part of the ice beyond the hog score, on a similar principle. Soled. — When a stone is neatly and levelly delivered from tlie hand along the ice, it is said to be well " soled." Crampets or cramps — An apparatus shod with steel spikes, worn on the feet, or attached to tlie ice at each end, to prevent slipping. Skipper — The title given to the direc- tor of the play on each side. ENTERING THE WATER. PAKT TIL RTJRAL GAMES AND OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. IJOOK IIL— AETIFICIAL MODES OF LOCOMOTION. CHAP. 1. SWIMMING. Sect. 1. — General Eemarks. The acquirement of a knowledge of the ait of swimming lias been admitted by all to be of the greatest import- ance. This mode of locomotion is, next to walking, the most primitive and simple, being employed by nearly all savage nations, who are generally adepts in its practice. It is an imita- tive art, easily learned, and probably first attained by observing the move- ments of those animals to whom it is natural. Still it is an acquired, and not a natural power in man, and the child of the savage must learn it no less than the denizen of the civilized world. The dog and the horse, on falling into the water, are, as a rule, able to swim, though they are some- times awkward at first ; and I know of one instance, in which a dog would most assuredly have been drowned had he been left to his own resources. Man, on the other hand, on entering the water for the first time would as invariably drown. The question has often been asked, " Why cannot man swim at the first attempt?" The answer is a threefold one : — 1st, be- cause quadrupeds are proportionately lighter than man ; 2nd, because it so happens, that the necessary movements quadrupeds must make in the water are precisely the same as those they have been accustomed to on land ; 3rd, because of the difference of the rela- tive position of the centre of gravity in quadrupeds and in man. It has been held that if a person were to retain in the water the posture and action to which he is accustomed on land, he too would be able to swim at once. I cannot advise any one to be- lieve such a statement, for it always happens that if a person who is unable to swim accidently falls into a deep river, he is sure to struggle violently, and throw his head and shoulders so high out of the water that his body does not displace so much of it as is equal to its weight, and he sinks faster than ever. The individual placed in such a position must sink, or try to swim. In this country, surrounded as it is by water, and abounding in beautiful rivers and lakes, and where there are swimming baths in abundance (albeit indifferent ones), there is no reason why the art of swimming should not be acquired by every person who has health and strength. Ladies should also be taught, and many lives would be saved thereby; but up to the pre- sent time we have been sadly neglect- ful with resjject to taking steps in order that females may learn so useful an exercise. The assistance of a teacher or friend is desirable in every case, in order to accomplish the pre- liminary steps, and besides, a know- ledge of the art can be much more readily acquired ; for with an experi- enced teacher, the pupil may learn it 776 OUT-BOOR AMUSEMENTS. in a fortnight or three weeks. Theory alone is of very httle service to tlie beginner, for a person is rarely met with who has properly mastered the art without the aid of a tutor to initiate him in the proper movement and use of the hands and legs. Many persons, no doubt, have learnt to swim unaided, by simply watching the actions of accomplished swimmers, and after- wards persistently endeavouring to imitate them, but it is a long and tedious process, and those who are self-taught hardly ever rise above mediocrity. Swimming, to be of any great service, should be well mastered ; and it is a mistake to suppose that because a man can swim a hundred yards with perhaps little difficulty, he could double the distance in case of necessity. The human body contracts with the loss of heat. Its specific gravity is increased, and consequently its buoyancy is lessened, and with this reduction of heat there is a corre- sponding decrease of muscular power. A hberal allowance for these disadvan- tages should be made by any one attempting to go beyond his regular distance in deep water, or his rash- ness may prove fatal. Confidence is a A^aluable adjunct to bathing, and it is advisable to become experimentally famJhar with the fact that water is quite capable of supporting the weight of the human body. The easiest way of arriving at this conclusion is to select a gradually shelving sandy beach on a calm day. Walk out to a depth of about three feet, then stoop and take up a handful of sand ; repeat this several times as you proceed farther and farther into the water, until it has reached the chin, and you will find that it is not easily to be accomplished. The natural conclusion, therefore, is that but little exertion will be required to keep up the body. The best place to learn without a teacher is a bath, for not only is it the safest, there being always assistance at hand, but it is preferable in other ways. A great deal may be accomplished by oneself, by standing on the ladder used in almost all baths, and striking off on the surface of the water from the second or third step from tl;e bottom, continuing to strike out slowly and decisively with the hands until the feet sink. Walk back and repeat the practice, and if perse- vi;rcd in, sncctr.s v/ill soon b(; the reward. A learner should never mind his head being under water ; by degrees he will gain confidence, and become accustomed to the immersion. When the mere fact of keeping the body afloat has been mastered, the continuance of daily practice should be persevered in until perfection has been attained ; but the beginner should on no account attempt to perform any feat until the proper action of the hands and legs has been thoroughly acquired. A great defect as regards " style " among the swimmers of the present day arises from the fact that, for the most part, as " soon as they learn to walk they want to run ;" or, in other words, im- mediately they are able to swim they essay the side-stroke, and the result is, that they are seldom able to do either properly. All aktificial aids in learning to swim are to be avoided. Many persons ask if corks, air belts, cork jackets, bladders, &c., are serviceable. Ex- perience has taught me that there are great dangers attending on these inven- tions. It is more difficult to discon- tirnie their use than to learn to swim without them, for their effect is to keep the body above the natural plane of flotation, and the more confirmed the habit becomes of swimming high in the water, the greater is the difficulty of accommodating the body to its natural level. Again, cork and air belts oc- casionally give way from defective fastenings, and slip down from the chest to the legs, thereby causing the sub- mersion of the head ; and it is scarcely possible for any one unable to swim to extricate himself when in this position. A swimming master is, as already stated, the most ready and most effectual means of acquiring a knowledge of the art. Sect. 2. — Modes of Swimming. Breast Swimming. — All teachers are agreed that in learning to swim, no method can be ado})ted that is so simple or so benefi(ual as that which is termed the old-fashioned style of swdmming upon the breast. It i orms the ground- work of every other department of the art ; when once a fair breast-stroke has been learnt, the pupil may try otlier stylos, but he should not atten)pt tlm side-stroke until he has fairly mastered I this preliminary step, for it is of the SWIMMING. 771 greatest importance, if the swimmer has any desire to excel in this beautiful exercise, that its simplest elements should be carefully and properly ac- quired ; it bears the same analogy to the swinnner as learning to row in a tub-boat does to the disciple of the oar. The fact of being able to keep afloat once acomplished, perhaps the following hints may be of service to the pupil. On taking the dive and ris- ing to the surface, the stroke should be commenced by placing the hands, with the backs upwards, slightly curved, the wrists touching the chest, and no lower in the water than four inches ; they should then be pushed rapidly forward to the fullest extent of reach ; the palms of the hands, with dosed fingers, are then to be turned outwards and brought back steadily and decisively at right angles with the body with all the power at command ; during this part of the stroke the arms should not be relaxed in the slightest degree. Simultaneously with this movement the knees should be brought up sideways with a joint action, striking the feet out sharply, and as widely as possible, closing them afterwards while the arms are prepar- ing for tlie next stroke. A great fault with most beginners is that they take the strokes quicker with their arms than with their legs, and consequently there is no uniformity of action. This is a direct hindrance to progress, and should be particularly avoided. In this style of swimming the legs are the principal motive power, and any con- trary movement with the hands must be a great drawback, and also very ex- haustive. The strokes should be taken quietly, and as long as possible without any apparent effort. Great speed is sel- dom attained by breast swimming, the difference in the rate of progress on the side is almost double. Coulter, who is supposed to swim in the former way, is very fast, but his can scarcely be called a fair breast stroke. I have seen others go pretty quickly, but it is of very rare occurrence. Swimming on the Back. — After learning properly on the breast, swim- ming on the back should next be Htudied, and will be found of very great service in going a long distance ; it affords an opportunity for resting the arms, and when returning to the breast again the swimmer finds himself much nivigorated. It is very easily accom- plished afte the first -named method is well known, and may be taught in one lesson, it be.;ng merely to turn on the back,and, with the eyes looking upwards, the hands down at the side, and the knees well apart, strike out vigorously with the feet, for, as before stated, upon these two actions all the evolutions of the practised swimmer are founded, and when perfection in them is attained by constant practice, nothing can prevent the pupil from becoming an expert in any branch of the art. The Side-stroke. — The pupil having become au fait in the prehminary departments of swimming, may now begin to turn his attention to what is termed the side-stroke, as this method will enable him to get through the water at a much greater speed than he has yet attained. As a means of saving life speed is very desirable ; it is cer- tainly a criterion of skill ; it also in- duces a healthy state of the body, for I know of no sport where " condition " is more essential to the success of the competitor than in swimming. It tries every muscle ; and none but those who are sound in wind and Hmb could ac- complish a thousand yards in still water under seventeen minutes. The style is now almost universal, and is generally acknowledged the best, for almost everyone who has learnt to swim very soon adopts it. It was introduced, if I mistake not, by Pewtress, who was well known about five-and-twenty years since as an accomplished and rapid swimmer, and it is questionable whether the speed he attained has ever been equalled. Since his day, however, more attention has been paid to tho accurate timing of races, and we give in Sect. 6 an account of the fastest times on record. A good average side-swimmer goes at the rate of a yard in a second, but there are some who can easily com- pass forty yards in thirty seconds. The stroke appears at first rather peculiar. The body is placed sideways, the lower extremities nearer the surface of the water than in the ordinary mode of swimming. If on the right side, the right arm is thrown out boldly in front, the body springing to the stroke by the impetus given by the action of th3 legs, the left hand being worked at the side as a paddle to enable the swimmer to keep a straight course ; the hand should form a scoop; the right arm is kept perfectly straight , not 778 OUTDOOR AMUSEMENTS. contracted, as in breast swimming, and is brought down deeply in the water with all the power at command ; that hand is then brought up level with the chin, and pushed forward again to renew the stroke. The action of the legs should be long and vigorous, crossing each other, and working i» unison with the arms and shoulders. If swimming on the left side, it is the same thing, mutatis mutandis. This style requires much practice, but it has manifold advantages when properly acquired. Great carelessness prevails among side swimmers in not keeping a straight course. There are two causes for this divergence : — First, the improper use of the left hand (if swimming on the right side), which should act as a rudder ; whereas some throw out that hand and arm as in breast swim- ming, and the effect is nearly the same as rowing in a boat with one oar only. Secondly, the mischief is caused by attempting what is called the " Gard- ner stroke," the same hand being the offender. The consequence is that, especially in bath races, the amount of fouling is something surprising, and would not be tolerated for one moment in any other sport. Swimming Backwards. — This is not a very difficult feat, but it is a great tax upon the muscular powers if kept up for any time. The swimmer lies upon his stomach, the arms straight out before him, and. used on the prin- ciple of "sculling" a ship's boat. The feet and legs from the knees are worked up and down with a gentle action. Another method is by pushing the wtiter away from the chin with the hands. Various other modes of progression in the water are practised, in addition to those of diving and swinnning under water, which are described in the next section. The upright or Italian style, invented by Bernardi, is performed something in the same manner as walking ; but as the progress made in this way is exceedingly slow, it is practicall}^ use- less, except perhaps as a mode of husbanding one's strength. The dog- like style is very seldom resorted to by swimmers in these days on account of its slowness. Each hand and foot is used alternately, just as a dog uses his feet — hence its name. Swimming after the inaiiuer of the North American Indians is performed by a stroke first on one side then on the other, and has been termed " waltzing " by Beckwith, who carries it out to perfection. There are many other somewhat easy modes of progression, such as swimming with one hand out of the water, with- out the use of either hand; on the breast, with both hands behind the back ; with- OBe band before and the other behind the body ; on the breast, with one foot out of water ; on the back, with one foot out of water ; on the breast, with both feet out of water, hold ing one foot ; the " steamer," wrestling, and many other feats more or less difficult, which space will not permit of my describing in full, but some of which are noticed under the head of " Tricks in the Water," in Sect. 5. Sect. 3. — Diving, Swimming under Water, &c. In Diving there are two things necessary in order to achieve success : first, to keep under the water, which is not so easily accomplished (although I have known persons who could com- pass a considerable distance in this way, who were unable to take two strokes upon the surface) ; secondly, holding the breath. To Swim under Water requires some practice, and care should be taken that the feet do not appear, for whenever this happens, the whole body very quickly follows. The speed is much greater when the body is well submerged, and I once knew a very swift swimmer, who could have given his opponent a start of 20 feet in 100, beaten by almost that distance, owing to the other keeping under all the time. The second part of the feat is merely a question of condition, but I cannot recommend diving as beneficial to health ; and on one occasion, several years ago, I saw a noted undcr-water swimmer completely prostrated after a performance of this kind. Plunging. — This is one of the most graceful feats that can be accomplished by a swimmer. It denotes botli strength and science, and when done properly is a sight worth seeing. It is an ac- compHshment that is not very much practised, and as a rule there are very few who take the water properly or make a clean plunge. Indeed, most persons seem to fall into the water, or make no effort to reacn a distance. SWIMMING. 779 their bodies entering more in the shape of a ball, instead of being straight out like an arrow. To make a good plunge, the height of the board from which it is taken should be about three feet from the surface. The feet and legs should be kept close together, and the body perfectly upright. All the muscles should be at their utmost tension for one great effort ; the arms should be swung to and fro at the sides about twice, the body bent, but not the legs, • owards the water, and the plunge made v. ith the arms and hands straight out in front, using all the force at command with the feet against the board or stones from which the plunge is taken, entering the water deeply, and without a splash. I have seen some excellent plunges made by the members of the Ilex Swimming Club : Mr. Harvey accomplished 55 feet, Mr. lies 50 feet, and Mr. Young in 1870 exceeded Mr. Harvey's plunge by a foot. The greatest expert in this par- ticular I ever knew was named Drake, who may be remembered for his rapid and beautiful plunging, some five and twenty years since, at Holborn Baths. He could compass about 53 feet with the greatest ease. He was a very heavy man, and as a rule stout persons are the best for this feat. I have never seen it done so well or so rapidly since. Swiftness is one of its greatest merits, for when performed slowly it becomes tedious, and loses all interest. In plunging from a height the body should be incHned towards the water, the arms being extended beyond the head, and the hands kept close together. As soon as the swimmer loses his balance he should at once spring for- ward and straighten his body from the fingers to the toes, when he will enter the water hands first and noiselessly. Care should be taken not to throw the heels up, or it becomes a matter of uncertainty which part of the body will touch the water first. A good swimmer may always be known from the way in which he takes the water. Plunging from a great height is a very dangerous feat to attempt ; it is accom- plished very cleverly by some swim- mers, but several have lost their lives in the rash attempt. The proper method of gaining excellence in this department of the art is by increasing the height from w]iich the dive is taken by degrees, say a foot at a lime. I once sav/ a young man plunge from a height of 30 feet into water only three feet deep ; and it is said that an American diver was in the habit of plunging from a height of 160 feet, but he did it once too often, for it caused his death. Some persons have asserted that the eyes should be kept open when entering the water, but instinctively the eyes close just at that moment, which is as it should be ; if they were kept open, the force with which the pupils would strike the water is likely to cause great injury to so delicate an organ, more especially when made from a great height. The eyes should be opened when underneath, as it is highly dangeroua to swim without knowing where one ia going to. Running Headers. — This feat is ac- complished by running ten or twelve yards before springing into the water, the steps being so timed as to make the spring with the last one, the swimmer endeavouring to clear as great a distance as possible before reaching the water. Strength of the extensor muscles and hghtness of body are the main requisites for the successful accomplishment fo this feat. Eunning headers are little known where there are no rivers or places from which a run and a plunge from a height can be made. At Eton and Cambridge it forms part of the swim- ming programmes, and they have mounds of earth constructed for the purpose of taking the header. Sect. 4. — Modes of Supporting the Body without Progression. Floating is understood by swimmers to mean lying motionless on the surface of the water. When floating, the body has to contend with two equal and opposing forces : its weight, which presses it downwards ; and the resist-, ance of the water, which forces it up- wards. The easiest position in which to float is the first to be learnt, and consists in lying upon the back, which should be slightly curved upwards, the arms stretclied out beyond the head, the feet and legs hanging down from the knees, without making any effort to support them. With little practice this may easily be accomplished, and although at first the head may sink a Httle, if the practitioner remains per- fectly motionless he Will find thiit his 780 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. face will again appear. The greatest difficulty is to keep the legs up ; but this will be overcome by perseverance. From this first position all other float- ing feats spring, of which the princi- pal are horizontal and perpendicular floating, the crucifix, &c. Treading Water, — This is done in deep water, and the easiest way of accomplishing it is by extending and raising each leg as if walking up stairs. It is very serviceable in the case of a person who has fallen out of a boat with heavy clothing on, as it is the best position for taking off a coat, &c. Undressing in the water is a feat per- formed principally by professionals, who, however, generally float while taking them off. Sect. 5. — Tricks in the Water. The Mill, or Catherine Wheel, is performed as follows : — The swimmer lies on his back, with his knees up to his chin ; then, while one hand is kept close to the hip, and paddling so as to sustain the body, the other is used with considerable sweeps, and thus ro- tates the body on its centre. In Head-over-Heels, the body is bent at the hips, the hands are straightened along the side, and are then used as if throwing the water over the back. This drives the head under, while the feet are used as in swimming, and a complete revolution is effected. In Heels-over-IIead, the swimmer, lying on his back, draws his legs up with a straight knee, and then, by sharply paddling with his hands, the feet are brought over the head, and overbalancing it, effect a revolution. In the Double Wheel, two swim- mers interlace their feet and knees, and then, keeping their bodies apart, they each use their right hands with power, and their left as sustaining paddles, revolving in a large circle. Leap-Frog is practised by one tread- ing water and the other swimming up to him, and then, laying both hands on his head, a shove downwards is given, and the swimmer passes on, and treading waier inmsclf, offers the same " back " as had previously been given to him. Hands and Feet Tied. — This is a feat generally performed by profes- sionals at tlieir entertainments. Harold J\(;nwortliy, an accomplished teacher of natation, did it in a way that I have never known attempted b}' any one I else. His hands were tied behind his j back, while all others have theirs I fastened in front. This makes a con- j siderable difference in the performance, I and adds greatly to its difficulty. There are many other feats which are performed in the water, but the above are those principally adopted by good swimmers. Eacing, and diving for objects thrown into the water, are very common amusements, but they are apt to lead to too great an effort, and to a long continuance in the water, both of which are highly prejudicial to most persons. Sect. 6. — Great Swimming Feats. Fastest Times on Eecord. — Com- mencing with open air still-water swimming, W. Cole of London has achieved 100 yards in 1 min. 15 sec. in the Serpentine. In the same water E. T. Jones, of Leeds, undoubtedly the fastest swinnner of whom we have any accurate record, did the first 50G yards out of a mile in 6 min. 50 sec. and finished the full distance in 30 min. 3 sec. ; whilst the full length of the Sei-pentine — variously measured as from 960 to 1000 yards — has been swum by W. Beckwith, jun., in 16 min. 6 sec. J. B. Johnson of Leeds swam 7 fur- longs at the Welsh Harp, Hendon, in 26 min., and Jones has covered 1600 yards in the Edgbaston reservoir, Bir- mingham, in 29 min. 30 sec. In bath swimming the best recorded performances are 10 lengths (400 yards) of the Lambeth bath in 5 min. 35 sec, by H. Gurr of London ; and 12 lengths (480 yards) of the same bath in 7 min. 15 sec. by Jones of Leeds. At the Golden Lane bath, City, D. Ainsworth of London swam the first 1000 yards (37 lengths and over) out of 1026 yards in 16 min. 25 sec. Coming next to the Thames tideway, H. Parker of London swam from Putney Aqueduct to Hammerwnith Bridge, If miles, in 24 min. 35 sec, the tide being the strongest of the springs. In the match between Whyte and Coulter (both of London) from London Bridge to Greenwich, the first mile was swum in 11 min. 43 sec, 1^ miles in 17 min. 23 sec, 2 miles in 23 min. 13 sec, 3 miles in 35 min. 23 sec, 4 miles in 48 nn'n. 19 sec, and 5 miles in 1 h. 4 min. 23 sec. The tide was an average one, the springs being about hall' off'. SWIMMING. 781 Long Distance Swimihing. — At verit- able long-distance swimming in salt water no one has ever approached the performances of the celebrated Matthew Webb of the British Mercantile Marine. In June, 1874, he swam from Dover to the N.E. Varne buoy, a distance of 9i nautical, or about 11 statute miles; on July 3, 1875, from Blackw\all Pier to Gravesend Town Pier, 16 nautical miles, or nearly 18| statute miles, in 4 h. 52 min. ; on July 19, 1875, from Dover to Ramsgate, 15 nautical miles, or about 17| statute miles, in 8 h. 45 min ; and nautical or 15^ statute miles in 6 h. 48^ min. from Dover to outside the S. Sand Head on Aug. 12, 1875, in an unsuccessful attempt — owing to bad weather — ^to swim from England to France, a distance of 17| nautical mUes at the narrowest part of Dover Straits. On August 24-25, 1875, he accomplished this unparalleled feat, starting from the head of the Admiralty Pier, Dover, and landing half a mile to the westward of Calais Pier, a distance I of 21^ nautical miles. Owing to the I tides, however, the actual ground swum over was 39| nautical, or about 45j i statute miles, in 21 h. 44 min. 55 sec, without touching a boat or artificial support of any kind. The longest dis- tance ever swum in fresh water was by F. Cavill of the Fuhiam Road, in the Thames, on Sept. 15, 1875. He started I from Putney Pier on a strong springtide, swam 1| statute miles in 39 min.; 5^ in I , 1 h. 37 min. ; 7^ in 2 h. 8 min. 31 sec. ; ; 12 in 3 h. 22 min., and reached Blackwall I Pier, 13 statute miles and 3 furlongs, in ' 3h. 50 min. DiviNCJ.— The best diving perform- ance on record is by J. B. Johnson of Leeds, who has remained under vv^ater for 3 min. 35| sec. Sect. 7. — Bathing. The Best Bathing-Places are the sands of the sea-shores, or a clear running stream with shelving banks, when the swimmer -is young and in- experienced ; but when he is capable of jumping off the bank, he should choose a part where the water is at least nine feet deep, close to the shore, or within the distance of a yard or a yard and a half. Next to these are the swimming-baths now to be had in most of our provincial cities, and com- I nion enough in London. The Best Time of the Day for bathing is between breakfast and dinner, with the stomach neither full nor empty; and no one should ever think of entering the water in either of these conditions — eating a biscuit if fasting, and can;- fully avoiding bathing directly after a full meal. Generally speaking, bathing before brealcfast, in delicate consti- tutions, is not attended with sufficient reaction, which is marked, when pre- sent, by a good glow of the skin. Many, however, are robust enough to bear it with impunity, and bathe every day before breakfasting almost all the year round, even breaking the ice for that purpose. As a rule, howevei', it is a bad practice, and the hour above- mentioned is much better for nearly all purposes, except those of convenience. With regard to winter bathing, it is only adapted to the very robust ; and in the months of December, January, and February, it will seldom be long b orne with impunity even by them. The Length of Time during which, in ordinary cases, the body will bear immersion without injury, will average from a quarter to half an hour, accord- ing to the season ; but if the weather is cold, a mere plunge is all that is prudent. Sect. 8. — Cramp, Rescue from Drowning, &c. Cramp is the bugbear of the bather ; but, unless he is very far from assist- ance, he ought never to be alarmed at its occurrence. It is seldom that it attacks more than one limb ; and he is a very awkward swimmer who cannot support himself with three until assistance comes. The best plan is for the swim- mer to throw himself on his back, and forcibly extend the limb by pointing the toe, when it soon leaves the part, and the usual mode may be again tried. Sometimes cramp seizes the bowels, and then the use of both legs is sus- pended, unless the swimmer is regard- less of pain. It should be known that pain alone is to be feared, and that if that can be borne the cramped muscle cannot be injured by persisting in its use through all the pain caused by its forced employment. In cramp of the bowels, the only plan is to float on the back till it goes, or till assistance oomes. The Saving a Drowning Person may be effected by one or two going to Mm, 782 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. *nd sdstaining him by treading water, if they can depend upon his presence of mind. In this case the supporters should not approach in front, but from behind, and grasp him by the arm be- tween the elbow and shoulder, so as to prevent his laying hold. If, however, in spite of these precautions, the drowning man should seize firmly hold of another coming to his aid, the only remedy is to sink both to the bottom, and then shake otf the grappling limbs, which generally let go as soon as they find that they leave the surface ; in any case, however, they must be forced to quit, and the aid must be deferred till animation is suspended. In all cases this is the safest plan, and as soon as the struggles cease, and not till then, the swimmer can easily push the drowning man at ami's length before him to the shore, when restorative means may at once be used. This is done by swinimingwith one hand and both legs ; but if this cannot be managed, then the body should be turned on its back and towed or pushed to the shore ; but should it be let go, it often sinks and is lost ; and it is very difficult to manage, except by giving up one hand entirely to the purpose. Mr. J. R. Hodgson, of Sunderland, nearly twenty years ago issued instruc- tions for the rescue of drowning per- sons, and as he had himself saved a great many fives, his advice has the advantage of being the result of his own practical experience. It is as follows : — 1st. When you approach a person drowning in the water, assure him, with aloud and firm voice, that he is safe. 2nd. Before jumping in to save him divest yourself as far and as quickly as possible of all clothes ; tear them off, if necessary, but if there is not time, loose, at all events, the foot of your drawers, if they are tied, as if you do not do so they fill with water and drag you. 3rd. On swimming to a person in the sea, if he be struggling, do not seize him then, but keep ofi: for a few seconds, till he gets quiet ; for it is sheer mad- ness to take hold of a man when he is struggling in the water, and if you do, you run agreat risk. 4th. Then get close to him, and take fast hold of the hair of his head, turn him as quickly as possible on to his back, give hi'm a sudden pull, and this will cause him to fioat ; then throw yourself on your back also, and swim for the shore, both hands having hold of his hair, yon on your back, and he also on his, and, of course, his back to your stomach. In this way you will get sooner and safer ashore than by any other means, and you can easily thus swim with two or three persons. The writer has often, as an experiment, done it with four, and gone with them forty or fifty yards in the sea. _ One great advantage of this method is, that it enables you to keep your head up, and also to hold the per- son's head up you are trying to save. It is of primary importance that you take fast hold of the hair, and throw both the person and yourself on your backs. After many experiments, I find this vastly preferable to all the other methods. You can, in this manner, float nearly as long as you please, or until a boat or other help can be ob- tained. 5th. I believe there is no such thing as a de&i\\-grasp ; at least, it must be unusual, for I have seen many persons drowned, and have never witnessed it. As soon as a drowning man begins to get feeble and to lose his recollection, he gradually slackens his hold, until he quits it altogether. No apprehension need therefore be felt on that head when attempting to rescue a drowning person. 6th. After a person has sunk to the bottom, if the water be smooth, the exact position where the body lies may be known by the air-bubbles, which will occasionally rise to the sur- face, allowance being made, of course, for the motion of the water, if in a tideway or stream, which will have carried the bubbles out of a perpen- dicular course in rising to the surface. ■ A body may be often regained from the bottom, before too late for recovery, by diving for it in the direction indi- cated by these bubbles. 7th. On rescuing a person by diving to the bottom, the hair of the head should be seized by one hand only, and the other used in conjunction with the feet in raising yourself and the drowning person to the surface. 8th. If in the sen. it may sometimes be a great error to try to gf^t to land. If there be a strong out-setting " tide, and you are swimming, either by yourself, or having hold of a person who caimot swiin, then get on to your back and float till help comes, lAMiy a man exhausts liimsclf by steuniiing the billows for the shore on a jack -going tide, and sinks in the eif^rr, when, if he liad SWIMMING. 783 floated, a boat or other aid might have been obtained. 9th. These instructions apply aHke to all circumstances, whether the roughest sea or smooth water. Sect. 9. — Restoration of the Appa- RENTLY Drowned. The Restoration of persons who have been long immersed is better left to medical aid, where that can be ob- tained. Therefore send immediately for medical assistance as well as for blankets and dry clothing ; but proceed at once to treat the patient, securing as much fresh air as possible. The points to be aimed at are, first, the restoration of breathing : and secondly, the promo- tion of warmth and circulation as soon as breathing is restored. The best means to restore the action of the lungs and the process of breathing is by ob- serving the following directions, issued by the Royal Humane Society. The efforts to restore life must be persevered in until the arrival of medical assist- ance, or until the pulse and breathing have ceased for at least an hour. Treatment to Restore Natural Breathing. Rule 1. To maintain a Free Entrance of Air into the Windpipe. — Cleanse the mouth and nostrils ; open the mouth ; draw for^'ard the patient's tongue, and keep it forward : an elastic band over the tongue and under the chin will answer this purpose. Remove all tight clothing from about the neck and chest. Rule 2. To adjust the Patienfs Posi- tion. — Place the patient on his back on a flat surface, inclined a little from the feet upwards ; raise and support the head and shoulders on a small firm cushion or folded article of dress placed under the shoulder-blades. Rule 3. To Imitate the Movements of Breathing. — Grasp the patient's arms just above the elbows, and draw the anns gently and steadily upwards (f^ee fif). 1), until they meet above the head (this is for the purpose of drawing air into the lungs) ; and keep the arms in that position for two seconds. Then turn down the patient's arms, and press them gently and firmly for tAvo seconds against the sides of the chest, as shown in fig. 2, (this is with the object of pressing air out of the lungs. Pressure on the breast-bone will aid this.) Repeat these movements alternately, deliberately, and perseveringly, fifteen times in a minute, until a spontaneous cffortto respire is perceived, immediately upon which cease to imitate the move ments of breathing, and proceed as directed below to induce circulation and warmth. Should a warm bath be procurable, the body may be placed in it up to the neck, continuing to imitate the movements of breathing. Raise the body in twenty seconds in a sitting position, and dash cold water against the chest and face, and ammonia or 1 smelling salts under the nose. Tiie 784 OUT-DOOR AMmEMENTS. patient should not be kept in the warm bath longer than five or six minutes. To excite Inspiration — During the employment of the above method ex- cite the nostrils with snuff or smelling- salts, or tickle the throat with a feather. Rub the chest and face briskly, and dash cold and hot water alternately on them. Treatment after Natural Breathing HAS been Restored. To induce Circulation and Warmth. — Wrap the patient in dry blankets and commence rubbing the limbs upwards, firmly and energetically. The friction must be continued under the blankets or over the dry clothing. Promote the warmth of the body by the apphcation of hot flannels, bottles or bladders of hot water, heated bricks, &c., to the pit of the stomach, the armpits, between the thighs, and to the soles of the feet. Warm clothing may generally be obtained from by- standers. On the restoration of life, when the power of swallowing has returned, a Fig. 2. — Pressing air out ov the lukgs. teaspoonful of warm water, small quan- tities of wine, warm brandy and water, or coffee, should be given. The patient should be kept in bed, and a disposition to sleep encouraged. During reaction, large mustard plasters to the chest and below the shoulders will greatly relieve the distressed breathing. CHAPTER 11. SKATING. Sect 1.— The Skate. Skating as a pastmie is compara- tively of modem origin, but as a means of progression dates from an early period. Our ancestors used skates made of wood and the bones of animals, which they bound to their feet, and then propelled tliemselves by n)eans of poles shod with an iron spike. The wooden skate was at a later period shod withiroD, and gave rise to the modern skate, the blade of which is entirely of niclal. Tlie English, curiously enough, were, up to a recent period, in spite of our usually mild \\anters,the only people who excelled in the art of figure skat- ing, but by the route of our Canadian possessions the art has percolated through to the United States, and our Anicrican cousins now practise figure skating with considerable success. The Modern Skate is either made entirely of metal and strapless, being fixed to the skater's boot by means of clumps or other similar devices, or it is con) posed of wood, for the foot to SKATING. 785 rest on, with a runner or blade of steel, and is attached to the foot by means of straps. If we do not mind the clumsy appearance, nothing can excel a skate strapped to the foot ; but modern taste requires a skate that can be put on and taken off instantly. The Acme, the Barney and Berry, Hilliard's, &c., are examples of strapless skates, and are all good. If a strap be used, it should be furnished with Fogg's patent buckle, which can be tightened or slackened to the sixteenth of an inch. The Skate-Blade was formerly fluted to prevent supposed lateral slipping, but this fluting is quite unnecessary and is now obsolete, the concavity given to the skate-blade by grinding it on the lap at right angles to the length of the blade being more than sufBcient to ensure the cutting edge holding the ice Anthout slipping laterally. The blade of the skate should be no deeper than win ensure a curve being made without the edge of the boot, to which the skate is attached, touching the ice. The curve of the blade for running swiftly on ice should be very slight, but for figure skating a curve corresponding to the radius of a seven-foot circle has been found the best, and such curve should be equal all through, and not more curved at the heel or toe, as was for- merly the case. The blade also should be of equal thickness throughout. For swift running it should be as thin as an ordinary piece of window-glass, and tlie blade should project some four inches beyond the toe. For figure skating a thickness of rather less than a quarter of an inch is best ; the blade being rather longer than the boot and rounded at the toe and the heel. For figure skating also, the angle of the edge should be a right angle. As a skate-blade is usually constructed the portion attached to the wood is thinner than the part coming in contact with the ice, consequently the edge of the skate is an acute angle ; by grinding this edge to a right angle, a sufficiently cutting edge is obtained and a saving of friction effected. Moreover, as a right angle is thicker than an acute angle, the blade may be made of hard- ened steel without fear of its chipping. Sect. 2. — The Dress. Skating, like all exercises in which speed is attained, causes perspiration, and as a sharp frost comes in England so seldom, every skater works hard when he has the opportunity, and runs corresponding risk of a chill from the cold atmosphere ; hence flannel next the skin is a necessity. Warm but light clothing while skating, with a great-coat to don when the exercise is over, is the most comfortable, and the safest way of avoiding cold. Tight-fitting Boots are essential ; more especially when a strapless skate is used ; but in all so-called strapless skates a small strap passing under the heel and over the instep is of advantage, as it does away with the feeling of the skate always pulling at the boot, as in using a boot-jack. The heels should be almost nil, so that the skate-blade may be parallel with the foot. With a modern boot, with high heels, the toe is so depressed that forward skating is almost impossible, in consequence of the weight of the body being on the toe. Moderately thick laced boots are the best ; and if the instep be galled by the pressure of the skate, a pad of flannel or a double tongue will remedy the evil. All Alterations of skating-boots and grinding of skates, &c., should be seen to at the close and not the be- ginning of the skating season. If left till the ice is bearing, workmen are so busy that the work is sure to be badly done. Sect. 3. — Hints to Beginners. Strapless Skates should be carefully fitted to the boots before going to the skating rink. With the Acme, Hilliard, and similar skates, the heels of the boot should be filed so that the pyramidal form of the heel be destroyed and rendered straight up and down. Without this is done the heel clamp will not properly seize the heel. With the Barney and Berry skate the heel is attached by a T-plate — the best of all fastenings, but one which necessitates a plate being fixed into the heel of the boot. For Beginners, the ice called " snow- ice," not being quite so hard and slip- pery as the pure black ice, is the best. Adventitous aids such as sticks, chairs, &c., are to be avoided. A beginner may be assisted by a good skater taking his pupil's hands sideways and helping him until he can struggle along by himself. Falls are inevitable, but 3 E 78G OVT-DOOR A^rUS[:.UENT3. the person fnllins: generally reaches the ice at such aji angle as will ensure his slipping, little harm will ensue ; and though the falls may be temporarily discouraging, and the learner's etiorts seem to he productive of no result, the steady practice of to-day will tell its tale on the morrow, and that which at one time seemed impossible will after- wards come with facility. In the first struggles to obtain a mastery of the ice, the feet should be kept as close together as is consistent with safety. In attempting to progress, say, on the right leg, the feet should be placed at ahnost right angles, and the knee of the right leg, at the moment of starring, be bent, the push forward being effected by the left leg. As soon as the start is effected and the skater is travelling on the right leg, the knee should be straightened, and travelhng 80 continued until the impulse caused by the stroke given by the left foot isubsides ; then the left foot should be placed on the ice, the body balanced on it, and the stroke or push forward be made with the right leg, and so on. The balancing necessary to effect al- ternate strokes on either leg will be assisted by the skater's arms, whiph in .1 beginner will be thrown about in all directions. In the practiced skater, the arms are kept quiet, and the body per- f ectiy upright. The strokes in ordinary forward skating are from the inside edge, and the progression will also be on that edge at first. The fast skaters of: the Fen country, in their skatmg matches, travel on a slight curve of outside edge, turning over the foot to the inside' at tiie end of each ghde, in order to get the powerful inside stroke. The following General Directions apply to all the simple movements, and should be carefully attended to. 1. The skater should never look at his feet ; it he does, the body must necessarily be bent and a true balance impossible. If his eyes are on ahne with the horizon and his heels pretty near together, the body will be more or less upright. 2. In forward skating the body must be slightly inclined forward, and in back skating slightly backward. Skaters, in trying backward movements with the body inclined forwards, often get falls J rom this cause, which would be avoided il" tiicy had sufficient pluck to tiirow the balance boldly on tiie heel of the skate. 3. The face of the skater should always be turned in the direction in which he is going, as this tends to bring the shoulders in the proper line for dehcate balancing. 4. Stopping, with the modern round- heeled skate, is effected by placing the edge of one of the skates on the ice at right angles to the other. 5. AH movements should be done without spasmodic effort ; and this is only to be accomphshed by systematic practice. Whenever a man is seen to do with apparent ease a figure that is acknowledged to be difficult, it may be at once concluded that such effect has been the result of steady and systematic practice. 6. One movement learned thoroughly is better than twenty done negligently. 7. The arms of the skater may at first be used as a counterpoise, but when proficiency is obtained the arms should be kept quiet and the shoulders used in balancing. Sect. 4. — Figure Skating. The germs of all figure skating are contained in the outside and inside edges forwards and backwards, and the com- mon three. To acquire the outside edge, say on the right leg, the start sliould be effected as in straight- forward skating, when the head should be turned to the right and the left shoulder brought forward ; a slight curve on the right foot (o r) will be the result ; but as tiiis is something new, tiie beginner will not be able to hold it long. By ad- vancing the lelt foot and putting it down and continuing tii-e curve in tiie direction of the curve formed by the right foot, he will be immediately relieved, as he will be on tiie inside edge of the left foot (i l), witii which he has been made familiar by his practice in SKA TJ NG. 787 skating straiglit-forwcud. When steady- on the left foot, the right should be again put down in front of the left on tiie outside edge, and the practice varied by changing the direction of going from left to right, the left foot til en being on the outside and the right foot on the inside. When able to hold the outside edge the feet should be used alternately on the outside edge without the interven- tion of the inside. At the moment of making the stroke the foot is turned over from the outside to the inside edge. Then comes the " cross-roll," which is skated by crossing the feet at the end of a curve on one foot, and so dropping on to the outside of the other without turning from the inside, g, over the foot to get the stroke OUTSIDE EDGE, RIGHT AND LEFT, FORWARDS. Above is a diagram of the ordinary outside edge where the turning over of the feet to get the stroke from the in- side of the skate is shown. And below is a diagram of the cross -roll, where the stroke is from the outside. If instead of a simple curve a perfect circle be completed on either foot by means of the ordinary outside or inside edges forwards or backwards, or by the cross-roll forwards or backwards, the figure of eight is the result. Eights formed from the two edges are excellent practice, as is also an ordinary outside or inside edge in the form of a spiral, the skater holding the edge till he comes to a state of quiescence. Before the skater can execute a three CRoss-aoi. De must learn to skate backwards. To do this, let him turn in the toes and press on the inside edge, taking alternate steps. When speed is attained, one foot should be raised and the travelhng (lone on the inside of the other, and so on. The difficulty in skating threes lies more in the inability of the skater to hold the inside edge backwards after the turn is made tlmn in tlio turn itself. To make a three, say on the right foot, the skater starts on a curve of outside edge (rof) ; and when he wishes to" turn to inside back (r I b), he presses on the toe of the skate and suddenly brings forward his left shoulder, and so reverses the order of going. As soon as the turn is made the left foot must be turned FIGURE OF 8. : out and the left shoulder kept back, if this be attended to, the size of the tail of the three can be regulated to a nicety. If the left foot be turned in, the left shoulder will also be turned towards the centre, and the curve of inside back will consequently be small and contracted. Threes can be skated from all edges, starting from outside and inside for- wards and outside and inside back. U.A FIGURK OF 3. When the three has been acquired, the outside edge backwards is easily learned by putting the other foot down at the end of a three and continuing the curve in the sam.e direction. The cross- roll backwards can be attained by simply turning out the feet and walldng back- wards. The various figures and movements in figure-skating are numberless : m a 3e2 783 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. short article like the p.-eseiit it is im- possible to enumerate them ; but the enthusiastic skater may refer to a work on skating entitled " A System of Figure Skating " (2nd edit., Horace Cox, 346 Strand), where the combined movements known as the " Skating Club Figures " are duly described, and all the modern figures, such as " Grapevines," "Loops," " Cross Cuts," &c., duly represented. Sect. 5. — Kecords. The hard winters of 1879-80 and 1880-81 have given great impetus to skating. This sport has been further aided by the institution of the National Skating Association, which legislates on the management of meetings, &c. A championship was also instituted by this body, and on the two occasions on which it has taken place, it has been easily won by G, " Fish " Smart, of Welney. This skater has also, in other contests, proved himself to be well in advance of his rivals at the sport. Prior to this there have been many records of supposed fast times ; but with the modern facilities of timing, and in the presence of reliable witnesses, most of these have been proved to be fic- titious. The quickest time in which a mile has been skated was accom- plished by G. " Fish" Smart, at Cowbit "Wash, near Spalding, on January 20, 1881, when, with a flying start, he covered the distance in three minutes precisely. Sect. 6. — Precautions on the Ice. If the skater be imm.ersed in the water, the same directions which are given under the head of " Swimming" may be serviceable. To avoid risk of immersion the skater should look out for rotten ice — if he comes upon it suddenly he should skate rapidly but smoothly away, making use of both feet at the same time, as ice will often bear the weight of a man when distributed on his two feet, while it would break if the whole of his weight were on one. If the skater falls from the ice giving way, he should crawl away on his hands and knees. If he falls tlirough, he should extend his arms across the hole and tread water till assistance is brought. Skaters on ice with deep water underneatii should al- uuiys have a ropo and a ladder at hand. Sect. 7. — Roller Skating. When we consider the great popu larity of ice skating, and the extremely short period in each year during which it can be indulged in, there is nothing- remarkable in the idea of obtaining a substitute. As ice was the means of giving so much enjoyment to the skater, it M^as natural that something to imitate it, on which ice skates could be used, would first present itself to notice, and many years ago a substance representing ice was laid down at the Baker-street Bazaar, and on this a rude attempt at skating was possible ; but the exertion, in consequence of the extreme friction, was so great that it was soon abandoned. As far as we know, the first attempt to obtain the semblance of skating by means of a mechanical skate on ordinary floors, instead of using the ice skate on a prepared surface representing ice, was made by one R. J. Tyers, a fruiterer of Piccadilly, who in the year 1823 patented a skate which worked by means of rollers. It consisted of five rollers in a line, the middle roller being the largest, and the others, before and behind, being gradually smaller. By these means the inventor claimed " to perform the various evolutions and movements peculiar to the art of skating." In consequence of the short- ening of the longitudinal bearing of this skate, it may be forced round in a plane parallel to the skating surface, and a reversion of movement (as in the common three) is possible by pivot- ing on one or other of the large centre wheels or rollers. Various other patents for roller skates, all on the same idea, were taken out in England and America up to the year 1861, the most noticeable being " Shaler's Patent " (taken out in the year 1860), in which the rollers were grooved, and a tyre of india- rubber forced into the groove. None of these skates were guidable in curves, except at the expense of enormous friction. In the year 1865, J. L. Plimpton, of New York, patented a skate in England, in which the wheels, while setting square on the surface, would, from the peculiar way in which they were hung, describe a curve to the right or left, on the skaters leaning to the right or left. When this had been attained, all skat- ing figures known on ice were possible, ROLLER SKATING. 780 and it then only became a question of the surface or medium on which these Bkat«s should he used. In America, where roller skating became a " furor," pitch pine floors, carefully prepared, so that the edge and not the flat of the grain of the wood was uppermost, and painted with several coats of paint, were considered the best. In 1870 (although the invention had been used in England by professional skaters at theatres since 1867) the first lot of skates found their way here, and a rink was opened at Liverpool. Shortly afterwards an ice rink, which had been constructed at Brighton of Portland cement, had the water drained off and the bed used as a medium for the use of the roller skates. Prince's Club then took it up and constructed a similar rink, and the popularity of roller skating at that establishment has doubtless con- tributed greatly to make roller skating the fashionable amusement it is. With the Plimpton Skate, the wheels (which are four — two at the toe and two at the heel) must set in such a curve as is consistent with the leaning- over. As long as the skater is leaning- over at a certain angle, the skates will pursue a certain curve, and no forcing of the skate can alter this. Hence an ice skater accustomed to his skate, formed with a blade ground to the radius of a circle, and on which conse- quently he can twist about ad libitum, feels at first cramped and constrained on the Plimpton skate. The learner on the Plimpton skate, on the other hand, feels no stability when he first tries the ice skate. It appears to he all pivot, and he is unable to guide it ; but the proficient on rollers is after a little practice greatly assisted by the knowledge and power acquired on the rollers when he comes to try ice skating, and vice versa, the ice skater is greatly helped by his ice knowledge in attempt- ing to acquire the art on rollers. As the wheels set so as to take a curve in accordance with the leaning over, and as most people in beginning to learn skating, whether they are ice skaters or not, bend the ankles in, the wheels set in and cause the toes to run together. Hence for the ice skater, over and above the feeling of utter helplessness and disgust at not at once being able to perform his accustomed evolutions, he has the inability of being able to guide his leet on any other than an inside edge. To obviate this the beginner on rollers should start and walk with his feet toed out at half right-angles (Jig. a), taking care to make the heel of one foot touch the toe of the other. After a practice of some yards in this way, putting the feet down in the same position, he may allow cither foot to glide two or three inches, gradually increasing the glide until he finds he can " strike out " as on ice. Many people feel great difficulty in preventing the toes from turning in, and a good practice to prevent this is the " cross- roll." With a practised skater to hold him up, the beginner should start, and, Fig. k. Fig. b. after making a stroke with one foot, cross the other over in front (Jig. b), put it down with the toes turned in^ and throw his balance outwards on that foot. This will set him on the outside edge, and a very little practice will enable him to control the feet, and prevent them turning in, as he will learn that the least pressure on the outside of the skate will cause his skate to run in an outside instead of an inside curve. For Ladies, roller skating on Plimp- ton skates is more graceful and easier to acquire than skating on ice, and for the following reasons : In ice skating the blade of the skate is some 1| inches from the ice, and the point of contact from which the leaning over is effected is the edge of the skate-blade and_ the ice ; consequently there is a consider- able strain on the ankle from the leverage ; but in the PHmpion skate the leaning over is effected by the mechanical construction of the skate, and the mechanism is directly under the foot stock, and, therefore, the strain on the ankle is much less on the roller than on the ice skate. The Instructions given for attaining the various movements on ice will apply equally well to the rollers when once the balance is acquired ; but the move, ments are more difficult on the roller than on the ice skate by reason of its 790 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. being necessary to use either the toe or the heel as a pivot ; whereas, on an ice skate, in consequence of its bein^- ground to the radius of a circle, the pivot exists wherever the weight of the skater may be at the moment of turning, and a very slight raising of the toe or heel is all that is necessary. The Einks. — One of the great diffi- culties connected with bringing roller skating to perfection is the medium to be used as a skating surface. Under cover, undoubtedly pine wood set edge- wise, as before explained, and well painted, is the best, ' particularly if it be made according to a patent of Mr. J. L. Plimpton, in strips of l^in., and battened with diagonal battens, so that, in the event of the floor shrinking or swelling, it can be opened or shut after the manner of a parallel ruler ; but in England people have a fancy for open- air exercise, particularly where the exercise is one that produces violent perspiration. The rinks at Brighton, and also that at Prince's Club, are composed of con- crete faced with a species of Portland cement, than which nothing can be worse ; inasmuch as the rollers, through the disintegration of the cement, are subjected to a grinding process, both on the periphery of the wheel and on the axle bearings, that in the course ot an hour or so affects the rollers or wheels to the extent of grinding away the softer portions of the wood, and leaving the harder portions intact. They then become oval, three-cornered, coned, and, in fact, any shape but round ; consequently the semblance to the smooth gliding of ice skating is quite destroyed by the jarring and friction. Asphalte as an outdoor medium is much better, inasmuch as there is no •disintegration, but there is still nmch to desire in asphalte. If laid with so little bitumen as to be hard and good for skating in summer, it cracks in winter ; if a sufficient quantity of bitu- men be used to obviate the cracking in winter, it becomes so soft in summer that the friction is immense. It is quite possible that some sort of cement, rendered smooth, and painted with a substance similar to that used for preserving stone, and which prevents disintegration, will be the medium of the future. Phmpton's patent skates have never been sold to the public, and the patentee is probably right in this. If used on a bad medium, such as carpet or a bad floor, the person trying them would at once decry the invention as a delusion. By confining the skates to persons to whom he grants concessions to let them out on hire, he insures, first, that tht; exercise shall be properly conducted, care being taken to grant concessions to persons of acknowledged position and local standing ; secondly, he insures the skates being used only on a proper medium ; thirdly, he secures the prompt mending of broken or damaged skates by competent persons. Roller skating has had so sudden a rise in England that it is prophesied by many that it is ephemeral and will shortly die out. We do not think so, but believe it will take its place amongst the sports and pastimes of England. It is difficult of acquirement even in its rudimentary form ; there is no finality in it in its higher branches any more than there is in ice skating ; by its means the hard-worked professional man can obtain an hour's physical exercise at any hour of the day most convenient to him, and in a form that affords him the purest delight ; and, lastly, it is not like cricket or other similar pastimes that require the banding together of many persons before they can be enjoyed. Precautions. — Roller skating, as ice skating, produces intense perspiration ; therefore, let the skater wrap himself up well on leaving the rink. Let the beginner be careful not to lean back too much, as the hind rollers will throw him as easily as the round-heeled skate on ice, and as swiftly ; and on boards or asphalte he will not have his fall broken by shpping when he comes in contact with the surface, as he would if his fall were on ice. 791 CHAPTER III. BICYCLING. Sect. 1.— Retrospective. To trace the history of the bicycle, commencing with its earliest progenitor, the " hobby horse," is to tell a thrice- told tale, and one that loses much of its interest by repetition. It will suffice for our purposes to state that the first improvement upon the old hobby horse, in which the rider propelled himself by striking the ground alternately with his feet, took the form of fixing cranks to each end of the axle of the front wheel, and by attaching a pedal to the end of each crank the rider obtained his pro- pulsive power by forcibly revolving the wheel. With a driving wheel of thirty- six inches diameter, and a trailing wheel but slightly smaller, the two made of wood and braced together by massive ironwork, very little of prac- tical value could be expected. During the reign of these cumbersome vehicles various enterprising men managed to ride them distances of considerable magnitude, although, compared with performances of the present day, these appear insignificant. Such rides, how- ever, were more to the credit of the bicyclists than the bicycles. It is unnecessary to go into the ques- tion as to whom credit is chiefly due for the introduction of the first modern bicycle ; there is, of course, more than one claimant of the honour. Moreover, it would be a task of some delicacy to decide what constituted a modern bicycle. Improvements did not come all at once, and as each new idea was worked out and perfected it was ap- plied. In 1868 and 1869 several material advances were made, and when it had become demonstrated beyond a doubt that this machine wfis of practical value and capable of development, greater attention was directed to its design and construction, and many im- portant improvements were effected. At first the bicyclist showed little, if any, superiority to the man on foot, beyond exciting any amount of ridicule and commiseration by the evident dis- comfort he endured. Every month, however, saw advances made tliat ameliorated these conditions, the prin- cipal improvements being the applica- tion of rubber to the tyres and the substitution of wire spokes for those of wood. These were changes of enormous value ; the rubber tyres gave noiseless- ness and greater ease and comfort to the rider, whilst the use of wire spokes was nothing short of a revolution in bicycle construction, as the whole principle upon which the wheels were built was altered. Instead of the wooden wheel compressed tightly together by the contraction of an iron felloe, the hub of the wire wheel is suspended, the spokes sustaining only a tensile strain. Concurrent with these structural re- forms was a constant increase in the size of the driving wheel, as the rider assumed a more erect position, and the disadvantages of a cramped working of the legs were appreciated. At the same time the trailing wheel was diminished in size, as it was found that there was no necessity for a large wheel, which largely increased the weight. At this stage in its development the bicycle may be said to have thoroughly emerged from the obscurity that had hitherto enshrouded it. Its capabilities in the hands of athletic men had com- manded an attention that the public were not otherwise prepared to bestow upon i1. Until the year 1872 it can hardly be said to have assumed a form approximating to that disclosed in the bicycle of the present day. Since that time mechanical ingenuity has spent itself on perfecting the various parts of the machine, leaving the principle upon which it was built virtually untouched. Without a doubt the greatest step made in this direction was the use of tubular instead of solid metal. The backbone was the first part experi- mented upon, and such were the advantages that accrued in lightness, strength, and rigidity, that hollow forks were employed with an equally advan- tageous effect, and it may now be safely said that no good bicycle lacks 792 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. these essential features. Hollow felloes and handle bars are also used, chiefly in racing, and even hollow spokes have been made. Sect. 2. — Modern Improvements. The increase in the size of the driving wheel reached its limit about 1876, when, by an economy of the space intervening between the saddle and wheel, the rider was enabled to use the largest-sized wheel consistent with his length of leg. This must, of course, always be the gauge by which the extreme limit to the size is regulated, although the closeness with which the machine is built permits of some slight variation, Thid is the case with racing bicycles, in which the saddle is very often fixed to the backbone, the spring being entirely dispensed with, and thus a higher wheel can be worked with equal facility. This, as may be imagined, is an advantage in racing, as to maintain a given rate of travelling the feet and legs have not to be moved so fast. In this way a high wheel favours pace, though for the road-rider it has no particular advantage. The decrease in the size of the hind wheel may easily be carried too far. The smaller a wheel the less smoothly it travels over uneven surfaces ; conse- quently for road work there is a limit. This may be fixed at eighteen inches ; smaller wheels are not desirable ; larger wheels give greater comfort, but the increase in weight is proportionate. TUE BICYCLE OF 1 8C9. The bearings of a bicycle are one of the minor parts in which great im- l)rovement has been effected Instead of one plain surface working upon another, the bearing that has superseded all others is made by introducing one or two rows of steel balls between the frictional surfaces. These run in one or two grooves upon the axle or pin, and are held in place by the bearing- box or case, which is conical , one of the cones being so constructed that it can be screwed in and made to impinge upon the balls, and so take up any looseness that results from wear. If well made, these bearings last a very long time, run easily, and require BCiircely any lubrication, the consequent abson(;e of dirt being a groat recom- mend atiou. These bearings are now generally used to both wheels, and also for the pedals. There are various details in connec- lion with bicycles that exercise influence upon the comfort and safety of the rider. A comfortable and well- designed saddle is a very important article ; and those known as suspension saddles, from the leather of which they are composed being stretched over a concave frame or plate, are the most approved. The spring should bo adapted and give freely to the rider's weight. A brake upon the front vv^heel and fitted with a good lever should be provided. For road work rubber pedals are far preferable to those known as "rat-trap," which are plates furnished with teeth which pierce the sole of the boot. Lastly, a good circular step, two BICYCLING. 793 inches in diameter, will be found much more useful than the short length of corrugated knife edge with which so many bicycles are furnished. Taking a 52-in. machine as a fair average-sized bicycle for road riding, furnished with ^-in. tyre to front and |-in. to rear wheel,-451bs. will be found to be about the general weight. There is, of course, considerable variation, and this applies with even greater force to the price, which is largely affected by extras and the amount of nickel-plating. Still the finest bicycles in the market can be obtained for from 18^. to 20Z., and good plain useful machines as low as m. Sect. 3. — The Status of Bicycling. Perhaps no sport or pastime ever met with a more relentless opposition than bicycling received at the hands of part of the public. No greater compliment could be paid to it than is disclosed in the fact that it has survived all the ignorant opposition and prejudice that left no means untried to stop its intro- duction and to hamper its develop- ment. The exercise of the very faciHties which the rider possessed of being able without difficulty to avoid collision with every one and everything, instead of holding on his course and sending pedestrians flying out of the way, as more cumbrous vehicles are wont to do, was cited as evidence of the dangerous proclivities of the bicycle. Restrictions of all kinds, and even total suppression, were openly advocated and clamoured for ; the riders were assailed with every abuse, and declared one and all to be cads and roughs. The gross injustice of all this outcry is clearly seen when viewed in the light of pre- sent experience. Thousands of bicycles may now be seen every day threading their way through the busiest streets of London, and no one complains of dan- ger, nor is any apprehended, as people now believe what they refused to credit years ago, viz., that as in the event of 9. collision with a pedestrian the bicyclist is the greater sufferer, regard I for his own safety must of necessity I make him more careful and attentive I than any other rider or driver. This fact has now been plainly demonstrated, but not before every effort was made, j by those who contracted a violent I ! :( dislike to the machine, to render those who used it objects of public odium. Bicycling has now assumed a definite place amongst the sports and pastimes of Englishmen, and its position is doubly assured by reason of its com- bining usefulness with recreation, to an extent unknown in any other similar pursuit. The thoroughly practical cha- racter of the bicycle is hardly credited except by those who actually ride it. Apart altogether from performances that partake largely of the nature of feats, and will therefore be referred to here under the head of racing, the ordi- nary rider, when in constant practice and under average conditions of roads and weather, will travel his eighty or one hundred miles in a day without consider- ing the occurrence one that is worthy of special notice. In touring, distances ranging from forty to sixty or seventy miles a day, according to the capabili- ties or desires of the riders and the character of the roads, can be main- tained without the slightest strain, and leave a fair amount of time for all reasonable diversions in the way of sight-seeing. Every Saturday after- noon thousands of bicyclists take ad- vantage of the few hours of leisure afforded by the half holiday, and may be seen issuing from London — and in- deed all large towns — mostly in com- pany with fellow club-men. Riding to outlying towns and villages, distant from fifteen to twenty-five miles, they partake of tea together, and after a rest return home. The club run constitutes one of the means by which the bicyclist, whilst being thoroughly independent of his associates, can, when so disposed, combine with others of similar tastes for the exercise of their healthy pursuit. Public opinion is a stubborn thing, and the popular idea that bicyclists are all of a class will take a long time thoroughly to eradicate. A little discri- mination will show that bicycling is con- fined to no class in particular, although, no doubt, it is chiefly patronised by those who cannot afford a more pre- tentious carriage. The misbehaviour of the rougher element has in times past done much to rouse public feeling against bicycling, but the tendency is increasing to judge of each rider as he is found, precisely as any other traveller would be treated, and not appraise his value by the repute or disrepute of those who have gone before. 794 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. Sect. 4. — Varieties of Bicycles. So intimate a connection has the bi- cycle itself with the practice of bicycling — the possession of the one being indis- pensable to the exercise of the other — that a correct knowledge of the various machines is of vital importance, and a discussion upon their peculiarities and characteristics will ever afford the most interesting topic in connection with the subject. The ordinary bicycle has long since assumed a definite and recognised stand- ard from which but little variation is possible. This fact considerably nar- rows the question, and renders any lengthened comment supererogatory. The outward form and fcuLurcs of the ordinary bicycle are known to every one. This machine owes its pre- eminence to the simplicity of its con- traction. As mechanical complication is introduced into a bicycle so also is friction, with its consequent increase in the labour of propulsion. The chief inherent defect in the design of the ordinary bicycle is its shortcoming in the matter of the advantages that accrue from a concentration of the weight upon the driving wheel, and a position that enables the rider to exert his power by a direct downward tread. To obtahi these the seat would have to be so placed that the machine would over- balance on the slightest provocation. It is by a too close approximation to such a position that so many acci- THE OKDINARY BICYCLE. dents have occurred to bicyclists, which have done much to obtain for the machine a character it does not merit, of being dangerous. What danger there is, lies, not in the bicycle, but in the careless and ignorant manner in which it is too often used, and the unsuita- bility of the machine and its appoint- ments to the work to which it is put. In order to gain a trifling advantage in mere speed, many men ride bicycles of exceedingly light construction u])on the road. Upon good surfaces these baliave well, but they are not suitable for all- round riding and touring. In the descent of steep and rough hills, safety cannot be assured upon the frail semi-racing structures often used. A good sturdy and substantial roadster is ]"e(piired, with some three inches of space left between the saddle ami head. This position enables the rider, by sitting as far back in the saddle as he possibly can, to apply the front wheel brake with perfect safety, and with such effect that ascents which are quite unrideable can be ridden the other way without any danger. There are many well-designed and reliable bicycles from which a selection may be made. Amongst others it will^ snltice to mention the Challenge" of Messrs. Singer and Company, Coventry ; the Club of the Coventry Machinists' Company, Coventry; the '*Humber" of liumber and Company, Beeston. Nottingham; the "Matchless" of the Bicycle and Tricycle Supply Associa- tion, Holborn Viaduct ; and the " Pre- mier" of Messrs. Hillman, Herbert, and Cooper, Coventry. All these firms have ol'lices and show-rooms on Uolborn BICYCLING, 795 Viaduct, which is becoming indeed the metropolitan hoad-quarters of the trade. As stated above, the conformation of the bicycle to one common structural standard causes a great similarity- am ongst the machines here mentioned. All, iiowever, are thoroughly trust- worthy and carefully-constructed bi- cycles. The Matchless" calls for more particular mention on account of the method adopted of interposing pads or cushions of indiarubber at the point of contact of two metalled surfaces. This has been effected with the greatest success, and it renders the Matchless" the most suitable road bicycle yet de- signed. The plan was developed and brought out by Mr. N. Salaraon, who has been intimately associated with the manufacture of bicycles from the earliest times, and of whom it has been said that he created a new industry for Coventry, now the seat of the bicycle and tricycle trade. The principle of rubber insula- tion carried out in the *' Matchless " is effected by the introduction of this materia] as a seating for the handle bar, and the front and hind wheel bearings ; and the result is plainly manifested in greater ease of propul- sion and less fatigue. These rubber cushions operate by suppressing the vibration that is set up in passing over rough roads. Sect. 5.— Safety Bicycles. The inherent defect of the ordinary bicycle, which has been already alluded to, has, by the futile efforts that have been made by riders to overcome it, caused the character of being dangerous to attach to the machine. Consequently many and various attempts have been made, by radical alterations of design, to produce a bicycle that, whilst being perfectly safe, will not pay too heavily, by ^he increax-d labour required in propulsion, for the advantage acquired. One of the earliest of these attempts took the form of a bicycle known as the ''Extraordinary," made by Messrs. Singer and Company. In this machine the front fork is raked excessively, bringing the wheel well in front of the rider. The motive power to each crank is then applied by the aid of a long- lever, the pedals being brought well back under the rider, giving him a good vertical stroke, elliptical in shape, that soniewliat compensated for other quali- ties the machine lacked when compared with the ordinary bicycle. Another machine coming within the category of the safeties was produced in 1884, and attained a success, the best evidence of which was the host of imi- tations that instantly appeared. This machine is manufactured by Messrs. Hillman, Herbert, and Cooper, and is called the "Kangaroo." In size it is quite a reversion to the primitive velo- cipede, but there the resemblance ends. The front wheel is 36 in. or 38 in. in diameter, and the axle is two or three inches in advance of the fork, which, especially with such a small wheel, makes the machine quite safe from forward falls. The hind wheel is about 22 in. In order to give the rider a straight leg when riding, and thus ennble him to use his power to the best advantage, the pedals aru placed as near the ground as is con- sistent with safety, and are carried at the extremities of the fork, which ant extended below the axle. The power exerted is communicated to the axle by a chain on either side. This plan has the advantage that it admits of any desired gearing being employed. Of course in driving so small a wheel as a 36 in. it would be laborious and inimical to speed if the feet of the rider had to revolve at the same rate as the wheeL The chain wheels, therefore, that are attached to the pedal cranks in the "Kangaroo" are made larger than those connected with the driving wheel, consequently the chain in passing over two cogged wheels of different diame- ters causes the smaller wheel (z.e., the one belonging to the driving wheel) to revolve faster than the other, viz., that attached to the pedal. Tiiis is termed gearing up, and the greater the dispro- portion between the sizes of the cogged wheels the higher the gearing. A re- versal of this method is called gearing down, but this is, of course, never resorted to in these machines. By gearing up the leverage is reduced, so that whilst this plan fa^•ours speed, it places the rider at a disadvantage when power is required, as on ascents. It is a mechanical axiom that what is gained in speed is lost in power, and vice 'versa. It only remains for every rider to ascertain for himself what gearing his physical capabilities permit him to use with a given length of crank, for, of course, ti:e size of the circle performed 793 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. by the pedals is an important factor in the calculation. When a small wheel is geared up to 60 inches, it is to be understood that the rider of that ma- chine will pedal at the same rate to maintain a given pace as he would if mounted on a 60-in. ordinary bicycle. With these explanatory remarks it orAj remains to be said that the ''Kangaroo" is in every respect a serviceable, safe,- and reliable bicycle, and well adapted to any one who desires a diminutive machine. Its pace is very little inferior to that of the ordinary bicycle, and it affords very pleasant travelling. A vast number of machines have been THE KANGAROO SAFETY BICYCLE. produced in imitation of the "Kanga- roo " with indifferent success; the latter is therefore fairly entitled upon all grounds to be taken as the repre- sentative of this kind of safety bicycle. A mere record of the innumerable kinds of bicycles that have been pro- duced during the last ten years, each of which, as a matter of course, has been cLaimed to be superior to the ordinary bicycle, would furnish suffici- ent material to fill a book. The most outrageous and impracticable designs are constantly being brought out, and the perverted ingeimity of one un- fortunate inventor in no way acts as a discouragement to his successors or deters them from carrying out ideas utterly regardless of their practical value. One of the most clever inven- tions that certainly does not come within this category is the Otto bicycle. Although a bicycle, it differs in its essential features from the ordinary bicycle, inasmuch as the two wheels it possesses are situated side by side. In fact it much more resembles a tricycle than a bicycle. The rider sits upon the saddle which is fixed above the axle, and he is consequently above the centre of gravity, but his balance fore and aft is maintained by a manipulation of the pedals that in course of time becomes purely mechanical. The whole frame swings freely upon the axle, and the absence of a small third wheel con- fers an immunity from a greater part of the vibration and jolting experienced on other machines. The steering is effected by varying the motive or re- tarding force, applied so that one wheel, by ruuning faster, swings the machine round and gives a new direc- tion to the course. This is the most delicate part of the riding of the Otto, and, coupled with the fact of consider- able time and practice being required to master it, is the chief reason why so few have been found to take it up. Those who have become proficient in the management of the Otto speak in the highest terms of the comfort and pleasure its riding confers compared with that derived from other machines. Its claim, however, to the title of safety bicycle, is not a strong one. Sect. 6.— Road Riding and Touring. The principal use, it goes without saying, to which the bicycle is applied, is for road riding and touring purposes, that is, as a means of recreation ; for, in spite of its great attraction, bicycle racing is indulged in by less than one per cent, of the riders, therefore, as a sport, it is comparatively insignificant. If the bicycle be regarded from the point of view of the healthy and in- vigorating exercise it affords, it cer- tainly has no rival in the list of our manly exercises. Putting aside the over-exertion and abuse of bicycling too often indulged in by impetuous youths, the change of air and scenery and the healthy nmscular exercise ob- tained in traversing the country are certainly unsurpassed by any other recreative pursuit. The question is ofl\en asked, What is the average pace obtai-ied in bicycling? No definite answer can possibly be given to such a BICYCLING, 797 question, as the pace depends upon a large variety of considerations. Pro- vided the rider has a good machine, it is necessary to know his physical con- dition and athletic capabilities. Then the state of the road and wind have an important bearing upon the result. Taken all in all, a more correct idea can be conveyed by stating that a man's natural locomotive abilities are trebled by the use of a bicycle, tlian by statements of what pace can be attained. Thus a man who can walk four miles an hour can ride twelve, and the exer- tion and time necessary to cover thirty miles on foot would enable a man to make a journey of ninety on a bicycle. The first step to take in learning to ride is to acquire the art of balancing. When this is obtained, practice will soon enable the rider to become profi- cient. A small safety bicycle is the best machine to learn upon, and the best plan is to take a few lessons at a school. The novice should be careful to avoid all steep descents until he can ride well. It is only by the exercise of constant care and discretion in road riding that accidents can be avoided. It is a fact, that in nearly every case accidents are attributable solely to carelessness. The law recognises the bicycle as a carriage, and as such it is entitled to all the rights and privileges of other vehicles, and is, on the other hand, amenable to the laws governing general traffic. Besides these, in response to the senseless outcry raised in 1876, the bicycle was, without any just cause, singled out from other carriages as the object of harassing regulations, and in most counties bye-laws are in opera- tion, enjoining upon the bicyclist vari- ous observances, the only one really enforced being that compelling him to carry a lamp at night. That no neces- sity ever existed for such restrictions, is proved by the fact that in the metro- politan police district no special regu- lations are in force beyond those govern- ing other traffic, and accidents are scarcely ever heard of. Bicyclists would carry lamps for their own pro- tection when such are required — it is the compulsory clause that operates as a hardship. It means that a man may often be prevented from reaching his home in the country on a moonlight night, because his lamp, which is quite 1 unnecessary, will not burn. As a matter of fact, such a contingency often occurs to the most careful riders, and they have to choose between suffering serious inconvenience, or rid- ing without a light and incurring the liability of legal proceedings. Touring forms one of the most attrac- tive phases of bicycling. Carrying sufficient luggage for a few weeks' absence, packed in a bag on the back- bone or in front of the handles, the rider provides himself with good maps, and is then perfectly free to wander whither he pleases. A suitable com- panion necessarily enhances the plea- sure of the tour, and divesting their minds of all thoughts of pace they give themselves up to sight-seeing and the enjoyment of an invigorating exercise and fresh air. Even under these cir- cumstances forty or fifty miles a day is easily covered. There is nothing like a good map of a scale of not less than half an inch to the mile ; the course can then be shaped or altered at will. There is never any lack of suitable hotels and inns. Some idea of the value of a bicycle in touring may be gathered from the fact that at an easy rate of travelling, a fortnight would suffice to transport the rider from the south coast to the north of Scotland, and good or fair roads extend the whole way — in fact roads, more or less ride- able, exist in every part of the kingdom. All the scenic attractions of England as well as of France, Switzerland, Germany and other countries are readily accessi- ble to the wheelman. Sect, 7. — K aging. In addition to its serviceable charac- ter as a means of locomotion and re- creation, the bicycle has ministered to the sporting proclivities of Englishmen by affording one of the most interesting and exciting of athletic competitions. A great deal of attention has been given to racing, most perfect machines are made, and the sport has produced some of the finest athletes known to modern times. Most astonishing feats of speed have been performed. When H. L. Cortis, the celebrated amateur racer, covered over twenty miles in the hour in August, 1882, it was considered, and was indeed, a marvellous feat. It has since been eclipsed, however, whilst several other riders, both pro- fessional and amateur, have reached the twenty-mile post before the expira- 798 OUTDOOR AMUSEMENTS. tion of the hour. A mile has been accomplished in 2 min. 35? sec, a truly wonderful rate of travelling, one indeed that equals the speed of many of our railways. Unfortunately there is some amount of risk attendant upon racing, and few riders escape without a fall. It is seldom that any serious consequences ensue, but many men have a kind of tattoo mark on their faces, owing to the presence, under the skin, of black dust that has lodged lliere when the skin has been cut by contact with the ground in a fall, racing paths being generally made of cinders. Race meetings, held by the larger bicycle clubs and others, are of constant occurrence in London and the provinces. The general time for hold- ing them is on Saturday afternoons and holidays, and they afford most interest- ing entertainments. Professional racing has been highly developed, and is carried on extensively in the Midlands, chiefly at Leicester, where there are two good tracks. There is practically no difference between a racing bicycle and the ordinary roadster, except that the former has little or no spring and no step, and seldom weighs over 30 lbs. Some of the more important of the fastest times on record are given below in a tabulated form. All amateur races are run under rules drawn up by the National Cyclists Union — the recognised governing body in connection with the sport, and under whose auspices the annual amateur championships are held. Miles. f 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 80 40 50 100 Made by H. A. Speeclily . A. Thompson .... H. L. Cortis M. V. J. Webber. G. L. Hillier R, H. English H. L. Cortis H. F. Wilson , M. H. Jephson Hon. 1. Keith-Falconer. F. R. Fry Amateur. Date. Track. An?. 23, 1884 July 3, 1884 June 7, lSS-2 July 9, 1885 June 15, 1885 Sept. 25, 1884 Crystal Palace Surbiton. Crystal Palace Cambridge Crystal Palace Sept'll, 1884 >> >» >» >> >> Sept."22, 1880 An- 25, 1>S83 July 29, 1882 Surbiton CrystarPalace July "27, 1883 Time. H. M. s. 0 39 1 19 5- 2 2 1? 89f 5 30* S 32 11 14 18 17 335 20 30 '.3 28| 26 22f 191 32 19f 35 15 88 16 41 26 44 29? 47 26 50 22 53 20 56 15 59 6f 1 16 41? 1 35 55i 10 2 43 5 50 51 The greatest distance ridden in an hour is 20 miles 560 yards, by II. XL Euglisli, at the Crystal Pala September 11th, ls,s4. Vnrm Tlie fastest 100 miles on the road, 7 hours, 5mins. 16 sees., was ridden by G. bmith, Irora jNorra Cross to Twyford, September 26, 1885, on a geared-up safety bicycle. ^ . .4.1 loo^ The greatest distance in 21 hours was ridden by J. H. Adams, 2664 miles, on October 4th, Professional. Miles. Made by Date. Track. Time. 1 Aug. 18, 18S3 ]\l!iy 21, 1879 Oci. 8. 1888 Leicester H. M. s. 2 40? 2 Cambridge 5 36t 5 R. Howell Wolverhniupton 14 28 10 15 20 Aug. IS, 1883 >» Leicester 29 22 »» 44 12 58 84 On May 2, 18s5, II Ilowell bicydo. rode 20 miles at Leicester in 1 hour :'. miiis. 5J sees., on a .oarod-n]i saf 799 CIUrTER IV. TRICYCLING. Sect. 1. — A Comparison- of the Merits of Bicycles and Tricycles. Until the year 1880 tricycling may be said to have had no real existence. It is true that previous to that year various three-wheeled vehicles were made and in use, but they were insig- nificant in number and importance, and had a less direct connection with the tricycles of to-day than the dandy-horse of ancient times, or the boneshaker of 1869 had upon the destinies of bicycling as now understood and practised. Al- though so intimately connected with the bicycle, from the fact of both being pedo-motive machines, the tricycle is in one importantparticular of an entirely different character. The essential and distinctive feature of the bicycle is that it has of itself no equilibrium, but that when in motion its balance is main- tuned by the rider, who, by a manipulation of the steering apparatus, that is done mechanically and without effort, anticipates the inclination to fall to either side by such a movement of the handles as again brings the base of tiie machine — represented by the point of contact between the wheel and the ground — directly under the superin- cumbent weight, which is thus sus- tained in a vertical or upright position. Thus, when the rider is deprived of this power by reason of the machine ceasing to move, he loses his ability to retain his seat, and has to dismount or the bicycle would fall. The construc- tion of the tricycle is altogether different. The three points of contact with the ground afford a base of triangular shape that gives a stable equilibrium. No alteration of the rider's course therefore is necessitated by the exigencies of maintaining an erect position. If we compare the two machines with a view of discovering the class most suitable for travellers, the side on which is the balance of advantages will not be easy to decide, and will largely depend upon the rider and a variety of other considerations. Some amount of skill is requisite to ride a bicycle safely, but the control of the machine and the maintenance of a balance make no special demands upon the attention of the rider, both being performed auto- matically. In lightness, solidity, and rigidity of structure, the bicycle is undoulDtedly superior, whilst the fact of its possessing but one track against three of the tricycle gives it a great advantage upon rutty and stony roads, and in those numerous instances where the smooth available riding space is very limited in width. Where an ordinary narrow doorway only is pro- curable through which to pass a machine for stowage, the width of the tricycle frequently prevents its use, whereas a bicycle can freely pass. Against these advantages, the tricycle offers as a set-off a lower and more easily accessible seat, to be thrown from which, in the case of a well- designed machine, is far less dangerous. Then the ability to stand still is accounted of great value by many, and the decreased liability to be upset by running foul of any one or anything ; but perhaps the most potent reason for the preference given to the tricycle by so many is that the latter requires very little learning — an ordeal that, with the bicycle, few look forward to with pleasure. The lower seat, too, confers some advantage in riding against the wind, the force of which is never so great near the ground as it is at a higher elevation. The luggage-carry- ing capacity of the tricycle must not be forgotten ; in this respect it affords far greater facilities than the bicycle. Sect. 2. — Principles op Con-struction, As direct action in driving the wheels is practically impossible in the tricycle, necessitating a lofty seat which is inconsistent with safety, the centre round which the pedals revolve has to be distinct from the centre of the wheels, and this involves a connection between the two centres to communi- 800 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS, cate the driving power. A problem in construction that presented many diffi- culties ere its solution was discovered was the means by which both wheels could be employed in propelling the machine and yet be free to revolve independently. Whilst two wheels fixed rigidly to either end of an axle would have complied with the first condition, their failure to conform to the second rendered such a method of obtaining double-driving power im- practicable, as no deviation from a straight line was possible. At first this difficulty, instead of being boldly con- fronted, was shirked, and thousands of tricycles were turned out with the whole of the propulsive power concen- trated upon one wheel, either the lett- er right-hand wheel. The defective character of such an application of the motive power may be aptly illustrated by the analogous case of a paddle-wheel steamer propelled by one wheel only, and having its course corrected by the rudder. Or if a further comparison is required to enable any one to appreciate the enormous loss of power involved in this primitive method of driving, a practical demonstration may be made by towing a tricycle with some one upon it up-hill, and instead of attaching the line to the centre of the machine, and so getting a straight pull, making it fast to the frame quite at one side or the other. So faulty, indeed, is this crude, clumsy, and dangerous method of applying the power, that single- driving tricycles should, under no circumstances whatever, be tolerated. Their danger lies in the fact that, both in propulsion and retardation, they are liable to swerve and upset. Sect. 3. — Double-driving Gears. The chief means by which an equable division of the motive power between the two wheels is obtained, at the same time that the power is secured by which either wheel can go faster or over-run in turning, is that known as the balance gear. ^ This is used in almost all machines driven by a chain, and was first applied to tricycles by the late James Starley, who used it in the Salvo. The chain wheel that is situated upon the axle has within it a small bevel cog-wheel in the position of one of the spokes, and turning freely upon its own axis.^ On each gide of this chain wheel is situated a wheel furnished with bevelled cogs upon the inner edge of its periphery and firmly attached to one end of a sleeve of the axle ; that at the other end is fixed to a driving-wheel. These wheels are in close proximity to the^ chain wheel, from which they derive their motive force solely through the medium of the small bevel cog- wheel^ before mentioned. So long as the tricycle maintains a straight course this revolves with the chain wheel without turning on its own axis, but directly one driving-wheel turns more rapidly than the other, owing to its being upon the outside in turning a corner, this small bevel cog-wheel ac- commodates itself to any variation required by revolving on its own axis as well as with the chain wheel. Thus, whether the machine be running straight or round a curve, an equal driving force is applied to the two wheels. _ This kind of balance gear, or one similar in principle, is used on most of the tricycles made. The only other method of securing double-driving power with the neces- sary over-running is by means of the clutch action. In tricycles fitted with this mechanism a through axle only is used. Each driving-wheel, however, is furnished with a set of clutches which, directly the axle is driven forward, hold it firmly, and consequently the wheels are driven also. On the pedals being checked, the grip of the clutches is relaxed, and the wheels are free to run. Thus in driving round a curve, the outer wheel, travelhng faster, is free, and so long as such a course is pursued it ceases^ to be a driving-wheel, the force being concentrated upon the other. This is a slight defect in this system of double-driving gear, but practically it is a very trivial objection, and only noticeable* in making a turn on an ascent. For rough and stony ground the clutch action is superior ; it also enables the rider to cease working whenever he pleases, for as both wheels are free to run forward without turning the axle, the pedals may be held at any moment. When accus- tomed to the free pedals, their advan- tage is appreciated, and it more than counterbalances the drawback of not being able to back-pedal. This, by some riders, is regarded as serious when traversing crowded streets, but TRICYCLING. 801 then, when brought to a standstill under such chcumstances, the pedals of a clutch-action machine can be re- versed, and one of them set at full power to start, whilst with balance gear it often happens that the rider has to stop at the dead point, necessitating some difficulty in again making a move. With a good brake the inabihty to back- pedal is very little felt. Each of these niethods of double-driving has its advantages and draw^backs, and, whilst the balance gear lends itself more readily to most of the prevailing kinds of tricycles, both are reliable, and one or the other is indispensable. Sect. 4. — Front and Eear Steerers. One of the chief variations of design that for some time divided tricycles, more distinctly than anything else, into two separate classes, consisted in the method of steering, or rather in the situation of the wheel by which the course was controlled. At first no great preponderance of opinion was found on either side, but it soon became evident to all practical riders that there w^is really no comparison between the two methods, and although the rear steerers have struggled hard, they have, in spite of the advocacy their claims received at the hands of interested or ignorant people, become generally conderimed and ])ractically extinct, or at best rele- gated to the use of those who are content to take their tricycling exercise at so much an hour. As it is desirable, to obtain the greatest possible advantage in propul- sion, to concentrate the ridei's weight upon the driving wheels, and as all three wheels are never used in propul- sion, no necessity exists for using a large third wheel, which would only add useless w^eight to the machine. Hence the steering wheel is made smaller. Noav if this steering wheel be behind, and the rider's weight concen- trated upon the driving wheels, any check to the progress of the mnchine, 8uch as meeting an obstruction or applying the brake, has the effect of precipitating the rider forward, the centre of gravity is passed, and he is thrown to the ground. With a steering wheel in front, the application of the biake thro\vs thev/eight on to the front wheel, and thus, in adjusting the saddle, practically the whole weight of the rider can be imposed upon the axle, leaving only just sufficient upon the front wheel for steering purposes. Any tendency to fall back is provided against by a tail or tilt rod, but it can, of course, be readily seen that such a safeguard is not possible to prevent a forward fall from a rear steerer. Those interested in the rear steerer attempted for some time to foist these dangerous machines on the public by the plausible cry of an "open front," dilating upon its advantages for gain- ing access to the seat, and also for the very significant reason that when the rider was thrown he would have nothing to impede his hasty and in-' voluntary vacation of the seat. This by implication practically involved the admission of the dangerous character of the rear steerer, and the safety of the front-steering machine. This part of the question may be dismissed by one strict injunction to the intending pur- chaser of a tricycle, and that is — never look at a rear steerer, nor, it may be as well here to add, a single driver. As may be gathered from the fore- going remarks, the terms "front steerer" and " rear steerer" have been used to indicate not so much the situation of the guiding power as the position of the rider with regard to his wheel-base, which in the first is one of security, in the other of danger. Taking advantage of the growing preference of the public for the former design, the producers of the machines known as the Humber type, have, solely on the strength of its method of steering, called this kind of tricycle a front steerer, although, without doubt, it more fairly comes within the categor}' of rear steerers, -as the term is generally understood. Sect. 5.— Rotary and Lever Actions AND HlLL-GEAR. Another detail of construction that threatened at one time to divide tri- cycles into two classes, consisted in the chnracter of the stroke. The tw^o kinds were the lever and rotary movements, but the general body of riders soon expressed so decided a preference for the rotary action that few machines are now made with the other. This, how- ever, has certain advantages, chief 3 F 802 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. amongst which is the facility with which it admits of variations of power — so difficult a matter to combine suc- eessfally with rotary action. The latter is decidedly superior for fast riding, and probably for this reason as much as anything else it has become so generally popular. In 1883 a great deal of attention was paid to the provision of a variation of power in the propulsion of tricycles. The object of this was to place at the disposal of the rider a different lever- age, so that for ascents or heavy riding the power could be increased, and on other occasions diminished in a ratio proportionate to the insignificance of the obstacles encountered. Thus in running down hill the slower move- ment of the feet would favour a high rate of speed with but little exertion. The principle of differential power is, no doubt, correct enough, but in all the attempts made to apply it to rotary movements a complication of mecha- nism was involved, that, besides adding to the cost and weight, neutralised the advantages bestowed by the increased friction and work entailed when the gearing A\as in use. Thus all tricy- THE FRONT STEERER. clists who are fairly strong will find no practical benefit from the various hill-gears as applied to rotary action. Tlie only really successfid hill-gear is that identified with the Omnicycle, a tricycle driven by a direct thrust or lever movement. The clutch action is used in this machine, and the increase of power is provided by the expansion of the two segments that oscillate upon the axle, which they drive forward by alternate strokes. There are three vaiiations of power, and these are ob- tained at no expense of friction or complication of mechanism, being, in fact, designed upon thoroughly good mechanical prinoiplea. Sect. 6.— Varieties— The Front St EE HER. In this category are included, for the purposes of classification, only those tricycles guided by a small wheel in front. That disposition of the wheels of a tricycle in which two large driving wheels of equal diameter are situated side by side, and a smaller wheel in front and equi-distant from the others, is undoubtedly the most perfect ar- rangement that has yet been dis- covered. The first consideration in selecting a tricycle for the use of ordinary riders is tliat it shall be safe, and the ordinary plan of the front steerer with the handles at the sides- TRICYCLING. 803 conforms to this condition more closely than any other design ; indeed it is practically impossible to upset with these machines except from great care- lessness, such as leaving go of the steering handle when running fast. In many of these tricycles so little weight is allowed to rest upon the front wheel that on ascents, partly owing to the extra driving force, and partly to the different elevation of the wheels, the front wheel is often raised from the ground. This is provided for by a tail or tilt rod being fixed behind, so that the rider cannot overturn backwards. The presence of the wheel in front pre- cludes with equal certainty the possi- bility of his upsetting in that direction, and it is only by permitting one side wheel to find a much lower elevation — by carelessly steering too near a ditch, for instance — that a fall can occur. Anything approaching a sudden altera- tion of the course pursued when run- ning fast down hill is dangerous upon any machine, and the danger is propor- tionate to the speed for two reasons : firstly, the liability to upset, and secondly, the severity of the conse- quences in the event of doing so, which increases in the same ratio as the speed. The stability of a tricycle is greatly improved by setting the driving wheels further apart, but to this there are several objections. A stronger axle would be required, and difficulties of stowage increased, as even the ordinary width of forty inches precludes the admission of tricycles through many doors and gateways, this being often the sole reason given for not using the machines. Very narrow tricycles are, it is needless to say, exceedingly dan- gerous, and the usual width is a very fair one having regard to all the circumstances of the case. The character of the frame used in front-steering tricycles is one that may be said to be undergoing a gradual change, and one tliat is in every respect an improvement. The old pattern consisted of what is called the loop frame." In this the hollow tubing of which it was constructed encircled the nder ; descending on the right hand fiide it passed horizontally across the front, about six or eight inches from the ground and close behind the steering wheel, and rose again on the left hand side. The cranked pedal shaft worked ni bearings secured to the frame on either side, the chain being usually found on the left. The improvement consists in doing away with the loop frame and carrying forward a central tube, from its attachment to the axle or cross frame under the saddle, to the head of the guiding wheel. This tube is dipped to within ten inches or so of the ground, midway between the axle and front wheel, and attached to it there is the bracket that supports the lower chain wheel, with cranks and pedals similar to those used in the liicycle. This method of construction is known as " central gearing," in con- tradistinction to the loop frame," which it is destined to supersede owing to its great superiority. Its advantages are numerous and material. It increases the rigidity of the tricycle, enables it to be built much lighter, owing principally to the massive pedal shaft being dis- pensed with, and provides the rider with the power of shortening or length- ening the throw of the cranks at pleasure, as the pedals may be moved along the slots in the cranks and fixed in any desired position. Not only this, but the appearance of the central- geared tricycle is much superior to that of the loop frame, which looks clumsy and cumbersome by comparison, as indeed it is. So manifest are the 'advantages of central gearing, that in enumerating the various builds of front-steering tricycles that may be recommended as well made and reliable it is unnecessary to include those made only upon the loop-frame pattern. Amongst the machines in which central gearing has been adopted, and which in general principles are practically identical, may be mentioned the following. — the Apollo, Messrs. Singer and Co., Coventry and Holborn Viaduct ; the Imperial Club, The Coventry Machinists' Co., Coventry and Holborn Viaduct ; the Premier, Messrs. Hillman, Herbert, and Cooper, Coventry and Holborn Viaduct ; the Salvo, Messrs. Starley, Bros., Coventry; the Sparkbrook, The Sparkbrook Manufac- turing Company, Coventry. All these tricycles ai-e furnished with the endless chain as the communicator of power from the pedals to the axle, with a handle on either side, that on the right hand side actuating the guiding wheel by means of a rack and pinion and a jointed rod. The band brake is also common to all. This consists of a 3 F '1 804 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. leather-lined steel band that is made to contract upon a drum attached to the balance gear by raising a lever with the left hand. The balance gear divides the brake power equally between the wheels, in the same way it does the driving force. Wheels of from 44 inches to 48 inches in diameter are used as a rule, but the tendency is to employ rather small wheels and gear them up for road work to 50 inches or 54 inches, as, if wheels of these actual diameters were used, much extra weight would be necessitated. Differing in two essential respects from the foregoing machines is the Matchless tricycle of the Bicycle and Tricycle Supply Association, Holborn Viaduct. Its chief peculiarity is in the substitution of three lods for the endless chain for communicating the motive power to the axle, both the pedal shaft and axle being treble cranked to receive them. There is very little wear, con- sequently little friction and perfect silence in working, and the method has certain advantages over the chain, being remarkably easy in running. The clutch action, previously described, is used in this machine ; the principle of THE MATCHLESS TRICYCLE. rubber insulation, already referred to as su ccessfully applied to the bicycle bearing the same name, is also intro- duced with manifest advantage, and altogether the Matchless is unsurpassed as a roadster. A 20-in. front wheel is used — a very suitable size ; smaller steering wheels are distinctly objection- able on account of the jolting and vibration they produce. Made by the same firm is the Omni- cycle, which, being in several respects uni([ue, and possessmg points of value, calls for mention. It may be terrncd centrally geared, indeed it was the first tricycle in which the single central tube was used, but the mechanism by which it is propelled differs from that of any other tricycle. Clutdies are used, and the wheels driven direct from the axle. The movement partakes of the lever character, the pedals are fixed in long siirrups, the stroke being downwards and forwards. Each pedal is attached to an oscillating segment upon the axle. These segments working with clutches seize the axle when the stroke is made and force it forward, their retrograde movement being free. One of the dis- tinctive features of the Onmicycle is the variation of power it provides ; this is obtained by expanding or contract- ing the segments. These when open require an increased number of strokes in proportion to the revolution of the wheels, and hence extra power is TRICYCLING. 805 obtained ; indeed, for liillj' country this machine is specially suitable, beins:^ very good as a hill climber in spite of a weight slightly above the average. Sect. 7.— Yakieties— The Humber Type. The second of the two types of tricycles that are now in general use is, for Vant of a name descriptive of its peculiarity of construction, generally known as the Humber type, that being the name given to the machines of this class first introduced, on account of their being made by Messrs. Humber & Co. This tricycle, although often called a front steerer, on account of the method of steering, is radically dif- ferent from the machines that properly come under that designation. The rider sits astride the backbone carrying the trailing wheel and behind the axle, upon which most of his weight has to be concentrated, thus not only putting him upon the same footing as the rider of the ordinary rear steerer, but giving him a still more dangerous position in the event of a fall, owing to the presence in front of him of the axle and a broad bicycle handle-bar that eft'ec- THE OMNICYCLE. tnally prevent his getting clear of the machine. This handle-bar is fixed to the head of the machine, which moves with tlie axle, so that, in steering, the whole machine except the backbone and liind wheel swing round and face the direction it is desired to take. Indeed, the Humber tricycle may best be described as a bicycle in which a pair of driving wheels are used instead of one centrally situated, and the seat and pedals are lowered and a chain employed to connect the pedal shaft and the axle. In fact, the bicycle has been closely followed by the designer of the Humber tricycle, with the effect that whilst several of the good qualities of the former machine were obtained, many of its bad points have been perpetuated. This tricycle was brought out to secure ease of propulsion irre- spective of other considerations ; in short, to pander to the requirements of men with racing instincts, who care for little beyond getting from place to place as rapidly as possible. For the orflinary tricyclist it is quite unsuitable. Jt will not compare in safety with tlio 806 OUT-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. front steerer, to which it is very little .superior in ease of running, whilst the delicate nature of its steering, which is greatly influenced by inequalities of road surface, cause it to become, even in the hands of those who are used to it, and especially down-hill, a constant charge upon the attention. The Hum- ber type of tricycle has some very good points, but the}^ are not such as are looked for by tourists, road travellers, and wheelmen, who ride purely for pleasure, recreation, or exercise. Upon racing paths, which of course possess a perfect surface, the Humber has asserted its superiority in spoed over nil other kinds of tricycles. The origmal Humber tricycle is made by Messrs. Humber & Co., of Beeston, Nottingham, and Ho! born Viaduct, but several makers construct machines of very similar build. The Sandringham Club of the Coventry Machinists' Company, the Traveller of Messrs. Singer & Co., and the Cruiser of Messrs. Hillman, Herbert & Cooper may be mentioned. Tlie hatter has side handles instead of the cross-bar, and is designed in such a way that it can readily be taken apart and packed in a small compass. Sect. 8. — Vartetifs— Doublpj Tricycles. The construction of tricycles to carry two persons may be regarded as a necessary corollary of the success of the single machine. The earlier kind of double tricycle took the form of what is called the Sociable. In this the riders sit side by side, the wheels being sufficiently far apart to admit of the introduction of two seats. Tlie Sociable, whilst affording one of the most pleasant means of wheeling in company, is not so easy of propulsion as might be supposed. This is probably HUMAN SKELETON PAET IV. NATUEAL HISTORY OF THE PEmCIPAL ANIMALS USED CY MAN IN RUKAL SPORTS. BOOK I —COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF T^IAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DOG. Sect. 1.— Their Position in the Scale | OF Creation. i Man himself, together with the horse and the dog-, arid even the hawk and the decoy-duck, which are the only animals used by him in the capture of the objects of his sport, are all included under the general division Vertehrata. These are distinguished by the pos- session of an articulated skeleton witliin their bodies, and by a vertebral column^ containing the most important parts of their nervous system. With the excep- tion of the birds, all the others are in- cluded in the class Mammalia^ so named because they give suck to their young by means of the mammas. The three species, however, are widelj' separated in the division, man taking the head of all in a distinct subdivision, and separated from the Carnivora, among which the dog is included, by the apes and monkeys. Between the dog, again, and the horse, there intervene the whole of the cetaceous animals and the glires ; the horse belonging to tlie lowest tribe of the mammalia, namely, the Ungulata, or those having hoofs. Between these tliree there will be found to be con- siderable points of difference in each of the systems of which their frames are composed ; all three, however, have a skeleton consisting of the same mate- rials, and containing within its cavities a nervous, a circulatory, a respiratory, a digestive, and a reproductive system. All have the same organs of sense, though differently endowed ; and in all the parts of the skeleton are con- nected together by ligaments forming joints, and moved upon each other hj muscles of various forms. The chief differences are — first, in the volume and form of the brain ; secondly, in the nature and form of the stomach and intestines ; and thirdly, in the form of the organs of locomotion. Sect. 2.— The Nervous System. The Nervous System, upon the deve- lopment of which each animal depends for its position in the scale of creation, 840 ANATOMY OF MAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DOG. is, in the main, the same in the three animals now under consideration. In man, however, it is much more deve- loped in those parts upon which the extent and powers of the mental mani- festations and sense of touch are de- pendent ; whilst, in the dog, another part is carried to an exquisite degree of refinement — namely, the nerves in which resides the sense of smell. But in all three there are the same grand portions to be met with, consisting of a mass of highly-complicated nervous matter contained within the skull, called the brain, which is the organ of the mind, as well as, in all probability, the seat of the instincts of the animal. Extending from this is a part called the medulla oblongata, connecting it with the spinal column, which is chiefly a large bundle of nerves extended be- tween the brain and all the parts of the body below the head, and gradually separating into its component parts as it passes through the bones of the spine. It receives the mandates of the will from the brain, and conveys back to it the state and wants of the various organs of the body. But, besides these two parts of the nervous system, there are also two others. The first consists of a tract of nervous matter contained within the spinal cord, and intended to supply the organs of respiration, and to keep them in some measure independent of the brain during its sleep, or pressure from accident ; and also to effect an action of a very peculiar kind called reflex, by which, in certain cases, muscular con- tractions are produced by a shorter and quicker process than would be afforded by a transmission of the intelligence to the brain itself , and a consequent man- date from it. The second comprises a chain of little brains lying in front of the spine, and within the chest and ab- domen, and intended to supply the di- gestive apparatus and circulating system with nervous influence (whatever that may be), independently of the brain and spinal cord, although these also send their nerves to them. Thus, the most im- portant organs of all have their separate supplies, by which provision is made against accident ; and, in case of its occurrence, one part being enabled to do duty for two. In this way the whole nervous sys- tem Ik divided into — first, the brain ; secondly, the medulla oblongata and spinal cord ; thirdly, the general nerves of motion and sensation ; fourthly, the special nerves of respiration ; fifthly, the nerves of the viscera, commonly called the sympathetic system ; and, sixthly, the special nerves of the senses derived from the brain itself. In aU the animals named, the ner- vous system consists of two parts ; the grey, in which power is generated, and the white, through which it is transmitted. The grey constitutes the greater part of the exterior of the brain and the interior of the spinal column ; whilst the white makes up the interior and central parts of the brain, the exterior of the spinal cord, and the bulk of the nerves of the body. The Variations in these several parts are the following : — In man the brain is much the most voluminous, especially in the anterior part, which is the chief organ of the mind. Here the grey matter is very much con- voluted, and thereby rendered more extensive in quantity and in surface, by which his general mental powers are augmented. Next to man in this respect comes the dog, who has some- times tolerably deep fissures in his brain, and consequently a more ex- tended surface than usual ; but in all cases much more so than in the horse, whose brain is, as compared to his whole body, very much less than the dog s, and still more diminished in pro- portion as compared to that of man. In dogs, however, and especially in those whose powers of smelling are much developed, the anterior lobes, in which the nerves of smelling take their nse, are largely increased in size, and nearly as much so in the horse, who, like aU animals dependent upon this sense for their safety in selecting food, has considerable acuteness of smell. In other respects the nervous systems of tlie three are closely aflied, and the description which will serve for the one will also suit the others, except in the minute detail of parts. Sect. 3.— The Skeleton. In all three the skeleton consists of the same parts, though the bones com- posing them vary in number, and to some extent in form. (See skeletons ol' Man, Dog, and Horse, in which the letters attaclied to the huniah skeleton apply also to the corresponding parte THE SKELETON, 841 in the other two). It is divided into two portions — one forming cavities for con- taining the vital organs, and protecting them from danger ; the other consist- ing of central supports adapted to the purposes of locomotion, by offering levers to be worked by the various muscles. The bony cavities are — first, the cranium and spinal column ; uecondly, the thorax or chest attached to the middle of the spine ; and, thirdly the pelvis, terminating it. The bony organs of locomotion are the four ex- tremities of the body. The Cranium or Skull, is variously formed in the three species under consi- deration ; but it consists in all three of the same number of bones, eleven of which combine together to form a hollow case for the brain, whilst six of these eleven, together with the upper and lower jawbones, the bones of the nose, and the cheek-bones, constitute the face. In this part they are developed into several cavities, two of which are called the orbits, and contain the eyes ; two, close together, form the nostrils ; one between the upper and lower jaw-bones, the mouth ; and one on each side for the ears, which last part also contains four little delicate bones for communicating the vibrations of the air to the nerve of hearing. In the jaws, also, there are fixed two rows of teeth, the upper SKKI.ETON OF THE GRETHOTIND. find the under, which A-ary considerably ; but in eacli there are three kinds — viz. : first, the incisors, being more or less cutting nippers, and placed in front ; secondly, the canine, pointed, and intended for holding or tearing ; and thirdly, the molars, for grinding. The formula, as it is called, for each, is as follows : — IN MAN. ^Incisors, f Canine, \\\ Molars, f:* IN THE DOG. Incisors, f Canine, \:\ Molars, |-:| IN THE HORSE. incisors, f Canine, \_{ Molars, -^ g- The age of man and of the dog ran wldom bo ascertained by the teeth, hut l/iat of the horse may generally be ar- rived at with tolerable certainty, as follows . — MARKS OF THE AGE OF THE HORSE AS SHOWN BY THE TEETH. At one year old, all the milk teeth are conie up ; the two centre nippers of the lower jaw are partially worn down, the two next very slightly so, and the outside nippers entire. At tim years old, the "mark" is nearly obliterated in the four centre nippers, and those of the outside ones are much reduced in size. At three years old, the colt has shed the two centre nippers, and has two permaruent teeth, on which the " mark" is quite fresh ; and the tuska begin to show their future position by a prominence of the gum. 842 ANAT03IY OF MAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DOG. At four yen.rs old, the colt has shed the next two milk-teeth, and has four permanent ones, of which the central two are gradually losing their " mark." The tusks now come through, just showing their points. At Jive years old, he has all his perma- nent teeth. The centre nippers are much worn, but still show the " mark." The next are partially worn, while the corner nippers are quite sharp, and with the cavity or " mark " quite untouched by friction. The tusk is much grown, and well raised from the gum. At six years old, the "mark" in the centre teeth is quite gone, leaving only a yellow oval stain with a black speck in the centre. The next two are also losing their cavity, but the corner teeth are still sharp, and have the cavity unworn to any extent. At seven years old, the "mark" is gone in all the lower nippers but the cor- ner ones ; and At eight years old, it disappears even there, after which there is no reliance to be placed upon this sign ; the length and obliquity of the teeth increase with age in both respects , but these signs depend a good deal upon crib-biting, or other habits, and no great reliance can be placed upon them. 5KKLETON OF THE HoRSE. The Spinal Column (a h) consists in all of a series of bones united together by an elastic material, called the inter- vertebral substance, and by ligaments also as well as by muscles. Each bone is pierced by a large hole for the lodg- ment of the spinal cord, and by lesser notches, or holes, for the transmission of the nerves, a pair of wliich leave the cord opposite each separate bone. Besides the body and the holes (or foramina, as they are scientifically ^•alled) each vertebra consists of a spinous process, or projcotion, back- wards "or upwards, as tJic case may be ; and of another process, or projection on each side, called the lateral process, all of which are intended to secure these bones together, and to give at- tachment and leverage to the muscles which bend the spine. To the skull the spinal column is attached by a very pecuhar universal-hinge-like joint, in such a way thiit it can be turned in all directions. This in man is very com- plicated, so as to allow him not only to l)cnd it in all directions, but also to rotate it ; wiiilst in the horse and dog it is strengthened by strong bony ])rojec- tions, so as to support the weight of tlio THE SKELETON, 843 head when extended horizontally. The first seven of these bones form the neck, each being more or less lengthened or shortened, according as they are destined to form the long neck of the horse, the medium length of that of the dog, or the short one of man. The next 12 in man, 13 in the dog, and 18 in the horse, have a rib attached to each, or to the intervertebral substance of each, and constitute the vertebrae of the back. Behind or below these are the yertebrge of the loins, which are 5 in man, 6 in the dog, and 7 in the horse ; and like those of the neck are free, whilst the last of these lumbar vertebrse is firmly attached in the same way as the others to a corresponding surface of the sacrum, which forms a part of the pelvis, ansM-ering to the spinal column, and containing within it a similar canal, which receives the con- tinuation of the spinal cord in the shape of a bundle of nerves, called in anatomy cauda equina. Beyond the sacrum, again, are the ossa coccygis, rudimentary in man, but extending to twent}'- bones in the dog, and in the horse to about fifteen, to form their tails. The Thorax, or Chest, is formed by the vertebrae of the buck and the ribs attached to them, which correspond in number, being in man 12, in the dog 13, and in the horse 18 on each side. Each of them is firmly attached by two joints, one at the end to the interver- tebral substance, the other to a lateral process, by means of a tubercle, a short distance from the end. Towards the other extremity the rib becomes flat- tened, and in its general outUne is bent to an irregular segment of a circle, so that the two sides form an arch, more or less of an oval section. Each rib ends by uniting with a piece of carti- lage, which in the first seven or eight is directly attached to the sternum, or breast-bone, and in the remainder indi- rectly through those next to them. The sternum consists of a series of spongy bones, comprising 3 in man, and 7 or 8 in the horse and dog, which receive lhe cartilages, and, with the ribs and the vertebrae of the back, combine to form the chest. In the horse, the front of the sternum projects considerably beyond the first rib, in the dog very little, and in man it has an articulating ^ surface on each side for the attachment of the collar-bone, which is wanting in the horse and dog. In man the great- est diameter of the chest is from side to side, whilst the reverse is the case in the horse and dog. In each case this cavity contains the lungs and heart and the great vessels, separated from the abdomen by the diaphragm, which is a thin partition of muscle and tendon stretched across so as to form an arch, with the convexity up- wards, and a concavity below, against which lie the liver and the stomach- also within the protection of the lower ribs. The Pelvis (& c) consists of an im- perfect circle of strong spongy bone, which is made up of the sacrum and ossa coccygis, or tail bones, above ; and of three bones on each side firmly united, called the ilium, the ischium, and the pubes. These together con- stitute an irregular ring, protecting the bladder and the organs of repro- duction, and also giving a firm support to the legs. By a reference to the en- gravings of the three species, it will be seen that they vary in shape very much. In man the wings of the ilium are much expanded, and serve to sup- port the intestines ; or, in the preg- nancy of the female, the gravid uterus. In the horse and dog these parts are much less developed, and the whole pelvis is merely a strong bony ring for the articulation of the hind-legs, and for the attachment of muscles ; but it will be seen that it is articulated to the sacrum in an oblique direction, so that in coming down from a leap the shock to the nervous system is very much diminished. The tail is merely a pro- longation of the ossa coccygis, which in man are contained within the skin, and are simply rudimentary. The Hind-Legs of the horse and dog and the legs of man are attached to the pelvis in the same way — namely, by means of a ball-and-socket joint ; the thigh bone being deeply imbedded in a cup-like cavity of the pelvis, called the acetabulum. This is a very strong joint, but it is liable to be dislocated in all three animals ; and is in all very difficult of reduction. This leg consists in each of four portions, which in anatomy have received the names of the femur (c <^), patella (d), tibia and fibula (d e), tarsus and metatarsus (ef) ; but in common language different names have been given them, which has created considerable confusion. 844 ANATOMY OF MAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DUG. The Femur — in common language called the thigh in man, and the upper thigh in the horse and dog— is a^ long and strong bone, beginning with a smooth ball, called by horsemen the round bone, which is deeply let into the cup of the pelvis, and has near it a strong rough process which stands out from it at a considerable angle, and is united to it by a narrow part of the bone called the neck. This process is called the trochanter major, and is the part felt projecting opposite the hip joint ; and often called the hip itself, though that name more properly be- longs to the crest or ridge of the ilium. Towards the lower end the thigh- bone enlarges and forms a smooth surface, covered with cartilage and extending to nearly three-fourths of a circle from before backwards. This smooth surface is attached by strong ligaments to the tibia below, and has playing upon it in front a bone called the patella in anatomy, or in common language the knee-cap in man, and the stifle-hone in the horse and dog. The joint itself is the knee in man, and the stifle in ordinary equine and canine nomenclature ; but. being more or less concealed in them by the flank and large muscles of the thigh, it is over- looked by superficial observers. This joint in a41 three is liable to accidents, or to inflammations of a serious cha- racter, and is frequently the seat of lameness. The Tibia — called in man the leg- bone, and in tne horse and dog the lower thigh hone — extends from the stifle joint to the hock in the latter tAvo animals, and from the knee to the ankle in man, It is supported by a smaller bone on the outside (the fibula), which is lost sight of in common language, and has received no distinc- tive appellation. In man this bone forms a part of the ankle-joint ; but in the dog and horse, the hock joint (which corresponds to the ankle of man) is composed of the tibia alone, as regards its upper boundary, whilst below, in all cases, it is made up by the upper bone of the tarsus — namely, the astragalus. The Tarsus and Metatarsus vary more in these three species than any other p.irls of tiic skeloLon, except the corresponding divisions of the other extremity. In man and in the dog the tarsus consists of seven bones, but in the horse of six only. In all, how- ever, the tibia is articulated with the tarsus at about one-half of the length from the hind end, and by a cartila- ginous surface, composed of three sides ; there is also in each a projecting bone (the os calcis), which affords leverage to the strong muscles of the tibia and femur, ending in a tendon, which is called the tendo-Achillis. These bones are united together into a strong whole by ligaments and inter- vening cartilage, which take off the jar that would otherwise be communi- cated to the body when the springs and falls are sustained which all these animals are subject to. Below the tarsus are the metatarsal bones — five in man, four in the dog, and limited to one only in the horse, the cannon j though with a rudimentary bone on each side, called the splent hone. In all of these animals they are tipped by three phalanges to each metatarsal bone, except in man, who has only two to the great toe. In the horse the first phalanx is called the larger pastern, the second the smaller pastern, and the third the coflin hone : whilst the sesamoid bone behind it, which is also found in man and the dog, receives the name of the navicular hone; and all are surmounted by horny matter con- stituting the nails of man and the dog, and the hoofs of the horse. There is, however, this grand difference between the three — man walks upon the whole length of the tarsus, metatarsus, and phalanges, or upon the sole of the foot (planta), and is hence called planti- grade ; but the dog and horse walk upon the tips of their fingers only, and are called digitigrade for that reason — the former walking upon all his fingers, whilst the latter walks upon one only, the remainder being lost in the splent bones, which do not reach the length of the fingers at all. Both carry their hocks (corresponding with our heels) some distance from the ground, whilst ours is the first part to touch it in the walk ; and it is only in the run upon the toes that it is carried clear of the ground. All these several points of resem- blance or difference will be rendered clearer by comparing the skeleton of man, purposely placed in a stooping position, with those of the dog and liorse. A side view of each is given in a corresponding attitude ; and thus it may be seen how our knee is the THE SKELETON. 845 same joint with their stifles ; how our heel is their hock ; and in what way our foot corresponds with their pas- terns, and our metatarsal bones with the cannon hone of the horse ; also, how our nails are analogous to the hoofs of the horse, which grow in the same way, or nearly so, and are as easily separated by inflammation, or other disease. The Upper Extremity of man corre- sponds with the fore-leg of his chief ministers, the dog and horse, but differs still more than is the case with the other extremity, which is chiefly used by man in progressing, though in a different position to that of the dog and horse, he being a biped. But with the limb we are now considering, a hundred different actions are to be performed — ropes are to be pulled down or up, or straight towards the body ; large and small substances are to be grasped in the arms ; hammers are to be wielded with terrific force, or with all the delicacy necessary for riveting the fine mechanism of a watch ; besides the multifarious movements of a similar character. But in addition to all these motions, requiring the whole limb, there are others depending upon the fore-arm alone, in which man shows his superiority to the dog and horse. If the former of these has a wound in the sole of his foot, he is obliged to He down and forcibly push it sideways against the ground, while he bends the foot, in order that he may get at it with his tongue. Man, on the other hand, can readily turn his palm up- wards, and at once detect the mischief, if any there be. In other words, man can pronate and supinate his hand^ a gift of immeasurable importance to him, though one which he shares with all the higher genera of the monkey tribe. By this power he can turn any object about as he fashions it to his purpose, and can with the greatest ease do that which the otherwise intelligent dog is incapable of effecting. Hence we find that throughout the whole extremity, although the same bones are made subsidiary to this new pur- pose, yet they are widely different in their joints, and also vary in general form. iSevertheless, all have a shoulder- blade, a humerus, a radius and ulna, and a carpus and a metacarpus. Man, also, has a collar-bone, by which the shoulder-blade is attached to the breast- bone, and is thus rendered more com- pletely a fixed point for the various operations, often antagonistic to each other, which his wants demand. The Shoulder-Blade {g h) is very similar in all three skeletons in its gene- ral form, though varying considerably in position and in the detail of its parts. In each case it is a triangular flat bone, with a ridge dividing its external surface into two parts. In all there is a shallow cup which receives the head of the humerus, and forms with it the shoulder joint of man, and the point of the shoulder of the horse and dog. Protecting this joint in man, and partially so in che dog, are two projecting points of bone, the acro- mion and coracoid processes, to which the outer extremity of the Collar- bone (h I) is firmly united by strong ligaments, the other end being still more securely confined to the breast-bone by a thick intervening cartilage and ad- ditional ligaments. Here there is u strong point of dissimilarity, the dog and horse neither of them possessing a collar-bone ; but it is not confined to man, since many of the lower animals also possess collar-bones ; as, for in- stance, the hare, rabbit, and rat — and, in fact, all the division Rodentia ; most of which, however, require and possess, Hke him, the power of grasping their food, and can pronate and supinate their fore-arms to a degree almost equal to that with which he is endowed. The shoulder-blade in man does not lie so flat on his sides as in the dog and horse, its outer aspect looking nearly in the same direction as his spine ; whilst in the other two it looks directly outwards, or very nearly so, the free margins approaching one another more than the joints. The Humerus (h i) is very similar in its general form in all three, present- ing a rounded articular surface at the upper end, a long cylindrical middle, and an oblong smooth ridge covered with cartilage at the other extremity, which forms part of a hinge-like joint, the remainder being made up by the ulna and radius. This bone in man is called the arm, or the upper arm; and in the horse and dog the true arm, being in them concealed within the body by the muscles and skin with which it is clothed. In all three the joint bound- ing it below is called the elbow-joint. The Ulna and Kadius {i j) are articulated to the humerus, so as to form 846 ANATOMY OF MAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DOa. a simple liinge in the horse and doj^-, as well as in man ; but in addition there is another power given to man, to which I have already alluded, and which is carried out by a very simple yet effective contrivance. In him the ulna forms the chief part of the elbow- joint, whilst the radius enters into that of the wrist, and each has a liberty of rotating in its attachment at the op- posite end. Thus, the two may be compared to one bone of somewhat greater length, and joined to the elbow and wrist in the usual way, but after- wards divided obliquely from one end to the other in such a way as to leave one joint entire foi the wrist, and the other for the elbow. If this were dune by a carpenter, and the bones rounded off and attached together by a circle of leather at each end, it would be found that there would be a degree of liberty similar to that which we enjoy, but not quite to so great an extent, which is afforded by the two bones arching out from one another in the middle, and thus enabhng the movement to be still more complete. The ulna is the bone chiefly entering into the composition of the elbow-joint ; and it, like the hock and ankle, has a process projecting backwards, for the purpose of giving leverage to its muscles, which is the olecranon in anatomy, or the point of the elbow in common language, in all three animals. The radius in the dog extends to the carpus^ but in the horse it does not reach so far ; together they form XYvQ fore-arm in man, and the true arm in the horse and dog. The Carpus and Metacarpus (j 7c). — The former consists of eight bones in man, and of seven in the horse and dog ; and in this joint there is very httle difference between them. In all there are strong ligaments connecting the bones together, so as to form one strong whole, with a projecting hook- like process standing back, under cover of which the flexor tendons pass behind the wrist, and are securely bound in their places. In man the lower row of bones is articulated with the five meta- carpal hones, which spread to form the pahn of the hand. In the dog there are four and in the horse one, which, like the metatarsal bone of the hind- leg, is called the cannon hone, and is also supported by two rudimentary metatarsals and splent hones of the fore-leg. The Hand of Man is a complex mechanism, composed of the five meta- carpal bones, four of which each carry three phalanges to form the fingers, and the fifth two only for the thumb. These are simple enough in their bony me- chanism, but when clothed with their numerous muscles, and furnished with the net-work of vessels and nerves which the sense of touch requires, it is indeed a wonderful and exquisitely de- licate machine — capable alike of pick- ing up the most minute speck of sand, or of wielding the ponderous hammer of the smith. In the horse and dog the phalanges are almost precisely simi- lar to those of the hind extremity. Sect. 4. — The Muscular System. The Muscles are the powers which chiefly effect the various movements, either of one part of the body upon another, or of it as a whole upon the surface of the earth. These movements are sometimes produced by the simple expansion and contraction of hollow muscles, as in the heart, stomach, &c. ; or by means of the attachment of the two ends of a muscle to two separate bones with an intervening joint. The description of the precise mode by which muscles contract is too deep and ab- struse a part of physiological science for a book intended for the sportsman ; but it may simply be stated as a fact, that all muscles have the power of con- traction, either at the mandate of the will, or at the command of some other power inherent in particular parts of the nervous system. The former set of muscles are called the voluntary muscles, and are those by which we walk, talk, sing, &c. ; whilst the latter are those which contract upon the food in the stomach and intestines, or upon the blood in the heart, &c., without our knowledge and consent, and are hence called involuntary : a third set, again, are usually involuntary, but sometimes voluntary, as the muscles of respiration and of the bladder and rectum. But besides this division of muscles into voluntary, involuntary, and mixed, there is another which includes nearly the same sets of muscles in its two sections — the first of which clothes the skeleton, and moves its various parts upon one another; whilst the second incloses the hollow viscera, and contracts upon them, but has no bony THE ORGANS OF CIRCULATION. 847 attachments. The first of these in- cludes the voluntary muscles, and those mixed muscles which are concerned in respiration and in closing the various oritices ; whilst the second compre- hends the involuntary muscles, and those mixed ones which contract upon the bladder and rectum. The Muscles which act upon the Skeleton are very similar in general form and action in man, the dog, and the horse ; and, as is the case with the skeleton, the same names have been adopted into comparative anatomy which were originally given to the muscles of man. There are, however, numerous points of difference, the complicated hand and fore-arm of man requiring many more muscles than the corresponding parts in the dog and horse. In all cases, however, they are adapted by their contraction to bring two different bones together, either in their whole length, as in the case of the ribs, or at one extremity only of each, as in the long bones. In the ribs tlie movements are made by two sets of fibres crossing one another, so that they do not act directly from the edge of one to that of the next, but obliquely, by which they are enabled to bring the two edges much nearer together than would be the case if they acted in a straight direction. It is a rule in all cases that muscles act with power proportioned to their size, but with an extent in accordance wi h their length. Hence, a short but broad and thifk muscle is exceedingly strong, but cannot effect such extensive move- ments as another which is longer but thinner. Sometimes, again, as around joints, space is an object, and here the muscular fibre is replaced by tendon, which is a firm band or cord of white and comparatively insensible fibrous matter, to which the contractile mus- cular fibres are intimately connected, and through which they act. Thus, this department of the muscular sys- tem is made up — first, of large masses of muscles attached directly to bone at each end, or with scarcely any tendinous insertion, as those of the shlouder and buttock ; secondly, of muscles consisting of a middle mus- cular part called the belly, and of one or more tendinous cords, as in the muBcles of the fore-arm, &c. ; and thirdly, of a thin sheet of muscle ending in a still thinner sheet of (strong tendon, as in those of the abdomen. These muscles are bound down in their places by fascia, a thin but strong membrane ; and when their tendons pass behind joints they are confined in their proper grooves by still firmer and stronger fibrous tissue, forming a com- plete sheath for them, and called a theca. These as well as the joints are lubricated by a mucilaginous oil, called synovia; and, in many cases, beneath muscles which pass over bones, there is a bag of the same lubricating fluid, called a bursa mucosa. In all the hmbs the muscles are arranged in two groups^ one which bends the joints, and the other to extend them ; but very often when a long muscle passes over two joints, it is a flexor of one and an ex- tensor of the other. The Hollow Muscles vary in thick- ness and in complexity of structure, from the heart, with its cavities and its numerous valves, to the simple, thin, and circular fibres of the intestines. The heart will be described under the Organs of Circulation, and the muscles of the_ stomach and bowels under the Digestive Organs. Sect. 5. — The Okgans of Circulation. The Heart and Blood Vessels are intended to circulate the blood through- out the whole body, including the lungs ; and in the three species we are now examining they are nearly iden- tical, the only difference being such as to allow of the upright position of man. The whole body, being built up from the blood, must be hberally sup- plied with it, in proportion to the duties of the several organs ; this is effected by means of a series of tubes begin- ning with one trunk, dividing and sub- dividing hke the branches of a tree, and spreading over the body, the whole inside and outside of which are fur- nished from this source with arterial blood, as the material by which they are kept in order and growth, and from which the various organs secrete or excrete the bile, the urine, perspira- tion, saliva, &c. These vessels are called the arteries, and they end in a set of minute tubes, called the capil- laries, from their fineness, M^hich is compared to that of a hair (capillus). The capillaries, again, are connected with the extreme branches of another set of tubes, stiU more numerous than 0 848 ANATOMY OF MAN, TEE HORSE, AND THE DOG. the aiteries, and of greater aggregate bulk, which receive the blood through the capillaries from the arteries, and finally end in two veins— the sirperior and inferior vencR cavvs, which force the blood back again into the heart. They are furnished with valves at regular distances, wherever the flow is at all impeded by muscular action or position, as in the legs, arms, &c. This is the mode by which the blood is circulated throughout the body, being propelled by the contractile power of the heart, aided by that of the arteries through their whole course, and also through the capillaries and veins, till it returns back to the heart. But the blood does not at once pro- ceed on its round again. A cleansing process must be effected ; for in its course it has changed its appearance and its properties, going out scarlet and coming back purple, and having lost oxygen and absorbed carbon — in fact, having been converted from arterial to venous blood, and being no longer fitted for the various duties which the blood is required to perform. It is no doubt a living fluid, and endowed with pro- perties of which we cannot fathom the nature ; but from experiment we have arrived at the conclusion that the above changes are produced, and that it re- quires the contact with atmospheric air, with the intervention only of a very thin membrane, in order to restore to it its oxygen, and to remove its carbon. It is also found by experiment, that air after it is expired contains more carbon than before, in the shape of carbonic acid gas, and has lost part of its free oxygen ; hence the conclusion is arrived at that the blood has effected this exchange in its passage through the lungs. This is somewhat similar to what goes on in our stoves, where oxy- gen and carbon combine to form car- bonic acid gas ; and in both cases there is an evolution of heat. The blood, therefore, must pass through the lungs for this purpose ; and it is forced into them by a separate artery (the pulmon- ary), and returned from them by the pulmonary veins ; the arteries in this case carrying venous blood, and the veins bringing back arterial blood to the heart. Thus, there are two distinct circulations going on in our bodies — one driving the blood through all parts, and bringing it back to the heart; the oLliur, forcing Lhia same current through the lungs, and back again to the same heart, but to a diflEerent cavity. The Heabt itself may be said to he composed of two forcing-pumps tied together, each of which consists of a thin receiving cavity (the auricle), and of a strong propeUing cavity (the ven- tricle), with valves between.^ These are called respectively the right and left sides of the heart. The right auricle, in this way, receives the venous blood from the whole body, and forces it into the right ventricle, out of which it is prevented from returning into the auricle by a valve. The ventricle, con- tracting, forces the blood into tiie lungs, through the pulmonary arteries, and back through the pulmonary veins into the left auricle ; this again passes it into the left ventricle, which, being also guarded by a valve, propels it through the aorta to all parts of the body, and so completes this beautiful circle. Besides these blood-vessels, there is also a set of adsorbent vessels, of whose powers we know very little, ex- cept that they take up and convey into the large veins a part of the fluids and solids of the body ; but how far they are assisted by the veins, or in what way the work is divided between them, has never been fully ascertained. They are very fine, colourless, and transparent tubes, arising in all parts of the body, and passing through certain organs called absorbent glands, finally emptying themselves in the large veins near the The Pulse.— The heart propels the blood with such force through the arteries, that in the principal one of the neck of the horse, if a tube is attached to it, a column is raised ten feet high, and maintained at that aver- age level. The power and frequency of the contractions varies much, from 100 beats a minute in the small dog to 40 per minute in the horse. In these contractions the arteries, as they re- ceive the blood, elongate and expana, and then contract upon their contents, so as to make what was at first an intermittent action resolve itself into a continuous one as the blood reaches the small vessels. Hence the flow from a large artery is by jets, and from small ones conthmous. This alternate acrion and reacrion of the heart upon the artery, and of the artery upon the blood, constitutes what is called the pulse, which nuiy be felt in the situa- THE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION. tion of any lar^^e artery, but is gene- rally examined in man at the wrist, in the dog under tlie arm, and in the horse imder the lower jaw, opposite the middle grinders. Sect. 6. — The Okgans of Eespieation. In the last section I have briefly alluded to the process which is etfected in the organs of respiration, by which the blood is renovated, and animal heat is evolved. The heart has been shown to throw its blood through the lungs, and it must now be explained that these consist of a spongy texture, made up of fine air-cells, communicating with each other, and with small air-tubes (bronchi), which finally unite by means of a single bronchus on each side of the trachea, or vjindpipe. This, again, passes up the neck, and at the root of the tongue it is guarded by a complex mechanism, consisting of several car- tilages, hgaments, and muscles, by which foreign bodies are prevented entering and producing irritation ; and where, also, the various sounds are effected which in man constitute his language, and in dogs and horses, barking, growhng, neighing, &c. This is called the larynx. Into the cells of this spongy texture the air is admitted, and from them it is expelled by the act of breathing ; and while there it is separated from the blood circulating over their walls by the thin mem- braneous lining of the cells, and by tlie coats of the capillaries themselves. The substance of the lungs themselves is made up of a fining membrane, v/hich extends over the whole inner surface of the cells and air-tubes, and Avhich secretes the mucus that keeps ihem moist, and is continuous with the mucous membrane of the mouth at the top of the larynx. The lungp are divided into two large sections, one on each side of the bodv, which again are subdivided into lobes ; but the grand division is into the two hmgs; and they each lie within their respective sides of the chest ; and they, as well as the internal surface of the nbs, are, as it were, varnished by a thin membrane, called the pleura. This membrane is carried from one to the other in such a way that it forms a large shut sac, the outside of which is applied, on the one hand, to the inside Df the ribs ; on another, to the outside of the lungs ; and on a third, to the upper surface of the diaphragm, which forms the lower boundary of the thorax. This cavity usually contains a very small, and almost inappreciable quantity of serum, secreted' in the inside, and enabling the various lobes of the lungs to gfide smoothly against the walls of the chest. Between these two membranes, the serous on the out- side and the mucous on the inside, there is a small quantity of fine cellular membrane, in which he the blood vessels and nerves, and which is called the parenchyma, or substance, of the lungs in anatomy. Each of these tis- sues is the seat of a separate inflam- mation, and their nature and functions should be known in order to treat them j)roperly. But, though I have shown how the blood is propelled through the lungs, and that these are capable of admitting air to it for the purpose of renewing its requisite properties, there remains to be described the mechanism by which this air is admitted and renewed — and this in proportion to the impurity of the blood, whether healthy, the effect of exercise, or unhealthy, as in disease. In order to understand this mechanism, the chamber in which the lungs fie must be examined, when it will be found to consist of an irregular cone with the narrow part towards the neck of the animal. The sides of this cone are composed of a series of hoops, which do not form segments of circles, but are more or less angular in their curves, and are attached obliquely to the bones of the spine, which are fixed points, so that as they are raised tliey increase the diameter greatly ; but in man and in the horse and dog in a very different mode. In man they may be considered as a series of hoops which rise and fall fike the hood of a carriage, the breast-bone merely con- necting the two sets of ribs, and rising together with them. In him. therefore, the diameter is increased almost entirely from behind forwards, and not to any great extent from side to side. In the dog and horse, on the contrary, the spine and breast-bone are both of them fixed points, and the ribs on each side are raised independently of each other, increasing the transverse, but not the perpendicular diameter. The reason for this difference is, that these animals are both suspended from their ribs to Si ANATOMY OF MAN, THE EOBSE, AND THE DOG. 850 toeir shoulder-blades ; and if they were fiontinually altering the position of their breast-bones, as regards their spines, they must also raise and lower their bodies, which would be a great and unnecessary expenditure of mus- cular force; whilst by dilating their chests only laterally, the attachments of the great suspensory muscle are always at the same distance from each other; and whether the lungs^ are dilated or contracted, the body is at the same distance from the ground. Place a man panting for breath flat upon his breast, and observe how his body rises and falls with each inspira- tion and expiration, and he will tell you at the same time how much more laborious his breathing is ; just so would it be with those animals whose bodies are required to be supported upon stable points, however elastic may be the connecting medium, and not upon a movable frame, which m the horse, if his chest moved like that of man, would rise two or three inches with every inspiration. For this reason it is that many flat-sided horses and dogs are good-winded, because, though their chests are not naturally capa- cious, yet from their capability of increasing the cavity rapidly, they can change the volume of air more com- pletely than a rounder and larger- barrelled animal, whose ribs are not so movable. Every one has heard the schoolboy's riddle, which demands "How is it possible to arrange a hundred sheep-hurdles so that two more shall enable the fold to contain double the number of sheep?" The answer being, by placing them m two straight lines, leaving only a narrow space of the width of a hurdle between them ; the volume is doubled by a slight increase of width. So it is with a narrow chest, if only the ribs arc set on with a good curve, and the muscles have power to bear them. ^ Besides this increase of the capacity of the chest by means of the ribs, there is another and most important aid in the diaphragm, a muscular and tendinous division, of an arched form, which separates the chest from the abdomen, lying completely across with its convexity towards the lungs. This convexity is capable of being dimi- nished to a plane surface, by its con- traction ; and in the living state, especially during its powerful action when strong exercise is going on, there is reason to believe that it becomes neariy or quite plane, whilst it is after- wards rendered convex again by means of the abdominal muscles, which force the hver and stomach into its concave surface, and thus push it against the lungs themselves, and expel their air. In this way, the muscles attached to the ribs increasing the transverse dia- meter, and the diaphragm enlarging the cavity towards the abdomen, the air is strongly drawn through the trachea into the interior of the lungs, and expelled again by the muscles which lower the ribs, and by the ab- dominal muscles pushing up the hver and stomach, as well as by the natural elasticity of the lungs themselves, and of the walls of the chest. In ordinary respiration, the inspirations are chiefly carried on by the diaphragm ; but in violent struggles, which demand all the air that can be forced in, the shoulder- blades, arms, neck, and head all become fixed, because they have muscles at- tached to them, and to the ribs also which in the usual way are employed in moving these various organs, but which now become auxiUary to respira- tion by acting upon the ribs from these several parts" as fixed points. Hence, the runner keeps his arms well up and fixed, and his head and neck stiff, because in this way instinct teaches him that his ribs are more forcibly raised than they would be with lowered shoulders, flaccid arms, and droop- ing chin. The horse also extends his neck, and by so much helps to raise his ribs on each side ; but he does not set his shoulder-blades, for two reasons —first, because it would interfere with his progress in the gallop ; and secondly, because the muscles which run from the shoulder-blade to the ribs are not auxiliary muscles of respiration, tor they have no power to act upon the ribs in the way in which only their action would be serviceable— that is, towards the apex of the chest, which is also the root of the neck, where the really useful auxiliaries are attached. The Chemical Action of respiration is more mysterious than the mechanical, for though much has been discovered by Lieb'ig and others, there is still a ™t deal which is incomprehensible. It will, in the first place, be necessary to explain that the atmosphcnc air is made up of 21 parts of oxygen to 7J ORGANS OF RESPIRATION, 851 of nitrogen, which is tlie condition in which ;t enters the lungs, whilst on its reappearance it has sustained the follow- ing changes — first, it has lost oxygen ; secondly, it has received carbon in the form of carbonic acid ; thirdly, it has suffered a change in the quantity of nitrogen, varjang with the condition of the animal. These changes are intimately connected with the effect upon the blood, which is found at the same time to have gained what the air has lost, and to have given out exactly what the air has gained ; and thus it is conclusively ascertained that the air is inspired for this express purpose. The absorbed oxygen is supposed by Liebig to enter then and there into combination with the carbon, which process he describes as exactly similar to ordinary combustion; but, from other experiments, there is strong reason to believe that the oxygen is absorbed into the blood, and that its union with the carbon takes place in all the parts of the body ; the car- bonic acid being there generated and contained in the veins until they reach the lungs and skin, where it is given out ; so that the combustion is a general one, and animal heat is thus produced in the extremities, independently of the warm blood sent them from the iieart. But besides this oxygen ab- sorbed for this specific purpose, a still further quantity is absorbed for the purpose of uniting with the sulphur and phosphorus contained in the body, by which they are enabled to combine with other elements, and so produce the phosphates and sulphates. The carbon which is exhaled from tlie lungs and skin is of an enormous amount, varying with the exercise taken, and with the temperature of tlie surrounding air— a great quantity of the former and a low degree of the latter both increasing the exhalation of carbon. By actual experiment it Jias been found, that a person who, in a state of rest and fasting, excreted U5 grains per hour, after a meal and a walk excreted 190 in the same time. During sleep the same person only excreted 100 grains. It is sup- posed that an adult male who takes strong exercise will excrete about 10 or 11 oz. per 24 hours ; and that th ose who take little will not lose more than V or 8 ounces. Assuming 10 oz. as the average, its union with oxygen to form carbonic acid gas will produce 21 cubic feet of that noxious element. So that a man lying in a confined space of 7 feet long by 3 feet wide, will, in the course of 24 hours, discharge from his person enough carbonic acid gas tofill this space 1 foot high ; and as carbonic acid is much heavier, and very slowly mixes with the general atmosphere, he would, if lying perfectly flat, destroy his life by suffocation, unless there happened to be some leakage under doors and similar apertures. This fact should be borne in mind in the construction of stables, where the area for each horse is seldom more than 100 superficial feet ; and, as the weight of his body is more than five times greater than that of man, it will be manifest that he will also give off during the same time enough carbonic acid gas to fill his stall or box to the same height ; and it is only the presence of the crevice under the doors, and very often of open drains untrapped, which saves him from the injurious effects of this gas. The examination of the nitrogen viiich is given off or absorbed is not o ! so much importance to our present subject, especially as little is known of its effects ; but it is found that animals well fed and in health increase the nitrogen already existing in the air, whilst those which are badly fed absorb it, and consequently diminish its amount in the air ; thus, in hibernating animals, nitrogen and oxygen are actually ab- sorbed to a greater extent than they exhale carbon ; and hence tliey do not lose weight during the period of their long sleep. The following table shows the dif- ference of the proportions of these elements in the two states of the blood : — Arterial VenouB Carbonic aci . Blood. Blood, . 62-3 71-6 Oxygen . . . . 23-2 15-3 Nitrogen . . . 14-5 131 Total . . . 100 100 Thus, it would appear that the quantity of nitrogen is very nearly the same in both conditions of the blood ; whilst about one-third of the free oxygen of the arterial blood disappears during its circulation and passage into the veins, and is replaced by an equivalent amount of carbonic acid. The con- verse of this takes place in the capillary 3i2 852 ANATOMY OF MAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DOG, vessels of the pulmonary vessels, where this same amount of carbonic acid is Bet free and replaced by oxygen. Sect. 7.— The Organs of Nutrition AND Depuration. In all animals there is a constant necessity for the repair of the waste going on in the various processes, such as muscular contraction, respiration, &c. This repair must be accomplished by means of food ; and it is further necessary that digestion shall prepare this food previously to its being con- verted into that generally useful fluid, the blood, from which all the materials of the body are built. The Blood, as seen by the micro- scope in the hving vessels, is composed of two parts — one transparent, thin, and nearly colourless, called liquor sanguinis ; the other consisting of cor- .puscles, some of which are red, and others colourless, but all more or less disk-shaped. When blood is drawn from the body, there is a different separation, into clot and serum. The former is composed of a network of fibriney in which the corpuscles are entangled, while the latter is identical with the Hquor sanguinis, but deprived of its fibrine. The serum also contains a quantity of albumen, which coagu- lates by heat ; and likewise earthy salts, whicii remain after it is evapo- rated and exposed to a high tempera- ture. This gives us the four following components of the blood, differently arranged in the living vessels, and when deprived of their protection :— blood in the living vessels consists of Forming with water the Fibrine, A IV ' ) liquor sangumis, m Albumen, -< ^^^-^^ suspended the baits, ^ corpuscles. blood, when drawn and coagulated, consists of Fibrine and j Forming the clot, with Corpusrles, ( small quantity of water. r Forming with a larger Albumen and J proportion of water Salts, J the serum and re- (maining fluid. The Use of these various materials is as follows : — 1. — The Fibrine is the material which is most thoroughly elaborated, and ready for supplying the muscles and other solid tissues with new matter, in lieu of their worn-out atoms. It is, therefore, continually being employed for these purposes, and fresh supphes afforded, partly by absorption directly from the digested food and partly from the conversion of albumen into fibrine in the blood-vessels themselves, which is constantly going on in the circulation of the blood. 2. — The Albumen is the next in pomt of importance, being also the most abundant, and not only keeping up by its conversion the requisite quantity of fibrine, but also directly supplying many of tne secretions and formations, as the scarf-skin, nails, horns, and a great part of the skin itself, also the soft parts of the bones, and, in fact, all the gelatinous tissues, as weH as, in all probability, the corpuscles themselves. 3. — The Corpuscles are chiefly use- ful in carrying on the process of re- spiration, and in stimulating the con- tractions of the muscular tissues ; but the presence of the red corpuscles is no doubt necessary to the health and well- being of all the warm-blooded verte- brated animals. 4. — The Saline Matter is partly required in order to prevent decom- position, and, in part, to supply the mineral materials necessary for the formation of bone, in which Hme and phosphorus are chiefly concerned ; and also for the secretion of some of the fluids which are necessary for the pur- poses of digestion — as the bile, saliva, pancreatic fluid, &c. 5. — The Water is, as in all other cases, the means of making fluid the otherwise solid materials. The Supply of Fresh Blood is kept up by the digestion and assimilation of food admitted into the stomach for that purpose ; hence it would appear that for a healthy individual, food which contains all the essential ele- ments of blood, in the proportions adapted to his particular state, is the best calculated to support the waste of the system. Thus, supposing an animal is largely consuming his muscular ap- paratus by long-continued and violent exercise, then food which contains m large proportions the elements neces- sary for the repair of muscular tissue, will be best adapted for his state. Or in case of an animal exposed to severe cold, his condition will be most im- proved by supplying him with food in DIGESTION. 853 which carbon is a principal ingredient, because we know that this elementary oubstance is the one which is engaged in producing animal heat. The first and most important process, therefore, in nutrition is the procuration of proper food. Digestion is the next step in the circle of needful processes, and by this is un- derstood the prehension, deglutition, maceration, and chemical conversion of tlie food into what is called chyme — a pulpy fluid, w^hich is ready to be changed into chyle^ and at once absorbed into the blood by the vessels specially appointed for that purpose. Now, the seizing, masticating, swallowing, and maceration in the stomach, of the articles of food, is managed somewhat differently in the three species under consideration ; man employing various agents, such as fire, water, mechanical trituration, &c., to assist him ; and the dog using his teeth and paws, to gnaw his bones and tear the flesh into shreds before he swallows it. The horse, on the other hand, crops the grass with his incisors, or gathers up the corn with his hps, and grinds the latter well into a pulpy mash before he swallows it. In these several ways, and by the aid of the sahva, the food is masticated and swallowed by them all, and reaches the stomach more or less prepared for the dissolving power which that organ pos- sesses in such a remarkable degree. In man and the dog the stomach is capable of holding a very considerable meal, being in all probability intended by nature for long fasts and occasional replenishments only— not perhaps ex- ceeding one meal a day, as is the usual custom with savage tribes, who indeed gorge themselves, and thenfast with an endurance which civihzed nations can- not possibly imitate. The same change has taken place in the dog's stomach by civilization, and he now is rarely suffered to pass twenty-four hours without two or three meals ; when in his natural state there can be no doubt he would scarcely average three or four full meals a week. The horse, on the other hand, when in his native plains, is perpetually feeding in small portions at a time ; and he then, as now, requires email and regular supphes of food at short intervals, to keep him in a state of full health. By many this is sup- posed to be in order to enable him to galh.p without injury ; but it i? rather that he may always be prepared for flight, because, unhke the carnivorous animals, he cannot choose his time, but must save himself by the use of his heels, whether after a full meal or a light one. The dog, on the other hand, can gorge himself and wait till he is again hungry before he exerts his powers ; and he may consequently be furnished with a capacious stomach without risk. Man, also, has the same choice, and, Hke the dog, he fills himself, and then sleeps till his stomach warns him that he must replenish it by the chase. The stomach consists, in all three, of an oval sac, with an orifice at one end by which it receives its food, and another at the other end, through which it passes it out into the small intestines as soon as it is fit for the manufacture of chyle. It has an outside covering, smooth and lubricated with serous fluid, which suffers it to assume the various forms which its change from a state of emptiness to one of repletion demands. Next to this serous coat is a muscular one, which serves to contract the various parts, and so move the food from one to the other ; and lining this, again, is the mucous surface, studded with small glands, by which the gastric juice, the main agent of diges- tion, is produced, and also sufficient mucus to protect the walls of the stomach from its powers, or from any deleterious article admitted into it by mistake. This juice is a very power- ful solvent, and is made up of various acids and other powerful agents, by which even bones themselves are dis- solved in the stomach of the dog, and also sometimes in that of man. It is not present in the empty stomach, but is poured out rapidly as soon as food is introduced, and soon changes it into the pulpy substance which 1 have already said is called chyme. This is semi-fluid, and with a slight acid taste, sometimes creamy in ap- pearance when the food is oily, or more like gruel when farinaceous. Part of this is at once absorbed through the wafls of tlie stomach itself, and conveyed direct into the blood; the remainder passes on by the agency of the muscular fibres into the duo- denum, or first small intestine, where it is mixed with the Ule and with the pancreatic juice, and becomes converted into a still more pulpy and milky fluid, ANATOMY OF MAN, TEE HORSE, AND THE DOG. the chyle, which is passed^ on into the remainder of the small intestines, the jejunum and ilium, and there is taken up by the chylif erous absorbents, called lacteals, and conveyed into the large vein near the heart by a particular absorbent tube, called the thoracic duct. The remainder, which is not absorbed, is passed on by the muscular contrac- tions of the bowels, called peristaltic, to the larger intestines ; and there becoming still further reUeved of its watery particles, and also receiving the addition of some worn-out materials poured in from the blood-vessels sur- rounding their coats, it finally assumes the appearance of fceces, and is dis- charged per anum. The Bile and Pancreatic Fluid are both concerned in the preparation of the chyle, to which duties they are speciallv appointed; but over and above this it appears that the bile is useful in depurating the blood, and removing from it certain noxious ele- ments, which, if retained, would be- come highly injurious. The pancreatic fluid is only secreted during digestion, but the bile is poured out at all times ; and, if not secreted because of any tor- pid condition of the hver, the blood becomes overloaded with noxious par- ticles, headache follows, and finally, fever and even fatal injury. Bile is a kind of soap, and appears to act specially in converting sugar into albu- men and the fatty compounds neces- sary for the support of life. The pan- creatic fluid, on the other hand, seenis to render the fat taken as food fit for absorption, which it is not in its raw state. But not only is the liver useful by supplying bile, but it also directly purifies the blood as it passes through it in the return from the intestines to the heart ; and besides this, it seems to exert a powerful influence in asswulat- inq the new material to the condition which it must attain as a part of the blood. Here also fibrine is largely formed from albumen, and fat from sugar. ^ .„ „ The Kidneys and Skin stfll lurther i)urify the blood, and remove the watery ])articles which are introduced it as a solvent for the various solid ele- ments recpiired for general use. Hence, the greater the necessity for rapid sup- ply of solid material, the more liquid is removed by perspiration or by the lor- mation of urine, so that new fluid in the shape of chyme or chyle may be introduced into the blood-vessels with- out unduly distending them. The Bladder is the hollow sac in which the urine is accumulated, as it is secreted by the kidneys, to prevent the necessity which would otherwise be felt for the continual passage of urine. In Three Various Ways the blood is nourished and depurated, receiving its additional supphes— first, from the gene- ral absorbents ; secondly, from the lac- teals through the thoracic duct convey- ing chyle ; thirdly, direct from the inter- nal surface of the stomach and small intestines, through the veins, whose con- tents are conveyed through the liver, and depurated by the lungs, the liver, the kidneys, and the skhi. The supplies, in the first place, are all derived from the food, which is digested by the stomach, aided by the bile and pan- creatic juice, and converted into chyle, which is absorbed into the blood. The Articles of Food which are most adapted to support man, as well as the dog and horse, in a high state of health and energy, are nearly identical in ultimate composition, though some- what different as they appear to our general senses. In each case food is required for four different purposes- first, for the building up of the machine ; secondly, to supply the loss occasioned by its constant tendency to decay, even when in a state of repose ; thirdly, to make up for the waste occasioned by wear and tear of the muscular system ; and, fourthly, to supply the materials for the heat-producing process. Now these processes are differently earned on, according to the age and habits of the individual ; thus, the young animal win cafl upon the first division far more than the adult, and will, consequently consume much more food ; whilst the very old one wiU be able to sustain lite in a state of rest, with Httle or no de- mand for any supply but the second and last. If proper food is not sup- plied to the growing young animal his frame is imperfectly nourished, and he not only is stunted in size, but his growth is not in a proper proportion of parts, and he is unsightly and awk- ward. The same takes place from over- feeding, when a redundancy seldom, is met with equafly in all the various proportions, but rather in some one or two, which are exaggerated to an undno degree, and completely overpower their THE ORGANS OF REPRODUCTION AND SENSE. 855 adjacent members. Thus, fat is stored up in enormous masses in the adult animal ; and though it is capable of being- afterwards withdrawn, yet it often has in the meantime led to the ab- sorption and loss of those parts upon which it has been lying. In estimating the value of the various ahments, therefore, the age and the habits must always be taken into consideration, and when this is done it will be found that saccharine and albuminous elements will be required for young animals, rather than those loaded with fibrine ; whilst in the adult period this element is required in large quantities ; and in old age, oily or starchy compounds, which are full of carbon, and support combustion. Sugar, there is reason to believe, is very readily admitted into the circulation, and sup- ports the process of respiration well — hence its use to young animals. In onmivorous animals, like man and the dog, a mixture of substances containing nitrogen, with others free from it, is the best kind of food ; and this is met with in flesh and farinaceous food, together with the saccharine fruits of the earth. But wheaten bread contains the same elements, and upon it either the man or the dog, or even the horse, can be sustained in good health, if accustomed to it from an early stage. With the addition of an animal oil, it will at all times serve for a per- manent diet ; and in a low tempera- ture will scarcely be sufficient without it, or some fermented liquor in its place. But if violent exercise is taken, flesh should be added, in the case of man or the dog ; or in the case of the horse, a large proportion of corn, with, ut the same time, well fermented hay, in which sugar is thoroughly developed. Rice and potatoes, together with sago, and other articles mostly made up of starch, are chiefly beneficial in support- ing respiration, and effect compara- tively little towards the repair of the muscular tissues, which are composed in great measure (»f nitrogen. Another importart consideration in supplying food is tht change which is required in its nature, few animals being capable of carrying on digestion of the same materials from week to week without suffering loss of health. Tims, cattle must be moved from one pasture to another ; and the horse, after a time, nmst have a change of food from corn and hay to green food oj carrots, or his stomach is sure to suffer. In a state of nature instinct prompts to these changes ; and even in a half- artificial condition the hare will travel for miles to obtain what she wants, although to all appearance she has it close to her own haunt. But these organic substances are not the only ones required by the system ; there are also inorganic matters which enter into the composition of the frame, and which must be obtained with the food. Salt affords by its decomposition the muriatic acid which is concerned in the digestive process, and the soda of the bile. It is also an important constituent of the serum of the blood, preventing it from being decomposed. Phosphorus enters largely into the composition of bone and tissue. Sulphur, again, exists in small quantities ; and lime is abundantly required. Iron, also, must be obtained, because its presence is important to the due formation of the red corpus- cles. These substances are all obtained from our ordinary food. Salt is abund- ant in flesh and milk, but it should be suppHed to herbivorous animals, like the horse, in addition to his food. Lime is abundant in vegetable seeds, like wheat and oats, and in the grasses ; and if these are supplied to the horse he will develop bone in a sufficient quantity. Sect. 8. — The Organs of Reproduction. These are the same, or very nearly so, in all the three subjects under ex- amination, each possessing the same male and female organs. The male are only necessary for the elaboration of the semen, and for transmitting it into the uterus of the female ; but her part consists in preparing an ovum in the ovarium, in transmitting it safely to the uterus, and in then attaching it to the walls of that organ, and nourish- ing it for a stated period till birth takes place. This subject has been touched on in page 551, and a more elaborate discussion is scarcely suited to a book like the present. Sect. 9. — The Organs of Sense. In all the three creatures we are now examining the same organs of sense exist, but with varying degrees of acuteness. In man the sense of touch 856 ANATOMY OF MAN, THE HORSE, AND THE DOG. and the eyesight are perhaps more acute than in either the horse or dog ; but in the dog the sense of smell is far beyond that of man or the horse ; and in the last-named animal the hearing is particularly acute. But, anatomi- cally, these organs differ little, each having the same parts, though varying slightly in detail ; as in the shape of the pupil of the eye, which in the horse is oblong horizontally, whilst in the dog and in man it is perfectly circular. The horse also possesses a peculiar structure within the eye, the tapetum luciduMj of a lustrous green colour, by which he is enabled to see objects in comparative darkness, and especially under his feet. The external ear also differs in all, but the internal parts of this or^an are very similar. The nerves supplying the nose are developed in the dog in a high degree, as are those dis- tributed to the ends of the fingers in man, and as a consequence, these organs are endowed with an extra degree of sensitiveness. The compass of this book, however, will not allow of a full examination of the detail of parts which make up those beautiful organs, the eye and ear. Sect. 10. — The Skin, and Genekal Cellular Membrane. All the Parts of the Body are wrapped up first of all in a packing of cellular membrane, which attaches the various muscles, vessels, nerves, and bones intimately together, yet with a power of gliding upon each other which is necessary to their several functions. This is the structure which is blown up in the dead calf, and which consists of a series of cells com- municating with each other through- out the body, and therefore capable of being filled by one or two openings made by the butcher, and inflated by him by i^eans of a pipe passed into them. In these cells fat is deposited and stored u]) for use, and when wanted it is re-absorbed I rom them, and carried off into the blood to be converted into other needful materials, or used for the purposes of respiration, for which its carbon is eminently calculated. The skin, again, covers and guards all the pa ^t^;. and kecus them warm niid pro- tected from slight injuries. It is pierced by minute openings, through which the sweat is distilled, and also by oil-tubes, which lubricate its sur- face and keep the hair with which it is more or less covered in a state fit to encounter the watery fluid which rain or flood presents to it. The skin is a highly elastic and yielding, yet tough investment, which will submit to great stretching before it gives way, and is so beautifufly adapted to the varying conditions of the animal frame that it fits the lean racehorse as closely as the pampered denizen of the stud. The Hair is a dead matter secreted by certain bulbous glands, which, as they form it, push it through the skin, being in close contact with its inner surface, and protected by it. The hair of man is not regularly shed ; but in the dog and horse it grows longer and coarser in the winter than in the sum- mer, and is consequently shed to pro- vide for this necessity of their exposed condition. This takes place in the spring and autumn, and is strongly marked in the horse, whose coat is com- pletely changed in the spring, and par- tially so in the autumn ; and less so in the dog, who only changes his once in a year, and is not provided with one in the winter much longer than in the summer, but has a slight increase of growth added to that which has existed during the warm months. The colour of the hair varies in all ; but is con- fined to black, brown, dusky-red, and white, or some mixture of these — as mottled-grey, iron-grey, roan, straw- berry, pie, skewbald, brindle, black- and-tan, dun, and cream-colour. The Nails and Hoofs are append- ages to the skin, and they are also dead matter, secreted nuich in the same way. Both are composed of a horny matter, elastic, firm, and capable of bearing great friction. The nails of the dog and the hoof of the horse completely surround the bone upon which they are niouldea, and have the vascular struc- ture which secretes them lying between it and them. In man, on the other hand, the nail only covers one-half of the tips of his fingers, because a soi t pulpy end is wanted for the organ of touch. PAET lY. JfATURAL HISTORY OF THE PRINCIPAL ANIMALS USED BY MAN IN RURAL SPORTS. BOOK IL— GENERAL HABITS AND VARIETIES OF THE DOG. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL HABITS OF THE DOG. The Dog (Canis familiaris) is the chief assistant that man has in the sports of the field ; without him hunting, shoot- ing, and coursing would be wholly destroyed, for no substitute has yet been discovered either for the speed of the greyhound, or the unerring sense of smell of the bloodhound, foxhound, or pointer. It is foreign to my purpose to discuss those qualities of the dog which are not called into play in the pursuit of game, as, for instance, his fidelity as a guard, his sagacity as an aid in tending sheep or cattle, his cleverness in fetching and carrying, or in playing the many amusing tricks which so often are taught him. No animal excels him in these qualities, not even the semi-human elephant ; though it is only in certain varieties, as the poodle, that these intellectual develop- ments are carried to the full extent. It has already been said that the dog belongs to the division Vertebrata, and the class Mammalia. It is also in the order Fera, the family Felidce, and the sub-family Canina, which includes the dog, wolf, jackal, and fox. This sub- family is distinguished by having two tubercular teeth behind its canine teeth in the upper jaw ; and the Canis fami- liaris has the pupils of the eye round, while in the fox they are like those of the cat, perpendicular slits, and in the wolf obhque ones. Volumes have been written on the origin of the dog, but our knowledge on this subject may easily be summed up in one little word, nil ; I shall therefore not inflict upon the readers of this book all the various arguments pro and con. / suflBce it to say, that the domesticated dog is an inhabitant chiefly of cold and tem- erate climates, though wild and semi- omesticated varieties are found in India and other hot countries ; and that our European varieties rapidly degene- rate if transported to a very warm climate, as is seen in India and China, but will bear every climate from the Arctic circle to the Equator without loss of life. The dog is a carnivorous animal by nature, though he will feed upon and devour any vegetable sub- stance that comes in his way if pressed by hunger. In his domesticated state he thrives best upon a mixed diet, and is usually considered, and with truth, as omnivorous. His teeth are fitted for tearing flesh, and he has no true grind- ers suited to bruise grain ; his stomach is a simple one, and his intestines are of a medium length between the short ones of the true carnivora, and the long ones of the graminivorous quad- rupeds. CHAPTER IL VARIETIES OF THE DOG. For the Purpose of Sport, the dog may be divided into four classes — first, those that find game for man, leaving him to kill it, as the setter, pointer, and spaniel ; secondly, those that kill it when found, as the gieyhound ; thirdly, those that find and kill it, as the stag- hound, foxhound, harrier, beagle, otter- hound, deerhound, and terrier; and fourthly, those that retrieve wounded or dead game — as the various retrievei's, shepherd and drover's dogs, Newfoimd- lands, &c. For the first of these pur- poses the dog requires a strong sense of scent, considerable, though not first- rate speed, great power of endurance, and also, and most particularly, im- plicit submission to his master's orders. For the second, speed only is required, coupled with power of endurance, but divested as much as possible of the powers of scent and intellect. The third requires, as in the first, stmng 858 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. sense of smell, with greater or less speed, according to the purposes to which they are applied, but with im- mense powers of endurance and hardi- hood. Whilst the last requires the peculiar and remarkable intelligence which teaches the dog to bring to his master that which naturally he would much rather devour himself. It also requires a strong sense of smell ; and, in the water-retrievers, considerable power of resisting wet and cold. Be- sides these, there is a large number of dogs used in this country for other purposes connected with game-pre- serving, such as the mastifE and bull- dog, and their crosses. In describing the various dogs the comparative value of the several points have been laid down according to the scales adopted by the various Dog Clubs, with some slight modification. Division A. DOGS THAT FIND GAME FOR MAN, LEAVING HIM TO KILL IT. This division of the canine race in- cludes all the dogs used with the gun, with the exception of the retriever. They consist of the pointer, setter, and spaniel. Sect. 1. — The Pointer. The pointer of the present day is no doubt descended from the old Spanish dog crossed with the foxhound or grey- hound, by which he has obtained greater lightness and activity, united with more lasting powers, but at the expense of his nose, which is not so delicate as that of the source from which he sprang. In the southern districts of England partridge shooting is, I regret to say, often, and indeed generally, carried on without either pointers or setters, and they are consequently much less common than of yore. Hence, as setters are admitted to be the best for the moors, they are gradually supersed- ing the pointer, which will probably soon be among the extinct varieties of the species. The Head of the pointer should be large but not heavy, wide across the cars, and showing a raised forehead. The nose should be long and broad, with its fr-ont outline square, the teeth being even. This marks the pointer from tiie loiind, whoso nose hns a tendency to slope towards the throat ; in extreme cases this is called the " pig's snout." The lips should be well marked, without running into the flews of the bloodhound. Ears long, soft, and thin, set on low down and carried quite close to the cheeks. Eyes mode- rately large, soft, and intelligent, the colour varying from butf todark brown according to that of the coat. A peculiarly rounded outline on the upper side of the neck marks the well-bred pointer, which can scarcely be described in words. No throatiness is allowable, as it indicates too much of the Spanish strain. These points should be divided as follows : — Skull, 10 ; nose, 10 ; ears, 5 ; neck, 5 — total, 30. The Frame may be divided into loin, hind - quarter, shoulders, and chest. The loin, w hich with the hind-quarter constitutes the propelling power, must be well arched, broad, and deep, and strongly united to the ribs in front and to the couples behind, which latter should be wide and somewhat ragged. Next in importance are the shoulders, upon the obliquity of which depends the elasticity of the action, while they must be well clothed with muscle to enable the dog to keep it up for many hours in succession. The ciiest must be full, but not so much so as that of the old barrel-shaped Spanish pointer, the back ribs being required to be very deep. Hind-quarters well bent at the stifles, pro^^ded with strong hocks, and clothed with powerful muscles. In estimating these points, I should give to the shoulders and chest, 15 ; back and hind-quarters, 15 — total, 30. The Feet and Legs must be good, or the continued action of the dog will altogether be forbidden, as weakly- formed ones soon give way, and the dog becomes lame. The feet should bo round and catlike, with hard horny soles, pasterns short, large in the bono and tendons, and not sloping backwards towards the knees to any great extent. A long and muscular arm is specially necessary, and the elbow must bo neither in nor out. ThasQ points may be valued as follows : — feet, 6 ; legs, 6 ; elbows, 4 ; hocks, 2 ; stifles, 2— total, 20. The General Quality and Stkrn indicate by their appearance the amount of breeding, and are therefore neces- sarily attended to, but the f onner cannot be described. Tlie stern should be shaped like a bee's sting, having a strong root, a straight, Jine, and stiff body, and a pointed tip. Value, 10. ENGLISH SETTEB. I LIBRARY OF THE r^ERSlTY OF ILLlMOiS SETTERS. 859 Of Colour, Symmetry, and Coat, the first may be selected according to fancy, but most people prefer a dog with a great deal of white, so that he may readily be seen in turnips. Liver and white or lemon and white are the most common, next to which come black and white, which, when mixed with tan on the cheeks, indicates the hound cross. Whole colours are liver, red, black, and white. The texture of the coat should be short and soft, but not too fine, the last-named quality being often ac- companied by a dehcate constitution. These ^om^s are put at 10. Sect. 2. — Setters. The setters of the present day are classed as either English, Scotch (Gor- don), Irish, or Russian. It is needless to describe the last-named, as the breed which was common enough thirty years ago is now seldom met with, and has no advantage to recommend it. It is a very long-haired animal, almost re- sembling a poodle in coat, except that there is not so much curl. Hence, in the hot weather of August and Sep- tember the dog is soon knocked up, and, though possessing a very fine nose, is of little use at his m'aster's heels. All the Various Breeds of the setter are doubtless descended from the spaniel, which dog has a natural propensity to pause before springing on his game. This peculiarity has been encouraged and developed until the innate point has become established, and the setter P^PP7> if well bred, may be expected to point game on the first or second time of showing it to him, or if very high couraged, as soon as he finds he cannot run it down by speed. In the early days, after the breed was first established, it was used solely by the falconer and netter, who were contented with any animal which would find birds, and, setting down on the ground, would allow the net to be drawn over him, or the hawk to be cast off, without moving. Since the introduction of the plan of shooting flying, a faster and stouter dog has become necessary, and one also which will bear the heats of August and September. Hence the object of the breeder has been to get rid of the thick curly coat of the spaniel on the body of the setter, and at the same time to retain and even improve upon the elegant feather under tlie tail — or flag, as it is called — and behind the legs. The three breeds into which setters are divided all agree in this point, however much they may differ in others, as will presently be seen. The English Setter. This dog is longer and more open in his frame than the pointer, and has a proportionally longer stride in all his paces. He is capable of harder work than that dog, and as his toes are clothed with hair in the interval between them, he is not so liable to become "foot- sore," either from very dry or very wet ground. In regard to nose, there is much difference of opinion ; but I am inclined to believe that the setter has a slight advantage in this respect. When well bred the setter is as easily broken to point and back as the pointer ; but lie is seldom quite as tractable in regard to the other elements of his education, and is, moreover, more apt to forget his lessons than his smooth competitor in the shooting-field. These remarks, however, apply much less to the modern setter than to his ancestors, the dog of the present being a great improvement upon that of forty years ago. The Head is lighter than the pointer's and narrower across the ears, but usu- ally high at the forehead. The nose is long, and shows a sKght tendency to fall inwards towards the eyes, the corners of which should be not less than four inches from its tip. This should be broad, with large open nos- trils, well bedewed with moisture, and of a dark colour. Teeth level, and without the slightest tendency to the " snipe " form. Lips full at the angles but not pendulous even to the extent allowable in the pointer. E-ars must be about six inches long, set on low and well forward, carried without any approach to the prick shape, and rounded at the lower edges. Eyes large, but not pro- truding, and beaming with love of ap- probation and intelligence. Neck long, thin, and slightly arched above, but showing a clean cut line where it joins the head. Value ol points : head, 10; nose, 10 ; neck, 5 ; ears, 5 — total, 30. The Frame and Outline, though dif- ferent to the eye of the judge from that of the pointer, cannot be separated from the latter by any verbal description, ex- cept that the chest is rarel)'' so wide or barrelled as is allowable in that dog. The hips are also more ragged and the 860 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. loin slightly more arched. These points are ; shoulders and chest, 15 ; back and hind-quarters, 15 — total, 30. In the Feet and Legs also the re- marks on the pointer are equally ap- plicable ; but there is some difference of opinion as to the hare foot, which by many is considered to be necessary to the thorough-bred setter. In this shape the toes are longer than in the cat foot, more split up, and thickly clothed with strong hair between the toes. No doubt this last feature is of great ser- vice in keeping the skin free from in- flammation v/hen at work over marshy ground ; but the long toes which usually attend this development do not stand so well as the stout cat-like formation of the other foot. It is somewhat dif- ficult to strike the balance between these feet, as one form is best suited to wet ground and the other to hard. If it is possible to get the cat-Hke foot with euflficient hair upon it, I should no doubt prefer that form ; and though I have never seen the two fully united, I do not despair of getting them by careful breeding. Legs and feet, 12 ; elbows, hocks, and stifles, 8 — total, 20. In the general Quality or Cha- racter there is not much to alter from the remarks made on the pointer, but the stern or flag varies a good deal. It should be set on well up the back, but not carried with the sHghtest curl over it, though there may be a gentle and regular sweep in its upper outline. The feather should be flat, long and silky, deep in the centre, and tapering to each end. This should be as pointed as in the pointer, and should be carried in the same perpendicular plane as the rest of the flag, without the sHghtest approach to the corkscrew form. Total value, 10. The Coat nnist be fine and silky, but still somewhat hard to the touch, — a combination that can only be felt, and not imagined. There must be little or no curl, while the shorter it is on the body, and the longer in the feather, the better for the value of the dog. Value, in conjunction with symmetry, 10 points. The order of merit of tho various colours met with is as follows, viz. : — 1. Orange and white, with freckled nose and legs. 2. Orange and white, plain. 3. Lemon and wliite. 4. Black and white, especially if ticked slightly witli tannod spots on feet {iiid legs-- known as "Belton greys." 5. Pure white. 6. Black. 7. Faflow or yellow. 8. Liver or liver and white. 9. Liver and tan. the Scotch or Gordon Setter. Of late years this breed has become very fashionable, and especially since dog shows were established. At the first of these, at Newcastle, Mr. Job- ling's Dandy gained the judge's appro- bation, endorsed by the general public ; since that, Mr. Pearce's Kent (bought of Sir Edward Hoare) has carried on the furore which was raised in favour of this breed, with the able assistance afliorded by the late Mr. Burdett with his Ned and Brougham, Mr. Fleming's Dandy and Moll, and others of less note. The Gordon differs from the Engiish setter in the following proper- ties : — In stern he is generally shorter, or if long, it has a decided tendency to show the "teapot" form, than which nothing is more ugly. This is probably derived from the colley cross, which, I have no doubt, has been used in some strains with the disadvantage of intro- ducing this defect and a more woolly coat. In my own dog Rex (son of Kent and Regent), whose portrait faces this page, the flag is faultless, and is somewhat longer both in bone and feather than is given by the artist, who sketched him while yet in his puppy- hood. The Gordon head is perhaps slightly heavier than the English, and his nose and intelhgence are propor- tionably good. In colour he is a rich black and tan ; but it is asserted, by many experienced breeders, that the original colour was more or less mixed with Mdiite, and I beheve that black white and tun colour is quite as correct as the whole black and tan. His carriage is ^'t^ry lively, and he is full of hunt, but he is apt to be shy and headstrong. My experience of tlie breed in the field is chiefly confined to Rex, who is cer- tainly one of the most perfect dogs I ever saw out ; but though he was selected from a lot as a sample, to test their value, it does not follow that he is not an exceptional animal of his strain. He, like all the dogs of the breed I have seen, does not last more than half a day, but some of the bitches of the same strain are everlasting. The points are nearly the same hs in the English dog, the only difference being that 5 points are taken off the ears and neck, Jiiul :u!(le(l to the colour and coat. GORDON SETTER. IRISH SETTER. LIBRARY OF THE !jNlVERSITY OF HUHQ OF THE UNIVERSITY OF lLLIr!OI3 CLUMBER SPANIEL. SPANIELS. 8G1 The Irish SErrEU. Respecting this breed there is still more difference cf opinion as to the shade of colour than in regard to the Gordon. By one party it is asserted that the well- bred Irish setter must be of a deep pure blood-red, without the shghtest approach to black or mahogany colour on the back, ear, or stern. After the publication in the Field of an article on the Irish Setter, in which this was laid down as an attribute of the breed, Mr. Hungerf ord opened the controversy by asserting that, according to his ex- perience, they might be either red or red and white ; followed by Mr. John "Walker (the well known judge at most of the recent dog shows), who raised the question as to the objection to the black tinge, which was answered by Colonel Whyte in the negative, and by Mr. Henry Blake Knox as follows : " The coat should be rather coarse, for you want him for hard work and hard- ships ; smooth or wavy, not curly ; hair of moderate length on the upper parts of the body ; the foot-half tawny, the tip-half deep senna, appearing as if stained with port wine (blood red), but never showing black on the ears, back, head, or tail ; the legs and under parts, deep or pale tawny ; white should not appear anywhere except in the centre of the forehead and the centre of the breast. I breed without any white at all." Captain Hutchinson objects to the black stain, and supports his opinion by adding some high authori- ties in its favour. On the whole, there- fore, it may be assumed that the weight of evidence is against the dark stain. As REGARDS OTHER PoiNTS, Mr. Knox's description is so admirable that I quote it in extenso : — " The ears should be long, reaching at the end of the hair to the nose, pendulous, and as if lying in a fold, set well back and low on the head ; 'they should never be set high, short in length, or half diamond-shaped ; their feather should be moderate. The eye is of a rich hazel or bright brown, well set, full, kind, sensible, and loving — the iris ma- hogany colour ; it should never be goose- berry, black, or prominent and staring like the King Charles. The nose is mahogany, dark flesh, or blackish ma- hogany, never black or pink. Even dark flesh is not bo much admired, though, with a good clear eye, I like it ; but with the gooseberry eyo you indeed have a rare brute. My old dog has a dark flesh-coloured nose, unlike any of his kind, yet none of his pups got it, all having dark mahogany. The whiskers red ; the head itself long and narrow, yet wide in the forehead, arched in the peaked cranium behind. A short bullet head, a wide flat one, or one running to a point at the snout, is very common and very bad. The lips should be deep, or moderately so. The chest wide, when the dog is sitting on his haunches, and the head held back. Too wide a chest is apt to give a dog a waddle and a slow gait. The chest ribs cannot be too deep. The loins for speed should be long, moderately wide, and the belly well tucked up. The fore-legs straight, moderately feathered, and the feet close and small, not round like a hound's, or splayed. The ham straight, flat and muscular, and feathered well with buff -coloured hair, and the hind-quarters altogether squarely and actively made. The tail should be well covered with coarse hair curling along the tip, and hanging moderately, though bushy from be- neath, but not in silken streamers, or in a great bushy flag like a Newfound- land. It should be carried in a hori- zontal line with the back, or slightly above it, not cocked or curled. In the field or in excitement, I like it carried low, stiff, and beating the hind-legs." As in the case of the Gordon setter, there is no difference in the points from those of the English variety. Sect. 3. — Field Spaniels. The field spaniels are divided into two principal groups, the Springers or larger variety used for all sorts of covert game, and the Cockers kept more espe- cially for woodcocks, to follow which they must be of smaller size. The Springer is again subdivided into the Clumber, Sussex, Norfolk, and other strains ; while the Cocker includes the Devonshire and Welsh varieties, as well as many other strains without special name. ^The Sussex Spaniel. This is a very old breed, and is pro- bably the earliest of all those used with the gun or net, though by some people the Clumber is considered to have the claim to seniority. The Sussex Spaniel has now become very r-are, owing to 8G2 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. its being replaced by the Clumber, which works mute, and is more easily kept under control, and therefore bet- ter for assisting the beaters in our modern battues. This dog, though not mate hke the Clumber, is not noisy or babbhng, and seldom throws his tongue after he is thoroughly broken. He is faster and more enduring than the , Chimber, and also bears water better. The Head of this spaniel should be long and heavy ; eye large and lan- guishing, with the forehead prominently over it ; muzzle square ; lips somewhat pendulous ; mouth large with the under jaw receding slightly, though not to the extent which could constitute a pig-jaw or snipe-nose. Ears large and lobe-shaped, well furnished with silky hair, and set on low down. Nostrils large, and the external nose large and liver coloured. Neck strong and mus- cular, with the crest slightly arched. Value of these points : head, 25 ; nose, 10 ; ears, 6 ; neck, 5 — total, 45. The Chest should be very wide, with round or barrel-like ribs, deep behind ; shoulders well thrown back ; body long and round. Value : chest, 5 ; shoulders, 5 — total, 10. The Legs should be short and strong, well feathered to the feet before and behind. The Feet round, with the toes well arched and aljundantly furnished with tan between the toes. Faints : legs, 5 ; feet, 5. The Loin must be very .strong : back ribs very deep and round ; tail (docked to about 9 inches in length) set low and carried considerably below the level of the back, never above it. Points : loin, 5 ; back ribs, 5 ; low set and carriage of tail, 10 — total, 20. The Colour is a golden liver with- out white. Coat waved (not curly), thick, shiny, and abundant. Points: colour, 5 ; coat, 5. Symmetry, 5. The Temperament must be cheer- ful, courageous, and docile. Weight irum 351b. to 401b. The Clumber Spaniel. This dog obtained his name from the seat of the Duke of Newcastle, wliere it is supposed the breed originated. At all events, it was confined to that family until the middle of the nine- teenth century. This dog is invariably of great length, low on the leg, and heavy in frame ; his weight varying from 401b. to 451b., and his height not exceeding 20 inches. He is devoted to the gun, but cares little for his master without that accompaniment. Dogs of this breed never throw their tongue when at work, being perfectly mute if pure in blood. They are capable of very high training, and a team of them, consisting of three or four couples, may be broken to "do anything but talk." Hence, where dogs are used in covert, the Clumber has become the general favour- ite, and it is a treat to shoot over a perfect team. These dogs last many years, and seldom give up work till in- capacitated by old age or disease. The Head should be large and long, and marked with lemon to a line just in front of the eyes, with a blaze up the face. Eyes large and thoughtful ; nose and lips flesh or liver-colour, some- times cherry. Ears large, but not lobe- shaped, nor so heavy as those of the Sussex, and wdth less feather. Neck strong and long. Total value, 40. Back long and straight ; chest wide and deep, showing scarcely any day- light under it. Shoulders thick and wide through them ; loin straight but strong, with wide couples ; back ribs very deep. Total value, 30. The Legs must be straight, very stout and very strong. Fore-arm im- mense ; shanks and hind-legs well de- veloped in bone, and clothed with strong muscles. Value, 10. The Stern should be set low (it is generally docked, but not always ; if docked, it is left fully 11 inches long). It is carried low and is tuft.ed at its extremity, but not to the same extent. Value, 10. The Colour must be a true lemon, the paler the better. Orange is often thrown, but is objectionable, and any other colour is a mark of impurity. The Texture of Coat is soft, shiny, silky, and nearly straight. Value, 10. The Norfolk Spaniel. The chief differences between the Nor- folk and the Clumber spaniels are as regards length and colour, the former being shorter and of various shades of black, liver, and yellow, more or less mixed with white. There are no posi- tive signs by which he may be distin- guished from the various mixed breeds of Springers throughout the country. The Cocker. The Cocker is much smaller than the Springer, seldom exceeding 181b. in COCKER. LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS SPANIELS. 863 weight for bitches, and 251b. for dog's. He is much more active than the Springer, and of any colour more or less marked with white. The Devon- sliire and Welsh Cockers are of a deep liver colour, without white, and closely resemble each other in other respects. They are nearly mute, but whimper slightly on a scent, and when well broken they distinguish each kind of game by the note they give out, es- pecially the woodcock, of which they are particularly fond. The Head of the Cocker should be round and of a medium length, and not square, hke that of a Clumber or Sussex fipanieL The muzzle should neither be Rnipy nor pointed, but should be wide and well developed, and taper slightly close to the end. The forehead should take a sudden rise from the top end of the muzzle, near the eye, into a finely arched skull, with a somewhat knotty or jutting occiput, resembling that of a bloodhound. The eye should be of a niedium size, not too full (which would indicate a cross with the King Charles spaniel), but should have a gentle and at the same time a " knowing" expres- sion. The Ears should measure 22 to 24 inches across the head from tip to tip, including the hair, which should be soft and silky. They should he close to the head, be set well back, and rather low— not fixed on the top of the head. The Neck should be strong and mus- cular. Shoulders broad and prominent. Chest, of medium depth, broad, well- developed, and muscular. Body and Loins, strong and powerful ; loins slight- ly drooping towards root of tail. The Fore-Legs should be strong, muscular, straight, and not inclined to be I'andied. Hind-Legs, strong, and like those of a grej^hound, well bent, and very short from hock to foot. Feet, strong and round, of a good medium size (not too small), and well feathered between the toes. The Tail, thin and straight, should be set low, and always carn'ed below the level of the back, with a down- v/ard tendency. The Coat, waved and silky, but never wiry or woolly, and three to four ir.ches in length. The Feathering on the legs, hams, and tail, and the frill on the breast, should be four to five inches in length. The Colours, black, brown, liver, black and white, liver and white, and lemon and white. The paints are : head, neck, and ears, 30 ; chest and shoulders, 15 ; back and ribs, 15 ; legs and feet, 15 ; low carriage of tail, 10 ; symmetry, 10 ; colour and coat, 5. Sect. 4. — Water Spaniels. The water spaniels may be classed as English or Irish, besides which there is the Tweedside breed, which resembles a good deal in appearance a small ordi- nary Enghsh retriever of a liver colour. The Old English Water Spaniel. This dog is now seldom or never seen in a state of purity, and it is scarcely necessary or even possible to describe it with any degree of certainty as to the truth of the particulars. It will be sufficient to remark that he was hver- coloured, with white round the neck, on the chest, face, and feet ; head long and eyes small, and ears of medium length, covered with thick curly hair. North of Ireland Water Spaniel. Much the same may be said of this breed. It resembles greatly the old English dog, except in having shorter ears without feather ; in being longeron the legs, which also are without feather ; and in having more white in its coat, which is sometimes wholly wliite, ex- cept the head. It is seldom met with in England. The Southern Irish Water Spaniel. This breed, on the contrary, is more frequently found in England and Ireland, and is highly prized since it was brought to perfection by Mr. McCarthy. It is a very intelligent companion, capable of being broke to retrieve with facility, and a most useful general attendant on the gunner, though specially good at its own vocation in the water. Its height is about 21 or 22 inches, and its weight a little above 401b. The Head capacious, forehead high, and eyes intelligent, though rather small. The face is clothed with short hair, over which hangs a top-knot of considerable length, coming forward to a peak ; these two points being indica- tive of true breeding. Ears very long, measuring fully 26 inches across whe'n extended. The Body moderately long and very strong, covered with short crisp curls, which often become daggled towards the moulting season. The Tail round 8G4 VARLETIES ■vk ithout feather, terminating in a sharp point, and rather short. Colour a pure doep pucb, without white. In other particulars these dogs should resemble the ordinary spaniel, so that it is needless to recapitulate them. Points : Head and nose, 20 ; top-knot and bareness of face, 10 ; ears, 10 ; feet and legs, 10 ; back and quarters, 10 ; symmetry, 10 ; coat and colour, 20 ; tail, 10. Division B. dogs which kill game when found FOR THEM. In this division the only dogs used in Great Britain are the Kough or Scotch, and the English or Smooth greyhound. The former is now seldom met with in any degree of purity except in the highland districts of Scotland and Wales, where his rough coat is supposed to render him less obnoxious to cold than the smooth dog. In public cours- ing he has for some years been in- variably beaten by the smooth grey- hound, and therefore his use is confined to the districts I have mentioned, where the nature of the country forbids any- thing in the shape of coursing for sport, and " fox-hunting " is the order of the day. For this jDurpose he is well quali- fied, as he soon learns to stoop to a scent. In appearance he exactly resem- bles the deerhound, whose description is given under the head of Retrievers, but in action he may be known from that dog by the different carriage of the head. With the exception of his rough coat he closely resembles the English or smooth dog described at page 212. Sect. 6. — The English Greyhound. A minute description of the English greyhound has already been given at page 207 et seq., and it is therefore useless to enter further into his qualities, external or internal. I append, how- ever, what I consider the relative value of his points, bo as to make this depart- ment complete as a reference. It varies a good deal from that of dogs whose breeding can chiefly be arrived at by external signs — e.g., the stern, colour, and coat in the pointer and setter. In the greyhound, on the contrary, the pedigree is well known for raany generations, and therefore, although tljo breeding may be guessed at from the appearance ot the individual, it is OF THE DOG, far better to depend upon the evidence afforded by the " Coursing Calendar," or, if that is not forthcoming, to avoid having anything to do with breeding fi-om the strain. I should apportion the value of the several j)oints as follows : — Head, 10 ; neck, 5 ; legs, 10 ; feet, 10 ; shoulders, 15 ; hind-quarters, 20 ; back, 10 ; general symmetry, 10 ; tail, 5 ; colour and coat, 5. Division C. DOGS which find AND ALSO KILL THEIR GAME. The various hounds used in the present day for the pursuit of the stag, fox, hare, rabbit, and otter are no doubt descended from one common ancestor, the nearest type of which now exist- ing is the bloodhound ; and indeed, it is supposed by many high authorities that this dog is identical with the old Southern hound in all respects but colour. The latter was usually white, mottled with blue or badger colour, whilst the bloodhound has always been known to possess the deep black and tan by which he is now recognised. Sect. 6. — The Bloodhound. Gervase Markham, in his " Maison Eustique," speaking of hounds, says, " The baie-coloured ones have the second place for goodnesse, and are of great courage, ventring far, and of a quicke scent, finding out very well the turnes and windings. . . . They runne surely, and with great boldnesse, commonly loving the stagge more than any other beast ; but they make no account of hares. It is true that they be more head-strong and harde to reclaime than the white, and put men to more paine and travaill about the same. The best of the fallow sort of dogges are those which are of a brighter haire, draw- ing more unto the colour of red, and having therewithall a white spot in the forehead, or in the necke, in like manner those which are all fallow ; but such as incline to a light yellow colour, being graie or blacke bpotted, are nothing worth : such as are trussed up, and have dewclawes, are good to make blood- hounds." The Colour of the tnie breed is stated to be almost invariably a reddish tan, darkening gradually towards the upper parts till it becomes mixed with black on the back. A white patch on the body, a white face, or a streak BLOODHOUND. LIBRARY OF THE nNlVERSilY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSiT'/ OF ILLINOIS UARRIKK. THE BLOODHOUND AND FOXHOUND, 8G5 down it, proclaims a strain which is death to all hope of purity of blood. Some breeders prefer the body flecked white, and they hold that great purity is exhibited by the white tip at the end of the tapering stern. The Coat should be close, rather silky, short, and strong, approaching to the texture of .wool at the bottom. The Forehead is long and narrow, the eyes deep and sunk, but expressive, and showing the third eyelid or haw very plainly, which gives an appear- ance of redness to the eye. Ears very long and thin, hanging straight down — even when excited they never rise at tlie roots, but continue to hang straight down, as if the face were smiling. Face and upper jaw to the nose, narrow ; the nose itself very large, and the lips or " flews " long, tliin, and pen- dulous, so that, Hke ihe ears, which meet at the point of the nose, they will join under the chin. The Neck re- markably long, and the Throat rather hanging in its sldn, or wrinkled, or what in hunting language is caUed " throaty." Shoulders and Fore-Legs very good, the legs being straight and powerful and the feet round and full. Back and Loins broad, and the ribs and chest deep, with the brisket well let down. The Stern well set on, long, very pliant } or lashing, tapering to a fine point. Toe-nails, black. i The temper of the bloodhound is | touchy, and when aroused he is very j savage, but forgiving, and anxious in a j moment after biting, by smiles and fawning, to express regret and ask for- giveness. The tongue when thrown is deep, mellow, and prolonged, f Height about 28 inches, but some well-known breeders fix the standard at not less than from 30 to 33 inches. The points of the bloodhound may be estimated according to the following scale, viz. : — Head, 15 ; ears and jaw, 10 ; neck, 5 ; legs, 10 ; feet, 10 ; shoul- ders, 15 ; back girth and back ribs, 10 ; hind-quarters, 10 ; colour and symmetry, 10 ; stem, 5— total, 100. The most celebrated breeders of late years have been Lords Yarborough, Fitzwilliam, and Faversham ; the Hon. Grantley Berkeley; Mr. Jennings, ot Pickering, Yorkshire ; Mr. Co wen, of Blaydon-upon-Tyne : Mr. Harrison, of Dudley; and Mr. Holford, of Ware, Herts. Of the various dogs exhibited from the above kennels, Mr. Jennings's Druid, sold some years ago to Prince Napoleon, was in my opinion the best specimen of the breed, and I have ac« cordingly reproduced him on wood Mr. Cowen's Druid was also a grand dog in his prime ; but his head was not equal to that of Mr. Jennings's old favourite. Mr. Holford's Kegent, a son of Cowen's Druid, was also a magnificent animal, and almost, if not . quite, equal to Jennings's Druid. The artist has faithfully rendered the old dog as he appeared when first exhibited, and he must not be compared with the poor fellow as shown at Islington after he had been sent to France, being then already in the sere and yellow leaf. The Staghound as a distinct breed is completely unknown in this country : all those packs which hunt the stag being pure foxhounds. Lord Wolverton's pack of pme bloodhounds has re- cently (1885) been given up, and there is now no bloodhound pack remaining in this country as far as I know. Sect. 7. — The Foxhound. The modern foxhound has had more attention paid to his shape, and has been kept more pure, than any other breed of dogs in existence. Most ken- nels of any standing possess stud- books going back from eighty to a hundred years, and can trace the pedi- gree of every hound in their packs for that time. This is almost equal to that of the English thorough-bred horse, and far greater than that of the grey- hound, few pedigrees of which go back in all their lines more than ten genera- tions. Cecil," in the " Hound Stud- Book." proves this statement without a doubt, and it makes the study of the various strains of the foxhound doubly interesting. I have already alluded to the general characteristics of the breed in page 150, and it is there- fore only necessary here to describe his points.^ which are as follows : — The Head varies a good deal from the comparatively heavy form charac- terizing the Beaufort Grasper, to the snipe-nosed light shape of the Pucke- ridge. It should, however, in any case be light, airy, and sensible, yet full of dignity. There should be a slight ten- dency to chop without actual flew, and the forehead should be a little wrinkled. Circumference of skull in front of the 3 K 866 VARIETIES OF THE DOG, ears, 16 to 17 inches, and at least 4^. inches from the eye to the point of the nose. Neck long and clean ; the least looseness or approach to throatiness is tabooed. Where it joins the head it must be fine, and gradually deepen towards the shoulders. Length of neck is necessary to allow the hound to stoop to a scent without losing pace. Ears set on low down, and carried close to the head — of course rounded. Total value, 20. The Back must be straight, wide, and muscular, with an equally strong and square loin, very slightly arched. Back Ribs especially deep and wide, not flat. Chest deep, and at the same time, if possible, wide, increasing be- hind the elbows to at least 30 inches, sometimes 31 inches. Shoulders long, sloping, powerful, and elbows perfectly straight and well let down. Value — back and loins, 20 ; shoulders, 20. The Fore-Legs, it is insisted by hunts- men, must be as straight as possible, v/ithout the shghtest tendency back- wards. This, however, I believe to be an exaggerated conception of the form which is best for standing work, as I have no doubt a very slight angle at the pastern is advantageous. The bone of the leg must be as large as possible, and the muscle of the fore-arm, as well as the tendons of the pasterns and toes, proportionably strong. If the foot is not perfectly straight it must turn in, not out. In shape it should be round and cat-like, but very highly arched toes are apt to give way. Sole hard and thick. Value of legs and feet, 20 points. The Hind-Quarters must be as strong as possible, wide as well as deep. Bone of pastern strong and large ; hocks strong and straight. Va- lue, 10. The Stern should be carried gaily upwards without hooping ; it should be slightly rough beneath its lower edge, but not feathered ; point straight. The Coat should be dense, smooth, and glossy. Colour, black, white, and tan, black and white, or pied with hare, badger, red, tan, or yellow, which co- lours are preferred in the order I have given. Value, 10, in conjunction with the general symmetry. Height from 22 to 25 inches ; the best average is 22 1 inches for bitches, and 24 inches for dogs ; or for a mixed pack, 23 inches. Sect. 8. — The Harrier. The harrier comes next in order, and like the foxhound, this variety has been alluded to at some length at page 143. His head is heavier in propor- tion than that of the foxhound, and the ears are of thinner texture ; they are sometimes slightly rounded, but the general practice is to leave them in their natural state. In other respects there is little difference between the two breeds, though the eye of the master will readily pick out a true harrier from a foxhound without seeing the head. The points are the same as in the foxhound. Sect. 9. — The Beagle. The Beagle in shape is a dwarf Southern hound, and resembles that dog much more than either the fox- hound or harrier. He varies so greatly in size that he must be described as of two different types. The larger sort of beagle is full of symmetry, but he is apt to be " throaty ; " and in other respects he resembles the old Southern hound reduced in size. Like him he has an extraordinary power of scenting. Even a cold scent appears evident to him. The smaller beagle, known as the rabbit beagle, is the most elegant of the whole family. Many packs of these charming little hounds exist, where the standard is 13| inches ; and occasion- ally a diminutive pet example has been exhibited at our dog shows. Captain Hall, of Osmington Lodge, near Wey- mouth, hunts a pack of 12in. or a little over. Mr. Henry Pickard Cambridge, of Bloxworth, kept a pack, for driving his heath and furze country, about 13in. high : and he had amongst his hounds two or more couples of the rough beagles, closely resembling the otter- hound in miniature. One of these, a bitch called Mischief, a black-tan and white hound, came from the kennel of a Mr. Hetty, near Cranbourne. These rough beagles have the full ear and a thorough hound character about them, but they have not the tongue. Their cry is sharp and ringing, but they have not enough of it. I believe them to be produced, or to have been bred, by crossing with rough terriers of some description, and that there is not, and never has been, a rough true beagle. BEAGLE. OF THE '^'mRSm OF ILUHOIS Of T('r THE DACHSHUND. THE OTTERHOUND, 86: Yet for work thev answer. Thev will face furze or brambles without flinch- ing, and they are remarkably free from running hares. The smaller beagle is hardly ever nsed with the gun. It is kept entirely to rabbit -hunting ; and a pack of six couples, not more than 9 in. in height, will run down a rabbit in a few minutes. Hounds of this size must be very powerfully made to get through the thick furze brakes, and to keep up their work from eleven to four o'clock. They must be little working models of the foxhound, and they should be very powerful in their hind- quarters. Indeed, the thighs and mus- cles in the best hounds appear out of proportion. The beagle's foot is not required to be so round and cat-like as that of the foxhound and harrier, on account of his reduced weight and the lower speed at which he works. His cry is the most musical of all the hounds. The points of the beagle are similar to those given for the foxhound, and I refer to the article on that animal for their numerical value. Sect. 10.— The Otterhound. This breed is still more like the old i Southern hound than the beagle, being ; of the same size as the former, and only differing from him in having a long and rough coat. _ The Head is heavier in mould and m Its flews than that of the foxhound eyes deeply set like those of the blood- hound, and with the same deep ex- pression, often amounting to engaging • lorehead long and narrow, but less so than that of the bloodhound; nose large and black, with a decidedly wiry- haired muzzle ; lips ample and pendant. i^iARs large, thin, and coated with strong wiry hair, but not feathered at the edges like those of the spaniel or set- ter ; forehead wrinkled deeply. Neck long and muscular, with a loose skin and some throatiness. Value: head, 15: ears, 10 ; neck, 5. Chest deep but not wide ; elbow let down very low ; back ribs very deep • loins strong and straight, but looser than those of the foxhound ; shoulders powerful and si oping. Value: shoulders 15 ; back and loin, 10; back ribs, 10. Arms very large and powerful ; inkles short, and the feet round, but riore open than those of the foxhound • thighs large and strong, with powerful hocks. Value : hind quarters, 10 : le^s and feet, 10. ^ The Stern should be coated mode- rately, but not increasing, to the tip, which should be well pointed, whilst the root should be large ; carriage like that of all hounds. Coat hard, wiry and abundant. The Colours may be black, white, and paZe tan ; mixed, or black pied, with the colours strongly linked with white. Value : stern, 5 • colour and symmetry, 10. * The origin of this hound is uncertain, but he IS most probably descended from the old Southern hound or talbot. Section 11.— The French Basset. Although this breed has only lately been introduced into this country by Mr. Everett Millais and others, it is now familiar to all the frequenters of our shows, having a class to itself in all the large ones. Undoubtedly it is a hound, and corresponds with our beagle, but is shorter in the leg, longer m the body, and of greater muscular strength. In France its history is a very old one, but it is said to have been originally of Flemish extraction, gradually creeping into the Vosges, Normandy, Gascony, and other parts of France. This little hound has admittedly a very good nose, and a full hound-like voice, but the style of hunting is too bloodhound-like to suit most of our British sportsmen, the tendency, as in the otter hound and pure bloodhound, being to dwell on the scent rather than to drive forwards. The basset hound is, however, well suited for hunting hares, or a drag on foot, keeping fairly trained men on the trot, and with hares or rabbits— avoiding a change better than our beagles or fox-terriers. In France this little hound is chiefly used for drivina deer and other game to the gun. Like the dachshund the crookedness of the fore legs varies greatly in the different strains, and is very pronounced in that of Count le Conteulx de Canteloup who IS undoubtedly the highest au- thority in this department. The Head of the basset hound is most perfect when it most resembles a bloodhound's. It is long and narrow, with heavy flews, occiput prominent, la dosse de la chasse, and forehead wrinkled to the eyes, which should be 868 VARIETIES OF THE DOG, kind, and show tlie haw. The general appearance of the head must present high breeding and reposeful dignity ; the teeth are small, and the upper jaw sometimes protrudes. This is not a fault, and is called the hec de lievre. Value: 15. Ears very long, and when drawn forward folding well over the nose — so long that in hunting dogs will often actually tread on them ; they are set on low, and hang loose in folds like drapery, the ends curling inward ; in texture thin and velvety. Value : 15. Neck powerful, with heavy dewlaps. Elbows must not turn out. The chest is deep, full, and framed like a "man- of-war." Body long and low. Value : 10. Fore legs short (about 4 in.) and close-fitting to the chest till the crooked knee, from where the wrinkled ankle ends in a massive paw, each toe standing out distinctly. Value : 15. Stifles bent,BACK 1 o w, and Qu arters full of muscle, which stands out so that, when one looks at the dog from behind, it gives him a round, barrel-like effect. This, with the peculiar wad- dling gait, goes a long way towards basset character — a quality easily re- cognised by the judge, and as desirable as terrier- character in a terrier. Value : 10. Stern coarse underneath, and carried hound-fashion. Value : 5. Coat short, smooth, and fine, and has a gloss on it like that of a race-horse. To get this appearance they should be hound-gloved, never brushed. Skin loose and elastic. Value : 10. Colour black, white, and tan. The head, shoulders, and quarter a rich tan, and black patches on the back. They are also sometimes hare-pied. Value: 15. Basset Character and Symmetry are points insisted on by judges, the latter not being nearly so marked as in the dachshund, or indeed in our beagle. The value put on the two is 5. Section 12.— The DACiisriUND. In this country the German dachshund is generally considered abound, the ter- mination A?mi/, which simply means dog, contributing to that conclusion ; the proper translation is "badger-dog," its use being chiefly confined to the hunt- ing above ground and below the badgers infesting the vineyards of its native country. It may therefore be classed with ous fox-terriers, which are em- ployed here to pursue the badger and the fox in their earths. Undoubtedly this dog is very keen in hunting badgers, foxes, rabbits, &c., but whether as game as our own fox-terriers, is a contested point. Ten or twelve varieties exist, chiefly marked by the comparative straightness or crook of the fore legs, but all have very powerful fore arms and shoulders, enabling them to dig into a narrow earth with great power. The dachshund has been tried in this country as a hound to hunt rabbits and hares, but the verdict is against him as compared with the beagle or the French basset, and his tongue has the terrier squeak instead of the bell-like note of the pure hound. For this reason he is chiefly kept in Great Britain as a ladies' pet dog. The Skull is long and slightly arched; the occiput being wide, and its protuber- ance well developed ; eyebrows raised, but without any marked " stop." Value: 10. The Jaw is long, and tapering gradu- ally from the eyes ; but, nevertheless, it should not be " pig-jawed " — the end, though narrow, being cut off nearly square, with the teeth level and very strong. Value : 10. The Ears, Eyes, and Ltps.— The ears are long enough to reach the tip of the nose when brought over the jaw with- out force. They are broad, rounded at the ends, and soft in "leather "and coat, hanging in graceful folds ; but, when excited, brought forward so as to lie close to the cheeks. Eyes rather small, piercing, and deeply set. In the black-and-tan variety they should be dark-brown, or almost black ; but in the red or chocolate, deep hazel. Dr. Fitzinger has often observed the two eyes vo.ry in colour, and even in size. The lips are short, but with some little flew towards the angles ; not at all approaching, however, to that of the bloodhound. The skin is quite tight over the cheeks, and indeed over the whole head, showing no bloodhound wrinkle. Value: 10. Length of Body. — In taking this into consideration the neck is included : this part, however, is somewhat short, thick, and rather throaty. The chest is long, round, and roomy, but not so as OF li-lE mwmni of i THE KOUOH VOX TERRIER. FOX TERRIERS. 869 to be unwieldy. It gradually narrows towards the back ribs, which, are rather short. The brisket should be only 2$ in. to 3 in. from the ground, and the breast bone should project considerably. The loin is elegantly arched, and the flanks drawn up so as to make the waist look slim, the dog measuring higher behind than before. The quarters are strong in muscle as well as the shoulders, the latter being especially powerful. Value : 15. Legs. — The fore legs should be very short, strong in bone, and well clothed •with mascle. The elbows should not turn out or in, the latter being a great de- fect. The knees should be close together, never being more than 2^ in. apart, causing a considerable bend from the elbows inwards, so as to make the leg crooked, and then again turning out- wards to the foot, in order that the brisket should approach the ground as above described, the fore legs must be very short. On the hind leg there is often a dew claw, but this is not essential either way. Value : 15. The Feet should be of full size, but very strong and cat-like, with hard, horny soles to the pads. The fore feet are generally turned ^out, thus increas- ing the appearance of crookedness in the legs. This formation gives assist- ance to the out-throw of the earth in digging. Value : 7f . The Stern is somewhat short and thick at the root, tapering gradually to the point, with a slight curve upwards, and clothed with hair of moderate length on its under-surface. When excited, as in hunting, it is carried in a hound-like attitude over the back. Its shape and carriage indicate high breed- ing, and are valued accordingly. Value- 10. The Coat is short and smooth, but coarse in texture, and by no means silky, except on the ears, where it should be very soft and shiny. Value : 5. The Colour.— The best colours are red, and black-and-tan, which last should be deep and rich, and this variety should always have a black nose. The red strain may have a flesh- coloured nose, and some good judges in England maintain that this is indis- pensable, but in Germany it is not con- sidered of any importance. In the black-and-tans, the tan should extend to the lips, cheeks, a spot over each eye, the belly and flank, under-side of tail, I and a spot on each side of the breast bone ; also to the lower part of both fore and hind legs and feet. Thumb marks and pencilling of the toes are not approved of in this country ; but they are often met with in Germany. Whole chocolate dogs are often well bred, but they are not liked in Eng- land, even with tan markings, which are, however, an improvement. Whole blacks and whites are unknown out of Germany, where they are rare. In England white on toes or breast is objected to, but not in Germany. Value: 7^. Size, Symmetry, and Quality. — In size the dachshund should be in an average specimen from 39 in. to 42 in. long, from tip to tip, and in height 10 in. to 11 in. at the shoulder ; the weight should be from 11 lb. to 181b., the bitches being considerably smaller than the dogs In symmetry the dachs- hund is above the average. Value : 10. Sect. 13.— The Fox Terrier, Smooth AND Rough. In the early part of the present century, when hunting the fox was considered of more interest than gal- loping after him, one or two terriers were added to the pack, and were not merely kept in readiness to bolt him Irom his earth when driven to ground by the hounds, but regularly drew each covert with them, and throughout the run followed the line as well as they could, beiiig generally in at the death before the breaking-up was over. When, however, the fields of horsemen in- creased in numbers from two or three score to two or three hundred — when their riding became either a steeple- chase between those who went straight, or a flat race among the " macada- raisers ; " and when hounds were bred fast enough to get away from all — the little terrier stood a poor chance of escaping with life and limb, and his services were confined to underground work, for which he is now kept handy to the part of the country which is to be hunted, his absence being supplied by the nearest rat or rabbit terrier that can be obtained. In cub-hunting he is specially serviceable, and, indeed, it is for this purpose that he is chiefly kept by the huntsmen of our various packs ; for it is but seldom that a 870 VARIETIES regularly entered fox-terrier attached to the pack is at hand when a fox is run to ground during the season. There has been a good deal of con- troversy among those interested in this breed on the subject of the bull-cross, but the preponderance of evidence is certainly against it. The chief argu- ment is that this cross makes the dog lie too close to his game, and punish him too much if he can reach him, often absolutely preventing his bolting by hanging on to him. In any case it is admitted that the strain should not be made visible in the mouth, and that the teeth should be therefore quite level. What is really wanted is a dog small enough to enter any drain or earth which will admit a fox, and consequently not above 16 lb. weight ; while, to give him strength enough for the task which he has to perform, he should be at least 14 lb. The Head should be flat and narrow forward, gradually widening towards the ears, which must be small, and fold over so as to keep out the dirt from their interior in digging, being also set on forward and carried close to the cheeks. Jaw strong and well clothed with muscle ; mouth level and well furnished with teeth ; eyes small, keen, and full of expression ; nose pointed, long, and tipped with black. Head and ears, 10 ; nose, 10 ; jaw, 5 ; eye, 5 — total, 30. Back rather long but strong ; chest full and round, not deep ; neck light and airy, coming nicely out of oblique but powerful shoulders ; quarters and thighs muscular. Chest and back, 10 ; shoulders, 10 ; neck, 5 ; and quarters, 10— total, 35. The Legs and Feet must be strong and straight, in fact as nearly as pos- sible resembling those of the foxhound himself. Legs, 10 ; feet, 10— total, 20. The Symmetry also must be appre- ciated on the same principle as that of the foxhound, but it is important as showing breeding and general fitness for work. Value, 10 points. Colour, for which 5 points are allowed, is only to be regarded as leading to the dog becoming easily seen either under ground or above ; hence there must be a jireponderance of white. With this external configuration the fox-terrier must be hardy in consti- tution 80 as to withstand cold, wet, OF THE DOG. and fatigue, and he must have that degree of courage which will induce him to face any amount of punishment. Possessed of all these qualifications this dog becomes an excellent companion independently of his use to the M.F.H., and the breed has been in high favour for this purpose since the introduction of dog shows ; from 30Z. to 60Z. having sometimes been given for a prize- winner. The Rough Fox Terrier. Up to the year 1872 the Rough variety of the Fox Terrier was not allowed a separate class in our shows, and stood no chance of a prize against his smooth rival. At the Glasgow show of that year a rough class was intro- duced, and since that time has entered into most of the programmes. The Points of the breed are nearly the same as those of the smooth variety, the coat being, however, now made of equal importance with colour. It should be rough and hard, but not too rough, and there should be a thick undercoat. Sect. 14.— The Truffle Dog. This dog is little known out of the districts which furnish the truffle, in our knowledge of which we are far behind the Germans, French, and Ita- lians, Our continental neighbours are far more skilled both in the preservation and production of that esculent. They can dry it, or preserve it in oil, vinegar, or brine ; and in neither case does the conserve lose much of its aroma, fla- vour, or nutritious quality. The market returns of Rome show that as much as 4,000Z. a year are expended on these productions. The trufile — an edible underground fungus — is classed by Berkeley with the morel as one of the Ascimycetes, because in these, "spores " or organs of reproduction are arranged in asci (tu bular sacs, or vesicles). It is found in many districts of France, Spain, and Italy. In this country it exists in almost every chalky down, especially where plantations of beech flourish and in many gentlemen's parks, and on lawns. Hampshire, AVilts, Dorset, and Kent, all these counties produce truf- fles of rich quality and in great abun- dance. Beneath the beech, the cedar, the lime, the oak, the hazel, the Scotch THE TRUFFLE DOG. 871 fir, it is frequently to be found in clus- ters, one, two, or three feet apart. It is known to be in Tedworth (the seat of the late Mr. T. Assheton Smith) ; at Charbro' Park, Dorset (the seat of Mr. Drax) ; at Olantigh Towers, in Kent, and at Holnest House, in Dorset (both seats belonging to the same gen- tleman) ; whilst Kingston Lacey, in Dorset (the property of the Bankes family) produces both morels and truf- fles. Truffles are also found at East- well Park, Kent ; at Sir J. Sebright's, in Beechwood Park ; at Lord Barring- ton's; at Lord Jersey's; at Longleat, Wilts ; at the Countess of Bridge- water's ; and, we believe, at the Earl of Abingdon's seat, near Oxford. In Italy, this fungus is hunted with a pig (a fact confirmed by Youatt) ; in France, as with us, the truffle-hunter depends upon his dog. The breed is rare, and the men dislike to sell them. It is said that, about two himdred years ago, an old Spaniard brought two dogs into Wiltshire, and made a great deal of irioney by the sale of truffles which his (logs found for him ; that at his death he left his money and his dogs to a farmer from whom he had received some kindness, and that the hunters derive their dogs from those he left that farmer. The truffle-dog is a small poodle (nearly a pure poodle), and weighing about 151b. It is white, or black and white, or black, with the black mouth and under-lip of its race. It is mute in its quest, and should be thoroughly broken from all game. These are essen- tial qualities in a dog whose owner fre- quently hunts truffles at night — in the shrubberies of mansions protected by keepers and watchmen, who regard him with suspicion. These dogs are rather longer on the legs than the true poodle, have exquisite noses, and hunt close to the ground. On the scent of a truffle (especially in the morning or evening, when it gives out most smell), they show all the keenness of the spaniel, w^orking their short-cropped tails,and feathering along the surface of the ground, for from twenty to fifty yards. Arrived at the spot where the fungus lies buried some two or three inches beneath the surface, they dig like a terrier at a rat's hole, and the best of them, if left alone, will disinter the fungus and carry it to the master. It is not usual, how- ever, to allow the dog to exhaust him- self in this way, and the owner forks up the truffle and gives the dog his usual reward, a piece of bread or cheese. The truffle-hunter is set up in busi- ness when he possesses a good dog ; all he requires besides will be a short staff, about 2ft. Gin. long, shod with a strong iron point, and at the other end furnished with a two-fanged iron fork. With this implement he can dig the largest truffle, or draw aside the briars or boughs in copse-wood to give his dog free scope to use his nose. The truffle-dog is a delicate animal to rear, and a choice feeder. Being con- tinually propagated from one stock, he has become peculiarly susceptible of all dog diseases, and when that fatal year comes round which desolates the kennel in his quarter, many truffle-hun- ters are left destitute of dogs, and con- sequently short of bread ; for they will not believe (as I believe) that any dog with a keen nose and lively tem- per may be taught to hunt and find truffles. The education of the dog commences when he is about three months old. At first he is taught to fetch a truffle,, and when he does this well and cheer- fully, his master places it on the ground^ and slightly covers it with earth, select- ing one of peculiar fragrance for the purpose. As the dog becomes more expert and keen for the amusement, he buries the truffle deeper, and rewards him in proportion to his progress. He then takes him where he knows truffles to be abundant, or where they have been previously found by a well-broken animal and marked. Thus he gradually learns his trade, and becomes (as his forefathers have been for many genera- tions) the bread-winner for his master and all his master's family ; unless he^ is so fortunate as to become attache to- some lordly mansion, or possibly to a royal palace, in which case he is a for- tunate dog indeed. With regard to points, as he is never shown, none can be laid down. Division D. dogs which retrieve game that has been wounded by man. The dogs of this division are very useful, and in the present day, when 872 VARIETIES OF THE DOG, driving and walking up game are prac- tised extensively without pointers or setters, the retriever is an indispensable accompaniment to every shooter who indulges in this kind of sport. There is no distinct breed recognised, though the cross of the spaniel or setter with the small Newfoundland has become now quite as much so as the modern Leicester or Southdown sheep. Indeed the recurrence to this cross is seldom employed in breeding retrievers, males and females of that strain being chosen on each side. 1 have a great fancy that the modern rough St Bernard, of which the Rev. J. C. Macdona possessed some magnificent specimens, would, if crossed with good setter blood, produce an excellent result. I intended to try the experiment, that gentleman having kindly given me a daughter of his celebrated Tell and Hedwig for the purpose, but unfortunately the puppy died of abscess in the head. Intelli- gence and docility are the qualities which must be looked for, and these are possessed by the St Bernard in the highest degree, while the setter must furnish nose and the desire to hunt game. Sect. 15.— The Retriever. The modern retriever, as already stated, is now almost always a cross — that of the setter and Newfoundland showing the smooth or wavy coat and that of the water spaniel (generally Irish) with the Newfoundland haying the coat curly. Very often the two kinds are intermixed, the result of which is a coat showing more or less of each tex- ture. There has been a good deal of discussion on the relative value of these strains, and the question is by no means settled. My own impression is in favour of the smooth, wavy coat, indicative of the setter origin rather than the spaniel, as I believe this cross is more docile and better fitted to be broken to the extent of implicit obe- dience which is required. It is a great lun'sance to liave to work a retriever in a slip, but there are very few curly- coated dogs with which it can be dis- pensed with, whereas it is comparatively eany to do so with the smooth kind. TiiR Head of the Ketrikvkr should be long, wide, and flat, with a mode- rately large eye full of intelligence and docility ; mouth capacious ; ears small, lying close to the face and set low, with short hair only on them ; nose large ; neck long ; and face covered with short hair only. Head, 10 ; nose, 10 ; ears, 2 ; neck, 8 — total, 30. The Loins and Back must be strong and firmly coupled, without which this big heavy dog soon tires, and as he sometimes has to carry a hare for half a mile, and to jump gates and brooks with her in his mouth, this point is of great importance. Quarters must be thick and clothed strongly with muscle. Shoul- ders strong and oblique; chest broad and also deep. Loins and back, 10; hind- quarters, 10 ; shoulders, 6 ; chest, 4. Legs long, straight, muscular ; feet round and compact; toes well arched and not spreading ; hocks powerful ; stifles strong and wide. Value : feet, 6 ; legs, 6 ; hocks, 6 ; stifles, 2— total, 20. Coat either flat and wavy, or short, curly, and crisp ; in dog shows there is generally now a prize for each kind. Colour either jet black without white ; or liver, also without white ; or black and tan ; or black with brindled legs ; or, lastly, whole brindled. Stern well feathered, rather short, but tapering to a point, and carried gaily but not over the back. Colour and coat, 15 ; stern, 5. The Height should be at least 24: inches, weight from 701b. to 801b. Tf' /[rish Water Spaniel, and the En/^ A\ dog of the same breed, are of 1 used as retrievers proper, but I 1 >re classed them with the other spaniels, since they are generally used for seeking live as well as dead game. Crosses of the terrier and spaniel, and true terriers, are also sonietimes employed as retrievers ; and, indeed, foxhounds, bloodhounds, and pure set- ters are occasionally broken to this trade. Sect. IG.— The Deerhound. The deerhound is a distinct breed, having been for many years employed to hunt down wounded deer, and, if necessary, bring them to bay till the deerstalker conies up to give the coup de grdce with bullet or knife. In the present day, as I have before observed (page 139), he closely restmb'es in appearance the rough Scotch grey- hound, but having each been kept to its separate work they show their specific LIBRARY OF THE n-IIVERSlTY OF ILU^JOIS Of THE mwmiTi OF iiums OLD KNGLISH MASTIFF. THE MASTIFF, 873 natures distinctly when taken to their respective game. The Points of this dog are the same as those of the rough greyhound, ex- cept that he is at least 28 inches high, with a girth of 32 inches. In colour he must be fawn, yellow, brindled, or grey, with a rough coat, especially about the face. The value of his points may be placed as follows :— Head, 25 ; neck, 10 ; shoulders, 15 ; legs, 15 ; feet, 10 ; loin, 15 ; temperament, 5 ; coat, 5 — total, 100. Division E. useful companions of man. Under this division are included those dogs which serve some purpose in their companionship, either as guards of man or his herds or flocks ; thus, the New- foundland, the mastiff, the St. Bernard, the bulldog, the bull-terrier and other large terriers, the colley and the drover's dog, all come under the designation, leaving the toy-dogs to the subsequent division. Sect. 17. — The Mastiff. The old English mastiff, as being a native of this country, should stand at the head of this division, though by no means so generally met with as the Newfoundland. Like the bull- dog, he is peculiar to this country, though a near approach to him, the Cuban mastiff, is met with in the West Indies and America. "Whether any of the modern strains can be shown to be really indigenous in their origin it would be difficult to say, as their pedigrees cannot be traced for many generations. Mr. Edgar Hanbury, of P^astrop Grange, Wilts, and Mr. Lukey, of Lock's Bottom, Bromley, Kent, have bred the best specimens of the English mastiff of late years, and neither of these gentlemen can trace back their blood far enough to enable us to decide whether they are purely English or not. Mr. Hanbury commenced with a bitch without pedigree, but a beautiful animal. This bitch was put to a dog from Wales, also without pedigree, so that his kennel dates from his own knowledge. Mr. Lukey began with a brindled bitch bred by the Duke of Devonshire, which he crossed with Lord Waldegrave's celebrated dog "Turk," a black-muzzled fawn of great courage and symmetry. The produce consisted of two brindled bitches, which he put to the Marquis . of Hertford's Pluto, since which, for a long time, he bred in-and-in from their descendants. About a dozen years ago, however, he obtained pos- session of his magnificent stud-dog Governor, by Lieut. Garnier's Lion out of Countess, a daughter of Mr. Bruce' s Duchess, and this dog has proved a most valuable sire, having been extensively used by Mr. Hanbury and other breeders. Mr. Hanbury's Prince, descended from Governor and Duchess, is a magnificent specimen, and quite as good as, or better than his celebrated sire. The remarkable power and courage of the mastiff render him peculiarly fit to be the dog of the keeper, when associated with the fine temper which ought never to be dispensed with, since a savage mastiff is a dangerous brute, and should never be unloosed from his kennel. A well-broken one of good temper may be taken anywhere, and is far more trustworthy than the New- foundland, and quite equal to the St. Bernard. The sense of smell is acute, and the mastiff has been known to draw up to a covey of partridges like a pointer. The Head should be massive, with a broad and flat forehead ; ears small and wholly pendent, lying close to the cheek, though set on farther back than in the hound, pointer, and setter ; eyes small, but mild and intelligent in ex- pression ; face short, with a square muzzle, not tapering towards the point of the nose ; teeth level, but sometimes there is a slight projection of the lower ; flews deep ; neck muscular, with the head well set into it, showing a slight prominence at the upper point of junction. Body very large, with deep and wide chest, well ribbed up, and a powerful loin ; legs straight, with great bone (this point is not generally well dis- played, OAving to confinement, as is also the case with all large breeds) ; feet round and close. Coat short, and tail fine, but M'ith a very slight indication of roughness — it should be carried high when the dog is excited ; colour most to be desired is fallow (fawn), with black muzzle, and die richer the black the better ; next to 874 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. this comes brindle, then red with black muzzle, or black ; sometimes there is a considerable admixture of white, but this is not desirable. Height from 29 to 31 inches in the dog, and even more if a fine symmetry can be obtained, as in the dog repre- sented in the woodcut, but his good shape is seldom met with in so large an animal ; bitches are two or three inches lower. A dog standing 29 inches high ought to weigh, in good condition (not fat), from TiOlb. to 1301b. The relative value of the above points is : head, 30 ; flews and ears 10; neck and shoulders, 10; back and loin, 8 ; chest, 7 ; feet and legs, 10 ; stern, 5 ; colour and coat, 10 ; sym- metry, 10— total, 100. The following are the dimensions of Mr. Lukey's Governor, whose portrait illustrates this article : — Height at shoulder, 33 inches ; length, nose to tip of tail, 86 ; girth, 40 ; girth round loin, 31 ; round fore leg, lOf ; round thigh, 22 ; round head before ears, 28 ; skull, 9J ; muzzle, 5| — conjoined, 15 ; ears, 7^. Weight, 1801b. Sect. 18. — The Newfoundland. There are two distinct breeds of Newfoundland dogs, the large and the small, the latter being also called the St. John or lesser Labrador. The for- mer — sub-divided into the Newfound- land proper and the larger Labrador — is the most common in this country, and is a dog of massive form, possess- ing great character and intelligence. My own opinion, however, is that these breeds are so intermixed that they can- not be called distinct, and that though without doubt these several varieties are met with, they occur indiscrimi- nately, and often two are met with in the same litter. "Index," who has studied the subject a good deal, lays it down in The Field that the three breeds may be known by the coat, as follows : — "The dog with long shaggy hair is the Newfoundland pure and simple, and recognised as such in both coun- tries ; the dog with the completely curly coat is the Labrador ; and the (log with the close smooth coat is the lessor or smaller Labrador." In his native country the Newfound- land dog is used as a beast of draught, being harnessed to sledges, which his great form, large feet, and endurance enable him to draw over the snow, while his thick coat and hardy constitution render him little amenable to the effects of cold and wet. As a water dog he has no equal, and he floats or swims for hours without suffering from the immersion. His patronage of children, especially when in danger of drowning, is one of the most remarkable features in the canine race, and the way in which he suffers himself to be pulled about by them makes him, when not excep- tionally ill-tempered, the pet of many a family. Still it will not always do to trust him, and I have known many ex- amples which were absolutely danger- ous even to their masters when excited; by deprivation of food or anger against some offender of their own species. The Head in all three varieties is re- markably grand and full of character, with an expression of mildness and! benevolence which is shared with this breed by the St. Bernard. Across the eyes the breadth is great, with a flatness behind them before which the skin is wrinkled, but without any perceptible forehead. Eyes small, bright, and in-' telligent, deeply set, but not showing the haws, which gives the appearance of being bloodshot, so remarkable in the bloodhound. Ears small and set low, hanging close to the face, and with' little hair on them. Nose large, muzzle long and smooth ; mouth capacious with level teeth. Neck shorter than in most breeds. Points : head, 30 ; neck, 10 ; temper, 20. Back often weak and slack in the loin, but this is a fault which, though common, is not universal. There is also very often a want of depth in the back ribs which ought not to be passed over. Back and loin, 10. | Feet and Legs large and muscular ; | the former being too flat for much work over hard ground, and are more adapted for the snow of his native land, or for swimming. Feet and legs, 10. Colour black, or black and white, the former greatly for choice, with as little white as possible. Sometimes the black has brindled legs, or of a rufous dun colour, and occasionally fully bred dogs are met with brindled, or rufous dim mixed with white. In Tkxtuuk of Coat there are several varieties. The smooth dog is MOUNT ST. BERNARD. LIBRARY OF THE Di^lVERSlTY OF ILLff^OlS THE ST, BERNARD DOG, 875 almost as free from any approach to feather as a mastiff. If this dog has any tendency to feather, it will declare itself in profile just below the set-on of the head. His coat, if well examined, will be found more dense than a mastiffs, and of greater volume. The shaggy-coated Newfoundland has a smooth face, but within two inches of the skull the coat suddenly elongates, and except that he is very clean to the angle of his neck, he is thoroughly feathered in his outline. His coat generally parts down the back, and this parting is continued to the end of his tail. His hind-legs are close- coated from the hock, and his feet all round are nearly as free of feather as a cat's. Colour and coat, 10 points. The Stern is long and bushy, usually slightly turned on one side, and carried in a trailing fashion. The gait is rather loose and waddling, but this is a defect owing to the slackness of loin. Car- riage, 5 ; stern, 5. In Height this dog is sometimes 33 or 34 inches, averaging 29 or 30. Sect. 19.— The St. Bernard Dog— EouGH AND Smooth. This breed has been so M'ell de- scribed by an experienced hand in The field, that I extract his account ver- batim : — "About the year 962, Bernard de Menthon built two 'hospitia,' one on Mont Joux, where a temple of Jupiter stood — constructing his hospice from the ruins of the temple : the other on the road that leads over the Grison Alps at Colonne Joux, so named from a column dedicated to the same heathen deity. The benevolent builder presided over both hospitia for forty years, and left to his monks the duty of affording refuge to travellers, and searching for those who were lost in the snow. St. Bernard's portrait with that of his dog on the same panel is still in existence, and the dog appears to be a blood- hound. The Hospice of St. Bernard Pass stands 7,668 feet above the sea- level, and is undoubtedly the highest inhabited spot in Europe. Nine months in the year the snow is thick on the ground, and in the very worst part of winter from 1,500 to 2,000 of the poor inhabitants of the low countries pass over the mountains. During this in- clement season all travellers from Martigny are desired to pass the night at the first house of refuge. Every morning a servant, accompanied by a St. Bernard dog, descends from the hospice to take all the travellers under his direction. The dog leads the way, for he can not only discover the buried traveller by his marvellous powers of scent, but he can also to a certainty keep the track, in spite of snow-storms and bewildering drifts. The dogs have been used by the monks in these ways, and in no other, for years ; and they have acquired a well-deserved high reputa- tion for perseverance, sagacity, and power of scent. " The old breed died out many years ago, and we doubt whether the monks have possessed the present race of dogs more than forty or fifty years. About forty years ago, or a little more, all their dogs and several servants were swept away by an avalanche ; but two the monks had given away were returned to them, and the breed was thus preserved. One of the St. Bernard dogs, Barry, a brindled and white one, saved the lives of forty-two persons, and was vigorous and active at the age of fifteen j^ears, although they generally succumb to rheumatism in their tenth year. He is preserved in the Berne Museum, wearing an iron collar with large spikes, which had often protected him from the wolves. We are told he had discovered a man lost in a snow-drift, and, being mistaken for a wolf, the poor fellow received a blow on the head, and ' il etait ohlige de mourir.' " At the time we were the guests of the monks they possessed but three dogs, Barry, Pluto, and Pallas. The finest specimen had goitre or bron- chocele, and wore a muzzle, as he was of an uncertain disposition ; and a very fine bitch was expected soon to add to the strength of the company. Two dogs were placed out at some neighbouring hospice. We purchased a young dog at the Hotel des Alpes (on our way home) from the proprietor ; the mother had been procured from the hospice ; the father was the fine specimen we had seen there. Sub- sequently we found him very intelli- gent and good tempered ; he was very pleased to carry and fetch, and he appeared to have an excellent nose : 876 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. but, alas ! when nearly 12 months old, like Barry, HI etait oblige de mourir.'' All of these dogs were orange tawny: they had white legs, flecked slightly with orange, white belly, white collar round the neck ; the head remarkably fine, majestic, and full of character ; the ears small and set low ; the eyes deeply set, a crease between them giving a mastiff character to the whole animal ; from the eyes half-way down the face black, then suddenly white to the nose (which is black) ; the lips, which are pendulous, spotted with orange and black ; the white above the nose is continued in a blaze or streak up the forehead, and extends in a narrow line down the poll, meeting the white collar round the neck. The monks begged us to observe this pecu- liar mark, and compared it to the badge of their order — a white band or tape, single behind, slit to pass over the neck, and the two ends tucked into the black dress in front at the waist. Some very fine specimens, however, are brindled instead of orange tawny, and many have no white in the face at all, nor down the poll. The coat, which appears to the casual observer hard and smooth, when closely examined proves to be very thick and fleecy, and it is well suited to repel cold by retaining the animal heat. The tail is bushy, but carried generally down between the hocks ; and the gait or carriage of the dog much resembles the march of the lion. "The character of the dog is majes- tic and important. He has that true nobility possessed by the highest type of Newfoundland. The same thoughtful, observant eye, the wide brow, the mus- cular neck, the enormous loin, and sinewy arms and thighs, and the large round arched feet and toes {^pattes enoo^mes,' the monks called them), and that general intimation of power, and sense, and benevolence which no other domesticated animal possesses in the same compass. "Tell, the noble specimen we have engraved, has the true form of the St. Bernard dog, and we believe him to be the best dog of his class in England. His owner, Mr. Macdona, proceeded to Switzerland, in the winter of the year 1864 to obtain at any cost the l)est specimen to be liad for money, and after r(!_jecting many fine examples, at length bought the only one that came up to his ideal. The dog was bre^ in Berne ; his sire Hero, and his dam Diane, came from the Oberland, where the monks obtained a fresh supply oi dogs when their old breed died out Hero is a descendant of the famou? Barry. The following are the mea surements and weight of Tell : — ft. in; Height at shoulder 0 30] Length from nose to tip of tcail .... 7 0 Girth of chest 0 36 i arm 0 13 head 0 221 Length of head 0 13 Weight, 1471b. " He is a red or tawny brindle, the muzzle black, as far as the lower line of the eyes. Chest white. The twc fore-paws white, the ankles white, bellj white. Tail heavily feathered, and some- times carried gaily. Hind - quarter? beautifully furnished with coat. Heac massive, eyes quick and intelligent, ears small and well set. He has th peculiar slinging gait of his tribe. He has the retriever instinct, and is verj fond of carrying or retrieving froir water. He is of the rough or shaggy- coated breed. " There is, we are credibly informed a smooth variety now existing. Cap tain Tyler's Thlin answers this descrip tion. He is very large, and of the orange tawny colour, with little white and is by Leo — Leo by Turk,, who came from the monastery. " The description of the St. Bernarc dog here given is a repetition of the information afi'orded us personally b} the monks, and we have formed ar opinion of the class from the speciment the hospice contained." I should give the points of the St| Bernard as follows :— Head, 20; line] down the poll, 10; frame 10; feetf and legs, 10 ; symmetry, 10 ; size, 20 dewclaws, 10 ; coat, 10. It is a disputed point whether th* smooth-coated variety or the rough coated is the real breed. Mr. Macdoniii had both in his kennels Except inj coat, there is no difi'erence between them. The double dewclaw is con- sidered to be a mark of the true breed The Smooth St. Bernard. The smooth St. Bernard is a distinct variety, and approaches the niastiff af^ the rough does the Newfoundland. On this account the head is slightly broaderj and the muzzle more square. Almost every degree of length between the ver}i| LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ILUr^OlS THE BULLDOG. 877 rough and the absolutely smooth coat is met with, and sometimes in the same litter, but still in the two extremes the ditlerence is quite clear. In colour there is a general tendency to red and white, or brindle and white, the tawny brindle being rarely met with. The points are the same as in the rough variety. Sect. 20.— The Great Dane or German Boarhound. The adage that every dog has his day is still further exemplified by this breed. Toy spaniels, pugs, fox terriers, collies, and poodles, have in turn been the favourites of the world of fashion during the last thirty years, and now the Great Dane has his day. A show of sixty of these dogs has come off in this year (1885) at Bam Elms, near Putney, whereas ten years ago a single specimen was generally the only exhibit at Birmingham or the Crystal Palace. The Great Dane is a strong powerful dog, apparently resulting from a cross between the mastiff and the greyhound, and showing a head resembling in char- acter the cross of the bull dog and terrier, the latter often, as is well known, also having a strain of the grey- hound. Sometimes standing thirty-four inches high, his body is not so massive as that of the mastifP or St. Bernard, his length of leg enabling him in former days to overtake the boar, for the chase of which, however, he is no longer used, and hence he is not pro- portionately so heavy. His good tem- per and sagacity, coupled with a hardy constitution, have of late years brought him into notice in these islands. The points of this breed have not been settled, so that I cannot give them, but the above description, in addition to the accompanying engraving, will suffice for general purposes. The Head, as above remarked, has the_ peculiar character of the bull- terrier, in which the cropped ears greatly assist. Lippiness, as in the bull-terrier, is a very bad point. The Coat is short and glossy, but not silky. The Colour is most frequently blue, )ut black, red, fawn and brindled, ^nth or without white, are recognised )y the Great Dane fanciers. There | 3 also a mottled colour, known as I i harlequin," which is highly prized. | It is composed of black spots on a blue ground. ^The Weight sometimes reaches 170 lbs., but is not so great in propor- tion to height as in the mastiff or St. Bernard. For instance, Governor, standing 33 inches high, weighed 180 lbs. at two years, and subsequently reached 10 or 15 lbs. more. At the Barn Elms show the tallest dog, Cid Camperdon, measured 33| inches, but he only weighed 175 lbs., and yet was full of flesh. ^ Sect. 21.— The Bulldog. This dog is indisputably of British origin, and has never been permanently introduced into any other country. His courage is so great that it has become proverbial, and, with the ex- ception of the game cock, there is no other domestic animal at all coming up to hini. Independently of this quality, there is much difference of opinion as to the mental peculiarities of this breed. By some authorities the bull- dog is stated to be quarrelsome and wantonly savage, so that he can never be made a safe companion ; while others allege that he is mild and gentle in dis- position, never showing his teeth until he is induced to do so by some special cause. As usual in such cases, the truth lies between two extremes. The bulldog is no doubt dangerous when his blood is up, and even his master runs some risk in meddling with him then, but he may generally be con- trolled with perfect facility, and he is mild, fondling, and gentle in his manner as a general rule. Still, he is not cap- able of strong attachment, and he can- not be taught more than the commonest forms of obedience. He is silent in his attacks, so that he does not make a good watch-dog. Formerly the breed was kept pure with great care for the purpose of baiting the bull, in which his tendency to pin the most vulnerable point (the nose) made him invaluable, no other dog having either the same' desire to go at the head in preference to all other parts, or the same unflinch- ing hold of the grasp when once ob- tained. Bulldogs have had their legs cut off after pinning a bull without letting go, and other equally horrible cruelties have been practised to show this peculiarity. In the present day, when bull-baiting is interdicted by act of parliament, the use of the bulldo- 878 VARIETIES OF THE DOG, is confined to the improvement in cou- rage of other breeds, by crossing with them, and in this way the greyhound is supposed to have been brought to per- fection by Lord Orford and Mr. Etwall in England, and by Mr. Raimes in Scot- land ; but a later experiment made by Mr. Hanly has been entirely unsuccess- ful. The cross with the terrier is an excellent one for general purposes, as I shall presently show. The points of the bulldog are as follows, though there is some difference of opinion upon certain of them. The Skull should be large and high and broad, the cheeks extending promi- nently beyond the eyes, and the fore- head should be well creased or wrinkled, and flat. The Eyes should be black and round, not very large, situated in front of the head, wide apart, and neither prominent nor deeply set, the corners at right angles with a line drawn down the centre of the face. The " Stop " (which is an indentation between the eyes) should extend up the face for a considerable length. The Face as short as possible from the front of the cheek-bone to the end of the nose — deeply wrinkled. The muz- zle should turn up. The Chop — that is, the fleshy part of the muzzle — should be broad and deep, and should perfectly cover the teeth. The Nose should be large and black. The Lower Jaw should project, and the nose should be set well back, and the lower jaw should turn upwards. The Neck moderately long, well arched, with a good dewlap. The Ears should be smaU and on the top of the head. Three descriptions of ear are peimitted, called " rose," ^ button," and " tuhp." The rose ears fold at the back, -the tip laps over outwards, exposing part of the inside ; the button ear falls in front, hiding the interior completely ; the tulip ear is quite erect, and is allowed to be an undesirable form. Skull, 25 ears, 5 ; eyes, 5; " stop," 5 ; shortness of face, 5; chop, 5 ; nose and jaws, 5 ; neck, 5. The Chest should be wide and deep, the back short, wide across the shoulders, and not so wide across the loins ; ribs round. Three should be a sUght fall behind the shoulders, and the spine should rise at the loins, falling rapidly to the stern, and well arched. The Stern should be mode- rately thick where it joins the body, and be fine to the point. It should have a decided downward carriage. I prefer a tail of a moderate length, decidedly objecting to a long tail having a curve at the end, commonly called the " ring tail." The tail should be low in its setting-on also. Chest, 5 ; body, 5 ; stern, 5. The Fore -Legs should be strong, muscular, and straight ; they should be short, the elbow well let down. The Hind-Legs should be rather longer in proportion than the fore legs, so as to raise the loins ; and, in direct opposition to the established opinion of connois- seurs, I prefer the hocks to be straight, and that the stifles should not turn out, which must be the case if the hocks approach each other. The Fore-Feet should be well arched, they should be moderately round, and the toes should be well split up. The feet should turn neither in nor out ; they should be small, and the hind-feet should be of the same character. Legs and feet, 15. The Coat should be fine and smooth. The Colour should be whole or unmixed, and may be red, red-smut, fawn, fawn- smut, fallow, fallow-smut, or blue-fawn, or white, the last being preferred. With aU these points and properties he must be Symmetrical. Coat, 5 ; colour, 5. His action is rather slovenly, his hind legs not being lifted high as he runs. He varies in weight from 151b. to 601b. Sect. 22.— The Bull Terrier. The bull terrier is, like the bulldog, almost peculiar to this country, and in- deed in the whole family of terriers he is pre-eminent. This breed is known in the hardware and pottery districts, where it is carried to high perfection as the " half-bred " j-^ar excellence; and Mr. Hinlcs, of Birmingham, may lay claim to having carried off the highest honours from his competitors with his succession of Madmen, Puss, Tartar, &c. This dog is used chiefly for fighting, which is still privately carried on by his patrons, but the breed is equally good for attacking the badger, and other hard-biting vermin, requiring high courage and more quickness and docility than are possessed by the pure bulldog. Hence he is a great favourite as the companion of young men, whether military or civilian, and as he can mako himself generally useful, he is popular also with the groom and the workman. The first cross is generally too much hke the bulldog, but the second show* Bl'LLr'lJt,KlUi,K. LIBRARY OF THE y:^lV£RSiTY OF ILLirJOIS THE SMOOTH ENGLISH TERRIER. 87U in perfection all the attributes required for the purpose I am alluding to. In weight he varies from 91b. up to 351b. or more. In general appearance he re- sembles the terrier, except that he is wider across his skull and possesses more strength and stamina. A loving and gentle temperament is of great im- portance. His Head should be long, the muzzle sharp, the jaw level — not underhung, which is a disfigurement, and also pre- vents a dog punisliing his adversary. The under jaw should display great power, and the neck should be long. Head, 25 points ; neck and ears, 10. The Chest is wide, the shoulders sloping and powerful, the loin and back strong, the hind quarters and thighs muscular. The tail should be fine and sting-like, but not bare ; carried gaily, but not "hooped." Chest, 10; shoul- ders, 10 ; loin, 10 ; tail, 5. The Feet and Legs should resemble those of the hound in shape. Value, 10. The Coat throughout is fine and short, and it should lie smoothly, as in a well-dressed racehorse. Pure white, with a black nose and eye, is the most approved colour. Next in merit I should place white with coloured ears, or a patch on the eyes. I believe aU the best judges entertain a strong preference for the white dog ; but in any case the colour should be " whole," that is, un- mixed with white, unless the dog be all white, which is in that case con- sidered a " whole " colour. If coloured it should be either red, red-smut (that is, red with black muzzle), fawn or fawn -smut, fallow or fallow -smut, brindled, white, blue-fawn (that is, fawn with blue muzzle), or pied with any of those colours. Coat and colour, 10. Symmetry, 10. Sect. 23. — Terriers. The family of pure terriers is a large one, and includes besides the "toys," the Scotch, Skye, and Dandie Dinmont in Scotland, the Bedlington, Halifax, and Airedale in the north, the various strains of smooth terriers in England, and the Irish terrier, to which may now be added the Welsh. Until of late years the Scotch broken-haired dog has been by selection converted into an animal possessing a silky and comparatively long and wavy coat, utterly unlike his ancestry, but his proper points are now restored to him. The " toys " come under the next division, and to them I shall now confine myself, leaving the toy terriers to the next division. The Smooth English Terrier (not black-and-tan). The smooth terrier is possessed of a merry and active temperament, com- bined with a good nose, and is the model of a vermin dog where there is no badger or otter to attack ; but for these he is scarcely fitted in power, and as a rule he will not face them at close quarters. Elegant and graceful in his outhne, he shares with the bull- terrier the patronage of young men, with whom his companionable quaHties make him a favourite in-doors as well as out. He may weigh from 61b. to 101b., or even 201b. ; but, provided he is large enough for his calHng, he can- not be too small. It is an advantage to keep down the size of certain dogs as much as possible, and we ought to consider that two small terriers will do more than double the work of one large dog, whilst they consume no more. The Head is narrow, long, and flat. The muzzle fine, tapering, sharp, and fox-like ; but the jaw must be muscular, and the mouth never underhmig. It is better that the upper jaw should be slightly in excess, if there is the least deviation from a level mouth. The " stop," or indent between the eyes, must be evident and "pronounced." The eyes must be sparkling, bright, but not large. The ears round, flat to the head in repose, but raised, although falling over, when the dog is roused : a tulip or prick ear is a great de- formity, and betokens mongrel family. It has been the fashion to crop tlie ears of terriers for many years, and the eye has become so accustomed to it that many good judges will scarcely look at a terrier unless he has been scientifically cropped. In large towns it is not the fashion to shorten the tail at all when the ears are cut, whilst country sportsmen leave the ears but shorten the tail. The neck should be long, tapering, and muscular, and clean where it joins the lower jaw. Head, 25 ; neck, 10. The Ribs must be round, the shoul- ders deep and well set back, and as powerful as possible, enabhng the dog to grapple with his foe or to dig him. The loihs must be strong and the back ribs deep. In conformation his body must be neither high nor wide, but well 880 VARIETIES OF THE BOG. knit together — multum in parvo. Chest, 10 ; shoulders, 10 ; loin, 10. The Fore-Legs should be straight as ar-ows ; the feet strong, the toes mode- rately arched and well split, and the form of the foot should be round and fox-like. The thighs should be large and muscular, the hocks in a straight line, and the hind-legs should be mode- rately straight also. Value of legs and feet, 10. The Tail must be very fine, with a bw carriage, but not bare ; and when a dog is excited it is carried gaily ; 5. The Best Colour is white, when used for ratting, as it is more easily distin- guishable than any other, and there is the same advantage as to colour Avhen the dog's services are required for rab- bit-hunting. Smooth terriers may be found of other colours — yellow, yellow and white, hound-pied, black, or fawn. A beautiful blue or blue-fawn variety exists, said to be crossed with the Italian greyhound. Brindle colour is a sign of bulldog cross. Coat and colour, 10 ; SYMMETRY, as in the bull terrier, 10. Whether coloured or white, his coat ahould be smooth yet hard, and he should be perfectly free from the very least roughness, or anything approach- ing coarseness of coat about his muzzle, eyebrows, thighs, or any part of his profile. The Black-and-tan Terrier. This is perhaps the oldest among our breeds of smooth terriers, of which, indeed, some persons consider black- and-tan to be the only true colour. The general remarks on the smooth terriers which we have just given will apply in the main to this variety, subject to the following additions: — The Skull should be flat and narrow oetween the ears ; the eye small and black ; the nose black ; the ears, if not left on, must be well cropped, erect, and long ; if entire, they should be small, not tuliped, and free from any tan behind. The tail must be fine, carried straight, and not curled. The Colour, which is a principal point, must be raven black, with rich mahogany tan, well pencilled on each toe ; the tan should be clear, and free from any admixture of black. Above the eyes there should be a dis- tinct spot of tan. The body should be black, with a rich tan on the fore- legs half-way up them. The breast should have two distinct marks of tan. The jaw should also be T^ell tanned up the gullet, and the. cheek divided hav- ing a small tan spot a little less than that over the eyes. The upper jaw should also be nicely tanned, and run in conformity with the tanning on the lower jaw. The hind-legs should be perfectly free from tan on the outside, but on the inside there should be some tan. The vent should have a small tan spot, and there should also be tan half-way up the tail. The Weight varies from 101b. to 251b. The points: colour, coat, and cor- rect markings, 40 ; head, 25 ; eye, 5 ; neck, 5 ; chest, 5 ; shoulders, 5 ; loins 5 ; feet, 6 ; tail, 5. EouGH OR Broken-haired Terriers. Rough Terriers are no doubt all descended from the broken-haired Scotch dog, with which all must be famihar, but whether the modern silken hair has been developed by crossing with the Maltese, or by selec- tion, is a moot question. In general shape this dog resembles the smooth variety, but he is sHghtly longer in frame, and not so elegant in his pro- portions. The chief peculiarity is in coat and colour. The roughness of coat about the muzzle and face makes the head look larger, and takes off a good deal from the lively looks so re- markable in the smooth dog. The old- fashioned hard and wiry-coated dog is, I beheve, more game than the silky- haired dog now in fashion ; but no doubt the latter is a very elegant animal, and well suited for the bar- parlour, where he is extensively patro- nized. The modern favourite is of a blue colour, with rich fawn (approach- ing to a tan) legs, the under parts being ali of the latter colour. The tail is carried higher than that of the smooth dog. In the old-fashioned strain the colours are either grizzled black, with pale tan spots, or generally of a grizzled black-brown, sometimes quite grey and constituting the pepper-and-salt colour. Sometimes the broken-haired dog is white, more or less marked with blue, or some other colour, but the less the better. As to Broken-haired Terriers there is great dilference of opinion. I will therefore describe the points of the two varieties in most esteem, be- ginning with those chiefly bred in Yorkshire and adjacent counties, as OF in;: UMlVERSsTY Ci- HUim THE 'IHUE SCOTCH TERRIER. THE BANDIE BINMONT. 881 these, up to the present time, have dis- tanced ihe Scotch terrier at our great shows on account of tlieir taking appear- ance in the eyes of the general public. The Scotch terrier proper is, however, eiiperior in point of usefulness at home and abroad, and when the two are shown together it should be preferred — shape, make, and colour being equal. A great outcry has recently been made in favour of the old rough black- and-tan terrier, wdiich was common enough fifty years ago, but which is now seldom met with. That he was an excellent companion and also a very game vermin dog is well known to me from personal experience, but that there was any specially favourable quality appertaining to the breed is extremely doubtful in my opinion. There can be no possible objection to his reproduc- tion, but, at the same time, I can see no sufficient reason for the attempt. The toy dog of these strains is the same in all but weight, which should not exceed 71b. ; the smaller the better. The estimated value of their points is as follows : — Head, 15 ; neck and ears, 10 ; shoulders, chest, and loins, 20 ; feet and legs, 10 ; colour and cout, 30 ; symmetry, 10 ; tail, 5. ThE Skye Terrier. This dog is, with the exception of the turnspit, and his foreign represen- tative, the barbet, the longest of all dogs in proportion to his height. From the nose to the tip of his tail, when extended, the Skye should measure at least three times its height, and some- times it is met with three and a half times as long. At the same time its coat is 80 developed that its shape is really very like the door-mat to which it is 80 often compared — ears, legs, and tail all merging fn one mass, with the exception of the tip of the latter, and of the feet. In a well-coated speci- men the eyes are only to be guessed at, and even the nose is often obscured ; but generally they are each more or less visible on a close inspection. The Head looks large from the pro- fusion of hair with which it is invested, but it is not really so. Its shape is not easily got at, but it is somewhat wide, while the neck is unusually long. The eyes, which are from the same cause scarcely visible, are found, on separating the overhanging hair, to be ^^n, expressive, small, and generally of a dark colour, eittier black or brown, as are the nose and palate. The ears are of good size, that is, about three inches long, clothed thickly with hair, which should mingle with that of the face and neck, and decidedly, in my opinion, should fall, but not quite close to the cheek, owing to the quantity of hair by which they are surrounded. Many breeders, however, prefer the prick ear, asserting that the strains possessing it are harder and better at vermin. The mouth must be level, with a large and black nose. The Body is too nmch coated to show its shape, and the form of the shoulder and back ribs can only be ascertained by handling. The Fore-Legs are generally more or less bandy ; there are no dewclaws, and the feet are not very strong, having a tendency to flatness, and thmness of the soles. Tail long, and carried horizontally, but with a sweep, so that the tip is a little below the level of the back. Weight from 101b. to 181b., the bitches being nearly as heavy as the dogs — perhaps about 21b. less. The Colours most fancied are steel with black tips, fawn with dark-brown tips to the ears and tail, dark slaty- blue (slightly grizzled, but without any absolute admixture of white), black, and pure fawn — the order we have named being in accordance with the value of each. The Hair should be long, straight, and shining like that of the tail of the horse, any appearance of silkiness, woolliness, or curl being to be avoided, excepting on the top of the head, where it may have a slight tendency to the first-named condition. The points are : coat, 25 ; colour, 20 ; head, 10 ; ears, 10 ; length of body, 10 ; carriage of tail, 10 ; sym- metry, 15. The Dandie Dinmont. This dog resembles the Skye terrier in general appearance, but there are several points of great importanoe by which the two may be distinguished. As stated in the Field, and not con- tradicted. Sir Walter Scott was the first to draw attention to this breed in the second of the Waverley series of novels, in which Dandie Dinmont, of Charlieshope, is introduced as the owner of " auld Pepper and auld Mustard, 3 L 882 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. and young Pepper and young Mustard, and little Pepper and little Mustard," which he had "a' regularly entered, first wi' rottens, then wi' stots or weasels, and then wi' the tods and brocks, and now," as he said, "they fear naething that ever cam' wi' a hairy sk^n on't." According to this high authority in matters canine, therefore, the dog of his day was a good vermin- killer, and so he remains to this day. The original of this strongly marked character was a Mr. James Davidson of Hindlee, holding from Lord Douglas a wild farm on the edge of the Teviot- dale mountains, bordering closely on Liddesdale. He was an ardent fox- hunter, according to the fashion of the district, which is detailed at lengih in the twenty-fifth chapter of "Guy Mannering," and which, as Sir Walter remarks, was conducted in a manner to "shock a member of the Pytchley Hunt" — the fox (tod) being coursed by an indefinite number of " large and fierce greyhounds," when driven from his earth by the "terriers, including the whole generation of Pepper and Mus- tard," together with "mongrel, whelp, and cur of low degree." Excepting, therefore, by tradition, the Dandie Din- mont terrier can only be traced back about three-quarters of a century. Mr. Macdona (of St. Bernard fame) has obtained access to a curious document in Mr. James Davidson's handwriting (dated 1800), which was sent to the Hon. George H. Baillie of Millerstown, as follows : — " Tuggin,from A.Armstrong, reddish and wiry ; Tarr, reddish and wire- haired, a bitch ; Pepper, shaggy and light, from Dr. Brown of Borjenwood. The race of Dandies are bred from the two last.— J. D." Mr. Macdona, in a letter to the Field, dated Nov. 2, 1869, concludes " from this, that Dr. Brown, of Borjenwood, gave Mr. Davidson, in the year 1800, Popper and Tarr, and that this couple were, witliout doubt, the first parents of all the true-bred Dandie Dinmonts, being the original stock from whence all Mr. Davidson's generations of Mus- tards and Poppers sprang." And in this conchision I think him perfectly right. Of late years the most celebrated strains liavc been those of the Duke of Bucclcuch, obtained direct from James Davidson ; Sir G. Douglas, of Springwood Park ; Mr. Stoddart, of Selkirk ; Mr. Frain, of The Trews ; Mr. M'Dougall, of Cessford ; Mr. Somners, of Kelso ; Dr. Brown, of Melrose ; Mr, Aitken, of Edinburgh ; Mr. Hugh Pur- vis, of Leaderfoot ; Mr. Nicol Milne, of Falconside ; and Mr. Bradshaw Smith, of Ecclefechan. The points of the Dandie are as follows : — Head large and long, with immensely strong jaws and teeth, which are quite level, and the nose cut short like a pointer's. The head of the bitch is generally much smaller than that of the dog, so that they may be distin- guished by a glance. Ears pendent, from 3 to 4 inches long, and hanging close to the cheek, as the hound's or beagle's, but not so broad or round at the point — more in the shape of an almond or filbert. Eyes full, bright, and very intelligent. Neck well developed, and rather short. Body long, but not quite so long as that of a good Skye, being about 2^ times the height, with low shoulders, and the back slightly curved down behind them, with a corresponding arch of the loin. Legs short, particularly in front, with extraordinary bone and muscle in pro- portion to the size. Tail sHghtly curved, and carried over the back in a hind-hke manner, with little or no feather on it. Height fi'om 10 to 12 inches to top of shoulder ; it maybe less, but it should not be more. Coat, a mixture of hardish and soft (but not silk)^) short hair — what old John Stoddart used to term a " pily coat" — with the head more or less covered with soft and silky hair (which is generally of a lighter colour than that on the body) ; and the legs and feet partake to a slight extent of the same soft silky hair. Colour, either " mustard " (reddish- brown) or "pepper" (bluish - grey), or a combination of both, in which ! case the back is of the latter colour, while the legs, inside of ears, chest, and under side of tail are "mus- tard," verging on a pale tan or fawn colour. Weight, from 13 to 18 pounds. The points arc : head 15 ; ears, 10 ; eyes, 6 ; colour, 20 ; coat, 20 ; symme- j try, 10 ; feet and legs 10 ; carriago of tail, 10. UBPMiY OF THE mWERSlTY OF iiums Tilt; BEDLINOTON TKlllUiai. TERRIERS, 883 The True Scotch Terrier. Until very recently, this old breed of dogs has been entirely neglected by fan- ciers, no class having been established for them at any show, and great varieties of type having been shown as " Scotch " in open classes of rough terriers. A club is now, however, formed for this breed, and a standard has been drawn up for their points by its means, which is as follows :— Points of the Hard-haired Scotch Terrier. Skull proportionately long, slightly domed, and covered with short hard hair about fin. long, or less. It should not be quite fiat, as there should be a sort of stop, or drop, between the eyes. Value : 5. Muzzle very 'powerful, and gradually tapering towards the nose, which should always be black and of a good size. The jaws should be perfectly level and the teeth square, though the nose projects somewhat over the mouth, which gives the impression of the upper jaw being longer than the under one. Value : 5. Eyes set wide apart, of a dark brown or hazel colour ; small, piercing, very bright, and rather sunken. Value : 5. Ears very small, prick or half-prick (the former is preferable), but never drop. They should also be sharp- pointed, and the hair on them should not be long, but velvety, and they should not be cut. The ears should be free from any fringe at the top. Value : 10. Neck short, thick and muscular ; strongly set on sloping shoulders. Value : 5. Chest broad in comparison to the size of the dog, and proportionately deep. Value : 5. Body of moderate length, not so long as a Skye's, and rather flat-sided ; but well ribbed up, and exceedingly strong in hind quarters. Value : 10. Legs and Feet. — Both fore and hind legs should be short, and very heavy in bone, the former being straight, or slightly bent, and well set on under the body, as the Scotch terrier should not be out at elbows. The hocks should be bent, and the thighs very muscular ; and the feet strong, small, and thickly covered with short hair, the fore feet teing larger than the hind ones and well let down on the ground. Value : 10. The Tail, which is never cut, should be about Tin. long, carried with a slight bend, and often gaily. Value : 2^. The Coat should be rather short (about 2in.), intensely hard and wiry in texture, and very dense all over the body. Value : 20. Size about 141b.— 181b. for a dog, 131b.-171b. for a bitch. Value : 10. Colours, steel or iron grey, brindle, black, red, wheaten, and even yellow or mustard- colour. It may be observed that mustard, black, and red are not usually so popular as the other colours. White markings are most objectionable. Value: ^. General Appearance. — The face should wear a very sharp, bright, and active expression, and the head should be carried up. The dog (owing to the shortness of his coat) should appear to be higher on the leg than he really is ; but, at the same time, he should look compact, and possessed of great muscle in his hind -quarters. In fact, a Scotch terrier, though essentially a terrier, can- not be too powerfully put together. He should be from about 9in. to 12in. in height, and should have the appear- ance of being higher on the hind legs than on the fore. Value : 10. Faults. Muzzle either under or over-hung. Eyes large or light-coloured. Ears large, round at the points, or drop. It is also a fault if they are too heavily covered with hair. Coat. — Any silkiness, wave, or tend- ency to curl is a serious blemish, as is also an open coat. Size. — Specimens over 181b. should not be encouraged. The Airedale Terrier. Great differences of opinion are pro- pounded as to this breed, which is only known in the North of England. Most people, however, agree that it is only of comparatively recent formation, being probably a cross of some large terrier with the otterhound. No doubt it is a fairly good vermin dog, and especially suited to rat hunting on the banks of rivers. The following are the points of this breed : — Head.— Skull flat and fairly wide, 3 L 2 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. the muzzle long and pimislrng ; teeth level, and lips tight. Value : 20. Eyes.— Small and dark. Value : 5. Ears. — Vine-leaf shaped, rather large in size, though fine in texture, and button like a fox terrier's. Value : 5. Shoulders.— Should slope well on to the chest. Value : 5. goDY.— Chest deep, back rather long, with the body well-ribbed up, and very powerful loins. Value : 10. Fore Legs. — Straight and muscular, set on well under the body. The feet compact and moderately round. Value : 10. Size.— From 35lb.to50lb. Value: 5. Coat.— Rather profuse, but very hard and weather-resisting. Value : 20. Colour.— A blueish saddle on the back, and tan on the rest of the body is the recognised colour. Value : 5. General Appearance. — A smart, terrier-like, rather leggy dog, which combines strength and activity with a very game look. The tail is always docked, and should be about 7in. in length. Value : 15. The Bedlington Terrier. This breed of terriers has lately come into notice, and special prizes have been offered for it at all recent large shows. The Bedlington terrier should be rather long and small in the jaw, but withal muscular; the head high and narrow, and crowned with a tuft of silky hair of lighter colour than the body ; the eyes must be small, round, and rather sunk, and dull until excited, and then they are " piercers ; " the ears are filbert-shaped, long, and hang close to the cheek, free of long hair, but slightly feathered at the tips ; the neck is long, slender, but muscular, and the body well-proportioned, slender, and deep-chested ; the toes must be well arched, legs straight, and rather long in proportion to the height, but not to any marked extent ; the tail varies from 8 to 12 inches in length, is small and tapering, and free of feather. The best, and indeed only true, colours are — first, liver or sandy, and in either case the nose must be of a dark brown flesh ml our ; or, secondly, a black-blue, when the nose is black. The " linty -haired," "flaxen-coloured" terrier is common enough, but this colour is not considered desirable by local breeders. The breeding in-and- in is deemed injurious beyond one strain. The points of the Bedlington are, head and jaws, 15 ; ears, 5 ; eyes, 5 ; nose, 5 ; teeth, 5 ; neck and shoulders, • 10 ; body and loin, 20 ; legs, 5 ; feet, i 5 ; coat, 10 ; colour, 5 ; tail, 5 ; weight, I 5— total, 100. : The Blue Fawn or Halifax Terrier. The blue fawn or Halifax terrier is a modem breed by comparison with its competitors. Mrs. Foster, of Bradford, has for years carried all before her at the show bench, chiefly with the de- scendants of Huddersfield Ben. These dogs are left in a state of nature until within a short time of the show, their; feet only being protected by stockings. They are then soaked and washed out carefully, with the result which is well) shown in the engraving. The points are, symmetry, 15 ; colour, 30 ; coat, 30 ; ears, 10 ; tail, 5 ; condi^ tion, 10— total, 100. The Irish Terrier. Lastly comes the Irish terrier, for which the natives of his country claimi a long and illustrious descent. He greatly resembles the Airedale in all but colour, which should be a bright red ; but there is some diff'erence in the; shape of the ears, which are smaller and less hound-like. He is a very good water dog, and hunts all vermin— in- deed, he is sometimes used as an otterhound. The points are as follows : — Head. — Long and rather narrow, with flat forehead, and no stop or wrinkle. Value : 20. Muzzle. — Long and somewhat pointed, but strong. Nose. — Black. Value : 5. Teeth.— Perfectly level, and strongly set. Value : 5. Ears.— Small and filbert- shaped, lying close to the liead, and without fringe. Eyes. — Small, keen, and of a hazel colour. Value : 5. Neck.— Moderately long and well arched. Chest.— Muscular and deep, but not wide. Value : 10. Back and Loins.— Moderately long. Ribs well sprung, and loin muscular and slightly arched. Value : 15. IRISH TERRIER. OF T|5- SHEEP DOGS. 885 Legs. — Kather long, with good shoulders. Bone well developed and straight. Feet. — Strong, and rather round than hare-like. Toes well split up. Value : iO. Colour. — Preferred rich red ; next to this a wheaten yellow or grey. Brindle objected to. Coat. — Hard, rough, and wiry, but not long ; free from curl. It should be as long on the legs as on the body. Value : i^O. Tail. — If uncut carried hound-like, but without a curl over the back. No feather. Weight.— 171b. to 251b. Sect. 24.— Sheep Dogs. The sheep dog has undoubtedly a higher commercial value than any other, as he has often under his charge a flock worth thousands of pounds. There are various breeds in use through- out the United Kingdom,, some smooth, but the majority more or less rough. The most distinct of these is the Scotch colley. I do not place much reliance upon the value of the points in the breed, but they may be put nearly as follows : — Head, 25 ; ears and eyes, 10 ; shoulders, JO; chest, 10; coat, 10; colour, 10 ; back and loin, 10 ; feet and legs, 15 ; symmetry, 10. The English Kough Dog has nearly always a wiry muzzle, and a good use- ful hard coat of hair over his whole body. The best specimens are not so long in the leg as the generality of dogs, and when they have tails they carry them lowei' than the Scotch dog. They have good feet and legs, and are possessed of iron constitutions. In those districts where large numbers of sheep are kept, great attention is paid to their education, and a good sheep dog is considered as indispensable to the well-doing of a flock as a good shepherd. For the last ten years a class has been made in our large shows for the bob- tailed rough sheep dog, which is, how- ever, more an assistant in the duties of the drover than of the shepherd. He is a strong and yet symmetrical dog, with a wiry muzzle and a head wholly unlike that of the foxy colley. Generally his colour is a dull brindle, mixed with white on the neck and legs, but he is sometimes black and white, and at others red and white. In herding wild sheep he has not the sagacity of the colley, but as a drover's dog he is un- approachable. The Scotch Colley, or Highland sheep dog, is a far more graceful ani- mal, and his sense and intelligence are equal to any breed of dogs in the world. Two races are to be found in Scotland — the rough and the smooth. The rough or shaggy-coated colley is the most choice description ; for his impenetrable warm thick coat is a good protection to him when his duty calls him to face the storms and mists and snows of the wild mountains, especi- ally when the stragglers of his flock have been covered by the snowdrifts and he goes in search of them with his master. He has a fine fox-like muzzle ; full, expressive, but rather crafty eyes ; small ears, drooping for- ward, and the mask of his face is smooth. From the base of the skull the whole of the neck and the entire body are protected by a deep, warm, long coat of various colours — some- times black with light tan points ; some- times sandy, or of various mixed greys, some of which are singularly beauti- ful and picturesque. There is gene- rally a very fine white line down the forehead, not amounting to a blaze, as in the spaniels. His legs (especially the hind-legs, from the hocks) are bare, that is, not feathered ; and for many years authorities on the dog have described the colley as having one, or even two dewclaws on each hind-leg, which is indeed generally the case. His neck is long, and rather arched ; his shoulders are set well back, and are very powerful ; the elbow is well let down ; the fore-arm is short ; the ankles or pasterns are long, and rather small for his size ; and the feet are round, arched, and have excellent thick hard soles ; the chest is deep, but rather nar- row ; he is broad over his back ; his loins are well arched ; the hips are wide ; his thighs are muscular, and he is in- clined to go rather wide behind ; the tail is very bushy and large, and carried up when he is in motion, and when he is controlling his excitement it is turned over his back. This elegant dog has become largely naturalised in England, and has shared with the fox terrier the favours of those who like an elegant and cheerful com- 886 VARIETIES OF THE DOG. panion. By many people he is sup- posed to be short in his temper, and no doubt the breed is open to that objec- tion in common with its congener, the Pomeranian or Spitz dog ; but as far aa my experience goes, there are as many good-tempered colleys as dogs of other breeds, always supposing that the in- dividual has been well managed in his puppyhood. I have now a colley of the most unexceptionable temper, but as a puppy he was very unruly, and to break him from running after horses and sheep was no slight task. The result, however, is that he is as docile and amen- able to the voice as it is possible to find in any breed. In some districts of Scot- land and the north of England a smooth colley is still more highly prized. In make and expression he closely resem- bles the rough breed, and the chief difference is in the coat, which is short, smooth, and wiry ; in colour he is blue and black mottled, or of a sandy colour, although occasionally he may be met with of the black and tan or mixed tints. Sect. 25.— Pomeranian, or Spitz. Like the St. Bernard, the Pomeranian -can scarcely be called a dog of the British Islands, but it is likewise now so common as to be almost naturalized among us. It resembles, in shape of body and head, the Scotch colley, but is a size smaller, carries the tail over the back, and is generally of a pure white colour. The ears also are more pricked, being quite fox or wolf -like in their character. Hence it is often called in France by the name lou-loii. No points have been assigned to this breed as yet. Sect. 26.— The Dalmatian Dog. This dog is now so common in this country, that it is completely natu- ralized. The principal points are that the whole of the body should be one mass of black or liver-coloured spots, about the size of a shilling, on a white ground. Any running o f the colour into the white is very objectionable ; in fact, a very lightly-spotted dog, if distinctly marked, is proiciTed to one whose spots run into the white, and give it a grisly appearance. The ears and tail should also be clearly spotted ; but Ibis is of very rare occurrence. Tlie bliape and make of the dog should be as much like the large-sized bull- terrier as possible. As regards fancy, the black-spotted is preferred to the liver-spotted variety, the latter being more delicate, and not so effective in appearance. The points are • marking, 50 ; colour, 30 ; symmetry, 20. Division F. ladies' toy dogs. Fashion changes her toy dogs just as often as her costumes, and the favourite of one year is turned into the streets (metaphorically) the next. Poodles, spaniels, terriers, It&han grey- hounds, and pugs, have each had their reign, but at present it would be diffi- cult to determine which has the pre- eminence. As a rule, the short-haired dog makes a better drawing-room pet j than his long-coated rival, and especi- ally when his skin is pecuHarly free from smell, as is the case with the pug dog and Itahan greyhound. Hence it is no wonder that these little animals fetch 30Z. apiece, though we have known 50Z. paid for a Bang Charles spaniel ; and this being the highest sum I ever heard of ae paid for a toy dog, I shall commence with that breed. Sect. 27.— King Charles Spaniel. The King Charles is now always either black and tan without white, or a mixture of these colours in handsome patches, the tan spot over the _ eye in the latter case being always an import- ant feature. In the time of Charles II., from whom the dog gets his name, the colour, as shown by Vandyck, was liver and white, which colour was in vogue until the present c entury, when the black and tan superseded it, and is now considered the speciality of the breed. Nor is the modern shortness of face of old standing when carried to the extreme which now prevails. Vandyck's dogs are quite sharp-nosed, and those which I remember early in the present jentury were at least only half-way on the road to the state in which they are now exhibited, with faces like those of the bulldog. At present the dog should weigh about 71b. (not more than 101b.) Perfection in shape is seldom attained below 71b., but if it can be obtained in smaller compass so much the better. The Skull should be round, and the eyes large, with a deep indentation or stop " between them. The lower jaw TOY TERRIKR AND ITALIAN OREYHOVND. LIBRARY OF THE UJ^iVERSilY OF ilUHOiS THE BLENHEIM SPANIEL. 887 should project beyond the upper, and turn up. Any protrusion of the tongue is most objectionable. Large ears "touching the ground" are highly esteemed ; but this is a figurative ex- pression. They must droop close to the head and be thickly coated. The Legs must be densely feathered at the back, and the feet must be almost lost in the feather, which ought to project beyond the nails. The dog should stand on short legs and appear compact. His Coat should be silky, straight, very abundant, and of the richest colour. The black should be intense, the tan vivid and rich. The dog should be altogether free from white. He should have tan of this rich red quality on his cheeks and the inner margin of the ear. His lips should be tan, and he should have a spot of the same colour over each eye ; the larger this spot is the better. His cheeks should be well tanned, also his chest or " mane," all his legs, his belly, the feather of his haunches, his vent, and the under plumage of his tail, which should be carried low. The following scale of points is in general acceptation : — Form of head, 10 ; nose and formation of jaw, 10 ; eyes, 10 ; ears, 10 ; coat and texture, 10 ; form and compactness, 10 ; brilliancy of colour, 10 ; feather of legs and feet, 10 ; size and weight, 10 ; carriage of tail, 10— total, 100. Sect. 28.— The Blenheim Spaniel. The following description of the Blenheim spaniel appeared in the Field of Sept. 15, 1866:— "This drawing- room favourite derives his name from the celebrated seat of the Dukes of Marlborough, where he used to be care- fully bred; the town of Woodstock being some years ago the fountain- head for pure Blenheim spaniels, which could also be purchased wonderfully smaU and well marked at Oxford about twenty-nve years since. " It is very difficult indeed to trace the origin of this dog, which, judging from Vandyck's pictures, was cherished at Court in the days of Charles 1. Sir Godfrey Kneller, we have heard, has painted small red-and-white spaniels at the feet of several Court beauties, or nestling in their laps. We are also Liformed that portraits from his hand are to be seen at Blenheim Palace and Arundel Castle, and that the small * com- forter ' of this colour was in favour in the reigns of Charles II., James IL, and up to the end of the time of Queen Anne. It has been called the ' Marlborough spaniel ' by some authors, who assert that it was first crossed with the King Charles, otherwise known as the King James spaniel, by a former Duke of Norfolk, who had a large number of them at Worksop. It has been asserted that the same description of dog was a favourite in the time of Henry VIII., that it was much esteemed by Elizabeth, and that the small 'dogg' which was found under the clothes of Mary Queen of Scots after her execu- tion was of this breed. As before stated, it is almost impossible to give positive information as to the first origin of the Blenheim ; and we in- cline to the opinion that it sprang from a race of Cockers of that colour, for which the first owner of Blenheim was celebrated, and that the small race known by that name derived their origin from in-and-in breeding, and jealousy to preserve the breed. " Good specimens were the great exception ; and at the period alluded to — about the year 1841 — perhaps but two or three good specimens existed in the neighbourhood of Blenheim ; and of these we can call to mind but one of surpassing excellence, a bitch named Eose, belonging to Mr. A. R. Reingle, of Oxford. This bitch would at the present time bear comparison with anything to be purchased in London, and she quite came up to the descrip- tion we shall give of a true ' Blenheim.' This charming spaniel did not, weigh more than 4^1b. or 51b. Her head (ex- quisitely modelled and full of character and intelligence) was in exact propor- tion to her size. Her coat was soft, silky, shining, luxuriant, and of trans- parent whiteness, except where it was stained in patches with the genuine rich ' Blenheim orange,' whilst her feet and legs were almost lost in the exu- berant feather of her ' mane,' body, and thighs. At the time Rose was in her glory we were receiving instruc- tions from her owner, and possessed many opportunities of marking her beauty and intelligence — two proper- ties which are not always found to- gether in pet spaniels. "The Blenheim is at the present 888 VARIETIES time rare, but, compared with the King- Charles, it does not command a large price. Several ^-^ears ago it was with the greatest difficulty we procured one ; although of perfect form and exceed- ingly diminutive, only 151. was asked for it, whilst a King Charles of equal excellence would have been cheap at double the money. " The points of the Blenheim do not vary fi-om those of the King Charles. The main difference consists in the colour and markings, and in the texture of the hair, which may be more waved in the Blenheim than in the other breed. He should have the same round skull, the same prominent, large, round eyes, weeping and wet at the corner, and leaving a wet trace down the cheek. He must also have the deep stop, the projecting lower jaw, and the- short black nose. He should have large, well-coated ears ; but we must not expect to find them so dense or so deep and large as in the King Charles. He must be compact, well coated, and the feather of his legs and thighs must be profuse. His tail should be bushy, 'well-flagged,' and carried low. He should not exceed 51b. in vv^eight ; and if he weighs 81b. or 91b. he is of very little value. " His head should be well marked, a white streak should run down his skull, and his lips and chin should be white, freckled by red. In the centre of this white blaze, or rather in the centre of his forehead, he should have the ' spot ' about the size of and as round as a six- pence. His chest must be exceedingly well coated ; and to this point of beauty great attention should be directed by any ^udge, as the ' mane ' has always been a great point in Blenheims. " The markings of the body are not of very great importance, provided there is no preponderance of either colour, and that both are distinct or clear. Freckled legs are not in favour ; and although a few spots would not ])rejudic8 a judge, the fewer of these spots the better. " The 'red ' should be brilliant, and of a yellow or golden hue, by no means approaching the deep sieima stain of tlic black-tan spaniel or Gordon setter ; and many admirable specimens of breeding are of a positively sandy tone. This colour is not, howGver, Ble7iheim colonic whicli ought to be rich, pure, and do- lini;d. Tiie well-bred animal is lively in OF THE DOG. | temperament, but is more capricioJ and snappish than the King Charles^ yet occasionally it forms deep and last- ing attachments to those with whom it associates." I give the points of the Blenheim thus : — Form of head, 15 ; eyes and ears, 15 ; coat, 10 ; compactness and form, 10 ; brilHant colour and spots, 20 ; feather of legs and feet, 1 0 ; size and weight, 10 ; and tail and its position, 10— total, 100. Sect. 29- — The Italian Greyhound. All authorities unite in the opinion that this beautiful httle dog ought to be an English smooth greyhound in everything but size, which is tanta- mount to stating that it must be one of the most graceful, or perhaps the most graceful and racing-looking creature on the face of the earth. In Italy it has always been a favourite, and we gather from the pictures of Antoine Watteau, the celebrated French painter, that it was much esteemed by the lords and ladies of his country at the close of the 17th or at the beginning of the 18th I century ; but they were known, and in the hands of the rich — as graceful and perhaps as small as at the present time — in Milan in the 15th and 16th cen- turies. Hogarth has represented a pair of dogs, somewhat of the breed, in one of his pictures of " Marriage a la Mode," and his dog occasionally appears in the portraits of our old EngHsh fami- lies ; but it has always been scarce, and it is exceedingly delicate and hard to rear. It is neither more nor less than a small greyhound, for which Italy was celebrated, and which perhaps was originally bred as a distinct breed. It must have become dwarfed from cli- mate or constant " in-breeding," but it has never been in any way deformed by the means adopted to decrease its size. As the external form of the Itahan exactly corresponds with that of the smooth Enghsh greyhound, I cannot do better than refer my readers to the de- scription of the animal given at page 220, but quoting from this standard, I will observe that " the head should be wide behind, and larger in circum- ference if measured over the ears than over the eyebrows. The jaw should t»e very lean, wifh a good muscular de- velopment of the cheek." The eye of TEE FUG DOG. 839 the Italian variety, however, should not be 80 large or full as that of the En- glish dog. It has been settled that the ear of the Italian should be exceedingly small, and falHng flat, except when the animal is animated. .It may then be slightly raised, but never pricked. The Favourite Colours are blue and fawn, the latter should be of an auburn hue. Various colours, however, are fashionable for a time, and then fancy changes. At one time cream-coloured dogs commanded the highest price, then white with black nose. At one time black muzzles were in vogue, and we beheve they are preferred at the present time, and particoloured dogs are not thought much of. When these dogs are self-coloured, they should be free from any white, and this may be pre- dicated of every description of dog or hound. Fawn dogs should have black toe-nails. All of the breed should have very glossy coats and a compact form. The tail should be very fine, and though coated, and not bare or showing the caudal vertebra, it should be void of all roughness. The Weight must not exceed 8 or 91b., and the dog is valuable in proportion as he weighs less than this. Specimens have been bred, which, at maturity, did not reach 51b., but they were very delicate and shy. Some of the best shaped and most perfect greyhounds of this description have reached from 14 to 181b., and at this weight they are certainly more robust than the more valuable dwarfs, occasionally becoming fat and losing the beautiful Hues of their kind. The bitches are much less than the dogs. Some very charming specimens have been shown in London ; for example, Mrs. Burke's Silver, Dr. Palmer's Gari- baldi, and Mr. Hugh Hanly's Psyche ; and some very good ones have appeared at all our metropolitan exhibitions ; but at the present moment it would be exceedingly difl&cult to obtain a really first-class specimen, and I have no hesitation in saying it is the rarest dog of the day. It has been crossed in Staffordshire with the small bull-terrier with advan- tage, and the produce displayed no de- licacy and lost none of its courage. I have seen many of these in the black country." They were slate-coloured or blue-tanned, and very like the blue terrier known in London as the " blue Peter," which I suspect is bred in a similar manner. Although the pure Italian greyhound is generally delicate and nervous, it now and then displays wonderful afliec- tion and fidelity, and a celebrated bitch of the breed, named Fly, the property of the same gentleman who possessed the Blenheim Rose, once jumped from a third-story window into the street to follow her master, and alighted v/ithout injury. This dog was used as a model by more than one sculptor, and we be- lieve that she was the original of the celebrated and artistic model in parian published by the artist-potter of the day. The points of this animal are of course identical with those of the smooth English greyhound, but some preference in marks must be given for the fashionable colour at the time when the award is made. They are, therefore, as follows : — Head, 15 ; neck, 5 ; legs and feet, 15 ; shoulders, 10 ; hind quarters, 15 ; back, 10 ; symmetry, 10 ; tail, 5 ; colour and coat, 10 ; size, 5. Sect. 30.— The Pug Dog. Between the years 183G-46 the pug dog was the rarest breed in Great Britain ; but now it is again in fashion. About the year 1843 one or two speci- mens were obtained by a member of the Willoughby family, and, under his foster- ing care, admirable examples were pro- duced. The old and absurd system of cropping off the wliole of the ears pre- vailed, and this cruelty was excused because it occasioned that wrinkling and puckering of the forehead con- sidered essential in a pug dog. The bar- barous fashion was continued simply because it had been followed in the days of our grandfathers and great- grandfathers, at any rate up to the year 1804, when the dog was the rage : and very beautiful specimens thus muti- lated have been exhibited at our modern dog shows. Within the last few years this unhappy custom has been on the wane, and where expediency cannot be pleaded, owing to the dog's occupa- tion, we trust such torture will be abandoned. Lord Willoughby d'Eresby, Mr. Morri- son of Walham Green, the late Mr. H. Gilbert, Mr. John Anderson, Mr. Jardine, Mr. Hinks (the owner of Madman, the celebrated bull- terrier), and Mr. Henry 890 VARIETIES OF THE BOG. Brown, of Gilling Lodge, Haverstock Hill, one of the most reliable breeders of valuable dogs, and certainly one of the best judges in England of toy dogs —all these and many others have bred and exhibited beautiful specimens of the old English pug dog ; and we may gather from the favour the dog has met in high quarters that the breed is in no danger of extinction. The Colour of the true EngHsh pug should be of a fawn or putty-colour, devoid of any smut approaching black- ness. Clearness and purity of colour are essenti»i, so as to render the various markings as clear and sharp in out- line as possible. The Head should be round, and the forehead high and monkey-like ; nose short, teeth level, jaw square. The eye should be full and black ; the ears small, silky, black, and close to the head. A black mole should be clearly marked on each cheek, with three hairs in each. The mask should be black and positively marked with well de- veloped wrinkles in the skin ; the neck should be strong and thick, devoid of all loose or puckered skin. The Chest should be broad, the Back and Loins wide and strong, and a black hne or " trace " should run down the back to the end of the tail. The Tail should be tightly curled over the side or hip, having a second curl, and the point coming out. The Ribs should be round — this is a great point, as a ragged or narrow dog of this description is considered deformed. The dog should stand on short legs, as straight and well made as a fox- hound, but with long " hare feet," the toes well split up. It will be seen that compact form, pure colour, and distinct marking form the principal points in these dogs ; but perhaps hardly any toy dog requires a more experienced eye. As all " toys " are beautiful by comparison, no one can form a correct estimate of a dog's relative value unless he is pretty well informed upon the subject, and the rivalry of breeders leads to one excel- lent example giving place to another. A narrow or pointed nose is a very great disfigurement ; so is a woolly or dead coat. The coat should be sleek and shining, short, and soft to the touch. Kound feet are also bad, so are white toes, or indeed, white any- where. If the black of the mask melts gradually into a grey, and ia softened until it mingles with the fawn, the dog loses much of its value. The points of a pug are : head, 10 ; ears, 10 ; pure colour, 15 ; distinct mask, 10 ; black trace, 10 ; cheek moles, 5 ; quality of coat, 10 j curl of tail, 10 ; compactness, 10; hare feet, 10— total, 100. Sect. 31.— The Maltese Dog. This dog resembles in general ap- pearance a diminutive Skye terrier, differing chiefly in being of much less size, shorter in the back, and far more silky in coat, which should be of the purest white. Most of the breed are very animated in expression, and in every way are well adapted to be made drawing-room pets. Mr. Mandeville, of London, has of late years carried all before him at the various shows, and indeed has had Httle opposition, so completely have the claims of his strain been recognised. The Head closely resembles that of the Skye terrier, but the hair covering the face is more flossy. The general Coat is as long also, but more trans- parent and soft, sometimes running into a fine species of wool ; tail carried over the back, but very short, with a brush of silky -hair. Colour white, with an occasional patch of fawn. Weight not more than 61b. or 71b., and as much less as possible. The points are : colour, 30 ; coat, 30 ; nose and eyes, 20 ; tail and carriage, 15 ; symmetry, 5. Sect. 32.— Toy Terriers, &c. Each variety of the terrier when bred less than 5, or even 71b., is considered to belong to the toys. If black and tan, the colours should be very distinct and rich, without a speck of white, and on thj tan each toe should be pencilled with a fine streak of black reaching to the knee. This is a point greatly insisted on by fanciers. In other respects the descrip- tion of this dog at page 806 will apply. Rlue and fawn smooth terriers are also prized highly, but they are not so hand- some in my opinion as the black ami tan. Smooth white terriers should be without a speck of colour; but they thow too much of the pink colour ot the skin for my taste. These dogs have generally their ears clipped with tails lett perfect, but some people prefer boUi MALTESE DOG. LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF !LLiMO!S DOG SHOWS, AND JUDGING BY POINTS. 891 left as nature provides them. The rough blue fawn, silky coat terrier, makes a very pretty toy dog, and so does the dwarf bull - terrier — both resembling the larger breeds in all points. The Italian greyhound, crossed with the terrier or spaniel, is often passed off as the pure toy terrier, espe- cially the latter, which may be known by the full eye peculiar to the spaniel breed. The Lion Dog and Small Poodle are both sometimes made toy dogs, as well as the Chinese and Japanese spaniel, but they are not bred in this country to any extent. CHAPTER III. DOG SHOWS, AND JUDGING BY POINTS. Of late years dog shows have multi- plied so much that they have taken hold of the public mind almost as com- pletely as any of the old sporting in- stitutions. Much dissatisfaction, how- ever, has from the first been felt by exhibitors in consequence of not having a standard of merit by which to be guided in breeding and judging. In many cases the choice of points is wholly arbitrary, as in the toy dogs ; for no one can contend that on any other principle a small eye shall be a merit in one breed (toy terrier) and a defect in another (King Charles spaniel). For this reason a series of articles was published in the Field, by experienced judges and breeders, describing each breed, and allotting to each a scale of points ; and subsequently the National Dog Club, taking this series as a ground- work, drew up the scale which is closely, though not always exactly, followed in the preceding descriptions. In the interval, Mr. Kowe (a noted breeder of mastiffs) suggested that in addition to these positive points, an equal number of negative ones should be added, which, if present, should be deducted from the positive points, in the follow- ing manner. I am assuming that the six best specimens in the open large pointer class have been drawn by the judges for further examination. Every point in each is then set down in the table (whether good or bad) opposite tlie number in the catalogue correspond- ing with the dog. Of course, as absolute perfection is estimated in each column, imperfection in the same points cannot be set down in higher numbers. The plan is, I think, an admirable one, and ought to be universally adopted ; but as it gives more trouble to the judges to carry out carefully, it is either directly or indirectly opposed by many of these officials. At the show of the National Dog Club in London, the plan was partially carried out, and worked extremely well as far as it went, but there was a deficiency of attend- ants, which prevented its general adoption, and one or two of the judges only carried it out in name, as tliey first allotted the prizes in the usual way, and then noted the points of their selec- tions at the highest scale; in fact, making the three prize winners in one class all absolutely perfect. Now, if such a state of things had actually occurred, they were bound to have put them equal ; but, of course, it was not so, and the fuU points were only given because they did not like to giva offence, forgetting that in the allot- ment of prizes they were equally obliged to incur the displeasure of the less successful exliibitor, without the defence which a careful apportionment of points would give. Never was a more lame and impotent conclusion ar- rived at, and the more especially as tlie chief offender was a member of the Council of the National Dog Club, and had himself examined and approved of the scale of points under which he had agreed to act 1 892 SPECIAL VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL POINTS. General Remarks. 1 Apparently a beautiful temper. Son) e what shy. •7VX0X xaNJ CO >o CO 00 00 JO lu:^ox 9t.W q.i9sui 00 J 00 ^ o Pos itive Total. Negative Total. Positive Total. Negative Total. Positive Total. Negative Total. Positive Total. Negative Total. Positive Total. Negative Total. Positive Tota]. Negative Total. Quality and Stern. 10 1 1 o o o Symmetry, Colour, and Coat. 10 o o OPEN CLASS, LARGE POINTER DOGS. Special Valuation of Individual Points. Back and Hind Quarters. 15 © Shoulders, and Chest. 15 o vo j : Elbows, Hocks, and Stifles. o VO 00 00 to Legs and Feet. 12 (M as JO PAET lY. NATUEAL HISTORY OF THE PEINCIPAL AKIMALS USED EY MA^T I^^^ EUEAL SPOETS. BOOK III— GENEEAL HABITS AND VAEIETIES OF THE HORSE. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL HABITS OF THE HORSE. The Horse (Equus cahallus) comes next to the dog in rural sports, being, in fact, almost on a par with him, con- sidering that he is used not only in the true field sports, but in racing, riding, and driving. He also belongs to the division Vertehrata, and the class Mam- malia ; but the order Unyulata, in which he his included, is separated by a long interval from the dog, being the last of the Mammalia^ while the Ferm come next to the Primates^ of which man is the head and chief. Among the Ungulata, the Horse forms the second family, together with the Ass, the Dzigguetai, the Zebra, and Quagga. The Early History and Origin of THE Horse is, like that of the dog, wrapped in obscurity and fable, and we reaUy know little or nothing of it, ex- cept that we have reason to believe that he first came from Asia, like man, and, according to the Mosaic account, all other animals now existing ; and that he was used in Egypt more than 1600 years before Christ. But with the history of the horse I shall not encum- ber this book, which, as I have more than once remarked, might be enlarged to an enormous extent if this depart- nent were entered into at length. Suffice it, then, to discuss the present condition of the horse, and its more recent origin, as now existing in Great Britain, in addition to his general habits. The Habits of the Horse, in all countries, and of all varieties, are pretty much alike. Wherever he is at large, he is bold, but wary, and easily taking note of the approach of man to give him as wide a berth as he possibly can, or . rather to show him a clean pair of heels. iVild horses exist to the present day in the interior of Asia and in South America. But both the horses of the Tartars and those of La Plata are de- scended from domesticated animals, and can scarcely be called wild in the ordinary acceptation of the term. Indeed, the Calif ornian horses, which are stiU more recently bred in a wild state from Spanish horses, are quite as wild as those described by Sir F. B. Head. From their constant state of Hberty, and their rovinghabits, in order to obtain food and water, they are inured to fatigue, and can bear an enormous amount of long-continued fast work, without failing under it, and without that training which the domesticated animal must have. The walk and the gallop are his natural paces, and all others are acquired ; but nothing can exceed the fiery animation and the ele- gance of movement of the free horse ; and in these two paces art has done nothing to improve his form, except, perhaps, in slightly increasing the speed of the latter. In all countries, and in every age, the horse feeds upon grain or grass, though it is said that in Arabia he is occasionally supported upon camel's milk, when food such as he usually lives upon is not to be had. CHAPTER IL VARIETIES OF THE HORSE. The Arabian is still one of the most distinct varieties of this noble animal, and also one of the most prized, being eagerly sought for by Turks and Chris- tians in Asia, Southern Russia, India, and even in Australia. In his native deserts he is still sometimes to be seen in a half -wild state, though most prob- ably owned by some of the " dwellers intents" peculiar to that region. But it is the more domestic breed with 894 VARIETIES OF TEE HOUSE. which we have chiefly to do, and which is carefully preserved in purity by the chiefs of the various tribes, though it is supposed not so free from stain now as was formerly the case. The head of the Arab is the most beautiful model in nature, giving the idea of courage tempered with docility and submission to man better than any other animal, and even more so than the dog. The accompanying sketch by Mr. Wells, of the Arab horse, shows this point in full perfection, as well as the hght and elegant neck, the high quarter, and the hght barrel. It is seldom, perhaps, that so beautiful a frame exists ; but examples are not wanting of such a union of elegance with perfectly good and use- ful points. The length and muscularity of the fore-arm are also remarkable, and the setting on of the tail is pecu- liarly high — points which have gene- rally been transmitted to our thorough- bred horses descended from Arabian blood. Many imported horses of this breed are exceedingly wicked and full of tricks ; but in India, as a rule, he is quite the reverse, and to the British sportsman there he is very valuable, because he faces the elephant and the tiger better than any other breed. In height he is generally a little under 15 hands ; and in colour either bay, black, or grey. It is said that there are three distinct breeds of Arabians even now — the Attechi, a very superior breed ; the Kadischi, mixed with these, and of little value ; and the Kochlani, highly prized, and very difficult to procure. If this is true, it may account for the very different results produced by breeding from modern Arabs and those intro- duced in the eighteenth century. Under the chapter on The Thoroughbred Race- Horse (page 382), the various Arabians are enumerated from which our modern horses are derived. The Barb is an African horse, of smaller size but coarser make than the Arabian, and evidently fed upon more nutritious food. As his name implies, his native land is Barbary ; but there is always great doubt about the par- ticular breed to which imported horses belong, because they are carried con- siderable distances from their native plains, and are also even then much mixed in blood. It has frequently been said that the Barb is the pro- genitor of one root of our best English stock, and that the Godolphin Arabian, as he was called, belonged to this blood ; but the disputed point cannot possibly be settled, and there seems only one argument in favour of the supposition, founded upon his enor- mously high crest ; while his superior size, being 16 hands high, argues just as strongly in favour of Arab descent. But the Spanish horse is no doubt descended from the Barb, this breed having been carried into Spain by the Moors when they overran the country ; and, as the appearance of the Spanish horse is totally opposed to that of the descendants of Godolphin, it is a still stronger proof of his Arabian ancestry, or, at all events, an argument against his claim to Barbary as a native clime ; and as Lord Godolphin was the owner of a Barb as well as of the celebrated Arabian, it is possible that the dispute may have arisen from a confusion of the two animals. The Dongola Horse is another African variety, of a much larger size than either the Arab or the Barb, but more leggy. I am not aware that any of this breed have reached this country. The Persian is a small-sized horse, and quite as elegant as the Arabian, but not nearly so enduring. The Turkooman, again, is a larger breed, but without the elegance of form of the Arab and Persian. These horses are light in the barrel, and leggy, with coarse heads and ewe- necks ; yet they are endowed with very stout and lasting qualities, and they are said to travel very long dis- tances without distress. This is only another instance of the oft-quoted adage, "that the horse can go in all forms." The Cossack Horses are reared at liberty, and in large herds, and they were long said to be, in consequence of this fact, of unrivalled speed and stoutness ; but in the celebrated race run in Russia in 1825, they were easily beaten at all points by an English horse of second-rate powers, carrying also more weight. They are small and rough-looking, yet spirited and capable of doing all that can be expected from a pomj. The Turkish Horse is supposed to be nearly pure Arab, with a cross of the Persian and Turkooman. He is a very fine, high-spirited, and elegant PBESENT VARIETIES OF TEE HORSE 895 horse ; but, although the English race- liorse includes in his parentage several Turkish importations, as the Byerly, Helmsley, and Belgrade Turks (see page 383), it is doubtful whether these Avere at all similar to the present breeds met with at Constantinople. Indeed, as Turkey in Europe and Turkey in Asia are together spread over a large surface of the Eastern hemisphere, the mere name of Turkish horse does not describe very closely his birth and parentage. The East-Indian and Australian Horses are of various mixed breeds, some being Arabs, some Persians, and others Turks and Barbs ; while others again are of EngHsh blood, but in India these degenerate rapidly, and though serviceable in crossing with the Arabian or the Barb, yet they can- not long be maintained in their original purity without injury. Of late years, however, many thorough-bred horses have been imported into Australia, and racing stock is bred and pedigrees are as carefully recorded as in England. The same may be said of New Zealand, which also has its own Stud Book. The Belgian and Dutch Horses are now imported into this country in con- siderable numbers, and for slow work are very serviceable. They are, how- ever, most of them too heavy and Iximbering for anything but machiners, and even in that department they re- quire care not to over-drive them. Most of the horses for our "black work" are from this sort, and many also of the black cavalry horses. The Norman Horse, again, is a much more hardy and compact animal, but still slow as compared with our breeds. He is, however, gifted with an excel- lent constitution, and with legs and feet which will stand rattling to any extent. These horses are generally low and short-legged, as compared with the Belgians. The Spanish Horse is much crossed with the Barb, and has the good head and neck of that breed, but coupled with a weak and dropping hind quarter and a very light middle-piece. The shoulders and legs are, however, good ; and he is more useful than his look would warrant an Englishman in be- lieving possible, when comparing him with English horses. Jhe American and Canadian breeds vary a great deal, and are made up of the original Spanish stock crcesed with English, Arabian, and Barb importa,- tions. Climate, however, has done much for them ; and they have all the wiriness of frame and elasticity of muscle which their masters possess. As trotters they are unrivalled, and in endurance stand very high ; but they are not remarkable for beauty, though not showing any peculiarly unsightly points. Some of our best horses have been exported to America, especially to Virginia, where Tranby, Priam, and many others have done good service. The importers to that country have always been careful to select sound as well as stout blood, and have not hesi- tated to invest large sums in order to procure it. The English Thorough-bred I have already described at great length in the chapters on Pacing, and the best mode of breeding horses for its various pur- poses, including also a description of the various breeds of hunters ; and, in the chapter on Riding, I have alluded to the hacks which are made use of in this country, and the breeds from which they are derived. To these the reader is referred for full particulars. The Various Breeds of Cart-Horses are exceedingly numerous, but they belong rather to business than sport. Most of our larger and heavier breeds of these animals are crossed with the Flemish horses, and are thereby ren- dered heavier and more capable of moving heavy weights, which their bulk and readiness to try a "dead pull" render them well adapted for. These enormous animals are often of more than 17^ hands in height. The Clydes- dale, the Cleveland, the Midland Black horse, and the Suffolk Punch are the four most highly-prized varieties of this breed, and have now almost com- pletely shouldered out the old English black cart-horse, with his coarse head and mean ungainly appearance. It has been tried, again and again, to cross these four breeds with the Eastern horse, but though in the first cross it has sometimes succeeded from the superior purity of the thorough-bred horse, yet in future crosses the cart blood would show itself ; and there has always been a want of endurance, and a tendency to throw out bony matter about the legs in the shape of spavins, ring-bones, and splents. The Coach Horse will be found de- 896 VARIETIES OF THE HORSE. scribed under the head of Driving, in all his varieties and forms. The Cavalry Horse may be con- sidered under three several heads — first, the charger, or officer's horse ; secondly, the heavy trooper ; and thirdly, the light trooper. The charger is almost always thorough-bred, or very nearly so, and is a horse bred for racing, but too slow for that purpose, yet with a fine form and good action, which are required for the manege. He must have good shoulders, so as to be able to use his fore-legs ; and his hind quarters should be so formed as to give complete command of the whole weight which he carries ; in other words, he should be well upon his haunches. Most chargers are at least 16 hands high, and some still higher. The heavy -troop horse is a discarded hunter, that is, a horse bred for that purpose, but considered too heavy to^ gallop the pace which is wanted. He is there- fore sold at troop-horse price, which in time of peace used to be 241. but is now raised about 50 per cent. The household troops are mounted on black horses, some of which are bred ex- pressly for the regiments by York- shire breeders, and others imported from Belgium. The light troop horses are obtained from all sources, and many of them now, as might be expected from the price, are very wooden and inferior animals. ^ The sum devoted to the purpose will not procure a good serviceable animal, coupled with tolerably good looks ; and as this latter quality is sought for by colonels of regiments, utility is too often sacrificed to it. Very few of these horses are up to more than 14st., and yet they have to carry 18st., so_ that it is no wonder that in actual service they break down. The Galloway is a breed which is much encouraged by the Welsh farmers, and in other districts where the grass is of a poor quality, and will not suit larger and less hardy horses. It is serviceable for all general purposes, but seldom very fast on the gallop. These animals are said to be descended from Norman blood, a stallion of that ; breed having been much used among j them in Wales some years ago. They are hardy and safe, but somewhat ^ obstinate and unruly. The north-coun- j try galloways are scarcely so good in their shoulders, but they have more speed in the gallop, and make better covert -hacks in consequence. The smallest specimens of this breed make our ordinary ponies, those not exceed- ing 13 hands being so called, while the ; galloway runs from that height to 14 OT 14^ hands. The Shetland Pony is the least of the species in this country, and often, under 11 hands. These ponies are very quick and active, and will walk, canter, and gaUop, with good action, but sel- dom trot well. PART IV. NATURAL HISTORY OF THE PRI^iTCIPAL ANIMALS USED BY MAN IN RURAL SPORTS. BOOK lY.— GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF THE DOG AND HORSE. CHAPTER L MANAGEMENT OF THE DOG. Sect. 1. — General R.emarks. The Management of the greyhound and foxhound have been minutely described in all points relating to their kennel- management, feeding, exercising, and breeding, and it only remains to say a few words on the treatment necessary for pointers, setters, spaniels, and re- trievers, including the Newfoundland. All these dogs are, in the usual way, chained up to a wooden kennel, with a length of chain which allows of no exercise ; and the only advantage which they have over neglected hounds is, that they are generally kept clean for the sake of appearances. But too often they are fed irregularly, and on impro- per food, and almost invariably proper exercise is denied them. For these dogs Indian meal is by far the cheapest and the best kind of food, and with greaves it will keep them in good health, if they are only sufficiently ex- ercised every day. But in many cases horse-flesh, being at times very cheap, is given raw, and often unmixed with vegetable food ; and the master is then surprised if an eruption appears over the bodies of his dogs, when the chief reason for wonder is that any ever escape, with such a diet to stimulate and inflame their blood, and nothing to carry it oif. This improper feeding and neglect of exercise are fertile sources of madness, and should be avoided by all who value their own safety ; but besides this motive, which some may perhaps disregard, there is another, which every sportsman will carefully consider, namely, that dogs 80 mismanaged are almost always de- iicient in nose. It is very often said that there is no scent for pointers or setters early in the season, but quite as frequently they have not come to their noses, and it is only after a fortnight's work that they carry off the stimulating results of bad feeding. No sporting dog ought ever to be neglected, for he will seldom entirely regain his health, and without a full share of that commodity he will not be capable of making out a scent. Servants, therefore, ought to be well watched during the spring and summer, that the dogs may be attended to by them ; and if they do their duty there will be very little reason to com- plain of birds flushed, or of sore feet, or knocking up. ^porting dogs (not including greyhounds) will seldom ex- ercise themselves at a fast pace unless they are allowed to hunt ; and as this is impossible in the summer, they should be taken out with a man on horseback once or twice a week on the road. Very little flesh should be given them, which is only wanted when they have severe work, and can seldom then be procured. Greaves, with meal, and occasionally potatoes, form the best food ; carrots, cabbages, or turnips should be given once or twice a week ; and a dose or two of castor-oil, salts, or jalap will do good two or three times in the summer, or an aloetic ball. Sect. 2. — The Breeding Bitch. The directions for the management of the brood-bitch, given under the article Coursing (page 242), eculiar to serous meni- branes, another confined to mucous membranes, another to the actual sub- stance (parenchyma) of organs, a fourth to the skin, a fifth to fibrous parts (rheumatic). But in many cases inflammation extends to two adjacent tissues at the same time ; as in the case of pneumonia and bronchitis, which generally run one into the other. Sect. 5.— Diseases arising from Want OF Tone, or from Over-Feeding. These Diseases are generally the result of mismanagement, either from over-crowding, or insufficient or im- proper feeding ; or frequently from ex- cess of provender in proportion to the work. When animals are crowded together, especially if not kept very clean, their blood is completely poi- soned by the noxious emanations pro- duced by their close approximation. Nature seems to put a limit upon the population of the earth, either by man or the lower animals, all which are speedily cut oft" by epidemics whenever they are accumulated in great numbers ; but this is especially the case in the lower animals, in which over-crowding is much more rapidly manifest in its effects, than in man. The partridge, the grouse, the sheep, and the hare, soon die off if they are collected in too great numbers, even though, ap- parently, proper food is presented to them. But when animals are confined in close apartments, as is the case with the dog and horse, and in large numbers, the deaths frequently become so nu- merous as to alarm the proprietor, and when almost too late proper pre- cautions are often taken. I have seen kennels in which 20 or 30 high-bred greyhounds had been coflected in one large apartment, and never cleaned out for months at a time ; and yet they were expected to be healthy, and large sums were invested upon their success in public coursing. If these animals are to be kept in health, too great an atten- tion can scarcely be paid to separation into smafl parties, and to cleanliness. Hence, small kennels, and stables divided into a small number of stafls, will always be desirable ; and if these are kept clean, and feeding and exercise carried out upon proper principles, the diseases to which I am now referring will seldoni make their appearance. PART V. DISEASES OF THE DOG AND HORSE. BOOK IT.— ORDINARY DRUGS USED FOR THE DOG AND HORSE, AND THEIR MODE OF ADMINISTRATION. CHAPTER I. THE ACTION OF MEDICINES, AND THE FORMS IN WHICH THEY ARE GENERALLY PRESCRIBED. Sect. 1. — Alteratives. Ali"eratives are intended to produce ::. fresh and healthy action, instead of the previous disordered function. The ]»recise mode of action is not well understood, and it is only by the results tliat the utility of these medicines is recognised. Alteratives for Dogs : — (1) ^thiops mineral, 2 to 5 grains. Powdered ginger, ^ to 1 grain. Powdered rhubarb, 1 to 3 grains. ]\Iix, and form into a pill with syrup, to ne given every evening. (2) Plummer's pill, 2 to 5 grains. Extract of hemlock, 2 to 3 grains. Mix, and give every night. (3) Stinking hellebore, 5 to 8 grains. Powdered rhubarb, 2 to 4 grains. Mix, and form into a pill, to be given every night. Alteratives for Horses : — (4) In Disordered States of the Skin. Emetic tartar, 5 ounces. Powdered ginger, 3 ounces. Opium, 1 ounce. Synip enough to form 16 balls ; one to be given every night. (5) Simply Cooling. Barbadoes aloes, 1 ounce. Castile soap, 1^ ounce. Ginger, ^ ounce. Syrup enough to form G balls ; one to be given every morning. (G) In Strangles. Barbadoes aloes, 1 ounce. Emetic tartnr, 2 drachms. Caetilc soap, 2 drachms. Mix. (7) Alterative Ball for General Use. Black sulphuret of antimony, 2 to 4 drachms. Sulphur, 2 drachms. Nitre, 2 drachms. Linseed meal and water enough to form a ball. (8) For Generally Defective Secretions. Flowers of sulphur, 6 ounces. Emetic tartar, 5 to 8 drachms. Corrosive subhmate, 10 grains. Linseed meal mixed with hot water,' enough to form six balls, one of which may be given two or three times a week. (9) In Debility of Stomach. Calomel, 1 scruple. Aloes, 1 drachm. Carscarilla. Gentian, and Ginger, of each in powder, 1 drachm. . Castile soap, 3 drachms. Syrup enough to make a ball, which may be given twice a week, or every other night. Sect. 2. — Anodynes. Anodyne Medicines are given either to soothe the general nervous system, or to stop diarrhoea ; or sometimes to relieve spasm, as in colic or tetanus. Opium is the chief anodyne used in veterinary medicine, and it may be em- ployed in very large doses. Anodyne Prescriptions for Dogs. (1) For Slight Purging. Prepared chalk, 2 drachms. Aromatic confection, 1 drachm. Tincture of opium, 5 to 8 drachms. llice-water, 7 ounces. Mix ; dose, two tablespoonfuls after every loose motion. MEBICINES FOB THE DOG AND HOUSE. [ 2) For Long-Continued Purging. Diluted sulphuric acid, 3 drachms. Tincture of opium, 2 drachms. Compound tincture of bark, 1 ounce. Water, 6^ ounces. Mix ; two tablespoonfuls every four hours. (3) Castor-oil, 2 ounces. Tincture of opium, 1 ounce. ^lix by shaking ; a tablespoonful night nnd morning while the bowels are loose. (4) Pov/dered opium, |- to 2 grains. Prepared chalk, 5 to 10 grains. Catechu, 5 grains. Powdered ginger, and Powdered caraways, of each 1 to 3 grs. Mix, and form it into a pill with syrup, pud give every three hours. Anodtne Preparations for the Horse. (5) In Colic. Powdered opium, ^ to 2 grains. Castile soap, and Camphor, of each 2 drachms. Ginger, 1|- drachm. Make into a ball with liquorice powder and treacle, and give every hour while the pain lasts. It should be kept in a bottle or bladder. (6) Anodyne Ball (ordinary). Opium, ^ to 1 drachm. Castile soap, 2 or 4 drachms. Ginger, 1 to 2 drachms. Powdered aniseed, ^ to 1 ounce. Oil of caraway seeds, ^ drachm. Syrup enough to form a ball, to be dip- solved in a half pint of warm ale, and given as a drench. (7) Anodyne Drench in Superpurga- tion, or ordinary dlarrh(ea. Gum arabic, 2 ounces. Boihng water, 1 pint. Dissolve, and then add Oil of peppermint, 25 drops, Tincture of opium, ^ ounce. Mix, and give night and morning, if necessary. (8) In Chronic Diarrhcea. Powdered chalk and gum arabic, of each 1 ounce. Tincture of opium, j ounce. Peppermint water, 10 ounces. MIz, and give night and morning. Sect. 3.— Antispasmodics. Antispasmodics, as their name im- ;)lies, are medicines which are intended ro counteract excessive muscular action, called spasm, or in the limbs, cramp. This deranged condition depends upon a variety of causes, which are generally of an irritating nature ; and its success- ful treatment will often depend upon the employment of remedies calculated to remove the cause, rather than di- rectly to relieve the effect. It therefore follows that, in many cases, the medi- cines most successful in removing spasm will be derived from widely separated divisions of the materia medica, such as aperients, anodynes, alteratives, stimulants, and tonics. It is useless to attempt to give many formulas for their exhibition; but there are one or two medicines which exer- cise a peculiar control over spasm, and I shall give them without attempting to analyse their mode of operation. Antispasmodics for the Dog : — (1) Generally Antispasmodic. Tincture of opium, and Sulphuric .-lether, of each, ^iol dr. Camphor mixture, 1 ounce. Mix, and give every two hours till the spasm leaves. (2) Antispasmodic Injection. Laudanum. Sulphuric sether, and Spirit of turpentine, of each, 1 to 2 drachms. Gruel, 3 to 6 ounces. Mix. Antispasmodics for the Horse : — (3) For Colic. Spirit of turpentine, 3 ounces. Tincture of opium, 1 ounce. Mix with a pint of warm ale, and give as a drench. (4) Spirits of turpentine, 3^ ounces. Tincture of opium, \^ ounce. Barbadoes aloes, 1 ounce. Powder the aloes, and dissolve in wnmi water ; then add the other ingredients, and give as a drench. (5) Clyster in Colic. Spirits of turpentine, 6 ounces. Aloes, 2 drachms. Dissolve in 3 quarts of warm water, and stir the turpentine well into it. (6) Antispasmodic Drench. Gin, 4 to 6 ounces. Tincture of capsicum, 2 drachms. 920 DISEASES OF THE DOG AND HORSE. Tincture of opium, 3 drachms. Warm water, 1^ pint. Mix, and give as a drench, when there is rio inflammation. Sect. 4. — Aperients. Aperients, or purges, are those medi- cines which quicken or increase the ev-acuations from the bowels, varying, liowever, a good deal in their mode of operation. Some act merely by ex- citing the muscular coat of the bowels to contract ; others cause an immense M^atery discharge, which, as it were, washes out the bowels ; whilst a third set combine the action of the two. The various purges also act upon different parts of the canal, some stimulating the small intestines, whilst others pass through them without affecting them, and only act upon the large bowels ; and others, again, act upon the whole canal. There is a third point of diffe- rence in purges, depending upon their 1 tifluencing the liver in addition, which mercurial purgatives certainly do, as well as rhubarb and some others, and which effect is partly due to their absorption into the circulation, so that they may be made to act, by injecting into the veins, as strongly as by actual swallowing, and their subsequent pas- sage into the bowels. Purgatives are likewise classed, according to the de- gree of their effect, into laxatives acting mildly, and drastic purges acting very severely. Aperients for the Dog : — (1) A Gentle Aperient Bolus. Jalap in powder, 8 grains. Barbadoes aloes, 15 grains. Gilder, 2 grains. Castile soap, 10 grains. Mix with syrup, and form a bv^lus, or, for small dogs, 2 or 3 boluses. (2) Strong Aperient Pill. Podophyllin, ^ grain. Compound rhubarb pill, 6 grains. Make into a pill, and give when the liver is not acting. (3) A Good Aperient Bolus. Blue pill, ^ scruple. Com. ext. of colocynth, 1 scruple. Powdered rhubarb, 5 grains. Oil of aniseed, 2 drops. Mix, and give to a large dog, or divide into two or three for medium-sized or smaller ones. (4) Castor-Oil Mixture. Castor-oil, ^ pint. Tincture of opium, ^ ounce. Oil of aniseed, 1 drachm. Olive oil, 2 ounces. Mix, and give one, two, or three table- spoonfuls, according to the size of the dog. (5) Drastic Purgative, producing Watery Evacuations. Jalap, 10 grains. Epsom salts, 2 drachms. Subcarbonate of soda, 10 grains. Infusion of senna, 1 ounce. Tincture of senna, 2 drachms. Tincture of ginger, 15 grains. Mix, and give the whole, or one-half or one-third, as the size may allow. (6) The Strongest Purgative, but OFTEN rejected BY THE StOMACH. Croton oil, ^ to 1|- drop. Powdered opium, 1 to 3 grains. Linseed meal, 10 grains. Mix the meal with boiling water, and then add the oil and opium. Aperients for the Horse, commonly called Physic : — (7) Ordinary Physic Balls. Barbadoes aloes, 3 to 8 drachms. Hard soap, 4 drachms. Ginger, 1 drachm. Dissolve in as small a quantity of boil- ing water as will suffice; then slowly evaporate to the proper consistence, by which means griping is avoided. (8) A Warmer Physic Ball. Barbadoes aloes, 3 to 8 drachms. Carbonate of soda, ^ drachm. Aromatic powder, 1 drachm. Oil of caraway, 12 drops. Dissolve as above, and then add the oil. (9) Gently Laxative Ball. Barbadoes aloes, 3 to 5 drachn.s. Rhubarb powder, 1 to 2 drachms. Ginger, 2 drachms. Oil of caraway, 15 drops. Mix, and form into a ball, as in No. 7. (10) Stomachic Laxative Balls, for Washy Horses. Barbadoes aloes, 3 drachms. Rhubarb, 2 drachms. Ginger, and Cascarilla powder, of each 1 drachm. MEDICINES FOE THE DOG AND HORSE. 921 Oil of caraway, 15 drops. Carbonate of soda, 1^ drachm. Dissolve the aloes as in No. 7, and then add the other ingredients. (11) Purging Balls with Calomel. Barbadoes aloes, 3 to 6 drachms. Calomel, ^ to 1 drachm. Khubarb, 1 to 2 drachms. Ginger, ^ to 1 drachm. Castile soap, 2 drachms, ^lix as in No. 7. (12) Laxative Drench. Barbadoes aloes, 3 to 4 drachms. Canella alba, 1 to 2 drachms. Salt of tartar, 1 drachm. Mint water, 8 ounces. Mix. (13) Another Laxative Drench. Castor-oil, 3 to 6 ounces. Barbadoes aloes, 3 to 5 drachms. Carbonate of soda, 2 drachms. Mnt water, 8 ounces. Mix, by dissolving the aloes in the mint water, by the aid of heat, and tlien adding the other ingredients. (14) A Mild Opening Drench. Castor-oil, 4 ounces. Epsom salts, 3 to 5 ounces. Gruel, 2 pints. IVIix. (15) A Very Mild Laxative. Castor-oil, and Linseed oil, 4 ounces of each. Warm water, or gruel, 1 pint. Mix. (16) Used in the Staggers. Barbadoes aloes, 6 drachms. Common salt, 6 ounces. Flour of mustard, 1 ounce. Water, 2 pints. Mix. (17) A Gently Cooling Drench in Slight Attacks of Cold. Epsom salts, 6 to 8 ounces. Whey, 2 pint«. Mix. (18) Purgative Clyster. Common salt, 4 to 8 ounces. Warm water, 8 to 16 pints. Sect. 5. — Astringents. Astringents are supposed to produce contraction in all living animal tissues with which they come in contact, whether in the interior or exterior of the body ; and whether immediately applied or by absorption into the cir- culation. But great doubt exists as to the exact mode in which they act ; and, as in many other cases, ve are obliged to content ourselves with their eifects, and to prescribe them empiri- cally. They are divided into astringents administered by the mouth, and those applied locally to external ulcerated or wounded surfaces. Astringent Boluses for the Dog useful in (1) Diabetes or Hemorrhage. Powdered opium, 2 to 3 grains. GaUic acid, 4 to 6 grains. Alum, 5 to 10 grains. Powdered bark, 10 grains. Linseed meal, enough to form a bolus, to be given to a large dog (or divided for a small one) two or three times a (lay. (2) Nitrate of silver, ^ grain. Crumb of bread, enough to make a small pill. To be given twice a day, or divided according to the size of the dog. (3) Astringent Wash for the Eyes. Sulphate of zinc, 5 to 8 grains. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. (4) Goulard extract, 1 drachm. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. (5) Nitrate of silver, 2 to 8 grains. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. (6) Wash for the Penis. Sulphate of zinc, 6 to 10 grains. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. (7) Chloride of zinc, ^ to 1^ grain. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. (8) Astringent Ointment for Piles. Galhc acid, 10 grains. Goulard extract, 15 drops. Lard, 1 ounce. Mix, (9) Astringent Kemedies for the House : For Bloody Urine. Powdered catechu, ^ ounce. Alum, ^ ounce. Cascarilla bark in powder, 1 to 2 drachms. Liquorice powder and treacle, enough to form a ball, to be given twice a-day. (10) For Diabetes. Opium, ^ drachm. Ginger powdered, 2 drachms. Oak bark, powdered, 1 ounce. Alum, as much as the tea will dis- solve. Camomile tea, 1 pint. Mix for a drench. 922 DISEASES OF TEE BOG AND EOESE. ( 1 1) ExTEENAL Astringent Powder for Ulcerated Surfaces. Powdered alum, 4 ounces. Armenian hole, 1 ounce. (12) White vitrol, 4 ounces. Oxide of zinc, 1 ounce. Mix. (13) Astringent Lotion. Goulard extract, 2 to 3 drachms. Water, ^ pint. (14) Sulphate of copper, 1 to 2 drachms. Water ^ pint. Mix. (15) Astringent Ointment for Sore Heels. Superacetate of lead, 1 drachm. Lard, 1 ounce. Mix. \ (16) Another for the Same. Nitrate of silver powdered, ^ drm. Goulard extract, 1 drachm. Lard, 1 ounce. Mix. Sect. 6. — Blisters. Blisters are applications which in- flame theskin, and cause watery bladders to form upon it; they consist of two kinds, one for the sake of counter-irritation, by which the original disease is lessened, in consequence of the estabhshment of this irritation at a short distance from it. The other, commonly called " sweat- ing," in veterinary surgery, by which a discharge is obtained from the vessels of the part itself, which are in that way relieved and unloaded ; there is also a subsequent process of absorption in consequence of the pecuhar stimulus applied. Blisters for Dogs or Horses: — (1) Mild Blister Ointment (Counter Irritant). Hog's lard, 4 ounces. Venice turpentine, 1 ounce. Powdered cantharides, 6 drachms. Mix, and spread. (2) Stronger Blister Ointment (Counter Irritant). Spirit of turpentine, 1 ounce. Sulphuric acid, by measure, 2 drachms. Mix carefully in an open place, and add Hog's lard, 4 ounces. Powdered cantharides, 1 ounce. Mix, and spread. (3) Very Strong Blister (Counter Irritant). Strong mercurial ointment, 4 oz. Oil of origanum, ^ ounce. Finely-powdered euphorbium, 3 dr. Powdered cantharides, ^ ounce. Mix, and spread. (4) Eapidly Acting Blister (Counteb Irritant). Best flour of mustard, 8 ounces, made into a paste with water. Add spirit of turpentine, 2 ounces. Strong liquor of ammonia, 1 ounce. This is to be well rubbed into the chest, belly, or back, in cases of acute inflam- mation. (5) Sweating Blister. Strong mercurial ointment, 2 ounces. Oil of origanum, 2 drachms. Corrosive subhmate, 2 drachms. Cantharides powdered, 3 drachms. Mix, and rub in with the hand. (6) Strong Sweating Blister, foe Splents, Eing-Bones, Spavins, &c. Ked iodide of mercury, 1 to drachm. Lard, I ounce. To be well rubbed in the legs after cutting the hair short: and followed by the daily use of arnica, in the shape of a wash, as follows, which is to be painted on with a brush Tincture of arnica, 1 ounce. Water, 12 to 15 ounces. Mix. (7) TiNCTUEE OF Iodine, wliich should be painted on with a brush daily, until it causes the cuticle to exfoHate. It may then be omitted for a few days, to be resumed after that interval. Sect. 7.— Caustics. Cautics are substances which bum away the hving tissues of the body, by the decomposition of their elements. They are of two kinds — viz., first, the actual cautery, consisting in the appli- cation of the burning iron, and called firing; and, secondly, the potential cautery, by means of the powers of mineral caustics, such as potash, lunar- caustic, <^c. Firing is used extonsively upon horses for inflammation of the legs, out it is seldom employed upon the doA» who does not Guifer in the same way, MEDICI ^E^^ FOR THE DOG AND HORSE. 023 and to the same extent. A set of firing-irons is heated to a great heat, and one at a time is lightly appHed across the Hmb, or in lines up and down, according to the nature of the disease. This excites a very great amount of swelling and inflammation, by which the mischief is often abated, and is followed also by a contraction of the skin, which appears to act as a bandage in the weak state of the vessels of the legs which often occurs. The firing is generally followed by blistering, in order to keep up the inflammation, and at least three months must be consumed before the fired horse, if thoroughly operated on, will be fit for work. Strong Solid Caustics are as follows : (1) Fused Potass, difficult to manage, because it runs about in all directions, and little used in veterinary medicine, (2) Lunar- Caustic, ornitrate of silver, very valuable to the veterinary surgeon, and constantly used to apply to profuse granulations. (3) Sulphate of Copper, almost equally useful, but not so strong as lunar-caus- tic ; it may be well rubbed in to all liigh granulations, as in broken knees and similar growths. (4) Corrosive Sublimate in powder, which acts most energetically upon warty growths, but should be used with great care and discretion. It may safely be applied to small surfaces, but not without a regular practitioner to large ones. It should be washed off after remaining on a few m'nutes. (5) Yellow Orpiment, not so strong as the corrosive sublimate, and may be used with more freedom. It will gene- rally remove warty growths, by picking off their heads and rubbing it in. Strong Liquid Caustics: — (6) Sulphuric acid, or nitric acid, may be used either in full strength or diluted with an equal quantity of water ; but it must be used with great caution, as it destroys the skin rapidly. (7) In Canker of the Foot, Quicksilver, 1 ounce. Nitric acid, 2 ounces. Mix in an earthen vessel, and when cold put into a wide glass bottle, and cork it. It may be mixed with lard, in the proportion of 1 to 3. (8) A sunilar application, which may l^e used alternately with the last — Copper filings, ^ ounce. Nitric acid, 1 ounce. Mix, and use in the same way. (9) Muriate of antimony cafled butter of antimony ; a strong but rather un- manageable caustic, and used either by itself or mixed with more or less water. Mild Solid Caustics : — (10) Verdigris, either in powder or mixed with lard as an ointment, in the proportion of 1 to 3. (11) Eed precipitate, do., do. (12) Burnt alum, used dry. (13) Powdered white sugar. Mild Liquid Caustics : — (14) Solution of nitrate of silver, 5 to 15 grains, to the ounce of distilled water. (15) Solution of blue vitriol, of about double the above strength. (16) Chloride of zinc, 3 grains, to the ounce of water. Sect. 8. — Charges. Charges are adhesive plasters which are spread while hot on the legs, and at once covered with short tow, so as to form a strong and unyielding support while the horse is at grass. (1) Ordinary Charge. Burgundy pitch, 4 ounces. Barbadoes tar, 6 ounces. Beeswax, 2 ounces. Eed lead, 4 ounces. The three first are to be melted together, and afterwards the lead is to be added. The mixture is to be kept constantly stirred until sufficiently cold to be ap- plied. If too stiff" (which will depend upon the weather), it may be softened by the addition of a little lard or oil. (2) Arnica Charge. Canada balsam, 2 ounces. Powdered arnica leaves, ^ ounce. The balsam to be melted and worked up with the leaves, adding spirits of turpen- tine if necessary. When thoroughly mixed, to be well rubbed into the whole leg in a thin laj'er, and to be covered over with the Charge No. 1, which will set on its outside and act as a bandage, while the arniea acts as a restorative to the weakened vessels. This is aL excellent application. 924 DISEASES OF THE DOG AND HOBSE. Sect. 9. — Cordials. Cordials are medicines which act as warm temporary stimulants, augment- ing the strength and spirits when de- pressed, and often reheving an animal fi-om the ill-effects of over-exertion. They act much in the same way on the horse and dog, but require to be given in diiferent doses. Cordials for the Dog are as follows : — (1) Cordial Balls. Powdered caraway seeds, ^ to 1^ drachms. Ginger, 20 to 40 grains. Oil of cloves, 3 to 8 drops. Mix. (2) Greyhound cordial balls, see tram ing of the Greyhound, page2G3. (3) Cordial Drench. Tincture of cardamoms, | to 1 drachm. Sal volatile, 15 to 30 drops. Infusion of gentian, ^ to 1 drachm. Camphor mixture, 1 ounce. Mix. Horse Cordials : — (1) Cordial Balls. Powdered caraway seeds 6 drachms, Ginger, 2 drachms. Oil of cloves, 20 drops. Treacle, enough to make into a ball. (2) Powdered aniseed, 6 drachms. Powdered cardamoms, 2 drachms. Powdered cassia, 1 drachm. Oil of carawaj^s, 20 drops. Mix with treacle into a ball. (3) Cordial Drench. A quart of good ale warmed and with plenty of grated ginger. (4) Cordial and Expectorant. Powdered aniseed, ^ ounce. Powdered squill, 1 drachm. Powdered myrrh, 1^ drachm. Balsam of Peru, enough to form a ball. (5) Liquorice powder, ^ ounce. Gum ammoniacum, 3 drachms. Balsam of Tolu, 1^ drachm. Powdered squill', 1 drachm. Linseed meal and boiling water, enough to form into a mass. Sect. 10. — Demulcents. Demulcents are medicines which are used in irritations of the bowels, kid- neys, and bladder ; and they are equally useful and act in the same way on the dog and horse ; the former, of course, requiring much smaller quantities than the latter. (1) Demulcent Drench. Gum arable, ^ ounce. Water, 1 pint. The whole to be given to the hoise, or half a teacupful to a moderate-sized dog. (2) Linseed, 4 ounces. Water, 1 quart. Simmer till a strong and thick decoc- tion is obtained, and give as above. (3) Marshmallow Drench. Marshmallows, a double handful. Water, 1 quart. Simmer, as in No. 2, and use in tao same way. 1 Sect. 11. — Diaphoretics. Diaphoretics are medicines which increase the insensible perspiration; but, as in the dog the skin is not capable of perceptible action of this kindj their use is confined to the horse. (1) In Hide-Bound. Emetic tartar, 1^ drachms. Camphor, ^ drachm. Ginger, 2 drachms. Opium, ^ drachm. Oil of caraway, 15 drops. Linseed meal and boiling water, to form a ball, which is to be given twice or thrice a- week (2) In Hide-bound (but not so effica- cious). Aiitimonial powder, 2 drachms. Ginger, 1 drachm. Powdered caraways, G drachms, Oil of aniseed, 20 drops. Mix as above. These remedies require exercise in clothing to bring out their effects, al ter which the horse should be whisped till quite dry. I Sect. 12. — Digestives. Digestives are applications whicii promote suppuration, and the healing of wounds or ulcers. They are equally useful in the dog and horse. (1) Digestive Ointment. Red precipitate, 2 ounces. Venice turpentine, 3 ounces. Beeswax, 1 ounce. Hog's lard, 4 ounces. Melt the last three ingredients over a slow fire, and when nearly cold, stir in the powder. MEDICINES FOR THE DOG AND HOESE. 925 Sect. 13. — Diuretics. Diuretics are medicines which pro- mote the secretion and discharge of urine, the effect being produced in a different manner by different medi- cines ; some acting directly upon the kidneys by sympathy with the stomach, while others are taken up by the blood-vessels, and in their elimination from the blood cause an extra secre- tion of the urine. In either case their effect is to diminish the watery part of the blood, and thus promote the ab- sorption of fluid effused into any of the cavities, or into the cellular mem- brane, in the various forms of dropsy. (1.) Diuretic Bolus for the Dovit. Nitre, 6 grains. Digitahs, 1 grain. Ginger, 4 grains. Linseed meal and water to form a bolus, which is to be given night and morning, or half to a small dog. (2) Diuretic and Alterative. Iodide of potassium, 3 grains. Nitre, 4 grains. Digitahs, ^ grain. Extract of gentian, 5 grains. Mix, and give twice a-day, or half to a small dog. (1) Stimulating Diuretic Ball r-^r. THE Horse. Powdered resin. Sal prunella, Castile soap, of each 3 drachms. Oil of juniper, 1 drachm. Mix. (2) A MORE Cooling Diuretic Ball. Powdered nitre, ^ to 1 ounce. Camphor, and Oil of juniper, of each 1 drachm. Soap, 3 drachms. Mix, adding linseed meal enough u form a ball. (3) Diuretic Powder for a Mash. Nitre, and Eesin, of each ^ to f ounce. Mix. (4) Another more Active .Powder. Nitre, 6 drachms. Camphor, 1| drachms. Mix. Sect. 14. — Embrocations. Embrocations or Liniments are stimulating or sedative external appli- cations, intended to reduce the paii: Lud imiammaticii of internal parts when vxibbed into the skin with tho hand. (1) Mustard EMBROcATiOiN. Best flour of mustard, 6 ounces. Liquor of ammonia, 1^ ounce. Oil of turpentine, 1^ ounce. Mix with sufficient water to form a thi.» paste. (2) Stimulating Embrocation. : Camphor, ^ ounce. Oil of turpentine, and Spirit of wine, of each 1| omico. Mix. (3) Sweating Embrocation for Wind; galls, &c. Strong mercurial ointment, 2 ozh. Camphor, ^ ounce. Oil of rosemary, 2 drachma. Spirit of turpentine, 1 ounce. Mix. (4) Another, but Stronger. Strong mercurial ointment, 2 ozc. Oil of bay, 1 ounce. Oil of origanum, ^ ounce. Powdered cantharides, ^ ouxice. Mix. (5) A MOST Active Sweating Embro- cation. Eed iodide of meronry, ^ to 1. drachm. Powdered arnica leaves, 1 drachm. Soap hniment, 2 ounces. Mix. (6) This must be repeated until a blister is raised, which usually takes two or three applications. It may then be omitted for a week. Sect. 15 Emulsions. Emulsions are very useful in the chronic cough of the horse ; but ar^. not successful with the dog. (1) Simple Emulsion. , Linseed oil, 2 ounces. Honey, 3 ounces. Soft water, 1 pint. Subcarbonate of potass, 1 drachm. Dissolve the honey and potass in the water ; then add the linseed oil by degrees in a large mortar, when it should assume a milky appearance. It may be given night and morning. (2) Another more Active Emulsiok Simple emulsion, No. 1, 8 ouncetk Camphor, 1 drachm. Opium in powder, ^ drachm. Oil of aniseed^ 30 drops. 926 DISEASES OF THE DOG AND HORSE. "Rub the three last ingredients together in a mortar with some white sugar ; then add the emulsion by degrees. Sect. 16. — Emetics. Emetics are not used in horse medi- cines, but are sometimes required for the dog, though not so often as is com- monly supposed. Vomiting is a natural process in that animal, and seldom wants provoking ; indeed, if emetics are often had recourse to, his stomach becomes so irritable that neither medi- cine nor food will remain on it. Hence, their administration should be carefully kept within the bounds of absolute necessity. (1) Emetic to be Given to the Dog. Tartar emetic, |- to 1 grain. Powdered ipecacuanha, 4 to 5 grs. Mix, and dissolve in a little water, to be given as a drench ; and to be fol- lowed by half a pint of lukewarm water in a quarter of an hour. (2) Common Salt Emetic. A teaspoonful of salt and half this quantity of mustard are to be dissolved in half a pint of warm water, and given as a drench. Sect. 17. — Expectorants. Expectorants excite or promote dis- charge of mucus from tlie lining mem- brane of the bronchial tubes, thereby relieving inflammation and allaying cough. They are equally useful in Dog and Horse. Expectorants for the Dog : — (1) Ipecacuanha powder, 1 to 1^ grain. Powdered rhubarb, 1 to 3 grains. Compound squill pill, 1 to 2 grains. Powdered opium, ^ to 1 grain. Linseed meal and water, enough to make a bolus, to be given night and morning. (2) Ipecacuanha powder, and Powdered opium, of each a grain. Confection enough to make a pill, to be g^ven every six hours. (3) An Expectorant Mixture for Chronic Cough in the Dog. Friar's balsam, 10 to 15 drops. Syrup of poppies, 1 drachm. Diluted sulphuric acid, 5 to 10 drops. Mucilage, | ounce. Water, ^ ounce. Mix, and give two or three times a-day. (4) An Expectorant in Recent Cough. Tincture of. lobeha, 10 to 15 drops. Almond emulsion, 1 ounce. Extract of conium, 2 to 3 grains. Ipecacuanha wine, 5 to 10 drops. Mix, and give two or threft ^imes a-day. Expectorant Ball for the Horse : — (5) In Ordinary Cough without In- flammation. Gum ammoniacum, ^ ounce. Powdered squill, 1 drachm. Castile soap, 2 drachms. Honey enough to form a ball. (6) In Old Standing Cough (Stomach) Assafoetida, 3 drachms. Galbanum, 1 drachm. Carbonate of ammonia, ^ drachm. Ginger, 1|- drachm. Honey enough to form a ball. (7) A Strong Expectorant Ball. Emetic tartar, ^ drachm. Calomel 15 grains. Digitalis, ^ drachm. Powdered squill, ^ drachm. Linseed meal and water enough to form a ball, which is not to be repeated without great care. . Sect. 18. — Febrifuges. ■ Fever Medicines are given to allay fever, which they do by increasing the secretions of urine and sweat, and also by reducing the action of the heart. Febrifuges for the Dog. (1) Calomel, 1 to 3 grains. Digitalis, ^ grain. Nitre, 3 to 5 grains. Confection to form a pill, to be given every night. (2) Nitre, 3 to 5 grains. Tartar emetic, l-6th grain. Confection to form a pill, to be given night and m.orning. (3) Fever Mixture for the Dog. Nitre, 1 drachm. Sweet spirit of nitre, 3 drachms. Mindererus spirit, 1 ounce. Camphor mixture, 6^ ounces. MEDICINES FOB THE DOG AND HORSE. 927 Mix, and give two tablespoonfuls every six hours. Fever Medicines for the Horse : — (4) Fever Ball. Nitre, 4 drachms. Camphor, 1^ drachm. Calomel and opium, of each 1 scruple. Linseed meal and water enough to form a ball. (5) Another Fever Ball. Emetic tartar, to 2 drachms. Compound powder of tragacanth, 2 drachms. Linseed meal as above. (6) Another. Nitre, 1 ounce. Camphor, 2 drachms. Mix as above. (7) Cooling Mash. Nitre, 1 ounce, may be given in a bran mash. (8) Cooling Drench. Nitre, 1 ounce. Sweet spirit of nitre, 2 ounces. Tincture of digitahs, 2 drachms. Whey, 1 pint. Sect. 19. — Clysters. Clysters are intended either to re- lieve obstruction or spasm of the bowels, and are of great use both in the dog and horse. For the Dog, clysters should be simply a pint or two of warm water, in which soap has been dissolved, or the following : — Turpentine f lyster in Colic. (1) Spirit of turpentine, ^ ounce. Castor-oil, 1 ounce. Tincture of opium, 2 to 3 drachms. Gruel, 1 pint. Mix. Half of this is enough for a small dog. Clysters for the Horse may also in the general way be of warm water or gruel, of which some quarts will be required in colic. They should be thrown up with the proper syringe, provided with valves and a flexible tube. (2) Tui-pentine clyster in colic, see Antispasmodics. (3) Aperient clysters, see Aperients. (4) Anodyne Clyster in Diarrhosa. Starch, made as for washing, 1 quart. Powdered opium, 2 drachms. The opium is to be boiled in water, and added to the starch. Sect. 20. — Lotions. Lotions are liquids apphed to the external parts when inflamed, and they act by reducing the temperature, and by giving tone to the vessels of the part. Lotions for the Dog : — (1) Cooling Lotion in Bruises or Cuts. Extract of lead, 1 drachm. Tincture of arnica, ^ to 1 drachm. Water, ^ pint. Mix and apply constantly by means of a sponge. (2) Cooling Lotion in Stiffness from Bruises or Work. Tincture of arnica, 1 drachm. Spirit of wine, 7 drachms. Mix, and rub well into the part, before the fire, with the hand. (3) Lotion for the Eyes. Sulphate of zinc, 20 to 25 grains. Water, 6 ounces. Mix. (4) Very Strong One, and only to be Dropped in. Nitrate of silver, 5 to 8 grains. Distilled water, 1 ounce. Mix, and use with a camel-hair brush. (5) For Internal Canker. Nitrate of silver, 10 grains. Distilled water, 1 ounce. Mix, and drop in every night. Lotions for the Horse : — (6) Cooling Lotion for External Inflammation. Goulard extract, 1 ounce. Vinegar, 2 ounces. Spirit of wine, or gin, 3 ounces. Water, 1^ pint. Mix, and apply with a calico bandage (7) Another, for Inflamed Legs, ok FOR Galled Shoulders or Back. Sal ammoniac, 1 ounce. Vinegar, 4 ounces. Spirit of wine, 2 ounces. 928 DISEASES OF THE DOG AND HORSE. Tincture of arnica, 2 drachms. Water, half a pint. Mix. (8) Lotion for Foul Ulcers. Sulphate of copper, 1 ounce. Nitric acid, ^ ounce. Water, 8 to 12 ounces. Mix. Sect. 21. — Ointments. Ointments are greasy applications, consisting of a powerful drug mixed with lard, or some similar compound, and thus applied to the sore ; they are generally more properly described under the several heads for which they are used. (See Astringents, Ano- dynes, &c.) Sometimes, however, as in the case of mange, it is more con- venient to give a receipt for one here. Mange Ointment. Iodide of mercur3% 1 drachm. Lard, 1 ounce. Mix. Sect. 22. — Stimulants. Stimulants. — By this term is under- stood those substances which excite the action of the whole nervous and vascular systems ; almost all medicines are stimulants to some part or other, as, for instance, aperients, which stimu- late the Hning of the bowels, but to the general system are lowering. On the other hand. Stimulants, so called, excite and raise the action of the brain and heart. They act much in the same way on the dog and horse. Stimulant for the Dog : — (1) Stimulating Mixture. Aromatic spirit of ammonia, 1 oz. Tincture of cardamoms, 1 ounce. Camphor mixture, 6 ounces. Mix, and give two tablespoonfuls every six hours. Stimulant for the Horse : — (2) Old ale, 1 quart. Carbonate of ammonia, ^ to 2 drs. Tincture of ginger, 4 drachms. Mix, and give as a drench. (3) For other stimulants, see Cordials, Sect. 23. — Stomachics. Stomachics are medicines given to improve the tone of the stomach when impaired by bad management or diHease. Stomachics for the Dog : — (1) Stomachic Bolus. Extract of gentian, 6 to 8 grains. Powdered rhubarb, 2 to 3 grains. Mix, and give twice a day. (2) Stomachic Mixture. Tincture of cardamoms |- to 1 oz. Infusion of cascarilla, 7 ounces. Carbonate of soda, ^ drachm. Mix, and give two tablespoonfuls twice a day. Stomachics for the Horse : — (3) Stomachic Ball. Powdered gentian ^ ounce. Powdered ginger, 1^ drachm. Carbonate of Soda, 1 drachm. Treacle to form a ball. (4) Another. Cascarilla powdered, 1 ounce. Myrrh, 1^ drachm. Castile soap, 1 drachm. Mix, with syrup or treacle, into a ball (5) Another. Powdered Colombo, ^ to 1 ounce. Powdered cassia, 1 drachm. Powdered rhubarb, 2 drachms. Mix as in No. 4. Sect. 24. — Styptics. Styptics are remedies which have a tendency to stop the flow of blood either from internal or external surfaces. They are used either by the mouth, oi to the part itself in the shape of lotions, &c. ; or the actual cautery, which is always the best in external bleeding. Internal Styptics for the Dog : — (1) For Bloody Ub,ine, or Bleeding from the Lungs. Superacetate of lead, 12 to 24 grains. Tincture of matico, ^ to X ounce. Vinegar, 2 drachms. Water, 7 to 7^ ounces. Mix, and give two tablespoonfuls two or three times a day to a full-sized dog. (2) For the Horse, see Astringents. Sect. 25.— Tonics. Tonics augment the vigour of the whole body permanently, whilst stimu- lants only act for a short time. They are chiefly useful after low fever. ADmNIS.TFliING MEDICINES TO THE DOG, 920 Tonics for the Dog : — (1) Tonic Pills. Sulphate of quinine, 1 to 3 grains. Ginger, 2 to 3 grains. Extract of gentian, enough to form a bolus, to be given twice a day. (2) Tonic Mixture Compound tincture of bark, 1 ounce. Decoction of yellow bark, 7 ounces. Mix, and give two tablespoonfuls twice or thrice a day. Tonics for the Horse : — (3) Tonic Ball. Powdered yellow bark, 1 ounca Ginger, 2 drachms. Carbonate of soda, | drachm. Form into a ball with linseed meal and water. (4) Another Tonic Ball, Sulphate of iron, | ounce. Extract of camomile, 1 ounce. Mix, and form into a ball. (5) Another Tonic Ball. Arsenic, 10 grains. Ginger, 1 drachm. Powdered aniseed, 1 ounce. Compound powder of tragacanth, 2 drachms. Syrup enough to form a baU. It is a very powerful tonic. Sect. 26. — Worm Medicines. Worm Medicines are given in order to expel worms, which they do partly from their specific action upon the worm itself, and partly by their pur- gative quahties, which all ought to possess, or to be followed by medicines of that class. Worm Medicines for the Dog : — (1) For Worms Generally Two drachms of powdered areca nut. To be given mixed up in water as a drench, and followed by a dose of castor-oil. This is the dose for a large dog. It may be regulated for all sizes by giving two grains of tho nut for each pound the dog weighs. (2) Worm Medicines for Eound Worm. Indian pink, 1 ounce. Boiling water, 8 ounces. Let it stand for an hour, then strain and give from one-eighth to one-half on an empty stomach once a week. Castor-oil should be given next day This, however, sometimes produces serious mischief. (3) For Tape Worm. Kousso, i to ^ ounce. Lemon juice, ^ ounce. Mix, and give as a drench, with the addition of a little water, on an empty stomach. This should be followed by a dose of castor-oil eight hours after. (4) For Tape Worm (old plan). Spirit of turpentine, 2 to 4 drachms. To be tied firmly up in a piece of bladder, and given as a bolus, taking care not to break it. (5) For Tape Worm (another plan). Root of male fern, 1 to 4 drachms, Powdeied jalap, 15 grains. Liquorice powder or linseed meal enough to form a bolus with water. For the more detailed description of the Remedies for Worms, see the sections on their treatment in the Diseases of the Dog and Horse. Worm Medicines for the Horse : — (6) Calomel, 1 to 2 drachms. Barbadoes aloes, 3 to 6 drachms. Ginger, 1 drachm. Soap, 3 drachms. Mix. (7) Worm Drench. A. pint of linseed oil every other day. CHAPTER IL MODE OF ADMINISTERING MEDICINES TO THE DOG. Medicines are given to the dog either in the form of a powder, a bolus, or a drench. In the first of these {ex. gr., areca nut), the drug must be mixed with some tasty substance, such oi? broth, when, the dog being hungry, he 3 o 930 ADMINISTERING REMEDIES TO TEE HORSE. will swallow it without difficulty ; and as, prior to the administration of all vermifuges, fasting for twenty-four hours previously must be carried out sti'ictly, there is less trouble than usual. Calomel or grey-powder, which is tasteless, may be given wrapped up in a thin piece of meat, but in any other drugs it is better to make them up into pill or bolus. When it is desired to give either of these, it is only neces- sary, if a large dog, to back him into a corner, or if a small one, to hold him in the lap, then opening the mouth by pressing the cheeks against the molar teeth, the pill or bolus is dropped into the throat and pushed well down with the fore-finger ; after which the mouth is closed, still holding the head up, and the act of swallowing must of neces- sity take place. Drenching is carried out in a similai manner, as far as holding the dog ii concerned ; but it requires a towel t' protect the hand, if the dog is strong and violent. The remedies for the dog are nearly all similar to those used for similai diseases in the human subject ; but the doses are not always in the same pro- portions. Thus opium is much less active in the dog than in man, while calomel and castor-oil are more so. It is necessary to be aware of these facts, or either under-dosing or over dosing will be the result. In horses the same remarks as toi doses apply, arsenic being compara- tively inert on that animal ; but the treatment of their diseases is very) different from that of man's. CHAPTER III. MODE OF ADMINISTERING REMEDIES TO THE HORSE. The most Commcin Form in which medicine is given to the horse is by means of the ball — an oblong mass of rather soft consistence, yet tough enough to retain its shape,- and wrapped up in thin paper for that purpose. The usual weight of balls is from half an ounce to an ounce ; hut they may be given of a larger size, if they are made longer but not wider. Every groom should know how to give a ball, which is managed either with or without a balHng-iron — an instrument which is seldom wanted, and which some- times occasions considerable mischief to the roof of the horse's mouth. Occasionally a horse cannot be man- aged by any other means ; but gene- rally speaking the instrument is only an excuse for bad management. In Giving a Ball in the ordinary way, the horse's tongue is drawn out of the mouth on the oif or right side, and held there firmly with the left hand grasping it as near the root as possible, but to a certain extent yielding to the movement of the horse's head, so as not absolutely to tear it out. While the tongue is thus held, the ball is placed between the fingers and thumb of the right hand, extend- ing in a wedge-like or conical formi so as to pass as far down the swallow) as possible, and the hand in this form,) with the arm bared to the shoulder, is' carried over the root of the tongue till, it feels the impediment caused by the] contraction of the swallow, when the) fingers leave the ball there, and thel hand is withdrawn quickly yet smoothly^ while at the same moment tlie tonguel is released, and the head is held upt till the ball is seen to pass down the gullet on the left side of the neck,l atter which the head may be released. When the Balling-Iron is used, the oval ring of which it is composed is passed into the mouth, so as to keep it open, being first well guarded with! tow or cloths wrapped round it; the) handle is then held in the left hand, iogether with the halter, so as to steady the head, and yet to keep the horse from biting ; and while thus held tho hand can freely be carried oyer tlu tongue, and the ball be deposited in the pharynx. When a horse is very determined, it is sometimes necessary to keep the iron in the mouth by means of the cheek- pieces of an ordinary bridle buckled to the cides of the oval ring ; hut this expedient is seldom AmiINISTEEIXG REMEDIES TO THE HORSE. 931 required if the halter is firml}'- grasped with the handle of the iron. In tne usual way the horse to be hailed is turned round in his stall, which pre- vents his backing away from the groom ; and if the latter is not tall enough, he may stand upon a sound stable -bucket turned upside down. Balls should be recently made, as they soon spoil by keeping ; not only losing their strength, but also becoming so hard as to be almost insoluble in the stomach, and frequently passing through the bowels nearly as they went into the mouth. When hard, they are also liable to stick in the horse's gullet. If ammonia or any other strong stimulant is given in this way, the horse should not have his stomach quite empty, but should have a little gruel or water just before ; for if this is put off till after- wards, the nauseous taste of - the ball almost always prevents his drinking. When arsenic forms the principal in- gredient of the ball, it should be given soon after a feed of corn ; or a quart or two of gruel should be given instead, just before the ball. The Administration of a Drench is a much more troublesome affair than the giving of a ball ; and in almost all cases more or less of the dose is wasted. Sometimes, however, a hquid medicine is to be preferred, as in colic gripes, when the urgent nature of the symp- toms demands a rapidly-acting remedy, whicn a ball, from its requiring time to dissolve, is not ; and, besides this, a ball cannot contain any of the spirit- uous cordials. The best instrument for giving a drench is the horn of the ox, cut obhquely, so as to fonn a spout. Bottles are sometimes used in an emer- gency, but their fragile nature always renders them dangerous. In giving a drench, the tongue is held in the same vyay as for the delivery of a ball, but the head must be more elevated ; the drench is then carefully poured into the throat, after which the tongue is let go, but the head still kept up till it is all swallowed. Allowance should alwaj's oe made for some waste in giving a Irench. Physicking, oi the giving of opening ohysic, is necessary in many diseases, .vhich will be specified as they severally ^ome under observation. The usual node of m maging all horses while ' in physic " is that which I shall here describe. In all cases, if possible, the horse should be prepared by bran mashes, given for two or three nights, so as to make the bowels rather loose than otherwise, and thus allow the dose to act without undue forcing of the im- pacted f^ces backwards. If physic is given without this softening process, the stomach and bowels pour out a large secretion of fluid, which is forced back upon the rectum, and met by a solid obstacle which it takes a long time to overcome, and during that in- terval the irritating purge is acting upon the lining membrane, and often produces excessive inflammation of it. Purging physic should generally be given in the middle of the day, after which the horse should remain in the stable, and have chilled water as often as he will drink it, with bran mashes. By the next morning he will be ready to be walked out for an hour, which will set the bowels to act if they have not already begun. It is usual to tie up the tail with a tape or string, so as to keep it clean. The horse should be warmly clothed, and if the physic does not act with an hour's walk he may be gently trotted for a short distance, and then taken home ; and, if still ob- stinate, he may be exercised again in the afternoon. As soon as the physic operates pretty freely the horse is to be taken into his stable, and not stirred out again, under any pretence what- ever, for forty-eight hours after it has " set," or, in common language, stopped acting. When the purging has ceased, the mashes may be continued for twenty- four hours, with a httle corn added to them, and a moderate quantity of hay. The water, during the whole time, should be given in small quantities, and chilled ; and the clothing should be rather warmer than usual, taking great care to avoid draughts of cold air. Every horse requires at least three days' rest for a dose of ph3^sic, in order to avoid risk of miscliief . The Mode of Giving a Clyster is now rendered simple enough, because a pump and tube are expressly made for the purpose ; and the groom has only to pass the greased end of the tube carefully into the rectum, for about eight or nine inches, and then pump the hquid up until a sufficient quantity is given. From a gallon to six quarts is the average quantity, but in cohc a much, larger amount is required 3 0 2 932 ADMimSTEBING REMEDIES TO THE HORSE. Lotions are applied by means of calico bandages, if used to the legs ; or by a piece of calico tied over the part if to any other surface. Fomentations are very serviceable to the horse in all recent external inflam- mations, and it is astonishing what may be done by a careful groom, with warm water alone, and a good-sized sponge. Sometimes l3y means of an elastic tube a.nd stop-cock warm water is conducted in a continuous stream over an inflamed part, as in severe wounds, &c., in whichl this plan is found wonderfully success^ ful in allaying the irritation, which is so likely to occur in the nervous system of the horse. A vessel of waria water is placed above the level of the hor^'e's' back, and a small india-rubber tube leads from it to a sponge fixed above the part, from which the water ruus to the ground as fast as it is over-fi)Jed. It is a plan very easily carried out by any person of ordi-nary ingenuity. PART V. DISEASES OF THE DOG AND HORSE. BOOK III -THE DISEASES OF THE DOG AND THEIR ' TREAT^^IENT. CHAPTER I. FEVER. Sect. 1.— Simple Ephemeral Fever. In the Dog, simple fever is merely a condition in which there is Srst a chilliness, accompanied by actual m- crease of surface heat, and quick re- spiration and pulse ; then loss of appetite and diminished secretion of urine, with frequently costive bowels ; and finally, a tendency to congestion m the mucous membrane of the lungs and nostrils, or of some other internal organ, but generally of the lungs and nose, producing cough and running at the nose and eyes. The febrile symp- toms usually run a short course, seldom going beyond three days, but the con- gestion of the mucous membrane often remains much longer. The Cause is almost always exposure to cold, especially a draught of cold air on a heated skin, after exercise. The Treatment will be as follows • —In the first place, complete rest should be accorded ; next, a dose of aperient medicine, with calomel, in the following shape, will generally be advis- able, as it will clear away any sources of irritation which may exist :— Calomel, 2 to 4 grains. Jalap in powder, 10 to 15 grains. Ginger, 1 grain. Mix. The dose will be in proportion to the size and strength of the dog, giving one-half or a quarter to a small one or to a young puppy. When this has operated, with the assistance of some gruel, very little more will be necessary under ordinary circumstances, and m a few days the dog will be well. Sect. 2.— Simple Epidemic Fever, or Influenza. This species of fever is closely allied to the preceding variety in everything but the cause, which, instead of being exposure to cold, is soiTie pecuhar con- dition of the air, to v hich the name epidemic is given, in order to conceal our ignorance, for it is really only giving a name and nothing else. The term influenza is precis ely similar, both only signifying the pecuhar and general prevalence of the complaint, and not defining its nature or its cause. The latter term is, howev(5r, apphed more especially to epidemic catarrh, which is the form we are now considering. As the symptoms are ve^ry closely similar to those of simple cold, or ephemeral fever, it is unnecessary to repeat them ; nor is the treatment in the first stage at all different. But as the cough and running seldom disappear without some extra care and attention, it does not always do to trust to nature here for a cure. Lowering medicines and diet after the first few days are not at a 1 successful ; and, on the other hand, warm expectorants, with tolerably- good and nourishing slops, will be found to answer the best. The i^x- pectorant Bolus, No. 1, may be given night and morning with advantage, and a Stimulating Embrocation, No. 1, applied to the side night and morning with the hand. As soon as the cough and running at the nose have somewhat subsided, and before exercise is allowed, the bark mixture (Tonic No. 2) may be given ; and only when the strength and spirits are so recruited as to warrant the supposition that the health is greatly restored is the dog to be allowed ex- ercise, and then only at first with great caution. It is often the case that a pre- mature exposure to air and excitement brings on a relapse, and especially when the lungs are at all implicated either m their substance or mucous membrane. A human patient can be taken out in a carriage, but dogs, unless they are great pets, are seldom allowed that indulgence ; and hence the necessity for the s^bove precaution. 934 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. Sect. 3.— Typhus Fever or Distemper. In a series of letters on this subject I entered at great length into the nature of " distemper," as it is called, in order to show its exact similarity to typhus fever ; and in that opinion I am more than ever settled with enlarged time and opportunity of observation. It is extraordinary what a difference there is among observers ; for Mr, Mayhew came to the conclusion that it is doubt- ful whether it is contagious or not ; and that all dogs, whether starved or taken care of, are equally its victims. Now, in this opinion I believe he will be at variance with ninety-nine out of a hundred of those who have had to do with dogs, and I am decidedly of opinion that he is wrong in both sup- positions. But leaving out of view all the arguments ^ro and con. which I have heretofore inflicted upon my readers, I will proceed to describe what I believe to be the essence of the dis- ease, and its best mode of treatment, which is what the sportsman chiefly cares about, and in which there is very little difference in principle be- tween the plans advocated by Mr. May- hew and my own, which were, hov/ever promulgated long before his volume' saw the light. The Essence of the Disease is a depraved or poisoned condition of the blood, which may arise spontaneously or be produced by contagion. When it arises from contagion, the disease is clearly distemper from the first ; but when arising spontaneously, it often supervenes upon other diseases, such as common or epidemic catarrh, &c.; and then it is not at once clear in the early stage whether it may assume the character of distemper or not. No other disease prostrates the system so rapidly, nor does any other produce such rapid emaciation — both arising from the action of a poison in the blood, by which the nervous system is affected, and the solid matter of the muscles rapidly broken down. It appears to me that in the genuine distemper all the secretions are vitiated in quality, or diminished in quantity, so that the urine is high-coloured and scanty ; the bowels are costive or loose, and their discharges of a pecuharly offensive character; and the mucous membranes of the eyes, nose, and lungs pour out a thick viscid und yellow iimoua. The bile, if any is secreted, is black and scanty ; and the saliva is absent, with a thick black formation of " sordes " about the moutli in its place. Since, therefore, those which are altered are not nearly all mucous secreti ons, but of different glandsy it can scarcely be said to be a fever ol mucous membranes alone, but rather a fever implicating all the secretions of the body, and also the organs of nm trition, so that the body is neither proH perly depurated nor supported whilst it exists, I The Symptoms are very various, as may be expected, considering the nature of the disease ; and that it may either arise from contagion or in consequence of the attack of other diseases. They may, however, mainly be summed up as consisting of two sets — first, the in- variable symptoms ; and secondly, the occasional ones. The invariable symp- toms are low insidious fever, excessive prostration, and rapid emaciation, both much greater than any other similar dis- ease will produce ; so that it is very com- mon to find a dog which is in tolerable' health, though perhaps ailing slightly,' quite unable to stand in three days, and wasted to a skeleton. These symptoms often occur without purging, or any^ apparent cause except the fever ; and when they come on, even where there^ is no running at the eyes and nose, or cough, or other local compHcation, the'^ disease is clearly distemper ; and there* is great danger, from the general poi-; soning of the blood and the great loss ' of strength attending upon it, in conse- ' quence of the want of depuration and nutrition. The appetite is also almost always bad, and food must be given by force in most cases in order to support the powers. The accidental symptoms r are connected with the various com- plications which occur in this protean complaint, and depend upon the organ or organs which are the seat of tin congestion or inflammation. Thus, ii the lungs are attacked , there is evidence of congestion of the lungs ; if the bowels are the seat of complication, they show it by the signs peculiar to that disease, and so on ; and in each case attention must be paid to the peculiar complication in order to combat it by appropriate remedies. , The Usual Course of Distemper, when contracted by contagion, or when epidemic, as it sometimes clearly is, may be described as follows : — ^TUe TYPHUS FEVER, OB DISTEMPER. 9:55 iirst thing observed is a peculiar dul- ues5 of tiie eyes, with a .s^eneral lassi- tude, and indisposition either to play or work, but not of such a character as to mark an3rthing but an ordinary cold, or other slight ailment. But usually uccouipanying this there is a peculiar cough, which conies on without any- thing apparently to cause it, and gene- rally between a cough and a sneeze, so that the dog stands and coughs and sneezes, or sneezes and coughs, for five minutes at a time, as soon as he is taken out, but is free from it in the kennel ; and it is only when the blood is driven through the mucous membrane more rapidly than usual that this condition is produced. But though this is easily detected by the practised ear (because the character is less bold and decided than in ordinary or epidemic cough or catarrh), yet to the uninitiated it is not so clear, and this symptom alone will seldom lead to any decided knowledge of what is to come. If, however, it has made its appearance at a time when there has been no exposure to cold or wet, and especially in a puppy, either at six months old, when teething, or in the follov/ing spring, when shed- ding the coat, it is a very suspicious symptom at all times. But when a dog with this sneezing at once loses his appetite entirely, wi^^M^ being side, and at the same time almost entirely loses his strength and ffesh in a few days, it may safely be inferred that the dis- temper is coming on, unless there is some other disease apparent, such as violent inflammation of the lungs, fiver, or bowels. With this condition of the general system, and of the nose and throat, there is almost always a dis- charge of black and pitchy faeces, scanty in quantity, unless diarrhoea comes on, but very offensive. The water is high-coloured, and the dog is chilly and disincfined to leave his ken- nel. The eyes are congested, and some- what imtable on exposure to a strong light ; they are generafiy more or less glued up with mucus, and this is some- times to such an extent as to run down the face in a long pearly drop. The nose also is either dry and hot, or cool and discharging a thick mucus, often tinged with blood ; and sometimes there is a frothy expectoration from the first. After a time the mouth becomes loaded with brown fur, called " sordes." The respiration is very quick, and the pulse is either quick, yet without power, or sometimes so slow as to be even be- low the number of respirations, which is a state I have never seen except in distemper. It usually runs a course of from three to six weeks, and may be considered as divided into four periods ; first, the period of incubation, called incipient ; secondly, the period of reaction, in which the various complications make their appearance ; thirdly, the period of prostration, marking its true typhoid nature ; and, fourthly, the period of con- valescence. When distemper supervenes upon other diseases, its early symptoms are not developed, and neither the in- cipient stage nor the stage of reaction . is indicated ; but after the usual pro- gress of an attack of common catarrh, or of ordinary inflammation of the lungs, the typhoid stage is manifested, and the dog may be said to have true distemper, and in common language it is so described. 1. Head Complication. — Besides the general symptoms enumerated above, there is sometimes an evident torpor of the brain, with a fit occurring early in the attack, marking congestion of that vital organ. The eyes are gene- rally deeply injected with dark blue blood when this is the case ; and there may, or may not, be at the same time congestion of the mucous membrane of the nose, eyes, and lungs, which usually occur together. This complica- tion of the head is the worst which can occur, except perhaps violent diarrhoea ; but it is even more unmanageable than that. A second or third fit generafly takes the dog off at once ; or, if he lives through this stage, he becomes a confirmed cripple, from choeea, which generally supervenes upon this compli- cation. 2. Bronchial Complication is by far the most common, and it is also the most under control. In it there is generally an excessive running from the eyes and nose, together with violent cough, quick breathing, and sometimes, though not often, actual inflammation of the lungs. 3. The Rowels are often the seat of a complication, and when this is the case there is generally present at first a violent purging of black pitchy fluid, followed by watery and offensive motions, and patches of lymph or whitish skin mixed with th^m. After 936 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREA TMENT. a time blood makes its appearance in streaks, and then in large quantities, and if this is not checked, the do^- rapidly sinks and dies from exhaustion, 4. The Skin is attacked by a crop of large and small pustules, or blebs, filled with matter, often tinged with purple blood. This is a good sign, and indicates that the disease is expending itself upon an organ not directly impli- cating life. Distemper may easily be confounded with those simple inflammations which attack the same organs ; thus, inflamma- tion (evidenced by a form of madness), ordinary bronchitis, or diarrhoea, may all 1)6 readily mistaken for it, but the distinction consists in the low fever, the prostration and the rapid emaci- ation, which are all much less marked in the above diseases. Whenever a simple inflammation attacks any of these organs there is high fever ^ with greatly increased heat of the nose and legs ; bounding and quick pulse, and very rapid breathing, amounting to panting in bronchitis, pleurisy, and pneumonia, or with a re- fusal to lie down ; but on the contrary, in distemper, the nose and legs are gene- rally cold after the first stage ; the fever is low, and the breathing, though quick, is not panting, nor is the pulse hard or greatly accelerated, often being below the frequency of the respirations. The Treatment will depend much upon the stage of the disease. The grand principle in the first two of the periods, mentioned in page 858, is to hold the hand and wait for symptoms ; it is far better to do nothing than to do harm, and if there is no occasion for medicine it should not be given. If, however, the bowels are confined,^ or if the motions are black and offensive, a calomel and jalap purge. No. 2, may be given, and it may be followed up by small doses of rhubarb and ipecacu- anha, consisting of 2 or 3 grains of the former, and | a grain of the latter, two or three times a day, diminishing the lose according to the size of the dog. If this produces a good colour in the evacuations it may be stopped and nature suffered to take her course, with the aid of a Httle nitre in the water, in the proportion of 10 grains to the pint, which will not be rejected by the thirsty dog. When reaction sets in, the treat- inent must depend upon the orgnn attacked, always remembering that in distemper active measures are not borpG | with impunity, and that bleeding and severe purging will almost inevitably kill. If the head is the seat of con\- ' plication, counter-irritation is the only means of affording relief ; and the best mode of effecting it is to pass a large seton through the neck with a red- hot skewer, which does not give the pain which might be imagined. The seton should afterwards be dressed with mild blister-ointment. No. 1, rubbed into the tape every day. With this may be given, after the calomel and jalap purge, a mixture as follows : — Nitre, ^ drachm. Sweets spirit of nitre, 2 drachms. Tincture of henbane, 2 drachms. Tincture of colchicum, 1 drachm. Camphor mixture, 6 ounces. Mix, and give one-sixth three times a day. The eyes may always be allowed to take their own course. If the lungs are the seat of compli- cation, the expectorant bolus, No. 1 or 2, may be given three times a day ; and, if very violent, the embrocation. No. 1, applied to the chest every night. \ For the bowels when relaxed, anodyne ] applications are needful^ and one or other of those given in the list of anodynes will be likely to be useful ; beginning i with those first mentioned, and using j rice and rice-water or arrowroot as food, ' and nothing else. In the stage of prostration which comes on immediately the stage of • reaction begins to decline, strength- ening food and tonics must be liberally given, consisting of bark and wine with arrowroot or beef-tea. The baric IS to be given in the shape of de- coction of the yellow bark, one ounce, with a teaspoonful of Huxham's tincture of bark ; and if the dog is very low and weak, 30 drops of aro- matic spirit of ammonia. This dose should be given three times a day, and it will often succeed in , restoring an apparently hopeless case. In one cas« which occurred at the Knightsbridgp barracks during the summer of 1856, a very handsome young greyhoinui bitch was actually drawn out of I'cr bed, being supposed to be dead, and was ordered to be buried : but, giving a groan or a gasp, her master ordered her to be liberally supplied with this medi- cine, and she gradually recoveied. In the convalescent period tlie great mSTEMPBB. 937 danger is of a relapse from too early exercise. It is a long time before the heart recovers itself so as to be fit for exertion ; and yet the dog's spirits are often so buoyant after a long confine- ment as to lead him to gallop and play about in a way which soon leads to a second attack of the same character as the first, and with the additional complication of a prostrated and de- bilitated constitution. No dog after distemper should be taken out without a leading-strap, and he should only be walked for half a mile or so at first till he gets strength enough to bear more. By this precaution few relapses occur ; and in most cases, with ordinary pru- dence, if a dog lives over the first fortnight he will recover, if attention is paid to his diet and medicine. The latter I have already alluded to, and now I shall speak of the former. The Diet, which is even more im- portant than medicine in the early or incipient stage, should be very fight, such as oatmeal porridge flavoured with milk or mutton broth. If diar- rhoea comes on, rice-water should be allowed as the sole drink, and well- boiled rice given as food, flavoured with milk. This diet is to be continued until the typhoid stage comes on, when strong beef-tea, arrowroot, and port wine, or boiled rice with a httle brandy 1 in it, should be given, and, if ne- ■ cessarj^, forced upon the dog by drench- ing him with a spoon. This treatment will often be necessary until the con- valescent stage is fully established, when the appetite returns, and the dog feeds as usual ; but it will be a longtime before his stomach is strong enough to bear solid food. Warm Clothing is of the greatest consequence throughout the progress of the distemper, if the attack comes on during cold weather. Plenty of fresh air must be always given, but from it the body should be protected by a soft but warm cloth, kept on night and day, and plenty of clean straw, ' which should be changed at least twice a week. The kennel ought also to be kept scrupulously clean, and should be constantly swept out, though washing in very cold weather is not to be practised. Summary OF Distemper. — The essence of the disease is low fever, of typhoid character. The secret of successful treatment is not to do too much in the Jirst stage, but simply to corrr^ct the torpid condition of the liver ; in the second, to combat symptoms as they arise, by as mild treatment as will con- trol them ; and in the third, to support the strength by tonics and plenty of nourishing food;— whilst a relapse isro be guarded against by carefully keep- ing the dog to his kennel till quite strong again. Such is the treatment which I have found so successful that I would engage to cure 99 out of every 100 dogs attacked by distemper, if previously healthy, and supposing the attack to be of the ordinary type. The maHgnant form is, however, not so amenable to treatment ; indeed, in some epidemics it is almost incurable, what- ever may be the treatment adopted. The head complication is also very fatal, there not being time for remedies to act before fatal mischief occurs. Worms are a fertile source of danger in distemper ; and on that account, when they are present in puppies, they should be carefully removed by medi- cine. After distemper has set in, tlie administration of worm medicine in itself is almost sure to produce death, as it reduces the strength to a de- gree which greatly interferes with recovery. Upon othrr Remedies and Preven- tives no rehance whatever is to be placed, whether they are Mi . Temple's castor-oil treatment — which is as old as the hills — or vaccination, or any of the numberless quack cures which have been promulgated at various times. By preserving the health, distemper may be averted entirely in many cases, or, if not wholly, yet the attack is ren- dered mild. So far, castor-oil as a means of preserving health may be efficacious ; and in the early or in- cipient stage it is useful, in a single dose, or even, perhaps, if repeated twice during the first week or ten days. But in the true typhoid stage, castor- oil is highly objectionable, unless the bowels are costive ; and if given during diarrhoea it would aggravate the disease tenfold, especially if without laudanum, which might serve to guard against its injurious tendencies. The fact is, that distemper cannot be treated upon any one plan, but must be man- aged according to the nature and stage of its development ; and be wiU succeed the best who so regulate treatment. 9S8 DISEASES OF TEE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. Sect. 4. — Rheumatic Fever. Rheumatic Fever, or acute rheuma- tism, is a very common disease in the dog, though not very generally attended to or described by writers on its com- plaints. It arises from exposure to cold, when the dog has been overfed and rendered unfit to bear its attacks upon a system full of inflammatory matter. The pampered pet is the most liable ; but greyhounds and pointers which are highly fed, and sometimes not sufficiently exercised, are also very liable to its approaches. In the dog, rheumatism is either confined to the muscular system or to the cover- ings of the spinal marrow, which some- times take on the rheumatic inflam- mation to such an extent as to cause paralysis of the hind-legs. General rheumatic fever, or acute rheumatism, is characterized by intense soreness of the surface, so that the dog shrinks on the approach of the hand, from fear of being touched. He will almost always retire to some corner, and refuse to leave it on being called by his owner ; and if brought out by force, he will stand and snarl at every hand. When the rheumatism is confined to the fore- quarter, it is called Kennel Lameness, or Chest-Founder, which is the great bugbear of the fox- hound kennel, and is produced in them from cold, after the extraordinary fatigues which they undergo. When an animal is worn down by long-con- tinued exhaustion, and is then placed to lie in a damp or cold kennel, he is almost sure to contract rheumatism, especially if he is fed upon stimulating food, which most hounds are, in order to enable them to bear their labours. Thus, overwork and no work at all alike engender the disease, but in a very opposite state — the former pro- ducing an active fever of a rheumatic character, whilst the latter brings on a more chronic and low kind, attended with great muscular stiffness, but not with high fever. Paralysis, or loss of power (impro- perly so called), in the hinder extremi- ties is another result of the low kind of rheumatic fever which comes on from long-continued high feeding fol- lowed by cold ; and it is exactly of the same character as chest-founder, but confined to the hinder limbs instead of the shoulders. I have jsaid that it is improperly called paralysis, and my reason for this is, that it is not at all analogous to other forms of paralysis, though there is temporary loss of power ; but so there is in all rheumatic conditions ; yet who would say that the poor rheumatic subject, who can neither move hand nor foot, is suffer- ing from paralysis ? Assuredly no oiio would who understands the nomencla- ture of disease. The essence of para- lysis is considered to b« loss of power from disease in the nervous system; hence, when the loss is dependent upon want of tone in the muscles affected, it is clearly a misnomer to apply the term paralysis. Summary of Rheumatic Affections. — Under the head, therefore, of these affections are included — first general rheumatic fever, attended with marked general soreness and great constitu- tional disturbance ; secondly, rheuma- tism of the fore-quarter, called kennel lameness or chest-founder ; and thirdly, rheumatism of the hind-quarter, com- monly, but improperly, called paralysis of the hind extremities — both attended by pain and loss of power, which latter is chiefly occasioned by fear of pain in the quarter attacked. The Treatment of general rheuma- tism is partly constitutional and partly local. Begin by giving a smart purge, according to the condition and size of the dog, and usually adding some calomel to it — for directions to do which see Aperients in chapter on drugs. After this has acted, give the following pill, or half of it, according to the size of the dog, three times a day until the pain has abated : — Calomel, and Powdered opium, of each, 1 grain. Colchicum powder, 2 grains. Syrup to form a pifl. When the pain is gone, if the bowels are not very relaxed, give a dose of castor-oil ; and during the whole con- tinuance of the pain use the wanu anodyne embrocation. No. 1 of Em- brocations, This will act still better if the dog is first put into a hot bath at 100 degrees of Fahrenheit, then dried well by a good fire, and afterwards the liniment rubbed into the parts which are most full of pain. For the more chronic forms, called kennel lameness and paralysis of the hind-quarter the warm-bath and lini- SYMPATHETIC FEVER. raent may be used with the aperients^ as above ; but mstead of the calomel and opium, give one or two tablespoon- fuls of the following nuxture twice a day : — Iodide of potassium, 1 drachm. Sweet spirit of nitre, 2 drachms. IS'itre, 1^ drachm. Camphor mixture, d ounces. Mix. What is called the "red-herring remedy " is said to be very efficacious, but I have never myself found it suc- cessful, though I have tried it several times ; it is as follows : — Take a red- herring, score it with a knife, and well rub in two drachms of nitre ; give this every morning on an empty stomach, and let the dog be kept fasting for two hours afterwards ; at night, give him one drachm of camphor, made into a ball. If there is any difficulty in get- ting the dog to eat the herring, it may be mixed with a little broth and meal. Another remedy, but containing the same chemical properties as the red- herring, is thus spoken of by Dr. Kichardson, the owner of the celebrated greyhound, King Death : — " Having found the employment of trimethy- lamine very useful in human rheumatism, I imagined it might be equally effica- cious in kennel lameness, and deter- mined to try it in the first case I heard of. A friend lately had two pointers afflicted with this malady, one much more severely than the other ; and I requested to be allowed to treat them. To the worst case four drops of tri- inetliylamine were administered in milk thrice daily, and in four days the dog was entirely cured. The usual remedy of salt herring and camphor w^as given to the slighter case, and it did not recover for twelve days. Trimethy- lamine is extracted from herring bones, and seems to be merely a more powerful preparation of an old remedial agent, and its dose can be more readily adapted to each particular case. It is manu- factured by Messrs. Perris, Borras, Townsend, and Boucher, wholesale druggists, Bristol." The Diet in each case should be low, all animal food should be taken away, and tlie dog fed upon meal or rice, according to the state of the bowels. It is a disease in great measure the result of too stimulating a food, and a witlidrawal of meat will go far towards a cure, which, however, is seldom of long continuance when the disease has become chronic. Chest- founder is especially obstinate, and is seldom entirely recovered from in those dogs which are most exposed to its attacks, and most injured by them, namely, fox-hounds, harriers, and grey- hounds. Sect. 5. — Small-Pox. Small-Pox is described by Mr. Youatt as attacking the dog, but I have never seen a case, or known any one who has. I must therefore refer my readers to Mr. Youatt's book for particulars, if they should have any doubt about the matter. Vaccination undoubtedly suc- ceeds in the dog ; and, reasoning from analogy, we should therefore expect small-pox to take a similar course and to attack the dog just as it attacks the human subject. If it does, however, it is extremely rare ; and it is therefore scarcely worth while to take up space in its description, in a book intended rather for the information of the sports- man than for the scientific inquirer. Sect. 6. — Sympathetic Fever. By Sympathetic Fever is to be un- derstood, a fever which comes on as a consequence or precursor of some local inflammation or injury, causing great mischief to the body. Thus we have, prior to the actual appearance of in- flammation of the lungs, a shivering, followed by increased action of the heart, with heat and generaUy dimin- ished secretions ; but this fever is not attended with the pecuHar effects of distemper fever, and the dog suffering under it has strength enough to get about after many days of its continu- ance. In severe injuries there is the same kind of fever following them after the interval of a few hours ; and here the action of the heart and the heat of surface are generally greater than in other fevers, except when the shock has been too great to allow of reaction. The Treatment of these secondary or sympathetic fevers is always subor- dinate to that of the inflammation or injury which caused them ; and there- fore it need not be entered upon here, since whatever relieves the cause will allay the effect. 940 CHAPTER II. INFLAMMATIONS. Sect. 1.— Of the Brain and Nervous System. Rabies, or Canine Madness, is in all human probability an inflammatory condition of the large nervous masses contained in the skull and spinal column. It is difficult to prove this, because our knowledge of the effects produced upon nervous matter by disease is very limited, and therefore we can neither say in rabies certain effects are produced, inasmuch as the eye cannot detect them, nor can we affirm, because we do not see any change, that there is none pro- duced ; but, reasoning analogically, there is no reason to doubt that the dis- ease is essentially one of the nervous system ; and, as all other structures when diseased receive and retain the impress of that state, and in rabies no such change in any of them is remarked on dissection, it is a strong argument in favour of placing the seat of it in a set of organs which we know are usually attacked without leaving any sign. The Symptoms of canine madness are very much the same in all cases, though varying somewhat in their mani- festations. The first and most marked is a change of disposition and temper, so that the naturally good-tempered dog becomes morose and snappish, and tliose which are usually fondling in their manners are shy and retiring. Sometimes the change is even so great that the usually shy dog becomes bold ; but this is not nearly so common as tiie opposite extreme. Generally the mad dog shows a warning of his coming disease by this change of manner for bcveral days before it breaks out with severity ; though I have seen one well- marked attack which began and ended in death within forty-eight hours. This was in a Newfoundland dog, which I bought in perfect liealth to all appearance, and tied up in order to accus- tom him to his new master for a week or ten days, feeding him myself at the end of the first twenty-four hours, and observing no change from the usual habits of a strange dog. On the even- ing of the tenth day, however, after be had appeared in very good spirits, and eaten his dinner frr:n my hanf). m the morning, he began to show signs of bad temper, and exhibited that peculiar snapping at imaginary objects well described by Mr. Youatt. On the next day he was in a highly rabid state, and died in the night after. When these premonitory symptoms have lasted an uncertain time, varying from twenty-four hours to three or four days, the dog begins to attack imaginary objects, and if real ones are presented to him he will tear them savagely to pieces. He now is ex- ceedingly irritable, and wanders rest- lessly from place to place, having apparently a strong desire to do some- thing, but not caring what that is, so that he is not quiet. If he is confined by a chain he will try and gnaw it to pieces ; and if restrained by a door within narrow bounds he vents his fury upon that. In this state he knows not the sensation of ordinary pain, but will bite a red-hot poker presented to him exactly as if it were a cold one. As the disease advances water is eagerly swallowed, but in his hurry the dog will generally upset his stock of that fluid ; and hence he is often thought to be unable to swallow, whilst all the time he is burnt up with thirst, and will constantly imbibe it, if he can do so without knocking over the vessel containing it in his haste. The howls and groans are generally peculiarly deep and melancholy, and by them a mad dog in confinement may often be recognised, though sometimes the dog is quite silent, and in that state is said, in common language, to be "dumb mad." When at large, however, no warning noise is made, and the dog seems only determined on a straightforward trot, which is slow and measured. If he is interfered with in any way, and more especially if he is struck, he will wreak his vengeaiice on the offender ; but he seldom goes out of his way to do mischief, and will often pass throtigli crowds of people without biting them even if pursued and annoyed by cries and hootings, he takes no notice until he is injured, and then more frequently IIULAMMATION OF THE ORGANS OF SENSE. 941 endenvours to escape into solitude than turn upon his assailants. This desire to wander appears to me an instinctive attempt to get rid of the disease by muscular action, and if indulged in quietly, I am inclined to think that there might be some chance of a recovery ; but as it would not be wise to run the risk, the experiment can never be tried. The disease is evidently caused by some poison, and, as in other cases poisons are got rid of by some extra- ordinary secretion, so I am led to be- lieve that the wearing down of the muscular, and with it the nervous sys- tem, by long-continued fatigue is the natural cure of the disease. If I had the disease myself, or had a case in which I could try the experiment with a chance of carrying out the plan, I would certainly see what could be done ; and, as there is no other plan which offers the slightest chance of cure, it would at all events be as good as any other. If, in the early stage, an individual would start off, accom- panied by an attendant on horseback, or by a relay of attendants, and walk till he could walk no longer, and then lie down to sleep, to be followed by a repetition of the walking until sleep was again produced, I believe that some chance of a cure might be afforded ; but it would require great courage to carry the plan out, and very careful super- intendence to encourage the patient during its progress. There are cases on record in which poor patients have travelled many miles to the sea in order to be dipped, and have been said to have been cured ; whether frorn the dipping, or from the walking, it is doubtful, but it is possible that, if my view is correct, the long walk, prompted by a prospect of a cure at the end, may really have acted beneficially, and the disease, which invariably proves fatal when treated in a confined room, may have yielded to the fatigue in- curred in reaching the sea-shore. As I said before, the experiment is worth trj'ing ; and I should much like to see it properly carried out. Numberiess specifics have been paraded, and sup- ported by repeated cures, including the Birling remedy, but there is not the least ground for belief in any one of them. Preventive Measures are the only ones of service in this complaint, which, if fully established, has hitherto been uniformly fatal in all animals attacked by it, including man himself. When a bite has taken place, the best plan is to destroy the animal at once ; for though excision may most probably prevent the occurrence of the disease, no risk should be run. In man, im- mediate excision, followed by a pointed piece of lunar caustic pushed to the bottom of the wound, or nitric acid, should always be had recourse to, pre- viously taking care to suck the wound, with a mouth free from ulcers, to dis- cover which put a little salt in the mouth, when it will by its smarting show their existence, if there are any. It is supposed by some that confine- ment is the cause of the disease ; and I am strongly inchned to believe that such is the case, as in those countries where dogs are suffered to be at large rabies is an unknown disease. Tetanus is a disease very similar in its nature to rabies, but manifesting itself in spasms of the muscles rather than in general irritability of them. I have, however, only seen one case in the dog, which was the result of a severe injury, and it is said to be very rare indeed. No remedy seems to exert any power over it any more than over rabies itself. Chloroform, by inhala- tion, might be tried ; but I can scarcely expect any good result in the dog, when its effects on the human being are so far from satisfactory. Turnside appears to be an inflam- mation of one side of the brain only, producing a tendency to turn round in a circle, hke "the gidd" of sheep. It is rather a rare disease, and is easily recognised by the above characteristic sign. There is no apparent constitu- rional disturbance, and the dog eats much as usual; but the moment he attempts to walk he begins to turn round. In a case which 1 saw some years ago, the dog recovered by the use of a seton, with purgatives, fol- lowed by nitrate of silver, given three times a day in a pill, as follows : — Nitrate of silver, carefully pow- dered, 2 grains. Crumb of bread, enough to mak*, 8 pills. Sh:ct. 2. — Inflammation of the Organs OF Sense. The Eye is the seat of various ii> flammations, coming on from causes 942 .DL^I^ASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. iotally distinct from one another. Thus, in distemper, there is generally an inflammation, with discharge, and sometimes the inexperienced attendant will fear that the eye will be lost ; but if the dog recovers his strength, the eye, in almost all cases, i-s restored also, and especially if it is not inter- fered with. If, on the other hand, an attempt is made to apply remedies, with the intention of saving the sight, the effect is the reverse of good, and the disease is aggravated so far as often to cause the ulceration to extend through the cornea, and destroy the eye. In Ordinary Ophthalmia, arising from cold, there is considerable injec tion of the vessels of the white of the eye, which become red and swollen. In this kind, if an ulcer appears it will often eat tlirough the cornea, and the eye will be lost by a discharge of its contents. Sometimes, again, in a weakly young dog, there is a low kind of inflammation, with great intolerance of light, and a discharge of watery fluid instead of thick pus. This is strumous ophthalmia, and requires a very different treatment. A third kind of ophthalmia, the rheumatic^ is unat- tended by discharge ; the vessels are deeply gorged and the pain great. This, however, is a disease peculiar to old dogs, and from that cause may generally be distinguished from the strumous, and from the ordinary oph- thalmia, by the absence of discharge. There is also an inflammation, the re- sult of accident, which sometimes destroys the eye rapidly, and requires energetic treatment. The Treatment of Ordinary Oph- thalmia should depend upon its seve- rity, which, if great, will demand bleeding and strong purgatives, fol- lowed by a grain of calomel and opium two or three times a day. When an ulcer appears a wash should be used daily, consisting of the nitrate of silver in solution, or the sulphate of zinc, according to the formulas given under Eye-washes. In the strumous kind tonics are necessary, consisting of 1 grain of quinine and 3 of hemlock, in a pill, three times a day. When tlie rheumatic form shows itself, a brisk purge must first be given, and then the iodide of potassium should be administered according to the fomiula at page 925. If this does not succeed, a seton may be inserted in the neck. Cataract consists in an opacity of the crystalline .lens, for which nothing can be done ; for although it might be removed by operation, the dog would still be unable to see for want of the glasses which in the human subject supply its place. It may easily be recognised by the clear white pupil, which takes the place of the ordinary dark centre of the organ. Dropsy OF the Eye is only the result of chronic inflammation, and little can be done to alleviate it, as the eye is almost always destroyed before the disease proceeds so far as to cause dropsy. Amaurosis, or paralysis of the nerve, is generally a sign of disease of the brain, either produced by injur}^ or from over-feeding. The dog is more or less blind without the eye showing any change in form, and even at first being preternaturally bright. But if the dog is watched, he is seen to be blind by his striking his head against objects in his way, and by his timid mode of moving about. If the disease is recent, the dog may possibly be cured by smart purgatives and a seton ; but, in most cases, very little benefit is expe- rienced from these remedies. Deafness is often congeiiital, and when such is the case, no remedies are of any avail. If it comes on after distemper, it will generally disappear, or if it occurs from ordinary cold. Whenever it is obstinately persistent for more than a fortnight, a seton in the neck is the best remedy, kept in for some weeks. Canker of the Ear is rather an eruption than a disease of the ear; but as it is generally confined to that organ, it may be as well to allude to it in this place. It is usually described as of two kinds, an external and an internal canker ; but both are caused by an eruption, which first makes its appearance in the interior and then extends to the outer ear, in consequence partly of the irritation of the discharge, and partly of the constant shaking of the head, caused by the itching pro- duced by the eruption. It is always the result of high-feeding and confine- ment, which produce an itchy and watery discharge on the body gene- rally, and in the ear in particular ; and the discharge itself is of such a character that it excoriates the ad- jacent parts, and thus propagates tlio INFLAMMATION OF THE BESPIRATORY ORGANS, 943 eruption. Dogs are rendered half mad by the constant irritation, and go on shaking their heads all day and half the night in their attempts to mitigate the evil. The ends of the ears almost always suffer the most, but little at- tention need be paid to these parts, because if the internal ear is cured, the external rapidly gets well ; never- theless, it is a very good plan to apply a cap, not to cure the external ear, but to make the dog keep his head quiet ; for he will not shake it if he finds no benefit, in consequence of the ears being confined by the ca'^ Pointers and setters are peculiarly liable to the disease, because they are almost always confined to their kennels during the months in which their services in the field are not required. The Treatment of Camker consists in the use of a lotion of nitrate of silver, 10 grains to the ounce of water, poured into the ears, after muzzling the dog, or applying the ointment of green iodide of mercury, mixed with an equal quantity of oil, and smeared on a piece of cotton wool, which should be pushed into the passage ; and of purgatives two or three times a M^eek for two or three j weeks, with oatmeal porridge, flavoured only with a little weak broth, no flesh whatever, and green vegetables, well boiled, mixed in, twice or thrice a week. ; If this does not effect a cure in a few ■ weeks, give liquor arsenicalis three times a day with the food, in a dose, varying according to the size, from 1 to 7 drops. This should be continued for some time, but it must be care- fully watched, as its effects are some- times serious. It produces great red- ness of the eyes, and loss of appetite after a time ; and when these symptoms appear the dose is immediately to be reduced one-half, but not disconti- nued altogether, as they only mark the proper effect which was desired ; but if fits come on it must be left off altogether. ' Blain is a vesicular eruption occur- I ring in the mouth, but I have never yet : seen a case. Mr. Youatt advises the application of a solution of chloride of lime after opening the vesicles, and I have little doubt that this is the appro- ' priate remedy. ■ The Teeth are constantly suffering from a collection of tartar, the best remedy for which is a free supply of bones to the dog. Sect. 3. — Inflammation of the Eespi- RATORY Organs. The Larynx, situated at the top of the windpipe, is not so often the seat of aeute inflammation as in man and the horse, but chronic laryngitis is by no means unfrequent in the dog. Both are recognised by the hoarseness of the cough and bark, and by a rough sound in breathing, sometimes very audible at a short distance ; and accompanied by a certain degree of increased quick- ness in respiration, varying according to the intensity of the attack. The Treatment will vary according to the acuteness and severity of the disease ; and if this is urgent, bleeding and emetics will be necessary, followed by small doses of calomel, digitahs, and nitie. as prescribed at page 926. If, on the other hand, the more common form of chronic laryngitis is developed, remedies of a different nature must be adopted. A seton should be inserted in the throat, and a good discharge from it promoted by the application of blistering ointment to the tape. Iodide of potassium may generally be given iii 1, 2, or 3-grain doses, with 5 or 6 drops of ipecacuanha wine and 5 grains of nitre three times a day, mixed in a Httle water. When this has been given for a short time without benefit, any of the warm expectorants given at page 850 may be tried ; and sometimes one, sometimes another, will be of service. The dog, during the continuance of the disease, must be kept rather low than otherwise (but not rigidly starved, as is necessary in some inflammations of th.e respiratory organs), and should have a fair allowance of walking exercise. Inflammation of the Lungs is of three kinds, depending upon the parti- cular membrane which is the seat of mischief, but most commonly they run one into the other, and are scarcely to be accurately distinguished in practice. All are characterised by fever, with quickened respiration and pulse ; gene- rally there is cough, but not always ; and in all cases there is great anxiety depicted in the countenance. The fol- lowing series of symptoms mark the difference between the three forms of inflammation, whether acute or chronic. It maybe mentioned that pleurisy is in theory confined to the pleura, or serous membrane covering the lungs ; pneu- monia, to the cellular membrane, in 944 DISEASES OF TEE DCG, AND THEIR TltEATMENT. which the blood-vessels and air-tnbes , seat the mucous hning of the air-tuhes ramify ; while bronchitis has for its | and cells. Symptoms of Acute Pleurisy. Commences with shivering, with slight spasms and sweats. Inspiration short, unequal, and interrupted, as from pain ; ex- l)iration full ; air expired not hotter than usual. Slight cough only, and without expectoration. Pulse quick, small, and wiry. The Stethoscope gives the usual respiratory murmur, accom- panied with a rubbing sound in the parts attached. Percussion elicits at first little or no deviation from the natural sound : after effusion has taken place there is a duU sound. Disease Terminates in a gradual disappearance of the symptoms, or in the effasion of fluid (pus or lymph). Symptoms of Acute Pneumonia. Commences with shivering, without spasms. Inspiration full ; expiration short ; air ex- pired hot. Nostrils red in the interior. Cough generally vio- lent, with expectoration of rusty mucus, not very profuse. Pulse quick, fuU, and soft. Stethoscope gives a crackling sound in the early stage, followed by increased dulness, and finally, by crepitating wliceMiig. Percussion gives after the first stage a dull reium to the finger. Disease Terminates in reso- lution, with cessation of the bad symptoms ; or in solidification called hepatization ; or sometimes of the lungs. Symptoms of Acute Bronchitis. Commences with shivering, followed by constant hard cough. Air expired warm, but not so hot as in pneumonia. Inspiration and expiration both full. Cough after a time attended with expec- toration of mucus, at first sticky, soon becoming frothy, and, fiuully, profuse and frothy. Pulse lull and hard. The Stethoscope gives a soa]>- bubble kind of sound, with wheezing. Percussion elici+s nothing of consequence. Disease Terminates either by resolution, or by extension to the cellular membrane, constituting pneumonia in combination with bronchitis. Symptoms of Chronic Pleuuisy. Inspiration always deep ; ex- ]>iration short. Cough dry, sometimes with expectoration ; frequently changing from dry to moist cough. Stethoscope indicates an ab- sence of respiratory murmur in the lower parts of the chest, and sometimes a gurgling noise. Strong respiratory murmur in the superior portion of the lung, very often of one side only. Terminates either by cure or by effusion and infiltration of the whole of the cellular membrane of the chest and belly, and some- times of the scrotum and thighs : at last the serum in the thorax presses upon the lungs tdl it causes suffocation. Symptoms of Ck^onic Pneumonia. Inspiration and expiration both difficult and interrupted. Cough present, but not frequent, and evidently avoided and sup- pressed. Expectoration rarely profuse ; sometimes absent. Stethoscope indicates hepati- zation, from the entire absence of murmur. Percussion also gives a very dull return to the finger. Some- times there is a mucous rattle. Terminates sometimes in reso- lution ; or, if fatal, in a discharge from the nostrils of purulent matter, coloured with blood, and often very fetid. The animal never lies down at length, but sits up on his hind legs. Symptoms of Chronic Bronchitis. Eespiration free, but quicker than natural. Cough constant and intense, evidently not re- strained by fear of pain ; some- times to such an extent as to cause soreness of the muscles of the belly. Stethoscope gives a rattling sound, as of soap-bubbles, with a gi-eat deal of wheezing. Percussion gives no result different to a state of health. Terminates in resolution ; or, if fatal, in an accumulation of mucus, and consequent suftbca- tion. Until very near suffocaticn the dog will almost always l:o down; whereas the contrarj' i3 the case in pneumonia. The Treatment will a good deal de- pend upon which of the above three conditions is present, though not to such an extent as to be of very great consequence. In pleurisy and pneu- monia, bleeding will almost always be required in the early stage, but not m bronchitis, which seldom is benefited by loss of blood. BHsters, again, reheve pneumonia and bronchitis, but are ac- tually prejudicial in pleurisy, where the close relation between the vessels of the pleura lining the chest, and the skm covering it, often causes the irritation of the latter to extend to the former, and thus increase the mischief it was intended to relieve. With regard to internal medicines, they are, fortunately, much the same in all three. Calomel and opium, with or witliout digitahs and tartar emetic, will generally be useful ; and in bronchitis, rhubarb, opium, and ipecacuanha, as follows : — Calomel, and Opium in powder, of each to 1 gr. Tartar emetic, i to ^ grain. Digitahs, ^ a grain. Confection enough to form a pill, to b« given three times a days. Or, Rhubarb powder, 2 grains. Ipecacuanha powder, ^ to 1 grain. Extract of opium, | to 1 grain. Compound tinct. of benzoin, 2 drops. Mix, and form a pill, to be given three times a day. When these remedies have had the desired effect of relieving the inflam- mation— evidenced by the breathmg INFLAMMATION OF THE ORGANS OF NUTRITION. -945 and pulse becomins^ slower, and by the dog being able to lie down, if the pneu- monia has been present — some one of the cough mixtures or pills given in the chapter" on drugs, under the head^ of Expectorants, will be found beneficial ; but it is generally difficult to say which of them will best suit any particular case ; a trial may be made of one for two or three days, and if that fails another should be substituted for it. The diet should be very low at first, and afterwards only a milk and farinaceous one with vegetables should be ah owed for some weeks. When dropsy of the chest supervenes upon pleurisy, tapping has occasionally been had recourse to ; but for sporting dogs it is wholly use- less, because the animal never recovers sufficient bodily powers to be of any real service in the field ; and it is only in pets whose fives are valued by their masters or mistresses that this opera- tion should ever be had recourse to. : Chronic Bronchitis with Spasm, or spasmodic asthma, is a frequent disease among fat and petted dogs whose ex- ercise has been neglected, and who have arrived at a mature age. The appetite in these dogs having been kept up by carriage airings, or by some similar absurdity, the blood has been loaded vnth impurities, and the consequence is that the lungs are called upon to cleanse it to a degree of which they are in- capable ; hence they become overdone, and spasm comes on with congestion of tht mucous membrane of the large air- tubcb, causing that frightful panting for breath which is so disi:ressing in the human subject, and which even in the dog is by no means calculated to afford pleasure to the spectator, A fat, pursy, and asthmatic old spaniel is a miserable object of pity, and had far better be destroyed, than suffered to live on in 1 misery. The nose is dry and hot ; the animal spirits are flagging; there is a distressing cough ; and exercise is fol- lowed by an aggravation of the symp- toms. The Treatment should be by gi\'ing nauseating doses of tartar emetic, camphor, and henbane ; or of ipecacu- anlia with the two last, as follows : — Ipecacuanha, ^ to 1^ grains. Camphor, 1 to 2 grains. Extract of henbane, 1^ to 3 grains. Make into a pill, and give three times a day. A blister or seaton may be applied to the side, and low diet in small bulk should be given ; but there is little chance of doing more than to relieve a dog labouring under this complaint. Consumption, or Phthisis, is a disease of the lungs, in which a peculiar con- dition, called tubercle, is developed in them ; and when aggravated by cold, or often by the natural constitution of the dog, they become inflamed, are con- verted into abscesses, and cause the death of the animal by constitutional fever (hectic), and by the suffocation produced either by a vessel giving way, or by the quantity of matter discharged into the air-passages. The S3ninptoms are A^ery insidious, and many dogs have them developed to a great extent before their owners take any notice of their condition. Very little good can be effected by treatment, but sometimes cod-liver oil with steel will be of tem- porary service. In sporting dogs, how- ever, it is seldom that it is desirable to prolong life with this condition of the sj'Stem ; and it is never right to breed from dogs or bitches suffering under this disease, it being decidedly here- ditary. Inflammation of the Heart is an- other of the diseased conditions which attack the dog, generally from over- exertion in an unprepared state. There is usually a very rapid action of the heart, with a strong bounding pulse, and laborious breathing, unaccompanied by cough. The Treatment is to l?b conducted upon lowering principles, with digitalis and nitre, and blistering or a seaton in the side. Sect. 4. — Inflammation of tee Organs OF Nutrition. Gastritis, or inflammation of the stomach, is either acute or chronic. Acute gastritis is generally caused by poison administered wilfuhy, or by some similar accidental circumstance, such as highly seasoned food, &c. There is constant violent retching, with intense thirst, and apparently great pain. Tbo nose is dry, and the breathing quick ; no kind of food is retained on the stomach ; and the poor wretch stretches himself out at full length on the cold earth. There is a constant desire to lick cold marble or iron, so as to cool the tongue, and cold water is eagerly sought after. The Treatment chiefly consists in removing the sickness, which is best accom])lished by calomel 3 p 946 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. and opium, or by prussic acid, as I follows : — I Diluted hydrocyanic acid, y to 1 drop. j Infusion of orange peel, 1. ounce. i Mix, and give every hour. Sometimes soda water, with a little brandy or tincture of ginger, will relieve the sick- ness. Very little more can be done except to give soothing food, in the shape of gruel, arrowroot, or barley water, and to administer mild doses of castor oil. Chronic Gastritis is manifested in the various forms of indigestion, which are as multifarious in the dog as in the human subject. Mr. Mayhew is very happy in his description of the ordi- nary form of indigestion, an extract from which is as follow' s : — " The dog that, when offered a piece of bread, smells it with a sleepy eye, and, without taking it, licks the fingers that present it, has an impaired digestion. Such an animal will only perhaps take the morsel when it is about to be withdrawn ; and having got it, does not sv/allow it, but placed it on the ground, and stands over it with an expression of peevish disgust. A healthy dog is always de- cided. No animal can be more so. It will often take that Mdiich it cannot eat, but having done so, it either throws the needless possession away, or lies down, ^d, with a determined air, watches the property.' There is no vexation in its looks, no captiousness in its manner. It acts with decision, and there is pur- pose in what it does. The reverse is the case with dogs suffering from in- digestion. They are peevish and irre- solute ; they take only because another sliall not have. They will perhaps eat greedily what they do not want, if the cut looks longfully at that which had lain before them for many minutes and no coaxing could induce them to swallow." The Treatment consists of an altera- tion of the diet from the irregular meals (which in house-fed dogs are generally given at all hours, and of all kinds of improper food), to one or two scanty meals a day of oatmeal porridge, or bread and milk, mixed with a libeiul supply of water. These should be given at regular hours, and not the smallest biscuit should be allowed at otlicr times ; and tills is the great difliculty which there Ih to contend against in treating these spoiled children of fortune. Over-i kindness injures them even more thaiil brutalit)' does the poor drawer of thei dog-cart, for he preserves his general health, even though his feet are worn down to the quick. Mr. Mayhew weU observes that prolonged abstinence is not generally necessary to renovate these worn-out stomachs ; but, nevertheless, I am persuaded from experience that very often it will require forty-eight hours' starvation to make the luxurious peti condescend to the homely fare which isi really adapted to its stomach. He says that this is attended with danger in many cases ; but here I think that his great love for the animal has led him into error, for there can be no doubt that the dog, as a carnivorous animal, is adapted for long fasts, and is really better for them occasionally. If this is the case, keeping a dog without his usual food till he will take plain bread and water can never injure liim^ for as soon as he is really hungry h€|i will take the proffered plain, diet witiiJ gratitude, and until his appetite has arrived he is better with an empty stomach. The medicine best adapted for indigestion is a gentle purge to begin with, of aloes and rhubarb, as ordered under the Aperients, and then to givq a stomachic pill or mixture, according to circumstances, of one or other o| the forms detailed under Stomachic Medicines. ^ Sometimes, according to Mr. Mayhew, there is a f onn of stomach disease in the dog similar to the waterbrash of man \ but I have never seen it, owing, perhaps^ to my experience of these animals having been chiefly confined to sporting dogs.| But knowing how closely ahied their dis-, orders are to those of man, I can easily imagine that he is right. He say?!, " Dogs are afflicted with a disease ol the stomach which is very like to 'waterbrash' in the human being. The animals thus tormented are gene- rally fully grown and weakly ; a pecu- liarity of the walk shows the strengtli if feeble. The chief symptom however, not to be mistaken. T!i creature is dull just before the attack . it gets by itself, and remains quiel. All at once it rises, and without an| effort, a quantity of fluid is ejected| from the mouth, and, by the shaking of the head, scattered al)out. Thisjj appears to afford relief, but the samaj thing may occur frequently during the| INFLAMMATION OF THE OBGANS OF NUTRITION. 947 day. This disease of itself is not dangerous, but it is troublesome, and will make any other disorder the more likely to terminate fatally ; it should therefore be always attended to. The food must not be neglected ; and either a solution of the iodide of potassium, with Hquor potass^, or pills with tris- nitrate of bismuth, must be given. The preparations of iron are sometimes of use ; and a leech or two, after a small bhster to the side, has also seemed to be beneficial. When some ground has been gained, the treatment recommended for indigestion generally must be adopted, the choice of reme- dies being guided by the symptoms." Hepatitis, or Inflammation of the Liver, is one of the most common of all diseases to which the dog is subject. In the acute form, it is the disease which is characterised by the yellow skin and eyes, commonly called the " yellows," which in reporting dogs is so very commonly fatal. Acute hepa- titis comes on from exposure to cold and wet, one or two days after which the dog is shivering and feverish with a smah, hard, and wiry pulse, and a dry nose ; there is generally obstinate cos- tiveness, and when the bowels are moved the motions are white or slate- coloured, and entirely devoid of bile. If these symptoms are not soon alie- nated, the inflammation goes on to destroy the substance of the liver ; and the dog dies rapidly from constitu- tional disturbance, arising chiefly from the want of depurating power of the liver. ^ Tx) remove the inflammation, bleeding is generafly necessary in the early stage, with 2 or 3 grains of blue pill, or 1 grain of calomel, every four hours, with or without opium, according to the state of the bowels ; but gene- rally requiring from half a grain to a ■ ruin with each dose. If the bowels confined, a dose of rhubarb and .^tor-oil may be given after three pills have been swallowed, mixing 10 grains of rhubarb with a table-spoon- ful of oil and a tea-spoonful of syrup of poppies for a full- sized dog, and less, in proportion, for a smaller one. Some- times a blister must be applied to the side when the inflammation runs very Iiigh ; and, in ah cases, the mercury must be continued until the motions acquire a natural colour, when the stomachic mixture, No. 2, may be ^'iveu, and the mercury discontinued. Ohronio Hepatitis is a very difl^e- rent disease, and is more frequently the result of bad general management than of cold. Want of exercise is the usual cause, which has given the liver the work of the lungs. The symptoms of chronic hepatitis are multiform, and no one can be depended upon except the absence of bile in the f «ces, which is an invariable sign, for no gland in a state of chronic inflammation wifl be able to secrete good bile. Here the liver is nmch enlarged, and fluid has begun to be poured out by the serous membrane covering the intestines, in consequence of the impediment to the return of blood which passes from them through the hver. The dog is generally, but not always, emaciated, and the appetite is very variable. The whole appear- ance gives the idea of the dog being out of condition ; the hair being rough, frequently rubbed off in patches, and of a duD appearance. The Treatment is to be conducted by rubbing into the region of the liver on both sides the ointment of biniodide of mercury, to- gether with ipecacuanha and rhubarb internally, in suflicient doses to keep the bowels gently moved. If the mercurial ointment does not soon cause the bile to flow, it may be assisted by smah doses of blue pifl or Plum- nier's pill, added to the rhubarb and ipecacuanha ; and the stomachic mix- ture. No. 1, should be regularly adminis- tered in addition. If these means are perseveringly continued, and the dog is regularly but gently exercised, with plain, farinaceous food, mixed with weak broth, the disease, unless very inveterate, will generally subside ; and if a free flow of bile is obtained httle doubt need be felt of the ultimate recovery. Inflammation of the Intestines may be said to be divided into four varieties, though one of them is more of a spasmodic than of an inflamma- tory nature. These are— first, perito- neal inflammation ; secondly, colic, or inflammation and spasm of the mus- cular coat ; thirdly, diarrhoea, or acute inflammation of the mucous coat ; and, fourthly, constipation or chronic in- flammation of the same membrane. 1. — Peritonitis and Enteritis are merely different parts of the same membrane inflamed ; the former com- prehending the peritoneum fining the abdominal wafls, whilst the later eni- 3 r2 948 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. braces the peritoneum covering the intestines. In practice, there is very little difference between them, and the symptoms and treatment are the same. It is a frightful disease, and soon runs its course to a fatal termination ; be- ginning with shivering, cold legs, ears, and nose; breath hot; pulse hard, quick, and small ; the expression is an anxious one, with a staring eye ; the tail is pressed firmly against the anus, and there is intense tenderness of the belly; bowels generally costive, and urine scanty ; tongue dry and rough ; with thirst and loss of appetite. As the disease advances, all these symp- toms become aggravated, and very soon the dog dies, worn out with irritation and pain. The Treatment consists in full bleeding, with calomel and opium, of each a grain, every four hours. Blisters, or stimulating applications to the belly, and a warm bath, will be beneficial in some cases ; but what- ever is done must be done quickly, as the disease soon passes on to a fatal termination if unchecked by remedies. 2. — Colic is very common in all kinds of dogs, and is partly of a spas- modic, partly of an inflammatory na- ture. There is intense pain, coming on in paroxysms, during which the dog | howls with agony. Very often the attack is quite sudden, and comes on after a full meal which has been eaten much as usual ; suddenly the dog starts up, with something between a moan and a groan, and then lies down again ; soon after, there is another groan, and a shifting of the position, and then, after an interval of rest, and perhaps sleep, there comes on a regular paroxysm of pain, with violent howls, which soon, however cease, only to be repeated at in- tervals, varying in length according to the severity of the attack. The nose is not dry or hot, the tongue is clean and moist, and the appetite even is not affected ; pulse full and soft, and not much quicker than natural. There is no tenderness of the belly, and pressure seems to alleviate the pain, rather than to increase it. The Treatment consists in giving ether and laudanum internally, in doses of from 30 to 60 drops of each, and a clyster of turpentine and laudanum, one tea-spoonful of each in lialf a pint of gruel. The stimulating embrocation, No. 2, should be well rubbed into the bowels ; and in had cases a very hot bath may be adminis- tered. When the colic comes on in young dogs, the injection of turpentine with laudanum and a little ether will frequently suffice without any internal medicine ; but a dose of castor-oil will almost always be necessary to carry off the offending matter. Sometimes colic is followed or attended by Intus- : SUSCEPTION, in which one contracted part of the bowel is driven into the! expanded part below it. It cannot be | distinguished from colic, and the ani-i mal is sure to die, unless an operation is performed to liberate the bowel, which might be easily done if the disease could be discovered with cer- tainty, which however is not the case. 3. — Diarrhcea, or Dysentery, comes on either from epidemic causes, or from some irritating or improper food,^ or' from too violent aperient medicine. Unless there is an epidemic raging at, the time, or the diarrhoea is clearly connected with distemper, the Treat-, MENT should generally commence with, a dose of castor-oil, having with it a, few drops of laudanum. If this is not enough to stop the purging, the anodyne mixture. No. 1, may be tried, and failing that, No. 2, adding more laudanum to each dose, if necessary', up to any extent, for this medicine isj well borne by the dog in full doses-i Rice-water is to be the only drinfej allowed ; and arrowroot or rice the only; food, flavoured with milk or weaki mutton-broth. If the dysentery is very; bad, an injection of laudanum and starch may be tried ; but it is seldom retained, even for a minute or two, and unless mechanical pressure is kept up' on the anus by means of a towel it is quite useless. 4. — CosTivENESS is generally the re-|| suit of chronic inflammation of the bowels, or of the liver, by which then- functions are impaired ; and when the former is torpid the healthy stimulus- of the bile is not afforded. Dogs which are regularly exercised are not very liable to costiveness, but those which are confined to the house, or to then kennels, are often terribly tormented by it, and suffer severely froin the consequences, including that paintijl affection, piles, to which the dog is much subject. Very often the dog suffers very severe pain from the obj| struction afforded by pent-up taece8| and is utterly unable to pass tnem until Nature has set up an inllanurn SIMPLE INFLAMMATIONS OF THE SKIN. 949 tion of the rectum, by which mucus is poured out, and the mass comes away with much straining. The dog- thus aifected is ahnost mad with pain ; he runs to and fro, rushes into odd corners, and shakes his head in the most odd manner, and in this stage may easily be mistaken for a " mad dog ; " but the suddenness of the attack, and the mass of I hardened f^ces easily felt in the flank, mark the difference between the two cases. In one case, some years ago, I ; operated on a setter, and remoA'ed a i soHd mass of ffeces, as firm as soft • sandstone, and 15 inches long, by cut- I ting down in the flank and opening the side of the rectum. The bowels had not been moved for some weeks, and the dog was at the point of death ; but though relieved by the operation he speedily sank. The proper TreaTxMent in all mild cases of costiveness is to I give an increased quantity of vege- I table food, and substitute oatmeal and coarse wheat flour for the more refined articles of diet which some people I give their dogs. If there is impac- tion of fasces in the rectum, a clyster of salt and water, or gruel and castor- oil, should be adminstered ; and, in addition, some mild aperient may be given, but the less calomel there is used with it the better. Change of diet is the main agent in correcting costiveness, together with increased exercise, which will generally effect a cuie. If Piles make their appearance, the adminstration of some common brim- [ stone every night in a little water, I varying in quantity from 10 to 15 [ grains, will generally efliect a cure ; together with a change of diet and exercise, as above. For local treat- ment use the pile ointment prescribed among the astringents at page 921. Fistula also occurs, sometimes as a consequence of piles ; and it may be remedied by slitting it up ; but the operation requires the assistance of a pei son accustomed to the use of the knife. Sect. 5. — Inflammation of the Kidney AND Bladder. Inflammation of the Kidney is not very connnon in the dog, but it some- times occurs from the use of turpentine as a vermifuge. Very rarely there is met with in the kidney a formation of stone, called Renal Calculus, but no means can be used to remove it, nor are there any symptoms which indicate its presence during fife. Inflammation of the Bladder and Urethra is very common in the dog, and is marked by a discharge of yellow mucus from the end of the penis. This is the result of high feeding gene- rally, though sometimes it comes from mechanical irritation. The Treatment is to be conducted by giving saline aperients. Sulphate of magnesia, |^ to 1 oz. Nitre, 10 to 15 grains. Water enough to dissolve. Mix, and give twice a week. Balsam of copaiba may be given in obstinate cases, in doses varying from 4 to 15 drops, in a httle mucilage ; or one or two- of the capsules now so commonly sold may be pushed down the throat. When the discharge is clearly in the sheath, a wash of the sulphate of zinc, as here prescribed, may be used. Sulphate of zinc, 10 to 15 grains. Rose water, 1 ounce, Mix. Sect. 6. — Simple Inflammations of the Skin. Blotch or Surfeit is one of those skin diseases which is dependent upon too gross a diet, and is not of a specific nature — that is to say, it is not caused by contagion, nor by a parasitic insect. It begins with an irritation of the skin, which causes the dog to be constantly scratching. On examination, there is. a matted mass of loose hair, as if some starch had been dropped on the coat ; and when this comes off, the skin underneath is red and deprived of its cuticle, discharging also a thin watery fluid. These patches occur chiefly oii the back and the inside of the thighs, and also on the scrotum, where they are very commonly met with. The Tre/.tment consists in giving cooling and laxative medicines, with star^-a- tion and plenty of exercise. This v\ ill almost always effect a cure. Locally, a piece of bluestone may be rubbed upon the sores, but they will not heal until the constitutional foulness of blood has been relieved ; after effect- ing which, local measures are seldom needed. An Eruption between the Toes is also constantly occurring in sporting 050 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. aogs ; and it is precisely similar in its nature and cause, and also in the treat- ment. Bluestone is almost invariably successful, if combined with purgation and starvation. It generally requires to be well rubbed into the roots of the nails, and also to the clefts between the toes. The remaining eruptions of the skin will be found among the Specific Diseases. CHAPTER III. DISEASES ACCOMPANIED BY WANT OF POWER— ATONIC DISEASES. Sect. 1.— Chorea, Shaking Palsy, Epi- lepsy, AND Fits. Chorea, or St. Vitus's Dance, is a disease of the nervous system, with the exact nature of which we are not acquainted. In the dog it is generally the consequence of an attack of dis- temper, in which the brain was affected, leaving the state to which the name of chorea is applied. The appearance is very peculiar, and the dog, when the fore-quarter is attacked by chorea, has the most idiotic look imaginable ; he goes about nodding his head and drop- ping his fore-leg as if he were playing the fool, but with the most helpless expression imaginable. Sometimes the whole body is implicated, but generally the disease is confined to the head, neck, and one shoulder and fore-leg. During sleep these spasms disappear, though the repose is seldom perfect, and the dog is continually aroused by dreams, and then is attacked by the twitchings, which last till sleep returns. It is in this point that chorea differs from Shaking Palsy, which is a general shaking of the body, arising from nearly the same causes as chorea, and requiring the same treatment ; but as it is, I believe, invariably beyond our means of curing it, any measures to that end are thrown away. During the continuance of chorea the dog may or may not remain in good health, just as in some other disorders an animal may recover from the cause, but the effect still remains ; and therefore, although in all cases chorea is preceded by some disturbance of the whole system, yet this may go oft' and leave the dog apparently quite well, and with a good appetite, &c., but suffering from this I)eculiar condition of the nervous sys- 1cm. If the dog is otherwise in good liealth, chorea, 1 think, never destioys life ; and it is only when the original disease persists, that the dog afflicted Math chorea dies, which he sometimes does, gradually becoming weaker and weaker, until at last he cannot rise from his bed, but lies there convulsed with slight spasms, and finally carried off in a severe fit of them. But as I before said, death does not occur from chorea, which is only a symptom, but from other mischief going on, and which is most probably also the cause of the chorea. With regard to this Cause, there is little doubt tiiat it exists in the spinal column, or the base of the brain, or in the nervous system, expanded upon the organs of nutrition, called the sympathetic ; but as these parts of the great nervous system seldom indicate to our limited senses any alteration after death, we can scarcely expect to find, in such a chronic disease as this is, those marks which are absent in more acute and severe affections. Hence, although we find no actual alteration, we are not therefore to conclude that there is none, and espe- cially when the co-existent mischief in fatal cases is so very variously located. Sometimes there is inflannnation of the stomach and intestines, with diar- rhoea, the result of improper feeding; again, in another case, we find wonns in great numbers ; in a third case, where a dog, otherwise in good health, is purposely killed, no morbid alteration can be discovered ; and in a fourth there will probably be foimd some slight and chronic thickening of the membranes of the brain, as when there has been great mischief in that organ during distemper. Mr. Mayhew having found the stomach inflamed in all the cases which he has examined after death, has arrived at the conclusion that this is the primary seat of the CHOREA, SHAKING PALSY. EPILEPSY, AND FITS. 951 disease, and that the spinal cord has become affected by sympathy with it. But here I cannot agree with him, for 1 have carefully examined the stomachs of several young greyhounds and found no evidence of disease where chorea existed in such a marked manner as to render them useless for coursing, but in which the health was otherwise good. These puppies were purposely killed, and the absence of stomachic disease invahdates the statement made by him ; though I am quite ready to admit that in all the cases which he would be likely to dissect, there would, in all probability, be the remains of stomach-disease ; because he would only see those which had died from some other affection, distinct from chorea, and that affection being fatal would most probably be inflammation of the stomach or bowels. But in chorea, which persists after the accompanying disorders of the system have been re- lieved, there is found no sign at ail ; and simply for this reason, that Avitli our present knowledge we have no certain means of discovering the evidences of disease in any part of the nervous sys- tem. For these several reasons I can only come to the same conclusion, as in human pathology, that chorea is some disordered condition of the nervous system, whose remains after death baffle our search ; and that it is independent in its cause of stomach- disease, though perhaps aggravated by it. The Treatment of Chorea must be conducted on two principles — first, to improve the general health by good food and fresh air, aided by stomachic medicines ; and secondly, to give such stiengthening and tonic medicines as are likely to improve the tone of the nervous system. Fresh country air is of the utmost consequence, and this alone will often dispel the attacks of chorea ; but when united to a liberal diet it is doubly hkely to be successful. The puppy should have plenty of good milk, or, if that cannot be obtained, beef -tea or mutton-broth, with oat- meal or wheaten flour added in pro- portion to the looseness of the bowels. If these are confined, they must be acted on by castor-oil or rhubarb and aloes, or some of the aperients which merely act without producing much loss of strength. When the strength is somewliat improved by diet and stomachics, sulphate of zinc, in doses varying from two to four grains three times a day, may be given; or a grain or two of quinine, with two or three grains of extract of hemlock in a pill, will be likely to be serviceable ; but either must be used regularly for some weeks in order to have a fair chance of success. By these means many bad cases may be relieved, or perhaps nearly cured ; but with sport- ing dogs, if the attack is really severe, it is seldom that sufficient improvement is effected to make the dog as efficient as before. Hence, in these instances it is perhaps better to destroy him than to persist in patching him up in a way which will only render him a burden and disgrace to his master. Shaking palsy, I have already remarked, is wholly incurable. Epilepsy may be distinguished from the fits of puppyhood by the great champing of the jaws and strugghng of the limbs during the fit, and also by the frothing at the mouth, which is generally an accompaniment of it. It comes on without notice, and in the setter and pointer is peculiarly annoying, because it generally shows itself at the time when their services are most wanted, namely, during the middle of a day's shooting. Very often this happens during the excitement of the "point," but the fit is scarcely re- marked till the birds are sprung, when the dog generally falls, and is seized with struggles and foaming at the mouth. Generally this lasts for a few minutes, extending sometimes to half an hour, after which he recovers himself, and will even continue his work without loss of nose. With regard to the causes of epilepsy nothing is known ; but its attacks are aggravated by im- proper food, and by the addition of flesh without due preparation, as is often heedlessly done just before the shooting season. The Treatment con- sists in attention to the general health, and in the administration twice a day of a dose of bromide of potass in a pill, which varies from 1 to 3 grains, according to the size of the dog. Aperients, or even emetics, will be more likely to do good than any other medicine, and the use of the former is by far tlie most likely palliative measure. By Fits may be understood those which occ^ur to the puppy during den- 952 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. tition or from distemper, both of which indicate either disease of the brain, or great distm-bance of the digestive apparatus in consequence of worms. These fits are accompanied by slight convulsions, but no foaming at the mouth, and the dog is not speedily recovered from them, but lies exhausted after he recovers his consciousness. They are very fatal in distemper, being symptoms of great mischief in the brain ; but they are not in- variably fatal, because the severity of the fit does not always indicate a cor- responding degree of internal mischief. These fits seldom recur many times in succession, being either speedily fatal, or else ending in a complete cure ; and in this respect they are unlike epilepsy. The removal of the cause, whether worms or irritating food, is all that is necessary where time permits. Sect. 2. — General Dropsy. Anasarca, or general dropsy, in the dog is not a very uncommon disease among old kennelled dogs, owing to the improper way in which they are fed and kept without exercise. It con- sists of an infiltration of serum from the blood-vessels into the cellular mem- brane, caused by the kidneys refusing to act, as a consequence generally of inflammation ; and the disease, there- fore, is merely a symptom of inflam- mation of the kidneys ; for which reason I might have classed it among the inflammatory diseases, but that it sometimes occurs from a different con- dition of that organ, owing to a want of tone in the general system. Its most frequent cause is either improper stimulants — in the case of the stalhon greyhound a very frequent cause — or a gross kind of food, or sometimes from simple over-crowding of the dogs in a small kennel, occasioning a break- ing down of the system, and an exuda- tion of serum as a consequence. Among over-stimulated pets, which are not allowed any exercise, it is ja very com- mon disease, and often carries them off in a very disgiistii)gly loathsome con- dition. When the liver is in fault, by throwing too nuich work upon the kidneys, as is sometimes the case, the urine is yellow^ but in the usual way it is highly charged with salts, and dark brown, not yellow. The 'J'reat- MENT consists in acting in accordance with the cause — that is to say, in treat- ing the case so as to relieve the dropsy, and not upon any fixed principles ; thiis, supposing the kidneys are in- flamed, blood must be taken, and calomel and digitahs given in grain doses ^ of each, without any violent diuretics, which will only aggravate the disease. If the dropsy is merely a symptom of a breaking down of the system, this must be propped by bark and steel, with perhaps ammonia in addition. When the urine is mixed with blood, in a broken-down constitu- tion, the following mixture may be given, on the authority of Mr. Mayhew, and I have no doubt with success : — Tincture of cantharides, 3 drops. AVater, 2 ounces. To be given twice a day. If the dropsy is from the kidneys refusing to act, six or eight grains of nitre may be given two or three times a day, in the diuretic mixture. No 2, but the great principle is to make out the cause and act accordingly. Sect. 3.— Bronchocele. Bronchocele is an enlargement of the thyroid body in the throa", some- times to an enormous extent, so as to press upon the windpipe and destroy life. Nothing is known of the nature of this body, or of the causes of its enlargement, and all that we can do is empirically to use that remedy which we find win reduce it, and here we fix upon iodine, as the only really success- ful one. The iodide of potassium may be given by the mouth : — Iodide of potassium, 3 grains. Linseed meal, enough to make a pill. To be given three times a day, and the following ointment rubbed into the throat night and morning : — Iodide of potassium, 1 drachm. Lard, 1 oz. Mix. It is, however, of such a nature as always to interfere with the employ- ment of sporting dogs, and they arc seldom so far cured as to be as useiul as before. Sect. 4. — Worms. The Presence of Worms in the in- testinal canal is one of the greatest annoyances to the i)roprietors of dogs of all classes. In the greyhound they are a constant source of mischief, and REMEDIES FOR WORMS. 953 in the other varieties of sporting dogs tliey are ahnost equally common. In the puppy they are particularly in- lurious, cutting off his supplies of food, and also irritating his nerv^ous system to a degree which can scarcely be credited without actual experience. Whenever a puppy is seen to look rough and unhealthy in his coat (mere roughness is no indication), and w^hen lie is also thinner than he ought to be, with a ravenous appetite, and the con- stant passing of small quantities of fa?ces, the first part of which is solid, while the latter part is loose and frothy ; when he also is more dull than natural, with a hot dry nose, and offensive breath, it may generally be concluded that he has some kind of intestinal worm, and the only thing is to find out which species is present, and then to exhibit the appropriate remedy. The Areoa Nut (see page 929) is a very useful medicine for this pur- pose, given in proportion to the age and size, from the whole nut pow- dered, which is the dose for a full-grown dog of 401b. or 501b., down to a quarter of a nut for a little dog of 101b. weight. Tiiis should be given, and followed ir a few hours by a mild dose of castor- oil, when some of the worms present will most Hkely make their appearance, and according to their nature must the remedy be. Many people of great experience assert that it will clear the ilog of any and all worms by perse- ^ ering in its use ; but I have always found that it only brings away a few tape-worm joints alive, and neither kills the head left behind, nor brings it away. Nevertheless, I cannot say how its use, persevered in twice a week for some time, might operate, as I have never tried more than five or six con- secutive doses. The Varieties of Worms are as follows : — 1. The Common Maw- Worm. — A short white worm, about an inch long, \\ \t\i a pointed tail, and a flat broad head, tiie intervening part being nearly roimd. These worms exist chiefly in the large intestines, where they are often in great numbers, and they do not much inter- fere with the health of the dog. Dr. Cobbold is of opinion that they are joints of the tape-worm, and if so they must be treated accordingly. 2. The Long Kound Worm (Ascaris Inrahricoidea) — A pink or red worm resembling the garden worm in appear- ance, but somewhat less in size, and not so red in colour. They chiefly inhabit the snjafl intestines, and are very in- jurious to the health, interfering with the digestion in every way, since they take up the chyle for their own use, and also irritate the mucous membrane by their presence. 3. The Tape- Worm (Tcenia solium and Tcenia lata). — This worm is found in two or three species, but for our purpose it is sufficient to describe its general appearance, which is that of a long flat worm divided into joints^ and often coming away in portions, but leaving the head behind. It is, when suffered to remain long enough, from 6 to 8 feet long, and the dog may often be seen running about with a foot or two hanging from his anus^ or curled round his tail, to his great annoyance and disgust. The tape-worm inhabits the small intestines, and is much worse even than the round worm in its effects upon the health of the animal. Its ex- pulsion should therefore be effected with great care, and its head, which is larger considerably than the diameter of the rest of the body, should be diligently sought for, for until this is found it cannot be asserted with posi- tive certainty that the vermifuge has been successful. The General Principles of Treat- ment consist in starving the dog for from 12 to 24 hours, and then adminis- tering the appropriate vermifuge, fol- lowed by a mild dose of aperient medicine, to carry off the worms froni the intestines. In the chapter on drugs, I have given a hst of vermifuges, suited to the various conditions and kinds of worms ; but it will be neces- sary to repeat here what are the best for each kind, and their respective advantages and disadvantages, for, un fortunately, all are, more or less, inju- rious to the dog, and their use is only to be encouraged as a less evil than the continued existence of worms. The Remedies for Maw- Worm and Round- Worm are as follows : — Wormwood (Artemisia absinthium) Garlic (Allium sativum). Cowliage (Mucuna pruriens). Santonine, or the active principle of worm seed (Artemisia contra). Indian pink (Spigelia MarykviX- dica). 954 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THE IE TREATMENT. Areca or Betel nut {Nux areca). Stinking hellebore {Helleborus fce- tidus). Powdered tin and glass. Calomel {Hydrargyri chloridum). For Tape- Worm the following may be used with advantage : — Kousso {Brayera anthelmintica). liarbadoes tar {Petroleum Barba- dense). Pomegranate bark (Punica grana- tum). Male fern (Filix mas). Spirit of turpentine {Spiritus terre- binthince). The chief varieties of these are alluded to in the chapter on drugs ; but their more peculiar properties may better be enlarged upon in this place, and I will therefore describe the effects and pro- perties of each. Wormwood is grown in this country indigenously, as a downy under-shrub, with large dingy-yellow flowers. The whole of the plant is aromatic and bitter, and yields a green volatile oil, in which the vermifuge power seems to reside. It is an excellent remedy for yoimg puppies, because it acts as a tonic, and thereby prevents the further accumulation of worms from the weak- ness of the stomach, which is so often the real cause of their presence. It should be given in powder, in doses varying from 10 to 30 grains, mixed into a bolus with any syrup or honey. Garlic is a bulb too well known to need description. It is of an acrid pun- gent taste, and is very useful in expel- ling the Maw- Worm when stronger remedies are not safe, as in a delicate puppy. The mode of administration is by mashing up the bulbs in a mortar, and giving them in mass as a bolus. From a drachm to half an ounce is the dose, according to the size of the puppy ; or even less in very snjali puppies. CowHAGE consists of the hairy down from the pods of the Mucuna j^ruriens, a twining shrub, with purple flowers, having a disagreeable garlicky smell, and succeeded by pods containing three or four seeds enveloped in the down called cowhage. Its operation is puicly mechanical, the minute hairs irritating the worms, and causing them to let go their hold upon tho mucous ni(.ml)rane, which itself is protectcul by the mucua covering it. It is a very good vermifuge as a temporary expe- dient in dogs which are in present use, but it does not destroy those which remain, and will not quite clear a dog in the usual way ; but some people are of opinion that it is one of the most valuable of all vermifuges. The mode of giving it is by scraping the cowhage into treacle or honey, with which it is mixed, and of this a teaspoonful or two is given to the dog every other morning' for five or six doses, followed at last by a dose of castor-oil, and if the bowels are costive, by one in the middle of the time. Santonine is difficult to procure pure, but when genuine it is a most useful remedy for round-worm, which it re- moves with great certainty. The brown santonine, which is the best variety, should be obtained from a first-rate druggist, and mixed into a bolus, with a considerable quantity of rhubarb or jalap — that is from 5 to 15 grains of either or of a mixture of both. From ^ to 3 grains is the dose of santonine, according to the age, mixed with the above aperient, and given twice a week for three or four doses. Its effects are, as far as I know, very satisfactory, in not injuring the stomach, and it is therefore the least prejudicial of ah the vermifuges upon which any reliance can be placed ; but its expense is an obstacle where large numbers are to be dosed. Indian or Carolina Pink is an Ame- rican j)6^6nnial root, usually sold in this country in bundles of the entire plant, about 20 inches long. The use- ful part is the root, which consists of numerous yellowish-brown fibres, hav- ing a faint odour and a nauseous taste. When tolerably fresh it is a strong vermifuge ; but it is very variable in its effects, and, I am inclined to believe, is much adulterated by an admixture of other plants as a substitute, because in some few cases I have known it irritate the bowels to a dangerous degree, but whether accidentally or not I cannot say. It is not a medicine which can be given to a greyhound in training, or to a delicate puppy. It is admiin'stered by infusing an ounce of the root in lialf a pint of boiling water for an hour, and giving from one-eighth to one-cpuirter of it to the dog when fasting, followed in six hours by a dose cf castor-oil. The Arkca Nut is powdered, and given either with tJie food or as a bolus, REMEDIES FOR WORMS. 955 ill the dose of a whole nut for a large dog-, or less in proportion to a small one. (See page 929)- It is a compara- tively innocent remedy, and generally efficacious. The Stinking Hellebore is a plant which grows in the shady parts of our woods in great abundance. The leaves should be gathered early in the autumn, and carefully dried and kept in a stop- pered phial. Its effect is solely upon the worai, as it is rather a stomachic than an irritant. From 5 to 15 grains may be mixed vnth. an equal quantity of jolap, and made into a bolus, which is to be given twice a week. For young- dogs out of condition it is very useiiil, and it may be given at all times. Powdered Tin and Glass act only mechanically. As much as will lie upon a shilling of either may be mixed "•vith lard and given as a bolus to the dog fasting. Calomel is a very efficient vermifuge for maw, or round- worm ; but it re- quires great caution in its use, as it always weakens the dog in his stomach, fis well as his general system, and renders him Hable to cold. From 2 to 5 grains are the dose in a pill, with jalap. Kousso is a native of Abyssinia, where it is the proper remedy for tape- worm, with which the natives are much afflicted. The flowers are the parts used, and they are powdered before being sold, though for what purpose, except for its more ready adulteration, I am at a loss to know. It is universally said to be a very innocent vermifuge in human medicine, and wherever it has been used it has been more or less successful without doing any injury to the stomach ; indeed, it does not seem to produce any remarkable effects, ex- cept occasionally to cause the stomach to reject it, and it seldom purges. I have used it in a great number of cases upon the greyhound with good success, and without the shghtest inconveni- ence ; but I have been informed by Mr. Cass, of Thirsk, that several of his dogs were nearly killed by taking it ; and a similar result has occurred in other kennels, in one instance going on to a fatal termination. I endeavoured to obtain from him the particulars, but conld not succeed, and I am therefore unable to do more than mention the circumstance as causing a possible necessity of caution. Tliere must, I think, have been some mistake eitiier in the article itself or its mode of ad- ministration ; but still it may have been as he says, and the medicine may be occasionally injurious to the dog, in spite of the numerous cases in which it has been tried, and the close analogy between the dog and man, in whom there is no doubt that it is perfectly harmless. When it is given it should be infused in boiling water till cool — • one ounce of kousso to half a pint of water, to which the juice of one lemon should be added. From one-quarter to half of this (including the powder by agitation before giving it) should then be poured down the dog's throat, and followed six hours after by a dose of oil. This should be repeated once or twice a week till the dog seems clear of his worms, the stomach being always emptied by a twelve hours' fast before giving the kousso, and. plenty of slops being allowed to work it off. _ Barbadoes Tar is a mineral produc- tion, found floating on. the internal waters of several of the West India islands ; but it is now very seldom used, and I know nothing of its pro- perties or eff'ects. Pomegranate Bark is obtained from the tree bearing the same name, which is a native of Africa. The bark is sold in short quifls, of a greyish yellow colour externafly, yellowish inside, brittle, with a faint odour and an astrin- gent bitter taste. It is a good vermi- fuge for tape-worm, but it is not much used in this country, India being the chief locality where it is in vogue. From one ounce to half an ounce is the dose, infused for 24 hours in a pint and a half of boiling water and then boiled down to one-half and filtered. The dose should be divided into three portions, and one-third given every half- hour till all is taken. The Male Fern is met with in this country, and it should be dug up in summer, cleared of roots, fibres, &c., but not washed ; and dried quickly and thoroughly in the open air, in the shade without heat. The tufts and those parts only which are greenish internally should be used. They should be re- duced to powder at once, and preserved in well-stoppered bottles ; the powder never being kept over a second summer, as it soon loses its strength. When genuine and fresh it is the very best remedy for tape- worm we possess ; but 956 DISEASES OF THE BOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. h can only be obtained with certainty in a state fit to be depended on by dig- ging for it, and preparing it oneself. The botanical characters of the plant are as follows : — The underground stem large, tufted, scaly ; producing in spring beautiful leaves, pinnate, with oblong, serrated, obtuse leaflets. The Dose is 1 scruple to 2 drachms of the dried powder, given in a bolus on an empty stomach, and followed in two hours by a brisk purge either of castor- oil or jalap. The Oil prepared from it is sold in the shops, of which from 10 to 20 drops are a dose, mixed up with linseed meal and a little boil- ing water, half being given at night and the other half the next morn- ing, followed in six hours by a brisk purge. Oil or Spirit of Turpentine is cer- tainly a very powerful agent in the ex- pulsion of tape-worm, and in some per- sons' hands it appears to be comparatively innocent ; but in many cases it upsets the health greatl}^ for a long time after its exhibition. It may be given either tied up in a thin piece of bladder, and put down the throat like a bolus, after which the bladder is digested and the turpentine h berated ; or by mixing it with a little suet to such a consistency as to make a bolus. In this latter way, however, it is very conmionly rejected by the stomach ; and if it is to be given, the bladder is the best mode of using it. From half a drachm to half an ounce should be tied up, or mixed as I have said, and given fasting once a week at the oftenest. It should be fol- lowed as usual by a good dose of oil ; and it will generally, if it is kept down, cause the worm to evacuate its quarters; but too often it causes also so much irri- tation and inflammation of the mucous membrane as to be highly prejudicial to the dog's state of health. If, there- fore, the kousso or the male fern will have an equalh^ good efl:ect — as I be- heve they wiU — unattended by these evils, no one, I should think, would sanction the use of the turpentine. There are, however, some few obstinate cases in which the worm resists all ordinary means, parting only with small portions, and its head obstinately retain- ing its vitality and its hold. In such cases it is wise to try the turpentine after the failure of other means, and it may then perhaps justify the praise which has so generally been accorded to it. Yet it must be recollected that; until kousso was introduced, turpen- tine was always considered an unsafe* remedy ; and it is much more so in the dog than in man, as it cannot in the; lower animal be given mixed with castor oil, because it always when so lowered causes vomiting, and is rejected, so as entirely to negative its qualities as a vermifuge. With these remarks I shall conclude the section on Worms, by observing, that though I have noticed all the i-emedies at present in use, I consider areca-nut the most adapted for general purposes, while in those cases where it has failed, the choice is between san- tonine, stinking hellebore, Indian pink, kousso, and male fern. The three first for maw and round worms, and the two last for tape-worm. CHAPTER IV. DISEASES ARISING FROM IMPROPER FEEDING OR NEGLECT. Sect. 1. — Anj^mia, or Poverty of Blood. Poverty of Blood comes on in the dog either from bad food or from over- crowding, either of which will produce it. It consists in a state of the blood in which the red particles arc deficient in number, and this vital fluid is alto- gether of too thin a consistency, and consequently too watery in its nature. The dog looks emaciated and hungry, with a staring coat and a sunken eye ; and his lips and tongue being of a pale pink, instead of the rich red which they ought to exhibit. It is generally seen in large towns, where puppies are some- times reared in back yards to which the sun has no access, and where a free current of air is a rarity. The Treatment is founded upon a complete alteration from previous habits, MANGE, 957 fresh country air and good food being substituted for the state of things which has produced the disease. A tonic medicine will also sometimes be required, consisting of quinine in combination with steel, as follows : — Sulphate of quinine, 1 grain. Sulphate o^ iron, 1 grain. Extract of camomile, enough to make a bolus. To be given twice a day. Worms are generally present in this state of the constitution, and as soon as the strength will allow of the proper medicines being used to remove them, they ought to be exhibited, but with great care. In spite of everything which may be done, few puppies ever fully recover from this condition, and therefore in the case of greyhounds it is almost hopeless to attempt their treatment. Sect. 2. — Eickets and Enlarged Joints. The State of System called Rickets depends upon nearly the same misman- agement as described in the last section; but it is sometimes seen even in rural districts, when the puppy is confined to a small damp yard, and is badly fed, or deprived of bones. Phosphate of lime is the main agent in stiifening the skeleton, and if food containing this salt is not afforded in sufficient quantity the bones are of a gelatinous character, easily bending under the dog's weight, and consequently rendered by nature too bulky for his future well-being as an animal fitted for the chase. Many breeders like to see a puppy show larger joints than usual, and consider them an indication of strength ; but I am strongly of opinion that the reverse is the case, and that the puppy which lias them is not nearly so strong as one whose limbs are grown more like those of an old dog. This, however, is a disputed point, and I would never advise the rejection of a puppy because his joints were all enlarged ; but if one is much larger than the others, it is a sign of worse disease than rickets, and moro nearly allied to what, in human patho- logy, is called scrofula. Sometimes the swelhngs disappear, and the disease is cured, but generally these joints become more and more inflamed, and finally go on to form matter, and to make the dog I entirely lame. i Little can be done fortius in the way ! of Treatment, and the destruction of the puppy is the best plan of proceed- ing. In rickets, however, a great change sometimes takes place, and the bending of the limbs or the enlarge- ment of the joints gradually disappears, leaving only some slight indication of what has existed. Too often, however, the bone is weak and liable to fracture, and at the time when the dog is wanted for the sport to which it is dedicated, the bone gives way, and the time and trouble occupied in its rearing are found to have been totally thrown away ; hence the necessity for good feeding in the rearing of all young dogs ; and, as I have advised in the case of the greyhound, too much care can scarcely be bestowed upon them. CHAPTER V. SPECIFIC DISEASES. Sect. 1. — Mange. Mange consists of several eruptions, «\'hich are in common language grouped under the above head, the chief popular distinction being that it is communicable from one to the other by contact, — that is to say, that it is "catching." Hence, the sporting public exclude surfeit, blotch, &c., from this definition, and only include under the term mange those chronic eruptions which are cap- able of being taken by one dog from another. There are, tiowever, several distinct varieties, which are not suffi- ciently described ; and every now and then I see a fresh and perfectly new form, so that I cannot now give a com- plete epitome of them. Every sports- man must know that when his dog has an eruption, the first question asked is the following, namely — " Is it mange, or not?" And the answer is very important ; because general treatment will serve in the one case while it is useless in the other. The following are i 958 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. the forms of mange which I have met with ; but, as I said before, I am con- stantly meeting with a new variety. Virulent Mange, in its more ordi- nary form, occurs most commonly in utterly-neglected and large kennels, where dogs are suffered to lemain in large numbers together, in all their filth, and without exercise. It is sel- dom met with elsewhere, but it is highly contagious. The skin is bare of hair in large patches, but these are not in regular forms, being gradually shaped off into the hairy parts as if from scratching, and are nowhere quite free from hairs. The skin is dry and rough, with a few oozing scabs here and there, and with inflamed creases, extending M^herever there is a fold. The erup- tion is generally confined to the back, bosom, and inside of the thighs. The health is not much affected, but from the loss of sleep, and constant irritation caused by the itching, there is some- times some little fever. There is reason to believe that an insect is the cause of this form of mange. The Treatment consists in a gentle dose or two of aperient medicine internally, and ex- ternally of the application of the compound sulphur ointment, reduced in thickness by a little oil, to make it more easily rubbed into the roots of the hair. This should be continued every night, for three or four times in succession, after which the dog should be well washed with soap and water, and he will then most probably be cured. If the cure is not complete, the fol- lowing wash may be tried ; but the dog niust be muzzled for some days, or he will, in licking himself, swallow enough of the application to poison himself — to guard against which, as far as pos- sible, the aloes is added ; Decoction of white hellebore, 4 ozs- Decoction of tobacco, 4 ounces. Corrosive sublimate, 8 grains. Aloes, 2 drachms. Mix, while hot. The Second Form of Virulent Mange, supposed to depend on a vegeta- ble growth^ somewhat similar to mould, is more rare than the first variety, and much more difficult to eradicate. Its appearance differs little from the first kind, the chief point of distinction being that this kind usually attacks young puppies, whilst the insect form is generally found upon the aduH animal. In both the hair falls off ; but in the second kind there is more scab, and the itching not being so violent, it is not so much scratched off, so that often there is a considerable accumula- tion. The Treament is required to be very energetic locally as well as inter- nally. If the dog's health is upset, as is generally the case, tonics or stom- achics will be required ; and externally apply the following ointment : — Green iodide of mercury, 1 drachm. Lard, 1 ounce. Mix, and rub a Httle in every night, using a muzzle to prevent licking. A very small quantity only should be rubbed into the skin itself, leaving none in the coat. Mange, with Thickening of the Skin, appeais to be more dependent on consitutional disorder than the first two varieties, and for it the arsencial solution is no doubt very valuable. In this disease the discharge is very offen- sive ; the skin is thick, and pouring out an irritating ichor which occasions a constant and violent itching ; the hair falls off, and the dog is continually scratching himself. The Remedy for this state is a cooling diet, without any animal food of any kind, and composed chiefly of potatoes and other vegeta- bles. A smart purge may be first given, and then the liquor arsenicalis in doses of from 2 to 10 drops three times a day, mixed with the ood, ac- cording to the size of the dog. If this dose makes the eyes red, or stops the appetite, or occasions vomiting, it may be diminished one half ; but the best plan in afl cases is to begin with a full dose at first, and when the desired effect is produced, gradually to diminish it. Less than two or three months will seldom effect a cure, and the sulphur ointment will often be required to com- plete it. Red Mange is the most easily de- tected of all the varieties, because it always shows itself by altering the colour of the hair, whether the dog is white or not. If M'hite, the hair be- comes pink ,; i£ brown or red, it is of a brighter shade. It does not, however, fall off, except from the constant scratching which takes place. There is no eruption visible, but the skin is more red than nat iiral. The remedy is cither the ointment given in the pre- ceding column, or u mixture of blue mercurial or compound sulphur oint EXCYSTEI) nients in equal proportions. At the same time the dog should be treated u-ith liquor arsenicalis (as described in the previous paragraph) and reduced in food, so as to be thereby improved in his health, which is generally afJected considerably before this disease appears. A Fourth Variety is decidedly of a ' scaly character, unattended by much in- I flammation, and not accompanied by much irritation. In the only case which I have seen, it was cured by the liquor arsenicalis and ointment of iodide of mercury. In all Cases of Mange, a due amount of exercise should be enforced ; but this is so much neglected, that it will require great caution to see that it is attended to. All dog-s with mange are avoided in consequence of the conta- gious nature of the disease, and few servants like to take them out Avith them for that reason. Nevertheless, exercise is essential to recovery; and if the dog , is worth curing, he is worth taking out as a means towards the cure. Sect. 2. — Cancer. Cancer is a malignant disease, which chiefly attacks the reproductive organs in the male and female. It first makes its appearance in a large lump like a walnut, and in that state occasions very Httle pain ; after a time the tumour enlarges, and at last a small point softens and ulcerates, and then an open cancer, attended with a foul discharge, makes its appearance. Being perfectly incurable, it is of no use to prescribe any remedies for this disease, and the dog affected with it had better be destroyed. Sect. 3. — Encysted Tumours. These are very common in the aog, and consist of small soft bladders lying close under the skin, of a circular form, and devoid of pain or inflammation. They vary in size from that of a pea to the volume of a small orange. The only remedy is the knife, which may be used with perfect safety by any one accustomed to it. The skin must be saved and dissected back, and the tumour, when exposed, may readily be lifted out of its bed without much dis- section ; after which the parts may be suffered to heal of themselves. TUMOUliS. 950 Sect. 4. — Diseases of Parturition. In Healthy Parturition the bitch seldom suffers much ; but sometimes in a small bitch, when the sire is of much larger size, the disproportion between the whelps and the mother is so great as to occasion great difficulty and danger ; and sometimes also from other causes. In order to ascertain whether or not the bitch is in pup, a careful external examination will generally be neces- sary, when, on pressing the fingers deeply between the rectum and the bladder, several small round or oval bodies may be felt, in number accord- ing to the future littar. Between the fourth and seventh weeks the whelps cannot so easily be felt ; but, though they are said to be lost, a careful examination by a practised hand will always detect nearly all of them lying close against them. After the seventh v/eek they appear very plainly, and the belly rapidly swells till it attains the size which it presents at whelping time ; about three or four days before' which the teats begin to swell, and on the day before are generally full of milk — a pretty sure indication of the near approach of labour. In the Process of Parturition, the bitch should be left to herself as much as possible ; and if of good size and healthy, she will nearly always pass through it without trouble. Sometim es, however, her pelvis is too small to allow of the passage of thQ whelp, and then either she must die, or man must afford his aid by mechanical means ; but this operation is too difficult for any but a practised hand, and therefore I should recommend the aid of a skilful veterinarian to be in all cases called in. If a part of the whelp is born, and the remainder does not come away for some time— owing apparently to the ex- hausted condition of the bitch — it is quite safe to give a little brandy and gruel by the mouth, and then steadily to draw away the whelp, by laying hold of the part presenting with a piece of tape round it, or a strip of calico. As soon as all the whelps are born, the bitch may be allowed to rest for a short time, unless she is very much exhausted, when the brandy and gruel may be given, as directed" in the last paragraph. After an hour, in the usual way, a little lukewarm gruel may be allowed; and in the course of four 9C0 DISEASES OF THE DOG, AND THEIR TREATMENT. hours another quantity of the same. No meat of any kind should be given for three days, during^ which time the state of the bowels should be regu- lated, if necessary, by castor-oil ; and milk thickened with oatmeal or wheat- flour, or broth with the same thickening, or with arrowroot, if diarrhoea is present, should be the only food. Sometimes, after the first week, the whole litter is too great a draw upon the system, and part must be removed from the bitch, and brought up by hand, if it is wished to preserve them, feeding them from a common baby's bottle, with the India-rubber nipple now so com- monly in use ; but a very thick and stout one should be selected, or the puppy will compress it too much with its tongue. When the bitch is muoh reduced by her suckling, she sometimes is subject to fits, for which the only remedy is the removal of her whelps, and the exhibition of strong beef-tea, with bark, as prescribed at page 929, and ammonia in addition ; together with port wine and arrowroot, if the bowels are reilaxed. After the first week, and, indeed, gradually during the fourth, fifth, and sixth days, meat must be added to the other food, especially if the bitch has had much animal food before whelping. If the bitch is inclined to devour her young, she should be allowed to remain very quiet, and very Httle animal food should be given her. A I dose of oil should always be given a short time before her whelping time ; and if she should, nevertheless, devour them, another dose should follow, so as to carry off the effects of so heating a meal. If a foster-mother is determined upon, ' all that is necessary is- to muzzle her until the strange whelps have sucked her, and lain for some time with her own ; she will then fail to distinguish between them, and her own offspring may be removed with safety, leaving the foster-whelps to her care, which she will exercise just as fully towards' them as if they were really hers. If the bitch has been "put by," as.- it is called, and is not in whelp at the- end of nine weeks from her "heat,"' she will be fat and indolent, with her teats full of milk. At this time it is* better to take a little blood from her,' and to give her a smart purge once or' twice, together with vegetable food ; after which she will generally recover' her health and spirits, and become- much as usual at the expiration of; another month or five weeks. This^j ought to be fully considered in the' case of all sporting dogs. { CHAPTER Vi. ACCIDENTS AND OPERATIONS. Sect 1.— Cuts, Tears, and Bites. Solutions of Continuity, as these ac- cidents are designated in the dignified nomenclature of human surgery, are easily treated in the dog, because his skin is very readily healed, though not so speedily or in the same manner as that of man. In man a clean cut, if properly treated, heals as if by magic ; and in three days large surfaces of many inches in extent will often be firmly healed by a kind of glue thrown out from the cut surfaces, which after- wards becomes organized. In the dog and horse, however, no such glue is thrown out, and the oozing is always of a watery nature ; so that apposition must always be maintained by stitches, and even they are only of use in pre- venting extreme displacement while they remain inserted. In slight cuts, tears, and bites, therefore, it is better to leave them alone to the healing powers of the dog's tongue ; but in those cases where a large flap is torn down, as in the legs for instance, a stitch or two should always be inserted, over which a bandage should be fixed, and the dog kept muzzled until union takes pl'ice. Without the last precaution stitches and bandages are of no use, since the dog will always manage to remove them, and will tear out any stitches which may be inserted, however care- fully they may be tied. T])e first thing to be done is to wash the parts, if dirty, and then with a FRACTURES, common needle and thread to put in several stitches, according to the extent of the wound ; but only fixing it so as to keep it nearly in position, for an exact adaptation is of no use whatever. In putting in the stitches, the following is the plan to be adopted : take the needle and thread and insert it in the outside of the skm, on one side of the wound, and bring it out on the inside ; then pass it from the inside towards the out of the opposite part of the corre- sponding flap on the other side, and tie the ends so as to close the wound. Repeat this as often as necessary, and cover all up with the bandage as already directed. After four or five days the threads may be cut and removed, be- cause they are no longer serviceable, and only serve to irritate the skin ; and from this time the whole dependence must be placed upon the bandage in keeping the parts together. In some parts— as, for instance, the flank — a bandage can scarcely be appHed ; but even there it is wonderful how nature lills up an apparently irremediable gap. I have often seen a flap torn down by a spike, which has hung down from the flank for five or six inches, b at at the end of a month scarcely any scar can be seen. The owner therefore need never despair as long as the skin only is the seat of the accident ; but when tlie abdominal muscles also are torn, the bowels are apt to protrude, and the parts, if left to themselves, will never regain their original condition. Here a circular stitch must be practised, so as to pucker up the parts hke the mouth of an old-fashioned purse, and if the walls are thick enough the plan may be practised with success ; but in the thin tendinous expansions covering the middle of the belly there is great difficulty in cairying out this plan of rectifying the injury. The mode by whicii nature heals all the wounds of the dog is by granula- tion^ in which small red bladders are thrown out by both surfaces, which, after they are in contact for some hours or days, coalesce and form a bond of union, but if they are allowed to rub against each other this union cannot take place, and the growth is confined to the angle of the wound only. Hence the^ use and necessity of a bandage, which keeps the two surfaces in close contact, and hastens the cure in a re- markable manner ; effecting in ten days what would often require ten weeks if left to the dog's tongue alone. When the granulations rise above the level of the surrounding skin, a piece of blue- stone may be rubbed over them daily ; and if the whole sore is too red, and the granulations large and smooth, a little friar's balsam may be brushed over it ; or, what is far better, a solu- tion of nitrate of silver, of the strength of from three to eight grains to an ounce of distilled water. Sect. 2. — Fractures. Fractures may easily be treated in the_ dog by any person possessed of ordinary mechanical ingenuity. The bones most commonly fractured are those of the extremities : but almost all throughout the body are at times subject to this accident. Fractures op the Ribs are very common from the kick of a horse, or from the thick boot of a man, who sometimes in his rage at the attack of a dog administers a blow with his iron- shod toe which is sufficient to destroy life, or, at all events, to break one or more ribs. When from any cause they are fractured, the best plan is to apply a horse girth round the whole chest, by buckling it smoothly twice round, or, if the side of the dog will not admit of this, the girth may be adapted to one circle only. This may be buckled so tightly as to prevent the dog using his ribs in breathing, and to confine him to the use of his diaphragm for that purpose, by which means the ribs are kept quite still, and nature in about three weeks unites the broken ends. For a broken shoulder blade or true arm, there is httle to be done ; nor in the case of a fractured pelvis or upper thigh-bone can much good be effected by interference. Nature will in all cases work a cure so far as to enable a new joint to be formed ; but the animal is rendered useless for sporting purposes, and can only be kept for his or her breed. In Fractures of the Limbs gutta- percha splints will be found to be most serviceable. But if they are not easily procurable, thin strips of deal will sup- ply their place, and may be encircled with tapes to keep them in position. The first thing to be done is to adapt the splints to the leg, so that the parts should be kept in a tolerably correct i)osition while the inflammation is 3q 9G2 DISEASES OF THE DOGy AND THEIR TREATMENT. oeing subdued ; for if the fracture has been the result of much violence, the consequent swelling will generally for- bid the immediate and final putting- up, or " setting," as it is called, of the broken bones. For this purpose narrow strips of deal answer better than gutta- percha, and three or four of them may be put on, extending from joint to joint, and not merely encirchng the hmb, but allowing space between for the apphca- tion of coohng remedies. Warm water fomentations answer for this purpose, and succeed better than cold lotions, and may be repeated five or six times a day or even of tener, so as to keep the skin and hair constantly wet the first two or three days : and in the intervals the lotion of arnica, as given at page 851, may be applied with a sponge. If the leg swells much the tapes may be loosened, but all the time the dog must be kept constantly muzzled, or he will soon get rid of tapes, sphnts, and all. In a few days the swelling subsides, and the arnica lotion being still applied, the splints may be gradually tightened. At the end of from five to seven days the leg may be permanently " set," as follows : — Take a sheet of stout gutta- percha, of about the thickness of a penny-piece for large dogs, and of a halfpenny for small ones ; measure the circumference of the sound leg with a piece of string at the largest and at the smallest parts, and cut olf a piece of gutta-percha as long as the broken part of the leg, measured from the joint above to the joint below the fracture, and of the width of the circumference of the leg as indicated by the string. If the two pieces of string vary much, the gutta-percha must be varied accordingly, so that it will nearly meet after sur- rounding the limb. When cut to these proportions it is to be soaked in water some degrees below the boiling point — at which this material is rendered too soft for our present purpose. It is then moulded round the sound leg. For a fracture in which no wound of the skin occurs, the gutta-percha may be large enough to completely surround the leg; but in a compound fracture, as it is called, i)r one in which the skin, &c,, as well as the bone are broken, the gutta-percha should only partially surround the leg so that tiic wound may be readily dressed daily. Holes arc punched in each side of the gutta-percha, so that tapes may be inserted by which the edges are brought togethei, and tlii whole rendered quite secure. It is t very good mode of managing these accidents, as the gutta-percha may bi moulded to either the lower thigh o; arm, or to the metatarsal or metacarpa bones. It should be kept on for at leas six weeks or two months, during tht whole of which time a muzzle shouh be worn ; but after the first tliree week.' it is better to allow the dog to take i little exercise, as he will not put his le^; to the ground if it gives him pain ; anc air as well as exercise are necessary tc effect the process of union in its ful perfection. Sometimes, however, gutta-percha i{ not procurable, and then recourse mus^ be had permanently to slips of deal oi bamboo-cane, which should be long enough to extend from the joint above the fracture to that below it. As thtj dog's coat is tolerably thick, it is not necessary to insert any kind of paddinji between the splint and the skin, an(| two splints (one inside and one out^ will generally suffice. Then let an as- sistant slightly extend the limb, bj taking hold of the joints above and be- low, taking care to straighten it at the same time. The operator now adapts his sphnts, and grasps them, when th^ assistant shifts his hand to them, ancj allows the operator to tie his tapes after which the limb is said to be set. : i Sect. 3. — Dislocations. ' Dislocations consist in a displace- ment of the end of a bone from itf connexion with the one above it ; an " they may occur at the hip, stili shoulder- joint, or knee, as well as at t ) joints of the toes. The hock is seldo; dislocated without fracture, but such ,i accident has been known to occur, aiu great trouble would be experienced ii its reduction, on account of the sluq" and nature of the joint. Dislocation oi the stifle-joint is not very common, it being very strongly guarded by liga-^ ments, and broad also in the surfacef, of the bones of which it is composed,] The hip-joint is very often the seat olj dislocation, and is one of the most inii tractable of all to manage. The sockelj projects in a prominent manner fron;] the body of the pelvis, and when thcj head of the thigh-bone is thrown out ol| its cup it sinks at once deeply by thel side of it, and can scarcely be drawil OPERATIONS. out of its bed by any force which can be applied. In the anterior extremity, the knee is the chief seat of this kind of accident, and it is dislocated quite as frequently as the hip, but its reduction is ten times as easy, because both bones can easily be grasped, and extension being made, they are speedily brought into a proper relative position. But though they are readily reduced, they are as easily thrown out again ; and, therefore, great care is required to pre- vent this unhappy result. The elbow and point of the shoulder are seldom put out, because these joints are so securely guarded that the bones of which they are composed are more inclined to break than to leave their sockets. In both the hind and fore legs the toes are <»ftenput out; and besides this accident the tendons are apt to give way, causing the accident which is called " the letting down of the toes." The Treatment of all Dislocations consists in putting the displaced bone back again into its socket as speedily as possible, for if allowed to remain long out of its proper situation it contracts fresh adhesions, and can scarcely be drawn away from them by any prac- ticable force. The dislocated knee is reduced simply by pulling steadily the two bones away from one another ; an assistant seizing the arm, and the opera- tor making extension by laying hold of the foot and pastern. After it is re- duced, a piece of Hst should be crossed in the form of the figure of 8 behind the joint, so as to prevent it from being- straightened, and thus again displaced ; and this position must be maintained for some time, in order that tjie torn ligaments may have time to unite. In the dislocated hip, unless very recently done, chloroform should be used, be- cause the muscles of that joint are very powerful, and it will require great force to overcome their action without its assistance. The dog is first placed on a table, with a firm cushion under it ; chloroform is then administered, by placing a sponge dipped in it in the end of a muzzle, such as is drawn at page 255. The holes at the sides should be stopped, by pasting strong paper over them, so as to make a complete cone, one end of which is adapted to the jaws, and the other is closed by the sponge ; 80 that the dog, when it is put on, can "rily breathe through the sponge. After a short time he snores and breathes heavily, and then the sponge mayb: withdrawn for a time, and the attempt made to lift the bone into its socket. I have, however, failed, even with the aid of this agent, in reducing a hip dis- located only for about ten days ; and t am not aware of any case of more than a few hours' duration where a hip has been replaced. Nevertheless, in a valu- able dog, such as that on which I made this attempt, which was a highly-prized puppy presented to me, and of a very scarce breed, the attempt is worth making, especially as it occasions no. pain. Sect. 4. — Operations. In Operating on the Dog, either a regular muzzle should be put on, or ordinary tape or cord should be applied to the muzzle, binding it firmly round the jaws two or three times, and carry- ing it back to encircle the neck so as to prevent the dog from getting it off in his struggles. This precaution is neces- sary to guard the operator against his bites, which in some dogs would be highly dangerous, as they do not always dis- tinguish their best friends, though often they will submit to great pain without a murmur when they have long been sufferers. Chloroform may be used with great advantage (as directed in the last section) in those delicate opera- tions wliere the struggles interfere with the due performance of the opera- tion ; for it is almost impossible to keep the dog perfectly still, and in operations about the abdomen the in- testines are sometimes protruded by the efforts of the dog ; whereas, with chlo- roform, all may be managed with per- fect quiet, and the poor brute is relieved of his pain. A common scalpel, or a long bistoury, in the case of sinuses which require to be slit up, are the most useful kinds of knives ; and tlie sportsman himself will seldom be able to manage more than the operations requiring these knives. The removal o£ injured toes, dewclaws, &c., and the slitting up sinuses or fistulas, may readily be effected, or even the excision of small tumours, or the like ; but more than that had better be left to the educated practitioner. The dog's skin should always be preserved as far as possible ; and in removing any parts this texture should be left behind, trim- ming away any slightly ragged points 3q2 MSEASES OF THE DOG, uiND THEIB TREATMENT. v/hich may appear likely to interfere with a perfect cure ; but even these will often do more good than harm, and will till up a gap which their removal would be sure to occasion. Bleeding is easily effected in the dog with a common lancet in the neck, if he is not unusually fat. The hair is cut off closely in a patch by the side of the wind-pipe, and then a string is tied rather tightly round the lower part of the neck ; after which a vein distended with blood may be felt there, which may be readily opened by inserting the point of the lancet with some little force, owing to the thickness of the skin, and cutting out again. After the blood has flowed sufficiently, a pin must be inserted in the lips exactly as in the horse-bleeding, and the ends twisted over with a piece of tow ; but all this ought to be seen in order to be under- stood. If the neck is too fat, a vein on the inside of the fore-arm may generally be reached with the lancet. Cropping is an operation which is often performed on smooth terriers (not fox), who are required to have their ears trimmed to a point, while some other breeds, as spaniels, fox terriers, &c., keep their ears entire, but have part of their tails removed. Cropping the ears requires very great skill and practice : 1st, both ears must be cropped alike ; 2nd, neither too much nor too little of the " burr " must be removed ; and 3rd, the cartilage must not be left bare. The usual plan is to remove one ear with a sharp pair of scissors, and then place the portion which has come off on the other ear to serve as a guide to the scissors in trimming the latter. But with every precaution to make the exact amount of mutilation, the skill employed is thrown away, unless care is subsequently taken to prevent the contraction of the edges during the process of heahng. They should be watched daily, and if the edges are at all in wrinkles, they must be pulled out, and some neat's-foot oil applied with a feather. A repetition of this process win generally insure a nicely-pointed ear; but sometimes nothing will pre- vent deformity, from the tip falling over on to the top of the head, and the cartilage being naturally weak. Removing the Dewclaws is neces- sary for those breeds which work much in covers, such as spaniels, beagles, &c. The proper plan is to draw back the skin towards the knee as much as possible from the claw, and cut it ofE with sharp scissors. This leaves enough skin to cover the stump, and the heahng process is rapidly finished. The best age is the time when the puppy is being suckled, the mother's tongue being the best salve. In Shortening the Tail, all that is necessary is to take off about one- third with a sharp pair of scissors, the earlier in point of age the better. PAET V. DISEASES OF THE DOG AND HORSE. BOOK IV.— THE DISEASES OF THE IIOESE, AND THLIR TEEATMENT. CHAPTER I. FEVERS. Sect. 1. — General Remarks. The Fevers to which the horse is subject are of a very peculiar kind, and quite distinct in their nature and treatment from those of the human species or of the dog. For this reason the successful practitioner in one de- partment is often wholly at sea in the other ; and this is not only the case with fevers, but in all the other diseases of the horse. In man as well as in the dog there is a great variety of febrile diseases, but in the animal we are now considering they are generally reduced into two — first, simple fever ; and secondly, symptomatic fever, or that attending upon inflammations or upon wounds, or other local injuries. But besides these I shall include catarrhal fever and malignant epidemic or typhus. Sect. 2. — Simple Fever. Simple Fever, or Common Catarrh, is almost always the result of cold, and is ushered in by shivering, followed by loss of appetite and spirits, with quick- ened pulse, unequal distribution of heat, so that often one leg is hot and the other three are cold, or vice versa ; dry and hot tongue, costiveness, and scanty urine of a high colour, and passed with difficulty. The breathing is generally somewhat quicker than natural, with more or less cough, but unle«s the lungs are inflamed there is seldom much acceleration. The disease generahy runs a short course if uncom- plicated with any of the inflammations hereafter to be described, in which case it runs into symptomatic fever. The Treatment of Simple Fever consists in reducing the system in pro- portion to the amount of increased action going on. Many shght attacks may be removed without bleeding, but if the pulse is high, and all the other symptoms are in an aggravated form two or three quarts of blood should be taken away, in order to guard against the occurrence of inflammation, which is to be carefully watched for. A smart purge, in the shape of the aloetic ball Mo. 8, is almost always required ; but the horse should, if possible,, be mashed on the night before, or he will be liable to colic from the colon and rectum being- full of impacted faeces. If there is not time for this, castor-oil must be given at once, and its action assisted after a few hours by a full clyster of warm water or gruel. When the bowels are freely moved, the following fever powder may be given two or three times a day, until the horse stales freely and his urine is of a proper colour, when the medicine may gradu- ally be discontinued : — Powdered nitre, 1 ounce. Camphor, and Tartarised antimony, of each 2 dr. Mix. The water must be given in a warm state and the corn wholly ab- stracted, giving bran mashes in lieu, but in small quantities only. The clothing should be waraer than usual, and if the legs are cold they should be bandaged with flannel. Plenty of htter is to be aflowed, and the box kept as cool as possible unless the weather is very cold, when it may bb maintained at a temperature of about 55 degrees of Fahrenheit. In a few days, unless some complication occurs, the fever subsides, and the horse may be walked out for a short time, and may after- wards gradually resume his usual food and exercise. Sect. 3.— Catarrh .al- Fever, In~ fluenza, or Distemper. This, like simple fever, usuafly commences with a shivering fit. suc- ceededj.however,, by higher symptoms oi 966 DISEASES OF THE HORSE. AND THEIR TREATMENT. lever than in that species. The eyes are red and sleepy-looking, the mem- brane lining the nose is pale red, and generally there is some discharge from it. This at first is watery, but it soon becomes thick, and after a time it has the consistence almost of an oyster, which it resembles as it gushes forth during the drinking of thehorse,or other action requiring forcible expiration. Very often the pharynx is sore, and the horse swallows with difficulty, even water appearing to give great pain as it goes down. The cough is generally loud and frequent, and even occasion- ally painful to the horse, who expresses his sufferings by impatiently stamping with his fore-feet. Weakness rapidly gains ground upon the horse, and very soon he can scarcely stand ; whilst at the same time the legs swell. The pulse is generally about 65, but seldom hard. This state seldom lasts many days, as the horse loses his strength so rapidly, that he either sinks or recoA'-ers in a week or ten days. The disease appears to depend upon epidemic causes, though it is nevertheless sometimes conta- gious, if we may believe the reports which have been handed down to us. Very often it goes on to inflammation of the lungs, and at other times ends in tj^phus fever, commonly called putrid or malignant fever Inflammation of the lungs is distinguished from it by the following symptoms, which are well marked in the fever and nearly absent in the inflammation to which I am now alluding. These are — first, the very quick pulse ; secondly, the early and copious nasal discliarge ; thirdly, the l)ale colour of its lining membrane, which is a deep red in pneumonia ; lourthly, the frequent cough, with the soreness of throat ; fifthly, the rapidly failing strength. The Treatment of Catarrhal Fe- ver will vary a good deal with the pre- cise nature of the attack ; but in most cases the horse will iU bear depletion of any kind, and hence the importance of distinguishing between it and pneu- monia. Sometimes, though rarely, bleeding is indispensable, but never in large quantities ; and more than three or four quarts should never be taken, and only in the early stage ; a gentle (lose of aperient medicine, such as the iiall No. 9 or 10, will generally be re- quired, and this should be assisted by a clyater, or by raking, so as to prevent any obstruction in the rectum caused by the mashing ha\'ing been omitted for want of time. After the purge has acted, the fever mixture. No. 8, may be exhibited ; and when the weakness is great, with a cessation of all the ten- dency to inflammation, the tonic ball, No. 3, should at once be used, with good gruel and warm mashes, and even sometimes port- wine and ale. Sect. 4. — Malignant Epidemic, Putrid, OR Typhus Fever. Putrid Fever connnences either as simple fever, or as common catan'hal fever ; but this soon goes on to produce great prostration of strength, with fetid breath, discharge from the nostrils, and entire loss of appetite. Its course is much more rapid than in man, and more so even than in the dog. A con- gestive state of the vessels comes on, and they rapidly give way, by which life is soon destroyed. It is highly con- tagious, and few horses seized with it recover ; indeed, its nature is such that most proprietors determine to destroy the infected animal, in order to prevent its spreading. The Treatment most likely to suc- ceed is a highly stimulating and sup- porting one, consisting of the following baU :— Carbonate of ammonia, ^ drachm. Powdered bark, ^ ounce. Linseed meal and water, enough to make a ball To be given three or four times a day The strength must also be supported with ale-caudle poured down the throat ; or, if the bowels are relaxed, rice and port- wine. Sect. 5. — Mor/rEN-GREASE. Molten-Grease, a term formerly much used in farriery, is neither more nor less than a kind of critical diarrhcea coming on in gross horses attacked by fever, and it should not be too suddenly checked, though it is perhaps scarcely safe to allow it to run on many days. If, therefore, iia an attack of fever there is this copious purging, let it be en- couraged by giving decoction of lin- seed, or gum-arabic dissolved in water, so as to sheath the parts, and yet not absolutely to check the discharge. When the dung comes away in small lumps, a pint of castor-oil should be given ; tlie embrocations Nob. 1 or 2 INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 907 BKiv be well rubbed into the belly, and everything done to favour the removal ot the disease, without positively stop- ping it by astringents. If, in spite of this treatment, the purging continues, a clyster of 2 drachms of opium, dis- solved in a quart of starch, should be thrown up with great gentleness and care, which will generally succeed in quieting the mucous membrane. Sect. 6. — Symptomatic Fever. Symptomatic Fever being the result rather than the cause of inflammation, can scarcely be considered by itself. The simple fever often arises from ex- posure to cold, just as in the dog or in man ; but this species generally arises from over-stimulation in some form, either by extra warmth, or more food than usual, or by over-riding or driving. Whatever the precise cause, the effect is always to produce a congestion in some internal organ, generally followed by an inflammation, and accompanied bv symptomatic fever. Thus, a horse is^ brought up fi'om grass, and suddenly placed in a hot stable, with a ^ liberal allowance of corn. In a short time his eyes become inflamed, his appetite fails, he has a violent cough, and he is what the trainers call " aU to pieces." ^ Now, this arises entirely from over-stimula- tion at aU points, for not only is he kept in a constant state of increased heat, but the fire is fanned by feeding him with corn, and often by giving him an amount of work to which he lias not been accustomed. This is a constant occurrence with inexperienced horse-masters, and numberless eyes are lost through its means, to say nothing of inflamed legs and disordered stomachs. The symptoms in all cases are those of simple fe^'er, except that very Httle shivering precedes it ; but in addition we find quick and laborious breathing, with stony coldness of the legs and ears, if the lungs are inflamed ; or in inflammation of the liver, yeUowness of the eyes J\nd mouth, with orange- coloured and scanty urine ; and so on with the various kinds. The Treatment of Symptomatic Fe- ver is always merged in that of its complication until it is reduced, after which, in some cases, the debihty caused by the fever, and by the remedies, often requires pecuhar supporting measures. There is in the horse of the present day a much greater disposition to sink than in those of former times, even within my memory ; and more tonic medi- cines, as weU as food, will often be re- quired. This has arisen, I fancy, from the constant recourse to the lancet, which has been the fashion in veterinary medicine until the present time, and in human medicine until about 20 years ago. In both, I beheve, it has led to a complete alteration in the forms of dis- ease, which are not nearly so highly inflammatory as was formerly the case, nor do they bear such lowering treat- ment ; whilst, on the other hand, they require, in many cases, a boldly stimu- lant plan of treatment, which a quarter of a century ago would have been justly reprobated as allied to insanity. Bark and ammonia are now often required to be given to the horse very early in an attack of inflammation — that is to say, as soon as the lowering measures, necessary in the first instance, have had their effect ; and if, on the other hand, these last are pertinaciously carried out too long, the animal sinks from exhaustion into a state from which nothing wifl arouse him, and dies from a kind of putrid fever, or something very nearly aflied to it. CHAPTER II. INFLAMMATIONS. Sect. 1. — Inflammation of the Brain and Nerves. Staggers, or Apoplexy, appears to de- pend in all cases upon pressure on the brain, arising either from actual mis- chief within it, or from temporary con ge«tion, owing to distension of the stomach, and hence called Stomach Staggers ; whilst the first form is called, from the symptoms. Sleepy oi Mad Staggers, according as the horee 958 DISEASES OF THE HOESE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. is rendered insensible, or more than usually excited. The disease usually begins with drowsiness, the eyes being inflamed and watery ; the pulse is full, but not generally quicker than usual ; bowels costive, and urine scanty. The next change that occurs is either a fit of insensibihty or of furious delirium, both of which indicate pressure on the brain, though they have received the distinctive names above alluded to. In Stomach Staggers there is a yellowish- ness of the eyes and mouth with a twitching of the nmscles of the bosom, and great general feebleness rather than drowsiness. The fore-legs totter, and at last give way, after which the animal lies insensible, and can seldom be recovered. The Treatment is very different in the two diseases; free bleeding and purging, with turpentine clysters, will be required in the former, and will generally afford relief. If, however, tlie horse continues drowsy after their action, the head should be blistered, and a rowel inserted under the jaw, together with tlie internal use of nitre, tartar emetic, and digitalis, in doses of one ounce of the first, and a drachm of the two last, every four hours. SroMACH Staggers is more easily prevented than cured, and when fully developed is generally fatal. If it is clear that over distension of the stomach is the cause of the disease, and the brain_ is only affected by sympathy, bleeding will avail nothing, and strong local stimulants, or stomac'hics, as they are called, afford the only chance. But the difficulty of diagnosis is very great, and the history of the case is the only guide to be depended upon, because the symptoms are so very similar in the one case to the other. If. however, the opinion is formed, one of the following drenches should be given, which will arouse the dormant powers of the stomach, and enable it to resist the de- composition going on within it, as well as to expel iis contents : — 'j'iiicture of ginger. Compound spirit of ammonia. Ti/jcture of lavender, and Sulphuric ether, of each 1 drachm. Camplior mixture, and Warm ale, of each 4 oimces. Mix. ^'T, Barbadoes aloes, 3 drachms. Tincture of capsicum, 2 drachms. (rin, 4 ounces. Warm water, 4 ounces. Mix. A stimulating clyster, as described at page 927, will also be useful; and by its aid the horse sometimes is enabled to resist the overpowering action of the sweUing contents of the stomach, and to pass them on ; after which a mild dose of physic and lower diet will complete the cure. But too often the disease goes on in spite of all remedies, and the horse dies from pressure upon the brain, arising from congestion. Megrims is clearly a temporary and shght congestion of the brain, arising from the excessive heat of a summer's day, or the pressure of the collar upon the veins of the neck, or from the ex- cessive restraint of the bearing-rein. The attack comes on by the horse suddenly stopping and shaking his head, as if annoyed by his bit, or by sornething wrong in his bridle ; to ex- amine which the driver perhaps gets out, and while so doing the horse suddenly falls, or wheels round in a circle, and then goes down as if one side was deprived of all power. There he lies for a short period, varying from a few seconds to five or ten minutes ; after which he raises his head, and stares about him, and then, if per- mitted, he will rise almost as if nothing had happened, and be ready to proceed as before, though generally in a pro- fuse sweat. Sometimes, however, Dut very rarely, the horse dies in these attacks, ajid in all cases the danger to the driver is great, because it is im- possible to foresee their occurrence ; and, as they may take place on the un- guarded side of a steep hill, or in fifty other dangerous situations, they are always hable to place the driver in a condition of extreme peril. When once they have occurred they are Hkely to occur again, and for that reason the owner of ahorse attacked with megrims had always better get rid of him ; or, at all events, after a second attack, for many horses are known to have had only one fit of this complaint. To Relieve it, a few quarts of blood should be taken as soon as possible, and on the spot if the attack is very violent, or if not, as soon as the horse is in his stable. A dose of purging physic sliould also be given, and a few days' rest allowed, as well as a more than usually quiet and moderate style of driving. Locked- Jaw, or Tetanus, and Hydro- ruouiA, are very similar conditions of INFLAMMATION OF THE EYE AND MOUTH. 9G9 the nervous system ; not exactly in- flammatory perhaps, but more near!}'- allied to irritation. In the former case the muscles of the body are rendered rigid by some accidental irritation, as a stake or pole driven into the chest, &c. The jaw is almost always the first part attacked, and hence its name of locked-jaw ; but nearly all the muscles uf the body are in bad cases rigid and unyielding, although this state at in- tervals gives way. Very little can be done in the way of Treatment, though some cures have been announced from opium, chloroform, and Indian hemp. Bleeding also is said to have worked wonders, and so has the wet sheet in the hands of the water doctors ; but I have never yet known a well-marked case of tetanus recover ; though there are, no doubt, cases in which slight at- tacks of locked-jaw have disappeared with the removal of the cause which produced them. A veterinary surgeon should always be called in in such cases, and his advice must then be followed, so that it is unnecessary to dilate here uponthe details of treatment. Hydrophobia is also a disease very closely allied to tetanus in all but its cause, which is from the bite of a mad dog or cat. It comes on with violent spasms of the body, of a somewhat similar kind to those of the above disease ; and it is equally, or even per- haps more intractable ; but the spasms are not persistent, and the horse after a time is very violent, and ready to at- tack everything that comes in his way ; he froths at the mouth, and fights with his fore-legs ; or else he is timid, and shrinking from all contact with man— a symptom as common as the mad variety. Water is always eagerly sought after, as in the dog. There is no cure, and the horse should at once be shot. Sect. 2. — Inflammation of the Eye AND jMouth. Inflammation of the Eye comes on in several forms ; the most common of which is sudden in its attack, and ac- companied with very little symptomatic fever. The horse is well over-night, but on going to him the next morning tlie groom thinks he has hit his eye, and If not experienced in these matters he takes httle notice ; the lids are swollen, the white of the eye covered with red vessels, and the transparent part of the cornea rendered opaque by a bluish - white film, of more or less extent ac- cording to circumstances. Sometimes, it is true, a blow has really occasioned the mischief, but more often it arises from cold ; and sometimes, again, a piece of dust has lodged in the fids, and on being removed all is speedily right again. A Dose of physic, with a bran-mash and an ounce of nitre in it, on two or three evenings, will gene- rally put all to rights; especially if aided by the cooling eye-wash, Astrin gents (No. 3 or 4). Regular Ophthalmia is a much more virulent and unmanageable disease, though it comes on in the same way, and can only be detected in the early stage by the severity of the symptoms and the greater intolerance of light. The opacity soon becomes universal over the whole cornea, and the iris is also implicated, so that this beautiful dark curtain is often covered with white lymph, or even sometimes with pus or blood. After a time the symptoms abate, but only for a short period, and the end generally is that the eye is lost, often implicating the other one as well. The cause is generally connected with a change from cold to warm stables, with high feeding, and strong work. Horses require a much longer seasoning to the warm stable than is generally given them, and thousands are yeai-ly sacrificed to a want of due caution in this respect. More eyes are lost in this way than by any other, and yet it is in many cases impossible to avoid the disease by all the care in the power of the most experienced groom. For this reason, some horses never will stand corn or stable management, and yet their eyes remain perfectly good at grass, even in the depth of a severe winter. The Best Remedy for Ophthalmia is a lowering plan of treatment, consist- ing of bleeding, either general or local, washes as for the simple inflammation physic and the fever medicine No. 8. Bleeding in the vein at the inner angb of the eye sometimes affords great relief, or a scarification of the vessels of the white of the eye ; but the best remedy of all is a rowel in the cheek. This disease almost always leaves its marks behind, consisting of a peculiar semi- opacity of the transparent part of the eye, with a muddiness of the coloured part, called the iris, and sometimes some 970 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. faint indications of approaching cata- ract, in the form of a deeply-seated white speck in the middle of the pupil, or of white lines diverging from its centre to its circumference. The eye is some- what contracted by the dislike which the horse has to light ; and hence an affected eye will look smaller than its sound fellow, though in reality there is no change in the actual size of the ball. Cataract is an opacity of the lens in the centre of the eye, and is generally the result of the above inflammation, though sometimes in purely hereditary cataract it comes on gradually, with- out the slightest evidence of inflam- mation. At first there is only slight uiilkiness of the pupil, which gradually increases until it becomes perfectly white. When inflammation is the cause, the cornea is seldom of a pure white, but more or less yellow ; and, in very old horses, when cataract comes on, the radiating hnes from the centre to the circumference are very strongly marked. No Remedy can be brought to bear upon cataract, and the horse affected with it is incurably blind. Amaurosis is also almost always an incurable disease, and for all practical purposes it may be considered as such. The eye looks sound, and there is no opacity of any kind ; but, nevertheless, the horse is bhnd, and likely to remain so. It is an affection of the nerve, and beyond the power of medicine ; the only thing likely to relieve it being a rowel under the eye. Lampas consists of a swelling of the ridges in the roof of the mouth, which are called the " bars," coming on chiefly ill young horses. The horse is seen to drop his corn, from an inability to cliew it, owing to the pain given in the attempt ; and on examining the mouth the bars are seen to be level with the teeth, from the swelling. The Treat- M ENT required is only a dose or two of physic, with the absence of corn, and the substitution of bran-mashee at night, with an ounce of nitre added to every other one. Canker of the Mouth generally arises from the pressure of the bit, and a fev,- touches of bluestone will generally rec- tify the evil. Sect. 3. — Inflammation of the Lungs, &c. Pneumonia, as this disease is called in Bcicntilic language, is one of the most dangerous diseases the horse is subject to in the ordinary waj'-, and it is also one of the most common. It is gene- rally mixed up with Pleurisy, or in- flammation of the pleura, though most writers pretend to be able to distin- guish the one from the other. The symptoms are — first, general feverish - ness, with dulness ; secondly, heaving of the flanks of a hurried nature, with a quick pulse ; thirdly, cough, dull and hollow, and attended with some pain. Soon afterwards the respiration be- comes very quick and laborious, the pulse increases in frequency, and yet is small and without power. The horse looks anxious and uneasy ; the nostrils are expanded, and show a deep red lining to them ; the eyes become fixed, and the head is held down. At this time the ears and legs become deadly cold, and the horse is so dis- tressed that he refuses to lie down un- til forced to do so by weakness, from which he seldom rises again. The Treatment should be energetic in the early stage, bleeding being the sheet-anchor in these cases, and pretty copiously too ; it should generally be carried far enough to produce fainting, less than six quarts seldom sufficing for the purpose. A pretty active purge, in the shape of the castor-oil drench No. 13, will suit the state of the horse better than aloetic balls, because there is seldom lime for mashing. A warm clyster may also be thrown up, either of water or gruel, with a double hand- ful of salt. Blisters on the sides of the ribs are of great service, and in the less severe and more chronic form, rowels should be inserted in the sides of the chest behind the elbow. Hand- rubbing of the legs, followed by flannel bandages, will serve to restore the lan- guid circulation in the extremities, and warm clothing to the body must keep the whole skin from chilhng, as it will do when exposed to the cool and well ventilated air which the state of the lungs requires. The stall or box should never be kept at all close, for fresh air is of as much importance in this disease as all the other remedies put together. Nitre, digitalis, and tartarised antimony should always be administered in the form of a ball, until the cough becomeb loose — Nitre, 1 ounce. Digitalis ^ drachm. Tai tar emetic, 2 drachma. fXFLAMMATION OF T mF EYE AND MOUTH, 971 Mixed with linseed meal and water to jorm a ball Wlien the first bleeding has not sub- dued the inflammation, it shouM then be repeated, but not without due care, and seldom with advantage after the second day. After a time, when the weakness is the only remains of the disease, stomachic ruedicin-e and generous diet will raise the strength of the horse rapidly, if no amount of organic mis- chief has resulted. But if the inflam- mation has gone on to produce destruc- tion of the cells of the lungs by exuda- tion of lymph or pus, there is always a long recovery ; and, generally speak- ing, the wind remains permanently short and often thick. Sometimes even the condition called " broken wind " comes on as a finale to this condition ; but generally it is rather a sequel to other states than to this. Inflammation of the Bronchial Tubes, or Bronchitis, is only a severe form of catarrh, of which it is a fre- quent termination. It may be treated by some of the expectorant balls given in the hst of drugs. No. 5 or 7 are those most likely to suit this condition of the system. Chronic Cough is a very usual sequel of catarrh, and sometimes also of pneu- monia. Besides these causes it is also brought on by sudden change of treat- ment, from a cool field at grass to the liigh temperature of the stable and the stimulating food given in the manger. It is merely a chronic degree of inflam- ination of the bronchial membrane, and it can only be relieved by such mea- sures as win reduce that state. In many cases it depends upon a disordered con- dition of the stomach, which appears to affect the bronchial membrane by sympathy; and, again, in other cases worms are the immediate cause. The cough balls No. 5, or those called sto- machic cough balls, No. 6, will generally suit this particular condition of the nmcous membrane. Roaring is an affection of the top of the windpipe, by which a noise is pro- duced when the breathing is accelerated, similar to a snore in note, but much quicker and sharper. There are various degrees of this noise, from the marked roaring which may be heard a hundred yards off, to the slight whistling noise of the "whistler," or the almost in- audible sound produced by the " high blower." In all cases, however, there is a mechanical impediment to respi- ration, and the only question is as to its seat. Sometimes a larynx has been ex- amined in which no trace of disease could be discovered, whilst in a few cases thickening of the lining membrane has been noticed ; and in others a wasting of the muscles has been pronounced the only deviation from the natural condition. It appears, therefore, that roaring is produced, first, by thickening of the mucous membrane ; secondly, by distortion of the cartilages of the larynx ; and thirdl}^, by a paralytic con- dition of the muscles moving the top of the larynx itself, so that the chink through which the air passes is not kept open by their power. Inflam- mation is generally the cause of this mischief, unless it is produced by the bearing-rein, or by the crib-biting strap round the neck, or by the hands of the buyers in the various sales at which some horses are exposed. If twenty or thirty horse- coup ers are constantly " coughing " a horse, it is not to be won- dered at if he becomes inflamed in the organ which has been so punished. Some horses stand this ordeal for three or four successive sale-days, and then begin to exhibit the chronic cough which they have hitherto obstinately refused to show to their tormentors, who are never satisfied till they have made the horse they are examining cough in some way or other ; and to do this they do not hesitate to stick the end of their finger into the space be- tween the cartilages in the most ruth- less manner. There is another contro- versy as to the time when his noise is produced, whether during expiration or inspiration. My own belief is that the grunt which the dealers produce by their threat of the stick is made during expiration, but that roaring is chiefly heard during inspiration ; though in very bad cases it will be detected not only in inspiration, but also in the op- posite condition of the lungs. It is now a frightfully prevalent complaint, among racehorses especially, in whom the early stabling and the quantity of corn given them appear to have the effect of producing it. With very slow work it does not materially inter- fere, but whenever the horse is pushed beyond eight or ten miles per hour, or in bad cases even on the trot, the noise is immediately heard ; and the respi- ration is more or less affected by tha 972 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. impediment producing it, whatever that may be. One of the most common causes of roaring is the inflammation attending upon strangles, and generally from ne- glect during the attack, or from the em- ployment of the horse before he has recovered from it. In badly managed racing stables this is very apt to be the case, because every trainer is anxious to resume work as soon as possible ; and is therefore very apt to begin as soon as the worst symptoms have sub- sided, and before the parts about the larynx have recovered their tone. If they were allowed time, in many cases the effects would go off ; but by the use of this delicate part while still in a weakened state, and often while suf- fering from chronic inflammation, this last condition becomes permanent, and either a thickened state of the mem- brane remains, permanently obstruct- ing the passage, or the nerves of the part lose their dehcate sensibility to external impressions, and refuse to open the aperture of the larynx to a proper width for the due admission of the air. It is a much-vexed question, whether roaring is hereditary ; that is to say, whether a horse descended from a roaring sire or dam is more likely to be attacked by the disease than one which is the son of sound progenitors. It appears to me that there is little doubt that he v/ould be more likely to turn out a roarer in the former case than in the latter ; but still there can be no question that many unsound horses are the sires of sound stock, and vice versa. Roaring is an effect, not a disease in itself, and un- less the cause is known it can scarcely be predicated whether a horse is hkely to transmit the condition to his stock. If it is the result of neglected strangles, lor instance, in an otherwise sound larynx, it is not hkely to be transmitted ; but if the horse is naturally of a deli- cate constitution and liable to cough, that will be almost sure to reappear, andj as a consequence, the effect called roaring. As regards Treatment, when roaring is once fully developed, all the powers of the whole veterinary college would fail to efl'ect a cure ; but in preventive measures much may be done, if only horse-masters and trainers would be careful in every attaiU of disease about the throat to treat it vigorously, and to throw the horse by during ila persistence. In strangles, for instance, the thickening and swelling of the glands often lasts for several weeks, owing to proper measures not being adopted at once. The same applies to chronic cough, which should never be neglected ; and which, I believe, in the roaring of racehorses is in nine cases out of ten its precursor. The corn is too often continued for the sake of condition, when the horse ought to be as cool as possible. Chronic cough is almost always inseparably connected with bronchial or laryngeal inflamma- tion, and if the latter condition is present roaring is always threatened. For this reason this state of things should always be attended to, and the horse should be considered an invalid as long as his cough lasts ; his corn should be stopped, and proper remedies adopted, or he will incur the risk of the permanent mischief which I am noAV considering. How often we hear that a racehorse is " coughing," and even witness his efforts on the course to relieve himself, yet how seldom is a horse stopped from running b}^ such a state. Owners do not like to bo dis- appointed when a large stake is in- vested ; and especially when it is known that in many cases a horse may "pull through" with a cough on him. But the result is that the cough is rendered worse, and is not perhaps cured for a long time ; while a few weeks or months afterwards a slight " noise " is heard, and soon afterwards he becomes a decided "roarer." Such is generally the course of things, and though many men will tell you that roaring has made its appearance with- out any notice, yet, I believe, in almost all cases it will be found that it has been preceded by more or less cough and attendant laryngeal inflammation. Strangles is an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the throat and nose, with swelling of the salivary glands about the angle of the jaw. It is very similar to mumps in the human subject, and, like that disease, it_ is almost confined to the growing period of Hfe — occurring, in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, in the colt between the second and fifth years. There is generally a discharge of white and thick matter from the nose, with a dilliculty of swallowing, and some little fe'-erishness ; the glands swell to INFLAMMATION OF THE EYE AND MOUTH. 073 a great extent, and the inflammation generally goes on to form an abscess, which bursts sooner or later, leaving a cavity that takes some time to heal. When suppuration goes on kindly, the mischief subsides Avithout leaving any ill effect ; but if the abscess does not proceed healthily, the glands become enlarged to a frightful extent and press upon the larynx, so as to impede its functions ; besides which, the in- flammation extends to that important organ, and from this cause the result to which I have alluded in the last paragraph so. often takes place. The gTeat swelling of the glands, and their not adhering to the jaw, as w^ell as the suddenness of the attack, are almost certain distinguishing marks of the disease. When this is clear the Treatment should at once be commenced, as follow^s, by which all risk is avoided, and the glands are at once stimulated to form matter, that being the natural termination of their inflammation. In the first place, the hair should be care- fully removed by the scissors from the w^hole of the parts swelled, as well as from about three inches beyond that space in all directions ; then rub into the glands for half an hour, with the hand, the following liquid blister : — Strong mercurial ointment, 4 ozs. Oil of origanum, ^ ounce. Powdered cantharides, ^ ounce. Olive oil, 2 to 4 ounces, according to the weather ; the former quantity sufficing in the summer, but the latter being required in cold winter weather, to make the application liquid enough to rub into the throat. This will speedily increase the inflammation and swelling in the external parts ; but the action is a healthy one, and it re- lieves the internal and important organs (ap the larynx and its nerves, for in- stance), so as to prevent any mischief to them. After two or three days the swelling and discharge from the skin produced by the blister abate, and in the meantime the parts should be well fomented, three times a day, with very hot flannels wnmg out in boiling water. This treatment generally brings the matter to a head in about four or five days, after which the abscess is to be treated as a common one ; but if it does not burst by that time it may be Opened with a lancet, though I am strongly of opinion that nature man- ages the best opening in most cases. Whichever is the mode of procuring the opening, it must be maintained afterwards patent, by means of a thick piece of lint dipped in the digestive ointment given at page 848, and left in it. Poultices are not, I think, ad- vantageous, because they cannot be maintained at a proper temperature, and the warm water fomentations answer all the purposes which they are intended to efiiect, without leaving a cold application in the interval to undo all the previous good, which in the poultice is invariably the case. The constitutional remedies are merely an aperient ball at first, with another or two at intervals, if required, and either of the fever balls Nos. 4, 5, or 6, night and morning ; or, if the colt is very feverish, the cooling drench No. 8. Bleeding is very rarely desir- able, as its effect is to reduce those powers of nature w^hich are required to produce the suppuration ; and it often makes the case which would be short, sharp, and easily cured, a long and tedious business, in which the glands will neither come forward to suppuration, nor go back by resolution. When the suppuration is thoroughly established, a generous diet of ]inseed and bran, or carrots and bran, with hay steamed, if possible, is the best which can be adopted. When a cough lingers behind, it must be treated as for chronic cough, which it may be considered. Thick Wind is merely an imperfect condition of the respiratory organs, from a variety of causes — such as excessive fat, want of exercise, old standing inflammation and its results, or a naturally defective formation of the chest. But in ordinary language thick wind means such a condition as cannot be got rid of, though it may be relieved, and which remains in spite of the most careful training. Every horse when overloaded with fat is more or less thick-winded — that is, he win " blow " on the slightest exertion ; but he could not be called thick-winded, because his state is only temporary, and by careful preparation his wind may be made as perfect as possible. The disease almost always consists in a solidification of the lungs from pneu- monia, so that the air cannot enter the cells, which are filled up with lymph, or a substance resembhng it, but of a 97-t DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. colour generally blue, mixed with red. From this cause, horses with capacious chests by nature are often bad winded because, though the cavity is large, great part of the lungs is rendered useless. Time occasionally effects a cure, but. generally speaking, no Treat- ment other than palliative, is of any avail, and that can only be directed to the stomach and general system. This organ may be so managed as to husband the lungs — that is to say, it may be kept moderately empty when- ever the horse is to be worked, and in this way it will afford more space than usual for the lungs to play, or as much of them as are still sound ; and, con- sequently, what cells there are open will be more fully employed than in a loaded state of the stomach. In tbe same way the liver, if properly emp- tied, by good management will aid the lungs materially, and therefore atten- tion to both these organs is of the greatest consequence ; beyond this nothing can be done. Broken Wind is often a sequel to thick wind, both being preceded by inflammation. But as in human medi- cine so in veterinary medicine, doctors will differ, and thus we find one veteri- narian of great eminence maintaining that in this state air cannot easily enter the lungs, but is readily expelled from it, while most others agree in thinking that the broken-winded horse can in- spire air readily enough, but requires too powerful acts of the muscles of respiration to effect its expulsion in expiration. Anyone of ordinary obser- vation who examines the horse in this state will readily observe that the latter opinion is the correct one. The poor animafl draws his breath quietly enough, but when he attempts to empty his chest there is a " flap " of the diaphragm, which is of a spasmodic character, in consequence of its having more to do than it can well manage ; and this first flap is followed by another, aided by the whole of the muscles of the abdomen and ribs. The first action is the natural expiratory effort, which being foiled in effecting its results, by the valvular character of the enlarged air cells, calls into play the auxiliary muscles of respiration, and together they over- come the resistance. The disease con- sists in an enlargement of the air-cells, by a breaking down of their partitions, and in many cases by the formation of new ones of an unnatural character, caused by the giving way of the cellu- lar membrane which connects the various lobes together, and which giv- ing way is called emphysema. The consequence is, that when these cells, often as large as walnuts, are filled with air, a7id pressed upon by the walla of the chest to effect expiration of the air they contain, their large size causes them to be forced upon the small open- ing by which the air enters, and by consequence tney act as a valve to their own contents. If a common bladder is tilled with air, and in that state pressed against some adjacent substance, in such a way that its neck, or opening, is pushed against it, the tube is obliterated by the pressure, and it requires considerable force to over- come its resistance ; whilst if it were left alone with the opening upwards, or free in any direction, it would by its own elasticity effect its own relief. In the lungs, however, of the broken - winded horse the cells have lost their elasticity from over- distension, and they depend entirely upon the walls of the chest for the necessary pres- sure ; for which reason it is that tnere exists the necessity for the double efiort. The Cause of Broken Wind is, 1 believe, in all cases the violent gallop- ing of the horse while suffering from the effects of inflammation. This may be either at grass or while at work ; but I doubt much whether the horse kept absolutely at rest will ever become 'broken-winded. He will often become exceedingly thick-winded, so much so as to be unfit for work of any kind ; but until he is put to work, or else gallops of his own accord, he will not produce the valvular condition of the cells which is the essence of the disease. I have often been told of a horse going out to grass sound and being taken up broken-winded ; but on in- quiry I have ascertained either that he had been galloped a good deal to catch him, or that he had done so of his own accord, or else that the state of his wind was not observed till after he had been put to work. Turning out to grass is a fertile source of this disease, because when exposed to the weather, the horse is constantly liable to pneumonia, and, as a consequence, to a solidification of the lungs, which soon ends in a break- ing down of the cells {emphysema), if INFLAMMATION OF THE ORGANS OF NVTRITION. 975 he is used fast, or himself tries them by his gallops. There is no cure for broken wind, but much may be done by paUiative Tbeatment. The horse should be kept very cool, both in point of temperature and feeding ; mashes of bran and carrots, with a small quantity of corn, form the best food. The hay and water should never be given in large quantities, and green food will gene- rally suit better than dry, because it soon passes out of the stomach ; but it should never be given in an un- limited amount, or it will do more harm than good. If there is cough present, the expectorant ball, No. 5, will be of service, and it may be given every night for a week or two, but beyond that time it will rarely i)e of any service. Steady regular work will often keep the horse in such a state that he can manage to carry on his breathing tolerably well ; but strong or fast work, or entire idleness, have both of them an equally prejudicial effect ; the former by still further in- creasing the enlargement of the cells, the latter by increasing the tendency to thickening and solidification which produced them. Phthisis Pdlmonalis, the consump- tion of the human subject, is not un- known in horse medicine, and it is evinced much in the same way. There is chronic cough, with great emaciation, and in the latter stages usually obstinate diarrhoea ; the horse sinks at last, worn out by the discharge, and dies of ex- haustion, or suffocated by the quantity of matter which he is unable to expel by coughing. There is No Remedy for the disease, and though the cough may be alleviated by the ordinary ex- pectorant balls, the disease, neverthe- less, runs its course. It may be possible to postpone the fatal event for a time ; but as the powers of the horse are always so much reduced as to prevent his working, it is quite useless to at- tempt any such treatment, which in man can only be justified by considera- tions founded upon other motives than those which concern the comfort of the individual. Carditis, or Inflammation of the Heart, is also not unknown in the horse; but its symptoms are too obscure for the sportsman to be able to detect. It is followed by Dropsy of the Heart, or enlargement, caUed Hypertrophy. Sect. 4. — Inflammation of the Organs of n'jtrition. Gastritis is almost unknown as a separate disease in the horse, except as the result of poisoning. Arsenic, wilfully given, is the most common poison, because it maybe administered with the food in consequence of its freedom from any disagreeable flavour. Corrosive Sublimate is sometimes the cause of inflammation when used as a wash for mange ; and Yew is the only vegetable poison which is likely to be selected by the horse as food, either by itself or when cut and dropped among the grass upon which he is feeding. The castor-oil drench. No. 13, should be given with plenty of liquid in the shape of gruel to work it off, whether one or the other of these is the particular poison. If arsenic has been administered in large quanti- ties, the stomach-pump should be used ; but its application in all cases should be left to the regular veterinary surgeon. Stomach Staggers has already been described under the head of diseases of the brain and nervous system ; for although the cause is in the distension of the stomach, yet the fatal effect is produced upon the more vital organ, the brain. Enteritis, or inflammation of the peritoneal coat of the bowels, is com- mon enough in the horse, and is a very fatal disease. Colic also is very common, and is a spasmodic affection, more or less com- phcated with inflammation, of the mus- cular coat of the bowels. DiARRiiCEA or Dysentery is a third kind of inflammation of the bowels, confined to the mucous membrane fin- ing them. The symptoms of each are different, but as it is very necessary to distinguish between them on account of the variation in the treatment neces- sary, I have here inserted the symptoms in parallel columns, so that when there is evidence of something wrong in the iowels, the particular affection may be I ascertained by comparing the symptome I of the three diseases. 97 G DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. Entkritis. Fever, with great restlessness, preceded by a shivering fit, and coming on gradually. Mouth hot and dry. Pain constantly very severe, and increased by pressure or movement ; it is expressed by constant j>awing, and striking at the belly with the hind-fuot ; together with groans Pulse quick, but small. Enrs and legs cold ; strength rapidly reduced ; bowels costive. Cactse.— Sudden exposure to cold, either internally or ex- ternally. Treatment. — Large bleedings ; clysters of warm water and salt, or thin gruel, with half a pound •of Epsom salts. Calomel and opium, of each half a drachm to one drachm every six hours. Bf&n mashes, and no corn or hay. Strong stimulating embro- cation (No. 1) to be rubbed into the belly and flank. COMC. No Fever ; attack sudden, and not preceded by shivering. Mouth dry, but not hot. Pain very severe, but coming on in paroxysms, with an interval of entire ease between them. It is relieved by pressure or motion. Pulse full, and somewhat quicker than natural during the par- oxysms, but at other times un- altered. Ears and legs of the natural warmth ; strength not much affected ; bowels costive. Horse rolls violently, and there is profuse perspiration during the paroxysm. Cause.— Drinking cold water after work. Green food given in large quantity without pre- paration. Treatment. — The antispas- modic clyster (No. 5), with the drench (No. 6), followed by the anodyne ball (No. 5), every five or six hours. The stimulating embrocation and diet as in enteritis. Diarrhoea. Slight Fever, with restless- ness. Pain coming on suddenly, and in paroxysms, but not so severe as in colic. Breathing laborious. Constant looking at the flanks. Pulse quick and small, but not so much so as in enteritis. Mouth moist, and the legs and ears warm. Constant and violent purging, distinguish- ing it from colic, and also from enteritis. Cause. — Strong physic, or the working horses too soon after it. Sometimes green meat will pro- duce it when given too suddenly to the horse previously fed upon hay and corn. TaEATMENT.— Give the anodyne drench (No. 7), followed by ihe ball (No. 6). Rice-water to drink. Intussusception and Entanglement are peculiar mechanical complications of colic, which no skill can detect with certainty during life, and which no remedy will remove. In each instance there is a stoppage, caused by a kind of twisting — in the former case the one bowel slipping into the other hke an inverted finger of a glove ; and in the other, a species of knot of some kind being formed. Calculi, also, consisting of hairy concretions, are occasionally the cause of stoppage, by filling up the calibie of the bowels. Inflammation of the Liver is a very frequent disease in the horse, and is generally the result of cold. It comes on with fever generally, accompanied by diarrhoea, but sometimes the oppo- site state being present. There is great yellowness of the eyes and mouth ; dark orange-coloured urine, sometimes almost red ; great weakness and pain in the region of the liver. The disease is either acute or chronic ; in the former case often proceeding rapidly to a fatal termination ; in the latter taking a long course, and then ending in dropsy, or extending to the bowels. The Treat- ment consists in bleeding in the early stage, but not afterwards. The sides should be blistered, and for this pur- pose nothing answers so well as the ointment of the biniodide of mercury (see blister No. 6), which acts as a coMTiter-irritant, and also specially upon the liver. The following ball may also be given every eight or twelve hours, according to the severity of the attack : — Calomel, Opium , Tatar emetic, of each ^ to 1 dr. If the bawels continue costive, a physic ball, No. 8, may be given in lieu of one of those just ordered. Sometimes Jaundice occurs without much or any inflammation, either from some mechanical obstruction to the gall ducts, or from the torpid condition of the liver. In this case, the biniodide, rubbed in as above, is the best external application, with the purging-ball No. 11 every other night; or not so fre- quently if it acts upon the horse much. In a short time the liver generally acts, and if there is much weakness of the stomach, the alterative ball No. 9 may be substituted for the above, and the stomachic ball No. 3 or 4 given on the alternate nig^hts. Sect. 5. — Inflammation of the Urinary Organs. Inflammation of the Kidneys is more common than is generally supposed, and produces great mischief, local as well as constitutional, when allowed to run its course unchecked. Fever is the invariable attendant, as upon most in- flammatory diseases of vital organs, but here in a more market' degree than INFLAMMATION OF THE UFdNARY ORGANS. 977 usual. Next maybe observed a stiff- ness and pain in the back, increased by turning in the stall, or by pressure on the back. This last symptom is com- mon in strains and in rheumatism, but then there is no disorder of the urinary apparatus, and the water is natural and in good quantity ; here it is scanty and high-coloured, occasioning pain in its passage, with great straining, caused by the irritation of the urine loaded with salts ; pulse quick and hard, generally small and wiry. These symptoms are all present in inflammation of the blad- der also ; but the two may be distin- guished by passing the hand into the rectum, and examining the bladder it- self, when, if it is the seat of the dis- ease, its pressure will give great pain, and it will be found thickened, and the parts adjacent hot and throbbing ; whilst, if these are healthy, the kidneys may be considered to be the real seat of mischief. The Cause of Kidney Inflammation is generally mowburnt hay or musty oats. Kiln-dried oats appear to have the property of stimulating the kidneys. Exposure to cold and wet is another cause constantly occurring. The Treat- ment consists in prompt and active bleeding ; bhstering the loins (not with cantharides, which have a specially stifmilating effect upon the kidneys), with the biniodide of mercury oint- ment. A purge is next to be given, followed by calomel, opium, and tartar emetic, of each ^ to 1 drachm every twelve hours. No diuretic should be given but plenty of lukewarm water, bran mashes, with boiled linseed in them. Warm clothing and flannel bandages are to be added to the other remedies, and cold draughts of air sliould carefully be excluded from the stable. Diabetes, or profuse staling, is the result of improper food or medicines in most cases. At first the disease consists merely in an increased secre- tion of urine, the horse staling fre- quently, and passing a considerable quantity of pale and transparent urine, almost resembhng spring water. After a time the horse becomes feverish, the mouth is diy, there is great thirst, with loss of appetite, and quick pulse ; there is often the condition of skin called hide-bound. The Cause is from some error in the management, which should in the first place be corrected, and then the following Treatment will generally be of service : — Opium, 1 drachm. Powdered ginger, 1^ dm ohm. Powdered yellow bark, 4 drachms. Linseed meal and water enough tc make into a ball, which is to be given twice a day. If fever is present to any extent, or the horse is hide-bound, give Emetic tartar, 2 drachms, Opium, 1 drachm, made into a ball with linseed meal and water, and given as above : and aftei- .\ few days the following ball : — Sulphate of iron, ^ ounce. Myrrh in powder, 2 drachms. Ginger, 1 drachm. Powdered Calumba, 3 drachms. Mix with linseed meal as above, and give night and morning. The astringent drench, No. 10, may also be tried. The Diet should be nutritious, yet easy of digestion ; and the horse should have from half a pint to a pint of lime- water mixed with each bucket of his water, which should be constantly left in his stall, so that he may drink it in small quantities frequently ; whilst the taste of the lime will prevent him. from taking too niuch at a time, and will also act as an astiingent upon the kidneys. SUPFRES^ON OF Urine, in one form, is the result of inflammation or con- gestion of the kidneys, and, as the name implies, is evidenced by the horse being prevented from " staling." This, how- ever, may arise either from the kidneys not acting, which has already been de- scribed, or from the bladder not being able to pass on its contents in conse- quence of spasm of its neck. Costive- ness is a very frequent cause of this condition, and when this is present the horse should be carefully raked with the hand, and a warm enema ot gruel administered, to be followed by a laxative drench (No. 13), and after- wards, if the difiiculty continues, Nitre, 1 ounce. Camphor, 1^ drachm, made into a ball, and given every night. Warm bran mashes, with lin- seed, should be given, and no corn. Bloody Urine is the result of stone in the kidney or bladder, which irritates those organs, and causes them to exude I blood. It should always have the aid 3 R 978 DISEASES OF THE HOUSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. of a regular veterinary surgeon, as the health and life of the horse are at stake. An astringent ball (No. 9) has, how- ever, been given among the medicines for the horse, because in some cases the aid of a regular practitioner cannot be obtained. Inflammation of the Bladder is not very uncommon in the horse, and is either of the body or the neck. I have already alluded to the mode of distinguishing inflammation of the kidneys from that of the bladder, upon which the treatment will in a great measure depend, because when the kidney is affected, bleeding is of great utihty, whilst in inflammation of the bladder it is seldom required, but the reliance must be placed upon anodynes and demulcents. The Cause is gene- rally either stone in the bladder, or some peculiarly irritating condition of the urine ; and, in either case, half an ounce of carbonate of soda, and some linseed, must be given with the mash two or three times a day. If the spasm is very urgent, give the fol- lowing ball every eight hours : — Opium, ^ tol drachm. Camphor, 2 drachms. Mix together with one or other of the demulcent drenches. Sect. 6. — Ordinary Diseases of the Skin. Surfeit consists in an inflammatory condition of the skin, in which small lumps make their appearance all over the body, but especially over the sides and shoulders. At first there is merely an elevation of the skin, which in horses whose coats are fine is very visible ; but after a few days a scab forms, and in process of time comes away broken up into scurf, and often bringing with it a large proportion, though not all, of the hairs mixed up witli it. It generally comes on in the hot summer months, and often after eating green meat or drinking cold water when waim from exercise. Tiiese should therefore be avoided with (■are on all occasions, especially as they are also likely to produce colic. The appropriate Kemkdies for surfeit are a mild laxative, repeated every fifth or sixth day (No. 9 or 10), followed by a icw doses of nitre in a bran mash. Sometimes wlien the horse is very full ul corn, and evidently in an inllanied state, bleeding maybe necessary ; but 1 confess I do not like the constant re- course to the fleam on all occasions, which is highly prejudicial to the con- stitution of the horse. Mallenders consists in a scurfy eruption at the back of the knee-joint, which is occasioned by foulness of the blood, and requires alterative and coohng physic, and the appHcation of the nitrate of silver ointment, or that of the superacetate of lead (see the astringent ointments, Nos. 15 and 16). Sallenders is a similar eruption ir; front of the hock, requiring the same treatment as mallenders. Sore Heels are occasioned in the same way, aggravated by the water which is used in washing the legs and feet. When they are very bad they should be carefull}^ dried on all oc- casions, and a little of the lead oint- ment, astringent No. 15, applied in all cases before going out into the wet. The horse also generally requires a little cooling physic, such as a physio ball, with an ounce of nitre in the mashes before it, as well as occasion- ally after the ball has " set." Grease is an aggravated form of soro heels, which usually occurs in hairy- legged cart-horses, that are kept "in dirt}' and crowded stables upon beans, without a due admixture of good hay and bran. Sometimes the disease ex- tends above the fetlock joints, and there is great swelling with cracks and ulcers in the skin, and a profuse discharge of a foul and offensive matter. The horse is lamed by the pain given in moving the leg, and he will only put it to the ground on compulsion. The Treat- ment must be both general and local ; a smart purge will in all cases be ne- cessary, often coupled with bleeding, and followed by the diuretic ball. No. 1, which may be given every other night. At the same time the local treatment must be as follows — first, remove all the scabs either by long-contiimed soak- ing in a bucket of warm water, or by putting on a bran poultice ; secondly, apply a strong astringent in the shape of an astringent powder, No. 12, or the sulphate of copper wash. No. 14, which may be api)lied with a sponge or a paint-brush ; and, when dry, the fol- lowing ointment may be rubbed in : — Venice turpentine, 1 ounce. Powdered alum, 1^ ounce. Lard, 5^ ounces. Mix. INFLAMMATION OF Exercise must be giv^en by walking the horse out in dry weather ; and plenty of hand-rubbing to the sound parts will give tone to the neighbouring ves- sels. Sometimes grease is the result of debihty, and then, instead of the diuretic ball, it will be better to give one or other of the tonic balls, of which the last, containing arsenic, is the most hkely to be beneficial ; but its administration is attended with some little risk, and it is scarcely safe for any one but the regidar practitioner to give it, except in cases of which the result is of little consequence. Sect. 7. — Inflammation of the Feet AND Legs. Fever of the Feet, which is the horseman's name for inflammation of this part, is a local affection, coming on from a variety of causes, as, for instance, over-riding, or from severe cold, or sometimes as a sudden change from severe inflammation in other parts. The most common cause is hard riding or fast driving in hot weather, and over hard roads, which will produce such an excessive reaction in them as to lead to inflammation, and sometimes a shed- ding of the wliole of the insensible horn, or " casting of the foot," as it is termed. Sometimes, however, on the abatement of acute pneumonia, or some similarly important disease, the feet are suddenly attacked by inflammation, just as if they had been ill-used in work. In order to understand the nature of these various diseases, and the parts to which reference is made, the anatomy of the foot, given hereafter in the article " Shoeing," must be carefully studied. The Symptoms are as follows : — There is first of all great fidgetiness of the forelegs, with frequent shifting of tliern, but no pawing, which would increase the pain. There is some fever, more or loss according to the cause, with quickened pulse. The attitude is very pecuHar soon after the connnence- ment of the attack, where, as is gene- rally the case, the disease is confined to the fore-feet. The horse bears nearly all his weight upon the hind-legs wliich are brought under him for that' purpose, while the fore-legs are ex- tended before him, and merely serve to balance him, and to carry a small propoition of their usual burden. In the next stfige the horss lies down, and THE FEET AND LEGS. 979 refuses to get up again ; but there is a long struggle with his fears before hs summons courage to bring the fore-feet back preparatory to lying down, in which the weight is taken by them. On examining the feet with the hand they feel decidedly hot, and if one only is aflEected, the difference between the two is easily perceived. If rapped smartly with a hammer, with such an amount of force only as would not affect a sound foot, the horse shrinks, and draws his foot away, evidently suffering pain ; or if the toe is pinched with the smith's pincers, the same mode of expressing pain is exhibited ; at the same time the artery running down between the bone and tendon on each side the pastern wiU be felt throbbing more violently than usual. All these syniptoms mark the disease, which should be treated as follows : — Bleeding is required as for all active inflammations of important parts, but it is best effected from the toe itself, by which the advantages of local as well as general depletion are obtained. If one foot only is inflamed, then bleed from that toe to the extent of a gallon and a half ; or if both are affected, then take three or four quarts from each, in the manner described under the operation of Bleeding ; after this the shoe must be lightly tacked on, and the whole foot and leg, up to the pasteni, should be kept constantly wet, either by means of a bran poultice or a large sponge, or the sandal made on purpose. Moisture is necessary to soften the horn of the hoof, in order to allow the in- flamed parts to expand ; and the low temperature is required to reduce the inflammation. Ice is of great service, if it can be constantly applied ; but if only for an hour or two, with an inter- mission during the night, it does more harm than good. It should only be applied when the inflammation is high ; but when that is the case, and the foot is very hot, a lump or two of ice con- stantly kept in the poultice will be of great service. If the feet are only so far inflamed as to admit of the horse easily standing on them, a smart aloetic purging ball with calomel (No. 11) will be required ; but if the feet can- not bear the weight, either the bowels nuist be left to themselves, or a mild ball only, such as No. 9, should be ad- ministered ; after which the calomel, nitre, and opium ball, febrifut^e No. 1, 3 R 2 ySO DISEASJ3S OF THE HOBSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. may be given night and morning. If the feet are not less painful by the fol- lowing day, two or three quarts more blood should be again taken ; and this may even be repeated a third tim*e to the extent of half this quantity; for though large bleedings are prejudicial to the horse, yet he had better be weak- ened severely than lose his feet for all useful purposes, which he will do if not speedily relieved in acute cases. In such cases as these ice is of the greatest importance ; and if it cannot be obtained, a refrigerating mixture composed of nitre and sal ammoniac u: equal proportions, of which two ounces are to be dissolved in two quarts of water, and used at once as a lotion, or for wetting the bran poultice. When the heat is somewhat subdued — that is, after two or three days— the coronet may be bhstered, taking care to guard the hoof by rubbing it over with plenty of some sticky grease — as, for instance, resin ointment — and to put a cradle on the horse. Low diet, consisting of bran mashes or green meat, should be substituted for the corn and hay on which he has been living ; and great care is required in the pro- gress of the cure not to move the horse too soon, as exercise when the laminee of the foot are still inflamed is highly pre- judicial to the removal of the mischief almost invariaby left behind. The hoofs are very often shed, the separa- tion beginning at the end of a week or ten days from tne time of the occurrence of the attack, and generally going on gradually till, at the end of three weeks or a month, or even still longer, the whole comes off, leaving the sensi- ble laminge covered only by a very thin and tender layer of an imperfectly formed horn ; in process of time this grows out and hardens, and a new foot is the result, but generally rather smaller and weaker than the original. Yet in some few cases, I have seen a set of useful feet reproduced, and the horse able to do good work after- wards for a series of years. This, how ever, is the exception, and I should never calculate upon it, knov/ing that in nine cases out of ten the foot \s small, hard, and brittle, and there is no expansion of the frog to allow of the proper action on the ground. It is alwaj's therefore, very questiona- ble whether it is worth wliile to treat a hcrse when thus attacked, with the slight chance of perfe^^t recovery. ! Chronic Inflammation of the Feej; is nearly as unmanageable as the acute, and when thoroughly established it ig quite incurable, as in that form called "navicular disease." Here there is chronic inflammation, generally ac- companied by ulceration of the cartil- age covering the navicular bone, or tlie coffin or pastern bones. Sometimes this state has ended in absolute bony union ; but the disease seldom advances so far as this. It may be known by the tender, feeling step of the horse ; by his refusing to trot boldly with his heel on the ground ; by his pointing his toe forward when at rest ; and by the frequent absence of all alteration of form in the foot. The inflammation is not always in this bone, 1 have very little doubt, but wherever there is a tenderness of the foot, as shown by the want of power to bear the pain conse- quent upon its use ; and when there is ; neither contraction of the foot, nor corn, nor thrush, nor ring-bone, nor, in fact, any evidence of any other mis- chief, the horse is usually said to have " navicular disease." Hence, it is gene- rally rather b}'- the absence of other diseases that it is recognised than byi the presence of any symptom which, during life, will suffice to fix its seat. < After death, on dissection, the knife often exhibits the traces of disease, in', the shape of ulceration, &c.; but during life no examination, however careful, will reach the small extent of mischief which is in existence. There is very little to be done in the way of treat- ment for this affection, and nothing but "nerving" offers much chance of benefit. This has been tried in num- berless cases, sometimes with success, but more often with the contrary result i Nerving itself is described under the j chapter on Operations ; but its effects ]' must here be considered. In navicular disease it appears too often to increase the mischief ; but in simple contraction, depending upon the want of use of the feet, it wni often induce the horse to employ them, and thus remove the i cause wliich lias all along been keep- I ing up the effect. 'contraction of the Foot consists in a deficiency of frog, sensible as well as i insensible, producing such an abortive proportion of the hinder pnrt of the I loot as to give it a narrow appearance. CONTRACTION OF THE FOOT. 981 But narrowness is not necessarily con- traction / there may be a long, narrow foot, formed like that of a donkey, yet with a good frog, and as sound as a bell. I have had horses with feet of this character, which no rattling on the road could lame, even during long series of years, whilst others, ap- parently possessing good open feet, have speedily become altered in shape, and have in exact proportion to this alteration lost their soundness and free- dom from pain. If a horse is suddenly put to hard road-work in the summer time, his feet, for want of seasoning, beco'me inflamed, sometimes to such an extent as to produce acute disease, at others to lead to the navicular lameness, and in a third set of cases to that clironic condition of the sensible frog, and laminae of the foot, which ends not in contraction of the heel, but in a wasting of the secretion poured out by these parts, namely — the insensible frog and its adjacent parts, the heels. A narrow foot, however, must always be regarded with suspicion, for if there is a want of due proportion in its parts ; if the frog is small, shrivelled, and wasted, and the bars are weak and undeveloped, assuredly the foot is diseased, and the horse will be incap- able of using it long upon hard roads, if he has not already lost its action. On the other hand, if both feet are exactly alike, and the hind-feet are also narrow and donkey-like, if the frog and bars are as fully developed as the rest of the foot, and if the horse runs boldly upon hard ground, it may be assumed with a tolerable degree of certainty that the shape is natural to the individual, and not the result of disease. In many cases contraction comes on from improper shoeing, but not quite in the way that is commonly supposed. It is said by most of those who attri- bute its occurrence to bad shoeing, that when the shoe is allowed to remain on for more than three weeks, the foot is bound within certain limits and cannot possibly expand, and therefore becomes contracted. But it is forgotten that in hundreds of cases, with every care, and with constant removals, the feet gra- dually assume the contracted condition, and often, apparently, the faster for the care which is bestowed upon them. I have seen vast numbers of feet be- i come contracted in this way, and I am ; satisfied that the cause is a very simple one. In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred the shoe is made with the " seating," or bevelled surface, carried out to the heel, or very nearly so, instead of leaving fully half an inch of the web perfectly level for the heel of the foot to rest upon. Be- sides this defect, most smiths, and especiahy when shoeing horses for sale, make the shoe wider than the foot, whereby the heel is placed still more upon this bevelled edge than it otherwise would be, and the conse- quence is, that the horse is constantly standing and working upon a bevelled surface instead of on a flat one, and that surface has a tendency to drive the heels in. If one hundred horses taken at random are examined, it will be found that more than ninety are thus shod, with the iron of the shoe projecting nearl}' half an inch beyond the horny matter of the heel, by which, to a superficial observer, the foot ap- pears open and the real condition of the heel is obscured. Now, if these shoes are removed, it will be seen that there is a large polished surface on the inner edge of the web, where the heel has been compelled to play by the weight being thrown upon the uneven surface on each side. Muxjh has been written upon the ex- pansion of the frog in the descent of the foot, but it is all theoretical ; and in practice it is the fact, that if a sound, open, and well-formed foot is shod with tlie web wide enough to take a level bearing from the heel, there is no polished surface seen when the shoe is removed in any part of the web ; hence, the conclusion inevitably follows that, since the polished surface can only occur from the expansion and con- traction of the foot under certain con- ditions, already specified ; and since it does not occur in a sound foot pro- perly shod, whilst it is always met with in the foot placed upon too wide a shoe, if also " seated " too far back, the contraction and expansion are con- nected with the improper shoeing, and not with the want of expansion of the frog. This conclusion has been forced upon me by the numerous instances in which I have had shoes removed after purchasing horses from a dealer's stables, where these wide shoes are invariably adopted, and in which the polished condition above specified has been very remarkable. It takes sfune 982 DISEASES OF THE HOBSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. months, it is true, to produce the altera- tion; but nevertheless, though slow, it is sure, and if continued the horse is almost to a certainty made a cripple by the long-continued use of such a shoe. Corns are also constantly pro- duced by them ; but these we shall presently consider by themselves. Suffice it then to observe, that con- tracted feet are produced by two causes; first, by chronic inflammation, ending in a wasting of the sensible parts of the foot, and in a want of proper secretion of horn, and consequent di- minution of size in the foot ; and, secondly, from the shoenig being con- ducted upon improper principles — that is to say, by placing the foot upon two sloping surfaces, each tending towards the frog ; and this second cause acts the more strongly in proportion to the frequency of the renewal of the shoe. In the present day no shoes are nailed far enough back on both sides to affect the heels ; and however long they may remain on, these are not affected, be- cause if the foot grows sufficiently it will expand beyond the shoe, which then lies within the crust, and is \m- bedded in the sole, as is constantly seen in horses whose feet have been ne- glected. The want of re-shoeing is more likely to prevent contraction than to cause it ; and though I am well aware that it is prejudicial to the soundness of the foot, it is not by producing contraction of the heels, but rather by injuring the sole, and preventing the proper expansion of the toe, which is as necessary as that of the heel. The Remedy for Contracted Heels is to place the foot upon a flat web, or sometimes even upon one bevelled at the heel in the opposite direction to the seated shoe. With this I have succeeded in two or three cases in rectifying contraction to a degree which exceeded my most sanguine anticipa- tions ; and I am persuaded that in very many cases where the contraction has arisen from this improper use of the seated slioe, the use of the opposite kind of bevelling will be attended with benefit, and often with a complete cure. Only let the horse -master examine these wide shoes when taken oft", and he will find this polished surface invari- ably attending upon it, that is, when the seating is carried out too far back ; and then let Lim try the opposite plan, or the middle one of a flat surface, and he will soon find the benefit of the alteration. If the contraction is \ attended with inflammation also, the " clay-stall " should be used, either without work, or in the intervals of it. This remedy consists in procuring sufficient clay to make a layer of it, in the upper part of a stall, six inches thick, which is to be kept constantly wet with cold water, and the horse placed to stand in it for all but the necessary hours of rest. The feet sink into the clay, which hollow is imme- diately filled with water draining in from some of the previously made holes, and thus the benefit really de- rived is the same as from a constant standing in cold water, but in a mode which is readily applicable to any stable. And, in addition to this, the pressure of the clay may perhaps tend to force out the heels, and thus expand them, though I am rather doubtfuJ upon this point. Pumiced-Feet and Seedy-Toes are both of them the result of acute or sub-acute inflammation — the former of the sole, and the latter of the toe. After the laminae of the foot have been seriously affected by inflammation, in which they have more or less separated from the horn which they secrete, they seldom are perfectly re-united to it in the first stage, and in the second they secrete an imperfect horn, which is cellular, brittle, and incapable of giv- ing that elastic support which the hoof is intended to supply. The conse- quence is, that the coffin-bone presses through this spongy matter, and in- stead of being supported by its arch, it projects into a convex form, more or less, according to the extent: of the disease. This is the Pumiced-Foot. But sometimes the plates in front ot the foot are more affected than those of the sole, and then they leave the '; horn instead of bulging into it, and the consequence is, that there is a | space between the outside of the foot and the sensible part inside which it^ occupied eitlier by a large cavity, or by spongy matter ; and generally thi runs a sliort way back into the sole a well ; in either case constituting the form of disease called The Seedy-Tob. The Treatment of these two con- ditions is founded upon the fact, that | the former can only be palliated, j I whereas the latter can be cured ; and CONTRACTION the reason of this is, that the pressure cannot be taken off the sole while nature is repairing the injury. In either case, it would take from three to six months for the horn to be repro- duced in such strength as to bear pres- sure ; and, of course, during that time the animal cannot be supported in such way as to allow of the growth. Hence, the Treatment op Pumiced-Feet can only be palliative, and w^e must be con- tent to do what can be done by careful shoeing, and keeping them rigidly dry while in the stable. Two things are necessary — first, to keep all pressure off the sole while at work ; and secondly, to take care that it receives some Httle weight in the stable ; because if it has none, it will gradually project more and more, and will thus become worse in- stead of better. The pumiced -foot, therefore, should be shod with a wide, but thirty web, covering nearly the whole foot, or, at least, so much as to guard it against stones, and other convex bodies. Being thin, it raises the sole very little from the litter, and thus allows this elastic material to rise into the centre, and press lightly against the centre of the sole, whereby the in- creased convexity is prevented. A bar- shoe is bad, because it throw^s the pres- sure upon the frog, which is generally more or less affected ; and leather soles will seldom afford relief in pumiced- feet, because they take the pressure off the crust, and throw it generally over the sole ; and this is the case, whether they are used with the tow- packing or without it ; for, in the first case, the tow acts as a means of pres- sure, and, in the second, the dirt of the road is sure to enter between the leather sole and the spaces left on each side the frog, and thus does more harm than the tow would have done. The plain broad web is therefore the best ' mode of treatment, with great care in • keeping the foot dry, and avoiding too I liberal a use of tar and grease. " The , ^ stopping" of the stable is too softening ; 'generally speaking, there is nothing like leaving the foot without anything ! applied to it, except a little neat's- I loot oil, just before going out in wet \ weather, which prevents the softening i effect of the water in the roads. : _ In the Cure of Seedy-Toe a very I different treatment is necessary ; here i there is a chance of perfect recovery, j and, as the pressure can be taken off in i i OF THE FOOT, 983 the meantime, so nature generally re- stores the parts in such a state of per- fection as will sufiicefor ordinary work. When the seedy-toe is discovered, the disease has generally been for some time in existence, and the new hern is formed under the old, but of a very thin and brittle chai'acter, and with a space between ; the smith should now remove with his drawing-knife all but this new horn, taking away the whole of the toe of the lioof, in- cluding the spongy matter, if there is any, and only leaving the thin cover- ing to the laminae, which is firmly attached to them, and which has very much the wrinkled appearance of vai-- nish dried in thick layers on an uneven surface, and powdered over with very fine resin ; or like the new nail of a man's finger when it is growing up after the original has been lost, but somewhat thicker and rougher than this. When all has been removed, there is generally enough of the side of the crust to nail a short shoe on, and this should be done by means of two or three nails on each side, taking care to remove all project- ing edges at the toe and heel, for fear of its being torn off" ; and then the toe should be well dressed with tar and tallow, mixed in equal proportions ; and the horse should be turned into a loose box, with plenty of tan, but no litter. The tar should be kept constantly ap- plied, and the shoes should be taken off and re-applied every three weeks, paring away the crust at the sides as it grows, and clearing off enough of the frog, and of the old sole, to allow the internal foot to keep its healthy shape. In process of time, the outer layer of horn grows down from the coronet, and re-invests the toe, and the inner one grows up from the laminee covering the cofiin-bone, and also from the sole ; and when it has nearly arrived at its full growth, so that the shoe can be removed with safety, there is no harm in turning the horse out in a dry mea- dow with plenty of grass. Moisture interferes with the proper growth of horn ; and hard ground, unprotected with grass, is likely to bruise the tender foot as yet not perfectly recovered. If, therefore, a meadow of the above de- scription cannot be obtained, it is better to keep him in the box. Sand-Crack. — Different reasons are assigned for the distinctive name givejj to this kind of crack in the hoof, somo 084 DISEASES OF THE BORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. supposing that it is because it happens more frequently in sandy districts, and others that it is from the crack being- only of a size to admit sand. The latter I should fancy is tho more pro- bable etymology, since I imagine there is no real foundation for the behef that sandy districts are peculiarly prone to produce the diseased condition which leads to sand-crack. The essence of the diseased condition consists in a secre- tion of horn, having the fibres strong enough in a perpendicular direction, but not interlaced transversely, so that, while it is as tough as ever in resisting the battering of the road, till it bursts, yet when more than usual stress is thrown upon it, it splits open, and is then quite incapable of bearing its load. A hoof thus liable to sand-crack will be observed to be striated from the coronet towards the edge of the shoe, while the oyster- shelled foot is generally more open to the pumiced condition already described. In the fore-foot the crack is generally in the inner quarter, beginning at the coronet and running more or less down- wards ; sometimes, however, it occurs on the outside, but very rarely indeed in the front of the foot. On the other liand, in the hind-foot the sand-crack is almost always in the front ; the reason of which is that the heel of the fore-foot is exposed to the shock of the ground ; but in the hind-foot the toe is the only part which strikes it with any force. The PREDisrosJNG Cause often exists for a long time ; but it requires a piece of hard work to develop the crack, and then the diffi- culty is to restore it even to its pre- vious weak condition. In spite, how- ever, of this pre-existing tendency, no horse can be considered unsound until the crack actually appears. It does not always occasion lameness, but it will generally do so when the horse is worked hard. _ The Treatment of Sand-Crack con- sists in cutting away the horn down to the bottom of the crack in a bevelled direction, so that no sand can lodge there and thus increase the mischief. At the point of the crack a small round hole should be drilled or burnt out, by which the crack is prevented from spreading. The next thing to be done is to bind the two edges of the crack together, which is generally done l)y tying tape or wire all round the i'out ; but a much better and more really useful plan is to drill two shallow holes into the horn on each side of the lower end of the crack, and then to screw very short studs into them, which are to be connected together by fine copper wire, laced from one to the other across the crack. The horn is too thin to carry this up to the coronet, but an inch below that part there is generally sufficient thickness of horn to screw in a stud about one-eighth oi one-sixth of an inch, which will give sufficient hold for the purpose. After this is done, some gutta-percha is to be warmed, and moulded into the crack, covering up all the irregularities, and keeping out the water; and finally, the coronet is to be constantly stimu- lated with tar and tallow in order to hasten the growth of horn, and im- prove its quality, by making it more tough. Some months will always elapse before the cure is complete. Weakness of the Foot is dependent upon an insufficient secretion of horn, and is often congenital, and wholly incurable. It is, however, generally manageable by careful shoeing ; and for many purposes, with the aid of a good smith, horses with weak feet are more useful than those with feet of an opposite formation. In the first place, they are seldom liable to contraction ; and in the second, they do not often contract navicular disease ; but if not carefully shoed, they are very liable to suffer from baing bound by the nails, or to become tender from uneven pressure, as upon the heels, or upon the sole. The Remedies for these pecu- liarities will be found under the head of Shoeing ; merely here remarking that the growth of horn should always be encouraged by tar, and that httle or nothing should be removed from the foot by paring when the shoes are re- moved. Corns occur at the heel of the fore- foot and chiefly on the inner one : and they are the result of the unnatural pressure thrown upon this part by the use of the shoe, which lifts the frog off the ground, and gives the heel the whole of the office which nature in- tended to be shared with the frog. In the unshod foot the weight is taken by the toe and frog chiefly, the sole and the sides of the crest, as wcfl as the heels, bearing a very subordinate part when on level ground ; but when ihc< modern shoe is applied, the frog ii WEAKNESS OF THE FOOT. 985 raised from the ground by the thick- ness of the shoe, and on a hard road it does not touch it, but the heels alone receive the concussion. Besides this cause, inseparable from our mode of shoeing, there is the serious error, too often committed by the smith, of either leaving too much of the horn between the bar and the crust, or of removing the bar altogether ; or, again, the shoe may slip within the crust, and lie just upon a part of the heel which is pecu- liarly weak and liable to inflammation. The consequence of one or the other of these causes is, that a small quantity of blood is extravasated beneath the horn, just as in a bruise of our own nails, and there is immediately inflam- mation set up in order to get rid of it. Corns in horses are unlike our corns in their nature, being simply bruises of the delicate membrane beneath the horn ; and they are evidenced by the colour of the horn, which is more or less stained with blood when pared by the knife of the smith. The Remedy for Corns is simple enough, and consists in removing the pressure by paring away the horn covering the seat of the corn, and thus preventing the shoe from touching it ; iDut this must be repeated at intervals of a fortnight, because within that time the horn grows down to the level of the shoe, and again takes the pres- sure, so that the corn is sure to reappear. In this way they may generally be cured, though they will almost always return without constant care ; and a foot which has once suifered from corns is always to be watched. When they are very bad, and the frog is sound, the bar-shoe is the best remedy, which takes off all pres- sure entirely, and allows the heels to recover their strength and full develop- nient ; but the frog should be allowed to rest upon the bar, and not lie above it with a clear space, as I have often seen, and with a prejudicial effect, be- cause the web of the bar-shoe is sure to lie upon the heel as it leaves the crust to bend across, if it is not raised from it by the frog. The smith, therefore, should so adjust the shoe that the heel is left sufficiently clear of the web to pass a straw between without injury to it. If, in paring out the corn, there is a decided effusion of blood or matter under the horn, this must be so far removed as to allow of the escape of the fluid, and then the ragged porliorih; of horn are to be removed, whatever may be their extent, and one of the caustics, Nos. 14, 15, or 16, apphcd by means of a small piece of tow, which is to be left in tlie opening, and removed every day, after which it is to be re- applied. Thrush is an ulceration of the sen- sible frog, causing a secretion of very offensive matter, and generally showing it in the cleft, where there is a soft cheesy secretion, easily recognised by its peculiar smell, and covered up by ragged portions of horn, on removing which with the knife, the horny cushion is found to be much wasted, and some- times the sensible frog is quite bare, and its ulcerations evident to the eye. Generally, however, this condition ex ists only at the bottom of the cleft, which cannot be reached by the knife with- out removing too much of the horn ; and the treatment must be limited to the apphcation of mild hquid caustics to this cleft, by means of tow dipped in them and pressed deeply into it. Thrush is caused by anything likely to produce inflammation, such as the irritation of urine, which in some sta- bles is allowed to collect under the litter, and thus soak into the spongy frog. This is generally the sole cause in the hind foot, which is more subject to thrush than the fore ; but in the latter it is often the consequence of inflam- mation and contraction of the feet, producing ulceration of the frog ; while on the other hand, thrush itself, when caused by standing in foul stables, and long neglected, will, by its wasting the frog, bring on contraction of the foot. Horses at grass in wet meadows are very liable to thrush ; and sometimes come up with all their frogs thus affected, though more frequently only with the hind ones diseased. It does not cause lameness, except in very bad cases ; but there is always tenderness upon pressure, so that if the horse treads upon a stone he wifl often drop with the pain, and perhaps break his knees in consequence. The Treatment of Thrush in all cases should consist in first clearing away all the loose horn, and thus getting down to the seat of the disease, which is then to be cured oy applying nitrate of silver, or bluestone, or chlo- ride of zinc, in solution, according to one or other of the fonns given at page 847. These are to be used by 98G DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. means of tow dipped in them and well worked into the cleft, or, when the whole surface is ulcerated, by a piece all over it, and kept in its place by a bar-shoe, which in this case ought not to take its pressure upon the frog, but should be chambered there, and should be firmly bedded upon the heels. The bar- shoe, in this case is a protection to the frog, and the heels must now take the bearing which, in the case of corns, must, as I have already explained, be thrown upon the frog. By persevering in the use of these caustics, and by keeping the foot dry, the foul smell soon ceases, and healthy horny matter begins to be thrown out ; and in pro- cess of time a sound frog is again produced. Thrushes ought never to be neglected, for they sometimes be- come quite incurable, in consequence of their continuing so long as to cause permanent miscJiief to the sensible frog ; and sometimes tlie ulceration extends in tlie form of sinuses into the sole of the foot, or in the shape of canker, which nmst next be con- sidered. Canker is an extension of thrush, or sometimes of a corn or bruise in any other part of the sole, so as to cause extensive ulceration, and consequent fungous granulation, which sprouts out, and sometimes makes its appearance through the opening left in the horny sole, or through the ragged portions of the frog, exhibiting a mass of red fungous growth of a shining appear- ance. It is more peculiarly the disease of the cart-horse, though sometimes it is met with in the neglected hack or harness-horse. It must be Treated with great care by the skilful use of caustics, which at first must be of con- siderable power, such as the muriate of antimony, or the caustic No. 7, page 923, and afterwards by a milder form, according to the extent and severity of the disease. It is, however, very seldom that this disease can be success- fully managed without the aid of a veterinary surgeon, and this should if possible be obtained in all such cases ; l)ccause the application of remedies must be always in exact proportion to the amount of mischief, and if too strong, or not strong enough, the cure is imperfect, or even the case may be va^'.tly aggravated. Sect. 8. — Inflammation of the Bones. The Bones of the Horse are par- ticularly liable to disease, much more so indeed than in any animal with which I am acquainted. This arises from the fact that they are more used than those of any other domestic animal, and also that they are more liable to abuse from the confinement and heat of the stable, which encour- ages the growth of bony matter, and leads to the various kinds of splents, spavins, ring-bones, &c., which are a constant source of uneasiness to the trainer and the horseman. The chief diseases of the bone to which the horse is subject are the following, viz. — first, a new growth of hard bony matter, from the side of a long bone, forming a lump more or less prominent, and called a splent ; secondly, a growth of soft and spongy bony substance around the joints, especially the hock, which is apparently intended by nature to strengthen weak joints, but wliicli generally acts in a deleterious manner, by giving pain, and occasioning lame- ness ; and thirdly, a similar fonnation around the pasterns, just above the coronet, and reeembling the spavin in structure, but called a ring-bone, from its shape and situation. Besides these three, we find occasionally, in other situations, splents, or exostoses, as they are called in scientific language, occuring, as on the cheek-bones, arm- bones, &c., and also the small bones of the knee united together by bony matter, in a mnnner similar to the spavin in the hock. Splents occur both on the liind and fore-leg, but much more frequently on the latter, and almost invariably on its inside. They consist originally of an inflammation of the membrane cover- ing the bone (periosteum), as a conse- quence of which fresh bone is deposited on the surface of the natural bone, forming a lump usually of an oval shape, which is sometimes visible, and almost always, but not invariably, to be detected by a manual examination. When the purchaser examines the legs of the horse he is inspecting, he runs his fingers down to each side of tho cannon-bone and carefully examines not only the sides, but the spaces, or angles, left between the bone and the suspensory ligament. Here is the only part where splents arc likely to bo INFLAMMATION OF TEE BONFS. 987 injurious, by causing lameness, which they do by pressing upon the suspen- sory Hganient, or rather by receiving its pressure, and so occasioning severe pain in the action of the horse. If the splent is situated on the front or outside of the leg, it may always be considered to be the result of a blow — as, for instance, from a wall or gate on the shin in hunting, or from the blow of a stick or other body of a similar kind, on the outside. On the inside, or back of the leg, they are generally either the effect of a blow from the other leg of the horse "hitting" the cannon-bone where the splent is situated, or else from the strain thrown upon the inside by the pecuhar formation of the fore-leg. But whatever may be the precise cause of splent, there can be no doubt that it very commonly occurs on the cannon- bone, or partly on that bone and partly on the inner splent bone, so as to glue them together, and thus apparently to aid in giving extra strength to the whole leg. Each splent-bone is fur- nished with a rounded extremity, fuller than the rest of the bone ; and this must not be mistaken for a splent, as I have known happen more than once with theoretical horse-masters, who have found fault with horses as having splents merely because they had this natural termination to their splent- bones, which ought to be about the size of large peas. But, to return to the manual exami- nation of the leg, when the hand, in passing down it as before described, discovers a large bump on the side of the bone, clear of the tendon and liga- ment, and not in the way of the horse's action, it may be disregarded, unless very large and sore ; but if this splent is close upon the tendon in the upper half of the leg, or upon the suspensory ligament in the lower part, there is always danger of lameness occurring ; and more especially if it actually ex- tends beneath either of these parts, and is partly obscured by them. Very often a splent exists so completely hidden by one or the other of these bands of fibrous matter, that it can only be felt when the leg is bent, and the tendon and Hgament relaxed, in which position the posterior surface of the bone may be readily and carefully examined ; after which being done by a person used to the business, there is little chance of the existence of an undetected splent. These exostoses almost always occur in young horses, and disappear as they grow old ; and it is very rare to meet with a newly- formed one, or indeed with any at all, after ten years of age. The course of time therefore will almost always eradicate them if left alone ; and so long as there is no lameness aris- ing from them any interference is always to be deprecated. Number- less are the instances in whicli I have known splents go on for years without causing lameness, so long us they were suffered to remain unmo- lested ; but no sooner were they treated by some ignorant person, who pro- mised a cure, than they became in- flamed, and lamed the horse for many months. The Cure can only be effected by rousing inflammation in them so as to cause absorption ; but this action is .always incapable of control, and when the fire is once lighted there is no knowing how far it will go. For this reason it is that I advise every one to let well alone, and not to tamper with an innocent disease which always works its own cure in time, if left to itself ; but if the splent is really causing lameness it is time to interfere, and the best mode of Treatment is as follows : — In the first place, the horse should be cooled down a little by a dose or two of physic, and by mashes &c., with a loss of half his corn. Next, when the legs are cool, rub in some of the mercurial blistering oint- ment. No. 6, over the splent, previously cutting off the hair ; this will cause the skin to swell and discharge, after which the arnica wash, at page 927, is to be painted on with a brush daily for a fortnight, or until the swelling of the skin is entirely gone, when the ointment may again be rubbed, fol- lowed as before by the arnica wash, and this routine being repeated until the splent is wholly gone ; after which the horse should have nearly a month's rest, to get rid of all the inflammation ; during which time wet bandages may be applied, and then the leg may be considered perfectly cured, though sometimes a degree of lameness will remain only to be removed by steady exercise and light work. Spavins are somewhat similar in their nature to splents, but they occur in the hock only, and show themselves 988 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. iu the inner side of that joint, just below the bend, where they exhibit themselves first in the shape of a small nut-like bony tumour, which gradually enlarges until it often assumes a size equal to more than half an orange. It is often asserted, as in the case of eplents in the fore-leg, that spavin occurs in the inner side of the joint, because the smith is apt to raise the outer heel of the shoe with a calkin ; but this argument will not hold water when we consider the numberless in- stances in which splents and spavins occur in these situations in colts which iiave never yet been shod. Thousands of well-bred colts are every year found to be spavined before they are even bitted, and in them therefore this cause cannot possibly be in operation. How- ever, it is scarcely necessary for our present purpose to seek to ascertain the reason for this preference ; suffice it to observe, that spavin need only be looked for on the inside of the hock ; it must not be confounded with those bumpy yet sound hocks which are not unfre- quently met with, in which the bony processes are well developed in all directions, and the outside as well as the inside of the hock are full of bumps and lumps. Spavin rarely attacks these joints, but occurs in small and neat- looking hocks, which are naturally weak and incapable of sustaining the shocks of the gallop or the leap. The disease generally, but not always, occasions lameness, which is very evident in first coming out of the stable, but which afterwards often goes off, to return again the next day. When a horse badly spavined is examined out of doors he will often walk soundly enough, but the moment he is trotted he refuses to put more than his toe to the ground, and sometimes hops on one leg, carrying the other in the air. The Treatment of Spavin is by first lowering the horse as for splent, and tlien either bH storing the inside of tlie joint, or firing it. A variety of reme- dies have been in vogue at various times for this affection ; the one now the fashion is Major's British Remedy, said to be composed of sulphuric acid ; but whatever may be its composition, it certainly acts as a powerful counter- irritant, and generally speedily accom- plishes a reduction of the bony tumour, though not, as Mr. Major asserts, with- out pain. I cannot myself believe that it is more free from pain than firing, and I much doubt whether it is as per- manently efficacious ; but that it does answer the purpose no one can deny who has seen cases cured by its means. It produces a discharge from the skin, and in some cases blemishes the horse to as great an extent as from firing ; but, in the majority of instances, with proper care, there is little or no loss of hair. When the disease is far ad- vanced firing is the best remedy ; and, as far as I know, it is the only one upon which reliance can be placed. With its aid I have known number- less spavins stand the shocks of the training-ground and the hunting-field ; but after the usual half -remedies I have seen so many failures, that I should be unwilling either to try them myself or to recommend them to others. Blisters of any kind will remove the bony growth if repeated again and again, but none acts so well as the biniodide, as given at page 922. Nevertheless, I pre- fer the iron, though I should afterwards use the biniodide — the firing acting by reducing the inflammation, while the mercury produces absorption of the bony matter. Slow work is often of service, and the spavined horse will often derive material benefit, after firing or blistering, from a winter's work at ploughing, harrowing, &c. RiNG-BoNE occurs, as I have already observed, just above the coronet, where it shows itself as a bony lump, at first being situated beween the coronet and the upper pastern bone, but soon ex- tending upwards and downwards, and in bad cases implicating the joint above and below it. In heavy cart- horses it is a very formidable disease, and lames as many horses as spavin, or perhaps even more. In them it occurs more frequently on the hind- legs ; but in lighter horses the fore-legs are more commonly the seat of the disease. The Treatment is exactly the same as for spavin. Sect. 9.— Inflabimation of the Joints- General Remarks. — The joints of the horse are the seats of two kinds of inflannnation — one the result of con- stitutional disturbance, and almost always of a rheumatic character ; the other coming on gradually as a con- sequence of the battci-ing of liard work. By disease of the joints I mean such INFLAMMATION OF THE JOINTS. 989 as occurs in those called " roimd-bone," " stifle-joint disease," " grogginess," &c., and not in those which are rather external to the joints than occurring in them, such as spavin and ring- bone. The kind of inflammation which occurs in the joints without work is generally of a rheumatic character, and comes on after catching cold from standing in a draught, or from a simijar cause. It will be comprised under the heads of round-bone, stifle- joint disease, and enlarged knee : while the joints inflamed by work will come under the heads of staleness or groggi- ness, windgall, thoroughpin, and capped- hock and elbow. Round-Bone Disease is not uncom- mon, though perhaps it may be more often located in the imagination than in reality. When a horse is lame behind, and there is nothing to show for it, it is often the case that the farrier fixes upon the round-bone as the seat of the mischief, just as in the fore-quarter he heaps upon the shoulder a variety of ailments which have a totally diffe- rent locality for their habitation. When this bone, which is the head of the thigh-bone, with its ligaments, be- comes inflamed, there is almost always more or less wasting of the muscles of the thigh, so that on looking at the horse from behind the two sides are not symmetrical, but the diseased one looks shrunken, and feels soft and flabby. The Cure should begin with rest and blistering, followed after a con- siderable interval by slow and steady work, which will often succeed in re- storing the parts to a sound state, by compelling those muscles to act which have so long been thrown out of action from a fear of pain as to have lost their natural size, and consequently their full power. I have in this way succeeded in curing lameness in the round-bone of some years' duration, and the shrunk muscles have then been restored to a fufl degree of plumpness and firmness to the touch. • Lameness of the Stifle-Joint is very rare, except as connected with sprain or dislocation of the patella, accidents which sometimes occur, and the latter of which can seldom be managed without the aid of a veteri- nary surgeon, whose assistance in all such cases should be called in. When- 3ver this joint is diseased, or is the subject of accident, it may always be detected by the tenderness on pressure on the joint, and by the heat and sore- ness existing there. If there is sprain only, a few days' rest will generally set it to rights, together with the application to the adjacent parts of the embro- cation No. 1. Enlarged Knee sometimes occurs in the young colt from a weakened con- dition of the system similar to our scrofula, or from rheumatic inflam- mation of its ligaments. In the former case, time and good keep will be the most likely to restore it to a state of health ; and, in the latter, the alterative ball No. 7, with the application of the biniodide of mercury, page 846, to the knee, taking care to avoid applying it to the back of the joint. When the inflammation is the result of a broken knee, or of a prick from a thorn, it must be treated as described under the head of Accidents. Staleness or Grogginess of the pas- tern-joints is always the result of hard work, the latter being only a higher and more extreme degree of the former. The course of inflammation is generally as follows : — After a series of hard days' work often continued for years together the fronts of the joints become thick- ened by the addition of fresh matter to the fibres of the hgaments, and a ten- dency to knuckle over as a consequence of the instinctive desire which the animal possesses to avoid bending the pastern back. For this purpose he stands with them as straight as pos- sible, and often, when first he comes in from his work, he actually stands so far forward over his toes as to compel himself to lie down, for fear of fall- ing instead. The joints are often thus drawn forwards, in consequence of the strain on the back sinews and suspensory ligaments ; but the real grogginess arises from chronic thicken- ing of the synovial capsules and the hgaments covering them, and some- times even of the spongy heads of the bones. There is a considerable dif- ference in the meaning given to this term by different writers upon the diseases of the horse ; some including under this title navicular disease only, while others mean by it disease of the pastern-joints ; and a third set describe under this title that shaking or " stand- ing over " at the knee which I believe to be dependent upon inflammation of the foot, rather than of the leg. In 000 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. horses of high action, which bring their heels down upon tlie ground with great force, the back part of the foot, including the sensible frog and the attachment of the sinews and ligament, becomes greatly inflamed, and to such an extent as to cause the horse to stand over in order to reheve it, by rendering the tendons relaxed. No horse by this attitude can stand with- out using the extensor muscles just as much as, or even more than, he would do if they were quite straight; but though this set is not assisted, yet the posterior tendons or flexors are relieved greatly from their pull upon their inflamed attachments, and con- sequently the horse perseveres, thus rendering them slack. Such is my explanation of this " standing over," which is sometimes cahed " grogginess," and which is relieved by any strong counter-irritant which will make a diversion in favour of the tired and bruised heels. Navicular disease has already been fully alluded to, and it now only re- mains to consider the stale or groggy joint, which is the result of severe work acting upon a healthy frame. In a diseased leg which has previously been affected, the effect is much greater than in a sound one, and the grog- giness returns in a very short time, thougn apparently quite cured. Thus I have bought, and seen hundreds of others buy, horses apparently as fresh on their legs as when they were foaled, yet when put to work ever so gradually they soon exhibited the nature of their previous mischief, by relapsing into a state of roundness of the joints, which speedily incapacitated them for work o£ all kinds. When, however, it has been coming on during a series of years, and at last assumes such an aspect as to prevent further work, a few months' winter run, with mild blistering and starvation upon a short bite of grass, will often renovate the legs, and enable them to stand their work for a second period ; seldom, however, nearly as long as the first. But when a horse suits his master, he will take some trouble to keep him at work ; and though he cannot be expected to remain sound for many months, or perhaps years, yet the master must not complain if he is not always capable of keeping up his health under the jDressure of work as severe as before. WiNDGALLS, Thoroughpins, and Cap- ped Hocks or Elbows, are all sweUings of the synovial capsules. The first in the above list are confined to the capsules placed just above the fetlock- joints of the hind and fore-legs ; the second, to those of the hock ; and the third, to the synovial bag, situated on the point of the hock and elbow respectively. These synovial bags are for the purpose of lubricating the tendons as they pass over the joints, or else for affording synovia (joint oil) to the joint itself, as in the case of the hock. In the healthy state, when free from inflammation, the synovia is poured out in small quanti- ties, just sufficient to oil the machine ; but after very hard work, especially if it is long continued, nature is called upon to do more than this ; and as is so often the case, she overdoes her part, and the sac secretes more than is useful, so that it is fiUed quite full of synovia, and bulges out in the form of a smooth round, or oval, swelling, on each side of the leg, in windgall and thoroughpin, and at the apex of the hock and elbow, when these parts are " capped.'* These swelhngs are always worse on the day after work, the sacs having been stimu- lated by it to secrete a more than usual quantity. The Cause of Capped Hocks and Elbows is seldom the same as in wind- galls and thoroughpins, the former of these being usually the result of kick- ing, either in harness or in the stable, by which inflammation is set up in the sac, and the regular balance between the absorption and secretion of synovia is lost, so that it accumulates, and shows a large bag, unsightly to the eye, but otherwise of no consequence. No one accustomed to horses can mistake these swellings for any other disease, but to a tyro it may be needfid to show how they may be distinguished. Thus, wind- galls aU round the four legs are not to be mistaken, because there is scarcely any other swelling which shows itself above each side of the fetlock- joint between the tendon and bone ; and the. only one which can possibly be mis- taken for this disease is the ganglionic enlargement of the tendon, whicli Avill be presently described under the section devoted to the consideration of inflam- mation of these organs. Thoroughjiin may possibly be mistaken for blood - spavin, which occupies the same situa- tion on the inside, of the hock, hut is INFLAMMATION OF THE MUSCLES AND TENDONS. not felt nor seen on the outside, which fact alone will serve to distinguish them. Bone-spavin is hard, while thoroughpin is soft ; and when the bulging-out sac on the inside is pres?^ed, it always makes that on the outside project firmly, or vice versa, showing that the two communicate with one another ; or, in fact, that they are mere projections of the s3movial membrane, or bag, l}nng between the superficial and deep tendons. The Treat3IRNT of all these enlarge- ments of synovial bags is the same, and should be strictly local, and of a cooling nature, aided by the pressure of a ban- dage. Rest will generally remove them, or very nearly so, especially if aided by cold lotions, bandages, or, in some cases, by blisters. Supposing a horse to be very much " puffed " all round — that is to say, supposing he has wind- galls, the best plan, if they are to be entirely got rid of, is to cool him down by physic and bran mashes, and then, after taking away three or four quarts of blood, to blister him " all round " with the blistering ointment No. 1, or James's blistering ointment, or the bin- iodide ointment (see page 922). or either of tlie embrocations at page 925. James's ointment is much more rapid in healing than any other, and the hair generally comes on again within a month, M'hereas with the ordinary blister, or the biniodide, double that time will often be occupied. As soon as the blister is healed, and the hair is growing, calico bandages, dipped in either of the lotions No. 5 or 6, should be constantly applied ; or if their ex- pense be objected to, cold spring water, in which alum is dissolved, may be sub- stituted, and will answer nearly, but not quite, as well. By keeping up this application of bandages, in six weeks or tvvo months the windgalls will have disappeared, when the corn may gradu- ally be restored, and walking exercise may be allowed ; but the relief is only temporary, and the swellings generally return as bad as ever on a resumption of the old work. This plan is often adopted in making up horses for sale, and as it cannot possibly be detected, a great risk is run in all purchases of horses whose history- is not known. I have many times known a horse so treated sold with legs as fine as the day he was foaled, but in a fortnight the windgalls were as bad as ever. The thoroughpin may be treated just in the same way, and will yield to the same remedies, to return exactly as above described. Capped-hocks and elbows, how-ever, are much more difficult to remove, and, except very soon after they first appear, they are wholly beyond remedial measures. When qaite fresh, however, cooling applica- tions and pressure will do much to- wards their removal ; but bhstering and all counter-irritants only make matters worse than before. Sect. 10. — Inflammation of the Muscles and Tendons. Chronic Rheumatism may very fairly be classed among local inflammations, whilst rheumatic fever, or acute rheu- matism, has been placed among febrile diseases. In the horse, chronic rheu- matism is much more common than is generally supposed, and many obscure forms of lameness may be considered to belong to this disease. Very often an old, or middle-aged horse, after a wet or cold day's work, comes out of the stable " as stiff as a poker," and scarcely able to walk, upon which his master fancies that he will be laid up with severe lameness for some months; but on consulting with his coachman the next morning, he hears that his horse is quite right again, and fit for work. The great peculiarity of these attacks of i-heumatic lameness is their liability to shift and change, the horse on one day being lame in his near fore- leg, and perhaps on the next refusing to put his off hind-foot to the ground. But sometimes the disease is persistent in one limb, though varying in degree ; and here tlie horse always trots lame on one leg ; but the difiSculty is to find out the seat. If before, it is usually in the shoulder or arm ; and if behind in the muscles of the hip. Shoulder Lameness, when present, is often rheumatic, but in some cases it is the result of a strain ; in eithei case, however, requiring the same treat- ment. Lameness from rheumatism may almost always be known by the horse lifting his leg, whether hind or fore, with difficulty ; whereas in disease of the foot or lower part of the leg, he hfts it readily enough, hxitputs it down with great caution, and flinches when it is on the ground. The toe is also dragged on the ground in rheumatism, 992 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. which causes actual loss of action and power ; whereas this dragging is never seen in the fore foot from any other cause. In the rheumatic hip the same kind of defective action is seen, and the hind-leg is not brought forward with sufficient power or freedom. The Treatment of Rheumatism consists, in every case, in rubbing in a stimulating liniment, such as the embrocation No. 1, which should be well rubbed in with the hand night and morning ; or Major's synovetiu lotion may be tried, which is said to re- lieve rheumatic stitfness in a marvellous nianner. The horse's general health should be attended to, and his stomach set right by stomachic balls, if neces- sary, or the fever ball. No. 4, given every other night, will sometimes give relief. Inflamed Tendons are ten times worse than rheumatism, inasmuch as they are generally more or less ruptured in texture, as well as inflamed. It should be borne in mind that all the ten- dons run in sheaths, which are lined by the synovial membrane, and lubricated by its peculiar fluid ; and hence, when they become used too often or too long, or on too hard a surface, this membrane becomes thicker, and at last is often so much diseased as to project in the form of an oblong tumour called " an enlarged back sinew," which is very common in all horses severely galloped over hard ground. The back sinews of the fore- legs are liable to various degrees of injury from inflammation consequent upon work. In the most common form, the swelling projects backwards, and to a certain extent on each side ; and in this form is the common precursor of " breaking down." The tendon loses its elasticity from inflammation, and the consequence is that its fibres give way, and the suspensory ligament, having to support the whole weight, also fails ; and thus the fetlock comes to the ground. This, however, is the aggravated form of breaking down ; the more usual degree being limited to fsiich a partial rupture of the fibres as to cause a considerable swelling, and a total impossibility of putting the heel to tlie ground. But besides this tendi- nous miscliief, wliich only comes on in the horse wliich has been galloped, there is another, frequently found in the road- steror harness-horse, and which I should call the " ganglionic tendon," being similar in its nature to tlie ganglia so common about the wrists of men and women. These consist of small, round, and smooth lumps upon each side of the back tendon of the fore-leg, close above the fetlock joint ; they are-al ways exactly alike on each side of the leg, and they vary in size from that of half a small walnut to half a hen's egg. They do not always occasion lameness at first, but sooner or later the horse affected with them becomes crippled in his action, and finally lame. I do not know that this pecuHar enlargement has ever been described ; but I have felt it so often in this situation that there can be no doubt of its frequent occurrence. It is the result of hard work, and is very difficult to remove ; no blisterings or cold lotions seeming to have any power over it, nor has even the extreme remedy, firing, any power of dispelHng the swelhng ; at least I have had two or three horses thus treated without removing it, though the leg has been free from lameness after- wards, whereas before the treatment it was very sore and unfit to stand work. The hind-legs are also liable to breaks- down in the same way as the fore-legs ; but I never met with the same gang- honic enlargement as in the fore-leg. Down the back sinews of the hind-leg there are often enlargements of the tendon, but seldom to so great an ex- tent as in the fore-leg, unless the ten- don breaks down, when it generally gives way between the two pastern-joints. The Treatment for all these tendinous enlargements must be by rest, cooling medicine, with bleeding and starvation in severe cases, and the apphcation of cold lotions or ice in a bran poultice. When the leg has become cool, it is sometimes necessary to try either firing, blistering, or svt^eating, followed by cold bandages, or a run at grass in tlie lainter. It is seldom that much good is done here without at least six months' run, after which the leg will often stand harness-work or light hacking; but severe work hke training will seldom be borne, inasmuch as the elasticity is in great measure impaired. After cool- ing- down, by physicking, &c., the firing- iron should be neatly run over the leg, and then a good dressing of blistering ointment applied. The horse may now bo kept in the stable until the legs become stiff with the swelling, and then he may be turned out with a cradle on, secure from injury by the soreness and stiff- INFLAMMATION OF THE BLOOD VESSELS. 993 ness of his legs, which prevent his galloping about. The blistered leg sboald be carefully kept greased, and it the weather is very frosty it is advisable to keep the horse in-doors, because a very low temperature some- times occasions sloughs of the skin that are not unattended with danger. In some cases a charge is used instend of blistering, as described at page 923 ; and it seems to act very beneticially, especially in thin-skinned horses, where there is little benefit to be derived from the iron owing to the want of substance in the skin. Inflammation of the Ligaments of the pastern-joints occurs, more or less, in all hard-worked horses, in which the pastern-joints become more and more round from this cause ; and some- times also the knee, when naturally weak and badly formed ; but the most common fonn of this inflammation arises in the ligament extending from the joint of the hock downwards to the other bones of the tarsus, and which species of mischief is called " a curb." Many horses are very liable to this inflammation from a naturally weak formation there, and often the colt of one or two years old is attacked by the disease. When the hock is thus malformed, the os calcis forms an angle with the cuboides — and, in fact, with I the cannon-bone itself ; and the horse j is then said to have " curby hocks," I to which horsemen have an especial i objection. But many horses with this angle have no real tendency to curb, because the ligament, " being big- enough for the place," can support the strain thrown upon it, while in others perfectly straight, the ligament, being weak, readily l)ecomes strained and in- flamed, and the result is a large curb. It is considered an accident in many cases arising after a severe run or race, and showing itself in a very few minutes, where nothing could have been seen before ; in horsemen's lan- guage, the horse "has sprung a curb." But by far the more usual mode is for the curb not to appear until after sfjme hours, wl)en, on going to the horse, the groom finds him lame, with a swelling behind the os calcis, in the •'curb place," as big as half a hen's egg. The horse is almost always lamed, but he may nearly invariably •be curefl, though, in some cases, the attack of inflammation returns again and again, and the horse is rendered thereby of no use for anything but light hacking or harness work, for at heavy harness the weight which he has to draw is just as likely to bring on the curb again as galloping or leaping. Curbs are to be Cured by cooling treatment in all cases first, for no in- flammation should be locally combated without first cutting off the supplies, and then either firing the hock, and afterwards blistering it, or else apply- ing some one of the numerous sweat ing liquids which have been at various times vaunted as infallible cures for curbs. Major's British Remedy is be- lieved by many to have great power, yet I have never seen it used in this disease ; but the mineral acids I have seen applied with good effect, and his is said to consist of sulphuric acid. Either of the mercurial blisters at page 922 will do as well as anything I know for curbs, though I confess that I rely more upon firing than either — espe- cially if done " with a will," regardless of blemishes. Many people fancy that the mere running of the irons over a leg is sufficient, but, for my part, I like to see them used to as great a depth as the skin will allow. Entire rest should always be given, and at first the horse should not even leave his box. Two or three months will generally be re- quired before the horse is fit for work, and then he should be very gradually seasoned to it. High-heeled shoes are very commonly put on, but as the dis- ease is confined to the ligament, and as the shoe can only relieve the flexor tendons, I can see not the slightest use in this asserted remedial measure. In breaks-down, the shoe can scarcely be too high behind, because then it re- lieves the pressure upon the part affect- ed, but in this case it has no such effect, and is wholly inoperative. Sect. 11.— Inflammation of the Blood Vessels. The Vein of the Neck in which bleeding is effected is sometimes obli- terated by inflammation consequent upon the operation. It is of very little consequence, except at grass, when it impedes the return of blood from the head, and thus sometimes causes, or is said to cause, some species of fits. Blood or Bog Spavin, is a varicose condition of the vein passing on the 3s 904 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIB. TREATMENT. inner side of the hock. This state is owing to the valves being broken down, by which the whole column of blood weighs upon the walls of the veins and distends them, as well as makes them so tortuous as to appear and feel like a bundle of worms. The veins, as they pass from below upwards, join together to form large trunks ; and to prevent them from being burst or unduly distended there are inserted, at short intervals, valves of a most beautiful construction, which allow the blood to }jass upwards to the heart, but prevent its regurgitating in tlie smallest degree. From some cause these valves cease 10 act, and the consequence is, either that this blood-spavin is established, or that a similar state of things occurs in tlie fore-leg, which however is not nearly so common. The Treatment of Blood-Spavin is generally by blisters, repeated until they excite so much inflammation as to obliterate the vein ; but, after all, there is no rehance to be placed, ex- cept upon some modification of the old practice of dividing the vein. Formerly it was the custom to tie and divide the vein above and below the tumour, and then to dissect out the whole of the mass of distended ves- sels ; but this is unnecessary, and the same operation which is practised in the varicose veins of the human sub- ject answers very well in the horse, though not unattended with danger. As, however, the horse with blood- spavin is unsound, it is very justifi- able to incur some risk in his cure ; and few masters would object to this if the amount of risk were properly explained ; audit is only when a decep- tion has been practised that they would have a right to complain. The opera- tion is a very simple one, and consists in passing a needle beneath the vein andouton the other side of it, and then winding some silk or thread from eye to point until sufficient pressure le made to obhterate the vein. After two or three days, according to the amount of inflammation produced, the needle may be withdrawn, and it will be found that the blood ceases to pass downwards upon the cells of the blood-spavin, and it gradually shrinks. If, however, it communicates with more than one vein, they must all be treated in the same way, keeping in the needle as long as the inflammation will allow. Varicose Veins in the fore-leg are also sometimes met with, of which I have had one remarkable example in my own stable, in a well-bred mare. She served me as a splendid hack-and- harness mare for ten or twelve years, and then became troubled with these varicose veins, which came on after great inflammation, caused by a prick in shoeing ; after a time the whole of the veins around the coronet and up the sides of the fore-leg were filled and tortuous, and their valves became obliterated, so that she was obliged constantly to stand in bandages ; and though she could do pretty severe work every other day, yet on the day after work she was always dreadfully lame ; and so she was after standing still at any time for half an hour with- out her bandages. I tied the veins in the way I have mentioned, and for some time she was quite right again ; but in process of time the new veins became broken down in the same way, and she was again comparatively useless. I intended to have tired her, but she was so injured by an accident that I was obliged to destroy her. CHAPTER III. DISEASES ACCOMPANIED BY WANT OF TONE. Sect. 1. — Worms. The Symptoms of Worms in the Horse are not very clearly marked, but their existence may generally be guessed from the following signs. The horse stares in Ins coat, with an obstinate re- fusal to luv on flesh ; his dung is partly lumpy, and the other part composed of nnicus or loose fceces ; and there is always at the anus a small pendent string of straw-coloured mucus ; or if not hanging, yet smeared upon those parts, and generally appearing as a dry powder of a pale straw colour. A 305 husky short cough is also a very codi- mon symptom of intestinal worms. When these symptoms are seen, a com- mon physic ball may alwaj^s be given^ which will generally bring away some one or more of these parasites, and the treatment will then depend upon what makes its appearance. The varieties of parasitic worms in the horse are not very great, being however composed of four species, as follows : — 1. — The Bot-Worm is the larva of a species of gadfly (CEstrus equi), which, in the end of our summers, torments horses at grass very sadly. The egg is laid on the hair of the legs and sides of the horse, to which it adheres firmly by means of a glutinous fluid secreted by the fly. In the course of hcking himself, the horse carries these eggs, or the young larva when first hatched, into his stomach by means of the tongue, and it is provided with a double hook by which it clings there, choosing the end which is provided by a strong cuti- cular lining, to which it may cling without serious injury, and where it ren)ains until the next spring, when, being prepared to assume the chrysahs form, it is carried off with the food, and remains in the dung until it changes to the mature fly, in order to commence a new round of existence, by deposit- ing fresh eggs. They do not appear to injure the health of the horse, and their presence cannot be discovered during fife by any known symptom ; indeed the most healthy horses, dying from accident, are often found to be infested by these worms in large numbers ; and therefore it is assumed, with great reason, that they are wholly innocent, and that they may be allowed to enter the stomach in the usual way with- out fear of the consequences. At the same time I should observe, that some writers on veterinary medicine are of opinion that they sometimes produce i great mischief by Inflammation, and even by ulceration of the stomach ; but they do not profess to be able to expel them by any known means. I 2. — The Long Round Worm (Ascaris i lumbricoides) resembles the common large garden worm, and is from six to ten inches long. These worms are not nearly so common as the last, but when they occur they are often ' in large numbers ; and from their size and greediness of food-, they consume a vast deal of that intended for the horse, and thus keep him thin and half-starved. 3. — The Needle-Worm, or Thread- Worm {Ascaris vermicularis) , inhabits the rectum and colon, where they sometimes collect in large numbers, and even reach the c^cum. It is this kind of worm which causes the mucus to appear at the anus, where it some- times assumes the straw-coloured ap- pearance already alluded to, and at others shows itself as a dry powder between the thighs, but close upon the anus. They cause great annoyance to the horse from the itching tliey pi-o- duce ; and he wifl often stand and rub his tail or buttocks for hours against his stall-post. 4. — Tape- Worm (Tcenia), is almost unknown in the horse, but occasionally one is met with. The Remedies for these worms are chiefly calomel and other drastic pur- gatives, especially aloes, which will be found useful for the two species ascaris, in the dose and form given at page 853. The linseed-oil drench is also very useful for both forms ; but for the needle-worm when very low down in the rectum, and occasioning much itching, an injection of the oil will be more efficacious than when given by the mouth. If the calomel and aloetic ball does not remove the worms, from 20 to 25 drops of oil of worm- wood may be added to the ball with advantage ; or a good dose of tartar emetic may be given as follows, it being the strongest and best vermifuge for the horse : — Tartar emetic, 2 to 2^ drachms. Powdered ginger, 15 to 25 grains. Barbadoes aloes, 1 drachm. Syrup enough to form a baU. To be given every morning on first going into the stable. For tape-worm, if its presence is ascertained without a doubt, the following ball should be given twice a week, the first thing in the morning : — Spirit of turpentine, ^ ounce. Powdered ginger, 20 to 25 grains. Linseed meal and boihng water enough to make a ball. Sect. 2. — Indigestion. Indigestion is often the result of inflammation of the stomach : but as £s 2 996 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT, frequently it arises from the opposite condition, and will then come under our present head. In the horse espe- cially is this want of tone the cause of the disease in question ; he has a peculiarly small stomach, which is in- tended by nature to be frequently re- plenished, and yet it is often kept empty for many hours, as in the pro- tracted day's hunting, when the horse is often from nine o'clock in the morn- ing until late at night without even a drop of water, which the rider seems to think is unnecessary for the horse, though he generally contrives to get a glass of beer, or wine, or spirits for himself, " to keep the cold out." The poor horse, from this cause, is quite unfitted for his oats when he gets home, and even careful nursing, with gruel, &c., will fail to undo what the careless master has effected by his neglect of the common dictates of humanity. If the horseman only recollected that the human stomach is capable of fasting much longer than that of the horse, he would know that whenever his cries " cupboard," that of his horse cries out " manger " twice as loud ; and he should take care, for the sake of his pocket, if for no other reasoji, to afford some kind of support to it. A pint of oatmeal may generally be obtained at country inns, or if not a piece of bread, or a quart of ale will be of service, and the loss of half an hour or less will always procure a feed of oats ; but these waitings for the horse are not approved of in these days, and the poor brute must take the conse- quences, and suffer from flatulence and other signs of indigestion. When the horse is in this state he passes his food without extracting the proper nourish- ment from it, and both his oats and hay maybe observed in his dung almost wholly unaltered, especially the oats, which will grow in the dung-mixen in rank luxuriance. This is very common in the horse, and arises almost entirely from his long fasts ; for in those which are regularly fed it is very rare to meet with the disease. There is scarcely any animal which suffers so much from irregular hours of feeding as the horse ; and one of the cardinal virtues in the groom is punctnaHty in his stable hours. The horse will tell his feeding-time as well as the best clock ; and if he is accustomed to regular hours, he will ohow his impatience if the time is ex- ceeded even by five minutes in a moat unmistakable M'ay, by pawing, whinny- ing, and looking round. When, there- fore, this state is produced in this way, the first thing to be done is to re- move the cause by carefully adhering to settled hours, and giving the propet food at the proper time punctually and strictly, without fail under any pretence whatsoever. Sometimes the secretions are depraved, or the liver does not act, in which case some one of the alter- atives at page 918 should be given, the form No. 9 being generally the best adapted for the purpose. After this has corrected these functions, and there is a good flow of bile, which will be promoted also by green food, such as lucerne, carrots, or young vetches, one or other of the stomachic balls, page 928, may be administered every other niglit, and in a short time they will generally have the desired effect ; always recollecting that unless the food is care- fully given, no medicine will be of any avail. The oats should be kibbled, and the beans, if used, split. Half a pint of cold-drawn linseed oil, or a quarter of a pound of linseed simmered until soft, may be given with a small bran mash, and will often assist in strength- ening the stomach by affording good food easily digested. But nothing is of so much service as a summer's run on good upland grass, which renovates the tone of the stomach, and the horse comes up fat and blooming, and fit for a year or two's stable management, or for a much longer term, if the care is taken to which I have already alluded. Soihng in-doors will do much ; but when the legs and feet are good, turn- ing out is the remedy for this state of stomach. Sect. 3.— Washiness. This is a state of bowels which arises from somewhat similar causes to those which I have already described, and is often co-existent with indigestion. The food being crude, and imper- fectly prepared, is expelled from the stomach into the small intestines, which irritates and thereby causes the absorbent vessels (instead of ex- tracting the nom'ishment from it) to pass it on in a fluid state. The same thing happens in the large bowels, and the consequence is that the food, in- stead of remaining in the horse about MANGE. 097 forty-eigbt hours, or thereabouts, runs through him in less than half the time, and he looks a perfect skeleton, as a natural consequence. Such horses carry neither carcase nor flesh, and look tucked-up and wretched. The}' have no "middle pieces ;" the circum- ference of the anus is so devoid of fat, that there is a sunken space all round it in which a small hand may be laid. This is a sign of weakness which should be carefully attended to, for no horse with this groove well marked is likely to " carry his corn," but will, in all probability, be " washy," and unfit for hard work, or to go through the labours of the hunter or the racehorse. The thighs of these horses are almost always a long way apart, from the want of muscular de- velopment ; and for this reason, and also to examine the appearance of the anus and its surrounding parts, the horseman, before purchasing a horse, almost always carefully lifts the tail, and inspects him from behind. The Treatment for this state of dis- ordered bowels is much the same as for indigestion, except that in addition such food must be given as will be likely to remain in him. Green food is not at all apphcable, unless he is rested or turned out; and young vetches or lucerne are particularly bad — indeed no green meat should be given until its seeds are matured, whether grass, or vetches, or lucerne, all of which are liable to purge when unripe ; and for this reason no washy horse may be turned out, except upon uplands where there is plenty of seeded grass ; while rank aftermath and young spring grass are likely to be highly prejudicial, though I am bound to admit that I have known great good from young grass, after it had run the horse almost to death, when it seemed to alter the tone of his bowels, and give to him new flesh and strength. The anodyne ball No. 6, page 919, should also be given every night when the bowels are very loose, but, if possible, they should be managed by diet rather than by medicine. Baked wheat-flour will often act very powerfully, mixed with the oats, in the quantity of half a pint at a time. CHAPTER IV. SPECIFIC DISEASES. Sect. 1. — Mange. This pecuhar eruption is undoubtedly contagious, and appears to depend upon some animal or vegetable parasite, as in the dog ; probably, as in his case, being made up of various diseases which have not been distinguished. It is usually an oozing watery eruption, , with small vesicles, which break and deposit a fluid in the hair, causing it to mat into a soHd cake. After a time ■ the skin becomes dry, and there is a scurf instead of the 'oozing, and then the hair fafls off in patches, leaving i the skin scaly and rough, but greasy I to the touch. There is considerable ' itching, and some thickening and ten- derness of the skin, which ultimately becomes puckered and folded into fur- rows, at the bottom of which there is usually some little discharge. The eruption generally first appears near the mane, or along the back ; and very often in the early stage, when it is doubtful whether a horse is infected or not, its existence may be confidently pronounced when the short hairs at the root of the mane come out with a very sHght pull. The Original Cause is generally neglect and dirt ; but it is doubtful how often this creates mange without contagion, which operates as the cause in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred ; no disease being more contagious than this, nor more difficult to eradicate from a stable when once it has broken out, which rather favours its vegetable origin ; the seeds of all kinds of fungus being most difficult to destroy. We have no evidence of insect life being produced by poverty and ne- glect, though lice seem to start into life in a most extraordinary way imme- diately that the health is broken down 908 DISEASES OF THE HOBSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. by long -continued fevers; still the eggs may be in existence, but the evidence is very strong here in favour of spontaneous generation. But, in the case of mange, it is seldom that it is started in a stable without the risk of contagion from some other horse, and it is commonly supposed to be incapable of being produced in any other way ; but here the character of the attendant being at stake, it is reasonable to suppose that he will find out some cause for the disease other than his own neglect and inattention. When a horse is turned out into a straw-yard, or when he has been under the care of a waggoner or stable- keeper, and turns out mangy, it is easy to say that such and such a horse must have given the disease, because the responsible party in general was obhged to allow of that horse mixing with the infected one ; and therefore he gladly throws the blame off his own shoulders on to the assumed ori- ginal mangy one, although that may be wholly innocent of skin disease ; or perhaps he may have had a simple surfeit. The Treatment of Mange is partly constitutional and partly local ; but, at the same time, measures should be taken to paint the surrounding walls, &c., of the stables retaining the germs of the disease. The constitutional treatment will depend upon the state of health of each individual. Some horses are mangy from contagion, and yet are gross in themselves and full of blood. These must be bled and physicked, and their corn should be reduced to such an allowance as will keep them neither too high nor too low in flesh ; others, again, have been reduced by hard work, with insufficient food of bad quality, and foul stables improperly ventilated. These should be supported with tonics, good nutri- tious, but not heating diet, and airy stables. The following is the proper kind of medicine for each state of the animal : — 1. — For gross and overfed animals, give ordinary physic balls once a week, and in the intervals the altera- tive ball, No. 7, every night. 2. — For low-conditioned iiorses, begin by giving the alterative ball No. 7, and then give one or other of the tonic bulls at page 929. The arsenic ball, No. 6. has obtained great celebrity in ' mange ; and T have no doubt it is of great use ; but it should scarcely be given without the superintendence of a proper authority in the shape of a veterinary surgeon. The local remedy should consist chiefly of sulphur oint- ment, as follows : — Sulphur, in powder, 4 ounces. Spirit of turpentine, 2 to 3 oz. Lard, 6 ounces Mix. Or, Sulphur, and Train oil, in equal quantities. If these fail, the following wash may be tried ; but it is of rather a dan- gerous nature, and it should only be used in extreme cases : — Powdered white hellebore, 8 oz. Water, 3 quarts. Boil gently till the whole is reduced to two quarts, and then add. Corrosive sublimate, 1 drachm. This wash should be well brushed into the skin with a paint-brush, and no more should be used than will suffice to touch over the diseased parts. The measures to prevent the mange spread- ing are chiefly very great cleanliness in the stables, with sulphur fumigations. The M^hole of the boxes, stalls, &c., should be weU scoured with soap and boiling water, then brushed over lightly with the wash prescribed above, diluted with an equal quantity of water. Finally, the whole should be made as air-tight as possible, and then a quantity of sulphur should be burnt in the interior, and the fumes allowed to remain in it for a whole night, or, if possible, for twenty-four hours. This will generally eradicate all the conta- gious matter, whatever it may be ; and afterwards, if a coat of quick-linie wash is brushed over everything but the painted woodwork, there is little or no danger of any fresh infection. Sect. 2. — Glanders. This Highly-Contagious Disease is behoved to be almost invariably incur- able by any known means, and hence it is not here introduced with any hope of its cure, but solely that horse-masters should be able to recognise it, and when discovered, to prevent its being spread. The symptoms are— a yellow discharge from one or both nostrils, and a swell- ing of the glands under the throat. If one nostril only is alfected, the GLANDERS. 909 coiTesponding gland is enlarged, whilst the other remains in a healthy state. Sometimes the disease continues in this stage for many months, but, sooner or later, the discharge increases in quan- tity, and becomes green and very offen- sive, and the mucous membrane of the nostril becomes ulcerated, and the swol- len glands harden, and attach them- selves closely to the jaw-bone. It may be distinguished from the swelling and mucous discharge which accompany ordinary cold by the absence of fever, and by the continuance of the disease for a long period of time ; also, by the swelled gland adhering to the jaw, which is a very characteristic symptom. The inflammation in glanders is of a chronic character, and there is little heat of surface. The ulceration of the mucous membrane is also peculiar to the disease, and never accompanies ordinary cold, in which, also, the dis- charge is almost always equally copious from both nostrils. From strangles it may readily be distinguished by the absence of suppuration in the glands, and by the hardness and adhesion of them to the jaw. Glanders, Hkewise,_is the disease of old or adult animals, while strangles very rarely attacks any but yoimg ones. In strangles, also, the mucous membrane lining the nose is intensely red, while in glanders it is only moderately so : the discharge like- wise in strangles is profuse from the first. The Cause of Glanders is almost always contagion ; but in some few cases it appears to be generated, or rather to degenerate from common catarrh or strangles. Still it is very difficult to arrive at certain conclusions upon this subject, because, instead of degenerating, it may only have assumed the form of these milder diseases at first, and yet all the time have been true glanders. But whether it is so or not, it appears quite clear that many cases apparently of these mild diseases gra- dually become converted into glanders from some cause or other, and are then totally incurable. The point at which the change takes place cannot be defined; but the most experienced surgeons begin by pronouncing them cases of common cold or strangles, and end by asserting that they are true glanders ; and the state of the constitution marks the alteration ; the horse having become tliin and haggard, with his coat staring and rough. Mr. Coleman relates a case in which several sound horses on board ship were obliged to be closely confined under closed hatches, in con- sequence of which some of them were suffocated, and the remainder showed unmistakable signs of glanders, al- though there was not the slightest reason to beUeve that they were ino- culated with it by contagion. It is, therefore, reasonalDle to conclude with the majority of writers on the subject, that glanders is generated by foul stables, want of ventilation and over- crowding being generally the chief cause and origin of the disease. The essence of the disease appears to be an ulceration of the mucous membrane of the nostrils, which speedily contami- nates the nearest lymphatic gland, and finally attacks the whole system, con- stituting the form called " farcy," — to be presently described. The ulcers discharge a poisonous matter, which is capable of communicating the disease to other horses or to man, or if absorbed into the system, as it always is in course of time, it destroys the health with more or less rapidity, but with great certainty. ButthismaLter must actually touch the mucous membrane of the sound horse, and no mere breathing will suffice to give the disease. It is by drinking out of the same bucket, or by smelling one another and rubbing noses together, or Hcking one another, that one horse infects another ; and if the stalls were higher it would be carried from one to the other much less frequently than at present, l^ut no one with any prudence would run the risk of keeping an infected horse ; and the sooner such an animal is shot the better for all parties, since neither horse nor man is safe from inoculation, with all the care in the world ; and in the latter case it is a frightful disease indeed, and one which no one is jus- tified in risking under any pretence whatsoever. Treatment seems to be wholly thrown away, though some few cases are recorded in which sulphate ^ of copper given internally and applied externally to the nose, has apparently cured the disease. The Spanish fly is also said to have had the same good effect, but I know nothing from expe- rience of these effects ; aad I should be very unwilling to try any experi- ments on such an intractable and loath- 1003 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. souie complaint. When the disease is established in a lot of horses, they had better all be destroyed, and the stable treated as for mange, described hereto- fore. The clothing should either be destroyed or well washed, and then baked ; the wood of all the stable utensils should be painted, and the ironwork exposed to a red heat. These means will prevent it from being re- produced, and if proper cleanhness and ventilation are maintained after- wards, whereby the disease may be prevented from being generated, there is little fear of its occurring again ; but if Professor Coleman's opinion is cor- rect, that it is almost always generated, and consequently if the tirst attack was the result of filth and neglect, unless the management has been al- tered, it is scarcely reasonable to expect anything else but a repetition of the same disease occurring from similar causes. Sect. 3. — Farcy. By the term Farcy is understood the train of secondary symptoms which follow glanders ; and, just as we see in the syphilis of man a primary sore occurring on a different part, followed by inflanimation of the absorbents, en- larged lymphatic glands, and an erup- tion on the skin, so in the horse glanders begins as a series of primary sores in the mucous membrane of the nose, to- gether with an inflammation of the lymphatic gland, or glands, of the throat ; and when this state is followed by secondary symptoms, they receive tlie name of farcy, though the two diseases are the same, as is proved by inoculation. Mr. Youatt was of opinion, that the farcy-buds, as tliey lire calle(i, arise from the inflananation of the absorbents, at the situation of their valves, and in their course to the great blood-vessels of the chest; but this can scarcely be the case, be- cause the farcy- buds almost always make their appearance first upon the lips and skin of the nose, parts whicli are more distant from the chest than the original ulcers, and certainly not on the line of any valvular absorbents. The fact is, that, as in syphilis, the matter is absorbed into the whole sys- tem, and is then deposited upon the surface, choosing, apparently, the most highly organized skin, in preference to that furnished with fewer blood- vessels. The Appearance is as follows :— first of all small tumours arise, frequently in the course of the veins, but often in other situations, and as they grow they become hard, and suppurate ; after which they burst, and discharge a thin watery matter ; the sore presenting the same appearance with almost all poisonous sores, viz., a deep central cavity with a rugged, hard and ele- vated edge, and an unhealthy watery discharge. Sometimes the insides of the liinder extremities are affected equally with the fore-quarter; but more often the latter is the chief seat of the eruption, the inside of the arm, the tender skin of the brisket, the muzzle, and neck being thickly studded with farcy-buds and sores in all stages of progress. By and by, the deep- seated absorbents become affected, the ulceration extends deeply between the sheaths of the muscles' and tendons, and even into the chest ; and, at last, the whole cellular membrane and lym- phatic glands become one mass of disease, finally wearing down the horse by irritative fever. This course is the regular one which will occur in most cases ; but there are numerous ex- ceptions in which farcy bj-eaks out suddenly without any warning of these small and insidious steps ; and the ulcerations run then* course more rapidly than I have here described them. With regard to the identity of the two diseases, there can, I think, be little doubt on the matter, when it has so often been demonstrated by inocu- lation that the matter of either will produce a primary sore in the shape of glanders, followed b}^ secondary ulcers in the shape of farcy. The latter disease, when inoculated into the sys- tem of another horse, does not at once reproduce its own likeness, but only by means of a glandered ulcei of the nose, or of any other part in which it is inserted. If it is inserted in the skin, it is some time in breaking out into ulcers, and it does not always succeed, hxiifinally the secondary symp- toms appear just as if it were intro- duced into the Schneiderian membrane; hence, it is reasonable to conclude that the two are identical, and that the analogy with syphilis is complete. Farcy is distinguished from several FABCY. 1001 other diseases which resemble it by the following signs : — From Grease it may be known, when it attacks the legs, by the inflammation being less acute, though the swelling is often more sudden, but the redness and glossiness are not so great ; also by the following symptoms given in the table below : — In Grease, There is generally some crrack or evident appear- iiQce of grease, with icliorous discharge from the skiu, and great red- ness and glossiness of it. The swelling Is very great, but it is greatest towards the lower part, which is evidently the fons et origo mali. This attack is often called the " swelled leg," which is perfectly distinct from the ordinary filled leg. In Farcy, There are always some ulcers irregularly circu- lar, and with hard edges ; skin not very red, or shining, but swollen and free from discharge. Great general tender- ness, but no cracks -in the heels ; absorbents inflamed, and showing hard lines and knots in their course. The in- flammation extends up- wards, and the swelling is greatest above the hock. From Surfeit farcy is easily distin- guished, by the absence of all ulcera- tion in the former, and by the hair in it merely coming off, leaving a oare place beneath ; the httle lumps in sur- feit are not so large as in farcy, except in the very early stage ; and they come out over the body suddenly, while farcy appears a bud at a time. From Anasarca there can be no difficulty in distinguishing this disease, because in the dropsy of the cellular membrane there are no lumps, but an uniform swelling of the limb. There is a local oedema of the brisket, which is called Water-Farcy, most improperly, being merely a sign of general weak- ness, from the vessels giving way in the most depending part of the body. The Treatment of Farcy may be conducted upon more probable grounds of a cure than in the case of glanders —that is to say, if the horse is not so thoroughly infected as is sometimes the case. When glanders is detected early, it is usually a very virulent case, because trifling attacks of it are gene- rally overlooked, and are suffered to degenerate into farcy before anything is done ; and thus it is said that the farcy is often curable, while glanders is scarcely ever so. Now, when this is said to be the case by the very men who maintain their identity, there nmst be some extraordinary process of reasoning going on in their minds ; but the truth is, as I have remarked, that, whereas those cases of glanders which come under treatment are very severe ones, so they are difficult of cure ; and in the same way farcy is seldom sufl^ered to be developed from glanders when that was originally in a mahgnant form ; and hence, by being mild, it is curable. Such I believe to be the explanation of the fact, which is universally admitted, that farcy is much more amenable to treatment than glanders — understanding by the asser- tion, farcy and glanders as usually pre- sented to the veterinary practitioner ; the former being seldom mahgnant, and the latter generally so. The cure is effected by local as well as constitu- tional means. The Local Remedy is the destruction of the ulcer or bud, either by the actual cautery (thebudding-iron),which should be applied to every ulcer or bud so as completely to destroy it. The knife should first divide those buds which have not ulcerated, after which the iron will act more energetically upon them, and yet with less destruction of the surrounding skin ; or the sulphate of copper should be freely rubbed into the ulcers, and made to destroy their surface. Arsenic and strong nitric acid, likewise, have been used with success, but their power is too great to be trifled with by the inex- perienced sportsman. Whatever local remedy is used should be followed up wherever the bud makes its appearance, as there seems to be no tendency to heal without some destruction of parts giving a new and healthy stimulus to the fresh surface. The Constitutidnal Treatment is still more important than the local, and should consist of such substances as will cause an excessive secretion from some organ, carrying with it the poison of the disease ; and this substance should be as little lower- ing to the hoi-se as possible. Three such medicines are known, viz., mer- cury, arsenic, and iodine, ah of wliich are paraded by their several advocates as certain cures. The bichloride of mercury (corrosive sublimate) is the form generally given, in doses of from 5 to 15 grains, dissolved carefully, and then added to a pint of gruel, and given night and morning. If arsenic is given, it maybe administered accord- ing to the formula already given ; and and I believe it to be by far the best remedy in farcy, and the least injurious to the horse. After a time t»»e tonic 1002 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THETR TREATMENT. ball No. 4, page 929, may be substituted for it, and then the arsenic repeated again for three weeks or a month, so as to use the two alternately. But it is only as an experiment upon a horse which would otherwise be shot that I should ever advise the sportsman to use these powerful drugs without regular advice, as it will seldom happen that he will be able to calculate the proper dose, or to know when to push it, and when to hold his hand. Sometimes, however, such a case occurs as the one I have alluded to, and then he may feel justified in trying his luck ; and if so, I would suggest his giving the bin- iodide of mercury as follows : — Biniodide of mercury, 3 to 5 grains. Linseed meal and water, enough to make a ball. To be given three times a day. This I believe to be more hkely than any other remedy to effect a radical cure of the disease. The dose may be increased up to 8 or 10 grains, with care ; but the above will generally be found sufficient, and more safe than corrosive sublimate or arsenic. Sect. 4. — Glanders in Man. Glanders in Man is a horrible dis- ease, capable of being inoculated from the horse when there is an abrasion of the surface. Numerous cases of this kind have occurred, all of which have been fatal when allowed to reach the stage of absorption. If, however, the inoculated sore is destroyed by the hot iron, or by lunar caustic or fused potass, tiiere is very little risk of the disease spreading ; and therefore the groom who has the care of a glandered horse, and who finds a sore on his arm or hand, should always co.nsult a skilful surgeon at once, and follow his advice, if he prescribes any form of caustic, on the supposition that it is the disease we are now considering. When it has been absorbed there seems to be little chance of a cure, though there are one or two doubtful cases on record in which it ia said to have been effected. At all events it is worth the trial, and the biniodide of mercury holds out the best chance of a cure, in doses of one-third of a grain three times a day. Sect. 5. — Parasites in the Horse's Skin. Maggots are sometimes found in the horse's skin, especially about the thick skin of the back, where they form hard lumps, which are often mistaken for surfeit lumps ; but as they continue for many weeks, during which they slowly increase in size, they at last show their real nature, and when treated with a steady squeeze, come out of their snug nests. I do not know what insect they are developed into, but that they are larv£e is clear enough, and nothing but extraction will do any good. Lice in the Tail are also a constant source of annoyance to the horse, causing him to rub the hair off it in a most disagreeable way, and disfiguring his appearance sadly. Jt may gene- rally be known when these parasites are present by the tail being rubbed baie, while the quarters are untouched, or less rubbed than the tail ; while in the case of irritation of the anus by worms, the tail is not so much rubbed as the skin covering the haunch bones. Turpentine poured into the root of the hairs is the best remedy, and one which will seldom fail. White pre- cipitate may also be used if the tur- pentine fails to get rid of the lice, by rubbing it well into the roots of the hair; but the turpentine running readily into their crevices will generally answer better than any other remedy. Body Lice are also sometimes found upon neglected horses in great numbers ; for which the most effectual remedy is white precipitate, well rubbed into the whole surface, and a muzzle to prevent licking and biting. 1003 CHAPTER V. ' ACCIDENT S. Sectt. 1. — Strains and Breaks-Down. Strains may affect either the muscles, joints, or tendons ; and each of these three sets of organs are constantly suffering from them. Muscular strains consist of an absolute tearing of the fibrous tissue composing the muscles ; or else of such an approach to a dis- ruption as to have an equally prejudi- cial effect in producing lameness. In some cases the whole of a small bundle of fibres is torn across ; but this is not the usual degree in which strains occur, and the most common amount of mis- chief is only a slight separation of a few of the very small fibres of which the bundle is composed ; and this state is then generally spread over a con- siderable surface, producing much sore- ness from inflammation. Tendinous and Ligamentous Strains are very similar in their nature, and consist either in an absolute tearing apart of these fibres, or such an ap- proach to this as to cause great inflam- mation, and consequent incapacity for using them. Sometimes what is sup- posed to be a strain of the tendon is really an inflammation in its sheath, which causes great swelling and pain, and the limb is thereby rendered quite useless for the time being. Strain of the Shoulder is gene- rally a cloak for the ignorance of the groom or other attendant upon the horse ; it being really a very rare acci- dent, though often assigned as a cause for lameness which is really in the feet, legs, or knees. It is an inflam- mation of some of the muscles of the shoulder following violent strain, and generally confined to the serratus muscle which slings the body to the shoulder-blade, and which is some- times strained in coming down from a high leap, &c. The symptoms are a dragging of the toe in the walk, with a deficiency of action on the trot, and a drop of the head while the affected leg is being extended, and not while it is on the ground ; hence, when shoulder-lameness is mistaken for foot- lameness, the groom is apt to shift the blame on to the wrong foot. It may also be distinguished by laying hold of the affected leg, and drawing the whole together with the shoulder for- wards, when, if the latter is affected, the horse will give evidence of pain, which he will not do if the foot or leg is the seat of mischief. The Treatment for Shoulder-Lame- ness lies in rest, bleeding, purging, cooling-balls, with nitre, &c-, as at page 925; and if it continues, the iji- sertion of a rowel in the bosom. A cooHng diet of green meat will also be needful, and all the corn should be taken away. After all the heat has disappeared, the horse may be turned loose into a box, and in another fort- night he may be walked out with a leading-rein ; but it should be two or three months before he is again mounted. The enibrocation given at page 925, No. 2, M'ill in some cases afford relief after the first symptoms are gone off. Strain of the Stifle is confined to the joint, which becomes hot and tender, and often swells considerably. The remedies are the same as for the shoulder ; but a blister wiU often prove very efficacious, and may be used in preference to a rowel, and repeated again and again. Strain op the Round-Bone, or whirl- bone, as it is termed by horsemen, is really confined to the hip-joint, which is often strained, but more frequently said to be so than really affected. It is very difScult to pronounce with cer- tainty that this joint is strained, but sometimes the wasting of the muscles affords unmistakable evidence of the nature of the disease. Blisters and embrocations afford the greatest chance of rehef ; but when the M^asting is very marked, and there is no evidence of present mischief, nothing but compul- sory work will cure the disease. Light farm-work, such as harrowing, and the like, will often do more good than all the apphcations in the world ; simply because the muscles have lost tone, and require the stimulus of necessity to make them recover their power. Strain of the Back Sinew occurs in all the varied degrees from a slight strain to a breaking-down. When the sinews are merely slightly strained, 1004 DISEASES OF THE HOESE, AND THEIR TREATMENT, it is generally their sheath which is affected ; but if there is very great swelling, especially after racing, the chances are that there is actual break- iiig-down of the fibres of the tendon or suspensory ligament, and often to a considerable extent. It is very unusual, however, for there to be an actual and entire separation, and the most ordinary condition is for the horse to come in from his race very lame indeed, yet without his fetlock touching the ground, and with only a partial separation of the fibres, so that if it were not for the pain he would bear his weight on the leg. In the worst cases, however, the fetlock joint actually touches the ground behind, and the leg is for the time rendered quite incapable of bearing any weight at all. There is generally some warning of this state of the tendon, which enlarges about midway between the knee or hock and the fetlock, and forms there an oval swelling. When this is the case, the chances are ten to one that an actual break-down occurs, although tliere may be no absolute lameness ; but the inflammation is a sign that the tendon is in an unfit state for work, and that it will most likely give way in the next severe gallop. The Proper Treatment consists in cooling general remedies; such as purging, bleeding if necessary, and the nitre and tartar emetic ball at page 927, or some one of the febrifuges there given. To this is to be added light food, consisting of bran mashes or green meat, without corn, and with entire rest. Locally, cooling lotions are to be applied, and ice, if it can be pro- cured in sufficient quantity. A bran jioultice should be applied, with several lumps of ice in it; and as fast as they melt fresh lumps sliould be added. The l)Oultice is best put in an old worsted stocking, which will hold a large mass ot' bran round the leg. In this way active infiaimiuition may generally be speedily subdued, reducing it to the state in which strains of the back sinew usually appear ; but, of course, the more complete the rupture of the tendon the greater difficulty of efi'ecting a radical cure. But it should be known that these parts reunite, and that a broken- down horse will often recover the use of liis leg for ordinary purposes ; though lie will seldom stand the severe tnal which racing or training demands. After the ice poultice has been discon- tinued, or, in default of ice, the evapo- rating lotion No 6, page 927, may be constantly applied with a calico bandage : and at the end of three weeks or a month, when the leg is quite cool, it may be necessary to blister or fire the limb , or to apply a charge (see page 923). if the strain is very severe, nothmg IS so etfectual as firing, followed by a blister. Next to this comes an ordinary bnster with mercury (No. 3, pag--' 922 \ or tlie biniodide of mercury (page 922). The charge is a good remedy after this last, as it prevents the horse from using the tendon too soon, and affords a firm mechanical support, rhe good effect of the arnica is also very considerable. In old swell- ings of tlie back sinews, consisting of an enlargement of the sheath, rather than a real breai?:-down, the sweating embrocation. No, 3 or 4, page 922, will often effect an absorption of the swell- ing, and prevent further mischief ; but it should not be used when there is any heat of the part, the cooHng lotion being then the proper remedy. It should always be remembered that in strains, when there is increased heat of the leg, cooling medicines, low diet, and cooling lotions are the proper remedies ; and that firing, bhstering, and stimu- lating embrocations must be deferred until this treatment has had time to produce the desired effect. If the con- trary plan is pursued, matters are only rendered worse than before, and a slight strain is often thereby converted into a serious mischief. This golden rule should be rigorously acted on by stable- men in all cases. Sect. 2. — Broken Knees. Broken Knees, like strains, are of every degree, from the slightest touch to the horrible wounds of the joint which sometimes occur when a horse is dragged over a flinty road, or falls over a heap of stones. These accidents, however, rarely occur, if we are to be- lieve the assertions of horse salesmen who pledge their honour (!) to the fact, that each case has been occasioned by the manger, or by a stone-wall in hunting, if the horse has at all the appearance of that class of animals who are likely to be used as hunters. But, leaving the cause out of the ques- tion, it remains to consider what is best to be done when it unfortunate'jr CUTTING AND OVER-REACHING 1005 happens that a particular horse has really touched his knee by a contact with the ground. The Treatment will depend upon the extent of mischief, which may be to one or other of the three following- degrees : — First, if the hair and cuticle only are rubbed off, and the cutis, or real skin, is entire, the best plan is to give the horse a dose of physic, and bathe the knee night and morning with hot water, if there is any swelling, or to apply the tincture of arnica diluted with water, in the proportion of two drachms of the tincture to a pint of water ; then, when all the inflammation is gone off, which will usually be in a couple of days, apply Lieut. James's blister to the whole of the knee except the back, which is to be well guarded with lard, and this will bring off all the hair, which wall be renewed, together with that covering the part rubbed off, in about three weeks ; and will almost invariably prevent any blemish, which is very apt to show itself if the bhster is not applied ; for although the hair comes on again if left to itself, it is often of a different colour to that of the surrounding parts, and the critical eye distinguishes the i)lemish at once. Se- condly, if the true skin is cut through so as to show the cellular menabrane beneath it, but the joint itself is not exposed, a physic ball may be given as before, and hot fomentations applied if the bruise is very severe, or the arnica wash at once if there is only moderate swelling. As soon as the inflammation is abated, I should here also apply James's blister, because I have always found that the swelling caused by it contracts the wound, and that the con- sequent blemish is much less than would otherwise be the case. Indeed I have succeeded in this way in effecting almost complete cures of very large wounds of the skin, where a piece of it as large as a crown-piece has absolutely been cut away, besides more exten- sive abrasions of the cuticle around its edges. Such a broken knee would, in the ordinary way, have exhibited^ a per- manently bare spot of the size of a half-crown, but by the above treatment the bare space was not bigger than a pea, and sometimes scarcely so large. After the blister has risen it must be carefully dressed with sweet oil, or lard without salt, sometimes called " fresh liquor ; " and when the wound on the knee throws out healing granu- lations above the level of the skin, they must be kept down to the exact level by touching them freely with a piece of biuestone every day. The whole art consists in causing the wound to con- tract by the swelling and stimulus of the blister, and in keeping down the granulations, or " proud flesh," as they are called, by means of the caustic. The groom, however, should carefully avoid touching these, unless they are above the surrounding skin, for below its surface they are useful and neces- sary to the healing process. Third! v, when the joint itself is opened, the aid of a veterinary surgeon should be called in, who will decide upon the propriety or otherwise of destroying the animal. Sometimes there is only a small opening, which may at once be closed with the touch of a hot iron ; and at others there is a discharge of serum, which the uninitiated will mis- take for synovia (joint oil) ; but in any case, it is better to have the advice of a competent judge of the injury. Sect. 3.— Knocking Down of the Hip. The Point of the Hip is often knocked off by the horse being cast in the stall or in the field ; sometimes by falHng into a ditch in the dry summer weather, when the struggles of the animal will often break off the extreme point of the hip, especiall}^ if at all ragged, and then the muscles acting upon the broken portion to which they are attached drawn it down out of its place, and the hip is said to be "knocked down." After a time it does not much interfere with the ordinary action of the horse ; but I am not aware of any horse having been able to race after such an accident, though many otherwise likely colts have been thrown by, and used for the stud or other purposes, in consequence of its occurrence. Nothing can be done to relieve the horse, and time only will remove the lameness, which at first is often very considerable, from the bruises which the muscles have received, as w^ell as the disruption of their fibres which must necessarily have occurred. Sect. 4.— Cutting and Over-Reaching. By Cutting is usually understood the striking of one leg or fetlock by the other 1006 DISEASES OF THE HOBSE, AND THEIB TREATMENT. foot ; not including in this description the more severe and dangerous form of speedy-cutting, which will be de- scribed in a subsequent paragraph. Horses almost always cut from their legs being set too close together, or from their not bending them perfectly straight forwards in their action. Many horses, however, only strike their legs when fii st put to work, or when very poor, and leave the trick off as soon as they recover their flesh and strength. It is often at first a most difficult point to decide upon the exact cause of cutting ; \/hether it is from the horse hitting his leg with the shoe, or from raised clenches, or from the foot itself being the offending body ; but if the other foot is examined after trotting the horse in a rather dusty road, or if it is well covered with dry whitening, it may easily be seen where the horse hits himself, and how best to remedy it. Very often the cutting is in the hind- foot, in which the blow is given by the shoe or hoof striking the other fetlock- joint, in consequence of the legs not being set on quite straight, and the fetlock bending too. much ; the joint is thus brought too near the middle Hne between the two. In this case the heels are to be raised, that on the outside having a " caulk " or cog," whilst the inner one is raised to the same height, but without any projection, and pre- senting what is called a "feather-edge" in the language of the smith. This edge has no nails in it, so that not only is the heel raised without any cog, which throws the fetlock out of the line of the other foot, but there is no nail on the hoof to strike the opposite joint, and consequently it is doubly effi- cacious. The inside of the hoof should hang over the feather-edge very slightly, and be rasped very smoothly, so as to glide by the opposite joint without offering the shghtest projection. A Boot should be worn until the sore place occasioned by the cutting is quite well ; and this should always be done whether the cutting is in the fore or hmd-leg, because the swelling oc- casioned by the soreness projects into the line of action, and consequently tlie injury is constantly kept up without cliance of relief ; but if once the original mischief is got rid of by the use of the boot, there is a chance of the horse hcing able to do without it, and also ceasing to cut. When the fore-leg is the seat of cut- ting there is mucir more difficulty in obviating the mischief, because it gene- rally arises from a more awkward twist or distortion of the leg. Generally the cutting occurs in the horse which turns his toes out, and then there is often no remedy but a good boot, either of cloth, leather, or India-rubber. Sometimes, however, the cutting arises simply from the legs being set on too close together; and then it may generally be prevented by reducing the outer side of the crust, and also making the inside web of the shoe thicker than the outer ; keeping it hkewise free from nails, with a fea- ther-edge somewhat similar to that described for the hind-foot. The horn of the hoof must be kept carefully smooth ; and it also, as in the hind-foot, should project slightly over the shoe. In sonie cases a very plain and level shoe is the best remedy ; but these are few as compared with those which are remedied by the raising of the inside web. Speedy Cutting is the striking of the leg just below the knee, and chiefly in the gallop. It may almost always be detected by examining the part on the inside of the leg, close under the pro- jection of the knee ; when, if the horse " speedy cuts," some little scab or roughness will almost always remain, unless the horse has been put by for a long time, and kept to the walk and trot. No shoeing will remedy this defect, and the only relief is the boot made expressly for it, with a stiff pad extending up the leg to the knee. Without this the horse is always liable to fall, from the severe pain inflicted by a blow in the gallop, which will sometimes make him drop as if he were shot, to the great injury of the horse, and danger to the rider. Over-Reaches are produced by the long action of the horse, when he is in- clined to tread upon the heel of his fore foot with the toe of his hind-foot. Such horses are generally deficient in the action of their fore-legs as compared vvith their hind-legs ; and they do not raise the former exactly at the moment they ought, but delay until they are overtaken by the hind-foot, The Cuke of the tendency to over-reach is partly to be effected by time and increasing age, as well as good riding, which sets the horse upon his liaunches, and makes him pick up his legs more quickly, so ae QUIT TOR, PRICKING, THORNS, &c. 1007 to get away from his hind-feet. The horse which is incHned to over-reach may be known by his putting his hind- loot down eight or ten inches beyond the footmark of the fore-foot in the walk ; and even in the trot sometimes nearly as far. He will in the latter pace generally " click," especially when tired ; which noise is occasioned by the toe of the hind-shoe striking the toe of the fore-shoe, and never the heel as is sometimes supposed. When an actual over-reach occurs it is done in the gallop or leap, from the hind-toe dropping upon the heel of the fore-foot while it is sticking in deep ground, or in a hole or other inequality ; and very rarely in the gallop on perfectly level ground, unless the horse is in great difficulties, and thrown out of his stride. The Tkeatment of the actual mis- chief arising from over-reach should be by the application of the tincture of arnica, of the full strength, which dries up the discharge, and prevents that peculiar inflammation of the top of the hoof which always has a ten- dency to run on into quittor. The horn^ when the adjacent parts are in- flamed, seems to poison them, and to produce an unhealthy discharge, which is very difficult to stop ; and therefore it is a great object to dry up the wound, and get it to heal with a dry scab over it, which tincture of arnica effects ; or bluestone, or gunpowder, which last is the old sportsman's remedy. If the over-reach is a very bad one, and the parts are much torn and bruised, the tincture of arnica, diluted as recom- menoed at page 927, may be used as a lotion on a bandage ; but in most cases, by gently brushing a little of the tinc- ture into the wound, previously having removed all dirt, and then tying it up with a strip of cahco round the hoof, so as to keep the parts together, and also to guard it from the dirt, the bruise heals without suppuration, and in a week or ten days the horse is again ready for work ; but until that time he should be confined to a loose box^ Sect. 5. — Qthttor, Pricking, Thorns, &c. Quittor consists of a sinus running downwards beneath the horn of the hoof, and occasioned by a blow or other injury of the coronet ; or by Bome cause which has produced an abscess under the horn. It is, in fact, a sinus under the hoof ; but those only are generally called quittor which depend upon bruises or wounds of the coronet ; whilst those sinuses arising from pricks or inflamed corns are called "sinuses of the foot." In the former case a stimu- lating application, thrust in with a probe covered with hnt, will generafly cause adhesion of the sides of the sinus, and efl:ect a cure. A strong solution _ of nitrate of silver, or chloride of zinc, is the best remedy (see page 923). If the sinuses arise from below, and break out at the coronet, an opening must be made in the sole of the foot wherever the prick or corn produced the mischief, so that the matter will always gravitate towards the bottom, and thus the sinus will heal at the top; The nitrate of silver will here also be a good dressing ; or friar's balsam may sometimes be used with advantage. Pricks in Shoeing are constantly oc- curring, especially in country districts, where the smith often drives three or four nails in succession before he gets one to come out at the right place ; and the horse's flincjiing clearly shows the sensible part into which the nails have made their way under his wild blows. It often happens that the injury is not at once detected', but a day or two after slioeing the horse is evidently uneasy in his foot, and more or less lame. On removing the shoe it is found that there is great tenderness at some particular part of the foot, and sometimes a slight bulging; but this is seldom evident so soon. It is the better plan to place the foot in a cold bran poultice, without a shoe on, and wait for a day or two, when if the foot continues very hot, the smith must pare down the horn over the suspected place, and let out the matter if there is any ; or, if necessary, bleed at the toe, which is Hkely to relieve the inflamma- tion, and prevent suppuration, if it has not already occurred. If matter has formed, and is let out a lictle, friar's balsam is pushed into the abscess on a piece of lint, and the shoe tacked on; but the lint must be so left as to be capable of being puDed out on the next day, so as to leave a clear opening for the matter to escape. In a few days the shoe must be taken off again, and any ragged pieces of horn removed, as well as the opening enlarged, if neces- sary.' The sinus may now be treated 1008 DISEASES OF THE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. as described under Quittor. Sometimes a prick occurs from a nail picked up on the road, and then the accident must be treated exactly as if it occurred in shoeing. Thorns received into the skin m hunting are often very troublesome, and should be searched for most care- fully when they are suspected to be present. The best way is to wet the leg thoroughly with hot water, and then to smooth the hair down slowly with the fingers, when the slightest inequahty will be discovered, which in the dry state would be readily passed over. When the thorn is found, it may be extracted with a pair of tweezers ; or sometimes it may be necessary to slit the skin up for a short distance, in order to reach the butt-end of the thorn, which should be removed entire if possible. Sect. 6. — Fistulous Withers. Fistula of the Withers arises either from a bruise of the saddle causing in- flammation and abscess, or from injury received in rolling, either in the field or in the stable. The abscess has a tendency to burrow downwards, and the Cure can only be effected by making a depend- ing opening, which will require the aid of the veterinarian, and I shall there- fore not dilate upon their treatment. Sect. 7.— Warbles, Sit-Fasts, Saddle, AND Collar-Galls. These are all occasioned by the pres- sure of the saddle or harness, and are generally easily managed if only the pressure can be kept off for a time. The lotion No. 6, given at page 927, is very serviceable in all these affections, and will generally effect a cure. Sit- Fast is merely a name for an obstinate and callous galled-sore, which has re- peatedly been rubbed by the saddle, and has become leathery and disinchned to heal. If time can be allowed, there is nothing like a small quantity of blis- tering ointment rubbed on ; or the application of a small piece of fused potass ; or even the nitrate of silver in substance, or bluestone ; all of which, will produce a new action in the part, and if followed by rest from the saddle will generally effect a cure. Sect. 8. — Fractures and Dislocations. These accidents in the horse can seldom be treated successfully, and never by any one but the competent veterinary authority. I shall therefore not take up space by attempting to mislead the sportsman into a belief that he can treat any such case in the horse himself. CHAPTER VI. MINOR OPERATIONS ON THE HORSE. Sect. 1. — Bleeding in the Neck, Leg, and Toe. Bleeding in the Neck Vein is per- formed either with a full-sized lancet or with the fleam ; the latter only being used by groom.s, or those who will be likely to read these observa- tions, while the lancet is confined to the skilled practitioner of veterinary surgery. Besides the fleam, a blood- stick also is required, consisting of a piece of hard wood, generally loaded at one end with lead, so as to strike a very smart blow upon the fleam, and thus perforate the wall of the vein with certainty. The unloaded stijc^k is the proper instrument, and it should only be struck with such force as to drive the fleam through the outer wall of the vein, and not to pass through both. The horse is blindfolded, or so managed by the aid of an assistant as not to see the blow ; the hair is then smoothed down with a damp sponge, and then with the three unemployed Hngers of the left hand (the fleam being held with the thinnb and fore- finger) the vein is pressed upon below the place where it is intended to be opened, and raised prominently ; after which the blow is given, and the blood flows, the previous pressure of the fin- gers being supplied by the edge of the BLEEDING IN THE NECK, LEG, AND TOE. 1009 bucket which collects the blood. When enough blood has been taken, the lips of the opening are brought carefully toge- ther, and a common pin passed through, after which the sharp point is cutoff, and Bome tow is wound round the ends so as to keep all together ; in two or three days the pin may be removed. The horse's head will require to be tied up for a few hours, to prevent his rubbing the place. The blood should always be preserved, that the quantity drawn may be accu- rately known, and its quality examined on the next day ; when, if there is a yellow-cupped surface, called a " cupped and huffy condition" of the blood, there is evidence of inflammation, and the bleedings will generally require to be repeated. Bleeding from the Inside of the Aem or Thigh is sometimes practised, but here the lancet is the only safe instrument, and with it the vein is to be opened as directed for the dog. Bleeding from the Toe is often re- quired in diseases of the foot, and it is managed by the smith who removes the shoe, and then with a fine draw- ing-knife cuts down upon the vein which runs along the line of junction between the sole and crust. The bleeding may be made very profuse in this way, and it is stopped by pressure with tow, which is first inserted in the opening, and then kept in its place by tacking the shoe on again. The Quantity of Blood Drawn will depend upon the nature of the disease, and the strength and size of the horse ; but it averages about a gallon in most cases. Too large and too frequent bleeding should be carefully avoided in all cases. Sect. 2. — Eowels. Rowels are inserted in the skin of the horse, in order to allay inflam- mation by exciting counter-irritation. Their insertion is effected by a " rowel- ling-needle " Hke a skewer, but shai-p at the point ; to this a piece of tape is attached, and pushed through the skin, which is previously raised by the hand ; of an assistant, and in this way a long track of inflamed cellular membrane may be caused so as to procure a very copious discharge, which may be in- creased, if necessary, by smearing on J the tape the mild blistering ointment \ given at page 922. I Sect. 3. — Raking. When a horse is so confined in his bowels from the lodgment of hard- ened fseces in his rectum, as to be unable to pass them, the hand is well oiled, and introduced into the bowels, and in this way, lump by lump, it is extracted ; and then a few quarts of warm water, or gruel, being thrown up, the whole bowel easily relieves itself. Sect. 4. — Shoeing. The Anatomy of the Foot should be carefully studied by every one who attempts to superintend a smith in his work; and, in fact, even the smith himself should know something of the formation of this important organ. The foot is composed of three parts — first, of the bones, cartilages, tendons, &c., by which the general shape is main- tained, and the limb moved ; secondly, of a delicate membrane, by which the last bone is covered, and which serves to secrete the horn of the hoof ; and thirdly, of the hoof itself, a dead mass, or shell of horny matter, which, in a state of nature, is intended to protect the foot from the friction of the ground, but, in our treatment of the horse, serves chiefly to receive the shoe which we nail to it, in order to guard against the excessive hardness of our roads, and very often the sharp flints with which they are mended. The Bones, &c., consist of the coflRn- bone, at the extreme end, which is nearly of the shape of the foot, but smaller. This is attached to the lower or smaller pastem-bone, which also is partly covered by the upper part of the horn. It is very light and spongy, and is perforated by numerous small holes for the blood-vessels, which supply the lamince, or plates, with which it is covered. It is moved by a tendon in- serted before, and another beyond, by which the foot itself is raised and lowered again upon the ground. Around the ex- terior of this bone is a series of folds of membrane, of a half-horny character, but fuU of blood-vessels, and consti- tuting not only a glandular apparatus for the secretion of the horn, but also an elastic bond of connexion with the horn itself. It is supposed that, in the usual way, these plates, by their attachment to the horn of the hoof, support the weight by a kind of sus- pension, and that the sole takes little 3 T 1010 DISEASES OF THE MOESE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. or none of it ; and it is only in work that the sole descends upon the ground, and then receives some considerable pressure from it. Beneath the coffin-bone is the sen- sible Sole, formed in its upper part by an elastic substance, and below of a vascular one, which somewhat resem- bles the skin. It is placed between the coffin-bone and the insensible sole, ai6 a means of diminishing the shock, and also acting as a species of gland in secreting the horny sole. Behind and between the i^ro divi- sions of the sole is the sensible Frog, which is a soft mass, of a spongy nature, partly also ligamentous in its character. In shape it corresponds with the frog, as seen from below, and it is attached to the coffin-bone and carti- lages of the heels D}'-^:mieroa.-a vessels, and nerves, and cellular merril:;'ames. The Navicular Bone is placed be- hind and between the lower pastern •'^ "d coffin-bones, forming a joint with both, and materially strengthening their uni'^n. It also receives some of the weight which is thrown on the lower pastern, and acts as a lever for the flexor tendon. The Cartilages of the Foot project beyond and behind the coffin-bone, and add to its surface for the attach- ment of the laminated plates, and also of the horny matter. The Hoof itself is, as it were, a case or cast of the parts within it, and it consists of the wall or crust of the sole and of the frog. The Crust, or Wall, is that part which is uncovered by hair, and which is seen when the foot is on the ground. It is deepest in front, and should in a sound foot form an angle there with the ground of about forty-five degrees. If flatter than this, it constitutes the "oyster shell" foot; and if more up- right, the foot has always a tendency to contract. This crust is in front about half an inch in thickness, gra- dually becoming thinner towards the heel, especially the inner one, and thicker towards the ground. The inner heel is also a little higher than the outer, and wears away more rapidly, from the friction of ihe road being greater there than on the outer side. Where the crust joins the skin at the coronet, it becomes rapidly thin ; and this is called the Coronary Eikg, which covers nn expansion of tlie slrni, called the Coronary Ligament. This is really no hgament, but is the glandular organ which secretes the crust, or the greater part of it, the inner layer being formed by the laminae on the coffin-bone. A knowledge of this office leads to th€> apphcation of remedies to the coronary ligament when there is a deficiency oi horn, and not to the horn itself, which is dead matter, and incapable of do- ing an}i:hing to alter its own qualities. The inside of the crust is marked hy deep grooves, being horny plates oi projections, which fit into the cor responding laminse on the coffin-bone already described. The Sole is a concave surface of horn attached to the sensible sole above, and containing between its two por- tions the frog, to which it is connected by the bars at the hinder part. The bars are continuations of the crust, which bend inwards and forwards, and then lose themselves upon the frog itself. In the angle between these two portions is the place usually occu- pied by corns. The Frog is an elastic and insen- sible substance of a wedge-hke form, with the point forwards, which is in- tended to give the horse secure foot- hold, and also to diminish the concus- sion with the ground. In the middle is a cleft, in which offensive matter ii apt to accumulate and cause thrush. The Practice of Shoeing, for itti due performance, depends upon several conditions, one of which is that the smith shall have some knowledge of the common laws of mechanics, and shall be able to adapt to his particular purpose the various expedients intO' which his materials are capable oJ being combined. This constitutes^ the chief difficulty of shoeing ; for on a healthy foot almost any rude artizai can manage to nail a shoe. The first thing to be done is to re move the old shoe, and carefully examine whether any alteration from the usual mode will be of service. The nails should first all be punched out., after raising their clenches, and then the shoe will always readily leave the foot, without the exertion of any improper violence. The next thing is to pare down the horn, if it is redundant, and to clear it out from the corn places, ar well as to smooth oif any ragged por- tions of the frog. When the foot is pared o'jt (in doing which the smith NURFING. lOlI should carefully leave the bars), the shoe is next fitted on ; here the smith may take advantage of its heat to ascertain its bearing, but not to let it fonn its own seat by the burning do^Ti the hoof, as careless smiths too often do. The slightest touch is enough for the smith to see what horn is required to come off, which he easily does with his knife ; and in this way the shoe is soon fitted. I have already dilated upon the absurd system of shoeing the foot Avith a shoe wider at the heels than the foot, and I can only return to the subject here by way of a reminder, the reader being referred to the article " Contraction," under Diseases of the Foot, for further information. When the shoe is nicely fitted, it is next nailed on ; and for this purpose three nails are generally used on the inside, and four on the outside. The nails are turned down, and then they are twisted off with the pinchers, and hammered dowii in their places, letting them into little notches which are formed for them with the rasp. The Vakieties of the Shoe are — the ordinary'' shoe ; the concave or hunting-shoe ; the bar-shoe ; the tip or short shoe ; and the plate or racing- shoe, which is made of varying de- grees of lightness, according as it is wanted for flat-racing or steeple- chasing. The three first also are made of varying strength and size ; but all tliis nmst be seen to be understood ; and the limits of this book will not admit of any minute description of the various forms of shoes, nor of that skilful adaptation by which the smith manages to avoid pressure upon diseased parts, by throwing the weight upon sound and healthy structures. Some horses cannot go at all in con- cave shoes, because their soles are so tender that the flat internal surface of the web pressing upon them causes great pain ; and others, again, require some modification of the ordinary shoe, because their crust is too weak to carry aU the weight. To these must be added the Charlier-shoe, to which I have drawn attention at page 915. Leather Soles are often applied between the shoe and the foot, and are of great use in fe.et which are much battered, and especially when the sole is thin but healthy ; but in pumiced- ieet with convex soles they often do rery grent harm, and are not then to be tried with any prospect of suc- cess. The Bar-Shoe is a complete ring of iron, which either receives the pressure of the frog, or takes all off it, acting then as a shield to that important part of the foot. Plates are nothing more than very light rings of iron, with merely a groove in them for the lodgment of the heads of the nails. They are of little use, except to prevent the crust from breaking away. Tips are short shoes put on the fore- feet of horses at grass, so as to pre- vent injury fi-om the blows of the ground, and yet to allow the frog and heels to be in contact with it. Frost Shoes, for enabling horses to get a foot-hold of ice, are either temporary or permanent. The former necessitate the removal of the shoes it the roughing is to last more than a very short time. For a mile or two, at a moderate pace, a few frost-nails inserted in the places of the ordinary ones will, suffice, but for a greater distance the shoes must be turned up at the heels, which is the ordinary method adopted in this country. To avoid the loss of time attending on this plan, a screw cog or calkin is the best expedient, which may be called the permanent method, and then it is only necessary to have the shoes prepared with screw holes in the heels, when the cogs can be screwed on by the coach- man or groom whenever the roads become slippery. This is doubtless a capital arrangement, but the smiths do not hke it, and consequently there is always more or less difficulty in getting it carried out. When the master has himself a mechanical turn, there is no difficulty in getting the proper tools and in seeing to their proper use, but otherwise it is hopeless to make the attempt, in opposition to the trade, who would lose considerable sums by its general adoption. Sect. 5. — Castration. This is the operation of removing the testicles of the horse, and is now performed with great dexterity by our best veterinary surgeons, and with very little risk to the colt. It should, however, never be attempted by any one but the above gentlemen. It i? generally perl'ormed upon the colt ai 3 T 2 1012 DISEASES OF TEE HORSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT. or soon after weaning-time ; but in many cases, when the head and neck are not sufficiently developed, it should be deferred to the spring of the second year. Sect. 6. — Ruptures. Ruptures at the Navel are cured by passing a strong pin through the skin, and then winding some cord round it 80 as to produce inflammation and obliteration of the passage. But this should always be left to the regular practitioner. Sect. 7. — Nerving. Nerving is an operation done upon the nerves of the feet, by which they are divided, and thus those organs ar© rendered for the time insensible to pain. It is easily done by any one who knows the relative situation of the veins, arteries, and nerves •, but no one who is not accustomed to the knife should attempt the operation. Sect. 8. — Administration of Chloroform. Chloroform may be given to the horse on the same principle as to the dog ; and by means of [a nose-bag it may easily be introduced into his system, by which he is rendered wholly insensible to pain. The same kind of apparatus as for the dog, but on an enlarged scale, will soon have the desired effect ; but the veterinary surgeon should always have the con- trol of so active an agent. INDEX. INDEX A. Abbreviations, racing, 519 Abergavenny race-course, 514 Abramisbrama (the bream), 318 Abstract of English Game Act, 16 ; of law permit- ting the killing of hares, 18 ; of Night Poaching Acts, 19 ; of Game Licence Act, 19 ; of Poaching Prevention Act, 20 ; of the Poisoned Grain Pro- hibition Act, ib. ; of the Poisoned Flesh Act, ib. ; of the Gun Licence Act, ib. ; of the Ground Game Act, 21 ; of the "Wild Birds Protection Act, 21a ; of the Act regulating trespass in pursuit of game (Scotland), 22 ; of the Act regulating the killing of hares (Scotland}, ib. ; of the Irish Game Act, 24 ; of the Act regulating trespass in pursuit of game (Ireland), 24 ; of the Salmon Fisheries Act, 373 Accessories required for coursing trips, 270 ; angling, 324 Accidents to dogs, 960 ; cuts, tears, and bites, ih. ; fractures of the ribs, 961 ; fractures of the limbs, ib. : di?^: cations, 962 To rreyhounds, 271, 279 To horses, 486 ; strains and breaks-down, 1003 ; tendonous and ligamentous strains, ib. ; strain of the shoulder, ib. ; shoulder lame- ness, ib. ; strain of the stifle, ib. ; strain of the round-bone, ib. ; strain of the back sinew, ib. ; broken knees, 1004 ; knocking down of the hip, 1005 ; cutting and over- reaching, ib. ; speedy cutting, 1006 ; quittor, 1007; pricking, ib. ; thorns, &c., ib. ; fistu- lous withers, 1008 ; warbles, ib. ; sit fasts, ib. ; saddle galls, ib. ; collar galls, ib. To man in training, 649 ; blisters, ib. ; strained or ruptured muscles, ib. ; sprain of tendon or joint, 650 ; corns and bunions, ib, ; soft corns, ib. ; boils, 651 ; hernia or rupture, 652 : haemorrhoids or piles, ib. ; acute rheu- matism, 653 ; varicose veins, 654 ; chapped hands, ib. Aceipiter nisus (the sparrowhawk), 14 Accoutrements of the riding horse, 809 Acts as to hare killing, 18 ; game licences, 19 ; gun licences, 20 ; poisoned flesh, ib. ; poisoned grain, ib. ; prevention of poaching, ib. ; ground game, 21 ; wild birds, 21a ; muirburn, 23 ; fisheries, 373 Acts affecting keepers, 3 ; poachers, 6 ; game, 16 Actioning the gun, 28 Acute rheumatism in training for athletics, 653 Advertising cautions, 22 Age, told by horns, 134 ; of red deer, 135 ; told by slot, ib. ; of horses, 494 ; of racehorses, ib. ; of steeple chasers, 537 ; to breed from, 603 ; told by teeth, 841 Agreements for taking manors, 2 ; in pedestrian matches, 618 Airedale terriers, 883 Alarm, the racehorse, pedigree of, 393 Alec Halliday, the greyhound, pedigree of, 291 Alexander Mare, the racehorse, pedigi'ee of, 417 Alexandra Park race-course, 514 Alexina, the racehorse, pedigree of, 416 Alice Hawthorn, the racehorse, pedigree of, 419 Allowance to schooners and yawls in yacht racing, 674 Altcar coursing ground, 218 Alteratives, 918 Amateur Athletic Association Rules, 620 Amateur records— Walking, 621 ; distance walk- ing, 623 ; running, 628 ; distance running, 630 ; jumping, 636 ; hammer throwing, 637 ; putting the weight, ib. ; hurdle racing, 638 ; foot steeple- chasing, ib. ; swimming, 780 ; bicycling, 798 ; tricycling, 808 Amateurs, definition of, 620 Amaurosis in the dog, 942 ; in horses, 970 Ambush in duck shooting, the, 124 America, the, 659 American horses, 434, 895 American yachts, 658 Ammunition for guns, 44 Anaemia in dogs, 956 Anasarca or general dropsy in dogs, 952 Anas boschas (the mallard or wild duck), 118 Anatomy, 839; man's position in the scale of creation, ib. ; the nervous system, ib. ; the skeleton, 840 ; the skull, 841 ; the teeth and their formulae, ib. ; marks of age as shown by teeth, ib. ; the spinal column, 842 ; the thorax, or chest, 843 ; the pelvis, ib. ; the hind legs, ib. ; the femur, 844 ; the tibia, ib. ; the tarsus and meta- tarsus, ib.\ the shoulder-blade, 845 ; the humerus, ib. ; the ulna and radius, ib. ; the carpus and metacarpus, 846; the hand of man, ib. ; the muscular system, ib. ; the organs of circulation, 847 ; the heart and blood-vessels, ib. ; the pulse, 848 ; the organs of respiration, 849 ; chemical action of respiration, 850 ; organs of nutrition and depuration, 852; the blood, ib. ; fibrin, ib.; albumen, ib. ; corpuscles, ib. ; saline matter, ib. ; digestion, 853 ; the stomach, ih. ; the bile and pancreatic fluid, 854 : the kidneys and skin, ib. ; the bladder, ib. ; food, ib. ; the organs of repro- duction, 855 ; the organs of sense, ib. ; the skin and general cellular membrane, 856 ; tKe hair, ib. ; the nails and hoofs, ib. Anchoring of yaclits during a race, 673 Andover, the racehorse, pedigree of, 400 Angling, 313 ; varieties of lake and river fish, i&, ; salmon, ib. : parrs, 314 ; the grilse, ib. ; salmon trout, 315 ; sea trout, or white trout, ib. ; bull trout, or grey trout, ib. ; the sewin, 315 ; the trout, 316 ; lake trout, ib. ; the char, ib. ; the grayling, ib. ; the gwiniad, ib. ; the pike, or jack, 317 ; the carp, ib. ; the barbel, ib. ; the tench 1016 INDEX. ih. ; the bream, 318 ; the chub, ib. ; the roach, ib. ; the blaise, ib. ; the rndd, or red eye, ib. ; the dace, or dare, ib. ; the graining, 319 • the azurine, ib. ; the bleak, ib. • the minnow, ib. ; the gudgeon, ib. ; the loacli, ib. ; the perch, ib. ; the ruffe, or pope, ib. • the stickleback, 320 ■ the bidlhead, or miller's thumb, ib. ; the flounder, ih. ; the eel, ib. ; the lamprey and the lamperns, ib. ; apparatus used in fishing, 321 ; the line, reel, and hook, ib. ; hair lines, ib. ; silk and hair mixed lines, 322 ; plaited silk lines, ib. ; cotton lines, lb. ; the reel, ib. ; the foot-length, ib. • hooks, ib. ; bends of hooks, 323 ; lip hooks, ib. ; the joints, 324 ; knots, ib. ; accessories, ib. '; floats, ib. ; shot, ib. ; swivels, ib. ; gimp, ib. '; the rod, ib. ; natural and ground baits, 325 ; worms, ib. ; shrimps, 326 ; cockchafers, ib. ■ dung beetles, ib. ; grasshoppers, ib. ; butterflies and moths, ib. ; the ephemera, ib. ; bees, ib. • flies, ib. ; larvas or grubs, ib. ; gentles, ib. '• maggots, ib. ; caddies, ib. ; caterpillars, 327 ; bread paste, 327 ; slirimp paste, i6. ; ground bait lb. ; dead fish as bait, ib. ■ minnows, 328 • pre- serving dead minnows, 329 ; live baits, ib. -'froos and newts, ib. ; artificial baits and flies', ib • artificial minnows, ib. ; the spoun-bait, 330 ' artificial flies, ib. ■ fly-making materials, ib ' mordants for dyeing artificial flies, 331; dye stuff's, lb. ; genera] principles of fly-making, 332 : varieties of flies, 334 ; salmon flies, 336 ; floats, 340 ; landing net, ib. ; gaff and landing hook, tb. ; basket, or creel, ib. ; fish-bait-kettles, ib. : draghook, 341 ; clearing ring, ib. ; baiting needle, ib. ■ leads, ib. ; plummets, ib. ■ bait box lb. ; disgorger, ib. ■ bottom-fishing and trollin"-, lb. ; the fish angled for, ib. ; fisliing for minnows and similar small fish, 342 ; bleak-fishing, ih. ■ dace and roach-fishing, ib. ; graining, rudd, and azurme-fishing, 343 ; chub-fishing, ib. ■ gudgeon- fishing, 344 ; barbel-fishing, ib. ; tench and carp- flshmg, 345 ; crucian and bream-fishing, ih. ■ perch- fishing, 346 ; ruffe, or pope-fishing, 346 • pike- fishmg, 347 ; eel-fishing, 352 ; bottom-fishing for common trout, lake trout, and sea trout, 353 • salmon-fishing with the worm or bait, 358 • gray- ing bottom-fishing, 359 ; natural and artificial fly-fishing, 360 ; tlie fish which will take the fly lb. - varieties of fly-fishing, 361; apparatus re- quired m dipping and whipping, ib. ; the fly rod 361 ; the reel, 362; the hair line, ih. ; the castin<^ line ^&. ; bleak-fishing and general directions for throwing the fly, 363 ; whipping for bleak, 364 ; dipping for bleak, ib. ■ roach and dace, ib. ■ mode of taking chub with the artificial and natural fly, ib. ; dipping for chub, ib. ; grayling- fishrng, 365 ; trout-fishing, ib. ; throwing the fly, 366 ; striking and hooking, ib. ; playino- the trout, 367 ; salmon-fishing, ib. ; the sahnon rod lb. ; the reel line, ib. ; casting, 368 ; playing' 869 ; the gaff, 370 ; salmon rivers, 371 • trout and grayling rivers, 372 ; bottom-fishing rivers lb. ; angling guides, ib. ; expenses of fishing, 373 - laws relating to inland fisheries, ib. ; the sale of salmon, 374 ; Scotch salmon laws, 375 • Irish salmon laws, ib. ; legal handbooks, ib. Anguilla acutirostris (the sharp-nosed eel), 320 Annoyance, the greyhound, pedigree of, 286 Anodynes, 918 Anser brachyrhynehus (the pink-footed goose), 125 • brenda (the brent-goose), ib.; erythropus (the white-fronted goose), ib. ; ferus (the grey-la^- goose), lb. ; leucopsis (the bernicle goose), ib ■ segetum (the bean goose), ib. ; Canadensis (the Canadian goose), 126 ; ruficollis (the red-breasted goose), lb Anson-Deely gun, the, 30 Anthelmintics, 929 Antispasmodi(!s, 919 Anvil, the racehorse, pedigree of 390 Aperients, 920 Aphrodite, the racchorso, r^edigrec of, 420 Apology, the racehorse, ))edigree of, 427 Apparatus for hawking, 303 ; angling, 321 Aquatics-boat-racing, 687 ; varieties of boats used ib.; the outrigged sculling boat, the outrigger rowlock, ib. ; the sculls. 689 ; the pair-oared out- rigger, ib. ; the four-oaied outrigger, 690 • the eiglit-oared outrigger, 691 ; the gig, ib. ; ' the sliding seat, ib. ; diagram of sliding seat, 693 ; rowing and sculling, 694 ; the chief faults in rowinL--, 696 ; sculling, ib. ; the manoeuvres, 697 ; holding water, ib. ; backing, ib. ; paddling, ib.; preparatory action, ib. ; dropping af the oar, 698 ; the pull, ib. ; the recovery, ib. ; easing and starting, ib. ; the best length for the stroke, ib. ; best style of stroke, 699 ; straps, 700 ; keeping stroke, 701 ; keeping time, ib. ; steering, ''ib. ; the coxswain's duty, ib. ; boatracing, 702 ; train- ing a boat's crew, ib. ; selection of the men, ib. • appointment of the day's work, 703 ; running exercise, 704 ; separate practice, ib. • practising together, 706 ; treatment on the day of the race, 708 ; regattas, ib. ; the management of regattas, ib. ; general rules of boat-racing, 709 ; the race, 710 ; length of racing courses, ib. ; purchase of boats, 711 ; scale of prices, ib. ; canoe-racing and canoe cruising, 712 ; general remarks, ib. ; dimensions of canoes, 713 ; hints on paddling and sailing, ib. ; gybing, ib. ; yachts and yacht- sailing, 655 ; general remarks, ib. ; the form of the yacht's hull, ib. : diagram of displacement, 656 ; section of the Sappho, 658 ; section of the America, ib. ; sails and rigging, ib. : section of Titania, 659 ; section of Cambria, ib. ■ sec- tion modern English cutter, ib. : the America, 660 ; the general management of a yacht, ib. ; the size of the yacht, 661 ; purchasing a yacht, ib. ; the cruising yacht, ib. ; the cost, 662 ; master, ib. ; mate, ib. ; steward, ib. ; cook, ib. ; men, ib. : sailing a yacht, 663 ; getting under way, ib. ; English racing yacht on a wind, 665; diagram of course to windward, ib. ; beating to windward, 666; cutter before the wind, ib. ; bearing away, ib. ; setting the spinnaker, ib. ; gybing, 667 ; reefing, ib. ; man- agement of a small sailing boat, 668 ; to get under way, 669 ; regattas, ib. ; management of races, ib. ; postponement of races, 670 ; measure- ment for tonnage, ib. ; time allowances, ib. ; entries, ib. ; form of entry, ib. ; ownership, ib. '• sliding keels, 671 ; member on board, ib. ; dis- tinguished flags, ib. ; instructions, ib. ; sails, ib. ; crews and friends, ib. ; fittings and ballast, ib. ; boats and life-buoys, ib ; starting, ib ■ meeting end-on, 672; two yachts crossing, ib '■ overtaking rounding marks, ib. ; obstructions to sea room, ib. ; luffing and bearing away, ib • close hauled approaching shore, ib. ; running aground, ib. ; fouling yachts. 673 ; means of propulsion, ib. ; anchoring, ib. ; sounding, ib. ; side lights, ib ; man overboard, ib. ; protests, ib. ; removal of flag boat. ib. ; penalty for dis- obeying rules, ib. ; cruising trim, ib. ; appendi.x, 674 ; allowance to schooners and yawls, ib. ■ flying starts, ib. ; no limit to race, ib. ; classifi- cation, ib. ; courses, ib.; rounding marks, ib. • room at starting, ib. ; nomenclature of the paii,s of a schooner, ib. ; hull. ib. ; spars, ib. ; stand- ing rigginL-, ib.; running rigging, ib. ; sails, ib • Jib, 675 ; fore staysail, ib. ; foresail, ib. ; maiu- sail, ib. ; fore balloon gaff topsail, ib. : main balloon gaff' topsail, ib. ; dictionary of nautical terms, ib. ; compass, 686 Aquatic tricks, 780 Aquila chrysaetus (the golden eagle), 13 Arabian horse, the, 893 Arabians, list of, 382 Archery, 763 ; implements of the craft, ib. ; the bow, lb. ; bowstrings, ib. ; loop, ib. ■ the arrow, 764 ; the quiver, ib. ; the grease-box, ib. ; the tassel, ib. ; the belt and pouch, 765 ; the bracer, ib. ; the shooting-glove, ib. ; scoring cards, 766 ' the target, ib. ; the use of the bow, ib. ; un- stringing the bow, 767 ; general management of the bow, ib. ; selecting the bow, ib. ; selecting arrows, ib. ; shooting, il>. ; the attitude, ib.'] drawing the bow, ib. ; target-shooting, 768 ; rules for an archery club, 760 ; field regulations, '>b. ; dress, ib. ; expenses, ib. ; prices of materials INDEX. 1017 Archiduc, the racehorse, pedigree of, 42S& Ardea cinerea (the heron), 15 Areca nut for worms, 954 Arethusa, the racehorse, pedigree of, 408 Arrow, the, the racehorse, pedigree of, 420 Arrows, 761 „ Artificial baits and flies, 329 ; the minnow, i&. ; the spoon-bait. 330 ; flies, ib.- materials for, tb.; dyes for, 331 : wax for flies, 332 ; varnish for flies, zb.; general principles, ib. ; the body, 333 ; the legs or feelers, ib. ; the head, ib. ; tlie tail, ^b. ; the winces, ib. ; hackles and palmers, ib. ; simple AviBged flies, 334 ; the black gnat, ib. ; the hare- lag, ib. • the yellow sally, ib. ; the oak-fly, tb. ; thecaperer, ib. ; the winged-palmer, ib. ; winged and tinted flies, 335 ; the green drake or may- fly, ib. ; the stone-fly, ib. ; the March-brown, %b. ; the red spinner, ib. ; the winged larva, ib. ; extra trout-flies, ib. ; the wren's tail, ib. ; grouse- hackle, ib. ; dark claret, ib. ; spider-fly, ; little iron-blue, ib. ; blue-blow, ib. ; hare's ear and yellow, ib. ; ant-flies, ib. ; night-flies, tb. ; salmon-flies, ib. Ascot race-course, 514 Ashdown coursing ground, 219 Association football, 725 ; the laws, ib. ; defini- tions, 726 Assumed names, 539 Astringents, 921 Athletics, 615; pedestrianism, and the general training of man, ib. ; walking, running, and leaping, ib. ; race walking, ib. ; running, 616 ; hurdle-racins, ib. ; leaping, ib. ; hop, step, and a jump, 617 ; pole-leaping, ib. ; thi'owing the hammer, ib. ; putting the weight, ib. ; articles of agreement, 618 ; rules for competitions, ib. ; officials at meetings, ib. ; entries, ib. ; protests, ih. ; stations, ib. ; measurement of tracks, 619 ; attendants, ib. ; unfair running, ib. ; starting, ib. ; strings, ib. ; cautions in walking, ib. ; hur- dle-racing, ib. ; jumping rules, ib. ; throwing the hammer, ib. ■ putting the weight, ib. ; steeple- chases, ib. ; throwing the cricket-ball, 620 ; defi- nition of an amateur, ib. ; Sheffield handicap rules, ib. ; timing men, ib. ; best pedestrian and athletic performances on rcord, 621 ; training for pedestrian and other purposes, 638 ; prepara- tory treatment, ib. ; actual training, general management, and diet, 644 ; treatment of accidents occurring during training, 649 Atonic diseases of dogs, 950 ; chorea, or St. Vitus's dance, and its treatment, ib. ; epilepsy and its treatment, 951 ; fits, ib. ; anasarca or general dropsy, and its treatment, 952 ; bronchocele and its treatment, ib. ; worms, ib. ; varieties of worms, 953 ; remedies for worms, ib. Australian horses, 895 Ayr race-course, 514 Azurine, the, 319 B. Bab at the Bowster, the greyhound, pedigree of, 288 Badminton, 746 ; ground, ih. ; posts, ib. ; net, ib. ; shuttlecocks, ib. ; mode of playing, ib. ; rules, ib. Bag foxes, 196 Bait, 325 ; kettles, 340 ; fishing for, 242; roach, 343 ; gudgeon, 344 ; for carp and tench, 345 ; perch, 346 ; salmon, 358 ; grayling, 360 Bait-box, the, 341 Baiting neerlle, the, 341 Baits for fisliing, 325 ; the earth-worm, ib. ; dew- worm, ib. ; marsh-worm, ib. ; blue-head, ib. ; tagtail, ib. ; brandling, ib. ; red-worm, ib. ; scouring worms, ih. ; preserving worms, ib. ; shrimps, 326 ; cockchafers, ib.; dung-beetles, ib. ; grasshoppers, ib. ; butterflies and moths, ib. ; ephemera, or natural may-fly, ib. ; caddis-flies, ib. ; humble-bees, ib. ; blue-bottle flies, ib. ; gnats, ib. ; ant-flies, ib. ; Harry-long-legs, ib. ; house-fly, ib. ; lai-v£8 and grubs, ib. ; flesh mag- gots or gentles, ib. ; caddies, ib. ; caterpillars, 327 ; bread paste, ib. ; shrimp paste, ib. ; ground-bait, ib. ; dead fish as baits, ib. ; min- nows on gorge-hooks, 328 ; live baits, 329 ; frogs and newts, ib. ; minnow- catching, ib. ; minnow- preserving, ib. ; artificial baits, ib. ; spoon- baits, 330 ; flies, ib. Bales, the, 903 Ballangeich, the greyhound, pedigree of, 297 Balling iron, the, 930 Balls, administering, 930 Bandaging for horses, 911 Barb, the, 894 Barbs, list of, 383 Barbel, the, 317 ; fishing for, 344 ; the ledger line, ib.; float angling, ib.; ground baiting, ib.; season for barbel-fishing, ib. ; mode of fisliing for, 345 Barbus vulgaris (the barbel), 317 Barley for horses, 909 Barn owl, the, 15 Barnes rowing course, length of, 710 Barouche, the, 829 Barrel cockers, 36 Barrels of guns, 26 Base-ball, 737 Basset, the French, 867 Bath race-course, 515 Bathing, 781 ; the best bathing places, ib. ; the best time of day, ib. ; length of time during wliich the body will bear immersion, ib, ; cramp, rescue from drowning, &c., ib. Batting, 719 Battue, the. 111 Bay Javelin, the racehorse, pedigree of, 412 Beacon, the greyhound, pedigree of, 284 Beagle, the, 152 ; points of, 866 Beagles, hunting with, 204 Bean goose, the, 125 Beans for horses, 907 Bearing-reins, 833 Beckford on fox-hunting, 172 Bedding for horses, 910 Bedfellow, the greyhound, pedigree of, 239 Bedford rowing course, length of, 710 Bedlington terriers, 884 Beeswing, the racehorse, pedigree of, 413 Belgian gun-barrels, 27 Belgian horses, 895 Bend Or, attempted hocussing of, 379 Bernicle goose, the, 125 Bess Lyon, the racehorse, pedigree of, 423 Bests on record, athletic, 621 ; swimming, 780 ; skating, 788 ; bicycling, 798 ; tricychng, 808 Betting, evil tendencies of, 379 ; rules as to, 510 Beverley race-course, 515 Bicycles, varieties of, 794 Bicycling, 791 ; retrospective, ib. ; modern im- provements, 792 ; the status of bicycling, 793 ; varieties of bicycles, 794; safety bicycles, 795 ; road riding and touring, 796 ; racing, 797 ; best on record, 796 ; amateur, ib.; professional, ib. Bile, the, 854 Bird-calls, 106 Bird of f reedom, the racehorse, pedigree of, 428c Birds, game, 5 ; of prey, 13 ; the golden eagle, ib.; osprey, ib.; kite, ib.; buzzard, ib.; peregrine, 14 ; hobby, ib.; merlin, ib.; hen-harrier, ; spar- row-hawk, ih. ; kestrel or windhover, ib. ; barn, owl, 15; raven, ib.; crow, ib.; jackdaw, ib.; magpie, ib. ; jay, ib. ; heron, ib. ; grouse, 80 ; black cock and grey hen, 81 ; red grouse, ib ; ptarmigan, 82 ; partridge, 96; red-leg- ged partridge, 97 ; quail, 101 ; landrail, ib. ; great plover, 102; golden plover, ib.; dot- terel, ib.; grey plover, ib. ; peewit, or lapwing, 103; bustards, ib. ; great, or solitary snipe, 104 ; common snipe, snipe, or heatherbleater, ib. ; jack snipe, judcock or gid, ib. ; bittern, 105 ; heron, /b.; ruff' and reeve, ib.; godwit, ib.; wocd- cock, 113 ; mallard, or wild duck, 118 ; widgeon; ih. ; pintailed d\ick, 119 ; pochard, or dunbird, ib. ; teal, ib. ; btild coot, ib. ; greater coot, ib., moorhen, or gallinule, 120 ; water rail, ib. ; grebes, ib. ; green sandpiper, tb. ; wood sand- piper, ib. ; summer snipe, or common sand- 1018 INDEX. piper, tb. ; swans, 125 ; geese, ih. ; ducks, 126 ; other water birds, ib. Birds, protection of, 2la Birds, trapping of, 14 ; wild, protection of, 21a ; found on rivers and ponds, 118 Bit, the mouthing, 470 Bit of Fashion, the greyhound, pedigree of, 294 Bittern, the, 105 Black and tan terrier, 880 Blackcock, the, 81 Blackdown, the racehorse, pedigree of, 414 Black dye for flies, 331 Black Fly, the greyhound, pedigree of, 286 Blacklocks, the, 605 Blain in the dog, 943 Blaise, the, 818 Bleak, the, 319; fishing for, 342: whipping for, 363 Bleeding horses, 1008 Blenheim spaniel, the, 887 Blick, the, 319 Blink Bonny, the racehorse, pedigree of, 426 Blisters, on hands and feet, 649; for horses and dogs, 922 Blood, necessity of hounds having, 196 ; the blood, 852 Bloodhound, the, 150 ; colour, 864 ; coat, 865 ; forehead, ih. ; ears, ih. ; face, ib. ; neck, ih. ; throat, ib.; shoulders and forelegs, ih. back and loins, ib.; stern, ib.; toe-nails, ih.; height, ih.; points, ih.; breeders, ih. Blood spavin in horses, 993 Blotch in dogs, 949 Blue dye for flies, 332 Blue fawn terrier, the, 884 Blue Gown, the racehorse, pedigree of, 399 Blue head worm, the, 325 Boarhound, the German, 877 Boat-racing, 687 ; varieties of boats used, ih. ; the outrigged sculling boat, ib. ; the outrigger row- lock, ih. ; the sculls, 689 ; the pair-oared out- rigger, ih. ; the four-oared outrigger, 690 ; the eight-oared outrigger, 691 ; the gig, ib. ; the sliding seat, ib. ; diagram of sliding seat, 693 ; rowing and sculling, 694 ; the chief faults in rowing, 696 ; sculling, ib. ; the manoeuvres, 697 ; holding water, ih. ; backing, ih. ; paddling, ih. ; preparatory action, ib. ; dropping of the oar, 698 ; the pull, ib. ; the recovery, ib. ; easing and starting, ib. ; the best length for the stroke, ib. ; best style of stroke, 699 ; straps, 700 ; keeping stroke, 701 ; keeping time, ib.; steering, ih. ;the coxswain's duty, ih. ; boat racing, 702 ; training a boat's crew, ih. ; selection of the men, ih. ; appointment of the day's work, 703 ; running exercise, 704 ; separate practice, ih. ; practising together, 706 ; treatment on the day of the race, 708 ; regattas, ib. ; the management of regattas, ib. ; general rules of boat-racing, 709 ; the race, 710 ; length of racing courses, ih. ; purchase of boats, 711 ; scale of prices, ib. Boats, shooting, 133 ; rowing, 689 ; prices of, 711 Bob Booty, the racehorse, pedigree of, 391 Bobbing for eels, 352 Boils, treatment of, 651 Bone diseases in horses, 986 Bones in a horse's foot, 1009 Books on angling localities, 372 Boots, shooting, 83 ; waterproofing, 106 Hore and weight of guns, 42 Boring gun-barrels, 27, 30 Boschas circia (the garganey), 126 lioston rowing course, length of, 710 liotaurus stellar is (the bittern), 105 Bottom-fishing, varieties of fish, 313 ; apparatus used, 321; lines, ib.; reels, 322; hooks, ib.; rods, ib. ; baits, 325 ; ground-bait, 327 ; dead- bait, ib ; live-bait, 329 ; spoon-bait, 330 ; floats, 340 ; landing-net, ib. ; galT and landing-hook, ib. ; 1)asket, or creel, ib.; bait-kettles, ib ; drag-hook, ib.; clearing-ring, ib.; baiting-needle, i?;,; leads, ib.; plummets, ih. ; bait-box, ib.; disgorger, ib.; fishing for minnows, 342 ; sticklei)acks, ib- ; bullbcads, ib. ; loaches, ib.; bicak-fishing. ih. ; daco and roach-fl8hiiig,i&.; tacklo, ib.; baits for roach and dace, 343 ; localities for, ib. ; mode of fishing, ih. ; chub-fishing, ib. ; sinking and drawing, ib. ; gudgeon fishing, 344; tackle, ift.; bait, ib. ; hook, ib. ; barbel-fishing, ib. ; ledger line, ib.; float angling for, ih.; ground baiting for, ib.; season for, ib.; method of fishing for, 345; tench and carp-fishing, ih.; tackle, ib.; baits, ib.; season for, ib.; method of fishing for, ib. ; crucian-fishing, 346 ; bream-fishing, ih. ; perch-fishing, ib.; season for, ib.; spinning, ib.; the gorge hook, 347 ; pike-fishing, ib.; the rod, ih.; the reel, ib.; the line, -ib.; the lead, ib.; the swivels, ih.; the traces, ib.; baits, 348 ; snap- fishing, 349; season for pike-fishing, ib-; live- bait fishing, 350: trolling, ib.; spinning, ih-; eel-fishing, 352 ; bobbing, ih. ; sniggling, ih. ; trout-fishing, 353; the rod, ib.; the baits, ib-; spinning, 354 ; trolling for the great lake trout, 357 ; salmon-fishing, 358 ; baits, ih.; grayling- fishing, 359 ; season for, 360 Boudrow, the racehorse, pedigree of, 390 Bow, the, 763 ; bowstring loop, ib. ; the arrow, 764; the quiver, ib-; grease-box, ib.; tassel, ib.; the belt and pouch, 76.5; the i)racer, ib.; the shooting-glove, ih.; scoring cards, 766; the target, ib.; the use of the bow, ih.; to unstring the bow, 767 ; the general management of Ihe bow, ih-; selecting the bow, ib-; selecting the arrows, ib.; the attitude, ib-; drawing the bow, ib.; target-shooting, 768; rules for an archery club, 769; dress, /h-; expenses, ib- Bowling at cricket, 721 Bowls, 733 ; general remarks, ib-; definitions, ih.; jack, ib.; pegs, ib-; .standard, ib.; measure, ih.; rub or set, ib.; footer, ib.; cast or point, ib.; dead bowl, ib.; mark, and set a mark, ih.; turn- ing the jack, ib.; void end, ib.; call the game, 734; umpire, i6.; the laws, ib.; tlie game, ife.; partners and the lead, ib.; setting the mark, ib.; bowls and jacks, ib.; the footer, ib.; placing the footer, ib.; playing out of turn, ii.; playing before a previous bowler has stopped, ib.; playing an opponent's bowl, ib. ; displacement of jack, 735 ; the score, ib.; measurement, ib.; displacement of bowls or jack in measuring, ib.; accidents to jack, ih.; right of mark, ?&. ; acci- dents to running bowls, ib.; striking the jack, ib.; striking a bowl, ib.; displacement of a bowl, ib.; casualty in the delivery of a bowl, 736 ; block- ing at hand, ih-; instructing a partner, ib.; turning the jack, ib.; plaj'ing in the dark, ib.', refusing to play a game out, ib. ; stopping another party's bowl, ib. ; a player following UD his bowl, ib. Bows, 763 Boys, grooms, and jockeys, 487 Brail, the, 304 Bran for horses, 90S Brandling worm, the, 325 Brass cartridge-cases, 44 Bread paste as bait, 327 Breaking dogs to the gun, 68, 87, 92 ; pointer.*?, 70, 87 ; setters, ih.; retrievers, 91, 121 ; for part- ridge-shooting, 98 ; for snixie-shooting, 105 ; spaniels, 109 ; water spaniels, 121 ; foxhounds, 180, 181 ; greyhounds, 2,'^)4 Horses, 468 : stabling, ih.; shoeing, 469 ; lead- ing tackle, ib. ; the mouthing bit, 470 ; saddling, 471 ; tying up in the stab'e, 473 ; hunters, 569 ; to harness, 835 ; double har- ness, ib. ; single harness, 836 Bream, the, 318 ; fishing for, 346 Breastplate, the, 559 Breech-loaders, 25 ; component parts, ib.; single and double barrels, ih.; English and foreign barrels, 26 ; boring, choking, alking, 623 Distemper in the dog, 934 Diuretics, 925 Divers, shooting, 132 Diving and swimming, 773 Dog breaking, 68, 92 Dog-breeding, 897 Dog-cart, the, 826 Dog-shows, 891 Dog, management of, 897 ; general remarks, ib. ■ the breeding bitch, ib. ; dressing, 898; kennels' lb. ; pet dogs, ib. ; food for pet dogs, ib. ■ the puppy, ib. ^ a , . Dogs, and game, 3 ; as trespassers, 216 ; breaking divided into three epochs, 70; breaking of pointers and setters, ib. ; preparatory breaking, lb. ; intermediate education, 71 ; time to begin breaking, i2; teaching the range, 73; pointing, sitting or standing, 74 ; backing, 76 ; mechanical remedies for faults, 78 ; retrieving, 78 ; breaking to the gun, 87; kennels, 154; food for, 159^ kennel management, ib. ; varieties of the, 857 '• management of, 897 ; diseases of the, 916, 933 ' administering medicines to. 929 Dogs, setter, 8, 859 ; pointers and setters, 86 ; retriever, the, 91, 872 ; deerhound, 139, 872 • hounds, 150 ; harriers and beagles, 152 ; hounds' selecting, 176 ; hounds, names of, 179 ; hare- ^^L' otter-hounds, 206, 867 ; greyhound, the, 212, 220, 864; pointer, 858; spaniels, 861 bloodhound, the, 864 ; foxhound, the, 865 • sta^- hounds zfe. ; beagle, the, 866 ; harrier, the, ib.- basset, tlie, 867 ; the dachshund, 868 ; fox terriers fe69 ; truffle dogs, 870 ; mastiff", the, 873 ; New- Sf'eif -J^- Bernard, the, 875 ; bulldog, the, 877 ; _ Great Dane, the, ib. ; bull terrier, the 878; terriers 879 ; sheep dogs, 885; Dalmatian °°^;Kmg. Charles spaniel, ib. ; Pomeranian, io. bpitz, lb. ; toy, ib. ; Blenheim spaniel, 887 • Italian greyhound, 888; pug, 889 ; Maltese, the,' Dogs iised for open shooting, 69; grouse shooting, 84 ; partridge shooting, 98; hare shooting, 103 - snipe shooting, 105 ; pheasant shooting! 108 ' ^ock shooting, 114 ; river shooting, 121 Donald the greyhound, pedigree of, 293 Doncastcr race-course, 515 Doncaster, the racehorse, pedigree of, 427 Dongola lior.se, the, 894 Dotterel, the, 102 Hover racc coursp, 515 I >raghook, the, :>] 1 Drawing the covert, 188 Drenches, administering, 931 hunting ^seT^ shooting, 83 ; deerstalking, 141 ; Dressing the colt, 475 ; the racehorse 488 Driving, 826 ; single horse, 836 ; pair, 837 Driving deer, 136, 146 ' ^ > Dropsy in dogs, 952 Drowning, rescue from, 781 Drugs for the dog and horse, 918; alteratives, ^b.; anodynes, ib. ■ antispasmodics, 919 • aperi- ents, 920 ; astringents, 921 ; blisters, 922 ; caus- tics t&.j charges, 923; cordials, 924; demul- cents lb. ; diaplioretics, ib. ; digestives, ib. - cliuretics, 925 ; embrocations, ib. ; emulsions' lb ; emetics, 926 ; expectorants, ib. ■ febrifuges! lb. ; clysters, 927; lotions, ib.; ointments, 92S stimulants, ib. ; stomachics, ib. ■ styptics ib '• tonics, lb. ; worm medicines, 929 ' ' Dublin rowing course, length of 711 Duck, 118 ; the mallard, or wild duck, ib ■ wid- geon, lb. ; the pintailed duck, 119 ; the pochard. ?9« ' : sheldrake 126 ; the black scoter, ib. ; the velvet scoter, ib - the shoveller, ib. ; the eider duck, ib. ; lon<^-' tailed duck, ib. ; gadwall, ib. ; golden eye ilT - harlequin, ib. ; scaup duck, ib. ; tufted pochard! lb. ; garganey, ib. ; the divers, ib. ; the grebes ib. ; guillemots, ib. ; puffins, cormorants, solan geese, gannets, gulls, herons, spoonbills, Lod- wits redshanks, greenshanks, ruff's, purres or dunlins, knots, stilts, avocets, turnstones, pha- laropes, curlews, whimbrels, lapwings, grev plovers, dotterels, sanderUngs, ii!). Duck guns, 121 Duck-shooting dress, 122 Dulwich Fox Terrier Coursing Club, the, 299. Dunbird, the, 119 Dung beetles as baits, 326 Durham race-course, 515 Durham rowing course, length of, 711 Dutch horses, 895 Duties of keeper, 3 Dyeing fly materials, 330 Dyes for artificial flies, 331 ; mordants, ih. - black lb. ; purple, ib. ; crimson, ib. ; claret, ib. ■ red* lb. ; scarlet, ib. ; orange, 332; yellow, tft. ;'gold, lb ; buff", ib. ; blue, ib. ; green, ib. ; lavender, %b. ; slate, ib. ; brown, ib. ; olive, ib. B. Eagle, the, 13 Early maturity in horses, 435 Earth-stopper, the, 158 Earth-worm, the, 325 East Indian horses, 895 E.G. powder, the, 44 ; trials with, 62 Eclipse, the racehorse, history of, 385 : of, 339 Edinburgh race-course, 515 Eel, the, 320 ; fishing for, 352 Eggs of game, protection of, 4 Egham race-coiirs'^, 515 Egyptian goose, the, 126 Eight-oared outrigger, the, 691 Ejector guns, 39 Elfrida, the racehorse, pedigree of, 390 Bller, the racehorse, pedigree of, 421 Ellerdale, the racehorse, pedigree of, 421 Ely, the racehorse, pedigree of, 398 Ely rowing course, length of, 711 Embrocations, 925 Emetics, 926 Empress, the racehorse, pedigree of, 424 Emulsions, 925 Entering yaclits, 670 Enteritis in dogs, 947 ; in horses, 976 Entries for steeplechases, 538 Entry for races, 496 Epik'.psy in dogs, 951 Epsom race-courses, 516 Equation, the raccliorse, pedigree of, 425 Erinaceus EurojKcna (tlie liedg(>hog). 12 Eaox Indus (tlio pike or jackX 317 INDEX. 1023 Establishment of a racing stud, the, 444 Evelina, the racehorse, pedigree of, 409 Everlasting, thi racehortie, pedigree of, 403 Exercise boys, the, 4S7 Exeter race-course, 516 Expectorants, 926 Expenses of moors, 90 ; of partridge shooting, 101 ; of snipe shooting, 107 ; of covert shooting, 117 ; of staghoimds, 163; of foxhunting, 171; of har- riers, 204; of otter-hounds, 209; of greyhounds, 272 ; of hawkins", 312 ; of angling, 373 ; of breed- ing, 491 ; of training, 492 ; of yachting, 660 ; of cricket, 723 ; of archery, 769 ; carriages and har- ness, 839 Express rifles, 137 Eye diseases in horses, 969 Eyesses, management of, 307 ; training, 308 F. Faith, the racehorse, pedigree of, 400 Falco peregriniis (the peregrine), 14 Falcon, the, 301 Falconry, 300 ; the quarry flown-at, ib. ; the heron, ib. ; owners of hawks, ib. ; hawking clubs, ib. ; hawks used in falconry, 301 ; distinctions, ib. ; the gyr-falcon, ib. ; the peregrine, ib. ; the hobbyli if'. ; the merlin, 302 ; the kestrel, ib. ; the goshawk, ib. ; the sjiarrowhawk, 303 ; kites, buzzards, and harriers, ib. ; hawking apparatus sjad technical terms, ib. ■ the hood, ib. ; the rufter-hood, 304 ; the brail, ib. ; the jesses, ib. ; the leash, ib. ; the creance, ib. ; the lure, ib. ; the live lure, ib. ; hawking gloves, ib. ; tho mew, ib. : the cadge, 305 ; technical terms, ib. ; parts of the hawk, ib. ; names according to age, ib. ; names for various processes, ib. ; terms used in moiUting, ib. ; terms used in training and flying, 306 ; modes of obtaining hawks, ib. ; eyesses, ib. ; passage hawks, ib. ; trapping hawks, ib. ; management of hawks, 307 ; bath- ing, ib. ; weathering ib. ; rearing, ib. ; mewing, ib. ; imping, ib. ; conditioning, 308 ; medicines, if). ; vermin, ib. ; training eyesses, ib. ; entering eyesses, 309 ; training passage falcons, ib. ; entering a passage hawk, ib. ; training short- winged hawks, 310 ; preparation for flying, ib. ; flying long-winged hawks, ib. ; kite-hawking, ib. ; hawking rooks, 311 ; wildfowl, ib. ; game hawking, if>. ; lark-hawking, ib. ; flying short- winged hawks, ib. ; grouse-hawking, ib. ; par- tridge hawking, 312 ; hawking landrails, pheas- ants, ra'«bits, &c., ib. ; books on hawking, ib. ; expenses of hawking, ib. Fallow deer, the, 148 Farcy in horses, 1000 Farm, the stud-, 461 Farriery, 1009 Favonius, the racehorse, pedigree of, 427 Febrifuges. 926 Feeder, the, 158 Feeding horses, 460 ; colts, 480 Fees to jockeys, 490 Felis domestica (the cat), 9 Fence months for salmon, 315 Fenner, tlie, 844 Fevers, 916 ; in dogs, 933 ; simple ephemeral fever, ib. ; the cause, ib. ; treatment, ib. ; influenza, ib. : typhus fever, or distemper, 934 ; the essence of the disease, ib. ; the symptoms, ib. ; the usual cause of distemper, ib. ; head complication, ib.; bronchial complico-tion, ib. ; the bowels, ib. ; the skin, 936 ; treatment, ib. ; diet, ib. ; v/arra clothing, ib. ; worms, ib. ; rheumatic fever, 938 ; kennel lameness, ib. ; paralysis, ib. ; sum- mary of rheumatic affections, ib. ; treatment, ib. ; diet, ib. ; small-pox, 939 ; sympathetic fever, ib. ; treatment, ib. : in horses, 965 Fever of the feet in horses, 979 "Field" trial, the, of 18C0, 50; of 1875, 51; of 1878, 54 ; of 1879, 55 Fielding at cricket, 721 Figaro, the greyhound, pedigree of, 283 Figure skating, 786 Fish, varieties of, 313 ; salmon, ib. ; salmon trout, sea trout, or white trout, 315 ; the bull trout, grey trout, or scwin, ib. ; common trout, 316 , great lake trout, ib. ; char, ib. ; grayling, ib. ; gwiniad, ib. ; powan, ib. ; vendace, 317 ; pollan, ib. ; pike, or jack, ib. ; carp, ib. ; barbel, ib. ; tench, 317 ; bream, 318 ; chub, ib. ; roach, ib. ; blaise, ib. ; rudd, or red-eye, ib. ; dace, or dare, ib. ; graining, 319; azurine, ib. ; bleak, or blick, ib. ; minnow, ib. ; gudgeon, ib. ; loach, or ground- ling, ib. ; perch, ib. ; ruffe or pope, ib. ; stickle- back, 320 ; bullhead, or miller's thumb, ib. ; flounder, ib. ; sharp-nosed eel, ib. ; broad-ncsed eel, ib. ; snig, ib. ; lamprey, ib. ; lamperns, ib. Fish hooks, 323 Fisheries, laws regarding, 373 Fishing, 313 ; varieties of lake and river fish, ib. ; salmon, ib. ; parrs, 314 ; the grilse, ib. ; salmon trout, 316 ; sea trout, or white trout, ib. ; bull trout, or grey trout, ib. ; the sewin, 315 ; the trout, 315 ; lake trout, ib. ; the char, ib. ; ths grayling, ib. ; the gwiniad, ib.; the pike, or jack, 317 ; the carp, ib. ; the barbel, ib. ; the tt'nch, ib. ; the bream, 318 ; the chub, ib. ; the roach, ib. ; the blaise, ib. ; the rudd or red eye, ib. ; the dace, or dare, ib. ; the graining, 319 ; the azurine, ib. ; the bleak, ib. the minnow, ib. ; the gudgeon, ib. ; the loach, ib. ; the perch, ib. ; the ruffe, or pope, ib.; the stickleback, 320 ; the bullhead, or miller's thumb, ib. ; the floiinder, ib.; the eel, ib.; the lamprey and the lamperns, ib. ; apparatus used in fishing, 321 ; the line, reel, and hook, ib. ; hair lines, ib. ; silk and hair mixed lines, 322 ; plaited silk lines, ib. ; cotton lines, ib. ; the reel, ib. ; the foot-length, ib. ; hooks, ib. ; bends of hooks, 323; lip hooks, ib. ; the joints, 324 ; knots, ib. ; accessories, ib. ; floats, i&. ; shot, ib. ; swivels, ib. ; gimp, ib. ; the rod, ib. ; natural and ground baits, 325 ; worms, ib. ; shrimps, 326 ; cockchafers, ib. ; dung beetles, ib. ; grasshoppers, ib. ; butterflies and moths, ib. ; the ephemera, ib. ; bees, ib. ; flies, ib. ; larva; or grubs, ib. ; gentles, ib. ; maggots, ib. ; caddies, ib ; caterpillars, 327 ; bi'ead paste, ib. ; shrimp paste, ib.; ground bait, ib. ; dead fish as bait, ib. ; minnows, 328 ; pre- serving dead minnows, 329 ; live baits, ib. ; frogs and newts, ib. ; artificial baits and flies, ib. ; artificidl minnows, ib. ; the spoon-bait, 330 ; artificial flies, ib. ; fly-jnaking materials, ib. ; mordants for dyeing artificial flies, 331 ; dye stuffs, ib.; general principles of fly-making, 332 ; varieties of flies, 334 ; salmon flies, 336 ; floats, 340 ; landing net, ib. ; gaff and landing hook, ib. ; basket, or creel, ib. ; fish-bait-kettles, ib. ; draghook, 341 ; clearing ring, ib. ; baiting needle, ib. ; leads, ib. ; plummets, ib. ; bait box, ib. ; disgorger, ib. ; bottom-fishing and trolling, ib. ; ths fish angled for, ib. ; fishing for minnows and similar small fish, 342 ; bleak-fishing, ib. ; dace and roach-fishing, ib ; graining, rudd, and azurine-fi shine, 343 ; chub-fishing, ib. ; gudgeon- fishing, 344 ; barbel-fishing, ib ; tench and carp- fislung,345 ; crucian and bi'eam-fishing,ib. ; perch- fishing, 346 ; ruffe, or pope-fishing, 346 ; pike- fishing, 347 ; eel-fishing, 352 ; bottom-fishing for common trout, lake trout, and sea trout, 353 ; salmon-fishing with the worm or bait, 358 ; gray- ling bottom-fishing, 359 ; natural and artificial fly-fishing, 360 ; the fish which will take the fly, ib. ; varieties of fly-fishing, 361 ; apparatus re- quired in dipping and whipping, ib ; the fly rod, 361 ; the reel, 362 ; the hair line, ib. ; the casting line. ib. ; bleak-fishing and general direction's for throwing the fly, 363 ; whipping for bleak, 364 : u'pping for bleak, ib. ; roach and dace, ib. ; mode of taking chub with the artificial and natural fly, ib. ; dipping for chub, ib. ; grayling- fishing, 365 ; trout-fishing, ib. ; throwing the fly, 306 ; striking and hooking, ib. ; playing the trout, 367 ; salmon-fishing, ib. ; the salmon rod, ib.; the reel line, ib. ; casting, 368; playing. 369 ; the gaff', 370 ; salmon rivers, 371 ; trout and grayling rivers, 372 ; bottom-fishing rivers, ib. ; angling guides, ib. ; expenses of fishing, 373 . 1024 INDEX. laws relating to inland fisheries, ih. • the sale of salmon, 374 ; Scotch salmon laws, 375 ; Irisli salmon laws, ih. ■ legal handbooks, ib. Fistulous withers, 1008 Fits in dogs, 951 Fives, the game of, 738 Flagman, the, 513 Flags, distinguishing, 671 Flannel, importance of, 83 Fleas in greyhounds, 259 Flies, artificial, 330 ; for trout, 334 ; for salmon, 336 ^ , , Flight, the racehorse, pedigree of, 418 Flight of the deer, direction of, 135 Flight shooting, 124 Floating and swimming, 779 Floats for fishing, 340 Flounder, the, 320 Fly-fishing, materials for fly-making, 330; flies, 334 ; black gnat, ih. • hare lug, ih. ; yellow sally, ih. ; oak-fly, ih. ; caperer, ih ; winged-palmer, ib. ; green-drake or may-fly, 335 ; stone-fly, ib. ; March-brown, ib. ; red spinner, ib. ; winged larva, ib. ; wren's tail, 336 ; grouse-hackla ib. • spider-fly, ib. ; little iron-blue, ih. ; blue-blow, ib. ; hare's ear and yellow, ib. ; ant-flies, ib. ; mealy-white night-fly, ib. ■ mealy-brown night- fly, ih. ; salmon-flies, ih. ; grilse-fly, ih. ; varie- ties of fly-fishing, 361 ; dipping and whipping, ib. ; the rod, ib. ; the'reel, 362 ; the hair-line, ib. ; casting-line, ib. ; throwing the fly, 363 ; bleak,' ib. ; roach and dace, 364 ; chub, ih. ; grayling, 365 ; trout, ib. ; salmon, 367 ; gaffing, 370 ; salmon rivers, 371 ; trout and grayling rivers,' 372 ; guides, ib. Foals, management of, 467 Folkard's punt, 131 Folly, the racehorse, pedigree of, 397 Fomentations, administering, 932 268 P^i^^sants, 5 ; for greyhounds, 250, 264, Football, 725 ; general remarks, ib. ; methods of playing football, ih. ; the Football Association, tb. ; laws of the Association, ib. ■ limits of the ground, ih.; the winners of the toss, ib. ; ends, ib. ; a goal, ib. ; definition of terms, 726 ; a place kick, ib. ; a free kick, ih. ; hacking, ih. ; tripping, ib. ; knocking, {6. ; holding, ih ; handling, 727 ; touch, ib. ; carrying, ih. ■ the Rugby Union, 727 ; laws of, ib. ; a drop kick, ib.; a place kick, ih. ; a punt, ib.; each goal, ib. ; a goal, ih. ; a try, ib. ; a touch down, ih. ; a tackle, ib. ; a scrummage, ; a maul in goal, 728 ; touch in goal, ih. ; throwing back, 729 ; knocking on, ih. ; a fair catch, ih. ; touch, ib. ; kick off", ib. ; kick out, ib. ; charging, ih. • no hacking, or hacking over, ih. ; method of playing the game, 731 ; dress, 732 Foot beagles, hunting with, 204 Foot-bones of ahorse, 1009 Foot diseases in horses, 979 Force gauge, the Field, 49 Fore-end of gims, the, 30 Foreign horses, rules as to, 504 Foreign steeplechases, 546 Foremost, the greyhound, pedigree of, 283 Forfeit list at steeplechases, the, 541 Forfeits and stakes, 497 Foster-nurse for greyhounds, the, 246 Four-barrelled guns, 39 Four-oared outrigger, the, 690 Four Oaks Park coursing ground, 218 Fowling-piece, the, 25 ; history of tlie, ih. Fox, the, 9, 149 ; preservation of, 170 Fox hounds, 151 ; packs iu existence, 170 ; the best mode of getting togetlier a pack of fox-hounds 175 ; breeding, 176 ; best blood of the present day, ih. ; defects to bo avoided, ih. : selection of bitch, 177 ; rearing the wlielps. ih. ; alpha- betical list of doghounds, 178 ; bitches, 179 • walks for young liounds, 1 80 ; breaking from' riot, 181; amount of daily exercise, 1S2- enter- ing young liounds, ib. ; oid hounds steady and handy, ib. ; cub-hunting, 183 ; dispersion of the foxes, ih. ; necessity for blooding tho hounds, 184 ; young hounds entered, ih. ; taking to the meet, 185 ; the head, 865 ; the back, 866 ; the fore-legs, ib. ; the hind-quarters, ib. ; the stern, ib. ; height, ih. Fox-hunting, 164 ; general remarks, ih. ; the noble science, ib. ; laws of fox-hunting, 165 ; covert owners, 166; fox-hunting countries, 168; the preservation of foxes, 170 ; the number of packs kept, ib. ; expenses of fox-hunting, 171 ; esti- mate for a pack of foxhounds hunting five days a fortnight, ib. ; estimate for foxliounds hunting five days a week, ib. ; diflferent styles of fox- hunting, 172 ; Beckford's description of a run, ih. ; the disadvantage of the modem school, 174 ; pack to be obtained at once by purchase, 175 ; the best mode, ib. ; breeding, 176 ; the best blood of the present day, ih. ; the working excellences, ih. ; the defects -which should be avoided, ih. ; the selection of the bitch, 177 ; rearing the whelps, ib. ; doghounds, 178^;' bitches, 179 ; the walks for younig hounds, 180 ; when first returned to kennel, 181 ; breaking from riot, ib. ; amount of daily exercise, 182 ; entering young hounds, ib. ; old hounds steady and handy, ib. ; regular cub-hunting, 183 ; dis- persion of the foxes, ib. ; necessity for blooding the hound, 1S4 ; young hounds duly entered, ih. ; preparations for hunting, 185 ; master's duties, ib. ; going to covert, ib. ; drawing, 186 • the run, 187; first check, 188; the kill, 189; running to ground, ib. ; on scent, ib. ■ drafting hounds for faults, 191 ; duties of the men, ib. ; the huntsman, ib. ; rules, 192 ; the first whipper- in, 193 ; points of difference from stag-hunting, 194; hare-hunting, ib. ; bag-foxes, 196; con- sequences of a severe run, ib. ; necessity for blood, ib. Fox-terrier, coursing rules, 299 Fox-terrier, the, 869 Francis flight, the, 355 Frenzy, the racehorse, pedigree of, 391 Frogs as bait, 329 Frost shoes, 1011 Fugitive, the greyhound, pedigree of, 291 Fulica atra (the bald coot), 119 Fuligula cristata (the tufted pochard), 126 ; marila (the scaup duck), ib. G. Gafl5ng salmon, 370 Gallinago gallinula vel minima (the jack snipe), 104 ; viajor (the great snipe), 104 ; media (the common snipe), 104 Gallinula chloropus (the moorhen), 120 Gallop of a horse, the, 818 Galloping horses, 456 ; colts, 475 Galloway, the, 896 Galopin, the racehorse, pedigree of, 428 Game, artificial rearing of, 4 ; close times for 17 23 ; dealing in, 18 ' Game hawking, 311 Gamekeepers, duties and powers, 3 ; guns for, tft.; acts affecting, 6 Game Laws, tiae, 16 Game Licence Act, 19 Game licences, 17 Game, preservation of, 1 ; natural rearing of, 3 • how poached, 7 ; modes of finding, 68 ; to be hunted, the, 148 Game to be hunted, 148 ; the red deer, ib. • the fallow deer, ib. ; the roebuck, 149 ; tlie fox' ib. • the hare, 150 ; the otter, ib. Oarrulus glandarixis (the jay), 15 Gaxtcrosteus aculeaUis (tlie stickleback), 320 Gastritis in dogs, 945 Gelding horses, 1011 General Peel, the racehorse, pedigree of, 414 Generation, the theory of, 587 Gentlemen jockeys, 521 Gentloiiion riders, 548 Gentles as bait, 326 George Frederick, tho racehorse, pedigree of, 4C8 Gestation of greyhounds, 242 INDEX, 1025 Ghuzuee, the racehorse, pedigree of, 409 Giantess, the racehorse, pedigree of, 395 Gibbs and Pitt's first action, 34 Gid, the, 104 Gig. the, 691 Gillies for deerstalking, 136 Gimp, 324 Gladiateur, the racehorse, pedigree of, 413 Glanders in horses, 99S ; in man, 1002 Gled, the, 13 Gloucester race-course, 516 Go-as-you-please records, 633 Gobio fiuviatilis (tlie gudgeon), 319 God wits, the, 105 Golf. 752 ; general remarks, ib. ; the links, ib. ; clubs and balls, ib. ; play-club, or driver, 753 ; long-.<;i)oon, ib. ; short-spoon, ib. ; tlie putter, I ib. ; sand-iron, ib. ; the cleek, ib. ; the niblick, ib. ; the game, 754 ; the principal conditions, 755 Goodwood race-course, 516 Goose, 125 ; the bean goose, ib. ; the pink-footed goose, ib. ; the red-bveasted goose, 126 ; the Canadian goose, ib. ; Egyptian goose, ib. Gordon setters, 860 Gorge-hook, the, 347 Goshav/-k, the, 303 Grace Darling, the racehorse, pedigree of, 425 Graining, the, 319 Grand National Steeplechase rules, 534 ; general definitions, ib. ; horses liable to carry extra "weight, 535 ; maiden horses, ib. ; exception — hunters' races on flat, ib. ; application of these rules, ib. ; management of meetings, ib. ; powers of stewards, 536; stewards and deputies, ib. ; powers of stewards after conclusion of meeting, judges, starters, and other ofiicials, 537;gene- I ral conditions and restrictions, age of horses, ib. ; weights and allowances, ib. ; miscellaneous rules with respect to conditions of races, 53S ; entry and subscriptions for races, ib. ; horses must be duly entered for plate or sweep- stakes, ib. ; entry how made, 539 ; description of horse in entry, ib. ; incorrect and insufficient description, ib. ; change of name, ib. ; assumed name of owners, ib. ; no alteration of entry after I closing, ib. ; partnership in horses, 540 ; stakes I and forfeits, ib. ; liability for stakes and forfeits, ib. ; pasonent of, ib. ; stakes and arrears must be paid before starting, ib. ; the forfeit list, 541 ; steeplechase forfeit list, ib. ; the race, ib. ; weighing out and starting, ib. ; running, 542 ; crossing, jostling, in a hunters' race, ib.; crossing, jostling, in a steeplechase, ih. ; running over again, ib. ; weighing in, ib. ; dead heats, ib. ; walk- ing over, 543 ; second money, ib. ; objections and complaints, ib. ; judge's decision, ib. ; objec- tions, ib. ; efTect of pending objection, 544 ; stewards may order examination and call for proofs, ib.; onus of proofs, ib.; horses entered to be sold, ib. ; provision in case of objection or dead heat, 545 ; special rxile where horse objected to, ib. ; special rule where dead heat, ib. ; handi- caps, ib. ; liability for engagements of horses sold, ib. ; miscellaneous foreign horses, 546 ; foreign certificate, ib. ; penalties for corrupt practices on the turf, ib. ; disqualifications for corrupt practices, 547 ; fines, ib. ; omission or conditions, ib. ; jockeys' fees, ib. ; calculation of time, 548 ; Sundays omitted, ib. ; new rules, ib. ; steeplechase rules, ib. ; remounting, ib. ; flag marks, ib. ; hunters' qualifications, ib. ; gentlemen riders, ib. ; Grand National Steeple- chase Committee, 549 Grasshoppers as bait, 326 Grass, turning horses out to, 909 Grayhng, bottom-fishing, 359 ; baits for, 360 ; fly- fishing for, 365 ; rivers, 372 Grayling, the, 316 Grease in horses, 978 Grebes, the, 120 Green dye for flies, 332 Greener's treble-wedge fast gun, 33 ; action, 37 Grey Dorimaut, the racehorse, pedigree of, 417 Grey hen, the, 81 Greyhound, the, 211 ; the ground, 213 ; the beaters, 214 ; the slipper, ib.; the judge, 215 ; the course, ib.; rules for private coursing, ib.; history of public coursing, ib.; the ground coursed over, 217 ; difference from private coursing, 219 ; the public greyhound, 220; speed, ib.; speed from the slips, ib. ; speed from the turns, 221 ; quali- ties, 223; stoutness, ib.; courage, 224 ; external form, ib.; the head, ib.; the neck, ib.; the chest, 225; the hiiad-quartcr, 226 ; the fore-quarter, 227 ; the colour, ib.; the mixture of, 228; the coat, ib.; best mode of procuring greyhounds, 229 ; kennels, 231 ; kennel management, ib. ; varieties of modern greyhound, 232 ; breeding the greyhound, 233 ; selection of brood-bitch, ib.; the individual brood-bitch, 234; choice of the stallion, 236 ; list of stud greyhounds, 237 ; tried and untried stallions, 240 ; selection from winning, ib. ; cross-breeding, ib. ; breeding in- and-in, ib, ; bull-dog cross, 241 ; the best age for breeding, ib. ; best time of year for breeding, 242 ; duration of pregnancy, ib. ; management of the brood-bitch, ib. ; dm-ation of the period of heat, 244 ; the management of the bitch, ib. ; management during whelping, 245; management of the wheli)s in tlie nest, 246 ; the foster nurse, < ib. ; dewclaws, 247 ; weaning the whelps, ib. ; the quality and quantity of food, ib. ; the lodg- ing, ib.; regularity of feeding, 24S ; choosing the whelps, ib.; the weaning time, ib. ; rearing the whelps, 249 ; the walks, ib. ; home rearing, 250 ; list of weights, ib. ; the food, ib. ; the rela- tive value, 251 ; the weight of food, 252 : bones supplied, ib.; times of feeding, ib.; best form of kennel, ib. ; amount of exercise, 253 ; general treatment, ib. ; every puppy should have a name, ib. ; breaking to lead, 254 ; muz- zle, 255 ; amount of exercise, ib. ; bathing, ib. ; swimming, ib. ; in clothing, 256 ; the food, ib. ; the kennel, ib. ; ventilation, 257 ; stoves, ib. ; no physic, ib. ; entering, ib. ; condition at time of entering, 258 ; old assistants v. young ones, ib. ; removal of fleas and ticks, 259 ; worms, ib. ; general remarks on training, 260 ; individual distinctions, 261 ; weighing, ib. ; water, ib. ; after feeding, ib. ; clothing at exercise, 262 ; length of training, ib. ; horse exercise v. man on foot, 263 ; slii^s to a hallow, ib. ; dressing and friction, 264 ; feeding, ib. ; weighing, ib. ; management of the bitch in season, 265 ; private trials, ib. ; number of courses, 266 ; treatment after trial, ib. ; final preparation for running, 267 ; making bread without barm, ib. ; bread made with barm, ib. ; to make jelly for training, ib. ; various modes of dressing the meat, 268 ; horse-flesh, ib. ; beef, ib. ; mutton, ib. ; short rules for training, ib. ; travelling, ib. ; management of the meeting, ib. ; spiced meat-balls, 269 ; com- mon cordial balls, ib. ; egged wine, ib.; dog- cart, ib. ; external restorations, 271 ; the water, ib. ; treatment of injuries, ib. ; cuts on the legs, ib. ; stoppers, ib. ; claws, ib.; cuts in the sole, ib. ; expenses of rearing and training, 272 Management of coursing meetings, 272 ; origin of meetings, ib. ; committee of manage- ment, 273 ; the draw, ib. ; stewards, ib. ; flag steward, ib. ; slip steward, ib. ; field stewards, ib. ; rules for the guidance of meetings, ib. ; code of rules of the National Coursing Club, 275 ; the secretary and stewards, ib. ; election of judge, ib. ; de- scription of entry, ib. ; payment of entry money, 276 ; alteration of name, ib. ; prefix of "Ns," ib. ; death of a subscriber, ib. ; draw, 277 ; guarding, ib. ; byes, ib. ; slip steward, ib. ; taking dogs to the slips, ib. ; control of dogs in slips, 278 ; greyhounds of same colour to wear collars, ib. ; the slipper, ib. ; the points of the course, ib. ; definition of points, ib.; penalties, 279 ; greyhound get- ting loose, ib. ; riding over a greyhound, ib. ; withdrawal of a dog, 280 ; impugning judge, ib. ; objections, ib. ; defaulters, 281 ; bets, 1026 INDEX. Greyhounds, points of, 224 ; mode of procuring, 229 ; prices of, 230 ; kennels, 231 ; varieties of, 232 ; breeding, 238 ; stiid dogs, 237 ; rearing, 249 ; breaking, 254 ; removing vermin, 259 ; training, 260 ; physic for, 263, 269 ; feeding, 264 ; trials, 265 ; preparation, 267 ; cost of, 272 ; pedigrees of, 2S1 ; index to, 297 Grey trout, the, 315 Grogginess in horses, 989 Grooming, 905 Grooms, head, 489 ; hunting, 562 Grooms, 904 Ground baits, 327 Ground birds, characteristics of, 69 Ground Game Act, 21 Groundling, 319 Grouse shooting, 80 ; dress and accoutrements, 83 ; varieties, selection, and management of the dog, 84 ; breaking dogs to the gun, 87 ; management of the beat, 88 ; driving and stalking, 90 ; the retriever, 91 ; the pony, 95 ; expenses of moors, 95 Grouse, varieties and habits of, 80 Gruel for horses, 90S Gudgeon, the, 319 ; fishing for, 344 Gun Licence Act, the, 20 Gun, the, and the best mode of using it, 25 ; the modern towling-piece, ih. ; history of, ib. ; com- ponent parts of all shot-guns, il\ ; single and double barrels, ib. ; the barrel. 26 ; English and foreign barrels, ib.; boring, 27; choking, ib.; putting together, ib. ; actioning, 28 ; percussion- ing, ib. ; final proving, ib. ; proof marks, 29 ; the stock, ib. ; trigger guard, 30 ; trigger plate, ib. ; the fore end. ib. ; final boring of the barrels, ib.; regulating, ib. ; safety bolts, ib. ; action of the hammered gun, 31 ; plan of the original Le- faucheux treech-loading gun, ib. ; plan of cart- ridge case, 32 ; plan of Westley-Richards' gun, 33 ; plan of Greener's treble- wedge fast gun, ib. ; hammerless gun, 34; plan of Murcott's breech- loader, ib. ; plan of Gibbs and Pitt's first action, ib. ; lever-cockers, ib. ; Rigby and Bis- sell's action, 35 ; barrel-cockers, 36 ; the Anson- Deely gun, ib. ; Greener's action, 87 ; Scott's action, ib. ; Holland's action, 88 ; Lancaster's action, ib. ; four-barrelled guns, 39 ; ejector guns, ib. ; safety bolts, ib. ; jarring off, 40 ; pull of the trigger, ib. ; trigger bolt, ib. ; Scott's safety bolt, ib. ; selection of a gun, 41 ; the bore and weight, 42 ; cartridge cases and waddings, 43 ; paper cases, 44; Schultze powder, ib.; brass cases, ib. ; wadding, ib. ; powder and shot, ib. ; shot, 46 ; the principal shot makers, ib. ; load- ing, 47 ; turning over and crimping, 48 ; Hawks- ley's machine, ib. ; trial of the gun, ib. ; plan of the Field force gauge, 49 ; recent improve- ments, ib. ; Field trial of 1866, 50 ; Field trial of 1875, 51 ; principal scores in 1879, 55 ; range of our shot guns, 62 ; cleaning the gun, 63 ; management of the gun, 64 ; learning to shoot, ib ; cocking and uncocking the gun, ib. ; shoot- ing sitting, ib. ; shooting flying, ib. Guns, selecting, 41 ; bore and weight of, 42 ; clean- ing, 63 ; for marsh and fen shooting, 106 ; for ducks, 121 ; punt, 129 ; wild fowling, 130 Gwiniad, the, 316 Gyr falcon, the, 301 H. Hack, the covert, 561 ; the park, 808 Haddo, the greyhound, pedigree of, 292 Hsemorrhoids, treatment of, 652 Hair, the, 856 Hair-line for fly-fishing, the, 362 Halifax race-course, 516 Halifax terrier, the, 88 t Hammer throwing, 617, 619 Hammered gun, the. 31 Hammerless guns, 84 Hampton race-course, 516 Handica])]K!r, the, 514 Handicaps, introduction of, 377 ; in stceplechasing, 545 Handicaps, 503 Hannah, the racehorse, pedigree of, 427 Hansom, the, 828 Haphazards, the, 605 Hare, the, 150 Hare, law as to killing the, 18; killing, 22, 25; shooting, 103, 117; hunting, 194, 197; finding, 201 ; coursing, 210 Hare-hunting, 197 ; harehounds and how to pro- cure them, ib. ; breeding, 199 ; the huntsman, ib. ; the whipper-in, 200 ; preparations for hunt- ing, ib. ; hare-finding, 201 ; the run, 202 ; the check, 203 ; in case of the change of hare, ib. ; hounds divide, ib. ; the kill, 204 ; the expenses of harriers, ib. ; hunting with foot beagles, ib. ; expenses of foot beagles, 205 Harelda glacialis (the long-tailed duck), 126 Harkaway, the racehorse, pedigree of, 393 Harness, driving, 832 Harness horses, 884 Harnessing, 834 Harpenden race-course, 516 Harrier, tlie, 152, 197. 866 Harriers, expenses of, 204 Hawking, 800 : the quarry flown-at, ib. ; the heron. ' ib. ; owners of hawks, ib. ; hawking clubs, ib. ; hawks used in falconry, 301 ; distinctions, ib. ; the hobby, ib. ; the gyr-falcon, ib. ; the peregrine, ib. ; the merlin, 302 ; the kestrel, ib. ; the gos- hawk, ib. ; the sparrowhawk, 303 ; kites, buz- zards, and harriers, ib. ; hawking apparatus and technical terms, ib. ; the brood, ib. ; the rufter- hood, 304; the brail, ib. ; the jesses, ib. ; the leash, ib. ; the creance, ib. ; the lure, ib. ; the live lure, ib. ; hawking gloves, ib. ; the mew, ib. ; the cadge, 305 ; technical terms, ib. ; parts of the hawk, ib. ; names according to age, ib. ; names for various processes, ib. ; terms used in moulting, ib.; terms used in training and flying, 306 ; modes of obtaining hawks, ib. ; eyesses, ib. ; passage hawks, ib. ; trapping hawks, ib. ; managejiient of hawks, 307; bathing, ib. ; wea- thering, ib.; rearing, ib.; mewing, ib.; imping, ib. ; conditioning, 808 ; medicines, ib. ; vermin, ib.; training eyesses, ib.; entering eyesses, 309; training passage falcons, ib.; entering a passage hawk, i&. ; training short-winged hawks, 310 ; preparation for flying, ib. ; flying long-winged hawks, ib. ; kite-hawking, ib. ; hawking rooks, 811 ; wildfowl, ib. ; game-hawking, ib. ; lark- hawking, ib. ; flying short-winged hawks, ib. ; grouse-hawking, ib. ; partridge-hawking, 312 ; hawking landrails, pheasants, rabbits, &c., ib. ; books on hawking, ib. ; expenses of hawking, ib. Hawk owners, list of, 300 Hawk trapping, 306 Hawksley's cartridge turning machine, 48 Hay for horses, 906 Hay and straw chamber, the, 903 Haydock Park coursing ground, 217 Head groom, the, 489 Heart, the, 847 Heatherbleater, the, 104 Heath tax, the, 509 Hebe, the grejdiound, pedigree cf, 288 Hedgehog, the, 12 Hedge popping, 65 Height of the raceliorse, 440 Hellebore for worms, 955 Helper, the, 905 Hen harrier, the, 14 Henley-on-Thames rowing course, length of, 711 Hepatitis in dogs, 047 Hereford race-course, 516 Hereford rowing course, length of, 711 Hermes, the racehorse, pedigree of, 390 Hermit, the raceliorse. ])cdigree of, 428 Hernia, treatment of, 652 _ Horod, the racehorse, history of, 884 ; pedigree of, 388 Heron, the, 15, 105 Heron-hawking, 810 Hester, the racehorse, pedigree of, 425 High Gosforth Park coursing ground, 217 High jumping, 617 INDEX. 1027 Hind legs, the, 843 Hip knocked down, the, in horses, 1005 Hobby, the, 14, 301 Hocussing horses, 378 Holland pr.nt-gim, the, 130 Holland's (H.) action, 38 Hollingworth Lake rowing course, length of, 711 Holy Friar, the racehorse, pedigree of, 428 HonejTvood, the greyhound, pedigree of, 291 Hood for hawks, the, 303 Hooks, fish-, bends of, 323 Hoopers and geese, shooting, 132 Hoops at croquet, the, 760 Hop, step, and jump, 617 Horns of the red deer, 134 ; as denoting age, ib. Horse, the, 893 ; general habits of the horse, ib. ; the early history, ib. ; the origin, ib.; tlie habits of the horse, ib. ; varieties of the horse, ib. ; the Arabian, ib. ; Mr. Wells' sketch of tlie Arab horse, 894 ; the barb, ib.; the Dongola horse, ib.; the Persian, ib. ; the Turkoman, ib. ; the Cos- sack horses, ib. ; the Turkish horse, ib. ; the East Indian horse, 895; the Australian, ib.; the Belgian and Dutch horses, ib. ; the Norman horse, ib. ; the Spanish horse, ib. ; the Ameri- can, ib. ; the English thorough-bred, ib. ; the various breeds of cart horses, ib. ; the coach horse, ib.; the cavalry horse, 896 ; the Galloway, ib.; the Shetland pony, ib. Horsebreaking, 46S Horse, management of, 900 ; stables for general work, ib. ; drains, 901 ; draughts to be avoided, ib. ; ceiling, ib. ; the rack and manger, ib. ; rings for collar reins, 902 ; rack chain, ib. ; the travis, t&. ; bales, 903 ; the hay and straw cham- ber, ib. ; the corn chamber, ib. ; damp stables, ib. ; the saddle-room, ib. ; the stable-yard, 904 ; stable appendages, ib. ; the lodging-room, ib. ; coachmen and gi-ooms, ib. ; the gentleman's coachman, ib. ; the groom, 905 ; the helper, ib. ; stable boys, ib. ; gTooming, ib. ; dressing after work, 906 ; the food, ib. ; the hay, ib. ; chaff, ib. ; oats and beans, ib. ; gruel, 90S ; bran, ib. ; bran mash, ib. ; barley, 909 ; linseed, ib. ; soil- ing, ib. ; turning out to grass, ib. ; soft water, 910 ; the temperature, ib. ; bedding, ib. ; wheat straw, ib. ; clothing, 911 ; bandages, ib. ; clip- ping, ib. ; clipping-machines, ib. ; singeing, ib.; trimming, 912 ; stable vices, ib. ; getting loose, ib.; hanging back in collar, ih. ; leaping into the manger, ib. ; halter casting, ib. ; casting in the staU, ib. ; kicking the stall post, ib. ; weaving, ib. ; pawing, ib. ; eating the litter, 914 ; biting, ib. ; crib-biting, ib. ; wind-sucking, ib. ; warmth necessary for the stabled horse, ib. ; management of the feet, 915 Horsemanship, 809, 823 ; lady's saddle, ib.; lady's horse, ib. ; breaking in, 824 ; direction for hold- ing the rein, ib. ; mounting, ib. ; the lady's seat, 825 ; dismounting, ib. ; dress, ib. ; the whip, ib. Horse-racing, 376 ; general remarks, ib. ; intro- duction of handicaps, 377 ; the Derby, Oaks, and St. Leger, 378 ; evil tendencies of betting, 379 ; reform of .the turf, ib. ; racing rules reformed, 380 ; racing, how divided, 381 ; flat-racing, ib. ; hurdle-racing, ib. ; steeple-chasing, ib. ; trot- ting, ib. ; the thorough-bred race-horse, 382 ; definition of, ib. ; origin of the thorough-bred horse, ib. ; eastern horses named in Stud Book, ib. ; Arabians, ib. ; Barbs, 383 ; Tiirks, ib. ; Persians, ib. ; the chief roots, ib. ; list of horses and mares from which our present breeds are derived, 384 ; Herod, ib. ; Matchem, 385 ; Eclipse, ib. ; Rachel, ib. ; Folly, ib. ; Miss Ramsden, ib. ; Principessa, ib. ; Lisette, ib, ; Molly Longlegs, ib. ; Trentham, ib. ; Syphon, ib. ; Crab, ib. ; Childers, 386 ; Sportsmi stress, ib. ; Brunette, ib. ; Rachel, ib. ; Prunella, ib. ; series of tables of pedigrees, ib. ; present speed of race-horses, 433 ; size and shape, 435 ; early maturity, ib. ; the laws regulating gi-owth and decay, ib. ; breeding for the turf, 436 ; the grand desideratum, ib. ; the thorough-bred horse to compete with others, 437 ; the eastern horse, ib. ; the thorough-bred horse intended for racing only, 438 ; purity of blood, ib. ; exter- nal form, 439 ; the height, 440 ; head and neck, ib. ; the body or middle piece, ib. ; the fore- quarter, ib. ; the upper arm, ib. ; the hind-quai- ter, _t&. ; colour, skin, hair, 442 ; the texture, 443 ;' the mane and tail, ib. ; varieties in form, ib. ; establislunent of a racing stud, 444 ; second rate meetings, 445 ; prices of colts or fillies, ib. ; requisites for a small stud, ib. ; a horse to lead the gallops, ib. ; a boy to each horse, 446 ; training, ib. ; ground necessary, ib. ; stables, 447 ; saddlery, 448 ; articles required for the training stables, ib. ; examination of each horse, ib. ; the length of training, 449 ; first prepara- tion, 450 ; hardening the limbs, ib. ; mild physic, ib. ; the hours for having the stable open, ib. ; walking exercise, ib. ; the first sweat, 451 ; dry- ing the coat, 452 ; on returning from exercise, 453 ; the amount of sweating, ib. ; Turkish baths, 454 ; second preparation, ib. ; galloping exercise, ib. ; the management of the gallops, 455 ; the final preparation, 456 ; setting, ib. ; sweating, ib. ; the gallops, ib. ; the length of gallop, 457 ; overdoing, 458 ; the trial, 459 ; the last week's work, ib. ; feeding, 460 ; review of training, ib. ; breeding, 461 ; the stud farm, ib.; the number of hovels, ib. ; the price of a pair of hovels, 462 ; the height, ib. ; door fasten- ings, 463 ; the plan, 464 ; management of the mare, 465 ; the duration of pregnancy, ib. ; management of tlie foal, 466 ; when weaned, 467 ; physicking, 46S ; breaking, ib. ; the stab- ling, ib. ; shoeing, 469 ; leading tackle, ib. ; the mouthing bit, 470 ; before actual backing, 471 ; the lad, or breaker, ib. ; tying up in the stable, 473 ; training of the two-year-old colt, 474 ; preliminary remarks, ib. ; a dose of physic, ib.; teaching, ib. ; clothing, 475 ; dressing, ib. ; the stabhng, ib. ; galloping, ib. ; sweating, ib ; shoeing, 477 ; training the early or matured two- year-old colt, ib. ; the sexes kept separate, ib. ; vicious colts, 478 ; the trainer, ib. ; the feeding of the colt, 480 ; trials of the colt, 481 ; manage- ment after running, 484 ; training the three-year- old colt, 483 ; straw rides and tan gallops, ib. ; the physic, 485 ; trials, 486 ; the boys, 487 ; management of, ib. ; dressing the race-horse, 488 ; the head groom, 489 ; jockeys, 490 ; ex- penses, 491 ; of breeding, ib. ; expenses of training, 492 ; rules of racing as passed by the Jockey Club, ib. ; management of meetings and powers of stewards, 493 ; judges, starters, and other oflBcials, 494 ; age of horses, ib. ; weights and allowances, ib. ; entry and subscription for races, 496 ; stakes and forfeits, 4D7; the race, 499 ; objections and complaints. 501 ; horses entered to be sold, 502 ; handicaps, 503 ; foreign horses, 504 ; jockeys' fees, 505 ; rules and orders of the Jockey Club, 506 ; rules on betting, 510 ; Tatter- sail's subscription room, 512 ; race meetings, 513 ; the committee and officials, ib. ; the stewards, ib. ; secretary, ib. ; clerk of the course, ib. ; judge, ib. ; starter, ib. ; handicap- per, ib. ; length of courses, 514 ; the Jockey Club, 519 ; scale of standard weights for age, 520 ; professional jockeys, ib. ; gentlemen jockeys, 521 ; riding a race, ib. ; steeplechasing, 523 ; whom first patronised by, 524 ; the steeple- chaser, 526 ; general description, ib. ; mode of lorocuring steeplechasers, 527; a first-class steeplechase horse, ib. ; teaching, 528 ; practice, 529 ; training, ib. ; the half-bred steeplechaser, 532 ; the preparations, 533 ; riders, 534 ; Grand National rules, ib. ; management of meetings, 535 ; powers of stewards, 536 ; judges, starters, and other officials, 537 ; age of horses, ib. ; weights and allowances, ib. ; hurdle-racing, 550 ; objects of the sport, ib. ; horses used, ib. ; training, ib. ; weights, jockeys, and courses, ib. ; riding to hounds, 552 ; the hunter, ib. ; saddlery, 557 ; theplainPelham,559 ; Martingale, ib.; dress and aids, 560 ; the covert hack, 561 ; pad groom, 562 ; stud groom, 563; the wages, ib. ; the hunting stable, ib. ; plan of, 564 ; buying the hunter. 565 ; the best mart for, ib. ; summering, 567 ; 3 u 2 1028 INDEX. Tjreaking and teaching, 569 ; conditioning, 570 ; the selection, 571 ; getting across country, ib. ; never ride till your horse is blown, 572 ; putting the horse at the fence, 573 ; the flying leap, 575 ; sheep hurdles, 577 ; stone walls, 578 ; wire, ih. ; match trotting, 579 ; description of, ih. ; Long Island trotting match, ib. ; the horse, 581 : the rider, ib. ; the course, 582 ; laws, ib. ; perform- ances, ib. ; training, 583 ; carts and harness, ib.; training for riding, 584 ; Banting's plan of re- ducing weight, 585 ; Turkish bath, ib. ; theory of generation, 587 ; in-and-in breeding, 589 ; crossing the blood, 594 ; choice of blood to breed from, 596 ; the most profitable kind of breeding. 598 ; choice of stallion, 601 ; best age to breed from, 602 ; best time for breeding, 603 ; pecu- liarities of modern breeds, ib. ; list of modej-n stallions, 605 ; stallions suitable for getting race horses, 609 ; modern Arabs, 611 ; sires of tTotters, 612 ; concluding remarks on breeding, ib. ; de- cline in horse-breeding, 613 Horses, famous, 384 ; from whom present breeds are derived, ib. ; index of pedigrees, 428{i ; speed of, 433 ; training, 446 ; breeding of, 461 ; shoeing, 469 ; the hunter, 553, 565 ; harness, 834 ; break- ing to harness, 835 ; age of, by the teeth, 841 ; management of, 900 ; feed for, 906 ; stable vices of, 912 ; diseases of, 916 ; administering medi- cines to, 930 Horseshoes, 951, 1011 Horse's pace, a, 816 Hounds and their manag'ement, 150 ; various kinds of hounds, ib. ; the bloodhound, ib. ; southern hound, ib. ; staghound, 151 ; foxhound, ib. ; the original stock, ib ; the modern foxhoimds, ib. ; the harrier and beagle, 152 ; construction of kennels, 154 ; the kennels, ib. ; the soil for kennels, ib. ; the aspect, ib. ; plan of foxhound kennel, ib. ; the construction of the kennel, 155 ; the master and his men, 156 ; the hunts- man, 157 ; the feeder, 158 ; earth stopper, ib. ; kennel management, 159 ; rearing, 177 ; names of, 178 ; hare, 197 Hovels for mares, 461 Hoylake race-course, 516 Hughie Graham, the greyhound, pedigree of, 284 Hulls of yachts, the, 654 Humerus, the, 845 Hunter, the, 553, 565 Hunters, qualifications of, 548 ; stallions for, 611 Hunting, 148 ; material necessary, ib. ; game to be hunted, ib. ; red deer, ib. ; fallow deer, ib. • roebuck, 149 ; fox, ib. ; hare, 150 ; Scotch hare, ib. ; Irish hare, ib. ; otter, %b. ; hounds-and their management, ib. ; the bloodhound, southern hound, or talbot, ib. ; the staghound and fox- hound, 151 ; the harrier and beagle, 152 ; otter hoimds, 153 ; construction of kennels, 154 ; soil for, ib. ; aspect of, ib. ; tlie master and liis men, 156 ; the huntsman, 157 ; the whippers-in, ib. ; the feeder, 158 ; the earth stopper, ib. ; the horses of the men, ib.; kennel management, 159 ; the food, ib. ; stag hunting, 161 ; hunting the carted deer, ib. ; the deer, 162 ; law allowed, ih. ; carts, 163 ; take of the stag, ih. ; expenses of a pack of stag hounds, ib. ; hunting wild red deer, 164 ; fox hunting, ib.; laws, 165 ; countries, 168 ; preservation of foxes, 170 ; number of packs kept, ib. ; expenses of fox hunting, 171 ; different styles, 172; Beckford's description of a run, ib. ; disadvantages of the modern school, 174 ; pack to be obtained at once by purchase, 175 ; breeding, 176 ; rearing the whelps, 177 ; names of dog hounds, 178 ; names of bitches, 179 ; walks for the young hoimds, 180 ; breaking from riot, 181 ; daily exercise, 182 ; entering young hounds, ih. ; cub hunting, 183 ; necessity for blooding the young hounds, 184 ; preparations for liiinting, 185 ; going to covert, ib. ; drawing, 186 ; the run, 187 ; tlio first check, 188 ; the kill, 189 ; running to ground, ib. ; on scent, ih.; drafting hounds for faults, 191 ; duties of the men, ih. ; dog language, 192 ; rules for hunts- man, ih. ; first whipper-in, 193 ; second whip, 194 ; points of difTerence from stag hunting, i6.; points of difference from hare hunting, ib. ; bag foxes, 196 ; consequences of a severe run, ib. ; necessity for blood, ib. ; hare hunting, 197 ; breeding, 199 ; huntsman, ib. ; whipper-in, 200 ; preparations for, the hare, ib.; hare finding, 201 ; the run, 202; the kill, 204; expenses, ib.; foot beagles, ih. ; expenses, 205 ; other hiuiting, io. ; expenses, 209 ; dress, 560 ; tlie stable, 503 ; across country, 571 Huntingdon race-course, 516; rowing course, length of, 711 Huntsman, the, 157, 191. 199; otter, 206 Hurdle racing (horse), 550 ; (man), 616, 619 Hurlingham Club Rules, 65 Hut shooting, 123 Hybla, the racehorse, pedigree of, 420 Hydro})hobia in horses, 969 Hijpotriorchis (esalon (tlie merlin), 14; sub-huteo, (the hobby), 14 I. "Idstone" on the retriever, 91 Imping, 307 In-and-in breeding, 589 Index to pedigrees of horses, 428 Indian pink, 954 Indigestion in horses, 995 Inflammation, 917 ; in dogs, 940, 949 ; rabies, or canine madness, -ife. ; symptoms, ib.; preventive measures, 941 ; tetanus, ib.; turnside, ib.; inflam- mation of t?ie organs of sense, ib. ; the eye, ih. ; ordinary ophthalmia, 942 ; treatment, ib. ; catar- act, ih. ; dropsy of the eye, ib. ; amaurosis, ib. ; deafness, ib. ; canker of the ear, ib. ; treatment, 943 ; blain, ih. ; the teeth, ib. ; inflammation of the respiratory organs, ih. ; the larynx, ih. ; in- flammation of the lungs, ib. ; pleurisy, 944 ; pneumonia, ib. ; bronchitis, ib. ; chronic pleu- risy, ib. ; treatment, ib. ; consumption, 945 : inflammation of the heart, ib. ; inflammation of the organs of nutrition, ih. ; gastritis, ib. ; treat- ment, 946 ; hepatitis, 947 ; inflammation of tlie intestines, ib.; peritonitis and enteritis, i&.; colic,i ih. ; diarrlia^a, ib. ; costiveness, ib. ; piles, 949 ;| inflammation of the kidneys, ib. ; of tlie bladder,! ib. ; treatment, ib. ; inflammation of the skin J ib. ; blotch, or surfeit, ib. ; eruption betweeM the toes, ih. J Inflammation in horses, 967 ; of the brain, ih. m staggers, or apoplexj--, ib. ; the treatment, 968 1 stomach staggers, ib. ; megrims, ih. ; locked ,jawJ or tetanus, ih. ; hydrophobia, 969 ; inflammation of the eye, ib. ; regular ophthalmia, ib ; them best remedy for, ib. ; cataract, 970 ; amaurosisj ib. ; lampas, ih. ; canker of the mouth, ib. ; iiw flammation of the lungs, ib ; pneumonia, i6. j the treatment, ih. ; bronchitis, 071 ; clironi^ cough, ib. ; roaring, ih. ; treatment, 972 ; straM gles, ib. ; treatment, 973 ; thiclv wind, ibTM broken wind, 974 ; tlie cause of broken wind,^! ib. ; phthisis pulmonalis, 975; carditis, or in- flammation of the heart, ib. ; inflammation of the organs of nutrition, ih. ; gastritis, ib. ; stomach staggers, ih. ; enteritis, ib. ; colic, ib. ; dianiiaj.a, ib. ; intussusception and entangle- ment, ib. ; calculi, ib. ; inflammation of the liver, ib. ; jaundice, ih. ; inflammation of the kidneys, ib. ; the cause of, 977 ; diabetes, ib. : treatment, ib. ; the diet, ib. ; suppression of urine, ih. ; bloody urine, ib. ; inflammation of the bladder, 978 ; diseases of the skin, ib. ; sur- feit, ib. ; niallenders, ib. ; sallenders, ib. ; sore heels, ih. ; grease, ib. ; fever of tlie feet, 979; the symptoms, ib. ; treatment, ib. ; chronic in- flammation of the feet, 9S0 ; contraction of the foot, ib. ; remedy for contracted heels, 982; pumiced feet and seedy toes, ib. ; the treatment, ih. ; sand-crack, 983 ; treatment of, 984 ; weak- ness of tlie foot, ih. ; corns, ib. ; remedy for, 985 ; thrush, ih. ; treatment, ih. ; canker, 986 ; inflammation of tlie bones, 986 ; splcnts, ib. ; the cure, 987 ; spavins, ib. ; ring-bone, 988 ; inflammation of the joints, t6. ; roxmd-bono INDEX. 1029 disease, 9S9 ; lameness of the stifle-joint, ih. ; enlarged knee, ih. ; staleness or grogginess, ih. ; wind-galls and capped hocks or elbows, 990 ; the cause of capped hocks, ih. ; treatment, ih. ; inflammation of the muscles and tendons, ih. ; chronic rhemnatism, ib. ; shoulder lameness, ib. ; treatment of rheumatism, 992 ; inflamed tendons, ib. ; inflammation of the ligaments, 993 ; inflammation of the blood-vessels, ih. ; the vein of the neck, ib. ; blood or bog spavin, ib. ; treatment, 991; varicose veins, ih. ; worms, ib. ; the symptoms, ib. ; indigestion, 995 ; washiness, 996 ; treatment, 997 ; mange, ib. ; the original cause, ib. . treatment, 99S ; glanders, ib. ; the cause, 999 ; treatment, ib. ; farcy, 1000 ; the ap- pearance, ih. ; treatment, 1001 ; the local remedy, ib. ; maggots, 1002 ; lice in the tail, ib. ; body lice', ib. ; accidents, 1003 ; sprains, ib. ; strain of the shoulder, ib. ; treatment, ib. ■ strain of the round bone, ih. ; strain of the back sinew, 1003 ; treatment, 1001 ; broken knees, ib. ; knocking down of the hip, 1005 ; cutting, ib. ; speedy cut- ting, 1006 ; over reiches, ib. ; treatment, 1007 ; quittor, ih. ; pricks in shoeing, ib. ; fistulous withers, 1008 ; fractm-es and dislocations, ib. ; bleedinc; dn the neck vein, ib. ; bleeding from the inside of the arm or thigh, 1009 ; from the toe, ib. ; quantity of blood drawn, ih. ; rowels, i&. ; raking, ib. ; shoeing, ib. ; the anatomy of the feet, ib. ; the bones, ib. ; the navicular bone, 1010 ; the cartilages of the foot, ib. ; the hoof, ib. ; the crust or wall, ib. ; the sole, ib. ; the frog, ih. ; practice of shoeing, ih. ; the varieties of the shoe, ih. ; leather soles, ih. ; the bar shoe, ib. ; frost shoes, ib. ; castration, ib. ; ruptures, 1012 ; nei-ving, ih. ; administration of cMoroform, ib. Influenza in the dog, 933 Inland fisheries, laws of, 373 lole, the racehorse, pedigree of, 425 Ipswich race-course, 51(3 ; rowing course, length of, 711 Irish game laws, 23 ; qualifications, 24- ; cars, 827 ; setters, 860 ; terrier, 884 Isobar, the racehorse, pedigree of, 42S?j Isonomy, the racehorse, pedigree of, 42G Italian greyhound, the, 888 J. Jack, the, 317 Jackdaw, the, 15 Jarring off guns, 40 Jay, the, 15 Jesses, the. 304 Jockey Club, 380, 519 ; rules of, 492 ; definitions, ih.; commencement of these rules, 493 ; management of meetings, ib.; general power of stewards, ih.; stewards and deputies, 494 ; pow ers of stewards after conclusion of meeting, ib. ; judges, starters, and other officials, ih. ; general conditions and restrictions, ih. ; age of horses, ih. ; vreights and allowances, ih. ; miscellaneous rules with respect to conditions of races, 495 ; minimum value of plate or stakes, ib. ; entry and subscription for races, 496 ; horses duly entered, ih. ; description of horse in first entry, ib. ; change of name, ih. ; similar names, ih. ; assumed names of owners, 497 ; subscriptions are transferable, ih. ; death of person, ih. ; partnersliip in horses, ib. ; stakes and forfeits, ih. ; payment and application of f5takes and foi-feits,498 ; stake arrears and jockeys' fees, ib. ; the unpaid forfeit list, ih. ; weighing out and starting, 499 ; running, 500 ; weighing in, ih. ; dead heats, ih. ; second money, ih. ; ob- jections and complaints, 501 ; judge's decision, ib. ; horses entered to be sold, 502 ; special rule where horse objected to, ib. ; where dead heat, r)03 ; produce races, 503 ; post races, ih. ; handi- caps, ib. ; sale with engagements, 503 ; miscel- laneous, 504 ; foreign certificates, ib. ; penalties for corrupt practices on the turf, ib. ; disquali- fication for corrupt practices, ib. ; also for de- fault, 505 ; fines, ih. ; omission of conditions, t&. : jockeys' fees, ih. ; calculation of time, ib. ; new rules, 506 ; rules and orders only applicable to races run at Newmarket, ih. ; mode of annual election of stewards, ib. ; in case of death or re- signation, ib. ; substitute for absent stewards, ib. ; the stewards have power to appoint ofiicers, ib.; to fix time of starting, ih. ; to manage the course and exercise ground, ib. ; to settle dis- putes at Newmarket, ib. ; not to decide betting cases, 507 ; to call meetings of the club, ib. ; the admission of new members, ib. ; by ballot, ih. ; for the Jockey Club, ih. ; for the new rooms and cort'ee room, ib. ; arrears of subscription, 508 ; admission to the stand, ib. ; trials, ih. ; the Challenge cup and whip, 509 ; charges at New- market, ib. ; races for gentlemen riders, 510 ; raising weights in handicaps, ih. ; rules on betting, ib. ; Tattersall's subscription, 512 Jockeys, 491 ; fees, 505, 547 ; professional, 520 ; gentlemen, 521 Joints, inflammation of, in horses, 989 Judcock, the, 104 Judges at racing, 494, 513 Judging by points, 891 Jumping, 616 Jumping horses, 574 ; rules as to, 619 ; records, 636 Keepers, duties and powers of, 3 ; guns for, ib. ; acts affecting, ih. 6 ; and poachers, 8 ; to be re- gistered, 17 Kelso race-course, 516 Kempton Park coursing-ground, 218 ; race-course, Kennels, construction of, 154; management of 159 ; for greyhounds, 231 Kennels, the, 898 Kennel lameness, 938 Kestrel, the, 14, 302 Kidneys, tlie, 854 King Cliarles spaniel. 886 King's Lyna rowing course, length of, 711 Kingstoii-on-Thames rowing course, length of, 711 Kisber. the racehorse, pedigree of, 428 Kite, the, 13 ; the artificial, 101 Kite-hawking, 310 Knighton race-course, 516 Knots used in fishing, 324 Kousso for worms, 955 L. Labourer, the poaching, 8 Labourers and poachers, 5 Lacrosse, 746 ; principles of the game, 747 ; im- plements, 748 ; the laws, ih. ; the crosse, ib. ; the ball, 749 ; the goals, ib. ; the boundaries, ih. ; umpire, ib. ; the referee, ih. ; captains, ib. ; the teams, 750; wilful injury, ih. ; accidents, ib. ; spiked soles, ib. ; the game, ib. ; fouls, ib. ; rough play, ib. ; penalties, 751 ; definition of terms, ih. ; goal, ib. ; goal crease, ib. ; face, ih.; tripping, ib. ; holding, ih. ; body-check, ib. ; striking, ih. ; draw, ib. ; stand, ib. Lady Clara, the greyhound, pedigree of, 287 Lady Macdonald, the racehorse, pedigree of, 422 Lady's horse, the, 823 Lagojms scoticus (the red grouse), 81 Lake fish, 313 ; trout, the, 316 Lambourne race-course, 516 Lambton, the racehorse, pedigree of, 402 Lampas in horses, 970 Lamperns, the, 320 Lamprey, the, 320 Lauark race-course, 516 Lancaster's (C.) action, 38 Landing-nets, 340 Landrail shooting, 101 Lapwing, the, 103 Lark shooting, 67 ; hawking, 311 Larvse as bait, 326 La Toucques, the racehorse, pedigree of, 421 1030 INDEX. Larynx, disease of the, in dogs, 943 Lavender, the racehorse, pedigree of, 414 Lawn tennis, 740 ; the single-handed game, ih. ; the single court, 741 ; odds, 742 ; a bisque, ib. ■ half-fifteen, ib. ; fifteen, ib. ; half-thirty, ib. ] thirty, ib. ; half-forty, ib. ; forty, ib. ; half-court,' 743; the three-handed and four-handed game, ib. ; plan of court, ib. ; hints for beginners, 744 ; the single game as now played, 745 ; the double game, ib. ; lawn tennis implements, ib. ; rackets, ib. ; balls, 746 ; markers, ib. ; the nets, ib. ; the cord, ib. Laws, English game, 16 ; Scotch game, ib. ; Irish game, ib. ; United Kingdom game, ib. • of property in game, ib. ■ abstract of English Game Act, ib. ; of killing hares, 18 ; of night poaching, 19 ; Game Licence Act, ib. ; Poaching Prevention Act, 20 ; Poisoned Grain Prohibition Act, ib. : Poisoned Flesh Act, ib. ; Gun Licence Act, ib. ; Ground Game Act, 21 ; Wild Birds' Protection Act, 21a ; trespass, 216 ; Scotch Game, 22 ; trespass in pursuit of game, ib. ■ killing of hares, ib. ; night poaching, 23 ; licence to kill game, ib. ; poaching prevention, ib. ; close times of game and muirburn, ib. ; muirburn,' ib. ; Poisoned Grain Prohibition Act, ib. • poisoned flesh, ib.; gun licences, ib.; Wild Birds' Protection, ib. ; trespass at common law, ib. ; Irish game laws, ib. ; close times, ib. ; Irish qualification, 24 ; night poacliing, ib. ; licence to take game, ib. ; Poaching Prevention, ib. ; trespass in pursuit of game, ib. ; muirburn, ib. • poisoned grain, ib. ; poisoned flesh, 25 • Gun Licence Act, ib. ; Wild Birds' Protection, ib. ; killing hares and rabbits, ib. ; common law as to game, ib. ; of fox-hunting, 165 ; as to fisheries, 373 ; as to salmon fisheries, ib. ; sale of salmon, 374; Scotch salmon laws, 375; Irish salmon laws, ib. ; books on the laws, ib. Laws of trotting, 582; of boatracimr. 709 ; of cricket, 715 ; of bowls. 734 ; of lacrosse, 739 ; of lawn tennis, 740 ; of croquet, 756 Leads for fishing, 340 Leamington, the racehorse, pedigree of, 392 LecT-^ing, 616 Leaping horses, 574 Learning to shoot, 64 Ledger line, the, 344 Lefaucheux gun, the, 32 Leg, giving a, 491 Legal handbooks on fisheries, 375 Leicester race-course, 516 Leptis cuniculus (the rabbit), 103 ; timidus (the hare), 103 Leuciscus cephalus(t'he chub),318 ; erythrophthalmvs (the rudd), ib. ; rutilus (the roach), ib, ; vulgaris (the dace or dare), ib. ; Lancastrensis (the grain- ing), 319 ; Tphoxinus (the minnow), ib. ; alburnus (the bleak), ib ; cceruleus (the azurine), ih. Lever cockers, 34 Lewes race-course, 517 Licences, game, 17, 19 Licence to take game in Ireland, 24 Lichfield race-course, 517 Limosa melanura (the bav-tailed godwit), 105 Lincoln race-course, 517 ; rowing course, length of. Lines for fishing, 321; for fly-fishing, 362- for salmon fishing, 367 Links for golf, the, 752 Linseed for horses, 909 Lisettc, the racehorse, pedigree of, 419 Little Folly, the racehorse, pedigree of, 411 Live bait, 329 Liver diseases in dogs, 947 ; in horses, 976 Liverpool race-course, 517 Loach, the, 319 ; fishing for, 342 Loading cartridges, 47 Locks, gun, 29 London Bridge rowing course, length of, 711 London poacher, the, 6 Lonely, the racehorse, pedigree of, 42S6 Lotions, 927 Louisa, tlio racehorse, pedigree of, 42 > Lowlander, the racehorse, pedigree of, 427 Lucetta, the racehorse, pedigrte of, 415 Ludlow race-course, 517 Luna, the racehorse, pedigree of, 406 Lungs, the, 849 ; diseases of, in dogs, 943 Lure for hawks, the, 304, 308 Lutra vulgaris (the otter), 13 M. Macaroni, the racehorse, pedigree of, 424 Magnano, the greyhound, pedigree of, '292 Magpie, the, 15 Maiden, the racehorse, pedigree of, 3S9 Maize for horses, 909 Male fern for worms, 955 Mallard, the, 118 Mallenders in horses, 978 Maltese dog, the, 890 Man, his position in creation, 839 Manchester race-course, 517; rowing course. length of, 711 » o » Mange in dogs, 957 ; treatment of, ib. ; in horses, Mareca penelope (the widgeon), 118 Mares, management of, 461 Marie Stuait, the racehorse, pedigree of 427 Marine wildfowl. 125 Mark Anthony, the racehorse, pedigree of, 389 Marmalade, tlie racehorse, pedigree of, 426 Marsh and fen shooting, 104 Marsh worm, the, 325 Marshal MacMahon, the greyhound, pedigree of, Marsyas, the racehorse, pedigree of, 423 Marten, the, 11 Martes abietuni etfoina (the marten), 10 Martingale, the. 559 Master Frederick, the greyhound, pedigree of, 289 Master McGrath, the greyliound, pedigree of, 287 Master of hounds, the, 156 Mastiff, the, 873 Matchem, the racehorse, history of, 384 ; pedigree Match-trotting, 579 Materials for artificial flies, 330 Measurements of gun-stocks, 30 Medicines, used for the dog and horse, 918 ; altera- tives, lb. ; anodynes, ib. ; antispasmodics, 919 • aperients, 920 ; astringents, 921 ; blisters, 922 • caustics, ib. ; charges, 923 ; cordials, 924 ; de- mulcents, ib. ; diaphoretics, ib. ; digestives,' t6. ; diuretics, 925 ; embrocations, ib. ; emulsions^ ib. ; emetics, 926 ; expectorants, ib. ; febrifuges, ib. ; clysters, 927; lotions, ib. ; ointments, 928; stimulants, ib. ; stomachics, ib. ; styptics, ib. • tonics, ib. ; worm medicines, 929 ; administer- ing, 929, 930 Meetings, management of race, 493 Megrims in horses, 968 Melton, the racehorse, pedigree of, 42Sc Mercury, the racehorse, pedigree of, 390 Merlin, the, 14, 302 Metatarsus, the, 845 Mew, the, 305 Miller's tliumb, the, 320 Milvus reqalis (the kite). 13 Mineral Water, the greyhound, pediaree of, 294 Minnow, tlie, 319 ; as bait, 32S ; fishing' for, 34? Minting, the racehorse, pedigree of, 42Sc Misfortune, the racehorse, pedigree of, 416 Miss Glendyne, the greyliound, pedigree of, 29* Miss Hervey, the racehorse, pedigree of, 405 Miss Makeless, the racehorse, pedigree of, 399 Miss Rarnsden, the racehorse, ])cdigree of, 3SS Miss Sophia, the racehorse, pedigree of, 402 Misterton, the greyliound, pedigree of, 291 Molten grcnso in liorses, 966 Monmouth race-course, 517 Moorhen, the, 120 Moors, expenses of, 95 Mortcmer, tlic racehorse, pedigree of, 42Srt Moths as bait, 326 Mounting and dismounting, 812 Mounting, jockeys, 491 INDEX. 103X Mnd pattens, 129 . , , , „, Mmrburn, act as to, 23 ; in Ireland, 24 Murcott's breecUoader, 34 Muriel, the greyhound, pedigree of, 292 Muscular system, the, 646 Mus decumanus (the rat), 12 Musselburgh race-course, 517 _ Mustela erminea (the stoat), 11 ; vulgaris (the weasel), 11 -, Muzzle for greyhounds, 2oo N. Nails and hoofs, 856 Names, of hounds, 178 : assumed, 497 National Coursing Club, the, ^274 ; rules of the 275: secretary and steward, ib. : election ol iudge, ib.; description of entry, ib. ; alteration of name, 276 ; prefix of "Ns," ib. ; death of a subscriber, ib. ; draw, 277 ; guarding, ib. ; byes, ib • shp steward, ib. ; postponement of meet- ings ib. ; taking dogs to the slips, ib. ; control of dogs in slips, 278 ; greyhounds of same colour to wear collars, ib. ; the slipper, ib. ■ points, tb. ; the go-bv, 279 ; the tui-n, ib. ; the wrench tb. ; the merit of a kill, ib. ; the trip. ib. ; penalties, tb • greyhound gettin- loose, ib. ; nding over a greyhound, tb. ; withdrawal of a dog, 280 ; im- pugning a judge, tb. ; stakes not run out, tb ; winners of stakes running together, tb ; ob- iections, tb. ; defaulters, 281 ; .iudge or slipper interested, tb. ; bets, ib. ; bets or stakes divided, tb. Natural history, 839 Nautical terms, 675 Necklace, the racehorse, pedigree of, 423 Nerving horses, 1012 Nervous system, the, 839 Nets, poaching by, 7 Newark rowing course, length ot, tlL Newcastle-on-TjTie race-course, 517 Newfoundland, 874 n ^ -u «f Newmarket coursing ground, 219 ; charges at, 509; racecourses, 517 Newton race-course, 517 Newts as bait, 329 Nomenclature of wildfowl, 126 ; of the red deer, 134 Norfolk spaniel, the, 862 Norman horses, 895 Northallerton race-course, 517 Northampton race-course, 517 Northern Club coursing ground, 218 Notices to trespassers, 21b Nottingham race-course, 517 ; reels, 322 Nutrition, 852 . .oo Nntwith, the racehorse, pedigree of, 422 Nyroca ferina (the iiochard or dunbud), 119 O. Oats for horses, 907 . -, , • Objections in horse racing, 501 ; stceplechasmg, 543 Odiham race-course, 517 CEdicnemus crepitans (the gi-eat ployer), 102 Oid^viia fusca (the velvet scoter), 126 ; nigra (the black scoter), 126 Ointments, 92S Operations on dogs. 960 ; on horses, 100« Ophthaknia in the dog, 941 ; in horses, 969 Orange dye for flies, 332 . . . xv Organs of circulation, the, 847 , of respiration, the, m ; of nutrition and depuration, b52 ; of sense. Origin of the thoroughbred horse, ^82 Ormonde, the racehorse, pedigree of, 42Sd Orvilles, the, 604 Osprey, the, 13 Otter, the, 13, 205 Otterhound, the. 153, 867 . Otter-hunting, 205 ; the otter and its haunts, tb , hunting implements, tb. ; otterhounds, 206 , the men, tb. ; the hunt, tb. ; description of a run, 208 ; dress for, 209 ; expenses, tb. Out-crossing, 594 Outrigged rowlock, the, 688 Over-reaching in horses, 1006 Owl, the, 15 Oxford, the racehorse, pedigree of, 424 Oxford race-course, 517 ; rowing courses, length ot, 711 P. Paces of the horse, 816 Packs of foxhounds, 171 Paddhng, 697 Pad groom, the, 562 Pair-oared outrigger, the, 689 Paisley race-course, 517 Pandion haliceetus (the osprey), 13 Paper cartridge cases, 44 Papillon, the racehorse, pedigree of, 4.04 Paradigm, the racehorse, pedigree of, 406 Paradox, the racehorse, pedigree of, 428c Paralysis in the dog. 938 Parasites in the horse's skin, 1002 Park hack, the, 808 ... +• Partridge, rearing, 4 ; diseases of, 5 ; varieties of the, 96 ; hawking, 312 Partridge shooting, 96 ; dogs for, 98 ; management of the beat, tb. ; retrieving, dress, &c., tb. ; m turnip lands, 99 ; in wheat lands, 100 ; co.st ot, 101 ; driving, ib. ; in mixed farms, tb. Parts of a gun, the, 25 ; a yacht, 674 Parturition diseases in dogs, 959 Passaging, 822 Paste for fishing, 327 Paternoster, the, 342 Pattens for mud, 129 Pathology, principles of, 916 Pedestrianism and athletics, 615 ; the general training of man, tb. ; walking, running, and leaping, tb. ; race-walking, tb. ; running, 616 ; hurdle^acing, t6. ; leaping, ih. ; hop, step, and a jump, 617 ; pole-leaping, ib. ; throwing the hammer, tb. ; putting the weigiit, ib. ; articles of agreement, 618 ; rules for competitions tb. ; officials at meetings, tb. : entries, tb ; protests, ib - stations, tb. ; measurement of tracks, 619 ; attendants, tb. ; unfair running, tb. ; starting, tb • strings, tb. ; cautions in walking, tb. ; hur- dl'e-'racing, tb. ; jumping rules, ib. ; throwing the hammer, tb. ; putting the weight, tb : steeple- chases, tb. ; throwing the cricket-ball, 620 de- finition of an amateur, tb. ; Sheffield handicap rules, tb. ; timing men, tb. ; best pedestrian and atliletic performances on record, 621 ; training for pedestrian and other purposes, 638 ; prepara- tory treatment, tb. ; actual training', general management, and diet, 644 treatment of accidents occurring during traiumg, 649 _ Pedigrees of greyhounds, 281 ; racehorses, index tot 42Sfi Peewit, the, 103 Pelham, the, 559 Pelvis, the, 843 Pennell, Mr., on spinning for pike, 351 Perca cernua (the rufie or pope), 319 ; fluviatilis (the perch), 319 Perch, the, 319 ; fishing for, 346 Percussioning the gun, 28 Perdix ciiicrea (the partridge), 96 rcregrine falcon, the, 14, 301 Peritonitis in dogs. 947 Persian horses, 894 ; list of, 383 Perth race-course, 517 Pet dogs, management of, 898 Petrarch, the greyhound, pedigree of, 296 Petromyzon marinus (the lamprey), 320 Pewet, the racehorse, pedigree of, 410 Phaeton, the, 829 ; and chariot harness, 833 Phasianus colchicus (the pheasant), 107 Pheasants, nesting, 4 ; rearing, tb. ; diseases ot, & ; food for, tb. 1032 INDEX. Pheasant shooting, 107 ; dogs for, 108 ; the battue 111 ; dress and gun, 113 Pheasant, the, 107 Philomachus pugnax (the ruff), 105 Phryne, the racehorse, pedigree of, 408 Physic for greyhounds, 263 ; hawks, 308 Physicking dogs, 929 ; horses, 930 Pica caudata (the magpie), 15 Pigeon-trap shooting, 65 Pike, the, 317 ; fishing. 3i7 ; bait for, 348 Piles, treatment of, 652 Pin cartridge case, the, 32 Pinkerton, the greyhound, pedigree of, 293 Pink-footed goose, the, 125 Pisciculture, 313 Plaisanterie, the racehorse, pedigree of 42S& Platessa flesus (the flounder), 320 ' Plaj'ing trout, 367 ; salmon, 369 Plenipotentiary, the racehorse, pedigree of, 392 Pleurisy in dogs, 944 ' J- ° » ^ Plover, the golden, 102 ; the great, ib.; the grey, ib. Plumbing the depth, 343 t> J. • Plummets, 341 Plumpton coursing-ground, 217 Plunger, the greyhound, pedigree of, 295 Plunging, 778 Plymouth, race-course, 517 Pneumonia in dogs, 944 ; in horses, 970 Poachers, 5 ; London, 6 Poaching gent, the, 6 Poaching, modes of, 7 ; Prevention Act, 20 Pochard, the, 119 Poediceps cristatus (the grebe), 120 Pointer, the, 69, 858 Pointers and setters for grouse shooting, 84 Points, m coursing, 279; of racehorses,"439 • iudg- mg by, 891 ° Poisoned Flesh Act, 20 Poisoned Grain Prohibition Act, 20 Poisoning rats, 12; winged vermin, 16 Polecat, the, 11 * Pole leaping, 617 Pollan, the, 317 Polly, the racehorse, pedigree of, 396 Polly, the greyhound, pedigree of, 286 Pomeranian dog, the, 886 Pontefract race-course, 517 Pony, the shooting, 95 Pope, the, 819 Powan, the, 317 Powder and shot, 44 ^o^der, proof of, 45 ; trials of, 61 ; for punt guns, Preparation of horses, the, 450 Preserve, selection of, 1 Preservation of foxes, the, 170 Preservation of game, 1 ; selection of preserve ib ■ choice of moor, ib. ; contracts for takin'<^ manors, ib. ; duties and powers of gamekeeper" 3 ; rearing of game naturally, ib. ; artificiai rearing of game, 4 ; young partridges and phea- sants, 5; preservation from poachers, ib ■ London poacher, 6 ; poaching gent., ib. ; rural poacher, 7 ; poaching labourer, 8 ; preservation from vermin, 9 ; the cat, ib. ■ the fox, ib. ■ the marten, 10 ; polecat, 11 ; stoat, ib. : weasel, ib • trapping the mustelina, or weasel kind, ib ■ rat 12 ; hedgehog, ib. ; otter, 13 ; osprey, ib. ; kite' «6. ; buzzard, ib. ; hobliy, 14 ; lieu-harrier, ib ; kestrel, ib. ; barn-owl, 15 ; raven, ib. ■ jackdaw ' ^i?'"'^"' poisoning of win-o'd vermin' 16; English game laws, ih. ; l-;i,^land and Wales, i&.; Scotland, ih. ■ l,, ! ,:,,! //> ■ mo Pcrty in game, ib. ; absti.int ,,|- i-lii'-lish Game Act, lb. ; abstract of law i)cniiittiiig tiie killin- of hares, 18 ; night poaching, 19 ; Game Liceno^e Act t&. ; the Ground Game Act, 21 ; Wild Birds Irotection Act, 21a; Irish game laws 23- close times, ib. ; licence to take game, 24 • 'com- mon law as to game, 25 Pretender, the racehorse, pedigree of, 421 Pnain, the greyhound, pedigree of, 283 Prices of Imats, 711 Pricks in shoeing, 1007 Prima Donna, the racehorse, pedigree of, 424 Prince Charlie, the racehorse, pedigree of ^28 Princess, the, the racehorse, pedigree of, 401 Princess Dagmar, the greyhound, pedigree of, 293 Pnncipessa, the racehorse, pedigree of? 397 Produce races, 503 ' ^ » > ' Pix)mised Land, the, the racehorse, pedigree ot. Proof marks on guns, 29 Property in game, the, 16 Protest, the greyhound, pedigree of, 288 Proving the gun, 28 Prunella, the racehorse, pedigree of 398 Ptarmigan, 82 Pug dog, the, 889 Pull of the trigger, the, 40 Pulse, the, 848 Pumiced-feet in horses, 962 prowlers ^{3^2°*^^^' '• ^vildfowl shooting, 131 ; Punt gun, the. 130 Purity of blood in racehorses; 438 Purple dye for flies, 331 Pursuit of wild animals for sport, the 148 Putney rowing courses, length of, 711 Piitorius foetidus (the polecat), 11 Putting horses to, 835 Putting the weight, 617, 619 Puzzle peg, the, 78 Q. Quail shooting, 101 Quarry, the, in falconry, 300 Queen, the, the racehorse, pedigree of 420 Queen Bertha, the racehorse, pedicree of 421 Queen of Trumps, the racehorse, pedigree of 411 Querquediila crecca (the teal), 119 Quittor in horses, lu07 Quoits, 770 ; the game, ib. ; rules, ib. R. Rabbit shooting, 103, 147 ; coursino- 298 Rabbits in warrens, 22 °' Rabies, 940 Race, the, rules of, 499; committee, the, 513- meetings, rules as to, ib. ' ' Rachel, the racehorse, pedigree of 394 Racehorse the thoroughbred, 382 ; 'pedigrees of, ;5o ' pedigrees, 428 ; essential points in, 438 ; stalbons for, 609 ' Races, the chief, 378 ; the ridino- of 590 Racing, 376; general remarks, ib.' ; introduction of handicaps, 377; the Derby, O^ks, and St Ijeger, 3(8 ; evil tendencies of bettinsj, 379- reform of the turf, ib. ; racing rules reformed! 380 ; racing, how divided, .-^SL ; flat-racing, ib ■ hurdle-racing, ib. ; steeiilechasing, ib. • trot- YT'-.- •'" }^^^ thorongh-brcd race-horse, 382 • dehnition of, ib. ■ origin of the thoromjh-bred horse t6 ; eastern horses named in S^n^i Booh, *&.; _ Arabians, i6. ; Barbs, 383; Turks, ib • Persians, ib. : the chief roots, ib. ; list of horses ancl mares from which our present breeds are derived, 384; Herod, ib. ; Matchcm, 385 ; Eclip.se, lb. ; Rachel, ib. ; Folly, ib. ■ Miss Kamsdeii, ib. ; Principessa, ib. ; Lisette, ib. ; Molly Longlegs, ib. : Trentham, ib. ; Syphon, lb. ■ Crab, ib. ; Childers, 386 ; S])ortsmistress, lb. ; Brunette, ib. ; Rachel, ib. ; Prunella, ib ■ series of tables of pedigrees, ib. ; present speed of race-horses, 433 ; size and shape, 435 • early maturity, ib. • the laws regulating growth and decay, ib. ■ breeding for the turf, 436 • the grand desideratum, ib. ; the thorough-bred horse to compete with others, 437 ; the eastern horse, ib. ; the thorough-bred liorse intended for racing only, 438 ; purity of blood, ib. ; exter- nal form, 439 ; the heigiit, 440 ; head and neck, lb. ; the body, or middle piece, ib. ; the fore- quarter, lb. ; the upper arm, ib. : the hind-quar- ter, lb. ; colour, skin, hair, 442 ; the texture, INDEX. 1033 443 ; the mane and tail, ib. ; varieties in form, t6. ; establishment of a racing stud, 444 ; second rate meetings, 445 ; prices of colts or fillies, ib. ; requisites for a small stud, ib. ; a horse to lead the gallops, ib. ; a hoy to each horse, 446 ; training, ib. ; ground necessary, ib. ; stables, 447 ; saddlery, 448 ; articles required for the training stables, ib. ; examination of each horse, ib. ; the length of training, 449 ; first prepara- tion, 450 ; hardening the hmbs, ib.; mild physic, ib. ; the hours for having the stable open, ib. ; walking exercise, ib. ; the first sweat, 451 ; dry- ing the coat, 452 ; on returning from exercise, 453 : the amount of sweating, ib. ; Turliish baths, 454 ; second preparation, ib. ; galloping exercise, ib. ; the management of the gallops, 455; the final preparation, 456; setting, ib. ; sweating, ib. ; the gallops, ib. ; the length of gallop, 457 ; overdoing, 458 ; the trial, 459 ; the last week's work, ib. ; feeding, 460 ; review of training, ib. ; breeding, 461 ; the stud farm, ib. ■ the number of hovels, ib. ; the price of a pair of hovels, 462 ; the height, ib. ; door f^isten- ings, 463 ; the plan, 464 ; management of the mare, 465 ; the duration of pregnancy, ib. ; management of the foal, 466 ; when weaned, 467 ; physicking, 468 : breaking, ib. ; the stab- ling, ib. ; shoeing, 469 ; leading tackle, ib. ; the mouthing bit, 470 ; before actual backing, 471 ; the lad, or breaker, ib. ; tying up in the stable, 473 ; training of the two-year-old colt, 474 ; preliminary remarks, ib. ; a dose of physic, ib. ; teaching, ib. ; clothing, 475 ; dressing, ib. ; the stabling, ib. ; galloping, ib. ; sweating, ib. ; shoeing, 477 ; training the early, or matured two- year-old colt, ib. ; the sexes kept separate, ib. ; vicious colts, 478 ; the trainei', ib. ; the leeding of the colt, 480 ; trials of tlie colt, 481 ; manage- ment after running, 482 ; training tlie three-year- old colt, 4S3 ; straw rides and tan gallops, ib. ; the physic, 485 ; trials, 486 ; the bogs, 487 ; management of, ib. ; dressing the race-horse, 488 ; the head groom, 489 ; jockeys, 490 ; ex- penses, 491 ; of breeding, ib. ; expenses of training, 492 ; rules of racing as passed by the Jockey Club, ib. ; management of meetings and powers of stewards, 493 ; judges, starters, and other officials, 494 ; age of horses, ib. ■ weights and allowances, ib. ; entry and subscription for races, 496 ; stakes and forfeits, 497 ; the race, 499 ; objections and complaints, 501 ; horses entered to be sold, 502 ; handicaps, 503 ; foreign horses, 504 ; jockeys' fees, 505 ; rules and orders of the Jockey Club, 506 ; rules on betting, 510 ; Tatter- sail's subscription room, 512 ; race meetings, 513 ; the committee and officials, ib. ; the stewards, ib. ; secretary, ib. ; clerk of the course, ib. ; judge, ib. ; starter, ib. ; handicap- per, ib. ; length of courses, 514 ; the Jockey Club, 519 : scale of standard weights for age, 520 ; professional jockeys, ib. ; gentlemen jockeys, 521 ; riding a race, ib. ; steeplechasing, 523 ; whom first patronised by, 524 ; tlie steeple- chaser, 526 ; general description, ib. ; mode of procuring steeplechasers, 527 ; a first-class steeplecliase horse, ib. ; teaching, 528 ; practice, 529 ; training, ih. ; the half-bred steeplechaser, 532 ; the preparations, 533 ; riders, 534 ; Grand National rules, ib. ; management of meetings, 535 ; jjowers of stewards, 536 ; judges, starters, and other officials, 537 ; age of hoi'ses, ib. ; weights and allowances, ib. ; hurdle-racing, 550 ; objects of the sport, ib. ; horses used, ib. ; training, ib. ; weights, jockeys, and courses, ib.; riding to hoimds, 552 ; the hunter, ib. ; saddlery, 557 ; the plain pelham, 559 ; martingale, ib. ; dress and aids, 560 ; the covert-hack. 561 ; pad groom, 562 ; stud groom, 563 ; the wages, ib. ; tlie hunting stable, ib. ; plan of, 564 ; buying the liunter, 565 ; the best mart for, ib. ; summering, 567 ; breaking and teacliing, 569 ; conditioning, 570 ; the selection, 571 ; getting across country, ib. ; never ride till your horse is blown, 572 ; putting the liorse at the fence, 573 ; tlie flying leap, 575 ; sheep hurdles, 577 ; stone walls, 578 ; wire, ib. ; match trotting, .579 ; description of, ih. ; Long Island trotting match, ib. ; the horse, 581 ; the rider, ib. ; the course, 582 ; laws, ib. ; perform- ances, ih. ; training, 583 ; carts and harness, ib. ; training for riding, 584 ; Banting's plan of re- ducing weight, 585 ; Turkish bath, ib. ; theory of generation, 587 ; in-and-in breeding, 589 ; crossing the blood, 594 ; choice of blood to breed from, 596 ; the most profitable kind of breeding, 598 ; choice of stallion, 601 ; best age to breed from, 602 ; best time for breeding, 603 ; pecu- liarities of modern breeds, ib. \ list of modern stallions, 605 ; stallions suitable for getting race- horses, 606 ; modern Arabs, 611 ; sires of trotters, 612 ; concluding remarks on breeding, ib. ; de- cline in horse-breeding, 613 Racing, bicycle, 797 Racing, boat, 687 Racing, horse, 376 ; varieties of, 381 ; establish- ment for stud, 444 ; expenses of, 491 ; rules of, 492 ; abbreviations, 519 Rack-chain, the, 902 Rackets, lawn tennis, 745 Racquets, 738 ; the best area, ib. ; plan of court, ib. ; the racket, 739 ; the balls, ib. ; rules, ib. Rail, the water-, 120 Raking horses, 1009 Ballus aquaticus (the water-rail), 120 Range of shot guns, 62 Rat, the, 12 Raven, the, 15 Rearing game, naturally, 3; artificially, 4 Rearing hounds, 177 ; horses, 820 Records, hoi se racing, 433; athletic, 621; swim- ming, 780 ; bicycling, 793 ; tricycling, SOS Red deer, the, 148 Red deer and roebuck, 134 ; habits of the, 135 ; hunting the, 164 Red dye for flies, 331 Red eye, the, 318 Red-breasted goose, the, 126 Red grouse, the, 81 Red-legged partridge, the, 97 Red mange, 958 Red worm, the, 325 Redcar race-course, 518 Reducing weight, 585 Reels for fishing, 322 ; for fly-fishing, 362 Regatta, 669 ; Yacht Racing Association Rules, ib. ; management of races, ib. ; postponement of races, 670 ; measurement for tonnage, ib. ; time allowance, ib. ; entries, ib. ; form of entry, ib. ; ownership, ib. ; only one yacht of same owner, 671 ; one yacht entitled to sail over, ib. ; sliding keels, ib. ; member on board, ib. ; declaration that rules have been observed, ib. ; distinguishing flags, ib. ; instructions, ib. ; .sails, id. ; crev/and friends, ib. ; fittings and ballast, ib. ; boats and life-buoys, ih. ; starting, ib, ; meeting end-on, 672 ; two yachts crossing, ib. ; overtaking round- ing marks, &G.,ib.; obstructions to sea room, ib. ; luffing and bearing away, ib. ; close hauled approaching shore, ib.; running aground, ib. ; fouling yachts' marks, &c., 673; means of propiTlsion, ib. ; anchoring, ib. ; sounding, ib. ; side lights, ib. ; man overboard, ib. ; protests, ib. ; removal of flag-boat, ib. ; penalty for dis- obeying rules, ib. ; cruising trim, ib. ; allow- ance to schooners and yawls, 674 ; flying starts, ib. ; classification, ib. ; courses, ib. ; rounding marks, ib. ; room at starting, ib. ; rowing, 708 Regulating gun-barrels, 30 Reins, management of the, 815 Reins, 833 Respiration, 849 Retriever, the, 120, 872 Retrieving, 78 Rheumatic fever in the dog, 938 Rheumatism, treatment of, 652 ; in horses, 901 Richmond race-course, 518 ; rowing courses, length of, 711 Rickets in dogs, 957 Riders, preparation of, 584 Ridgway coursing-ground, 219 Riding, 809 ; the riding horse and its accoutre' 1034 INDEX. ments, ih. • the park hack, th. ; the road hack, 811 ; the mode of procuring, 812 ; the saddlery for hacking, ib. ; directions for mounting, ib. ; dismounting, ib. ; mounting without stirrups, ib. ; dismounting without stirrups, 814 ; the seat, ib. ; the reins, 815 ; the single rein, ib. ; the double rein, ib. ; the ordinary paces, 816 ; the walk, ib. ; the trot, ib. ; rising in the stirrups, 817 ; the military style, ib. ; the canter, ib. ; to start the canter with either leg, ib. ; the gallop, 818 ; stumbling, 819 ; the remedy for, ib. ; cutting, 820 ; rearing, ib. ; the remedy for, ib. ; shying, ib. ; kicking, 821 ; plunging, ib. ; lying down, ib. ; shouldering, ib. ; running away, 822 ; backing, ib. ; passaging, ib. ; the ride, ib. ; female horsemanship, 823 ; the sad- dlery, ib. ; tlie lady's horse, ib. ; direction for holding the reins, 824 ; in mounting, ib. ; the lady's seat, 825 ; dismounting, ib. ; ladies' dress, ib. Riding for stable boys, 487 Riding to hounds, 552, 571 Rifle for deerstalking, 137 Rifle sights, 147 Rifling, modes of, 138 Rigby and Bissell's action, 35 Rigging of yachts, 658, 674 Rings on rods, the, 348 Ripon race-course, 518 Rival, the racehorse, pedigree of, 419 River and pond shooting, 118 River fish, 313 Rivers of Great Britain, the, 371 Roach, the, 318 ; fishing for, 342 ; fly-fishing for, 364 Road hack, the, 811 Road riding, 796 Robert the Devil, the racehorse, pedigree of, 428ffl Roaring in horses, 971 Rods for fishing, 324 : roach fishing, 343 ; pike fish- ing, 347 ; weight of, ib. ; fly-fishing, 361 ; salmon fly-fishing, 367 Roebuck, the, 136, 149 Roller skating, 788 Rook shooting, 67, 147 ; rabbit shooting, ib. ; seal shooting, ib. ; hawking, 311 Roots for horses, 909 Rough terrier, the, 880 Rounders, 736 ; the game, how played, 737 ; the score, ib. Rowels, 1009 Rowing or boat-racing, 687 ; varieties of boats used, ib. ; the outrigged sculling boat, ib. ; the outrigger rowlock, ib. ; the sculls, G89 ; the pair- oared outrigger, ib. ; the four-oared outrigger, 690 ; the eight-oared outrigger, 691 ; the gig, ib. ; the sliding seat, ib. ; diagram of sliding seat, 693 ; rowing and sculling, 694 ; the chief faults in rowing, 696 ; sculling, ib. ; the manceuvres, 697 ; holding water, ib. ; backing, ib. \ paddling, ib. ; preparatory action, ib. ; dropping of the oar, 698 ; the pull, ib. ; the recovery, ib. ; easing and starting, ib. ; the best length for the stroke, ib. ; best style of stroke, 699 ; straps, 700 ; keeping stroke, 701 ; keeping time, ib.; steering, ih. ; the coxswain's duty, ib. ; boat-racing, 702; training a boat's crew, ib. ; selection of the men, ib. ; appointment of the day's work, 703 ; running exercise, 704 ; separate practice, ib. ; practising together, 706 ; treatment on the day of the race, 708 ; regattas, ib. ; the management of regattas, ib. : general rules of boat-racing, 709 ; the race, 710 ; length of racing courses, ib. ; purchase of boats, 711 ; scale of prices, ib. Rowing and sculling, 694 Rowing courses, 710 Royal Family exempt from game licences, 19 Ruby, tlic racehorse, pedigree of, 425 Uudd, the, 318 Jlufr, the, 105 Uufle, the, 319 Riiftor hood, the, 304 Hufiria, the racehorse, pedigree of, 425 Hugby football, 727 Uule of the road for yachts, 672 Rules for coursing, 275 ; racing, 492 ; steeple- chases, 548 ; athletic competitions, 618 ; an archery club, 769 ; quoits, 770 ; curling, 773 Run, the, at fox-hunting, 187 ; consequences of a severe, 196 ; at hare-hunting, 202 Running, 616, 619 Running in horse-races, rules as to, 500 ; in steeple- chases, 542 ; records, 628 ; training for, 645 Rupture, treatment of, 652 ; in horses, 1012 Rural poacher, the, 7 S. Sackcloth, the greyhound, pedigree of, 288 Saddle-room, the, 903 Saddler, the, the racehorse, pedigree of, 403 Saddlery, for training stables, 448 ; hunting, 557 Safeguard, the racehorse, pedigree of, 403 Safety bicycles, 795 Safety-bolts for guns, 30, 89 Sailing a yacht, 663 Sailing-boats, 668 Sails of yachts, 658 St. Bernards, 875 St. Gatien, the racehorse, pedigree of, 428a St. Lawrence, the racehorse, pedigree of, 418 St. Vitus's dance in dogs, 950 Salamanca, the racehorse, pedigree of, 422 Sale with engagements, 503 Salisbury race-course, 518 Sallenders in horses, 978 Salmo fario (the trout), 316 ; salar (the salmon), 313 ; umbla (the char), 316 Salmon, the, 313 ; trout, the, 315 ; flies, 336 ; fishing with the worm, 358 ; fly-fishing for, 867 ; rivers, 371 ; fishery laws, 873 Saltings, dangers of, 126 Salt-water wildfowl shooting, 125 Sand-crack in liorses, 983 Sandown Park race-course, 518 Sandpiper, the, 120 Santonine, 954 Saunterer, the racehorse, pedigree of, 402 Sawdust for horses, 911 Scarborough race-course, 518 Scarlet dye for flies, 331 Scent of the fox, the, 188 Schooner rig, the, 659 Schultze powder, the, 44 ; trials with, 61 Scolopax rusticola (the woodcock), 113 Scotch Game Laws, 22 Scotch setters, 860 ; terrier, the, 883 Scot Free, tlie racehorse, pedigree of, 428a Scotland Yet, the greyhound, pedigree of, 284 Scottish Chief, the racehorse, pedigree of, 415 Scott's action, 37 ; safety bolt, 40 Scrope on deerstalking, 141 Sculling, 691 Sculls, the, 689 Sea Cove, the greyhound, pedigree of, 287 Seal shooting, 147 Seamanship, 663 Sea trout, the, 315 Seat and reins, the, 814 Seclusion, the racehorse, pedigree of, 421 Secretary of race meeting, the, 518 Sections of yachts, 658 Seedy-toe in horses, 982 Selby, the greyhound, pedigree of, 286 Selection of a gun, 41 SelHng races, 502 ; steeplechases, 544 Senate, the greyhound, pedigree of, 282 Setter, the, 69, 859 Setters v. pointers for grouse shooting, 8i Sewin, the. 315 Sheep-dogs, 885 Sliefficld handicaps, 616 Slieffield handicap rules, 620 Shci)hcrds' dogs and game, 3 Slictland pony, the, 896 Skin soreness, 615 Shoeing tlie colt, 477 ; horses, 469, 1009 ; pricks 1007 Shoes, spare, for hunting, 560 INDEX, 1035 Shooting, 1 ; preservation of game, ih. ; selection of preserve, ih. ; choice of moor, ih. ; contracts for taking manors, ih. ; duties and powers of gamekeeper, 3 ; rearing of game naturally, ih. ; artificial rearing of game, 4 ; young partridges and pheasants, 5 ; preservation from poachers, t6. ; London poacher. 6; poaching gent., ih.; rural poacher, 7 ; poaching labourer, 8 ; preserva- tion from vermin, 9 ; the cat, ih. ; the fox, ih. ; the marten, 10 ; polecat, 11 ; stoat, ih. ; weasel, ib. ; trapping the mustelina, or weasel kind, %h. ; rat, 12 ; hedsehog, ih. ; otter, 13 ; osprey, ih. ; Mte, ib. ; buzzard, ih. ; hobby, 14 ; hen-harner, ib. ; kestrel, ib. ; barn-owl, 15 ; raven, ih. ; jack- daw, ih. ■ heron, ih. ; poisoning of winged vermin, 16 • English game laws, ih. ; England and Wales, ib.'; Scotland, ib. ; Ireland, ih. ; property m game, ib. ; abstract of English Game Act, ib. ; abstract of law permitting the killing of hares, 18 • night poaching, 19 ; Game Licence Act, ib. ; the Ground Game Act, 21 ; Wild Birds Protection Act, 21a ; Irish game laws, 23 ; close times, ib. ; licence to take game, 24 ; common law as to game, 25 ; gun, the, and the best mode of using it, ib. ; the modem fowhng-piece, ib. ; history of, ib. ; component parts of all shot-guns, ib. : single and double barrels, ib. ; the barrel, 26 ; English and foreien barrels, ib. ; boring, 27 ; choking, ib. ; putting together, ib. ; actiouing, 28 ; percussion- ing, ih. ; final proving, ib. ; proof marks, 29 ; the stock, ib. ; trigger guard, 30 ; trigger plate, ih. ; the fore end, ib. ; final boring of the barrels, ib. ; regulating, ib. ; safety bolts, ib. ; action of the hammered gun, 31 ; plan of the original Le- faucheux breech-loading gun, ib. ; plan of cart- ridge case, 32 ; plan of Westley-Richards' gun, 33 ; plan of Greener's treble-wedge fast gun, ib. ; liammerless gun, 34 ; plan of Murcott's breech- loader, ib. ; plan of Gibbs and Pitt's first action, ib. ; lever-cockers, ib. ; Rigby and Bis- sell's action, 35 ; barrel-cockers, 36 ; the Anson- Deely gun, ib. ; Greener's action, 37; Scott's action, i 6. ; Holland' s action, 38 ; Lancaster's action, ib. ; four-barrelled guns, 39 ; ejector guns, ib. ; safety bolts, ih. ; jarring oft; 40 ; pull of the trigger, ib. ; trigger bolt, ib. ; Scott's safety bolt, ib. ; selection of a gun, 41 ; the bore and weight, 42 ; cartridge cases and waddings, 43 ; paper cases, 44 ; Schultze powder, ib. ; brass cases, ih. ; wadding, ih. ; powder and shot, ih. ; shot, 46 ; the principal shot makers, ib. ; load- ing, 47 ; turning over and crimping, 48 ; Hawks- ley's machine, ib. ; trial of the gun; ib. ; plan of the Field force gauge, 49 ; recent improve- ments, ib. ; Field trial of 1866, 50 ; Field trial of 1875, 51 ; principal scores in 1879, 55 ; range of our shot guns, 62; cleaning the gun, 63; management of the gun, 64 ; learning to shoot, ib. ; cocking and uncocking the gun, ih. ; shoot- ing sitting, ih. ; shooting flying, ih. ; grouse, 80 ; partridge, 96 ; marsh and fen, 104 ; covert, 107 ; river and pond, 118 ; yacht and sailing-boat, 133 Shootings, choice of, 2 Shot guns, 25 ; makers, 46 ; sizes of, ib. ; for punt guns, 132 Shoulder-blade, the, 845 Shrewsbury race-course, 518 Shrimp paste bait, 327 Shrimps as bait, 326 Shying, horses, 821 Side-saddle, the, 623 Side-stroke, swimming, 777 Siemens' steel for gun-barrels, 25 Singeing hunters, 570 ; horses, 911 Single-barrelled gun, the, 26 Sir Tatton Sykes, the racehorse, pedigree of, 425 Sizes of shot, 46 Skates, 784 Skating, 784 ; the skate, ib. ; the skate blade, 785 ; the dress, ib. ; tight-fitting boots, ib. ; hints to beginners, ib. ; strapless skates, ib. ; figure skating, 786 ; records, 788 ; precautions on the ice, ib. ; roller skating, ib. ; with the Plimpton skate, 789 ; precautions, 790 Skeleton, the, 840 Skin, the, 856 ; diseases of the, in horses, 978 Skittles, 771 Sky terrier, the, 881 Slave, tlie, the racehorse, pedigree of, 426 Sleuthhound, the, 150 Sliding-seat, the, 691 Slipping greyliounds, 214 Slot as denoting age, 135 Small-pox in the dog, 939 Snafile, the, 558 Snap-fishing for pike. 349 Sniggling for eels, 352 Snipe, the, 104 Snowdrop, the racehorse, pedigree of, 405 Soft corns, treatment of, 650 Soldering gun-barrels, 27 Somateria mollissima (the eider duck), 126 Sorcerers, the, 606 Sore heels in horses, 978 Southampton race-course, 518 Southminster coursing-ground, 219 Southport coursing-ground, 219 Spaniel, the, 69, 108, 861, 862 Spanish horses, 895 Sparrow-hawk, the, 14, 303 Spasms in horses, 987, 993 Spatula cUjinata (the shoveller), 126 Specific diseases of dogs, 957 Speculation, the greyhound, pedigree of, 2S8 Speed of the racehorse, 433 Spinal column, the, 842 Spinning for perch, 346 ; for pike, 350 ; for trout, 354 Spitz dog, the, 886 Splents in horses, 986 Spoon-bait, the, 330 Sportsmistress, the racehorse, pedigree of, 419 Sprains, treatment of, 650 Sprinting, 616, 619 Spurs, hunting, 561 Squatarola helvetica (the grey plover), 103 Stability of yachts, the, 656 Stable-boys, 417, 905 Stable vices, 912 Stables, training, 447 ; plan of, for hunters, 564 temperature for, 914 Stables, 900 Stag, the. 134 Staggers in horses, the, 967 Staghound, the, 151, 865 Staghounds, cost of, 163 Stag-hunting, 151 ; hunting the carted deer, ib. ; the deer, 162 ; after the enlargement of the deer, deer, ih. ; casts how efi'ected, 163 ; the take of the stag, ib. ; the expenses of a pack of stag- hounds'per annum, ib. ; hunting the vnld red deer, 164 ; the finding the wild deer, ib. ; ex- penses of this kind of sport, ih. Stakes and forfeits, 497 Stakes in steeplechasing, 540 Staleness in horses, 989 Stalking deer, necessary qualities in, 140 Stallions, 601 Stallions, in-bred and crossed, 596 ; list of, 606 Starters at races, 494, 513 Starting, rules as to, 49!) Starting steeplechases, 541 ; yachts, 671 Steel for gun-barrels, 26 Steeplechase rules, 534 Steeplechaser, the, 626 Steeplechases, stallions for, 611 Steeplechasing, 523 ; objects of steeplechasing, ib. ; the steeplechaser, 526 ; general description ib. • mode of procuring steeplechasers, 527 ; a first-class steeplechase Lorse, z&. ; teaching the steeplechaser, 628 ; early practice, ib. ; training, 530 ; the thoroughbred steeplechaser, ib. ; the half-bred steeplechaser, 532 ; the first prepara- tion, 533 ; the second preparation, ih. ; steeple- chase riders, 534 ; fees for losing and Avinning, ib. ; Grand National Steeplechase Rules, ib. ; general definitions, ib. ; horses liable to carry ex- itra weight, 535 ; maiden horses, ib. ; exception — hunters' races on flat, ih. ; application of these rules, ib. ; management of meetings, 535 ; powers 1036 INDEX. of stewards, 536 ; stewards and deputies, ib. ; powers of stewards after conclusion of meeting, ■lb.; judges, starters, and other officials, 537- gene- ral conditions and restrictions, age of liorses, ib. ; weights and allowances, ib. ; miscellaneous rules with respect to conditions of races, 538 ; entry and subscriptions for races, ib. • horses must be duly entered for plate or sweep- stakes, ih. ; entry how made, 539 ; description of horse in entry, ib. ; incorrect and insufficient desciiption, ih. ; change of name, ib. ; assumed name of owners, ib. ; no alteration of entry after closmg, lb. ; partnership in horses, 540 ; stakes and forfeits, ib. ; liability for stakes and forfeits, tb. ; payment of, ib. ; stakes and arrears must be paid before starting, ib. ; the forfeit list, 541 • steeplechase forfeit list, ib. ; the race, ib. ■ weighing out and starting, ib. ■ running, 542 ; crossing, jostling, in a hunters' race, ib. ; cross- Jostling, in a steeplechase, ib ; running over again, ib. ; weighing in, ib. ; dead heats, ib. • walking over, 543 ; second money, ib. ; objections and complaints, ib. ; judge's decision, ib. ; objec- tions, ib. ; effect of pending objection, 544 ; stewards may order examination* and call for proofs, ib. ; onus of proofs, ib. ; horses entered to be sold, ib. ; provision in case of objection or dead heat, 545 ; special rule where horse objected to, ib. ; special rule where dead heat, ib. ; handi- caps, ib. ; liability for engagements of horses sold, lb. ; miscellaneous foreign horses, 646 ; foreign certificate, ib. ; penalties for corrupt practices on the turf, ib. ; disqualifications for corrupt practices, 547 ; fines, ib. ; omission or conditions, ib. ; jockeys' fees, ib. ; calculation of time, 548 ; Sundays omitted, ib. ; new rules, ib. ; steeplechase rules, ib. ; remounting, ih. ■ flag marks, ih. ; hunters' qualifications, ib. '• gentlemen riders, ib. ; Grand National Steeple- chase Committee, 549 Steering, 701 Stewards, power of, 493 ; rules as to, 506 • of steeplechases, 535 Stickleback, the, 320 ; fishing for, 342 Stimulants, 928 Stitch, 615 Stoat, the, 11 Stockbridge race-course, 518 Stocks of guns, 29 Stockton race-course, 518 Stockton-on-Tees rowing course, lena-th of, 711 Stockwell, the racehorse, pedigree of, 404 Stomach, the, 853 Stomacli, diseases in'dogs, 945 Stomachics, 928 Stourport rowing course, length of, 711 Strains, treatment of, 649 Strains in horses, 1003 Straw rides. 483 Strawyard for liorses, the, 910 Strix flammea (the barn owl), 15 Stroke, best style of, 699 Stud, greyhounds, list of, 237; establisliment of a. 444 ; farm, the, 461 ; groom, the, 562 Stumbling, liorses, 819 Styptics, 928 Subscriptions for races, 496 Summering hunters, 507 Sunderland rowing course, length of, 711 Surfeit in hors<'S, 978 | Sussex si);i,iii('l,s, 861 i Sutton I'ark race-course, 518 Swallow shooting, 67 j Swan, the wild,' 125 Sweating horses, 453, 456; the colt, 476- and training, 646 Sweetmeat, the racehorse, pedigree of, 39 i Swimming, 775 ; general remarks, ib. ■ modes of swiinining, 776 ; breast swimming, ih. ■ swim- ming on the back, 777 ; the side stroke, ih ■ swimming backwards, 778 ; diving, ib. ; to swini underwater, ; plunging, ib. : running headers, 779 ; modes of supporting the body without ?rogrossion, ih. ; floating, ib. ; trending water 80; tricks in the water, ib. ; the mill, ib. ; head- over-heels, ih. ; double wheel, ih. ; leap fro", ih. ; hands and feet tied, ih. ; great swimming feats, ih. ; fastest time on record, ib. ; bathing, 781 ; the best time of day, ih. ; length of time, lb. ; cramp, ib. ; saving a drowning person, ih. • restoration of the apparently drowned, 783 - treatment to restore natural breathing, ih '• treatment after natural breathing has been restored, 784 Swivels used in fishing, 324 Sylph, the racehorse, pedigree of, 418 Sylphine, the racehorse, pedigree of, 41* Sympathetic fever in the dog, 939 T. Tacony, the trotter, 581 Tadorna vulpanser (the sheldrake), 126 Taglioni, the racehorse, pedigree of, 425 Tagtail worm, the, 325 Talbot, the, 150 Tandem harness, 838 Tan gallops, 483 Target shooting, 768 Tarsus, the, 844 Tattersall's subscription-room, 512 Teal,_the, 119; shooting, 122 Teddington, the racehorse, pedigree of, 397 Teeth, formula, 841 ; of dogs, the, 943 Teetotum, the racehorse, pedigree of, 419 Telescopes for deer-stalking, 136 Temperature of stables, 914 Tenbury race-course, 518 Tenby race-course, 518 Tench, the, 317 ; fishing for, 345 Tendons, inflamed, in horses, 992 Tennis and rackets, 739 Tennis, 739 ; the court, ih. ; the garne, 740 Terriers, 879 Tetanus in the dog, 941 ; in horses, 968 Tetrao nidce (the grouse), 80 Tewkesbury rowing course, length of, 711 Thick wind in horses, 973 Tliirsk race-course, 518 Thorax, the, 843 Thorough-bred racehorse, the, 382 Thorouglipins in horses, 990 Three-year-old, the. 483 Throwing the fly, 363, 365, 368 ; the hammer, 617 : the weight, 619 Thrush in horses, the, 985 Thymallns vulgaris (the grayling), 316 Tibia, the, 844 Tilbury, the, 827 Time allowances, 674 Time for choosing a moor, 2 Timing men, 620 Tim Whifller, the racehorse, pedigree of, 407 Tinea vulgaris (the tench), 317 TinnuncHlus alaudarius (the kestrel), 14 Tiverton race-course, 518 Toni3s, 928 Tonnage, 670 Totanus ochropus (the green sandpiper), 120 Totnes race-course, 518 Toy dogs, 886 ; terriers, 890 Training greyhounds, 260 ; racehorses, 446 ; horses, 449 ; two-ycM'-.-M:^, 171 ; colts, 477; tliree-year- old.s, 4s,'! : ,sl ( rpl.chasers, 530 ; pedestrians, 638; a boat's cr w, 7(i2 Trainiu'' (src Aililctics, Horse-racing, &c.) Traill]. s, ilir, (;o,, °' ' Trai)i.iii,- , ;ifs. !) ; foxes, 10; mustelina, 11 ; rats, 12; (.I II IS. 13; winged vermin, 14 Tra]) for li,-i,\vks, 306 Travis, tlie, 002 Treading water, 780 Trenthain, the racehorse, history of, 385 Tresjiassing after game, 18 Trespass, laws as to, 2\b ; in pursuit of game, 22 ; in Scotland, 23 ; in Ireland, 24 Trial of the gun, 48 ; of horses, 459 Trials, two-year-olds, 481 ; three year-olds, 486 ; rules as to, 508 INDEX, 1037 Tricks in the water, 7S0 Tricycle, varieties of, 801 ; records, 808 Tricycling, 799 ; principles of construction, ib. ; double driving gears, 800 ; front and rear steerers, 801 ; rotary and lever actions and hill gear, ih. ; the front steerer, 802 ; the Matchless tricycle, 804 ; the Humber type, 805 ; the oiimi- cycle, ih. ; double tricycles, 806 ; the Sociable, 807 ; the Tandem, ib. ; road riding and touring, ib. ; racing, ib. ; best on record, 808 ; amateur, ib. Trigger guard, the, 30 ; bolt, the, 40 Trimming horses, 912 Tringo'ides hijpoleuca (the common sandpiper), 120 TroUing, 341 ; for pike. 350 ; for trout, 357 Trot of a horse, the. 816 Trotters, performances of, 582 ; training, 583 ; sires of, C12 Trotting, 579 Trout, the, 316, 354: flies, 334; bait for, 353; bottom fisliing for, ib. ; fly-fishing for, 365; playing, 3(37 ; rivers, 372 Truffle dog, the, 870 Trumpeter, the racehorse, pedigree of, 423 Turf, the, 376 ; reform of the, 379 Turkish bath for horses, 454 Turkish horses, list of, 383 Turkish horses, 894 Turkoman horse, the, 894 Turning over and crimping cartridges, 48 Tumus, the racehorse, pedigree of, 423 Tumside in the dog, 941 Turpentine for v. orrns, 956 Two-year-old trifJs, 481 Tying-up horses, 473 Tyne rowing courses, length of, 711 Typhus in the dog, 934 Tyrant, the greyhound, pedigree of, 232 U. Ulna and radius, the, 845 Union Jack, the racehorse, pedigree of, 415 Unpaid forfeit list, 498 Urinary diseases in horses, 976 V. Value of plates or stakes, 495 Vanellus cristatus (the peewit or lapwing), 103 Van Tromp, the racehorse, pedigree of, 395 Varicose veins, 654 ; in horses, 994 Varieties of the dog, 857 : of the horse,. 893 Varnish for fly-making. 332 Vat, the racehorse, pedigre_e of, 425 Vedette, the racehorse, pedigree of, 423 Vendace, the, 317 Venerie, terms lised in, 134 Verbena, the racehorse, pedigree of, 401 Vermin, preservation from, 8 Vermin, cat, 9 ; fox, ib. ; marten, 10 ; polecat, 11 ; stoat, ib. ; ■weasel, ib. ; rat, 12; hedgehog, /it. ; otter, 13 ; golden eagle, ib. ; osprey, ib. ; kite, ib. ; buzzard, ib. ; peregxine, 14 ; hobby, ib. ; merlin, ib. ; hen harrier, ib. ; sparrowhawk, ib. ; kestrel, or windhover, ib. ; barn owl, 15 ; raven, ib. ; crow, ib. ; jackdaw, ib. ; magpie, ib. ; jay, ib. ; heron, ib. Veterinary Surgery, 839 ; comparative anatomy, ib. ; man's position in the scale of creation, ib. ; the nervous system, ib. ; the skeleton, 840 ; the skull, 841 ; the teeth and their formulae, ib. ; marks of age as shown by teeth, ib. ; the spinal column, 842 ; the thorax or chest, 843 ; the pel- vis, ib. ; the hind legs, ib. ; the femur, 844 ; the tibia, ib. ; the tarsus and metatarsus, ib. ; the shoulder-blade, 845 ; the humerus, ib. ; the ulna r^ad radius, ib. ; the carpus and metacarpus, 846 ; the hand of man, ih. ; the muscular system, ib. ; the organs of circulation, 8i7 ; the heart and blood-vessels, ib. ; the ijulse, 848 ; the organs of lespiration, 849 ; chemical action of respiration, t^O ; organs of nutrition and depuration, 852 ; the blood, ib. ; fibrin, ib. ; albumen, ib. ; cor- puscles, ib. ; saline matter, ib. ; digestion, 853 ; the stomach, ih. ; the bile and pancreatic fluid, 854 ; the kidneys and skin, ib. ; tlic bladder, ih. ; food, ib. ; the organs of reproduction, 855 ; the organs of sense, ib. ; tlie skin, and general cellular membrane, 856 ; the hair, ib. ; the nails and hoofs, ib. Diseases of the dog and horse, 916 ; definition of terms, ib. ; pathology, ih. ; symptomat- ology, ib. ; morbid anatomy, ib. ; patho- logical anatomy, ib. ; medicine, ib. ; surgery, ib. ; principal diseased conditions, ib. ; varieties of fever, ib. ; inflammation, 917 ; diseases from want of tone or over-feeding, ib. ; drugs, 918 ; alteratives, ib. ; in dis- ordered states of the skin, ib. ; simply cool- ing, ib. ; in strangles, ih. ; for generally de- fective secretion, ib. ; in debility of stomach, ib. ; anodynes, ih. ; for slight purging, ib. ; for long continued purging, 919 ; in colic, ib. ; in dianiicea, ih. ; antispasmodics, ib. ; injection, ib. ; clyster, ib. ; drench, ib. ; aperients, 920 ; castor-oil mixture, ib. ; pur- gatives, ib. ; phj'sic for the horse, ib. ■ laxa- tives, ib. ; astringents, 921 ; washes, ih. ; for diabetes, ib. ; blisters, 922 ; caustics, ih. ; charges, 923 ; cordials, 924 ; demulcents, ib. ; diaphoretics, ih. ; digestives, ib. ; diuretics, 925 ; embrocations, ib. ; emulsions, ib. ; emetics, 926 ; expectorants, ib. ; febrifuges, ih. ; clysters, 927 ; lotions, ib. ; ointments, 928; stimulants, ib. ; stomachics, ib.; styp- tics, ib. ; tonics, ib. ; worm medicines, 929 ; mode of administering medicines, ih. ; giving a ball, 930 ; using the balling-iron, ib. ; atl- ministering drenches, 931 ; phvsicking, ih. ; clysters, ih. ; lotions, 932 : fomentations, ih. ; fever ih dogs, 933 ; influenza, ib. ; dis- temper, 934 ; rheumatic fever, 938 ; small- pox, 939 ; sympathetic fever, ih. ; rabies, or canine madness, 940 ; inflammation of the organs of sense, 941 : ophthalmia, 942 ; cataract, ib. ; dropsy of the eye, ib. ; amau- rosis, ih. ; deafness, ib. ; canker of the ear, ih. : brain, 943 ; the teeth, ih. ; inflammation of the respiratory organs, ih. ; of the lungs, ih. ; pleurisy, 944 ; pneumonia, ih. ; bron- chitis, ib. ; consumption, or phthisis, 945 ; inflammation of the heart, ib. ; gastritis, ih. ; hepatitis, 947 ; inflammation of the liver, ih. ; of tlie intestines, ih. ; peritonitis and en- teritis, ■?■&. ; colic, 948 ; diarrhoea or dysentery, ib. ; costiveness, ib. ; piles, 949 ; iuflamm i,- tion of the kidney and bladder, ib. ; simple inflammations of the skin, ih. ; blotch or sur- feit, ib. ; eruptions between the toes, ib. ; diseases accompanied by want of power — atonic diseases, 950 ; chorea, shaking palsy, epilepsy, and fits, ib. ; anasarca, or general dropsy, 952 ; bronchocele, ih. ; worms, ib. ; the maw-worm, 953 ; the tape-worm, ib. ; remedies, ib. ; diseases arising from im- proper feeding, 956 ; antemia, or poverty of blood, ib. ; rickets, and enlarged joints, 957; specific diseases, ib. ; mange, ib. ; cnncer, 959 ; encysted tumours, ih. ; diseases of par- turition, ih. ; accidents and operations, 960 ; cuts, tears, and bites. Lb. ; fractures, 961 ; dislocations, 962 ; operations, 963 ; bleeding, 964 ; cropping, ib. ; removing the dewclaws, ib. ; shortening the tail, ih. Diseases of the horse, 965 ; fevers, ib. ; general remarks, ib. ; simple fever, ib. ; catarrhal fever, ib. ; influenza, or distemper, ib. ; ma- lignant epidemic, putrid, or typhus fever, 966; molten-grease, ib. ; symptomatic fever, 967 ; inflammations, ib. ; inflammation of the brain and nerves, ih. ; staggers, or apo- plexy, ib. ; megrims, 968 ; lockcd-jaw, or tetanus, and hydrophobia, ib. ; inflamma- tion of the eye, 969 ; ophthalmia, ib. ; catar- act, 970 ; amaurosis, ib. ; lampas, ih. ; can- ker of the mouth, ib. ; pneumonia, ih. ; bron- chitis, 971; chronic cough, ih. ; roaring, ih. ; 1038 INDEX. thick wind, 973 ; broken wind, 974 ; phthisis, 97a ; carditis, ih. ; gastritis, ih. ; stomach staggers, ih. ; enteritis, ib. ■ colic, ih. ■ diar- rhea, or dysentery, ib. ; intussusception and entanglement, 976 ; calculi, ih. ■ in- flammation of the liver, ib. ; of the kidneys, tb. ; diabetes, 977; urinary diseases, ib.- skm diseases, 978 ; surfeit, ih. ; mallenders, t6. ; sallenders, ih. ; sore heels, ib. ; grease, fever of the feet, 979 : inflammation of the feet, 9*0; contraction of the foot, pumiced- feet and seedy-toes, 982 ; sand-crack, 983 ■ weakness of the foot, 984; corns, ib. ; tlirush' 985 ; canker, ib. ; Inflammation of the bones' 986 ; splents, ib. ■ spavins, ib. ; ring-bone 988 ; inflammation of the joints, ib. ; lame' ness of the stifle-joint, 989; round-bone disease, ib. ; enlarged knee, ib. ; staleness or grogginess, i&.; windgalls, thoroughpins, and capped hocks, or elbows, 990 ; chronic rheu- matism, 991 ; shoulder lameness, ih. ; inflamed tendons 992 ; inflamed ligaments, 993 • in- flamed blood vessels, ib. ; varicose veins 994 ; blood spavin, ib. ; diseases accompanied by want of tone, ib. ; worms, ib. ; the bot- worm, 995 ; the long round worm, ib. • the needle, or thread, worm, ib. ; the tape-worm %b. ; indigestion, ib. ; washiness, 996 ; speci- fic diseases, 997 ; mange, ib. ; glanders, 998 • larcy, 1000 ; glanders in man, 1002 ; parasites in the horse's skin, ib. ; maggots, ib. ■ lice i^Ao '■ li^e, ib. ■ accidents, 1003 ; strains and breakdowns, ib. ; strain of the shoulder, ib. ; shoulder lameness, ib. ■ strain of the stifle, ib ; strain of the round Done, ih. ■ strain of the back sinew, ib. • broken knees, 1004 ; knocking down of the lup 1005 ; cutting and over-reaching, ib. ■ quittor, pricks in shoeing, thorns, &c., 1007 ' fistulous withers, 1008 ; warbles, sit-fasts,' saddle and collar galls, ib. ■ bleeding in the neck, leg, and toe, ib. ; rowels, 1009 • rakinc^ lb. ; shoeing, ib. ; castration, 1011 ; rup- tures, 1012 ; nerving, ih. • administration of chloroform, %h. Vices of horses, 819 Victoria, the, 830 Violet, the racehorse, pedigree of, 407 Virago, the racehorse, pedigree of, 410 voltigeur the racehorse, pedigree of, 396 Vraye Foy, the greyhound, pedigree of, 283 l^ul-pes vulgaris (the fox), 9 Wadding for guns, 44 Wages of yachting crews, 662 Waggonette, the, 830 Wagtail, the racehorse, pedigree of, 417 Walk of a horse, the, 81 (i ' ^'«S^°f' ^-^^ ' J-ecords, 021 ; professional records, 624 ; training for, 644 ' Walsall race-course, 518 Walton rowing course, length of, 711 Waltons, the, 605 Warwick race-course, 518; rowing course, length V/ashiness in horses, 996 Watciford the greyhound, pedigree of, 296 Water for horses, 910 Water-rail, the, 120 Water-spaniel, the, 121, 863 Watei-i)roofing boots, 84, 106 Wax for fly-jiiaking, 332 Waxys, the, 003 Weasel, tlie, 11 Wefohor^'the' f^f'^^^*^' pedigree of, 286 3li;1SS'StcSa^Ur^*^^~-' Weight of racing bridles, 491 Weights for age, the, 520 Weiglits and allowances, 494 Weight putting, 617, 619 hawking, 311 Wenlock race-course, 518 West Australian, the racehorse, pedigree of 401 Westley-Richards gun, the, 33 Weymouth race-course, 618 Whim, the racehorse, pedigree of, 424 Whipper in, the, 157, 200 Wiiips, hunting, 561 Whiskey, the racehorse, pedigree of, 391 Whistles as alarms to poachers, 6 White trout, the. 315 White-fronted goose, the, 125 Whitehaven race-course, 518 Whitworth Park race-course, 518 Whitworth steel for gun-barrels, 26 Wide jumping, 617 Widgeon, the, 118 Wigan, the greyhound, pedigree of, 283 Wild Birds Protection Act, 21a Wild-duck shooting in rivers, 122 Wildfowl shooting, 22, 125 ; from shore, 126 Wildfowl shoulder-gun punt or dinghy shooti 127 ; stanchion-gun punt shooting, 129 ; pun Wildfowl nomenclature, 126 Wildfowling guns, 131 Winchester race-course. 518 Wind-galls in horses, 990 Windhover, the, 14 Windsor race-course, 518 Winged vermin, the golden eagle, 13 ; osprey, ib. kite, ih. ; buzzard, ib. ; peregrine, 14 ; hobby tb.; merlm, ib.; hen harrier, ib. ; sparrowhawk tb. ; kestrel or windhover, ib. ; barn owl 15 raven, ib.; crow, ib. ; jackdaw, ib.; magpie, ib. jay, ib. ; heron, ih. Wires, poaching, 7 Wolverhampton race-course, 518 Woodcock, the, 113 Woodcraft, the racehorse, pedigree of, 423 Worcester race-course, 518; rowing course, lengtl Worm fishing for salmon, 35 Worms, baiting with, 358 Worms in greyhounds, 259 dogs, 952 ; in horses, 994 Worm medicines, 929 Wormwood, 954 Wye coursing-ground, 218 Wye race-course, 519 Yachting, 655 ; cost of, 660 Yacht Racing Association Rules, the, 669 Yachts and yacht-sailing, 655 ; general remark. ib. ; the form of the yacht's hull. ib. ; diagi-ai ! of displacement, 656 ; section of the Sapphc. 658 ; section of tlie America, ib. ; sails and rit - gmg, ib. ; section of Titania, 659 ; section of Cambria, ib. ; sectioir modem English cutter. ib. ; the America, 660 ; the general managemen of a yacht, ib. ; the size of the yacht, 66i ; pur- chasing a yacht, ib. ; the cruising yacht, ib. ■ the cost, 662; master, ib. ; mate, ib. ; stewarc", ib. ; cook, ib. ; men, ih. ; sailing a yacht, 663 getting under way, ih. ; English racing yacht o l a wind, 665 ; diagram of course to windwarc ib. ; beating to windward, 666 ; cutter befor ■ the Avind, ih. ; bearing away, ib. ; setting ti e spinnaker, ib. ; gybing, 667; reefing, ib. ; man- agement of a small sailing boat, 668; to g^t under way, COO : regattas, ib. ; management ol races, ih. ■ iiosipoucincnt of races. 670 ; mcasure- mont for tonnage, ib. ; time allowances, il . : entries, ib. ; form of entry, ib. ; ownership, ib. ■ sliding keels, 671 ; member on board, ib. ; d'l tinguishing flags, i&. ; instructions, ib. ; sail ib. ; crew and friends, ih. ; flttiinrs and balla ib. ; boats and life-buoys, ib. ; starting, te meeting end-on, 072 ; two yachts crossing, f"? overtaking rounding marks, ih. ; obstructions ■ sea room, ih. ; luffing and bearing away, ii close hauled approaching sliore, ib. ; runnit aground, ib. ; fouling yachts, G73 ; nicajis ( for fisliing, 325 ; in INDEX. 1039 propulsion, ib. ; ancnonng, lo ; sounding, th. ; side li<^hts, ih. ; man overboard, ih. • protests, xb. ; removal of flag boat, ib. ; penalty for dis- obeying rules, ib. ; cruising trim, ib. ; appendix, 674 • allowance to schooners and yawls, ib. ; flying starts, ib. ; no limit to race. ib. ; classifi- cation, ib. ; courses, ib. ; rounding marks, ib. ; room at starting, ib. ; nomenclature of the parts of a schooner, ib. ; huU, ib. ; spars, ib. ; stand- incT rigging, ib. ; running rigging, ib. ; sails, ib. ; jib, 675 : fore stavsail, ib. ; foresail, ib. ; main- sail, ib. ; fore balloon gaff topsaH, ib. ; main balloon gaff topsail, ib. ; dictionary of nautical terms, ib. ; compass, 686 Y achts, shooting, 133 ; numbers of, 655 Yarmouth race-course, 519 Yellow dye for flies, 332 York race-course, 519 Young Hag, the racehorse, pedigree of, 419 Z. Zodiac, the racehorse, pedigree of, 422 THE END. LONDON : RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, PRINTERS. i; J. C. CORDING & CO. SPORTINfi fi GENERAL WATERPROOFERS. Fishing Boots. Shooting Boots. Fishing Stockings. Shooting Coats. Fishing Brogues. Shooting Leggings. Original Makers of VENTILATED WATERPROOF GOATS FOR HUNTING, SHOOTING, FISHING. YACHTING, &c. ONLY ADDRESS: 19, PICCADILLY, Corner of AIR STREET, London. TMOMAS TURNER'S NEW SEMI-HAMMERLESS GUN. **THE SAFEST.'' SILVER MEDAL AWARDED at the INVENTIONS EXHIBITION for the " FEATHERV/EIGHT GUN.'» A i2-bore Gun, with barrels and action of full strength and weight, weighing under 6 lb. i6-bore, 5i lb. ; 20-bore, 5 lb. This Gun is reduced in weight by having the superfluous material taken away where it is not required, and the gun is left quite as strong as one of 7 lb. weight made the ordinary Vv-ay. Made with hammer, hammerlesa or semi-hammerless action. Testimonial from General Tschertkoff, Huntsman to the Court of H.I.M. the Emp»ror of Russia. 24, Palace Quay, St. Pctersburgh, April i, 1885. Sir, — The Hammerless " Featherweight" Gun which you made for me la.st year, I found excellent in every particular. As a proof of my good opinion 1 ordere-i a second, but of sma ler dimensions, for my son. i'hi.-, has duly reached me, and I beg to acknowledge it ; at the same time I take the opportuniiy of thanking you for the exactness with which you have executed the order, and of certifying to the great advantages gained by your invention. — I am, Sir, you s faithfully, (Signed) T. A. Tschertkoff. 19, BROOK STREET, LONDON, W (3) I .•V UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOI9-URBANA 3 0112 052601538